Skip to main content

Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats 


For  Reference 

Not  to  be  taken  from  this  room 


Northeastern  University/Combined  Catalogs 


Boston-Bouve  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Lincoln  College 

University  College 

Graduate  Schools 


Arts  and  Sciences 
Business  Administration 
Education 
Engineering 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


SB 

UNDERGRADUATE  CATALOG 
1972-73 


The  New  England  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary 
Schools  accredits  schools  and  colleges  in  the  six  New  England 
states.  Membership  in  one  of  the  six  regional  accrediting  associ- 
ations in  the  United  States  indicates  that  the  school  or  college 
has  been  carefully  evaluated  and  found  to  meet  standards 
agreed  upon  by  qualified  educators.  Colleges  support  the 
efforts  of  public  school  and  community  officials  to  have  their 
secondary  schools  meet  the  standards  of  membership. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
UNDERGRADUATE  CATALOG 

1972-73 


boston-bouve 

business  administration 

criminal  justice 

education 

engineering 

liberal  arts 

lincoln  college 

nursing 

pharmacy  and  allied  health  professions 


Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


•^fe;V 


■'•  ''i;^  '*?' 


^^.. 


contents 


Page 

4  Academic  Calendar 

6  Campus  Map 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

15  Historical  Statement 

16  Other  Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  University 
20  Buildings  ajid  Facilities 

25  General  Information 

33  The  Cooperative  Plan 

37  Alumni  Association 

39  General  Admissions  Information 

44  College  Expenses 

50  Financial  Aid 

68  Honor  Societies  and  Academic  Awards 

73  Student  Activities 

76  ROTC 

81  Boston-Bouve  College 

97  College  of  Business  Administration 

113  College  of  Criminal  Justice 

116  College  of  Education 

135  College  of  Engineering 

158  Lincoln  College 

164  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

196  College  of  Nursing 

202  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

216  Courses  of  Instruction 

408  Administrative  Officers  and  Staff 

419  Gifts  and  Bequests 

421  Index 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR   FOR   BASIC  COLLEGES   1972-1973 


September  21  (Thursday) 
September  25  (Monday) 

October  9  (Monday) 
October  23  (Monday) 

November  23  and  24 
(Thursday  and  Friday) 

December  11-15 
(Monday-Friday) 

December  18- 
January  1,  1973 

January  2  (Tuesday) 

February  19  (Monday) 

March  19-23 
(Monday-Friday) 

March  26-30 
(Monday-Friday) 

April  2  (Monday) 


April  16  (Monday) 

May  28  (Monday) 

June  11-15  (Monday-Friday) 

June  18-22  (Monday-Friday) 

June  17  (Sunday) 

June  25  (Monday) 


July  4  (Wednesday) 

September  3  (Monday) 

September  4—7 
(Tuesday-Friday) 

September  10-21  (2  Weeks) 
September  20  (Thursday) 

September  24  (Monday) 


Freshman  Registration — Beginning  of  Orientation 
Period 

Upper-Class  Registration— Beginning  of  Fall 
Quarter  for  Division  B  Students  and  Freshmen 
Changeover  Date — Beginning  of  Fall  Quarter 
Co-op  Term 


Holiday- 
Holiday- 


-No  Classes 
-No  Classes 


Holiday — No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period  for  Fall  Quarter 


Christmas  Vacation — No  Classes 

Registration — Beginning  of  Winter  Quarter  for 
Division  A  Students  and  Freshmen — Change- 
over Date — Beginning  of  Winter  Quarter  Co-op 
Term 

Holiday — No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period  for  Winter  Quarter 

Vacation  for  Freshmen  and  Division  A  Students 

Registration — Beginning  of  Spring  Quarter  for 
Division  B  Students  and  Freshmen — Change- 
over Date — Beginning  of  Winter  Quarter  Co-op 
Term 

Holiday — No  Classes 

Holiday — No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period  for  Spring  Quarter 

Vacation  for  Division  B  Students 

Commencement 

Registration — Beginning  of  Summer  Quarter  for 
Division  A  Students  and  Freshmen  in  Sum- 
mer Quarter — Changeover  Date — Beginning  of 
Summer  Quarter  Co-op  Term 

Holiday — No  Classes 

Holiday — No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period  for  Summer  Quarter 

Vacation  for  Division  A  Students 

Freshmen  Registration  (Class  of  1978 — Begin- 
ning of  Orientation  Period) 

Upper-Class  Registration  for  Fall  Quarter 
(Division  A) 


Requests  for  catalogs  and  information  should 

be  addressed  to 

THE   DEAN   OF  ADMISSIONS 

NORTHEASTERN   UNIVERSITY 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Office:  150  Richards  Hall  Tel.  437-2200 

Office  Hours 

INTERVIEW  PERIODS 

Monday  through  Friday  9:00  A.M.  -    4:00  P.M. 

Saturdays  (by  appointment)      9:00  A.M.  - 11:30  A.M. 

Guided  tours  of  the  University  are  scheduled 

on  weekdays  by  request. 

The  office  is  closed  on  all  legal  holidays. 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  opportunity 
for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all  official  relation- 
ships with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  Univer- 
sity insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  University  is  also  an 
equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that  there  shall  not  be 
any  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because 
of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


cooocj)c:><Ljc=3Ci3C3uJLiji 


TO 


O) 


E        ■^, 


"3   ._ 


a>  S  CI 

IS---    '°—    ro^    ra"'*.:^;2^_ 
2  -c:  Q.  -^    M 


:  cc 


rooct3-c:3<T300:— 
coccicj>c_:>cj)c:ic:iOuj 


--SSSE 


2f  S'^  2  ra  i2  ±:; 


O)  ■ 


^i:  t=   5   S 


^   c:   o   o  — '   tf   ™-r:  -J3  X3  .t= 


to  -— '  <^  '' —  ^^  *^  LO  o^  o6  oo  ^^  LD  ^j-  r^^  '— '  CO  «^^j-(Vi<^cDror^cr>Lr> 

Li_Li_LiJC3<C^Li_UJC3Li_C3C3l-i-LJ-CJC]QUJUJ— ?^Li_Ll_LiJ^C3 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers  of 
tlie  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
iCharles  F.  Avila 


Allen  G.  Barry 
'Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
'George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 


'Louis  W.  Cabot 
'Norman  L.  Cahners 
Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
'Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 


Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 


•Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 
Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 


'Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 


William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972. 


John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
*Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
t*George  Hansen 

William  Heliman 
*Ernest  Henderson  ill 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
*Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
'Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
E.  Douglas  Kenna 
Edward  M.  Kennedy 
Fenton  G.  Keyes 
Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

'Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 

'Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
'Francis  J.  Quirico 


Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
'Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 
Edward  A.  Loring 
'John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

'Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
'Frank  L.  Richardson 
'Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
'Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
* 'Honorary  Trustee 
fGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 


Philip  A.  Singleton 
'Donald  W.  Smith 
'Farnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snail 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
'Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 


Richard  W.  Young 
Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

'Charles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


"Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972. 


Class  of  1 974  Class  of  1 975 

°Carl  S.  Ell  Roy  H.  Beaton 

Frank  L.  Farwell  F.  Gregg  Bemis 

tGeorge  Hansen  Louis  W.  Cabot 

Henry  C.  Jones  Byron  K.  Elliott 

Harold  A.  Mock  Donald  B.  Guy 

Farnham  W.  Smith  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 

George  A.  Snell  John  Lowell 

Russell  B.  Stearns  Lawrence  H.  Martin 

Chaplin  Tyler  Augustin  H.  Parker 

Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 

*Asa  S.  Knowies,  ex  officio 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 
'Charles  F.  Avila,  Vice  Chairman 
Alvin  C.  Zises,  Vice  Chairman 

George  R.  Brown  Harold  A.  Mock 

Norman  L.  Cahners  Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.  Donald  W.  Smith 

°Carl  S.  Ell  Farnham  W.  Smith 

Byron  K.  Elliott  Russell  B.  Stearns 

Frank  L.  Farwell  Earl  P.  Stevenson 

Donald  B.  Guy  Robert  G.  Stone 

Lawrence  H.  Martin  Chaplin  Tyler 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowies,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowies,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.BA.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.Ed.,  President 
Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Business 


'President  of  the  University 
°President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
tGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 
'Resigned  May  26,  1972. 


10 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  V/ce  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development  and 

Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and  Associate 
Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 


Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and 

Director  of  Boston-Bouve  Graduate  Scfiool 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 

Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  tfie  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services  and  Assistant  to  the 
Executive  Vice  President 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

11 


Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  tfie  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  iVI.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Healtfi  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 
University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  tfie  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.flusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

Mary  A.  Zammitti,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald  Royal  K.  Toebes 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 

12 


The  Academic  Council 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles.  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


'Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher,  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

"James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*  LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

'Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

*Melvin  Mark 

*Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
*Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
*  Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
*Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Rtzgerald 


"Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


historical  statement 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General  Laws 
of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has  given  the 
University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is  governed  by  a 
Board  of  Trustees  who  are  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern  University 
Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  more  than  165  distinguished  business  and 
professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant  purpose 
the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting  of  these  in 
distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated  the  pro- 
grams of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new  areas  of  educational 
service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted  by 
the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935),  Education 
(1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964),  Boston-Bouve  College  (1964),  the 
College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967),  and  by  Lincoln  College's  daytime  Bachelor  of 
Engineering  Technology  program  (1971).  This  educational  method  enables  stu- 
dents to  gain  valuable  practical  experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college 
programs  and  also  provides  the  means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substan- 
tially to  the  financing  of  their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the 
graduate  level  in  engineering,  actuarial  science,  pharmacy  and  allied  health 
professions,  professional  accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  Northeastern  University  offers  graduate  and 
undergraduate  degree  programs  and  non-credit  programs  which  are  specifically 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  adults  who  wish  to  further  their  ed- 
ucation on  a  part-time  basis. 

All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  in  the  Graduate  Division, 
Lincoln  College,  and  University  College  are  approved  by  the  undergraduate 
faculties  concerned,  and  are  governed  by  the  same  qualitative  and  quantitative 
standards  as  the  regular  day  curricula.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  day  and 
evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington,  and  at  other 
off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 

15 


other  schools  and 
colleges  of  the  university 


Lincoln  College 

Lincoln  College  offers  day  cooperative  five-year  programs  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  in  the  fields  of  mechanical  and  electrical 
engineering. 

It  also  offers  part-time  evening  programs  leading  to  associate  and/or  bachelor's 
degrees  in  Allied-Medical  Technology,  Civil  Engineering  Technology,  Commercial 
Aviation  Technology,  Computer  Engineering  Technology,  Electrical  Engineering 
Technology,  Industrial  Technology,  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  and 
Science  Technology.  Additional  programs  in  Industrial  Technology,  Medical 
Technology,  Chemical-Physical  Technology,  and  Cytotechnology,  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  are  offered  in  collaboration  with  University  College. 

University  College 

University  College,  so  called  because  it  draws  upon  the  resources  of  the  other 
colleges  of  the  University,  offers  part-time  evening  programs  in  Liberal  Arts, 
Business  Administration,  Law  Enforcement,  Education,  and  Health-Related  Pro- 
grams, leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees. 

University  College  and  Lincoln  College  offer  a  joint  program  in  Allied-Medical 
Technology  conducted  in  affiliation  with  a  number  of  hospital  schools  of  medical 
technology  approved  by  the  American  Medical  Association.  Students  receive  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  University  College,  and  they  may  write  the 
examination  for  certification  as  a  registered  medical  technologist  (ASCP). 

Students  may  enroll  as  degree  candidates  or  elect  single  courses  appropriate  to 
their  needs  and  interests.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  day  and  evening  at  the 
Boston  Campus,  at  the  Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington,  and  at  the  Framingham, 
Weymouth,  and  Lynn  High  Schools. 

Day  programs  for  adults,  under  the  direction  of  University  College,  were  devel- 
oped to  meet  the  needs  of  adults  with  family  or  other  obligations  who  wish  to 
engage  in  part-time  study  during  the  day. 

Program  advisers  are  available  by  appointment  day  and  evening  in  the  University 
College  Office.  These  faculty  members  are  competent  to  assist  the  student  in 
planning  a  program  suitable  to  his  general  educational  and  career  objectives. 
They  can  also  answer  questions  relating  to  degree  requirements,  course  se- 
quence, and  proper  scheduling  of  courses.  Appointments  may  be  arranged  by 

16 


OTHER   SCHOOLS   /    17 

calling  the  University  College  Office  (437-2400)  or  by  coming  in  person  to  102 
Churchill  Hall.  There  is  no  charge  for  this  service. 

Program  advisers  are  also  available  during  registration  at  all  registration  sites. 
No  appointment  is  necessary. 

Center  for  Continuing  Education 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  in  1960  to  relate  the 
University  to  various  unmet  educational  needs  of  the  community  in  this  period 
of  accelerated  change.  Its  workshops,  conferences,  institutes,  forums  and 
special  programs  cater  to  the  interdisciplinary  educational  needs  of  profes- 
sional people,  who  come  to  the  learning  experience  with  a  body  of  knowledge 
to  share.  Each  department  of  the  Center  develops  special  learning  opportuni- 
ties that  focus  on  the  forces  which  produce  changes  in  society  so  that  indi- 
viduals may  relate  constructively  to  their  shifting  environments  and  participate 
effectively  as  informed  persons  in  helping  to  shape  the  future.  Activities  of  the 
Center  have  stimulated  widespread  interest  so  that  several  of  its  programs  are 
partly  supported  on  grants  and  serve  as  models  for  developing  similar  con- 
tinuing educational  programs  elsewhere. 

Programs  in  continuing  education  are  conducted  at  several  campuses  of  the 
University,  in  the  private  facilities  of  business  and  industrial  organizations,  at 
community  centers  and  government  agencies,  and  at  Henderson  House,  the 
University's  residential  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

Persons  prominent  in  their  professions  and  faculty  of  several  nearby  educa- 
tional institutions  serve  as  part-time  instructors  and  resource  persons  in  the 
implementation  of  the  Center's  programs.  Activities  of  these  experts  are  co- 
ordinated by  an  innovative  full-time  faculty  whose  function  it  is  to  explore  and 
identify  unmet  community  needs  for  continuing  education,  anticipate  socio- 
economic trends  in  society  that  contribute  to  educational  needs,  enlist  the 
support  of  experts  for  structuring  appropriate  learning  experiences,  counsel  stu- 
dents, and  implement  as  well  as  evaluate  the  programs  offered.  Approximately 
6,800  part-time  students  and  about  300  part-time  instructors  participate  in  the 
Center's  programs  annually. 

Adult  education  programs  offered  by  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education  and 
University  College  have  been  consolidated.  This  merger  brings  together  the 
substantial  number  of  credit  and  non-credit  programs  which  are  designed  to 
suit  the  needs  of  adult  students. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  nine  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed: 

Actuarial  Science 

Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

Arts  and  Sciences 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  may  be  earned  in  economics,  English,  history,  polit- 
ical  science,   psychology,   sociology,  and  social  anthropology.  The  Master  of 


18   /   OTHER   SCHOOLS 

Science  degree  is  available  in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics. 
The  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science  and  the  Master  of  Public  Administra- 
tion degrees  are  also  offered.  In  addition,  there  are  programs  leading  to  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  biology,  chemistry,  economics,  mathematics, 
physics,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

Boston-Bouve 

Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Education  and  Master  of  Science  in  Recreation 
Education. 

Business  Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration. 

Education 

Master  of  Education  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

Engineering 

Master  of  Science  with  course  specification,  including  a  special  six-year  pro- 
gram in  Power  Systems  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and  master's 
degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering;  a  similar  six-year  program  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and  master's  degrees;  the  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  Civil  Engineering;  master's  degrees  in  the  fields  of  Industrial 
Engineering  and  Engineering  Management;  the  professional  Engineer  degree  in 
Electrical  Engineering;  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  in  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing; and  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  the  fields  of  Electrical,  Chemical,  Civil,  and 
Mechanical  Engineering.  In  addition,  the  intermediate  degree  of  Engineer 
is  offered. 

Law 

The  School  of  Law  offers  a  full-time  program  of  professional  instruction  leading 
to  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor  (J.D.).  The  three-year  curriculum  includes  twelve 
months  of  experience  in  law  offices.  There  are  no  courses  for  part-time  or  evening 
students. 

The  program  is  directed  toward  preparing  students  for  the  practice  of  law  in  any 
state  of  the  nation.  The  curriculum  has  a  highly  contemporary  orientation.  Exten- 
sive use  is  made  of  the  Boston  metropolitan  area  to  add  realism  to  the  academic 
program,  especially  as  it  concerns  the  legal  problems  of  an  urban  society. 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Master  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Hospital  Pharmacy,  Industrial  Pharmacy, 
Medical  Laboratory  Science,  Medicinal  Chemistry,  and  Pharmacology;  and  the 
Ph.D.  degree  with  a  major  in  Medicinal  Chemistry. 

Professional  Accounting 

A  five-quarter  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Ac- 
counting. 

Some  of  these  programs  are  offered  on  the  Cooperative  Plan;  others 
provide  teaching  and  research  fellowships  for  able  candidates. 


OTHER   SCHOOLS   /    19 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  faculties  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic  research 
projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and  engineering.  These 
are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  services  are  University-wide 
and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and  graduate 
instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teaching  and  learn- 
ing takes  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research  activities  directed 
toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings 

and 

facilities 


The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  on  Huntington  Avenue 
in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston,  near  the  Fenway. 

Many  of  Boston's  famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions 
are  situated  in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony 
Hall,  Horticultural  Hall,  The  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
Teaching  Hospitals,  and  many  schools  and  colleges  both  public  and  private. 

Northeastern  University's  48-acre  campus  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue, 
with  the  educational  buildings  on  the  south  side  and  dormitories  on  the  north. 

The  main  educational  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  completed  since 
1938,  are  of  glazed-brick  construction  in  the  contemporary  classic  style.  Most 
are  interconnected  by  closed  passageways  so  that  students  and  faculty  may 
move  from  building  to  building  under  shelter  during  the  winter  months. 

In  Richards  Hall  are  located  some  of  the  main  administrative  offices  of  the 
University,  offices  and  laboratories  of  the  Biology  Department,  and  Mechanical 
Engineering  laboratories. 

The  Sarkis  and  Vosgitel  Mugar  Life  Sciences  Building  contains  the  College 
of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  and  the  Departments  of  Psychology, 
Biology,  and  Chemical  Engineering. 

Centrally  located  where  it  is  readily  accessible  to  ail  students  is  the  Dodge 
Library,  operated  on  an  open-stack  plan  and  equipped  to  serve  effectively  the 
needs  of  the  varied  student  bodies  which  comprise  the  Northeastern  community. 
The  Dodge  Library  is  an  official  depository  for  government  publications  and 
documents. 

20 


BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES   /   21 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation  and 

for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating  capacity  of 
1,300,  is  part  of  this  building.  Also  included  are  special  drama  facilities,  a  bail- 
room,  a  main  lounge,  fine  arts  areas,  student  offices,  conference  rooms,  meeting 
areas,  and  a  student  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000  persons. 

Hayden  Hall  provides  the  principal  facilities  of  the  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts  and 
Business  Administration.  Offices  of  all  the  graduate  and  professional  schools 
except  Education  are  located  here,  together  with  those  of  the  University  Registrar 
and  other  administrators. 

Churchill  Hall  contains  the  administrative  offices  of  University  and  Lincoln 
Colleges  and  physics  laboratories.  On  the  ground  floor  is  the  faculty  and  staff 
cafeteria. 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an  athletic  cage, 
and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Ath- 
letics and  for  the  Physical  Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

Mary  Gass  Robinson  Hall  contains  the  offices  of  the  College  of  Nursing, 
Physical  Therapy,  and  the  Division  of  Health  Professions  of  the  College  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions;  nursing,  biology,  and  physical  therapy 
laboratories;  radio  and  TV  facilities;  lecture  rooms;  and  classrooms. 

The  United  Building  is  the  location  of  the  offices  of  the  Departments  of 
Mathematics,  Economics,  Journalism,  Sociology,  and  Industrial  Engineering  and 
research  facilities  for  Biology,  Psychology,  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

The  Charles  A.  Dana  Research  Center  houses  research  facilities  for  Physics 
and  Electrical  Engineering. 

Three  other  buildings  on  the  campus  have  been  completely  remodeled  and 
reconditioned  for  educational  purposes.  These  are  the  Botolph  Building,  which 
houses  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering;  the  Forsyth  Building,  in  which  are 
located  the  University  Health  Services,  the  planetarium  and  some  of  the  Mechan- 
ical Engineering  laboratories;  and  the  Greenleaf  Building,  housing  the  Earth 
Sciences  and  Military  Science  Departments  and  research  facilities. 

The  Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  a  five-story  structure,  houses  Boston- 
Bouve  administrative  offices,  classrooms,  laboratories,  and  faculty  offices,  as 
well  as  a  library,  dance  studio,  gymnasium,  and  recreation  center. 

The  Barletta  Natatorium,  an  addition  to  the  Cabot  Center,  contains  a  105- 
foot  swimming  pool  for  instruction  and  intercollegiate  competition,  a  practice 
tank  for  the  rowing  team,  a  weight  room,  handball  courts,  and  shower  and 
dressing  facilities. 

The  Edward  L.  Hurtig  Hall,  devoted  entirely  to  chemistry,  contains  classrooms 
and  laboratories  for  undergraduates  as  well  as  special  research  facilities  for 
graduate  students  and  faculty.  It  also  houses  the  departrhental  library  as  well 
as  lecture  halls  and  offices. 

The  Asa  S.  Knowles  Center,  completed  in  1969,  is  the  University's  newest 
building.  It  is  the  headquarters  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  College  of  Criminal 


22   /    BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES 

Justice.  The  Departments  of  Graphics,  Philosophy,  and  Political  Science  have 
their  offices  here. 

Ethel  G.  and  Reuben  B.  Gryzmish  Hall,  the  section  of  the  Knowles  Center  in 
which  the  School  of  Law  is  housed,  was  opened  in  1970.  Gryzmish  Hall  is  a 
building  especially  designed  for  the  School's  distinctive  program  of  legal  edu- 
cation. It  contains  a  law  library,  student  lounge,  moot  courtroom,  jury  room, 
judge's  chambers,  classrooms,  and  offices. 

John  A.  Voipe  Hall,  the  second  section  of  the  Knowles  Center,  is  the  head- 
quarters of  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice.  VoIpe  Hall  was  dedicated  in  the 
spring  of  1972. 


DORMITORIES 

Dormitory  facilities  accommodate  2395  undergraduate  students — 969  men 
and  1426  women.  The  facilities  for  men  consist  of  five  dormitories:  White 
Hall— the  largest  men's  dormitory— houses  393  residents,  Melvin  Hall  (143), 
Light  Hall  (50),  153  Hemenway  Street  (123),  and  115-119  Hemenway  Street 
(260).  Women  reside  in  the  following  dormitories:  Speare  Hall  (404),  Stetson 
West  (400),  Stetson  East  (425),  and  Smith  Hall  (197). 

All  of  the  dormitories  contain  lounges  for  relaxation,  study  rooms,  laundry 
facilities  and  television  rooms.  Five  large  dining  rooms  are  located  in  the 
dormitories. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  there  is  an  apartment  house  complex  which  is 
capable  of  housing  279  students.  The  facility  is  used  for  upper-class  students 
on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis. 

None  of  the  facilities  are  more  than  a  five-minute  walk  to  the  classroom. 

PARKING 

Adjacent  to  the  campus  are  parking  areas  for  2,400  automobiles. 

OFF-CAMPUS  FACILITIES 

Northeastern  University  operates  one  of  the  nation's  finest  off-campus  centers 
for  continuing  education  at  Henderson  House  in  Weston,  Massachusetts,  which 
is  12  miles  from  the  main  campus  on  Huntington  Avenue. 

The  University  conducts  some  of  its  courses  at  the  Suburban  Campus,  near 
Route  128  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  and  Northeastern's  Center  for  Man- 
agement Development  uses  facilities  on  the  campus  of  Phillips  Academy  in 
Andover,  Massachusetts. 

Athletic  facilities  for  football  and  baseball  are  located  at  Parsons  Athletic 
Field,  Kent  Street,  Brookline. 

One  of  the  University's  most  beautiful  off-campus  properties  is  the  Warren 
Center  for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Education  in  Ashland,  Massachu- 
setts. Located  on  the  200-acre  site  is  a  large  balconied  lodge  and  six  woodland 
cottages.  At  various  times  during  their  academic  program,  Boston-Bouve  stu- 


BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES   /23 

dents  live  at  the  Center  to  gain  practical  experience  in  camp  leadership  and 
outdoor  education. 

Northeastern  has  recently  established  a  Marine  Science  Institute  as  a  re- 
search and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  Marine  Biology 
and  Oceanography.  The  Institute,  operated  year  round,  is  located  on  East  Point, 
Nahant,  which  is  situated  about  20  miles  northeast  of  Boston  on  a  promontory 
jutting  out  into  Boston  Harbor. 

For  students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area,  the  Graduate 
School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  major  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program 
at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire.  These  facilities,  made  available  by 
Sanders  Associates  Inc.,  are  located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over 
the  Massachusetts  line. 


s>^    1 


'-•^i              m 

■     ' 

Ir 

1 

■^ 

|^^> 

1 

^  1 
'  ^^H 

^j 

i 

1 

1    1 

eiUiilllf'i 

■■ 

t 

.J! 

f           _  wS 

1  "  _rE 

:: 

I 

vm 

^■^ 

^<^ 

ff^v" 

*,*< 

BfWi^ 

general 
information 


Policy  on  Changes  of  Program 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw,  modify,  or  add  to  the  courses 
offered  or  to  change  the  order  or  content  of  courses  in  any  curriculum. 

The  University  further  reserves  the  right  to  change  the  requirements  for 
graduation,  tuition,  and  fees  charged,  and  other  regulations.  However,  no 
change  in  tuition  and  fees  at  any  time  shall  become  effective  until  the  school 
year  following  that  in  which  it  is  announced. 

Any  changes  which  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  pursuant  to  the  above 
policy  shall  be  applicable  to  all  students  in  the  school,  college,  or  department 
concerned,  including  former  students  who  may  re-enroll. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies 

The  Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Ell 
Student  Center,  is  a  department  of  the  University  and  is  operated  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  student  body.  All  books  and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the 
students  for  their  work  in  the  University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 

The  Academic  Year 

Northeastern  University  operates  on  a  quarter  system  calendar. 

Quarter  Hour  Credits 

All  courses  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  quarter  hour  credit.  A  quarter  hour 
credit  is  equal  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit. 

GRADES  AND   EXAMINATIONS 

Examinations 

Examinations  covering  the  work  of  the  quarter  are  usually  held  at  the  close 
of  each  quarter.  Exceptions  may  be  made  in  certain  courses  where,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  instructor,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College 
concerned,  final  examinations  are  not  necessary. 

25 


26   /   GENERAL   INFORMATION 
Pass-Fail  System 

Students  may  register  for  a  limited  number  of  courses  on  a  pass-fail  basis. 
Each  college  has  its  own  rules  governing  this  system.  Common  to  all  colleges, 
however,  is  the  grading  system.  Pass-fail  grades  are  not  included  in  the  calcula- 
tion of  the  quality  point  average.  Only  pass  grades  earn  credits  toward  degree 
requirements. 

Grades 

A  student's  grade  is  officially  recorded  by  letter.  Following  is  a  listing  of 
grades  with  their  numerical  equivalents: 

Numerical 
Equivalents 
A      Outstanding  Attainment  4.0 

B      Good  Attainment  3.0 

C      Satisfactory  Attainment  2.0 

D      Poor  Attainment  1.0 

F      Failure  "  0.0 

I        Incomplete 
S      Satisfactory  achievement  in  a  pass-fail  course. 

Counts  towards  total  degree  requirements. 
U      Unsatisfactory  achievement  in  a  pass-fail  course. 
X      Incomplete  in  a  pass-fail  course. 

A  general  average  of  D  is  not  acceptable  and  will  not  allow  a  student  to  con- 
tinue at  Northeastern  University. 

Freshman  students  who  are  taking  a  full  academic  program  and  who  have  a 
weighted  average  for  the  year  below  1.4  will  not  be  permitted  to  register  for 
advanced  work.  Upper-class  students  should  consult  the  Student  Handbook  to 
ascertain  the  level  of  continuing  achievement  required  of  them  by  the  faculty  of 
their  college. 

An  I,  or  X  (Incomplete),  grade  is  used  to  show  that  the  student  has  not  com- 
pleted the  course  requirements. 

Transcripts 

Applications  for  transcripts  of  record  are  made  at  the  Registrar's  Office  (120 
HA).  No  charge  is  made  for  the  first  transcript  requested.  The  fee  is  one  dollar 
for  subsequent  copies. 

Dean's  List 

A  Dean's  List,  issued  at  the  end  of  each  quarter,  contains  the  names  of  upper- 
class  and  freshman  students  who  have  a  3.0  weighted  average  in  all  subjects 
with  no  grade  below  C  during  the  preceding  period.  No  student  who  is  on  any 
form  of  probation  or  who  is  carrying  a  schedule  below  eleven  quarter  hours  is 
eligible  for  either  list. 


GENERAL   INFORMATION   /   27 

Reports  on  Scholastic  Standing 

Reports  for  all  students  are  issued  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period.  Ques- 
tions relative  to  grades  are  to  be  discussed  with  the  student's  faculty  adviser. 

At  the  end  of  each  academic  year,  the  student  will  receive  in  addition  to  his 
term  report  a  complete  cumulative  copy  of  his  permanent  record. 

Students  are  constantly  encouraged  to  maintain  an  acceptable  quality  of  col- 
lege work.  Parents  and  students  are  always  welcomed  by  the  college  officers 
and  faculty  advisers  for  conference  upon  such  matters. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  be  notified  whenever  students  are  advised  or  re- 
quired to  withdraw  from  the  University.  If  parents  so  request,  report  cards  will 
be  sent  to  them  instead  of  the  student. 

Selective  Service  Deferment 

Students  who  wish  to  be  deferred  by  Selective  Service  must  make  such  re- 
quest personally  to  their  draft  boards  by  filing  SSS  Form  104  once  each  year. 
The  University  will  furnish  local  draft  boards  with  verification  of  the  student's 
attendance  only  at  the  written  request  of  the  student.  All  students  are  furnished 
the  necessary  forms  to  file  for  deferment  with  their  fall  registration  material. 
Students  who  begin  the  academic  year  with  their  term  of  cooperative  work  will 
receive  these  forms  at  the  same  time  by  mail.  Because  of  the  cooperative 
plan,  the  academic  year  at  Northeastern  University  runs  from  September  to 
September. 


GENERAL  CONDUCT 

It  is  assumed  that  students  come  to  the  University  for  a  serious  purpose  and 
that  they  will  conform  to  such  regulations  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  made. 
The  University  community  expects  each  student  to  respect  the  rights  and  privi- 
leges of  others  and  to  adhere  to  acceptable  standards  of  personal  conduct.  Stu- 
dents should  exercise  their  freedom  with  maturity  and  responsibility.  Students 
are  expected  to  obey  the  regulations  of  the  University;  to  follow  the  instructions 
of  and  pay  due  respect  to  University  officials.  Conduct  inconsistent  with  the 
general  order  of  the  University  may  result  in  disciplinary  action.  Damage  to  any 
building  or  to  any  of  the  furniture,  apparatus,  or  other  property  of  the  Univer- 
sity, will  be  charged  to  the  student  or  students  known  to  be  immediately 
involved. 

It  is  desired  to  administer  the  discipline  of  the  University  so  as  to  maintain 
a  high  standard  of  integrity  and  a  scrupulous  regard  for  truth.  The  attempt  of 
any  student  to  present  any  work  which  is  not  his  or  her  own,  or  to  pass  any 
examination  by  improper  means,  is  regarded  as  a  most  serious  offense  and 
renders  the  offender  liable  to  disciplinary  action.  The  aiding  and  abetting  of  a 
student  in  any  dishonesty  is  also  held  to  be  a  grave  breach  of  discipline. 

Attendance 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  scheduled  meetings  of  their  classes. 


28   /   GENERAL   INFORMATION 

Absence  from  regularly  scheduled  classes  in  any  subject  may  seriously  affect 
the  standing  of  the  student.  It  may  cause  the  removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects 
from  the  student's  schedule. 

Laboratory  work  can  be  made  up  only  when  it  is  possible  to  do  so  during  hours 
of  regularly  scheduled  instruction. 

Attendance  at  Commencement 

Attendance  at  commencement  is  not  required,  but  a  student  must  petition 
the  dean  of  his  college  In  order  to  receive  a  degree  in  absentia.  The  diploma  will 
then  be  mailed  to  the  address  given  on  the  petition. 


STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  University  maintains  residence  halls  on  the  Boston  Campus  for  both  men 
and  women.  These  facilities  can  accommodate  a  large  portion  of  the  male 
freshmen  and  most  of  the  women  students  who  live  away  from  home. 


Women's  Residence  Regulations 

Unmarried  women  students  under  age  21  in  their  first  year  of  college  who  do 
not  live  with  their  parents  or  a  legal  guardian  are  required  to  live  in  a  University 
residence  hall  while  attending  classes.  If  a  student's  cooperative  work  assign- 
ment is  not  in  her  home  town  and  if  it  is  not  within  commuting  distance  of  a 
University  residence  hall,  special  arrangements  are  made  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  Cooperative  Education,  with  the  written  approval  of  her  parents.  Com- 
muting students  who  wish  to  live  elsewhere  than  home  are  also  subject  to  the 
University's  residence  requirements.  Students  in  unauthorized  housing  are 
subject  to  disciplinary  action.  Questions  regarding  these  regulations  must  be 
directed  to  the  Dean  of  Women. 

Certain  exceptions  to  these  rules  are  made  for  students  who  wish  to  live  in 
another  form  of  supervised  housing  approved  by  the  University,  or  who  may  wish 
to  live  with  an  older  relative  such  as  a  grandparent,  an  aunt,  or  an  uncle.  Per- 
mission for  such  a  living  arrangement  must  be  obtained  in  advance  from  the 
Associate  Dean  of  Students  for  Women's  Affairs.  Special  request  forms  for  this 
purpose  are  available  in  that  office. 

The  University  dormitories  for  women  are  staffed  by  Residence  Directors  and 
upperclassmen  who  serve  as  Dormitory  Counselors.  Complete  facilities  are  avail- 
able for  living,  study  and  dining.  Subscription  to  the  meal  plan  (3  meals  a  day, 
21  meals  a  week)  is  required  unless  a  student  is  in  her  cooperative  work  period, 
at  which  time  it  is  optional.  Additional  information  regarding  the  women's 
residences  and  applications  for  rooms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Dean  of 
Admissions  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs  for  Women. 

Freshman  Men's  Residences 

The  University  provides  living  accommodations  in  its  dormitories  for  all  fresh- 
men under  the  age  of  21  living  away  from  home.  The  cost  is  $460  to  $500  for 
each  quarter,  payable  at  the  beginning  of  the  term,  and  includes  three  meals 


GENERAL   INFORMATION   /   29 

each  day.  Applications  for  housing  may  be  filed  with  the  Department  of  Admis- 
sions after  a  student  has  been  accepted.  A  dormitory  deposit  of  $100  must  ac- 
company the  application  for  housing.  The  student's  receipt  of  this  $100  deposit 
from  the  University  is  his  guarantee  of  a  room  in  the  dormitory.  (This  deposit  is 
non-refundable  and  will  be  applied  against  the  first  term's  board-and-room 
charges.)  Definite  notice  of  room  reservations  will  be  sent  by  the  Director  of 
University  Housing  in  the  late  summer. 

Students  should  write  to  the  Dean  of  Admissions  for  further  information  and 
for  the  Application  for  Residence. 

Apartments  for  Male  and  Female  Upper-class  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accommodates 
280  upper-class  students.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  available 
which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are  fully  fur- 
nished with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stoves,  refrigerators,  and  kitchen  table.  The 
cost  is  $20  per  week  per  student  ($240  per  12-week  term)  payable  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  term.  The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  upper-class  apart- 
ments. Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students 
are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but  may  live  in 
the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments  and  in  school  if  they 
wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis. 

Fraternity  Housing 

Certain  fraternities  provide  opportunities  for  room  and  board  for  men  at 
reasonable  rates.  Information  regarding  these  housing  facilities  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

Regulations  Concerning  Off-Campus  Housing 

Upper-class  male  students  and  women  students  are  free  to  make  their  own 
housing  plans  without  receiving  permission  or  approval  from  the  University.  The 
local  address  of  all  students  must  be  on  file  with  the  Registrar's  office.  Home 
addresses  should  only  be  used  by  those  students  who  are  actually  commuting 
from  their  home  to  the  University  on  a  daily  basis.  The  proper  address  must  be 
recorded  on  the  reverse  side  of  the  schedule  card  at  the  time  of  registration.  It 
is  important  for  the  University  to  know  the  current  address  of  all  students  in  case 
of  emergency  situations. 

Questions  regarding  the  availability  of  housing  should  be  directed  to  the 
Office  of  University  Housing. 


READING   IMPROVEMENT 

The  Center  for  Reading  Improvement  offers  a  special  non-credit  course  for 
undergraduate  students  with  below  average  reading  ability.  The  purpose  of  this 
course  is  to  teach  and  apply  those  reading  and  study  techniques  which  will 
improve  accuracy  and  recall  of  all  normal  college  reading  assignments.  As  a 


30   /   GENERAL   INFORMATION 

result  of  such  gains,  speed  of  reading  increases  and  the  student's  versatility  in 
handling  all  levels  of  reading  material  increases  as  well. 

Classes  meet  once  a  week  for  two  hours  and  run  for  one  quarter.  Students 
may  register  during  the  first  week  of  the  Fall  or  Winter  or  Spring  quarter  and 
will  be  given  a  choice  of  several  classes  scheduled  throughout  the  week. 

There  is  no  tuition  charge  to  full-time  undergraduate  students  and  all 
materials  are  supplied  at  no  expense. 

Prompt  registration  is  recommended  for  the  best  possible  choice  of  classes. 


LIBRARIES 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is  the  main 
library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School  of  Law  Library; 
divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engineering,  Math  and  Psychology, 
Chemistry  and  Allied  Sciences;  and  professional  libraries  for  Health,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  The  Afro-American 
Institute  has  its  own  library.  There  are  additional  subject  collections  for  the 
Center  for  Management  Development  at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine 
Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

The  collections  include  physical  volumes,  supplemented  by  titles  in  micro- 
print, microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  Periodicals,  government  documents, 
technical  publications,  and  recordings  round  out  the  collections.  There  are 
duplicating  facilities  available  in  all  libraries. 

A  handbook,  bibliographic  guides,  and  lectures  introduce  students  to  methods 
of  utilizing  the  resources  of  the  libraries. 


Library  Staff 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.LS. 
Director,  University  Libraries 

Albert  M.  Donley,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.S. 
Arcliivist  of  the  University  and 
Curator  of  Rare  Bool<s  Library 

Miss  Arline  Willar,  A.B.,  M.S. 
Asst.  Librarian  for  Public  Service 

Miss  Joyce  E.  Lunde,  A.A. 
Asst.  Librarian  for  Ref.,  Bibl., 
&  Docs. 

Robert  G.  Murray,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.L.S. 
Asst.  Librarian  for  Cataloging 

Thomas  H.  Cahalan,  B.A.,  M.S. 
Asst.  Librarian  for  Acquisitions 


Mrs.  Anastasia  Cakste,  B.E.,  M.L., 
M.L.S. 
Pfiys.  I  EE  Div.  Librarian 

Mrs.  Wendy  Katz,  B.A. 

Math  I  Psychology  Div.  Librarian 

MarkAlpert,  A.B.,  M.S.L.S. 
Circulation  Librarian 

Mrs.  Freya  D.  DeCola,  A.B.,  M.A.L.S. 
Reserve  Book  Librarian 

Miss  Roberta  Paien,  B.A.,  M.S.L.S. 
Documents  Librarian 

Miss  Nieves  Farin,  B.S.,  M.S.L.S. 
Selection  Liaison  Librarian 


GENERAL   INFORMATION   /    31 

Maurice  Rahilly,  B.S.,  M.L.S.  Miss  Geraldine  A.  Murphy,  A.B., 

Asst.  Librarian  for  Divisional  M.S.L.S. 

Libraries  Inter  library  Loan  Librarian 

Ralph  J.  Coffman,  Jr.,  A.B.,  B.D.,  Mrs.  Vivian  A.  Rosenberg,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Ed.M.,  Ph.D.  Audio  Facility  Librarian 
Librarian.  Burlington  Campus 


OFFICE   OF  EDUCATIONAL   RESOURCES 

The  Office  of  Educational  Resources  supports  faculty  and  students  with  (1) 
multi-media  classrooms  for  both  group  and  independent  study,  (2)  an  instruc- 
tional systems  development  group,  (3)  audio-visual  production  facilities,  and 
(4)  an  instructional  media  distribution  service. 

Through  its  two  divisions.  Instructional  Systems  Development  and  Instruc- 
tional Media,  the  Office  is  dedicated  to  providing  innovative  methods  for  improv- 
ing the  effectiveness  of  instruction.  Materials  are  developed  in  collaboration  with 
faculty  for  the  purpose  of  supplementing  lectures,  providing  prerequisite,  reme- 
dial, or  review  skills  and  knowledge,  presenting  complete  course  units  through 
more  efficient  means  (e.g.  programmed  instruction  or  video  tapes),  or  making 
available  learning  enrichment  opportunities  requested  by  individual  students. 

The  Office  of  Educational  Resources  is  equipped  with  a  center  for  programmed 
study,  electronically  controlled  video  and  audio  study  carrel  positions  (dial  ac- 
cess retrieval),  an  individualized  student  response  multi-media  lecture  hall,  an 
audio-visual  workshop  area,  an  "audio-tutorial"  library  reserve  system,  a  multi- 
purpose experimental  classroom,  an  instructional  technology  information  center, 
an  instructional  materials  center,  a  TV  studio,  an  audio  studio,  a  film,  slide,  and 
graphics  production  lab,  and  an  equipment  loan  facility  servicing  both  faculty 
and  student  groups.  Staff  members  in  each  division  augment  their  regular  duties 
by  participating  in  teaching  assignments  or  engaging  in  research  into  the  many 
ramifications  of  educational  technology. 

Staff 

Office  of  tfie  Director 

Aivin  Kent,  B.A.,  M.Ed.  Director 

Division  of  Instructional  Systems  Development 

Thomas  E.  Cyrs,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.     Director 

Sherwin  A.  Steffin,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  Coordinator  Design  and  Production 

Renate  Lepehne,  B.A.,  M.Ed.  Instructional  Designer 

Louis  D'Antonio,  B.S.,  M.S.  Instructional  Designer  (Pfiarmacy) 

J.  Stephen  Bradbury,  B.S.  Instructional  Designer 

Rita  Goncz  Instructional  Designer 

Leonard  A.  Morrison,  B.A.  TV  Production  Specialist 

Alan  H.  Gieiner,  B.A.,  M.Ed.  TV  Production  Specialist 

John  S.  Manion,  B.S.  TV  Production  Specialist 

Elwin  D.  Mills,  B.A.  Tecfinical  Supervisor 


32  /  GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Dexter  B.  Merry 
Arthur  Murphy 
James  A.  Stine 


Video  Technician 
Video  Teclinician 
AV  Technician 


Division  of  Instructional  Media 


Mina  B.  Ghattas,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D. 
T.  Gerald  Oydgard,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.S. 
Elizabeth  J.  Tenore,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Linda  B.  Levine,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Carol  A.  Poulliotte,  B.A. 

Edward  T.  O'Dwyer,  Jr. 
George  A.  Robinson 
Gerald  Schrader 
Joseph  V.  Scaduto,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
William  A.  Chatfleld,  B.A. 
Steven  P.  Urban,  B.A. 
C.  Melissa  Jelm,  A.S. 
Lawrence  Sousa 


Director 

Coordinator  Campus  Media  Services 
Coordinator  Learning  Facilities 
Instructional  Materials  Specialist 
Instructional  Technology  Information 

Specialist 
Film  Library  Specialist 
Graphic  Artist 
Photographic  Specialist 
AV  Evening  Supervisor 
Media  Services — Booking  and  Control 
AV  Technical  Assistant 
Learning  Facilities  Asst. 
Learning  Facilities  Asst. 


COUNSELING  AND  TESTING  CENTER 

The  purpose  of  the  Counseling  and  Testing  Center  is  to  help  students  with 
many  different  kinds  of  concerns.  Some  of  these  have  to  do  primarily  with  edu- 
cational and  vocational  planning;  others  have  more  to  do  with  personal  problems, 
feelings,  and  difficulties  in  getting  along  with  people,  etc.  The  student  is 
encouraged  to  discuss  his  concerns  with  a  counselor,  following  which  he  might 
do  one  or  more  of  the  following:  continue  individual  discussions  with  the 
counselor;  take  psychological  tests  to  increase  his  knowledge  of  himself;  join 
a  group  of  students  with  whom  he  can  share  his  concerns;  make  use  of  the 
extensive  file  of  information  about  careers  and  schools. 

The  services  of  the  Center  are  available  without  charge  to  all  students  in  the 
Basic  Colleges.  An  appointment  can  be  arranged  by  phoning  437-2142  or  by 
stopping  by  the  Center  in  Room  302  Ell. 

Vocational  counseling  services  are  also  available  on  a  fee  basis  to  high 
school  students  and  to  adults. 

The  counseling  services  of  the  Counseling  and  Testing  Center  are  approved 
by  the  American  Board  on  Counseling  Services. 


Staff 

Philip  W.  Pendleton,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Director 
Priscilla  Belcher,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  Director 
David  M.  Fischi,  M.Ed. 

Counselor 


Ph.D.        Alan  C.  O'Hare,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Counselor 
Gordon  B.  Parkhurst,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Counselor 
Richard  S.  Seaman,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Counselor 


the  cooperative  plan 


What  It  Is 

The  Cooperative  Plan  of  Education  is  based  on  tlie  principle  that  well-educated 
individuals  can  best  be  developed  through  an  educational  pattern  which,  at 
periodic  intervals,  exposes  them  to  the  world  beyond  the  boundaries  of  the 
campus.  Through  these  controlled  and  structured  experiences  the  students 
bring  an  enrichment  to  the  classroom  which  enhances  their  total  development. 
It  is  a  means  of  combining  theory  with  practice.  The  essential  ingredients  are 
that  the  experiential  phase  is  considered  a  degree  requirement,  and  the  insti- 
tution assumes  the  responsibility  for  integrating  it  into  the  educational  process. 

It  is  called  "Cooperative  Education"  because  it  is  dependent  upon  the  co- 
operation of  employers  and  educators  in  combining  to  form  a  superior  total 
educational  program  for  the  students.  It  is  not  a  system  of  part-time  jobs;  nor 
is  it  an  institutionalized  means  of  "working  your  way  through  college."  The 
program  has  an  interrelated  experience  and  study  content,  planned  and  super- 
vised to  produce  optimum  educational  results  by  providing  opportunities  that 
enhance  knowledge  associated  with  the  students'  professional  objectives. 

Cooperative  education  is  particularly  designed  to  serve  the  needs  of  the 
recent  high-school  graduate  rather  than  the  older,  more  mature  student  who 
already  may  have  had  considerable  work  experience. 

In  1960,  the  Study  of  Cooperative  Education  Committee,  under  the  leader- 
ship of  Dr.  Ralph  W.  Tyler  of  the  Center  for  Advanced  Study  in  the  Behavioral 
Sciences  in  California,  completed  a  two-year,  nationwide  analysis  of  Co- 
operative Education  programs.  The  Committee  reported  that  under  this  unique 
system  of  education  the  students  find  greater  meaning  in  their  studies,  their 
motivation  for  academic  pursuit  is  increased,  they  develop  greater  skills  in 
human  relations,  their  vocational  guidance  is  improved,  and  through  a  reli- 
ance on  their  own  judgments  they  achieve  a  maturity  beyond  their  years. 

How  It  Works 

Most  Northeastern  cooperative  curricula  are  five  years  in  length,  leading  to 
the  baccalaureate  degree.  The  program  usually  consists  of  a  freshman  year  of 
three  consecutive  twelve-week  quarters  of  academic  study,  followed  by  four 
upper-class  years  on  the  cooperative  plan.  Variations  of  this  pattern  in  some 
colleges  provide  for  a  senior  year  of  full-time  academic  study. 

The  Associate  Degree  program  in  the  College  of  Nursing  provides  for  two 
upper-class  years  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 

33 


34  /   THE  COOPERATIVE   PLAN 

Upper-class  students  are  divided  into  two  almost  equal  divisions,  desig- 
nated "A"  and  "B."  Students  in  one  division  start  the  college  year  with  a 
quarter  of  classroom  work,  while  their  alternates  in  the  opposite  division  are 
on  cooperative  assignment.  At  the  end  of  the  quarter  the  students  in  each  di- 
vision change  places.  This  alternation  of  cooperative  experience  with  classroom 
work  results  in  each  student  spending  two  quarters  in  school  and  two  quarters 
on  "co-op"  each  year  of  the  program. 

Each  student  is  assigned  to  a  coordinator  who  is  responsible  for  all  phases 
of  the  cooperative  education  program  for  his  group  of  students.  He  interviews 
each  student  during  the  freshman  year  and  counsels  him  regarding  the  activi- 
ties of  business,  industry,  government,  and  the  professions  as  they  relate  to  the 
student's  career  objectives.  These  interviews  lead  to  referral  to  opportunities 
which  would  help  the  student  realize  these  objectives. 

During  each  of  the  quarters  at  college  immediately  succeeding  a  quarter  on 
a  cooperative  assignment,  the  coordinator  confers  with  the  student  about  the 
experience  and  other  matters  relating  to  vocational  adjustment  or  personal 
problems  during  the  quarter.  The  student's  reaction  to  his  situation,  coupled 
with  an  evaluation  of  his  achievement,  is  used  by  the  coordinator  to  guide  the 
student  toward  his  career  objectives  and  to  help  him  obtain  maximum  value 
from  his  education  at  Northeastern. 

Placement 

The  jobs  on  which  Northeastern  students  are  employed  are  not  protected 
opportunities  or  purely  observational  assignments.  They  are  regular  jobs,  per- 
formed under  actual  working  conditions,  offering  advancement  on  the  basis 
of  merit.  The  only  privilege  accorded  Northeastern  students  is  that  of  attending 
college  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 

The  range  of  opportunities  is  wide,  encompassing  all  the  occupational  fields 
for  which  the  students  are  preparing  at  the  University.  In  general  the  first 
year  of  cooperative  work  can  be  expected  to  be  of  a  routine  nature,  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  increasingly  responsible  and  challenging  assignments  consistent  with 
the  particular  student's  increase  in  abilities  and  aptitudes.  Definite  training 
schedules  have  been  established  with  many  of  the  cooperating  employers.  The 
ultimate  objective  of  such  schedules  is  the  employment  of  well-trained  grad- 
uates by  the  company,  though  such  employment  is  based  on  merit  rather  than 
guarantee. 

Because  of  the  uncertainties  of  the  employment  market  as  well  as  other 
factors  beyond  its  control,  the  University  cannot  guarantee  to  place  all  stu- 
dents on  cooperative  assignments.  The  University  also  cannot  guarantee  to 
place  students  in  any  specific  geographic  location.  However,  past  experience 
has  demonstrated  that  students  who  are  willing  and  capable  of  adapting  them- 
selves to  existing  conditions  are  almost  never  without  employment  except  in 
periods  of  severe  economic  recession. 

On  occasion,  a  student  may  engage  in  an  activity  other  than  paid  employment 
during  a  cooperative  period  such  as  travel,  independent  study,  or  volunteer 
services.  These  experiences  can  contribute  greatly  to  a  student's  personal  and 
educational  growth. 


THE  COOPERATIVE   PLAN   /   35 
Value  of  Program 

Students  in  cooperative  education  know  that  their  education  is  unique.  They 
have  the  opportunity  to  test  the  knowledge  and  ideas  generated  on  the  campus 
in  the  arena  of  realistic  application  and  they  know  that  this  experience  rein- 
forces their  class  work,  providing  a  superior  educational  package. 

Cooperative  education  has  a  special  appeal  for  students  who  have  arrived  at 
reasonably  clear  decisions  as  to  the  direction  of  their  career  development.  Avail- 
able opportunities  in  government,  business,  industry,  schools,  hospitals,  or  lab- 
oratories provide  professional  training  that  supplements  academic  training. 
The  combination  assists  students  to  realize  their  professional  objectives. 

Students  who  have  not  yet  settled  on  a  career  path  also  find  a  cooperative 
education  program  invaluable.  They  are  able  to  observe  professions  first  hand. 
Preliminary  decisions  may  be  confirmed  when  the  student  finds  the  contact 
with  the  tentative  career  field  to  be  satisfying  and  rewarding.  Another  student, 
through  this  initial  contact  in  a  cooperative  education  program,  may  find  aspects 
of  his  intended  field  to  be  unacceptable.  He  is  able  to  establish  a  new  direction 
to  his  career  with  a  minimum  of  disruption. 

All  students  benefit  from  the  exposure  they  receive  from  the  off-campus 
world  as  values  learned  during  co-op  periods  are  integrated  with  campus 
experiences. 

The  Division  of  Cooperative  Education 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  Vice  President  and  Dean,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Thomas  E.  McMahon,  Associate  Dean,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Sidney  F.  Austin,  Associate  Dean,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

The  Division  of  Cooperative  Education  under  the  direction  of  the  Dean  of 
Cooperative  Education,  administers  service  programs  through  three  departments 
as  follows: 

The  Center  for  Cooperative  Education 

Roy  L.  V\/ooldridge,  Dean  and  Director,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Provides  a  consulting  service  for  other  colleges  and  universities  that  are 
adopting  the  Cooperative  Plan  of  Education.  Develops  research  projects  and 
publications  concerning  this  method  of  education. 

Professors 

Paul  E.  Dube,  Director  of  Consulting  Services,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.Ed. 

Charles  F.  Seaverns,  Jr.,  Director  of  Training,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S. 

James  W.  Wilson,  Research  Professor,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

The  Department  of  Graduate  Placement  Services 
Alvah  K.  Borman,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Offers  a  placement  service  for  all  seniors  and  alumni  of  University  degree- 


36   /   THE  COOPERATIVE   PLAN 

granting  programs.  Supervises  the  placement,  guidance,  and  counseling  of  grad- 
uate students  on  the  cooperative  program. 

Placement  Officers 

William  F.  Brady,  Alumni  Placement  Officer,  B.S. 

William  J.  Dutczak,  Educational  Placement  Officer,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Thomas  J.  McEneaney,  Senior  Placement  Officer,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Graduate  Co-op  Coordinators 

Ralph  C.  Porter,  Assistant  Professor,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

The  Department  of  Cooperative  Education 

Paul  M.  Pratt,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Supervises  all  undergraduate  cooperative  students  on  their  regularly  sched- 
uled cooperative  periods.  This  includes  placement  on  job  assignments  as  well  as 
guidance  and  counseling  designed  to  integrate  practical  experience  into  the 
students'  total  educational   program. 


Professor 

Charles  F.  Field,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professors 

Joseph  E.  Barbeau,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Ernest  V.  Barrasso,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Nancy  J.  Caruso,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Philip  W.  Dunphy,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Kenneth  R.  Hancock,  Jr.,  B.S. 
George  K.  Howe,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Homer  C.  Littlefield,  B.S. 
Robert  W.  Miller,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Roderic  W.  Sommers,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Harold  P.  Watts,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Assistant  Professors 

George  H.  Baillie,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Boreslaw  P.  Berestecky,  B.S. 
Elizabeth  A.  Chilvers,  B.A. 
Corinne  Cianci,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Robert  D.  Deforge,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
John  Dromgoole,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Mary  R.  Flynn,  B.S. 
Jane  S.  Schachter,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Robert  E.  Vozzella,  B.A.,  M.A. 


Instructors 

Barbara  A.  Bowman,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Richard  L.  Canale,  B.S. 

Donald  R.  Cordell,  B.S. 

Robert  D.  Croatti,  B.A. 

Ellen  M.  Durkin,  B.S. 

Kenneth  J.  Grew,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

John  D.  Hammond,  B.A. 

Stephen  M.  Kane,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.S. 

Carole  A.  Lilley,  B.A. 

Anthony  R.  Rotondi,  B.S. 

Donald  E.  Roy,  B.S. 

Willie  Smith,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Ellen  N.  Winer,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 


alumni 
association 


Over  49,000  alumni  of  Northeastern  are  united  under  an  all-University  Alumni 
Association  which  has  as  its  prime  purposes  the  promotion  of  the  welfare  of 
Northeastern  University,  the  establishment  of  a  mutually  beneficial  relationship 
between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  the  perpetuation  of  fellowship  among 
members  of  the  Association. 

The  Association  headquarters  and  Alumni  Lounge  are  located  in  Room  101 
Ell  Building.  The  official  records  and  addresses  of  alumni  are  maintained  in 
Room  260  of  the  United   Realty  Building. 

The  official  publications  of  the  Alumni  Association,  The  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity Alumnus,  published  semiannually,  and  NU  Today,  published  bimonthly, 
are  sent  to  all  alumni  on  record. 

Activities  of  the  Association,  including  the  Alumni  Day  celebration  and  the 
annual  presentation  of  Professional  Promise  awards  to  outstanding  seniors  in 
each  of  the  Colleges,  are  directed  by  the  Association's  Vice  President  of  Alumni 
Affairs.  Alumni  officers  also  attend  meetings  of  the  undergraduate  classes  to 
form  a  closer  relationship  between  the  Association  and  its  future  members. 

The  Alumni  Relations  Office  assists  the  various  class  officers  in  planning  class 
reunions.  Each  class  normally  holds  a  reunion  every  five  years  during  the  month 
of  June.  The  Vice  President  for  the  Alumni  Class  Council  is  responsible  for  co- 
ordinating class  activities  and  organizing  class  functions. 

The  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Clubs  works  in  close  association  with  officers 
of  the  more  than  50  Regional  Alumni  Clubs  which  have  been  established  from 
coast  to  coast.  All  alumni  are  eligible  to  become  members  of  these  organiza- 
tions. The  Alumni  Clubs  meet  periodically,  often  in  conjunction  with  visits  from 
members  of  the  faculty  or  with  athletic  events. 

For  Boston  area  alumni,  monthly  luncheon  meetings  are  held  September  thru 
June  in  the  downtown  section  of  the  city.  A  suburban  luncheon  club  meets 
quarterly  in  the  area  of  Route  128.  The  Manhattan  Luncheon  Club  also  meets 
quarterly. 

The  Association  also  sponsors  and  assists  the  various  constituent  organiza- 
tions such  as  Alumnae  Association,  Varsity  Club,  Law,  Pharmacy,  Boston-Bouve, 
and  other  special  groups,  all  of  which  have  their  own  officers  and  conduct  vari- 

37 


38   /   ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION 

ous  programs  throughout  the  year.  In  cooperation  with  the  Varsity  Club,  the 
Association  presents  trophies  to  the  outstanding  athlete  of  the  year  in  each  of 
the  six  major  sports. 

The  Alumni  Association  provides  a  unique  and  valuable  service  both  to  the 
University  and  to  the  community  by  sponsoring  admissions  conferences  for  high 
school  students  and  for  the  parents  of  those  students  who  are  interested  in 
attending  college.  Local  residents  as  well  as  alumni  of  the  University  are  invited 
to  these  conferences,  which  help  to  clarify  many  of  the  questions  today's  parents 
and  young  people  have  concerning  the  application  procedures  to  our  colleges 
and  universities. 


admissions 
information 

General  Requirements  for  Entrance 

The  Northeastern  University  Committee  on  Admissions  believes  that  candi- 
dates should  complete  a  secondary  school  program  which  is  as  challenging  as 
the  student's  ability  enables  him  to  complete  successfully.  A  recommended 
program  should  Include  courses  in  English,  foreign  language,  mathematics, 
laboratory  science,  and  history.  Of  particular  importance  are  the  total  quality 
of  the  school  record,  continuity  and  proficiency  in  subjects  which  are 
critical  to  one's  area  of  study  at  the  University,  and  a  wise  choice  of  elective 
courses.  The  high  school  transcript  should  provide  clear  evidence  of  sound 
study  habits  so  necessary  to  success  in  college  study. 

All  candidates  are  encouraged  to  broaden  their  reading  outside  of  class.  It 
has  been  said  that  books  stretch  the  mind.  The  student  who  can  communicate 
ideas,  understand  word  meanings,  and  write  effectively  is  at  a  distinct  advantage 
in  the  competition  for  admission.  The  Committee  on  Admissions  is  especially 
interested  in  those  applicants  who  have  demonstrated  leadership  abilities  in 
their  home  communities  or  in  their  schools'  student  activity  programs.  Those 
who  have  contributed  to  worthwhile  group  projects  bring  highly  desirable  talents 
to  the  University. 

Detailed  information  about  admissions  requirements  may  be  found  in  the 
publication.  Introducing  Northeastern  University.  This  freshman  catalog  will  be 
of  special  interest  to  high  school  seniors  who  seek  entrance  to  the  University, 
and  it  may  be  obtained  upon  request  from  the  Department  of  Admissions. 

Applying  for  Admission 

An  application  for  admission  may  be  obtained  either  by  writing  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Admissions,  or  by  requesting  one  when  visiting  the  University.  The 
application  should  be  properly  filled  out  in  ink,  signed,  and  forwarded  with  a 
nonreturnable  fee  of  $15  to  the  Dean  of  Admissions,  Northeastern  University, 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern 
University.  Candidates  are  urged  to  apply  for  admission  during  the  summer 
prior  to  the  senior  year  in  high  school,  or  early  in  the  senior  year. 

Rolling  Admission  Plan 

Under  Northeastern's  Rolling  Admission  Plan,  candidates  may  be  notified  of 

39 


40   /   ADMISSIONS    INFORMATION 

their  acceptance  at  that  point  in  their  secondary  school  careers  when  there  is 
sufficient  evidence  that  they  will  be  able  to  profit  from  study  at  the  university 
level.  This  may  occur  early  in  the  senior  year,  or  after  the  results  of  College 
Board  Examinations  have  been  evaluated.  In  all  cases  of  early  acceptance,  can- 
didates are  required  to  complete  successfully  their  current  program  of  studies. 

Entrance  Examinations 

The  results  of  entrance  examinations  are  regarded  by  the  Committee  on 
Admissions  as  a  useful  guidance  tool.  It  is  the  quality  and  scope  of  a  student's 
school  record  which  is  of  primary  importance,  yet  the  results  of  aptitude  and 
achievement  tests  are  helpful  to  the  admissions  counselor  in  determining  that 
field  of  study  in  which  a  candidate  is  most  likely  to  succeed.  Secondary  schools 
normally  forward  to  the  Department  of  Admissions  the  results  of  many  test 
batteries  which  were  administered  during  grades  9  through  12.  It  is  the  con- 
sistency of  these  score  ranges  which  is  significant.  All  candidates  are  required 
to  complete  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  and  three  Achievement  Tests  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  There  is  no  single  schedule  of  testing 
which  is  best  for  all  students.  As  a  basic  rule,  no  achievement  test  should  be 
attempted  unless  the  particular  subject  is  currently  being  studied.  Students  are 
advised  to  consult  their  guidance  counselors  for  appropriate  testing  schedules. 

Advanced  Placement 

The  University  grants  Advanced  Placement  credit  to  those  students  with  a 
score  of  3  or  better  in  their  Advanced  Placement  Examinations.  Such  students 
are  excused  from  the  basic  courses  in  English,  history,  chemistry,  mathematics, 
biology,  and  physics  and  in  the  advanced  courses  in  languages  to  which  the 
examinations  apply.  They  receive  full  credit  for  those  courses  from  which  they 
are  excused. 

Applicants  are  required  to  write  their  Advanced  Placement  Tests  of  the  Col- 
lege Board  in  May. 

College  Level  Examination  Program 

The  University  grants  credit  for  the  successful  completion  of  both  the  general 
examinations  and  the  subject  matter  examinations  of  the  College  Level  Examina- 
tion Program  (CLEP).  In  so  doing  it  accepts  the  score  recommendations  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  Committee  on  Admissions  recognizes 
the  CLEP  program  as  an  excellent  instrument  in  determining  the  candidate's 
educational  level,  and  for  evaluating  particular  knowledge  gained  through  learn- 
ing experiences  outside  the  classroom  walls. 

Health  Requirements 

The  general  health  of  all  applicants  for  admission  must  be  satisfactory.  Prior 
to  registration  at  Northeastern,  each  applicant  must  submit  on  a  Student  Health 
Service  form  supplied  by  the  University  evidence  of  a  complete  physical  exami- 
nation and  chest  X-ray.  This  information  must  be  forwarded  to  the  University 
physician  for  his  review.  Proper  health  clearance  is  considered  a  condition 
of  admission. 


ADMISSIONS   INFORMATION   /   41 

Because  of  the  special  nature  of  certain  professions  which  stress  general  well 
being,  bodily  coordination,  physical  skills,  rehabilitation  and  patient  care, 
emphasis  is  necessarily  placed  upon  sound  health.  For  this  reason,  those  who 
seek  admission  to  the  Boston-Bouve  College  or  to  the  College  of  Nursing  are 
required  to  receive  special  health  clearance  prior  to  enrollment. 

The  Interview 

Students  who  are  interested  in  attending  Northeastern  are  cordially  invited 
to  visit  the  University.  Arrangements  have  been  made  for  a  series  of  Admissions 
Conferences  on  Monday  and  Friday,  except  for  legal  holidays,  at  10  a.m.  and  at 

2  p.m.  Included  is  a  sound  filmstrip  describing  Northeastern  and  the  Cooperative 
Plan  of  Education.  Candidates  who  have  particular  problems  of  a  personal  nature 
may  talk  with  a  counselor  either  before  or  after  the  group  interview. 

Guided  tours  follow  the  Admissions  Conferences  on  these  days  at  11  a.m.  and 

3  p.m.  Both  should  be  scheduled  at  least  two  weeks  in  advance. 

Because  Northeastern  does  not  hold  classes  for  students  in  the  Basic  Colleges 
on  Saturdays,  applicants  are  urged  to  visit  the  University  on  a  weekday. 

Ordinarily,  conferences  with  admissions  personnel  will  be  more  helpful  if 
candidates  have  studied  the  publications.  Introducing  Northeastern  University 
and  Co-opportunities.  These  are  mailed  to  those  who  express  interest  in 
Northeastern. 

Required  Deposits 

If  the  Committee  on  Admissions  makes  a  favorable  decision  on  your  applica- 
tion, you  will  be  asked  to  submit  a  nonreturnable  tuition  deposit  of  $100  by 
April  1.  This  deposit  serves  as  an  indication  of  your  intention  to  enroll  and  is 
applied  to  your  first-quarter  tuition  account.  A  dormitory  deposit  of  $100  is  due 
at  the  same  time  for  resident  students.  Written  requests  to  extend  the  deposit 
date  to  May  1  will  be  honored  if  submitted  no  later  than  March  15. 

Registration 

Freshmen  in  the  day  programs  will  register  at  the  Boston  Campus  on  Thursday, 
September  21,  1972;  at  the  Burlington  Campus  on  Thursday,  September  21. 
Students  are  not  considered  to  have  met  the  requirements  for  admission  until 
they  have  successfully  passed  the  required  physical  examination.  Registration 
must  be  in  person. 

Programs  for  Minority  Group  Students 

Northeastern  University  deliberately  seeks  to  expand  educational  opportuni- 
ties for  deserving  minority  group  students  and  to  recruit  promising  students 
from  economically  and  culturally  disadvantaged  backgrounds.  In  so  doing,  it  has 
increased  its  guidance  and  other  supporting  services  in  order  that  such  students 
may  be  assured  the  opportunity  to  succeed  in  their  chosen  fields  of  study.  These 
supporting  services  include  tutorial  study,  programmed  instruction,  and  summer 
study  prior  to  enrollment.  Other  counseling  services  are  provided  by  the  Univer- 


42   /   ADMISSIONS    INFORMATION 

sity's  Afro-American  Institute.  Financial  aid  is  granted  as  may  be  required  to 
make  college  attendance  possible. 


ADMISSION  OF  TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

A  student  wishing  to  transfer  into  the  Basic  Colleges  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity may  request  advanced  standing  as  an  upperclassman  on  the  basis  of 
acceptable  credits  earned  in  an  accredited  two-  or  four-year  institution  or  a 
technical  institute. 

Basic  Requirements 

Full  details  of  the  University's  transfer  policy  are  available  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Admission  upon  request.  Following  are  the  basic  requirements: 

1.  Only  a  candidate  who  presents  satisfactory  college  records  may  be  con- 
sidered for  advanced  standing  credit  (cumulative  average  of  C  or  bet- 
ter). No  credit  is  given  for  the  lowest  passing  mark. 

2.  Credit  is  given  for  those  courses  which  are  the  equivalent  of  required 
subjects  offered  in  the  particular  college  at  Northeastern.  Credit  may 
also  be  given  for  elective  courses. 

3.  Candidates  must  be  in  good  standing  and  eligible  to  continue  in  the 
institution  they  are  currently  attending. 

4.  Evidence  of  honorable  dismissal  and  satisfactory  health  are  required. 
(Appropriate  forms  will  be  sent.) 

5.  Special  student  status  is  not  possible  in  any  of  the  Basic  Colleges  of 
Northeastern. 

Application  Procedure 

1.  Complete  an  application  for  admission  no  later  than  May  1  if  Septem- 
ber entrance  is  planned.  In  certain  programs  enrollment  is  possible  at 
the  beginning  of  each  Northeastern  quarter  of  study.  Full  information 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Admissions. 

2.  Submit  a  high  school  transcript. 

3.  Request  that  an  official  college  transcript  be  sent.  This  should  include 
a  list  of  courses  which  will  be  completed  prior  to  the  end  of  the 
academic  year. 

4.  A  personal  interview  is  strongly  recommended,  but  may  be  waived  if 
the  applicant  is  at  a  considerable  distance  from  Boston. 

NOTE:  Transfer  students  are  not  required  to  complete  entrance  examinations. 

Financial  Aid 

A  number  of  scholarships,  loans,  and  grants  are  available  to  qualified  trans- 
fer students. 

The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  in  any  form  to  foreign 
students. 


ADMISSIONS    INFORMATION   /   43 

Candidates  must  submit  an  application  to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  and 
file  a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  with  the  College  Scholarship  Service, 
Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  no  later  than  May  1. 

Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Outline  of  Freshman  Courses 

The  first  year  is  a  period  of  full-time  study  during  which  the  student  must 
demonstrate  fitness  for  the  program  which  has  been  elected.  The  cooperative 
plan  of  training  on  the  job  normally  begins  with  the  second  year.  Students 
who  are  unsuccessful  in  the  basic  courses  of  the  freshman  year  will  not  be 
permitted  to  continue  with  their  advanced  program,  but  will  be  advised  to 
change  their  goal  and  type  of  training.  In  some  instances  this  will  mean 
change  to  another  curriculum  at  Northeastern;  in  others,  withdrawal  from  the 
institution.  The  freshmen  courses  are  so  arranged  as  to  permit  change  of 
objective  during  or  at  the  end  of  the  first  year  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time. 

Requests  for  catalogs,  information,  or  for  personal  interviews  should  be 
addressed  to: 

The  Dean  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Office:  150  Richards  Hall         Tel:  437-2200 
(The  University  is  closed  on  all  legal  holidays.) 


college 
expenses 


TUITION— ALL  COLLEGES 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
any  time. 

Freshmen  —  Tlie  charge  for  tuition  for  all  freshmen  attending  the  Huntington 
Avenue  and  Burlington  Campuses  is  $605  per  quarter. 

Engineering  Upper-Class  Students  —  The  charge  for  tuition  is  $860  per  quarter. 

Liberal    Arts,    Education,    Business   Administration,    Pharmacy,    Boston-Bouve, 

Criminal  Justice,  and  Nursing  Upper-Class  Students  —  The  charge  for  tuition 
is  $835  per  quarter. 

Student  Teaching  —  The  charge  for  student  teaching  in  the  College  of  Education 
Is  $417.50. 

Men  in  professional  Physical  Education  classes  of  1973,  1974  and  1975  have 
a  three-week  resident  camp  requirement  during  the  Summer  Quarter  of  the 
middler  or  junior  year.  Students  may  expect  to  be  assessed  for  living  accommo- 
dations and  food  for  the  period  of  time  in  residence. 

In  the  Spring  Quarter  of  the  freshman  year,  there  is  a  required  two-week 
resident  program  at  the  Warren  Center  for  Physical  Education  majors.  An  addi- 
tional $70.00  fee  is  charged  for  room  and  board. 

Recreation  Education  students  have  a  two-week  term  of  camping  in  Maine. 
The  approximate  cost  is  $170. 

A  one-week  session  in  winter  sports  is  required  for  Recreation  Education 
majors  and  may  be  elected  by  Physical  Education  majors.  Full  cost  for  Ski  Week 
at  North  Conway,  New  Hampshire  or  an  alternative  location  approximates 
$90-100. 

All  upper-class  students  in  Boston-Bouve  are  required  to  carry  liability 
insurance. 

COSTS   FOR   FRESHMEN 
Schedule  of  Tuition  and  Payments,  1972—73 

Date  of  Payment  Tuition 

September  19,  1972  $605.00 

January  2,  1973  $605.00 

April  2,  1973  $605.00 

44 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES   /   45 
Schedule  of  Dormitory  Payments,  1972-73 

Melvin,  White, 
Speare  and  Smith,  Light,  Other 

Stetson  Halls  Dormitories 

Due  September  19,  1972 

Dormitory  Charge $500.00    $485.00    $460.00 

Infirmary  fee 15.00   15.00   15.00 


Total     $515.00  $500.00  $475.00 

Due  on  January  2,  1973 

Dormitory  Charge $500.00  $485.00  $460.00 

Infirmary  fee 15.00  15.00  15.00 


Total     $515.00  $500.00  $475.00 

Due  on  April  2,  1973 

Dormitory  Charge $500.00  $485.00  $460.00 

Infirmary  fee 15.00  15.00  15.00 


Total     $515.00    $500.00    $475.00 

Students  should  allow  an  additional  amount  for  clothing,  incidentals,  and  per- 
sonal expenses.  This  amount  will  vary  with  individual  tastes  and  spending  habits. 


Summary  of  Freshman  Expenses  Due 


Dormitory*  Non-Dormitory 

Student  Student 


APPPLICATION    FEE     $      15.00  $      15.00 

Due  September  19,  1972 

Tuition,  1st  Quarter 605.00  605.00 

Laboratory  Deposit  (if  taking) 20.00  20.00 

Health  Service  Fee 75.00  75.00 

Student  Center  Charge  (Boston) 12.50  12.50 

Books  &  Supplies  (estimate) 100.00  100.00 

ROTC  deposit  (if  taking) 10.00  10.00 

Dormitory  charge 500.00 

Infirmary  fee  (1st  Qtr.) 15.00 


Total    $1352.50    $  837.50 

(Engineering  students  should  add  approximately  $50  for  drawing  instruments 
and  equipment.) 

*This  scale  is  for  Speare  and  Stetson,  other  dormitories  are  slightly  less. 


46   /   COLLEGE   EXPENSES 

Due  on  January  2,  1973,  and  on  April  2,  1973 

Tuition    $  605.00    $  605.00 

Student  Center  fee 12.50   12.50 

Dormitory  charges 500.00 

Infirmary  fee 15.00 


Total  each  quarter $1132.50   $  617.50 

COSTS   FOR   UPPERCLASSMEN 
Schedule  of  Tuition  Payments 

Tuition  for  all 

Colleges  except  Tuition  for 

Engineering  Engineering 

Date  of  Payment 

Division  A 

September  25,  1972 $  835    $  860 

April  2,  1973 835    860 

Division  B 

January  2,  1973 835  860 

June  25,  1973 835  860 

*  Division  C 

September  25,  1972 

January  2,  1973 

April  2,  1973 


835  

860 

835  

860 

835  

860 

*Division  C  is  the  term  used  to  denote  the  classification  of  students  who  are  temporarily 
or  permanently  on  a  non-cooperative  academic  year.  Certain  students  in  the  College  of 
Liberal  Arts  may  elect  a  non-cooperative  four  year  program.  In  other  colleges  this  pro- 
gram is  a  temporary  one  usually  required  of  transfer  students  in  order  to  phase  into 
the  cooperative  plan. 


REQUIRED  FEES  FOR  ALL  STUDENTS 
Application  Fee 

A  fee  of  $15  is  required  when  the  application  for  admission  is  filed.  This 
fee  is  non-returnable. 

Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 

The  University  provides  an  excellent  hospital  insurance  and  student  health 
program.  All  students  will  pay  a  non-refundable  University  Health  Service  fee 
of  $75  per  year.  This  fee  will  cover  the  group  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  program 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES   /   47 

and  the  medical  services  whicfi  are  provided  to  students  by  the  University 
Health  Service. 

Student  Center  Fee 

All  students  in  the  Basic  Colleges  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  campus  are 
charged  a  fee  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the  services  available  in  the  Student 
Center  building. 

Graduation  Fee 

A  fee  of  $25  covering  graduation  is  required  by  the  University  of  all  candi- 
dates for  a  degree.  This  fee  must  be  paid  before  the  end  of  the  fifth  week  of 
the  last  scholastic  quarter  in  the  senior  year.  Candidates  in  the  College  of 
Nursing  are  required  also  to  pay  a  charge  of  about  $10  for  their  graduation  pin. 

COLLEGE   OF  NURSING   UNIFORMS 

Students  in  the  Associate  Degree  Program  purchase  uniforms  in  the  fall 
quarter  of  the  freshman  year. 

Students  in  the  Baccalaureate  Degree  Program  purchase  uniforms  in  the 
fall  quarter  of  the  sophomore  year. 

The  cost  is  approximately  $40. 

COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   UNIFORMS 

Uniforms  for  Respiratory  Therapy  Students 

Students  in  Respiratory  Therapy  purchase  uniforms  in  the  spring  quarter  of 
the  freshman  year. 

Uniforms  for  Dental  Hygiene 

Students  in  Dental  Hygiene  purchase  uniforms  in  the  fall  quarter  of  freshman 
year. 

Uniforms  for  Radiologic  Technology  Students 

Students  in  Radiologic  Technology  purchase  uniforms  in  the  fall  quarter  of 
the  freshman  year. 

Uniforms  for  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Students 

Students  in  Medical  Laboratory  Science  baccalaureate  degree  program  pur- 
chase uniforms  in  the  fall  quarter  of  the  junior  year.  Co-op  assignments  to 
hospitals  will  usually  require  uniform  purchase  in  the  fall  quarter  of  the 
sophomore  year. 

BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  UNIFORMS 
Uniforms  for  Physical  Therapy  Students 

Students  in  the  Physical  Therapy  Program  are  required  to  purchase  regulation 


48   /   COLLEGE  EXPENSES 

uniforms  and  accessories  prior  to  Supervised  Clinical  Education.  The  cost  of 
clinic  uniforms  is  approximately  $75. 

Women  may  wear  the  required  gymnasium  uniform  for  laboratory  classes. 
Men  are  required  to  wear  navy  blue  shorts  and  white  T-shirts  for  these  classes. 

Uniforms  for  Physical  Education  Students 

Men  and  women  majoring  in  Physical  Education  are  required  to  purchase 
uniforms.  The  cost  approximates  $85.00. 

Uniforms  for  Recreation  Education  Students 

Both  men  and  women  majoring  in  Recreation  Education  have  required  uni- 
forms; the  cost  is  approximately  $50. 

Uniforms  for  Health  Education  Students 

Each  Health  Education  major  is  required  to  purchase  an  activity  uniform  for 
Physical  Education.  The  cost  of  the  uniforms  is  approximately  $20. 

DEPOSITS   REQUIRED 

Tuition  Deposit 

Applicants  accepted  for  admission  must  upon  request  pay  a  non-returnable 
tuition  deposit  of  one  hundred  dollars  ($100)  as  evidence  of  their  intention  to 
enroll,  and  this  will  be  applied  on  their  first  tuition  payment. 

Dormitory  Deposit 

Students  who  have  been  accepted  for  admission  to  a  University  dormitory 
must  upon  request  pay  a  non-returnable  dormitory  deposit  of  one  hundred  dol- 
lars ($100).  This  deposit  will  be  applied  to  the  first  quarter  payment. 

Laboratory  Deposits 

Students  taking  laboratory  courses,  i.e.  Chemistry,  Biology,  Pharmacy,  etc., 
should  be  prepared  to  purchase  laboratory  deposit  cards  from  the  Bursar  as 
directed  by  the  department  offering  the  course.  These  deposits  will  be 
charged  with  deductions  for  breakage,  chemicals,  and  destruction  of  apparatus 
in  the  laboratory.  Deposit  cards  are  available  for  $20  each,  and  unused  portions 
are  refundable.  A  charge  of  $5  each  is  made  for  extra  cards. 

Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps — Uniform  Deposit 

Freshmen  enrolling  in  ROTC  make  a  deposit  of  $10  to  cover  loss  of  or 
damage  to  ROTC  uniform  and  equipment.  Any  loss  or  damage  exceeding  the 
deposit  will  be  charged  to  the  student. 

OTHER  FEES 
Payment  of  Tuition 

All  payments  should   be  made  at  the  Bursar's  Office.   Checks  should   be 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES  /   49 

made  payable  to  Northeastern  University.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  attend 
classes  beginning  with  the  second  week  of  any  quarter  unless  their  tuition 
has  been  paid  or  specific  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Bursar  for  a 
plan  of  deferred  payment.  Deferred  payment  of  tuition  entails  a  fee  of  two 
dollars  ($2). 

Late  Payment  Fee 

A  fee  of  ten  dollars  ($10)  will  be  assessed  for  failure  to  make  or  arrange  for 
payments  in  accordance  with  the  prescribed  regulations. 

REFUNDS 

The  general  policy  in  all  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  with  respect 
to  refunds  of  tuition  to  students  is  as  follows: 

The  University  provides  all  instruction  on  an  academic  quarter  basis  for 
which  students  pay  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  Tuition  refunds  will  be 
granted  through  the  first  four  weeks  of  a  quarter  only  when  specific  conditions 
are  met.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  discussed  with  the  Dean  of 
Students'  Office. 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  application  when  filed  with  the  Registrar.  Non-attend- 
ance does  not  constitute  official  withdrawal. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Amount  of  Refund 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within  Percentage  of  Tuition 

1st  week  of  Quarter  100% 

2nd  week  of  Quarter  75% 

3rd  week  of  Quarter  50% 

4th  week  of  Quarter  25% 


financial  aid 


Financial  Aid  is  granted  on  the  basis  of  financial  need.  Within  the  limits 
imposed  by  the  availability  of  funds,  Northeastern  will  make  every  effort  to 
assist  any  student  in  good  standing  whose  personal  and  family  resources  are 
insufficient  to  meet  the  cost  of  attendance. 

Students  granted  financial  aid  receive,  in  most  cases,  a  Financial  Aid 
Package  which  consists  of  scholarships,  loans,  and  part-time  employment. 

Scholarships  are  made  available  by  the  state  and  Federal  governments  and 
through  the  generosity  of  individuals  and  business  organizations  concerned 
with  student  welfare.  With  the  exception  of  those  scholarships  sponsored  by 
the  state  or  Federal  government,  these  awards  carry  a  moral  obligation  for 
repayment  at  some  future  date. 

Loan  assistance  is  largely  federally  guaranteed  and  requires  repayment  after 
graduation  at  modest  interest  rates  and  over  a  long  period  of  time. 

The  University  does  not  award  financial  assistance  in  any  form  to  foreign 
students. 

Part-time  employment  is  provided  either  by  Northeastern  directly  or  jointly 
by  Northeastern  and  off-campus  agencies  under  the  auspices  of  the  College 
Work-Study  Program. 

Detailed  information  as  to  the  procedure  to  follow  in  applying  for  aid  can 
be  found  in  the  Freshman  Catalog  and  in  the  Handbook  for  Students. 

SCHOLARSHIPS  FOR   FRESHMEN 

Students  interested  in  applying  for  freshman  scholarships,  loans,  and  em- 
ployment may  obtain  detailed  information  from  the  Freshman  Catalog. 

Alumni  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Scholarship  aid  is  available  to  entering  freshmen  who  are  relatives  of  alumni. 

Applicants  must  show  evidence  of  scholastic  achievement  and  financial  need. 

Henry  B.  Alvord  Memorial  Scholarships  in  Civil  Engineering  Engineering 

Established  in  1940  in  memory  of  the  late  Henry  B.  Alvord,  Professor  of 
Civil  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department  for  eighteen  years,  the 
award  is  made  annually  to  a  student  graduating  from  an  accredited  secondary 

50 


FINANCIAL  AID  /   51 

school  who  demonstrates  superior  academic  ability  and  gives  promise  of  suc- 
ceeding in  civil  engineering.  The  grant  of  $250  is  made  only  to  an  entering 
freshman  vjho  is  qualified  for  and  plans  to  study  civil  engineering. 

Armstrong  Rubber  Company  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1960,  the  Armstrong  Rubber  Company  of  West  Haven,  Con- 
necticut, offers  annually  a  scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $1,800  to  a  quali- 
fied boy  or  girl  admitted  to  the  University  for  a  full-time  program  of  study. 
Although  children  of  Armstrong  Company  employees  are  given  preference,  any 
student  residing  in  New  Haven  County  is  eligible  to  apply. 

Recipients  of  the  scholarship  will  participate  in  the  University's  cooperative 
program  and  will  be  expected  to  spend  at  least  four  periods  of  student  em- 
ployment with  the  firm.  Scholarship  applications  are  available  from  the  Com- 
pany upon  request  and  should  be  returned  to  the  Personnel  Office  no  later 
than  April  30  of  the  year  in  which  the  student  plans  to  enter  the  University. 

Badger  Company,  Inc.,  Grant  Program  Engineering 

The  Badger  Company,  Inc.,  has  made  available  to  Northeastern  University 
two  grants  of  $1,200  each  to  be  given  to  first-year  students.  Recipients  must 
be  from  the  secondary  schools  in  the  Greater  Boston  area  who  have  been 
accepted  into  the  College  of  Engineering.  Summer  employment  shall  be  avail- 
able to  the  recipient(s)  of  the  grant  during  the  summer  before  his  matricula- 
tion at  the  University;  and  cooperative  work  will  be  offered  as  long  as  positions 
are  available,  during  his  undergraduate  years. 

George  L.  Barnes  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  in  1969  by  Miriam  P.  Poole,  daughter  of  George  L. 
Barnes,  in  memory  of  her  father,  a  distinguished  member  of  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation  and  Board  of  Trustees  from  1937  until  his  death  in  1965. 

The  income  from  this  fund  will  provide  a  full  scholarship  annually  to  some 
deserving  boy  from  Weymouth.  The  award  is  made  on  the  basis  of  need  and  char- 
acter. Some  additional  assistance  may  be  given  in  the  upper-class  years. 

The  Godfrey  L.  Cabot  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  by  Dr.  Cabot  in  1954  in  order  to  help  meet  the 
college  expenses  of  employees  or  children  of  employees  of  Godfrey  L.  Cabot, 
Inc.,  and  its  subsidiary  and  associated  companies.  To  be  eligible,  the  em- 
ployee must  have  completed  at  least  five  years  of  service  to  the  company  prior 
to  the  time  the  student  enters  the  University.  The  University  shall  determine 
the  number  and  amount  of  these  scholarships,  which  are  not  limited  to  out- 
standing students  and  which  are  available  to  evening  as  well  as  day  students. 
Students  interested  in  applying  for  scholarship  aid  from  this  fund  should 
communicate  with  the  Cabot  personnel  office  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid 
at  Northeastern  University. 

The  Gardner  A.  Caverly  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

This   scholarship  was  established    in    1957   through  the  generosity  of   Mr. 


52   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

Gardner  A.  Caverly,  an  alumnus  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration  and 
a  member  of  the  Class  of  1934.  Its  purpose  is  to  provide  financial  assistance 
and  encourage  qualified  students  from  the  New  England  area  to  attend  North- 
eastern University.  In  selecting  worthy  students  for  these  scholarship  awards, 
preference  is  given  to  graduates  of  the  Rutland,  Vermont,  and  Laconia,  New 
Hampshire  high  schools. 

Community  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

The  Community  Scholarships  were  established  by  President  Asa  S.  Knowles 
in  1963.  Northeastern  will  grant  scholarships  in  the  amount  of  $500  to  quali- 
fied students  from  the  following  communities:  Ashland,  three  scholarships; 
Boston,  twelve  scholarships;  Burlington,  three  scholarships;  and  Weston,  three 
scholarships. 

The  Cotreil  Company  Engineering  Scholarship  Engineering 

In  1961,  The  Cotreil  Company  of  Westerly,  Rhode  Island,  established  an 
annual  scholarship  of  $1,000  to  be  awarded  to  a  senior  in  the  upper  fourth  of 
his  class  attending  a  high  school  in  the  Westerly  area  or  to  a  senior  in  any 
high  school  who  is  the  son  of  an  employee  of  The  Cotreil  Company.  Selection 
preference  will  be  given  to  sons  of  employees  and  to  students  who  have 
a  long-range  interest  in  the  specialized  fields  of  mechanical,  electrical,  and  in- 
dustrial engineering. 

The  William  0.  DiPietro  Scholarship  Engineering 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1967  through  the  generosity  of  Mr. 
William  0.  DiPietro,  a  distinguished  alumnus  of  the  College  of  Engineering 
and  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1942.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to 
one  or  more  deserving  freshmen  who  demonstrate  a  high  caliber  of  achieve- 
ment and  a  desire  to  fulfill  the  limits  of  their  ability  in  both  academic  and 
cooperative  periods  of  study.  In  considering  recipients  for  this  scholarship, 
preference  will  be  given  to  sons  of  employees  and  to  students  who  have  a 
desire  to  major  in  Chemical  Engineering.  It  is  intended  that  those  students 
receiving  awards  from  this  scholarship  might  someday  contribute  to  this  or  other 
scholarships  themselves,  thereby  perpetuating  growing  funds  that  will  help  other 
deserving  individuals. 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 

(See  section  describing  Federal  Programs.) 

Carl  Stephens  Ell  Alumni  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

To  honor  Dr.  Carl  Stephens  Ell,  the  second  president  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity, the  Alumni  Association,  in  1958,  established  these  scholarships.  Either 
freshmen  or  upperclassmen  enrolled  at  the  University  are  eligible.  Awards  will 
be  made  to  worthy  students  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  ability  and  need.  The 
scholarships  are  to  be  distributed  as  equitably  as  possible  among  students  in 
the  Basic  Colleges  and  University  College.  Preference  shall  be  given  to  sons 
and  daughters  of  Northeastern  Alumni. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /   53 
Elmer  H.  and  Daisy  M.  Everett  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

The  purpose  of  this  fund,  established  in  1961  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Elmer  H. 
Everett,  is  to  provide  scholarship  aid  for  a  qualified  entering  freshman  or 
upper-class  student  who  will  receive  the  greatest  benefit  from  this  assistance. 
The  scholarship,  to  be  awarded  annually,  will  be  equal  to  one-half  tuition  for 
a  full  academic  year. 

Preference  will  be  given  to  a  worthy  student  who  is  a  member  of,  or  the 
son  or  daughter  of  a  member  of,  the  Carter  Memorial  Methodist  Church  of 
Needham  Heights,  Massachusetts,  or  to  another  student  suggested  by  the 
minister  of  this  church.  Should  there  be  no  qualified  candidate  available  from 
the  above  source,  then  the  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  any  worthy  boy 
or  girl. 

The  George  Raymond  Fennell  Memorial  Scholarships      Business  Administration 

Two  full-tuition  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  first-year  students 
enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration.  The  scholarships  are 
awarded  in  memory  of  George  Raymond  Fennell,  formerly  Assistant  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Director  of  the  Northeastern  Student  Union. 

General  Motors  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

General  Motors  has  a  vital  interest  in  higher  education  in  America.  Under 
its  "College  Plan,"  one  five-year  scholarship  is  granted  to  a  high  school  senior 
of  high  ability  who  has  been  admitted  to  one  of  Northeastern's  Basic  Col- 
leges. The  selection  is  made  from  among  all  students  accepted  for  admission. 
A  special  application  is  not  required.  (Alternate  years  commencing  with  1971.) 

College  of  Nursing  Scholarships  Nursing 

Scholarships  are  made  available  to  students  in  the  College  of  Nursing 
through  a  fund  established  by  contributions  from  Northeastern  University, 
Permanent  Charities  Fund,  Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Children's  Hos- 
pital Medical  Center,  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  New  England  Deaconess  Hospital, 
and  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital.  The  application  procedures  and  qualifica- 
tions for  selection  are  the  same  as  those  for  all  other  scholarships. 

Charles  Hayden  Memorial  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

The  Charles  Hayden  Foundation,  created  by  the  will  of  the  late  Charles 
Hayden,  an  alumnus  of  the  Boston  English  High  School,  offers  annually  me- 
morial scholarships  to  freshmen  at  Northeastern  University.  The  scholarships 
are  awarded  to  "deserving  boys"  whose  parents  are  unable  to  finance  the 
entire  cost  of  their  education. 

The  Edward  L.  Hurtig  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1968  through  the  generosity  of  the 
Hurtig  family  in  memory  of  Edward  L.  Hurtig,  an  afumnus  of  the  College  of 
Engineering,  Class  of  1946.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an  entering 
freshman  in  the  day  colleges  who  has  demonstrated  the  necessity  for  financial 
aid.  Preferences  will  be  given  to  recipients  of  the  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  Scholarship  Program  of  the  United  States  Office  of  Education. 


54   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Maurice  A.  and  Nellie  L.  Idelson  Award  All  Colleges 

This  award,  established  in  1968,  is  given  annually  to  an  entering  freshman 
in  the  day  colleges  who  has  demonstrated  the  need  for  financial  aid.  Prefer- 
ence will  be  given  to  graduates  of  the  Boston  English  High  School.  Should 
there  be  no  qualified  candidate  from  this  source,  the  award  will  then  be  given 
to  any  worthy  student. 

Regional  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Secondary  school  students  who  reside  in  rural  areas  of  New  England,  who 
have  demonstrated  superior  achievement  in  their  studies,  and  who  are  strongly 
endorsed  by  their  principals  and  guidance  counselors,  may  qualify  for  a  Re- 
gional Scholarship.  Scholarships  range  from  $200-$1400. 

Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Scholarship   Program 

(See  section  describing  Federal  Programs.) 

Spofford  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

The  Spofford  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an  American  Negro,  Ameri- 
can Indian,  or  multi-racial  freshman  who  demonstrates  severe  financial  need. 

Clinton  H.  Scovell  Scholarships  Boston-Bouve 

Scholarships  are  made  available  annually  to  men  and  women  students  in 
Boston-Bouve  College  through  a  fund  provided  by  the  will  of  Clinton  H.  Scovell. 

The  Sidney  L.  Sholley  Memorial  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

The  Sidney  L.  Sholley  Memorial  Scholarships  have  been  established  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  Keystone  Charitable  Foundation  in  memory  of  Mr.  Sidney  L. 
Sholley,  founder  and  first  president  of  the  Keystone  group  of  mutual  funds. 
Two  scholarships  of  $600  each  will  be  awarded  annually  to  incoming  fresh- 
men. Recipients  of  the  scholarships  will  be  known  as  the  Sidney  L.  Sholley 
Scholars. 

Trustee  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1928  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Northeastern  University, 
these  full-  and  partial-tuition  scholarships  are  granted  in  the  Basic  Colleges 
each  year  to  entering  freshmen  who  have  demonstrated  superior  scholastic 
attainment  throughout  their  preparatory  or  high  school  courses. 

Power  Systems  Engineering  Grants-in-Aid  Electrical  Engineering 

A  number  of  public  utilities  and  power  equipment  manufacturing  companies 
in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  United  States  have  made  available  grants-in- 
aid  ranging  from  $1,000  to  $1,800  to  assist  able  freshmen  who  are  planning  to 
undertake  the  six-year  integrated  cooperative  program  in  power  systems  engi- 
neering leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Master  of  Science 
in  Electrical  Engineering.  These  awards  are  made  on  the  basis  of  academic 
achievement  in  high  school  and  aptitude  for  and  interest  in  the  field  of  power 
systems  engineering,  without  regard  to  financial  need. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /    55 

Candidates  for  such  grants-in-aid  should  apply  to  the  Dean  of  Admissions 
at  Northeastern  University  not  later  than  March  1  of  the  year  in  which  they 
wish  to  enter  the  College  of  Engineering. 

SCHOLARSHIPS  FOR  UPPERCLASSMEN 

Dr.  Martin  E.  Adamo  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  of  $100  is  given  annually  by  the  Boston  Association  of 
Retail  Druggists  in  memory  of  Dr.  Martin  E.  Adamo,  the  second  president  of 
the  New  England  College  of  Pharmacy. 

The  Vivian  B.  Allen  Scholarships  Nursing 

The  Vivian  B.  Allen  Foundation  Endowment  for  nursing  scholarships  was 
established  in  1968  through  the  generosity  of  the  Vivian  B.  Allen  Foundation, 
Inc.  The  income  from  a  $500,000  endowment  fund  is  to  be  used  to  provide 
scholarship  assistance  for  students  entering  or  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Nursing  of  Northeastern  University.  The  application  procedures  and  qualifica- 
tions for  selection  are  the  same  as  those  for  all  other  scholarships. 

American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education  Scholarships        Pharmacy 

The  Board  of  Grants  of  the  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Educa- 
tion provides  three  scholarships  of  $200  each  to  be  awarded  to  junior  or 
senior  students  on  the  basis  of  scholarship  and  financial  need  with  the  under- 
standing that  the  University  will  match  the  awards  to  the  students  selected. 
The  use  of  the  funds  is  restricted  to  the  payment  of  tuition  and  laboratory  fees. 

The  Boston  Section  of  the  American  Society  for 

Quality  Control  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

This  annual  award  was  established  in  1961  by  the  Boston  Section  of  the 
American  Society  for  Quality  Control  to  provide  assistance  to  a  student  en- 
rolled in  a  collegiate  program  which  will  prepare  him  for  a  constructive  career 
in  the  broad  field  of  quality  control.  The  recipient  must  have  completed  his 
second  year;  and  in  his  education  or  work  experience,  he  must  have  demon- 
strated an  interest  in  the  broad  field  of  quality  control. 

The  Boston  Section  has  an  extensive  educational  program  for  those  whose 
work  requires  an  increasing  knowledge  of  quality  control,  and  it  is  active  in 
enhancing  the  standards  in  this  field. 

The  Henry  Francis  Barrows  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1949,  the  four  Henry  Francis  Barrows  Scholarships  pro- 
vided under  the  will  of  Fanny  B.  Reed,  are  offered  to  Protestant  young  men, 
born  and  brought  up  in  New  England.  Good  scholastic  standing,  good  char- 
acter, and  need  must  be  demonstrated  by  recipients  of  the  scholarships. 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Emil  Matthew  Bauer  Fund  All  Colleges 

The  interest  from  the  Fund,  established  in  1954,  is  used  for  scholarships 
or  other  financial  assistance  to  students  of  German  birth  or  of  German  extrac- 
tion studying  at  Northeastern  University.  The  scholarships  are  available  to 
either  men  or  women  students  enrolled  in  any  year  at  the  University. 


56   /   FINANCIAL  AID 

Board  of  Higher  Education  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

This  program  was  established  in  1957  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachu- 
setts to  provide  scholarship  aid  to  Massachusetts  students  pursuing  full-time 
day  schedules  in  accredited  colleges.  Awards  are  made  in  the  fall  of  each 
year,  and  applications  for  upper-class  students  are  available  during  April  in 
the  Office  of  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  for  Students. 

The  Boston  Paper  Trades  Association,  Inc., 

Scholarship  Business  Administration 

Established  in  1966  by  the  Boston  Paper  Trades  Association,  Inc.,  this  is 
an  annual  scholarship  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  who  has  demonstrated  by 
his  cooperative  work  achievement  and  his  extracurricular  activities  an  interest 
and  potential  in  the  field  of  sales.  The  recipient  must  be  of  high  character,  have 
a  good  academic  record,  and  be  able  to  demonstrate  financial  need. 

The  Boston  Rubber  Group  Scholarship  Chemistry,  Chemical  Engineering 

This  scholarship,  established  in  1962,  is  to  be  awarded  in  whole  or  in  part 
to  one  or  more  chemistry  or  chemical  engineering  cooperative  students  on 
the  basis  of  merit,  need,  scholarship,  and  personal  qualifications.  The  Boston 
Rubber  Group  is  sponsored  by  the  Division  of  Rubber  Chemistry,  American 
Chemical  Society. 

Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Scholarship  in  Memory  of 

Desmond  FitzGerald  Civil  Engineering 

In  1931  the  Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  established  a  scholarship  in 
memory  of  Desmond  FitzGerald,  a  former  president  of  the  Society  and  an 
eminent  hydraulic  engineer  with  a  distinguished  record  of  service. 

It  has  been  awarded  annually  since  1931  to  an  outstanding  Northeastern 
University  senior  or  junior  student  in  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering  of 
the  College  of  Engineering.  The  presentation  is  made  by  the  President  of  the 
Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  at  the  Society's  annual  meeting  in  the 
spring  of  the  year. 

Brookline  Hospital  Women's  Auxiliary  Scholarships  Nursing 

These  scholarships,  two  $1,000  awards,  are  available  to  upper-class  nurs- 
ing students,  with  preference  being  given  to  residents  of  Brookline.  Selec- 
tion is  on  the  basis  of  good  academic  standing  and  demonstrable  financial  need. 

Martin  Brown  Scholarship  Fund  Electrical  Engineering 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1961  by  Mr.  Martin  Brown,  an  engineer- 
ing alumnus  of  the  Class  of  1921.  The  purpose  of  this  scholarship  is  to  assist 
qualified  students  enrolled  in  electrical  engineering  who  have  need  and  who 
have  demonstrated  above-average  scholastic  ability. 

Wellington  Burnham  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  provides  financial  assistance  to  worthy  students  of  limited  means 
without  discrimination  as  to  race,  creed,  color,  or  scholastic  attainment.  It 
was  established  in  1961  under  the  provisions  of  the  will  of  George  A.  Burnham. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /   57 

Louis  S.  Cashman  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  Business  Administration 

Established  by  the  Massachusetts  CUNA  Credit  Union  Association  and  friends 
of  Mr.  Cashman  in  recognition  of  his  outstanding  service  to  the  credit  union 
movement  in  the  Commonwealth. 

This  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  students  in  the  College  of  Business 
Administration  who  have  need  with  particular  preference  given  to  those  enrolled 
in  Banking  and  Finance. 

The  Wilh'am  M.  Cavanaugh  Memorial  Scholarship  Ail  Colleges 

This  award,  established  by  the  members  of  the  Publicity  Club  of  Boston, 
is  open  to  men  and  women  of  the  Junior  and  Senior  classes  who  demonstrate 
talent  in  the  field  of  communications.  The  scholarship  of  $100  bears  the 
name  of  the  second  president  of  the  Publicity  Club  (1950-1951)  who  fulfilled 
the  role  of  an  able  and  successful  newspaper  man. 

Chemical  Club  of  New  England  Chemistry,  Chemical  Engineering 

To  promote  interest  in  the  chemistry  or  chemical  engineering  field  in  New 
England,  the  Chemical  Club  of  New  England  has  made  generous  scholarships 
available  to  junior  and  senior  students  who  are  majoring  in  chemistry  or 
chemical  engineering  and  who  show  promise  of  success  in  either  field. 

Recipients  of  these  scholarships  must  be  residents  of  New  England  and  must 
have  financial  need,  above-average  grades,  and  a  good  cooperative  work  record. 

Civil  Engineering  Department  Award  Civil  Engineering 

The  Civil  Engineering  Department  Award  was  established  by  members  of 
that  department  in  order  to  recognize  achievement  and  to  give  financial  assist- 
ance to  a  student  who  has  elected  a  major  in  the  field  of  civil  engineering. 
This  award,  in  the  amount  of  $100,  is  financed  by  gifts  from  members  of  the 
Civil  Engineering  Department  and  is  awarded  to  the  recipient  at  the  beginning 
of  his  sophomore  year. 

Connecticut  Alumni  Rudolf  0.  Oberg  Scholarships 

Each  year  the  Connecticut  Alumni  Club  awards  scholarships  to  students  from 
the  State  of  Connecticut  who  have  achieved  a  high  academic  average  in  their 
freshman  year  and  have  demonstrated  financial  need.  The  scholarships  are  to 
be  used  toward  the  tuition  expense  of  the  sophomore  year.  These  scholarships 
were  established  in  1958  to  promote  Northeastern  University  among  the 
preparatory  schools  of  Connecticut  and  in  1971  were  named  to  honor  Rudolf  0. 
Oberg,  the  former  Director  of  Alumni  Relations. 

John  W.  Dargavel  Foundation  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1954  by  the  John  W.  Dargavel  Foundation, 
sponsored  by  the  National  Association  of  Retail  Druggists.  The  award  is 
limited  to  students  who  have  completed  their  sophomore  year  in  the  College  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions. 


58  /   FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Cpl.  James  B.  Downey  USMC  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1970  through  the  generosity  of  Mr. 
William  J.  Downey,  a  graduate  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  Class  of  1952,  in 
memory  of  his  brother,  Cpl.  James  B.  Downey  USMC.  The  scholarship  is  to  be 
awarded  annually  to  an  upperclassman  in  the  day  colleges  who  has  demonstrated 
the  necessity  for  financial  aid. 

Luis  de  Flores  Endowment  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  in  1964  to  provide  yearly  awards  to  students  in 
recognition  of  superior  ingenuity,  irrespective  of  general  academic  standing. 

Agnes  F.  Driscoll  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  will  provide  scholarship  assistance  to  students  in  their  upper-class 
years  who  have  demonstrated  financial  need  and  scholastic  attainment. 

Electrical  Manufacturers  Representatives  Club 
of  New  England,  Inc.,  Scholarship  Electrical  Engineering 

Established  in  1958,  this  scholarship  of  $475  is  granted  to  a  student  or 
students  majoring  in  electrical  engineering,  without  regard  to  race,  creed,  or 
color.  To  qualify,  students  must  have  real  financial  need  and  excellent 
scholastic  standing. 

Carl  Stephens  Ell  Alumni  Scholarships 
Elmer  H.  and  Daisy  M.  Everett  Scholarship 

(For  description  of  these  two  scholarships,  see  page  52.) 

Clara  and  Joseph  F.  Ford  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

In  1947  friends  and  employees  of  Clara  and  Joseph  F.  Ford  united  to  pro- 
vide tuition  scholarships  for  worthy,  needy,  and  well-qualified  students  who 
have  demonstrated  a  democratic  and  tolerant  spirit  and  who  are  well  disposed 
toward  people  of  all  creeds  and  races. 

Gilman  Brothers  Inc.  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  of  $250  is  given  annually  by  Gilman  Brothers  Inc.  to  help 
a  student  further  his  education  in  pharmacy. 

Rabbi  Myer  0.  Grunberg  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1953  by  Mrs.  Myer  0.  and  Miss  Rose  Grunberg,  this  annual 
award  is  available  to  a  senior  student  in  any  college  of  the  University.  The 
award  is  made  to  that  man  or  woman  student  who  has  evidenced  in  personal, 
business,  and  student  relations  those  characteristics  of  leadership  and  human 
relations  which  make  for  a  better  social  order.  There  is  no  restriction  as  to 
race,  creed,  color,  or  sex. 

Health  Professions  Scholarship  Program  Pharmacy 

(See  section  describing  Federal  Programs.) 


FINANCIAL  AID   /    59 

Joseph  Anthony  Johnson  Scholarships  Engineering 

Established  in  1968  by  the  will  of  the  late  Joseph  Anthony  (Johansen)  Johnson 
of  the  Class  of  1928,  the  income  provides  scholarship  aid  for  students  enrolled 
in  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  with  preference  given  to  students 
of  Scandinavian  origin. 

Vena  Morse  Lamson  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

These  scholarships  are  provided  through  the  income  of  a  fund  established 
in  1963  by  Horatio  W.  Lamson  in  memory  of  his  beloved  wife.  The  scholar- 
ships are  awarded  annually  to  needy  and  worthy  students  who  are  enrolled  in 
any  of  the  Basic  Colleges  of  the  University.  The  scholarships  are  granted  by 
the  Committee  on  Financial  Aid  of  the  University  without  regard  to  national 
origin,  sex,  race,  or  creed. 

Avrom  Aaron  Leve  Memorial  Scholarship  Psychology 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1957  in  memory  of  Dr.  Avrom 
Aaron  Leve,  former  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  The  interest  is  used 
annually  to  provide  scholarships  for  upper-class  students  majoring  in  psy- 
chology. The  award  is  made  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievement,  financial 
need,  and  character. 

George  T.  Marvin  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  in  1961  under  the  provisions  of  the  will  of 
George  T.  Marvin,  a  graduate  of  the  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law, 
Class  of  1918.  Mr.  Marvin  designated  that  the  income  of  this  fund  should 
be  used  to  provide  financial  assistance  to  worthy  and  needy  students  to  assist 
them  in  furthering  their  education  at  Northeastern  University. 

George  T.  Marvin  Scholarships  may  be  awarded  to  new  students  seeking 
admission  to  Northeastern  and  to  students  enrolled  as  freshmen  and  upper- 
classmen.  Applicants  must  have  satisfactory  records  of  scholarship  as  of  the 
time  of  making  application  and  must  demonstrate  genuine  need  and  good 
citizenship. 

Massachusetts  State  Pharmaceutical  Association  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  of  $200  established  by  the  Massachusetts  State  Pharma- 
ceutical Association,  is  awarded  annually.  The  recipient  must  be  a  resident 
of  Massachusetts. 

The  Massachusetts  State  Pharmaceutical  Association  also  awards  a  number 
of  scholarships  of  $100.  Applications  for  these  scholarships  may  be  secured 
from  the  office  of  the  Association  at  11  Beacon  Street,  Boston. 

McKesson  &  Robbins,  Inc.,  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  of  $200,  given  annually  by  McKesson  &  Robbins,  Inc.,  is 
awarded  to  a  worthy  student  in  financial  need. 

Frederick  W.  Muckenhoupt  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

This  award  was  established  in   1961  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  F.  Muckenhoupt 


60  /    FINANCIAL  AID 

in  memory  of  their  son,   Frederick  W.   Muckenhoupt,  Class  of   1959  of  the 
College  of  Engineering. 

The  award  is  to  be  made  annually  to  a  student  in  good  standing  on  the 
basis  of  need.  Preference  is  given  to  a  student  enrolled  in  the  Department  of 
Electrical  Engineering. 

Muro  Pharmacal  Laboratories,  Inc.  Scholarship  Award  Fund  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  award  fund  was  established  in  1970  by  Mr.  Samuel  J.  Rosen- 
berg, President  of  Muro  Pharmacal  Laboratories,  Inc.  A  $100  award  will  be 
made  annually  to  a  qualified  entering  freshman  or  upper-class  student  in  the 
College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  who  demonstrates  the  need 
for  financial  aid. 

The  New  England  Paper  Merchants,  Inc.,  Scholarship  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1959  by  the  New  England  Paper  Merchants  Association,  Inc., 
this  is  an  annual  scholarship  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  who  has  demon- 
strated by  his  cooperative  work  achievement  and  his  extracurricular  activi- 
ties an  interest  and  potential  in  the  field  of  sales.  The  recipient  must  be  of  high 
character,  must  be  able  to  demonstrate  financial  need,  and  must  have  a  good 
academic  record. 

Norfolk  County  Pharmaceutical  Association  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  of  $50  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  who  meets  the  re- 
quirements both  financially  and  scholastically  and  is  a  resident  of  one  of  the 
member  towns  covered  by  the  Norfolk  County  Pharmaceutical  Association 
(Norwood,  Dedham,  Canton,  Walpole,  Millis,  Needham,  Westwood,  and  Islington). 

Physical  Therapy  Traineeships  Boston-Bouve 

(See  section  describing  Federal  Programs.) 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers  Scholarship  Business  Administration 

The  Pilot  Freight  Carriers  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an  upper-class 
student  of  Business  Administration  who  has  achieved  an  outstanding  academic 
record  and  who  is  interested  in  a  career  in  the  field  of  transportation.  The 
amount  of  this  award  is  $500. 

Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Scholarship  Program 

(See  section  describing  Federal  Programs.) 

The  Mildred  A.  Reardon  Scholarship  Award  All  Colleges 

Delta  Pi  Alpha  Sorority  sponsors  an  annual  award  of  $100  to  a  deserving 
under-class  woman  in  the  Basic  Colleges.  Selection  is  made  by  the  Dean  of 
Women  on  the  basis  of  financial  need  and  academic  standing.  The  award 
is  given  in  honor  of  an  outstanding  alumna  of  Northeastern  and  Delta  Pi 
Alpha,  whose  academic  excellence,  strength  of  character,  and  qualities  of 
leadership  have  typified  the  ideal  for  which  the  sorority  strives. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /   61 

The  Gay  Miller  Reese  Memorial  Scholarship  Boston-Bouve  College 

The  Gay  Miller  Reese  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1971  by 
Everett  Reese,  in  memory  of  his  wife,  and  by  members  of  the  Class  of  1921  at 
their  50th  Reunion  in  honor  of  their  classmate  and  Class  President,  Gay  Miller 
Reese.  This  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  help  a  well-qualified  upper- 
classman  in  Boston-Bouve  College  acquire  the  education  he  or  she  could  not 
otherwise  afford.  The  recipient  of  this  award  will  be  selected  by  the  Committee 
on  Scholarships. 

Frank  B.  Sanborn  Scholarship  Fund  Engineering 

The  Frank  B.  Sanborn  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1958  to  provide 
a  scholarship  or  scholarships  of  not  more  than  $500  to  worthy  and  needy 
students  selected  by  the  University,  without  restrictions  as  to  race,  creed,  or 
geographic  origin,  but  with  preference  being  given  to  students  majoring  in 
electrical,  mechanical,  civil,  or  industrial  engineering,  in  the  order  stated. 

Each  recipient  must  be  willing  to  assume  a  moral  obligation  to  reimburse 
the  fund  as  he  may  be  able,  in  order  to  make  similar  financial  aid  available 
for  other  students  in  later  years.  There  shall  be  no  interest  charged  and  no 
time  specified  for  reimbursement. 

Ch'nton  H.  Scovell  Scholarships  Boston-Bouve 

Scholarships  are  made  available  annually  to  students  in  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege through  a  fund  provided  by  the  will  of  Clinton  H.  Scovell. 

John  Stuart  Sousa,  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  Pharmacy 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1968  in  memory  of  John  S.  Sousa,  Jr., 
of  Fall  River,  Massachusetts,  a  student  in  the  College  of  Pharmacy,  Class  of 
1969,  by  his  family  and  friends.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  with  selec- 
tion preference  given  to  a  male  student  entering  his  senior  year  in  the  College 
of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  who  has  obtained  a  cumulative 
quality  point  average  of  2.300,  demonstrates  financial  need,  participates  in 
extracurricular  activities  and  preferably  is  a  member  of  a  fraternity. 

William  Lincoln  Smith  Scholarship  Fund  Electrical  Engineering 

The  fund  was  established  in  1947  by  Farnham  Wheeler  Smith,  Class  of 
1924,  Benjamin  Lincoln  Smith,  Class  of  1923,  Thomas  Hollis,  Jr.,  Class  of 
1941,  and  other  members  of  the  family  in  honor  of  Dr.  William  Lincoln  Smith, 
who  served  long,  faithfully,  and  with  distinction  as  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Electrical  Engineering  at  Northeastern  University. 

The  income  from  the  fund  is  used  for  an  annual  scholarship  award  to  a 
student  enrolled  in  the  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  who  has  demon- 
strated excellence  in  some  aspect  of  electrical  research,  stands  high  in  his 
courses,  or  otherwise  exhibits  promise  of  future  competence  in  the  field.  The 
award  shall  preferably  be  granted  to  a  student  who  needs  financial  assistance 
to  continue  his  college  work. 


62   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

South  Middlesex  Pharmaceutical  Association  Pharmacy 

This  tuition  scholarship  of  $100  established  in  1960  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  pharmacy  student  enrolled  in  the  third,  fourth,  or  fifth  year  who  is  in 
good  scholastic  standing  and  in  financial  need,  and  living  in  the  area  covered 
by  the  South  Middlesex  Pharmaceutical  Association  (Arlington,  Belmont,  Lex- 
ington, and  Watertown).  The  recipient  will  be  selected  by  the  Scholarship 
Committee. 

South  Shore  Pharmaceutical  Association  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

The  Scholarship  Committee  of  the  Association  will  select  a  freshman 
student  in  June  of  each  year  living  in  the  area  covered  by  the  South  Shore 
Pharmaceutical  Association  (Quincy,  Braintree,  Weymouth,  Hull,  Randolph, 
Hingham,  Holbrook,  and  Cohasset)  who  will  be  awarded  a  $100  scholarship 
to  be  applied  to  the  tuition  of  the  first  semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 

Springfield  Druggists'  Association  Scholarship  Pharmacy 

A  scholarship  of  $100  is  offered  by  the  Springfield  Druggists'  Association. 
This  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  sophomore  or  junior  who  maintains  the  highest 
average  in  the  Department  of  Pharmacy,  and  who  is  worthy  and  in  need  of 
financial  assistance.  The  Springfield  Druggists'  Association  Scholarship  Fund 
was  established  in  1956. 

Ruth  Page  Sweet  Scholarship  Fund  Boston-Bouve 

This  fund  was  established  in  1959  by  members  of  the  Class  of  1919  and 
alumnae  of  the  Bouve-Boston  School  in  honor  of  their  classmate.  Miss  Ruth 
Page  Sweet,  dean  of  the  school  from  1929  to  1946,  administrative  director 
from  1946  to  1948,  and  director  from  1948  to  1958.  The  scholarship  is  pre- 
sented to  a  junior  or  senior  who  has  demonstrated  by  his  or  her  academic 
record  and  extracurricular  activities  a  high  level  of  professional  promise. 

A.  Gilbert  Tenney  Scholarship  Fund  Engineering 

This  fund  is  in  memory  of  A.  Gilbert  Tenney,  who  served  as  a  captain  in 
the  Air  Force  during  the  Korean  War  and  was  killed  while  in  active  service. 

The  income  from  the  fund  will  be  awarded  to  a  needy  student  or  students 
in  the  field  of  electrical  engineering,  studying  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  of 
Education. 

The  Eliot  F.  Tozer  Memorial  Scholarship  Business  Administration 

and  Engineering 

This  fund  was  established  in  1972  through  the  generosity  of  the  members  of 
the  Class  of  1931  in  memory  of  their  faculty  adviser,  Eliot  F.  Tozer.  The  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  annually  to  students  of  proven  need  in  the  middler,  junior  or 
senior  classes  of  the  day  colleges  of  Engineering  or  Business  Administration. 
The  scholarship  is  open  ended  so  that  additional  sums  can  be  added  to  it  in 
future  years.  It  will  be  administered  and  awarded  by  the  University  without 
restrictions  as  to  race,  creed,  geographic  origin,  or  scholastic  attainment. 


FINANCIAL  AID  /   63 

Charles  Irwin  Travelli  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Numerous  scholarships  have  been  given  yearly  since  1950  to  students  dem- 
onstrating financial  need,  high  academic  achievement,  and  an  active  interest 
in  University  life  as  shown  by  participation  in  one  or  more  major  activities. 
Students  are  named  as  recipients  of  Travelli  Scholarships  at  the  completion 
of  their  sophomore  year.  Under  normal  circumstances  these  awards  will  con- 
tinue through  the  senior  year. 

Samuel  Ulman  Scholarship  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  in  1960  by  Mrs.  Samuel  Ulman  in  memory  of 
Samuel  Ulman,  a  student  at  Northeastern  University  from  1912  to  1915.  The 
purpose  of  the  fund  is  to  provide  scholarship  assistance  to  students  in  good 
academic  standing  who  have  financial  need. 

Uniroyal  Foundation  Scholarships  Engineering,  LA,  BA 

The  Uniroyal  Foundation  has  established  scholarships  to  be  awarded  to  stu- 
dents in  the  Colleges  of  Engineering,  Business  Administration,  and  Liberal  Arts 
who  qualify  on  the  basis  of  leadership  and  character,  academic  performance 
and  potential,  need  for  financial  assistance,  and  demonstration  of  interest  in  a 
career  in  industry. 

Recipients  assume  a  moral  obligation  to  repay  at  least  25  percent  of  any 
scholarship  received  to  the  University  Scholarship  Fund  after  graduation.  Stu- 
dents must  have  completed  at  least  two  years  of  their  undergraduate  program 
to  be  eligible. 

University  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Northeastern  University  has  for  many  years  maintained  a  scholarship  fund 
for  deserving,  qualified  students.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  on  the  basis 
of  need,  scholastic  standing,  and  campus  citizenship.  The  recipient  of  a 
Northeastern  scholarship  must  be  willing  to  assume  a  moral  obligation  to  re- 
pay the  University  at  some  future  date. 

Henry  E.  Warren  Scholarships  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1958  by  the  Warren  Benevolent  Fund,  Inc.  The  purpose  of 
these  scholarships  is  to  encourage  students  to  gain  cooperative  work  experi- 
ence reinforcing  study  in  their  major  field. 

Scholarship  awards  in  the  total  amount  of  $1,000  are  awarded  annually 
without  restrictions  as  to  race,  creed,  or  national  origin,  to  upper-class  stu- 
dents in  fields  in  which  related  cooperative  work  positions  are  few  or  poorly 
paid.  The  recipients  of  the  scholarship  must  have  demonstrated  good  scholas- 
tic standing,  fine  character,  and  financial  need. 

The  Jacob  Wasserman  Scholarship  Fund  Pharmacy 

Established  in  1966  by  his  friends  in  memory  of  Jacob  Wasserman,  this  fund 
is  to  provide  scholarship  aid  to  a  senior  student  in  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions.  The  award  will  be  made  annually  on  the  basis  of 
financial   need,  academic  performance,  and  personal  qualities. 


64  /    FINANCIAL  AID 

Western  Electric  Fund  Scholarship  Award  Engineering 

This  scholarship,  established  in  1956,  is  awarded  annually  to  an  upper-class 
student  in  mechanical,  electrical,  or  industrial  engineering.  The  recipient  must 
be  an  outstanding  student  who  also  has  financial  need.  The  Western  Electric 
Company  is  the  manufacturing  company  for  the  Bell  Telephone  System. 

State  Scholarship  Programs 

The  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  provides  scholarship  aid  to  Massachu- 
setts students  pursuing  full-time  day  programs  of  study  in  an  accredited  college 
or  university.  Awards  are  made  in  the  summer  of  each  year,  and  applications  for 
entering  freshmen  are  available  in  December  through  their  high  school  guidance 
office.  Out-of-state  students  should  investigate  aid  programs  in  their  respective 
states  also.  Substantial  state  aid  is  offered  by  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Rhode  Island.  The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  strongly  advises  aid  appli- 
cants to  apply  to  state  scholarship  programs  at  the  same  time  that  they  apply 
for  aid  from  the  University. 

FEDERAL   PROGRAMS 

Please  note  that  aid  granted  from  programs  sponsored  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  funds  allocated  to  Northeastern. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

This  is  a  program  of  part-time  employment  under  the  sponsorship  of  the 
Federal  Government.  It  is  designed  to  help  full-time  undergraduate  students 
meet  their  educational  expenses.  Students  may  work  up  to  15  hours  weekly  while 
attending  classes  or  up  to  40  hours  weekly  during  vacation  or  summer  periods. 
The  basic  rate  is  $1.80  per  hour,  although  as  much  as  $3.00  per  hour  may  be 
paid  for  highly  specialized  work.  Eligible  students  may  work  for  the  University  or 
for  public  or  private  non-profit  off-campus  agencies.  The  Office  of  Financial  Aid 
has  the  responsibility  of  placing  qualified  students  in  their  job  assignments. 


Educational  Opportunity  Grants 

As  part  of  the  Federally  supported  programs  administered  by  the  University, 
Educational  Opportunity  Grants  will  be  available  to  a  limited  number  of  under- 
graduate students  with  exceptional  financial  need  who  require  these  grants  to 
attend  college.  To  be  eligible,  the  student  must  also  show  academic  or  creative 
promise. 

Eligible  students  who  are  accepted  for  enrollment  or  who  are  currently  en- 
rolled in  good  standing,  may  receive  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  for  a  max- 
imum of  four  years  of  their  higher  education. 

Grants  will  range  from  $200  to  $1000  a  year,  and  can  be  no  more  than  one 
half  of  the  total  assistance  given  the  student.  As  an  academic  incentive  to  stu- 
dents, an  additional  award  of  $200  may  be  given  to  those  students  who  were 
in  the  upper  half  of  their  college  class  during  the  preceding  academic  year. 


FINANCIAL  AID  /   65 

Guaranteed  Loan  Program 

The  major  objective  of  this  program  is  to  make  loan  insurance  available  to 
any  college  student  who  wants  to  borrow.  Under  this  program  a  student  enrolled 
for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  academic  work  load  may  borrow  from  a  bank  or 
other  financial  institution.  A  student  may  borrow  as  much  as  $1,500  a  year. 

A  student  from  a  family  with  an  adjusted  income  of  less  than  $15,000  a  year 
pays  no  interest  while  he  is  in  the  University.  Repayment  of  principal  and  in- 
terest begins  when  the  student  has  ceased  his  course  of  study.  At  that  time  the 
Federal  Government  pays  approximately  one-half  the  interest  and  the  student 
the  remainder.  A  student  from  a  family  with  an  adjusted  income  higher  than 
$15,000  a  year  pays  the  entire  interest  on  the  loan,  but  he  may  borrow  under 
the  Guaranteed  Loan  Program  at  6  percent  simple  interest. 

Students  may  obtain  additional  information  and  the  necessary  application 
forms  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Health  Professions  Scholarship 

This  program  is  available  to  full-time  students  accepted  for  a  course  of  study 
leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Pharmacy.  Applicants  must  evidence 
exceptional  financial  need  and  academic  promise.  The  maximum  grant  allowable 
is  $3500  for  one  academic  year. 

Health  Professions  Loan 

This  program  is  available  to  full-time  undergraduate  students  who  have  been 
accepted  for  a  course  of  study  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Phar- 
macy. A  student  who  evidences  financial  need  and  academic  promise  may  borrow 
as  much  as  $3500  per  academic  year.  Repayment  of  principal  and  interest  does 
not  begin  until  three  years  after  the  student  ceases  to  pursue  a  full-time  course 
of  study.  The  repayment  of  the  principal  may  be  extended  over  a  ten-year  period 
with  interest  at  the  rate  of  3  percent  per  annum. 

Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 

The  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration,  U.S.  Department  of  Justice 
has  set  up  an  Office  of  Academic  Assistance  under  authority  of  the  Omnibus 
Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets  Act  of  1968,  Public  Law  90-351.  Through 
the  University  loans  up  to  $1800  per  year  for  tuition  and  grants  up  to  $200 
per  academic  quarter  for  tuition  and  fees  are  available  to  law  enforcement 
personnel  in  undergraduate  or  graduate  programs  leading  to  degrees  or  certifi- 
cates in  areas  directly  related  to  law  enforcement. 

The  loans,  limited  to  full-time  students  in  or  preparing  for  law  enforcement 
or  corrections  careers,  are  cancelled  at  the  rate  of  25  percent  for  each  year 
the  recipient  subsequently  serves  in  law  enforcement  at  Federal,  state  or 
local   level. 

The  grants  are  available  to  full-time  or  part-time  students  in  a  publicly- 
funded   law  enforcement  agency,  and   involve  a   signed  agreement  to  remain 


66   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

In  the  service  of  the  government  agency  employing  such  applicant  for  two  years 
following  completion  of  the  course  for  which  aid  was  given. 

Applications  for  loans  or  grants  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 

National  Defense  Student  Loans 

National  Defense  Student  Loans  are  granted  from  funds  made  available  jointly 
through  the  United  States  Congress  and  through  the  University. 

Applicants  must  be  United  States  citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  this 
country.  Applications  for  such  loans  are  made  on  a  year-to-year  basis,  and  the 
amount  of  each  loan  will  be  based  on  the  University's  estimate  of  financial  need 
and  the  funds  available  for  distribution  at  the  time.  No  interest  is  charged  on 
these  loans  until  one  year  after  graduation,  at  which  time  a  3  percent  interest 
rate  is  applied.  The  loan  is  to  be  repaid  in  equal  installments  over  a  ten-year 
period  after  graduation,  but  may  be  repaid  at  an  earlier  date.  A  student  may 
cancel  a  portion  of  the  loan  for  full-time  employment  as  a  teacher  in  a  public 
or  private  and  non-profit  elementary  and  secondary  school  and  institutions  of 
higher  learning. 

Nursing  Scholarship  Program 

This  Federal  program  is  available  to  full-time  students  accepted  for  a  course 
of  study  leading  to  an  Associate  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing. 
Applicants  must  evidence  exceptional  financial  need  and  academic  promise. 
The  maximum  grant  allowable  is  $2000  for  one  academic  year. 

Nursing  Student  Loan  Program 

This  program  is  designed  for  full-time  undergraduate  students  who  have  been 
accepted  for  a  course  of  study  leading  to  an  Associate  or  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Nursing.  Providing  financial  need  is  evident,  a  student  may  borrow  as 
much  as  $2500  per  year  up  to  a  maximum  amount  of  $10,000  for  his  entire 
undergraduate  education.  Repayment  and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin 
until  nine  months  after  the  student  ceases  to  pursue  a  full-time  course  of  study. 
The  repayment  of  the  principal  may  be  extended  over  a  ten-year  period  with  the 
interest  at  the  rate  of  3  percent  per  annum. 

Cancellation  of  up  to  85  percent  of  the  loan  over  five  years  may  be  allowed 
to  borrowers  employed  as  professional  nurses  in  any  public  or  private  non-profit 
institution.  Cancellation  of  up  to  85  percent  of  the  loan  over  a  three-year  period 
may  be  allowed  for  borrowers  who  agree  to  practice  in  a  state  declared  to  have  a 
shortage  of  and  need  for  nurses. 

Physical  Therapy  Traineeships 

A  limited  number  of  undergraduate  traineeships  in  physical  therapy  are  made 
available  to  the  University  through  the  Department  of  Health,  Education  and 
Welfare.  Senior  Physical  Therapy  majors  recommended  by  the  faculty  may  re- 
ceive financial  awards  which  are  applied  toward  their  college  expenses. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /   67 

ROTC  Scholarships 

The  Army  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Scholarship  Program  is  designed 
to  offer  financial  assistance  to  outstanding  young  men  who  are  interested  in 
the  Army  as  a  career.  Each  scholarship  provides  for  full  tuition,  fees,  and  text- 
books in  addition  to  pay  of  $100  per  month,  which  during  one  six-week  summer 
training  period  is  increased  to  $260  per  month. 

ROTC  scholarships  at  Northeastern  are  for  five-,  four-,  three-  or  two-year 
periods.  The  five-year  scholarships  are  offered  to  entering  freshmen,  whereas, 
enrolled  ROTC  cadets  are  eligible  for  the  other  scholarships. 

These  awards  are  not  related  to  financial  need  and  the  earnings  of  a  student 
during  his  cooperative  work  period  do  not  reduce  scholarship  payments.  This 
award  may  be  supplemented,  when  necessary,  by  other  scholarships,  loans,  or 
part-time  jobs. 

Applications  for  entering  freshmen  must  be  submitted  prior  to  January  15 
for  the  following  school  year.  Information  on  the  ROTC  Scholarship  Program 
may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Professor  of  Military  Science,  Northeastern 
University. 


honor  societies 

and 

academic  a\A/ards 


HONORS  AND  AWARDS 

The  University  encourages  the  achievement  of  excellence  in  scholarship  by 
making  monetary  awards  and  chartering  honor  societies  in  the  various 
academic  disciplines. 

Honor  Societies 
Eighteen  honorary  societies  are  chartered  in  the  Colleges: 

Phi  Kappa  Phi  —  national  interdisciplinary  honor  society 

Tau  Beta  Pi  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering  (Massachusetts  Epsilon  Chapter) 

Nu  Chi  Epsilon  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  Department  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

Eta  Kappa  Nu  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  Department  of  Electrical  En- 
gineering (Gamma  Beta  Chapter) 

Pi  Tau  Sigma  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  Department  of  Mechanical 
Engineering  (Northeastern  Tau  Kappa  Chapter) 

Phi  Alpha  Theta  —  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  History  Department  (North- 
eastern Zeta  Tau  Chapter) 

Pi  Sigma  Alpha  —  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  Political  Science  Department 
(Northeastern  Delta  Gamma  Chapter) 

Alpha  Pi  Mu  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  Department  of  Industrial 
Engineering 

Chi  Epsilon  —  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  Department  of  Civil  Engineering 

Kappa  Delta  Pi  —  in  the  College  of  Education 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma  —  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration  (Massachu- 
setts Delta  Chapter) 

The  Academy—  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta  —  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  Sociology  Department 

Rho  Chi  Society  (Beta  Tau  Chapter)  —  in  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Delta  Phi  Alpha  —  national  German  honor  society 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  —  Accounting  fraternity  (B.A.) 

Phi   Sigma  —  in  the  Department  of  Biology 

Boston-Bouve  Honor  Society  —  in  the  College,  with  honors  in  Physical  Therapy, 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  Education,  and  Health  Education. 

68 


HONOR  SOCIETIES  AND  ACADEMIC  AWARDS   /    69 

Election  to  the  college  honorary  societies  is  based  primarily  upon  scholar- 
ship, but,  before  a  man  or  woman  is  privileged  to  wear  the  honorary  society 
insignia,  there  must  be  evidence  of  an  integrity  of  character  and  an  interest 
in  the  extracurricular  life  of  the  University.  The  societies  have  memberships 
consisting  of  the  outstanding  men  and  women  in  the  Colleges.  Election  to  an 
honorary  society  is  the  highest  honor  that  can  be  conferred  upon  an 
undergraduate. 

Awards  For  Upperclassmen 

University  awards  are  determined  by  scholastic  and  citizenship  achieve- 
ment. They  are  presented  by  appropriate  committees  headed  by  the  Dean  of 
Students  and  do  not  require  a  demonstration  of  financial  need  or  formal 
application. 

The  Academy  Award  Liberal  Arts 

The  Academy,  the  honor  society  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  offers  an- 
nually an  award  of  $100  to  the  sophomore  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  who, 
during  the  previous  year  as  a  freshman,  made  the  highest  scholastic  record. 

William  Jefferson  Alcott,  Jr.,  Award 

This  award  of  $200  was  established  in  1934  by  members  of  the  faculty  and 
other  friends  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  William  Jefferson  Alcott,  Jr.,  a  bril- 
liant member  of  the  Northeastern  Department  of  Mathematics  from  1924  until 
his  death  in  1933.  The  award  to  a  senior  is  made  annually  from  the  income 
of  the  fund  "for  outstanding  performance,  either  in  the  way  of  unusual  excel- 
lence in  routine  work,  or  in  connection  with  some  intellectual  activity  outside 
or  beyond  the  requirements  of  the  curriculum." 

Alumni  Awards  for  Professional  Promise  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1947  by  the  Alumni  Association,  these  awards  are  presented 
annually  at  a  final  senior  class  meeting  in  the  spring  of  the  year.  The  awards 
are  made  to  the  outstanding  seniors  in  each  of  the  Basic  Colleges  who  have 
demonstrated  unusual  professional  promise  through  their  character  traits, 
scholastic  achievement,  and  cooperative  work  performance. 

The  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  Society  Award  Business  Administration 

The  Massachusetts  Delta  Chapter  of  Beta  Gamma  Sigma,  the  national  honor- 
ary society  of  colleges  of  business  administration,  offers  an  annual  scholar- 
ship of  $100  to  the  sophomore  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration  who, 
during  the  previous  year  as  a  freshman,  made  the  highest  scholastic  record. 

Boston-Bouv6  Honor  Society  Awards  Boston-Bouve 

The  Society  offers  an  annual  award  of  $100  to  the  sophomore  in  Boston-Bouve 
College  who,  during  the  previous  year  as  a  freshman  in  the  College,  made  the 
highest  scholastic  record.  Each  student  voted  into  the  Society  receives  an 
engraved  certificate  at  a  special   Honors  Assembly. 


70   /    HONOR   SOCIETIES   AND  ACADEMIC  AWARDS 

Cooperative  Education  Awards  All  Colleges 

These  awards  are  presented  to  seniors  in  each  of  the  Basic  Colleges  in 
recognition  of  outstanding  performance  in  the  Cooperative  Education  Program, 
through  which  they  have  personified  the  objectives  and  ideals  of  the  Uni- 
versity. The  awards  are  presented  at  the  Annual  Awards  Luncheon. 

Sears  B.  Condit  Honor  Awards  All  Colleges 

These  awards  were  established  in  1940  through  the  generosity  of  Sears  B. 
Condit.  At  Honors  Day  Convocation,  Sears  B.  Condit  Honor  Awards,  approxi- 
mately 40  in  number,  are  awarded  annually  to  outstanding  students  in  the 
senior  class.  Each  award  carries  a  stipend  of  not  less  than  $150  as  well  as 
a  certificate  of  achievement. 

Alfred  J.  Ferretti  Award  Engineering 

Tau  Kappa  Chapter  of  Pi  Tau  Sigma,  the  Mechanical  Engineering  National 
Honor  Fraternity,  sponsors  an  annual  award  to  the  sophomore  mechanical 
engineering  student  at  Northeastern  having  the  highest  scholastic  standing. 
The  award  is  named  in  honor  of  Professor  Ferretti,  who  retired  June  30,  1961, 
after  43  years  of  service  to  the  University. 

The  Harold   D.  Hodgkinson  Achievement  Awards  All  Colleges 

Established  in  1954,  the  Harold  D.  Hodgkinson  Achievement  Awards  of 
$500  each  are  granted  annually  to  a  senior  student  in  Division  A  and  Division 
B.  The  winners  of  the  awards  are  known  as  the  Hodgkinson  Scholars  for  the 
year  in  which  they  are  chosen. 

The  award  is  based  primarily  upon  distinguished  scholastic  achievement 
with  due  consideration  of  character,  personality,  qualities  of  leadership,  co- 
operative work  experience,  military  record  (if  any),  and  service  in  voluntary 
organizations  and  activities.  Student  leadership  accomplishments  and  profes- 
sional potential  are  evaluated  in  connection  with  these  criteria. 

The  Hodgkinson  Scholar  is  chosen  by  a  committee  of  administrative  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty.  An  appropriate  certificate  is  presented  to  each  recipient 
as  a  permanent  record  of  his  selection. 

Kappa  Delta  Pi  Award  Education 

Kappa  Delta  Pi,  the  College  of  Education  honor  society,  offers  an  annual 
award  of  $100  to  the  education  sophomore  who,  during  the  freshman  year, 
achieved  the  highest  scholastic  record. 

The  Lilly  Achievement  Award  Pharmacy 

The  Lilly  Achievement  Award  is  given  to  a  graduating  senior  for  superior 
scholastic  and  professional  achievement.  Leadership  qualities,  professional 
attitudes,  and  academic  performance  will  be  considered  in  the  selection  of  the 
individual  for  this  award. 

Julia  and  Merrill  Robert  Lovinger  Award  All  Colleges 

This  annual  $100  award  was  established  in   1960  by  William  Lovinger  for 


HONOR   SOCIETIES   AND  ACADEMIC  AWARDS   /   71 

the  purpose  of  giving  assistance  to  a  student  of  acceptable  scholastic  standing 
who  can  demonstrate  financial  need. 

Robert  Lubets  Award  Business  Administration 

The  award  was  established  in  1953  by  the  Boston  accounting  firm  of  Robert 
Lubets  &  Company  to  recognize  outstanding  professional  development  and 
personal  growth  by  students  training  for  careers  in  accounting.  One  hundred 
dollars  will  be  awarded  to  that  degree  candidate  who  at  the  completion  of  his 
junior  year  has  demonstrated  the  greatest  personal  growth  and  professional 
development  as  evidenced  by  his  improvement  in  scholastic  achievement 
accompanied  by  professional  aptitude  indicative  of  future  success  as  an 
accountant. 

Ruth  E.  Phalen  Memorial  Award  Fund  All  Colleges 

This  fund  was  established  in  1959  by  Thomas  E.  Phalen,  Jr.,  a  member  of 
the  faculty,  in  memory  of  his  wife.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  used  yearly 
as  a  cash  award  to  a  senior,  junior,  or  middler,  preferably  in  the  College  of 
Engineering,  who  maintains  at  least  a  2.0  academic  average,  shows  outstand- 
ing ability  in  one  or  more  varsity  sports,  and  demonstrates  excellent  campus 
citizenship. 

The  Phi  Sigma  Society  Award  Liberal  Arts 

Phi  Sigma,  honor  society  in  the  Department  of  Biology,  offers  an  annual 
award  of  $50  to  the  junior  or  senior  majoring  in  biology  or  a  related  science 
who  demonstrates  the  greatest  research  potential.  To  qualify  for  the  award,  the 
student  must  be  a  member  of  Phi  Sigma. 

Roland  Guyer  Porter  Memorial  Fund  Electrical  Engineering 

This  fund  was  established  in  1953  by  colleagues  and  friends  of  the  late 
Professor  Roland  G.  Porter,  for  many  years  head  of  the  Department  of  Elec- 
trical Engineering.  Interest  from  the  fund  provides  an  annual  award  to  a 
student  in  the  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  who  best  exemplifies  the 
qualities  of  mind  and  character  which  Professor  Porter  did  so  much  to  de- 
velop in  his  lifetime. 

President's  Awards  All  Colleges 

Since  1929,  at  the  annual  Honors  Day  Convocation,  four  awards  of  $100  each, 
known  as  the  President's  Awards,  have  been  presented  to  the  students  with  the 
outstanding  records  in  the  sophomore,  middler,  junior,  and  senior  classes. 

The  William  Rand  Award  Engineering 

The  Massachusetts  Epsilon  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  offers  annually  an  award 
of  $50  to  the  outstanding  middler  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is 
based  upon  outstanding  scholarship,  breadth  of  interest,  and  contribution  to 
the  University.  All  middlers  with  a  3.5  average  or  above  are  eligible;  and  the 
winner  is  chosen  after  careful  screening  and  interviews  with  members  of 
the  chapter. 


72   /    HONOR   SOCIETIES  AND  ACADEMIC  AWARDS 

ROTC  Awards  ROTO 

Awards  totaling  $1,000  are  available  to  ROTC  cadets  each  year.  The  Uni- 
versity offers  ten  $50  awards  annually.  They  are:  four  to  sophomores,  four  to 
middlers,  and  two  to  juniors. 

Scabbard  and  Blade  (the  cadet  officers'  honorary  society)  offers  one  award 
annually  to  middlers.  The  Pershing  Rifles  (the  basic  course  honorary  society) 
offers  a  $50  award  to  a  sophomore  Pershing  Rifles  cadet. 

Academic  Achievement  Awards  are  won  by  each  cadet  in  the  top  10  per- 
cent of  ROTC  classes.  This  award,  a  wreath,  is  worn  above  the  right  breast 
pocket  of  the  uniform  during  the  year  immediately  following.  Leadership 
Achievement  Awards,  consisting  of  letters  of  commendation,  are  awarded  to 
each  cadet  in  the  top  10  percent  in  leadership  potential. 

Many  medals  and  trophies  are  also  awarded  by  other  organizations  to  ROTC 
cadets  for  achievements  in  diverse  fields. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Award  Engineering 

Massachusetts  Epsilon  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association,  national  honorary 
society  in  engineering,  offers  annually  a  scholarship  of  $100  to  the  sophomore 
in  the  College  of  Engineering  who,  during  the  previous  year  as  a  freshman, 
made  the  highest  scholastic  record. 

Woman  of  the  Year  Award  All  Colleges 

The  women's  societies  of  the  University  sponsor  an  annual  scholarship  of 
$100  to  the  senior  woman  student  who,  by  high  scholastic  attainment  and  by 
demonstration  of  the  quality  of  leadership,  has  proven  herself  the  outstanding 
woman  student  of  the  year. 


student 
activities 


Northeastern  University  regards  student  activities  as  an  integral  part  of  its 
threefold  educational  program  along  with  academic  and  cooperative  education. 
The  purpose  of  the  Northeastern  activities  program  is  to  provide  all  students 
with  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  experience,  training,  recreation,  and  spare- 
time  interests.  By  participating  in  activities,  students  add  to  their  education 
and  personal  development,  build  up  an  asset  which  may  be  as  important  upon 
graduation  as  their  academic  record,  and  make  a  significant  contribution  to 
the  University. 

ATHLETICS 

The  University  recognizes  as  major  sports  for  men:  baseball,  basketball,  cross- 
country, football,  skiing,  track,  hockey,  golf,  and  crew.  Minor  sports  teams  are 
active  in  sailing  and  riflery.  The  women's  intercollegiate  athletic  program,  ad- 
ministered under  the  Women's  Athletic  and  Recreation  Association,  includes 
basketball,  field  hockey,  lacrosse,  swimming  and  diving,  tennis,  and  volleyball. 
Intramural  sports  are  organized  for  both  men  and  women. 


ARTS 

Participation  in  the  creative  arts  is  encouraged  through  the  Art  Club;  Band 
Chamber  Orchestra,  Chapel  Choir,  Chorus,  and  Early  Music  Players;  Silver 
Masque  (major  dramatic  productions)  and  Studio  Theatre. 


PROFESSIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

The  College  of  Engineering  sponsors  student  chapters  of  the  following: 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 
American   Institute  of  Industrial  Engineers 
Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers 
Society  of  Women  Engineers 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  participation  in  the  student 
chapters  of  national  organizations  in  the  following  fields:  Accounting,  Adver- 
tising, Finance,  Marketing,  and  Management. 

73 


74  /   STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  sponsors  the  following  clubs:  Anthropology,  Biology, 
Chemistry,  Debate,  History,  Journalism,  Mathematics,  Physics,  and  Sociology. 

The  College  of  Education  sponsors  the  Student  Chapter  of  National  Education 
Association. 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  recognizes  the  Student 
Chapter  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  five  professional  fratern- 
ities and  sororities,  and  the  Student  Association  of  the  American  Society  for 
Medical  Technology. 

Boston-Bouve  College  has  student  chapters  of  the  American  Association  for 
Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Education,  and  the  American  Physical 
Therapy  Association. 

PUBLICATIONS 

Cauldron:  The  Senior  Class  annual  is  prepared  throughout  the  year  and  dis- 
tributed without  charge  to  seniors  preceding  Commencement.  Members  of  all 
colleges  and  classes  are  eligible  for  the  staff.  The  CAULDRON  provides  oppor- 
tunities for  photographic  and  editorial  experience. 

Northeastern  News:  The  award-winning  University  weekly  paper  is  pro- 
duced entirely  by  students.  A  large  staff  is  selected  from  applicants  of  all 
colleges  and  classes.  Freshmen  are  encouraged  to  participate.  An  intern  train- 
ing program  prepares  students  for  advancement  and  election  to  the  NEWS 
Board. 

Spectrum:  The  University  literary  magazine  publishes  creative  student  writ- 
ing selected  by  an  Editorial  Board.  It  is  professionally  printed  and  sold 
throughout  the  University. 

RELIGIOUS   ORGANIZATIONS 

Although  the  religious  life  at  Northeastern  emphasizes  the  interfaith  and 
ecumenical  spirit,  denominational  student  organizations  are  given  full  support 
on  campus.  Each  group  has  its  chaplain,  its  officially  appointed  faculty  ad- 
viser, and  its  student  officers.  The  activities  and  special  programs  of  these 
clubs,  representing  a  wide  diversity  of  creeds,  are  coordinated  by  the  Inter- 
faith Council. 

SOCIAL   ORGANIZATIONS 

The  University  has  chartered  some  fifteen  fraternities,  five  sororities,  and  a 
number  of  other  Greek  Letter  social  groups,  both  national  and  local. 

Other  groups  primarily  social  or  for  school  spirit  and  service  are  the  Student 
Union  and  the  Husky  Key,  WRBB  Radio  Station,  and  the  Hus-Skiers  and  Outing 
Club. 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 

Class  Boards:  Each  class  has  an  elected  class  board  which  is  the  govern- 
ing body  of  the  class.  From  this  Board  the  various  class  officers  are  chosen: 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES   /   75 

President,  Vice  President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer.  A  fifth  member  is  an  ex- 
officio  member  of  the  Student  Council  and  is  assigned  to  represent  his  class. 

Student  Council:  The  Student  Council  is  a  group  of  90  elected  represent- 
atives of  all  undergraduates  enrolled  in  the  several  colleges  of  Northeastern 
University,  w^ho  serve  as  a  legislative-advisory  body  for  the  consideration  of 
problems  and  policies  affecting  the  entire  student  body. 

The  Council  is  the  official  liaison  between  the  students  and  the  University 
administration.  In  certain  areas  of  student  affairs,  the  Council  serves  as  a 
legislative  body.  In  areas  involving  academic  policies,  which  are  primarily 
the  concern  of  the  faculty,  the  Council  serves  as  an  advisory  body. 


reserve  officers' 
training  corps 

General  Objectives 

The  Department  of  Military  Science  is  the  instructional  department  of  the 
University  which  administers  the  Army  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 
Program.  The  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  is  regarded  by  Northeastern 
University  as  an  integral  part  of  its  educationa'  program,  and  is  made  avail- 
able on  a  voluntary  basis  to  all  male  students  who  are  otherwise  qualified. 
The  University  encourages  enrollment  in  the  belief  that  the  leadership,  citizen- 
ship, and  military  training  available  to  students  taking  ROTC  Is  beneficial  In 
their  overall  development  as  future  leaders. 

The  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  of  the  United  States  Army  exists  for 
the  purpose  of  developing  officers— leaders  of  men.  It  offers  courses  of  In- 
struction leading  to  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United  States 
Army  Reserve  or  the  Regular  Army.  The  mission  of  ROTC  is  to  have  ready  in 
time  of  national  emergency  a  corps  of  educated,  trained  military  leaders  for 
our  nation.  Our  Northeastern  ROTC  is  an  Army,  Senior  Division,  Class  CC 
(Civilian  College)  unit. 

The  staff  and  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Military  Service  consist  of 
Department  of  the  Army  assigned  officers,  noncommissioned  officers,  and 
civilians  assigned  by  the  University.  Officers  are  Individually  nominated  for 
assignment  to  the  University  and  are  assigned  only  after  records  have  been 
reviewed  and  each  Individual  has  been  accepted  by  the  University. 

Courses  of  Study 

The  program  of  instruction  consists  of  a  Basic  Course  and  the  Advanced 
Course.  The  Basic  Course  (MS  I  and  MS  II),  taken  during  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years.  Includes  Instruction  common  to  all  branches  of  the  Army. 
The  Advanced  Course  (MS  III  and  MS  IV)  is  presented  during  the  middler, 
junior,  and  senior  years.  Graduates  of  the  Advanced  Course  receive  commis- 
sions as  second  lieutenants  In  the  U.S.  Army  Reserve  or  Regular  Army. 

Enrollment  in  the  ROTC  Basic  Course 

Enrollment  In  the  ROTC  Basic  Course  is  voluntary  and  is  open  to  all  male 
students  of  the  Basic  Colleges  who  are  physically  qualified.  Students  may 
withdraw  from  the  Basic  Course  at  any  time  during  their  freshman  or  sophomore 

76 


RESERVE  OFFICERS'  TRAINING  CORPS   /   77 

year.  The  Basic  Course  may  be  entered  only  at  the  beginning  of  the  freshman 
year  except  for  veterans  and  certain  students  who  have  had  Junior  ROTC,  for 
whom  a  portion  of  the  Basic  Course  may  be  waived. 

Eligibility  for  the  Advanced  Course 

The  ROTC  Advanced  Course  is  available  to  male  undergraduate  students  of 
the  Basic  Colleges  who  complete  the  Basic  Course,  to  honorably  discharged 
veterans  whose  service  may  be  substituted  for  the  Basic  Course,  or  to  stu- 
dents who  complete  a  summer  camp  of  6  weeks  following  their  sophomore 
year  (since  the  cooperative  program  precludes  regularly  enrolled  students' 
attending  this  camp,  this  method  of  qualifying  for  the  ROTC  Advanced  Course 
will  in  most  cases  apply  only  to  transfer  students)  if: 

(1)  they  are  citizens  of  the  United  States  and  will  not  have  reached  28 
years  of  age  at  the  time  of  commissioning; 

(2)  they  successfully  complete  such  survey  and  general  screening  tests 
as  may  be  prescribed; 

(3)  they  have  three  academic  years  to  complete  for  graduation  (two  for 
full-time  students); 

(4)  they  are  selected  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science  and  the  Uni- 
versity; 

(5)  they  successfully  complete  a  U.S.  Army  physical  examination; 

(6)  they  execute  a  written  contract  with  the  Government;  and  are  sworn 
into  the  Army  Reserve. 

Eligibility  for  ROTC  Flight  Training 

This  training  is  available  during  the  senior  year  to  specially  selected  cadets 
who  successfully  complete  U.S.  Army  Aviation  aptitude  and  physical  tests. 
Flying  instruction  is  conducted  on  an  extracurricular  basis  by  a  civilian  flying 
school  under  contract  to  the  U.S.  Army.  An  Army  faculty  member  supervises 
the  program.  Cadets  successfully  completing  the  course  may  receive  a  Federal 
Aviation  Agency  Private  Pilot's  Certificate. 

Veterans 

Honorably  discharged  veterans  (enlisted)  may  be  enrolled  in  ROTC  with  one 
or  both  years  of  the  Basic  Course  waived,  depending  on  prior  service.  They 
must  be  co-aligned  in  ROTC  with  other  members  of  their  class  in  the  Uni- 
versity curricula.  Veterans  are  a  distinct  benefit  to  the  Corps  of  Cadets  be- 
cause their  actual  experiences  lend  color  to  the  program  and  help  to  orient 
cadets  without  service.  They  are  especially  desired  and  are  normally  ap- 
pointed cadet  officers  upon  enrollment.  Certain  credits  are  available  to  veterans 
depending  upon  service.  Former  commissioned  officer  veterans  are  not  eligible 
for  ROTC. 

Transfer  Students 

A  student  transferring  to  Northeastern  University  from  another  institution 
where  he  has  been  enrolled  in  an  ROTC  program  similar  to  that  at  Northeastern 
is  allowed  credit  for  his  work.  The  student's  records  are  obtained  from  his 


78   /    RESERVE  OFFICERS'  TRAINING   CORPS 

former  professor  of  military  science.   Such  a  transfer  student   must   be  co- 
aligned  in  ROTC  with  other  students  in  his  class. 

Students  transferring  to  Northeastern  University  as  middlers,  without  previ- 
ous ROTC  training,  may  enroll  in  the  Advanced  Course  providing  they  attend 
a  six-week  summer  camp  prior  to  the  start  of  the  middler  year. 

Students  transferring  to  Northeastern  University  as  sophomores  may  also 
enroll  in  ROTC  as  middlers  providing  they  satisfactorily  complete  a  six-week 
summer  camp  prior  to  the  start  of  the  middler  year.  Application  should  be 
made  to  Department  of  Military  Science  no  later  than  March  1. 

Transfer  students  may  obtain  complete  information  and  assistance  from  the 
Department  of  Military  Science. 

Uniforms  and  Equipment 

An  Army  uniform  is  issued  without  cost  to  ROTC  students  in  the  Basic 
Course.  Advanced  Course  students  are  individually  fitted  with  a  uniform,  which 
becomes  their  personal  property  upon  commissioning,  and  they  continue  to 
wear  it  as  an  officer  after  graduation.  All  other  equipment,  textbooks,  etc.,  re- 
quired for  instruction  are  provided  without  charge  throughout  the  five-year 
program.  These  items  remain  the  property  of  the  Government,  and  the  students 
must  safeguard  them  and  use  them  in  accordance  with  University  and  ROTC 
regulations.  A  $10  deposit  is  required  temporarily  from  all  Basic  Course  stu- 
dents enrolling  in  ROTC  until  uniforms  and  property  are  returned  in  good  condi- 
tion. Any  loss  or  damage  to  ROTC  uniforms  and  equipment,  exceeding  the 
deposit,  will  be  charged  to  the  student. 

Academic  Credits 

Regulations  of  the  individual  Basic  Colleges  prescribe  the  number  of  hours  of 
academic  credit  granted  for  ROTC  classes. 

Pay  and  Scholarships 

All  Advanced  Course  cadets  are  paid  $100  monthly  during  actual  Advanced 
Course  instruction,  a  total  of  $2,000  during  the  three  years.  Camp  pay  is  ap- 
proximately $400  over  and  above  housing,  messing,  and  medical  care,  which 
are  free  at  camp.  Transportation  to  and  from  camp  is  paid  at  the  rate  of  $.06 
per  mile. 

The  Army  offers  full-tuition  scholarships  for  varying  number  of  years  to 
selected  students.  For  further  information  see  chapter  on  Financial  Aid  or 
contact  the  Military  Science  Department. 

Draft  Deferments 

Public  Law  permits  students  enrolled  in  ROTC,  who  are  expected  to  attain 
appointments  as  commissioned  officers  in  the  Army  Reserve,  to  be  deferred 
from  service  for  as  long  as  they  remain  in  good  standing.  ROTC  deferment 
remains  in  effect  until  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  the  University.  Students 


RESERVE  OFFICERS'  TRAINING   CORPS   /    79 

are  not  draft  exempt  by  virtue  of  attending  the  University;  they  must  be  enrolled 
in  ROTC  to  attain  this  status. 

Distinguished  Military  Students 

There  are  military  honors  for  ROTC  graduates  similar  to  academic  honors 
for  regular  graduates.  Honor  graduates  of  ROTC  are  called  Distinguished  Mili- 
tary Graduates.  If  they  are  physically  qualified  and  apply  for  it,  they  may  be 
commissioned  in  the  Regular  Army  instead  of  the  Army  Reserve,  and  enter 
into  a  Regular  Army  career  on  the  same  basis  as  graduates  of  the  United 
States  Military  Academy  at  West  Point.  This  is  a  splendid  opportunity  for 
those  who  are  interested  in  the  many  advantages  of  a  Regular  Army  career. 

Cadets  are  eligible  for  designation  as  Distinguished  Military  Students  in 
their  junior  year  if  they  possess  outstanding  qualities  of  leadership,  high 
moral  character,  and  definite  aptitude  for  the  military  service;  have  attained 
an  academic  standing  in  the  upper  half  of  their  college  class  and  in  the  upper 
third  of  their  ROTC  class;  and  further,  have  demonstrated  leadership  ability 
through  participation  in  recognized  campus  activities. 

The  Army  as  a  Career 

By  following  any  curriculum  leading  to  a  degree,  and  by  completing  the 
ROTC  Program,  a  student  may  qualify  for  a  full-time  career  in  the  Regular 
Army.  Cadets  who  have  been  designated  Distinguished  Military  Students  may 
apply  for  an  appointment  in  the  Regular  Army.  Notification  of  selection  is 
made  by  mid-December  of  their  senior  year.  They  then  become  Regular  Army 
officers  with  all  conditions  and  opportunities  for  graduate  education,  on  the 
same  basis  as  graduates  of  the  U.S.  Military  Academy  at  West  Point. 

An  Army  career  as  a  Reserve  Officer  on  extended  active  duty  also  is 
possible.  Many  graduates  do  not  request  a  Regular  Army  appointment  orig- 
inally, but  find  the  Army  enjoyable  and  satisfying  while  serving  their  obligated 
tours  of  active  duty.  Those  officers  who  request  continuation  and  are  accepted, 
serve  in  the  Active  Army  as  Reserve  Officers,  with  the  same  pay,  responsibilities, 
retirement  benefits,  and  opportunities  for  promotion  as  Regular  Army  officers. 

MILITARY  SCIENCE   FACULTY 

Professor  Instructional  Staff 

Robert  D.  Sullivan,  LTC,  USA;  M.S.         Robert  F.  Higgins,  SGM,  USA 
Chairman  Jerry  Lee,  MSG,  USA 


Lecturers 

Timothy  L.  Evans,  LTC,  USA;  M.S. 
Allan  D.  Graham,  MAJ,  USA;  M.S. 
Carl  V.  Lillvik,  MAJ,  USA;  M.S. 
John  G.  Williamson,  MAJ,  USA;  B.S. 
Richard  J.  Schmus,  CPT,  USA;  B.S. 
George  L.  Tannehill,  CPT,  USA;  B.S. 
Robert  W.  Whitton,  CPT,  USA;  B.S. 


Robert  F.  Gibbons,  SFC,  USA 
Richard  A.  Parker,  SFC,  USA 


80   /   RESERVE  OFFICERS'  TRAINING  CORPS 

Specimen  Program  in  Basic  ROTC 


FIRST  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  1 
Course 


Mil.  Sci.  I 
U.S.  Defense 
Establishment 


CI.   Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  2 
Course  CI. 


91.102    Mil.  Sci.  I 

Map  Reading 


Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


91.103    Mil.  Sci.  I 

Officer  Development 

Leadership 

Lab  (2) 


SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


91.104    Mil.  Sci.  II 

Military  History 

&  Tactics  3 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course  CI. 


Q.H. 


91.105    Mil.  Sci.  II  1 

Officer  Development 
Leadership 
Lab  (2) 


Advanced  ROTC 


THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER  7 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

91.106 

MiLSci.  Ill 
Military  Team  1 

2 

2 

91.107 

Mil.  Sci.  Ill 
Leadership  & 
Management 
Leadership 
Lab 

1 
(2) 

2 

FOURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 
91.109 

Course 

Mil.  Sci.  IV 
Leadership  & 
Management 
Leadership 
Lab 

CI. 

1 
(2) 

Q.H. 

91.108 

Mil.  Sci.  Ill 
Military  Team  II 

2 

2 

2 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course 

Mil.  Sci.  IV 

Leadership 

and  Management 

Internal  Defense 

Development 

C!. 
2 

Q.H. 
2 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

91.110 

91.111 

Mil.  Sci.  IV 
Pre-Camp 
Serv.  Orient. 
Leadership 
Lab 

2 

2 

boston-bouve  college 

Catherine  L  Allen,  Dean 

In  July  1964,  its  fiftieth-anniversary  year,  Bouve-Boston  School  merged  with 
Northeastern  to  become  one  of  the  Basic  Colleges  of  the  University.  This  union 
marked  the  culmination  of  a  half  century  of  excellence  as  a  woman's  institution, 
with  curricula  in  physical  education  and  physical  therapy,  and  with  emphases  in 
health,  recreation,  winter  sports,  and  camping  throughout  its  history.  As  a  Basic 
College,  Boston-Bouve  became  coeducational  and  with  the  initiation  of  new 
Departments  of  Recreation  Education  and  Health  Education,  extended  oppor- 
tunities into  four  major  areas  of  study.  The  College  offers  both  the  graduate 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Education,  and  Master  of  Science  in 
Recreation  Education. 

Professional  preparation  is  based  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences,  with  orien- 
tation to  each  profession  beginning  in  the  freshman  year.  There  is  a  concentra- 
tion on  specific  essential  skills  spaced  throughout  the  programs  and  on 
professional  theory  and  practice  in  the  last  two  years.  In  the  upper-class  years, 
all  students  synthesize  knowledge  and  skills  through  supervised  experiences  in 
clinical  practice  in  Physical  Therapy,  student  teaching  in  Physical  Education 
and  School  Health  Education,  or  field  experience  in  Recreation  Education  and 
Community  Health  Education. 

Leadership  training,  group  dynamics,  camp  counseling,  outdoor  education 
and  skills,  conservation,  recreation  and  park  administration  enrich  learning  in 
the  Warren  Center,  with  professional  camping  as  an  integral  part  of  the  educa- 
tion of  young  men  and  women. 

The  Warren  Center  serves  as  a  practical  laboratory  for  the  College.  Its  athletic 
fields  and  lake,  tennis  courts,  natural  setting  of  woods,  fields  and  streams, 
winterized  cottages  and  Hayden  Lodge  provide  year-round  opportunities  for  out- 
door learning  twenty-five  miles  from  the  Boston  campus.  Courses,  conferences, 
seminars  and  workshops  are  conducted  at  the  Center  throughout  the  year  and 
thus  serve  University  and  community  needs. 

Professional  reading  rooms  in  Dockser  Hall  and  in  the  Physical  Therapy  com- 
plex in  Mary  Gass  Robinson  Hall  supplement  the  Northeastern  University  library 
and  maintain  an  up-to-date  collection  for  use  by  all  students  and  faculty  in 
the  College. 

Northeastern's  five-year  Cooperative  Plan  offers  students  varied  opportunities 
for  earning  and  learning  through  alternate  terms  of  work-study  experience.  All 
programs  in  Boston-Bouve  are  on  the  five-year  Cooperative  Plan. 

81 


82   /    BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 
Admission  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  admission,  a  candidate  must  have  completed  a  college 
preparatory  course  in  secondary  school.  Rank  in  class  and  recommendations 
of  the  secondary  school  administration  should  be  high.  Each  student's  college 
preparation  should  include: 

Subjects  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  (Geometry  and  Algebra  preferred)  3  or  more 

Physical  Sciences  (Biology,  Chemistry,  Physics)  2  or  more 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  _7 

15 

Biology,  Chemistry,  Physics  are  strongly  recommended  for  all 
Physical  Therapy  and  Physical  Education  applicants. 

Modern  Language,  Social  Science,  and  Biology  are  important 
background  subjects  for  Recreation  careers. 

Science  and   mathematics  are   important   background   subjects  for   Health 
Education. 

Additional  requirements  basic  to  the  admission  of  all  prospective  majors  in 
Health  Education,  Physical  Education,  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical 
Therapy  are:  good  health,  demonstrated  ability  to  work  with  people,  and  the 
physical  competence  and  skills  to  undertake  the  prescribed  degree  program. 
Full  health  clearance  is  required  prior  to  matriculation  at  the  University.  In  the 
middler  year,  all  students  are  examined  by  physicians  in  the  University  Health 
Services  at  a  moderate  free. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Degrees 

Students  graduating  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  Education,  or  Health 
Education  earn  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  students  in 
Physical  Therapy  receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Therapy. 
These  degrees  are  awarded  to  qualified  candidates  who  have  completed  the 
curricula  as  prescribed.  Student  teaching,  field  experience  or  clinical  practice 
is  an  integral  part  of  the  curriculum  and  is  required  for  graduation. 

Quantitative  Requirements 

The  quarter  hours  required  in  each  curriculum  differ.  Specifically: 

Health  Education  173-175  quarter  hours 
Physical  Education  172        "         " 

Physical  Therapy  186        "         " 

Recreation  Education  178        "         " 

The  students  must  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education  before  they  become  eligible  for  their  degrees. 


BOSTON-BOUV^  COLLEGE   /   83 

Senior  year  course  work  and  required  experiences  must  be  completed  in 
full-time  residence  at  Northeastern  University,  or  in  an  educational  setting 
approved  by  the  college. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

The  overall  cumulative  quality  point  averages  required  to  enter  each  class 
level  are  explicitly  stated  in  the  Student  Handbook.  Throughout  the  profes- 
sional sequence,  students  must  maintain  required  averages  and  demonstrate 
a  high  level  of  personal  and  professional  maturity  to  continue  field  practice 
and  to  be  approved  for  graduation.  Because  of  accreditation  recommenda- 
tions and  differences  in  curricula,  qualitative  requirement  variations  may  occur: 


Department  of  Pliysical  Therapy 

Students  admitted  to  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  must  maintain 
acceptable  standards  of  scholarship  and  performance  in  the  prescribed  pro- 
gram. Students  must  also  demonstrate  adequate  health,  verbal  fluency,  essential 
skills,  emotional  maturity;  must  complete  all  required  courses;  and  have  a 
favorable  evaluation  from  clinical  practice  and/or  co-op  experience. 

Cumulative  quality  point  averages  of  2.0  overall,  and  of  2.0  in  professional 
courses  are  required  to  enter  clinical  practice  in  the  senior  year.  Also,  there  is 
an  additional  requirement  of  C  or  better  in  64.121  Gross  Anatomy.  Students 
must  maintain  required  cumulative  averages  and  demonstrate  high  level  per- 
sonal and  professional  maturity  throughout  the  professional  sequence  to  be 
recommended  for  graduation  and  placement. 

Transfer  Students 

Transfer  students  may  be  accepted  in  the  College  at  upper-class  levels. 
Each  transcript  is  individually  assessed  for  qualification,  placement  and 
course  design. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctively  superior  achievement  in  academic  work  will  be 
graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty,  a  limited  number  of 
this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  highest  honor.  Students  must 
have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six  quarters  before  they 
become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Accreditation 

All  programs  in  the  College  are  unconditionally  accredited  as  clarified  in 
departmental  sections  of  this  catalog. 


84   /    BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Department  of  Health  Education 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Chairman 
FACULTY 

Professor 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professor 

Kerkor  Kassabian,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Instructor 

Ann  Maguire,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Visiting  Lecturers 

HEALTH   EDUCATION 

Professional  Programs 

Health  Education  is  a  teaching  profession.  It  is  concerned  with  teaching  not 
only  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  in  colleges  and  universities,  but  also 
in  community  and  continuing  education  centers  and  in  a  diversity  of  agencies. 

The  program  of  study  is  an  integration  of  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  pro- 
fessional courses,  in  a  flexible  curriculum  generous  with  electives.  The  five-year 
Cooperative  Plan  offers  alternate  periods  of  work  and  study  which  enrich  and 
facilitate  learning. 

The  liberal  arts  and  sciences  are  concentrated  in  the  first  two  years  with  the 
major  emphasis  in  the  last  three  years  in  professional  areas. 

In  the  third  year,  a  student  may  select  either  the  School  Health  or  the 
Community  Health  track.  Majors  in  School  Health  will  fulfill  their  supervised 
student  teaching  requirement  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  and  in 
junior  colleges.  Majors  in  Community  Health  will  complete  their  required  super- 
vised field  experiences  in  agencies,  centers,  institutions  or  other  environments 
related  to  health. 

Health  counseling,  administration  and  supervision,  actual  experience  in  the 
community,  and  techniques  of  motivation  are  among  the  many  practical  aspects 
of  the  curriculum. 

Programs 

The  Department  of  Health  Education  conducts  the  required  health  courses 
for  professional  students  in  Physical  Therapy,  Physical  Education,  and  Rec- 
reation Education  in  Boston-Bouve  College  and  for  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions,  and  offers  electives  for  all  University  students. 

The  Department  also  conducts  First  Aid  courses  for  the  College  and  for  the 
University. 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE   /   85 
Requirements 

All  students  in  Boston-Bouve  College  are  required  to  have  a  full  health 
examination  prior  to  admission  and  again  in  the  third  year  of  study.  All  Health 
Education  majors  must  purchase  an  activity  uniform  for  Physical  Education  at 
an  approximate  cost  of  $20.00. 

Accreditation 

Health  Education  was  accredited  as  part  of  Physical  Education  by  the  National 
Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  Separate  accreditation  will  be 
requested. 

Future 

A  graduate  will  be  qualified  to  teach  in  schools  at  all  levels  and/or  com- 
munity centers  and  agencies. 


86  /   BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Specimen  Program  in  School  Health  Education 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER  2 

QUARTER  3 

No.        Course 

O-H.            No. 

Course 

Q 

.H.           No.         Course 

Q.H. 

12.101    General  Chem.                      3          12.102    General  Chem. 
18.141     Biology                                    4           18.142    Biology 
50.116    Social  Science  1                      4           50.117    Social  Science  II 
65.110    Foun.  Health  Edu.                2                       Gen.  Studies  Elec 
BBC  elective                       1-3                         Physical  Educ. 

3  10.104    Mathematics 

4  Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
4                        Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
4           19.102    Bas.  Psych. 

1                           Phys.  Educ. 

* 
4 
8 
4 
1 

14-16 

16 

17 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER  5 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

30.113 
62.250 
50.121 
18.120 

English 

Anatomy  and  Physio. 

Human  Devel.  1 

Microbiology 

4 
4 
4 
4 
16 

30.114 
62.251 
50.131 

English 

Anatomy  and  Physio. 
Human  Devel.  II 
Gen.  Studies  Elect. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
16 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER  7 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

** 

65.223 
62.252 
65.114 

Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
Human  Sexuality/Fam. 
Anatomy  and  Physio. 
Mental  Health 

4 
4 
4 
4 
16 

** 

50.141 
65.222 
19.146 

Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
Measure/Evaluation 
Drug  Use  and  Abuse 
Motivation 

4 
4 
4 
4 
16 

FOURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

55.121 
65.116 

Intro.  Special  Educ. 

Nutrition 

Gen.  Studies  Elec. 

4 

4 

8 

16 

65.238 
65.232 
65.217 
65.225 
50.151 

Sem.  Health  Educ.                 2 
Preventive  Health  Ed.           3 
Teach.  Proc/Curr.  HE           4 
Comm/Degen.  Diseases        4 
Backg.  of  Amer.  Educ.           4 
17 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course 

Student  Teaching 

Q.H. 
12 

No. 

Course                       CI. 

Q.H. 

65.240 

65.239 
65.230 
65.235 
65.219 

Sem.  Health  Educ.                 2 
Admin.  School  Health  Ed.     3 
Health  Counseling                  4 
Public  Health  and 

Community  Resources       4 

Gen.  Studies  Elec.                  4 

17 

*Students  with  a  mathematics  proficiency  may  elect  a  general  studies  course. 
'♦Students  who  qualify  are  advised  to  take  Organic  Chemistry. 

Total  Credits:  173-175 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  /   87 
Specimen  Program  in  Community  Health  Education 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER  2 

QUARTER  3 

No.        Course 

O.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H.           No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

12.101    General  Chem.                       3 
18.141    Biology                                    4 
50.116    Social  Science  1                     4 
65.110    Foun.  Health  Educ.                2 
BBC  elective                       1-3 

12.102 
18.142 
50.117 

General  Chem. 

Biology 

Social  Science  II 

Gen.  Studies  Elec. 

Phys.  Educ. 

3  10.104 
4 

4 

4  19.102 

1 

Mathematics 
Gen.  Studies  Elec. 
Gen.  Studies  Elec. 
Bas.  Psych. 
Phys.  Educ. 

* 
4 
8 

4 
1 

14-16 

16 

17 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER 

5 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

30.113 
62.250 
50.121 
18.120 

English 

Anatomy  and  Phy 
Human  Devel.  1 
Microbiology 

sio. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

30.114 
62.251 
50.131 

English 

Anatomy  and  Physio. 
Human  Devel.  II 
Gen.  Studies  Elect. 

4 
4 

4 
4 

16 

16 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER 

7 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

65.223 
62.250 
65.114 
20.259 

Human  Sexuality/Fam. 
Anatomy  and  Physio. 
Mental  Health 
Urban  Anthropology 

4 
4 
4 
4 

** 

50.141 
65.222 
19.146 

Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
Measure/Evaluation 
Drug  Use  and  Abuse 
Motivation 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 


QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course                               Q.H. 

55.121 

Intro.  Special  Educ. 

4 

65.238 

Sem.  Health  Educ.                 2 

65.116 

Nutrition 

4 

65.232 

Preventive  Health  Ed.           3 

65.140 

Concepts  in  Health, 

65.225 

Comm/Degen.  Diseases        4 

Aging  and  Longevity 

4 

65.219 

Public  Health  and 

Gen.  Studies  Elec. 

4 

Community  Resources       4 

16 

65.220 

Teaching  Process  in 

Community  Health  Educ.  4 
17 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

65.241 

Field  Experience 

12 

65.239 
65.235 
50.151 
65.231 

Sem.  Health  Educ.                 2 
Health  Counseling                  4 
Backg.  of  Amer.  Educ.           4 
Organization  and  Admin, 
of  Health  Programs  in 
Community  Settings              3 
Gen.  Studies  Elec.                 4 

17 

*Stuclents  with  a  mathematics  proficiency  may 

elect  a 

general  studies  course. 

**Students  who  qualify  are  advised  to  take  Orga 

nic  Chemistry. 

Total  Credits 

173-175 

88   /    BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Department  of  Physical  Education 


John  W.  Fox,  Chairman 


FACULTY 


Professors 

Carl  Christensen,  B.S., 
John  W.  Fox,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Kathryn  Luttgens,  B.S., 
Richard  C.  Zobel,  B.S., 


M.S.,  Ph.D. 
,  Ed.D. 
M.S.,  Ph.D. 
M.A.,  Ed.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Kerkor  Kassabian,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 
Charles  E.  Larson,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Mary  Nicholson,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Jeanne  Rowlands,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Harold  A.  Walker.  A.B. 


Instructors 

Marilyn  Cairns,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Susan  Snyder,  B.S. 
Diane  Wlllcox,  B.S. 

Lecturer 

Sandra  Ann  Hagen 


Assistant  Professors 

Glenn  A.  Boden,  B.S. 
Robert  S.  Curtin,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 
William  J.  Gillespie,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 
Evelyn  Howard,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Barbara  Philbrick,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Judith  Roberts,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Sarah  Robinson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Kenneth  Vanderpool,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 


Programs 


The  Department  of  Physical  Education  conducts  the  undergraduate  profes- 
sional program  for  students  majoring  in  Physical  Education,  electives  for  all 
university  students,  the  intramural/club  program  for  men  and  women,  and  the 
Women's  Athletic  and  Recreation  Association  which  includes  women's  varsity 
competition. 


Professional  Program 

The  professional  program  in  Physical  Education  is  designed  to  prepare 
specialists  capable  of  developing  the  materials  and  methods  appropriate  to 
teaching  physical  education  in  public  and  private  schools  at  all  levels— elemen- 
tary, secondary  and  college.  Its  graduates  are  qualified  as  athletic  coaches, 
physical  education  teachers,  directors  of  athletics,  supervisors  of  physical  edu- 
cation, and  leaders  in  YMCA  and  YWCA  and  other  youth  organizations. 

Students  majoring  in  this  program  receive  a  strong  background  in  general 
education  and  liberal  arts.  Elective  hours  are  required  in  each  of  the  areas  of 
Science,  Social  Science,  and  Humanities.  Courses  in  Physical  Education  include 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE   /   89 

history,  philosophy,  principles,  curriculum  development,  and  class  procedures, 
measurement  and  evaluation,  kinesiology,  exercise  physiology  and  perceptual- 
motor  development.  Students  are  well  grounded  in  the  techniques  of  coaching 
the  various  individual,  dual  and  team  sports,  and  in  adapting  these  activities  to 
the  needs  of  the  handicapped.  Because  of  the  close  and  overlapping  relationship 
among  the  fields  of  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Recreation,  Physical  Educa- 
tion majors  may  take  courses  in  these  areas. 

Areas  of  emphasis  include  Athletic  Training,  Dance  or  the  Foundation  Sci- 
ences with  concentration  in  the  elementary  school,  secondary  school  or  general- 
ist  program.  Class  advisers  will  be  available  to  assist  students  as  selections  are 
made. 

The  development  and  demonstration  of  personal  skill  in  performance  and 
teaching  are  an  integral  part  of  the  professional  program.  Each  student  is 
expected  to  demonstrate  a  level  of  personal  skill  proficiency  and  knowledge 
competency  in  one  activity  for  each  of  these  areas:  (1)  Aquatics;  (II)  Dance;  (III) 
Gymnastics;  (IV)  Racquet  Sports;  (V)  Individual  Activities;  (VI)  Fall  and  Winter 
Team  Sports;  (VII)  Spring  and  Summer  Team  Sports.  The  degree  of  skill  may  be 
demonstrated  through  competency  testing  or  by  taking  appropriate  electives.* 
Students  will  demonstrate  at  the  intermediate  level  ability  in  one  activity  in 
each  of  the  five  of  the  seven  groupings;  they  must  pass  advanced  level  courses 
in  one  activity  in  one  skill  group;  and  they  may  be  beginning  performers  in  one 
activity  in  one  skill  group.  Major  students  are  assigned  supervised  student 
teaching  responsibilities  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  throughout  the 
Greater  Boston  Area.  In  addition,  students  increase  their  experience  with  chil- 
dren through  their  cooperative  work  assignments  and  as  counselors  in  summer 
camps. 

Approximately  $85  is  required  for  physical  education  uniforms.  Fees  may  be 
assessed  in  courses  requiring  highly  specialized  equipment,  supplies,  or  off- 
campus  facilities.  In  the  spring  quarter  of  the  freshman  year  there  is  a  required 
3-week  resident  program  at  the  Warren  Center.  An  additional  fee  is  charged  for 
room  and  board. 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  provides  a  comprehensive  academic 
faculty  advising  program;  however,  it  is  the  personal  responsibility  of  the  stu- 
dent to  ensure  that  all  general  education  requirements  of  the  curriculum, 
requirements  for  the  major  field  of  study,  and  total  quarter  hours  of  credit  for 
graduation  have  been  met. 

Accreditation 

The  professional  program  in  Physical  Education  is  accredited  by  the  National 
Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE).  Students  who  qualify 
may  be  certified  by  the  National  Athletic  Trainers  Association. 

Electives  in  Physical  Education 

A  broad  selection  of  electives  in  dance,  sports,  games,  aquatics,  and  gym- 


*To  qualify  for  beginning  aquatics,  dance,  and  gymnastics  courses,   Physical    Education 
majors  must  demonstrate  competence. 


90   /   BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

nasties  is  offered  for  all  University  students.  Most  classes  are  coeducational 
although  some  are  limited  to  men  or  to  women  according  to  the  activity. 

Focus  in  the  elective  program  is  placed  on  the  life-time  use  of  sports,  dance 
and  aquatics  for  recreational  satisfaction  and  participation. 

Women's  Athletic  and  Recreation  Association 

The  Women's  Athletic  and  Recreation  Association  has,  as  its  prime  purpose, 
the  promotion  of  activity  opportunities  of  an  athletic  and  recreational  nature 
for  all  undergraduate  women  students.  Throughout  the  year,  intramural  and 
club  participation  is  possible  in  badminton,  basketball,  fencing,  field  hockey, 
golf,  lacrosse,  modern  dance,  speed  swimming,  synchronized  swimming,  tennis, 
and  volleyball.  Varsity  athletic  teams  for  women  include  basketball,  field 
hockey,  gymnastics,  lacrosse,  swimming  and  diving,  tennis,  and  volleyball.  Other 
activities  are  offered  when  warranted  by  student  interest  and  available  facilities. 

The  Northeastern  University  Dance  Theatre 

The  Northeastern  University  Dance  Theatre  affords  an  opportunity  to  those 
students  interested  in  dance  as  a  performing  art  to  choreograph  and/or  perform 
in  concert.  In  addition  to  an  annual  concert  production,  the  group  presents 
several  lecture-demonstrations  and  concert  tours  each  year.  Admission  is  by 
audition. 

Men's  Intramural  and  Extramural  Programs 

A  comprehensive  program  of  intramural  and  extramural  sports  is  provided  men 
students  through  the  media  of  clubs,  leagues,  and  individual  participation. 
Separate  leagues  are  organized  for  commuters,  dormitory  and  fraternity  stu- 
dents. Further  information  may  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of  Intramural  Sports, 
Room  100,  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center. 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE   /   91 
Specimen  Program  in  Physical  Education 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

CI. 

QUARTER  3 
Q.H.           No.         Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

30.113    English                        4             4 
18.141     Bio.  1                           3(4)        4 
50.116    Soc.  Sci.  1                   4             4 
62.201     Human  Movt.            3(2)        4 
Prof.  Skills  Elect.       (2)        1 

30.114 
18,142 
50.117 

Gen.  Study  Elect. 
English                        4 
Biology  II                    3(4) 
Soc.  Sci.  II                  4 
Prof.  Skills  Elect.       (2) 

4          65.130    Health  Prob. 
4                            of  Coll.  St. 
4           62.249    Physical  Sci. 
4           62.203    Group  Dyn. 
1                              Practicum 

62.215    Sch.  Observ. 

62.206    First  Aid 

Prof.  Skills  Elect. 

3             3 
3             3 

4 

1(2)        2 

1(2)        2 

1-2 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

*Gen.  Studies 
Elect./Math 
Human  Devel.  1 
Anat.  &  Physiol.  1 
Prof.  Skills  Elect. 

CI.    Q.H. 

8 

4             4 

3(2)        4 

(2)        1 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

CI.    Q 

H. 

50.121 
62.250 

50.131 
50.141 

62.218 
62.251 

Human  Devel.  II 

Ed.  Meas. 

Gen.  Studies  Elect 

or 
Elem.  Activities 
Anat.  <S.  Physiol.  II 
Prof.  Skills  Elect. 

4 
4 

2(4) 

3(2) 

(2) 

4 
4 
4 

4 
4 

1 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

62.255 
62.252 
62.221 

62.275 

Adapted  P.E.             3(2) 
Anat.  &  Physiol.  Ill  3(2) 
Percept.  &  Mot. 

Learn                      3 
Critical  Teach. 

Skills                      3 
Prof.  Skills  Elect.       (2) 

4 
4 

3 

3 
1 

62.253 
62.260 
62.210 

Gen.  Studies  Elect 
Kinesiology 
Meas.  &  Eval. 
Hist.,  Prin.,  Phil. 
Prof.  Skills  Elect. 

4 
4 
4 
(2) 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.    Q 

H. 

No. 

62.277 

62.256 
62.218 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

Outdoor  Teach. 

Lab.** 
Ath.  Train. /or 
El.  Sch.  Activities 
Prof.  Skills 

Analysis/ 

Coaching 
BBC  Elect. 

CI.    Q.H. 

2 
2(2)        3 
2(4)        4 

2(2)        4 

7 

62.254 

Gen.  Studies  Elect 
Exerc.  Physiology 
Prof.  Skills 

Analysis/ 

Coaching 

3(2) 
2(2) 

8 
4 

4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 
62.282 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Supervised  Student 
Teaching 

CI.    Q.H. 

12 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI.   Q. 

H. 

62.270 
62.280 

Gen.  Studies  Elect. 
Admin.  P.E. 
Curric.  Develop. 
BBC  Elect. 

4 
3 

4 
4 
3 

4 

*Student  with  demonstrated  proficiency  may  choose  a  general  studies  elective. 

*Option  to  Viraive  this  requirement  considered  upon  presentation  of  evidence  of  comparable  experience 
to  appropriate  faculty  committee. 


92  /   BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Department  of  Recreation  Education 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Chairman  and  Director  of  The  Warren  Center 

FACULTY 
Professor  Reginald  Hache,  B.M.,  M.M.,  A.D. 

Albert  H.  McCay,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.  Richard  Morrison,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professors  Lecturers 

Howard  Jeffrey,  A.B.,  M.A.,  D.R.  Lydia  Casavant,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Frank  Robinson,  B.A.,  M.S.  Thomas  Lyman,  B.A. 

Assistant  Professors  ^^'^  Alice  Queiros,  B.S. 

Elaine  Eliopoulos,  B.S. 
Maureen  Glancy,  B.S. 

RECREATION   EDUCATION 

Recreation  is  a  vital  profession  for  a  rapidly  changing  world.  Prospects  for 
the  future  clearly  point  toward  increasing  leisure  time  and  more  available  in- 
come. Public  recognition  of  the  need  for  trained  administrators,  teachers,  and 
trained  leaders  in  recreation  programs  for  people  of  all  ages  during  all  sea- 
sons of  the  year  has  created  new  demands  for  career  personnel. 

Government  agencies  and  educational  institutions  are  expanding  their 
programs.  Recreation  opportunities  exist  in  community  organizations,  schools 
and  youth-serving  agencies,  churches,  settlement  houses,  and  hospitals;  in 
business  and  industry;  in  the  Red  Cross,  Peace  Corps  and  the  Armed  Forces; 
in  camps,  resorts,  and  parks;  in  departments  of  recreation  in  schools  and  col- 
leges; in  new  recreation  centers  developed  by  youth  groups;  and  in  state, 
regional,  and  national  parks. 

The  five-year  cooperative  program  of  study  is  based  in  the  liberal  arts  and 
sciences,  with  courses  in  professional  education  beginning  in  the  freshman  year. 

The  acquisition  of  knowledge  and  skills  in  arts  and  crafts,  camping, 
dramatics,  music,  sports,  dance,  aquatics,  hobbies,  and  adapted  recreation 
for  special  groups,  is  combined  with  training  in  leadership,  organization,  and 
administration. 

Outdoor  education,  camp  counseling,  school  camping,  recreation,  and  park 
programming  are  essential  aspects  of  curriculum,  and  the  Warren  Center  of 
Northeastern  University  offers  an  excellent  and  unique  teaching-learning  labo- 
ratory within  easy  commuting  distance  of  Boston. 

Supervised  field  experiences  both  indoors  and  outdoors  provide  exciting, 
and  at  the  same  time  practical,  opportunities  with  children,  youth  and  adults. 
In  addition,  the  cooperative  plan  provides  seven  quarters  of  practical  experience 
on-the-job  in  youth  agencies,  municipal  recreation  departments,  hospitals  and 
institutions,  homes  for  the  aging,  and  other  selected  settings. 

Undergraduates  in  the  Department  of  Recreation  Education  may  elect  any 
one  of  three  emphases:  Community  Recreation-Education,  Therapeutic  Recre- 
ation for  work  with  the  retarded,  the  handicapped  and  the  aging,  or  Outdoor 
Recreation-Education  and  Conservation. 

The  professional  program  in  Recreation  Education  is  accredited  by  the  Na- 
tional Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE). 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  /   93 


:|RST  YEAR 


No 


Specimen  Program  in  Recreation  Education 
(Five-Year  Cooperative) 


QUARTER  1 
Course 


CI.  O-H. 


18.141  Basic  An.  Biology  3(4)  4 

29.106  Speech  Fund.  3  3 

50.111  Soc.  Sci.  3  3 

63.120  Orient.  Rec.  1  1 

63.121  Rec.  Skills  I  1(6)  3 


No 


QUARTER  2 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


18.142  Basic  An.  Biology  3(4)  4 

30.113  English  4  4 

50.112  Soc.  Sci.  3  3 

63.122  Rec.  Skills  W  2(6)  4 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


30.114  English  4  4 

50.113  Soc.  Sci.  3  3 

63.123  Rec.  Skills  III  2(6)  4 

65.129  Health  Educ.  3  3 


No. 


QUARTER  3A 
Course  CI.  Q.H. 


63.125    Outdoor  Educ.  <t 

Camp  Leadership 


jEcond  year 


No.        Course 


QUARTER  4 


CI. 


Q.H. 


50.121     Psychology  of  Learning  I 

Elective 
63.150    Anatomy  and  Physiology 
63.133    Recreation  Skills  IV 
16.121     Natural  History 


■HIRD  YEAR 


■^0.       Course 


QUARTER  6 


CI.        L.      Q.H. 


53.270    Arts  and  Crafts  1 

53.132    Interagency  3 

29.163    Workshop  Drama  4 
53.126    Conservation  and  Outdoor 

Education  2 

)3.131    Tech.  of  Recreation  Leadership  1 


OURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 
1^0.        Course  CI.       L.      Q.H. 

63.210    Philosophy  of  Recreation  and 

Leisure  3        3 

f-r^.    P5"'^«  3"d  t'^e  Cultures  1  6  3 

"■^^    Therapeutic  Recreation  3  _  3 

cio^    ^roup  Dynamics  3  _  3 

.« ,:;    .'y'e'hods  and  Materials  3  _  3 
63.143    Winter  Sports 

(Winter  Quarter)  —  —  i 


QUARTER  5 


No. 


Course 


50.131 
63.134 
16.122 


QUARTER  7 


No. 


Course 


QUARTER  9 


Q.H. 


Anatomy  and  Physiology  2           2  3 

Elective  4        —  4 

Psychology  of  Learning  II  4         —  4 

Recreation  Skills  V  16  3 

Natural  History  4         —  4 


Course 


IFTH  YEAR 


No. 

63.260 

63.285 

65.218 
63.146 

63.257 

Of 

63.267 
"63.143 


Course 


QUARTER  10 


CI.  Q.H. 


QUARTER  11 


No. 


Course 


Org.  &  Adm.  of  Recreation 

and  Parks 
Introduction  to  Recreation 

Research 
Public  Health 
Camp  Administration 
or 

Recreation  Activities 
for  the  Aged  and  Infirm 

Introduction  to  Youth  Groups 

Winter  Sports 
(Winter  only) 


63.290 
21.111 
63.147 

63.129 

63.256 

63.266 


Sr.  Seminar 
American  Society 
Outdoor  Education  for 

Handicapped 
School  Camping 


Q.H. 


Elective  4  —  4 
63.160     Dev.  and  Util.  of  Rec.  Ed. 

Resources  3  —  3 
63.128     Survey  of  Outdoor  Recreation 

Park  Facilities  3  —  3 

63.127     Outdoor  Education  2  2  3 

Elective  4  —  4 


Q.H. 


63.280     Supervised  Field  Experience 
Conservation  and  Outdoor 

Education  16 

or 

Adapted  and  Hospital 
Recreation 
or 

Community  Recreation 
**Also  Winter,  Senior  Year 


CI.  Q.H. 


Workshop  in  Adapted  Hospital  Rec.      3 
or 

Community  Ed.  and  Community 
Schools  3 


I  winter  quarters  8  and  10 


94   /    BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Department  of  Physical  Therapy 

Katharine  Carlisle,  Chairman 
Kathryn  J.  Shaffer,  Associate  Chairman 

FACULTY 

Professors  Visiting  Professor 

Katharine  Carlisle,  A.B.  Whitney  R.  Powers,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Kathryn  J.  Shaffer,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Elizabeth  W.  Van  Slyck,  B.S.,  M.A 


Instructors 

Janice  L.  Foster,  B.S. 
Assistant  Professor  Nancy  B.  Leventhal,  M.Ed. 

Pauline  A.  Cerasoli,  B.S.,  M.S.  Mary  P.  Watkins,  B.S. 

PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

Physical  Therapy  is  one  of  the  health  professions  concerned  with  and  con- 
tributing to  the  present-day  challenge  of  comprehensive  medical  care.  This 
profession  is  concerned  not  only  with  treatment  procedures  which  are  directed 
toward  helping  the  patient  regain  functional  independence,  but  concerned  also 
with  his  emotional  and  socio-economic  status  and  needs  in  terms  of  recovery. 
The  physical  therapist  is  highly  skilled  in  evaluation  procedures  and  in  the 
planning  and  execution  of  treatment  programs  appropriate  to  the  condition  or 
disabilities  of  a  patient.  In  addition,  the  responsibilities  of  a  physical  therapist 
may  include  health  care  planning  and  community  service.  The  qualified  therapist 
administers  physical  therapy  only  upon  referral  by  a  physician. 

The  five-year  program  of  study  is  an  integration  of  liberal  arts  and  sciences 
and  professional  courses,  with  major  emphasis  on  liberal  arts  in  the  first  two 
years  of  the  program  and  on  professional  preparation  in  the  last  three  years  of 
the  program.  The  professional  courses  include  such  subjects  as  anatomy,  kinesi- 
ology, clinical  medicine,  pathology,  physiology,  physical  therapy  procedures, 
and  practical  experience  in  various  hospitals  and  clinics.  Professional  ethics  is 
stressed  throughout  the  program. 

Lecturers  from  Tufts  University  School  of  Medicine  and  the  New  England 
Medical  Center  Hospitals,  as  well  as  from  many  medical  and  social  agencies  in 
the  Boston  area,  augment  the  professional  staff  in  the  physical  therapy  program 
which  is  approved  by  the  American  Medical  Association  and  by  the  American 
Physical  Therapy  Association.  Students  completing  the  program  are  eligible  to 
take  state  examinations  for  registration. 

General  Objectives 

The  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  is  cognizant  of  the  increasing  need  and 
demand  for  modern  comprehensive  health  care  and  is  continually  concerned 
with  the  educational  preparation  of  those  who  will  provide  physical  therapy 
services  of  the  highest  quality. 

The  overall  objective  of  the  Department  is  to  provide  a  program  which  will 
prepare  young  men  and  women  for  full  and  useful  lives  and  which  will,  at  the 
same  time,  prepare  them  to  achieve  in  all  aspects  of  the  physical  therapy 
profession. 


BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE  /   95 

To  fulfill  this  objective,  the  student  is  provided  with  opportunities  to: 

1.  develop  breadth  and  depth  of  interest  and  a  greater  appreciation  of  the 
world  in  which  he  lives  through  courses  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences; 

2.  acquire  knowledge  and  understanding  of  those  liberal  arts  and  sciences 
which  are  basic  to  professional  courses; 

3.  develop  a  specific  body  of  knowledge,  understanding,  and  appreciation 
of  physical  therapy; 

4.  develop  skills  in  physical  therapy; 

5.  develop   knowledge,   understanding,  and  appreciation  of  the  changing 
patterns  of  comprehensive  health  care; 

6.  develop  knowledge,  understanding,  and  appreciation  of  health  care  plan- 
ing and  community  service; 

7.  set  high  standards  of  achievement  for  himself; 

8.  develop  desirable  personal  and  professional  attitudes  and  relationships; 

9.  develop  an  appreciation  for  continuing  personal  and  professional  growth; 
10.    develop  an  appreciation  of  civic  interest  and  responsibility  to  society  in 

general  and  to  the  community  of  which  he  is  a  part. 

Physical  Therapy  Clinical  Education 

Supervised  clinical  education  is  scheduled  in  the  senior  year  and  consists  of 
two  six-week  blocks  of  supervised  clinical  practice  in  either  the  fall  or  winter 
quarter.  This  advanced  clinical  experience  provides  the  student  with  oppor- 
tunities to  practice  various  phases  of  physical  therapy  under  supervision  in 
preparation  for  assuming  the  role  of  a  qualified  physical  therapist.  It  is  a  required 
course  for  graduation. 

Assignments  in  clinical  practice  include  therapy  departments  throughout  the 
New  England,  New  York,  and  New  Jersey  areas  in  addition  to  the  Boston  area. 
Students  are  required  to  carry  liability  insurance.  Students  should  plan  also  on 
additional  expenses  for  clinical  practice,  including  travel. 


96   /    BOSTON-BOUVE  COLLEGE 

Specimen  Program  in  Physical  Therapy  1972-1973 


FIRST  YEAR 


OUARTEe  1 
No.         Course 

CI. 

3.H. 

No. 

10.105 
12.106 
30.114 
64.111 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

Fund.  Math. 
Gen.  Chemistry 
English 

Intro.  PH.  TH. 
Physical  Ed. 

CI.    Q.H. 

4             4 
4(3)        5 
4              4 
1(1)         1 
(2)        1 

No. 

12.107 
18.142 
64.113 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Gen.  Chemistry 
Basic  An.  Biology 
Intro.  PH.  TH. 
Elective 

CI.    Q.H  J 

4(3)        5 
3(4)        4 
1(2)        2 

4             4 

10.104    Fund.  Math. 
18.141     Basic  An.  Biology 
30.113    English 
65.129    Health  Ed. 
Physical  Ed. 

4 

3(4) 
4 
3 
(2) 

4 
4 
4 
3 

1 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


11.171     Physics  4  4 

11.173    Physics  Lab.  (3)  1 

18.125    Human  Physiol.  2(3)  3 

19.102    Basic  Psych.  4  4 

Elective  4  4 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


11.172    Physics  4  4 

18.126    Human  Physiol.  2(3)  3 

18.148    Human  Anatomy  3(3)  4 

64.115    Intro.  PH.  TH.  1(2)  2 

Elective  4  4 


THIRD  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course  CI.   Q.H. 


64.121  Gross  Anatomy  4(3)  5 

64.131  Applied  Anatomy  4(2)  5 

64.144  Phys.  Ther.  I  2(4)  4 

64.210  Pathology  3  3 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course 


19.140    Child/Adoles. 
Psych. 

64.145  Phys.  Ther.  II 

64.146  Phys.  Ther.  Ill 

64.220  Clin.  Med.  I 

64.221  Clin.  Med.  II 


CI.    Q.H. 


4 

(8) 
2(4) 
2 
3 


FOURTH   YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  8 
Course 


64.156  Phys.  Ther.  IV 

64.157  Phys.  Ther.  V 
64.222  Clin.  Med.  Ill 
64.250  Neuroanatomy 


CI.   Q.H. 


2(4)  4 

2(2)  3 

3  3 

2(2)  3 


No. 


QUARTER  9 
Course  CI. 


64.158  Phys.  Ther.  VI 

64.159  Clinical  Sem. 
Elective 
Elective 


Q.H. 


1(6)  4 

3  3 

4  4 
4  4 


FIFTH  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  10 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


64.165    Prof.  Lit/Research  1(2)  2 

64.235    Clin.  Psychiatry  3  3 

65.218    Public  Health  3  3 

Elective  4  4 

Elective  4  4 


No. 


QUARTER  10A 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  11 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


64.186    Supervised 

Clinical  Ed. 


64.173    Rehabilitation  2  2 

64.176    Administration  3  3 

64.246    Applied  Physiol.  2(4)  4 

Elective  4  4 


*As  of  the  beginning  of  the  Middler  year,  it  is  not  possible  for  a  student  to  change  divisions  due  to  the 
established  sequence  of  courses. 


college  of  business 
administration 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean 
Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean 
Harley  H.  Anderson,  Assistant  Dean 
John  W.  Jordan,  Assistant  Dean 

Programs  of  Study 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  in  the  princi- 
pal fields  of  business  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business 
Administration.  Forty  to  sixty  percent  of  the  coursework  in  these  programs  is 
in  the  arts  and  sciences  to  ensure  a  liberal  education  in  addition  to  a  sound 
preparation  for  a  career  in  business  or  administration.  Concentrations  are  offered 
in  the  following  areas:  Accounting,  Finance  and  insurance,  Industrial  Relations, 
Management,  Marketing,  and  Transportation.  These  programs  are  offered  on  the 
five-year  Cooperative  Education  Plan,  under  which  students  gain  substantial 
practical  experience  in  the  fields  for  which  they  are  preparing  as  an  integral  part 
of  their  undergraduate  course  of  study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  is  also  sponsored  by  the 
College  of  Business  Administration  and  awards  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science 
in  Accounting.  Designed  specifically  for  Liberal  Arts  and  other  non-Accounting 
majors,  the  School  was  established  to  help  satisfy  the  accounting  profession's 
need  for  persons  with  a  broad  liberal  education  in  a  high-quality  professional 
program.  The  distinctive  feature  of  the  15-month  program,  a  3-month  internship 
with  a  public  accounting  firm,  is  in  keeping  with  the  basic  philosophy  of 
Northeastern. 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  is  primarily  a  professional 
degree  program  in  which  the  major  objective  is  to  develop  practitioners  of  busi- 
ness and  administration.  Many  men  and  women  who  are  enrolled  are  at  the  same 
time  employed  in  various  public  and  private  organizations  and  are  working  to- 
ward their  degree  on  a  part-time  basis.  In  addition,  the  Master  of  Business 
Administration  program  offers  full-time  graduate  students  the  Management 
Intern  Plan.  Following  the  philosophy  that  a  balanced  exposure  to  theory  and 
practice  is  the  most  effective  approach  to  management  education,  the  two-year 

97 


98   /   COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

program  affords  excellent  opportunity  in  each  area.  Interwoven  with  the  regular 
academic  terms  are  two  periods  of  guided  experience  in  business  and  other 
organizations.  The  job  experience  places  the  management  intern  in  a  situation  in 
which  he  must  perform  as  he  would  in  any  organization.  The  nature  of  the  job 
will  assure  him  ample  opportunity  to  observe,  research,  and  report  upon  some 
aspect,  element,  or  problem  of  the  organization. 

The  College  also  sponsors  a  Center  for  Management  Development,  which 
annually  conducts  intensive  programs  designed  to  provide  professional  growth 
for  middle  management  executives  who  will  ultimately  be  called  upon  to  carry 
broader  executive  responsibilities.  The  program  of  instruction,  based  on  modi- 
fication of  the  Northeastern  cooperative  program,  permits  the  participants  to 
maintain  their  job  responsibilities  during  the  six-month  period  of  the  course. 

The  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
College.  The  Bureau  gives  administrative  assistance  to  research  projects  carried 
out  under  faculty  leadership  and  supervision. 

Policy 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  to  prepare 
men  and  women  for  positions  of  administrative  responsibilities  in  business, 
governmental,  and  other  organizations.  Preparation  for  administrative  positions 
requires  an  acuteness  of  mind  in  the  recognition  and  solution  of  problems.  In 
order  to  accomplish  this,  the  business  student  is  given  a  broad  understanding  of 
business  and  organizational  problems  as  well  as  firthand  knowledge  of  effective 
methods  of  solving  them.  In  addition,  the  broader  scope  of  the  business  firm  is 
studied,  especially  its  role  and  responsibility  in  the  community  and  the  world. 

To  accomplish  these  objectives,  the  fundamental  skills  and  tool  subjects  are 
dealt  with  in  their  relations  to  the  broader  context  of  the  business  firm.  The 
upper-class  programs  of  study  assimilate  the  principles  of  modern  business 
management  and  administration  and  integrate  these  with  courses  in  liberal  arts. 

The  courses  in  the  curriculum  fall  into  four  categories:  (1)  required  Liberal 
Arts  courses,  (2)  Business  Administration  core  courses,  (3)  Business  Adminis- 
tration courses  required  in  one  or  more  concentrations,  (4)  Electives  in  either 
Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  subjects. 

Aims 

In  keeping  with  the  current  trends  in  collegiate  education,  the  educational 
policy  of  the  College  has  the  following  aims:  first,  to  develop  attitudes  and 
ideals  that  are  ethically  sound  and  socially  desirable;  second,  to  develop  an 
appreciation  of  the  social,  political,  and  economic  developments  to  which  the 
business  firm  must  adjust  and  adapt;  third,  to  develop  those  habits  of  accurate 
thinking  that  are  essential  to  sound  judgment;  fourth,  to  provide  an  opportunity 
to  develop  a  specialization  in  business  or  administration  in  accordance  with  the 
students'  interests  and  talents.  The  Cooperative  Plan  is  particularly  helpful  in 
this  respect. 

Accreditation 

The  Undergraduate   Program  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration   is 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /   99 
fully  accredited  by  the  American  Association  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business. 

Methods  of  Instruction 

In  the  accomplishment  of  these  aims,  the  College  makes  use  of  the  lecture 
and  recitation  systems  and  the  problem  and  case  methods  of  instruction. 

Introductory  and  basic  tool  courses  are,  for  the  most  part,  presented  on  a 
lecture-problem  basis.  A  large  proportion  of  the  classwork  of  the  upper-class 
years  consists  of  discussion,  analysis,  and  reports  on  specific  business  problems 
and  cases. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  analyze  propositions,  to  challenge  unsupported 
assertions,  to  think  independently,  and  to  support  their  thinking  with  logic  and 
facts.  Frequent  verbal  and  written  reports  are  required. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  College  of  Business  Administration  must  be  graduates  of 
college  preparatory  programs  of  study.  The  following  subjects  are  prescribed. 

Subject  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  3 

Science  1 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  6 

Electives,  not  more  than  2 

"15 

(A  limited  number  of  qualified  students  are  accepted  each  year  into  the  upper- 
class  years  by  transfer  from  other  colleges  and  universities.) 

Graduation  Requirements 

Students  may  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business 
Administration  in  one  of  the  following  areas  of  concentration:  accounting,  fi- 
nance and  insurance,  industrial  relations,  management,  marketing,  and  trans- 
portation. With  the  advice  of  faculty,  students  may  develop  a  concentration  of 
study  suitable  to  their  particular  career  interests. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  all  of  the  pre- 
scribed work  of  the  curriculum  in  which  they  seek  to  qualify.  This  usually  totals 
179  quarter  hours  of  credit.  Students  undertaking  the  cooperative  education 
program  must  also  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative 
Education  before  they  become  eligible  for  their  degrees. 

The  final  three  quarters  immediately  preceding  graduation  must  be  completed 
in  residence  at  Northeastern. 

Scholarship  Requirements 

The  degree  conferred  not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  sub- 
jects in  the  selected  course  of  study  but  also  indicates  professional  competence 


100   /   COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

in  the  designated  area  of  concentration.  An  overall  average  grade  of  C  is  re- 
quired for  graduation. 


Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment  in  their  aca- 
demic work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a 
limited  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest 
honor.  Students  must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six 
quarters  before  they  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 


The  Programs  of  Study 

First  Year 

The  36  weeks  of  the  freshman  year  are  primarily  devoted  to  a  survey  of  the 
political  and  social  institutions  that  underlie  the  conduct  of  a  business.  In  ad- 
dition, accounting,  English,  and  mathematics  are  given  important  positions  in 
the  program  of  this  first  year  because  of  their  fundamental  significance  as  tools 
of  communication  for  the  businessman.  The  study  of  business  is  introduced  by 
examining  the  relationship  of  business  organizations  to  the  environment  in  which 
they  operate. 

Other  courses  can  be  elected  to  enrich  the  student's  background  in  such  fields 
as  the  physical  sciences  and  the  cultural  foundations  of  our  civilization. 

In  addition  to  regularly  scheduled  orientation  meetings  with  the  Dean  of 
Freshmen,  throughout  the  freshman  year  each  student  has  the  friendly  counsel 
and  guidance  of  a  faculty  adviser  whose  aim  is  to  help  bridge  the  gap  between 
high  school  and  college.  Faculty  in  the  College  are  available  to  assist  the  stu- 
dent in  formulating  his  career  plans. 


Upper-Class  Years 

Under  the  Northeastern  five-year  Cooperative  Plan,  the  alternation  of  work  and 
classroom  study  starts  with  the  second  year.  During  this  year,  all  students  con- 
tinue with  a  common  program,  a  major  portion  of  which  is  devoted  to  courses 
which  introduce  the  functional  areas  of  business  operation  and  provide  analytical 
skills  which  underlie  managerial  decision-making. 

At  the  end  of  the  second  year,  at  the  close  of  Quarter  5,  students  formally 
elect  their  areas  of  concentration  in  accordance  with  their  individual  interests 
and  aptitudes.  To  help  make  this  choice,  a  student  may  obtain  professional 
advice  in  Northeastern's  Counseling  and  Testing  Center. 

During  the  remaining  three  years,  specific  required  courses  are  taken  in  a 
common  core,  and  elective  coursework  is  taken  in  both  business  and  non-busi- 
ness areas.  Business  electives  may  be  taken  in  a  sequence  which  allows  the 
student  to  develop  one  or  more  concentrations. 

A  brief  statement  of  the  nature  of  the  vocational  opportunities  in  the  various 
concentrations  and  specimen  programs  follows. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /    101 
Specimen  Program  Without  a  Concentration 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER  1 
No.         Course                              Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Business                  4 

10.124    Math  1                                       4 

L.A.  Elective                           4 

30.113    English  1                                   4 

No. 

41.111 
10.125 
19.105 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

Accounting 
Math  II 
Psych  1 
L.A.  Elective 

QUARTER  3 
Q.H.            No.         Course 

4            41.112    Accounting 
4            30.114    English  II 
4            19.106    Psych  II 
4                           L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Q 

.H. 

No. 

49.251 
39.106 
44.120 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Quan.  Meth.  II 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro.  Fin.  Act. 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

49.250 
49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

Quan.  Meth.  1 
Intro.  Comp.  Me. 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 

4 
2 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Q 

•  H. 

No. 
45.210 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Org.  Beh  II 
L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elect. 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

45.209 

Org.  Beh  1 
L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elect 
Open  Elect. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

0. 

H. 

No. 
45.250 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

Bus.  and  Society 
L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Electives 
Open  Elective 

4 
8 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 
45.112 

90.251 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Busin.  Policy 
L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Place  Tech. 



Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

B.A.  Elective 
Open  Electives 

Q.H. 

4 
12 

102   /   COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Accounting  Department 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Professor  and  Chairman,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 


Professors 

Lawrence  H.  Malchman,  B.S.,  Ed.M., 

C.P.A. 
Albert  Slavin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  C.P.A. 

Associate  Professors 

Anker  V.  Andersen,  B.S.,  M.B.A., 

Ph.D. 
Joseph  R.  Curran,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Richard  Lindhe,  B.S.,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed., 

M.Ed.,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Claremont  Carter,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  Farrar,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Raymond  A.  Roy,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Instructors 

Steven  D.  Grossman,  B.S.,  M.A. 
John  O'Connell,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 


Accounting 

Accounting  is  the  second  largest  field  of  professional  employment.  Account- 
ants may  specialize  in  such  areas  as  auditing,  tax  work,  cost  accounting,  budget- 
ing and  control,  systems  and  procedures,  agents,  investigations,  bank  examiners, 
and  management  services. 

Leaders  of  institutions— business,  commerce,  and  industry;  state,  local,  and 
national  governments;  bureaus  and  agencies;  schools,  churches,  hospitals,  and 
foundations— all  rely  on  data  accumulated  and  prepared  by  accountants  when 
making  decisions  which  vitally  affect  the  destinies  of  their  institutions.  New 
techniques  such  as  electronic  data  processing  machines  are  being  used  for  the 
more  effective  collection  and  use  of  accounting  data. 

Students  who  intend  to  become  Certified  Public  Accountants  (C.P.A.)  may 
take  13  courses  (52  credit  hours)  in  this  area  beyond  the  core  introductory 
courses  in  accounting. 


COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /    103 
Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Accounting 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

Q.H. 

No. 

41.111 
10.125 
30.113 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

Accounting 
Math.  II 
English  1 
L.A.  Elective 

Q 

QUARTER  3 
.H.            No.         Course 

Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Business                    4 

10.124    Math  1                                       4 

19.105    Psych.  1                                     4 

L.A.  Elective                            4 

4            41.112    Accounting 
4            30.114    English  II 
4            19.106    Psych.  II 
4                         L.A.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Q 

.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Q. 

H. 

49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

49.250 

Intro.  Computer 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 
Quan.  Meth.  1 

2 
4 
4 
4 
4 

39.106 
44.120 
49.251 

Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Fin.  Act. 
Quan.  Meth.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Org.  Beh. 
Intrmed.  Acct. 
Cost  Acct. 
LA.  Elective 



Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Q. 

H. 

45.209 
41 .251 
41 .253 

45.210 
41 .252 
41 .254 

Org.  Beh. 
Intrmed.  Acct. 
Cost  Acct. 
L.A.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 
41 .262 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

L.A   Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Acct.  Theory  &  Prac. 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

45.250 
41 .263 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

Bus.  and  Society 
Acct.  Plan'g.  &  Control 
LA.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Q 

.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

Open  Electives 

Q.H. 
16 

45.112 
90.251 

Business  Policy 
Place.  Tech. 
Open  Electives 
L.A.  Elective 

4 
1 
8 
4 

104  /   COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Finance  and  Insurance  Department 

Wesley  W.  Marple,  Jr.,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Anghel  N.  Rugina,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.         Harold  D.  Fletcher,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Edward  R.  Willett,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.         Fred  R.  Kaen,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Associate  Professors 

Robert  H.  Capian  III,  B.  Ch.E., 

M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 
Saverio  Ceruilo,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Roger  A.  Cossaboom,  B.S.,  M.B.A., 

D.B.A. 
Robert  L.  Hehre,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  M.S., 

D.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Finance  and  Insurance 

The  Department  of  Finance  and  Insurance  offers  a  variety  of  courses  and 
options  to  those  who  want  to  concentrate  their  courses  in  this  area  as  well  as  to 
those  who  want  to  extend  their  competence  and  knowledge  in  a  minor  field.  Ad- 
visers are  available  in  the  Departmental  Office  to  counsel  students  about  course 
and  career  choices.  Students  interested  in  careers  in  the  areas  of  security  anal- 
ysis, estate  planning,  corporate  finance  and  control,  security  or  insurance  brok- 
erage, underwriting,  credit  management,  banking,  and  other  fields  requiring  the 
management  of  funds,  select  the  Finance  and  Insurance  concentration.  In  addi- 
tion to  preparing  themselves  for  careers,  some  students  select  this  area  solely 
for  its  intellectual  stimulation  and  excitement. 

Concentrators  in  this  area  normally  take  four  courses  (44.150,  44.151, 
44.260,  and  44.275)  in  their  middler  year.  At  least  two  other  courses  are 
usually  taken  in  the  junior  or  senior  years  in  one  of  the  following  sub-fields  of 
finance:  Managerial  Finance  44.159,  44.160,  44.161,  44.185;  Financial  Analysis 
44.161,  44.180;  Management  of  Financial  Institutions  44.144,  44.161;  and 
Insurance  44.162,  44.220,  and  44.255.  49.262  is  always  an  appropriate  elective. 

All  courses  offered  by  the  Department  are  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
prerequisite  courses  without  regard  to  their  areas  of  concentration.  In  special 
circumstances  instructors  may  waive  prerequisite  courses.  Because  of  staffing 
constraints,  not  all  courses  are  offered  every  year. 


COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /    105 
Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Finance  and  Insurance 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

Q.H 

No 

Cou 

QUARTER  2 
rse 

Q.H.            No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Accounting 
English  II 
Psych.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

49  100    Intro,  to  Business                   4 

10.124    Math  1                                     4 

L.A.  Elective                           4 

30.113    English  1                                   4 

41.111     Accounting 
10.125    Math  II 
19.105    Psych.  1 

L.A.  Elective 

4              41.112 
4             30.114 
4             19.106 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

4 

Q.H. 

No. 

39.106 
44.120 
49.251 

QUARTER 
Course 

Econ.  Prin. 
Intro.  Fin.  Act. 
Quan.  Meth.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

5 

Q.H. 

4 
4 

4 
4 

49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

49.250 

Intro.  Computer 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 
Quan.  Meth.  1 

2 

4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

Org.  Beh.  1 
L.A.  Elective 
Corp.  Fin. 
Intpr.  Fin.  Data 

6 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

45.210 

44.275 
44.260 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

ivity 
ing 

Q.H. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

45.209 

44.150 
44.151 

Org.  Beh.  II 
L.A.  Elective 
Mon.  &  Ec.  Act 
Financial  Plann 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

Fin.  Elective 
LA.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

8 



Q.H. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

No. 
45.250 

QUARTER 
Course 

L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Fin.  Elective 
Bus.  &  Society 

9 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

45.112 
90.251 

QUARTER 
Course 

Open  Electlves 
L.A.  Elective 
Business  Policy 
Place.  Tech. 

10 

Q.H. 

8 

4 
4 

1 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

Open  Electives 

11 

Q.H. 
16 

I 


106   /   COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Industrial  Relations 

This  concentration  is  taught  by  the  faculty  of  the  Management  Department. 
Industrial  Relations 

Opportunities  exist  in  the  field  of  labor-management  relations  in  business 
and  non-business  organizations.  Both  unions  and  management  offer  positions  in 
personnel  administration,  collective  bargaining,  and  wage  and  salary  adminis- 
tration. As  collective  bargaining  has  developed  in  the  public  sector,  opportuni- 
ties have  become  available  for  specialists  in  Industrial  Relations  in  local,  state, 
and  Federal  government  organizations. 

Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Industrial  Relations 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

Q.H. 

No 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

Q.H.            No.         Cou 

QUARTER  3 
rse 

Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Business                   4 

10.124    Math  1                                     4 

L.A  Elective                           4 

30.113    English  1                                   4 

41.111 
10.125 
19.105 

Accounting 
Math  II 
Psych.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

4            41.112    Accounting 
4            30.114    English  II 
4            19.106    Psych.  II 
4                         L.A.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Q 

.H. 

No. 

49.251 
39.106 
44.120 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Quan.  Meth.  II 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro.  Fin.  Act. 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

49.250 

Intro.  Computer 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 
Quan.  Meth.  1 

2 
4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Q 

.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Q.H. 

45.209 

B.A.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Org.  Beh.  1 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 

4 

39.275 
45.210 

B.A.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Labor  Econ. 
Org.  Beh.  II 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 
45.260 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Pers.  and  Ind.  Rel 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 
45.250 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

L.A.  Elective 
B.A.  Elective 
Bus.  and  Society 
Open  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 
45.112 
45.275 
90.251 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Business  Policy 
L.A.  Elective 
Labor  Law 
Open  Elective 
Place.  Tech. 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

No. 
45.276 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

Col.  Bargain 
Open  Electives 

Q.H. 

4 
12 

COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /    107 

Management  Department 

Professors  Associate  Professors  (Continued) 

Dean  S.  Ammer,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  Edward  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Carlo  E.  Gubellini,  B.S.,  M.B.A.  Herman  Rochwarg,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Lyman  A.  Keith,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.B.A.  Daniel  Scioletti,  B.B.A.,  M.Ed.,  LL.B. 

A.  Howard  Myers,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Barry  Shore,  A.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Arthur  H.  Walker,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Assistant  Professors 

Associate  Professors  Jules  I.  Borack,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Warren  Briggs,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  Robert  Lieb,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Paul  Croke,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  Robert  A.  Parsons,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  M.A. 

Angelo  Fiumara,  B.A.,  LL.B.  Jeffrey  A.  Timmons,  B.A.,  M.B.A., 

Richard  B.  Higgins,  B.A.,  Ph.D.  D.B.A. 

Christine  L.  Hobart,  A.B.,  D.B.A. 

Management 

This  area  of  concentration  appeals  to  the  student  who  is  more  interested  in 
preparation  for  general  business  administration  and  operations  management. 
Positions  are  available  to  graduates  of  this  program  in  commercial,  manufac- 
turing, and  service  businesses.  Production  planning  and  control,  industrial 
purchasing  and  sales,  cost  control,  methods  analysis,  time  study,  industrial 
safety,  personnel  management,  self-employment,  and  many  other  vocational 
opportunities  are  available. 


108   /   COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Management 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

Q.H. 

SS                     4 
4 
4 
4 

No 

QUARTER  2                                                       QU 
Course                              Q.H.           No.         Course 

ARTER  3 

ting 
II 
II 

ective 

Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Busine; 
10.124    Math  1 

L.A.  Elective 
30.113    English  1 

41.111     Accounting 
10.125    Math  II 
19.105    Psych.  1 

L.A.  Elective 

4           41.112    Accoun 
4           30.114    English 
4            19.106    Psych. 
4                          L.A.  El 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

39.106 
44.120 
49.251 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Econ.  Prin. 
Intro.  Fin.  Act. 
Quan.  Meth.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

49.250 

Intro.  Computer 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 
Quan.  Meth.  1 

2 
4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Q.H. 

45.209 
41.205 

L.A.  Elective 
Org.  Beh.  1 
Cost  Acct. 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

45.210 
49.206 

L.A.  Elective 
Org.  Beh.  II 
Info.  Systems 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

L.A.  Elective 
Pers.  and  Ind.  Re 
Legal  Aspects 
B.A.  Elective 

1. 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

Q.H. 

45.260 
49.155 

45.112 
45.265 

Business  Policy 
L.A.  Elective 
Prod.  Mgt. 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Bus.  &  Society 
B.A.  Elective 
LA.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Place.  Tech. 

— 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

Q.H. 

45.250 
90.251 

Open  Electives 

16 

COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /    109 

Marketing  Department 

Charles  H.  Dufton,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Charles  J.  Collazzo,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.C.S.,       Mark  M.  Moriarty,  B.S.,  M.A. 

M.A.,  Ph.D.  Richard  J.  Morrison,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Robert  H.  Minichiello,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,         Frederick  Wiseman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

D.B.A. 

Associate  Professors 

Philip  R.  McDonald,  B.A.,  M.B.A., 

D.B.A. 
Dharmendra  Verma,  B.Sc,  M.B.A., 

Ph.D. 

Marketing 

As  a  member  of  the  management  policy  group,  the  marketing  executive  takes 
a  broad  view  of  all  aspects  of  business  management  and  policy.  He  can  also 
serve  effectively  as  a  trained  specialist  in  his  own  area  of  increasing  opportunity 
and  responsibility. 

With  success  in  the  market  vital  to  every  company,  the  need  for  adaptable 
and  informed  marketing  management— and  therefore,  opportunities  of  careers 
in  marketing— exist  in  every  type  of  business  and  industry,  large  or  small;  in 
manufacturing  and  wholesaling  as  well  as  retailing;  in  service,  research,  and 
administrative  organizations;  in  both  consumer  and  industrial  products;  in  adver- 
tising departments,  agencies,  and  media;  in  sales,  product  design,  research,  mar- 
keting management,  marketing  administration,  merchandising,  and  promotion. 

The  Marketing  Concentration — Required  Marl<eting  Courses 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  student  who  elects  to  concentrate  in 
Marketing  will  be  required  to  take  six  courses  as  follows: 

1.  Marketing  Management  I  and  II— in  the  middler  year. 

2.  Marketing  Research— \n  the  junior  year. 

3.  Competitive  Strategy— a  capstone  marketing  course  in  the  senior  year. 

4.  Two  (2)  Marketing  Electives— Students  concentrating  in  Marketing 
will  be  free  to  select  any  marketing  electives  except  those  specifi- 
cally restricted  to  nonmarketing  concentrations.  A  series  of  "con- 
centrations" or  "sequences"  including  marketing  electives,  other 
business  electives,  and  liberal  arts  electives  will  be  available  to  these 
students  to  help  them  decide  on  a  logical  selection  and  sequencing 
of  upper-level  courses. 

Electives  Available  in  the  Marketing  Area 

Students  from  other  functional  areas  both  in  and  outside  the  College  of 
Business  Administration  may  elect  a  specialization  in  Marketing.  A  variety  of 
optional  specializations  are  available,  in  any  combination  of  marketing  electives 
including  a)   Marketing  Management   I,   b)  one  of:   Marketing  Management   II, 


110   /   COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Retail  Management,  Marketing  Channels,  Industrial  Marketing,  Advertising 
Management,  plus  c)  other  open  electives  offered  by  the  Department.  (For  non- 
marketing  concentrations.  Competitive  Strategy  is  not  required.)  In  addition, 
a  number  of  courses  offered  by  the  Department  are  open  on  an  individual  elec- 
tive basis. 


Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Marketing 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

Q.H. 

No 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

•  .H.             No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Business                   4 
Math.  1                                    4 
L.A.  Elective                           4 

30.113    English  1                                 4 

41.111     Accounting 
10.125    Math.  II 
19.105    Psych.  1 

L.A.  Elective 

4             41.112 
4            30.114 
4             19.106 

4 

Accounting 
English  II 
Psych.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

i 
4 

4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Intro.  Computer 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 
Quan.  Meth.  1 

— 

Q.H. 

2 
4 
4 

4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

5 

0 

H. 

49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

49.250 

49.251 
39.106 
44.120 

Quan.  Meth    II 
Econ.  Prin. 
Intro,  to  Fin.  Act. 
LA.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

0. 

H. 

45.209 
43.250 

Org.  Beh.  1 
LA.  Elective 
Mktg.  Mgt.  1 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

45  210 
43.251 

Org.  Beh.  II 
L.A.  Elective 
Mktg.  Mgt.  II 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

B.A.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Mktg.  Res. 

— 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

Q. 

H. 

43.240 

45.112 

Business  Policy 
L.A.  Elective 
Mktg.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Mktg.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Bus.  and  Society 

Place.  Tech. 

— 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
1 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

11 

Q.H. 

46.250 
90.251 

43.278 

Open  Electives 
Comp   Strategy 

12 

4 

COLLEGE  OF   BUSINESS   ADMINISTRATION   /111 

Transportation  and  Logistics 

This  concentration  is  taught  by  the  faculty  of  the  Management  Department. 

Transportation  and  Logistics 

The  need  for  qualified  people  in  the  field  of  transportation  and  physical  dis- 
tribution management  has  increased  rapidly  in  recent  years,  in  the  industrial 
setting,  continued  emphasis  on  cost  control  and  the  pressures  of  widespread 
distribution  have  created  a  demand  for  people  who  understand  the  dynamics  of 
the  logistical  function  which  involves  inventory  control,  warehousing,  transpor- 
tation and  the  interaction  of  these  activities  with  other  functional  operations. 
Growing  concern  with  the  economic  and  service  conditions  of  the  transportation 
industry  has  also  created  many  governmental  positions  with  Federal,  state  and 
local  agencies  which  are  engaged  in  policy  development  and  administration. 
Carriers  such  as  airlines,  railroads  and  trucking  companies  similarly  are  in- 
terested in  hiring  people  who  are  familiar  with  the  operational  and  regulatory- 
oriented  aspects  of  their  business.  Employment  opportunities  may  also  be  found 
in  consulting  and  teaching. 

Course  offerings  in  transportation  and  physical  distribution  management 
are  sequenced  so  that  students  who  desire  only  an  introductory  exposure  to  the 
field  may  take  one  or  several  courses  as  part  of  a  broader  business  background. 
However,  a  sufficient  number  of  courses  will  be  offered  to  enable  students  to 
choose  a  concentration  in  transportation  and  physical  distribution  management 
in  preparation  for  a  career  in  this  field.  By  electing  a  specific  combination  of 
courses,  the  student  may  tailor  his  program  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a 
number  of  the  aforementioned  occupations. 


I 


112   /   COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Specimen  Program  with  a  Concentration  in  Transportation  and  Logistics 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

O.H. 

ss                  4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER  ; 
Course 

Q.H.            No.         Cc 

QUARTER  3 
)urse 

jcounting 
iglish  II 
A  Elective 
lych.  II 

Q.H. 

49.100    Intro,  to  Busine 
10.124    Math.  1 

L.A.  Elective 
30113    English  1 

41 .1 1 1     Accounting 
10.125    Math.  II 
19.105    Psych.  1 

L.A.  Elective 

4            41.112    Ac 
4            30.114    Er 
4                           L. 
4             19.106    Ps 

4 
4 

4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

49.250 
49.101 
39.105 
43.120 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Quan.  Math.  1 
Intro.  Comp.  Me. 
Econ.  Prir). 
Intro,  to  Mktg. 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
2 

4 
4 
4 

No. 

39.106 
44.120 
49.251 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Econ.  Prin. 
Intro.  Fin.  Ac. 
Quan.  Meth.  II 
L.A.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Org.  Beh.  1 
Intro,  to  Trans. 
L.A.  Elect. 
Open  Elect. 

Q.H. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Q.H. 

45.209 
48.101 

45.210 
48.104 

Org.  Beh.  II 
Phys.  DisL  Mgmt. 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elect 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

Cur.  Issues  in  Trns. 

Pol. 
B.A.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

Q.H. 

48.102 

45.250 

Bus.  and  Society 
Transp.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 
45.113 

90.251 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Business  Policy 
Transp.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 
Open  Elective 
Place.  Tech. 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

Transp.  Elective 
Open  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 
12 

college  of  criminal  justice 


Norman  Rosenblatt,  Dean 

Professor  Assistant  Professors 

Robert  Sheehan,  A.B.,  M.A.  Lois  Ames,  A.B.,  M.S.W. 

Haskell  Kassler,  A.B.,  D.  Jur. 

Associate  Professor  Richard  Natoli,  B.S.,  M.Crim. 

Frederick  Cunliffe,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.        Roberta  Pieczenik,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Joseph  Senna,  A.B.,  M.S.W. 

Larry  Siegel,  A.B.,  M.A. 


General  Objective 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice,  established  in  1966  under  a  grant  from  the 
Ford  Foundation,  prepares  young  men  and  women  for  professional  careers  in 
Criminal  Justice.  The  curriculum  has  been  designed  primarily  for  students 
interested  in  careers  in  the  ever-expanding  areas  of  social  and  community 
services.  Law  enforcement,  corrections,  rehabilitation  and  social  welfare  are 
some  of  the  careers  students  pursue.  It  is  expected  that  a  number  of  graduates 
will  choose  advanced  study  in  academic  fields  including  criminology,  social 
work,  public  administration  and  law. 

It  is  evident  that  this  new  College  is  urgently  needed  to  meet  a  growing  social 
problem  of  our  times.  Innovative  methods  and  ideas,  as  well  as  basic  informa- 
tion, are  needed  by  those  involved  in  community  and  social  service  to  cope 
with  the  growing  problems  of  our  society.  Those  engaged  in  this  important 
service  to  society  now  need  much  more  formal  education  than  in  the  past. 

Northeastern's  College  of  Criminal  Justice  will  make  a  substantial  contri- 
bution to  the  education  of  professional  personnel  in  criminal  justice  in  the 
years  ahead. 


Methods  and  Purpose 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  a  five-year  academic  program  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education  which  allows  a  candidate  for  the  baccalaureate 
degree  to  undertake  a  highly  specialized  program  of  study.  It  is  anticipated 
that  "co-op"  assignments  will  include  work  in  police  departments,  juvenile  and 
adult  correctional  institutions,  and  probation,  parole  and  social  agencies. 

113 


114  /   COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

The  student  will  receive  a  broad  educational  background  for  his  future  spe- 
cialized role  in  criminal  justice.  Course  work  in  the  social  sciences,  behavioral 
sciences  and  the  humanities  will  be  integrated  with  studies  in  juridical  theory 
and  practice,  since  the  student  will  be  preparing  himself  for  a  career  involving 
the  social  problems  of  people  from  all  walks  of  life.  The  liberal  content  of  the 
curriculum  is  not  only  highly  desirable  for  its  value  as  a  foundation  upon  which 
his  general  intellectual  development  may  be  based,  but  also  as  an  indispen- 
sable educational  requirement  for  professional  service  in  his  field  of  special 
interest. 

The  graduate  must  be  prepared  to  judge  objectively  the  many  socio-economic 
problems  inherent  in  the  administration  of  justice  in  contemporary  American 
society.  Obsolete  and  intellectually  antiquated  methods  of  administering  justice 
have  no  place  in  a  highly  developed  urban-industrial  civilization.  The  College 
of  Criminal  Justice  of  Northeastern  University  will  help  prepare  the  student  for 
a  career  which  will  not  only  be  personally  productive  and  rewarding  but  intel- 
lectually stimulating  as  well.  He  will  become  a  pioneer  in  one  of  America's  most 
Important  newly  emerging  professions. 

Admission  Requirements 

All  applicants  are  expected  to  have  completed  the  following  subject-matter 
units: 

Subject  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  (minimum)  1 

Science  (minimum)  1 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  6 

Electives,  not  more  than  4 

TOTAL  15 

Graduation  Requirements 

Quantitative  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  all  of  the 
prescribed  work  of  the  curriculum.  This  curriculum  totals  175  quarter  hours 
credit. 

Students  who  undertake  the  cooperative  education  program  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education  before  they  become 
eligible  for  their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  re- 
ceive a  degree  until  at  least  one  year  of  academic  work  immediately  preceding 
graduation  has  been  completed  at  Northeastern. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

The  degree  conferred  not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  sub- 
jects in  the  selected  course  of  study  but  also  indicates  professional  competence 
in  the  field  of  specialization.  Students  will  be  expected  to  maintain  an  overall 
average  of  C  to  be  eligible  for  graduation.  Those  who  are  clearly  unable  to 
meet  the  accepted  standard  of  attainment  will  be  required  to  withdraw  from 
the  University. 


COLLEGE   OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE   /    115 

Graduation  with  f-lonor 

Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment  in  their  aca- 
demic wrork  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty,  a 
limted  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest 
honor.  Students  must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  for  at  least 
three  years  before  they  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 


Students  must  complete  the  following  course  requirements  to  be  eligible  for 
their  baccalaureate  degree. 

I.      GENERAL   REQUIREMENTS 

No.         Course  CI.    0  H. 

30.113  *English  4  4 

30.114  *English  4  4 

21.100  *Sociology  4  4 

19.105  *Found.  of  Psych.     4  4 

19.106  *Found.  of  Psych.     4  4 

22.101  *lnt.  to  Pol.  Science  4  4 

22.102  *lnt.  to  Pol.  Science  4  4 
22.141  **Govt.  &  Pol. 

States  4  4 

39.115  *Economics  4  4 

39.116  *Economics  4  4 

18.114  **Anatomy  4<3  lab)  4 

18.115  **Physiology  4(3  lab)  4 
21.130    Criminology  4  4 

12  General  Electives  48 


II.      PROFESSIONAL   REQUIREMENTS 

No.         Course  01.    Q.H. 

92.201  *Hist.  of  Grim. 

Justice  3  3 

92.202  *Hist.  of  Grim. 

Justice  3  3 

92.000    *Adm.  of  Justice       4  4 

92.141     Griminal  Law  4  4 

92.134    Civil  Liberties  4  4 

14  Griminal  Justice 

electives 
90.250    Professional 

Development         1  1 


♦These  courses  are  usually  taken  in  the  Freshman  year. 
**These  courses  are  usually  taken  in  the  Sophomore  year. 


college  of  education 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean 

Charles  F.  Haley,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of 
Student  Teaching 


Aims 

The  College  of  Education  is  increasingly  and  continuously  concerned  with 
the  quality  of  those  who  teach.  In  the  paragraphs  that  follow,  quality  is  gen- 
erally described  and  the  several  ways  of  assessing  it  are  outlined. 

All  students  will  be  expected  to  take  the  five-year  cooperative  program 
because  the  staff  of  the  College  of  Education  believes  in  a  regularly  patterned 
program  of  work  experience.  Such  opportunities  are  provided  in  social  agen- 
cies, libraries,  hospitals,  and  in  schools. 

All  students  are  expected  to  develop  breadth  in  their  program  in  two  ways. 
First,  students  will  be  required  to  complete  certain  common  course  work: 
Social  Science,  United  States  History,  American  Literature,  Public  Speaking, 
Human  Development,  and  English.  Second,  all  students  must  complete  a  mini- 
mum of  16  credits  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  Science  and  Mathematics, 
Humanities,  and  Social  Sciences. 

Those  preparing  to  teach  at  the  secondary  level  must  choose  an  academic 
major  from  among  the  following  fields:  Social  Studies,  English,  Foreign  Lan- 
guages, Earth  Science,  General  Science,  Biology,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Mathe- 
matics. Those  preparing  to  teach  at  the  elementary  level  must  select  an  area 
major  from  among  the  following:  Social  Sciences,  Humanities,  Science  and 
Mathematics,  or  Language-Reading.  It  is  recommended  that  students  have  a 
field  of  concentration  in  mind  before  admission  to  the  University  since  in  most 
cases  the  choice  will  make  a  difference  in  their  program  for  the  freshman  year. 

An  advisory  system  and  a  continuous  process  of  evaluation  by  the  Academic 
Standing  Committee  of  the  College  of  Education  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
students  enrolled  in  the  teacher  education  program  have  the  ability  to  master 
college  work,  that  they  have  chosen  the  correct  major  field,  and  that  they  have 
a  sincere  commitment  to  teaching  as  a  career  goal.  Evaluations  are  made  on 
academic  aptitude,  verbal  fluency,  interest  in  working  with  young  people,  and 
emotional  maturity.  These  factors  are  assessed  in  their  Interrelationships  rather 
than  as  isolated  phenomena. 

116 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /    117 

Admission  Requirements 

Important  to  the  future  teacher  is  high  ability  in  the  communication  skills 
and  adequate  strength  in  the  field  of  special  interest.  As  important  as  the  pat- 
tern and  quality  of  an  applicant's  preparation  are  the  personal  qualifications 
which  contribute  to  success  in  teaching. 

All  applicants  are  expected  to  have  completed  the  following  subject-matter 
units: 

Subject  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  (minimum)  1 

Science  (minimum)  1 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  6 

Electives.  not  more  than  _4 

15 

Students  who  wish  to  major  in  the  Teaching  of  Science  and  Mathematics 
must  be  able  to  present  these  units: 

*Algebra,  through  quadratics;  Plane 

Geometry  and  Trigonometry  31/2  units 

Physics  and  Chemistry  2  units 

*The  full  sequence  of  college  preparatory  Mathematics  courses  is  strongly 
recommended. 

It  is  desirable  for  students  who  wish  to  major  in  the  Teaching  of  General 
Science  to  be  able  to  present  one  unit  in  biology. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Degrees 

The  College  of  Education  will  award  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  to  those  who  successfully  complete  the  program  of  preparation  for 
teaching  at  elementary  or  secondary  school  level. 

Quantitative  Requirements 

The  required  courses  in  each  of  the  undergraduate  curricula  in  the  College 
of  Education  are  indicated  on  the  following  pages.  Each  curriculum  requires 
not  less  than  173  quarter  hours  of  classwork,  including  one  quarter  of  student 
teaching.  At  least  32  quarter  hours  will  be  required  in  Education,  including 
student  teaching.  At  least  16  quarter  hours  will  be  required  in  each  of  the 
following  areas:  Science  and  Mathematics;  Humanities;  Social  Sciences. 

The  final  three  quarters  immediately  preceding  graduation  must  be  completed 
in  residence  at  Northeastern. 

Elective  Courses 

Elective  courses,  approved  by  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education,  will  be 
selected  by  the  student  from  among  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts 
and  Business  Administration. 


118   /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Qualitative  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Education  will  be  expected  to  maintain  an  over- 
all average  of  C  while  doing  work  of  C+  or  better  in  the  field  of  special- 
ization and  in  the  professional  sequence  in  order  to  be  recommended  for 
placement.  Students  are  warned  that  any  failure  seriously  handicaps  their 
records  and  must  be  made  up  at  the  earliest  opportunity. 

Graduation  witti  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctly  superior  achievement  in  their  academic  work  will 
be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number 
of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Stu- 
dents must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six  quarters 
before  they  may  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Cooperative  Plan 

Upon  successfully  completmg  thirty-six  weeks  of  academic  work,  students 
in  the  College  of  Education  are  placed  on  the  Cooperative  Plan.  In  this 
program  periods  of  classroom  work  alternate  with  a  variety  of  work  experiences 
in  industry,  social  service  agencies,  community  organizations,  etc.  This  pro- 
gram, which  has  proved  to  be  of  inestimable  value  in  offering  students  both 
the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  a  broad  education,  is  consistent  with 
the  philosophy  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Opportunities  are  increasing  steadily  for  selected  students  to  participate 
as  employees  of  cooperating  school  departments.  Assisting  in  administrative 
as  well  as  instructional  functions,  the  student  enjoys  unique  opportunity  to 
acquire  broad  viewpoints  and  rich  experience  which  will  greatly  enhance  his 
confidence  and  effectiveness  as  a  teacher.  Students  must  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education  before  they  become  eligible  for 
their  degrees. 

National  Teacher  Examinations 

All  students  who  plan  to  make  teaching  their  career  will  be  expected  to  write 
the  general  and  special  National  Teacher  Examinations  in  their  senior  year. 

Programs  of  Instruction 

Students  in  the  College  of  Education  will  find  a  variety  of  fields  of  special- 
ization available.  For  secondary  teaching,  there  are  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Physics,  Earth  Sciences,  General  Science,  Mathematics,  Social  Studies, 
English,  and  Modern  Languages.  An  undergraduate  major  is  also  offered  in 
Speech  and  Hearing  Therapy.  Those  interested  in  elementary  teaching  must 
complete  a  broader  type  of  major,  in  Social  Science,  Humanities,  Science 
and  Mathematics  or  Reading-Language.  Those  wishing  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics will  follow  a  program  adapted  from  the  General  Science  program. 
Specimen  programs  are  shown  on  the  pages  that  follow. 

Accreditation 

The  programs  offered  by  the  College  of  Education  are  accredited  by  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  The  College  is  a 
member  of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  for  Teacher  Education. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /    119 
ADMINISTRATION   DEPARTMENT 

(Education) 

Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professor 

Robert  S.  Butters,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Thomas  Henstock,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 
Carleton  B.  Lehmkuhl,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

This  Department  offers  graduate  courses  only.  Consult  Graduate  Bulletin  for 
course  offerings. 

COUNSELOR   EDUCATION 

(Education) 
David  R.  Cook,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Irving  Doress,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.  Barbara  Okun,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Thomas  F.  Harrington,  B.A.,  William  G.  Quill,  B.S.Ed.,  M.E.,  Ed.D. 

M.  Ed.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  W.  Read,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

This  Department  offers  graduate  courses  only.  Consult  Graduate  Bulletin  for 
course  offerings. 

FOUNDATIONS   DEPARTMENT 

(Education) 
John    D.    Herzog,    Associate    Professor   and    Chairman,    A.B.,    M.A.T.,    Ph.D. 

Professor  Assistant  Professors 

E.  Lawrence  Durham,  A.B.,  M.A.  Ronald  E.  Baptiste,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Gloria  D.  Bernheim,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors 

Wendell  R.  Brown,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  Instructor 

D.S.S.  Cheryl  C.  Hanks,  A.B.,  A.M. 

E.  Vaughn  Gulo,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 
Mervin  D.  Lynch,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Meier,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 
Irene  A.  Nichols,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D. 
Alvin  D.  Zaiinger,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A. 


120  /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 


INSTRUCTION   DEPARTMENT 

(Eaucation) 
Gregory  C.  Coffin,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Russell  J.  Call,  B.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Mary  J.  Lee,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Robert  C.  McLean,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.S., 

Ed.D. 
Harold  A.  Miner,  B.S.,  Ed.M., 

Ed.D. 
Paul  H.  Tedesco,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Thomas  H.  Clark,  A.B.,  M.A, 
F.  Andre  Favat,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Joyce  M.  Grant,  B.S.  in  Ed. 
Sandra  M.  Parker,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 
Guy  A.  Petralia,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.M. 


READING   DEPARTMENT 

(Education) 
Melvin  E.  Howards,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  Assistant  Professors 

Maurice  Kaufman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Nicholas  J.  Buffone,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 


Ph.D. 


Leslie  A.  Burg,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
John  F.  Maguire,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 


REHABILITATION   AND   SPECIAL   EDUCATION   DEPARTMENT 

(Education) 

Matthew  H.  Luzzi,  Acting  Chairman,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Ed.D. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Robert  J.  Ferullo,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Richard  C.  Berry,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 


Ed.D. 
George  J.  Goldin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Hjordis  Ohberg,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Jack  L.  Weber,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 


Susanna  D.  Troutman,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Edward  Weigel,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Instructors 

Raymond  J.  Archibald,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Linda  L.  Lohrbauer,  A.B.,  M.A. 
iris  Siegel,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Cydney  Stoler,  B.A. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /   121 
Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Biology 

This  program  prepares  biology  teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high  school. 
It  provides  a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  in  biology  as  well  as  in 
education. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER  2 

QUARTER  3 

No.          Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No.          Course 

CI.  Q.H.            No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

10.101     Basic  Math. 
12.106    Gen   Chem. 
18.131     Gen.  Bio. 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

3             3 

3(4)        4 
3             3 

10.102    Basic  Math. 
18.132    Ani.  Bio. 
30.113    English 
50.112    Soc.  Science 

3 

3(4) 
4 
3 

3  10.103 

4  12.107 
4            30.114 
3            50.113 

Basic  Math. 
Gen.  Chem. 
English 
Soc.  Science 

3  3 
4(3)        5 

4  4 
3             3 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER 

5 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

12.144 
18.133 
23.210 
50.121 

Organic  Chem. 
Plant  Bio. 
U.S.  to  1865 
Human.  Dev.  1 

4(3)        5 
3(4)        4 
4              4 
4              4 

12.145 
18.134 
23.21 1 
50.131 

Organic  Chem. 
Environ.  Bio. 
U.S.  after  1865 
Hum.  Dev.  & 
Lrng.  11 

4(3)        5 
3(4)        4 
4              4 

4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER 

7 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

11.171 
18.135 

51.135 

Basic  Physics 
Genet.  &  Devel. 
Biology  Elective 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 
Seminar 

4             4 
3(4)        4 

4              4 

4               4 

11.172 
18.136 

50.141 

Jasic  Physics 
Cell  Bio. 
Biology  Elective 
Meas.  &  Eval. 

4             4 
3(4)        4 
4              4 
4             4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER 

9 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

51.147 

M.&  M.  Science 
Biology  Elective 
Human.  Elective 
Elective 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

26.133 
29.100 

Biology  Elective        4            4 
Philos.  of  Sci.            4            4 
Human.  Elective       4             4 
Public  Spkg.              3            3 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  10A 

QUARTER  11 

No.          Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No.         Course 

CI.   Q.H.            No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

30.180    Amer  Lit.  1                 4             4 
50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed.               4             4 

Biology  Electives       8            8 

90.253    Prof.  Dev.                   1              1 

51.151     Student  Teaching 
&  Seminar 

30.181 
8 

Amer.  Lit.  II 
Biol.  Elec. 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Course  descriptions  are   listed   at  the  back  of  the  catalog   in  numerical   order. 


122  /  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Chemistry 

This  program  prepares  chemistry  teachers  for  the  senior  high  schooL  It  pro- 
vides a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  in  chemistry  as  well  as  in  education. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER 

2 

QUARTER  3 

No.         Ck>urse 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H.           No.         Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

10.150    Calculus 
12.103    Gen.  Chem. 
18.131    Gen.  Bio. 
30.113    English 

k    t 

4             4 

10.151 
12.104 
18.132 
50.112 

Calculus 
Gen.  Chem. 
Ani.  Bio. 
Soc.  Science 

k 

3 

4  10.152    Linear  Alg. 

5  12.105    Anal.  Chem. 
4            30.114    English 

3           50.113    Soc.  Science 

4             4 

r>    1 

3             3 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER  5 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

11.122 
11.124 
12.153 
50.121 

Elective 
Physics 
Physics  Lab. 
Organic  Chem. 
Human  Dev.  A 
Lrng.  1 

v> 

3(3) 
4 

4 
5 
1 
4 

4 

11.123 
12.154 
50.131 

Elective                      4            4 
Physics                       4(4)        5 
Organic  Chem.          3(3)       4 
Hum.  Dev.  A 
Lmg.  II                  4            4 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER  7 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

12.155 
12.166 
23.210 
51.135 

Organic  Chem. 
Physical  Chem. 
U.S.to1865 
Anal.  Tchg.  A 
Ed.  Proc. 

3(6) 

3 

4 

4 

5 
3 
4 

4 

12.167 
12.185 
23.211 
50.141 

Physical  Chem.         3(6)       5 
Inorg.  Chem.             2            2 
U.S.  after  1865           4             4 
Meas.  A  Eval.           4            4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

12.168 
12.179 

12.211 
51.147 

Physical  Chem. 
Analytical 
Chem. 
Adv.  Inorg.  Chem 
M.  A  M.  Science 
Human.  Elective 

3(3) 

3(6) 
2 

4 
4 

4 

5 
2 
4 

4 

12.212 
12.253 
29.100 

Adv.  Inorg.  Chem.    2            2 
Id.  Org.  Chem.          1(6)       3 
Public  Spkg.              3            3 
Human.  Elective       4             4 
Elective                       4             4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Ck>urse 

10 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

lOA                                                    QUARTER  11 
CI.  Q.H.           No.         Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

50.151     Bkgmds. 

Amer.  Ed. 

Chem.  Elective 

Electives 
90.253    Prof.  Dev. 

4              4 
4              4 
8              8 
1               1 

51.151 

Student  Teach 
A  Seminar 

ng 

Chem.  Elective 
8                          Elective 

4  4 
4             4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed   at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


COLLEGE  OF   EDUCATION   /    123 
Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Earth  Sciences 

Each  year  an  increasing  number  of  secondary  schools  are  introducing  the  rel- 
atively new  curriculum  in  earth  science.  The  program  is  characterized  by  a 
solid  foundation  in  the  basic  sciences  with  depth  in  the  geology  area  and 
breadth  in  the  other  areas  of  the  earth  sciences. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

10.102 
18.132 
30.113 
50.112 

QUARTER 
Course 

Basic.  Math. 
Ani.  Bio. 
English 
Soc.  Science 

2 

CI.   Q.H.            No. 

3  3            10.103 
3(4)        4            12.107 

4  4            30.114 
3             3            50.113 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Basic  Math. 
Gen.  Chem. 
English 
Soc.  Science 

CI.   Q.H. 

10.101     Basic  Math. 
12.106    Gen.  Chem. 
18.131     Gen.  Bio. 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

3             3 
4(3)        5 
3(4)        4 
3             3 

3  3 
4(3)        5 

4  4 
3             3 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

11.172 
16.142 
29.100 
50.131 

QUARTER 
Course 

Basic  Physics 
Hist.  Geology 
Pub.  Speaking 
Human  Dev. 
ALrng  11 

5 

CI. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

11.171 
16.141 
50.121 

Basic  Physics 
Phys.  Geology 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng    1 
Elective 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q 

.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

CI. 

Q.H. 

16.— 
23.210 

30.180 

51.135 

Sci.  Elective 
U.S.  to  1865 

or 
Amer.  Lit. 
Elective 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Proc. 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 

16.— 
23  211 

30.181 

50.141 

Sci.  Elective 
U.S.  from  1865 

or 
Amer.  Lit. 
Elective 
Meas.  &  Eval. 

4 
4 

4 
4 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 
4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

16.— 
23.210 

30.180 
51.147 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

Sci.  Elective 
U.S.  to  1865 

or 
Amer.  Lit. 
M.&M. — Science 
Elective 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

CI. 

Q.H. 

16.— 
23.211 

30.181 

Sci.  Elective 
U.S.  from  1865 

or 
Amer.  Lit. 
Electives 

4 
4 

4 
8 

4 
4 

4 
8 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 
No.          Course                       CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  10A 
Course                      CI.  Q 

.H.            No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

16. —     Sci.  Elective 
50.151     Bkgds.  Am.  Ed. 
J0.253    Prof.  Devel. 
Electives 

4             4 
4             4 
1             1 
8             8 

51.151 

student  Teaching 
&  Seminar 

16.175 
8            16.— 

Sem.  Earth  Sci. 
Sci.  Elective 

4  4 
4              4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in   numerical  order. 


124  /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Elementary  Teaching— Humanities 

The  Humanities  area  concentration  should  be  chosen  by  those  students  who 
wish  to  equip  themselves  with  special  strengths  in  art  or  music  or  drama  with 
a  view  to  becoming  a  resource  person  in  such  areas  in  the  elementary  school. 


FIRST  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  1 
Course 


CI.  OH. 


No. 


QUARTER  2 
Course 


Cl.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course 


16.104  Earth  Sci. 

22.101  Polit.  Sci. 

30.113  English 

50.111  Soc.  Science 


16.105  Earth  Sci. 

22.102  Polit.  Sci. 

23.101  West.  Civ. 

50.112  Soc.  Science 


23.102    West.  Civ. 
30.114    English 
50.113    Soc.  Science 
Elective 


First-year  pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 


Cl.  Q.H. 


SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


16.121     Nat.  Hist.  I 
39.115    Econ.Prin.  & 

Prob. 
50.121     Hum.  Dev.  d 

Lrng.  I 
Humanities  Elect. 


Cl.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course 


Cl.  Q.H. 


16.122    Nat.  Hist.  114  4 

29.100    Public  Speaking         3  3 

Human.  Elective        4  4 
50.131     Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II  4  4 


THIRD  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course 


51.131     Fund.of  Arith.  1 
54.135    Elem.  Reading  1 
Human.  Elective 
51.135    Anal.  Tchg.A 
Ed.  Proc. 


Cl.  Q.H. 


4 
4(6) 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course 


Cl.  Q.H. 


51.132    Fund.of  Arith.  114  4 

54.136    Elem.  Reading  II       4(6)  6 

Human,  Elective        4  4 

50.141     Meas.  &  Eval.  4  4 


FOURTH  YEAR 


QUARTER  8 
Course  Cl. 


23.210 
51.141 


U.S.  to  1865 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  1 
Elective 
Human.  Elective 


Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  9 
Course  Cl. 


23.211 
51.142 


U.S.  after  1865 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  II 
Art  Elective 
Elective 


Q.H. 


FIFTH   YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  10 
Course 


Cl.  Q.H. 


30.180    Amer.  Literature  4  4 
50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed.  4  4 

55.121     Intr.  Spec   Ed.  4  4 

Elective  4  4 

90.253    Prof.  Dev.  1  1 


QUARTER  10A 
No.        Course  Cl.   Q.H. 

51.151     Student  Teaching 

&  Seminar  8 


QUARTER  11 
Course 


Cl.  Q.H 


30.181     Amer.  Literature 
Art  Elective 


Course  descriptions  are   listed   at  the   back  of  the  catalog   in  numerical   order. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /    125 

Specimen  Program  in  Elementary  Teaching 
Language  —  Reading 

This  area  concentration  is  recommended  to  those  students  who  wish  to  be- 
come language  arts  and  reading  specialists  in  the  elementary  school  and  who 
are  planning  on  graduate  study  in  these  areas. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

16.105 
23.101 
50.112 

0-term 

QUARTER 
Course 

Earth  Sci. 
West.  Civ. 
Soc.  Science 
Mod.  Lang. 

courses  may ' 

2 

i/ai 

QUARTER  3 
CI.  Q.H.            No.           Course 

4             4            23  102    West.  Civ. 
4             4            30.114    English 

3  3           50.113    Soc.  Science 

4  4                           Mod.  Lang. 

ry  according  to  assigned  section. 

CI. 

4 
4 
3 
4 

Q.H. 

16.104    Earth  Sci.                   4             4 

30.113    English                        4             4 

50.111    Soc.  Science              3            3 

Mod.  Lang.                 4             4 

First-year  pattern  of  tw 

4 

4 
3 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

16.121 
39.115 

50.121 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Nat.  History  1 
Econ.  Prin.  & 

Prob. 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  1 
Modern  Lang. 

or 
Human.  Elective 

CI.  Q.H. 

4              4 

4              4 

4              4 
4              4 

4              4 

No. 

16.122 
29.100 

50.131 

QUARTER  5 
Course                        CI    Q.H. 

Nat.  History  II           4             4 
Public  Speaking         3             3 
Modern  Lang.            4             4 

or 
Human.  Elective       4            4 
Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II                     4              4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q 

H. 

No 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

CI.  Q.H. 

30.120 
51.131 
51.135 

54.135 

Intro.  Linguistics 
Fund,  of  Arith.  1 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Proc. 
Elem.  Reading  1 

4 
4 

4 
4(6) 

4 

4 

4 
6 

30.121 
50.141 
51.132 

54.136 

Found,  of  Eng. 
Meas.  &  Eval. 
Fund,  of 

Arith    II 
Elem.  Reading  1 

4              4 
4             4 

4              4 
1        4(6)         6 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 
51.141 
54.141 
55.131 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  1 
Remedial 

Reading 
Dynamics  of 

Speech  & 

Lang.  Dev. 

CI.  Q.H. 

4              4 
4              4 

4              4 

No. 

51.142 

54.142 

54.151 

QUARTER 
Course 

Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  II 
Linguistics  <S. 

Reading 
Elective 
Children's  Lit. 

9 

CI.  Q.H. 

4              4 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
Mo.          Course 

10 

CI.  Q  H. 

No. 
51.151 

QUARTER  10A 
Course                         CI.   Q.H.            No. 

Student  Teaching                                 23.211 
&  Seminar                            8            30.181 

QUARTER   11 
Course 

U.S.  after  1865 
Amer. 

Literature  II 

CI. 

4 

4 

Q.H. 

23.210    U.S.  to  1865 
30.180    Amer. 

Literature  1 
50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed. 
90.253    Prof.  Dev 
Elective 

4              4 

4              4 

4               4 
1                1 
4              4 

4 
4 

Course   descriptions   are    listed    at   the   back  of   the   catalog   in  numerical   order. 


126  /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Elementary  Teaching 
Science  —  Mathematics 

Students  who  have  special  interests  and  abilities  in  science  or  mathematics, 
but  who  want  to  teach  on  the  elementary  school  level  should  choose  this  area 
concentration  with  a  view  to  becoming  the  science  or  mathematics  resource 
person  in  team  teaching  or  similar  situations. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER  1 
No.         Course 

10.104    Fund.  Math 
16.104    Earth  Science 
30.113    English 
50.111    Soc.  Science 

QUARTER  2 
CI.  Q.H.           No.        Course 

4            4            10.105    Fund.  Math. 
4            4            16.105    Earth  Science 
4             4            23.101     West.  Civ. 
3            3           50.112    Soc.  Science 

QUARTER  3 
CI.   Q.H.           No.         Course 

4            4           23.102    West.  Civ. 
4            4           30.114    English 
4            4           50.113    Soc.  Science 
3            3                         Elective 

CI. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

16.121 
39.115 

50.121 

Nat.  Hist.  1 
Econ.  Prin.  & 

Prob, 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  1 
Sci.  Elec. 

4             4 

4              4 

4              4 
4              4 

16.122 
29.100 
50.131 

Nat.  History  II 
Public  Speaking 
Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II 
Sci.  Elec. 

4             4 

3  3 

4  4 
4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

51  131 
54.135 
51.135 

Fund,  of  Arith.  1 
Elem.  Reading  1 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Proc. 
Sci.  Elec. 

4              4 
4(6)        6 

4             4 
4             4 

51.132 
54.1 36 
50.141 

Fund,  of  Arith.  II 
Elem.  Reading  II 
Meas.  &  Eval. 
Sci.  Elec. 

4             4 
4(6)        6 
4              4 
4              4 

1 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

23.210 
51.141 

U.S.  to  1865 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  1 
Sci.  Electives 

4             4 

4             4 
8             8 

23.211 
51.142 

U.S.  after  1865 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  II 
Human  Elec. 
Sci.  Elec. 

4             4 

4              4 
4             4 
4              4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 
No.          Course 

CI.  Q.H.            No. 

QUARTER  10A 
Course 

Student  Teaching 
&  Seminar 

CI.  Q.H.           No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

30.181     Amer. 

Literature  1 
50.151     Bkgrnds.  Amer. 

Ed. 
55.121     Int.  Spec.  Ed. 
90.253    Prof.  Dev. 

Human.  Elective 

51.15 
4             4 

4             4 
4             4 
1              1 
4             4 

30.18 
8 

Amer. 

Literature  II 
Elective 

4 
4 

4 

4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed   at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical   order. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  /   127 

Specimen  Program  in  Elementary  Teaching 
Social  Sciences 

This  area  concentration  should  be  chosen  by  students  whose  special  interests 
are  in  history,  government,  geography,  anthropology,  and  sociology,  with  a 
view  to  becoming  a  resource  person  in  such  areas  in  the  elementary  school. 


FIRST  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  1 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  2 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course 


CI    Q.H. 


16.104    Earth  Sci. 
22.101    Polit.  Sci. 
30.113    English 
50.111    Soc.  Science 

First-year 

4            4           16.105    Earth  Sci.                  4            4           23.102    West.  Civ. 
4             4            22.102    Polit.  Sci.                    4             4            30.114    English 
4            4           23.101    West.  Civ.                  4            4           50.113    Soc.  Science 
3            3           50.112    See.  Science              3            3                         Elective 

pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

4 
4 
3 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

16.121 
23.210 
39.115 

50.121 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Nat.  History  1 
U.S.  to  1865 
Econ.  Prin.  <1 

Prob. 
Human.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  1 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 

4              4 

4              4 

No. 

16.122 
23.211 
29.100 
50.131 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Nat.  History  II 
U.S.  after  1865 
Public  Speaking 
Hum.  Dev.  A 
Lrng.  II 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 

3  3 

4  4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Proc. 
Fund.of  Arith.  1 
Elem.  Reading  < 
History  Elective 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4              4 
4(6)        6 
4              4 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

51.135 

51.131 
54.135 

50.141 
51.132 
54.136 

Meas.  <£,  Eval. 
Fund,  of  Arith.  II 
Elem. 

Reading  II 
History  Elective 

4             4 

4              4 

4(6)        6 
4              4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

Amer.  Literature 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  1 
History  Elective 
Elective 

CI.  Q.H. 

4              4 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

30.180 
51.141 

30.181 
51.142 

Amer.  Literature 
Elem.  Ed. 

Compend.  II 
Human  Elec. 
Social  Sci.  Elec. 

4             4 

4             4 
4             4 
4              4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 
No.          Course 

CI.  Q.H.           No. 

QUARTER  10A 

Course                        i 

CI.  Q.H.           No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

50.151 


55.121 


Bkgrnds 

Amer.  Ed. 
Intr.  Spec.  Ed. 
Elective 
90.253    Prof.  Dev. 

Human.  Elective 


51.151    Student  Teaching 
A  Seminar 


Elective 
Human.  Elective 


Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


128  /   COLLEGE  OF   EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  English 

This  program  prepares  English  teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high  school. 
It  provides  a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  In  English  as  well  as 
in  education. 


FIRST  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  1 
Course 


CI.  O-H. 


No. 


QUARTER  2 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


QUARTER  3 
Course 


16.104 
22.101 
30.113 
50.111 


Earth  Sci. 
Polit.  Sci. 
English 
Soc.  Science 


16.105 
22.102 
23.101 
50.112 


Earth  Sci. 
Polit.  Sci. 
West.  Civ. 
Soc.  Science 


23.102 
30.114 
50.113 


West.  Civ. 
English 
Soc.  Science 
Elective 


First-year  pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 


SECOND  YEAR 


QUARTER  4 

QUARTER  5 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

30110 

Lit.  Analysis 

4 

4 

29.100 

Pub.  Spkg. 

3             3 

30.174 

Engl.  Lit.  1 

4 

4 

30.111 

50.121 

Hum.  Dev.  & 

or 

Lit.  Analysis 

4             4 

Lrng.  1 

4 

4 

30.112 

Elective 

4 

4 

30.175 
50.131 

Engl.  Lit.  II 

Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II 

4             4 
4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course  CI. 


Q.H. 


26.150 
30.180 
51.135 

Intro,  to  Logic 
Am.  Lit. 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Prac. 
English  Elective 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 

30.181 
50.141 

Am.  Lit. 

Meas.  &  Eva). 

Elective 

Art  or  Music  Elec. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

30.120 
30.250 
51.143 

Intro.  Linguistics 

Shakespeare 

M.dM.-English 

4 
4 
8 

4 
4 
8 

30.121 
30.251 
26.130 
51.139 

Fndns.  Engl.  Lang. 
Shakespeare 
Aesthetics 
Writing  &  Tchg. 
Writ. 

4 

4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.          Course 

10 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 

4             4 
4             4 
1              1 
4             4 

No. 

QUARTER 

Course 

10A 

CI.  Q 

.H.             No.           C 

QUARTER  11 
ourse 

ective 

S.  Hist.  Elective 

CI.  Q.H. 

39.115    Econ. 
50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed. 

English  Elective 
90.253    Prof.  Dev. 

Sci.  Elec. 

51.151     student  Teach 
&  Seminar 

ing 

El 
8                           U 

4             4 
4             4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /    129 
Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  General  Science 

This  program  prepares  students  for  the  teaching  of  science  at  the  jurtlor  high 
school  level  or  in  some  curricula  of  the  senior  high  school. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.          Course 

1 

CI.  Q.H. 

3             3 
3             3 

No. 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

CI.  Q.H.            No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Basic  Math. 
Gen.  Chem. 
English 
Soc.  Science 

CI.  Q.H. 

10.101     Basic  Math. 
12.106    Gen.  Chem. 
18.131     Gen.  Bio. 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

10.102 
18.132 
30.113 
50.112 

Basic  Math. 
Ani.  Bio. 
English 
Soc.  Science 

3 
3(4) 

4 
3 

3  10.103 

4  12.107 
4            30.114 
3            50.113 

3  3 
4(3)        5 

4  4 
3             3 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

Calculus 
Basic  Physics 
Org.  Chem.  1 
Human  Dev.  & 
Lrng.  1 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 
4(3)        5 

4              4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

5 

CI.  Q.H. 

10.106 
11.171 
12.144 
50.121 

10.107 
11.172 
12.145 

50.131 

Calculus 
Basic  Physics 
Organic 

Chem.  II 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II 

4             4 
4              4 

4(3)         5 

4              4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

16.131 
16.141 
23.210 
51.135 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Oceanography  1 
Prin.  of  Geology 
U.S.  to  1865 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 
Ed.  Proc. 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 
4              4 

4              4 

No. 

16.132 
16.161 
23.21 1 
50.141 

QUARTER 
Course 

Oceanography  1 
Astronomy 
U.S.  after  1865 
Meas.  &  Eval. 

7 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 
4             4 
4             4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

CI.  Q.H. 

30.180 
51.147 

Amer.  Literature 
M.  &  M. -Science 
Science  Elective 
Biol.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

30.181 
29.100 

Amer.  Literature        4             4 
Science  Elective        4            4 
Public  Spkg.              3            3 
Biol.  Elective             4            4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.          Course 

10 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 
51.151 

QUARTER  10A 
Course                        CI.  Q.H.            No. 

Student  Teaching 
&  Seminar                          8 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

Electives 

CI.  Q.H. 

50151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed. 
Electives 
90.253    Prof.  Dev. 

4             4 

12           12 

1              1 

8             8 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


130   /   COLLEGE  OF   EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Mathematics 

This  program  prepares  mathematics  teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high 
school.  It  provides  a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  in  mathematics  as 
well  as  in  education. 

FIRST  YEAR 


QUARTER  1 
No.           Course 

ci. 

O.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

10.181     Calculus  1 
11.151     Physics 
30.113    English 
50.111     See.  Science 

5 
4 
4 
3 

5 
4 
4 
3 

10.182 
11.152 
23.102 
50.112 

Calculus  II 
Physics 
West.  Civ. 
See.  Science 

5             5 
4             4 
4             4 
3             3 

10.183 
11.153 
30.144 
50.113 

Calculus  III 

Physics 
English 
Soc.  Science 

5 
4 
4 
3 

5 
4 
4 
3 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


10.184    Cal.  A  Lin.  Meth.  I  4 
10.206    Algebra  4 

50.121     Human  Dev  & 

Lrny.  I  4 

Human.  Elective       4 


No 


10.185 
10.207 
50.131 


QUARTER  5 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


Cal.  A  Lin.  Meth.  II  4 

Diff.  Equat.  4 
Human  Dev.  A 

Lrng.  II  4 

Elective  4 


THIRD  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course  CI. 


10.208    Probability 
26.150    Intro.  Logic 
51.135    Anal.  Tchg   A 
Ed.  Proc. 
Math.  Elective 


Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course 


26.151     Symbolic  Logic 
50.141     Meas.  A  Eval. 

Elective 

Math.  Elective 


CI.  Q.H. 


I 


FOURTH   YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  8 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


*10.170    Geometry  4  4 

50.151     Bkgds.  Am.  Ed.  4  4 

51.145    M.AM.-Math.  8  8 


No. 


QUARTER  9 
Course 


*10.171     Geometry 
23.211     U.S.  from  1865 
29.100    Public  Speaking 
Math.  Elec. 


CI    Q.H. 


I 


FIFTH  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  10 
Course 


*1 0.273 
30.180 


Hist,  of  Math. 
Am.  Lit. 
Math.  Elective 
Prof  Dev. 
Elective 


CI.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  10A 
Course 


CI.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  11 
Course 


51.151     Student  Teaching 
A  Seminar 


CI.  Q.H. 


*10.274    Number  Theory         4  4 

Math   Elective  4  4 

30.181     Am.  Lit.  4  4 


*10.170,  10.171  and  10.273,  10.274  offered  in  alternate  years.  10.273,  10.274  offered  in  1971-72. 
Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /    131 

Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Modern  Languages 

This  program  prepares  students  to  teach  foreign  languages  in  the  junior  or 
senior  high  school.  Two  languages  are  required,  to  be  chosen  from  French, 
German,  Italian,  Russian,  or  Spanish.  Students  in  this  major  usually  begin  a  new 
language  in  the  freshman  year  and  in  the  upper  years  continue  the  language 
they  studied  in  high  school  and  the  new  language  begun  in  college.  A  total  of 
40  quarter  hours  in  advanced  language  courses  covering  the  two  languages 
is  required. 


FIRST  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  1 
Course  CI. 


Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  2 
Course  Cl. 


Q.H 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course  Cl.  Q.H. 


16.104    Earth  Sci. 
30.113    English 
50.111     Soc.  Science 
Mod.  Lang. 


16.105 
23.101 


Earth  Sci. 
West.  Civ. 
50  112    Soc.  Science 
Mod.  Lang. 


23.102    V^est.  Civ. 
30.114    English 
50.113    Soc   Science 
Mod.  Lang. 


First-year  pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 


SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


Cl    Q.H 


23.210  U.S  to  1865  4 
39.115    Econ   Prin.A 

Prob.  4 
50.121     Human  Dev  & 

Lrng.  I  4 

Modern  Lang.  4 


No. 


23.211 
29  100 


QUARTER  5 
Course  Cl. 


US  after  1865 
Public  Speaking 
Modern  Lang. 
50.131     Human  Dev.  & 
Lrng.  II 


QH. 


THIRD  YEAR 


QUARTER  G 
No.  Course  Cl.  Q.H 

Mod.  Lang 

Elective  4  4 

Mod.  Lang 

Elective  4  4 

Science 

Elective  4  4 

51.135    Anal.  Tchg.  & 

Ed.  Proc.  4  4 


QUARTER  7 
Course 


Mod   Lang. 

Elective 
Mod.  Lang. 

Elective 
Science 

Elective 
Meas  &  Eval. 


Cl,  QH. 


FOURTH   YEAR 


QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course 

Cl. 

Q 

H. 

No 

Course 

Cl.  Q.H 

30.120 

Intro. 

30.171 

English 

Linguistics 

4 

4 

Literature 

4             4 

30.170 

English 

Mod   Lang. 

Literature 

4 

4 

Elective 

4              4 

51.140 

M.&  M.- 

Mod.  Lang. 

Mod   Lang 

4 

4 

Elective 

4              4 

Mod.  Lang 

51 

144 

M  &  M-Mod. 

Elective 

4 

4 

Lang. 

4              4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

QUARTER  10 


No. 


Course 


50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed. 
Mod.  Lang. 

Elective 
Mod.  Lang. 

Elective 
Elective 
90.253     Prof.  Dev. 


Cl.  Q.H 


QUARTER  10A  QUARTER  11 

No.         Course  Cl.    Q.H.  No.  Course  Cl.  Q.H. 


51.151     student  Teaching 
&  Seminar 


Electives 


Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


132   /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Physics 

This  program  prepares  physics  teachers  for  the  senior  high  schooL  It  provides 
a  basis  for  specialized  graduate  study  in  physics  as  well  as  in  education. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

CI.  Q.H.            No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

10.201    Calculus 
11.151     Physics 
30.113    English 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

5             5 
4             4 
4             4 
3             3 

10.202 
11.152 
23.102 
50.112 

Calculus 
Physics 
West.  Civ. 
Soc.  Science 

5 
4 
4 
3 

5            10.203 
4            11.153 
4            30.114 
3            50.113 

Algebra 
Physics 
English 
Soc.  Science 

5 
4 
4 
3 

5 
4 
4 
3 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

5 

CI.  Q.H. 

10.204 
11.154 
1 1 .1 57 
50.121 

Calculus 
Physics 
Physics  Lab. 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  1 
Elective 

4 
4 
(3) 

4 

4 

4 
4 

1 

4 
4 

10.205 
11.155 
11.158 
29.100 
50.131 

Calculus 
Physics 
Physics  Lab. 
Public  Speaking 
Hum.  Dev.  & 
Lrng.  II 

4             4 

4              4 

(3)        1 

3  3 

4  4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

CI.  Q.H. 

10.221 
11.157 
11.200 
51.135 

Analysis 
Wave  Lab. 
Mechanics  1 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 
Ed.  Proc. 

4 
2(3) 

4 

4 

4 
3 

4 

4 

10.222 
1 1 .201 
11.220 
1 1 .271 
50.141 

Analysis 
Mechanics  II 
Thermo. 
Elec.  Lab. 
Meas.  &  Eval. 

4             4 
4             4 
4              4 
1(4)        3 
4              4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

CI.  Q.H. 

1 1 .230 
1 1 .272 
23.210 
51.147 

Mod.  Phys. 
Exp.  Lab. 
U.S.  to  1865 
M.  &  M.  Science 

4 
1(4) 

4 
4 

4 
3 

4 
4 

10.207 
23.211 

Diff.  Equat. 
U.S.  after  1865 
Elective 
Phys.  Elec. 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 
4             4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

10 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  10A 
Course                        CI.   Q.H.            No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

30.180    Amer.  Literature       4            4 

50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed.              4            4 
Physics  Elective        4            4 
Human.  Elective       4             4 

90.253    Prof.  Dev.                   1              1 

51.151 

Student  Teaching 
&  Seminar 

30.181 
8 

Amer.  Literature 
Physics  Elective 
Human.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed   at  the   back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical   order. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION   /   133 
Specimen  Program  in  Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

This  program  prepares  social  studies  teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high 
school. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.  Q.H. 

4            4 
4             4 
4             4 
3             3 

ar  pattern  of  tw 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

QUARTER  3 
CI.  Q.H.            No.         Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

16.104    Earth  Sci. 
22.101     Polit.  Sci. 
30.113    English 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

First-ye 

16.105 
22.102 
23.101 
50.112 

0-term 

Earth  Sci. 
Polit  Sci. 
West.  Civ. 
Soc.  Science 

courses  may 

va 

4             4            23.102    West.  Civ. 
4             4            30.114    English 
4             4            50.113    Soc.  Science 
3            3                         Elective 

ry  according  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
3 
4 

4 
4 
3 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

23.210 
26.150 
39.115 

50.121 

U.S.  to  1865 
Intro.  Logic 
Econ.  Prin.  & 

Prob. 
Human  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  1 

4 
4 

4 

4 

4 
4 

4 

4 

23.211 
29.100 
39.116 

50.131 

U.S.  after  1865           4             4 
Public  Speaking         3             3 
Econ.  Prin.  <$, 

Prob.                        4             4 
Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II                    4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

23.125 
23.199 
30.180 
51.135 

Modern  Europe 
Historian's  Craft 
Amer.  Literature 
Anal.  Tchg.  & 
Ed.  Proc. 

4 

4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

30.181 
39.280 

50.141 

Amer.  Literature        4             4 
Comp.  Econ. 

Syst.                         4             4 
Meas.  &  Eval.            4             4 
Elective                       4             4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                        CI.  Q.H. 

50.151 
51.149 

Bkds.  Amer.  Educ 
M.&  M.  Social 
Stud. 

.   4 
8 

4 
8 

54.126 

Sec    Reading              4             4 
Pol.  Sci.  Elec.            4             4 
Human.  Elective       4             4 
History  Elective         4             4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

0 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4              4 

4              4 
1               1 
4               4 

No. 
51.151 

QUARTER 
Course 

Student  Teach 
&  Seminar 

10A 

CI.  Q 

ng 

QUARTER  11 
.H.           No.         Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

22.221      Inter.  Relations 
History  Elective 
Sci. /Math. 
Elective 

90.253    Prof.  Dev. 
Elective 

History  Elective 
8                           Sci. /Math. 
Elective 
Elective 

4 

4 
4 

4 

4 

4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed   at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


134  /   COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Specimen  Program  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Therapy 

This  is  a  highly  specialized  program  preparing  students  to  become  speech  and 
hearing  therapists  and  for  graduate  study  in  the  field  of  Speech  Pathology  and 
Audiology. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 
4              4 
3              3 

;ar  pattern  of  tw 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

CI.  Q 

QUARTER  3 
.H.            No.          Course 

CI. 

4 
4 
3 
4 

Q.H. 

16.104    Earth  Sci. 
22.101     Polit.  Sci. 
30.113    English 
50.111     Soc.  Science 

First-y( 

16.105 
22.102 
23.101 
50.112 

0-term 

Earth  Sci. 
Polit.  Sci. 
West.  Civ. 
Soc.  Science 

courses  may 

va 

4             4            23.102    West.  Civ. 
4             4            30.114    English 
4            4            50.113    Soc.  Science 
3            3                         Elective 

ry  according  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
3 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q 

H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                          CI.  Q.H. 

23.210 
50.121 

55.121 
55.126 

U.S.  to  1865 
Human  Dev.  <$, 

Lrng.  1 
Intr.  Spec.  Ed. 
Communic.  Skills 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

23.211 
55.122 

55.124 
50.131 

U.S.  after  1865          4            4 
Intr.  Spch.A 

Hrng.  Ther.            4             4 
AnatSp.&Hrg.         4             4 
Hum.  Dev.  & 

Lrng.  II                    4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course                          CI.  Q.H. 

19.135 
54.135 
55.131 

55.133 

Personality 
Elem.  Reading  1 
Dyn.of  Spch.A 

Lang.  Dev. 
Intro.  Ling.  & 

Phonetics 

4 
4 

4 

4 

4 
4 

4 

4 

19.136 
55.134 

Personality                 4             4 
Organic  Sp. 

Disorders                4             4 
Human.  Elective        4             4 
Elective                       4             4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.  Q 

H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                         CI.  Q.H. 

30.180 
55.141 
55.143 

55.145 

Amer.  Literature 
M.&M.  in  Speech 
Diagnosis 

Sp.  d  Hrg. 
Func.  Sp. 

Disorders 

4 
4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 
4 

30.181 
55.142 
55.144 

Amer.  Literature        4             4 
Intr.  Audiology           4             4 
Clinical  Prac.  1           2(6)        4 
Elective                       4             4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

0 

CI.  Q.H. 

4             4 
2(6)        4 

B        4              4 

4              4 
1               1 

No. 
51.151 

QUARTER 
Course 

Student  Teach 
&  Seminar 

10A 

CI.   Q 

ng 

QUARTER  11 
H.            No.         Course 

CI 

Q.H. 

50.151     Bkgrnds. 

Amer.  Ed. 
55.155    Clinical  Prac.  II 
Human.  Electiv 
Sci.  or  Math. 
Elective 
90.253     Prof.  Dev. 

55.152    Speech  Reading 
8                               &  Audit 
Training 
55.154     Intr.  Stutt. 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  at  the  back  of  the  catalog  in  numerical  order. 


college  of  engineering 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean 

Donald  H.  MacKenzie,  Associate  Dean 
Thomas  E.  Hulbert,  Assistant  Dean 
George  W.  Hankinson,  Assistant  Dean 

General  Objectives 

The  College  of  Engineering  prepares  students  to  participate  constructively  in 
a  technologically  changing  world,  contributing  to  the  accumulation  and  ap- 
plication of  new  knowledge.  Fundamentals  are  emphasized  to  provide  the 
graduate  with  the  basic  technical  knowledge  that  will  enable  him  to  practice 
in  various  engineering  disciplines  as  well  as  business,  medicine  or  law  careers. 
At  the  same  time,  study  of  the  social  sciences  and  humanities  provides  an 
opportunity  to  develop  an  awareness  of  the  social,  economic,  political,  aesthetic, 
and  philosophical  influences  that  are  part  of  the  context  in  which  he  will  pursue 
his  career. 

The  concept  of  education  as  a  continuing,  life-long  process  necessary  for 
effective  work  in  an  environment  of  constantly  changing  ideas  and  newly  dis- 
covered scientific  principles  underlies  the  complete  structure  of  the  Engineering 
curriculum.  This  curriculum  is  directed  toward  assisting  the  student  to  under- 
stand the  basic  concepts  of  engineering,  to  comprehend  and  develop  com- 
petence in  the  engineering  method  and  its  application,  to  communicate  effec- 
tively and  succinctly  the  important  results  of  any  technical  study,  and  to 
acquire  the  motivation  for  professional  growth. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  cooperative  programs  in  Civil, 
Mechanical,  Electrical,  Chemical,  and  Industrial  Engineering  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  according  to  the  engineering 
department  in  which  the  student  qualifies.  The  college  also  offers  a  general 
engineering  program  awarding  an  unspecified  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  where 
the  student  has  the  opportunity  to  design  his  curriculum  with  his  career  objec- 
tives in  mind.  The  various  curricula  effectively  prepare  students  to  seek  em- 
ployment in  industry  or  to  continue  their  education  in  graduate  schools.  The 
college  is  operated  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 

The  undergraduate  academic  program  begins  with  three  quarters  of  full-time 
study.  Course  work  during  the  first  year  builds  the  student's  understanding  of 
mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences,  and  improves  his  ability  to  com- 
municate  ideas  both  verbally  and  graphically. 

135 


136   /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Since  the  first  year  of  study  is  nearly  identical  for  ail  students  in  the  college, 
the  choice  of  specialization  may  be  changed  at  the  end  of  the  freshman  year 
without  loss. 

Cooperative  work  in  the  branch  of  engineering  which  the  student  chooses  will 
begin  upon  completion  of  the  freshman  year  and  continue  throughout  the  re- 
maining upper-class  years.  Work  assignments  during  this  time  will  prove  to  be 
most  valuable  in  helping  to  integrate  the  important  elements  of  both  an  en- 
gineering and  a  liberal  education.  They  will  be  instrumental  in  teaching  the 
value  of  teamwork  while,  .at  the  same  time,  giving  insight  into  the  problems  of 
actual  engineering  practice. 

Day  graduate  programs  are  available  in  the  Departments  of  Chemical,  Civil, 
Mechanical,  Industrial,  and  Electrical  Engineering,  leading  to  the  master's 
degree.  These  are  either  cooperative  programs  in  engineering  similar  to  the 
undergraduate  cooperative  programs  or  full-time  programs  of  study.  Doctoral 
programs  are  available  in  the  Electrical,  Chemical,  Civil,  and  Mechanical  En- 
gineering departments.  In  addition,  the  Professional  degree  of  Engineer  is 
offered  by  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department. 

Part-Time  Program  Offered  During  Evening  Hours 

The  College  of  Engineering  also  offers  an  eight-year  curricula  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Electrical  or  Civil  Engineering.  Classes  are 
held  in  the  evening  and  on  Saturday  morning.  Admission  and  course  require- 
ments are  the  same  as  for  the  degree  under  the  Cooperative  Plan.  For  Further 
information  consult  the  evening  bulletin  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Power  Systems  Electrical  Engineering 

In  order  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  rapidly  expanding  electric-power  industry, 
Northeastern  has  initiated  a  special  program  in  Power  Systems  Engineering. 
This  program  is  an  accelerated  cooperative  program  which  results  in  a  master's 
degree  in  six  years.  The  subject  matter  is  basically  that  of  electrical  engineering 
augmented  by  work  in  power  systems  analysis,  computers  in  power  systems, 
nuclear  plant  considerations,  power  system  planning,  protection  and  stability, 
MHD  and  DC  transmission. 

Accreditation 

All  undergraduate  day  programs  with  specification  in  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing are  fully  accredited  by  the  Engineer's  Council  for  Professional  Development. 

Admission  Requirements 

It  is  important  that  applicants  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering 
complete  the  full  sequence  of  secondary  school  courses  in  English,  Mathematics 
and  Science.  The  following  subjects  should  be  included:  English  (4  years); 
Physics  and  Chemistry  (life  science  can  be  substituted  for  one  if  in  General 
Engineering  program);  and  Algebra  (through  quadratics),  Plane  Geometry,  and 
Trigonometry. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    137 

General  Engineering  Program 

Advisory  Committee  for  1972-73 

Arvin  Grabel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.  Electrical  Engineering,  Chairman 

Thomas  E.  Hulbert,  B.S.,  M.S.  Asst.  Dean  of  Engineering, 

Exec.  Secretary 

Stewart  Hoover,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  Industrial  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  Mechanical  Engineering 

Saul  Namyet,  B.S.,  P.E.  Civil  Engineering 

Richard  R.  Stewart,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  Chemical  Engineering 

Engineering  and  technology  influence  all  areas  of  endeavor  and  have  a  pro- 
found effect  on  the  lifestyle  and  institutions  of  the  society.  The  impact  is  both 
cultural  and  scientific  and  is  manifested  by  the  awareness  that  solutions  to 
society's  problems  are  in  part  technological.  The  major  purpose  of  the  General 
Engineering  Program  is  to  provide  flexible,  interdisciplinary  educational  oppor- 
tunities based  on  fundamental  engineering  concepts.  The  interdisciplinary 
nature  allows  the  student  to  develop  other  areas  of  interest  in  which  an  engineer- 
ing background  is  professionally  useful. 

The  program  is  designed  for  students  whose  interests  are  in  engineering- 
related  professions  rather  than  in  the  traditional  profession  of  engineering.  It  is 
expected  that  the  work  engaged  in  by  graduates  of  this  program  will  encompass 
the  entire  spectrum  of  professional  activity.  Typical  areas  include  urban  plan- 
ning, technology  of  health-care  and  public  administration,  and  legal  aspects  of 
technology,  in  addition,  opportunity  exists  in  the  emerging  highly  interdis- 
ciplinary fields  such  as  ocean  engineering,  bio-engineering  and  systems  science. 

The  General  Engineering  Program  is  highy  elective  and  gives  the  student  the 
opportunity  to  develop,  in  conjunction  with  his  adviser,  a  program  designed  to 
meet  his  own  career  objectives.  To  achieve  this  goal,  the  student  is  exposed  to 
the  fundamental  engineering  areas  of  electric  circuits,  systems,  mechanics, 
thermodynamics,  and  materials.  These  courses  are  based  on  basic  principles 
developed  in  early  courses  in  mathematics  and  physics. 

As  the  computer  is  a  basic  tool  in  any  technological  environment,  each  stu- 
dent is  required  to  learn  the  elements  of  computer  programming. 

All  of  society's  forecasting  indicators  point  to  a  bright  future.  It  is  difficult  to 
imagine  how  society  will  grow  and  solve  its  problems  without  relying  on  per- 
sonal knowledge  in  engineering.  A  wide  variety  of  employment  opportunities  exist 
in  both  the  private  and  public  sectors  of  the  economy. 

Graduate  education  and  continuing  education  are  increasingly  more  important 
in  professional  life.  By  appropriately  planning  his  program,  the  student  will  be 
able  to  satisfy  the  prerequisites  necessary  for  admission  into  all  types  of 
graduate  and  professional  schools. 


138   /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

The  Program  in  General  Engineering 

First-year  pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 
FIRST  YEAR 


QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

QUARTER  2 
No.         Course 

CI.    Q.H.           No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Calculus 
Physics 
Grt.  The.  Lit. 
L.A.  Elect.* 

CI.    Q.H. 

10.150    Calculus 
11  203    Physics 
09.106    Bas.  Eng. 
30.114    Intro.  Lit. 

10.151     Calculus 
1 1 .204    Physics 
09.107    Bas.  Eng. 

L.A.  Elect.* 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4            10.152 
4           1 1 .204 
4           30.115 
4 

4             4 
4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

4 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 
10.154 

11.111 

QUARTER 
Course 

Calculus 
Coord,  stud. 
L.A.  Elect. 
Eng.  Sci.  Elect. 
Phys.  Lab. 

5 

CI.    Q.H. 

4             4 
4             4 
4             4 
4              4 
0(3)        1 

10.153 
1 1 .206 

11.110 

Calculus 
Physics 
L.A.  Elect. 
Eng.  Sci.  Elect. 
Phys.  Lab 

4             4 
4             4 
4             4 
4              4 
0(3)        1 

*Chemistry  or   Biology   may   be   substituted   for   LA   Elective   provided    that   LA   Elective    is   taken    in 
upper-ciass  quarter.  In  addition  to  the  above  courses,  the  student  may  elect  basic  ROTC. 

QUARTERS   6-11 

The  upper  three  years  are  developed  by  the  student  with  his  adviser  to  satisfy 
the  student's  objectives.  The  framework  of  the  curriculum  includes  an  engi- 
neering requirement  of  a  minimum  of  11  four  quarter-hour  courses  which  must 
include  at  least  one  course  in  the  following  areas:  circuit  theory,  system  theory, 
mechanics  (including  dynamics),  thermodynamics,  and  materials. 

The  socio-humanistic  requirement  is: 

1.  At  least  two  sequences  of  two  courses  from  the  areas  of  psychology, 

sociology,  and  anthropology,  political  science,  and  economics, 
2.  At  least  two  courses  from  the  areas  of  history,  philosophy,  art,  music,  liter- 
ature, language  (not  including  grammar),  or  drama  (not  including  public 
speaking). 

The  role  of  Coordinated  Studies  is  to  allow  the  student  to  develop  an  area  of 
concentration  not  wholly  contained  in  one  department. 

The  Coordinated  Studies  Program  of  13  four  quarter-hour  courses  is  completely 
elective  but  must  be  designed  to  fit  the  student's  career  objectives.  The  courses 
are  selected  in  conjunction  with  an  adviser  and  are  coordinated  with  engineering 
electives.  Basically,  a  portion  of  the  program  permits  each  student  to  plan  a 
distinct  and  highly  individualistic  curriculum.  While  each  student  is  enrolled  in 
a  "different  program",  the  goals  of  each  are  the  same;  the  breadth  of  an  engi- 
neering-based liberal  education  in  combination  with  the  development  of  pro- 
fessional skills. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    139 

Chemical  Engineering  Department 

Ralph  A.  Troupe,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Tex.) 

Associate  Professors  Assistant  Professor 

Ralph  A.  Buonopane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Nicholas  W.  Prodany,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D.  Ph.D. 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  B.S.,  Sc.D. 
Richard  R.  Stewart,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Instructor 

Ph.D.  Dannie  T.  Mah,  B.S. 

John  A.  Williams,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 

Chemical  Engineering  has  grown  out  of  the  discoveries  in  the  chemical  labo- 
ratories which  have  served  as  a  foundation  for  a  great  many  new  industries 
whose  production  processes  involve  chemical  as  well  as  physical  changes. 
Petroleum  refining,  plastics,  manufacture  of  nylon  and  cellophane,  and  hundreds 
of  other  industries  require  men  and  women  trained  in  chemistry  as  well  as  in 
engineering.  Moreover,  much  of  the  training  received  by  the  chemical  engineer 
is  now  being  applied  in  the  rapidly  developing  fields  of  space  engineering  and 
environmental  control.  Many  older  industries,  such  as  foods,  textiles,  paints  and 
varnishes,  and  leather,  are  also  employing  chemical  engineers. 

The  chemical  engineer  has  been  defined  as  a  "professional  man  experienced 
in  the  design,  construction,  and  operation  of  plants  in  which  materials  undergo 
chemical  and  physical  change."  It  is  the  task  of  the  chemical  engineer  to 
reduce  the  costs,  increase  production,  and  improve  the  quality  of  the  products 
in  the  industry. 

Since  the  field  of  chemical  engineering  is  so  varied,  the  curriculum  has  been 
designed  to  give  the  students  a  broad  training  in  which  fundamental  principles 
are  stressed.  It  is  believed  that  this  training  will  enable  the  students  to  ac- 
climate themselves  readily  to  whatever  industry  they  may  choose  to  enter. 

Because  of  the  complex  nature  of  many  chemical  processes  and  because  of 
the  difficulty  of  translating  laboratory  results  into  full-scale  plant  operations, 
there  has  been  developed  in  many  chemical  plants  the  so-called  semi-works 
or  pilot  plant.  Here  new  processes  developed  by  the  chemists  in  the  research 
laboratory  are  put  to  the  test  of  actual  plant  conditions.  And  it  is  here  that 
the  young  chemical  engineers  often  find  themselves  upon  graduation.  If  they 
are  able  to  understand  the  chemist  on  the  one  side  and  the  plant  operator  on 
the  other,  and  if  they  are  technically  competent  as  well,  they  will  soon  find 
opportunities  for  advancement  either  in  one  of  the  technical  branches  of  the 
industry,  such  as  design,  development,  research,  and  production;  or  in  the 
sales  and  management  fields  in  which  a  knowledge  of  chemical  engineering 
is  essential. 

In  recent  years  many  graduates  have  entered  graduate  school  rather  than 
industry.  Since  the  Chemical  Engineering  Department  at  Northeastern  has 
active  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  and  D.Eng.  degrees,  under- 
graduates are  fully  prepared  for  graduate  school. 


140   /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 


Specimen  Program  in  Chemical  Engineering 

Degree:  B.S.  in  Ch.E.  Accredited  by  the  E.C.P.D. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.   Q.H. 

QUARTER  2 
No.         Course 

9.107    Basic  Eng. 
10.151     Calculus 
11.204    Physics 
12.114    Gen.  Chem. 

0-term  courses  may  va 

CI.    Q 

4 
4 
4 
4 

ry  acco 

.H.            No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

CI. 

QH. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                  4             4 
10.150    Calculus                     4            4 
11.203    Physics                        4             4 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4 

First-year  pattern  of  tw 

4            10.152    Calculus 
4            11.205    Physics 
4            12.115    Gen.  Chem. 
4            30.115    Great  Themes  in 
Lit. 

rding  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.  Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

5 

CI. 

Q.H. 

4.101 
10.153 
11.110 
1 1 .206 
12.147 

ChE  Calc.  1 
Calculus 
Physics  Lab. 
Physics 
Organic  Chem. 

3(3) 

4 

0(3) 

4 

3(3) 

4 
4 
1 
4 
4 

4.102 
10.154 
11  111 
12.148 
02.165 

ChE  Calc.  II 
Calculus 
Physics  Lab. 
Organic  Chem. 
Mechanics 

4 

4 

0(3) 

3(3) 

4 

4 
4 
1 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

Chem.  Eng.  1 
Math. 

Phys.  Chem. 
Economics 

CI.   Q.H. 

4            4 
4             4 
3(3)        4 
4              4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

7 

CI. 

Q.H. 

4.111 
10.155 
12.161 
39.125 

4.112 
10.156 
12.162 
39.126 

Chem.  Eng.  II 
Math. 

Phys.  Chem. 
Economics 

4 
4 

3(3) 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

Trans.  Phen.  1 
Exp.  Meth.  1 
ChE  Thermo. 
Liberal  Elective 

CI.    Q.H. 

4             4 
2(4)        4 
4              4 
4              4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

CI. 

Q.H. 

4.121 
4.123 
4.126 

4.122 
4.124 
4.136 

Trans.  Phen.  II 
Exp.  Meth.  II 
ChE  Kinetics 
Liberal  Elective 

4 

2(4) 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

11 

CI. 

Q.H. 

•Res.  Tech.  Elect.  1(6)  6 

•Tech.  Elect.  4  4 

•Tech.  Elect.  4  4 

Liberal  Elective  4  4 


••Res.  Tech.  Elect.  1(6)  6 

•Tech   Elect.  4  4 

•Tech.  Elect.  4  4 

Liberal  Elective  4  4 


*One  technical   elective   each   quarter   must   be  from   the  ChE  electives   offered.   The   second    may 
be  either  a  ChE  elective  or  a  technical  elective  outside  the  department.   In  all  cases  the  elective 
program  must  be  approved  by  the  ChE  department. 
'•Either  Proc.  Design  4.131  and  4.132  or  Projects  4.133  and  4.134. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    141 


Civil  Engineering  Department 

Ernest  L.  Spencer,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 


Associate  Professors 

LeRoy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass.) 
John  J.  Cochrane,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.Y.,  Vt.) 
Constantine  J.  Gregory,  B.A.,  M. 

Ph.D. 
Kenneth  M.  Leet,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Sc.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Penn.) 
Joseph  H.  Lenney,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass.) 
Robert  L.  Meserve,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass.) 
Saul  Namyet,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass., 

N.Y.) 

Instructor 

Frank  P.  Albert!,  B.S.,  M.S. 


Assistant  Professors 

Frederic  C.  Blanc,  B.C.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

P.E.  (N.Y.,  Conn.,  Mass.,  Vt.) 
Lyie  E.  Branagan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E., 

(N.Y.,  Mass.) 
John  Fillos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Dennis  R.  Horn,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Rajinder  K.  Khetarpal,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Waiter  E.  Jaworski,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Sc.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Thomas  Neff,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

P.E.  (Mass.,  Ohio) 
Paul  J.  Ossenbruggen,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Ohio) 
Richard  J.  Scranton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Irvine  W.  Wei,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Gerald  A.  Woelfl,  B.S.,  M.S. 


Civil  Engineering  has  to  do  with  the  planning,  design,  and  construction  of  many 
kinds  of  structures  and  facilities  in  private  and  public  works.  Each  civil  engi- 
neering project  is  one  of  a  kind,  designed  to  fit  the  particular  requirements  of 
a  single  location  and  purpose.  A  satisfactory  civil  engineering  design  represents 
the  most  economical  solution  to  a  problem  with  due  regard  to  its  effect  on  the 
environment  and  leads  to  a  structure  which  will  perform  adequately  over  its 
design  life,  successfully  withstanding  all  natural  forces  and  applied  loads  which 
it  is  intended  to  resist. 

The  urban  crisis  has  created  an  ever-mounting  series  of  problems  that  are  still 
in  need  of  satisfactory  solutions.  Transportation  within  and  between  centers  of 
population;  the  preservation  and  allocation  of  land,  air,  water,  and  power;  the 
collection,  treatment,  and  disposal  of  wastes  (domestic,  industrial  and  solid); 
preservation  of  recreational  resources;  the  provision  of  housing  and  preservation 
of  residential  values;  the  rehabilitation  of  blighted  areas— are  some  of  the  prob- 
lems that  have  not  been  adequately  solved.  These  problems,  along  with  others 
in  the  general  area  of  civilian  living  requirements,  will  continue  to  increase  in 
magnitude  and  importance  as  time  goes  by  and  as  our  population  continues 
to  expand. 

The  profession  of  civil  engineering,  as  old  as  civilization  itself,  involves  four 
broad  areas  of  work.  These  include  the  planning,  design,  construction  and  man- 
agement of  transportation  systems,  structural  systems,  environmental  control 
systems,  and  the  integration  of  these  through  urban  planning  systems.  The  prac- 
tice of  civil  engineering  is  obviously  vital  to  the  solution  of  the  contemporary 
problems  in  man's  environment  today  and  tomorrow. 

The  practice  of  civil  engineering,  although  scientifically  based,  does  involve 
a  great  deal  of  the    state-of-the-art"  type  of  engineering.  Both  the  theoretical  and 


142   /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

practical  aspects  of  the  work  concentrate  upon  the  technological  aspects  of 
problems  involving  analysis,  design,  and  construction.  Obviously,  the  direct  rela- 
tionship of  civil  engineering  with  people  indicates  fairly  close  rapport  with  soci- 
ology, government,  politics,  and  economics. 

Since  the  first  step  in  many  civil  engineering  projects  involves  accurate 
measurement  of  the  surface  features  of  the  land,  of  the  nature  of  the  soil,  and 
of  the  character  of  the  underlying  rock,  the  study  of  surveying,  soil  mechanics, 
and  foundations  occupies  a  large  place  in  the  civil  engineering  curriculum. 
And  since  the  primary  consideration  in  designing  any  structure  is  to  make  cer- 
tain that  it  will  withstand  safely  any  force  to  which  it  may  be  subjected,  the 
mechanics  of  static  bodies,  strength  of  materials,  and  theory  of  structures  are 
studied  in  detail.  The  curriculum  is  thus  intended  to  prepare  the  young  civil 
engineer  to  take  up  the  work  of  design  and  construction  of  structures,  to  solve 
the  problems  of  water  supply  and  waste  disposal  in  urban  areas,  and  to  intelli- 
gently undertake  supervision  working  in  allied  fields  of  engineering  and  in 
general  contracting. 

Upon  graduation,  the  young  engineer  may  expect  a  period  of  assistantship 
either  in  the  field,  or  in  the  office  involving  drafting,  surveying,  computation  and 
design,  construction  layout  and  supervision,  and  obtaining  and  analyzing 
information  for  studies  and  reports.  As  experience  is  gained,  the  graduate  is  en- 
trusted with  greater  responsibilities  in  actual  design  and  supervision.  Oppor- 
tunities for  employment  exist  at  municipal,  state,  and  Federal  levels,  in  private 
consulting  practice,  in  general  contracting,  and  in  industry.  In  many  specialized 
areas,  the  young  civil  engineer  may  find  that  graduate  work  is  a  necessary 
adjunct  for  successful  performance. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    143 


Specimen  Program  in  Civil  Engineering 

Degree:  B.S.  in  C.E.  Accredited  by  tlie  E.C.P.D. 


FIRST  YEAR 


QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.    OH. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

CI.    Q 

QU, 
i.H.            No.         Course 

ARTER  3 

s 

lem. 
hemes  in 

ction. 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

Q.H. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                  4             4             9.107 
10.150    Calculus                      4             4            10.151 
11.203    Physics                        4             4            11.204 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4            12.114 

First-year  pattern  of  two-term 

Basic  Eng. 
Calculus 
Physics 
Gen.  Chem. 

courses  may 

4             4            10.152    Calculu; 
4              4             11.205     Physics 
4             4            12.115    Gen.  CI 
4            4           30.115    Great  7 
Lit. 

vary  according  to  assigned  se 

4 
4 
4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                        CI. 

Q.H. 

11.110 
10.153 
11.206 
39.125 
1.115 

Physics  Lab. 
Calculus 
Physics 
Economics 
Eng.  Meas. 

0(3) 

4 

4 

4 

3(3) 

1 
4 
4 
4 
4 

2.130 
11.111 
10.154 
39.126 

1.140 

Thermo.                     4 
Physics  Lab.               0(3) 
Calculus                      4 
Economics                  4 
Struct.  Mech.  1          4 

4 
1 
4 
4 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

1.180 

1.120 

29.113 

01.142 

QUARTER  7 
Course                        CI. 

•Math.  Elective           4 
Materials                    4 
Fluid  Mechs.  1           4 
Public  Speaking         2 
Str.  Mechs.  Ill           4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 

1 
4 

2.116 
1.141 

•Math.  Elective 
Dynamics 
Str.  Mechs.  II 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                      CI. 

Q.H. 

3.183 

1.172 

Elec.  Eng. 
Soil  Mechs. 
Liberal  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 

4 

3(3) 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1.193 
1.150 

Environ.  Eng.  1          4 
Cone.  Design  1           4 
Liberal  Elective         4 
Tech.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course                       CI  . 

Liberal  Elective         4 
Tech.  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 

Q.H. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

1.160 
90.257 

Struct.  Design 
Liberal  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 
Prof.  Devel. 

4 
4 

1 

4 
4 
4 
4 
0 

Technical  Electives 


QUARTER  9 

QUARTERS  8  & 

10 

QUARTER  11 

1.105 

C.E.  Systems 

4 

4 

1.106 

Prob.  for  C.E. 

4 

4 

1.161 

Struct.  Des.  II 

4 

1.143 

Struct.  Anal.  1 

4 

4 

1.143 

Struct.  Anal.  1 

4 

4 

1.144 

Struct.  Anal.  II 

4 

1.144 

Struct.  Anal.  II 

4 

4 

1.144 

Struct.  Anal.  II 

4 

4 

1  145 

Struct.  Anal.  Ill 

4 

1.182 

Exper.  Methods 

1(4) 

4 

5.245 

Statistics 

4 

4 

1.174 

Foundation  Eng. 

4 

1.134 

Transp.  Eng. 

4 

4 

1.152 

Cone.  Des.  II 

4 

4 

1.194 

Environ.  Eng.  II 

3(3) 

5.260 

Eng.  Economics 

4 

4 

1.122 

Hydraulic  Eng. 

4 

4 

1.135 

Constr.  Eng. 

4 

1.175 

Eng.  Geology 

4 

4 

1.134 

Transp.  Eng. 

4 

**1.101 

Spec.  Topics 

4 

1.182 

5.260 

••1.101 

Exper.  Methods 
Eng.  Economy 
Spec.  Topics 

1(4) 
4 

*Student  normally  has  choice  of  10.207,  10.208,  10.146,  10.147. 
**See  course  write-up  for  details. 


144  /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 


Electrical  Engineering  Department 

Harold  R.  Raemer,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

Sze-Hou  Chang,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Laurence  F.  Cleveland,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Basil  L.  Cochrun,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Bell  A.  Cogbiil,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Ladislav  Dolansky,  Ing.,  S.M.,. E.E., 

Ph.D. 
James  Feldman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Welville  B.  Nowak,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Benjamin  M.  RabinovicI,  Ing.  Dipl. 

E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  Dr.  Sc. 
Wilfred  J.  Remillard,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 
J.  Spencer  Rochefort,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Martin  Schetzen,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Sc.D. 
Walter  S.  Schwab,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  D.  Stuart,  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

C.Eng. 

Associate  Professors 

Ralph  E.  Bach,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Marcello  J.  Carrabes,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Bob  M.  Duff,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Kenneth  I.  Golden,  B.S.,  S.M.,  M.E., 

Ph.D. 
Robert  A.  Gonsalves,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 

Arvin  Grabel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D. 
Richard  Grojean,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Electrical  Engineering  is  a  fast-moving  field,  obtaining  much  of  its  impetus 
from  the  contemporary  pioneering  developments  in  the  pure  sciences.  For  this 
reason,  the  program  of  study  in  electrical  engineering  includes  more  work  in 
physics  and  mathematics  than  do  the  other  programs  and  provides  a  solid 
grounding  in  engineering  fundamentals  as  well. 

Electrical  engineering  today  embraces  a  continually  widening  sphere  of  activ- 
ity. It  ranges  in  scope  from  laboratory  and  theoretical  studies  in  applied  physics 
to  the  economic  design  of  communications  and  energy  systems,  serving  not 
only  the  land-based  requirements  of  entire  continents  but  also  the  needs  of 
space  exploration. 

Because  electrical  properties,  concepts,  instrumentation,  and  control  are 
basic  to  much  of  modern  technology,  the  electrical  engineer  is  often  engaged 
in  interdisciplinary  activities.  Examples  are  biomedical  electronics,  electro- 
optics,  and  machine  translation  of  languages. 

The  profession  of  electrical  engineering  affords  a  wide  diversification  of 
employment  opportunities.   If  one  is  research-minded,  opportunity  to  develop 


Associate  Professors  (Cont.) 

Wayne  G.  Kellner,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Sc.D. 
Walter  H.  Lob,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Morton  Loewenthal,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  N.  Martin,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Louis  J.  Nardone,  B.S.,  M.S. 
John  Proakis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Sheldon  S.  Sandler,  B.S.,  M.A., 

Ph.D. 
Lih-Jyh  Weng,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professors 

John  J.  Clark,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Denis  Coffey,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Paul  Greiling,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Francis  D.  McCarthy,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 
Lawrence  J.  O'Connor,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Robert  E.  Parkin,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Yash  Pal  Verma,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Instructors 

John  Kascorowski,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Nathan  D.  Phillips,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Michael  Silevitch,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Elwood  W.  Streeter,  B.S.,  M.S. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    145 

one's  talents  may  be  found  in  one  of  the  great  university  or  industrial  labora- 
tories; if  one  is  interested  in  industrial  applications  or  plant  problems,  opportun- 
ity can  be  found  in  the  manufacturing  or  operating  organizations;  and  if  one  is 
sales-minded,  he  may  find  a  career  as  a  sales  engineer. 


Specimen  Program  In  Electrical  Engineering 

Degree:  B.S.  in  E.E.  Accredited  by  the  E.C.P.D. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2                                                       QUARTER  3 
CI.   Q.H.            No.         Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                  4             4              9.107 
10.150    Calculus                      4             4            10.151 
11.203    Physics                        4             4            11.204 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4            12.114 

First-year  pattern  of  two-term 

Basic  Eng. 
Calculus 
Physics 
Gen.  Chem. 

courses  may 

4             4            10.152    Calculus 
4             4            11.205    Physics 
4            4           12.115    Gen.  Chem. 
4            4           30.115    Great  Themes  in 
Lit. 

vary  according  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                       CI.  Q.H. 

10.153 
11.206 
3.111 
11.110 

Calculus 
Physics 
Circ.  &  Sys.  1 
Physics  Lab.  1 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 

0(3) 

4 

4 
4 

4 
1 
4 

10.154 
11.207 
3.112 
11.111 

Calculus                      4 
Physics                        4 
Circ.  A  Sys.  II            4 
PhysicsLab.il          0(3) 
Liberal  Elective         4 

4 
4 

4 

1 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course                      CI.     Q. 

H. 

10.155 
2.165 
3.113 
3.131 

Math. 

Mechanics  1 
Circ.  &  Sys.  Ill 
E.E.  Lab.  1 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 
4 

(4) 
4 

4 
4 
4 
2 
4 

10.156 
2.166 
3.122 
3.132 

Math.                           4 
Mechanics  II             4 
Circ.  &  Sys.  IV          4 
E.E.  Lab.  II                  (4) 
Liberal  Elective         4 

4 
4 
4 
2 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 

Course 

8 
CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

3.162 

3.142 

3.133 

**3.191 

QUARTER  9 
Course                       CI.   Q.H. 

Field  Theory              4             4 
Electronics                  4             4 
E.E.  Lab.                      (4)        2 
Des.  &  Org.  of 

Dig.  Comp.             4             4 

Liberal  Elective         4            4 

or  Tech.  Elect.        4            4 

3.161 
3.141 
2.130 
2.199 

Field  Theory 
Electronics 
Thermo 
Materials  Science 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

3.175 
3.134 

90.257 

QUARTER  10 
Course                       CI.   Q.H. 

Electromech.  Dyn.    4            4 
E.E.  Lab.                     (4)       2 
Liberal  Elective        4            4 
•Tech.  Electives                       8 
Prof.  Development   1             0 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course                        CI.   Q.H. 

Liberal  Elective         4            4 
*Tech.  Electives                     12 

*Only  four  technical  electives  out  of  the  five  listed  in  Quarters  10  and  11  are  required  for  graduation. 
**3.191  must  be  taken  prior  to  graduation. 


146   /   COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING 


Electrical  Engineering  Technical  Electives 


QUARTER  9 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course                      CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

Course                       CI.  Q.H. 

3.191 

Des.  &  Org.  Dig. 

3.191 

Des.  &  Org.  Dig. 

3.191 

Des.  &  Org.  of  Dig. 

Comp.                     4 

4 

Comp. 

4 

4 

Conip.                      4             4 
Mod.  (;ir.  Theory      4            4 

3.261 

Wave  Trans.  & 

3.215 

Mod.  Cir.  Theory 

4 

4 

3.215 

Recep.                    4 

4 

3.218 

Con.  Syst.  Theory 

4 

4 

3.222 

El.  Pwr.  Syst.            4             4 

3.215 

Mod.  Circ.  Theory    4 

4 

3.221 

El.  Pwr.  Syst. 

4 

4 

3.234 

EE  Pwr.  Lab.             1(3)        2 

3.292 

Math  Tech.  in  EE  1  4 

4 

3.233 

EE  Pwr.  Lab. 

1(3) 

2 

3.238 

Sen.  Proj.  Lab.          4            2 

3.237 

Sen.  Pro.  Lab. 

4 

2 

3.241 

Electronics  Seminar  4            4 

3.242 

Theo.  &  Tech.  of 
Sem.  Dev. 

3(3) 

4 

3.243 

Theo.  &  Tech.  of 
Semi  Dev.              3(3)       4 

3.251 

Comm.  Theory 

4 

4 

3.251 

Comm.  Theory           4             4 

3.292 

Math  Tech.  in  EE  1  4 

4 

3.261 

Wave  Trans.  & 

3.293 

Math  Tech.  in  EE  11  4 

4 

Recep.                    4            4 

3.295 

Num.  Meth.  & 

3.262 

Adv.  Topics  in  E-M  4             4 

Comp.  Appl. 

4 

4 

3.292 
3.293 
3.296 

Math  Tech.  in  EE  1  4            4 
Math  Tech.  in  EE  II  4            4 
Digital  Tech.             4            4 

Specimen  Program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Power  Systems 

Degree:  B.S.  in  E.E.  Accredited  by  E.C.P.D. 
Degree:  M.S.  in  E.E — Six-Year  Program 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

9.107 
10.151 
1 1 .204 
12.114 

0-term 

QUARTER 
Course 

Basic  Eng. 
Calculus 
Physics 
Gen.  Chem. 

courses  may 

2 

CI.    Q 

4 
4 

4 
4 

vary  accc 

QUARTER  3 
.H.           No.         Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                 4            4 
10.150    Calculus                     4            4 
11.203    Physics                      4            4 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4 

First-year  pattern  of  tw 

4            10.152    Calculus 
4           11.205    Physics 
4           12.115    Gen.  Chem. 
4           30.115    Intr.  Lit. 

)rding  to  assigned  section. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.    Q.H 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                         CI.    Q.H. 

10.153 
1 1 .206 
3.111 
11.110 

Calculus 
Physics 
Circ  &  Sys.  1 
Physics  Lab.  1 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 

0(3) 

4 

4 
4 
4 
1 
4 

10.154 

1 1 .207 

3.112 

11.111 

Calculus                     4 
Physics                        4 
Circ.  &  Sys.  II            4 
PhysicsLab.il          0(3) 
Liberal  Elective         4 

4 
4 
4 

1 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course                       CI.   Q.H. 

10.155 
2.165 
3.113 
3.131 

Math 

Mechanics  1 
Circ.  &  Sys.  Ill 
EE  Lab.  1 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
(4) 

4 

4 
4 
4 
2 
4 

10.156 
2.166 
3.122 
3.132 

Math                          4 
Mechanics  II              4 
Circ.  &  Sys.  IV          4 
EELabll                    (4) 

Liberal  Elective         4 

4 
4 
4 
2 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                         CI.    Q.H. 

3.161 
3.141 
2.130 
3.174 
*10.8G1 

Field  Theory  1 
Electronics  1 
Thermo.  1 
Basic  Pwr.  Circ. 
Probability 

4 
4 
4 
2 
2 

4 
4 
4 
2 
2 

3.162 
3.142 
3.175 
2.131 

Field  Theory  II          4 
Electronics  II             4 
Electomech.  Dyn.      4 
Thermo.  II                  4 
Liberal  Elective         4 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 

*Graduate  courses — To  be  credited  towards  M.S.  degree. 


I 


COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING   /    147 


FIFTH   YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No.         Course                       CI. 

O.H. 

No. 
4.146 

Course 
Nuclear  Eng. 

CI.   Q.H. 

3.176    Machines  &  Sys.       4 

4 

4            4 

*  3.823     Math.  Methods  in 

3.222 

Elec.  Pwr.  Sys. 

4             4 

EE                        4 

4 

3.234 

EE  Pwr.  Lab. 

(4)        2 

3.221     Elec.  Pwr.  Sys,          4 

4 

Liberal  Elective 

4               4 

3.233    EE  Pwr.  Lab.               (4) 

2 

3.191 

Des.  &  Org.  of  Dig 

Liberal  Elective         4 

4 

Com  p. 

4               4 

90.257    Prof.  Devel.                1 

0 

or 

5.260 

Eng'g.  Economy 

or 
Materials  Sci. 

4               4 

2.199 

4               4 

1.193 

or 
Env.  Science 

4               4 

Power  Systems 


SIXTH  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  12 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


No. 


*3.827    Linear  Sys.  Anal.  4  4 

*3.928    Anal,  of  Pwr.  Circ.  4  4 

*3.990    Seminar  2  2 

Electives  6  6 


QUARTER  i; 
Course 


*3.931     Pwr.  Sys.  Ping. 
*3.944    Spec.  Topics  in 

Power 

*3.991     Seminar 

Electives 


CI.   Q.H. 


'Graduate  Courses — To  be  credited  towards  M.S.  degree. 


148   /   COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING 

Industrial  Engineering  Department 

James  M.  Moore,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.M.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Austin  W.  Fisher,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Sc.D.  Stewart  V.  Hoover,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

David  R.  Freeman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.        Albert  A.  Marcotte,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Jay  K.  Satia,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors 

Robert  S.  Green,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Thomas  E.  Hulbert,  B.S.,  M.S., 
P.E.  (Mass.) 

Industrial  Engineering 

Just  what  is  an  industrial  engineer  and  in  what  way  is  industrial  engineering 
different  from  the  other  engineering  idsciplines?  Industrial  engineering  differs 
from  other  branches  of  the  engineering  profession  in  two  ways.  First  it  applies 
to  all  types  of  industry,  commercial,  and  governmental  activity.  Second,  it  is  the 
only  major  branch  of  engineering  concerned  not  only  with  things  but  with  people. 
An  individual  must  be  able  to  get  along  well  with  people  in  order  to  have  a  suc- 
cessful career  in  industrial  engineering. 

Because  industrial  engineers  are  a  prime  source  of  management  talent,  they 
are  in  demand  by  a  wide  variety  of  industries,  including  aeronautics  and  aero- 
space, data  processing,  steel,  automobile,  electronics,  retail  merchandising, 
metropolitan  transportation,  plastics  and  chemicals,  ordnance,  and  utilities  .  . . 
to  name  a  few. 

Industrial  engineering  is  invaluable  to  management  in  its  decision-making 
when  management  is  faced  with  problems  of  the  best  use  of  men,  material, 
equipment,  and  energy  to  achieve  the  aims  of  the  organization.  The  organ- 
ization may  be  an  entire  corporation,  a  hospital,  a  government  office,  an  indi- 
vidual department,  or  any  other  group  organized  to  make  a  product  or  perform 
a  service. 

The  managers  of  an  organization  need  factual  information,  arranged  to  define 
different  alternatives  and  their  consequences,  to  help  them  recognize  and  solve 
existing  problems.  Industrial  engineering  collects,  analyzes,  and  arranges  this 
information  in  such  a  way  as  to  fulfill  this  need,  and  at  the  same  time  searches 
for  better  ways  to  do  the  job. 

The  American  Institute  of  Industrial  Engineers,  Inc.,  defines  the  profession 
as  follows: 

"Industrial  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  design,  improvement, 
and  installation  of  integrated  systems  of  men,  materials  and  equip- 
ment. It  draws  upon  specialized  knowledge  and  skill  in  the  mathe- 
matical, physical  and  social  sciences  together  with  the  principles  and 
methods  of  engineering  analysis  and  design  to  specify,  predict  and 
evaluate  the  results  to  be  obtained  from  such  systems." 


COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING   /    149 


Specimen  Program  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Degree:  B.S.  in  I.E.  Accredited  by  the  E.C.P.D. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

CI.   Q.H.           No.         Coi 

QUA 
jrse 

cuius 
/sics 
1.  Ch 
sat  T 

it. 

sect 

RTER  3 

CI. 

Q.H. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                  4             4             9.107    Basic  Eng. 
10150    Calculus                     4            4           10.151     Calculus 
11203    Physics                        4             4           11.204    Physics 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4           12.114    Gen.  Chem. 

First-year  pattern  of  two-term  courses  may  va 

4             4            10.152    Cal 
4             4           11.205    Ph5 
4             4           12115    Ge 
4             4           30.115    Gr« 
L 

ry  according  to  assigned 

em. 
lemes  in 

ion. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

5.128 

5.260 

10.154 

39.116 

11.111 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

Work  Design 
Eng.  Economics 
Calculus 
Economics 
Physics  Lab. 

Cl. 

3(3) 

4 

4 

4 

0(3) 

O.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

41 .201 
10.153 
1 1 .206 
11.110 
39.115 

Accounting 
Calculus 
Physics 
Physics  Lab. 
Economics 

4 
4 

0(3) 
4 

4 
4 
4 

1 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 
5.147 

QUARTER  7 
Course 

Statistics  1 
•Eng.  Sc.  Elect. 
Math.  Elective 
Liberal  Elective 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

2.165 

3.183 

10.208 

29.102 

Mechanics  1 
Elect.  Eng.  Theo. 
Probability 
Public  Speaking 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
3 

4 

4 
4 
4 
3 

4 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8» 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

2.130 
5.163 

QUARTER  9# 
Course 

Thermo.  1 
Operations  Res.  II 
I.E.  Elective 
Liberal  Elective 
(Behavioral) 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

1.124 
5.148 
5.161 

Flow/  of  Fluids 
Statistics  II 
Operations  Res.  1 
Liberal  Elective 
(Behavioral) 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10# 
Course                        CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  11  # 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H 

5.130 

5.186 

5.190 

90.257 

Systems  1                    4 
Personnel  <S,  Organ.  4 
Senior  Project           1 
Prof.  Devel.               1 
I.E.  Elective              4 
*Non-Eng.  Elect.         4 

4 
4 
1 
0 
4 
4 

5.131 

Systems  II 
Tech.  Elective 
Tech.  Elective 
'Non-Eng.  Elect. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

*Students  must  elect  a  basic  engineering  science  from  the  following: 

3.184     Elect.  Engr.  Theory  II  4 

2.166     Mechanics  II  4 

2.196     Materials  Science  4 

#Advanced  students  may  take  an  additional  elective  as  overload  with  approval  of  their  adviser  in  these 

quarters. 
**May  be  in  any  College  other  than  Engineering  with  adviser's  approval.  One  of  electives  in  Quarter  10 
or  11  must  be  Liberal  Arts,  Humanities,  or  Social  Science. 


150   /   COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING 

Mechanical  Engineering  Department 

Arthur  R.  Foster,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.Eng. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

John  F.  Dunn,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.  H.  Frederick  Bowman,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.  Nuc.  E.,  Ph.D. 

Welvilie  B.  Nowak,  S.B.,  Ph.D.  Chang-Chi  Chao,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  B.S.,  Ph.D.  William  W.  Chu,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


John  W.  Cipolla,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Bernard  Otterman,  B.S.,  M.S., 


Associate  Professors 

Ralph  S.  Blanchard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Don  A.  Lautman,  B.S.,  Ph.D.  Instructors 

Bertram  S.  Long,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.E.  T.  A.  Balasamaniam,  B.E.,  M.S. 

Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.  Andrew  Levine,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Richard  J.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.       John  Swanson,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Warren  G.  Nelson,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D. 

Thomas  E.  Phalen,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

John  Rossettos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Ralph  Sexton,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Alvin  J.  Yorra,  B.S.,  M.S. 

John  Zotos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Met.E. 

Mechanical  Engineering  has  been  defined  traditionally  as  that  branch  of  engi- 
neering which  deals  with  the  design,  development,  and  manufacture  of  machin- 
ery to  do  work  or  produce  power.  While  accurate,  this  definition  does  not  convey 
the  rapid  changes  and  constant  growth  which  have  characterized  the  field  of 
mechanical  engineering. 

The  mechanical  engineer  plays  an  important  role  in  the  development  of  new 
technologies.  For  example,  he  has  played  a  major  role  in  the  areas  of  space 
technology,  direct  energy  conversion,  nuclear  power,  and  materials  science.  He 
can  be  expected  to  make  important  contributions  in  the  expanding  technologies 
dealing  with  the  environment,  pollution,  transportation,  ecology,  etc. 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  accommodate  the  broadening  demands  upon 
the  mechanical  engineer  by  first  establishing  a  foundation  in  the  basic  sciences 
and  then  permitting  the  student  the  option  of  directing  his  studies  toward  a 
chosen  area  of  interest.  These  areas  of  interest  include  thermofluid  engineering, 
mechanics  and  design,  and  materials  science  and  engineering. 

Thermofluid  Engineering  is  that  branch  of  mechanical  engineering  which 
deals  with  properties  and  characteristics  of  the  working  fluid  of  machines.  For 
example,  the  energy  to  run  a  turbine  is  extracted  from  steam  or  combustion 
gases;  the  ability  of  an  aircraft  to  fly  depends  upon  the  manner  in  which  air  flows 
over  its  lifting  surfaces;  the  efficiency  with  which  a  heat  exchanger  operates 
depends  upon  the  mechanisms  by  which  fluids  transfer  heat  to  surfaces.  Thermo- 
fluid engineering  is  based  upon  the  sciences  of  thermodynamics,  fluid  me- 
chanics, and  heat  transfer.  In  the  upper-class  years,  students  can  pursue  their 
interests  in  this  area  by  electing  advanced  courses  in  these  basic  sciences  as 
well  as  courses  in  nuclear  engineering,  fluid  machinery,  jet  propulsion,  combus- 
tion, and  direct  energy  conversion.  Graduates  with  these  options  are  prepared 
to  enter  such  fields  as  (1)  the  electrical  power  industries,  which  are  concerned 


COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING   /    151 

with  the  production  of  electrical  power  by  conventional  steam  and  nuclear  power 
stations  as  well  as  the  production  of  power  by  direct  energy  conversion;  (2)  pro- 
pulsion, including  conventional  internal  combustion  energy  and  jet  propulsion 
devices;  (3)  aircraft  and  space  industry,  dealing  with  flight  vehicles  and  their 
components;  (4)  heating  and  air-conditioning  industry;  (5)  environmental  indus- 
tries, where  the  specific  knowledge  of  working  fluids  of  machines  is  necessary  to 
evaluate  the  effects  upon  the  environment. 

Mechanics  and  Design  is  based  upon  those  fundamental  scientific  and  mathe- 
matical tools  which  are  utilized  in  the  analysis  of  mechanical  configurations  as 
they  evolve  in  the  design  of  machines  and  power-producing  devices.  Students 
may  elect  courses  with  emphasis  in  the  broad  areas  of  design,  applied  me- 
chanics, and  system  dynamics  and  control. 

Provision  is  made  in  the  design  sequence  to  include,  in  addition  to  the  tradi- 
tional machine  synthesis  experience,  an  interdisciplinary  approach.  Here 
students  can  work  on  projects  with  more  general  technical  and  economic  con- 
siderations, such  as  transportation  systems,  pollution  control  devices,  trash 
disposal,  etc.  Other  students  may  choose  to  acquire  additional  capability  in  the 
area  of  applied  mechanics  by  concentrating  on  such  courses  as  advanced 
strength  of  materials  and  deformation  of  solids,  experimental  stress  analysis, 
vibration,  numerical  and  computer  methods  in  engineering  analysis.  In  the  area 
of  system  dynamics  and  control,  applications  range  from  the  numerical  control 
of  machine  tools  to  the  complex  rigid  body  dynamics  of  space  travel. 

Graduates  in  the  area  of  mechanics  and  design  can  develop  a  career  in  many 
fields,  such  as  transportation,  machinery,  computers,  electronics,  aerospace, 
ocean  engineering,  power  plants,  and  ordnance.  Such  engineers  will  analyze  and 
design  plate  and  shell  components  for  nuclear  power  plants  and  deep-sea 
oceanographic  vehicles.  They  will  develop  new  methods  for  evaluating  filamen- 
tary composite  structures.  In  the  modern  machine  tool  industry  they  will  be 
concerned  with  the  computer  control  of  machine  tools  with  associated  vibration 
problems.  In  the  engine  industry  they  analyze  stresses  in  such  components  as 
turbine  blades.  They  are  needed  as  members  of  the  interdisciplinary  teams  found 
in  the  computer  and  electronics  companies,  where  their  mechanics  and  design 
knowledge  is  indispensable. 

Materials  Science  and  Engineering  is  concerned  with  understanding  the  rela- 
tionships between  the  structure  and  properties  of  materials  (principally  in  the 
solid  state)  and  with  control  of  the  structure  to  achieve  desired  properties. 
Structure  refers  to  the  entire  range  of  physical  configuration:  electronic,  atomic, 
microscopic,  and  macroscopic.  Materials  include  metals,  polymers,  glasses, 
semi-conductors,  ceramics,  wood,  cement,  and  composite  mixtures.  Although  the 
importance  of  the  proper  engineering  use  of  materials  is  obvious,  engineers  only 
recently  have  come  to  appreciate  that  advances  in  materials  science  have  made 
possible  a  base  for  a  more  quantitative  control  of  material  properties.  Engineers 
also  have  come  to  recognize  that  an  understanding  of  the  principles  of  materials 
science  enables  them  to  design  more  creatively  and  with  greater  freedom  than 
before.  Many  engineers  must  communicate  with  materials  specialists  such  as 
metallurgists  or  ceramists,  and  this  has  proven  most  successful  when  each 
knows  the  concepts  and  vocabulary  of  the  other.  Examples  of  areas  where  me- 
chanical engineers  find  materials  properties  a  part  of  the  basic  design  function 


152   /   COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING 

are:  manufacturing  techniques,  structures  (vehicles,  buildings),  energy  con- 
version, electronic  devices  (including  computers),  packaging,  and  prosthetic 
devices.  Although  materials  science  and  engineering  is  an  interdisciplinary 
subject  in  its  own  right,  it  is  included  in  most  engineering  core  curricula.  For 
those  mechanical  engineers  who  desire  further  knowledge  in  the  materials  field, 
additional  courses  are  available. 

A  six-year  BS-MS  program  may  be  elected  by  superior  students.  Graduate 
studies  are  started  in  the  junior  and  senior  years,  partly  in  place  of  some  under- 
graduate work,  and  partly  as  an  overload.  Enough  graduate  credits  are  earned 
by  the  end  of  the  senior  year  so  that  the  40  quarter  hours  required  for  the  MS 
may  be  completed  during  a  single  additional  year  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 


COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING   /    153 


Specimen  Program  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Degree:  B.S.  in  M.E.  Accredited  by  tine  E.C.P.D. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.    OH. 

No. 

9.107 
10.151 
11.204 
12.114 

0-term 

QUARTER  2                                                       QUARTER  3 
Course                        CI.   Q.H.           No.         Course 

Basic  Eng.                  4            4           10.152    Calculus 
Calculus                     4            4           11.205    Physics 
Physics                       4            4           12.115    Gen.  Ghem. 
Gen.  Chem.               4            4           30.115    Great  Themes  in 

Lit. 
courses  may  vary  according  to  assigned  section. 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 

4 

Q.H. 

9.106    Basic  Eng.                  4             4 
10.150    Calculus                      4             4 
11.203    Physics                        4             4 
30.114    Intr.  Lit.                      4             4 

First-year  pattern  of  tw 

4 
4 
4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 

Course 

5 

CI.    Q.H. 

2.165 
10.153 
11.206 
11.110 

Mechanics  1 
Calculus 
Physics 
Physics  Lab. 
Liberal  Elective 

4 

4 

4 

0(3) 

4 

4 
4 
4 

1 
4 

2.166 

2.130 

10.154 

11.111 

Mechanics  II 
Thermo. 
Calculus 
Physics  Lab. 
Liberal  Elective 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 
0(3)         1 
4              4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  7 
Course                        CI.   Q.H 

2.131 
2.167 
2.192 

Thermo. 
Mechanics  III 
Meas.  &  Anal. 
Math  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

2.155 
2.196 

Fluid  Mechs.  1 
Materials  Sc. 
Math  Elective 
Liberal  Elective 

4              4 
4(3)        5 
4             4 

4              4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  9 
Course                        CI.   Q.H 

•Elective 
Elective 
Elective 
Liberal  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

•Elective 
Elective 
Elective 
Liberal  Elective 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

4              4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course                        CI.   Q.H. 

90.257 

•Elective 
Elective 
Elective 

Liberal  Elective 
Prof.  Devel. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

4 
4 
4 
4 
0 

•Elective 
Elective 
Elective 
Liberal  Elective 

4              4 
4              4 
4              4 
4              4 

*See  list  of  electives  below. 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  ELECTIVE  REQUIREMENTS 
^/lechanics:  (2  required) 

Choose  one  from  each  group. 

2.270  Selected  Topics  in  Dynamics  2.168  Strength  of  Materials  A 

2.171  Mechanical  Vibrations  2.169  Strength  of  Materials  B 

2.172  System  Analysis  &  Control  2.173  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids 
rhermodynamics:     (1  required) 

2.150  Heat  Transfer 
Materials:  (1  required) 

2.197  Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials 

2.198  Materials  Processing 
(1  required) 

2.145  Design  Fundamentals 

2.146  Mechanical  Engineering  Design 

2.147  Engineering  Design 
Electrical  Engineering: 

One  elective  course  required. 

FioM       '"  addition  to  the  electives  to  be  fulfilled  as  stated  above,  the  remaining  elective  choices  not  indicated  as  Liberal 
■^lectives  are  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

a)     Three  courses  must  comprise  a  suitable  combination  of  basic  science,  engineering  science,  and/or  mathematics. 

D)     No  niore  than  one  course  may  be  taken  outside  the  Colleges  of  Engineering  and  Liberal  Arts  without  special 


Design: 


154  /   COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 


Six-Year  Option 


Degree:  M.S.  in  M.E. 


FOURTH  YEAR 


students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  program  will  take  10.801  and  10.802 
as  an  overload. 


FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

Cont.  Mechs. 
Systems  Eng. 
Elective 
Elective 
Elective 
Liberal  Elective 
Prof.  Devel. 

CI. 

2 
2 
4 

4 
4 

4 

1 

Q.H. 

2 
2 
4 
4 
4 
4 
0 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

02.801 
02.860 

90.257 

02.802 
02.861 

Cont.  Mechs. 

Systems 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Liberal  Elective 

2 
2 

4 
4 
4 
4 

2 
2 

4 
4 
4 
4 

SIXTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  12 
Course 

CI. 

Q 

H. 

No. 

2.990 
2.991 

QUARTER  13 
Course 

Seminar 

Thesis 

Eiectives 

CI. 

1 
8 

Q.H. 

1 
5 
8 

2.990 
2.991 

Seminar 

Thesis 

Eiectives 

1 
8 

1 
5 
8 

SIX-YEAR    ELECTIVE    REQUIREMENTS 
Mechanics:  (1  required) 

02.168  Strength  of  Materials  A 

02.169  Strength  of  Materials  B 
02.173  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids 

Thermodynamics:    (1  required) 
02 150  Heat  Transfer 


Materials: 


(1  required) 


02.197  Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials 

02.198  Materials  Processing 

Design:  (1  required) 

02.145  Design  Fundamentals 

02.146  Mechanical  Engineering  Design 

02.147  Engineering  Design 

Electrical  Engineering:    (1  required) 

One  elective  course  required. 

In  addition  to  the  eiectives  to  be  fulfilled  as  stated  above,  the  remaining  elective  choices  not  indicated  as  Liberal 
Eiectives  are  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

a)  Three  courses  must  comprise  a  suitable  combination  of  basic  science,  engineering  science,  and/or  mathematics. 

b)  No  more  than  one  course  may  be  taken  outside  the  Colleges  of  Engineering  and  Liberal  Arts  without  special 
permission. 


COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING   /    155 

Biophysics  and  Biomedical 
Engineering  Department 

Samuel  Fine,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.A.,  S.M.,  M.D. 

Biophysics  and  Biomedical  Engineering 

Biophysics  and  biomedical  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  scientific  prin- 
ciples underlying  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  and  their  application  to 
problems  of  biological  significance.  Included  are  investigations  of  processes 
associated  with  biochemical  systems  within  individual  cells  and  within  intact 
organisms. 

Among  the  topics  in  these  areas  are:  the  characterization  and  mechanisms 
of  action  of  natural  and  synthetic  macromolecules;  analysis  of  the  rheology  of 
macromolecular  and  heterogeneous  systems  as  exemplified  by  the  circulation 
of  the  blood;  investigation  of  the  physiological  activities  of  the  various  com- 
ponents of  organ  systems  such  as  the  nervous  system,  the  respiratory  system, 
the  cardiovascular  system,  and  the  endocrine  system. 

Biophysicists  and  biomedical  engineers  are  engaged  in  both  theoretical  and 
experimental  studies,  either  as  independent  investigators  or  as  members  of 
a  research  or  development  group.  The  application  of  coding  and  information 
theory  to  biological  transducers  and  receptor  mechanisms,  and  the  effects  and 
uses  of  electromagnetic  and  particulate  radiation  are  examples  of  the  areas 
studied  in  these  scientific  disciplines. 

Biophysicists  and  biomedical  engineers  are  also  engaged  in  the  design, 
development,  and  application  of  transducers,  cardiac  pacemakers  and  defibril- 
lators, artificial  hearts,  kidneys,  and  limbs,  and  diagnostic  and  therapeutic 
radiological  equipment. 

Thereis  no  special  curriculum  in  Biomedical  Engineering.  Several  of  the 
engineering  disciplines  in  this  catalog  provide  the  engineer  with  a  background 
in  the  physical  sciences.  The  purpose  of  the  Department  of  Biophysics  and  Bio- 
medical Engineering  is  to  assist  the  engineering  student  from  his  freshman 
through  his  senior  year  in  choosing  courses  in  the  biological  sciences  to  com- 
plement those  in  the  physical  sciences  and  humanities  taken  in  the  standard 
engineering  curriculum. 

Courses  will  be  chosen  without  prejudicing  the  student's  obtaining  a  degree 
in  his  field  of  engineering  specialization.  In  some  cases,  courses  in  the  bio- 
logical sciences  can  be  taken  as  additional  course  work  during  the  student's 
career  at  the  University.  In  other  cases,  courses  in  the  biological  sciences  can 
be  taken  as  electives  in  the  standard  engineering  curriculum.  The  opportunity 
to  take  these  courses  is  dependent  on  the  student's  interests,  capabilities, 
and  academic  record.  It  is,  of  course,  limited  by  schedule  conflicts  which 
may  occur. 

Students  who  wish  to  undertake  a  program  in  engineering  which  includes 
biological  sciences  must  contact  the  Department  of  Biophysics  and  Biomedical 
Engineering  on  their  arrival  as  freshmen  at  the  University.  This  is  important 
since  Biology  is  substituted  in  the  first  year  for  a  portion  of  Basic  Engineering. 


156   /   COLLEGE  OF   ENGINEERING 

Since  the  purpose  is  to  orient  the  student  towards  doctoral  studies,  a  student 
undertaking  this  program  should  be  highly  motivated,  academically  superior, 
and  possess  a  high  degree  of  commitment. 

Education  in  a  program  involving  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  pro- 
vides a  sound  foundation  for  future  studies  toward  a  doctorate  in  medicine  or 
dentistry,  or  toward  a  career  as  a  research  scientist  in  a  university,  hospital, 
or  governmental  agency  such  as  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Admin- 
istration or  the  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare.  Industrial 
organizations  interested  in  space-oriented  or  biomedically  oriented  research 
are  also  seeking  individuals  with  qualifications  in  these  areas.  Other  career 
opportunities  include  the  marine  sciences,  the  psychological  sciences,  and 
public  health. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING   /    157 

Graphic  Science  Department 

Wilfred  P.  Rule,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professors  Assistant  Professor 

Franklyn  K.  Brown,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  Robert  G.  Finkenaur,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Borah  L.  Kreimer,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Robert  S.  Lang,  B.S.,  Ed.M.  Instructor 

Kenneth  S.  Woodard,  B.S.  Walter  D.  Herrick,  B.S.,  M.S. 

The  Department  of  Graphic  Science  is  primarily  responsible  for  giving  the 
first-year  engineering  student  a  first  involvement  with  engineering  and  con- 
fronts him  with  some  of  the  typical  problems  he  will  encounter  for  his  profes- 
sional career.  Some  facility  with  the  fundamental  tools  of  engineering  is 
developed  by  completion  of  courses  in  Computer  Programming,  Engineering 
Graphics  and  Introduction  to  Engineering  and  Design.  Case  studies  involving 
problems  in  several  engineering  disciplines  are  analyzed  and  used  to  give  the 
student  a  comprehensive  view  of  engineering  in  general  and  to  examine  some  of 
its  special  characteristics.  As  such  it  is  a  service  department  preparing  the 
student  for  his  later  courses  and  professional  career. 

In  addition  to  preparing  the  engineering  freshman,  the  Department  offers 
upper-class  courses  in  FORTRAN  and  COBOL  programming  to  the  entire  Uni- 
versity community. 


lincoln  college 

William  F.  King,  Director 
Ernest  E.  Mills,  Coordinator  for 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Louis  J.  Nardone,  Coordinator  for 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

Objectives 

Lincoln  College  provides  training  in  engineering  technology.  The  programs  of 
instruction  prepare  the  graduate  for  activities  closely  allied  to  the  field  of 
engineering.  Though  they  are  concerned  with  the  same  general  fields  of  en- 
gineering specialization,  the  programs  are  technological  rather  than  professional 
in  nature.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  rational  processes  in  converting  theories 
and  ideas  into  practical  techniques,  procedures  and  products. 

The  fact  that  current  technology  is  a  cornerstone  of  the  curriculum  carries  the 
implication  that  education  is  a  continuing  process.  The  educational  experience 
progresses  from  the  specific  to  the  more  general  in  concept.  The  curriculum 
provides  the  student  with  the  mathematical  basis  for  dialogue  among  his  con- 
temporaries and  also  exposes  him  to  the  scientific  principles  upon  which  tech- 
nology is  based.  In  addition,  study  of  the  social  sciences  and  humanities 
provides  the  student  an  opportunity  to  broaden  himself. 

Programs  of  Study 

Lincoln  College  offers  five-year  cooperative  programs  in  Mechanical  and 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineer- 
ing Technology  with  specification  according  to  the  curriculum  in  which  the 
student  qualifies.  The  curricula  effectively  prepare  students  for  employment  in 
industry. 

The  academic  program  begins  with  three  quarters  of  full-time  study  during 
which  time  basic  concepts  and  skills,  both  scientific  and  verbal,  are  developed 
for  future  use. 

The  first  year  of  study  is  identical  for  all  technology  students  and  the  field  of 
specialization  is  selected  at  the  end  of  the  freshman  year.  About  four-fifths  of 
the  upper-class  program  is  devoted  to  technological  study,  with  about  one-fifth 
to  humanistic-social  courses.  The  aim  is  to  balance  the  student's  growing  tech- 
nical proficiency  with  a  similar  development  of  his  appreciation  of  the  non- 
technical aspects  of  society  and  culture. 

158 


LINCOLN   COLLEGE   /    159 

Cooperative  work  in  the  branch  of  technology  which  the  student  chooses  will 
begin  upon  completion  of  the  freshman  year  and  continue  throughout  the  re- 
maining upper-class  years.  Work  assignments  during  this  time  will  prove  to  be 
most  valuable  in  helping  integrate  the  important  elements  of  both  a  technical 
and  a  liberal  education.  They  will  be  instrumental  in  teaching  the  value  of 
teamwork  while,  at  the  same  time,  providing  insight  into  the  problems  of  the 
real  world. 

Part-Time  Program  Offered  During  Evening  Hours 

Lincoln  College  also  offers  eight-year  curricula  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  in  the  following  areas: 

Civil  Engineering 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering 
Electrical  Engineering 
Environmental  Control  Engineering 

Classes  are  held  in  the  evenings  and  Saturday  mornings.  Admission  and  course 
requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  degree  under  the  Cooperative  Plan.  For 
further  information  consult  the  evening  bulletin  of  Lincoln  College. 

Admission  Requirements 

It  is  important  that  applicants  for  admission  to  Lincoln  College  complete 
successfully  the  normal  secondary  school  courses.  The  following  subjects  are 
required: 

(A)  Three  units  of  English. 

(B)  Three  units  of  mathematics,  two  of  which  are  in  algebra  and  the  other  in 
plane  geometry  (or  the  equivalent). 

(C)  One  unit  of  physical  science  with  laboratory  (whenever  possible  physics 
or  chemistry). 

Students  in  the  middle  to  upper  third  of  the  class  can  expect  to  have  reason- 
able chance  of  success.  Naturally,  Lincoln  College  must  place  considerable 
weight  on  the  counselor's  evaluation  of  the  student,  since  little  experience  exists 
to  guide  the  selection  of  students  for  the  day  technology  program. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree  must  complete 
all  of  the  prescribed  work  of  the  curriculum  in  which  they  seek  to  qualify.  A 
total  of  approximately  180  quarter  hours  is  required  for  the  degree.  Students 
who  undertake  the  cooperative  education  program  must  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education  before  they  become  eligible  for 
their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  receive 
the  degree  until  he  has  completed  at  least  one  academic  year  at  Northeastern 
immediately  preceding  his  graduation. 

Scholarship  Requirements 

The  degree  conferred  not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  sub- 
jects in  the  selected  course  of  study  but  also  indicates  professional  competence 


I 


160  /   LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

in  the  designated  field  of  specialization.  Those  who  are  clearly  unable  to  meet 
the  accepted  standard  of  attainment  will  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the 
University. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctly  superior  achievement  in  their  academic  work  will  be 
graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of  this 
group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Students  must 
have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six  quarters  before  they  may 
become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Engineering  Technology  Curricula 

To  assist  students  in  choosing  their  field  of  specialization,  a  description  of 
each  of  the  engineering  technology  curricula  together  with  a  short  statement  of 
the  principal  opportunities  available  to  graduates,  follows. 

Electrical  Engineering  Teclinology 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  deals  with  the  design  and  operation  of 
equipment  and  systems  related  to  power,  communications,  data-processing  and 
electrical  control,  its  major  functions  are.-  1)  the  generation,  transmission  and 
distribution  of  electrical  energy  for  light  and  power  purposes;  2)  the  develop- 
ment and  production  of  equipment  for  telephone,  radio,  television,  radar,  and 
communication;  3)  the  design  and  construction  of  data-processing  systems  and 
analog  or  digital  computers;  and  4)  the  application  of  electrical  and  electronic 
devices  in  the  control  of  processes  and  manufacture. 

Employment  opportunities  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  graduate 
are  in  public  and  private  laboratories,  in  engineering  consulting  groups  dealing 
with  industrial  and  plant  applications,  design  organizations  dealing  with  opera- 
tion and  manufacture,  in  sales  engineering,  and  in  the  electric  utility  industry. 

By  choice  of  electives  in  the  upper-class  years  students  may  specialize  in 
the  area  of  Power  Systems  or  Communications. 


LINCOLN  COLLEGE  /   161 


Specimen  Program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.   Q.H. 

4             4 

4             4 

ng     4             4 

4             4 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

2 

CI.    Q.H.           No. 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Calc.  1 
Physics  III 
Intro,  to  Lit.  II 
Computer  Prog. 
Phys.  Lab.  II 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
3 

Q.H. 

10.307    Alg.  &  Trig.  1 
11.317    Physics  1 
30.113    Freshman  Writ 
09.451    Graphics  1 

10.308 
11.318 
30.114 
09.452 
11.173 

Alg.  &  Trig.  II 
Physics  II 
Intro,  to  Lit.  1 
Graphics  II 
Phys.  Lab.  1 

4 
4 
4 
4 
3 

4           10.320 
4           11.319 
4           30.115 
4           09.453 
1            11.174 

4 
4 

4 
4 

1 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course 

01. 

OH. 

10.421 
03.451 
11.420 

Calc.  II 
Cir.  &  Syst.  1 
Physics  IV 
L.A.  Elective 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

10.422 
03.452 
03.420 
03.323 

Calc.  Ill 
Cir.  A  Syst  II 
Physical  Elect. 
E.E.  Lab.  1 
L.A.  Elective 

4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
2 
4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  6 
Course 

CI. 

0 

H. 

No. 

03.430 
03.454 
03.312 
03.410 
03.325 

QUARTER 
Course 

Energy  Conv. 
Cir.  &  Syst.  IV 
Elect  II 
Elect.  Meas. 
E.E.  Lab.  Ill 

7 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 

Q.H. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
2 

03.460 
03  453 
03.311 
39.105 
03.324 

Eng.  Analysis  1 
Cir.  ASyst.  Ill 
Elect.  1 
Prin.  of  Econ. 
E.E.  Lab.  II 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 
2 

FOURTH  YEA« 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

9 

CI. 

Q.H. 

03.470 
03.313 
03.327 

Digt.  Computers        4 
Elect.  Ill                    4 
E.E.  Lab  IV                4 
Tech  Elect.  (A  or  B)  4 

4 
4 
2 
4 

03.477 
03.328 

Control  Eng.  1 
E.E.  Lab  V 
L.A.  Elective 
Tech.  Elect. 
(A  or  B) 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
2 

4 

4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  10 
Course 

CI. 

0 

H. 

No. 

03.437 
03.461 
02.451 

QUARTER 
Course 

Dist.  Syst. 
Eng.  Anal.  II 
or  Mechanics  A 
Tech.  Elect. 
L.A.  Elective 

11 

! 

CI. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

Q.H. 

4 

4 
4 
4 

03.478 
03.329 

Control  Eng.  II 
E.E.  Lab  VI 
L.A.  Elective 
Tech.  Elect. 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
2 

4 
4 

Technical  Elective  A:  Power  Systems  Sequence 

Technical  Elective  B:  Communication  Engineering  Sequence 


162   /    LINCOLN   COLLEGE 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  deals  with  the  harnessing  of  power  re- 
sources by  means  of  machinery  to  perform  useful  work.  In  contrast  to  civil 
engineering  which  deals  primarily  with  static  forces  and  structures,  mechanical 
engineering  is  more  concerned  with  the  motion  and  kinetics  of  devices  which 
are  activated  by  hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical,  or  thermodynamic  forces. 
Major  functions  of  the  mechanical  engineer  are:  1)  design  and  installation  of  all 
kinds  of  machinery  from  pocket  watches  to  the  largest  of  steel-boring  mills; 
2)  development  and  production  of  engines  and  transportation  equipment  (auto- 
mobile, aircraft,  ship,  railway,  etc.);  3)  construction  and  operation  of  furnaces 
and  boilers  as  well  as  heating  and  air-conditioning  equipment  for  the  control  of 
atmospheric  and  environmental  conditions. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  graduates 
are  in  the  areas  of  1)  research,  design  or  development;  2)  production,  operation, 
testing  or  control;  and  3)  installation,  maintenance  and  sales.  In  performing 
these  functions,  graduates  will  work  in  close  association  with  professionals  in 
the  field  and  may  develop  technological  skills  to  function  independently  and  in 
positions  of  managerial  responsibility. 


LINCOLN   COLLEGE  /    163 


Specimen  Program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

10.308 
11.318 
30.114 
09.452 
11.173 

QUARTER  2 
Course 

Alg.  &  Trig.  II 
Physics  II 
Intro,  to  Lit.  1 
Graphics  II 
Phys.  Lab  1 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
2 

Q.H.            No. 

4  10.320 
4  11.319 
4  30.115 
4  09.453 
1            11.174 

QUARTER  3 
Course 

Calc.  1 
Phys.  Ill 
Intro,  to  LiL  II 
Computer  Prog. 
Phys.  Lab.  II 

CI. 

4 
4 
4 
4 
2 

Q.H. 

10.307    Alg.  &  Trig.  1 
11.317    Physics  1 
30.113    Freshman  Writing 
09,451    Graphics  1 

4             4 
4             4 
4             4 
4               4 

4 
4 
4 
4 
1 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  4 
Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

5 

CI.    Q.H. 

10.421 
02.451 
09.414 

(or  LA 

Calc.  II 
Mech.  A 
Prod.  Drawg. 
Machine  Shop 
.  Elective  on  petitior 

4 
4 
4 
3&4 

1 

4 
4 
4 
4 

10.422 
02.452 
02.404 
02.441 

Calc.  Ill 
Mech.  B 
Stress  Anal.  A 
Materials  A 

4 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

with  experience) 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER  7 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

0. 

H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

02.453 
02.405 
02.431 
02.421 
39.116 

Mech.  C 
Stress  Anal.  B 
Mech.  Lab.  1 
Thermo  A 
Prin.  of  Econ. 

4 
4 
3 
4 
4 

4 
4 
2 
4 
4 

03.420 
02.432 
02.422 
02.461 

Elec.  &  Elec.  1 
Heat  Lab.  1 
Thermo  B 
Fluid  Mech.  A 

4 
3 

4 
4 

4 
2 

4 
4 

FOURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

0. 

H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

02.407 
02.433 
02.462 

Mech.  Des.  A            4 
Mech.  Lab.  II            3 
Fluid  Mech.  B           2 
Tech.  Elective           4 
B.A.  Elective  or 
Ind.  Eng.  Elective  4 

4 
2 
2 
4 

4 

02.408 
02.434 
02.423 

Mech.  Des.  B 
Mech.  Lab.  Ill 
Thermo.  C 
Tech.  Elective 
L.A.  Elective 

2 

3 
4 
4 
4 

2 
2 
4 
4 
4 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

12.481 
02.435 
02.424 

Nuclear  Tech. 
Heat  Lab.  II 
Thermo  D 
Tech.  Elect. 
L.A.  Elect. 

4 
3 
2 
4 

4 

4 
2 
2 
4 
4 

02.436 

Project  Lab. 
Tech.  Elect. 
Tech.  Elect. 
L.A.  Elect. 

6 
4 
4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 

college  of  liberal  arts 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean 

Ruth  Karp,  Assistant  Dean 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Assistant  Dean 

Aims 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  seeks  to  guide  young  men  and  women  toward 
Intellectual  maturity.  The  mature  person  is  aware  of  the  significant  phenomena 
of  the  world  and  has  the  ability  to  cope  with  them  effectively  and  creatively. 

To  help  the  student  understand  the  conditions  of  man's  existence,  the  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts  makes  available  to  him  the  study  of  ideas  and  experiences 
that  are  the  subject  matter  of  a  variety  of  disciplines.  To  prepare  him  to  play  an 
effective  role  in  the  world,  a  departmental  curriculum  helps  him  to  master  the 
concepts  and  methods  of  a  specific  discipline.  Detailed  study  of  an  academic 
field  is  essential  to  liberal  education,  for  only  through  specialization  can  a  stu- 
dent acquire  insight  into  the  intellectual  processes  which  form  the  basis  of  all 
knowledge.  Broader  study  is  equally  necessary,  for  only  through  a  variety  of 
inquiries  can  a  student  gain  perspective  about  himself  as  an  individual  and 
about  the  relevance  of  his  knowledge  to  society. 

Northeastern  University's  Cooperative  Plan  contributes  to  a  liberal  education 
by  providing  valuable  opportunities  for  the  student  to  test  and  extend  his 
understanding  of  the  complex  world  and  of  his  special  field  through  direct 
experience  and  practical  application. 

At  best,  however,  the  brevity  of  his  own  undergraduate  experience  and  the 
vastness  of  human  experience  permit  the  student  only  to  start  his  education. 
Education  is  an  unending  process  because  man's  understanding  of  the  world 
continually  changes  and  grows.  Consequently,  the  most  enduring  contribution  a 
college  of  liberal  arts  can  make  is  to  help  the  individual  acquire  the  skill  and 
motivation  to  continue  his  intellectual  development  throughout  his  life. 

Methods 

To  enable  each  student  to  plan  a  college  program  in  keeping  with  his  own 
interests  and  aptitudes,  a  wide  range  of  courses  is  offered.  This  does  not 
mean  that  students  are  free  to  elect  courses  indiscriminately.  A  definite  series 
of  basic  courses  in  each  curriculum  is  recommended  by  the  faculty.  These 
basics  should  be  largely  concentrated  in  the  first  two  years  of  curriculum. 

164 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    165 

Through  a  system  of  faculty  advisers,  each  student  is  guided  in  his  selec- 
tion of  courses  in  an  effort  to  provide  a  total  educational  experience  best  suited 
to  his  aims  and  capabilities.  During  his  sophomore  year  each  student  selects 
a  major  field  of  specialization  and  thereafter  becomes  closely  identified  with 
that  field,  with  its  faculty  and  with  other  students  in  the  same  major. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
Cooperative  Plan,  which  provides  gainful  employment  or  experiential  assign- 
ments relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  students.  In  all  Liberal  Arts  majors,  students 
may  exercise  a  choice  between  the  five-year  Cooperative  Plan  and  a  four-year 
full-time  program. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  three  broad  areas  of  study.   Since  the 
freshman-year  program  is  different  in  each  of  these  areas,  entrance  require 
ments  also  vary. 
All  curricula: 

Subject  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Modern  language  (at  least  2  years)  2 

Mathematics  (at  least  1  year)  1 

Science  (at  least  1  year)  1 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  4 

Electives,  not  more  than  4 

15 
The  following  curricula  must  include  these  mathematics  and  science  units: 
Biology  and  Chemistry  curricula  (including  Premedical  Technology) 

Algebra,  through  quadratics,  and 

Plane  Geometry  3  units 

Biology  and  Chemistry  2  units 

Physics  and  Mathematics  Curricula 

Applicants  are  required  to  show  particular  strength  in  mathe- 
matics through  the  full  sequence  of  college  preparatory  courses. 
In  addition,  the  successful  completion  of  physics  is  required. 

Graduation  Requirements 
Degrees 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  awards  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  to  qualified 
candidates  who  have  completed  one  of  the  curricula  outlined  on  the  follow- 
ing pages. 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  to  candi- 
dates who  formally  declare  their  intention  of  meeting  the  program  requirements 
for  this  degree. 


166   /   COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Quantitative  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  must  complete 
eleven  academic  quarters  with  a  full  course  load  (normally  about  16  quarter 
hours)  in  each  quarter.  In  a  maximum  of  three  quarters,  he  may  carry  a  load  that 
is  lighter  by  one  course  (normally  about  12  quarter  hours).  A  student  who  has 
been  granted  permission  to  carry  more  than  a  full  load  for  several  quarters  may 
graduate  after  fewer  than  eleven  quarters. 

if  credit  for  work  elsewhere  is  transferred  to  Northeastern,  the  quantitative 
requirement  will  be  reduced  at  the  rate  of  one  term  for  each  sixteen  quarter 
hours  of  transferred  credit.  However,  either  the  last  three  full  quarters  (twelve 
courses)  or  at  least  75  percent  of  the  credit  for  the  degree  must  be  taken  at 
Northeastern. 

Curricular  Requirements 

All  degree  candidates  must  complete  two  quarters  of  Freshman  English.  In  ad- 
dition, candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  must  have  completed  at  least  40  hours 
of  credit  in  courses  outside  the  area  of  concentration  and  a  language  proficiency 
requirement  described  below.  At  least  16  quarter  hours  must  be  in  each  of  the 
two  other  areas:  e.g.,  16  quarter  hours  in  one  and  24  quarter  hours  in  the  other, 
or  20  quarter  hours  in  each,  from  the  areas  of  study  listed  below: 

Humanities:  Art,  Drama,  Literature,  Modern  Languages  (all  courses  except 
those  elementary  courses  which  are  used  to  satisfy  the  language  requirement), 
Music,  Philosophy,  Journalism,  Speech. 

Social  Sciences:  Economics,  History,  Political  Science,  Psychology  (except 
laboratory  courses),  Sociology,  Anthropology. 

Science  and  Mathematics:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  Earth  Sciences, 
Physics,  Psychology  (laboratory  courses  only). 

A  candidate  for  the  B.A.  must  have  attained  the  degree  of  proficiency  in  a 
language  other  than  his  mother  tongue  indicated  by  passing  an  intermediate- 
level  college  course  or  by  meeting  a  comparable  criterion.  This  requirement  will 
be  regarded  as  satisfied  for  students  who  earned  an  average  grade  of  C  or  better 
in  a  full  four-year  language  sequence  in  secondary  school  and  for  students  for 
whom  English  is  a  foreign  language.  Other  students  may  satisfy  the  requirement 
by  passing  a  proficiency  examination.  Students  who  have  not  met  the  require- 
ment at  matriculation  will  ordinarily  take  an  intermediate-level  course  in  the 
language  presented  for  admission,  but  those  with  exceptionally  weak  preparation 
may  be  placed  in  a  lower-level  course  for  a  quarter.  Alternatively,  a  student  may 
satisfy  this  requirement  with  two  years  (four  quarters)  of  a  new  language. 

Self-planned  Program.  A  student  may  petition  the  Dean  of  the  College  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  B.A.  degree  without  a  departmental  major:  i.e.,  with  an 
independent  major.  The  petition  must  include  a  proposed  program  which  the 
student  intends  to  follow.  Based  on  the  rationale  of  his  petition  he  will  be 
assigned  to  one  or  more  faculty  advisers  willing  to  serve  as  his  academic 
"home  base". 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    167 

Required  courses  in  departmental  majors  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  are  outlined  on  the  following  pages.  Upon  petition  to  the  faculty,  substi- 
tutions may  be  permitted  in  exceptional  cases  when  required  by  the  specific 
vocational  objective  of  the  student. 

Requirements  for  an  independent  major  and  in  programs  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  should  be  discussed  in  advance  with  a  counselor 
in  the  Dean's  office. 

During  the  last  year  students  in  all  curricula  may  take  90.251  Placement 
Techniques,  designed  to  prepare  them  for  placement  in  specific  positions  in 
their  chosen  vocational  field.  Under  expert  guidance  each  student  prepares  a 
complete  personnel  record,  studies  himself  or  herself  and  the  opportunities 
that  are  open,  and  works  out  a  complete  campaign  for  obtaining  after- 
graduation  employment. 

Students  who  undertake  the  cooperative  education  program  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education  before  they  become 
eligible  for  their  degrees. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

An  average  grade  of  C  is  required  for  graduation. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctly  superior  achievement  in  their  academic  work  will 
be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of 
this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Students 
must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six  quarters  before 
they  may  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Premedical  and  Predental  students 

A  student  wishing  to  study  toward  a  career  in  medicine  or  dentistry  should 
arrange  a  brief  interview  with  the  Premedical  Advisory  Committee  as  soon  as 
possible  after  he  decides  on  this  goal,  for  the  purpose  of  learning  about  the 
minimal  curricular  requirements  for  admission  to  professional  schools,  and  the 
scheduling  of  the  required  Medical  College  Admissions  and  Dental  Aptitude 
Tests.  These  tests  may  be  taken  more  than  a  year  before  the  admission  date. 

Combined  Program  with  Professional  Schools 

Students  who  have  completed  at  least  three-quarters  of  the  work  required 
for  the  baccalaureate  degree  at  Northeastern  University  before  entering  an  ap- 
proved professional  school  of  dentistry,  law,  or  medicine,  will  be  granted  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  at  the  end  of  the  second  year  in  professional  school, 
provided  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  work  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  has  been 
earned  in  residence  at  Northeastern  and  all  other  graduation  requirements 
have  been  fulfilled.  The  residence  requirement  at  Northeastern  University  must 
have  been  completed  immediately  prior  to  entrance  into  the  professional 
school.  Under  this  plan  preprofessional  students  may  reduce  by  one  year  the 
time  ordinarily  required  for  obtaining  both  degrees. 


168   /   COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Honors  Program 

Juniors  and  seniors  witji  superior  accomplishments  in  their  majors  and  a 
high  overall  average  may  be  invited  to  do  honors  work  during  their  last 
three  quarters.  Individual  departments  design  their  own  honors  programs  which 
may  call  for  students  participating  in  honors  seminars,  undertaking  independent 
study,  or  carrying  on  a  special  research  project  culminating  in  an  honors  thesis. 
Whatever  the  specific  departmental  requirements  may  be,  the  honors  student 
will  be  encouraged  to  develop  his  own  talents  and  interests,  and  he  will  receive 
careful  individual  supervision. 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  has  established  these  standards  for  honors  work 
eligibility:  a  candidate  must  have  a  minimum  average  of  3.0  through  the  seventh 
quarter  of  his  college  work;  he  must  have  no  F's  or  I's,  no  C's  or  D's  in  his 
major  field,  and  no  D's  in  courses  required  for  graduation  outside  his  major  field. 
Sometimes,  with  the  approval  of  the  major  department  and  the  Honors  Commit- 
tee, exceptions  can  be  made.  The  Honors  Committee  will  invite  all  eligible 
students  to  apply  for  the  program  and  will  review  applications  from  students 
normally  not  eligible  but  asking  for  special  consideration. 

The  Honors  Committee  and  the  candidate's  major  department  will,  of  course, 
insist  that  the  work  for  honors  remain  consistently  excellent.  Should  a  student 
fall  below  standard,  his  program  will  be  subject  to  review. 

For  Nurses 

Northeastern  University  offers  instruction  in  the  sciences,  humanities,  and 
social  studies  for  student  nurses  from  the  New  England  Deaconess  and 
Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center  Schools  of  Nursing. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    169 

Art  Department 

Robert  L.  Wells,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Associate  Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Ronald  C.  Davis,  A.B.,  M.Ed.  Samuel  S.  Bishop,  B.A.,  M.A., 

Wheaton  A.  Holden,  A.B.,  M.A.,  M.F.A. 

Ph.D.  Leonard  M.  Havens,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Peter  Serenyi,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 


The  Art  Department  offers  courses  covering  the  history  and  evolution  of 
architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  graphic  arts,  minor  arts,  photography  and  film 
art  with  emphasis  on  styles,  techniques  and  cultural  implications.  The  objective 
is  to  give  the  student  a  working  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  art. 


170   /   COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Biology  Department 

Francis  D.  Crisley,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Fred  A.  Barkley,  Ph.D.  H.  David  Ahlberg,  Ph.D. 

Charles  Gainor,  Ph.D.  Pooran  C.  Joshi,  Ph.D. 

Charles  M.  Goolsby,  Ph.D.  Helen  Lambert,  Ph.D. 

Abdul-Karim  Khudairi,  Ph.D.  Shafiq  Shukri,  ABSM 

Nathan  W.  Riser,  Ph.D. 

Lecturer 
Associate  Professors  Dade  T.  Curtis,  M.A. 

Charles  Ellis,  Ph.D. 

Janis  Z.  Gabliks,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D.  Instructor 

Charles  Meszoely,  Ph.D.  Kalil  S.  Boghdan,  M.S. 

Patricia  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  V.  Pearincott,  Ph.D. 
Fred  A.  Rosenberg,  Ph.D. 
Henry  0.  Werntz,  Ph.D. 

Biological  scientists  today  study  all  phases  of  the  world  of  living  things 
from  microbes  to  men.  Among  the  members  of  the  biology  faculty  are  spe- 
cialists in  the  study  of  plants  (botany),  animals  (zoology),  and  microorganisms 
(microbiology).  Among  the  other  specialties  represented  are  the  study  of  the 
environment  of  living  things  (ecology),  their  life  processes  and  activities 
(physiology),  and  the  mechanisms  of  inheritance  (genetics).  The  Department 
attempts  to  present  a  balanced  program  of  biology  ranging  from  the  study  of 
communities  of  organisms  dov^^n  to  the  molecular  level. 

By  majoring  in  biology  a  student  can  also  prepare  for  many  different  occu- 
pations in  the  biological  sciences,  and  for  dentistry,  medicine,  or  teaching. 

The  program  of  a  Biology  major  consists  of  10  courses  in  addition  to  the  re- 
quired chemistry,  physics,  and  mathematics  courses  given  in  the  specimen 
program.  Six  of  these  are  organized  into  a  sequence  of  required  core  courses 
without  which  the  undergraduate  biologist  cannot  function  well  in  taking  upper- 
class  electives,  pursuing  graduate  work  or  in  preparing  for  medical,  dental, 
teaching,  or  other  professional  careers.  Courses  in  the  "lower  tier"  of  these  are 
18.131  General  Biology,  18.132  Animal  Biology,  and  18.133  Plant  Biology.  They 
are  generally  prerequisite  to  the  "upper  tier,"  18.134  Environmental  and  Popula-. 
tion  Biology,  18.135  Genetics  and  Developmental  Biology,  and  18.136  Ceil  Biol- 
ogy, and  the  student  is  advised  to  take  the  core  program  in  its  proper  sequence 
prior  to  taking  his  minimum  of  4  upper-class  electives.  This  is  usually  possible 
if  the  student  has  decided  on  his  major  in  his  freshman  or  sophomore  year.  For 
students  who  may  decide  to  enter  the  major  in  their  middler  year,  and  provid- 
ing the  chemistry,  physics,  and  mathematics  requirements  can  be  met,  it  is 
possible  to  complete  a  major  by  taking  some  of  the  electives  concomitantly  with 
core  requirements.  Transfer  students,  students  with  unusual  backgrounds  or 
special  needs  and  problems,  and  others  who  feel  they  can  qualify  for  elective 
courses  without  meeting  the  stated  prerequisites,  are  asked  to  consult  with  the 
Department's  Undergraduate  Advisory  and  Honors  Committee  and  the  course 
instructor  concerning  permission  to  enter  the  desired  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    171 

One  or  more  members  of  the  Advisory  Committee  are  usually  available  for 
immediate  consultation  on  all  types  of  curriculum  matters  at  any  time  the 
need  should  arise.  Their  names,  and  campus  addresses  are^posted  in  many  prom- 
inent places  within  the  Department's  laboratory  and  office  areas. 


172   /   COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Chemistry  Department 

Karl  Weiss,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

W.  Fay  Luder,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
Albert  Soloway,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Alfred  Viola,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Saverio  Zuffanti,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professors 

Fletcher  S.  Boig,  S.B.,  M.S., 

Ed.M. 
William  E.  Cass,  Ph.B.,  Ph.D. 
Bill  C.  Giessen,  Dr.  Sc.  Nat. 
David  M.  Howell,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Conrad  M.  Jankowski,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 
Elmer  E.  Jones,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 
Barry  L.  Karger,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 
John  L.  Roebber,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
Efthalia  J.  Spinos,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Robert  N.  Wiener,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Donald  C.  Clagett,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Geoffrey  Davies,  B.Sc.  (Hons.),  Ph.D. 
Robert  B.  Davis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
J.  Robert  Huber,  Dipl.  Ing., 

Dr.  Sc.  Tech. 
Harry  E.  Keller,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Reiff,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Laboratory  Supervisor 

Bernard  J.  Lemire,  B.S. 


The  Chemistry  curricula  have  three  aims.-  firstly,  to  provide  the  intellectual 
stimulation  and  discipline  of  studying  a  physical  science  within  the  context  of 
the  liberal  arts;  secondly,  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  in  chemistry; 
and  finally,  to  impart  a  grasp  of  basic  principles  and  techniques  which  are 
important  in  a  variety  of  careers  related  to  chemistry.  The  Chemistry  major  pro- 
grams can  also  serve  to  prepare  students  for  the  study  of  medicine  and  dentistry. 

The  requirements  for  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees  in  Chemistry  are  incorporated 
in  the  following  specimen  programs,  which  are  based  on  five-year  cooperative 
courses  of  study.  Regular  four-year  courses  of  study  are  also  available.  The 
Department  maintains  a  committee  of  advisers  for  students  at  all  levels  who 
should  be  consulted  about  variations  in  the  listed  programs  and  other  curricular 
matters. 


COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS   /    173 

Specimen  B.A.  Program  in  Chemistry 
(Cooperative) 

The  B.S.  program  meets  the  requirements  of  certification  by  the  American 
Chemical  Society.  For  the  B.A.  degree  certification  may  be  achieved  by  selecting 
German  or  Russian  as  a  modern  language,  and  by  electing  12.213,  12.253,  and 
advanced  series  of  mathematics  electives  and  an  advanced  laboratory  or  research. 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER 

2 

QUARTER  3 

No.         Course 

CI.    OH. 

No.         Course 

CI.    Q.H.            No. 

Course 

Ci. 

Q.H. 

10.181    Calculus  1 
12.103  *Gen.  Chem. 
30.113    English 

Mod.  Lang. 

4              4 
4(3)         5 
4              4 
4              4 

10.182    Calculus  II 
11.117    Physics 
12.104  *Gen  Chem. 
Mod.  Lang. 

4 
4 

4(3) 
4 

4           10.183 

4  12.105 

5  30.114 
4 

Calculus  III 
Anal.  Chem. 
English 
Elective 

4 

4(3) 

4 

4 

5 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER 

4 

QUARTER 

5 

No. 

Course 

Physics 
Physics  Lab 
Org.  Chem. 
Mod.  Lang. 
Elective 

CI.    Q.H. 

4             4 
(3)        1 

3  3 

4  4 

4 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H- 

11.118 
11.124 
12.153 

11.119 
11.125 
12.154 

Physics 
Physics  Lab 
Org.  Chem. 
Mod.  Lang. 
Elective 

4             4 

(3)        1 

3(6)        5 

4             4 

4 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER 

6 

QUARTER 

7 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

Cl.    Q.H. 

12.155 
12.166 

Org.  Chem. 
Phys.  Chem. 
Electives 

3(6)        5 

3             3 

8 

12.169 
12.185 
12.200 
12.201 

Phys.  Chem. 
Inorg.  Chem. 
Princ.  Exptl.  Chem 
Integ.  Chem. 

Lab.  1 
Electives 

3             3 

2             2 

.  2             2 

(6)        2 
8 

FOURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 

8 

QUARTER 

9 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

12.170 
12.181 
12.202 

Phys.  Chem. 

Instr.  Anal. 

Integ.  Chem. 

Lab.  II 

Electives 

3             3 
3             3 

(9)        3 
8 

Adv.  Chem. 

Elective 
Electives 

3-4 
12 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 

10 

QUARTER 

11 

No. 

Course 

Electives 

— 

CI.    Q.H. 
12-16 

No. 

Course 

Electives 

— 

CI.    Q.H. 
12-16 

*Students  may  be  excused  from  these  courses  by  passing  an  equivalency  test.  In  this  case  electives  may 
be  substituted. 


174   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Specimen  B.S.  Program  in  Chemistry 
(Cooperative) 

The  B.S.  Program  meets  the  requirements  for  Certification  by  the  American 
Chemical  Society.  It  includes  the  courses  specified  in  the  B.A.  Program,  plus 
the  additional  requirements  listed  below. 

The  Modern  Language  requirement  is  retained  in  the  B.S.  program,  and  the 
language  chosen  must  be  either  German  or  Russian. 

The  following  courses  are  substituted  for  a  lil<e  number  of  Electives  listed  in 
the  B.A.  program: 

10.207  Diff.  Equations 

(in  Quarter  5) 
12.213  Adv.  Inorg.  Chem. 

(in  Quarter  9) 
12.253   Ident.  Org.  Compounds 

(in  Quarter  9) 
Adv.  Science  or  Math. 

Elective      (in  Quarters  9-11) 
Adv.  Lab.  or  Research 

(in  Quarters  9-11) 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    175 

Drama  and  Speech  Department 

Eugene  J.  Blackman,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Associate  Professor  Instructors 

Mort  S.  Kaplan,  B.A.,  M.A.  Barry  L.  Bailey,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Anthony  A.  Buglio,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Assistant  Professors  Marcia  M.  Littlefield,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Carl  W.  Eastman,  B.A.,  M.A.  Catherine  L.  Rothbard,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Jerrold  Phillips,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Michael  L.  Woodnick,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Studying  for  the  theatre  can  prepare  a  student  for  professional,  educational 
and  community  theatre  (in  lighting,  designing,  publicizing,  criticizing,  orga- 
nizing the  business  forces,  preparing  budgets,  estimating  costs,  creating  and 
executing  costumes,  directing,  acting,  playwriting),  and  for  many  other  theatre- 
allied  professions  —  journalistic  play  reviewing,  public  relations  and  advertis- 
ing, television  and  radio  production  and  writing,  interior  decorating.  The 
student  of  drama  can  cultivate  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  one  of 
society's  main  civilizing  forces;  develop  the  creative,  emotional,  and  intel- 
lectual powers,  the  standard  of  taste  and  craftsmanship;  and  bring  insight  into 
human  behavior  and  emotion. 


176   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Earth  Sciences  Department 

J.  Rosson  Overcash,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.A.,  A.M.T. 
Associate  Professors  Instructor 

Bernard  L.  Gordon,  B.S.,  M.S.  Conrad  K.  Casarjian,  B.A.,  M.A. 

David  L.  Wiimarth,  B.S.,  Ed.M., 
Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Walter  Manger,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Lillian  Morgenstern,  A.B.,  A.M., 

Ph.D. 
William  A.  Newman,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Richard  D.  Ruggles,  A.B.,  A.M. 

The  Department  of  Earth  Sciences  offers  a  major  in  Geology  leading  to  either 
the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  While  the  programs  of  study 
are  similar,  addditional  science  requirements  in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  program 
take  the  place  of  the  language  requirement  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  program.  In 
addition  to  the  required  introductory  course,  as  well  as  courses  in  minerals  and 
rocks  (petrology),  the  geology  student  has  electives  that  give  him  a  thorough 
introduction  to  the  field.  More  detailed  study  of  a  geological  specialty  would  be 
carried  out  in  graduate  school. 

In  addition  to  Geology,  the  Department  also  offers  courses  in  geography, 
oceanography  and  astronomy  primarily  for  two  groups  of  students:  1.  Liberal 
Arts  upper-class  students  desiring  an  elective  in  the  area;  2.  Education  students 
majoring  in  the  teaching  of  earth  sciences. 

Students  majoring  in  geology  must  take  at  least  48  quarter  hours  (12  quarter 
courses)  in  geology.  All  Geology  majors  will  take: 

16.141-16.142  Physical-Historical 

Geology 
16.147-16.148  Mineralogy  I  and  II 
16.149  Petrology 

16.271  Geology  Seminar 

The  Geology  Seminar  (16.271)  is  taken  in  the  senior  year.  The  other  required- 
geology  courses  should  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  7th  quarter  as  a  major. 
The  student  will  select  a  minimum  of  six  additional  geology  electives  from  the 
departmental  offerings. 

In  addition  to  the  geology  courses,  the  Geology  major  must  have  a  foundation 
in  mathematics,  chemistry,  and  physics.  Courses  in  these  areas  are  normally 
taken  during  the  first  two  years. 

Students  interested  in  majoring  in  geology  should  contact  Prof.  Overcash  for 
planning  an  initial  program.  Upper-class  majors  will  be  assigned  a  departmental 
adviser  according  to  area  of  interest. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    177 


Economics  Department 

Morris  A.  Horowitz,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Ph.D. 


Professors 


Irwin  L.  Herrnstadt,  Ph.D. 
Gustav  Schachter,  Ph.D. 
Donald  Shelby,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Ph.D. 
Bruce  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
Ernest  M.  DeCicco,  Ph.D. 
Harold  M.  Goldstein,  Ph.D. 
Sidney  Herman,  M.S. 
Peggy  Musgrave,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Douglas  Brown,  Ph.D. 
Charlotte  Chamberlain,  Ph.D. 
Craig  G.  Coelen,  M.A. 
David  E.  Kidder,  Ph.D. 
Harvey  Lapan,  Ph.D. 
Steven  M.  Swanson,  M.A. 

Instructors 

David  L.  Anderson,  M.A. 
Jerry  Cromwell,  M.A. 
Pawan  K.  Sawhney,  M.A. 
Andrew  Sum,  M.A. 


Economics  is  the  study  of  the  allocation  of  scarce  resources  among  alter- 
native ends. 

The  economics  curriculum  has  a  threefold  objective:  to  give  the  student  an 
understanding  of  the  functioning  of  the  economy;  to  provide  an  appreciation  of 
current  economic  problems  and  policy;  and  to  provide  the  student  with  the  basic 
tools  necessary  for  economic  analysis. 

Students  who  satisfactorily  complete  this  curriculum  should  be  prepared  to 
enter  a  graduate  program  in  economics,  government  service,  or  private  industry. 


178   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


English  Department 

Paul  C.  Wermuth,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Chairman 


Professors 


James  T.  Barrs,  Ph.D. 
Victor  E.  Howes,  Ph.D. 
Samuel  F.  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Franklin  Norvish,  IVI.A. 
Reva  Stump,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Robert  J.  Blanch,  Ph.D. 
Raymond  E.  Blois,  Ph.D. 
George  Khiralla,  A.M. 
M.  X.  Lesser,  Ph.D. 
Lloyd  A.  Skiffington,  M.A. 
Herbert  L.  Sussman,  Ph.D. 
Stanley  Trachtenberg,  Ph.D. 
Arthur  Weitzman,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Samuel  J.  Bernstein,  Ph.D. 
Andrew  Dillon,  Ph.D. 
Gerald  R.  Griffin,  Ph.D. 
John  Kazantzi,  Ph.D. 
Norma  Kroll,  Ph.D. 
James  McArdle,  M.A. 
James  Nagel,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors  (Continued) 

Jane  Nelson,  Ph.D. 
Robert  B.  Parker,  Ph.D. 
Martin  L.  Robbins,  Ph.D. 
Kinley  Roby,  Ph.D. 
Donald  Roemer,  Ph.D. 
Ruth  E.  Sullivan,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Westlund,  Ph.D. 
Richard  Yoder,  Ph.D. 

Lecturer 

Joseph  B.  DeRoche,  M.F.A. 
Instructors 

Ralph  Bevilaqua,  M.A. 
Francis  Blessington,  Ph.D. 
Michael  Finney,  M.A. 
Gary  Goshgarian,  M.A. 
Alicia  Korzeniowska,  M.A. 
Geralynne  McKenna,  M.A. 
Brian  O'Brien,  M.A. 
P.  Gila  Reinstein,  M.A. 
Phyllis  Roth,  M.A. 
Steven  Sands,  Ph.D. 
Evelyn  Shakir,  M.A. 
Thomas  Smythe,  M.A. 
Martin  Tropp,  M.A. 


The  English  curriculum  is  diverse  and  multifold:  it  provides  training  in 
writing,  linguistics,  and  literature  for  the  general  university  community;  gives 
substantial  preparation  in  the  discipline  for  those  going  on  to  graduate  schools 
in  English;  and  offers  intellectual  and  cultural  background  for  those  specializing, 
or  preparing  for  graduate  school,  in  other  fields. 

The  standard  curriculum  consists  of  13  four-hour  courses  beyond  the  fresh- 
man English  requirement,  distributed  as  follows:  English  Lit.  I  (170)  and  II 
(171),  any  two  courses  in  American  Literature,  Poetry  Analysis  (110),  Funda- 
mentals of  the  English  Language  (121),  or  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (120), 
Shakespeare  (250  or  251),  three  Figure  or  Period  courses  (one  each  in  medieval, 
eighteenth  century,  and  nineteenth  century),  two  free  electives,  and  a  senior 
seminar  course.  (This  last  may  be  Senior  Honors,  the  Senior  Seminar,  or  one  of 
the  "Studies"  courses.) 

English  majors  may  elect  two  courses  in  the  Drama  Dept.,  which  count  toward 
the  major;  but  those  chosen  must  be  drama  rather  than  theatre  courses. 

English  majors  may  also  elect  two  courses  in  journalism,  as  long  as  they  are 
writing  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS   /    179 

History  Department 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Ph.D. 

Professor  Instructors 

Wallace  P.  Bishop,  Ph.D.  Gerald  H.  Herman,  M.A. 

Martin  Ring,  M.A. 


Associate  Professors 


Lecturers 


Philip  N.  Backstrom,  Ph.D. 

Martha  E.  Frangois,  Ph.D.  Charles  C.  Buell,  M.A. 

Norbert  L.  Fullington,  Ph.D.  Helen  S.  Frothingham,  M.A. 

Stanley  R.  Stembridge,  Ph.D.  Ruth  H.  Karp,  M.A. 

.     .  ,     ,  „    ,  Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Donald  R.  Allen,  Ph.D. 
Ruth  T.  Anderson,  Ph.D. 
Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell,  Ph.D. 
Ballard  C.  Campbell,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Fowler,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Donald  M.  Jacobs,  Ph.D. 
John  D.  Post,  Ph.D. 

History  majors  may  study  for  either  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree. 

For  the  B.A.,  the  Department  requires  all  majors  to  take  the  Freshman  survey 
of  Western  Civilization  (23.101  and  23.102),  the  Sophomore  survey  of  American 
history  (23.210  and  23.211),  and  The  Historian's  Craft  (23.199).  Ten  additional 
courses  in  history  are  to  be  divided  among  the  following  groups:  2  courses  in 
Group  A — Ancient,  Medieval,  and  Early  Modern  Europe;  2  courses  in  Group  B — 
Modern  Europe;  2  courses  in  Group  C — British  North  American  Colonies  and  the 
United  States;  2  courses  in  Group  D — Other  Areas  or  Regions;  and  2  courses  in 
any  of  the  four  groups.  By  encouraging  courses  in  various  times  and  places,  the 
Department  hopes  to  minimize  overspecialization  at  the  undergraduate  level. 
For  the  same  reason  the  Department  urges  students  to  use  their  electives  for 
courses  outside  the  discipline  of  history.  There  is  a  foreign  language  requirement 
for  B.A.  students. 

For  the  B.S.,  which  is  designed  for  students  desiring  greater  specialization  in 
history  and  a  social  science  orientation,  the  requirements  are  as  follows: 

17  courses  in  History — including  Western  Civilization,  American  History  survey, 
The  Historian's  Craft,  and  12  other  courses,  8  of  which  are  to  be  taken  in  the  four 
fields  of  history  designated  by  the  Department  (2  in  each  group)  and  4  in  any 
of  the  groups. 

6  courses  to  be  distributed  as  follows: 

1    course    in    mathematics   or   statistics   (e.g.,    19.120,    19.122,   21.239,   or 
39.250) 


180   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 

3  courses  to  be  selected  from  the  following  "principles"  courses: 

39.115  Principles  of  Economics 

21.100  Principles  of  Sociology 

20.100  Principles  of  Social  Anthr6pology 

22.101  Introduction  to  Political  Science 
19.105  Foundations  of  Psychology 
18.119  Environment  and  Man 

2  courses  drawn  from  one  of  the  following  groups: 

(1)  2  data-processing  and/or  computer-programming  courses 

(2)  2  methodological  courses  taken  in  one  of  the  social  science  depart- 
ments 

Qualified  candidates  for  either  the  B.A.  or  B.S.  may  apply  for  the  Honors 
Program  in  History.  Those  accepted  write  honors  theses  under  the  direction  of 
members  of  the  Department.  Students  register  for  honors  courses  (23.295, 
23.296,  and  23.297)  in  their  last  three  quarters  of  enrollment,  except  for  the 
Summer  Quarter  when  honors  courses  are  not  ordinarily  offered.  Honors  stu- 
dents should  consult  with  their  Departmental  advisers  concerning  modifications 
in  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  programs  for  those  writing  theses. 


COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS   /    181 


Journalism  Department 

George  A.  Speers,  Associate  Professor  and 
Chairman,  A.B.,  M.S.,  M.Ed. 

Instructors 

Caroline  I.  Ackerman,  A. 8.,  M.S. 
Richard  J.  Pothier,  A.B.,  M.S. 
Robert  B.  Ruttenberg,  A.B. 

Lecturer 

Bob  Eddy,  A.B.,  M.A. 

A  total  of  ten  courses  is  currently  offered  in  the  Department  of  Journalism. 
They  were  selected  primarily  to  meet  two  objectives.  First,  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  journalism  graduate  schools  throughout  the  country.  Secondly,  to 
provide  a  broad  understanding  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  journalism  yet 
provide  applicability  to  various  other  disciplines.  The  currently  accepted  phi- 
losophy in  journalism  education  of  a  ratio  of  80  percent  liberal  arts  courses  to 
20  percent  undergraduate  specialized  courses  serves  as  a  basic  guideline  in 
the  structuring  of  the  journalism  academic  programs. 


182   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


Mathematics  Department 

David  \.  Epstein,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Professors 


Assistant  Professors 

Samuel  J.  Blank,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Mark  Bridger,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Harriet  Fell,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 
John  Frampton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Charles  J.  Freifeld,  B.A.,  M.A., 

Ph.D. 
Nancy  Kopell,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Richard  A.  Rasala,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Clyde  B.  Schechter,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Betty  Stark,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Wilbert  Wils,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Robert  A.  Bonic,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Bohumil  CenkI,  C.Sc,  Sc.D. 
Edward  M.  Cook,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Holland  C.  Filgo,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Arshag  B.  Hajian,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Flavio  B.  Reis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Giuliano  Sorani,  Laurea  in 

Mathematics 
Gabriel  Stolzenberg,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
Harold  L  Stubbs,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Jack  Warga,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Roger  M.  Antoine,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Shirley  A.  Blackett,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 
Edward  J.  Booth,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Bruce  Claflin,  A.B.,  M.S. 
Warren  C.  Dean,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Ellen  H.  Dunlap,  B.A. 
Alberto  P.  Galmarino,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
Maurice  E.  Gilmore,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Samuel  M.  Giveen,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Robert  D.  Klein,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Norman  S.  McCallister,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Thomas  0.  Sherman,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Victor  R.  Staknis,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

The  Mathematics  Department  offers  two  programs  of  studies  in  mathematics. 
One  leads  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  requires  a  minimum  of  11  mathe- 
matics courses.  The  other  leads  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  requires 
a  minimum  of  14  mathematics  courses  but  does  not  require  the  study  of  a 
foreign   language. 

All  students  must  take  the  10.181-187  sequence  and,  as  a  rule,  this  sequence 
should  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  It  provides  a  basic 
working  knowledge  of  the  calculus  of  one  and  several  variables,  differential 
equations,  some  linear  algebra,  and  numerical  methods.  With  respect  to  the 
latter,  while  a  computer  programming  course  is  not  required,  students  will  be 
encouraged  and,  eventually,  expected  to  acquire  the  basic  programming  skills 
necessary  for  numerical  solution  of  complex  problems.  An  elementary  program- 
ming course,  10.211-213  is  available  for  this  purpose. 

Directed  Study.  For  highly  motivated  students,  a  freshman-sophomore  directed 
study  program  (beginning  in  the  winter  of  the  freshman  year)  runs  concurrently 
with  the  calculus  sequence  and  provides  an  informal  setting  for  intensive  dis- 
cussion of  mathematical  concepts  and  theories  and  for  independent  research. 
Students  interested  in  such  a  program  should  consult  their  calculus  instructor. 

Courses  of  directed  study  are  also  available  for  more  advanced  students. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    183 

A  transition  from  the  calculus  sequence  to  more  advanced  parts  of  the  cur- 
riculum is  provided  by  Analysis  l-ll  (10.250-1)  and  Advanced  Linear  Algebra  I 
(10.246).  These  courses  are  prerequisites  for  all  advanced  courses  in  applied 
analysis,  complex  analysis,  topology,  and  foundations. 

As  a  rule,  students  planning  to  take  a  substantial  number  of  mathematics 
courses  (e.g.,  two  per  quarter)  should  take  these  courses  in  the  middler  year. 
Following  10.246,  students  may  wish  to  take  10.247  (a  prerequisite  for  any 
more  advanced  courses  in  algebra),  10.257  (which  includes  linear,  nonlinear  and 
dynamic  programming)  or  both. 

Courses  in  probability  (10.208),  statistics  (10.220),  and  numerical  analysis 
(10.223-4)  may  also  be  taken  directly  after  the  10.181-7  sequence. 

Courses  in  the  theory  of  computation,  e.g.,  systems  programming  (10.214), 
generally  require  only  a  sufficient  background  in  that  field. 

In  the  fourth  and  fifth  years,  students  who  have  completed  10.250-1  and 
10.246  will  have  a  variety  of  mathematics  electives  from  which  to  choose.  Some 
will  wish  to  concentrate  in  one  area  such  as  algebra,  analysis,  topology  or  ap- 
plied mathematics  while  others  may  prefer  a  more  diversified  program.  Many  of 
the  upper-level  courses,  such  as  probability  and  complex  analysis  reside  in  the 
common  ground  of  "pure"  and  "applied"  mathematics.  Others,  such  as  10.256 
(algebra)  and  10.223-4,  are  more  specialized. 

Besides  taking  courses  listed  in  this  catalog,  students  may  wish  to  work  out 
with  their  adviser  a  program  of  directed  study  (10.281-9)  and/or  to  take  first- 
and  second-year  graduate  courses  and  seminars. 

Finally,  the  Mathematics  Department  welcomes  suggestions  for  appropriate 
new  courses  (and  for  modification  of  existing  courses)  suited  to  the  needs  and 
interests  of  the  students. 

For  more  information  about  the  mathematics  curriculum,  the  interested  stu- 
dent should  visit  the  office  of  the  Mathematics  Department,  Room  504,  UR 
Building. 


184   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


Modern  Language  Department 

Louis  Cooperstein,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.A.,  M.A. 


Associate  Professors 

Israel  Aluf,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Nazzareno  F.  Cedrone,  A.B.,  A.M., 

Ph.D. 
Benedetto  Fabrizi,  B.S.,  M.A.,  D.M.L. 
Samuel  Jaramillo,  Ph.D. 
Charles  E.  Kitchin,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Philip  H.  Stephan,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Edward  B.  Williams,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Juliette  Oilman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  B.  Modee,  B.A.,  M.A. 
John  Spiegel,  B.A.,  M.A. 


Instructors 

Barbara  Andrea,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Elizabeth  Boehme,  B.A.,  M.A. 
James  A.  Doyle,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Sonia  M.  Falkowski,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Anthony  Ford,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Audrey  Jolliff,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Betty  Landesman,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Anita  Licis,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Elba  Lopez,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Linda  Morse,  B.A.,  M.A. 
David  Pauling,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Holbrook  Robinson,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Brenda  Wegmann,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Lecturer 

Gillian  G.  Gill,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

The  Department  of  Modern  Languages  offers  a  program  leading  to  a  degree 
in  Modern  Languages.  Students  are  offered  a  choice  of  French,  German,  Russian, 
Spanish,  or  Italian.  One  of  these  languages  will  be  designated  as  the  major 
language,  with  a  second  as  the  minor  language.  In  each  of  the  five,  the  courses 
offered  range  from  the  very  basic  elementary  course  to  the  advanced  literature 
courses  for  majors.  Thus,  a  student  may  continue  with  a  language  already 
studied,  or  he  may  begin  an  entirely  new  language. 

In  order  to  major,  a  student  would  normally  be  required  to  take  a  minimum 
of  32  quarter  credits  in  the  major  language,  and  8  quarter  credits  in  the  minor. 
In  each  case,  these  credits  must  be  earned  in  courses  beyond  the  intermediate 
level.  (Students  whose  program  permits  would  be  encouraged  to  study  a  third 
language  as  well.) 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    185 


Music  Department 

Roland  Nadeau,  Professor  and  Chairman,  B.M.,  M.M. 
Part-Time  instructor 

Raymond  Smith,  B.M..  M.M. 

Lecturer 

James  R.  Mitchell,  B.S.,  MA. 


Associate  Professors 

Joan  C.  Bickneli,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Herbert  Silverman,  M.M.,  M.Ed., 

Ed.D. 
Leo  Snyder,  B.M.,  M.M. 
William  A.  lesson,  B.M.,  M.M. 


Assistant  Professors 

Reginald  Hache  ,  B.M.,  M.M.,  A.D. 
Helen  Keaney,  B.M.,  M.M. 

The  Music  Department  provides  students  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  initial 
experience  in  music  or  to  add  to  previous  experience.  To  this  end  the  Depart- 
ment offers  a  varied  program  made  up  of: 

1.  Synoptic  courses  for  students  who  might  take  only  a  single  course. 

2.  Course  sequences  for  students  who  wish  to  study  some  particular  aspect 

of  music  in  depth. 


186   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Philosophy  and  Religion  Department 

Walter  L.  Fogg,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors  Instructors 

Edward  A.  Hacker,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.         P.  M.  John,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Joseph  H.  Wellbank,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.     Michael  W.  Marlies,  B.A.,  MA. 

Assistant  Professors 

Nancy  E.  Baker,  Ph.D. 

William  J.  DeAngelis,  B.S.,  M.A., 

Ph.D. 
Paul  Kovaly,  Ph.D. 
Gordon  E.  Pruett,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

The  Department  provides  balanced  curricula  for  students  who  have  a  general 
interest  in  philosophy  as  well  as  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  graduate  education 
leading  to  teaching  or  research  in  philosophy  or  related  fields.  Its  programs  are 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  full-time  students,  as  well  as  those  students 
participating  in  the  co-op  program. 

Its  programs  include  courses  that  strengthen  the  curricula  of  other  depart- 
ments and  provide  all  students  with  a  knowledge  of  the  methods  and  traditions 
of  philosophical  and  religious  thought.  Philosophy  is  of  essential  importance  to 
a  liberal  education,  providing  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  see  the  signifi- 
cance and  interrelations  of  human  thought  in  all  fields  of  human  endeavor:  the 
natural  sciences;  the  social  sciences;  and  the  humanities.  It  is  especially  useful 
as  a  background  for  those  students  who  might  wish  to  enter  such  fields  as  law, 
government,  social  science,  and  religion. 

THE   B.A.   DEGREE 

Students  majoring  in  philosophy  must  meet  the  College  requirements  (lan- 
guage requirements,  2  Quarters  of  Freshman  English,  and  other  requirements 
listed  on  page  166),  must  take  at  least  52  quarter  hours  in  the  Department,  and 
must  meet  the  following  specific  requirements: 

1.  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  REQUIREMENT  (both  of  the  following): 
26.110 — History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  and 

26.111 — History  of  Modem  Philosophy 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

2.  LOGIC  REQUIREMENT  (at  least  one  of  the  following): 
26.150 — Introduction  to  Logic  or 

26.151 — Symbolic  Logic 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  third  or  fourth  year) 

The  Department  emphatically  recommends  that  students  contemplating 
graduate  studies  in  Philosophy  take  26.151. 

3.  FIELD  REQUIREMENT  (at  least  one  of  the  following): 
26.152 — Epistemology  or 

26.153 — Metaphysics  or 
26.155 — Moral  Philosophy 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  third  or  fourth  year) 


COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL   ARTS    /    187 

4.    ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS: 

At  least  ONE  SEMINAR  (courses  numbered  26.260's) 
(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  fourth  or  fifth  year) 

The  remaining  32  quarter  hours  are  Philosophy  Electives,  to  be  selected  after 
consultation  with  the  student's  Departmental  adviser. 

ADVISERS   FOR   B.A.   CANDIDATES 

Seniors  Juniors 

Dr.  Walter  L.  Fogg  Dr.  Edward  Hacker 

Mr.  Michael  Marlies  Dr.  Paul  Kovaly 

Dr.  Joseph  Wellbank 
IVIiddlers 

Dr.  Nancy  Baker  Sophomores 

Dr.  Gordon  E.  Pruett*  Dr.  William  DeAngelis 

Mr.  P.  M.  John* 

(*Also  adviser  in  Religion) 

THE   B.S.   DEGREE 
(Three  Options  Available) 

Languages  are  not  required  for  the  B.S.  degree. 

The  Curricular  Requirements  for  the  B.A.  (see  page  166)  are  not  required  for 
the  B.S.  degree. 

Students  majoring  in  philosophy  for  the  B.S.  Degree  must  take  at  least  60 
quarter  hours  in  the  Department  and  must  meet  the  requirements  specified  in 
one  of  the  following  three  options: 

Option  A — B.S.  Degree  in  History  of  Philosophy 

ADVISERS:  Professors  DeAngelis,  Fogg,  and  Pruett. 

1.  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  REQUIREMENT  (both  of  the  following): 
26.110 — History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  and 

26.111 — History  of  Modern  Philosophy 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

2.  LOGIC  REQUIREMENT  (both  of  the  following): 
26.150 — Introduction  to  Logic  and 

26.151 — Symbolic  Logic 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

3.  FIELD  REQUIREMENT  (at  least  five  of  the  following): 
26.116 — 18th  Century  Philosophy 

26.117 — 19th  Century  Philosophy 
26.118 — 20th  Century  Philosophy 
26.120 — Existentialism 
26.121 — Analytic  Philosophy 
26.122 — Rationalism 
26.123 — Empiricism 

4.  ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS: 

(a)  Two  Philosophy  Seminars  (courses  numbered  26.260's); 
(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  fourth  or  fifth  year) 

(b)  Four  Philosophy  Electives  within  the  Department; 

(c)  Four  adviser-approved  courses  outside  the  Department. 

5.  SUGGESTED:  Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German. 


188   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Option  B — B.S.  Degree  in  Humanistic  Philosophy 

ADVISERS:  Professors  John,  Kovaly,  and.Wellbank. 

1.  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  REQUIREMENT  (both  of  the  following): 
26.110 — History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  and 

26.111 — History  of  Modern  Philosophy 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

2.  LOGIC  REQUIREMENT  (one  of  the  following): 
26.150 — Introduction  to  Logic  or 

26.151 — Symbolic  Logic 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

The    Department    emphatically    recommends    that    students    contemplating 
graduate  studies   in   Philosophy  take  26.151. 

3.  FIELD  REQUIREMENT  (at  least  six  of  the  following): 
26.120 — Existentialism 

26.130 — Aesthetics 
26.131 — Social  Philosophy 
26.134 — Philosophy  of  Religion 
26.135 — Philosophy  of  Man 
26.137 — Philosophy  &  Literature 
26.155 — Moral  Philosophy 

4.  ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS: 

(a)  Two  Philosophy  Seminars  (courses  numbered  26.260's) 

(b)  Four  Philosophy  Electives  within  the  Department. 

(c)  Four  adviser-approved  courses  outside  the  Department. 

5.  SUGGESTED:  Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German. 

Option  C — B.S.  Degree  in  Analytic  Approaches  to  Philosophy 

ADVISERS:   Professors  Hacker,  Marlies,  Baker. 

1.  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  REQUIREMENTS  (both  of  the  following): 
26.110— History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  and 

26.111 — History  of  Modern  Philosophy 

(to  be  met,  preferably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

2.  LOGIC  REQUIREMENT: 
26.151 — Symbolic  Logic 

(to  be  met,  preferrably,  in  second  or  third  year) 

3.  FIELD  REQUIREMENT  (at  least  six  of  the  following): 
26.121 — Analytic  Philosophy 

26.122 — Rationalism 

26.123 — Empiricism 

26.133 — Philosophy  of  Science 

26.139 — Topics  in  Philosophy  of  Logic 

26.152 — Epistemology 

26.1 53 — Metaphysics 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    189 


4.    ADDITIONAL  REQUIREMENTS: 

(a)  Two  Philosophy  Seminars  (courses  numbered  26.260's) 

(b)  Four  Philosophy  Electives  within  the  Department. 

(c)  Four  adviser-approved  courses  outside  the  Department. 


190   /   COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


Physics  Department 

Michael  J.  Glaubman,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Ph.D. 


Professors 


Associate  Professors  (Continued) 

James  E.  Neighbor,  Ph.D. 
Yogi  N.  Srivastava,  Ph.D. 
Michael  T.  Vaughn,  Ph.D. 
Eberhard  von  Goeler,  Ph.D. 
Fa  Yueh  Wu,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Evangelos  M.  Anastassakis,  Ph.D. 
Robert  I.  Boughton,  Ph.D. 
David  R.  Bowen,  Ph.D. 
David  R.  Earles,  Ph.D. 
William  L.  Faissler,  Ph.D. 
James  L.  Sigel,  Ph.D. 
Jeffrey  B.  Sokoloff,  Ph.D. 
Allan  Widom,  Ph.D. 
Chian-Yuan  Young,  Ph.D. 


Ronald  Aaron,  Ph.D. 
Petros  N.  Argyres,  Ph.D. 
Richard  L.  Arnowitt,  Ph.D. 
Alan  H.  Cromer,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  H.  Friedman,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  W.  Gettner,  Ph.D. 
Walter  Hauser,  Ph.D. 
Giovanni  Lanza,  Ph.D. 
Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Ph.D. 
Clive  H.  Perry,  Ph.D. 
Eugene  J.  Saletan,  Ph.D. 
Carl  A.  Shiftman,  Ph.D. 
Thomas  H.  Wallace,  Ph.D. 
Roy  Weinstein,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Lowell  Dworin,  Ph.D. 
David  A.  Garelick,  Ph.D. 
Hyman  Goldberg,  Ph.D. 
Bernard  A.  Gottschalk,  Ph.D. 
Richard  A.  Grojean,  M.S. 
Robert  P.  Lowndes,  Ph.D. 
Pran  Nath,  Ph.D. 

Physics  majors  may  follow  either  a  regular  four-year  course  of  study  or  the 
five-year  cooperative  course  of  study.  Transfers  between  the  four-year  and  the 
five-year  programs  should  go  smoothly,  and  registration  in  either  is  not  an 
irrevocable  decision  on  the  part  of  the  student. 

In  either  case,  the  available  undergraduate  physics  program  is  the  same 
and  is  intended  to  provide  a  thorough  introduction  to  classical  and  modern 
physics  in  order  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work  in  physics  or  en- 
gineering, or  for  entry  into  industry. 

Considerable  flexibility  is  allowed  for  electives.  These  enable  those  students 
preparing  for  graduate  school  in  physics  to  study  the  subject  in  depth  while 
others  may  elect  to  devote  some  of  their  course  work  to  other  sciences,  to 
engineering  or  to  non-sciences.  The  range  of  courses  covered  is  typical  of 
what  will  be  found  in  excellent  physics  curricula  throughout  the  United  States. 
in  addition,  advanced  study  and  research  is  available  to  some  undergraduates 
because  of  the  presence  of  our  graduate  programs. 

Students  should  consult  frequently  with  their  adviser  about  their  program. 
If  they  are  dissatisfied  they  should  contact  the  Department  Chairman.  Specimen 
programs  are  available  in  the  Department  Office  (109  Dana). 

Minimum  requirements  for  the  B.A.  in  Physics: 

Physics:  Lectures— 11.117,  11.118,  11.119    11.127,    11.128   and    3    upper- 
class  courses  (4  q.h.   each). 
Laboratories — 11.124,   11.125,  and  3  upper-class  labs. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    191 

Mathematics:   10.181,   10.182,    10.183,   10.184,    10.185  and    1   upper-class 
course  (4  q.h.). 
A  much  more  technical  course  of  studies  can  be  carried  out  either  on  the  B.A. 
or  B.S.  program.  Students  opting  for  the  B.S.  degree  are  required  to  take  the 
following  program: 

Physics:   11.117.  11.118,  11.119,  11.124,  11.125,   11.127,  11.128,  11.200, 
11.201,    11.208,    11.211,    11.212,   11.220,   11.230    and  3  laboratory 
courses. 
Mathematics:  10.181,  10.182,  10.183.  10.184,  10.185. 

5  Electives  from  Biology,  Chemistry,  Engineering,  Mathematics, 
Physics. 


192   /   COLLEGE  OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


Political  Science  Department 

R.  Gregg  Wilfong,  Professor  and  Chairman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 


Professor 

David  W.  Berkley,  A.B.,  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  M.P.A. 

Associate  Professors 

L.  Gerald  Bursey,  B.A.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  L.  Cord,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Minton  F.  Goldman,  B.A.,  M.A., 

M.A.L.D.,  Ph.D. 
Steve  Worth,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

George  E.  Berkley,  A.B.,  M.P.A.,  Ph.D. 
Duane  L.  Grimes,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Walter  S.  Jones,  D.B.,  M.A., 

M.A.L.D.,  Ph.D. 
James  A.  Medeiros,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
David  G.  Pfeiffer,  B.A.,  B.D.,  M.A. 
David  E.  Schmitt,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 


The  undergraduate  political  science  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  a  stu- 
dent for  graduate  study  in  political  science,  law,  or  a  career  in  the  public 
service.  It  is  also  a  very  appropriate  major  for  the  student  interested  in  a  broad 
liberal  arts  education.  To  accomplish  these  goals  the  Political  Science  major  is 
required  to  take  the  following  core  courses  in  the  major  subfields  of  political 
science:  comparative  government,  American  government,  mternational  rela- 
tions, public  administration  and  political  theory.  To  complement  these,  elec- 
tives  may  be  chosen  from  a  variety  of  courses  based  on  one's  own  special  field 
of  interest. 


COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL  ARTS   /    193 


Psychology  Department 

Michael  Terman,  Acting  Chairman,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

John  C.  Armington,  B.S.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 
Bertram  Scharf,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Murray  Sidman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
A.  Bertrand  Warren,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Harold  S.  Zamansky,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Thomas  R.  Corwin,  B.S.E.E., 
M.S.E.E.,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associates 

Jiuan  Terman,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Christopher  W.  Tyler,  B.A.,  M.Sc. 
Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Edward  A.  Arees,  B.B.A.,  M.S., 

Ph.D. 
Roger  F.  Brightbill,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Karis,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Richard  I.  Lanyon,  B.E.,  M.A., 

Ph.D. 
Helen  B.  Mahut,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  graduate 
study  in  all  areas  of  psychology  and  in  many  related  fields  In  addition,  it  pro- 
vides a  general  cultural  major  that  should  enable  the  student  who  does  not 
pursue  graduate  training  to  understand  and  evaluate  his  world  of  experience 
more  sensitively  and   perceptively. 

Students  who  major  in  psychology  may  elect  to  take  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  Degree 
according  to  the  following  requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Psychology 

19.105,  19.106,  19.120,  19.121, 
19.160,  19.161,  19.163  or  19.210 
(If  19.163  is  elected,  select  one 
of  the  following:  19.138,  19.162 
or  19.181) 

Electives  in  Psychology 

6  or  7 — to  total  of  14  courses 

Math  or  Calculus 
8QH 

Science  Electives 

8  QH  from:  Biology,  Earth  Science, 
Chemistry  or  Physics  (Labs  not 
required) 

Foreign  Language 

Distribution  Requirements 


Bachelor  of  Science 

Psychology 

19.105,  19.106,  19.120,  19.121, 
19.160,  19.161,  19.210,  19.280, 
19.138  or  19.162  or  19.181 
5  Electives 


Math  or  Calculus 
8  QH 

Science  Electives 

8  QH  from:  Biology,  Chemistry  or 
Physics  (Labs  not  required) 
Advanced  Math,  Biology  or  Physics, 
8  QH 


194   /   COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Sociology  and  Anthropology  Department 

Norman  Kaplan,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Ph.D. 
Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Blanche  Geer,  Ph.D.  Patricia  Golden,  Ph.D. 

Frank  F.  Lee,  Ph.D.  Lila  Leibowitz,  Ph.D. 

Earl  Rubington,  Ph.D.  Jack  Levin,  Ph.D. 
Stephen  Schafer,  D.Jur., 


Instructor 

Marcia  Garrett,  Ph.D. 


Prof.  Agrege 
Associate  Professors 

Morris  Freilich,  Ph.D. 
Eliott  A.  Krause,  Ph.D. 
Morton  Rubin,  Ph.D. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Sociology  and  Anthropology  offers  a  broad 
spectrum  of  courses  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work,  and 
also  to  provide  a  general  cultural  major  with  opportunity  for  electives  for  those 
who  do  not  desire  an  advanced  degree.  The  objectives  of  this  program  are  to 
discover  the  basic  structure  of  human  society,  to  identify  the  main  forces  that 
hold  groups  together  or  weaken  them,  and  to  learn  the  conditions  that  transform 
social  life.  A  major  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology  would  be  appropriate  for  those 
persons  who  are  interested  in  a  broad  liberal  arts  education. 

Students  may  elect  to  concentrate  in  either  sociology  or  anthropology.  Each 
of  these  alternatives  provides  the  student  with  a  thorough  background  in  the 
parent  fields  together  with  an  intensive  preparation  in  the  more  specific  area  of 
his  choice. 

STUDENTS  CONCENTRATING  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY  must  take  at  least  48 
quarter  hours  in  departmental  courses,  including  40  quarter  hours  in  Anthro- 
pology and  8  quarter  hours  in  Sociology,  and  must  meet  the  following  minimum 
requirements: 

A.  Preparatory  Requirements  (all  of  the  following): 
20.100  Principles  of  Social  Anthropology 

21.100  Introduction  to  Sociology 

21.101  Principles  of  Sociology 
Preferably  to  be  met  in  the  first  year. 

B.  Core  Requirements  (at  least  three  of  the  following): 
20.130   Language  and  Culture 

20.160  Anthropology  of  the  Family 
20.140   Evolution  and  Society 
20.135   Individual  and  Culture 
20.170  Culture  in  Transition 
20.210  Tribal  Societies  and  Culture 
20.214  Peasant  Society  and  Culture 

Preferably  to  be  met  in  the  second  or  third  year. 

C.  Elective  Requirements:  students  must  take  at  least  six  additional  anthro- 
pology electives  at  either  the  20.100  or  the  20.200  level,  and  at  least  one 
sociology  elective. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS   /    195 

D.   Non-Departmental  Requirements  (all  of  the  following): 
19.105-106  General  Psychology 
22.101-102   Introduction  to  Political  Science 
39.115-116  Principles  of  Economics 

STUDENTS  CONCENTRATING  IN  SOCIOLOGY  must  take  at  least  48  quarters 
in  departmental  courses,  including  40  quarter  hours  in  Sociology  and  8  quarter 
hours  in  Anthropology,  and  must  meet  the  following  minimum  requirements: 

A.  Preparatory  Requirements  (all  of  the  following): 
20.100   Principles  of  Social  Anthropology 

21.100  Introduction  to  Sociology 

21.101  Principles  of  Sociology 
Preferably  to  be  met  in  the  first  year. 

B.  Core  Requirements  (all  of  the  following): 

21.239  Statistical  Analysis 

21.240  Research  Methods  I 

21.241  Research  Methods  II 

21.280  Social  Theory  I 

21.281  Social  Theory  II 

Preferably  to  be  met  in  the  second  or  third  year. 

C.  Elective  Requirements:  students  must  take  at  least  four  sociology  electives, 
two  of  which  should  be  at  the  21.100  level  (and  preferably  to  be  taken  in  the 
second  or  third  year)  and  two  of  which  should  be  at  the  21.200  level.  At  least 
one  anthropology  elective  is  also  required.  Qualified  students  are  encouraged 
to  take  21.800  level  graduate  courses  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

D.  Non-Departmental  Requirements  (all  of  the  following): 
19.105-106  General  Psychology 

22.101-102   Introduction  to  Political  Science 
39.115-116   Principles  of  Economics 

Considerable  flexibility  is  allowed  for  electives.  The  student  is  free  to  meet 
requirements  in  any  way  that  helps  him  to  achieve  his  educational  goals.  If  you 
have  any  questions  or  difficulties,  please  come  by  and  discuss  them  with  us. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  consult  their  advisers  as  early  as  possible  for  as- 
sistance  in   planning  their  program. 

Majors  may  follow  either  a  regular  four-year  program  of  study  or  the  five-year 
cooperative  course  of  study.  Cooperative  work  assignments  vary  from  placement 
in  mental  hospitals  and  social  agencies  to  placement  in  university,  government, 
and  other  research  laboratories.  Transfers  between  the  four-year  and  the  five-year 
programs  should  go  smoothly,  and  registration  in  either  is  not  an  irreversible 
decision  on  the  part  of  the  student. 

A  student  wishing  to  take  a  B.S.  in  Sociology/Anthropology  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  Department  as  set  out  above.  Students  should  be  fore- 
warned that  present  requirements  for  the  B.S.  in  Sociology  (now  the  same  as 
those  for  the  B.A.)  will  undoubtedly  be  revised  during  the  coming  year. 


college  of  nursing 

Juanita  0.  Long,  Dean 

Lydia  Bosanko,  Assistant  Dean 


Associate  Professors 

Janet  Carroll,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Flora  DeScenza,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Elizabeth  Gates,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Mary  Gonyow,  R.N.,  M.A. 
Barbara  Goodfellow,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Marjorie  Johns,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Jane  Lee,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 

Assistant  Professors 

Mary  P.  Kane,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
M.  Marcia  Lynch,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Susan  Marchessault,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Elizabeth  Norman,  R.N.,  M.A. 
Joyce  Tingle,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Mary  Wilcox,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Delaine  Williamson,  R.D.,  M.S. 


Instructors 

Helen  Ahearn,  R.N.,  B.S. 
Margie  Barry,  R.N.,  B.S. 
Susan  Bentley,  R.N.,  B.S. 
Beverly  Capaccio,  R.N.,  M.Ed. 
Elaine  Capozzoli,  R.N.,  B.S. 
Nancy  Carr,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Lael  Cutler,  R.D.,  M.P.H. 
Ellen  Daly,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Patricia  Dean,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Anne  Eisele,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Rosemary  Finn,  R.N.,  B.S. 
Olivia  Gagnon,  R.N.,  M.Ed. 
Jean  Hannan,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Rose  MacKenzie,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Edna  Mayer,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Jane  Moran,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Barbara  Morgan,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Anne  O'Brien,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Mary  Peabody,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Joyce  Guilty,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Marilyn  Smith,  R.N.,  M.S. 
Rose  Wade,  R.N.,  M.S.N. 

Purpose  and  Plan  of  the  College 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  distinct  educational  programs  w/hich 
prepare  individuals  to  practice  nursing.  One  is  three  years  in  length  and 
leads  to  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Science;  the  other  is  five  years  in  length 
and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.  Both  programs  accept  qualified 
male  and  female  applicants. 

The  associate  degree  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  \Nho  meet  the 
general  requirements  for  admission  to  college  and  who  are  strongly  motivated 
toward  giving  direct  patient  care.  All  instruction  is  at  the  college  level,  but 
all  courses  are  not  identical  in  content  with  those  given  in  the  first  three 
years  of  the  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

The  baccalaureate  degree  curriculum  in  nursing  is  designed  for  students  who 
meet  the  requirements  for  admission  to  college  and  who  desire  to  pursue  a  pro- 
fessionally oriented  educational  program  in  nursing.  Its  purpose  is  to  prepare 
students  to  practice  professional  nursing  in  a  variety  of  settings.  It  serves  as  a 
foundation  for  further  professional  development  and  graduate  study. 

At  no  point  can  there  be  direct  transfer  from  one  program  to  the  other. 

Licensed  Practical  Nurse  Program 

An  additional  and  special  program  is  currently  operating  as  a  research  project 


196 


COLLEGE   OF   NURSING   /    197 

in  the  associate  degree  program.  This  is  offered  to  qualified  licensed  practical 
nurses  who  wish  to  expand  their  educational  background  and  become  registered 
nurses.  Those  who  can  meet  the  requirements  during  the  first  year  are  not 
required  to  repeat  what  they  have  learned  through  prior  education  or  experience 
and  are  granted  15  credit  hours  toward  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

Methods 

In  common  with  the  other  Basic  Colleges  at  Northeastern,  the  curricula  of 
the  College  of  Nursing  are  distinctive  in  that  they  operate  on  the  Cooperative 
Plan,  which  the  University  has  long  applied  to  technical  and  professional 
curricula  in  many  fields.  Each  student  has  practical  experience  as  a  paid 
employee  of  one  of  the  cooperating  health  agencies  in  addition  to  college 
instruction.  The  cooperative  work  does  not  carry  academic  credit.  During  their 
periods  of  employment,  students  have  an  opportunity  to  increase  their  nursing 
skills  and  to  earn  a  major  part  of  their  expenses. 

The  College  of  Nursing  programs  combine  general  education  courses  with 
nursing  courses  concurrently  to  provide  the  learning  foundation  for  the  practice 
of  nursing.  The  Nursing  major  is  planned  in  sequential  order  and  draws  on  the 
content  from  the  physical,  biological  and  social  sciences  and  from  the  human- 
ities. New  teaching  technologies  (programmed  learning,  television,  etc.)  are 
used  to  assist  in  meaningful  presentation  of  course  content. 

The  Cooperative  Plan  in  Nursing 

Cooperative  work  placements  are  arranged  by  the  Nursing  Coordinator  in 
accordance  with  agreements  entered  into  by  the  University  and  a  number  of 
hospitals  in  the  Greater  Boston  area  and  outlying  communities. 

Each  of  the  hospitals  has  agreed  to  employ  students  from  both  Associate  De- 
gree and  Baccalaureate  Degree  programs  and  to  provide  a  suitable  sequence 
of  work  experiences. 

Assignment  of  students  to  cooperative  work  at  specinc  hospitals  is  a  function 
of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education.  The  cooperative  work  experience  is 
a  requirement  for  the  degree  and  students  are  expected  to  accept  placement 
at  any  one  of  the  collaborating  hospitals.  Student  preferences  as  to  assignment 
will  be  given  consideration  in  conjunction  with  other  factors  but  final  decision 
as  to  hospital  assignment  must  rest  with  the  Nursing  Coordinator. 

Admission  Requirements 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Nursing  must  have  been  grad- 
uated from  an  accredited  secondary  school  and  have  the  recommendation  of 
the  school  principal  or  guidance  officer.  The  following  subject-matter  credits 
are  required  as  preparation  for  the  nursing  curriculum: 

Associate  Degree  Program 

Subjects  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  2 

Sciences  2 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  6 

Electives,  not  more  than  2_ 


198   /   COLLEGE  OF  NURSING 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Program 

Subjects  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Mathematics  3 

Biology,  Physics  or  Chemistry  2 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  7 

15 

Another  factor  considered  by  the  Department  of  Admissions  is  the  physical 
fitness  of  the  candidate.  Full  health  clearance  is  required  prior  to  matriculation. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Degrees 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  distinct  programs:  a  three-year  program 
leading  to  the  degree  Associate  in  Science  and  a  five-year  program  leading  to 
the  degree  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing. 

Quantitative  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Science  or  Bachelor  of  Science 
must  successfully  complete  all  of  the  prescribed  courses  in  the  applicable 
curriculum.  For  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  this  totals  113  quarter  hours. 
For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  this  totals  172  quarter  hours.  Candidates 
must  also  carry  out  effectively  the  prescribed  periods  of  cooperative  work  at  one 
or  more  of  the  health  agencies  associated  with  the  University  in  the  program  of 
nursing  education. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

The  degree  conferred  not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the 
curriculum,  but  also  indicates  competence  for  beginning  service  as  a  staff 
nurse.  An  overall  scholarship  average  of  C  is  required  for  graduation. 

Graduation  witii  Honor 

Candidates  for  the  bachelor's  degree  whose  academic  achievement  is  ex- 
traordinary will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty,  a 
limited  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  highest 
honor.  Students  must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  for  at  least 
six  quarters  before  they  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Registration 

The  program  of  the  College  prepares  students  for  the  professional  exam- 
inations established  by  the  Board  of  Registration  in  Nursing  of  the  Common- 
wealth of  Massachusetts.  Students  normally  take  these  examinations  for 
licensure  as  registered  nurses  shortly  after  graduation. 


COLLEGE  OF  NURSING   /    199 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER  1 
No.        Course  CI.         L. 


30.101  Fd.  Nsg. 
18.107     Intgrtd.Sci. 

19.102  Basic  Psych. 


O.H. 


gj 


Specimen  Program  in  Nursing 

Associate  Degree 


QUARTER  2 
No.         Course  CI.        L.   Q.H. 


80.102  Fd.  Nsg. 

30.113  English 

18.108  Intgrtd.  Sci. 

19.141  Gr.  ADevel. 


(4) 
(3) 


No. 


QUARTER  3 
Course.  01.     L.  Q.H 


80.103  Fd.  Nsg.  5  (4)       6 

30.114  English  4  4 

18.109  Intgrtd.Sci.  4  (3)       5 

19.142  Gr.  &  Devel.  4  4 


SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course  CI. 


Q.H. 


•81.101     Med-Surg. 

Nsg.  6 

19.201     Abn.  Psych.    4 


(15) 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course  CI. 


Q.H. 


**82.101     Mat.  Child 
Nsg 
21.100     Prin.  Soc. 


(18) 


THIRD  YEAR 

No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course  CI.     L. 


**81.102     Med-Surg. 
Nsg. 
90.254     Prof.  Devel. 
Electives 


Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course  CI.         L.  Q.H. 


**83.101     Psych.  Nsg.  3 
22.177     Amer.  Pol. 

Proc.  4 

Elective  4 


*81.101  and  82.101  may  be  taken  in  Quarter  4  or  5 
'*81.102  and  83.101  may  be  taken  in  Quarter  6  or  7 


200  /  COLLEGE  OF  NURSING 


Specimen  Program  in  Nursing 

Baccalaureate  Degree 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.        Course 

1 
CI. 

3 

4 
4 
1 

L.  Q.H. 

4          4 
4 
4 

2          3 

No. 

12.106 
18.142 
30.114 
80.202 

QUARTER 
Course 

Gen.  Chem. 
Biology 
English 
Nsg. 

2 
CI.    L.  Q 

4      3 
3      4 
4 
1       2 

QUARTER 
H.           No.         Course 

3 
CI. 

L,    Q.H 

18.141     Biology 
23.101     Wes.  Civ. 
30.113     English 
80.201     Nsg. 

5           12.107     Gen.  Cherr 
4            18.148     Anatomy 
4           23.102     Wes.  Civ. 
3           80.203     Nsg. 

. 

4 
3 
4 

1 

3          5 

3          4 

4 

2          3 

SECOND  YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER 
Course 

Microbio. 

Physio. 

Fd.  of  Psych.  1 

Nsg. 

4 
CI. 

3 
2 
4 
4 

L.  Q.H. 

4          4 

3          3 

4 

3          5 

No. 

QUARTER  5 
Course                  CI.  L.  Q.H. 

18.120 
18.125 
19.105 
80.204 

18.126 
19.106 
20.100 
80.205 

Physio.                   2     3 
Fd.  of  Psych.  II     4 
Soc.  Anthro.           4 
Nsg.                        4    3 

3 
4 
4 
5 

THIRD  YEAR 

No. 

Cou 

QUARTER 
rse 

6 
CI. 

L.   Q.H. 

No. 

19.130 

19.142 

*81 .201 

82.201 

83.201 

QUARTER  7 
Course                 CI.   L.   Q.H. 

Soc.  Psych.           4                  4 
Gr.  &  Dev.  114                 4 
Med/Surg.  Nsg. 3     18         9 

or 
Mat-Child  Nsg.   3     18         9 

or 
Psych.  Nsg.          4     15          9 

19.141 
21.100 
80.206 

Gr.  &  Dev. 
Prin.  Soc. 
Nsg. 

4 
4 
5 

9 

4 
4 
8 

FOURTH  YEAR 


QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course                CI. 

L. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course                  CI 

L. 

O.H.                             1 

•81 .201 

Med-Surg.  Nsg.  3 

18 

9 

*81 .201 

Med-Surg.  Nsg.  3 

18 

9 

82.201 

or 
Mat.  Child  Nsg.  3 

18 

9 

82.201 

or 

Mat-Child  Nsg.    3 

18 

9 

83.201 

or 
Psych. -Mental 

Health  Nsg.    4 
Electives    (2)    8 

15 

9 
8 

83.201 

or 
Psych. -Mental 

Health  Nsg.    3 
Electives    (2)    8 

18 

9 
8 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  10 

QUARTER  11 

No. 

Course                CI. 

Pub.  HIth.  Nsg.  6 
Electives  (2)       8 

L. 
12 

Q.H. 

9 
8 

No. 

Course                CI. 

L. 

0 

H. 

84.201 

85.201 

Elective  (optional) 
Contemporary 

Nursing           TBA  TBA 

4 
9 

*These  courses  are  offered  in  Quarters  7,  8,  9. 

A  total  of  twenty-four  (24)  quarter  hours  of  electives  must  be  taken  to  meet  the  graduation  requirements 
of  quarter  hours. 


COLLEGE  OF  NURSING   /   201 


Specimen  Program  in  Nursing 

Associate  Degree  Program  for  Licensed  Practical  Nurses 


FIRST  YEAR 


QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER 

2 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

L. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

L.  Q.H. 

80.108 

Introd.  to 

80.109 

Tech.  Nsg. 

2 

2 

Tech.  Nsg. 

4 

5 

5 

18.108 

Intgrtd.  Sci. 

4 

4           5 

18.107 

Intgrtd.  Sci. 

4 

4 

5 

30.113 

English 

4 

4 

19.102 

Basic  Psych. 
QUARTER 

4 
3 

4 

19.141 
19.201 

Gr.  &  Dev. 
Abn.  Psych. 

QUARTER 

4 
4 

4 

4 
4 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

L. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

L.  Q.H. 

80.110 

Nsg.  Seminar 

3 

3 

82.101 

Mat.  Child 

18.109 

Intgrtd.  Sci. 

4 

3 

5 

Nsg. 

6 

18       12 

30.114 

English 

4 

4 

or 

19.142 

Gr.  &  Dev. 

4 

4 

81.102 

Med-Surg. 

80.111 

Trends  in  Nsg. 

1 

1 

21.100 

Nsg. 
Prin.  Soc. 
Elective 

3 
4 
4 

9          6 
4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course  CI.      L.  Q.H. 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course  CI.      L.  Q.H. 


81.102 

Med-Surg. 

81.102 

Med-Surg. 

Nsg. 

3 

9 

6 

Nsg. 

3 

9 

6 

or 

or 

83.101 

Psych.  Nsg. 
or 

3 

9 

6 

83.101 

Psych.  Nsg. 
or 

3 

9 

6 

82.101 

Mat.  Child 

82.101 

Mat.  Child 

Nsg. 

6 

18 

12 

Nsg. 

6 

18 

12 

90.254 

Prof.  Dev. 
Electives 

1 

1 
8 

22.177 
23.110 

Am.  Pol.  Proc. 

or 
U.S.  to  1865 

4 
4 

4 
4 

23.111 

U.S.  since  1865  4 

4 

Elective 

4 

4 

college  of  pharmacy 

and 

allied  health  professions 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Dean 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions 

Arnold  S.  Goldstein,  Assistant  Dean  of  Pharmacy 

Accreditation 

Each  of  the  programs  offered  by  the  College  is  accredited  by  the  appropriate 
professional  group.  The  College  holds  membership  in  both  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  and  the  Association  of  Schools  of  Allied  Health 
Professions. 

Objectives 

Northeastern  University  recognizes  the  increased  demand  for  well-educated 
pharmacists  and  allied  health  professionals.  The  College  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions  is  pledged  to  meet  this  need  by  combining  its  unique 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education  with  a  highly  innovative  academic  program, 
designed  to  prepare  students  effectively  to  become  professional  practitioners, 
to  enter  graduate  schools,  and  to  accept  employment  in  the  many  areas  respon- 
sible for  the  delivery  of  health  care. 

Degrees  Granted 

The  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy,  As- 
sociate in  Science,  and  Associate  in  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene  are  awarded  to 
qualified  candidates. 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 
Professors 

0.  James  Inashima,  B.S.,  in  Pharm.,  John  F.  Reinhard,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

M.S.,  Ph.D.  Pierre  F.  Smith,  Chairman, 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.  in  Pharm.,  Pharmacy  and  Pharmacy 

Ph.D.  Administration,  B.S.  in  Pharm., 

George  M.  Krause,  B.S.  in  Pharm.,  Ph.D. 

M.S.  Albert  H.  Soloway,  Chairman, 
Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.  Medicinal  Chemistry  and 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  B.S.  in  Pharm.,  Pharmacology,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Ph.D.  Elliot  Specter,  B.S.  in  Pharm., 
Robert  F.  Raffauf,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Ph.D. 

202 


COLLEGE  OF   PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /   203 

Associate  Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Arnold  S.  Goldstein,  B.S.  in  Pharm.,  Evelyn  L.  Cassara,  B.S. 

M.S.B.A.,  J.D.  Britta  L.  Karlsson,  B.S.,  M.S.  in 

Suzanne  B.  Greenberg,  B.A.,  M.S.  Health  Science 

Philip  G.  Weiler,  B.S.,  M.D.,  M.P.A.,  Bertrand  J.  Laprade,  B.S.  in  Pharm. 

M.P.H.  Donald  L.  MacKeen,  B.S.  in  Pharm., 

M.S. 

Instructors  Joseph  F.  Palumbo,  B.S.  in  Pharm., 

John  P.  Donahue,  B.S.  ..  o    ;„  Dho,r„ 

„    .        ,,,   ..  .,  .'  M.S.  m  Pharm. 

Sydney  W.  McNeil  ..  ...        e*.             d  c 

■'       '  Matthew  Stevens,  B.S. 

Lecturer  Victor  D.  Warner,  B.S.  in  Pharm., 

John  W.  Webb,  B.S.  in  Pharm.,  Ph.D. 

M.S.  in  Pharm.  Rina  L.  Zamczyk,  B.S. 

Fundamental  to  the  College's  approach  to  health  care  education  is: 

1.  A  curriculum  of  highly  relevant  and  closely  integrated  courses  in  the 
physical,  biological,  behavioral,  and  administrative  sciences  comprising 
the  basis  of  modern  professional  practice. 

2.  A  responsiveness  to  the  individual  career  goals  of  our  students  and  the 
capabilities  of  structuring  a  course  of  study  that  will  serve  their  in- 
dividual needs. 

3.  A  meaningful  involvement  in  the  clinical  aspects  of  patient  care  via 
affiliations  with  teaching  hospitals  and  related  institutions. 

4.  A  cooperative  internship  program  under  the  guidance  of  qualified  profes- 
sional practitioners — to  enable  our  students  the  opportunity  to  acquire 
the  skills  and  actual  experience  considered  an  integral  part  of  the  total 
program. 

5.  A  commitment  to  the  search  and  advancement  of  new  and  progressive 
concepts,  ideas,  and  philosophies  of  education  and  professional  practice. 

Career  Opportunities  in  Pharmacy 

The  continued  demand  for  pharmacy  practitioners  is  likely  to  increase  in  the 
future  in  direct  response  to  increased  populations,  greater  emphasis  on  health 
care,  and  in  particular  to  the  newer  and  more  diversified  utilization  of  the 
pharmacist  in  a  consultative  and  clinical  capacity.  Of  the  128,000  pharmacists 
now  in  practice  in  this  country,  the  majority  are  associated  with  community 
practice.  Approximately  one  half  of  the  community  pharmacists  are  self- 
employed.  Hospital  pharmacy  and  institutional  practice  have  attracted  over 
10,000  practitioners.  Pharmacy  also  offers  careers  in  research,  production,  ad- 
ministration, law  enforcement,  and  education.  An  ever-increasing  number  of 
women  are  finding  satisfying  careers  in  pharmacy.  At  present,  24  percent  of  the 
enrollment  in  pharmacy  colleges  consists  of  women. 

Program  of  Study  in  Pharmacy 

The  College  offers  a  five-year  curriculum  which  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Pharmacy.  This  curriculum  conforms  to  the  standards  established 


204   /   COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 

by  The  American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education  and  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy.  It  includes  instruction  in  each  of  three  natural 
divisions:  (1)  nonscientific  courses  in  general  education  (the  humanities  and 
social  studies);  (2)  mathematics  and  the  basic  physical  and  biological  sciences; 
and  (3)  courses  in  the  areas  of  professional  instruction:  medicinal  chemistry, 
pharmacognosy,  pharmacology,  pharmacy  and  pharmacy  administration. 

In  addition,  through  its  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions,  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  are  offered. 

Facilities 

The  College  occupies  the  Mugar  Life  Sciences  Building  on  the  Main  Campus 
of  the  University.  Completed  in  1963,  this  multi-million  dollar  facility  offers 
proximity  to  all  the  academic  and  extra-curricular  activities  of  the  University. 

The  building  was  so  designed  as  to  fully  anticipate  the  physical  needs  of  a 
growing  and  progressive  college.  Accordingly,  the  College  enjoys  spacious  and 
well-equipped  laboratories  and  classrooms  for  both  its  undergraduate  and  grad- 
uate programs,  and  its  courses  in  dispensing  and  physical  pharmacy,  industrial 
pharmacy,  pharmacy  administration,  medicinal  chemistry,  analytical  chemistry, 
pharmacognosy,  and  pharmacology.  Radio-isotope  laboratories,  a  pharmaceutical 
manufacturing  plant,  clinical  pharmacy  laboratories,  animal  rooms,  and  com- 
plete audio-visual  capabilities  are  also  featured  in  this  five-story  structure. 

Admission  Requirements 

It  is  important  that  applicants  for  admission  to  the  College  have  studied  the 
college  preparatory  curriculum.  In  particular,  such  students  should  be  able  to 
demonstrate  strength  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics.  The  following  subjects 
are  required: 

Subject  Units 

English  (4  years)  3 

Foreign  Language  (2  years)  2 

Science  (Biology  and  Chemistry)  2 

Mathematics  3 

Other  college  preparatory  subjects  3 

Electives,  not  more  than  2 


15 


Transfer  with  Advanced  Standing 


The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  may  accept  qualified 
transfer  students  who  have  successfully  completed  one  or  more  years  of  pre- 
professional  course  work  in  an  accredited  college  or  university. 

A  candidate  for  advanced  standing  should: 

1.   Have  had  courses  which  enable  him  to  enter  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
or  third  year  and  thereafter  continue  as  a  regular  student. 


COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /   205 

2.  Have  earned  average  grades  or  better  in  his  previous  collegiate  studies.  No 
credit  is  given  for  the  lowest  passing  mark.  Transfer  students  are  admitted 
only  in  September. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy 

Quantitative  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy  degree  must  complete 
all  of  the  prescribed  work  of  the  curriculum. 

Students  who  undertake  the  cooperative  education  program  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  Department  of  Cooperative  Education  before  they  become 
eligible  for  their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  receive 
a  degree  until  at  least  eight  quarters  of  academic  work  immediately  preceding 
graduation  has  been  completed  at  Northeastern. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  of  pharmacy  is  eligible  to  receive 
a  degree  until  at  least  three  quarters  of  academic  work  immediately  preceding 
graduation  has  been  completed  at  Northeastern. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

The  degree  conferred  not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  sub- 
jects in  the  selected  course  of  study  but  also  indicates  professional  competence 
in  the  field  of  specialization.  Students  will  be  expected  to  maintain  an  overall 
average  of  C.  Those  who  are  clearly  unable  to  meet  the  accepted  standard  of 
attainment  will  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Graduation  v\/ith  Honor 

Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment  in  their  aca- 
demic work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty,  a 
limited  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest 
honor.  Students  must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  for  a  least  eight 
quarters  before  they  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

Licensure — Pliarmacy 

Pharmacists  must  meet  certain  requirements  to  obtain  a  license  from  the 
state  in  which  they  wish  to  practice.  These  requirements  ordinarily  include: 
graduation  from  an  accredited  college  of  pharmacy,  passing  an  examination 
given  by  a  State  Board  of  Pharmacy,  and  completing  an  "internship"  or 
apprenticeship. 

The  internship  is  a  period— usually  one  year— of  supervised  practical  experi- 
ence in  a  pharmacy,  which  at  Northeastern  University,  may  be  accomplished 
during  the  cooperative  work  periods  in  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  years  of  the 
five-year  curriculum.  During  the  periods  of  full-time  employment,  the  salary 
received  enables  the  student  to  pay  a  major  part  of  his  educational  expenses. 


206   /   COLLEGE  OF   PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 

Specimen  Program  in  Pharmacy 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER 

2 

QUARTER 

3 

No.          Course 

CI. 

L.  Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

C 

.     l.Q 

H. 

No. 

10.103 

10.107 
18.132 
30.114 

Course 

Basic  Math 

or 
Calculus 
Biology 
English 
L.A.  Elective 

CI. 

3 

4 
3 
4 
4 

L.  Q.H. 

10.101     Basic  Math 
12.106     Gen.  Chem. 
30.113     English 
71.201     Pcy.  Orient. 
L.A.  Elective 

3 
4 
4 

1 
4 

3 

(3)       5 

4 

1 
4 

10.102 

10.106 
12.107 
18.131 
71.202 

Basic  Math 

or 
Calculus 
Gen.  Chem. 
Biology 
Pcy.  Orient. 

3 

4 
4 
3 

1 

(3) 
(4) 

3 

4 
5 
4 

1 

3 

4 
(4)       4 

4 
4 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER 

5 

No. 

Cou 

rse 

Cl.    L.  Q.H. 

No. 

11.172 
12.145 
21.100 
29.108 

Course 

Physics 

Org.  Chemistry 
Sociology 
Bus.  &  Prof. 
Spkg. 

CI.   L.  Q.H. 

4               4 
4      (3)     5 

4                4 

4                4 
16      (3)   17 

11.171 
12.144 
39.115 
19.105 

Physics 

Org.  Chemistry 

Economics 

Psychology 

4 

4      (3) 
4 
4 
16      (3) 

4 
5 
4 
4 
17 

THIRD  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course  Cl.   L.  Q.H. 


QUARTER  6A  QUARTER  7 

No.  Course  Cl.   L.  Q.H.  No.  Course  Cl.   L.  Q.H. 


71.261     Pharm.  1 
73.203     Anat.-Phys. 
93.151     Gen.  Biochem. 
Elective 

4      (3)     5 

4                4 

4                4 

4                4 

16      (3)  17 

71.262 
73.204 
72.241 
18.120 

Pharm.  II 
Anat.-Phys 
Intro  to  Therap. 
Microbiol. 

3  (3)     4 

4  (3)     5 

4                4 
3      (4)      4 
14     (10)17 

72.242     Chem-P'col.  1 
73.223     Clinical  Biochem 
72.230     Drug  Anal. 
Elective 

5 
3 
4 
4 
16 

5 

(3)    4 

(3)     5 

4 

(6)  18 

FOURTH   YEAR 

No. 

QUARTER  8 
Course           Cl.       L.     Q.H. 

Pharm.  Ill      3          (3)          4 
Chem. 

P'col.  II      5          (3)          6 

Pathology      4                        4 

Prof.  Elec.      3-4                 3-4 

15-16  (6)  17-18 

QUARTER  9 
No.          Course           Cl.       L.     Q.H. 

71.263 
72.243 

73.245 

71.264     Pharm.  IV 
72.244     Chem. 

P'col.  Ill 

73.247     Toxicology 

Prof.  Elec. 

3  (3)          4 

5          (3)          6 

4  4 
3-4                  3^ 
15-16  (6)  17-18 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 
No.         Course           Cl 

10 

L.      Q.H. 

3 

(3)          5 

4 

4                  3^ 

-15  (3)  15-16 

No. 

71.245 

71.266 

71.251 

90.251 

QUARTER  10A 
Course           Cl.       L.     Q.H. 

Pharm. 

Adm. 1        4                         4 
Prof. 

Prac.  113          (3)          4 
Clin.  Pcy.  1     3                         3 

Prof.  Elec.  6-8                 6-8 
PI.  Tech.         1                          1 

No. 

QUARTER  11 
Course            Cl. 

L. 

Q.H 

65.218     Pub.  Health  3 
71.265     Prof. 

Practice  1   4 
71.243     Juris.               4 
Prof.  Elect.    3- 

71.2 
71.2 

52     Clin. 

Pharm.  II  2 
67     Prof. 

Prac.  Ill     4 
Prof.  Elect.    6-8 

(6) 

1 
6-S 

14 

12-14  (6)  14-1f 

17- 

19  (3)  18-20 

COLLEGE  OF   PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /    207 

Medical  Laboratory  Science 
Medical  Technology 

In  every  area  of  medicine,  the  medical  technologist  is  an  important  member 
of  the  medical  team.  Working  with  the  physician,  the  medical  technologist 
performs  laboratory  analyses  which  aid  in  the  detection,  diagnosis,  and  treat- 
ment of  disease.  Utilizing  a  strong  foundation  in  the  biological  and  chemical 
sciences,  the  technologist  performs  complex  clinical  laboratory  investigations: 
testing  blood  for  transfusions,  preparing  vaccines,  identifying  bacteria  and 
parasites,  examining  blood  for  malignant  cells,  and  analyzing  tissues  and  body 
fluids  for  inorganic  and  complex  organic  chemical  substances.  The  graduate 
will  often  be  employed  in  medical  laboratory  educational  and  supervisory 
positions. 

Program  of  Study 

Students  enter  the  College  as  Health  Professions  majors  in  the  medical 
laboratory  science  program.  The  College  offers  a  five-year  cooperative  or 
modified-cooperative  curriculum  which  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science,  and  (upon  completion  of  the  professional  segment)  eligibility  to  write 
the  certification  examination  in  Medical  Technology  given  by  the  Board  of 
Registry  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  During  the  junior  and 
senior  years  qualified  students  are  assigned  to  one  of  the  affiliated  approved 
hospital  schools  of  medical  technology.  To  qualify  for  entrance  to  an  accredited 
hospital  school,  a  student  must  have  an  acceptable  quality  point  average,  and 
must  have  completed  the  entrance  requirements  in  mathematics,  physics, 
chemistry,  and  biology  as  outlined  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  Medical  Tech- 
nology. The  professional  courses  in  hematology,  pathogenic  microbiology, 
serology,  mycology,  parasitology,  chemistry,  instrumentation,  and  blood  banking 
are  given  at  the  University  and  at  the  hospital  school. 

Students  will  register  at  the  University  for  12  quarters  including  two 
interim  sessions  of  five  days  each.  This  will  include  all  academic  quarters  at 
the  University  as  well  as  the  total  clinical  program  in  the  affiliated  approved 
hospital  school  of  medical  technology.  In  addition,  cooperative  work  periods 
may  be  regularly  assigned,  or  the  student  may  elect  a  modified  cooperative 
plan. 

Degree 

The  degree  granted  will  be  the  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  hospital  school  of 
medical  technology  is  approved  by  the  Board  of  Schools  of  Medical  Technology 
of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists  and  the  Council  of  Medical 
Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  The  degree  conferred  not  only 
represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  subjects  in  the  selected  course  of 
study,  but  also  indicates  competence  in  the  field  of  specialization. 

Medical  Laboratory  Technology  and  Cytotechnology 

Associate  degree  programs  are  also  available  in  medical  laboratory  science. 
These  lead  to  eligibility  to  write  the  certification  examination  of  the  Board  of 
Registry  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists  for  medical  laboratory 
technicians  (AD-MLT)  and  for  cytotechnologists  (CT). 


208  /   COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 


Specimen  Program 

Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 

Medicat  Technology  Majors  {Option  I) 

(Five-Year  Cooperative) 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER 

1 

QUARTER 

2 

QUARTER  3 

No.        Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q.H.           No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

lO.ICH    Fd.  Math 

4              4 

10.105 

Fd.  Math 

4 

4           12.105 

Anal.  Chem. 

4(6) 

6 

or 

or 

or 

10.150    Calc. 

4             4 

10.151 

Calc 

4 

4           12.171 

Anal.  Chem. 

3(3) 

4 

12.103    Gen.  Chem. 

4(3)        5 

12.104 

Gen. 

Chem 

4(3) 

5           30.114 

English 

4 

4 

18.131    Gen.  Biology 

3(4)        4 

18.132 

An. 

3iology 

3(4) 

4 

Mod.  Lang 

. 

4 

30.113    English 

4              4 

Mod 
Elec 

Lang,  or 
ive 

4 

4 

or 
Elective 

4 

87.100 

Lab. 

Med.  Orient.     1 

1           87.101 

Basic  MLS 

3(3) 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

QUARTER  4 

QUARTER 

5 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

12.144 

Org.  Chem.  1 

4(3) 

5 

12145 

Org.  Chem.  1 1 

4(3) 

5 

18.125 

Human  Phys. 

2(3) 

3 

18.126 

Human  Phys. 

2(3) 

3 

18.120 

Micro. 

2(3) 

4 

87.105 

Bas.  ML  Chemistry 

or 

&  InstrumenI 

3(4) 

4 

Elective 

4 

4 

Mod.  Lang,  or 

4 

or 

Hum.  Elective 

4 

4 

87.101 

Bas.  MLS- 

3(3) 

4 

87.102 

Bas.  MLS- 
Hem. 
and 

1(3) 

2 

87.103 

Bas.  MLS- 
Immunohem. 

1(3) 

2 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

QUARTER 

7 

No. 

Course 

Gen.  &  Dev.  Bio. 

CI.    Q.H. 
3(4)        4 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q. 

H. 
4 

18.135 

18.136 

Cell  Biology 

3(4) 

11.117 

Gen.  Phys.  1 
and 

4 

4 

11.119 

Gen.  Phys.  II 
and 

4 

4 

11.124 

Gen.  Phys.  1 
Laboratory 
or 

(3) 

1 

11.125 

Gen.  Phys.  II 

Laboratory 

or 

(3) 

1 

11.171 

Bas.  Phys.  1 
and 

4 

4 

11.172 

Bas.  Phys.  II 
and 

4 

4 

11.173 

Bas.  Phys.  Lab.  1 

(3) 

1 

11.174 

Bas.  Phys.  Lab. 

II       (3) 

1 

87.120 

Communications 
or 

3 

3 

18.120 

Soc.  Sci.  Elect. 
Gen.  Micro,  or 

4 
3(4) 

4 
4 

87.102 

Bas.  ML-Hem. 

1(3) 

2 

Elective  (optional) 

4 

and 

87.103 

Bas.  MLS- 

Immunohem. 
Elective 

1(3) 

2 
4 

Middlers  having  completed  appropriate  sciences  including  microbiology  and  applied  study 
will  be  eligible  for  an  Associate  in  Science  degree  and  may  viirite  the  A.D.  (MLT)  (ASCP) 
examination  leading  to  the  Associate  degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician  Certification 
offered  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  Medical  Technology  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical 
Pathology. 


FOURTH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER 

9 

No. 

Course 

CI.    Q 

H.                              No. 

Course 

Biology  Elective 
Elective 
Soc.  Sci.  Elect. 
Gen.  Micro. 

CI.    Q.H. 

4 
4             4 
4             4 
3(4)        4 

Biology  Elective 
Hum.  Elective 
Soc.  Sci.  Elect. 
Elective 

4 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4                             18.220 

FIFTH  YEAR 

QUARTER 

10 

QUARTER  10A 

QUARTER  11 

No.        Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

3(3)       4 

)                       4 
1(3)        2 

2             2 

No. 

Course                      CI.   Q.H. 

No. 

87.201 
87.111 

87.221 

87.226 

Course 

Path.  Micro. 
Applied  Path.  Micr 

(At  Affiliated  Ho 
ML  Management 

or 
MLS  Ed. 
Elective 

CI.   Q.H 

87.202  Hem.  and 
Immunohem. 

87.112    Applied  Hem. 
Immunohem.  (/ 
Affiliated  Hosp. 

87.203  Med.  Serol.  A 

Immunology 
(Fall  Interim 
Session) 
87.121    Quality  Control 

87.205 
87.115 
87.204 
87.190 

Clin.  Chem. 
& 
Instrumentation    3(3) 

Applied  Med.  Lab. 
Chemistry  (At 
Affiliated  Hosp.) 

Med.  Parasitology    1(3) 
(Winter  or  Spring 
Interim  Session) 

Undergrad.  Research 

4 

4 
2 

2 

3(3)       4 

0. 

5P.)             4 
2 

2 
4 

COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSrONS  /   209 


FIRST  YEAR 


Specimen  Program 

Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 

Medical  Technology  Majors  (Option  II) 

(Five-Year  Modified  Cooperative) 


No. 


QUARTER 
course 


CI.   O-H. 


10.104 

Fd.  Math 
or 

4             4 

10.150 

Calc. 

4             4 

iaio3 

Gen.  Chem. 
or 

4(3)        5 

12.106 

Gen.  Chem. 

4(3)        5 

18.131 

Gen.  Bio. 

3(4)        4 

30.113 

English 

(QUARTER  3 

4              4 

No. 

Course 

CI.    OH. 

12.105    Anal.  Chem. 


12.171 
30.114 


87.101 


Anal.  Chem. 
English 
Mod.  Lang. 

or 
Elective 
Basic  MLS 


4(6) 

3(3) 

4 
4 


3(3) 


SECOND  YEAR 


(?UARTER  4 
No.         Ck)urse  CI.   Q.H. 


12.144 

Org.  Chem.  1 

4(3)       5 

Mod.  Lang. 

4             4 

or 

Humanities 

Elective 

4             4 

18.125 

Human  Phys. 

2(3)        3 

Soc.  Sci.  Elect 

4             4 

THIRD  YEAR 

QUARTER  6 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q.H. 

18.135 

Gen.  &  Dev.  Bio. 

3(4)        4 

11.117 

Gen.  Phys.  1 

4             4 

11.124 

Gen.  Phys.  1  Lab. 
or 

(3)        1 

11.171 

Bas.  Phys.  1 
and 

4             4 

11.173 

Bas.  Phys.  Lab. 

(3)        1 

Soc.  Sci.  Elective 

4              4 

Elective 

4              4 

No. 


(QUARTER  2 
(k)urse 


CI.   Q.H. 


10.105    Fd.  Math 


10.151 
12.104 


12.107 
18.132 


No. 


Calc. 

Gen.  Chem. 

or 
Gen.  Chem. 
An.  Bio. 
Mod.  Lang. 

or 
Elective 

QUARTER  3A 
Course 


4 
4(3) 

4(3) 
3(4) 

4 


CI.    Q.H. 


87.102  Bas.  MLS  Hem. 

87.103  Bas.  MLS- 

Immunohem. 
87.105    Bas.  ML  Chem.  2 

I  nstrumentation 
87.120    Communications 
87.112    Foundations 

Med.  Sci. 


1(3) 

1(3) 

3(4) 
3 


No. 


QUARTER  5 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


12.145    Org.  Chem.  II 
Mod.  Lang. 

or 
Hum.  Elective 

18.126    Human  Phys. 
Soc.  Sci.  Elect 


4(3) 
4 

4 

2(3) 

4 


No. 


QUARTER  7 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


18.136    Cell  Biology  3(4)  4 

11.119    Gen.  Phys.  II  4  4 

and 

11.125    Gen.  Phys.  II  Lab.  (3)  1 

or 

11.172    Bas.  Phys.  II  4  4 

and 

11.174    Bas.  Phys.  II  Lab.  (3)  1 

18.220    Gen.  Micro.  3(4)  4 

Humanities  Elect  4  4 


i?'n  if^^  f!3y'"e  completed  appropriate  sciences  including  microbiology  and  applied  study 
will  De  eligible  for  an  Associate  in  Science  degree  and  may  write  the  AD-MLT  (ASCP) 
^«^  wl  r^  leading  to  the  Associate  degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician  Certification 
Pafh  I     •  ts  °*  Registry  of  Medical  Technology  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical 


^TH  YEAR 

QUARTER  8 

QUARTER  9 

No. 

Course                      CI.   Q.H. 

No. 
87.201 

(bourse                       CI.   Q.H. 

87.202 

Hematology  & 

Path.  Micro.              3(3)       4 

87.112 

Immunohem.         3(3) 
Applied  Hem.  i. 
Immunohem.  (At 

4 

87.111 

Applied  Path. 
Micro  (At 
Affiliated  Hosp.)                 4 

87.203 

Affiliated  Hosp.) 
Med.  Serology  & 

4 

87.204 

Med.  Parasitology    1(3)       2 
(Winter  or  Spring 

Immunology           1(3) 

2 

Interim  Session) 

(Fall  Interim 

87.221 

ML  Management                   2 

87.121 

Session) 
Quality  O>ntrol 

2 

87.190 

Undergraduate 

Research                             2 

210   /   COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 

Specimen  Program 

Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 

Medical  Technology  Majors 

(Option  II)  (Continued) 

(Five-Year  Cooperative) 
FIFTH  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  10 
Course  CI.   QH. 


87.205    Clin.  Chem.  & 

Instrumentation  3(3)  4 
87.115    Applied  Med. 

Lab.  Chem.  (At 

Affiliated  Hosp.)  4 

Undergrad. 

Research  2 

87.226    M.L.S.-Education  2 


No. 


QUARTER  11 
Course  CI.    Q.H. 


Biology  Elective 
Biology  Elective 
Electives 
(Mgmt.  &  Educ.) 


COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /   211 
Medical  Record  Administration 

The  medical  record  administrator  is  responsible  for  organizing,  operating,  and 
managing  Medical  Record  Departments.  His  specific  responsibilities  fall  into 
five  categories:  (1)  to  design  health  information  and  recovery  systems;  (2)  to 
plan,  organize,  and  direct  medical  record  services;  (3)  to  develop,  analyze,  and 
evaluate  medical  records  and  indexes;  (4)  to  cooperate  with  the  medical  staff  in 
developing  methods  for  evaluation  of  patient  care;  and  (5)  to  cooperate  with  the 
medical  and  administrative  staff  in  research  projects  utilizing  health  care 
information. 

Career  Opportunities 

The  medical  record  administrator  is  found  in  many  types  of  health  facilities: 
heading  medical  record  departments  in  hospitals,  nursing  homes,  health 
centers,  and  satellite  clinics;  performing  staff  functions  on  regional  planning 
councils  or  for  health  insurance  organizations;  and  serving  on  faculties  of 
colleges  or  schools. 

Program  of  Study 

The  Medical  Record  Administration  Program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  and  eligibility  to  write  the  registration  examination  given  by  the 
American   Medical   Record  Association. 

Courses  at  the  University  will  be  in  liberal  arts,  science,  and  business  and 
will  include  anatomy  and  physiology,  management  and  organization,  and  elec- 
tronic data  processing.  The  professional  segment  includes  courses  in  hospital 
law,  medical  terminology,  and  medical  record  science.  Students  must  also  spend 
300  hours  in  directed  applied  medical  record  science  at  an  affiliated  hospital. 

Degree 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  granted.  Northeastern  University's  program 
is  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation in  cooperation  with  the  American  Medical  Record  Association. 

Students  interested  in  this  program  should  make  an  appointment  with  the 
Associate  Dean   of  Allied   Health   Professions. 


212   /   COLLEGE  OF   PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 

Dental  Hygiene 

An  important  member  of  the  dental  health  team,  the  dental  hygienist  is 
licensed  to  render  direct  preventive  services  to  the  patient  under  the  direction 
of  the  dentist.  Services  include  administering  dental  prophylactic  treatment, 
preparing  dental  radiographs,  and  teaching  prescribed  methods  of  maintaining 
dental  health.  Dental  hygienists  with  advanced  degrees  are  in  increasing  demand 
as  clinical  instructors  and  administrators  of  their  programs. 

Program  of  Study 

The  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists  conducts  a  program  of  dental 
hygiene  education  and  general  education  in  cooperation  with  Northeastern 
University.  Students  in  this  two-year  program  attend  classes  both  at  the  Forsyth 
Dental  Center  and  at  Northeastern's  immediately  adjacent  campus  on  Hunt- 
ington Avenue. 

Degree 

Graduates  of  the  program  will  receive  the  Certificate  in  Dental  Hygiene  from 
Forsyth  and  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Science  from  Northeastern  University. 
Students  who  complete  the  two-year  associate  degree  program  may  apply  their 
credits  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in 
Health  Education.  This  three-year  curriculum  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  is  taken 
at  Boston-Bouve  College  at  Northeastern.  Students  may  also  apply  their  credits 
toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  in  a  part-time  program  in  University 
College. 

Students  interested  in  this  program  should  make  direct  contact  with  the 
Forsyth  School  of  Dental   Hygiene. 


COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /   213 
Specimen  Program  in  Dental  Hygiene 


FIRST  YEAR 

QUARTER  1 

QUARTER  2 

QUARTER  3 

No.        Course 

CI. 

O.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

Q.H. 

No. 

Course 

CI.   Q.H 

30.113       English 
12.101        Chemistry 
DH-01       Dental  Anatomy 
DH-70      Speech 
DH-20       Radiology 
DH-11       Dental  Hygiene 
DH-11C    Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 

4 

2(3) 

3 

2 

2 

2 

(2) 

4 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 

1 

12.102 
18.141 
DH-02 
DH-40 
DH-05 
DH-12 
DH-12C 

Chemistry 
Biology 

Dental  Anatomy 
Nutrition 
Histology 
Dental  Hygiene 
Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 

2(3^ 
3(4) 

2 
3 
2 

(2) 

3 
4 
3 
2 
3 
2 

1 

30.114 
18.120 
DH-60 
DH-28 
DH-13 
DH-13C 

English 
Microbiology 
Public  Health  1 
Dental  Materials 
Dental  Hygiene 
Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 

4             4 

^(^>        t 
2             2 

2(1)        2 

2             2 

(3)        1 
Total    15 

Total    17 


Total    18 


SECOND  YEAR 


No. 


QUARTER  4 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


18.114       Anatomy  and 

Physiology 
DH-61       Public  Health  II 
DH-07       Pathology 
DH-08      Periodontology 
DH-14      Dental  Hygiene 
DH-14C    Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 


4(3)  5 

3  3 

3  3 

2  2 

2  2 

(15)  3 

Total  18 


QUARTER  5 
Course 


CI.   Q.H. 


18.115 

DH-30 
DH-09 
DH-15 
DH-15C 


Anatomy  and 
Physiology 
Pharmacology 
Oral  Surgery 
Dental  Hygiene 
Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 


4(3) 
2 
2 
2 

(15) 
Total 


No. 


QUARTER  6 
Course 


19.102 
21.100 

DH-03 
DH-16 
DH-16C 


CI.   Q.H. 


Psychology 
Principles  of 
Sociology 
Dental  Anatomy 
Dental  Hygiene 
Clinical  Dental 
Hygiene 


(15)      3 
Total    15 


( )  Lab  Hours 


DM  Courses  given  by  the  Forsyth  School. 


214   /   COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 
Management  in  Health  Agencies  and  Institutions 

For  information  about  this  program,  communicate  with  the  Office  of  the 
Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions  or  with  Northeastern's  University 
College. 

Radiologic  Technology 

The  Radiologic  Technologist  is  a  respected  member  of  the  paramedical  team 
in  the  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  environment  of  the  clinic  or  hospital  and  an 
important  functionary  in  the  production,  quality  control  and  inspection  labora- 
tories of  the  industrial  community.  Medically  related  responsibilities  demand 
effective  rapport  with  doctors,  surgeons,  pathologists,  or  nurses  while  industrial 
competency  requires  close  associations  with  metallurgists,  production  and 
manufacturing  specialists,  and  engineers  or  scientists. 

For  further  information  about  the  current  program  of  study,  please  consult 
the  Lincoln  College  catalog.  Students  interested  in  this  area  of  study  should 
make  an  appointment  with  the  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions. 

Respiratory  Therapy 

Respiratory  therapy,  formerly  known  as  inhalation  therapy,  is  among  the  most 
rapidly  growing  of  the  health  professions.  It  is  concerned  with  the  diagnosis 
and  treatment  of  acute  and  chronic  lung  disease  occurring  in  patients  of  all 
ages,  from  newborn  babies  to  senior  citizens.  Practitioners  must  be  able  to 
apply  knowledge  of  basic  sciences  in  order  to  use  respirators,  oxygen  equip- 
ment, humidifying  devices,  and  diagnostic  tools  with  patients  in  various  health 
care  settings.  Their  responsibilities  include  providing  direct  minute-to-minute 
care  to  patients  in  continuous  respirators,  treating  respiratory  problems  with 
intermittent  therapy,  teaching  the  patient  with  chronic  disease  to  maintain  his 
own  care  at  home,  working  with  outpatients,  using  special  respiratory  function 
equipment  to  aid  in  diagnosis,  and  maintaining  sophisticated  electronic  and 
mechanical  devices.  Therapists  are  in  demand  in  hospitals,  extended  care  fa- 
cilities, community  health  agencies,  and  research  laboratories. 

Program  of  Study 

Mathematics  and  the  physical,  biological,  medical,  and  health  sciences 
provide  the  basis  for  the  professional  instruction  in  Respiratory  Therapy.  English, 
speech,  psychology,  and  history  provide  the  general  educational  background. 

Degree 

The  Respiratory  Therapy  Program  leads  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree 
in  three  years  on  the  Cooperative  Plan.  It  allows  candidates  to  take  the  examina- 
tion of  the  American  Registry  of  Inhalation  Therapists  and  forms  a  basis  for 
continuation  of  study  to  the  Baccalaureate  degree. 


COLLEGE  OF   PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /   215 
Specimen  Program  in  Respiratory  Therapy 
Full-Time  Students 


FIRST  YEAR 


FALL  OTR. 

WINTER  OTR. 

SPRING  OTR. 

No. 

Course              CI. 

L. 

0 

H. 

No. 

Course                CI. 

L. 

O.H. 

No. 

Course                CI. 

L. 

O.H. 

18.114 

Funct.  Human    4 

3 

5 

18.115 

Funct.  Human 

18.120 

Microbio.             3 

4 

4 

Anat.  1 

Anat.  II           4 

3 

5 

10.103 

Mathematics      3 

3 

10.101 

Mathematics      3 

3 

10.102 

Mathematics      3 

3 

86.193 

Resp.  Therapy    2 

? 

3 

86.191 

Intro,  to  Resp. 

86.192 

Intro,  to  Resp. 

86.502 

Hospital  Law      2 

? 

Therapy          2 

^^ 

3 

Ther.  II           2 

2 

3 

30.102 

English                4 

4 

19.102 

Intro.  Psych.       4 

4 

30.101 

English                4 

4 

SECOND  YEAR 

No.         Course  CI.      L.  O-H.  No. 


86.194    Proc.  Resp. 

Ther.  I  4 

23.210    U.S.  Hist. 

to  1865  4 

86.512     Med.  Sci.  I         3 


Course 


Ci.      L.  O-H. 


No. 


Course 


CI.      L.  O-H. 


86.195     CLINICAL 


(40) 


29.100  Public  Speaking    3 


86.1 96 

Proc.  Resp. 

Ther.  Ill          4 

4 

23.211 

U.S.  Since  1865  4 

4 

86.513 

Med.  Sci.  II        3 

3 

73.111 

Drugs— Uses 

&  Actions        4 

4 

THIRD  YEAR 

No.         Course  Cl.      L.  O-H. 

CO-OP 


Course 


CI.      L.  O-H. 


No. 


Course 


CI.     L.  O.H. 


86.197 

Proc.  Resp. 

86.198     Proc.  Resp. 

Therapy  IV     4 

4 

Ther.  V            4 

4 

86.511 

Pers.  &  Comm. 

86.524     Health  Edu.        2 

2 

Health             2 

2 

86.575     HIth.,  Disease, 

86.574 

HIth.,  Disease, 

&  Disability     3 

3 

&  Dis.              3 

3 

Electives 

3 

Electives 

3 

courses  of 
Instruction 


On  the  pages  which  follow  are  given  in  numerical  order  the  synopses  of 
courses  offered  in  the  several  curricula  of  the  Basic  Colleges.  All  courses  will 
be  offered  each  year  unless  otherwise  stated.  The  term  "prerequisite"  indi- 
cates a  course  that  must  be  taken  before  undertaking  the  advanced  course 
to  which  it  applies. 

Courses  in  the  part-time  evening  programs  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
are  identical  with  those  in  the  full-time  day  program. 

A  "quarter"  hour  equals  approximately  three  clock  hours  of  work:  ordinarily 
one  hour  of  class  and  two  hours  of  preparation  a  week  for  a  quarter  of  twelve 
weeks.  Laboratory  and  drawing  courses  normally  require  fewer  hours  of  out- 
side preparation  and,  therefore,  carry  less  credit  than  lecture  courses. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw,  modify,  or  add  to  the  courses 
offered  or  to  change  the  order  of  content  of  courses  in  any  curriculum. 


ABBREVIATIONS 

Prereq. 

Prerequisite 

CI. 

Class  Hours 

Lab. 

Laboratory  Hours 

Q.H. 

Quarter  Hours 

216 


CIVIL   ENGINEERING   /   217 


Course  Numbering  Program 

The  number  to  the  left  of  the  decimal  point  indicates  the  academic  depart- 
ment offering  the  course.  The  three  digits  after  the  decimal  point  differentiate 
the  courses  within  the  department. 


Accounting 

41. 

Health  Education 

65. 

Allied  Health  Professions 

86.-87. 

History 

23. 

Anthropology 

20. 

Industrial  Engineering 

05. 

Art 

27. 

Interdisciplinary 

93. 

Biology 

18. 

Italian 

35. 

Business  General 

49. 

Journalism 

38. 

Chemical  Engineering 

04. 

Management 

45. 

Chemistry 

12. 

Marketing 

43. 

Civil  Engineering 

01. 

Mathematics 

10. 

Cooperative 

90. 

Mechanical  Engineering 

02. 

Criminal  Justice 

92. 

Military  Science 

91. 

Drama  and  Speech 

29. 

Music 

28. 

Earth  Sciences  (Geology) 

16. 

Nursing 

80.-84. 

Economics 

39. 

Pharmacy 

71.-73, 

Education  —  Foundation 

50. 

Philosophy  &  Religion 

26. 

Education  —  Instruction 

51. 

Phys.  Ed. 

60.-62. 

Education  —  Reading 

54. 

Physical  Therapy 

64. 

Education  —  Speech  and 

Physics 

11. 

Hearing 

55. 

Pol.  Sci. 

22. 

Electrical  Engineering 

03. 

Psychology 

19. 

English 

30. 

Recreation 

63. 

Finance  and  Insurance 

44. 

Russian 

34. 

French 

31. 

Sociology 

21. 

German 

33. 

Spanish 

32. 

Graphic  Science 

09. 

Transportation 

48. 

Civil  Engineering 


01.101  Special  Topics  (Prereq.— outstanding  academic  performance)  4Q.H. 
An  individual  effort  in  an  area  within  the  field  of  Civil  Engineering  selected 
by  the  student,  and  adviser  with  approval  by  the  Department  resulting  In  a 
definitive  report.  Work  to  be  performed  in  both  Quarters  10  and  11,  equiva- 
lent to  2  Qtr.  Hrs.  each  quarter.  Final  grade  to  be  awarded  in  Quarter  11. 
Staff  Fall,  Winter,  Spring  Qtrs. 


01.105  Civil  Engineering  Systems  (Prereq.  10.154)  4  01.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  system  synthesis  and  to  optimization  techniques.  The  course 
is  designed  primarily  for  civil  engineering  students  interested  in  planning 
and  management  in  the  fields  of  construction,  transportation,  environmental 
and  structural  engineering.  Topics  include  calculus  method,  linear  program- 
ming, network  analysis,  critical  path  scheduling  and  dynamic  programming. 
Profs.  Ossenbruggen  and  Scranton  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


218   /   CIVIL   ENGINEERING 

01.106  Applied  Probability  Theory  for  Civil  Engineers 

(Prereq.  10.154)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  basic  elements  of  probability  theory  and  their  use  via  the  solution  of 
various  civil  engineering  problems  encountered  in  fluid  mechanics,  construc- 
tion management,  structures,  transportation,  etc.  Probability  of  events,  ran- 
dom variables  and  distribution,  derived  distribution,  expectation,  and  common 
probability  models. 
Prof.  Ossenbruggen  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.115  Engineering  Measurements  3  CI.;  3  Lab;  4  Q.H. 

The  methods  and  instruments  utilized  to  perform  engineering  measurements; 
errors  and  reliability,  propagation  of  errors  in  computing;  application  to  prob- 
lems of  land  surveying,  route  surveying,  and  topographical,  hydrographical 
and  construction  surveys. 
Profs.  Meserve,  Lenney,  and  Alberti  Fall  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.120  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (Prereq.  1.140)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Fluid  properties;  fluid  statics;  flow  concepts  including  conservation  of  mass, 
energy  and  momentum;  closed  conduct  flow  including  friction;  dimensional 
analysis;  introduction  to  open  channel  flow. 
Profs.  Branagan,  Horn,  and  Lenney  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.122   Hydraulic  Engineering  (Prereq.  01.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Principles  of  hydrology,  hydraulics  of  open  channel  flow,  design  of  water 
distribution  systems,  design  of  sanitary  sewer  systems  and  storm  drainage 
systems,  hydraulic  machinery. 
Profs.  Branagan,  Horn,  and  Meserve  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.124  Flow  of  Fluids  (Prereq.  02.165)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Fluid  properties;  fluid  states;  closed  conduit  flow;  dimensional  analysis;  water 
distribution  systems;  open  channel  flow  and  introduction  to  sanitary  sewer 
design. 
Profs.  Horn,  Lenney,  and  Cahoon  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.134  Transportation  Engineering  (Prereq.  01.114)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  current  technology  and  status  of  the  various  systems  of  transportation  of 
people  and  materials,  including  highways,  urban  mass  transit,  railroads,  air 
and  water  transport,  conveyors  and  pipelines.  Civil  Engineering  considerations 
of  planning,  design,  cost,  construction,  research  needs  and  environmental 
factors. 

Profs.  Ossenbruggen  and  Scranton  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.135  Construction  Engineering  (Prereq.  1.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Organizational  concepts  of  construction  entities;  interrelationship  of  engi- 
neer, architect  and  contractor;  cost  management  systems;  planning  and 
analysis  of  estimates;  scheduling  work  utilizing  computer  methods;  manage- 
ment and  supervision  of  construction  operations;  quality  control. 

Profs.  Neff  and  Leet  Spring  Qtr. 

01.140  Structural  Mechanics  I  (Prereq.— Freshman  Physics)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Statics  of  particles  and  rigid  bodies  in  two  and  three  dimensions.  Analysis  of 
internal  forces  in  trusses  and  beams.  Centroids  and  centers  of  gravity  of  lines, 


CIVIL   ENGINEERING   /   219 

area  and  volumes.  Moments  of  inertia  of  areas  and  masses. 

Profs.  Lenney,  Namyet,  and  Woelfl  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

01.141  Structural  Mechanics  II  (Prereq.  1.140)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  statics.  Shear  and  bending  moment  diagrams.  Mechanical  proper- 
ties of  materials.  Analysis  of  members  subjected  to  torsion  and  axial  loads. 
Analysis  of  beams  in  shear  and  bending,  elastic  and  plastic  theory.  Compound 
stresses. 

Profs.  Lenney,  Namyet,  and  Woelfl  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.142  Structural  Mechanics  III  (Prereq.  01.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Transformation  of  stress  and  strain.  Column  buckling  and  theories  of  failure. 
Review  of  forces  in  beams  and  trusses.  Influence  lines  for  statically  deter- 
minate structures.  Deflection  of  trusses,  beams  and  frames.  Utilizing  the 
method  of  Virtual  Work  and  Moment-Area  propositions. 

Profs.  Lenney,  Namyet,  and  Leet  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.143  Structural  Analysis  I  (Prereq.  01.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  utilizing  the  Slope-Deflection 
equations  and  Moment-Distribution.  The  system  approach  to  flexibility  using 
matrix  notation  is  also  treated. 

Profs.  Khetarpol,  Spencer,  and  Scranton  All  Quarters 

01.144  Structural  Analysis  II  (Prereq.  01.143)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  analysis  of  all  classes  of  structures  by  use  of  the  system  approach  in 
stiffness  and  member  approach  encompassing  both  flexibility  and  stiffness 
completes  the  matrix  analysis  of  structures.  Influence  lines  for  statically  in- 
determinate structures. 

Profs.  Lenney  and  Scranton  All  Quarters 

01.145  Structural  Analysis  III  (Prereq.  01.144)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Approximate  methods  of  structural  analysis.  Analysis  of  cables.  Elementary 
structural  dynamics.  Analysis  of  membranes  and  shells.  Structures  in 
architecture. 

Profs.  Namyet,  Lenney,  and  Leet  Spring  Qtr. 

01.150  Concrete  Design  I  (Prereq.  1.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Design  of  reinforced  concrete  elements  by  the  working  stress  and  ultimate 
strength  methods;  bending  members  and  short  columns. 
Profs.  Khetarpal,  Leet,  and  Namyet  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.152   Concrete  Design  II  (Prereq.  1.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Design  of  reinforced  concrete  structural  systems  including  continuous  beams, 
frames,  floors  and  roofs.  Prestressed  concrete  design  theory  and  practice. 
Long  columns  of  reinforced  concrete. 
Profs.  Khetarpal  and  Leet  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.160  Structural  Design  I  (Prereq.  1.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Design  of  steel   members  subjected  to  tension,  compression,   bending  and 
combinations  of  loading.  Introduction  to  plastic  analysis  and  design.  Design 
of  connections,  braced  frames,  and  rigid  frames. 
Profs.  Cahoon,  Namyet,  and  Leet  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


220   /   CIVIL   ENGINEERING 

01.161   Structural  Design  II  (Prereq.  1.160)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Design  of  steel  plate  girders,  bridges,  composite  construction  in  bridges  and 
buildings.  Additional  types  in  plastic  analysis  and  design.  Design  for  lateral 
loads  on  high-rise  buildings. 
Profs.  Cahoon  and  Leet  Spring  Qtr. 

01.172  Soil  Mechanics  (Prereq.  1.141)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Soil  classification,  soil-water  phase  relationships.  Introduction  to  ground 
water  seepage,  consolidation  theory,  strength  properties  of  soils,  stress  dis- 
tributions in  soils  due  to  surface  loads,  lateral  earth  pressures,  bearing  capac- 
ity of  shallow  footings.  Laboratory  tests  to  identify  soils,  to  determine  physical 
properties  and  soil  behavior. 
Profs.  Neff  and  Jaworski  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.174  Foundation  Engineering  (Prereq.  1.172)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Evaluation  of  site  survey  and  boring  data  for  foundations.  Determination  of 
soil  bearing  capacity,  design  of  spread  footings,  pile  and  caissons  founda- 
tions. Design  of  retaining  walls  and  braced  sheeting.  Selected  topics  on  set- 
tlements and  slope  stability. 
Profs.  Jaworski,  Neff,  and  Leet  Spring  Qtr. 

01.175  Engineering  Geology  (Prereq.  1.180)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Origin  and  composition  of  the  earth's  crust,  identification  of  soil  classes,  engi- 
neering properties  of  soils,  clay  and  rock  mineralogy,  geological  mapping  and 
exploration,  earth  movements,  weathering,  transportation  of  materials  by  wind 
and  water. 

Profs.  Neff  and  Horn  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

01.180  Materials  (Prereq.  Freshman  Chemistry)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The   fundamentals   of   the   behavioral   classification   of  materials,   such  as 
metals,  polymers,  colloids,  glasses  and  composites.  Other  topics  will  include 
the  signficance  of  phase  transformations,  visco-elastic  behavior  and  corrosion 
mechanisms. 
Profs.  Gregory  and  Woelfl  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.182  Experimental  Methods  in  Engineering  Mechanics 

(Prereq.  1.141)  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Survey  of  experimental  techniques  and  instrumentation,  experimental  deter- 
mination of  basic  material  properties  for  concrete,  wood,  metals  and  other 
engineering  materials.  Introduction  to  model  analysis. 
Prof.  Woelfl,  Mr.  Alberti  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

01.193  Environmental  Engineering  II  (Prereq.  1.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Water  supply  and  wastewater  disposal  with  particular  emphasis  on  municipali- 
ties. Design  of  water  and  wastewater  treatment  facilities,  including  popula- 
tion growth,  planning  and  financing.  An  overview  of  water  resources  serves 
to  relate  the  design  aspects  to  the  general  urban  problem. 
Profs.  Blanc,  Gregory,  Horn,  and  Meserve  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


MECHANICAL   ENGINEERING   /   221 

01.194  Environmental  Engineering  II  (Prereq.  1.193)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

A  series  of  projects  and  laboratory  sessions  designed  to  elaborate  on  the 
fundamentals  of  engineering  design   practice,   including  traditional  design 
criteria  and  results  of  laboratory  analysis. 
Profs.  Blanc,  Gregory,  Meserve,  and  Wei  Spring  Qtr. 

01.197  Survey  of  Environmental  Problems  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Enrollment  Limited  to  Non-engineers 

Major  topics,  water,  wastewater,  air  pollution,  and  solid  waste,  will  be  covered 
in  the  following  format:  What  and  why  the  problem?  Effects  of  this  condition. 
Abatement  procedures.  The  interrelationship  of  environmental  conditions  will 
be  stressed  and  ecological  considerations  discussed. 
Profs.  Fillos  and  Wei  All  Quarters 


Mechanical  Engineering 


02.116  Dynamics  (Prereq.  01.140)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

(Not  open  to  M.E.  Students) 
Kinematics  and  kinetics  of  particles  and  rigid  bodies,  including  work  and 
energy. 
Profs.  Phalen  and  Yorra  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.130  Thermodynamics  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Thermodynamics  is  the  study  of  the  concepts  of  energy  and  energy  inter- 
actions between  material  systems  through  the  basic  laws  of  thermodynamics. 
The  concepts  of  energy  are  discussed,  and  the  first  law  for  the  conservation 
of  energy  is  set  forth.  A  system  is  described,  and  its  thermodynamic  state  is 
defined  in  terms  of  properties  of  substances.  An  energy  analysis  of  various 
thermodynamic  systems  are  presented  in  terms  of  entropy  and  the  second 
law.  Some  consequences  of  the  second  law  are  discussed. 

Prof.  Zelinski  All  Quarters 

02.131  Thermodynamics  II  (Prereq.  02.130)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  general  thermodynamic  relationships  between  properties  of  a  substance 
are  developed.  The  equation  of  state  is  discussed  for  liquids,  gases,  and 
magnetic  substances.  The  characteristics  of  power  systems  and  refrigeration 
systems  are  presented.  The  thermodynamics  of  nonreacting  mixtures  of 
gases,  liquids,  and  solids  is  set  forth  with  the  development  of  the  chemical 
potential  and  phase  relationships  included.  Reacting  mixtures  are  studied,  and 
the  conditions  for  chemical  equilibrium  are  outlined. 

Prof.  Foster  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.132  Introduction  to  Combustion  (Prereq.  02.130)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  basic  knowledge  necessary  to  understand  combustion  phenomena  and 
its  application  to  selected  combustion  problems.  Fundamental  principles  of 
thermochemistry,  kinetics  of  chemical  reactions,  and  transport  properties  of 
gases  are  given.  The  conservation  equations  for  reacting  mixtures  are  dis- 
cussed. Theories  of  the  combustion  of  liquid  droplets,  laminar  diffusion 
flames,  and  premixed  laminar  flames  are  presented. 

Prof.   Zelinski  Spring  Qtr. 


222   /    MECHANICAL   ENGINEERING 

02.134   Direct    Energy   Conversion  (Prereq.    02.130)    4   CI.;    4   Q.H. 

Direct  energy  conversion  is  concerned  with  means  for  converting  heat  directly 
into  electrical  energy.  Included  among  the  devices  w/hich  accomplish  this  are 
magnetohydrodynamic  power  generators,  thermionic  omission  converters,  and 
fuel  cells.  The  operating  principles  of  these  engines  are  presented,  and  per- 
formance calculations  are  made.  A  unified  theory  of  energy  conversion  is 
discussed  based  upon  the  concepts  of  irreversible  thermodynamics. 
Prof.  Zelinski  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.145  Design  Fundamentals  (Prereq  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Engineering  design  analysis  of  dynamically  loaded  machine  elements.  Stress 
concentration,  contact  and  impact  stresses,  thorough  treatment  of  fatigue 
factors  in  design  (combined  loading  and  statistical  considerations).  En- 
vironmental factors  in  design,  creep,  temperature  and  atmospheric. 

Profs.  Mills  and  Sexton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.146  Mechanical  Engineering  Design  (Prereq.  02.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Project,  using  system  approach,  which  involves  all  aspects  of  mechanical 
engineering;  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  heat  transfer,  etc.  This  course  is 
intended  to  correlate  previous  courses  in  optimal  design  of  various  mechani- 
cal systems.  Problem  areas  that  will  be  investigated  might  include  friction  and 
power  transmission  devices,  hydraulic  systems,  etc. 

Profs.  Blanchard,  Mills,  and  Sexton  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.147  Engineering  Design  (Prereq.  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Intended  for  students  who  take  only  one  course  in  design.  Topics  covered 
are  stress  concentration,  fatigue  and  impact  loading,  lubrication,  friction, 
and  power  transmission  devices  and  optimum  design. 

Prof.  Sexton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.148  Design  and  Analysis  (Open  to  all  Seniors)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
To  be  an  interdisciplinary  course.  Project  either  analytical  or  experimental 
supervised  by  an  interdisciplinary  faculty.  Examples  of  projects  (eg.  trash 
disposal,  underwater  search  and  rescue). 

Prof.  Blanchard  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

02.149  Engineering  Analysis  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Equilibrium  problems  in  systems  with  a  finite  number  of  degrees  of  freedom 
(i.e.  as  opposed  to  a  continuous  system),  extremum  techniques,  methods  of 
solving  the  resulting  algebraic  equations— examples  of  physical  situations- 
equilibrium  stresses  in  elastic  structures,  steady  state  temperature  distribu- 
tion, steady  subsonic  flow,  electrostatic  fields,  and  steady  flow  of  direct 
and  alternating  current. 

Profs.  Long  and  Rossettos  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.150  Heat  Transfer  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Modes  of  heat  transfer;  steady  state  and  transient  conduction,  one  and  two 
dimensions;  exact,  numerical  and  graphical  techniques;  electrical  analogy; 
natural  and  forced  convection,  laminar  and  turbulent;  radiation;  change  of 
phase  heat  transfer;  condensation  and  boiling;  heat  exchangers. 

Profs.  Bowman  and  Otterman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING   /   223 

02.155  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (Prereq.  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Differential  and  integral  formulations  of  mass  conservation  and  the  equations 
of  motion  and  energy;  control  volume  applications;  elements  of  one-dimen- 
sional, steady  compressible  flow;  introductions  to  boundary  layer  theory; 
dimensional  analysis  and  similitude. 

Profs.  Nelson  and  Otterman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.156  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (Prereq.  02.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Velocity  potential  and  stream  functions;  circulation  and  Kelvin's  theorem; 
two-dimensional,  steady  irrotational  incompressible  flow;  Karman-Pohlhausen 
method  applied  to  two-dimensional  boundary  layers. 

Profs.  Nelson  and  Otterman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.157  Fluid  Machinery  (Prereq.  02.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
General  principles  of  Turbomachines;  similitude  and  performance  curves; 
specific  speed;  consideration  of  turbines,  centrifugal  pumps  and  impressors, 
axial  pumps  and  compressors,  regenerative  pumps  and  turbines. 

Prof.  Nelson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.165  Mechanics  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  concept  and  vector  representation  of  force,  moment  of  force,  position, 
displacement,  velocity,  and  acceleration.  Equivalent  force  systems.  System 
modeling;  particles  and  rigid  bodies;  free  body  diagrams.  Equilibrium;  the 
kinematics  and  kinetics  of  particles. 

Profs.  Dunn  and  Long  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.166  Mechanics  II  (Prereq.  02.165)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  02.165,  Mechanics  I.  The  kinematics  and  kinetics  of  rigid 
bodies.  Instantaneous  equations  of  motion;  work  and  energy;  impulse  and 
momentum. 

Profs.  Dunn  and  Long  Fall,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.167  Mechanics  III  (Prereq.  02.165)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Stress  and  strain  in  a  solid  and  their  transformation  properties;  stress-strain 
relation  for  the  linea  elastic  solid;  yield  criteria;  determination  of  the  stress 
and  deformation  of  simple  members  under  axial,  torsional  and  flexural 
loadings. 

Profs.  Dunn  and  Long  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.168  Strength  of  Materials  A  (Prereq.  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course,  dealing  with  the  stress  and  deformation  of  slender  members 
under  flexural  loadings,  extends  considerably  beyond  the  simple  shapes  and 
loadings  treated  in  02.167.  Stresses  in  symmetric  members  transmitting  both 
shear  and  bending;  bending  of  unsymmetrical  beams;  deflections  due  to 
bending  by  a  variety  of  techniques;  treatment  of  statically  indeterminant  prob- 
lems; elastic  stability  of  flexible  columns. 

Prof.  Mills  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.169  Strength  of  Materials  B  (Prereq.  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Applies  the  principles  of  the  mechanics  of  elastic  solids  covered  in  02.167 
to  a  wide  variety  of  situations  of  engineering  interest.  Energy  methods;  de- 
termination of  the  deformation  and   stress   in   curved   members;   pressure 


224  /   MECHANICAL   ENGINEERING 

vessels,    beams  on   elastic   foundations,   contact   stresses;    introduction   to 

plastic  analysis. 

Prof.  Mills  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.171  Mechanical  Vibrations  (Prereq.  02.166)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
One,  two,  and  multi-degree  of  freedom  systems  using  classical,  energy, 
Laplace,  mobility,  matrix,  and  computer  techniques. 

Prof.  Blanchard  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.172  System  Analysis  and  Control  (Prereq.  02.166)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Theoretical  background  for  analyzing  and  designing  linear  control  system. 
System  modeling,  linear  approximations  and  their  limitations,  transfer  func- 
tions and  block  diagramming.  Applications  of  the  Laplace  transform.  Transient 
and  frequency  response.  Stability,  frequency  domain  and  root  locus  tech- 
niques. 

Profs.  Blanchard  and  Dunn  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.173  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids  (Prereq.  02.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H 
Concept  of  stress  tensor  and  elementary  tensor  manipulation,  strain  concept, 
the  mathematical  models  of  continuous  elastic  systems,  methods  of  solution— 
the  mathematical  model,  mathematical  models  of  other  deformable  solids 
(ex.  plastic,  viscoelastic). 

Profs.  Long  and  Rossettos  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.174  Engineering  Astrodynamics  (Prereq.  02.166)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  to  be  covered  will  include  astronomical  coordinate  systems,  gravi- 
tational and  nongravitational  forces  on  spacecraft,  the  motion  of  artificial 
satellites,  and  observational  techniques.  The  feasibility  of  voyages  outside 
the  solar  system,  interplanetary  and  interstellar  navigation,  and  the  hazards 
of  space  will  be  discussed. 

Prof.  Lautman  Spring  Qtr. 

02.175  Analog  and  Digital  Computer  Techniques  4  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Analog  and  digital  computers  for  both  time  and  displacement  based  prob- 
lems. Review  of  Bolean  Algebra  and  Digital   logic.  Applications.  Study  of 
software  for  digital  computers.  Discussions  about  hybrid  computers. 
Prof.  Blanchard  Spring  Qtr. 

02.192  Measurement  and  Analysis  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  engineering  experimentation  and  instrumentation  (including  the 
thorough  introduction  to  the  analog  computer)  stressed  in  lectures  and  in 
proper  design  of  experiments  to  minimize  experimental  error  and  uncertainty; 
tests  on  machines  particularly  suited  to  illustrate  above  and  commensurate 
with  students'  academic  background. 

Prof.  Sexton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.193  Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  (Prereq.  02.192)  6  Labs.;  4  Q.H. 
Project  type  experiments.  Students  will  choose,  research,  design,  and  man- 
age experiments  which  are  of  particular  interest  to  the  group  and  which  illus- 
trate principles  of  thermodynamics,  strength  of  materials,  fluid  mechanics, 
heat  transfer,  etc. 

Prof.  Sexton  All  Quarters 


MECHANICAL   ENGINEERING   /   225 

02.194  Mechanical  Engineering  Senior  Project  (Prereq.  02.192)  4  Q.H. 

A  project  may  be  of  an  analytical,  design,  or  experimental  nature.  It  must 
be  approved  by  the  faculty  member  under  whom  the  student  will  work.  A 
formal  report  must  be  submitted  to  the  student's  faculty  supervisor  at  the 
end  of  the  quarter. 
Staff  All    Quarters 

02.196  Materials  Science  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Crystallography;  structure  of  solids;  imperfections  in  crystals;  phase  equilib- 
rium basic  mechanisms  of  metal  strengthening  and  mechanical  behavior; 
and  the  effect  of  temperature  on  the  structure  and  properties  of  materials 
(recrystallization,  recovery,  precipitation,  rate  processes). 

Profs.  Nowak,  Murphy,  Zotos  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.197  Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials  (Prereq.  02.196)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Elastic  properties  of  materials,  atomic  basis  for  elastic  constants;  dislocation 
theory,  plasticity  of  crystals  and  noncrystalline  solids.  Creep,  fracture,  fatigue. 
Prof.  Murphy  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.198  Materials  Processing  (Prereq.  02.196)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Casting,  joining  soldering,  brazing,  welding,  mechanical  forming  and  con- 
ventional and  nonconventional  machining.  The  topics  will  deal  with  metals 
and  nonmetals  alike. 

Prof.  Zotos  Spring  Qtr. 

02.199  Materials  Science  (Not  open  to  M.E.  Students)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Covers  material  in  02.196,  but  no  laboratory  work  included. 

Profs.  Nowak,  Murphy,  and  Zotos  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.212  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Review  of  fundamental  stress  concepts;  points  stress  and  strain;  differential 
equations  of  stress;  elastic  properties;  theories  of  failure;  transverse  bending; 
shear  stress  distribution;  shear  center;  bending  stresses  due  to  nonsymmetri- 
cal bending. 

Thick  and  thin  cylinders  under  elastic  and  plastic  deformation;  analysis  of 
statistically  indeterminate  beams  and  frames  by  slope,  deflection  and  mo- 
ment distribution  techniques;  stresses  in  curved  beams. 

Bending  of  flat  plates;  stability  analysis  of  structural  members;  grid  systems 

and  other  special  topics  to  be  selected  by  needs  of  the  class. 

Prof.  Phalen  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.214  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (Prereq.  02.167)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Theory  and  application  of  mechanical  and  electrical  strain  gauges;  installation, 
instrumentation  and  circuitry  of  gauge  set-ups  for  transducer  use  and  ex- 
perimental stress  analysis;  use  of  brittle  coatings;  theory  and  practice  of  photo- 
elastic  methods  as  applied  to  models  and  coatings. 
Prof.  Mills  Not  offered  1972-73 

02.232  Physical  Metallurgy  (Prereq.  02.196  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Atomic  structure  and  bonding;  atomic  basis  for  elasticity;  anistropic  elastic 
behavior;   anelastic   behavior;   equilibrium   and    non-equilibrium   studies  of 


226   /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

one-,  two-,  and  three-component  systems;  oxidation;  corrosion;  electrical  and 

magnetic  behavior. 

Profs.  Murphy  and  Zotos  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.233  Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion  (Prereq.  02.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Application  of  the  physical  principles  of  thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics 
and  plasmas  to  the  prediction  of  the  behavior  of  propulsion  devices.  Air- 
breathing  engines  and  rocket  engines  are  discussed  in  detail  with  emphasis 
on  realistic  applications  to  demonstrate  how  physical  laws  both  describe  and 
limit  the  performance  of  particular  devices.  An  introduction  to  plasmas  is 
given.  The  fundamentals  of  electrical  rocket  propulsion  are  included. 
Prof.  Zelinski  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.235  Statistical  Thermodynamics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Entropy  and  randomness— assemblies  of  independent  particles;  Botlzmann, 
Rose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac  statistics;  monatomic  and  polyatomic  gases; 
Einstein  and  Debye  theories  of  the  specific  heat  of  solids;  mixed  gases; 
chemical  and  dissociative  equilibrium. 

Prof.    Nelson  Spring   Qtr. 

02.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I  3  CI.;  2  Labs.;  4  Q.H. 
Study  of  Nuclear  Physics  emphasizing  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  radio- 
active decay,  and  nuclear  reactions  with  particular  attention  to  fusion  and 
fission.  Health  physics,  nuclear  instrumentation,  and  the  production  and  uses 
of  radioactive  isotopes  will  be  considered.  A  general  comparison  of  thermal, 
fast  and  broader  reactor  types  will  be  made  prior  to  a  discussion  of  neutron 
interactions  and  slowing  down.  The  four-factor  formula  and  diffusion  equation 
will  be  developed  and  applied  to  one  group  theory  for  bare  and  reflected 
thermal  reactors.  Energy  production  and  distribution  within  the  core  and  flux 
shaping  will  be  discussed. 

Profs.  Bowman  and  Foster  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

02.237  Nuclear  Engineering  II  (Prereq.  02.236)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  two-group  theory  for  thermal  reactors  and  consideration  of 
the  physics  and  safety  of  fast  reactors.  Effect  of  reactivity  change,  either 
intentional  or  accidental,  as  well  as  changes  due  to  temperature,  fission 
product  buildup,  xenon  buildup  after  shutdown,  and  fuel  depletion  will  be  dis- 
cussed. Reactor  design  considerations  considering  the  interrelationship  of 
reactor  physics,  reactor  engineering  control,  distribution  of  power,  fuel  cycle 
management. 

Profs.  Bowman  and  Foster  Spring  Qtr. 

02.251  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer  (Prereq.  02.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Review  of  heat,  mass  and  momentum  transfer  analogies;  rate  equations;  con- 
duction problems  in  steady-state  and  transient-state  for  both  heat  and  mass 
transfer  with  various  constant  and  fluctuating  boundary  conditions  in  rectan- 
gular, cylindrical  and  spherical  coordinates  solved  by  formal  mathematics, 
difference  (relaxation)  techniques  and  methods  of  analogy;  thermal  stresses 
induced  by  non-uniform  temperature  distributions;  heat  transfer  at  high  veloc- 
ity and  in  rarefied  gases;  boiling  heat  transfer  at  temperature  extremes,  with 
forced  and  natural  convection;  phase  change  in  bulk  stagnant  systems. 
Prof.  Bowman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


ELECTRICAL   ENGINEERING   /    227 

02.258  Gas  Dynamics  (Prereq.  02.130)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Derivation  of  the  conservation  laws  of  fluid  flow;  wave  motion  and  Mach  num- 
ber; adiabatic  flow;  calculation  of  propulsion  forces;  adiabatic  flow  with  fric- 
tion; normal  shock  analysis;  analysis  of  compressible  flow  with  heating  or 
cooling;  moving  and  oblique  shock  waves. 
Prof.  Otterman  Spring  Qtr. 

02.270  Analytical  Dynamics  (Prereq.  02.166) 

An  intermediate  course  in  engineering  mechanics.  Topics  to  be  treated  in- 
clude central  force  motion,  gyroscopic  motion,  dynamic  stability,  variational 
mechanics  and  the  principal  of  least  action.  The  Lagrangian  equation  of  mo- 
tion will  be  developed  and  applied  to  problems  of  the  dynamics  of  particles 
and  rigid  bodies. 
Profs.  Yorra  and  Lautman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

02.803  Continuum  Mechanics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

(Open  to  Undergraduates  in  Six-Year  Program) 
Algebra  and  calculus  of  Cartesian  tensors,  relation  to  vector  analysis,  cur- 
vilinear coordinates,  stress  in  a  continuum.  Strain  and  strain  rate  in  a  contin- 
uum, governing  equations  for  an  elastic  solid  and  a  Newtonian  Fluid.  Some 
exact  solutions. 
Profs.  Chu,  Long,  and  Nelson  Fall  Qtr. 

02.862  Systems  Engineering  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

(Open  to  Undergraduates  in  Six-Year  Program) 
The  modeling  and  analysis  of  physical  systems.  Vibration  of  mechanical  sys- 
tems with  one  degree  of  freedom  including  the  free-body  and  energy  methods 
of  formulating  the  equations  of  motion.  Free  vibration  of  undamped  multi- 
degree-of-freedom  systems;  influence  coefficients;  matrix  notation  and 
iteration.  Mechanical  network  or  mobility-diagram  representations;  block 
diagramming. 
Profs.  Bianchard  and  Dunn  Fall.  Qtr. 


Electrical  Engineering 


03.111  Circuits  and  Systems  I  (Prereq.  10.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Circuit  elements  (linear,  nonlinear,  time-invariant,  and  time-varying)  sources 
(independent  and  controlled),  Kirchhoff's  laws,  Tellegen's  theorem,  Theven- 
in's  theorem,  network  topology,  mesh  and  nodal  analysis. 

Prof.  Kellner  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.112  Circuits  and  Systems  II  (Prereq.  3.111)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Linearity  and  time-invariance,  system  function,  forced  and  force-free  response 
of  networks  and  L.T.I,  systems,  singularity  response,  partial  fraction  expan- 
sion, "Pre-box"  concept  and  signal  flow  graphs. 

Prof.  Kellner  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.113  Circuits  and  Systems  III  (Prereq.  3.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Thevenin's  theorem  revisited,  magnitude  and  phase  plots,  resonance,  two- 
port  networks,  energy  and  power  and  convolution. 

Prof.    Martin  Fall   and   Winter   Qtrs. 


228   /    ELECTRICAL   ENGINEERING 

03.122  Circuits  and  Systems  IV  (Prereq.  3.113)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Fourier  analysis,    Fourier  series  and  transform,   spectral   analysis  of  AM- 
modulation,  bilateral   Laplace  transform,   unilateral   Laplace  transform  and 
correlation. 
Prof.  Schetzen  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.131  E.E.  Laboratory  I— Measurements 

(Prereq.  3.111)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Basic  electrical   measurements;  report  writing;   use  of  standard   laboratory 
instruments  including  digital  voltmeters,  oscilloscopes  and  bridges. 
Prof.  Martin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.132  E.E.  Laboratory  II— Circuits  and  Systems 

(Prereq.  3.112)   1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H 
Experiments  tied  in  the  Circuits  and  Systems  courses  together  with  more 
work  in  measurements. 
Prof.  Martin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.133  E.E.  Laboratory  Ill-Devices  (Prereq.  3.141)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  analog  computer;  electro-optics;  terminal  characteristics 
of  active  devices. 

Prof.  Martin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.134  E.E.  Laboratory  IV  (Prereq.  3.142,  03.161) 

1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Analog  computation;  logic  circuits;  design  and  testing  of  active  circuits;  mi- 
crowaves studies;  control  systems. 
Prof.  Martin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.141  Electronics  I  (Prereq.  3.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Stresses  the  significance  of  linear  active  devices  as  related  to  the  behavior  of 
circuits  and  systems  concerned  with  functions  in  the  frequency  domain.  The 
concept  of  ideal  amplification  is  modified  to  include  the  limitations  imposed 
upon  bandwidth  and  gain  by  the  impedance  levels,  noise,  parameter  variation 
and  distortion  encountered  in  current  active  devices.  Consideration  is  given 
to  various  types  of  coupling  for  cascaded  stages  with  emphasis  on  the  differ- 
ential configuration  as  the  heart  of  the  generalized  operational  amplifier.  The 
topic  of  feedback  for  single  loop  amplifiers  emphasizes  the  concept  of  loop 
gains  and  their  relation  to  gain,  impedance  levels,  bandwidth  and  stability. 
Frequency  selective  amplifiers  are  considered  on  the  basis  of  LC  tuned  cir- 
cuits and  RC  active  filters. 

Profs.  Cochrun  and  Grabel  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.142  Electronics  II  (Prereq.  3.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Concerned  with  the  use  of  active  devices  for  functions  other  than  those 
considered  in  Electronics  I.  The  topic  of  frequency  translation  includes  FM, 
AM,  and  PM  systems.  The  topic  modelling  details  and  justifies  the  incre- 
mental models  used  in  Electronics  I  and  the  d-c  characteristics  of  active 
devices  necessary  to  consider  their  use  in  time  domain  applications.  Time 
domain  applications  include  switching,  gating,  timing,  synchronization,  wave- 
form shaping  and  generation  and  their  use  for  such  purposes  as  sweep  cir- 
cuits, logic  and  arithmetic  operations. 

Profs.  Cochrun  and  Grabel  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


ELECTRICAL   ENGINEERING   /   229 

03.161  Electromagnetic  Field  Theory  I 

(Prereq.  10.156,  11.207)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Definition  and  representation  of  scalar  and  vector  fields.  Coordinate  systems; 
elements  of  vector  calculus;  definition  of  the  concepts  of  gradient,  divergence, 
curl  and  the  "del"  operator;  free  space  electrostatics;  definition  of  the  elec- 
tric field  intensity;  the  scalar  potential;  solution  to  Poisson  and  Laplace  equa- 
tions; macroscopic  model  of  dielectric  materials;  the  electric  polarization  and 
the  electric  flux  density  vector;  boundary  conditions;  Lorentz  force;  free  space 
magnetostatics;  magnetic  vector  potential  and  solution  to  the  "vector"  Pois- 
son equation;  macroscopic  model  of  magnetic  materials;  magnetization  and 
magnetic  field  intensity;  boundary  conditions. 
Prof.  Schwab  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.162  Electromagnetic  Field  Theory  II  (Prereq.  3.161)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Generalization  of  the  Maxwell  equations  to  the  case  of  time  varying  fields; 
Faraday  induction  law;  wave  equations  and  the  plane  wave  solution;  Poynting 
theorem  and  the  concept  of  energy  stored  by  the  fields;  reflection  and  refrac- 
tion of  plane  waves;  time  harmonic  wave  equations  for  the  scalar  and  vector 
potentials;  time  harmonic  form  of  retarded  potentials;  radiation  from  a  dipole; 
motion  of  charged  particles  in  fields;  magnetoionic  media,  elementary  discus- 
sion of  plasma  physics  and  M.H.D. 

Prof.  Schwab  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.174  Basic  Power  Circuits  (Prereq.  3.112)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Balanced  and  unbalanced  polyphase  power  circuits;  harmonics;  symmetrical 
components  and  application  to  the  solution  of  fault  conditions  in  power  cir- 
cuits. 

Prof.  Cleveland  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.175  Electromechanical  Dynamics  (Prereq.  3.113,  3.162)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  Maxwell's  equations  and  quasistatic  approximations;  electric  and 
magnetic  energy  concepts;  state  variable  formulation  of  electromechanical 
coupling.  Applications  to  elementary  energy  conversion  devices,  singly  and 
doubly-excited  magnetic  devices  with  mechanical  translational  and  rotational 
elements.  Generalized  rotating  electromagnetic  energy  converters,  circuit- 
model  concepts,  applications  to  selected  extant  rotating  machines,  i.e.,  com- 
mutator machines,  a-c  machines,  dynamic  response  to  various  stimuli. 

Prof.  Cleveland  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.176  Machines  and  Systems  (Prereq.  3.174,  3.175)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  detailed  investigation  of  the  operating  principles  of  synchronous  machines; 
synchronous  motor  and  generator  power-angle  characteristics;  machine  dy- 
namics; machine  and  power  system  stability. 

Prof.  Cleveland  Spring  Qtr. 

03.183  Electrical  Engineering  I  (Prereq.  10.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  to  electric  circuit  theory  covering  Kirchhoff's  Laws;  loop 
and  nodal  analysis;  Thevenin's  Theorem;  power  and  energy;  exponential  ex- 
citation and  the  system  function. 

Not  open  to  E.E.  majors 

Prof.  Grabel  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.184  Electrical  Engineering  II  (Prereq.  3.183)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Properties  and  analysis  of  electronic  devices,  circuits  and  systems;  elements 


230   /    ELECTRICAL   ENGINEERING 

of  control  systems;  principles  of  energy  conversion;  emphasis  on  each  topic 

determined  according  to  major  discipline. 

Not  open  to  E.E.  majors 

Prof.  Grabel  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

03.191  Design  and  Organization  of  Digital  Computers 

(Prereq.  or  Coreq.  3.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Description  of  the  basic  components  of  a  stored  program  digital  computer. 
Topics  covered  include:  number  system  and  binary  data  representation, 
coding  and  flow  charting,  instruction  formats  and  repertoires,  arithmetic  and 
logical  computer  operations;  storage  of  data  sets  and  data  flow  within  a 
computing  system,  hybrid  computation,  organization  and  control  of  special 
purpose  computers,  memory  types  and  hierarchies,  man-machine  communi- 
cations, selected  examples  on  computer  applications. 
Prof.  Rabinovici  All  Quarters 

03.215  Modern  Circuit  Theory  (Prereq.  3.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Extends  the  students'  knowledge  in  the  area  of  network  analysis  as  well  as 
serving  as  an  introduction  to  network  synthesis.  Some  of  the  topics  to  be 
covered  are:  state  variable  formulation  of  network  equilibrium  equations, 
two-port  network  analysis,  topological  considerations  in  circuit  equilibrium 
equations  and  an  introduction  to  two-element  kind  network  synthesis. 
Prof.   Kellner  Spring  Qtr. 

03.218  Control  System  Theory  (Prereq.  3.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Control  system  concepts;  goals  and  basic  components.  Review  of  time  and 
frequency  domain  techniques.  Classical  control  system  theory,  error  analysis 
for  different  type  systems.  Analyses  of  second  and  third  order  systems.  Sta- 
bility and  relative  stability  using  root  locus  and  Nyquist  diagrams.  The  Nichols 
chart.  Compensation,  application  of  computer  technology  to  control  systems 
analysis  and  design.  State  variable  description  of  dynamic  systems.  The  state 
equations  and  the  fundamental  analog  realization  of  the  standard  equations. 
Solution  of  the  state  equations.  Properties  of  the  state  transition  matrix. 
Optimal  systems.  Introduction  to  sampled  data  systems.  The  Z-transform  as 
an  analog  to  the  Laplace  transform. 
Prof.  Loewenthal  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.221  Electric  Power  Systems  I  (Prereq.  3.174)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  with  the  succeeding  course  is  designed  to  give  a  broad  view 
of  the  structure  of  those  electric  systems  whose  primary  function  is  energy 
transfer,  and  especially  those  whose  function  is  the  transfer  of  large  quan- 
tities of  energy.  The  functions  of  the  various  system  elements  are  described 
and  their  significant  characteristics  are  investigated  briefly.  The  interrelation 
between  elements  is  treated. 

Prof.  Cogbill  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.222  Electric  Power  Systems  II  (Prereq.  3.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Electric  Power  Systems  I.  Problems  such  as  voltage  control, 
protection,  economics  and  planning  which  relate  to  the  system  as  a  whole 
are  investigated.  Taken  with  the  previous  course,  it  provides  a  general  back- 
ground for  more  intensive  studies  of  electric  power  systems. 

NOTE:  A  student  may  take  both  electives  in  sequence  or  may  take  the  first 

course  only. 

Prof.  Cogbill  Spring  Qtr. 


ELECTRICAL  NGINEERING   /   231 

03.233  E.E.  Power  Laboratory  I  (Prereq.  3.174)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Experimental  work  with  polyphase  power  equipment,  power  measurements, 
polyphase  power  rectification,  steady-state  and  dynamic  operation  modes  of 
polyphase  induction  motors,  power  transformers  and  symmetrical  component 
analysis  of  unbalanced  loading  of  transformers,  analog  computer. 

Prof.  Cleveland  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.234  E.E.  Power  Laboratory  II  (Prereq.  3.175,  3.233)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Experimental  work  with  rotating  machinery  and  systems;  steady-state  and 
dynamic  modes  of  operation  of  the  commutator  and  synchronous  machines; 
system  study  involving  synchronous  machines;  selected  experiments  in  con- 
trol systems;  network  analyzer  studies. 

Prof.  Cleveland  Spring  Qtr. 

03.237  Senior  Project  Laboratory  I  (Prereq.  3.142,  3.162)  4  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
In  this  course  students  work  with  a  faculty  adviser  on  some  term  project, 
either  experimental  or  theoretical. 

Prof.  Martin 

03.238  Senior  Project  Laboratory  II  (Prereq.  3.142,  3.162)  4  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
This  course  may  be  a  continuation  of  the  project  started  in  03.237  or  it 
may  be  a  new  project.  Again  the  student  works  closely  with  a  faculty  adviser. 
Prof.  Martin 

03.241  Electronics  Seminar  (Prereq.  3.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  concerns:  1)  the  description  and  application  of  those  electron 
devices  (e.g.,  thyristers,  photodiodes,  etc.)  not  covered  in  depth  in  the  regular 
Electronics  Sequence;  2)  electronic  subsystems  (e.g.,  AFC,  shift  registers, 
etc.);  3)  systems  (e.g.,  navigation  systems,  telephone  switching,  etc.).  Most  of 
the  presentations  are  made  by  the  students  on  topics  of  their  choice,  but 
there  are  also  lectures  by  the  instructor  as  well  as  by  invited  speakers,  both 
from  within  and  outside  the  department. 

03.242  Theory  and  Technology  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I 

(Prereq.  2.196)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  comprises  a  closely  coupled  lecture  and  laboratory  series.  Topics 
covered  include:  technology  and  physics  of  the  planar  diffusion  process;  elec- 
tronic properties  of  homogeneous  semiconductors;  inhomogeneities  and  junc- 
tions (Fermi  potential  diagrams,  equilibrium  at  an  abrupt  discontinuity  and 
the  behavior  of  a  junction  under  applied  bias);  the  junction  transistor. 
Prof.  Feldman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.243  Theory  and  Technology  of  Semiconductor  Devices  II 

(Prereq.  3.242)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  03.242.  Material  covered  includes:  introduc- 
tion to  unipolar  transistor  action;  introduction  to  surface  effects;  the  MOS-FET 
and  a  discussion  of  noise  problems  encountered  in  semiconductor  devices. 
Prof.   Feldman  Spring  Qtr. 

03.251  Communication  Theory  (Prereq.  3.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  classical  modulation  theory,  probability  theory  and  some  re- 
cent developments  in  communication  theory.  Topics  include:  signal  space 


232   /   ELECTRICAL   ENGINEERING 

concepts,  AM  and  FM,  pulse  modulation,  matched  filter,  autocorrelation  func- 
tion, sampling  theorem,  probabilistic  description  of  signals,  source  entropy 
and  channel  capacity. 
Prof.  Gonsalves  Spring  Qtr. 

03.261  Wave  Transmission  and  Reception 

(Prereq.  3.122,  Coreq.  3.161)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Radiation,    transmission,    and    reception    of   electromagnetic   and    acoustic 
waves.  Distributed  circuits,  antennas,  microphones,  loudspeakers,  and  sonar 
transducers. 
Prof.  Remillard  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.262  Advanced  Topics  in  Electromagnetic  Field  Theory 

(Prereq.  3.162)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  required  courses  in  field  theory.  Topics 
covered  include  (but  are  not  limited  to):  microwave  and  waveguide  structures; 
careful  development  of  electromagnetic  energy  and  force  concepts  and  an 
introduction  to  radiation  and  antenna  theory. 
Prof.  Schwab  Spring  Qtr. 

03.292  Mathematical  Techniques  in  Electrical  Engineering  I 

(Prereq.  10.156  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Definition  and  representation  of  a  complex  variable  and  of  functions  of  a 
complex  variable.  Topics  covered  include  conformal  mapping,  singularities, 
Laurent  series,  residues  and  contour  integration.  Applications  of  complex 
variable  theory  to  Fourier  theory,  Hilbert  transforms,  conformal  transforma- 
tions in  the  analysis  of  linear  systems  and  in  electrostatics. 
Prof.  Carrabes  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

03.293  Mathematical  Techniques  in  Electrical  Engineering  II 

(Prereq.  10.156  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Matrix  notation  and  development  of  matrix  algebra.  The  solubility  of  sets  of 
linear  equations;  determinants,  linear  transformations,  invariance,  quadratic 
forms  and  eigenvalues.  Illustrative  applications  of  matrix  techniques  for  the 
formulation  and  solution  of  problems  drawn  from  the  realm  of  circuit  theory, 
probability  theory  and  engineering  physics. 
Prof.  Carrabes  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

03.295  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications 

(Prereq.  3.191)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Presentation  of  some  mathematical  techniques  used  in  solving  scientific  and 
engineering  problems  with  the  aid  of  computers.  Topics  covered  include: 
theory  of  approximations  and  interpolations,  iterative  methods,  numerical 
solutions  of  ordinary  differential  equations,  accuracy  determination,  analog 
and  digital  simulation  encountered  in  electrical  engineering;  use  of  program- 
ming, libraries  of  programs  and  subroutines.  Representative  problems  will  be 
chosen  for  solution  by  computer. 
Prof.  Rabinovici  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

03.296  Digital  Techniques  (Prereq.  3.142,  3.191)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Presents  the  characterization  of  devices,  circuits  and  integrated  structures 
encountered  in  digital  systems;  digital  data  transmission,  error  rates  and 


CHEMICAL   ENGINEERING   /   233 

system  parameters,  synchronous-asynchronous  information  processing  tech- 
niques related  to  bulk  and  surface  storage  media.  Digital  system  reliability, 
failure  rates,  redundancy  techniques.  Computer-aided  design,  testing  of  digital 
systems,  timing  considerations  in  digital  systems. 
Prof.  Rabinovici  Spring  Qtr. 


Chemical  Engineering 


4.101  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations  I 

(Prereq.  12.115)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Application  of  the  fundamental  laws  of  mass  and  energy  conservation  and 
equilibrium  concepts  to  chemical  and  physical  processes;  economic  con- 
siderations leading  to  optimal  solutions.  A  computational  laboratory  is 
included  to  improve  the  facility  of  the  student  in  handling  sophisticated 
problems.  Analog  and  numerical  approaches  are  stressed  where  applicable. 
Prof.  Buonopane  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.102  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations  II  (Prereq.  4.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Simultaneous  application  of  energy  and  mass  conservation  laws  coupled 
with  equilibrium  considerations  to  comprehensive  problems  selected  from 
the  chemical  processing  industries;  both  steady  and  unsteady  state 
processes. 

Prof.  Buonopane  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4.111  Chemical  Engineering  I  (Prereq.  4.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  important  unit  operations  of  Chemical  Engineering.  Fluid  mechanics, 
heat  transfer,  and  evaporation. 

Prof.  Stewart  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.112  Chemical  Engineering  II  (Prereq.  4.111)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  4.111.  Drying,  distillation,  absorption,  and  extraction. 
Prof.  Stewart  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4.121  Transport  Phenomena  I  (Prereq.  4.112)4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Chemical  engineering  from  the  transport  phenomena  standpoint.  Introduction 
to  fluid  properties,  derivations  of  the  conservation  equation  for  mass,  momen- 
tum, and  energy;  solutions  of  differential  equations  in  conduction;  unsteady 
state  heat  transfer;  and  laminar  fluid  motion. 

Prof.  Williams  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.122  Transport  Phenomena  II  (Prereq.  4.121)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  4.121.  Convective  heat  transfer,  turbulent  fluid  motion, 
mass  transfer  by  molecular  and  eddy  diffusion;  mass  transfer  in  laminar 
and  turbulent  motion;  and  simultaneous  heat,  mass,  and  momentum  transfer. 
Prof.  Goodwin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4.123  Experimental  Methods  I  (Prereq.  4.112)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Experimental  engineering  methods;  basic  measurements,  design  of  experi- 
mental apparatus,  laboratory  report  writing,  design  of  experiments,  and  data 
accuracy  are  stressed.  Suitable  experiments  are  performed. 

Prof.  Troupe  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


234  /   CHEMICAL   ENGINEERING 

4.124  Experimental  Methods  II  (Prereq.  4.123)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

A  continuation  of  4.123  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  an  experi- 
mental  program,   reduction   of  data,  and    presentation   of   results;   use   of 
computers    in    simulating    experimental    conditions,    and    for   constructing 
mathematical  models  are  stressed. 
Prof.  Troupe  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4.126  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics 

(Prereq.  4.102,  12.167)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  first  law  and  its  application  to  batch  and  flow  systems;  heat  effects  in 
chemical  and  physical  processes;  thermodynamic  properties;  the  second 
law;  entropy;  physical  and  chemical  equilibria;  emphasis  on  the  fundamental 
principles  and  mathematical  relationships  and  their  application  to  the 
analysis  and  solution  of  a  variety  of  engineering  problems. 
Prof.  Goodwin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.131  Process  Design  (Prereq.  4.122,  4.126)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
The  class  participates  in  the  process  design  of  a  chemical  plant  capable 
of  producing  a  specified  annual  tonnage  of  a  chemical  when  specific  raw 
materials  are  available.  The  fundamentals  of  chemical  engineering  science, 
practice,  analysis,  and  economics  which  have  been  studied  in  previous 
courses  are  used  to  prepare  a  report  containing  flow  sheets,  material  and 
energy  balances,  designs  of  processing  units,  and  cost  estimates  of  the 
capital  requirements  for  procuring,  erecting,  and  operating  the  plant. 
Prof.  Prodany  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.132  Process  Design  (Prereq.  4.131)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
Each  student  or  a  small  group  of  students  designs  a  chemical  plant  to  pro- 
duce a  specified  annual  tonnage  of  one  or  more  chemicals  with  a  specific 
feed  stock.  The  techniques  used  in  Process  Design  I  are  used  by  each 
student  to  prepare  an  individual  process  design  report  and  cost  estimate 
for  the  particular  plant  assigned. 

Prof.  Prodany  Spring  Qtr. 

4.133  Projects 

(Prereq.  Senior  student  and  consent  of  Dept.)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
Individual  research  related  to  some  phase  of  chemical  engineering.  Open 
only  to  students  selected  by  the  department  head  on  the  basis  of  scholar- 
ship and  proved  ability.  Research  topic  selected  by  mutual  agreement  of 
the  student  and  his  supervising  professor. 
Prof.  Troupe  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.134  Projects  (Prereq.  4.133)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  the  research  work  undertaken  in  4.133. 

Prof.  Troupe  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

4.135  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Engineering 

(Prereq.  10.156;  11.206)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  nuclear  physics;  nuclear  fission,  the  nuclear  chain  reaction; 
reactor  theory,  radiation  shielding;  materials  of  construction;  reactor  instru- 
mentation and  control;  separation  of  stable  isotopes;  chemical  separation; 
processing  and  special  techniques  of  nuclear  engineering. 
Prof.  Buonopane  1972-73  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


CHEMICAL   ENGINEERING   /    235 

4.136  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  (Prereq.  12.167,  4.126)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Fundamental  theories  of  a  rate  of  chemical  change  including  collision  and 
transition  state  theory  in  homogeneous  reacting  systems;  integral  and  dif- 
ferential analysis  of  kinetic  data  and  a  design  of  batch  and  continuous  flow 
chemical  reactors;  catalysis  theory  and  design  of  catalytic  reactors. 

Prof.  Goodwin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4.137  Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering 

(Prereq.  10.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Formulation  and  solution  of  problems  involving  advanced  calculus  as  they 
arise  in  chemical  engineering  situations.  Methods  covered  will  include  ordi- 
nary differential  equations,  series  solutions,  partial  differential  equations,  and 
numerical  solution  techniques.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  primarily  on  methods 
for  formulating  these  problems. 
Prof.  Goodwin  1972-73  Spring  Qtr. 

4.138  Process  Control  Systems  (Prereq.  10.155  or  permission)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
introduction  to  the  principles  of  automatic  control  systems.  Emphasis  on 
modeling,  stability,  and  design  of  linear  feed-back  systems  for  control  of 
temperature,   liquid   level,  and  composition. 

Prof.  Stewart  1972-73  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

4.141  Junior  Honors  Program  (Prereq.  Approval  of  Dept.)  To  be  assigned. 
Those  students  undertaking  a  Junior  Honors  Program  may  petition  for  two 
credits  for  the  research  problem  undertaken. 

Prof.  Troupe  All  Quarters 

4.142  Introduction  to  Optimization  (Prereq.  10.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Elementary  optimization  techniques  are  applied  to  problems  encountered  in 
the  chemical  processing  industry.  These  techniques  include  gradient  search, 
pattern  search,  linear  and  dynamic  programming.  A  knowledge  of  differential 
calculus  is  required. 

Prof.  Williams  Spring  Qtr. 

4.143  SpecialTopics  (Prereq.  Senior  Standing)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Chemical  engineering  topics  of  interest  to  the  staff  member  conducting  the 
class  are  presented  for  study. 

Prof.  Troupe  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

4.145  Mass  Transfer  Operations 

(Prereq.  4.122  Transport  Phenomena  II)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Calculation  and  design  methods  used  in  processes  involving  mass  transfer. 
Topics  covered  include  vapor  liquid  equilibria  for  binary  and  multicomponent 
systems,  multicomponent  distillation,  absorption  and  extraction.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  methods  and  techniques  involving  digital  computer  computations. 
Prof.  Williams  Not  offered  1972-73 

4.146  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Engineering  (E.E.) 

(Prereq.  10.156,  11.207)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Course  for  Electrical  Engineering  Power  Systems  students.  Introduction  to 
nuclear  engineering;   fundamental  concepts  of  nuclear  power;  nuclear  re- 


236   /    INDUSTRIAL   ENGINEERING 

actors  and   power   plants;   radiation    protection   and   safety.   Supplementary 

laboratory  experiments. 

Prof.  Buonopane  Spring  Qtr. 

4.147  Analysis  of  Chemical  Processes  (Prereq.  4.126,  4.136)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Methods  and  reactions  used  for  making  chemical  products  on  a  large  scale. 
Topics  covered  include  types  of  physical  and  chemical  equilibria,  flow  sheet 
patterns,  energy  management  and  catalytic  and  non-catalytic  rate  problems. 
A  number  of  situations  involving  simultaneous  application  of  the  above 
topics  in  process  analysis  are  studied. 

Prof.  Goodwin  Not  offered  1972-73 

4.148  Management  in  the  Chemical  industries 

(Prereq.  senior  standing  in  engineering)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  management  as  applied  to  the  chemical  process  industries  are 
covered.  Case  studies  are  used  wherever  possible  and  outside  experts  are 
scheduled  to  lead  some  of  the  seminar  sessions. 
Prof.  Troupe  1972-73  Spring  Qtr. 

4.149  Kinetics  of  Polymerization  Processes 

(Prereq.  4.136,  12.148)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  mechanisms  by  which  polymeric  materials  are  assembled  via  chemical 
reaction  are  examined.  Reaction  rate  models  based  on  these  mechanisms  are 
utilized  to  investigate  the  effect  of  reaction  parameters  on  the  chemical  and 
physical  structure  of  the  polymeric  product.  The  types  of  polymerization 
processes  considered  are  free  radical  addition,  condensation  and  ionic 
polymerization. 
Prof.  Williams  Not  offered  1972-73 


Industrial  Engineering 


5.128  Work  Design  3  CI;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Philosophy  and  principles  of  work  design,  use  of  graphic  models  such  as 
process  charts,  operation  charts,  man-machine  charts,  etc.  Work  measure- 
ment techniques  including  stop  watch,  synthetic  standard  and  work  sam- 
pling. Extensive  use  of  projects. 

Prof.  Hulbert  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

5.129  Manufacturing  Processes  and  Value  Analysis  3  CI;  2  Lab;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  and  techniques  in  processes  for  the  manufacture  of  articles  of 
commerce,  emphasis  on  process  design  and  cost,  consideration  of  process 
control  and  automation;  metal  working,  forming,  machining,  and  bonding; 
job-shop  tooling  and  techniques;  plastics  and  rubber  forming  and  extruding; 
textiles,  paper,  electronics,  food  processing,  and  other  manufacturing  opera- 
tions. Principles  and  procedures  to  obtain  optimum  value  in  products,  com- 
plete value  analysis  study;  methods  of  revealing  excessive  costs;  concepts 
of  government  contracts;  relationship  of  value  analysis  to  design,  manu- 
facturing, procurement,  and  installation.  Emphasis  on  values  added  resulting 
from  choice  of  manufacturing  process. 

Prof.  Hulbert  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 


INDUSTRIAL   ENGINEERING   /   237 

5.130  Systems   I  (Prereq.  10.146)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Linear  feedback  systems  and  solutions  for  steady  state  in  first  order  sys- 
tems.   Integral   and   derivative   control.    LaPlace   transforms   for   continuous 
systems  analysis  and  Z-transforms  in  discrete  systems.  Transfer  functions. 
Prof.  Satia  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

5.131  Systems  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  Systems  I  with  emphasis  on  applications;  inventory  sys- 
tems, distribution  systems,  information  systems;  introduction  to  simulation 
of  large  systems  with  analog  and  digital  computers. 

Prof.  Satia  Spring  Qtr. 

5.147  Statistics  I  (Prereq.  10.208)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
What  is  a  statistic,  distributions  of  random  variables  including  normal,  t, 
chi-square,  F,  poisson,  binomial;  estimation  of  parameters-point  estimation 
by  method  of  moments,  maximum  likelihood,  Bayes  estimates. 

Prof.  Hoover  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

5.148  Statistics   II  (Prereq.  5.147)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Interval  estimation;  stating  and  testing  hypothesis;  Linear  Regression;  An- 
alysis of  variance;  applied  topics  such  as  reliability,  quality  control,  decision 
theory  from  Bayes  Rule. 
Prof.  Moore  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

5.149  Reliability  and  Quality  Control  (Prereq.  5.148)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Applied  probability  and  statistical  inference  techniques  are  utilized  in  reli- 
ability analysis  and  quality  control.  Both  theory  and  application  are  dis- 
cussed in  relation  to  the  total  quality  assurance  program. 

Staff  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.161    Operations   Research   I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Deterministic  models  including  L.P.  and  duality;  transportation  and  alloca- 
tion;   sensitivity   and    post   optimality  analysis;    network   analysis    including 
maximal  flow,  shortest  route,  and  PERT;  dynamic  programming  and  recursive 
functional  expressions;  game  theory. 
Prof.  Freeman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

5.163   Operations  Research   II  (Prereq.  10.208)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Stochastic  models  in  O.R.,  their  analytical  development  and  solution.  Topics 
covered:  Queuing   models,   deterministic   and   stochastic    inventory   models, 
Markov  Chains,  sequencing. 
Prof.  Freeman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

5.165  Production  and  Inventory  Control 

(Prereq.  10.  208  or  equivalent)  4  CL;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  inventory  models  and  inventory  management  systems.  Single  stage  and 
multi-stage  systems  and  their  dynamics.  Production  control  and  aggregate 
planning.  Mathematical  and  Heureistic  approaches  to  aggregate  scheduling. 
Cost  structure  and  decision  framework  oriented  analysis.  Consideration  of  job 
shop  scheduling  and  dispatching  problems. 
Prof.  Green  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.166  Facilities  Planning  and  Design  3  CI. ;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Application   of   quantitative   techniques   such   as   Queuing  theory   and   en- 


238   /    INDUSTRIAL   ENGINEERING 

gineering  economy  to  problems  involving  facilities  planning  and  materials 
handling;  basic  graphical  tools;  models  for  plant  layout;  laboratory  projects. 
Prof.  Moore  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.169  Advanced  Topics  in  Operations  Research     (Prereq.  5.163)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  to   include  duality   Kuhn-Tucher  conditions,   Lagranzian   techniques, 
static  and  dynamic   stochastic  decision   processes,   model   formulation  and 
analysis. 
Prof.  Freeman  Spring  Qtr. 

5.186  Personnel  and  Organizations  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  individual  in  the  industrial  environment;  work  theory,  motivation,  in- 
terpersonal relations;  consideration  of  modern  personnel  practice  based  on 
the  concepts  of  the  behavioral  sciences;  structure  and  dynamics  of  indus- 
trial organizations;  problems  of  innovation;  case  studies  for  situational 
analysis. 

Prof.  Fisher  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

5.187  Industrial  Relations  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  industrial  relations  and  organized  labor  with  emphasis  on  the 
historical  developments  leading  to  their  current  status;  union  organization 
and  philosophy;  interaction  of  management,  government  and  labor;  collec- 
tive bargaining;  the  engineer's  role  in  industrial  relations. 

Prof.  Fisher  Spring  Qtr. 

5.190  Senior  Project  1  Q.H. 

A  significant  industrial  engineering  project  executed  independently  by  the 
student  culminating  in  a  well-organized  and  well-written  report  to  be  sub- 
mitted to  his  class  adviser  and  reviewed  by  a  faculty  committee.  No  regularly 
scheduled  classes.  Pass/fail  basis. 
Class  Advisers  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

5.240  Digital  Simulation  Techniqques  (Prereq.  FORTRAN)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Design  and  construction  of  digital,  discrete  simulation  models.  Extensive 
use  of  FORTRAN  and  special  simulation  languages.  Discussion  of  model  logic 
and  specification,  testing,  validation  and  use.  Several  simulation  projects 
using  the  Northeastern  computer  facilities. 

Prof.  Green  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.241  Management  Information  Systems  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Managerial  applications  of  digital  computers.  The  use  of  computers  in  in- 
formation, decision-control  systems.  Information-based  theories  of  manage- 
ment. Survey  of  information  technology.  Computer  system  basics.  Cost  and 
value  of  information.  System  design,  analysis,  equipment  selection.  Organiza- 
tional implications. 

Prof.  Green  Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.245  Basic  Engineering  Statistics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  basic  probability  distributions,  including  the  binomial  and 
hypergeometric,  exponential,  poisson  and  normal;  laboratory  data  analysis; 
statistical  test  of  hypotheses  about  central  tendency  and  variability;  curve 
fitting  with  least  squares  on  engineering  data. 
Staff  All  Quarters 


GRAPHIC   SCIENCE   /   239 

5.260  Engineering  Economy  4CI.;4Q.H. 

The  formulation  of  analytical  techniques  such  as  rate  of  return,  present 
worth,  annual  cost.  The  application  of  these  techniques  to  reach  economical 
solutions  to  business  and  engineering  problems  involving  design,  rejection, 
replacement,  lease-buy-decisions,  and  decisions  between  multiple  alterna- 
tives. Sensitivity  analysis  and  basic  probability  are  introduced  in  cases 
where  uncertainty  exists.  Brief  survey  of  sources  and  costs  of  capital,  debt- 
versus-equity-financing  and  leverage. 
Prof.  Satia  All  Quarters 

5.267  Special  Topics  in  Engineering  (Prereq.  5.260)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  the  capital  structure  of  the  firms,  the  cost  of  various  security 
types  and  the  total  cost  of  capital,  case  studies  of  engineering  problems 
involving  retirement-replacement  decisions,  lease-buy  decisions  and  capital 
expenditure  decisions,  considering  the  impact  of  income  taxes,  inflation  and 
leverage,  analysis  of  accounting  data  for  managerial  decisions,  introduction 
to  Bayesian  statistics  and  utility  theory  and  their  application  to  engineering 
problems  involving  uncertainty. 

Any  Quarter  by  Preregistration 

5.290  Independent  Study  in  Industrial  Engineering  1—4  CI.;  1—4  Q.H. 

For  students  usually  in  the  senior  year  with  high  scholastic  standing  on  ad- 
vanced I.E.  topics.  Projects  may  be  of  an  applied  or  theoretical  nature; 
formal  report  submitted  to  student's  project  supervisor  at  the  end  of  quarter. 
Adviser  All  Quarters 


Graphic  Science 


9.105  Computer  Programming  1  C!.;  1  Q.H. 
A  special  course  offered  primarily  for  Engineering  transfer  students.  This 
course  covers  basic  programming  methods  using  the  FORTRAN  language. 
Emphasis  is  on  general  programming,  but  example  problems  are  chosen 
from  the  various  branches  of  Engineering. 

Prof.  Rule  Fall  Qtr. 

9.106  Basic  Engineering  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  engineering  and  design  concepts.  Orthographic  projection;  engineering 
drawings;  pictorial  representations.  Introduction  to  computer  programming 
in  FORTRAN;  control  statements  up  to  DO  loops  and  subscripted  variables. 
Prof.  Rule  and  Staff                                                  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

9.107  Basic  Engineering  (Prereq.  9.106)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Creative  design  and  conceptual  solutions  to  engineering  problems.  Involve- 
ment in  original  design  problems;  application  of  the  design  process.  Com- 
puters as  an  aid  to  the  designer;  computer  graphics;  numerical  methods. 
Prof.  Rule  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

9.1 14  Introduction  to  Computers  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

A  special  course,  primarily  for  Biomedical  majors,  covering  basic  program- 
ming  methods   using  the   Fortran    language.   Some   numerical    methods  are 


240   /    MATHEMATICS 

covered,  but  emphasis  is  on  writing  programs  to  solve  simple  engineering- 
based  problems. 
Prof.  Rule  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

9.115  Computer-Programming  (Prereq.  9.114)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Higher-level  programming  techniques  are  developed  including  v^^riting  of  sub- 
programs and  making  use  of  scientific  subroutine  packages.  Graphical  output 
using  the  CalComp  plotter  is  covered. 
Prof.  Rule  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


Mathematics 

10.101  Basic  Mathematics  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Development  of  real  numbers  and  the  algebraic  operations  with  emphasis 
placed  on  the  field  postulates.  Study  of  polynomials,  fractions,  exponents, 
radical  expressions,  first  and  second  degree  equations,  solutions  of 
inequalities. 

Prof.  McCa  I  lister  Fall  Qtr. 

10.102  Basic  Mathematics  (Prereq.  10.101)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Functions  and  relations,  graphs,  simple  forms  of  conic  sections,  variation, 
exponential  and  logarithmic  functions,  systems  of  equations  and  inequalities. 
Prof.  McCallister  Winter  Qtr. 

10.103  Basic  Mathematics  (Prereq.  10.102)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Complex  Numbers,  theory  of  equations,  sequences  and  series,  probability. 
Prof.  McCallister  Spring  Qtr. 

10.104  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics 

(Prereq.  1  unit  high  school  algebra)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Formation  of  linear  equations  and  their  use  as  models;  systems  of  linear 
equations  and  linear  inequalities;  introduction  to  linear  programming;  vectors 
and  matrices  and  their  use  in  solving  linear  systems  of  equations. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.105  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics 

(Prereq.  10.104  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Logarithms;  differentiation  of  functions  and  applications  of  the  derivative; 
elements  of  probability. 

Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.106  Calculus 

(Prereq.  31/2  units  of  coll.  prep.  math,  or  10.103,  10.105)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  first  course  for  upper-class  students.  Differential  calculus  for  functions  of 
one  variable;  topics  in  analytic  geometry;  integration;  applications  of  differ- 
entiation and  integration. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.107  Calculus  (Prereq.  10.106)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Techniques  of  differentiation  and  integration;  partial  differentiation;  multiple 
integration;  applications  to  geometry  of  three  dimensions. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


MATHEMATICS   /    241 

10.120  Introduction  to  Computers  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  non-technical  introduction  to  computers,  their  abilities  and  shortcomings, 
and  their  impact  on  learning  and  society.  Some  of  the  questions  to  be  raised 
are:  Can  computers  think?  How  do  computers  compose  music,  play  chess 
and  write  poetry?  Can  computers  reproduce?  How  does  a  computer  work? 
What  can  be  done  about  the  data  bank  menace?  Although  this  is  not  a  course 
in  computer  programming,  the  student  will  learn  to  convince  (i.e.  program) 
the  computer  to  do  simple  tasks  for  him.  (No  mathematical  prerequisite.) 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.124  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Operations  involving  real  numbers,  including  factoring,  exponents,  functions 
and  quadratic  equations.  Also  covers  matrices,  determinants,  and  logarithms. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.125  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Exponential  and  logarithmic  functions,  Differential  Calculus,  including  defini- 
tions of  derivative;  power  rule,  chain  rule,  product  and  quotient  rules;  maxi- 
mum and  minimum  theory;  Integral  Calculus  including  definite  and  indefinite 
integrals;  introduction  to  Probability. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

10.140  Mathematical  Analysis  I V-V 

(Prereq.  Freshman  Calculus  or  Equiv.)  5  CI.;  5  Q.H. 
Designed  to  prepare  transfer  students  for  numerical  analysis  and  differential 
equations.  Linear  algebra,  vector-valued  functions,  functions  of  several 
variables,  multiple  integration,  infinite  series,  Taylor's  theorem,  complex 
numbers. 
Prof.  Dun  lap  Fall  Qtr. 

10.150  Calculus  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  first  course  in  Calculus  of  one  variable,  primarily  for  students  in  the  College 
of  Engineering.  Differentiation,  integration  and  elementary  applications.  In- 
terpolation, numerical  integration,  first  and  second  order  differential  equa- 
tions, vectors. 

Prof.  Frampton  Fall  Qtr. 

10.151  Calculus  (Prereq.  10.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  10.150. 

Prof.  Frampton  Winter  Qtr. 

10.152  Calculus  (Prereq.  10.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  10.151. 

Prof.  Frampton  Spring  Qtr. 

10.153  Calculus  (Prereq.  10.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Solid  analytic  geometry,  vectors,  infinite  series,  partial  derivatives,  with 
applications. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.154  Calculus  (Prereq.  10.153)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Multiple  integration,  complex  variables,  with  applications.  Complex  numbers, 
linear  algebra  and  systems  of  linear  differential  equations. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


242   /    MATHEMATICS 

10.155  Mathematical  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.154)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Ordinary  differential  equations,  with  emphasis  on  methods  of  solution.  In- 
cludes first  order  equations,  second  order  linear  equations  with  constant 
coefficients,  and  systems  of  first  order  linear  equations.  (Intended  primarily 
for  engineering  students.) 

Prof.  Filgo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.156  Mathematical  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Part  1:  Introduction  to  numerical  analysis.  The  digital  computer  is  used  in 
root-evaluation,  interpolation,  and  solution  of  differential  equations.  Part  2: 
Fourier  series  and  boundary  value  problems  for  partial  differential  equations. 
(Intended  primarily  for  engineering  students.) 

Prof.  Filgo  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.170  Geometry  (Prereq.  a  course  in  calculus)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  topics  from  advanced  plane  geometry  in  Euclidean  style,  such  as 
collinear  points,  concurrent  lines,  duality,  cross-ratio,  harmonic  division  of 
segments,  homogeneous  coordinates,  abridged  notations,  special  theorems 
concerning  points,  lines,  triangles,  and  circles  (Euler,  Desargues,  Lemoine, 
Brocard,  Brianchon,  Feuerbach);  the  nine-point  circle,  inversion,  reciprocation. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.171  Geometry  (Prereq.  10.170)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Discussion  of  Euclid's  definitions  and  postulates;  examination  in  detail  of 
the  fifth  postulate  and  other  items  leading  to  non-Euclidean  geometry.  Some 
special  topics  in  non-Euclidean  geometry  of  the  hyperbolic  and  elliptic  planes. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.181  Calculus!  5  CI.;  5  Q.H. 
Derivatives  and  integrals  of  functions  of  one  variable.  Approximation  methods 
Including  numerical  integration,  Newton's  method,  Taylor  series,  and  power 
series.  Brief  introduction  to  differential  equations,  partial  derivatives,  and 
multiple  integrals.  Students  will  be  encouraged  to  solve  selected  problems 
on  the  computer. 

Prof.  Gilmore  Fall  Qtr. 

10.182  Calculus  II  (Prereq.  10.181)  5  CI.;  5  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.181. 

Prof.  Gilmore  Winter  Qtr. 

10.183  Calculus  111  (Prereq.  10.182)  5  CI.;  5  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.182. 

Prof.  Gilmore  Spring  Qtr. 

10.184  Calculus  and  Linear  Methods  I  (Prereq.  10.183)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Methods  of  calculus  combined  with  vector  analysis,  used  to  study  curves, 
surfaces  and  functions  of  several  variables.  Topics  include:  parameterization 
of  lines  and  planes,  tangents  and  normal  vectors,  partial  derivatives,  maxima 
and  minima  problems,  linear  approximation  and  tangent  planes.  Some  linear 
algebra. 

Prof.  Bridger  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


MATHEMATICS   /    243 

10.185  Calculus  and  Linear  Methods  II  (Prereq.  10.184)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.184.  Multiple  integration,  line  integrals  and  exact  differ- 
entials, various  form  of  Stokes'  theorem.  More  linear  algebra. 

Prof.  Bridger  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.186  Differential  Equations  and  Linear  Methods  I 

(Prereq.  10.183)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Methods  of  solving  first  and  second  order  differential  equations  and  systems 
of  first  order  equations.  Numerical  solution  of  differential  equations.  The  use 
of  linear  algebra  will  be  emphasized  and  the  necessary  techniques  will  be 
developed. 
Prof.  Kopell  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.187  Differential  Equations  and  Linear  Methods  II 

(Prereq.  10.186)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  systems  of  first  order  equations,  eigenvalue  problems,  special 
second  order  equations  (especially  those  which  arise  in  physics),  power  series 
solutions,  orthogonal  polynomials.  Fourier  series  and  Laplace  transforms  if 
time  permits. 
Prof.  Kopell  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

Note:  As  a  rule,  students  should  take   10.186  and   10.187  in  parallel  with 
10.184  and    10.185. 

10.207  Differential  Equations  (Prereq.  10.183  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  is  intended  primarily  for  chemists  and  industrial  engineers. 
Topics  covered  include  the  initial-value  problem  for  first  and  second  order 
differential  equations;  the  two-point  boundary  value  problem  for  second  order 
differential  equations. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.208  Probability  (Prereq.  10.154  or  10.185)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Probability  functions  for  finite  and  infinite  spaces;  conditional  probability 
and  independence;  discrete  and  continuous  probability  distributions  for  one 
or  more  random  variables;  expectation;  moments;  binomial,  Poisson,  and 
normal  distributions;  central  limit  theorem. 

Prof.  Stubbs  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.21 1  Fortran  and  Forgo  I  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  computer  programming  via  FORGO  language.  Development  of 
simple  mathematical  models  and  their  solution  by  computers.  Elementary 
numerical  methods,  flow  charting. 

10.212  Fortran  and  Forgo  II  (Prereq.  10.211)  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.211. 

10.213  Fortran  and  Forgo  III  (Prereq.  10.212)  1  CI;  1  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.212. 

10.214  Systems  Programming  (Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Note:    It  is  intended  to  have  two  sections  of  each  of  the  three  courses  listed 

above;  one  for  math  majors  and  the  other  for  non-math  majors. 


244   /    MATHEMATICS 

10.220  Mathematical  Statistics  (Prereq.  10.208)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Estimation  of  parameters;  confidence  intervals;  hypothesis  testing;  regression; 
sampling  distributions;  introduction  to  analysis  of  variance  and  statistical 
decision  theory. 

Prof.  Stubbs  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.221  Applied  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.251  &  10.246,  or  equivalents)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Linear  analysis,  with  applications  to  linear  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Other  topics  in  differential  equations,  such  as  separation  and  comparison 
theorems,  and  the  Laplace  transform. 

Profs.  Wils  and  Filgo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.222  Applied  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Linear  analysis  continued:  orthogonal  series,  partial  differential  equations, 
with  application  to  boundary-value  problems  in  the  study  of  mechanical 
vibrations  and   heat  conduction. 

Profs.  Wils  and  Filgo  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.223  Numerical  Analysis 

(Prereq.  2  Yrs.  of  Calculus,  FORTRAN  programming)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  computer-oriented  introductory  course  in  numerical  analysis.  Methods  for 
finding  numerical  solutions  of  non-linear  equations,  systems  of  linear  equa- 
tions, ordinary  differential  equations,  curve-fitting  and  interpolation  prob- 
lems, and  evaluating  definite  integrals  will  be  analyzed  and  programmed  on 
a  digital  computer. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.224  Numerical  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.223)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  10.223. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.226  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  (Prereq.  10.184  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Algebra  and  geometry  of  complex  numbers.  Concepts  of  limit,  continuity,  and 
derivative  in  the  complex  domain.  Holomorphic  functions;  series;  contour 
integration.  Applications. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.230  Linear  Programming  (Prereq.  1  Yr.  College  Math)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  concepts  and  techniques  of  linear  programming,  game  theory, 
stochastic  processes.  Applications  to  economics,  social  sciences  and  other 
related  fields. 
Prof.  Hajian  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.232  Multivariate  Statistics  (Prereq.  10.220)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Methods  of  classification,  estimation,  and  prediction  based  on  several  statis- 
tical variables. 

Offered  1973-74  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.240  Mathematical  Models  in  the  Life  Sciences 

(Prereq.  1  Yr.  of  Calculus)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  derivation  and  solution  of  mathematical  models  in  the  areas  of  biology, 
psychology,  and  the  social   sciences.   Such   phenomena  as  population  dy- 


MATHEMATICS   /   245 

namics,  diffusion  processes,  pollution,  control  systems,  neural  networks,  and 

mathematical  genetics  will  be  studied. 

Prof.  Klein  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

1 0.241    Mathematical  Models  in  the  Life  Sciences 

(Prereq.  10.240)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  10.240. 
Prof.  Klein  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.246  Advanced  Linear  Algebra  I 

(Prereq.  10.187  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Vector  spaces.  Survey  of  main  examples.  Dimension.  Detailed  analysis  of  the 
behavior  of  a  linear  transformation  with  an  emphasis  on  what  kind  of  phe- 
nomena can  occur.  Use  of  invariant  subspaces  and  eigenvalues.  Symmetric 
and  orthogonal  maps.  Iteration  of  linear  maps.  Linear,  bilinear,  and  quadratic 
forms.  Brief  study  of  issues  arising  in  practical  computations. 
Prof.  Rasala  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

1 0.247  Advanced  Linear  Algebra  II  (Prereq.  10.246)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Lattices  and  linear  algebra  with  integer  coefficients.  Congruences,  modular 
arithmetic,  and  finite  fields.  The  idea  of  a  group.  Groups  of  linear  and  affine 
transformations.  Symmetry  groups  in  the  plane.  If  time  permits,  additional 
topics  chosen  from:  symmetry  groups  in  space  and  crystallography;  group 
theory  as  applied  to  function  theory  and/or  physics;  group  representations; 
coding  theory. 

Prof.  Rasala  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

Note:  Upper-level  students  who  have  not  been  through  the  10.181-10.187 
program  may  take  10.246-10.247.  Such  students  should  see  the  in- 
structor in  the  course  and  inform  him  of  their  particular  background. 

10.250  Analysis  (Prereq.  10.187  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  theoretical  underpinnings  of  the  calculus:  limits,  measure,  continuity, 
and  related  concepts.  Analysis  I  and  II  are  intended  to  serve  as  a  bridge 
between  the  10.281-287  calculus  sequence  and  the  more  advanced  analysis 
courses,  such  as  10.221-2,  10.226,  and  10.264-5. 

Prof.  Stolzenberg  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.251  Analysis  II  (Prereq.  10.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.250.  Once  through  the  calculus  again,  armed  with  the 
concepts  introduced   in  Analysis   I. 

Prof.  Stolzenberg  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.256  Algebra  (Prereq.  10.246)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory  of  fields:  fiield  extensions;  automorphisms;  Galois  theory;  applications 
to  theory  of  equations. 

10.257  Optimization  and  Mathematical  Game  Theory 

(Prereq.  Some  linear  algebra.  E.g.,  10.246  or  Consent  of  Instructor) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Convex  sets  in  Euclidean  n-space,  linear  and  non-linear  programming,  zero- 
sum  games,  dynamic  programming.  Students  will  be  encouraged  to  program 
selected  solution  methods  for  a  computer. 
Prof.  Warga  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


246   /    MATHEMATICS 

10.264  Recent  Ideas  in  Geometry 

(Prereq.  10.  251  and  10.247  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  chosen  by  the  instructor  may  vary  from  year  to  year.  Topological 
classification  of  surfaces,  theory  of  critical  points  and  singularities  of 
mappings,  topological  study  of  vector  fields,  knot  theory,  graph  theory,  differ- 
ential geometry  of  surfaces,  algebraic  curves,  homotopy. 
Prof.  Blank  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.265  Recent  Ideas  in  Geometry  (Prereq.  10.264)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.264. 

Prof.  Blank  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.271  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (Prereq.  10.250  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Logic  and  set  theory. 

Offered  1972-73  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.272  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (Prereq.  10.271)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  10.271. 

Offered  1972-73  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

10.273  History  of  Mathematics 

(Prereq.  1  Yr.  College  Math,  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  the  various  branches  of  mathematics;  lives  of  outstanding 
mathematicians;  growth  of  mathematical  knowledge  and  its  relation  to 
culture. 

Offered  1973-74 

10.274  Number  Theory  (Prereq.  10.246  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  properties  of  positive  integers,  divisibility,  congruences,  quadratic  resi- 
dues, Diophantine  equations. 

Offered  1973-74 

10.281-10.289   Directed  Study  (Consent  of  Instructor) 

Programs  of  directed  study,  running  one  or  more  quarters,  are  available  for 
highly  motivated  students  who  wish  to  explore  more  deeply  mathematical 
phenomena  and  theories.  In  particular,  a  freshman-sophomore  directed  study 
program,  emphasizing  discussion  of  concepts  and  independent  research,  runs 
concurrently  with  the  calculus  sequence  (beginning  in  the  winter  of  the  fresh- 
man year).  Past  discussions  have  included:  measure  by  covering  and  packing, 
lattices,  symmetry,  theory  of  numbers,  classification  of  surfaces. 

All  Quarters 

10.295,  10.296,  10.297,  10.298   Honors 

10.307,    10.308,    10.309  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

These  three  courses  are  intended  for  students  enrolled  in  the  Bachelor  of 
Engineering  Technology  program.  They  are  offered  in  the  Fall,  Winter,  and 
Spring  Quarters,  respectively,  of  the  Freshman  year.  The  first  two  Quarters 
are  devoted  to  algebra,  trigonometry,  and  the  more  important  elementary 
functions  of  mathematics.  10.320,  called  Calculus  I,  introduces  the  students 
to  differential  calculus. 


PHYSICS   /   247 

10.421  Calculus  II  (Prereq.  10.321;  see  Lincoln  College  catalog)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  the  calculus  for  students  in  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering 
Technology  program. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

10.422  Calculus  III  (Prereq.  10.421)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  the  material  begun  in  10.421. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

NOTE:  THE  MATHEMATICS  DEPARTMENT  OFFERS  EACH  QUARTER  A 
MATHEMATICS  WORKSHOP  DESIGNED  TO  PROVIDE  REMEDIAL 
WORK  FOR  THOSE  STUDENTS  WHO  ARE  HAVING  DIFFICULTY  IN 
THEIR  MATHEMATICS  COURSES.  THE  TIME  AND  PLACE  OF  THIS 
WORKSHOP  IS  ANNOUNCED  THE  FIRST  WEEK  OF  EACH  QUARTER. 
STUDENTS  ARE  URGED  TO  AVAIL  THEMSELVES  OF  THIS  HELP. 

Physics 

This  Department  rotates  its  teachers. 

11.107  Sound  and  Light  (No  prerequisite)  4  Q.H. 
The  physical  properties  of  sound  and  light,  and  their  relation  to  the  subjective 
sensations  of  tone,  loudness,  color,  etc.  Topics  include:  the  wave  properties 
of  sound,  the  mechanism  of  hearing,  the  perception  of  pitch  and  loudness, 
musical  scales,  musical  instruments,  the  formation  and  recognition  of  speech, 
the  wave  nature  of  light,  the  three  qualities  of  color,  color  vision,  color 
mixing. 

Fall  Qtr. 

11.108  Physics  in  Sports  (No  prerequisite)  4  Q.H. 

Some  of  the  physical   principles  involved   in  sport.  Topics  include  sailing, 
skiing,  baseball,  tennis,  gymnastics,  caloric  considerations,  etc. 

Fall  Qtr. 

11.109  Physics  in  Music  (No  prerequisites)  4  Q.H. 
Explores  the  physical  nature  of  modern  music  production  and  reproduction, 
relates  the  aesthetic  and  physical  problems  encountered  and  treats  their 
mutual  influence.  Topics  include  the  basics  of  sound  production  and  manipu- 
lation; the  physical  and  psychological  response  of  the  ear;  musical  notation, 
details  of  instrumental  design,  construction  and  operation,  modern  music 
reproduction  from  initial  detection  through  living  room  listening,  and  acoustic 
environment. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

11.110  Physics  Laboratory  for  Engineering  Students  I 

3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  laboratory  sequence  in  which  the  student 
performs  experiments  from  various  fields  of  physics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.111  Physics  Laboratory  for  Enginering  Students  II 

(Prereq.  11.110)3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.110. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


248  /   PHYSICS 

11.115  Physics  for  the  Humanities  Students  I  (Fundamentals  of  Physics) 

4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  intended  primarily  for  students  in 
the  humanities  and  social  sciences.  Some  of  the  basic  principles  governing 
the  physical  universe  are  established  without  using  more  mathematics  than 
simple  algebra.  This  course  is  directed  at  the  intellectually  curious  student 
and  attempts  both  to  teach  him  some  physics  and  to  show  him  how  scientific 
modes  of  thought  are  related  to  others  with  which  he  is  more  familiar.  The 
first  quarter  discusses  material  in  mechanics  and  thermodynamics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.116  Physics  for  the  Humanities  Students  II  (Prereq.  11.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.115.  Electromagnetic  theory  and  atomic  physics. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.117  Physics  for  Science  Majors  I  4CI.;4Q.H. 

Kinematics,  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion,  Momentum  and  Energy,  The  Conserva- 
tion Laws,  Gravitation. 

11.118  Physics  for  Science  Majors  II  (Prereq.  11.117)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Fluid  mechanics.  Heat,  Wave  Motion,  Optics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.119  Physics  for  Science  Majors  III  (Prereq.  11.117)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Electrostatics,  Currents,  Magnetic  Fields,  Electromagnetism.  (Students  taking 
only  two  quarters  should  choose  11.117  and  11.119  rather  than  11.117  and 
11.118.) 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.124  Physics  Laboratory  for  Science  Majors  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  laboratory  sequence  in  which  students  per- 
form experiments  from  various  fields  of  physics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.125  Physics  Laboratory  for  Science  Majors  II  (Prereq.  11.124)  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.124. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

1 1.126  Physics  Review  (Prereq.  1  yr.  of  physics)  6  Q.H. 
A  special  review  course  on  the  material  of  11.203,  11.204,  11.205,  and 
11.206.  The  course  is  geared  to  the  student's  actual  needs.  Passing  is  equiv- 
alent to  passing  11.206. 

Fall  Qtr. 

11.127  Intermediate  Physics  I  (Prereq.  11.119)  4  Q.H. 
Maxwell's  equations,  electromagnetic  waves,  AC  circuits,  physical  optics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.128  intermediate  Physics  II  (Prereq.  11.119)  4  Q.H. 
Intermolecular  forces,  gases  and  liquids,  atomic  physics. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


PHYSICS   /   249 

1 1 .1 38  The  Nature  of  the  Physical  World  4  Q.H. 

Designed  to  give  the  liberal  arts  student  a  view  of  the  world  around  him  as 
it  is  revealed  by  modern  physics.  Focuses  on  a  few  topics  of  central  impor- 
tance and  discusses  the  experiments  and  logical  constructions  which  are 
used  to  understand  them.  Topics  include  discussions  on  atomicity,  relativity, 
astronomy,  and  the  creation  of  the  universe. 

Winter  Qtr. 

11.139  Physics  and  Established  Thought  4Q.H. 
The  major  effects  of  physics  on  Western  culture.  Concepts  are  covered  in 
breadth  rather  than  in  depth.  Some  of  the  major  historical  conflicts  in 
Western  culture  are  discussed  and  the  role  of  physics  in  these  conflicts  is 
developed.  Students  should  gain  a  broad  knowledge  of  the  scientific  method 
and  an  understanding  of  conflicts  between  science  and  society  from  the 
course.  Topics  covered  will  include:  Cosmology  and  Anthropomorphism, 
Causality  and  Free  Will,  Physics  Evolution  and  ESP,  and  Physics  and 
Intuition. 

Spring  Qtr. 

11.154  Introductory  Physics  IV  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  Physics  for  Science  Majors. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.155  Introductory  Physics  V  (Prereq.  11.154)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  11.154. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.171  Physics  for  the  Life  Sciences  I  (Basic  Physics)  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Vector  addition  of  force.  Principles  of  statics.  Newton's  second  law.  Kinetic 
and  potential  energy.  Pressure.  Static  properties  of  fluids.  Fluid  flow. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.172  Physics  for  the  Life  Sciences  II  (Prereq.  11.171)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Wave  motion.  Sound.  Light.  Optics.  Static  electricity,  D.C.  circuits, 
magnetism. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.173  Physics  Laboratory  for  the  Life  Sciences  I  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  laboratory  sequence  that  accompanies 
11.171  and  11.172.  The  student  performs  experiments  from  various  fields  of 
physics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

1 1 .1 74  Physics  Laboratory  for  the  Life  Sciences  II 

(Prereq.  11.173)  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  11.173. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.175  Physics  for  the  Life  Sciences  III  (Prereq.  11.171)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Temperature.  Gas  laws.  Properties  of  liquids  (surface  tension,  osmotic  pres- 
sure). Properties  of  solids.  Thermal  physics.  Coulomb's  law.  Atomic  and 
nuclear  physics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


250   /   PHYSICS 

11.200  Mechanics  I  (Prereq.  11.154  or  11.123  or 

11.205,  and  10.205  or  10.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  in  classical  mechanics.  Vector 
analysis.  Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion.  Generalized  coordi- 
nates and  Lagrange's  equations  of  motion. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.201  Mechanics  II  (Prereq.  11.200)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.200.  Conservation  theorems  Central  force  motion.  Systems 
of  particles.  Rigid  body  motion.  Hamilton's  equation. 

Spring  Qtr. 

1 1.202  Mathematical  Techniques  of  Physics 

{Prereq.  10.205  or  10.113)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  selected  mathematical  techniques  that  find  application  in 
physics  and  engineering;  Sturn-Liouville  Theory  and  boundary  value  prob- 
lems; Dirac  delta  function  calculus,  Green  functions,  external  principles  of 
physics. 

11.203  Physics  for  Engineering  Students  I  (Elementary  Physics)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  four-quarter  sequence  intended  primarily  for  engineering 
students.  The  student  is  assumed  to  be  concurrently  taking  a  four-quarter 
calculus  sequence.  The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  student  a  working 
knowledge  of  physics.  The  first  quarter  discusses  vector  algebra  and  the  dy- 
namics of  particle  motion. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.204  Physics  for  Engineering  Students  II  (Prereq.  11.203)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.203  Conservation  laws  and  their  use  in  solving  problems 
in  elementary  dynamics.  Wave  motion  and  vibrating  systems. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

11.205  Physics  for  Engineering  Students  III  (Prereq.  11.204)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.204.  Electricity  and  magnetism. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.206  Physics  for  Engineering  Students  IV  (Prereq.  11.205)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.205.  Circuit  theory.  Electromagnetic  waves.  Light. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.207  Elementary  Modern  Physics 

(Prereq.  11.206  or  11.123  or  11.154)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Special  relativity  and  quantum  physics.  The  properties  of  light  and  the  struc- 
ture of  atoms  and  nuclei.  Primarily  intended  for  engineering  and  chemistry 
majors. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

11.208  Mathematical  Physics  (Prereq.  11.154  or  11.123  or  11.206,  and 

10.205  or  10.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  linear  algebra  and  vector  calculus.  Special  functions  and  partial 
differential  equations  of  physics.  Potential  theory.  Functions  of  a  complex 
variable. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


PHYSICS   /   251 

11.211  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  (Prereq.  11.154  or  11.123  or  11.206, 

and  11.208  or  10.207  or  10.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  in  electromagnetic  theory.  Max- 
well's equations  and  their  experimental  basis.  Electrostatics  and  magneto- 
statics.  The  electromagnetic  field  in  empty  space.  Electromagnetic  waves. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.212  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II  (Prereq.  11.211)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.211.  Energy  and  momentum  in  the  electromagnetic  field. 
Electrodynamics:  the  interaction  of  matter  and  the  field.  Radiation. 

Spring  Qtr. 

11.220  Thermodynamics  and  Kinetic  Theory 

(Prereq.  11.154,  11.123  or  11.206,  and  10.205  or  10.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
First  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics.  Entropy  and  equilibrium.  Thermo- 
dynamic potentials.  Elementary  kinetic  theory.  Statistical  mechanics  and  the 
statistical  interpretation  of  entropy. 

Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

11.230  Modern  Physics  (Prereq.  11.155  or  11.207  or  11.123,  and 

10.205  or  10.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  review  of  experiments  demonstrating  the  atomic  nature  of  matter,  the  prop- 
erties of  the  electron,  the  nuclear  atom,  the  wave-particle  duality,  spin,  and 
the  properties  of  elementary  particles.  The  course  discusses,  mostly  on  a 
phenomenological  level,  such  subjects  as  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  prop- 
erties of  the  solid  state  and  elementary  particles. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

11.240  Quantum  Mechanics  I  (Prereq.  11.230,  10.207)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  first  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  in  quantum  mechanics.  Observations  of 
macroscopic  and  microscopic  bodies.  The  uncertainty  principle.  Wave- 
particle  duality.  Probability  amplitudes.  Schrodinger  wave  theory.  One- 
dimensional  problems. 

Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.241  Quantum  Mechanics  II  (Prereq.  11.240)  4  Ci.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  11.240.  Discrete  and  continuous  states.  Schrodinger  equation 
in  3  dimensions.  Angular  momentum.  General  theory  of  quantum  mechanics. 
Applications. 

Spring  Qtr. 

11.260  Wave  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  11.155  or  11.123  or  11.206)  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  general  treatment  of  the  problems  of  mechanical  and  electromagnetic  ra- 
diation as  wave  phenomena.  The  differential  wave  equation  and  its  application 
to  selected  topics.  Interference  and  diffraction  theory  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  Huygens-Fresnel  and  Kirchoff  formulations.  Selected  experiments  in 
acoustics,  optics,  and  microwaves  to  illustrate  these  problems. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.271  Electronics  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  11.155  or  11.123  or  11.206)  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Electronic  circuits.   Pulse  techniques.    Logic  circuits.  The   photomultiplier. 


252   /   PHYSICS 
Atomic  detectors. 


Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


1 1.272  Experimental  Laboratory  (Prereq.  11.271)  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Experiments  investigating  the  atomic  nature  of  matter,  the  properties  of  the 
electron,  and  special  relativity.  The  work  involves  vacuum  system  techniques 
and  machine-shop  practice. 

Winter  Qtr. 

11.273  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (Prereq.  11.272)  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Special  projects  in  modern  experimental  physics. 

Spring  Qtr. 

11.281  Properties  of  Matter  (Prereq.  10.205,  11.154  or  11.206)  4  Q.H. 
The  quantitative  description  of  solids,  liquids  and  gases.  Topics  include  the 
kinetic  theory  of  gases  (distribution  functions,  collision,  viscosity,  thermal 
conductivity,  diffusion),  gas  imperfection,  real  gases,  the  transition  to  the 
liquid  phase,  amorphous  and  crystalline  solid  structure,  alloys  and  the 
metallurgical  phase  diagram,   imperfections  in  solids. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

11.282  Introduction  to  Solid  State  Physics  (Prereq.  11.281  or  11.220)  4  Q.H. 
A  semi-classical  treatment  of  the  thermal,  magnetic  and  electrical  properties 
of  crystalline  solids.  Topics  include  X-ray  diffraction  and  the  reciprocal  lat- 
tice, elasticity  and  lattice  vibrations,  the  specific  heat,  properties  of  in- 
sulators, magnetism  in  insulators  and  in  metals,  introduction  to  the  band 
theory  of  metals. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

11.291  (IQ.H.),  11.292  (2  Q.H. ,  1 1.293  (3  Q.H.), 
11.294  (4  Q.H.)  Independent  Study 

All  Quarters 

11.295,  11.296,  11.297,  1 1.298,  Honors  Program 

All  Quarters 

The  Physics  Department  also  offers  these  courses  for  the  full-time  (day) 
program  in  Lincoln  College  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  in  Engineering 
Technology. 

1 1.317  Physics  I  (Mechanics)  (Prereq.  10.307  or  concurrently)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion;  Newton's  laws;  projectile  and 
circular  motion;  conservation  laws  for  momentum  and  energy;  rotational  mo- 
tion; simple  harmonic  motion. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

11.318  Physics  II  (Wave,  Motion,  Sound,  Heat)  (Prereq.  11.317)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Wave  motion;  intensity;  interference  phenomena;  Doppler  effect;  vibrating 
systems;  temperature;  heat;  change  of  state;  heat  transfer;  kinetic  theory  of 
gases;  general  gas  laws;  thermodynamics. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


CHEMISTRY   /   253 

11.319  Physics  III  (Electricity,  Magnetism,  Light  (Prereq.  11.318)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Electrostatics;  magnetism;  magnetic  induction;  induced  currents;  direct  and 
alternating  current  circuits;  properties  of  light;  reflection;  refraction;  dis- 
persion; optical  systems;  diffraction;  polarization. 

Spring  Qtr. 

1 1.420  Physics  IV  (Electromagnetic  Field)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Static  electric  and  magnetic  fields.  Experimental  basis  for  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions.  Electromagnetic  waves. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Chemistry 


12.101  General  Chemistry  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  stoichiometry, 
ionic  solutions  and  the  inorganic  chemistry  of  biological  systems. 

Prof.  Boig  Fall  Qtr. 

12.102  General  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.101)  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  organic  chemistry  with  emphasis  on  compounds  of  biological 
significance. 

Prof.  Boig  Winter  Qtr. 

12.103  General  Chemistry  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
For  chemistry  majors  and  selected  biology  majors.  Stoichiometry;  atomic 
structure;  chemical  bonding;  acids  and  bases,  oxidation-reduction;  states  of 
matter;  solutions.  Laboratory:  introduction  to  qualitative  analysis. 

Prof.  Huber  Fall  Qtr. 

12.104  General  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.103)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
For  chemistry  majors  and  selected  biology  majors.  Chemical  equilibria;  in- 
troduction to  chemical  thermodynamics  and  kinetics;  electrochemistry;  nu- 
clear chemistry;  topics  in  inorganic  and  organic  chemistry.  Laboratory: 
qualitative  analysis. 

Prof.  Huber  Winter  Qtr. 

12.105  Analytical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.104)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
The  principles  and  practice  of  experimental  measurements  by  means  of  chem- 
ical reactions.  Laboratory:  quantitative  analysis. 

Prof.  Jankowski  Spring  Qtr. 

12.106  General  Chemistry  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
For  non-chemistry  majors.  Basic  concepts  and  definitions;  the  mole  concept 
and  chemical  stoichiometry;  states  of  matter;  solutions;  periodicity  of  ele- 
ments; atomic  structure;  chemical  bonding  and  reactions. 

Profs.  Cass  and  Davies  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.107  General  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.106)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
For  non-chemistry  majors.  Chemical  kinetics  and  equilibria;  acids  and 
bases;  elementary  thermodynamics;  electrolysis  and  electrochemistry;  nuclear 
chemistry. 

Profs.  Boig  and  Cass  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


254   /   CHEMISTRY 

12.108  Fundamentals  of  Chemical  Sciences  I  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Development  and  discussion  of  important  principles  and  concepts  of  the 
chemical  sciences.  Intended  for  students  in  the  social  sciences  and  human- 
ities with  minimal  background  in  science  and  mathematics.  The  objective  of 
12.108-.109  is  to  give  the  non-science  student  an  appreciation  and  some 
knowledge  of  the  role  of  chemistry  in  our  technological  society  and  in  our 
everyday  lives. 

Prof.  Weiss  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.109  Fundamentals  of  Chemical  Sciences  II  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Continuation  of  12.108.  Discussion  of  the  chemistry  involved  in  such  basic 
human  needs  as  food,  clothing,  shelter,  transportation,  and  energy  produc- 
tion. Other  topics  (e.g.,  environmental  problems)  may  be  included  or  sub- 
stituted, since  students  will  participate  in  selection  of  topics  for  discussion. 
Prof.  Cass  Spring  Qtr. 

12.114  General  Chemistry  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Primarily  for  engineering  students.  Introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemistry, 
focusing  upon  the  states  and  structure  of  matter  and  chemical  stoichiometry. 
Prof.  Davis                                                                                Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.115  General  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.114)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Primarily  for  engineering  students.  Introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemistry, 
focusing  upon  chemical  equilibria  and  the  nature  of  some  common  materials. 
Prof.  Reiff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

12.117  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Optional  laboratory  for  12.114  (General  Chemistry  for  engineering  students). 
Experiments  pertaining  to  lecture  material. 

Prof.  Davis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.118  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Optional  laboratory  for  12.115  (General  Chemistry  for  engineering  students). 
Experiments  pertaining  to  lecture  material. 

Prof.  Reiff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

12.135  General  Chemistry  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Matter  and  energy,  atomic  structure,  periodic  properties  of  the  representative 
elements,  chemical  bonding,  stoichiometry,  states  of  matter,  solutions  of  non- 
electrolytes.   Laboratory  experiments  illustrating  these  principles. 

Prof.  Spinos  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.136  General  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.135)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Qualitative  analysis  schemes,  chemical  equilibrium,  acids  and  bases,  solu- 
tions of  electrolytes,  ionic  equilibrium,  oxidation-reduction  reactions,  nu- 
clear chemistry.  Laboratory  experiments  illustrating  these  principles. 

Prof.  Spinos  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.144  Organic  Chemistry 

(Prereq.  12.104,  12.107,  or  12.136)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Nomenclature,    preparation,    properties,   and    reactions   of   common   organic 
compounds. 
Prof.  Jones  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


CHEMISTRY   /   255 

12.145  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.144)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  12.141. 
Prof.  Jones  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.147  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.115)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Aliphatic  compounds;  preparation,  properties,  and  reactions  of  the  more 
common  classes  of  open-chain  compounds;  electronic  interpretation  of  struc- 
tures and  reactions;  petrochemicals;  synthetic  resins;  carbohydrates;  fats; 
proteins. 

Prof.  Zuffanti  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.148  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.147)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Aromatic  compounds;  preparation,  properties,  and  reactions  of  the  more  com- 
mon classes  of  aromatic  compounds;  electronic  interpretation  of  structures 
and  reactions  of  aromatic  compounds;  dyes,  commercial  solvents  and  impor- 
tant industrial  products.  A  brief  introduction  to  alicyclic  and  heterocyclic 
compounds. 

Prof.  Zuffanti  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.153  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.105)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Syntheses  and  properties  of  aliphatic  and  aromatic  hydrocarbons  and  their 
functional  derivatives;  correlation  between  the  structure  of  organic  com- 
pounds and  their  physical  and  chemical  properties;  electronic  interpretation 
of  organic  reactions. 

Prof.  Howell  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.154  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.153)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  12.153. 

Prof.  Howell  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.155  Organic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.154)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  12.154. 

Prof.  Viola  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.161  Physical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  10.152  and  11.118  or  equivalent) 

3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Chemical  thermodynamics. 
Prof.  Wiener  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.162  Physical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.161)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Phase  equilibria,  solutions,  kinetic  theory  of  gases,  chemical  kinetics. 
Prof.  Wiener  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.166   Physical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  10.152  and  11.118  or  equivalent) 

3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Similar  to  12.161,  but  without  laboratory. 
Prof.  Wiener  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.169  Physical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.161  or  12.166)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Similar  to  12.162,  but  without  laboratory. 

Prof.  Wiener  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.170  Physical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.162  or  12.167)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Quantum  chemistry;  particles  and  waves;  Schroedinger  wave  mechanics;  the 


256   /   CHEMISTRY 

chemical  bond. 

Prof.  Roebber  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.171  Analytical  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.145)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Theories,  principles,  and  applications  of  volumetric,  gravimetric,  and  instru- 
mental methods  of  analysis. 
Prof.  Spinos  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

12.180  Ocean  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.105  or  12.171)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Chemical  interaction  In  sea  water.  Equilibrium  principles.  Composition  of  sea 
water  and  its  measurement.  Laboratory  is  conducted  at  Marine  Science  Insti- 
tute, Nahant. 

Prof.  Jankowski  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.181  Instrumental  Analysis  (Prereq.  12.105)  3  CI;  3  Q.H. 
The  principles  and  practice  of  measurements  of  chemical  systems.  Instru- 
mental methods  of  analysis. 

Prof.  Jankowski  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.185  Inorganic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.105)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Atomic  properties  of  free  atoms  and  ions.  Ionic  bonding  and  the  structure  of 
the  solid  state.  The  Madelung  calculation,  the  Born-Haber  and  other  thermo- 
dynamic cycles.  Valence-bond  and  molecular  orbital  theories  of  bonding. 
Stereochemistry  of  compounds  of  representative  elements.  Electron- 
deficient  compounds. 
Prof.  Davies  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.189  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  (Prereq.  93.151  or  equiv.)  6  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Special  projects  in  biochemical  experimentation. 
Prof.  Clagett  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.200  Principles  of  Experimental  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.166)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Instrumentation,  measurements,  and  evaluation;  basic  electronics  and  optics; 
statistical  methods;  computer  techniques. 

Profs.  Giessen  and  Keller  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.201  Integrated  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (Prereq.  12.166)  6  Lab;  2  Q.H. 
Procedures  and  techniques;  experiments  in  basic  electronics  and  optics, 
vacuum  system  design,  and  data  processing. 

Profs.  Giessen  and  Keller  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.202  Integrated  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (Prereq.  12.201)  9  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Integrated  experiments  in  inorganic,  analytical,  and  physical  chemistry: 
compound  preparation,  characterization,  and  property  studies. 

Profs.  Giessen  and  Keller  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.213  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (Prereq.  12.170)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Periodic  properties  of  representative  elements  and  their  compounds.  General 
theories  of  acid  and  base  behavior.  Spectral  and  magnetic  properties  of 
transition  metal  compounds.  Crystal  field  and  molecular  orbital  theories  of 
bonding.  Kinetics  and  thermodynamics  of  reactions  of  transition  metal 
compounds. 
Prof.  Davies  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


CHEMISTRY  /   257 

12.252  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I  (Prereq.  12.155  or  12.145)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Organic  structure  and  properties.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.861.) 
Prof.  Clagett  Fall  Qtr. 

12.253  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 

(Prereq.  12.155)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Qualitative  analysis  of  organic   compounds  and   mixtures,   using  physical, 
chemical,  and  instrumental  methods. 
Prof.  Howell  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

12.254  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  li  (Prereq.  12.155  or  12.145)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Organic  structure  and  reactions.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.862.) 
Prof.  Clagett  Winter  Qtr. 

12.255  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  III 

(Prereq.  12.252  or  12.254)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Organic  structure  and  reactions.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.863.) 
Prof.  Clagett  Spring  Qtr. 

12.257  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (Prereq.  12.181)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Analytical  separations.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.821.) 

Prof.  Karger  Fall  Qtr. 

12.258  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (Prereq.  12.181)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Electroanalytical  chemistry.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.822.) 

Prof.  Keller  Winter  Qtr. 

12.259  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  III  (Prereq.  12.181)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Optical  methods  of  analysis.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.823.) 

Prof.  Jankowski  Spring  Qtr. 

12.262  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  I  (Prereq.  12.170)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Chemical  thermodynamics.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.881.) 

Prof.  Roebber  Fall  Qtr. 

12.263  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  II  (Prereq.  12.170)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Atomic  and  molecular  structure.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.885.) 
Prof.  Huber  Winter  Qtr. 

12.264  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  III  (Prereq.  12.170)  2  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Chemical  kinetics.  (Corresponds  to  graduate  course  12.893.) 

Prof.  Huber  Spring  Qtr. 

12.271,  12.272,  12.273,  (each)  3  Q.H. 

12.274,  12.275,  12.276  Undergraduate  Research  (each)  4  QH. 

Original  experimental  work  under  the  direction  of  a  staff  member.  Participa- 
tion may  begin  in  the  middler  year  and  will  normally  continue  through  the 
senior  year.  Approval  of  the  administrating  committee  is  required. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

12.284  Advanced  Chemical  Synthesis  (Prereq.  12.155)  9  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 

Special  projects  in  the  synthesis  of  organic  and/or  inorganic  compounds, 
using  advanced  techniques. 
Prof.  Howell  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


258   /    EARTH   SCIENCES 

12.286  Advanced  Chemical  Measurements 

(Prereq.  12.163  and  12.179)  9  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Laboratory  problems  in  analytical  and/or  physical  chemistry. 
Prof.  Keller  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

12.288  Special  Topics  (Prereq.  12.163)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

1 2.29 1 ,  1 2.292,  1 2.293,  1 2.294  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 


Earth  Sciences 


16.104  Introduction  to  Earth  Science  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Consders  both  the  lithosphere  and  hydrosphere  of  the  earth.  The  forces  and 
factors  producing  changes  in  these  environments  are  examined  in  some  detail 
and  are  applied  to  an  understanding  of  the  historical  development  of  the 
earth. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.105  Introduction  to  Earth  Science  (Prereq.  16.104)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  16.104.  Consideration  of  the  gaseous  envelope  surrounding 
the  earth  and  the  meteorological  phenomena  that  occur  within  it  is  followed 
by  a  study  of  the  earth  as  an  astronomical  body.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  behavior  of  the  earth  as  a  member  of  the  solar  system. 

Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

16.121  Natural  History  I  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  framework  is  developed  for  investigating  the  factors  of  the  natural  world. 
Concepts  of  ecology  are  employed  to  examine  the  niche,  habitat,  biome,  and 
realm.  Content  centers  about  the  current  season  and  the  season  to  follow. 

Laboratory  is  structured  to  develop  the  comprehension  of  and  facility  with 

the  course  materials  and  their  adaptation  to  the  educational  process. 

Prof.  Wilmarth  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.122  Natural  History  II  (Prereq.  16.121)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Natural  History  I.  Content  is  concerned  with  the  remainder 
of  the  calendar  year.  Greater  emphasis  is  placed  upon  dealing  with  the 
natural  world  by  direct  confrontation  through  field  trips.  Field  exercises  and 
personal  research. 

Prof.  Wilmarth  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.125  Environmental  Conservation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Problems  relating  to  the  use  and  preservation  of  the  earth's  environment. 
Both  renewable  and  non-renewable  resources  will  be  considered  with  special 
emphasis  given  to  urban  environmental  problems. 
Profs.  Overcash  and  Ruggles  All  Quarters 


EARTH   SCIENCES   /   259 

16.131  Oceanography  I  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  geology  of  the  ocean  basins,  and  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of 
sea  water;  the  development  of  ocean  currents  and  the  important  effects  these 
currents  have  on  the  land  masses  of  the  world. 

Prof.  Gordon  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

16.132  Oceanography  II  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  productivity  of  animal  and  plant  life  in  the  various  zones  of  the  ocean; 
the  growing  economic  importance  of  the  oceans  as  a  source  of  food  for  the 
expanding  world  population. 

Prof.  Gordon  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

16.133  Geology  of  Eastern  United  States  (Prereq.  16.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  systematic  study  of  the  geomorphic  provinces  in  the  Appalachian  and 
interior  regions  of  the  United  States.  Division  emphasizes  the  structure,  types 
of  landforms,  and  geologic  history  of  each  province. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.134  Geology  of  Western  United  States  (Prereq.  16.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  systematic  study  of  the  geomorphic  provinces  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  Pacific  Coast  Ranges  of  the  United  States.  Division  emphasizes  the 
structure,  types  of  landforms,  and  geologic  history  of  each  province. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.137  Paleontology  (Prereq.  16.142)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  laboratory  and  lecture  survey  of  the  invertebrate  phyla  commonly  found 
preserved  as  fossils  combined  with  an  examination  of  the  basic  principles 
of  paleontology.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  morphology,  classification,  principles 
of  evolution,  and  the  utilization  of  fossils  in  interpreting  geologic  history. 
Prof.  Manger  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.138  Marine  Geology  (Prereq.  16.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
General  survey  of  the  topography,  structure,  and  geologic  history  of  the  ocean 
basins  and  submerged  continental  margins.  Discussion  of  marine  sedimentary 
processes,  patterns  of  sediment  distribution,  and  relevant  topics  on  waves, 
and  currents. 

Prof.  Ruggles  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.139  Environmental  Geology  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  relationship  of  geological  setting  and  environmental  problems.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  pollution  of  surface  and  subsurface  water  systems,  land 
utilization,  and  realistic  management  of  natural  resources. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.140  Glacial  and  Pleistocene  Geology  (Prereq.  16.142)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  processes  of  ice  movement  and  the  characteristics  and  distribution  of 
erosional  and  depositional  structures  which  are  associated  with  present  and 
past  glaciers.  Introduction  to  Pleistocene  chronology  and  correlations. 
Prof.  Newman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.141  Physical  Geology  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  earth's  crust  including  origin,  composition,  and  geologic  processes. 
Topics   emphasized    include    minerals,    rocks,    mountain    building,    geologic 


260   /    EARTH   SCIENCES 

structures,  groundwater,  volcanism,  earthquakes,  glaciation,  weathering,  and 
erosion.  The  geological  aspects  of  man's  environmental  problems  are  also 
considered.  Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  identification  of  minerals,  rocks, 
topographic  features  and  geologic  structures. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.142  Historical  Geology  (Prereq.  16.141)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  physical  and  biological  events  in  the  evolution  of  the  earth,  viewed  in 
the  context  of  geological  time.  Laboratory  study  of  the  common  fossil 
groups,  structure  of  the  earth,  and  geology  of  North  America. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

16.143  Geomorphology  (Prereq.  16.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  origin,  evolution,  and  characteristics  of  landforms  produced  by  fluvial, 
wind,  glacial,  and  marine  processes,  or  by  a  combination  of  these  processes 
acting  on  the  earth's  crust. 

16.144  Economic  Geology  (Prereq.  16.141)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Origin  and  nature  of  economically  important  earth  materials  including  ore 
minerals,  petroleum,  natural  gas,  coal,  groundwater,  and  building  materials. 
Specific  examples  typifying  the  basic  modes  of  occurrence  of  various  de- 
posits will  be  presented.  Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  identification  of 
important  ore  minerals  and  problems  in  mining  and  mineral  exploration. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.146  Stratigraphy  and  Sedimentation  (Prereq.  16.142)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  lithologic  properties  and  stratigraphic  relationships  of  sedimentary  rock 
will  be  studied.  Sedimentary  processes,  facies  and  provinces  of  deposition 
will  be  considered  in  conjunction  with  the  collecting  and  evaluation  of  strati- 
graphic  data.  Classic  stratigraphic  sequences  will  be  reviewed  with  emphasis 
on  the  general  stratigraphic  principles  illustrated  by  these  sequences. 

Prof.  Manger  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.147  Mineralogy  I  (Prereq.  12.104)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  the  common  rock-forming  minerals.  Emphasis  placed  on 
the  identification  and  classification  of  minerals  on  the  basis  of  crystal  struc- 
ture, physical  properties,  and  chemical  composition. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.148  Mineralogy  II  (Prereq.  16.147)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  study  of  common  rock-forming  minerals  including  identifica- 
tion of  crushed  mineral  grains  and  rock-thin  sections  utilizing  the  polarizing 
microscope.  Mineral  origins  and  nature  of  mineral  associations  also  con- 
sidered. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.149  Introduction  to  Petrology  (Prereq.  16.148)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  rock- 
forming  processes.  Emphasis  will  be  on  origin  and  description  of  various  rock 
textures  and  compositions  within  each  major  rock  group.  Identification  and 
classification  of  rocks  in  hand  specimen  and  thin  section  will  be  performed 
in  the  laboratory. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


EARTH   SCIENCES   /   261 

16.150  Structural  Geology  (Prereq.  16.141  and  10.105)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  fundamentals  of  rock  structures  and  the  mechanics  of  rock  deformation. 
Folds,  faults,  joints,  cleavage  and  their  importance  in  geological  interpreta- 
tion, with  particular  emphasis  on  the  origin  of  fractures  and  the  mechanics 
of  folding  in  rocks.  The  application  of  mechanical  principles  to  Geology. 
Analysis  of  structures  in  the  field. 
Prof.  Ruggles  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.161    Observational  Astronomy  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  the  night  sky  as  seen  by  the  naked  eye  and  with  simple 
optical  aids.  The  location  and  identification  of  constellations,  major  stars, 
planets,  comets,  and  meteors.  Three  telescopic  viewing  sessions  will  be  held. 
Prof.  Overcash  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

16.180  Physical  Geography  I  4  01.;  4  Q.H. 

Constructed  to  bring  an  understanding  of  man's  physical  environment  with 
concentration  of  study  upon  weather,  climate,  and  vegetation  on  a  world- 
wide scale. 
Mr.  Casarjian  and  Prof.  Corbin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.182  Physical  Geography  II  (Prereq.  16.180)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  interpretative  description  and  analysis  of  landforms  and  soils.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  an  examination  of  landform  development  and  distribution. 
Mr.  Casarjian  and  Prof.  Corbin                        Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.183  Regional  Geography  of  Africa  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Regional  analysis  of  historical,  economic,  political,  cultural,  and  physical 
aspects  of  geography.  A  comparative  case  study  approach  will  be  utilized  in 
order  to  accent  regional  differences. 

Mr.  Casarjian  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.184  Regional  Geography  of  Latin  America  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Regional  analysis  of  historical,  economic,  political,  cultural,  and  physical 
aspects  of  geography.  Population  geography  will  also  be  examined.  Problems 
in  tropical  development  will  be  examined  by  means  of  a  comparative  case 
study  approach. 

Mr.  Casarjian  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

16.186  Applied  Climatology  (Prereq.  16.180)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  individual  elements  of  climate  are  synthesized  into  climatic  types  and 
regions.  Climatic  classifications  are  employed  as  vehicles  for  describing  the 
distribution  of  climates.  Microclimatology  and  applied  climatology  and 
human  dimensions  of  weather  modification  are  introduced. 

Mr.  Casarjian  Summer  Qtr. 

16.187  Urban  Geography  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Geographic  structures  and  functions  of  individual  cities  are  elaborated  and 
the  factors  which  determine  those  structures  studied.  Theory  of  city  systems 
is  developed  in  detail  and  the  modern  megalopolitan  forms  explained.  Proc- 
esses and  problems  of  city  growth  are  investigated  and  an  attempt  is  made 
to  bring  together  the  variety  of  ways  in  which  such  processes  have  been 
explained. 

Prof.  Corbin  Spring  Quarter 


262   /    BIOLOGY 

16.188  Economic  Geography  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  principles  of  the  space  structure  of  the  economy  are  outlined.  Loca- 
tional  analysis  deals  with  the  individual,  the  firm,  the  city,  and  the  national 
and  international  economy.  Full  discussion  is  conducted  of  geographic  rent, 
minimum  cost-point  locations,  spatial  hierarchy,  gravity  and  intervening 
opportunity  (models)  and  potential  models. 
Prof.  Corbin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

16.271   Geology  Seminar 

(Prereq.  A  student  must  be  a  Geology  major  or  with  senior  status)  4  Q.H. 
An  in-depth  study  on  an  individual  or  small-group  basis  of  a  selected  geologic 
topic.  Both  oral  and  written  presentations  will  be  required. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

16.281,  16.282,  16.283,  16.284  Field  Trip  (Prereq.  16.141)  (each)  1  Q.H. 

A  three-  to  six-day  field  trip  in  Eastern  North  America  providing  exposure  to 
various  rock  types,  geologic  structures,  and  fossil  collecting.  Field  notes  and 
summary  report  required  of  all  participants.  (Additional  fee  $25-$50). 

Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

16.287,16.288  Undergraduate  Research  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Independent  research  on  a  selected  topic  under  direct  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member.  Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors  majoring  in  geology  with 
the  recommendation  of  the  supervising  faculty  member  and  departmental 
approval. 

All  Quarters 

16.290,  16.291    Directed  Study  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Independent  study  of  a  specific  topic  not  normally  contained  in  the  regular 
course  offerings  but  within  the  area  of  competence  of  a  faculty  member. 
Open  to  all  students  with  the  recommendation  of  the  faculty  member  and 
departmental  approval. 

All  Quarters 


Biology 


18.106  Med.  Tech.  Orientation  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

18.107  Integrated  Science  4  CI;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  chemistry;  principles  of  microbiology. 

Mrs.  Curtis  Fall  Qtr. 

18.108  Integrated  Science  (Prereq.  18.107)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Human  anatomy  and  physiology. 

Mrs.  Curtis  Winter  Qtr. 

18.109  Integrated  Science  (Prereq.  18.108)  4  CL;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Human  anatomy  and  physiology.  Development  and  inheritance. 

Mrs.  Curtis  Spring  Qtr. 


BIOLOGY   /   263 

18.1 14  Functional  Human  Anatomy  I  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  cellular  and  tissue  structure  and  function  followed  by  an- 
atomical terminology.  Histology,  anatomy,  and  physiology  of  bones,  muscles, 
blood.  Hemodynamics  and  principles  of  circulation.  The  laboratory  includes 
a  study  of  human  bones,  cat  dissection,  and  related  histology. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.115  Functional  Human  Anatomy  II  (Prereq.  18.114)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Anatomy  and  physiology  of:  respiratory  system,  digestive  system,  urogen- 
ital system,  and  nervous  system.  Physiology  of  endocrine  system  and  a  brief 
anatomy  and  physiology  of  eye  and  ear.  The  laboratory  includes  studies  of 
muscle  and  nerve  physiology,  blood  physiology  and  histology,  and  physiology 
of  respiration. 

Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.116  Clinical  Pathology  (Prereq.  18.131)3  01.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  methods,  principles,  and  theories  in  clinical  pathology 
and  clinical  research. 

Prof.  Karlsson 

18.117  Human  Biology  3  CI.;  3  Lab;  4  Q.H. 
General  biological  principles  applied  to  and  illustrated  by  the  human  species; 
human  cellular  structure  and  basic  metabolic  processes;  human  genetics, 
human  reproduction,  human  evolution,  human  ecology  and  interactions  with 
other  species  of  plants  and  animals. 

Winter  Qtr. 

18.118  Organic  Evolution  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  major  features  of  organic  evolution  with  emphasis  on  vertebrate  evolu- 
tion, genetics,  and  physical  influences. 

Prof.  Moyer  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.119  Environment  and  Man  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  ecological  analysis  of  the  human  situation  and  of  man's  interaction  with 
other  organisms.  The  necessary  foundation  of  biological  principles  will  be 
presented. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.120  Basic  Microbiology  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Microbial  life,  emphasizing  morphological  characteristics,  physiological 
activities,  and  disease  production. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

18.124  Introductory  Seminar  in  Biology  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Seminar  for  students  who  plan  to  major  in  biology.  To  be  taken  concurrently 
with  18.131,  General  Biology.  Classic  and  modern  original  research  papers 
will  be  studied  for  insight  into  the  rationale,  methodology,  and  conclusions 
of  biological  research. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.125  Human  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.141,  18.142  or  equiv.) 

2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Physical  and  biochemical  activities  of  blood  corpuscles,  nerve  and  muscle 


264  /   BIOLOGY 

fibers;  functions  of  the  nervous  system,  heart,  and  endocrines. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.126  Human  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.125)  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 

Respiration  and  circulation;  functions  of  the  blood,  lymph,  kidneys;  nutrition 
and  digestion;  sensory  physiology  and  physiologic  aspects  of  reproduction. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.131  General  Biology  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms.  Cellular  composi- 
tion and  cellular  activities;  inheritance  and  cellular  control;  the  evolution- 
ary process;  environmental  relationships. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.132  Animal  Biology  (Prereq.  18.131)  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Systematic  comparative  study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  animals.  Di- 
versity of  animals  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  evolutionary  adaptation. 
Staff  Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.133  Plant  Biology  (Prereq.  18.131-18.133)  3  CI.  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Systematic  study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  plants,  principally  vascu- 
lar plants.  Survey  of  the  plant-like  protists  and  monorans. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.134  Environmental  and  Population  Biology 

(Prereq.  18.131-18.133)  3  CI.;  4  Lab. 
Detailed  consideration  of  the  physico-chemical  factors  influencing  and  in- 
fluenced by  organisms.  Interactions  among  individual  organisms  and  among 
species.  Change  of  species  by  genetic  natural  selection. 
Prof.  Ruber  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.135  Genetics  and  Developmental  Biology 

(Prereq.  18.131-18.133)  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Elaboration  of  the  classic  laws  of  heredity.  Cytogenetics.  Chemical  basis 
of  heredity.  Selected  examples  of  the  development  of  form  and  function. 
Profs.  Moyer  and  Dealy  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.136  Cell  Biology  (Prereq.  18.131-18.133)  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  chemical  and  physical  processes  of  cells  related  to  their  fine  struc- 
ture; oxidative  and  intermediary  metabolism;  photosynthesis;  membrane 
phenomena;  movement. 

Prof.  Goolsby  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.140  Hematology  (Prereq.  18.116)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  normal  and  pathologic  morphology  of  blood  and  blood-forming  organs 
including  the  basics  of  immunohematology,  coagulation,  and  some  com- 
parative hematology. 

Prof.  Karlsson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.141  Basic  Animal  Biology  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  biology.  Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms 
as  exemplified  by  the  cell  and  its  activities.  Inheritance,  evolution,  and  envi- 
ronmental relationships. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


BIOLOGY  /   265 

18.142  Basic  Animal  Biology  {Prereq.  18.141)  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Structure  and  function  of  organ  systems  and  animals.  Diversity  of  animals 
considered  from  the  evolutionary  standpoint. 
Staff  Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.145  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Lecture— structure  of  the  human  organ  systems.  Physiology  of  muscle  and  of 
the  nervous  system;  control  of  voluntary  movement,  autonomic  control, 
sensation.  Laboratory— anatomy,  based  on  dissections  of  a  representative 
mammal  and  comparison  with  human  models;  microscopic  anatomy  of  se- 
lected organs. 

Winter  Qtr. 

18.146  Human  Physiology  II  (Prereq.  18.145)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Lecture— human  physiology  based  on  the  concept  of  the  homeostatic  state; 
functions  of  the  blood  and  circulatory  system,  immunity,  digestion,  nutrition, 
respiration,  excretion,  reproduction,  endocrine  controls  of  the  preceding 
processes.  Laboratory— experiments  demonstrating  selected  physiological 
phenomena  in  humans  or  in  representative  animals. 

Spring  Qtr. 

18.148  Human  Anatomy  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

The  structure  and  development  of  the  human  body. 
Prof.  Shukri  All  Quarters 

18.158  Vertebrate  Physiology 

(Prereq.  8.131-18.133,  18.136)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Properties  of  living  protoplasm;  the  general  organization  and  function  of 
cells;  translocation  of  materials  and  the  organization  of  animals;  the  physi- 
ology of  the  skeletal  systems  of  man  and  animals;  the  physiology  of 
amoeboid,  ciliary  and  contractile  movement  with  emphasis  on  muscle  metab- 
olism; the  structure  and  function  of  neurons,  reflex  arcs,  the  autonomic 
nervous  system,  and  the  sensory  receptors. 
Prof.  Pearincott  Fall  Qtr. 

18.159  Vertebrate  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.158)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Fluid  media  of  animals,  emphasizing  water  and  electrolyte  balance  and 
kidney  function  in  many;  the  physiology  of  blood,  including  its  formation, 
functions,  clotting,  antigens  and  tests  for  identifying  blood;  the  physiology 
of  the  heart,  nervous  control  of  the  vascular  system,  breathing  and  gas 
transport,  heat  regulation,  nutrition,  digestion  and  assimilation;  the  endo- 
crine secretions,  and  the  physiologic  aspects  of  reproduction. 

Prof.  Pearincott  Spring  Qtr. 

18.208  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

(Prereq.  18.131  and  18.132)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Morphology   and   phyiogeny  of  the  vertebrates;   laboratory  studies  on  tax- 
onomy of  the  group  and  specific  morphology  of  the  dogfish  shark,  the  mud 
puppy,  the  alligator  and  the  cat. 
Prof.  Ahlberg  Summer  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.209  Embryology  (Prereq.  18.131,  18.132,  18.135)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Gametogenesis,  fertilization,  cleavage,  gastrulation,  induction,  organogene- 


266   /    BIOLOGY 

sis,  and  metamorphosis  in  vertebrates.   Emphasis  on  frog,  chick,  and  pig 

in  the  laboratory. 

Prof.  Ah  I  berg  Spring  Qtr. 

18.210  Invertebrate  Zoology  (Prereq.  18.131-18.135)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
The  invertebrate  animals  exclusive  of  the  protozoans  and  insects. 

Prof.  Morse  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.21 1  Parasitology  .  (Prereq.  18.131,  18.136)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Symbiotic  relationships  of  protozoans,  mesozoans,  flatworms,  nematodes, 
acanthocephaians,  and  arthropods. 

Profs.  Morse,  Riser,  and  Meszoely  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.212  Vertebrate  Paleontology 

(Prereq.  18.131,  18.132,  18.134,  18.135  or  permission  of  the  instructor) 

3CI.;3hr.  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Evolution  of  the  vertebrates  including  man,  as  revealed  through  the  fossil 
record.  Laboratory,  museum,  and  field  studies. 

Spring  Qtr. 

18.220  General  Microbiology 

(Prereq.  or  Coreq.  18.135,  18.136  or  permission  of  the  instructor) 

3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Basic  detailed  structure  and  function  of  micro-organisms  and  their  inter- 
actions w/ith  their  environments  based  on  current  knov\/ledge  and  theory. 
Staff  Fall,  Spring,  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

18.227  Animal  Histology  (Prereq.  18.132)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Microscopic  study  of  fundamental  types  of  animal  tissues. 

Prof.  Pearincott  Fall  Qtr. 

18.228  Histological  Technique  (Prereq.  18.131,  18.136)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
General  methods  of  tissue  preparation  for  purposes  of  microscopic  study; 
preparation  of  solutions  and  stains;  the  microtome  and  its  operation  to- 
gether with  specific  directions  for  fixation,  clearing,  hardening,  embedding, 
section-cutting,  and  staining  of  tissues. 

Profs.  Riser  and  Morse  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

18.231  Lower  Plants  (Prereq.  18.133)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Systematic  morphology  and  life  cycles  of  monera  and  plant-like  protista. 
Prof.  Barkley  Fall  Qtr. 

18.232  Higher  Plants  (Prereq.  18.133)  3  Lec;  3  hr.  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Systematic  morphology  of  the  metaphyla. 

Prof.  Barkley  Winter  Qtr. 

18.233  Systematic  Botany  (Prereq.  18.133)  2  CI.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Barkley  Spring  Qtr. 

18.234  Plant  Anatomy  (Prereq.  18.133)  2  Lec;  6  hr.  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Comparative  developmental  anatomy  of  seed  plants. 

Prof.  Joshi  Spring  Qtr. 


BIOLOGY   /   267 

18.235  Economic  Botany  (Prereq.  18.133)  3  Lec;  3  hr.  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Structure,  distribution,  and  cultivation  of  economic  plants,  food  and  medic- 
inal plants,  including  those  producing  fibers,  sugars,  starches,  rubber,  gums, 
spices,  and  beverages. 

Prof.  Khudairi  Summer  Qtr. 

18.236  Horticulture  (Prereq.  18.133  or  equiv.)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  cultivation  methods  for  ornamental  and  food  plants.  Offered  evenings 
at  the  University  Greenhouse. 

Prof.  Khudairi  Spring  Qtr. 

18.237  Introduction  to  Plant  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.133)  3  CI.;  6  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Physiological  processes  in  plants  at  the  cellular  and  organ  levels  including 
water  relations,  mineral  nutrition,  photosynthesis,  respiration,  protein  and 
fat  synthesis,  growth,  plant  hormones,  and  development. 

Prof.  Khudairi  Fall  Qtr. 

18.240  Microbial  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.220  or  equiv.)  3  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

The  biochemical  changes  brought  about  through  microbial  activities;  meas- 
urement of  metabolic  biosynthesis  and  degradation,  rates  of  reaction  and 
determination  of  end  products. 
Prof.  Rosenberg  Winter  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

18.242  Medical  Microbiology 

(Prereq.  18.220  or  equiv.)  3  CI.;  4  hr.  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The    bacterial    cell    as   a    pathogen,    stressing    major   genera    of    disease- 
producing  organisms  and  factors  influencing  virulence. 
Prof.  Gabliks  Winter  Qtr. 

18.245  Seroiogy-lmmunology  (Prereq.  18.220  or  equiv.)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Current  concepts  concerning  specific  and  nonspecific  factors  of  resistance  to 
microbial  disease.  Chemical  and  biological  considerations  of  antigens  and 
antibodies. 

Prof.  Gainor  Winter  Qtr. 

18.246  Serology— Immunology  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  or  Corequisite  18.245)  6  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Laboratory  studies  of  procedures  employed  in  biological  research.  Antibodies 
will  be  produced  and  qualitative  and  quantitative  approaches  to  agglutination, 
precipitin,  agar  diffusion  and  other  tests  will  be  studied. 
Prof.  Gainor  Winter  Qtr. 

18.251   Comparative  Animal  Physiology 

(Prereq.  18.132,  18.136  or  equivs.)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.  4  Q.H. 
Study  of  animal  functions,  their  control,  and  their  adaptiveness  to  various 
environments.  Consideration  of  phylogeny  of  these  adaptations  and  of  their 
underlying  cellular  mechanisms.  Emphasis  on  invertebrates  and  lower  verte- 
brates, with  comparisons  to  mammals. 
Prof.  Werntz  Winter  Qtr. 

18.280  Senior  Seminar 

(Prereq.  completion  of  core  biology  program,  18.131-136)  IV2  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Recent  developments  in  various  topics  of  zoology,  microbiology,  physiology. 


268   /    PSYCHOLOGY 

botany,  ecology,  genetics,  and  cell  biology.  Student  presentation  and 
analysis  is  emphasized.  Limited  to  qualified  juniors  and  seniors  in  the  B.A. 
program  and  required  of  seniors  in  the  B.S.  program. 

Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

18.290,  18.291   Directed  Study 

(Prereq.  completion  of  core  biology  program,  18.131-18.136)  (each)  2  Q.H. 
Independent  work  on  a  chosen  topic  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the 
Department.  Limited  to  qualified  juniors  and  seniors  with  approval  of  the 
Department  and  special  arrangements  with  the  supervising  faculty  member. 

The  two  quarters  of  this  course  together  are  counted  as  1  elective  course 

in  the  Biology  Department. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


18.295,   18.296,   18.297,   18.298  Honors  Program 


(each)  4  Q.  H. 
All  Quarters 


Psychology 


19.101  Introductory  Psychology 

Psychological  principles. 
Prof.  Warren  and  Staff 

19.102  Basic  Psychology 

The  basic  principles  of  psychology. 
Prof.  Warren  and  Staff 


3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Fall  Qtr. 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


19.105  Foundations  of  Psychology  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Major  concepts  from  most  areas  of  psychological  investigation;  the  experi- 
mental approach  to  the  study  of  behavior  including  growth  and  development, 
individual  differences,  learning  and  social  psychology. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.106  Foundations  of  Psychology  II  (Prereq.  19.105)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  sensory  bases  of  response,  perception,  motivation,  emotions,  person- 
ality, and  behavioral  disorders. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.120  Statistics  in  Psychology  I  (Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Descriptive  statistics,  including  graphical  presentation  of  data,  measures  of 
central  tendency  and  variability  for  distributions,  standard  scores,  regression 
and  correlation;  set  theory  and  probability;  expectation. 

Profs.  Arees  and  Schick  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.121  Statistics  in  Psychology  II  (Prereq.  19.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Probability  distributions,  including  binomial  and  normal;  sampling  distribu- 
tions; inferential  statistics— estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  decision-making— 
including  z-test,  t-test,  f-test,  chi-square;  nonparametric  tests. 

Profs.  Arees  and  Schick  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.125  Quantitative  Methods  (Prereq.  19.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  principles  of  computer  design  and  operation  of  interest  to  psycholo- 


PSYCHOLOGY   /   269 

gists   with    empliasis    on    data    processing,    statistics,   and    on-line   experi- 
mentation.  Introduction  to  programming  techniques  and  languages. 
Prof.  Armington  Spring  Qtr. 

19.130  Social  Psychology  (Prereq.  19.106)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  analysis  of  the  individual's  behavior  in  social  contexts;  topics  con- 
sidered include  the  historical  development  of  social  psychology,  socializa- 
tion, national  character,  ethnic  and  class  structure,  prejudice,  attitudes  and 
attitude  measurement,  propaganda,  crowd  behavior,  group  membership  and 
structure,  leadership,  and  social  movements. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.135  Personality  (Prereq.  19.106)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  systematic  study  of  the  normal  personality,  its  growth  and  development. 
Topics  will  include  environmental  and  constitutional  contributions,  assess- 
ment of  personality,  research,  and  a  survey  of  the  major  theories  of  per- 
sonality. 

Prof.  Conn  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.136  Personality  (Prereq.  19.135)  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  19.135  Personality. 

Prof.  Conn  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.138  Experimental  Personality  (Prereq.  19.161)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  methods  and  areas  of  research  in  personality.  Includes  prob- 
lems of  measurement;  behavioral  and  dynamic  concepts;  an  original  project. 
Emphasis  is  on  developing  the  student's  sophistication  in  planning  and  inter- 
preting research. 
Prof.  Lanyon  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.140  Child  and  Adolescent  Psychology 

(Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108  or  19.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Exploration  of  the  processes  of  growth  and  development  from  infancy 
through  adolescence;  developmental  theories  of  Piaget  and  Erikson;  ge- 
netics; maturation;  intelligence;  cognition;  personality;  language;  social  be- 
havior; emotion;  motivation  learning. 
Prof.  Zamansky  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.141  Growth  and  Development  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Emphasis  on  infancy  and  childhood.  Fundamental  processes  of  growth  and 
development  from  conception  to  the  beginning  of  adolescence;  physical 
development  and  maturation;  socialization;  social  and  interpersonal  rela- 
tions; personality  cognition;  intelligence,  emotion  and  motivation.  Emphasis 
upon  family  setting  as  well  as  upon  the  broader  social  environment. 

Prof.  Pershonok  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.142  Growth  and  Development  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Adolescence  and  adulthood.  Exploration  of  physical  and  social  changes  in 
the  years  from  adolescence  to  senescence.  Consideration  of  special  circum- 
stances and  problems  associated  with  adult  life. 

Prof.  Pershonok  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.146  Motivation  (Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  various  aspects  of   motivation;   primary  and   secondary  drives;   uncon- 


270  /    PSYCHOLOGY 

scious  motivation;  effective  motivation;  the  assessment  of  motives. 

Prof.  Zamansky  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.150  Perception  (Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  the  perceptual  world;  the  nature  of  object 
recognition  and  identification,  spatial  organization,  contextual  effects,  learn- 
ing and  perception,  and  the  influence  of  attitudinal,  motivational,  and  per- 
sonality factors  on  perception. 
Prof.  Corwin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.153  Sensation  (Prereq.  19.162)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Psychophysics  and  physiology  of  hearing,  vision,  touch,  taste,  smell.  Prob- 
lem-oriented introduction  to  sensory  behavior. 
Profs.  Armington  and  Scharf  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.155  Psychology  of  Language  (Prereq.  19.106  or  108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  will  include  the  child's  acquisition  of  language,  verbal  habits,  the 
analysis  and  measurement  of  meaning,  cultural  determinants  of  linguistic  be- 
havior, communication  processes,  and  recent  research  in  psycholinguistics. 
Prof.  Brightbill  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.156  Psychology  of  Thought  (Prereq.  19.106  or  108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Psychological  factors  in  problem-solving,  imagination  intuition,  information 
processing,  and  concept-learning  will  be  considered. 

Prof.  Brightbill  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.160  Experimental  Psychology  I  (Prereq.  19.121)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Concentration  upon  the  experimental  method  in  the  design,  execution, 
analysis  and  reporting  of  psychological  investigations.  Laboratory  experi- 
ments in  the  area  of  general  experimental  psychology. 

Prof.  Karis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.161  Experimental  Psychology  II  (Prereq.  19.160)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  systematic  analysis  of  methods  in  the  investigation  of  basic  animal  and 
human  learning  processes;  emphasis  on  experimental  procedures,  research 
findings,  and  theoretical  interpretations;  experiments  on  animal  and  human 
subjects. 

Prof.  Karis  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.162  Experimental  Psychology  III  (Prereq.  19.160)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  sensory  experience  and  its  physiological  basis.  Psychophysical 
and  physiological  methods  and  research  findings  in  the  investigation  of  vision, 
audition,  olfaction,  taste,  and  the  skin  senses.  Laboratory  work  includes  an- 
atomical, neurophysiological  and  psychophysical  techniques. 

Prof.  Schick  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.163  Learning  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  concept  of  learning  will  be  examined  critically  on  the  basis  of  animal 
and  human  studies.  Techniques  for  generating  and  maintaining  learned 
behavior  will  receive  detailed  attention,  with  emphasis  on  their  relevance  to 
mental  retardation,  mental  illness,  delinquency,  and  education.  The  basic 
text  will  be:  B.  F.  Skinner,  Science  and  Human  Behavior;  other  readings  will 
also  be  assigned  and  oral  and  written  reports  will  be  required. 

Dr.  Sidman 


PSYCHOLOGY   /   271 

19.180  Physiological  Psychology  I  (Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Evolution  of  the  nervous  system;  neural  transmission;  neurophysiology  of 
the  reticular  formation,  cortex,  motor  systems,  skin  senses,  vision  and 
audition. 

Prof.  Mahut  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.181  Physiological  Psychology  II  (Prereq.  19.180)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Neural  mechanisms  of  motivation  and  emotion,  sleep,  attention,  perception, 
learning  and  memory. 

Prof.  Mahut  Spring  Qtr. 

19.201  Psychology  of  Abnormal  Behavior  (Prereq.  19.140)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  symptomatology,  etiology,  dynamics,  and  therapy  of  the  abnormal  per- 
sonality; the  basic  varieties  of  neurosis  and  psychosis;  somatic  therapies 
and  fundamental  varieties  of  psychotherapy. 

Prof.  Pendleton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.202  Abnormal  Psychology  I  (Prereq.  2  yrs.  psych.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  abnormal  personality;  historical  background;  criteria  of  abnormality. 
Theoretical  framework  of  normal  and  abnormal  development;  anxiety  and 
defense;  etiology,   dynamics,   and   symptomatology  of  the  neuroses. 

Prof.  Zamansky  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.203  Abnormal  Psychology  II  (Prereq.  19.202)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Psychotherapy;  etiology,  dynamics,  and  symptomatology  of  the  psychoses; 
psychosomatic,  sociopathic,  and  organic  disorders;  somatic  therapies;  socio- 
cultural  aspects. 

Prof.  Zamansky  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

19.210  History  of  Psychology  (Prereq.  2  yrs.  psych.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Evaluation  of  modern  psychology  in  the  light  of  its  historical  origins. 
Prof.  Warren  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

19.220   Psychological  Testing  (Prereq.  19.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  principles  of  test  theory,  test  administration,  and  test  construction; 
familiarization  with  representative  types  of  tests. 
Prof.  Pendleton  Spring  Qtr. 

19.240  Industrial  Psychology  (Prereq.  19.106  or  19.108)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Motivation  of  workers;   employee  attitudes  and   morale;    industrial    mental 
health;  counseling;  interviewing;  personnel  selection;  psychological  tests  in 
industry;  leadership;  group  decision  methods;  the  optimal  working  environ- 
ment. 
Prof.  Pendleton  Spring  Qtr. 

19.290,   19.291    Directed  Study  (Prereq.  Dept.  approval)  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  department  upon 
a  chosen  topic.  Limited  to  qualified  juniors  and  seniors  with  the  consent  of 
the  department. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

19.295,   19.296,   19.297,   19.298   Honors   Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 


272   /   ANTHROPOLOGY 


Anthropology 


20.100  Principles  of  Social  Anthropology  4CI.;4Q.H. 

Basic  principles. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

20.130  Language  and  Culture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  function  of  language  in  human  society,  and  an  introduction  to  the  rela- 
tionship between  the  patterns  of  language  and  the  patterns  of  culture. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

20.135  Individual  and  Culture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  exploration  of  the  ways  in  which  the  individual  is  shaped  by  his  society 
and  the  ways  in  which  he  can  effect  change. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

20.140  Evolution  and  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Human  social  and  cultural  evolution  and  the  theories  which  account  for  it. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

20.160  Anthropology  of  the  Family  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Western  scientific  and  popular  conceptions  and  misconceptions  about  the 
nature  of  the  family  and  family  interaction  in  our  own  culture,  in  other  cul- 
tures, and  among  animals.  Advice  on  how  to  run  a  family  will  not  be  given! 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

20.170  Culture  in  Transition  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  the  changing  patterns  in  social,  economic,  and  political  institu- 
tions. Modern  social  trends  are  discussed. 

Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

Courses  20.201-202  Development  of  Anthropology  Theory  I,  II  are  no  longer 
offered  on  the  undergraduate  level.  However,  qualified  undergraduates  may 
wish  to  take  20.801,  802,  Theory,  which  is  offered  in  the  graduate  school. 
Permission  of  the  instructor  is  required  in  order  to  register. 

20.210.  Tribal  Societies  and  Cultures  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  structures  and  institutions  of  bands,  tribes,  and  chiefdoms:  comparative 
and  functional  studies  of  tribal  societies  and  the  dynamics  of  change  under 
contact  situations. 

20.214  Peasant  Society  and  Culture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

institutions  of  peasant  society.  The  structure  of  traditional  civilizations  and 
the  interrelations  between  urban  and  local  communities:  comparative  and 
functional  analysis  of  the  peasant  community  and  the  dynamics  of  change 
from  peasant  to  post-peasant  and  industrialized  societies. 

20.220  Anthropology  Methods  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Theory  and  practice  of  methods  of  field  research,  with  emphasis  upon  partici- 
pant observation  techniques,  and  the  analysis  of  data.  Students  will  take  part 
in  a  field  project. 


ANTHROPOLOGY  /   273 

20.230  Language  and  Communication  4CL;4Q.H. 

Human  communication,  including  language.  Theories  of  the  evolution  of 
language;  language  and  kinesics,  semiotics,  social  class,  linguistic  national- 
ism; linguistic  problems  in  modernization. 

20.240  Human  Origins  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  intensive  look  at  the  data  on  fossil  remains  and  the  data  on  contemporary 
primates  which  are  essential  for  an  understanding  of  human  physical  and 
behavioral  evolution.  Efforts  will  be  made  to  bring  the  student  into  direct 
contact  with  primary  materials. 

20.245  Cultural  Ecology  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  questions  of  man's  adaptation  to  environment  and  the 
effect  of  different  human  adaptations  on  natural  systems. 

20.250  Political  Anthropology  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Origins  and  growth  of  the  institutions  of  civilization;  specialization,  social 
stratification  in  the  dynamics  of  traditional  civilizations.  Also,  some  special 
topics  of  contact  and  change. 

20.255  Economic  Anthropology  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Types  of  economic  systems  in  simple  societies:  reciprocal,  redistributive, 
market  exchange.  Economic  relations  as  part  of  social  relations:  land  tenure 
systems,  credit  systems,  savings  mechanisms.  The  transition  from  subsistence 
to  cash  economics. 

20.257   Religion  and  Myth  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Nature  and  institutionalization  of  primitive,  ancient,  and  contemporary  reli- 
gions. Exploration  of  religious  concepts  and  movements  in  relation  to  social, 
religious,  and  political  organization. 

20.259  Urban  Anthropology  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  problems  in  anthropological  studies  in  urban  societies. 

20.260  Kinship  and  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  is  a  course  only  for  the  advanced  student.  A  variety  of  kinship  systems 
and  their  terminological  and  structural  components  and  the  way  in  which 
their  systems  articulate  with  other  social  institutions. 

20.270  Social  Change  and  Economic  Development  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Selected  studies  of  processes  of  transformation  and  modernization  in  non- 
industrial  societies. 

20.280,  20.281,  20.282,  20.283,  20.284,  20.285,  etc.  (each)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Ethnographic  area  courses  (New  World  Indian,  Africa,  India,  Mediterranean, 
etc.)  which  will  be  offered  as  our  resources  permit. 

20.290-91    Directed  Study  (Prereq.  Dept.  approval)  4  Q.H. 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  Department  upon 
a  chosen  topic.  Limited  to  qualified  seniors  preparing  in  anthropology  with 


274  /   SOCIOLOGY 

approval  of  Department  Chairman. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

20.295,  20.296,  20.297,  20.298  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 


Sociology 


21.100  Introduction  to  Sociology  and  Anthropology  4  Ci.;  4  Q.H. 
Staff 

21.101  Principles  of  Sociology  (Prereq.  21.100)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  basic  principles  of  sociology. 

Staff 

21.111   American  Society  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

American  society  culture,  and  major  social  institutions:  economic,  religious, 
governmental,  familial,  educational,  welfare,  and  recreational;  social  classes 
and  stratification,  mobility,  and  individualism. 
Staff 

21.115  The  Sociology  of  Everyday  Life  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development,  application,  and  consequences  of  rules  for  everyday  activi- 
ties (e.g.  walking,  talking,  eating,  drinking,  sitting,  smoking,  laughing,  crying, 
and  sleeping);  the  effects  of  space,  equipment,  and  territory  on  these  activi- 
ties on  social  life  and  the  expression  of  the  emotions. 

Spring  Qtr. 

21.120  Sociology  of  the  Family  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  family  as  a  social  institution  in  several  selected  cultures;  interrelations 
of  the  family  and  political,  economic,  and  educational  institutions;  social 
nature  of  personality,  role-taking,  and  the  effects  of  individualism,  mobility, 
and  industrialism. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.130  Criminology  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Patterns  and  evolution  of  criminal  behavior,  the  social  forces  involved,  and 
development  of  the  individual  criminal;  administration  of  criminal  justice: 
law  courts,  police,  prisons. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.135  Juvenile  Delinquency  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  sociological  and  psychological  approaches  and  their  implications  for  a 
typology  of  delinquency;  problems  of  prevention,  treatment,  and  rehabilitation. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

21.137  Social  Deviance  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  various  social  problems,  crime,  juvenile  delinquency,  mental  dis- 
orders, drug  addiction,  suicide,  sexual  behavior,  poverty,  war  and  others. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


SOCIOLOGY   /   275 

21.138  Social  Control  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Formation  of  social  bonds  and  the  conditions  under  which  they  are  ruptured; 
the  emergence  of  deviance  as  an  interactional  problem;  the  types  of  individ- 
ual and  societal  reactions  to  the  most  prevalent  forms  of  deviant  behavior. 
Analysis  of  agencies  of  social  control,  their  definitions  of  problems  and  re- 
sponses to  typical  clients. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.139  Social  Problems  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.) 
Analysis  of  five  major  sociological  perspectives  on  social  problems  (pathology, 
disorganization,  value-conflict,  deviance,  and  labeling);  the  conditions  under 
which  certain  recurrent  events,  activities,  and  persons  become  redefined  as 
social  problems  (e.g.,  mine  disasters,  marijuana  smoking,  and  alcoholics); 
study  of  the  typical  responses  to  social  problems  and  their  consequences. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.145  Urban  Society  (Prereq.  21.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  foundations  of  city  life  in  historical  perspective;  relationship  of  city  life 
to  environment,  population,  social  organization,  and  cultural  values;  growth 
trends. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.150  Race  and  Cultural  Relations  (Prereq.  21.101  or  equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Racial  nationalities  and  religious  groups,  particularly  with  reference  to  the 
United  States;  special  emphasis  on  historical  development,  specific  problems 
of  adjustment  and  assimilation,  and  specific  present-day  problems  and  trends. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.200,  21.201    Group  Behavior— The  Sociological  Imagination 

(Consent  of  Instr.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Limited  to  15  students.  An  experimental  course  in  which  students  act  as  a 
group  in  developing  sociological  imagination  and  perspective.  Work  will  come 
first  and  discussion  later;  students  will  take  much  of  the  responsibility  for 
learning  in  the  group. 
Prof.  Geer  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

21.210  Individual  and  Society  I  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  course  emphasizes  the  interrelations  between  individuals  and  society. 
Topics  might  include  prejudice,  reference  groups,  role  theory,  leadership,  ag- 
gression, communication  and  persuasion,  and  achievement. 

21.211  Individual  and  Society  II 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  seminar  focuses  on  the  interaction  of  psychological  and  group  processes. 
Students  will  read  original  theoretical  and  research  monographs  in  the  field. 

21.215  Collective  Behavior  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  rise  of  new  group  forms  in  response  to  persistent  social  unrest;  study  of 
masses,  crowds,  and  publics;  analysis  of  specific  instances  of  collective  be- 
havior such  as  race  riots,  wildcat  strikes,  prison  revolts  and  campus  disorders. 

Spring  Qtr. 


276  /   SOCIOLOGY 

21.217  Mass  Communication  and  Public  Opinion 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  Include:  factors  in  the  formation  and  development  of  public  opinion; 
the  effects  of  television  on  children;  mass  communication  as  social  organiza- 
tion; media-depicted  images  of  society;  the  role  of  personal  influence;  the 
process  of  rumor;  the  use  of  the  mass  media  by  the  poor;  propaganda  analysis; 
the  latent  and  manifest  functions  of  mass  communication. 

21.239  Intro,  to  Statistical  Analysis 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Application  to  social  data  of  the  principles  of  measurement,  probability, 
measures  of  central ity,  tests  of  significance,  and  techniques  of  association 
and  correlation. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.240  Research  Methods  I 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  social  research  including  survey  techniques,  design  of  re- 
search, interviewing,  questionnaire  construction,  use  of  existing  data,  and 
content  analysis.  Students  will  take  part  in  a  survey. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.241  Research  Methods  II 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  social  data  by  means  of  coding,  tabulating,  and  statistically  inter- 
preting information  from  surveys  and  other  sources. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

21.245  Community  Analysis  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Ecological,  social  structure,  identity  and  social  action  aspects  of  human 
settlements. 

21.246  Environment  and  Society 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  include:  population;  history  of  man-environment  attitudes  and  activ- 
ities; institutional  aspects  of  man's  attempt  to  cope  with  natural  situations; 
public  policy  formation  and  its  implications  for  human  survival. 

21 .250  Political  Sociology  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  examination  of  formal  political  structures  and  informal  quasi-political 
groups.  Sociological  analysis  of  ideology,  class  politics,  and  mass  movements. 
Discussion  of  the  basis  for  seizing  political  power  as  indicated  in  theories  of 
guerrilla  warfare.  Marxist-Leninism,  Maoism,  etc.  Overall  perspective  will  be 
the  conflict  of  various  social  and  economic  groups  as  they  vie  for  the  political 
power  and  influence.  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

21.255  Sociology  of  Formal  Organizations 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  principles  of  formal  organization.  Theories  of  bureaucracy  and  con- 
cept of  authority;  communication  systems  and  other  conceptions  of  formal 
organization.  Structure  of  work  groups  and  their  effect  on  the  larger  organi- 
zation. The  social  content  of  organizations. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /   277 

21.260  Social  Stratification  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Theories  of  social  inequality,  concepts  of  social  class;  aspects  of  status  and 
role  difference;  criteria  for  social  mobility. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.265  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions 

(Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  meanings  of  work.  Division  of  labor  and  specialization.  Analysis  of  occu- 
pational structure  and  patterns  of  recruitment,  training,  and  career  prefer- 
ences. The  classic  professions  and  new  trends  in  professionalization. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

21.270  Social  Change  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Social  and  cultural  dynamics  with  particular  reference  to  the  current  contact 
situation  occurring  between  industrialized  and  non-industrialized  societies. 

21.280  Sociallheory  I  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  sociology  from  the  history  of  social  thought.  The  emer- 
gence of  several  schools  beginning  with  Positivistic  Organicism  and  Con- 
flict Theory. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

21.281  Sociallheory  i  I  (Consent  or  4  Soc.-Anthro.  courses)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  seminar-lecture  in  which  Formalism,  Social  Behaviorism,  Social  Action 
Theory  and  Functionalism  are  studied  critically. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

21.290,  21.291  Directed  Study  (Jr.  and  Sen.  in  Soc.  or  Consent)  (each)  4  Q.H. 
Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  Department  upon  a 
chosen  topic.  Limited  to  qualified  students  with  approval  of  Department 
chairman. 

All  Quarters 

21.292,  21.293  Seminar  in  Current  Emphases  in  Sociology  I  and  If 

(each)4CI.;4Q.H. 
Review  and  discussion  of  of  selected  sociological  topics. 

Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

21.295,  21.296,  21.297,  21.298  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 


Political  Science 

22.101  Introduction  to  Political  Science  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  political  concepts  and  forces  of  organization  from  the  classical  Greeks 
to  the  modern  nation  state.  The  Soviet  Union  and  the  United  Kingdom  are 
contrasted  as  contemporary  illustrations  of  the  institutional  distinction 
between  a  totalitarian  and  a  constitutional  system. 

Staff 

22.102  Introduction  to  Political  Science  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  operational  liberty  in  the  United  States  and  its  consti- 


278   /    POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

tutionai    underpinnings   are  considered   together   with   an   analysis  of  the 

national   American   political  process  and  the  conduct  of  recent  American 
foreign  relations. 

Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

22.131  American  National  Government  (Prereq.  22.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  American  Government:  The 
development  of  legislative  policy  and  the  nature  of  constitutional  restraints 
on  public  power. 

Prof.  Worth 

22.132  Political  Behavior  (Prereq.  22.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  investigation  of  attitudes,  perceptions  and  socialization  as  they  relate  to 
political  preferences  and  actions,  utilizing  materials  and  concepts  of  the 
studies  of  culture,  psychology  and  society. 

Profs.  Jones  and  Schmitt  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

22.133  Political  Parties  and  Pressure  Groups 

(Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  political  parties  and  pressure  groups  in  the  American  political 
system  focusing  on  collective  decision-making,  electoral  strategy,  and  party 
responsibility. 
Prof.  Pfeiffer 

22.134  The  American  Presidency  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  attempts  a  multi-faceted  examination  of  the  nation's  Chief 
Executive.  The  Presidential  electoral  process,  the  President's  many  constit- 
uencies, the  differing  styles  of  various  20th-century  Presidents,  the  constitu- 
tional and  extra-constitutional  powers  of  the  office  are  some  areas  that  will 
be  considered. 

Prof.  Cord 

22.135  American  Constitutional  Law  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Employing  excerpts  of  U.S.  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  reading  mate- 
rials, this  course  attempts  an  analysis  of  some  of  the  theoretical,  structural, 
and  substantive  issues  inherent  in  and  relevant  to  the  American  constitu- 
tional system. 

Prof.  Cord 

22.137  Civil  Liberties  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Employing  U.S.  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  reading  material,  this 
course   examines   the   substantive   and    procedural   guarantees  of  the   Bill 
of  Rights  and  the  Fourteenth  Amendment  and  their  relationship  to  a  liberal 
democratic  society. 
Prof.  Cord 

22.1 39  American  Ideology  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  performance  of  American  Government  measured  against  its  ideal  objec- 
tives as  outlined  in  its  ideologies. 
Prof.  Worth  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

22.141  State  Government  and  Politics  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  structure,  functions  and  politics  of  the  states,  analyzing  their  role  in 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  /   279 

the  Federal  system  and  their  relationships  with  the  national  government  and 

their  component  local  governments. 
Prof.  Berkley 

22.143    Urban  and  Metropolitan  Government       (Prereq.  22.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  political,  structural  and  functional  problems  of  an  urbanizing  United 
States,    including  analyses  of   urban,   suburban   and   metropolitan   govern- 
mental systems  and  their  roles  in  the  Federal  system. 
Prof.  Medeiros 

22.145  Housing  and  Urban  Renewal  (Prereq.  22.102,  22.143)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  technical,  budgetary,  intergovernmental  and  social  problems  of  housing 
and  urban  renewal. 

22.146  Practical  Politics  (Prereq.  22.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  to  accentuate  and  treat  systematically  some  of  the  problems  of 
organizing  for  effective  citizen  action,  partisan  and  non-partisan,  at  the 
grass-roots  level.  An  exploration  of  roles  in  political  campaigning. 

Profs.  Grimes  and  Pfeiffer  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

22.151   Comparative  Government  (Prereq.  22.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

European   democratic   and   totalitarian    forms   of   government.    The    United 
Kingdom,  France,  and  West  Germany. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.171   Law  and  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  philosophy  of  law;  the  historical  foundations 
of  the  common  law;  legal  methods.  Primarily  for  non-Political  Science  majors. 
Prof.  Grimes  Summer  Qtr. 

22.173  Politics  and  Economic  Problems  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.177)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  the  relationship  between  economic  developments  and  political 
processes  in  the  United  States.  Among  the  topics  to  be  considered  will  be 
government  planning  of  the  economy,  monopoly  and  government  regulation, 
government  programs  to  promote  social  welfare  and  the  impact  of  Federalism 
on  the  political-economic  system. 
Prof.  Berkley  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

22.175  Current  Political  Issues  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  analysis  of  the  constitutional  and  political  background  of  selected  con- 
temporary public  issues.  Primarily  for  non-Political  Science  majors. 
Prof.  Grimes  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

22.177  American  Political  Process  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  is  a  general  analysis  of  the  American  political  system,  includ- 
ing national,  state  and  metropolitan  governments  and  their  interactions  on 
each  other.  It  is  not  open  to  Political  Science  majors  or  anyone  who  has 
taken  22.102  or  22.131  (American  National  Government). 

Prof.  Grimes 

22.178  The  Politics  of  the  Criminal  Justice  System 

(Prereq.  22.102  or  22.177)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  criminal  justice  system  from  arrest  by  police  to  appeal  to  the  Supreme 


280  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Court  of  the  United  States.  The  roles  of  police,  lawyers,  judges,  prosecutors, 

juries,  and  correction  officers  will  be  examined. 

Prof.  Berkley  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

22.179  World  Politics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  analysis  of  the  behavior  of  nations  in  international  society,  with  em- 
phasis on  major  current  developments.  Not  open  to  Political  Science  majors 
or  anyone  who  has  taken  22.221  (International  Relations). 

22.221  International  Relations  (Prereq.  22.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Elements  and  limitations  of  national  power;  contemporary  world  politics; 
problem  of  peace. 

Prof.  Jones  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

22.223  American  Foreign  Policy  (Prereq.  22.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Formulation  and  conduct  of  foreign  policy;  role  of  the  United  States  in 
politics  since  1945. 

Prof.  Wilfong 

22.224  United  States-Far  Eastern  Relations  (Prereq.  22.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Diplomacy  of  the  United  States  concerning  the  Far  East,  with  both  Asian  and 
non-Asian  governments.  Emphasis  on  the  American  role  in  the  evolution  of 
the  Far  Eastern  power  distribution  from  World  War  II  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Jones 

22.225  Soviet  Government  (Prereq.  22.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  Soviet  political  origins  and  behavior  with  emphasis  on  recent 
changes  in  the  party  and  state  apparatus,  the  economy,  and  the  administra- 
tion of  justice. 

Prof.  Goldman 

22.226  Soviet  Foreign  Policy  (Prereq.  22.101  and  Middler  Status)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  evolution  of  Soviet  foreign  policy  since  1917  with  emphasis  on  the 
development  of  the  international  Communist  movement  and  the  onset  of 
the  East-West  ideological  conflict. 

Prof.  Goldman 

22.227  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe 

(Prereq.  22.101  and  Middler  Status)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  Communist  governments  of  Eastern  Europe  with  emphasis  on  their  grow- 
ing independence  of  Soviet  Russia.  Recent  political  change,  economic  lib- 
eralization, and  new  orientation  in  foreign  policy. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.228  Government  and  Politics  in  Africa 

(Prereq.  22.151  and  Middler  Status)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  governmental  systems,  political  parties,  socio-economic  problems  and 
foreign  policies  of  selected  states  north  and  south  of  the  Sahara. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.229  Government  and  Politics  in  North  Africa  (Prereq.  22.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  comparative  analysis  of  the  colonial   experience,   nationalism,   and  con- 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /   281 

temporary    governmental    and    political    organization    and    behavior    in    the 
Maghreb  (Morocco,  Algeria,  Tunisia),  Lybia,  Egypt,  and  the  Sudan. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.230  Government   and    Politics    in    Sub-Saharan    Africa 

(Prereq.  22.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  comparative  analysis  of  the  colonial  experience,   nationalism,  and  con- 
temporary governmental  and  political  organization  and  behavior  in  selected 
states  south  of  the   Sahara. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.231  International  Organization  (Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  international  organization  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
United  Nations  system. 

Prof.  Jones 

22.233  International  Law  (Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Territory  and  jurisdiction  of  states;  treaties;   recognition;   peaceful   settle- 
ment of  disputes;  resort  to  force. 
Prof.  Wilfong 

22.240  Totalitarianism  and  Dictatorship  (Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  analysis  of  totalitarianism,  dictatorship,  and  autocracy,  including  study 
of  historical  background,  characteristics,  theories  of  origin,  nature,  and  sig- 
nificance, evaluation  of  techniques,  ideologies  (like  Marxism-Leninism),  poli- 
cies, and  institutions.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  Soviet  and 
German  experience. 
Prof.  Bursey 

22.242  The  Politics  of  Revolution  and  Change 

(Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  revolution  and  change,  contemporary  and  historical,  with 
attention  to  both  theory  and  practice.  Topics  discussed  include  major  trends 
in  contemporary  politics  and  society,  and  the  relationship  between  political 
change  and  technological,  scientific,  or  social  change. 
Prof.  Bursey 

22.243  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist  China 

(Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Government  and  party  organization,  socio-economic  problems  and  policies, 
and  foreign  relations  of  Communist  China.  Attention  is  given  to  the  influence 
of  history  and  ideology  as  determinants  of  attitudes  and  behavior. 
Prof.  Goldman  Winter  Qtr. 

22.245  The  Politics  and  Policies  of  Developing  Nations 

(Prereq.  22.221)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  recent  political  and  related  change  among  third  world  countries 
of  Africa,  Latin  America  and  Asia.  Topics  included  are:  the  heritage  of 
coloniansm  and  achievement  of  independence;  the  realities  of  cultural  plural- 
ism; revolution  and  political  violence;  institution  building;  political  leadership 
and  role  of  ideology;  political  parties;  military  in  politics;  and  international 
aspects  of  political  modernization. 
Prof.  Schmitt 


282   /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.247  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America  (Prereq.  22.221) 

The  governmental  systems,  political  parties,  socio-economic  problems  and 
foreign  policies  of  Latin  American  states. 
Prof.  Schmitt 

22.261   Public  Administration  (Prereq.  22.102  or  22.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduction   to   the   theory   and    practice   of   public    administration    with 
special  emphasis  on  the  generalities  of  institutions,  processes,  and  behavior 
of  bureaucratic  organizations. 
Profs.  Berkley  and  Medeiros 

22.270  Political  Theory 

(Prereq.  Junior  Status  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analytic  approach  to  the  study  of  key  political  concepts,  e.g.,  power, 
stability,  equality,  freedom,  authority,  obligation,  etc. 
Prof.  Barkley 

22.272  Selected  Issues  in  Political  Theory  (Prereq.  22.271)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Intensive  examination  of  some  dominant  issues  in  modern  political  theory. 
Prof.  Bursey 

22.273  Political  Thought  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analytical  and  historical  examination  of  the  great  political  thinkers  and  of 
the  main  ideas  in  political  thought  from  the  Greeks  to  the  Renaissance. 
Prof.  Bursey 

22.274  Political  Thought  11  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analytical  and  historical  examination  of  the  great  political  thinkers  and 
of  the  main  ideas  in  political  thought  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Twen- 
tieth Century. 

Prof.  Bursey 

22.276  American  Political  Thought  (Prereq.  23.211)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  contributions  to  political  theory  of  the  main  social,  economic,  political, 
intellectual,  and  philosophic  movements  in  America  from  the  colonial  period 
to  the  present. 
Prof.  Barkley 

22.278  Contemporary  Political  Thought  (Prereq.  22.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  current  ideals,  ideologies,  and  political  movements  including 
Existentialism,  Neo-Marxism,  Black  Power,  Women's  Liberation,  the  decline 
of  ideology  and  behavioralism. 

22.280  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  most  common  methods  of  carrying  out  research 
in  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Problems  of  theory  construction,  data- 
gathering,  and  a  selection  of  analytical  research  tools  including  bibliograph- 
ical aids  and  the  computer  are  examined.  Open  only  to  seniors  majoring  in 
political  science. 
Prof.  Pfeiffer 

22.282  Seminar  in  American  Government 

(Prereq.  Sen.  Pol.  Sci.  major  and  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 


HISTORY   /    283 

A  study  in  depth  of  selected  topics  in  American  government. 
Prof.  Worth 

22.283  Seminar  in  International  Relations 

(Prereq.  Senior  Political  Science  major  and  Consent  of  the  Instructor.) 

4CI.;4Q.H. 
A  study  in  depth  of  selected  topics  in  international  relations. 
Prof.  Wilfong 

22.284  Seminar  in  Comparative  Politics 

(Prereq.  Senior  Political  Science  major  and  Consent  of  the  Instructor.) 

4CI.;4Q.H. 
A  study  in  depth  of  selected  topics  in  comparative  politics. 
Prof.  Goldman 

22.285  Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science 

(Prereq.  Senior  Political  Science  major)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  in  depth  of  selected  topics  in  political  science. 
Prof.  Barkley 

22.290,  22.291    Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  Department  on  a 
chosen  topic.  Limited  to  qualified  seniors  majoring  in  political  science  with 
approval  of  Department. 
Staff 

22.295,  22.296,  22.297,  22.298  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff 


History 

23.101  Western  Civilization  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  major  ideas  and  institutions  of  Western  Civilization  from  ancient  times 
to  1648. 

Prof.  Fullington  and  Staff 

23.102  Western  Civilization  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  23.101,  covering  the  period  since  1648. 

Prof.  Fullington  and  Staff 

23.109  Population  in  European  History  (Group  A  or  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  application  of  the  principles  of  demography  to  European  history  from 
Roman  times  to  the  present  with  attention  to  the  interaction  of  birth,  death, 
marriage,  and  migration-rates  with  climate  change,  epidemic  disease,  war, 
economic  developments,  social   upheaval,  and  political   policy. 
Prof.  Post 

23.111   Ancient  Greece  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  origins  and  development  of  Greek  civilization;  political  evolution    of 
Hellenistic  society  from  tribal  to  city-state  organization;  growth  and  appli- 
cation of  Greek  religious,  political,  and  ethical  ideas. 
Prof.  Fullington 


284  /    HISTORY 

23.112  Ancient  Rome  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Roman  civilization  in  two  sequences:  the  rise  of  Roman  power  under  the 
Republic,  and  the  decline  of  Roman  power  under  the  Empire. 
Prof.  Fullington 

23.115  Medieval  Europe  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Europe  from  the  Barbarian  invasions  to  the  late  thirteenth  century;  the 
expansion  of  Christianity  and  the  institutionalization  of  church  and  papacy; 
the  emergence  of  the  Holy  Roman  Empire,  England,  and  France  as  political 
units;  social,  cultural,  and  economic  developments. 

Prof.  Frangois 

23.116  Europe  in  the  Age  of  the  Renaissance  (Group  A)  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Europe  from  1300  to  1500,  when  alternatives  to  medieval  institutions  became 
increasingly  apparent.  Special  attention  to  political,  economic,  and  cultural 
changes  in  Italy  and  Northern  Europe. 

Profs.  Frangois  and  Blaisdell 

23.1 19  Europe  in  the  Age  of  the  Reformation  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Political,  economic,  social,  and  religious  background  of  the  Protestant  and 
Catholic  Reformations  from  1500  to  1660.  Emphasis  also  on  the  impact  of 
the  Reformation  on  Europe. 

Profs.  Frangois  and  Blaisdell 

23.120  Europe  in  the  Age  of  Reason  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  European  history  from  1660  to  1815,  a  time  of  great  ferment 
climaxed  by  the  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon. 

Prof.  Frangois 

23.121  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Europe  during  a  century  of  dramatic  transformation:  the  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion,  the   post-Napoleonic  reaction,   liberalism,  socialism,   nationalism,  and 

imperialism. 

Profs.  Allen  and  Anderson 

23.122  Europe,  1870-1921  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Europe  from  the  Franco-Prussian  War  to  the  post-World  War  I  settlement: 
the  growing  tensions  and  rivalries,  and  declining  certainties  of  the  end  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  the  origins  of  World  War  I,  the  War  itself,  the 
Russian  Revolution,  and  the  peace  of  Paris.  (Not  open  to  students  who 
intend  to  receive  credit  for  23.125.) 

Mr.  Herman 

23.123  Europe  since  1921  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Europe  from  the  Versailles  settlement:  the  rise  of  totalitarianism,  the 
Depression,  the  crises  of  liberalism  and  of  the  European  mind,  the 
Appeasement  Era,  World  War  II,  the  Cold  War,  the  end  of  colonialism,  and 
Europe  today.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  received  credit  for  23.125.) 
Prof.  Allen  and  Mr.  Herman 

23.124  Early  Modern  France  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Intensive  study  of  the  political,  economic,  social,  and  intellectual  develop- 


HISTORY  /   285 

merit  of  France  from  the  end  of  the  Hundred  Years'  War  through  the  reign  of 
Louis  XIV. 
Prof.  Blaisdell 

23.127  Eighteenth  Century  France  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  history  of  France  in  the  age  of  the  ancien  regime  and  the  Enlightenment 
as  background  for  the  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon. 

Prof.  Blaisdell 

23.128  Modern  France  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  the  chief  political,  social,  economic,  intellectual,  and  cultural 
developments  of  France  from  the  Revolution  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Allen 

23.130  England  to  1688  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prehistoric  Britain,  the  Anglo-Saxons,  the  Normans,  the  Plantagenets,  the 
Tudors,  and  the  Stuarts,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  parliamentary 
institutions  until  the  Glorious  Revolution. 

Profs.  Frangoisand  Blaisdell 

23.131  England  since  1688  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
England  from  the  Glorious  Revolution  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the 
development  of  Parliament,  the  Industrial  Revolution,  nineteenth  century 
reaction  and  reform,  the  World  Wars,  and  the  rise  of  socialism. 

Profs.  Backstrom  and  Stembridge 

23.133  Stuart  England  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

England  from  1603  to  1688,  with  emphasis  on  social  and  economic  change 
and  the  origins  of  modern  liberalism. 
Prof.  Backstrom 

23.135  Victorian  England  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  economic,  social,  and  political  life  of  the  English  people  during  Vic- 
toria's reign. 
Prof.  Backstrom 

23.137  England  since  1900  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The   economic,   social,   and   political    life   of   the    English    people    in    the 
twentieth  century. 
Prof.  Backstrom 

23.140  Imperial  Russia  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  emergence  of  Russia  as  a  recognized  European  power;  westernization 
and  expansion  in  the  eighteenth  century;  the  impact  of  Napoleon;  reform 
and  revolution. 

Prof.  Fullington 

23.141  Soviet  Russia  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Forces  molding  the  history  of  Russia  since  1917;  internal  developments; 
foreign  relations. 

Prof.  Fullington 


286   /    HISTORY 

23.143  Ancient  Middle  East  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
From  the  origins  of  civilization  in  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia  to  the  break-up 
of  the  ancient  world  in  the  fourth  century  with  emphasis  on  religion  and 
culture. 

Mrs.  Frothingham 

23.144  The  Middle  East,  315-1800  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Contacts  and  conflicts  between  East  and  West,  emphasizing  the  rise  and 
flowering  of  Islam. 

Mrs.  Frothingham 

23.145  The  Modern  Middle  East  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  Middle  East  since  1800,  with  emphasis  on  the  backgrounds  of  present 
problems. 

Mrs.  Frothingham 

23.147  Africa  before  1850  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

African    prehistory;   the  formation   of   premodern   societies;   the   dynamics 
of  Afro-European  contact  before  1850. 
Prof.  Anderson 

23.150  The  Commonwealth  Countries  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  evolution  of  the  British  Empire  into  the  Commonwealth  of  Nations  and 
the  development  of  the  principal  Commonwealth  countries  (excluding  Africa). 
Special  emphasis  on  the  history  of  Canada,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and 
India. 

Prof.  Stembridge 

23.151  Modern  Africa  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  European  impact  on  Africa;  the  rise  of  African  nationalism;  the  emer- 
gence of  independent  African  states  and  the  background  of  their  present 
problems. 

Prof.  Anderson 

23.152  Africa:  National  Histories  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Special  studies  of  the  histories  of  selected  African  nations. 

Prof.  Anderson 

23.169  Far  Eastern  Civilization  to  1850  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Premodern  histories  and  cultures  of  China,  Japan,  and  Korea  from  antiquity 
to  1850. 

Prof.  Anderson 

23.170  Modern  Far  East  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  Far  East  since  1850,  with  emphasis  on  China  and  Japan  and  their  rela- 
tions with  other  nations. 

Mr.  Ring 

23.181    European  Economic  History  to  1750  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  major  economic  developments  of  Europe  including  studies  in  agriculture, 
commerce  and  industry. 
Prof.  Frangois 


HISTORY   /   287 

23.182  Modern  European  Economic  History  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Survey  of  the  development  of  the  Western  world  examined  within  the  frame- 
work of  economic  theory  with  attention  to  social  and  political  ramifications. 
Prof.  Post 

23.199  The  Historian's  Craft  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  ways  in  which  the  historian  studies  the  past  and  the  nature  of  historical 
statements.    Problems   considered    include    research    techniques,    changing 
conceptions  of  historical  knowledge,  and  the  relationship  between  the  his- 
torian and  the  society  in  which  he  works. 
Prof.  Post 

23.201  Colonial  America  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  discovery  and  exploration  of  the  New  World;  the  settlement  of  the 
English  colonies  on  the  North  American  mainland;  their  development  to 
1763;  and  the  origins  of  their  clash  with  England. 

Prof.  Fowler 

23.202  The  American  Revolution  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  coming  of  the  American  Revolution,  its  nature  and  progress,  and  the 
political,  economic,  and  social  aftermath. 

Prof.  Fowler 

23.210  The  United  States  to  1865  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  history  of  the  American  people  from  1763  to  1865,  with  an  analysis  of 
the  American  Revolution  and  of  the  major  political,  constitutional,  diplo- 
matic, economic,  and  social  problems  of  the  new  nation. 

Prof.  Robinson  and  Staff 

23.211  The  United  States  since  1865  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  the  survey  of  American  history  with  discussion  of  the 
emergence  of  an  industrial  economy,  an  urban  society,  world  responsibility, 
and  expanded  federal  government. 

Prof.  Robinson  and  Staff 

23.213    American  Urban   History  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  development  of  urban  society  in  the  United  States  in  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries,  with  emphasis  on  the  effects  of  immigration  and 
industrialization  upon  the  politics,  thought,  and  society  of  American  cities. 

23.215  The  United  States,  1781-1825  (Group  C)  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  political,  economic,  and  psychological  problems  of  adjustment  to  peace 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  American  Revolution;  the  development  of  an  inde- 
pendent nation  to  1825. 

23.216  American  Reformers  and  Reform  Movements  (Group  C) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  American   reform,   especially   in  the   nineteenth   century. 
Prof.  Jacobs 

23.217  American  Society  and  Politics  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (Group  C) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  social  structure  and  political  behavior  in 
late  nineteenth-century  America. 
Prof.  Campbell 


288   /    HISTORY 

23.218  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  coming  of  the  Civil  War,  its  nature  and  progress,  and  the  aftermath  of 
Reconstruction. 
Prof.  Jacobs 

23.220  The  United  States,  1890-1920  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Populism,  progressivism,  World  War  I,  and  the  reaction  of  the  1920s. 

Prof.  Bishop 

23.221  The  United  States,  1920-1945  (Group  C)  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  Depression,  the  New  Deal,  World  War  II,  and  mid-century,  emphasizing 
the  clash  between  liberalism  and  conservatism  and  the  movement  from 
isolationism  to  interventionism. 

Prof.  Bishop 

23.222  The  United  States  since  1945  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
America's  diverse  responses  to  the  postwar  challenges  of  urbanization, 
economic  change,  civil  rights,  and  Communism. 

23.241  Afro-American  History  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  history  of  Blacks   in  the   English  colonies  and   in  the  United  States 
since  the  seventeenth  century.  The  history  of  relations  between  White  and 
Black   Americans.    The   evolution    of    institutions    and    attitudes   of    Black 
Americans. 
Prof.  Jacobs 

23.250  American  Historians  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  literature  of  American  history;  major  American  writers  of  American 
history  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  changing 
form  and  substance. 

Prof.  Robinson 

23.251  American  Biography  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  history  of  American  biography  since  1789  and  biographies  of  representa- 
tive Americans. 

Prof.  Robinson 

23.276  Latin  America  to  1850  (Group  D)  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  fusing  of  the  cultures  of  the  Indian,  the  Iberian,  and  the  Negro;  the 
European  and  American  forces  which  gave  rise  to  the  Latin  American  wars 
for  independence;  the  early  development  of  the  new  nations. 

Prof.  Bishop 

23.277  Modern  Latin  America  (Group  D)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Latin  America  from  the  mid-nineteenth  century  to  the  present;  dictatorial 
republics  and  the  continuation  of  poverty  and  injustice;  the  struggles 
toward  democracy,  the  rise  of  nationalism,  and  the  threat  of  Communism; 
the  relations  between  the  United  States  and  Latin  America. 

Prof.  Bishop 

23.288  Seminar  in  Medieval  History  (Group  A)  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 

Prof.  Frangois 


PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION   /   289 

23.289  Seminar  in  European  Intellectual  History  (Group  B)  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Not  open  to  students  who  received  credit  for  23.126. 

Mr.  Herman 

23.290  Seminar  in  Modern  European  History  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Frangois 

23.291  Seminar  in  American  History  (Group  C)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Campbell 

23.292  Seminar  in  Early  Modern  Europe  (Group  A)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  FranQois 

23.293  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Socialist  Thought  (Group  B)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Backstrom 

23.295,  23.296,  23.297  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

23.299  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


Philosophy  and  Religion 


26.1 01  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I  (each)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

26.102  Introduction  to  Philosophy  II 

Some  of  the  central  and  persistent  issues  in  philosophy.  These  courses  are 
independent,  may  be  taken  in  reverse  order,  but  both  emphasize  philosophical 
thinking  as  an  activity  rather  than  the  assimilation  of  an  established  body  of 
facts.  26.101  includes  such  topics  as  theories  of  reality,  theories  of  knowl- 
edge, and  philosophical  problems  in  religion.  26.102  includes  such  topics  as 
social  and  political  philosophy  and  philosophies  of  art  and  history. 
Staff  26.101— Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.102 — Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

26.1 1 0  History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
From  early  Greek  philosophy  before  the  time  of  Socrates  to  the  Christian 
Period.  Emphasis  upon  the  thought  and  influence  of  Socrates,  Plato,  and 
Aristotle;  secondary  attention  given  to  the  Epicureans,  the  Stoics,  and  the 
Neo-Platonists. 

Prof.  Fogg  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.1 1 1  History  of  Modern  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  26.110  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
European  philosophy  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  nineteenth  century;  em- 
phasis upon  Francis  Bacon,  Descartes,  Spinoza,  Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume,  and 
Kant. 
Prof.  DeAngelis  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

26.116  Eighteenth  Century  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  26.110  and  26.111  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  selected  work  of  the   18th  Century   Enlightenment   philosophy. 


290  /    PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION 

Voltaire,    Montesquieu,    Rousseau,    the    Encyclopedists,    Burke,    Jefferson, 

Franklin,  and   Paine  are  representative. 

Prof.  Kovaly  Not  offered  1972-73 

26.117  Nineteenth  Century  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  26.110  and  26.111  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4Q.H. 
Selected  trends  in  this  century,  such  as  the  development  of  German  Idealism, 
Romanticism,  Evolutionism,  Materialism,  and  Positivism.  Hegel,  Schopen- 
hauer, Nietzsche,  Kierkegaard,  and  Marx  are  representative. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.118  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  26.110  and  26.111  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Contemporary  philosophic  movements  in  metaphysics  and  methodology  ex- 
emplified by  process  philosophy,  linguistic  analysis,  pragmatism,  phenomen- 
ology, and  existentialism. 

Spring  Qtr. 

26.119  American  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Background  to  American  philosophy:  Locke,  Newton,  Jonathan  Edwards,  and 
Cadwallader  Colden.  The  American  Enlightenment:  Jefferson,  Paine,  and 
Benjamin  Rush.  Pragmatism:  Peirce,  James,  Dewey,  and  Meade.  Realism: 
Perry  and  Sellars.  All  of  the  above  are  dealt  with  in  this  course. 
Dr.  Hacker  Spring  Qtr. 

26.120  Existentialism  (Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor) 
The  influence  of  Kierkegaard  and  Nietzsche  upon  twentieth-century  Existen- 
tialism; its  critique  of  scientific  and  traditional  philosophy;  the  influence  of 
existentialism  upon  literature  and  theology;  emphasis  upon  Jaspers,  Heideg- 
ger, Marcel,  Sartre,  and  Camus. 

Prof.  Kovaly  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.121  Analytic  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  the  analytic  movement  from  its  beginnings  in  the  early 
works  of  Moore  and  Russell.  Some  treatment  of  Russell's  logical  atomism,  the 
logical  positivists,  Ludwig  Wittgenstein,  and  their  widespread  influence. 
Prof.  DeAngelis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.122  Rationalism 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  meaning  and  function  of  reason,  the  rationalism  approach  to  philosophy, 
and  the  importance  of  this  approach  on  such  key  issues  as  the  nature  of 
man,  necessary  truth,   innate  capacities,  and  deity. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.123  Empiricism 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Some  of  the  major  philosophic  views  of  experience.  The  approach  to  phil- 
osophy by  traditional  empiricists  and  the  more  recent  radical  empiricists. 
The  importance  of  these  approaches  on  such  key  issues  as  necessary  truth, 
innate  capacities,  foundations  of  knowledge,  and  theory  of  meaning. 

Not  offered  1972-73 


PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION   /   291 

26.130  Aesthetics 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy,  UNLESS  REQUIRED  IN  YOUR  MAJOR) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  nature  and  meaning  of  aesthetic  experience  and  the  principles  of  art 
criticism.  The  possibility  of  standards  in  art  and  the  relations  of  art  to  ethics, 
society,  and  religion  are  discussed. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.131  Social  Philosophy  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  major  forms  of  political  and  social  organization,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  analysis  and  explanation  of  social  change.  Some  attention  given  to 
the  more  general  topic  of  the  nature  of  explanation  in  the  social  sciences. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.133  Philosophy  of  Science 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  UNLESS  REQUIRED  IN  YOUR  MAJOR) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Key  concepts  in  the  methodology  of  science:  scientific  explanation,  predic- 
tion, confirmation,  laws  and  theories. 
Prof.  Hacker  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.134  Philosophy  of  Religion 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Examines  and  evaluates  such  problems  as  arguments  for  and  against  the 
existence  of  God,  derived  from  reason  and  experience;  analytical  and 
psychological  approaches  toward  religious  belief;  concept  of  immortality; 
nature  of  revelation  and  faith;  the  relation  between  science  and  religion. 
Prof.  Wellbank  Not  offered  1972-73 

26.135  Philosophy  of  Man 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  historic,  philosophical  inquiry  into  different  theories  of  man,  dimensions 
and  characteristics  of  man  with  a  special  interest  in  conceptions  of  the 
alienation  of  man.  Selected  readings  include  Descartes,  Hobbes,  Hegel, 
Marx,  Kierkegaard,  Maritain,  Fromme,  Marcuse,  and  Frankel. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.1 37  Philosophy  and  Literature  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  basic  philosophic  themes  expressed  in  such  writers  as:  Tolstoy, 
Dostoevski,  Thomas  Mann,  Sartre,  Camus,  Kafka,  Hesse,  Bellow,  and  others. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.139  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Logic  (Prereq.  26.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  philosophy  of  logic  considered  through  various  problem  topics.  Topics 
may  include:  the  significance  of  differing  notational  systems,  primacy  of  first- 
order  logics,  ontological  presuppositions  of  logics,  relation  between  logic  and 
language,  and  the  significance  of  formalism,  etc. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.150   Introduction  to  Logic  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Recognition  of  common  fallacies,  practical  exercises  in  effective  argument, 
formal  principles  of  correct  and  incorrect  reasoning  are  dealt  with  in  this 


292   /    PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION 

course.  Entails  traditional,  deductive  logic.  Included  are  formal  and  informal 

fallacies. 

Prof.  Hacker  All  Quarters 

26.151  Symbolic  Logic 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  application  of  formal  symbolic  techniques  to  logic:  elementary  first-order 
deductive  logic  is  covered;  some  consideration  of  the  theory  of  identity,  and 
the  meta-theory  of  first-order  logic  may  be  included. 
Mr.  Marlies  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.152  Epistemology 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  theories  of  knowledge  of  major  importance,  from  Plato  to  Austin. 
Mr.  Marlies  Spring  Qtr. 

26.153  Metaphysics 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  central  questions  of  metaphysics  as  well  as  a  survey  of  the  metaphysical 
positions  of  major  importance. 
Prof.  Baker  Spring  Qtr. 

26.1 55  Moral  Philosophy  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  critical  appraisal  of  value  and  obligation,  human  rights,  economic  and 
criminal  justice,  and  such  issues  as  ethical  relativity  and  empiricism,  from 
the  standpoint  of  rule-utilitarianism. 

Prof.  Wellbank  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.156  Modern  Ethical  Theories 

(Prereq.  26.155  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Aim  is  to  study  intensively  some  recent  major  developments  in  moral  phil- 
osophy. The  topics  selected  are:  the  cognitivist-noncognitivist  controversy  in 
meta-ethics;  the  concept  of  social  justice  in  normative  ethics;  human  rights; 
punishment;  and  the  adequacy  of  rule  utilitarianism  as  a  normative  ethical 
theory. 
Prof.  Wellbank  Spring  Qtr. 

26.174  Christian  Faith  and  the  Problem  of  Interpretation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  examination  of  twentieth-century  attempts  at  understanding  the  meaning 
of  Christian  faith.  Beginning  with  some  of  the  classical  approaches  to  New 
Testament  interpretation,  the  study  will  concentrate  on  issues  raised  by 
Albert  Schweitzer's  "Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus,"  Rudolph  Bultmann's 
"Demytheologizing,"  and  the  problem  of  the  new  hermeneutics. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.175  Faith  and  Tradition  in  India  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  historical,  philosophical,  and  theological  elements  of  Indian  tra- 
dition, with  special  emphasis  on  post-Buddist  periods.  The  influence  of 
Indian  thought  in  the  Far  East  will  be  examined  and  the  influence  of  British 
Western  civilization  on  Indian  culture. 

Not  offered  1972-73 


PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION   /    293 

26.177  Understanding  Religious  Man  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  major  methods  and  definitions  of  religion,  with  emphasis  on  the  anthro- 
pological, sociological,  theological,  and  phenomenological  means  of  isolating 
religious  experience.  The  issues  of  the  nature  and  function  of  religion  will  be 
discussed. 

Prof.  Pruett  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.178  Religion  in  a  Social  Context  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  social  forms  of  religion  in  America.  The  structures  and  roles  of  the 
church,  synagogue,  and  sect  will  be  described  and  critically  evaluated.  In 
addition,  emphasis  will  be  given  to  their  function  with  reference  to  general 
social  structure,  process,  and  reform. 

Prof.  Pruett  Spring  Qtr. 

26.180  Myths  and  Dreams  as  Religious  Experience  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  basic  dimensions  of  religious  experience  as  illuminated  by  myths  and 
dreams.  A  reading  of  myths  from  both  Eastern  and  Western  cultures  in  order 
to  elucidate  the  world  pictures  they  create.  An  attempt  will  be  made  to 
identify  the  questions  of  man  and  world  to  which  these  myths  respond. 
P.M.John                                                                                 Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.181  Paradigms  for  Religious  Experience  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  spiritual  leaders  and  founders  of  religion  such  as  Buddha,  Socrates, 
Confucius,  and  Jesus,  the  unique  dimensions  of  whose  life  and  teachings 
provide  paradigms  for  religious  experience.  An  attempt  to  identify  the  con- 
crete meaning  of  religious  experience,  to  discover  the  means  of  communicat- 
ing faith  and  to  describe  the  relations  as  well  as  differences  between  the 
"teacher"  and  "saviour"  will  be  dealt  with  in  this  course. 

P.  M.  John  Spring  Qtr. 

26.190,26.191,26.192  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

26.200  Area  Course:  Philosophy  of  History 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The   nature   and   problem   of   historical   explanation;   the  function   of  value 
judgments  and  myth  in  such  explanation;  discussion  of  the  Christian,  Marxist, 
and  Idealistic  interpretations  of  history. 
To  Be  Announced  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.201  Area  Course:  Mind  and  Language 

(Prereq.  4  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Contemporary  challenges  to  mind-body  dualism  by  linguistic  philosophers 
with  emphasis  upon  their  analyses  of  such  concepts  as  intelligence,  con- 
sciousness, will,  and  rationality.  Recent  views  concerning  the  effects  of 
language  on  thought,  perception,  and  world-views  will  also  be  discussed. 

Not  offered  1972-  73 

26.203  Area  Course:  Existentialist  Phenomenology 

(Prereq.  26.120  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  phenomenological  method  used  to  describe  human  existence:  a  study  of 
the  philosophic  foundations  of  Existential   Psychoanalysis.   Selections  from 


294   /    PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION 

the  works  of  Husserl,  Scheler,  Sartre,  Merleau-Ponty,  Bingswanger,  Laing, 
Rollo  May,  Carl  Rogers,  Schuetz.  Differences  between  behaviorism  and  exis- 
tential psychology  critically  compared;  selections  from  Maslow  and  Koestler. 
Prof.  Kovaly  Spring  Qtr. 

26.234  Advanced  Course:  Philosophy  of  Religion 

(Prereq.  26.134  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  nature  of  religious  language  and  symbols,  psychology  and  religion, 
existentialism  and  theology,  modern  trends  in  theology;  readings  in  the  works 
of  contemporary  theologians  and  philosophers  whose  writings  deal  with  these 
topics. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.251    Intermediate  Logic  (Prereq.  26.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

First-order   deductive    logic   viewed   as   a   formal   system;    important   meta- 
theorems,  including  deduction  theorems,  completeness  and  soundness  (con- 
sistency)   proofs,    compactness,    Lowenheim-Skolem    Theorem,    and    results 
concerning  decidability. 
Mr.  Marlies  Spring  Qtr. 

26.255  Contemporary  Moral  Philosophy 

(Prereq.  26.155  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  extensive  appraisal  of  the  cognitivist-non-cognitivist  controversy  in  recent 
meta-ethics.  Intensive  analysis  of  the  concepts  of  social  justice,  law,  equality, 
distributive  and  retributive  justice. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.261  Seminar  in  Plato 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Baker  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

26.262  Seminar  in  Aristotle 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Fogg  Spring  Qtr. 

26.273  Religion  and  Culture  of  Asia  (World  of  the  l-Ching) 

(Prereq.  26.180  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  themes  drawn  from  the  religious,  philosophical,  and  literary  re- 
sources of  India,  China,  and  Japan.  Choice  of  one  topic  out  of  themes  such 
as  "The  Gods  of  the  Hindus,"  "Interpretation  of  the  Vedas  and  Upanishads," 
"The  World  of  the  l-Ching,"  "The  Enlightenment  of  the  Buddah,"  "Confucius 
and  Lao  Tzu,"  and  "The  Way  of  Zen." 
P.M.John  Spring  Qtr. 

26.274  Seminar  in  Judaism 

(Prereq.  8  Q.H.  of  Philosophy  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Pruett  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


26.275  Contemporary  Religious  Issues  in  the  Western  World 

(Prereq.  26.174  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Some  of  the  major  developments  in  Christianity  and  Judaism  in  the  context 
of  industrialization  and   urbanization.  The   impact  of  secularism   upon  the 


ART  /   295 

religions  of  the  West  as  evident  in  Neo-Orthodoxy,  Bonhoeffer's  "Reiigionless 
Christianity,"  the  radical  theology  of  the  death  of  God,  and  the  trends  toward 
a  new  humanism. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.276  Mysticism:  East  and  West 

(Prereq.  26.177,  26.180,  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  inquiry  into  mystical  experience  through  a  comparative  study  of  the 
writings  of  Christian,  Buddhist,  and  Hindu  mystics,  and  secondary  interpre- 
tive sources.  Questions  taken  up  are:  the  potential  oneness  of  man  and 
God;  the  conflict  of  mystics  with  traditional  forms  of  religion;  the  possibility 
of  a  common  cross-cultural  basis  for  mysticism. 
Prof.  Pruett  Spring  Qtr. 

26.279  Issues  in  Contemporary  Islam 

(Prereq.  26.177,  26.180,  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  discussion  of  such  issues  in  twentieth-century  Islam  as  Pan-Islamic  move- 
ments; relations  with  Israel  and  the  West;  the  Quran  as  lawbook;  social 
change  in  modern  Islamic  countries  through  Western  influence;  variation  on 
the  theme  of  Islam  in  Africa,  Turkey,  and  Iran;  the  Muslim  view  of  history. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

26.280  Religion  and  Literature 

(Prereq.  26.180  or  26.181  and  basic  acquaintance  with 
Contemporary  Literature)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Some  of  the  common  themes  of  religion  and  literature  with  a  view  to  clarify 
their  possible  relations  and  to  assess  the  effects  they  seem  to  have  upon 
each  other.  Selected  readings  from  the  works  of  Dostoevsky,  Camus,  Kafka, 
Stevens,  and  others,  along  with  critical  reflections  on  specific  themes  from 
Heidegger,  Northrop  Frye,  Nathan  Scott,  and  Stanley  Hopper,  among  others. 
P.  M.  John  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Art 

27.113  Creative  Drawing  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Creative  drawing  problems  in  pen  and  ink,  pencil  and  crayon  with  empha- 
sis on  form  and  texture;  problems  in  illustration. 

Profs.  Wells,  Bishop,  and  Havens  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.114  Theory  of  Color  and  Design  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Techniques  and  theories  of  design  and  color  in  painting. 

Prof.  Bishop  Spring  Qtr. 

27.116  History  of  Film  Art  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  history  of  the  development  of  film  art  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the 
1930s.  Selected  films  will  be  screened  and  studied.  Lab  fee. 

Prof.  Bishop  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

27.117  History  of  Film  Art  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  history  of  the  development  of  film  art  from  the  1930s  to  the  present. 
Selected  films  will  be  screened  and  studied.  Lab  fee. 

Prof.  Bishop  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


296   /   ART 

27.118  History  of  Art  I  4CI.;4Q.H. 
A  survey  of  western  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  Renaissance. 

Profs.  Davis,  Havens  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.119  History  of  Art  II  (Prereq.  27.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  western  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  20th  century. 

Profs.  Havens  and  Wells  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.120  French  Film  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  French  film  mal<ing  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the  present. 
Selected  films  will  be  .screened  and  studied.  Lab  fee. 

Prof.  Bishop  Offered  1973 

27.121  Contemporary  Directions  in  Cinema  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
A  comparative  study  of  selected  films  by  major  contemporary  directors.  Films 
will  be  screened  and  studied.  Lab  fee. 

Prof.  Bishop  Offered  1973 

27.131  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  concentrated    study  of  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  Greek  civilization. 
This  course  includes  Egyptian  art,  Mesopotamian  art  and  Aegean  art. 
Prof.  Davis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

27.133  Italian  Renaissance  Art  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  Italian  painting  and  sculpture  of  the  14th  and  15th  centuries. 
Prof.  Serenyi  Fall  Qtr. 

27.134  Byzantine  Art  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Byzantine  Art  from  the  4th  century  through  the  middle  of  the  15th  century. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.135  African  Art  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  stylistic  characteristics  of  the  various  arts  of  African  nations. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.136  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  concentrated  study  of  Greek  and  Roman  art. 

Prof.  Davis  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

27.137  Nineteenth  Century  Painting  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
European  painting  of  the  19th  century  with  special  emphasis  on  France. 
Prof.  Serenyi  Spring  Qtr. 

27.139  Medieval  Painting  and  Sculpture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Romanesque  and  Gothic  painting  and  sculpture  from  the  10th  century  to  the 
15th  century. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.141    Renaissance  and   Baroque   Painting  4  CI.;   4  Q.H. 

Flemish,  German,  Dutch,  French  and  Spanish  painting  of  the  16th  and  17th 
centuries. 

Prof.  Wells  Winter  Qtr. 


ART   /   297 

27.142  Spanish  Art  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Spanish  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  19th  century. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.143  Mexican  Art  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  concentrated  study  of  Pre-Columbian  art  from  the  Archaic  and  Classical 
periods  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Davis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

27.144  Latin  American  Art  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  arts  of  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of  various  countries  of  Latin 
America  except  Mexico,  from  Pre-Columbian  to  the  20th  century. 

Prof.  Davis  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

27.146  Russian  Art  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Art  in  Russia  from  the  period  of  Conversion  through  the  period  of  Peter 
the  Great. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.147  Russian  Art  II  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Art  in  Russia  from  the  period  of  Catherine  the  Great  to  the  modern  con- 
cepts of  Socialist  Realism. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.148  European  Graphic  Arts  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  history  of  graphic  arts  from  the  Medieval  period  to  the  end  of  the  19th 
century.  The  development  of  engraving,  woodcutting,  etching,  aquatint,  and 
lithography  and  the  work  of  representative  arts. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.149  American  Graphic  Arts  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  the  Graphic  Arts  in  America  from  the  Colonial  times  to  the 
present  as  shown  through  the  works  of  representative  artists. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.150  History  of  Photography  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  concentrated  study  of  the  development  of  photography  with  special  em- 
phasis on  American  photographic  art  to  the  present. 

Prof.    Holden  Spring   Qtr. 

27.151  Modern  Painting  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Painting  from  late  19th  century  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Wells  Fail  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.154  Italian  Renaissance  Art  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Italian  painting  and  sculpture  of  the  16th  and  early  17th  centuries. 
Prof.  Serenyi  Winter  Qtr. 

27.161  American  Art  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Development  of  American  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  Colonial 
times. 

Prof.  Holden  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


298   /    MUSIC 

27.162  American  Art  II  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 

American  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from   1860  to  the  present. 
Prof.  Holden  Spring  Qtr. 

27.171  Ancient  Architecture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  architecture  of  Egypt,  Greece  and  Rome. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.172  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Architecture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Romanesque,  Gothic  and  Renaissance  architecture. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

27.173  Modern  Architecture  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Modern  architecture  and  city  planning  from  1850  to  1920. 

Prof.  Serenyi  Fall  Qtr. 

27.174  Modern  Architecture  II  ^  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Modern  architecture  and  city  planning  from  1920  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Serenyi  Winter  Qtr. 

27.175  Late  19th  Century  American  Architecture  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  the  Stick  and  Shingle  Architectural  Styles,  as  well  as  more 
general  developments.  Introductory  lectures  will  be  followed  by  student 
presentations  on  selected  topics. 

Prof.  Holden  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

27.181  Oriental  Art  I  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  prehistoric  arts  of  India,  China,  and  Japan;  the  rise  and  spread  of  inter- 
national Buddhist  art;  the  national  Indian  styles  of  sculpture,  architecture, 
and  painting. 

Prof.  Havens  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.182  Oriental  Art  II  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
National  styles  of  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  ceramics  and  print- 
making  in  China,  Korea,  and  Japan. 

Prof.  Havens  Fall  Qtr. 

27.183  Seminar  in  Modern  Art  and  Architecture 

(Prereq.  One  course  in  Art  History  since  the  Renaissance)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  topics  in  modern  art  and  architecture. 
Prof.  Serenyi  Spring  Qtr. 

27.295,  27.296,  27.297  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

27.291 ,  27.292,  27.293   Directed  Study  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


Music 


28.100   Music  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Emphasizes  specifically  the  techniques  of  listening:  instrumental  and  vocal 


MUSIC   /    299 

tone  color,  melodic  contour,  rhythmic  pattern,  compositional  design  and 
style,  harmony,  etc.  This  course  may  serve  either  as  preparation  for  general 
listening  or  for  other  music  courses. 

28.102  Music  Fundamentals  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Stresses  the  development  of  primary  melodic,  rhythmic,  harmonic  and  con- 
trapuntal concepts  through  sight  singing,  ear  training,  etc.,  and  culminates  in 
the  creative  application  of  materials. 

28.103  Music  Form  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  major  forms  including  fugue,  rondo,  sonata  form,  theme  and  variations. 
Includes  analysis  of  symphonic  works,  chamber  works,  and  musical  works 
using  texts. 

28.105  Music  Composition      (preparation,  28.106,  28.102,  28.100)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

(limited  to  seminar  size;  approval  by  the  instructor) 
Begins  with  an  analysis  of  Trouvere  songs  and  continues  with  experiments  in 
writing  modal  melodies  and  songs.  In  addition,  students  write  practical 
rounds,  part  songs,  and  other  pieces  with  canonic  structure.  All  creative 
essays  in  composition  are  encouraged. 

28.106  Theory  I,  Tonal  Techniques  A  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  tonal  technique:  fundamentals,  ear  training,  sight  singing, 
dictation,  keyboard  harmony,  score  reading,  and  analysis. 

28.107  Theory  II,  Tonal  Techniques  B        (Preparation,  28  106,  28.102,  28.100) 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Advanced  ear  training,  sight  singing,  dictation,  keyboard  harmony,  score  read- 
ing, and  analysis;  harmonic  principles  of  chords  and  their  inversions. 

28.108  Contrapuntal  Techniques  I— 16th  Century  Counterpoint  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Sight  singing,  ear  training,  score  reading,  and  composition  in  contrapuntal 
forms. 

28.109  Contrapuntal  Techniques  II— 18th  Century  Counterpoint 

(preparation,  28.108,  28.102,  28.100)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Sight  singing,  ear  training,  score  reading,  and  composition  in  contrapuntal 
forms. 

28.112  Music  of  the  Baroque  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  evolution  of  opera,  oratorio,  cantata  and  concerto  in  the  works  of  such 
composers  as  Monteverdi,  Corelli,  Handel,  Vivaldi,  and  Bach. 

28.113  Bach  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  music  of  J.  S.  Bach  and  of  the  era  which  produced  him.  Both  the  church 
works  and  the  secular  works  will  be  studied. 

28.1 1 5  Music  of  the  Classical  Era  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  period  of  music  history  between  Bach  and  Beethoven.  Aspects  of  "clas- 
sical" style  in  instrumental  and  vocal  works  are  discussed.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  music  of  Mozart  and   Haydn. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


300   /    MUSIC 

28.116  Great  Literature  for  Keyboard  Instruments  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  study  of  pianoforte  music  written  in  the  19th  and  early  20th  centuries 
by  masters  such  as  Beethoven,  Chopin,  Schumann,  Liszt,  Debussy,  and  Ravel. 
The  course  will  analyze  the  source  of  power  and  expressiveness  generated 
in  the  sonatas  and  concerti  of  Beethoven;  nocturnes  and  ballades  of  Chopin; 
and  preludes  of  Debussy. 

28.117  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Music  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  sacred  and  secular  monody  and  of  polyphonic  music 
from  its  beginning  to  about  1600. 

28.119  Since  Webern:  The  Avant  Garde  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  avant  grade  in  music:  total  serialism,  musique  concrete,  electronic  music, 
chance  music.  The  avant  garde  in  Jazz,  Folk,  Rock,  and  Pop. 

28.120  Survey  of  Music  History  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  inclusive  study  of  the  men,  ideas  and  events  that  have  shaped  music 
history  from  ancient  times  through  the  Renaissance,  Baroque,  Classical,  and 
Romantic  eras  to  our  own  time.  Among  the  composers  whose  works  are  studied 
are  Josquin,  Bach,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  Wagner,  Mahler,  and  Stravinsky. 

28.121  Analytical  Studies  in  the  History  of  Music 

(preparation,  28.120,  28.100)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Limited  enrollment  seminars  which  carry  out  in-depth  analyses  of  selected, 
significant  topics  in  the  history  of  music. 

28.123  Music  of  the  Romantic  Era  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Romantic  realism  and  romantic  idealism  after  Beethoven.  Composers  to  be 
studied  include:  Schumann,  Schubert,  Berlioz,  Liszt,  Chopin,  Wagner,  Brahms, 
Tchaikovsky,  and  Mahler. 

28.124  Traditional  Folk  Music  of  the  Western  World  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Identities  and  contrasts  in  the  music  of  the  collective  mass,  songs  and  dances 
from  Europe,  Russia,  North  and  South  America. 

28.125  Great  Choral  Literature  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  choral  literature  by  masters  from  Palestrina  to  Stravinsky.  Oratorio, 
cantata,  mass,  requiem  mass;  smaller  masterpieces. 

28.126  Music  as  the  Expression  of  Man 

A  general  and  philosophical  view  of  music  in  Western  culture,  the  following 
will  be  central  to  the  course: 

1.  Aspects  of  social  relevance 

2.  Compositional  style  in  various  periods. 

3.  Important  themes  (war  and  peace,  love  and  rejection,  etc.)  examined  in 


MUSIC  /   301 

a  musical  context.  When  pertinent,  related  concepts  from  the  fine  arts  and 
from  philosophy  will  be  explored.  Live  performance,  recordings,  and 
audio-visual  media  will  be  used. 

28.135  Music  of  USA  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

American  music  from  Colonial  times  to  the  present.  Concert  music  as  well  as 
folk  music  of  ethnic  origin,  and  music  of  the  theater  are  discussed. 

28.138  Nationalism  In  Music  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  phenomenon  of  national  schools  of  music.  The  folk  songs  and  dances 
that  produce  national  schools  and  the  stylistic  elements  of  such  schools  are 
considered.  Among  the  composers  studied  are,  Sibelius  of  Finland,  the  "Five" 
of  Russia,  Bartok  of  Hungary,  Ives  of  the  United  States. 

28.140  Mozart  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  musical  development  from  child  prodigy  to  mature  artist  is  traced  from  his 
own  letters  and  from  biographies.  Many  of  his  major  works,  including  opera, 
symphonies,  concertos,  and  chamber  works  are  analyzed  in  detail. 

28.141  20th  Century  Music:  Debussy  to  Bartok  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  developments  in  music  from  1900  to  mid-century.  Impressionism,  Expres- 
sionism, Neo-Classicism,  Post-Romanticism  and  Neo-Nationalism. 

28.142  Stravinsky  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  life  and  work  of  this  major  composer.  Many  of  his  works,  for  example,  Le 
Sacre,  Petrouchka,  Symphony  of  Psalms,  and  more  recent  works  are  given  de- 
tailed attention.  His  contributions  to  twentieth  century  style,  neo-classicism, 
pan-diatonicism,  additive  style,  are  analyzed  and  his  strong  influence  on  other 
composers  is  noted. 

28.143  The  Music  of  France  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  works  and  styles  of  French  composers  from  Lully  to  Boulez.  Special 
attention  is  paid  to  several  figures  like  Berlioz  and  Debussy.  Orchestral  and 
operatic  music  is  included  in  the  course. 

28.145  Beethoven  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  the  complex  personality  and  art  of  this  major  figure.  His  re- 
lation to  the  turbulent  times  in  which  he  lived,  his  role  in  classical  and 
romantic  music. 

28.146  Music  of  Germany  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
The  works  and  styles  of  German  composers  from  Schutz  to  Henze.  Special 
attention  is  paid  to  several  figures  like  Beethoven  and  Wagner.  Orchestral  and 
operatic  music  is  included  in  this  course. 

28.1 60  The  Symphony  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  study  of  the  symphony  as  the  major  genre  in  the  Classical,  Romantic,  and 
Contemporary  periods.  Works  by  Haydn,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  Schumann, 
Tchaikovsky,  Brahms,  Sibelius,  Prokofief  and  others  are  studied. 

28.170  Chamber  Music  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Ensemble  pieces  for  small  groups.  Examples  for  analysis  are  selected  from 
all  periods  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present. 


302   /   DRAMA  AND  SPEECH 

28.180  Introduction  to  Opera  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  opera  as  a  dramatic  form.  Aria,  Recitative,  Ensemble  and  other 
basic  elements  of  opera  are  isolated  and  discussed.  Opera,  Numbers  Opera, 
Music  Drama,  Singspiel  are  some  of  the  types  of  opera  considered.  Composers 
whose  work  are  analyzed  include,  Mozart,  Wagner,  Verdi,  and  Puccini. 

28.181  Contemporary  Opera  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Almost  every  major  composer  including  Schoenberg,  Berg,  Bartok,  Stravinsky, 
Hindemith,  and  Poulenc  have  contributed  to  the  opera  repertory,  thus  illus- 
trating just  about  every  major  20th  century  style.  Among  the  works  studied 
are  Wozzeck,  The  Rake's  Progress,  Dialogue  of  the  Carmelites,  and  Bluebeard's 
Castle. 

28.182  Wagner's  Ring  Cycle  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  in-depth  study  of  Wagner's  Cycle  of  music  drama:  Das  Rheingold,  Walkure. 
Siegfried,  Gotterdamerung. 

28.190  The  Concerto  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  concerto  is  studied  from  its  origins  in  the  Baroque  era  to  its  use  in  our 
own  time.  Concerti  grosso  as  well  as  solo  works  for  various  instruments  are 
studied  in  detail. 

28.200  Jazz  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Traces  the  history  of  jazz  from  its  origins  in  New  Orleans  to  the  avant  garde 
experiments  of  today.  The  rhythmic,  harmonic,  instrumental,  and  stylistic 
characteristics  of  jazz  are  analyzed.  Attention  is  given  to  the  work  of  creative 
jazz  artists  like  Louis  Armstrong,  Charles  Parker,  and  Duke  Ellington. 

28.202  Black  Artist  in  Music  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  study  of  the  contributions  of  black  composers  and  black  performers  to  the 
world  of  music. 

28.220  Music  Criticism  and  Aesthetics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Examines  major  critical  and  philosophical  views  regarding  the  art  of  music. 
Traditional  concepts  regarding  the  relationship  of  form  to  content  and 
communication. 


Drama  and  Speech 


29.100  Public  Speaking  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  principles  and  techniques  of  effective  modern  speaking;  emphasis 
on  conversational  delivery  and  clear,  concise  composition  through  group 
procedures,  impromptu  speaking,  and  the  handling  of  short  expository  forms. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

29.101  Public  Speaking  (Prereq.  29.100)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Speech  patterns  which  involve  effective  discussion;  analysis,  evidence,  and 
reasoning  as  factors  in  convincing  and  persuading  people. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


DRAMA  AND  SPEECH   /    303 

29.102  Effective  Speaking  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

The  study  of  verbal  and  non-verbal  features  of  communicative  and  expres- 
sive utterance.  Consideration  of  principles  and  methods  of  effective  communi- 
cation in  the  preparation  and  delivery  of  various  types  of  speeches. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

29.105  Argumentation  and  Debate 

(Prereq.  29.100  or  29.102  or  by  permission  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Argumentation  and  debate  presented  as  techniques  of  a  free  society,  bring- 
ing reasoned  discourse  to  bear  on  personal  and  social  problems  for  purposes 
of  decision  and  action,  with  attention  being  given  to  the  various  forms  of 
debating  techniques. 
Prof.  Woodnick  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.106  Speech  Fundamentals  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  principles  and  techniques  of  effective  modern  speaking.  Examining 
individual  voice  and  articulation  problems.  Studying  and  applying  basic 
techniques  of  oral  interpretation. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.107  Interpersonal  Communications  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  achieving  of  greater  understanding  of  communication  behaviors  and  the 
establishing  of  the  potential  for  improved  communication  capabilities  in 
face-to-face  interactions  with  people. 

Prof.  Woodnick,  Miss  Rothbard  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.108  Business  and  Professional  Speaking  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  for  the  individual  business  man  and  student  seeking  the  business 
field,  Business  and  Professional  Speaking  offers  practice  in  oral  presenta- 
tions, group  communication,  conference  and  discussion  techniques,  inter- 
view methods  and  occasion  speaking.  The  course  combines  performance 
aspects  as  well  as  case  study  methods  of  communication  on  the  profes- 
sional level. 

Profs.  Woodnick  and  Eastman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.109  Speech  for  the  Theatre  (Prereq.  29.110)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Special  speech  problems  confronting  actors  performing  in  classical  and  con- 
temporary theatre. 

Mrs.  Littlefield  Winter  Qtr. 

29.110  Voice  and  Articulation  4CI.;4Q.H. 
Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  vocal  mechanism;  properly  controlled  breath- 
ing for  phonation;  resonance  and  articulation;  correction  of  individual  voice 
and  articulation  problems. 

Profs.  Woodnick,  Eastman,  and  Mrs.  Littlefield  All  Quarters 

29.111  Oral  Interpretation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Application   of   basic   vocal   techniques  to  the  dramatic   reading  of   prose, 
poetry,  and  drama.  Through  literary  analysis  the  author's  meaning  is  under- 
stood; and  by  means  of  oral  reading  skills,  communicated  to  an  audience. 
Prof.  Eastman                                                                        Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


304  /   DRAMA  AND  SPEECH 

29.112  Advanced  Voice  and  Articulation 

(Prereq.  29.110  or  by  permission  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  and  application  of  vocal  technique  acquired  in  29.110.  Em- 
phasis on  vocal  analysis,  flexibility,  regional  patterns  of  speech. 
Prof.  Woodnick  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.113  Effective  Speaking  Workshop  2  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Communication  through  individual  speaking  and  in  small  group  conferences. 
Staff                                                                               Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.114  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation  (Prereq.  29.111)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Further  development  of  oral  reading  skills  acquired  in  29.111.  In  addition, 
the  course  includes  work  with  accents  and  dialects,  the  study  of  reader's 
theatre,  and  an  investigation  of  classical  and  modern  philosophies  of  the  art. 
Prof.  Eastman  Spring  Qtr. 

29.115  Theories  of  Persuasion  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Persuasive  discourse  as  it  affects  and  refutes  the  process  of  dynamic  social 
change;  approaching  critically  the  theories  of  persuasion  derived  from  histori- 
cal, philosophical  and  psychological  sources  and  their  application  to  con- 
temporary problems  of  politicking,  mass  media,  advertising  as  it  influences 
attitude,  opinion  and  action. 

Miss  Rothbard  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.116  Persuasive  Techniques  (Prereq.  29.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  critical  study  of  the  application  of  the  principles  of  persuasion  to  prepara- 
tion and  delivery  of  speeches  and  to  critical  analysis  of  modes  of  persuasion 
in  representative  speeches. 

Miss  Rothbard  Spring  Qtr. 

29.117  Group  Discussion  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Speaking  as  it  applies  to  the  group  situation;  practice  in  the  art  of  reflective 
thinking;  forms  of  rhetoric  and  development  of  leadership  skills;  active  par- 
ticipation in  actual  group  discussions. 

Prof.  Woodnick  Spring  Qtr. 

29.1 18  Speech  Communication  in  Education  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Through  lectures,  discussions,  and  performance  projects,  an  investigation  of 
such  activities  as  conference  and  discussion  techniques,  both  in  decision- 
making situations  and  as  a  teaching  technique;  personal  interviews;  collective 
bargaining;  and  other  speech  situations  involving  the  teacher's  various 
audiences. 

Prof.  Eastman  Fall  Qtr. 

29.119  Communication  Theory  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  course  designed  to  provide  basic  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the 
processes  involved  in  the  transference  of  meanings;  an  analysis  of  con- 
temporary concepts  of  human  communication.  Projects  in  examining  cases 
of  communication  breakdowns,  feedback  systems,  problems  of  modern  chan- 
nels, and  sender-receiver  analyses. 

Mrs.  Littlefield  Fall  Qtr. 

29.120  Introduction  to  Theatre  Arts  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  brief  view  of  the  historical  development  of  acting,  directing,  and  produc- 


DRAMA  AND   SPEECH   /   305 

tion  design;  emphasis  on  appreciation  of  contemporary  theatrical  forms. 

Staff  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.121  Survey  of  the  Theatre  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  drama  as  a  dynamic  medium  of  human  expression:  histor- 
ical development  of  the  theatrical  form;  reading  and  analysis  of  selected  plays 
as  they  relate  to  form,  genre,  style,  from  the  point  of  view  of  audience  and 
artist. 

Prof.  Blackman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.122  Survey  of  the  Theatre  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  theatre  as  a  collaborative  art  form  (theoretical  and  prac- 
tical) with  an  emphasis  upon  acting,  directing,  design,  lighting  and  the 
necessities  of  theatre  economics. 

Messrs.  Buglio  and  Bailey  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

29.130  Makeup  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  principles  of,  the  reasons  for,  and  the  materials  used  in  makeup  for  the 
theatre,  television,  and  films.  The  practical  application  of  types  and  styles 
of  makeup. 
Mr.  Buglio  Winter  Qtr. 

29.150  Elementary  Acting  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
For  drama  majors  only  or  by  permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental  tech- 
niques of  stage  use;  the  actor  and  his  stage  environment;  improvisations  for 
strengthening  imagination  and  increasing  freedom;  analysis  of  scripts  for 
work  on  performed  scenes. 

Prof.  Kaplan  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.151  Elementary  Acting  II  (Prereq.  29.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Fundamental  analysis  of  the  script  including  physicalizations  and  vocal  scor- 
ing; character  analysis;  scenes  performed  for  classroom  analysis. 

Prof.  Kaplan  Spring  Qtr. 

29.152  Intermediate  Acting  III  (Prereq.  29.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Further  development  of  the  actor's  tools;  script  and  character  scoring;  exer- 
cises for  physical  and  psychological  freedom;  in  class  scenes  as  works  in 
progress. 

Prof.  Kaplan  Spring  Qtr. 

29.156  Stage  and  Body  Movement  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

For  drama  majors  only  or  by  permission  of  instructor.  The  movement  and  con- 
trol of  the  actor's  body  as  a  means  for  theatrical  hieroglyphics. 

29.160  Concepts  of  Direction  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

For  drama  majors  only  or  by  permission  of  instructor.  The  theories  of  dramatic 
presentation  through  analysis  of  selected  historical  directorial  developments; 
purposes  and  techniques  of  theatrical  direction  as  they  relate  to  script  analy- 
sis, production  style,  pictorial  composition,  rhythmic  evolution,  emphatic 
responses. 
Prof.  Blackman  Winter  Qtr. 


306   /    DRAMA  AND  SPEECH 

29.161    Problems  in  Direction  (Prereq.  29.160)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Experimentation  of  theory  related  to  the  staging  of  classical  and  modern 
drama;  analysis  of  plays  for  actual  production;  casting;  rehearsals;  character 
interpretations.   Each  student   is  responsible  for  the   production  of  a  one- 
act  play. 
Prof.  Blackman  Spring  Qtr. 

29.163  Workshop  in  Play  Production  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 

A  course  for  the  recreation  teacher  and  leader  in  school,  camp,  settlement 
house,  playground  to  train  him   in  the  selection,   planning,  and  organiza- 
tion of  both  informal  and  formal  dramatics  activities. 
Mr.  Bailey  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.166  Shakespearean  Production 

(Prereq.  a  course  in  Shakespeare  and  29.161)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  detailed  analysis  of  three  types  of  Shakespearean  plays— the  tragedy 
(the  tragedy  of  blood),  the  comedy,  the  history— with  the  aims  of  discover- 
ing the  production  values  and  of  determining  the  production  methods  to 
mount  the  types  successfully  in  the  modern  theatre. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.170  Scenic  Production  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  which  underlie  scenic  coordination  and  development;  basic  propo- 
sitions governing  techniques  of  dramatic  architecture;  production  materials; 
color  and  light. 

Mr.  Bailey  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

29.171  Design  and  Lighting  (Prereq.  29.170)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  basic  principles  of  design  and  lighting  for  the  stage;  historical  analysis 
of  composition  and  design  from  classical  to  modern  periods;  execution  of 
designs  for  productions. 

Mr.  Bailey 

29.172  Scenic  Design  (Prereq.  29.170)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Practical  problems  of  scene  design  and  methods  of  approach.  Class  work  and 
projects  in  script  interpretation,  the  elements  of  design,  presentation  of 
ideas  including  sketches,  renderings  and  models,  working  drawings,  and 
elevations,  basic  scene  painting,  and  evaluation  of  designs.  Designs  for  uni- 
versity productions  and  laboratory  sessions  for  same. 

Mr.  Bailey  Spring  Qtr. 

29.173  Lighting  Design  for  the  Stage 

(Prereq.  29.170  and  29.172  or  permission  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  principles  and  practices  of  stage  lighting  including  the  qualities  and 
functions  of  light,  lighting  instruments  and  controls,  basic  electricity,  color 
in  light;  drawing  up  lighting  schedules,  plots,  and  cue  sheets.  Students  work 
on  projects  for  class  and  frequently  design  university  productions.  Class  work 
includes  laboratory  sessions  on  lighting  crews  for  same. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.174  Scene  Painting  (Prereq.  29.170  or  permission  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
History  of  scene  painting,  studio  organization,  equipment,  tools,  materials, 


DRAMA  AND  SPEECH   /    307 

and  costs  involved  with  painting  stage  scenery  are  presented.  Projects  and 
exercises  in  the  use  of  different  mediums,  matching  colors,  painting  of 
textures,  light  and  shade  and  the  use  of  stencils  and  physical  textures  are 
explored.   Laboratory  sessions  painting  university  productions. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.175  Costuming  for  the  Stage  4  CI.;  4  Q.H 
The  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  costuming  are  covered  through  a 
combined  lecture/ laboratory  format.  Basic  design  concepts,  techniques  of 
rendering  costume  plates,  pattern  drafting,  draping,  fabric  usage,  and  special 
effects  are  discussed.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  problems  of  costuming 
for  the  high  school  and  college  theatres. 

Mr.  Buglio  Fall  Qtr. 

29.176  Historic  Costume  and  Design  (Prereq.  29.175)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  historic  costume  and  civil  dress  through  the  ages  of  Western 
man,  its  adaptation  and  relevance  to  the  problems  involved  in  designing 
for  the  high  school  and  college  stages  is  the  foundation  for  this  area  of  study. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  use  of  research  sources  for  design  assignments  within 
the  various  periods. 

Mr.  Buglio  Spring  Qtr. 

29.180   Playwriting  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  principles  and  practices  of  modern  dramatic  composition:  characteriza- 
tion, plot,  plot  structure,  dialogue,  and  other  dramaturgical  elements  as  seen 
in  the  one-act  play;  the  writing  of  brief  scenes;  the  dramatic;  and  the  one- 
act  play. 
Prof.  Phillips  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.185  Children's  Theatre  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Theories  and  methods  of  relating  creative  techniques  to  work  with  children's 
programs  in  schools,  churches,  and  recreational  facilities;  analysis  of  litera- 
ture in  preparation  for  production  of  plays  for  children. 

Prof.  Blackman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.186  Educational  Theatre  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Drama  and  drama  activities  in  community,  social,  health,  and  educational 
agencies.  Organizing  and  directing  young  people's  theatre  programs. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.200  History  of  the  Theatre  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  the  theatre  and  the  drama  of  Greece  and  Rome,  medieval 
Europe,  Elizabethan  and  Restoration  England,  and  17th  century  France;  an 
examination  of  play-writing,  acting  styles,  scene  design,  theatre  architecture, 
and  the  relationship  among  these  elements. 

Prof.  Phillips  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.201  History  of  the  Theatre  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  the  European  theatre  of  the  18th,  19th,  and  early  20th 
centuries;  growth  and  development  of  the  proscenium  theatre;  the  emphasis 
upon  naturalistic  and  realistic  presentation;  the  theatre  innovations. 

Prof.  Phillips  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.202  The  Classic  Theatre  of  Greece  and  Rome  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  beginnings  of  theatre  and  its  growth  as  a  potent  institution  and  as  an 


308   /   ENGLISH 

art  form.  A  detailed  study  of  the  interrelation  of  the  dramatic  form  and 
the  theatre  structure  and  the  works  of  the  major  playwrights. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.205  The  Restoration  Theatre  4CI.;4Q.H. 

The  philosophical,  social,  historical,  critical  influences  upon  the  Restoration 
Theatre  and  its  dramatists. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

29.210  The  American  Theatre  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  American  theatre  from  the  Revolutionary  War  to  the  present. 

Prof.  Phillips  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.211  The  Theatre  of  Williams,  Miller,  and  Albee  4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  American  playwright  reflecting  the  current  social,  philosophical,  psy- 
chological dilemma. 

Prof.  Phillips  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.230  Contemporary  Theatre  4  CI.;  4  Cr. 
The  traditional  and  contemporary  forces  that  shape  the  trends  in  present 
day  theatre.  Emphasis  upon  the  works  and  contributions  of  Wilder,  Piran- 
dello, Brecht,  Bolt,  Ghelderode,  lonesco,  Osborne,  Pinter,  the  major  absurd- 
ists, and  the  present  experimentalists. 

Prof.  Kaplan  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

29.231  The  Theatre  of  the  Absurd  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  Theatre  of  the  Absurd  as  a  mirror  of  present  Existentialist  thinking  and 
its  effects  upon  the  history  of  Western  Drama. 

Prof.  Kaplan  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

29.240  Drama  Criticism  4  CI.;  4  Cr. 

An  examination  of  both  the  major  historical  statements  of  a  theory  of  the 
drama  and  contemporary  drama  criticism  as  evidenced  in  journalistic  play 
reviews.  Students  will  prepare  reviews  of  local  productions. 
Prof.  Phillips  Spring  Qtr. 

29.290  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


English 


All  courses  offered  by  the  English  Department  meet  either  four  or  three  times 
a  week,  at  the  instructor's  option.  If  a  course  meets  four  times  a  week,  one 
conference  or  tutorial  hour  is  scheduled;  if  a  course  meets  three  times  a  week, 
two  conference  or  tutorial  hours  are  scheduled.  In  both  instances  the  course 
content  and  the  student's  preparation  time  are  the  same.  All  courses  carry  four 
quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Prerequisite  for  all  English  courses  is  Freshman  English  or  equivalent. 

30.104  Advanced  Expository  Writing  (Prereq.  30.113  or  permission)  4  Q.H. 

A  practical   course  in  writing  direct  prose  with  clarity  and  precision.   In- 
cludes various   methods  of  development;  diction,  style,  tone;  the  article. 


ENGLISH   /    309 

review,  and  other  forms. 

Prof.  Norvish  All  Quarters 

30.108  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  (Prereq.  30.113  or  permission)  4  Q.H. 
Practice  in  various  forms  and  strategies  of  verse,  with  specific  assignments 
in  different  modes;  discussion  and  criticism  of  student  work  and  selected 
texts. 

Mr.  DeRoche  and  Prof.  Robbins  All  Quarters 

30.109  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  (Prereq.  30.113  or  permission)  4  Q.H. 
Practice  in  the  writing  of  fiction,  including  some  longer  forms;  discussion 
and  criticism  of  student  work  and  selected  texts. 

Mr.  Sandberg  All  Quarters 

30.110  Literary  Analysis,  Poetry  4  Q.H. 
Close  reading  of  selected  poems,  mastery  of  critical  terms,  practice  in 
varied  critical  approaches  to  poetry.  A  number  of  critical  papers  will  be 
written.  Required  of  English  majors. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.111  Literary  Analysis,  Fiction  4  Q.H. 
A  formal  study  of  selected  novels  and  short  stories,  mastery  of  critical 
terms,  practice  in  varied  critical  approaches.  A  number  of  critical  papers 
will  be  written. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.112  Literary  Analysis,  Drama  4Q.H. 
A  formal   study  of  selected   plays,   mastery  of  critical   terms,   practice   in 
varied  critical  approaches.  A  number  of  critical  papers  will  be  written. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.113  Freshman  Writing  4  Q.H. 
Important  principles  of  logic  and  rhetoric  applied  to  exposition  and  argu- 
mentation writing;  review  of  sentence  structure,  punctuation,  and  paragraph- 
ing; extensive  reading  and  analysis  of  the  essay  form;  theme  assignments. 
Prof.  Sullivan  and  Staff                                                                      All  Quarters 

30.114  Introduction  to  Literature  (Prereq.  30.113)  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  literary  forms:  poetry,  prose  fiction,  and  drama.  Intensive 
reading  in  various  forms,  and  discussion  of  different  approaches  to  literature. 
Prof.  Lesser  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

30.115  Great  Themes  in  Literature  (Prereq.  30.114)  4  Q.H. 
Content  determined  by  instructor,  who  chooses  a  theme  and  a  number  of 
books  from  different  periods  to  illustrate  it. 

Prof.  Lesser  and  Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

30.120   Introduction  to  Linguistics  4  Q.H. 

Nature  and  origin  of  language;  both  distinctive  and  shared  features  of  the 
Indo-European  languages;  general  phonetics;  Grimm's  and  Verner's  laws; 
effects  of  stress;  economy  of  effort;  analogy;  borrowings;  etymology,  etc. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


310   /    ENGLISH 

30.121    Foundations  of  the  English  Language  4Q.H. 

Development  of  modern  English  from  pre-Anglo-Saxon  beginnings;  effects 
of  the  Scandinavian  invasions  and  of  the  Norman  Conquest;  changes  in 
phonology,  morphology,  syntax,  and  meanings;  sources  of  the  vocabulary; 
the  making  of  words;  dialectology;  English  as  an  international  language;  the 
problem  of  spelling. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.124  Traditional  Grammar  4Q.H. 
A  reappraisal  of  traditional  grammar  in  the  light  of  recent  advances  in 
grammatical  theory;  the  practical  application  of  such  grammar  in  both 
studying  and  teaching  English  as  a  medium  of  expression;  supplementary 
readings  by  way  of  transition  to  the  newer  grammars. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.125  Grammars  of  English  4  Q.H. 
An  attempt  to  understand  and  apply  the  newer  grammar,  especially  the 
structural. 

Mr.  Finney  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.126  Transformational  Grammar  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  the  theories  of  generative-transformational  grammars  by 
Noam  Chomsky  and  others  and  the  development  of  the  skill  to  construct  and 
operate  specific  generative-transformational  grammars. 

Mr.  Finney  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.130  Introduction  to  Semantics  4  Q.H. 

The  relation  between  language  and  behavior;  levels  of  abstraction  in  com- 
munication; habits  of  evaluation  of  linguistic  phenomena,  and  the  modifica- 
tion of  such  habits  in  the  direction  of  human  understanding  and  survival. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.140  The  Novel  of  Violence  4  Q.H. 
An  attempt  to  trace  the  evolution  of  the  "hard-boiled"  hero  in  American 
fiction.  Readings  include  Cooper's  Leatherstocking  novels,  and  the  novels 
of  Ernest  Hemingway,  Dashiell  Hammett,  Raymond  Chandler,  and  Ross 
MacDonald. 

Prof.  Parker  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.141  Science  Fiction  4  Q.H. 
The  myths  and  rhetorical  (scientific  and  pseudo-scientific)  strategies  of 
science  fiction  from  Mary  Shelley's  Frankenstein  through  current  authors 
such  as  Vonnegut,  Bradbury,  Heinlein,  Clarke. 

Mr.  Goshgarian  and  Miss  Roth  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.142  The  Psychological  Novel  4  Q.H. 
Concentration  on  twentieth-century  novels  whose  themes  stress  individual 
behavior  and  motivation  and  whose  form  and  style  often  try  to  imitate  human 
mental  and  emotional  processes  (e.g.,  by  techniques  like  stream-of-conscious- 
ness).  Authors  studied  include  Kafka,  Dostoevski,  Faulkner,  Conrad,  and 
Lawrence. 

Prof.  Sullivan  All  Quarters 


ENGLISH   /   311 

30.143  Autobiography  and  Fiction  4Q.H. 

Autobiography  as  the  product  of  creative  and  therefore  fictional  impulses  is 
studied  by  examining  the  way  autobiographers  shape  the  facts  of  their  lives 
into  patterns  reflecting  attitudes  towards  self.  This  study  is  extended  to  novels 
narrated  by  fictional  self-historians. 
Prof.  Roemer  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.144  Literature  of  the  Absurd  4  Q.H. 
The  aesthetic  structure  and  philosophical  implications  of  such  significant 
"absurdist"  writers  as  Beckett,  Genet,  Vonnegut,  Pynchon,  West. 

Prof.  Kroll  All  Quarters 

30.151  The  Modern  Novel  4  Q.H. 

Outstanding  novels  of  the  20th  century,  with  emphasis  on  literary  trends 

and  implied  social  outlook. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.152  Modern  Drama  4  Q.H. 
Native  and  European  drama  since  1880,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship 
between  drama  and  society  in  the  20th  century. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.154  The  Modern  Short  Story  4  Q.H. 

Selected  British  and  American  writers  of  the  short  story,  with  close  attention 
to  contemporary  practitioners  (Salinger,  Malamud,  Roth)  as  well  as  major 
figures  (Joyce,  Lawrence,  Faulkner). 
Prof.  Griffin  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.170  Survey  of  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

English  literature  to  1800. 

Staff  Fa  1 1  a  nd  Wi  nter  Qtrs. 

30.171  Survey  of  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

English  literature  from  1800  to  the  present. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.180  Survey  of  American  Literature  4  Q.H. 

American  literature  to  1860. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.181  Survey  of  American  Literature  4  Q.H. 
American  literature  from  1860  to  the  present. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.182  Major  American  Novels  4  Q.H. 
An  intensive  analysis  of  the  themes,  forms,  and  techniques  of  American 
novelists  of  the  nineteenth  and  early  twentieth  centuries.  Critical  papers 
will  be  required. 

Prof.  Trachtenberg  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.183  Major  American  Novels  4  Q.H. 

An    intensive    analysis   of   the    themes,    forms,   and   techniques   of   modern 

American  novelists.  Critical  papers  will  be  required. 

Prof.  Trachtenberg  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


312   /    ENGLISH 

30.186  Early  American  Literature  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  early  American  culture  of  the  colonial  and  Federal 
periods.  Letters,  narratives,  verse,  polemics,  the  Federalist  Papers,  etc. 

Prof.  Lesser  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.187  New  England  Renaissance  4  Q.H. 

An   intensive  survey  of  Transcendentalism,  and  relevant  works  of  Melville 

and  Hawthorne. 

Prof.  Yoder  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.188  American  Romanticism  4  Q.H. 
An  intensive  survey  of  Poe,  Melville,  Whitman,  Dickinson,  and  others. 
Prof.  Yoder                                                                              Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.189  American  Realism  4  Q.H. 
American  literature  from  the  Civil  War  to  Norris,  Crane,  Twain,  and  James. 
Prof.  Nagel                                                                     Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.190  Modern  American  Literature  4  Q.H. 
Fiction,  drama,  and  poetry  from  the  turn  of  the  century  to  the  mid-forties. 
Prof.  Nagel                                                                                Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.200  Western  World  Literature  I  4  Q.H. 
The  major  literary  forms  of  classical  Greece,  with  special  attention  to  the 
epic,  drama,  and  dialogue.  In-depth  study  of  selected  works  of  Homer,  Plato, 
Aristotle  and  the  dramatists. 

Prof.  Khiralla  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.201  Western  World  Literature  II  4  Q.H. 
The  major  literary  forms  of  the  Roman  Empire,  with  special  attention  to  the 
epic,  drama,  and  oration.  Emphasis  on  the  works  of  Virgil,  Horace,  Ovid, 
and  Cicero. 

Prof.  Khiralla  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.202  Western  World  Literature  III  4  Q.H. 
The  major  literary  forms  in  the  European  tradition  from  the  medieval  period 
to  the  nineteenth  century.  Selected  readings  from  such  figures  as  Dante, 
Calderon,  Milton,  Racine,  Corneille,  Johnson,  and  Goethe. 

Mr.  Sands  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.203  Western  World  Literature  IV  4  Q.H. 
The  major  literary  forms  of  the  twentieth  century.  Readings  from  major 
American  and  European  figures  are  surveyed,  with  special  emphasis  on  Kafka, 
Camus,  Sartre,  lonesco,  Beckett,  and  Albee. 

Mr.  Sands  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.210  Major  British  Novelists  4  Q.H. 
The  eighteenth-century  English  novel,  with  special  attention  to  Defoe,  Field- 
ing, Smollett,  Sterne,  the  Gothic  novelists,  and  Austen;  the  development  of 
the  English  novel  and  the  characteristic  quality  of  eighteenth-century  fiction. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.211  Major  British  Novelists  4  Q.H. 
The  nineteenth-century  English  novel,  with  special  attention  to  the  Brontes, 


ENGLISH   /   313 

Thackeray,  Trollope,  Eliot,  Meredith,  Gissing,  and  Hardy;  the  Victorian  frame 
of  mind,  as  seen  in  the  novels. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.218  Medieval  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Major  works  in  Middle  English,  including  Sir  Gawain,  Piers  Plowman  and  Pearl. 
Prof.  Blanch  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.219  Major  British  Dramatists:  Restoration  &  18th  Century  4  Q.H. 

Major  dramatists  from  1660-1800.  Among  those  studied  will  be  Etherege, 

Wycherley,  Congreve,  Dryden,  Addison,  Goldsmith  and  Sheridan. 

Mr.  Sands  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.220  Major  British  Dramatists:  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  4  Q.H. 
The  origins,  themes,  form,  techniques,  and  poetry  of  such  dramatists  as 
Kyd,  Webster,  Tourneur,  Fletcher  and  Beaumont,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  works  of  Marlowe,  Jonson  and  Ford. 

Prof.  Dillon  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.221  Major  British  Dramatists:  19th  Century  and  Modern  4  Q.H. 

British  drama  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  poetic  and  experimental  in 
the  works  of  Shaw,  Synge,  Yeats,  O'Casey,  Eliot,  Behan,  Pinter  and  Beckett. 
Prof.  Bernstein  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.222  Chaucer  4  Q.H. 
Chaucer's  early  poems  and  selected  Canterbury  Tales. 

Prof.   Blanch  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.223  Chaucer  4  Q.H. 

Selected  Canterbury  Tales  and  portions  of  Troilus. 

Prof.  Blanch  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.224  Spenser  4  Q.H. 

Selected  early  poems  and  portions  of  the  Faerie  Queene. 

Mr.  Blessington  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.225  Milton  4  Q.H. 
Concentration  on  Milton's  Paradise  Lost  with  supplementary  readings  in  his 
minor  poems  and  prose. 

Mr.  Blessington  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.230  Seventeenth  Century  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Major  writers  of  the  first  half  of  the  century  with  special  emphasis  on  Bacon, 
Jonson   and    the   metaphysical    poets,    Donne   and    Herbert;    the   effect   of 
science  on  the  literature  and  the  thinking  of  the  times. 
Prof.  Howes  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.231  Seventeenth  Century  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 
Major  writers  of  the  second  half  of  the  century  with  emphasis  upon  Dryden 
and  Milton.  Satire  as  a  literary  genre  and  its  relationship  to  the  times. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.236  Eighteenth  Century  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Significant  dramatic  works  of  the  period  and  the  writings  of  Pope  and  Swift 


314  /    ENGLISH 

are  treated. 

Prof.  Weitzman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.237  Eighteenth  Century  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Writings  of  Dr.  Johnson,  Boswell,  and  Blake. 
Prof.  Weitzman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.240  Nineteenth  Century  English  Literature:  The  Romantics  I  4  Q.H. 
The  poetry  of  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  and  related  critical  material; 
the  relationship  between  the  poetry  and  the  time. 

Prof.  Roemer  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.241  Early  Victorian  Literature,  1830-1870  4  Q.H. 
Survey  of  the  major  literary  forms  of  the  period.  Readings  in  Tennyson, 
Browning,  Arnold;  Carlyle,   Mill,   Ruskin;  Dickens. 

Prof.  Sussman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.242  Nineteenth  Century  English  Lit.:  The  Romantics  II  4  Q.H. 
The  poetry  of  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats,  and  related  critical  material;  essayists 
like  Lamb,  Hazlitt,  and  DeQuincey  will  also  be  included. 

Prof.  Roemer  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.243  Later  Victorian  Literature,  1870-1900  4  Q.H. 
Emphasis  on  the  movement  toward  "modernism"  in  the  later  nineteenth 
century.  Readings  in  Pater,  G.  M.  Hopkins,  Wilde,  Hardy  and  the  early  work 
of  G.  B.  Shaw  and  Conrad. 

Prof.  Sussman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.246  Twentieth  Century  Literature  4  Q.H. 
The  modern  movement  in  English  and  American  literature  from  1890  to 
1920,  against  its  background  and  its  context  of  symbolism,  naturalism,  ex- 
pressionism, and  other  related  movements.  Writers  to  be  studied  include 
H.  G.  Wells,  Arnold  Bennett,  the  early  Yeats,  the  early  Frost,  and  the  Georgian 
and  Imagist  Poets. 

Prof.  Roby  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.247  Twentieth  Century  Literature  4  Q.H. 
The  modern  movement  in  English  and  American  literature  from  1920  to 
the  present.  Writers  to  be  studied  include  Hemingway,  Fitzgerald,  Faulkner, 
Yeats,  Virginia  Woolf,  Frank  O'Connor,  Stevens,  W.  C.  Williams,  Auden, 
Thomas,  the  "angry  generation",  the  "new"  poets,  and  fiction  writers  since 
World  War  II. 

Prof.Roby  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.248  Sixteenth  Century  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.250  Shakespeare  4  Q.H. 

A  chronological  approach  to  Shakespeare's  plays,   beginning  with  Romeo 
and  Juliet  and  ending  with  Julius  Caesar.   Emphasis  on  diction,  dramatic 
structure  and  psychology. 
Prof.  Howes  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


ENGLISH   /    315 

30.251   Shakespeare  4Q.H. 

Shakespeare's  middle  and  last  phases;  Hamlet  to  The  Tempest;  selected 

plays. 

Prof.  Howes  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.260  The  Bible  4  Q.H. 

A  close   study  and  textual   analysis  of  selected   books  of  the   Bible.  The 

assigned    texts   are  especially   considered    in   their   historical   and    literary 

aspects. 

Prof.  Blois  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.261  Mythology  4  Q.H. 

The    mythological    patterning   of    human    experience,    the    philological    and 
anthropological  approaches  to  specific  myths,  especially  those  of  the  Greeks, 
and  the  themes  of  sacrifice  and  change. 
Prof.  Blois  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.262.  Literary  Criticism:  Approaches  to  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Exercises  and  readings  in  ancient  and  modern  theories  of  literature.  Included 
are  Marxist,  Freudian,  Jungian  and  New  Critical  theories  as  well  as  selections 
from  Plato,  Aristotle  and  the  Romantics. 
Prof.  Nelson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.263  Modern  Poetry  I  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  modern  poetry.  Poets  studied 
will  include  Hardy,  Yeats,  Robinson,  Frost,  Stevens,  Moore,  Eliot  and  Pound. 
Recommended  for  students  who  have  already  had  an  introductory  course 
in  poetry. 

Prof.  Morse  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.264  Modern  Poetry  11  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  30.263,  with  emphasis  on  the  later  work  of  Eliot  and 
Pound,  Wm.  Carlos  Williams,  the  Objectivists,  the  Fugitives  (Ransom,  Tate, 
Warren),  Auden,  Lowell,  Roethke,  Dylan  Thomas,  and  the  "new  poets"  from 
1945  to  1960. 

Prof.  Morse  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.266  Literary  Criticism:  Myth  and  Archetypal  4  Q.H. 
Exercises  and  readings  in  selected  schools  of  myth  and  archetypal  literary 
criticism. 

Prof.  Nelson  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.267  Afro-American  Literature  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  the  development  and  range  of  black  American  writers,  empha- 
sizing poetry  and  prose  from  the  post-Civil  War  period  to  the  present. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


30.268  Afro-American  Literature 

Continuation  of  30.267. 


30.270,  30.271  Junior  Seminar 


4  Q.H. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

4  Q.H. 
Fall,  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


316   /    FRENCH 

30.272  Studies  in  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

A  seminar  course  on  a  special  topic  which  will  be  announced  in  advance. 
Examples:  The  Pre-Raphaelites;  Literature  and  Psychology;  John  Donne,  etc. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.273  Studies  in  English  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  30.272. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.274  Studies  in  American  Literature  I  4  Q.H. 

A  seminar  course  on  a  special  topic  to  be  announced  in  advance.  Examples: 
Puritanism,  Early  Drama;  The  Genteel  Tradition;  etc. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.275  Studies  in  American  Literature  II  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  30.274. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

30.276  African  Literature  4  Q.H. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

30.280,  30.281   Senior  Seminar  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

30.290,  30.291    Directed  Study  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 

30.295,  30.296  Junior  Honors  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 

30.297,  30.298  Senior  Honors  (each)  4  Q.H. 

All  Quarters 


French 

31.105  Reading  French  in  the  Arts  and  Sciences 

(Prereq.  31.152  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  is  designed  for  those  students  who  wish  to  develop  their  reading 
skills,  v^rithout  regard  to  other  aspects  of  the  language  such  as  speaking  or 
writing.  To  this  end,  the  grammar  necessary  for  reading  is  stressed,  together 
with  vocabulary  building.  Scientific  and  non-scientific  texts  are  read.  This 
course  is  very  helpful  as  well  for  the  students,  graduate  and  undergraduate, 
who  need  to  pass  a  reading  exam  to  fulfill  specific  degree  requirements.  How- 
ever, it  should  be  made  clear  that  this  course  is  not  a  substitute  for  31.115 
and  31.116  (Intermediate  French). 
Mr.  Robinson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.115  Intermediate  French  I  (Prereq.  31.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  grammar,  oral  practice  and  the  reading  of  selected  texts. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  and  Staff 


FRENCH   /    317 

31.11G  Intermediate  French  II  (Prereq.  31.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Continuation  of  31.115,  with  greater  emphasis  on  reading. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  and  Staff 

31.117  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  31.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  course  to  perfect  speaking  and  writing  ability.  The  basis  of  work  will  be 
analysis  of  the  language,  oral  and  written  reports  and  general  discussions. 
Conducted  in  French. 

Prof.  Fabrizi  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.118  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  31.117)  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  31.117,  with  stress  on  individual  work,  free  discussions 
and  compositions.  Conducted  in  French. 

Prof.  Fabrizi  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

31.119  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century 

(Prereq.  31.132  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Narrative  and  dramatic  prose  writers  prior  to  World  War  11,  including  Proust, 
Claudel,  Gide  and  Mauriac. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Offered  in  1973-74 

31.120  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century 

(Prereq.  31.119,  31.132,  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  prose  literature  of  present-day  France  as  illustrated  by  the  works  of 
Sartre,  Camus,  lonesco  and  others. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Offered  in  1973-74 

31.121  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

(Prereq.  31.132  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Romantic  poetry  and  drama,  the  Realist  novel. 
Prof.  Stephan  Offered  1972-73,  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.122  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

(Prereq.  31.121,  31.132,  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Flaubert;  Parnassian  and  Symbolist  poetry. 
Prof.  Stephan  Offered  1972-73,  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

31.123  French  Classicism  (Prereq.  31.132  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
intellectual  currents  and  other  non-dramatic  literature  of  the  seventeenth 
century. 

Prof.  Williams  Offered  in  1973-74 

31.124  French  Classicism  (Prereq.  31.123,  31.132,  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Dramatic  literature  of  the  seventeenth  century.  Plays  of  Corneille,  Moliere, 
and  Racine. 

Prof.  Williams  Offered  in  1973-74 

31.127  French  Literature  in  Translation  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 

An  elective  course  for  all  students.  It  will  offer  a  study  of  some  of  the  most 
significant  works  of  French  literature  in  translation.  The  topic  will  vary  from 
year  to  year.  Language  majors  would  receive  major  credit  for  this  course  only 
by  making  special  arrangements  with  the  instructor  for  extra  work  to  be  done. 
Mr.  Robinson  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


318   /   SPANISH 

31.130  Applied  French  Linguistics  (Prereq.  30.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
For  teachers  or  prospective  teachers  of  French.  Phonemes  and  allophones; 
breath  groups  and  sentences;  intonation  patterns;  comparison  between  oral 
and  written  French. 

31.131  Masterpieces  of  French  Literature  I  (Prereq.  31.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  French  literature.  Selected  works  from  the  Middle 
Ages  to  the  eighteenth  century. 

Prof.  Stephan  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.132  Masterpieces  of  French  Literature  II 

(Prereq.  31.131   or  31.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  French  literature.  Selected  works  from  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries. 
Prof.  Stephan  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

31.140  Eighteenth  Century  French  Literature 

(Prereq.  31.132,  or  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  progress  of  the  philosophical  spirit  and  rationalistic  thinking  as  re- 
flected in  the  works  of  Fontenelle,  Bayle,  Montesquieu,  Voltaire  and  others. 
Conducted  in  French. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Offered  1972-73,  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.141  Eighteenth  Century  French  Literature 

(Prereq.  31.140,  31.132,  31.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  achievements  of  the  spirit  of  Enlightenment  and  the  awakening  of  the 
Romantic  sensibility,  as  seen   in  such  authors  as  Diderot,   Rousseau,  St. 
Pierre  and   Beaumarchais.   Conducted   in   French. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Offered  1972-73,  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

31.151  Elementary  French  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  speaking  and  reading;  progressive  acqui- 
sition of  basic  language  skills. 

Prof.  Williams  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

31.152  Elementary  French  II  (Prereq.  31.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  grammar  study  and  basic  language  skills;  reading  of  French 
of  increasing  difficulty;  practice  in  conversation. 

Prof.  Williams  and  Staff 

31.185  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

31.296,   31.297,   31.298   Honors   Program  (each)   4   Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


Spanish 


32.107  Basic  Conversational  Spanish  I 

(Prereq.  32.152  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Open  to  non-majors  only.  It  will  place  the  emphasis  on  developing  the  stu- 


SPANISH   /   319 

dent's  ability  in  the  oral-aural  area  only.  It  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  lan- 
guage requirement,  subject  to  certain  conditions.  A  student  entering  32.107 
must  continue  with  32.108  in  order  to  satisfy  the  language  requirement.  He 
may  not  take  32.107,  and  then  transfer  to  32.115  and  consider  the  require- 
ment fulfilled. 
Mrs.  Licis  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.108  Basic  Conversational  Spanish  11 

(Prereq.  32.107  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  32.107,  with  continuing  emphasis  on  the  development  of  oral 
facility  in  Spanish. 
Mrs.  Licis  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.109  Readings  in  Spanish  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Open  to  non-majors  only.  It  offers  the  opportunity  to  read  some  of  the  most 
interesting  works  of  Spanish  literature  without  the  intensive  survey  required 
in  Masterpieces.  Conducted  in  English. 
Mrs.  Jolliff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.1 10  Readings  in  Latin  American  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Companion  course  to  32.109.  Emphasis  upon  the  literature  of  Latin  America. 
Conducted  in  English. 
Mrs.  Jolliff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.115  Intermediate  Spanish  I  (Prereq.  32.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Intensive  grammar  review;  reading  of  modern  prose  and  poetry,  with  oc- 
casional oral  or  written  translation;  basic  elements  of  composition  and 
conversation  practice  based  on  assigned  readings. 

Prof.  Modee  and  Staff 

32.116  Intermediate  Spanish  II  (Prereq.  32.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Intensive  reading  of  modern  Spanish  prose  of  moderate  difficulty;  further 
practice  in  composition  and  continued  conversation  practice  based  on 
assigned  readings. 

Prof.  Modee  and  Staff 

32.117  Spanish   Composition   and   Conversation 

(Prereq.  32.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Practice  in  writing  and  speaking  Spanish,  including  written  and  oral  resumes, 
prepared  speeches  and  themes,  impromptu  speaking  and  writing;  a  review 
of  the  more  subtle  problems  of  grammar. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.118  Spanish   Composition  and   Conversation 

(Prereq.  32.117)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Further  practice  in  oral  and  written  Spanish;  continued  study  of  problems 
of  advanced   Spanish   grammar. 
Prof.   Jaramillo  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

32.119  Spanish  American  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.118  or  32.132)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Early  Latin  American  literature;  the  literature  of  the  colonial  period  and  the 


320   /   SPANISH 

early  nineteenth  century  based  primarily  on  selections  from  an  anthology. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.120  Spanish  American  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.119,  32.118  or  32.132)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Modern  Latin  American  literature;  readings  from  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
century  prose  and  poetry. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.121  Spanish  Literature  of  the  iVIiddle  Ages 

(Prereq.  32.118  or  32.132)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selections  from  the  major  works  of  the  Middle  Ages,  from  the  Poema  del  Cid 
to  the  Libra  de  buen  amor. 
Prof.  Modee  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.122  Spanish  Literature  of  the  15th  and  16th  Centuries 

(Prereq.  32.122,  32.132,  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selections  from  the  major  works  of  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries, 
from  La  Celestina  to  Mysticism. 
Prof.  Modee  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.123  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age 

(Prereq.  32.132  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Cervantes;  selections  from  the  Entremeses,  the  Novelas  ejemplares,  and  Don 
Quijote,  with  emphasis  on  the  latter  as  Spain's  greatest  literary  masterpiece. 
Prof.  Kitchin  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.124  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age 

(Prereq.  32.123,  32.132,  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Readings  from  the  comedias  of  Lope  de  Vega.  Tirso  de  Molina,  Calderon  and 
Ruiz  de  Aiarcon;  also  prose  and  poetry  selections  of  Gongora  and  Quevedo. 
Prof.  Kitchin  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.125  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.132  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Readings  in  the  prose,  poetry,  and  drama  of  the  romantic  period,  including 
selections  from  El  Duque  de  Rivas,  Larra,  Espronceda,  Zorriila,  and  Becquer. 
Prof.  Modee  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.126  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.125,  32.132,  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Readings  of  the  major  novels  of  the  regional  and  realistic  periods. 
Prof.  Modee  Offered  in  1973-74 

32.127  Twentieth  Century  Spanish  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.132,  or  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selections  from  the  writings  of  the  Generation  of  '98:  Unamuno,  Valle-lnclan, 
Rfo  Baroja,  Benavente,  Azorin,  and  the  Machado  brothers. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.128  Twentieth  Century  Spanish  Literature 

(Prereq.  32.127,  32.132,  32.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prose  and   poetry  of   modern   writers,   such   as  Ortega   y   Gasset,    Perez   de 


SPANISH   /    321 

Ayala,  Garcia  Lorca,  Juan  Ramon  Jimenez,  Gironella,  and  Jose  Cela. 

Prof.  Jaramillo  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.129  Backgrounds  in  Hispanic  Culture  I 

(Prereq.  32.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Open  to  all  interested  students  with  a  reading  knowledge  of  Spanish.  Provides 
a  multimedia  introduction  to  the  basic  elements  of  Hispanic  culture.  Slides, 
films,  lectures  and  field  trips  will  be  utilized.  It  will  not  offer  major  credit  for 
language  majors.  Conducted  in  English. 
Prof.  Modee  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.130  Backgrounds  in  Hispanic  Culture  II 

(Prereq.  32.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Companion  course  to  32.129.  The  emphasis  in  this  course  will  be  on  the 
culture  of  Latin  America.  Conducted  in  English. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.131  Masterpieces  of  Spanish  Literature  I 

(Prereq.  32.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  Spanish  literature.  Selected  works  from  the  Middle 
Ages  to  the  Siglo  de  Oro. 
Mrs.  Wegmann  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.132  Masterpieces  of  Spanish  Literature  II 

(Prereq.  32.131  or  32.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  Spanish   literature.   Selected  works  from  the  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  centuries. 
Mrs.  Wegmann  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.140  Advanced  Spanish  Proficiency 

(Prereq.  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  for  those  preparing  to  enter  the  teaching  profession,  as  well  as 
qualified   advanced   students.  Advanced  elements  of  Spanish  syntax,  with 
emphasis  upon  achieving  superior  speaking,  reading  and  writing  skills. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.141  Advanced  Spanish  Proficiency 

(Prereq.  32.140  or  consent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  aims  and  goals  of  32.140. 
Prof.  Jaramillo  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

32.151  Elementary  Spanish  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation;  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

32.152  Elementary  Spanish  II  (Prereq.  32.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises;  reading  of  basic 
Spanish  prose. 

Staff 

32.290  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


I 


322   /   GERMAN 

32.296,  32.297,  32.298  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


German 

33.115  Intermediate  German  I  (Prereq.  33.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
German  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  re\/\e\N  of  grammar; 
written  and  oral  exercises. 

Miss  Boehme  and  Staff 

33.116  Intermediate  German  II  (Prereq.  33.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Readings  from  modern  German  prose;  conversational  practice. 

Miss  Boehme  and  Staff 

33.117  German  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  33.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Grammar  review;  written  work;  German  conversation. 

Miss  Boehme  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.118  German  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  33.117)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Free  composition;  oral  reports;  class  discussions. 

Miss  Boehme  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

33.119  Scientific  German  (Prereq.  33.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  grammar;  readings  in  scientific  German:  articles  dealing  with 
chemistry,  physics,  mathematics  and  biology. 

Prof.  Aluf  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.120  The  German  Lyric  (Prereq.  33.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
German  lyric  poetry  from  the  twelfth  century  to  the  present;  analysis  of 
selected  poems;  reports;  discussions. 

Prof.  Aluf  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

33.121  Classical  Period  of  German  Literature 

(Prereq.  33.132  or  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Background  and  general   survey  of  the  period   from    1750  to   1800,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  works  of  Lessing  and  Schiller. 
Prof.  Cooperstein  Offered  every  third  year. 

33.122  The  Works  of  Goethe  (Prereq.  33.121,  33.132  or  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Dramas,  prose  writings,  and  lyric  poetry  of  Goethe;  lectures,  collateral  read- 
ings; reports. 

Prof.  Cooperstein  Offered  every  third  year. 

33.123  Nineteenth  Century  German  Literature 

(Prereq.  33.132  or  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Background  and  general  survey  of  German  literature  in  the  nineteenth  century, 
with  particular  attention  to  prose  and  lyric  poetry. 
Prof.  Cooperstein  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.124  German  Drama  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

(Prereq.  33.123,  33.132  or  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Plays  by  Kleist,  Hebbel,  Grillparzer,  and  Ludwig;  lectures,  collateral  readings, 


GERMAN    /    323 

reports. 

Prof.  Cooperstein  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

33.125  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century 

(Prereq.  33.132,  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Recent  German  literature,  particularly  prose  and  lyric  poetry. 
Prof.  Cooperstein  Offered  every  third  year. 

33.126  German  Drama  of  the  Twentieth  Century 

(Prereq.  33.125,  33.132,  or  33.118)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Plays  by  Schnitzler,   Hofmannsthal,  Wedekind,   Kaiser,  Toller,   Unruh,  and 
Wiechert. 
Prof.  Cooperstein  Offered  every  third  year. 

33.127  German  Literature  in  Translation  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Elective  open  to  all  students.  It  will  offer  a  study  of  some  of  the  most 
significant  works  of  German  literature  in  translation.  The  topic  will  vary  from 
year  to  year.  Language  majors  would  receive  major  credit  for  this  course 
only  by  making  special  arrangements  with  the  instructor  for  extra  work  to 
be  done. 

Mrs.  Andrea  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.128  German  Literature  in  Translation  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Companion  course  to  33.127.  Readings  will  center  around  the  theme  of  "The 
Search  for  Identity".  Novels  and  plays  by  such  20th  century  German  authors 
as  Mann,  Rilke,  Frisch  and  DiJrrenmatt  will  be  read. 

Mrs.  Andrea  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

33.131  Masterpieces  of  German  Literature  I  (Prereq.  33.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Reading  of  selections  of  German  literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  through  the 
Classical  period. 

Miss  Barrus  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.132  Masterpieces  of  German  Literature  II 

(Prereq.  33.131  or  33.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Reading  of  selections  from  the  major  works  of  the  Classical  period  through 
the  20th  century. 
Miss  Barrus  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

33.151  Elementary  German  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation;  acquisition  of  a  basic 
vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

Prof.  Aluf  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

33.152  Elementary  German  II  (Prereq.  33.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
More  difficult  points  of  grammar;  reading  of  simple  German  prose,  with  oral 
and  written  exercises. 

Prof.  Aluf  and  Staff 

33.290  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

33.296,  33.297,  33.298  Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


324   /    RUSSIAN 


Russian 

34.115  Intermediate  Russian  I  (Prereq.  34.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  to  further  the  student's  knowledge  of  Russian  through  oral  and 
written  work,  the  study  of  grammar  and  reading  in  texts  of  moderate  difficulty. 
Mr.  Ford 

34.116  Intermediate  Russian  (Prereq.  34.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  work  and  aims  of  34.115. 

Mr.  Ford 

34.117  Russian  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  to  develop  skills  in  speaking  and  writing  of  colloquial  Soviet  usage 
of  the  Russian  language.  Classroom  work  is  supplemented  by  tapes. 

Mr.  Ford  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

34.118  Russian  Composition  and  Conversation  (Prereq.  34.117)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  34.117. 

Mr.  Ford  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

34.119  Scientific  Russian  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Scientific  readings  in  the  areas  of  mathematics,  chemistry,  physics  and 
biology.  It  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  a  specialized  vocabulary 
and  grammatical  understanding  of  the  texts. 

Staff 

34.120  Russian  Expository  Prose  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Selected  readings  of  lectures,  speeches,  essays  and  critical  studies  by  out- 
standing Russian  scholars. 

Staff 

34.121  Russian  Short  Story  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

(Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Detailed  analysis  of  selected  short  stories  of  the  nineteenth  century  read  in 
Russian,  and  the  study  of  the  development  of  the  genre. 
Staff  Offered  on  alternate  years. 

34.122  Russian  Drama  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Detailed  analysis  of  selected  representative  plays  read  in  Russian,  and  the 
study  of  the  development  of  this  genre. 

Staff  Offered  on  alternate  years. 

34.123  Russian  Folklore  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Various  genres  of  Russian  folk  literature  are  read  in  Russian,  and  the  read- 
ings are  supplemented  by  lectures  and  tape  recordings. 

Staff  Offered  on  alternate  years. 

34.124  Russian  Poetry  (Prereq.  34.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  major  works  of  important  classical  and  modern  poets  are  read  in  Russian 
and  analyzed. 

Staff  Offered  on  alternate  years. 


ITALIAN    /    325 

34.125  Pushkin's  Artistic  Prose  (Prereq.  consent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Reading  of  Pushkin's  major  prose  fiction  in  the  original,  accompanied  by 
stylistic  and  structural  analyses.  Background  materials  and  articles  of  criti- 
cism to  be  consulted.  Individual  oral  presentations  by  students  (in  English) 
and  research  papers  (in  English)  by  arrangement  with  instructor. 

Prof.  Spiegel  Offered  on  alternate  years. 

34.126  Pushkin's  Narrative  Poetry  (Prereq.  consent)  4  CI.;  4  QH. 
Reading  of  Pushkin's  narrative  poems  in  the  original,  accompanied  by  the 
study  of  the  author's  poetic  techniques  and  devices.  The  evolution  of  this 
genre  will  be  examined  in  the  light  of  literary  trends,  influences  and  con- 
troversies.  Research  papers  on  selected  topics  in   English. 

Prof.  Spiegel  Offered  on  alternate  years. 

34.151  Elementary  Russian  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation  and  progressive  acquisi- 
tion of  a  basic  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

Prof.  Spiegel  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

34.152  Elementary  Russian  li  (Prereq.  34151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  grammar  study;  oral  and  written  exercises. 

Prof.  Spiegel  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

34.290  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


Italian 


35.115  Intermediate  Italian  I  (Prereq.  35.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  grammar,  oral  practice  and  the  reading  of  selected  texts. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

35.116  Intermediate  Italian  II  (Prereq.  35.115)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  35.115,  with  greater  emphasis  on  reading. 

Prof.  Fabrizi  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

35.1 17  Italian  Composition  and  Conversation  I 

(Prereq.  35.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  course  to  perfect  speaking  and  writing  ability.  The  basis  of  work  will  be 
analysis  of  the  language,  oral  and  written  reports  and  general  discussions. 
Conducted  in   Italian. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

35.1 18  Italian  Composition  and  Conversation  II 

(Prereq.  35.117  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  35.117,  with  stress  on  individual  work,  free  discussions  and 
compositions.  Conducted  in  Italian. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


326   /   JOURNALISM 

35.131  Masterpieces  of  Italian  Literature  I 

(Prereq.  35.116  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in   Italian  literature.  Selected  works  from  the  Trecento 
to  the  eighteenth  century. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

35.132  Masterpieces  of  Italian  Literature  II 

(Prereq.  35.131  or  35.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  Italian  literature.  Selected  works  from  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries. 
Prof.  Fabrizi  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

35.151  Elementary  Italian  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  speaking  and  reading;  progressive  ac- 
quisition of  basic  language  skills. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

35.152  Elementary  Italian  II  (Prereq.  35.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  grammar  study  and  basic  language  skills;  reading  of  Italian 
of  increasing  difficulty;  practice  in  conversation. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


Journalism 

38.101  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  American  journalism  from  European  and  English  begin- 
nings; the  problems  and  contributions  of  the  "Colonial  Press",  the  Revolu- 
tionary War  period,  the  "Party  Press",  the  "Penny  Press",  and  the  leading 
contributions  to  early  American  journalism;  the  evolution  of  freedom  of  the 
press  and  the  concurrent  responsibility  of  the  press  media  to  this  freedom; 
some  writing. 

Prof.  Speers  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

38.102  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  38.101  from  mid-nineteenth  century;  America's  great  per- 
sonal journalists  and  mass  circulation  "giants"  and  their  contributions: 
Greeley,  Bennett,  Raymond,  Dana,  Grady,  Nelson,  Ochs,  White,  Medill, 
Pulitzer,  Hearst,  Scripps,  Howard,  McCormick  and  others;  the  relationships 
of  journalism  to  such  events  as  the  Civil  War,  the  Spanish-American  War; 
the  unfolding  principles;  some  writing. 

Prof.  Speers  Spring  Qtr. 

38.103  Fundamentals  of  Newswriting  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Functions  of  the  editorial  department  and  procedures  in  obtaining  and 
writing  news  stories;  extensive  practice  in  writing  news  stories. 

Mrs.  Ackerman  and  Mr.  Pothier  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

38.104  Fundamentals  of  Newswriting 

(Prereq.  38.103  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Problems  of  reporting  and  news  writing  with  written  assignments  in  various 


ECONOMICS   /    327 

types  of  spot  news  reporting. 

Mrs.  Ackerman  and  Mr.  Pothier  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

38.105  Techniques  of  Journalism 

(Prereq.  38.104  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Advanced   practice    in   writing   news   stories   along   with   editorials,    feature 
stories,  criticisms,  etc. 
Mrs.  Ackerman  and  Mr.  Pothier  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

38.106  Techniques  of  Journalism 

(Prereq.  38.105  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Editing  the  news  with  practice  in  copy  editing,  headline  writing,  and  news- 
paper makeup. 
Mrs.  Ackerman  and  Mr.  Pothier  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

38.107  The  Press  and  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  relationships  of  the  press  media  to  American  society;  the  various  roles 
of  the  press;  the  unfolding  legislative  pattern  before  and  after  the  First 
Amendment;  some  outstanding  court  cases  concerning  the  press  such  as 
contempt  of  court,  licensing,  taxing  the  press;  relationships  between  the 
press  and  the  U.S.  Post  Office.  A  study  project,  working  with  professional 
newspapers,  is  required. 

Prof.  Speers  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

38.108  The  Press  and  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Some  of  the  major  legal  considerations  concerning  the  press  media,  such 
as  libel  and  slander;  right  of  privacy;  the  public's  "right  to  know";  some 
current  and  past  restrictive  legislation.  A  study  project,  working  with  pro- 
fessional newspapers,  is  required. 

Prof.  Speers  Spring  Qtr. 

38.121   Television  Newswriting  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Techniques  of  writing  for  television  news  as  opposed  to  writing  for  other  news 
media:  the  marriage  of  script  to  various  video  outputs;  importance  of  the 
writer-reporter  in  both  his  new  roles  as  a  field-producer  and  a  writer-producer; 
terms  and  language  used  in  the  production  of  TV  news  shows.  Actual  individ- 
ual production  of  student  news  shows;  field  trips  to  TV  stations;  guest  lectur- 
ers from  the  TV  news  media. 

38.190  Directed  Study  in  Journalism  4  Q.H. 

Consent  of  Instructor. 

Fall,  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


Economics 

Unless  otherwise  stated,  a  prerequisite  for  all  advanced  economics  courses 
is  2  Quarters  of  a  basic  economics  course,  such  as  39.105  and  39.106,  or 
39.115  and  39.116,  or  39.125  and  39.126.  Exceptions  to  this  prerequisite 
made  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor. 


328   /    ECONOMICS 

39.105  Principles  of  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  macroeconomic  analysis;  review  of  national  income  con- 
cepts; national  income  determination,  fluctuation,  and  growth;  role  of  the 
banking  system  a'nd  the  Federal  Reserve  System;  government  expenditures 
and  taxation;  international  trade;  balance  of  international  payments. 

Staff  Fall   and   Winter   Qtrs. 

39.106  Principles  of  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  role  of  a  market  pricing  system,  demand  and  supply,  in  determining  the 
allocation  of  resources  to  competing  uses  and  why  this  system  may  not 
function  adequately  in  certain  areas;  application  of  economic  principles  to 
private  and  public  problems  in  such  areas  as  pollution,  poverty,  racial 
discrimination,  etc. 

Staff  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

39.115  Principles  and  Problems  of  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  the  conceptual  aspects  of  economics;  the  flow  of  national 
income;  economic  growth  and  fluctuation;  the  role  of  money  and  banking; 
monetary  and  fiscal  policies;  emphasis  on  developing  conceptual  tools  for 
use  in  the  analysis  of  economic  problems  facing  modern  society. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.116  Principles  and  Problems  of  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  basic  theory  of  demand,  supply  and  market  price;  applica- 
tions to  selected  microeconomic  problems,  such  as  basic  economics  of 
monopoly  and  competition,  poverty,  race  and  discrimination,  urban  affairs, 
pollution  and  other  problems  which  relate  to  the  role  of  the  pricing  system 
in  resource  allocation  and  income  distribution. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.125  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Macroeconomic  problems,  theory  and  policy;  basic  economic  concepts  and 
the  institutional  setting  of  the  American  economic  system,  its  goals  and 
problems;  national  income  and  product  definition  and  measurement;  the 
theory  of  income  determination;  the  relation  between  prices  and  money; 
the  mechanics  of  commercial  banking  operations,  central  banking  and  mon- 
etary policy;  government  and  fiscal  policy;  appraisal  of  stabilization  policies; 
economic  growth  theory  and   problems. 

Prof.  Herman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.126  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Explanation  of  elements  of  demand,  supply  and  cost,  market  pricing,  and 
allocation  of  resources;  application  of  market  theory  to  selected  current 
areas  of  concern:  pollution,  poverty,  racial  discrimination,  urban  problems, 
monopoly  and  competition,  etc. 

Prof.   Herman  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

39.190,  39.191  Directed  Study  4  Q.H. 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  member  of  the  Department  on  a 
chosen  topic.   Limited  to  qualified  seniors  majoring  in  Economics  with  ap- 


ECONOMICS   /    329 

proval  of  Department. 
Staff 

39.250  Statistics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Data  presentation,  descriptive  statistics,  probability  and  inference,  choice 
and  properties  of  estimators,  hypothesis  testing,  bivariate  regression  and 
correlation  (and  analysis  of  variance). 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.251  Statistics  (Prereq.  39.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Problems  inherent  in  employing  statistical  methods  for  the  quantification  and 
testing  of  economic  theory.  Topics  include:  multicollinearity,  simultaneous 
equation   bias,  autocorrelation,   and   identification. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.255  Microeconomic  Theory  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  detailed  study  of  supply  and  demand  analysis;  various  elasticity  con- 
cepts and  applications;  theory  of  consumer  demand;  theory  of  production; 
derivation  of  cost  curves;  detailed  analysis  of  pricing  and  output  behavior  in 
the  several  market  structures  with  their  welfare  implication;  the  pricing  of 
resources. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.256  Macroeconomic  Theory  4  ci.;  4  Q.H. 
Investigation  of  the  conceptual  and  empirical  problems  of  creating  and 
using  national  accounts;  price  index  problems;  conceptual  and  empirical 
evaluation  of  several  consumption  and  investment  functions,  and  their 
policy  implications;  multiplier  and  accelerator  models;  a  brief  history  of 
recent  cyclical  fluctuations.  Theories  of  inflation  and  growth  are  analyzed 
in  the  light  of  recent  economic  history. 

Prof.  Shelby  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.259  European  Economic  Development  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
Economic  inheritance  of  the  nineteenth-century  development  of  capitalism 
and  laissez-faire;  the  aftermath  of  the  Industrial  Revolution;  European  over- 
seas expansion.  The  twentieth  century;  the  world  wars;  the  dissolution  of 
empires;  American  economic  conquest  and  European  integration;  the  future 
of  less  developed  areas  in  southern  Europe.  Environmental  impact  of  indus- 
trialism and  the  implications  of  technological  society. 

Prof.  Schachter  Fall  Qtr. 

39.260  American  Economic  Development  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Economic  development  of  U.S.  from  colonial  period  to  the  present;  his- 
torical changes  in  available  factors;  economic  institutions  and  technologies; 
special  attention  to  preconditions  of  industrialism;  U.S.  Industrial  Revo- 
lution, its  spread  and  socioeconomic  consequences;  Great  Depression; 
subsequent  rise  of  mixed  economy  and  welfare  state;  U.S.  adjustments  to 
postwar  economic  changes. 

Prof.  Shelby  Spring  Qtr. 


330   /    ECONOMICS 

39.261    Economic  History  of  Less-Developed  Countries  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  problems  of  initiating  and  sustaining  growth  in  selected  third  world 
countries  during  the  last  200  years,  with  emphasis  on  traditional  vs.  con- 
temporary economic  development.  Role  of  Western  society;  impact  of  tech- 
nological and  structural  changes;  relations  between  states  and  economic 
enterprises. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

39.265  Money  and  Banking 

(Prereq.  only  39.105,  39.115  or  39.125)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  nature  and  function  of  money,  credit,  and  monetary  standards,  and 
the  role  of  our  monetary  and  banking  system  in  the  economy.  Topics  include 
commercial  banking,  monetary  theory  and  policy,  the  role  and  instruments 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  and  international  monetary  problems. 
Prof.  Caligaris  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

39.266  Government  Finance  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Fiscal  functions,  institutions  and  politics;  growth  of  the  public  sector;  ex- 
penditure planning  in  theory  and  practice;  cost-benefit  analysis;  principles  of 
taxation  and  tax  incidence;  major  taxes  at  Federal  and  state-local  levels; 
fiscal  policy  for  high  employment,  price  stability  and  growth;  current  fiscal 
problems  such  as  tax  reform,  urban  fiscal  problems,  fiscal  federalism  and 
income  maintenance  programs. 

Prof.  Musgrave  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.267  Economics  of  Urban  Transportation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Transportation  and  land  use  patterns;  externalities;  social  costs  and  social 
benefits  of  various  modes  of  urban  transportation;  ownership,  regulations,  and 
financing  of  various  modes  of  transportation;  economies  of  new  technology  in 
urban  transportation. 

Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

39.268  Urban  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  inquiry  into  the  causes  of  the  location  and  the  growth  of  urban  centers; 
economic  analysis  of  selected  urban  problems. 

Prof.  Brown  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.269  Urban  Economic  Problems  and  Policies  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Sequel  to  Urban  Economics;  detailed  analysis  of  urban  problems,  such  as 
housing,  transportation,  land  use,  public  services.  Exploration  of  public  poli- 
cies related  to  such  problems. 

Prof.  Brown  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.271  Social  Control  of  Economic  Activities  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Historical  development  of  the  government's  role  in  economic  affairs.  The 
relationships  between  the  government  and  industry,  labor,  agriculture,  public 
utilities,  consumers;  economy  in  general;  antitrust  laws  and  their  effects 
on  market  structure  and  performance;  theoretical  analysis  of  interaction  of 
various  sectors  of  the  economy. 
Prof.  Horowitz  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


ECONOMICS   /    331 

39.273  Industrial  Organization  and  Public  Policy  (Prereq.  39.255)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  theoretical  framework  for  analysis  and  evaluation  of  the  static  and 
dynamic  performance  of  real  markets.  An  examination  of  the  empirical 
studies  testing  the  usefulness  of  applying  theory  to  real  markets.  An  exami- 
nation of  antitrust  as  a  public  policy  designed  to  promote  better  market 
performances. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

39.275  Labor  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Examination  of  the  economics  of  the  labor  market  and  the  labor  force  and 
of  the  institutions  and  policies  dealing  with  them;  employment,  unemploy- 
ment, wage  determination,  income  distribution,  and  the  development  and 
efficient  use  of  labor  resources;  development  of  trade  unions;  collective  bar- 
gaining issues  and  their  economic  consequences. 
Prof.  Herrnstadt  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

39.277  Economics  of  the  Quality  of  Urban  Environment  and  Control 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Economic  analysis  of  air,  water,  thermal  and  noise  pollution;  the  utiliza- 
tion of  urban  space  and  other  urban  resources;  identification  of  possible 
economic  effects  of  urban  environment,  such  as  crime,  delinquency,  immo- 
bility, and  congestion,  etc. 
Prof.  Swanson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.278  Poverty  and  Discrimination  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Dimensions  of  poverty  in  America;  the  economics  of  race  and  racism;  analysis 
of  other  contributors  to  income  and  wealth  inequities:  age,  education  and 
sex  discrimination;  domestic  and  world  poverty. 

Prof.  Kidder  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.279  Manpower  and  Anti-Poverty  Policies  and  Programs  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Sequel  to  the  Economics  of  Poverty  and  Discrimination;  assessment  of  gov- 
ernment and  private  efforts  to  fight  poverty  and  improve  the  labor  market 
position  of  impoverished  groups;  relationship  between  causes  of  poverty 
and  discrimination;  and  possible  remedies.  Manpower  training  programs, 
negative  income  tax,  family  allowances  and  other  income  maintenance 
schemes. 

Prof.  Herrnstadt  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.280  Comparative  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Competing  types  of  theoretical  economic  systems;  analysis  of  organization 
and  operation  of  currently  existing  types  of  Communist,  Socialist,  and  Cap- 
italist economies;  comparison  and  evaluation  of  economic  behavior  and  per- 
formance of  different  economic  systems. 

Profs.  Shelby  and  Schacter  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

39.281  Mathematical  Economics  I 

(Prereq.  10.105;  calculus  not  required)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  first  course  in  the  application  of  simple  mathematical  analysis  to  econom- 
ics. Solutions  of  simultaneous  equations,  properties  of  determinants,  static, 


332   /    ECONOMICS 

input-output  analysis,  national  income  and  general  equilibrium  models,  linear 

programming. 

Prof.  Coelen  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


39.282  Mathematical  Economics  II 

(Prereq.  39.281  or  permission  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  calculus  for  economists;  comparative  statics,  optimization 
theory,  examples  from  economic  theory;  introduction  to  dynamic  economic 
models. 
Prof.  Coelen  Spring  Qtr. 

39.285  Economic  Development  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Prospects  for  economic  growth  in  poor  nations  as  indicated  by  economic 
analysis  and  historical  experience;  social,  cultural,  and  institutional  deter- 
minants of  growth;  implications  for  the  international  position  and  policies  of 
the  U.S. 

Prof.  Schachter  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.286  International  Economics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  the  theory  of  international  trade,  and  its  role  in  resource  allo- 
cation;   implications   of  economic   welfare;  foreign   exchange;   the  balance 
of  payments  mechanism;  and  problems  of  disequilibrium  and  adjustment. 
Prof.  Lapan  Spring  Qtr. 

39.288  Economic  Growth  and  Instability  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Measurement  and  cost  of  economic  growth  and  instability;  long-run  models 
and  explanations  of  aggregate  growth;  short-run  models  and  causes  of  fluctu- 
ations in  output,  employment,  and  prices;  long-run  projections  and  short-run 
forecasts  of  aggregate  change;  policies  for  optimal  growth  and  stability. 
Prof.  Shelby                                                                          Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

39.289  Advanced  Economic  Theory  (Prereq.  39.255  and  39.256)  4  CI.;  4Q.H. 
Advanced  theoretical  treatment  of  selected  topics  in  microeconomics  and 
macroeconomics.  Recommended  for  studer.ts  planning  to  take  graduate 
economics. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

39.291  Senior  Economic  Seminar  (Prereq.  39.255  and  39.256)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Course  for  senior  Economics  majors;  coordinating  and  applying  economic 
concepts,  methodology,  and  data  to  contemporary  issues  and  problems  of 
broad  social,  economic,  and  philosophical  importance. 

Prof.  DeCicco  Spring  Qtr. 

39.292  History  of  Economic  Thought  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Comprehensive  course  of  study  in  the  development  of  economic  thought. 
Coverage  includes  mercantilism  as  the  first  economic  doctrine;  analysis  of 
older  classical  school,  its  later  refinements  (modern  marginalism),  and  its 
important  critics  (Socialists,  Marxists);  Keynesian  and  modern  developments. 
Prof.  DeCicco  Spring  Qtr. 


ACCOUNTING   /   333 

39.293  Estimation  and  Forecasting  of  Economic  Models  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  methods  of  econometric  estimation  and  forecasting.  Coverage  includes 
topics  in  various  statistical  techniques;  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
construct  their  own  models  and  use  computer  facilities  for  estimation  and 
forecasting. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

39.294  Quantitative  Methods  {Prereq.  39.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  applied  quantitative  methods  of  decision  theory  in  economic 
systems  with  emphasis  on  programming,  optimization,  and  decentralized 
approaches  to  optimal  static  and  dynamic  decision  rules  in  specific  policy 
(government  and  business)  applications. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

39.295,  39.296,  39.297,  39.298   Honors  Program  (each)  4  Q.H. 

Prof.  DeCicco  All  Quarters 


Accounting 


41.111  Accounting  Principles  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  nature  and  purpose  of  accounting;  measuring  business  operations  and 
financial  position.  Accounting  for  business  assets;  an  exploration  of  the  rela- 
tionship between  business  activity  and  accounting. 

Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

41.112  Accounting  Principles  II  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Accounting  for  financing  business;  a  study  of  the  uses  of  accounting  data; 
general  and  special  purpose  reports  to  interested  parties;  appraising  the 
results  of  business  activity;  income  tax  considerations. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

41.118   Principles  of  Accounting  8  CI.;  8  Q.H. 

Covers  the  content   of  courses  41.111   and   41.112.    Intended   for  transfer 
students. 

Staff  Summer  and  Fall  Qtrs. 

41.201    Introduction  to  Accounting— I.E.  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

To  acquaint  engineering  students  with  the  basic  purposes,  principles,  and 
practices  of  financial  accounting;  to  discuss  cost  patterns  and  measurements 
in  terms  of  their  limits  and  usefulness;  and  to  familiarize  students  with 
managerial  accounting  including  such  topics  as  break-even  analysis,  budgets, 
standard  costs,  and  capital  budgets. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.205  Cost  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  cost  theory  and  practice;  cost  data  as  management  tool;  cost  volume- 
profit  analysis;  introduction  to  capital  budgeting. 
Profs.  Anderson,  Carter,  and  O'Connell  All  Quarters 


334   /   ACCOUNTING 

41.207  Analysis  of  Financial  Statements  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Preparation  of  accounting  statements;   uses  of  ratios  and  analytical   state- 
ments; composition  of  statements  and  statement  classification;  fund  and  cash 
flow  analysis. 
Prof.  Malchman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.210  Accounting  Principles  (Prereq.  39.116)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

For  Liberal  Arts  undergraduates.  Accounting  as  an  analytical  tool  of  manage- 
ment; financial  statement  analysis;  corporate  financial  reporting;  investments; 
financial  planning. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.213  Federa  II  ncome  Taxes  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  basic  survey  of  the  Federal  tax  structure;  an  appreciation  and  understanding 
of  the  impact  of  taxation  on  business  decision.  Application  of  tax  principles 
will  be  illustrated  by  specific  problems.  Estate  and  trust  planning. 
Prof.  Malchman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.251  intermediate  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  emphasis  is  on  accounting  theory  and  concepts  together  with  an  analysis 
of  the  special  problems  that  arise  in  applying  these  concepts  to  financial 
accounting.  Areas  discussed  include  the  basic  accounting  process,  cash  re- 
ceivables, liabilities,  and  inventory  valuation. 

Profs.  Curran,  Carter,  and  Malchman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.252  Intermediate  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  the  discussion  of  the  traditional  structure  of  accounting 
theory  and  its  underlying  issues  together  with  an  evaluation  of  the  conflicts 
and  shortcomings  in  accounting  concepts.  Areas  discussed  include  invest- 
ment in  productive  resources  and  accounting  for  corporations. 

Profs.  Curran,  Carter,  and  Malchman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.253  Cost  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  accumulation  of  cost  data  for  managerial  analysis  and  control;  process 
cost  accounting  and  the  costing  of  by-products  and  joint  products. 

Profs.  Carter  and  Curran  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.254  Cost  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.253)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Estimated  cost  systems;  budgetary  control  with  standard  costs;  the  cost  and 
profit  analyses  for  decision-making  purposes. 

Profs.  Carter  and  Curran  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.257  Auditing  (Prereq.  41.252)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Designed  to  give  the  Accounting  major  a  thorough   knowledge  of  auditing 
through  the  application   of  auditing  principles  and  adherence  to  auditing 
standards;  the  ethics  of  the  profession  together  with  the  impact  of  new  and 
advanced  audit  techniques. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


ACCOUNTING   /    335 

41.260  Taxes  (Prereq.  41.263)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  Federal  taxation  as  it  applies  to  individuals,  partnerships,  and  corpora- 
tions. 
Prof.  Malchman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.262  Accounting  Theory  and  Practice  (Prereq.  41.252)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Objectives  are  1)  to  discuss  the  theory  and  practice  of  mergers  or  con- 
solidations, and  acquisitions  including  a  discussion  of  the  purpose  and  nature 
of  consolidated  statements,  special  problems  in  consolidations  and  prepara- 
tion of  consolidated  statements;  2)  to  examine  the  theory  and  practice  of 
corporate  financial  reporting  and  some  of  the  controversies  in  accounting; 
and  3)  to  examine  the  literature  which  discuss  the  behavioral  dimensions  of 
some  aspects  of  accounting  including  the  use  of  accounting  to  measure 
human   resources. 

Prof.  Slavin  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41 .263  Accounting  Planning  and  Control  (Prereq.  41.254)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
From  the  viewpoint  of  accounting  as  a  part  of  an  information  system  for 
planning.  It  begins  with  the  traditional  budgetary  plan,  examines  its  limita- 
tions as  a  planning  tool,  and  discusses  the  concept  of  planning  for  decision 
making.  It  includes:  performance  evaluation,  the  determination  of  relevant 
data,  cost-benefit  analyses,  the  use  of  standards  and  their  integration  with 
budgetary  controls,  mathematical  approaches  to  prediction  and  budgetary 
controls,  and  equipment  replacement  and  lease-buy  models.  The  final  part 
of  the  course  will  examine  the  reporting  process  for  control  and  performance 
measurement;  for  short-term  and  for  long-term  planning,  and  determining 
what   information   is  most   useful. 

Prof.  Slavin  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.264  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (Prereq.  41.252)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Planned  primarily  for  those  students  who  intend  to  enter  the  area  of  profes- 
sional accounting.  Topics  include  partnerships,  installment  sales,  consign- 
ments, home  office  branch  relationships,  consolidations,  governmental  and 
institutional  accounting. 

Prof.  Malchman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.265  Management  Accounting  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  to  study  management  decision-making,  including  planning  and  con- 
trol, from  the  accountant's  point  of  view.  Involves  designing  and  analyzing 
the  relevant  accounting  system.  The  accountant's  role  as  a  consultant  to 
management  is  also  considered. 

Prof.  Farrar  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

41.266  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems  (Prereq.  41.262)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Accounting  and  reporting  problems  of  the  accounting  profession.  Concepts, 
conventions,  and  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Publications  of 
the  AICPA,  SEC,  and  other  professional  or  governmental  bodies,  it  will  study 
past  CPA  examinations  to  determine  trends  in  accounting  practice.  Some  of 
the  topics  to  be  covered  are:  price-level  accounting,  pension  plans,  leases, 
income  tax  allocation,  accounting  of  non-profit  organizations,  governmental 
accounting. 

Prof.  Malchman  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


336   /    MARKETING 

41.267  Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions  (Prereq.  41.260)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Objective  is  to  instill  in  the  manager  an  appreciation  of  the  federal  income 
tax  implications  of  management  decisions.  Topics  covered  include:  form  of 
business,  lease  or  buy,  mergers  and  acquisitions,  net  operating  losses,  com- 
pensation policy,  capital  investments,  and  other  areas.  The  focus  of  the 
course  ranges  from  small  firms  to  large  firms. 

Prof.  Richards  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

41.268  Appraisal  of  Management  Enterprise  (Prereq.  41.113)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  uses  of  accounting  data  and  the  audit  function  in  evaluating  manage- 
ment performances.  Designed  to  examine  the  usefulness  and  limitations  of 
accounting  data  in  management  appraisal,  the  course  also  discusses  the  need, 
means,  and  feasibility  of  accountants  providing  an  appraisal  of  management 
which  goes  beyond  the  conventional  financial  statements.  Among  topics  dis- 
cussed are:  the  attest  function  and  possible  extensions;  behavioral  aspects 
of  using  accounting  data  for  performance  evaluation;  the  accountant's  role 
as  a  consultant;  and  "management  auditing".  Students  without  prerequisite 
may  get  permission  of  instructor. 

Prof.  Farrar  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


Marketing 


43.120  Introduction  to  Marketing  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  overview  of  marketing  and  its  role  both  within  the  firm  and  within  society, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  pervasive  interrelationships  between  dynamic  dimen- 
sions of  the  environment,  marketing  activities,  consumer  attitudes,  and  con- 
sumer behavior.  Open  as  elective  to  non-CBA  sophomore  and  upper-class 
students. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

43.125  Consumer  Problems  of  the  70s  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  public  control  of  marketing  effort.  Elective  open  to  all  upperclassmen. 
Prof.  Collazzo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.221  Current  Issues  in  Marketing  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Reading,  analysis,  and  discussion  of  current  and  controversial  topics  in 
domestic  and  international  marketing.  Upper-class  elective  for  non-Marketing 
majors. 

Prof.  Collazzo  Summer  Qtr. 

43.222  Marketing  Policies  and  Problems  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Management's  analytical  approach  in  a  variety  of  firms  to  product  planning, 
channels  of  distribution,  advertising,  personal  selling,  sales  promotion,  pric- 
ing, and  marketing  research.  Upper-class  elective  for  non-Marketing  majors. 
Prof.  Minichiello                                       Every  other  year,  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.223  Introduction  to  Advertising  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  overview  of  advertising  and  its  role  in  our  society.  Advertising  is  examined 


MARKETING   /   337 

1)  as  part  of  marketing,  2)  as  a  communications  process,  3)  as  a  viable  social 

and  economic  force.  All  upperclassmen. 

Prof.  Dufton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.233  Retail  Management 

(Prereq.  43.120  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4'CI.;  4  Q.H. 
From  a  marketing  management  point  of  view,  the  activities  and  contributions 
of  major  retailing  institutions,   including  department  and  specialty  stores, 
supermarkets,  and  discount  outlets.  Upper-class  elective. 
Prof.  Minichiello  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

43.235   Marketing  Channels 

(Prereq.  43.250  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Marketing  structures  and  institutions;  their  evolution,  functions,  interrelation- 
ships, and  the  management  of  their  role  in  the  marketing  process.  Upper-class 
elective. 
Prof.  Verma  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.240  Marketing  Research 

(Prereq.  43.251  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  use  of  marketing  research  as  a  tool  in  planning  and  controlling  marketing 
activities,  including  an  introduction  to  the  application  of  behavioral  and  quan- 
titative concepts  in  the  solution  of  marketing  programs.  Upper-class  elective. 
Required  for  Marketing  juniors. 
Prof.  Wiseman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.242   Sales  Management  (Prereq.  43.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Creation,  management,  and  appraisal  of  the  sales  force.  Case  studies  and 
discussions,  plus  selected  readings.  Junior  and  senior  elective. 
Prof.  Morrison  Spring  Qtr. 

43.244  Quantitative  Methods  for  Marketing  Management  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  study  of  the  contribution  that  quantitative  techniques  and  the  use  of  the 
computer  can  make  to  decision-making  in  marketing  and  related  business 
policy  areas.  Junior  and  senior  elective. 
Prof.  Verma,  Prof.  Wiseman  Spring  Qtr. 

43.250  Marketing  Management  I  (Required  of  Mktg.  Majors.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  market  analysis  and  the  design  and  implementation  of 
marketing  strategies.  A  primary  concern  is  the  appraisal  of  the  environment 
of  business  and  marketing  activities  with  particular  emphasis  on  factors  affect- 
ing the  nature  and  extent  of  consumer  demand.  An  upper-class  elective  pre- 
requisite to  a  number  of  elective  Marketing  courses.  Open  to  non-Marketing 
majors  in  middler,  junior,  and  senior  years. 

Prof.  Minichiello,  Prof.  Verma  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.251  Marketing  Management  II  (Prereq.  43.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  43.250.  Based  on  understanding  of  business  and  marketing 
environment  and  of  consumer  demand,  this  quarter  of  the  course  focuses  on 


338   /    MARKETING 

the  interrelated  roles  of  product,  price,  distribution  and  promotion  in  the 
development  and  operation  of  marketing  programs.  Upper-class  elective  re- 
quired of  Marketing  middlers. 
Prof.  Dufton  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

43.261  International  Marketing  4Ci.;  4  Q.H. 
The  opportunities,  methods,  and  policies  in  management  of  international  mar- 
keting programs.  Upper-class  elective. 

Prof.  Verma  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.262  Advertising  Management 

(Prereq.  43.251  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  advertising  management  through  class  discussions  of  case  studies 
selected  to  illustrate  means  of  achieving  proper  balance  and  coordination  of 
advertising  with  other  elements  in  the  marketing  mix.  Junior  and  senior 
elective. 
Prof.  Dufton 

43.265  Industrial  Marketing 

(Prereq.  43.250  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  marketing  of  products  where  business  firms  are  the  potential  customers. 
Upper-class  elective.  Open  to  juniors  and  seniors. 
Prof.  Morrison  Spring  Qtr. 

43.270  Senior  Seminar  in  Marketing  (Prereq.  43.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  in  depth  of  selected  topics  in  marketing.  The  subjects  explored  will 
differ  each  time  the  seminar  is  offered,  dependent  upon  the  research  interests 
of  the  instructor.  An  elective  course  open  only  to  seniors. 

Senior  Members  of  the  Dept.  Spring  Qtr. 

43.271  New  Product  Development  (Prereq.  43.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  primary  concern  is  with  the  examination  and  analysis  of  the  problems 
which  firms  face  in  directing  and  managing  their  new  product  development 
activities.  Open  to  seniors  only. 

Profs.  McDonald,  Verma  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.272  Marketing  to  Low-Income  Consumers  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  consumer  buying  behavior  and  of  current  business  marketing 
practices  and  opportunities  in  low-income  markets  and  areas.  Upper-cTass 
elective. 

Prof.  Dufton  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

43.275  Foundations  of  Consumer  Behavior  (Prereq.  43.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Economic,  behavioral,  and  other  models  of  consumer  behavior  are  examined 
as  bases  for  the  planning  and  evaluation  of  marketing  effort.   Upper-class 
elective. 
Profs.  Dufton,  McDonald  Spring  Qtr. 

43.277   History  of  Marketing  Thought  (Prereq.  43.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  analytical  survey  of  the  evolution  of  marketing  and  marketing  thought. 


FINANCE   AND    INSURANCE   /    339 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  changes  in  the  role  of  marketing  as  practiced  by 

busines  firms  and  as  viewed  by  society.  All  upperclassmen. 

Prof.  Collazzo  Every  other  year,  Spring  Qtr. 

43.278  Competitive  Strategy  (Prereq.  43.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  capstone  marketing  course  for  seniors  majoring  in  Marketing.  At  a  policy 
level,  the  focus  is  upon  the  formulation  and  implementation  of  marketing 
strategy  in  a  dynamic  environment.  Senior  elective,  required  of  Marketing 
seniors. 
Prof.  McDonald  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Finance  and  Insurance 

44.120  Introduction  to  Financial  Activity  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Acquaints  students  with  the  important  analytical  tools,  habits  of  thought, 
concepts  and  knowledge  surrounding  the  management  of  the  flow  of  funds 
within  the  corporation.  Deals  with  the  firm's  demand  for  capital,  sources  of 
capital,  management  of  assets,  dividend  payments,  and  forecasting  of 
funds  needs. 
Prof.  Cossaboom  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

44.144  Management  of  Financial  Institutions  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  broad  range  of  decision-making  problems  faced  by  major  financial  institu- 
tions such  as  commercial  banks,  savings  and  investment  institutions,  and 
finance  companies  when  viewed  as  competitive,  profit-seeking  business  enti- 
ties. The  course  will  consider  such  topical  areas  as  the  nature  and  scope  of 
the  capital  markets  confronting  these  institutions,  specialized  problems  with 
regard  to  the  sources  and  uses  of  funds  of  the  financial  institutions,  the 
nature  of  competition,  the  regulation  of  the  financial  institutions,  and 
strategic  policy  planning  of  financial  institutions. 
Prof.  Fletcher 

44.150  Corporate  Financial  Management  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Extends  a  student's  grasp  of  theory  and  analytical  tools  and  concepts  which 
have  general  applicability  in  most  profit-  and  nonprofit-seeking  organizations 
through  readings  and  case  discussions.  Such  analysis  is  primarily  concerned 
with  the  evaluation  of  expected  benefits  from  invested  capital  in  relation  to 
its  costs  and  availability.  While  techniques  of  economic  appraisal  are 
stressed,  the  course  also  aims  to  locate  financial  valuation  within  the  overall 
structure  of  the  administrative  decision  concerned  with  the  allocation  of  an 
organization's  financial  resources. 

Profs.  Cerullo,  Kaen,  Fletcher,  Marple  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

44.151  Interpreting  Financial  Data  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Seeks  to  develop  the  capacity  for  utilizing  properly  the  outputs  of  the  financial 
accounting  process  for  purposes  of  financial  management  and  the  associated 
decision-making  tasks.  The  specific  objectives  are  fourfold:  1)  an  under- 
standing of  the  differences  between  cash  flows  and  reported  profit  (i.e.  net 


340  /  FINANCE  AND  INSURANCE 

income);  2)  an  awareness  of  the  implications  of  "generally  accepted  account- 
ing principles"  for  financial  management;  3)  recognition  of  the  need  for 
balancing  attention  to  profitability  matters  with  concern  for  balance  sheet 
considerations  (e.g.  liquidity  and  solvency);  and  4)  an  understanding  of  the 
auditor  in  achieving  creditability  with  respect  to  financial  data.  Contemporary 
issues  in  financial  reporting  are  examined  with  the  view  of  illuminating  the 
basic  ideas  of  the  course. 
Profs.  Caplan  and  Cerullo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

44.159  Small  Business  Finance  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Investigates  the  financial  requirements  of  smaller  businesses  and  the  sources 
of  funds  open  to  them.  Methods  of  financial  control  in  the  small  business  are 
covered,  as  well  as  requirements  of  financing  institutions.  The  problem  of 
obtaining  adequate  equity  financing  and  equity  sources  is  highlighted. 

44.160  International  Financial  Management  (Prereq.  44.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  issues  and  problems  encountered  by  the  finance  function  of  an  interna- 
tional firm.  Considers  the  investment  and  financing  decisions  of  a  firm  in  the 
context  of  an  international  or  multi-country  environment.  Specific  topics  in- 
clude capital  budgeting,  capitalization  policies,  the  use  of  Eurocurrency  and 
Euro-bond  markets,  and  liquidity  management  by  the  international  firm. 
Prof.  Kaen 

44.161  Financial  Control  Systems  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  control  process  in  the  management  of  any  organization  and  the  role  of 
systematic  financial  controls  in  facilitating  that  process.  The  needs  of  finan- 
cial managers,  as  key  participants  in  the  process,  are  given  particular  atten- 
tion. The  relationships  between  financial  planning  activities  and  financial 
control  are  examined.  Other  areas  of  emphasis  in  the  course  include  pro- 
fit planning,  budgeting,  performance  evaluation  and  incentives  tied  to  meas- 
ured performance. 

Prof.  Caplan 

44.162  Risk  Management  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  concept  of  risk  and  the  ways  of  dealing  with  it  including  risk  reduction, 
risk  combination,  and  insurance.  Considerations  of  cost  and  risk  management 
in  comparison  to  the  risk-cost  preferences  of  the  insurer  are  examined. 

44.240  Personal  Finance 

(Open  to  CBA  students  only  with  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  management  of  the  total  personal  estate;  budgeting,  savings,  insurance; 
investments,  borrowing,  taxes,  social  security,  pensions,  annuities,  securities 
markets,  mutual  funds,  and  their  integration. 
Prof.  Cerullo  All  Quarters 

44.242  Capital  Structure  (Prereq.  44.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Business  management  problems  related  to  raising  the  supply  of  funds  needed 
by  the  firm  to  accomplish  management's  business  objectives.  Standard  and 
innovative  types  of  securities  and  financing  arrangements  are  surveyed  along 


FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE   /    341 

with  techniques  for  determining  the  best  mix  of  financing  sources  for  the 
firm.  Student  teams  will  be  assigned  to  study  and  report  on  the  financing 
problems  and  actions  of  several  local  firms. 
Prof.  Cossaboom 

44.243  Capital  Budgeting  (Prereq.  44.150)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  allocation  of  corporate  resources  to  long-term  uses  within  the  firm,  in- 
cluding the  development  of  investment  opportunities  as  well  as  systems  for 
their  evaluation  and  selection. 
Prof.  Marple 

44.250  Life  Insurance  (Prereq.  44.162)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Modern  approaches  to  personal  and  business  uses  of  life  insurance;  emphases 
are  on  principles  and  the  underlying  reasons  for  the  various  contract  provi- 
sions, actuarial  computations,  underwriting  practices,  and  legal  doctrines. 
Includes  an  introduction  to  the  types,  organization,  and  functions  of  life 
insurance  companies. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

44.252  Property  and  Liability  Insurance  (Prereq.  44.162)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Modern  approaches  to  insurance  against  financial  loss  from  the  destruction 
of  property  or  from  legal  liability  to  others  because  of  accidental  occurrences; 
special  emphasis  on  underlying  reasons  for  various  contract  provisions,  under- 
writing practices,  and  legal  doctrines  related  to  the  various  lines  of  property 
and  liability  insurance.  Includes  an  introduction  to  the  types,  organization, 
and  functions  of  property  and  liability  insurance  companies. 

44.255   Estate  Planning  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Estate  planning  is  essential  for  anyone  who  intends  to  advise  others  in  the 
area  of  financial  planning  or  has  the  need  and/or  desire  to  accumulate  funds 
for  himself  or  his  dependents.  It  is  concerned  both  with  the  accumulation  of 
capital  and  its  preservation.  The  objective  of  financial  planning  is  to  provide 
essential  information  necessary  to  make  intelligent  decisions  and  a  knowl- 
edge of  available  alternatives.  Expertise  in  this  field  requires  an  understand- 
ing of  methods  of  integrating  life  insurance  into  an  overall  financial  plan;  a 
knowledge  of  basic  information  concerning  wills,  trusts,  gifts,  etc.;  methods 
of  funding  business  continuation;  and  estate  liquidity  requirements. 

44.260   Financial  Planning  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  review  and  evaluation  of  the  theory  and  practice  related  to  forecasting  busi- 
ness and  financial  operations  on  both  short  and  long  run.  Particular  attention 
is  paid  to  controlling  operations  within  goals  and  plans  established  by  man- 
agement and  within  constraints  imposed  by  the  industry  and  national  econ- 
omy. The  relationship  of  the  business  enterprise  with  the  national  economy 
is  stressed. 
Prof.  Hehre  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

44.270  Investment  Management 

(Prereq.  44.272  or  perm,  of  instructor)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Seminar  in  investment  theory  and  practice.  Major  emphasis  is  placed  upon 


342   /    FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE 

portfolio  construction  and  management  in  the  context  of  current  and  com- 
peting theories  of  investment  management  and  capital  market  behavior.  The 
topics  covered  include  an  examination  of  the  Randem  Walk  Theory  of  stock 
market  behavior,  technical  analysis  and  various  models  for  evaluating  security 
and  portfolio  risk  and  return  characteristics.  In  addition,  the  impact  that 
aggregate  economic  policies  have  upon  investment  management  is  consid- 
ered. Student  reports  and  research  projects  are  an  integral  part  of  this  course. 

44.272  Security  Analysis  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Evaluating  the  risk  and  return  characteristics  of  securities  such  as  common 
stock,  preferred  stock,  corporate  bonds  and  government  bonds.  The  objective 
of  this  evaluation  is  the  eventual  construction  of  investment  portfolio  for 
either  an  individual  or  an  institution.  Topics  covered  include:  an  interpreta- 
tion of  capital  market  behavior  in  the  context  of  security  evaluation;  security 
valuation  theory  and  techniques;  and  a  rudimentary  introduction  into  portfolio 
theory  and  management.  This  is  accomplished  through  lectures  and  the 
presentation  of  industry  reports   by  the  students. 

44.275  Money  and  Economic  Activity  (Prereq.  44.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

It  was  said  that  "Money  is  that  institution  which  brought  humanity  from  a 
primitive  stage  into  civilization"  and  there  is  much  truth  in  this  statement. 
An  American  industrial  society  oriented  toward  general  welfare  and  stability 
is  also  inconceivable  without  the  help  of  a  sound  and  well-organized  mone- 
tary and  banking  system.  In  this  spirit,  the  study  of  money  and  economic 
activity  will  enrich  the  background  of  any  student  in  business  and  finance 
with  valuable  knowledge  for  becoming  an  enlightened  manager  and  citizen  of 
tomorrow. 

44.281   Seminar  in  Finance 

(Prereq.  44.150,  44.151,  44.260,  44.275)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  objective  of  this  course  is  twofold:  (1)  to  investigate  items  of  current  con- 
cern to  the  financial  world  either  of  a  theoretical  or  practical  nature;  and  (2) 
to  allow  the  student  of  finance  the  opportunity  to  research  a  topic  of  his  own 
choice  in  depth.  Such  topics  as  are  approved  by  the  instructor  will  be  re- 
ported on  to  the  class  by  the  students.  All  students  are  required  to  submit 
written  reports  and  to  participate  in  discussions  and  critiques. 
Prof.  Hehre  and  Staff 

44.290  Business  Ethics  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  survival  of  our  American  economic  system  depends,  to  a  considerable 
degree,  on  the  faith  the  public  has  in  the  integrity  of  our  business  leaders. 
Their  decisions  are  emulated  and  affect  our  national,  ethical,  and  economic 
health.  Individual  student  participation  in  this  course  assists  students  in 
recognizing  the  added  complexity  brought  to  business  problems  by  a  consid- 
eration of  ethics  and/or  responsibility  and  helps  students  to  construct  and 
solidify  a  personal  code  of  ethics  which  they  may  follow  in  their  own  careers. 
Prof.  Willett 

44.295  The  Development  of  the  Capitalistic  System  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  arguments  surrounding  the  nature  and  func- 


MANAGEMENT   /    343 

tioning  of  the  American  Capitalistic  system  and  Capitalism  in  general.  One 
school  of  thought  accuses  the  system  of  being  monopolistic,  whereas  another 
school  defends  the  system  as  being  competitive.  Around  this  argument, 
excerpts  from  the  work  of  great  economists  are  used  to  show  the  development 
of  tools  of  analysis  for  a  better  understanding  of  Western  Capitalistic  society 
and  its  problems. 
Prof.  Rugina 


Management 


45.1 12   Business  Policy  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Corporate  strategy  and  its  elements  including  an  analysis  of  the  company, 
its    resources    and    opportunities,    its    environment    and    decision    makers. 
Emphasis  on  decision  making  and   implementation  of  strategy. 
CBA  Faculty  All  Quarters 

45.1 14  Social  Change  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Extends  the  students'  understanding  and  awareness  of  the  dynamics  of  group 
behavior  by  intensive  experiential  involvement,  particularly  through  the  use 
of  situational  scenarios  in  which  the  classroom  setting  becomes  the  research- 
learning  laboratory.  Selective  use  will  be  made  of  related  research  on  groups 
primarily  to  provide  confirmatory  or  contrary  data  for  heuristic  purposes. 
Prof.  Rochwarg  Spring  Qtr. 

45.115  Small  Group  Behavior  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Seminar  which  surveys  contemporary  views  of  varying  persuasions  about  the 
determinants,  directions,  and  projected  effects  of  a  rapidly  changing  society 
on  the  behavior  of  individuals,  groups,  and  institutions  such  as  the  industrial 
organization.  This  is  fundamentally  a  readings/discussion  seminar  and  the 
class  size  will  be  limited  to  students  having  a  serious  interest  in  examining 
a  range  of  conceptual  views  on  the  nature  of  revolutionary  social  change  in 
this  decade,  explicating  its  manifest  signs,  and  projecting  its  implications. 
Prof.  Rochwarg  Spring  Qtr. 

45.120  Organization  and  Management  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  language,  environment,  and  structure  of  organization  and  management  as 
it  applies  to  business  and  other  forms  of  economic  activity  and  to  the  roles 
of  various  functional  areas  within  the  firm. 
Prof.  Keith  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

45.160   Operations  Planning  and  Control  (Prereq.  45.265)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Intended  to  prepare  a  student  to  develop  a  plan  for  an  enterprise  to  respond 
to  a  customer's  demand.  Equally  important,  the  student  will  gain  insight 
into  the  control  function  necessary  in  operations.  The  topics  covered  include: 
the  development  of  the  planning  and  control  system,  inventory  planning  and 
control,  forecasting  for  production  planning,  and  operations  scheduling. 
Prof.  Olive  Spring  Qtr. 


344   /    MANAGEMENT 

45.209  Organization  Behavior  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Applies  concepts  from  the  behavioral  sciences  to  an  understanding  of  the 
behavior  of  people  in  organization  settings.  Focus  is  on  systematic  approaches 
to  understanding  behavior;  looking  at  people  as  individuals  and  as  members 
of  small  groups;  and  determining  implications  for  management.  Emphasis  on 
the  development  of  student  skills  in  applying  behavioral  concepts  to  situa- 
tional problems. 

Profs.  Lent,  Rochwarg,  Timmons,  Walker  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

45.210  Organization  Behavior  II  (Prereq.  45.209)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  study  of  behavior  of  people  in  organizations.  Initial  focus  is 
on  behavior  of  people  in  two-person  relations  and  as  members  of  separate 
groups.  Later  focus  is  on  the  understanding  in  large  complex  organizations 
and  simultaneous  development  of  student's  skill  in  planning  and  achiev- 
ing change. 

Profs.  Otiewski,  Rochwarg,  Timmons,  Walker  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

45.212   New  Venture  Creation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Relevant  for  those  who  are  interested  in  small  business.  Designed  to  assist 
students  to  answer  for  themselves  a  number  of  important  issues.  The  princi- 
pal aim  of  the  course  is  to  provide  students  with  a  systematic  and  intelligent 
basis  for  assessing  their  potential  and  appropriateness  for  an  entrepreneurial 
career.  Its  main  objectives  are:  1)  help  in  assessing  entrepreneurial  orienta- 
tion and  commitment;  2)  enable  students  to  become  aware  of  managerial 
skills  and  behavioral  requirements  necessary  for  achievement;  3)  help  in 
assessing  entrepreneurial  potential;  4)  help  in  the  formation  of  a  plan  for 
accomplishing  personal  and  entrepreneurial  objectives. 
Prof.  Timmons  Spring  Qtr. 

45.214  Systems  Theory  and  Organizational  Behavior 

(Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Purpose  will  be  to  examine  general  systems  theory  and  its  application  to 
organizational  behavior.  The  course  will  focus  on  various  models  of  organiza- 
tions such  as  the  Weberian  model  of  bureaucracy  in  light  of  general  systems 
theory. 
Prof.  Veiga  Spring  Qtr. 

45.250  Business  and  Society  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  developing  external  influences  and  the  business  organization- 
social,  legal,  economic,  cultural,  ethical,  and  technical.  Examination  of  the 
corporation  in  terms  of  its  interactions  with  these  forces.  The  course  focuses 
on  reconciling  the  strains  generated  by  these  societal  factors  and  their  impact 
on  the  management  decision-making  process. 

CBA  Faculty  All  Quarters 

45.251  Comparative  Management  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
How  organization  structure  and  management  processes  are  shaped  by  the 
mission  and  objectives  of  the  organization.  Examination  of  different  types  of 
organizations— various  types  of  profit-oriented  business  organizations,  public 
corporations,   governmental   agencies,   unions,   schools   and   universities,   re- 


MANAGEMENT   /    345 

search  laboratories,  police  and  military  organizations,  hospitals,  trade  associ- 
ations, and  voluntary  organizations. 
Prof.  Marshall  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

45.258  Dynamics  and  Practice  of  Superior-Subordinate  Relations 

(Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Involves  behavioral  theory  and  concepts  applied  to  understanding  and  per- 
formance of  the  leadership  function  of  management  of  organizations.  Various 
laboratory  procedures  will  be  used  in  conjunction  mih  discussion  sessions 
to  highlight  individuals  and  group  concepts  in  problem  sensing,  location,  and 
solution.  Students  will  involve  themselves  in  role  playing  and  other  experi- 
mental exercises  as  a  key  guide  to  understanding.  Students  without  pre- 
requisite may  get  permission  of  instructor. 
Prof.  T.  Anderson  Spring  Qtr. 

45.260  Personnel-Industrial  Relations  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Concerned  with  investigating  man  and  his  institutions  in  the  world  of  work. 
The  actors,  i.e.,  business  organizations,  manager,  workers,  and  unions  will  be 
examined  in  order  to  ascertain  the  assumptions,  objectives,  values,  and  be- 
havior of  each  party  under  a  set  of  societal  constraints.  Among  the  constraints 
to  be  considered  are  technology,  market  or  budgetry,  legal,  public  values,  and 
the  focus  of  power  in  society.  Concerned  with  the  interactions  which  occur 
between  the  parties  in  the  system,  the  student  studies  current  problem  areas 
of  personnel  and  industrial  relations.  The  course  takes  a  dual  viewpoint— that 
of  a  social  scientist  examining  the  system  and  that  of  a  manager  operating 
within  the  system. 

Profs.  Hobart,  Marshall,  and  Otiewski  All  Quarters 

45.261  Interpersonal  Relations  (Prereq.  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  in-depth  study  of  the  process  of  communication  and  understanding  be- 
tween people  at  work.  The  course  will  focus  on  interpersonal  problems  and 
ways  to  facilitate  understanding  in  two-person  settings.  Students  will  develop 
their  own  skills  through  readings,  analysis  of  cases,  and  two-person  exercises 
during  the  course. 

Prof.  Walker  Spring  Qtr. 

45.262  Social  Determinants  of  Collective  Bargaining  Patterns  in 
Professional  Associations  (Prereq.  49.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

In  recent  years  professional  employers  have  become  more  numerous  and  have 
made  more  complex  the  management  of  organizations,  by  introducing  into 
the  employment  relationship  the  issue  of  professional  self-determination  of 
goals  and  responsibilities.  Within  professional  associations  such  as  engineer- 
ing, teaching,  nursing,  and  medicine,  new  structures  have  been  formed  for 
purposes  of  collective  bargaining  as  well  as  more  traditional  economic  issues 
of  salaries  and  working  conditions.  The  purpose  of  the  course  will  be  to 
compare  these  different  structures,  and  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  important 
social  factors.  These  factors  include  the  development  and  present  status  of 
the  profession,  its  level  of  autonomy,  its  self  image  and  the  market  demand 
for  its  service.  Case  analyses,  readings,  guest  lecturers,  and  independent 
research  will  be  utilized. 
Prof.  Hobart  Spring  Qtr. 


346   /   TRANSPORTATION 

45.265  Production  Management  (Prereq.  49.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  management  of  manufacturing  activities.  Topics  include  product  design, 
method  study,  layout,   inventory  and  production  control,  production  stand- 
ards, control  of  quality.  Statistical  techniques  are  emphasized. 
Profs.  Ammer,  Olive,  and  Shore  All  Quarters 

45.275  Labor  Law  (Prereq.  45.260,  39.275)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  changing  judicial  principles  and  statutory  standards  of  employment  and 
management-union  relations  since  1800. 

Prof.  Myers  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

45.276  Seminar  in  Collective  Bargaining  (Prereq.  45.275)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Cases  or  reports  on  problems  faced  by  industrial  relations  department  dealing 
with  employees  through  collective  bargaining;  individual  research. 

Prof.  Myers  Spring  Qtr. 


Transportation 


48.101  Principles  of  Transportation  (Prereq.  39.105)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  political,  social,  and  economic  functions  of  transportation;  development 
and  structure  of  domestic  transportation  system;  the  nature  of  government 
regulation  and  promotion  of  the  several  modes. 

Prof.  Lieb  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

48.102  Current  Issues  in  Transportation  Policy  (Prereq.  48.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  overview  of  the  regulatory  process  and  its  impact  on  the  domestic  trans- 
portation system;  critical  examination  of  topical  policy  issues  which  confront 
carriers,  shippers,  and  the  agencies  of  regulation. 

Prof.  Lieb  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

48.103  Carrier  Management  (Prereq.  48.101)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  transportation  system  from  the  carrier's  viewpoint,  managerial  response 
to  a  heavily  regulated  and  rapidly  expanding  environment;  focus  on  carrier 
decision  making  involving  routes,  scheduling,  financing,  and  pricing  of 
services. 

Prof.  Lieb  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

48.104  Physical  Distribution  Management  (Prereq.  43.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Movement,  distribution,  and  control  of  raw  material  and  finished  goods  flows; 
examination  of  the  importance  of  inventory  control,  scheduling,  warehousing, 
and  transportation  in  the  design  and  operation  of  distribution  systems. 
Prof.  Lieb  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

48.105  Urban  Transportation  (Prereq.  39.105)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Impact  of  private  and  public  transport  systems  on  urban  development;  the 
planning  and  implementation  of  government  programs  concerning  construc- 
tion and  promotion  of  system  alternatives. 

Prof.  Lieb  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


GENERAL   BUSINESS   /    347 

General  Business 

49.100  Introduction  to  Business  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  business  organization  as  a  system  of  interrelated  functions  and  opera- 
tions; the  interactions  between  the  organization  and  its  environment;  and 
the  role  of  management  in  business  organizations. 

CBA  Faculty  Fall  Qtr. 

49.101  Introduction  to  the  Computer  (Prereq.  10.125)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Provides  the  undergraduate  business  student  with  a  basic  computer  capa- 
bility. The  student  will  develop  a  familiarity  with  the  computation  center  and 
experience  in  the  use  of  canned  programs.  Skills  developed  will  be  reinforced 
and  augmented  in  core  and  elective  courses  in  upper-class  years. 

Profs.  Briggs,  Grossman  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

49.107  Small  Business  Management  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

General  management  course.  Focus  is  upon  the  operating  problems  and 
strategies  of  small,  already  established  business  enterprises.  For  individuals 
who  are  considering  management  careers  in  small  business — especially  those 
who  hope  someday  to  be  owner-managers  of  their  firms — or  those  who  are 
likely  to  pursue  careers  (for  example,  in  venture  capital  financing,  venture 
acquisition,  or  small  business  consulting)  which  entail  a  close  interface  with 
small  businesses.  A  main  objective  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  varying 
characteristics  and  the  varying  urgencies  of  the  problems  which  small  enter- 
prises are  likely  to  encounter  at  different  stages  of  their  evolving  life-cycle 
(post-natal  period;  formative  period;  growth  period;  maturing  or  transforma- 
tion period;  etc.). 
Prof.  Olive  Spring  Qtr. 

49.109  Statistical  Methods  for  Data  Analysis  (Prereq.  49.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Examines  some  of  the  most  commonly  used  methods  for  analyzing  large  and 
small  quantities  of  data.  Included  will  be  such  topics  as:  1)  regression  and 
correlation,  2)  chi-square,  3)  discriminant,  and  4)  factor  analysis;  other  areas 
to  be  covered  are  5)  sampling  and  6)  designing  and  analyzing  experiments. 
Extensive  use  will  be  made  of  laboratory  (problem)  sessions  and  of  canned 
computer  programs,  of  which  the  latter  require  no  previous  computer 
experience. 
Prof.  Wiseman  Spring  Qtr. 

49.155  Legal  Aspects  of  Business  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  legal  aspects  of  business  transactions  and  business  relationships  involv- 
ing contracts,  agency,  negotiable  instruments,  suretyship  and  guaranty. 
Profs.  Fiumara  and  Scioletti  All  Quarters 

49.156  Management  Planning  and  Control 

(Prereq.  41.105,  45.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Develops  systematic  and  integrated  framework  of  concepts  and  theory  useful 
for  thinking  about  management  control,  for  designing  and  implementing  sys- 
tems of  management  control.  Integrates  relevant  material  from  the  formal 
disciplines,    particularly   those    in   organizational    behavior,    with    "control." 


348   /   GENERAL  BUSINESS 

Develops  skill  in  analyzing  real-world  situations  involving  management  con- 
trol considerations.  Achieves  higher  level  of  understanding  of  the  interrelated 
nature  of  the  management  control  process  with  other  processes  operating 
within  an  organization  and  the  broader  functional  areas  of  business.  The 
course  will  cover  the  following  topics:  basic  conceptual  framework;  responsi- 
bility centers;  measurement;  expense  centers;  profit  centers  and  transfer 
pricing;  investment  centers;  planning  and  budgeting;  control  reporting;  in- 
centives for  performance;  organizational  relationships  (role  of  controller); 
and  evaluation  of  comprehensive  systems. 
Prof.  Cap  Ian 

49.206  Management  Information  Systems  (Prereq.  49.251)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  design  and  implementation  of  a  computer-based  management  information 
system.  Includes  programming,  flow  diagramming  and  documentation  of 
business  subsystems.  A  term  project  requirement  provides  experience  with 
realistic  design  problems  and  computer  application.  Computer  Model  CDC 
3300  is  used. 
Prof.  Gubellini  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

49.210  Legal  Aspects  of  Business  Organization        (Prereq.  49.155)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  legal  aspects  of  the  typical  forms  of  business  ownership;  the  law  of  sales 
transactions  in  business. 
Prof.  Fiumara  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

49.240  Law  in  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Acquaints  the  student,  as  a  member  of  society,  with  his  legal  rights,  obliga- 
tions and  responsibilities,  applicable  in  his  relationship  with  others  and  with 
the  state. 
Prof.  Fiumara  Fall,  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

49.250  Quantitative  Methods  I  (Prereq.  10.125)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Topics  treated  include  descriptive  statistics,  statistical  inference  (probabil- 
ity, sampling,  payoff  table  analysis,  probability  distributions,  statistical 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  and  Bayesian  statistics).  The  course  will  be 
characterized  by  a  decision-making  orientation. 

Profs.  Borack,  Parsons,  Wiseman,  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

49.251  Quantitative  Methods  II  (Prereq.  49.250)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  the  role  the  model  can  play  as  an  analytical  device 
designed  to  aid  the  decision  maker.  Topics  treated  include:  simple  regression 
and  correlation,  multiple  regression  and  correlation,  exponential  smoothing, 
linear  programming,  network  models,  and  simulation  models. 

Profs.  Borack,  Parsons,  Wiseman,  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

49.258  Accounting  Systems  and  Data  Processing  (Prereq.  41.112)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Concerned  with  information  flows  throughout  the  organization,  the  use  of 
quantitative  decision  techniques  in  planning  and  control,  the  concept  of  the 
integrated  and  the  total  information  systems,  and  the  applications  of  com- 
puter programming  to  business,  non-profit  organizations,  government,  etc. 
Mr.  Grossman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


I 


EDUCATION    FOUNDATIONS   /    349 

49.261  Quantitative  Models  in  Operations  Analysis 

(Prereq.  45.265)4CI.;4Q.H. 
Focuses  on  the  use  of  quantitative  models  as  a  means  of  gaining  insigiit  into 
problems  encountered  in  the  management  of  complex  systems.  The  course 
will  draw  upon  the  techniques  of  linear  programming,  integer  programming, 
transportation  method,  dynamic  programming,  simulation,  and  network  anal- 
ysis. These  techniques  will  be  used  in  the  following  problem  areas:  capital 
investment,  replacement,  materials  handling,  line  balancing,  project  sched- 
uling, and  planning  and  control. 
Prof.  Shore  Spring  Qtr. 

49.262  Independent  Study  4  Q.H. 

For  students  who  have  received  approval  on  their  proposal  to  undertake  inde- 
pendent study  in  lieu  of  any  course  required  in  the  various  concentrations. 
Each  Department  considers  proposals  presented  by  students  to  its  Inde- 
pendent Studies  Committee  for  evaluation  and  approval.  Each  such  proposal 
will  consist  of  a  detailed  outline  of  the  objectives  and  plan  of  study  and  will 
be  accompanied  by  a  supporting  statement  from  the  supervising  faculty 
member  under  whose  direction  the  study  will  take  place. 
A  copy  of  the  final  report  prepared  by  the  student  will  be  presented  to  the 
Departmental  Independent  Studies  Committee.  Further  information  about  the 
Independent  Studies  Program  can  be  obtained  from  the  Department  Chair- 
men and  Area  Coordinators. 
CBA  Faculty  All  Quarters 

Education  Foundations 

50.111  Social  Science  I  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Cultural  Anthropology  and  Education.  Theories  and  concepts  in  cultural  an- 
thropology will  be  studied  with  primary  emphasis  on  their  relevance  to  in- 
formal and  formal  aspects  of  educational  processes.  Considerable  attention 
will  be  devoted  to  the  study  of  cross-cultural  materials  in  order  to  under- 
stand the  educational  process  in  different  cultural  milieus. 

Prof.  Durham  Fall  Qtr. 

50.112  Social  Science  II  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Sociology  and  Education.  The  course  involves  sociological  analysis  of  the 
educational  enterprise  in  the  United  States  and  other  technologically- 
advanced  societies,  including  consideration  of  the  socialization  process,  the 
formation  of  youth  cultures,  and  the  function  of  the  schools  in  these  con- 
texts. Attention  will  be  given  to  the  study  of  the  effects  of  stratification, 
ethnic,  and  racial  factors  on  educational  institutions,  education  and  social 
change,  and  the  school  as  a  social  system. 

Prof.    Brown  Winter  Qtr. 

50.113  Social  Science  III  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Intergroup  Relations  and  Education.  Examination  of  theoretical  and  empiri- 
cal materials  relative  to  the  problem  of  intergroup  relations  and  prejudice. 
Particular  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  role  of  education  in  the  reduction 
of  intergroup  conflict. 

Prof.  Zaiinger  Spring  Qtr. 


350   /    EDUCATION   FOUNDATIONS 

50.114  Education  and  Social  Science  4CI.;4Q.H. 

Introduction  to  the  social  scientific  analysis  of  education;  and,  a  brief  ex- 
posure to  the  methods  and  thinking  of  these  social  sciences.  The  student 
should  develop  an  orientation  to  and  awareness  of  the  complexity  of  the 
educational   scene   in  America  and  the  world  today. 

50.121    Human  Development  and  Learning  I  4CI.;4Q.H. 

Developmental  processes  from  prenatal  life  up  to  adolescence;  theories  of 
learning  and  personality,  with  research  and  case  material  covering  major 
aspects  of  psychological  development. 
Prof.  Nichols  In  charge  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

50.131  Human  Development  and  Learning  II  (Prereq.  50.121)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  Human  Development  and  Learning  I.  Significant  aspects  of 
adolescence;  physical,  social,  and  psychological  factors  as  they  influence 
adolescent  behavior. 

Prof.  Gulo  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

50.132  Creative  Expression  in  Children  (Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Study  of  creativity  and  the  role  which  creative  expression  plays  in  the 
psychological  development  of  the  young  child.  Examination  of  various 
media  (i.e.,  visual,  dramatic,  photographic,  literary)  and  their  use  in  the 
educational   setting. 


50.133  Educational  Applications  of  Social  Psychology 

(Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Focus  on  theory  and  research  in  social  psychology  especially  relevant  to 
education.  Areas  covered  will  be:  prejudice  in  the  classroom;  the  school  as  a 
setting  for  manifestation  of  authoritarian  personality;  attitude  organization 
and  change  in  an  educational  environment;  the  class  and  the  clique  as  "small 
groups";  the  expression  of  need  for  achievement  in  various  school  structures; 
and  related  topics. 


50.134  Mental  Health  in  Teaching  (Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Factors  involved  in  the  choice  of  teaching  as  a  career,  and  of  psychological 
and  occupational  factors  which  contribute  to  teacher  happiness  and  dissatis- 
faction, adjustment  and  maladjustment.  Examination  of  these  factors  will  be 
a  background  against  which  to  consider  a)  what  teachers  can  do  to  foster 
healthy  personalities;  b)  how  to  deal  with  psychological  forces  in  the  class- 
room; and  c)  steps  to  strengthen  the  emotional  development  of  the  normal 
child. 


50.135  Cross-Cultural  Studies  of  Child  Rearing  and  Education 

(Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Investigates  patterns  of  socialization  in  contrasting  cultures,  and  possible 
and/or  demonstrated  resultants  in  areas  of  personal  development  of  concern 


EDUCATION    FOUNDATIONS   /    351 

to  educators.  Readings  will  be  mainly  ethnographic  studies  of  child  rearing 
and  psychological   investigations  of  children  from  contrasting  backgrounds. 

50.136  Language  and  Cognition:  Educational  Implications 

(Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  language  and  thought  in  the  child.  Topics  will  include  con- 
cept learning,  problem  solving,  and  language  acquisition.  Particular  con- 
sideration will  be  given  to  the  implications  of  current  research  and  theory  in 
these  areas  for  educational  practice. 

50.137  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Psychology  (Prereq.  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  in-depth  examination  of  the  motivational,  intellectual,  social,  and  emo- 
tional development  of  adolescents  from  the  end  of  pre-adoiescence  to  the 
beginning  of  young  adulthood.  Emphasis  is  also  on  current  issues  such  as 
drug  use,  sexual  behavior,  and  vocational  problems. 

50.138  Seminar  in  Human  Learning  and  Motivation 

(Prereq.  50.121  or  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Survey  and  analysis  of  the  literature  on  human  learning  and  motivation. 
Emphasis  on  interaction  between  human  learning  and  motivation  in  the 
developmental   process  and   in  the  classroom. 

50.139  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Development  (Prereq.  50.121)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  theory  and  research  regarding  the  cognitive,  personality  and  social 
development  of  children  from  birth  to  six  years  will  be  considered  with 
respect  to  their  implications  for  early  childhood  education.  Various  existing 
programs  will  be  examined  and  new  directions  explored. 

Prof.  Bernheim  Spring  Qtr. 

50.141   Measurement  and  Evaluation  (Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The   fundamentals   of   measurement;    basic   statistical   concepts  and   tech- 
niques used;  evaluation  of  standardized  and  teacher-made  tests. 
Staff  Spring  and   Summer  Qtrs. 

50.151  Backgrounds  of  American  Education  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of  American  education  beginning 
with  old-world  origins;  development  of  American  schools  and  educational 
thought  from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  major 
current  issues  in  education. 
Prof.  Baptiste  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

50.152  Comparative  Education  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Education  in  other  nations.  Relationships  with  the  political,  economic,  social, 
and  cultural  milieu  in  Western  and  Eastern  Europe,  the  Near  and  Far  East. 

50.153  Philosophy  of  Education  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Objective  is  to  help  participants  examine  their  own  purposes  in  relation  to 
those  of  the  school  as  an  institution.  Philosophical  writings  (on  topics  such 


352   /    EDUCATION   FOUNDATIONS 

as  the  ethics  of  educational  intervention,  the  delineation  of  educational  con- 
cepts, the  educational  messages  of  long-range  speculations  and  Utopias,  and 
normative  assumptions  underlying  educational  policies)  and  the  practice  of 
education  in  the  class  will  be  the  main  materials.  Dialogue  will  be  the  main 
method. 

50.154  Current  issues  In  American  Education  4CI.;4Q.H. 

An  analysis  of  the  variety  of  educational  issues  confronting  elementary  and 
secondary  teachers.  Attempts  will  be  made  to  place  issues  in  a  historical 
context,  and  to  expose  students  to  a  variety  of  educational  programs  in  the 
Boston  area  that  are  palpable  efforts  to  deal  with  the  issues. 

50.161   Seminar  in  Group  Process  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  study  of  the  structure,  dynamics,  and  function  of  face-to-face  groups  lead- 
ing to  learning  about  goal  achievement  and  task-orientation  in  our  society 
which  operates  mainly  by  committee  or  group  instrumentation.  A  serious  stu- 
dent should  gain  an  understanding  of  the  function  of  informal  relationships 
within  formal  organizations,  the  various  roles  within  groups,  peer  relation- 
ships, superior-subordinate  relationships,  authority  and  intimacy,  and  the 
inclusion  and  exclusion  processes.  Also  involved  is  the  aspect  of  self- 
understanding.  An  Education  elective  open  to  seniors  only. 
Prof.  Pruce  Spring  Qtr. 

50.163  Schools  as  Social  Systems  (Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  schools  as  socio-cultural  subsystems  within  the  larger  society. 
Functional  interrelationship  between  student  and  school  subcultures;  status 
and  role  systems;  and  authority  structures  in  American  schools. 

50.164  Class  and  Ethnic  Relations  in  Education 

(Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  various  ways  in  which  the  American  class  system  and  patterns  of  ethnic 
group  relations  have  affected,  and  have  been  affected  by,  American  educa- 
tion. The  limitations  and  potential  of  educational  institutions  with  respect  to 
the  resolution  of  inter-group  conflicts  and  the  establishment  of  equal  educa- 
tional opportunities. 

50.165  Organization  and  Politics  of  School  Systems 

(Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  political  sociology  of  school  systems  in  the  U.S.  An  analysis  of  the  power 
and  authority  structures  in  contemporary  education.  Who  decides  what  and 
how?  Who  controls  the  system?  How  are  the  various  interest  groups  organized? 
What  are  the  mechanisms  for  conflict  resolution?  The  relationship  between 
professional  and  non-professional  interest  groups. 

50.166  Teaching  and  the  Service  Professions 

(Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  sociological  analysis  of  the  changing  status  and  roles  of  American  teachers. 
A  sociological  and  social-psychological  profile  of  the  profession  in  terms  of 
social  origins,  recruitment,  training,  organization,  ideologies,  and  professional 
value  systems.  Comparisons  with  other  professions.  Special  attention  will 
be  given  to  the  potential  role  of  the  teacher  as  an  agent  of  social  change. 


EDUCATION  -  INSTRUCTION   /    353 

50.167  Education  and  Psycho-Social  Development 

(Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Theories  and  research  on  the  socialization  functions  of  education.  Discussion 
issues:  the  relative  influence  of  early  vs.  post-childhood  socialization;  pro- 
fessional and  adult  socialization;  the  role  of  diverse  educational  experiences 
and  institutions  in  personality  development  and  change. 

50.168  Education  and  Social  Change 

(Prereq.  50.114  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  sociological  exploration  of  educational  systems  as  independent  and  de- 
pendent variables  in  social  change.  Instances  of  planned  educational  change 
in  various  countries  and  their  implications  for  contemporary  American  society. 


Education  — Instruction 

51.124  Modern  Mathematics  Curricula  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Mathematics  curricula  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools,  including  experi- 
mental programs,  presented  in  their  historical  setting. 

Prof.  McLean  Spring  Qtr. 

51.131  Fundamentals  of  Arithmetic  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Techniques  of  teaching  arithmetic  so  that  underlying  principles  are 
stressed.  Topics  are  selected  to  serve  as  a  foundation  in  mathematics  ap- 
propriate for  any  elementary  program.  Topics  considered  are:  deductive  and 
inductive  reasoning,  numeration  systems,  elementary  concepts  of  set  theory, 
whole  numbers  and  rational  numbers  and  their  properties,  decimal 
numerals,  linear  equations,  and  inequalities. 

Prof.  Clark  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.132  Fundamentals  of  Arithmetic  II  (Prereq.  51.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  Fundamentals  of  Arithmetic  I.  Topics  considered  are:  rate, 
ratio  and  percent,  informal  geometry,  elementary  theorems  and  proofs, 
similarity  and  trigonometry,  area  of  volume,  elements  of  spherical  geometry. 
Prof.  Clark  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

51.135  Analysis  of  Teaching  and  Educational  Process 

(Prereq.  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  relationships  that  exist  between  instructional  objectives  and  teaching 
behavior;  applications  of  human  development  and  learning  concepts  as  they 
relate  to  subsequent  specialized  teaching  methods  and  materials.  Research 
results  and  promising  theory  are  used  to  extend  the  prospective  teacher's 
concepts  of  the  teaching  function. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.139  Writing  and  the  Teaching  of  Writing  (Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  study  of  the  logical  and  rhetorical  bases  of  exposition  and  argumentative 
writing;  the  role  of  definition  in  exposition  and  argumentation;  relationships  of 
assumptions,  assertions,  and  implications;  the  nature  of  proof  in  the  sciences. 


354   /    EDUCATION  -  INSTRUCTION 

social  sciences,  and  the  humanities;  strategies  of  argumentation;  the  affec- 
tive consequences  of  word  choice  and  sentence  structure. 
Prof.  Favat  Spring  Qtr. 

51.140  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  Modern  Languages  I 

(Prereq.  51.135)4CI.;4Q.H. 
The  most  effective  types  of  classroom  activities,  subject  unit  organization, 
assignments,  examinations,  and  teaching  aids  used  in  modern  language; 
the  role  of  the  language  laboratory  with  its  problems  of  selecting  equip- 
ment, scheduling  pupils,  planning  tapes  and  content  of  drill  exercises, 
evaluating  results  and  coordinating  its  functions  with  conventional  class- 
room instruction. 
Prof.  Petralia  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.141  Elementary  Education  Compendium  I  (Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  curriculum  is  analyzed  on  the  basis  of  the  overall  objectives  of  the 
American  elementary  school.  Students  evaluate  and  organize  units  of  work 
which  are  appropriate  to  the  level  at  which  they  plan  to  teach.  The  inte- 
grated approach  to  learning  is  emphasized,  but  the  integrated  approach  to 
science,  social  studies,  and  language  arts  subjects  is  given  special  attention. 
Prof.  Lee  in  charge  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.142  Elementary  Education  Compendium  II  (Prereq.  51.141)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  objectives,  activities,  and  methods  of  evaluation  in  the  elementary 
school  are  continued  with  special  attention  to  the  areas  of  music,  art,  and 
physical  education. 

Prof.  Lee  in  charge  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

51.143  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  English 

(Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  introduction  to  the  structure  and  functions  of  language  as  they  apply 
to  the  teaching  of  English;  curriculum  and  planning  in  English;  the  unit 
approach;  specific  techniques  of  teaching  reading  and  literature,  grammar 
and  usage,  written  and  oral  composition,  listening,  spelling,  vocabulary,  and 
the  use  of  mass  media. 
Prof.   Favat  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.144  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  Modern  Languages  II 

(Prereq.  51.140)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  Modern  Languages  I. 
Prof.  Petralia  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

51.145  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  Mathematics 

(Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  of  teaching  secondary  mathematics,  including  a  dis- 
cussion and  evaluation  of  instructional  problems.  Lesson  planning  and 
presentations  by  individual  students  will  afford  appropriate  practice  and 
serve  as  the  medium  of  instruction. 
Prof.  McLean  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


EDUCATION  -  READING   /   355 

51.147  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  the  Sciences 

(Prereq.  51.135)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  prospective  science  teacher  is  introduced  to  the  following:  the  philos- 
ophies of  science  and  their  applicability  in  society  and  the  secondary 
school;  science  curriculum  development  and  application;  and  pertinent 
methods  and  materials  in  science  education. 
Prof.  Miner  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

51.149  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  Social  Studies 

(Prereq.  51.135)  8  CI.;  8  Q.H. 
This  is  a  field-oriented  course  conducted  off-campus  in  one  or  more  schools 
of  cooperating  public  school  systems  where  students  engage  with  the 
pupils  of  the  school  individually  and  in  small  groups.  Techniques  of  planning; 
development  of  curriculum  materials;  utilization  of  audio-visual  equipment; 
simulations;  development  and  implementation  of  evaluation  instruments;  pres- 
entation of  original  materials  in  class. 
Prof.   Tedesco  Fall    and   Winter   Qtrs. 

51.151   Student  Teaching  and  Seminar 

(Prereq.  formal  acceptance  into  and  completion  of  Advanced  Professional 
sequence  with  minimum  2.0  QPA,  both  overall  and  in  teaching  major) 

8  CI.;  8  Q.H. 
Full-time  participation  in  a  university-arranged  and  supervised  school  pro- 
gram designed  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  analysis  of  learning  and  teach- 
ing, and  for  the  demonstration,  evaluation,  and  development  of  teaching 
skills. 


Education  — Reading 


54.126  Teaching  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

For  English  and  Social  Studies  majors  in  the  College  of  Education  who  are 
preparing  for  teaching  in  the  junior  or  senior  high  schools.  Basically  the 
same  approach  and  organization  applies  to  this  course  as  to  the  elementary 
level  course.  (One  quarter) 
Prof.  Maguire  Spring  Qtr. 

54.135  Fundamentals  of  Reading  I  4  CI.;  5  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
The  basic,  introductory  course  in  developmental  reading  for  prospective 
elementary  teachers.  In  the  first  term  the  emphasis  will  be  on  language  and 
symbolic  process  as  it  relates  to  beginning  reading.  The  word  recognition 
and  meanings  growth  areas  will  be  studied  in  detail,  as  will  some  methods 
and  techniques  of  testing  and  grouping.  An  introduction  to  some  reading 
books  and  materials,  methods  of  teaching  and  the  psychology  of  learning 
to  read.  Tutorial  work  will  begin  with  students. 

Prof.  Howards  in  charge  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

54.136  Fundamentals  of  Reading  II  (Prereq.  54.135)  4  CI.;  5  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
A  continuation  and  extension  of  the  first  term.  Study  skills;  speed  and 
fluency  growth  areas.  The  tutorial  work  will  be  extended.  Greater  familiarity 


356   /    EDUCATION  -  SPEECH   AND   HEARING 

with  books,  materials,  and  methods  will  be  achieved. 

Prof.    Howards    in   charge  Spring   and    Summer   Qtrs. 

54.141  Remedial  Reading  (Prereq.  54.136)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
For  prospective  teachers  in  the  primary  unit.  This  introductory  course 
familiarizes  the  student  with  some  of  the  most  commonly  known  and 
met  reading  problems  in  the  typical  classroom  as  well  as  in  the  reading 
clinic;  analysis  and  evaluation  of  the  typical  diagnoses  of  such  problems; 
corrective  programs;  tutorial  work  with  a  retarded  reader,  with  each  student 
keeping  a  log  or  journal  of  his  work  with  a  particular  reading  problem. 
Prof.  Burg  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

54.142  Linguistics  and  Reading  (Prereq.  54.136)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
For  elementary  level  teachers  (primary  unit).  The  major  objective  is  to 
translate  the  knowledge  gathered  from  structural  and  descriptive  linguistics 
into  useful  classroom  instruction,  which  includes  not  only  reading  instruc- 
tion, but  basic  instruction  in  the  related  language  skills.  The  contributions, 
particularly  of  writers  like  Fries,  Barnhart,  Bloomfield,  and  LeFevre,  will  be 
experimented  with  and  analyzed. 

Prof.  Kaufman  Spring  Qtr. 

54.151   Children's  Literature  (Prereq.  54.136)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

For  prospective  teachers  in  the  primary  unit.  A  comprehensive  survey  and 
critical  analysis  of  the  books  and  materials  available  for  basic  reading 
instruction  and  for  supplementary  reading  activities.  After  a  massive  review 
of  the  available  literature  for  the  children,  especially  in  grades  K-3,  each 
student  will  be  responsible  for  developing  some  material  of  his  own  for 
trial  with  subjects.  The  ultimate  goal  is  to  make  the  student  aware  of  what 
is  available  and  how  to  use  it  most  effectively  in  a  reading  program. 
Prof.  Buffone  Spring  Qtr. 


Education  — Speech  and  Hearing 

55.121    Introduction  to  Special  Education  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

An  introductory  survey  course  which  emphasizes  the  characteristics  and 
needs  of  exceptional  children  and  youth;  recognition  of  exceptional  children 
in  the  classroom,  including:  the  trainable  and  educable  retarded;  emotion- 
ally disturbed;  social-offender;  brain-injured;  speech-,  hearing-,  and 
language-impaired;  the  physically  handicapped;  the  visually  handicapped; 
and  the  gifted. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


55.122  Introduction  to  Speech  and  Hearing  Therapy  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 

Normal  language  and  speech  development  in  children.  Analysis  of  the  most 
prevalent  organic  and  functional  communication  disorders,  with  emphasis 
on  identification  techniques.  Lectures,  demonstrations,  and  15  clock  hours 
of  observation  in  University  clinic. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


EDUCATION  -  SPEECH  AND  HEARING  /  357 

55.124  Anatomy,  Physiology,  and  Neurology  of  the  Speech  and 

Hearing  Mechanism  4CI.;4Q.H. 

Physiological  and  mechanical  components  of  speech  and  hearing.  The  skeletal, 
muscular,  and  nervous  systems.  Lectures  and  laboratory  demonstrations. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

55.126  Communication  Skills  4CI.;4Q.H. 

The  importance  of  effective  communication  in  the  teaching  profession. 
Utilization  of  the  knowledge  of  the  scientific  principles  of  voice  production 
with  practice  of  effective  vocal  usage.  Integration  of  communication  skills 
with  regular  classroom  curriculum.  Lectures,  exercises,  demonstration,  and 
observations. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

55.1 31    Normal  Development  of  Language  and  Speech 

(Prereq.  55.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  theories  related  to  concept  formation,  development  and  utiliza- 
tion of  symbols  from  birth  to  maturation.  Foundations  and  developmental 
phases  of  language  and  speech.  The  significance  of  physiological,  neuro- 
logical, psychological,  and  intellectual  factors  affecting  language  and  speech 
development.  Case  studies,  lectures,  demonstration,  and  observations. 
Prof.  Ferullo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

55.133  Introduction  to  Linguistics  and  Phonetics 

(Prereq.  55.122)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Learning  and  applying  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet.  A  considera- 
tion of  articulated  phonemes  and  allophones,  sound  change,  structural  and 
descriptive  linguistics  applied  tu  problems  in  communication.  The  nature 
of  language.  Lectures,  demonstrations,  and  observations. 
Mrs.   West  Fall   and   Winter  Qtrs. 

55.134  Organic  Speech  Disorders  (Prereq.  55.124)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Etiology,  diagnosis,  and  prognosis  of  non-neurological  communication  dis- 
orders; consideration  of  therapeutic  procedures  in  cleft-palate  and  cleft- 
lip,  and  related  maxillo-facial  abnormalities;  laryngectomy;  and  tongue- 
thrusting.  Lectures,  observations,  and  demonstrations. 

Prof.    Ferullo  Spring  and    Summer   Qtrs. 

55.141  Methods  and  Materials  in  Speech  and  Hearing  and 

Articulation  Disorders  (Prereq.  51.135)  4CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Various  materials  and  methods  used  in  the  correction  of  speech  problems. 
The  rationale  of  the  corrective  process;  selection,  preparation,  and  presenta- 
tion  of   materials.    Speech   correction   and    improvement   through    an    inte- 
grated approach. 
Prof.   Johnston  Fall    and    Winter   Qtrs. 

55.142  Introduction  to  Audiology  (Prereq.  55.124)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  physics  of  sound,  anatomy,  physiology,  and  neurology  of  the  ear. 
Basic    techniques    in    audiometric    testing.    Lectures,    demonstrations,    and 


observations. 


Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


358   /   PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

55.143  Diagnostic  Techniques  in  Speech  and  Hearing 

(Prereq.  55.134)4CI.;4Q.H. 
Diagnosis  and  therapy  in  communication  disorders  in  children  and  adults; 
tests  utilized  in  evaluation  of  individuals  with  language,  speech,  and  hearing 
disorders.  Demonstrations,  case  histories,  and  experience  in  University  clinic. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

55.144  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech  and  Hearing  1 

(Prereq.  55.131,  55.133)  2  CI.;  6  (clinic)  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Practicum  in  language,  speech,  and  hearing  diagnosis  and  therapy  in  Uni- 
versity clinic.  Students  should  reserve  a  block  of  hours  for  clinic  practicum. 
A  minimum  of  100  clock  hours. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

55.145  Functional  Speech  Disorders  (Prereq.  55.124)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Etiology,  diagnosis,  and  prognosis  of  communication  disorders  of  non-organic 
origins.  Language  and  speech  disorders  and  the  psychodynamics  of  person- 
ality development.  Lectures  and  demonstrations,  case  histories,  and  ex- 
perience in  the  University  clinic. 

Prof.  Ferullo  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

55.152  Speechreading  and  Auditory  Training 

Various  speechreading  methods;  an  integrated  approach  to  the  treatment 
of  hard-of-hearing  individuals;  auditory  training  techniques  and  materials. 
Prof.  Ferullo  Spring  Qtr. 

55.154  Introduction  to  Stuttering  (Prereq.  55.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  consideration  of  some  of  the  major  theories  of  stuttering.  Diagnosis  and 
therapy  procedures.  Lectures,  demonstrations,  and  observations. 

Prof.  Johnston  Spring  Qtr. 

55.155  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech  and  Hearing  II 

(Prereq.  55.144  and  100  in  University  clinic)  2  CI.;  6  (clinic)  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Practicum  in  language,  speech,  and  hearing  diagnosis  in  a  medical  and/or 
rehabilitation    center;    a    multidisciplinary    approach    in    the    treatment    of 
children  and  adults. 
Mrs.  Troutman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Physical  Education 


Most  courses  are  coeducational.  Some  courses  for  men  and  women  will  be 
offered  separately  where  deemed  advisable. 

60.126  Physical  Education  Skills  A  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  competent  performance 
in  selected  activities.  Open  only  to  transfer  students. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

60.127  Physical  Education  Skills  B  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Continuation  of  60.126. 

Staff  All  Quarters 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    /    359 

60.140  Analysis  and  Teaching  of  Physical  Activities  I 

(Prereq.  60.131)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  performance  and  methods  of  teaching  in  the  areas  of  gymnastics 
and  racquet  sports.  Women  only. 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

60.141  Analysis  and  Teaching  of  Physical  Activities  II 

(Prereq.  60.131)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Analysis  of    performance    and  methods    of  teaching  in  the    areas  of  team 
sports  (indoor)  and  aquatics.  Women  only. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

60.142  Analysis  and  Teaching  of  Physical  Activities  III 

(Prereq.  60.132)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  performance  and  methods  of  teaching  in  the  areas  of  field  sports 
and  dance.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

60.143  Winter  Sports  1  Q.H. 

Five-day  resident  session  at  North  Conway,  N.H.  Participation  according  to 

ability  in  classes  of  Hannes  Schneider  Ski  School.  Evening  seminars  in  skiing 
theory  and  teaching  methods. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

60.160  Instructional  Technology  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Survey  of  selection,  evaluation,  preparation,  and  production  of  audio-visual 
media,  instructional  television,  and  programmed  learning.  Some  opportunity 
to  work  with  related  equipment. 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

60.220  Program   and    Methods   in    Elementary    School     Physical     Education 
Activities  (Prereq.  19.102,  50.121,  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Philosophy,   program-planning,  and   methods  for  teaching  children;  guided 
observation  experiences  with  children  in  schools;  individual  teaching  presen- 
tations and  evaluations  in  basic  motor  skills,  dance  activities,  games,  gym- 
natics,  and  sports.  Women  only. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

60.230  Advanced  Teaching  and  Analysis 

(Prereq.  60.140,  60.141,  60.142)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Advanced  study  of  teaching  methods  and  analysis  in  one  of  the  areas  studied 
in  Physical  Education  60.140-42  and  one  individual  sport.  Women  only. 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

61.212  Handball  and  Squash  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

The  skills  and  techniques  involved  in  the  teaching  of  handball  and  squash; 
special  emphasis  on  skills  involved,  rules,  courtesies,  and  strategies  in  each 
sport.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


360   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

61.220  Survey  of  Recreational  Sports  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Recreational  activities  as  archery,  deck  tennis,  table  tennis,   horseshoes; 
emphasis  on  rules,  teaching  techniques,  place  in  the  program.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.230  Secondary  School  Dance  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

The  techniques  of  dance  instruction  at  the  junior  and  senior  high  school 
levels. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

61.235  Team  Sports  \  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

The  coaching  of  basketball  and  baseball  to  beginners;  emphasis  on  role 
of  head  coach  and  assistant  coach;  organizing  practice;  the  basic  fundamen- 
tals of  individual  and  team  play.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

61.237  Team  Sports  III  3  Lab;  1  Q.H. 

Techniques  of  teaching  soccer,  speedball   and   softball;   special   emphasis 
placed  on  rules,  courtesies,  and  strategies.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.241  Advanced  Wrestling 

(Prereq.  61.240  or  permission)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  techniques  in  coaching  wrestling  at  the  senior  high  school  and 
college  levels;  emphasis  on  fundamentals  of  a  more  advanced  nature:  care 
of  athletes,  officiating,  conduct  of  meets.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.242  Advanced  Boxing 

(Prereq.  61.240  or  permission)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  techniques  in  coaching,   boxing;  emphasis  on  offensive  and  de- 
fensive techniques,  rules,  and  officiating.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.263  Methods  and  Materials  in  Physical  Education 

(Prereq.  61.236  or  permission)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Methods  and  materials  to  be  used  in  curriculum  development,  class  manage- 
ment, and  teaching  preparation  for  student  teaching.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qt.rs. 

61.265  Advanced  Football 

(Prereq.  61.236  or  permission)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  techniques  in  coaching  football  at  the  senior  high  school  and  college 
levels;  emphasis  on  individual  and  team  play;  offensive  and  defensive  sys- 
tems; role  of  head  and  assistant  coaches;  scouting;  use  of  teaching  aids; 
team  management.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.266  Advanced  Basketball 

(Prereq.  61.235  or  permission)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  techniques  at  the  senior  high  school  and  college  levels;  emphasis  on 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION   /    361 

systems  of  offensive  and  defensive  team  piay;  scouting;  use  of  teaching  aids; 

team  management.  Men  only. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.267  Advanced  Baseball 

(Prereq.  61.235  or  permission)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  techniques  in  coaching  baseball  at  the  senior  high  school  and  college 
levels;  emphasis  on  individual  and  team  play;  role  of  head  and  assistant 
coaches;  team  management.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.268  Advanced  Track 

(Prereq.  61.236  or  permission)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  techniques  of  coaching  track  and  field  at  the  senior  high  school  and 
college  levels;  emphasis  on  care  and  training  of  athletes;  practice  schedules; 
coaching  techniques;  conduct  of  meets.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

61.280  Camp  Leadership  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  the  procedures  of  organized  camping  and  outdoor  activities; 
emphasis   placed   on   camp  skills;   equipment;   counseling;   trip   leadership; 
laboratory  experiences.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1  OA  Beginning  Swimming  2  Lab;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  swimming  skills  with  emphasis  on  personal  water  safety. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1  OB   Intermediate  Swimming      (Prereq.  62.10A  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  basic  and  advanced  swimming  skills  with  emphasis  on  form 
and  efficiency. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62. IOC  Advanced  Swimming  (Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  advanced  swimming  skills  with  emphasis  on  form  and  efficiency. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1  OD   Diving  (Prereq.  62.10A  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  one  meter  and  three  meter  springboard  diving  in  all  five 
categories  of  dives. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.10E  Competitive  Swimming      (Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  the  four  competitive  strokes,  starts,  and  turns  with  emphasis 
on  speed  and  conditioning. 
Staff  Winter  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1  OF  Synchronized  Swimming      (Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  basic  synchronized  swimming  skills  with  emphasis  on  stunts, 


362   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

rhythmic  swimming  and  choreography. 

Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.1  OG  Water  Polo  (Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  beginning  water  polo  with  emphasis  on  personal  skill,  offensive 
and  defensive  team  play. 
Staff  Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.1  OH   Water  Skiing  (Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  water  skiing  techniques.  (Ashland) 
Staff  Summer  Qtr. 

62.10J  Survey  of  Aquatic  Activities 

(Prereq.  62.10B  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Competitive  swimming,  diving,  skin  diving,  synchronized  swimming  and  water 
polo  with  emphasis  on  recreational  values. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1  OK  Senior  Life  Saving  (Prereq.  62.108  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  life-saving  skills,  or  techniques  and  theory;  Red  Cross  certifica- 
tion possible. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.10L  Water  Safety  Instruction  (Prereq.  62.108,  62.10K)  3  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction   in  techniques,  theory  and  teaching  methods   in  swimming  and 
life-saving  courses;  Red  Cross  Certification  possible. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.1  OM   Beginning  Scuba       (Prereq.  62.108  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
instruction  in  basic  skin  diving  and  scuba  diving  skills  with  emphasis  on 
personal  safety. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1  OP  Canoeing  (Prereq.  62.108  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  canoeing  skills. 
Staff  Summer  and  Fall  Qtrs. 

62.10Q  Sailing  (Prereq.  62.108  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  rowing  and  in  basic  sailing  skills. 
Staff  Summer  and  Fall  Qtrs. 

62.12A  Beginning  Folk  and  Square  Dance  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  folk  and  square  dance  at  the  beginning  and  intermediate 
levels. 

Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

62.12B  Intermediate  Folk  and  Square  Dance 

(Prereq.  62.12A  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  folk  and  square  dance  at  the  intermediate  and  advanced  levels. 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION   /    363 

62.12C   Ethnic  Dance  Forms 

(Prereq.  62.12A  or  Instructor's  Consent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
A  study  of  primitive,  folk  and  national  dance  forms. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.12E  Beginning  Modern  Dance  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  modern  dance  technique  and  improvisation. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.12F  Intermediate  Modern  Dance 

(Prereq.  62.12E  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Intermediate  modern  dance  technique  and  an   introduction  to  the  choreo- 
graphic process. 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.12H   Beginning  Ballet  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Beginning  technique  in  classic  ballet.  (Does  not  fulfill  completion  of  skill 
requirement  in  Physical  Education  major  curriculum.) 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

62.12J   Intermediate/Advanced  Ballet 

(Prereq.  62.12H  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Intermediate  to  advanced  technique  in  classic  ballet. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.12L  Modern  Jazz  Dance  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  modern  jazz  dance  technique.  (Does  not  fulfill  skill  require- 
ment in  Physical   Education  major  curriculum.) 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.13P  Beginning  Gymnastics  Orientation 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
the  orientation  skills  of  tumbling,  trampoline  and  vaulting  at  the  beginning 
level.  Coed. 

62.13Q  Beginning  Men's  Apparatus  (Prereq.  62. 13P  or  equivalent) 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  for  competent  performance  at  the  be- 
ginning level  pommel  horse,  parallel  bars,  horizontal  bars  and  rings.  Men 
only. 

62.1 3R  Beginning  Women's  Floor  Exercise  and  Apparatus 

(Prereq.  62.13P  or  equivalent) 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  for  competent  performance  in  Floor 
Exercise,  and  beginning  bars  and  uneven  parallel  bars.  Women  only. 

62.133  Intermediate  Gymnastics  (Prereq.  62. 13P  and  62. 13R  or  equivalent) 
Development  of  skill  and  knowledge  for  competent  performance  at  the  inter- 
mediate level  on  the  competitive  areas  for  women,  including  Floor  Ex,  Vault- 
ing, Beam  and  Uneven  Bars.  Women  only. 


364   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

62.13T  Intermediate  Gymnastics  (A)  (Prereq.  62.13P  and  16.13Q  or  equivalent) 
Development  of  skill  and  knov/ledge  for  competent  performance  at  the  inter- 
mediate level  on  three  of  the  six  competitive  areas  for  men.  This  includes  the 
choice  of  Floor  Exercise,  Side  Horse  Vaulting,  Pommel  Horse,  Parallel  Bars, 
Horizontal  Bars,  or  Rings.  Men  only. 

62.1 3U   Intermediate  Gymnastics  (B) 

(Prereq.  62.13P,  62.13Q  and  62.13T  or  equivalent) 
Development  of  skill  and  knowledge  for  competent  performance  at  the  inter- 
mediate level  in  three  of  the  six  competitive  areas  for  men  not  chosen  in 
Intermediate  Gymnastics  A.   Men  only. 

62.14A   Beginning  Badminton  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  beginning  badminton  skills,  rules,  strategy,  and  care  of  equip- 
ment. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.14B  Beginning  Squash  Racquets  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  squash  racquets  at  the  beginning  level;  development  of  skills, 
rules,  strategy,  and  etiquette. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.14C  Beginning  Tennis  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  beginning  tennis  skills,  rules,  strategy,  and  care  of  equipment. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.14D  Indoor  Tennis  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  tennis  at  the  beginning  level  through  the  use  of  paddles  and 
racquets  in  modified  game  situations;  development  of  skill,  rules,  strategy 
and  etiquette.  (Does  not  fulfill  skill  requirement  in  Physical  Education  major 
curriculum.) 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.14E  Intermediate/Advanced  Badminton 

(Prereq.  62.14A  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction   in   badminton   including  intermediate  and  advanced  skills  with 
emphasis  on  singles  and  doubles  match  play  and  strategy. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.14G   Intermediate/Advanced  Tennis 

(Prereq.  62.14C  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction   in  tennis  including  intermediate  and  advanced  skills  with  em- 
phasis on  singles  and  doubles  match  play  and  strategy. 
Staff  Summer  Qtr. 

62.1 5A  Fundamentals  of  Movement  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Understanding  and   performance   of   basic   motor  and   sports;   efficient  and 

effective  movement  for  sports  activities  and  daily  living  is  stressed. 

Staff  Fall  Qtr. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    /    365 

62.1 5B   Beginning  Archery  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Selected  skills  in  target  slnooting  and  practical  experience  in  archery  games, 
novelty  events,  and  conduct  of  tournaments. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.15D  Beginning  Bowling  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
bowling  at   the   beginning    level.    Practice   provided    in    nearby  commercial 
alleys.  Lab.  fee. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.15F  Beginning  Golf  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  fundamental  golf  skills,  knowledge  of  clubs  and  their  uses,  and 
rules  and  etiquette.  Indoor  only  during  winter  season. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 5G   Intermediate/Advanced  Golf 

(Prereq.  62.15F  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  golf  at  the  intermediate-advanced  level.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
course  play,  rules,  and  selection  of  equipment.  Lab.  fee. 
Staff  Fall  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.15H   Beginning  Judo  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

A  survey  of  the  principles  and  fundamental   skills  of  judo.    Instruction   is 
geared  to  the  beginning  and  intermediate  levels. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

62.15J   Beginning  Boxing  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction    in   boxing  at  the   beginning   level;   emphasis   on   offensive  and 
defensive  techniques,  scoring,  training  and  officiating.  Open  to  men. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.15K  Beginning  Wrestling  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Beginning  level   of  instruction   in   basic  wrestling  maneuvers.   Fundamental 
breakdowns,    escapes,    takedown,    rides,    and    pinning    combinations    are 
stressed.  Rules  and  scoring  procedures  are  discussed  and  modified  matches 
are  conducted.  Men  only. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 5L  Intermediate/Advanced  Wrestling 

(Prereq.  62.15K  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Intermediate-advanced    levels    of    instruction    are    presented.    Emphasis    is 
placed  on  training  and  training  principles,  selected  skills  not  covered  in  be- 
ginning wrestling,  scrimmages,  and  officiating.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.15M   Beginning  Fencing  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  foil  fencing  including  introduction  to  competition. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 


366   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

62.1 5N   Intermediate/Advanced  Foil  Fencing 

(Prereq.  62.15M  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  intermediate-advanced  techniques  of  foil  fencing  with  special 
emphasis   on   competition,   judging,   and   the    use   of   electrical    equipment. 
Women   only. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.1 5P  Intermediate/Advanced  Fencing  (3  weapons) 

(Prereq.  62.15M  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction    in    intermediate-advanced   techniques  of  foil,   epee,   and   sabre 
fencing  with  special  emphasis  on  competition,  judging  and  the  use  of  elec- 
trical equipment.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.1 6B  Weight  Training  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  the  principles  and  use  of  resistive  exercises;  isotonic  exercise 
(weights),  isometric,  and  the  appropriateness  of  each.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.1 6C  Physical  Conditioning  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  basic  exercise  and  conditioning  techniques.  Special  emphasis 
is  placed  on  individual  needs  for  exercise  and  activity;  the  relationships  of 
diet  and  relaxation  to  exercise  are  discussed. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 6D  Exercise  and  Figure  Control  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  and  guidance  in  contouring,  fitness,  and  poise.  Women  only. 
(Does  not  fulfill  skill  requirement  in  Physical  Education  major  curriculum.) 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 6E  Adapted  Physical  Education  I 

(Prereq.  medical  permission)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
A  course  designed   for  students  whose   physical   activity  program  must  be 
modified   for   medical    reasons.    Personalized    instruction   and   programs   are 
provided  according  to  individual  needs. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 6G  Principles  of  Physical  Activities  and  Conditioning    1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Survey  of  the  physiological  principles,  concepts,  and  applications  of  skills 
concerned  with  individual  or  group  fitness  programs.  (Not  open  to  Physical 
Education  majors.) 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.16H   Ski  Conditioning  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  skills  and  techniques  for  the  development  of  strength,  endur- 
ance, flexibility,  and  efficient  use  of  body  for  skiing.  (Does  not  fulfill  skill 
requirement  in  Physical  Education  major  curriculum.) 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    /    367 

62.16J    Beginning  Skiing  and  Winter  Sports  4  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  fundamental  techniques  of  skiing,  skating,  and  tobogganing. 
Lab  fee. 

Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.16K  Intermediate/Advanced  Skiing  and  Winter  Sports 

(Prereq.  62.16J  or  equivalent)  4  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  skiing  and  skating  at  the  intermediate-advanced  level.  Em- 
phasis placed  on  skills,  teaching,  techniques,  and  safety  procedures.  Lab.  fee. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.1 6L  Beginning  Track  and  Field  2  Lab.;  1  Q  H. 

Instruction  in  the  fundamental  skills  in  the  various  track  and  field  events. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.1 6M   Intermediate/Advanced  Track  and  Field 

(Prereq.  62.16L  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Instruction   in   intermediate-advanced  techniques  in  track  and  field  events. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  improvement  of  individual  skills;  techniques  of  offi- 
ciating are  discussed. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.16P   Beginning  Handball  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  competent  performance 
in  handball  at  the  beginning  level.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 6Q  Intermediate/Advanced  Handball 

(Prereq.  62.16P  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  competent  performance 
in  handball  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.17C   Beginning  Basketball  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  performance  in  basketball 
at  the  beginning  level. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 7D  Intermediate/Advanced  Basketball 

(Prereq.  62.17C  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  performance  in  basket- 
ball at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.17F  Beginning  Ice  Hockey  (Prereq.  Consent  of  Instructor)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  performance  in  ice  hockey 
at  the  beginning  levels.  Candidates  must  be  able  to  skate  forward  and  back- 
ward and  cut  right  and  left  for  admission.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


368   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

62.1 7G  Intermediate/Advanced  ice  Hockey 

(Prereq.  62.17F  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  performance  in  ice  hockey 

at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 7J   Beginning  Volleyball  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  for  performance  in  volleyball  at  the  be- 
ginning level. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.17K  Intermediate/Advanced  Volleyball 

(Prereq.  62.17J  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  for  performance  in  volleyball  at  the 
intermediate  to  advanced  levels. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.17L  Beginning  Field  Hockey  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and   skill   for  competent  performance   in  field 
hockey  at  the  beginning  level.  Women  only. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 7M   Intermediate  Field  Hockey 

(Prereq.  62.17L  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of   knowledge  and   skill   for  competent  performance   in  field 
hockey  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Women  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 7N  Flag  Football  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  fundamentals  of  football  through   non-contact  work  at  the 
beginning  level;  position  play,  passing,  catching,  running.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.17P  Beginning  Football  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  fundamental  football  skills  and  knowledge  to  the  beginning 
level  of  competence.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 7Q  Intermediate/Advanced  Football 

(Prereq.  62.17P  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  football  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  per- 
formance in  football  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 8C   Beginning  Softball  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
Softball  at  the  beginning  level. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION   /    369 

62.1 8D  Intermediate/Advanced  Softball  (Prereq.  62.18C)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
Softball  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  level.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.18E   Baseball  (Prereq.  62.18C  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 

baseball  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8G   Beginning  Lacrosse  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 

lacrosse  at  the  beginning  level.  Women  only. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8H   Intermediate/Advanced  Lacrosse 

(Prereq.  62.18G  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
lacrosse  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.18J   Beginning  Lacrosse  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
lacrosse  at  the  beginning  level.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8K  Intermediate/Advanced  Lacrosse 

(Prereq.  62.18J  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
lacrosse  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8M   Beginning  Soccer  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  ncessary  for  competent  performance  in 
soccer  at  the  beginning  level.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8N   Intermediate/Advanced  Soccer 

(Prereq.  62.18M  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
soccer  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8Q  Beginning  Soccer  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 
soccer  at  the  beginning  level.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.18R   Intermediate/Advanced  Soccer 

(Prereq.  62.18Q  or  equivalent)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  necessary  for  competent  performance  in 


I 


370   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

soccer  at  the  intermediate  to  advanced  levels.  Men  only. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 8T  Selected  Field  Sports  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  in  speedbali,  speedaway,  and  flag  foot- 
ball. Women  only. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.18V  Selected  Field  Sports  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 

Development  of  knowledge  and  skill  in  speedbali  and  speedaway.  Men  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.1 9A  Early  Childhood  Motor  Skill  Development  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  fundamental  motor  patterns  (run,  catch,  kick, 
strike,  jump,  throw)  from  age  0  to  10  years  including  perceptual  motor  organi- 
zations of  vision,  audition,  and  proprioception. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 9B  Games  and  Activities  for  Children  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Introduction  to  simple  ball  games,  running  and  tag  games,  self-testing  activi- 
ties,  movement  exploration,  and   rhythms  appropriate  for  children.  Course 
content  appropriate  for  future  parents,  teachers,  and  youth  leaders. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.1 9D  The  Spectator  and  Sports  (Pass/Fail)  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 

Instruction  in  the  understanding  for  enjoyment  as  a  spectator  of  such  sports 
as  football,  basketball,  ice  hockey. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.1 9G  Perceptual  Motor  Training  Programs  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  the  role  motor  activities  play  in  enhancing  perceptual 
development.  An  examination  of  some  current  training  programs:   Frostig, 
Kephart,  Doman-Delacato,  Winter-Haven. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.201    Human  Movement  3  CI;  2  Lab;  4  Q.H. 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  and  role  of  human  movement  and  the  analysis 
of  skillful  movement  performance  through  participation  and  observation.  In- 
troduction to  the  objectives,  literature,  and  organization  of  the  profession  of 
physical  education. 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

62.203  Practicum  in  Group  Dynamics  (Prereq.  62.201)  4  Q.H. 
A  three-week  residence  group  living  experience  at  the  Warren  Center.  An 
introduction  in  group  dynamics  through  selected  activities,  discussion,  living 
and  working  together. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.204  Psychology  of  Sport  (Prereq.  Consent  of  Instructor)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
The  psychological  analysis  of  behavioral  patterns  and  interactions  in  individ- 
ual and  team  sports;  includes  personality  and  motivation,  competition  and 
sportsmanship,  the  role  of  spectators. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    /    371 

62.206   First  Aid  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

First  aid   procedures  recommended  for  the  home,  school,  and  community; 
emphasis  on  practices  endorsed  by  the  American  Red  Cross. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.208  Sociology  of  Sport  and  Dance 

(Prereq.  Consent  of  Instructor)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
The  study  of  sport  and  dance  as  a  social  institution  including  theories  ex- 
plaining the  role  of  each  in  contemporary  society,  and  the  part  of  each  in 
evolving  societies. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.210  History  and  Principles  of  P.E.  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Preview  of  history  of  physical  education;  the  place  and  function  of  physical 
education  and  society;  identification  of  principles  for  development  of  sound 
programs. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.212  Theory  of  Coaching  (Prereq.  Consent  of  Instructor)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

An  analysis  of  learning  principles,  sociology,  and  psychology  as  applied  to 
the  coaching  of  individual,  dual  and  team  sports.  Techniques  and  standards 
of   squad    recruitment,    organization,    leadership,   and    coaching  ethics   will 
be  presented. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.215  Observation  of  Student  Behavior  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

The   growth   and   development   of  elementary  children   and   adolescents   in 
physical   education  through   direct  observations  and   laboratory  work  with 
children. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.217  Theory  of  Play  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
The  nature  of  play  and  a  study  of  cross-cultural  patterns  of  play.  An  investi- 
gation of  selected  theories  of  play  including  Huizinga,  Caillois,  Sutton-Smith, 
and  Lee. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.218  Elementary  School  Activities  I  (Prereq.  50.121)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  development  of  knowledge  and  skill  beyond  the  advanced  beginning  level 
in  the  following  activities  for  elementary  school  children— dance,  gymnastics, 
movement  education,  low  organization  games,  lead-up  games  and  aquatics. 
Analysis  of  elementary  school  children's  performance  and  appropriate  teach- 
ing techniques  for  the  elementary  school  will  be  observed  and  applied 
through  observations  and  lab  experience. 

Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.221    Perceptual-Motor  Learning  and  Development 

(Prereq.  50.121)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Interrelationships  of  movement  behavior  and  perceptual-motor  organizations 
of  vision,  audition,  proprioception  and  psycho-social  effects  of  perception. 
A  brief  overview  of  major  theories  of  learning  as  they  apply  to  learning 
motor  skills. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


372   /   PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

62.24A  Coaching  Competitive  Swimming 

(Prereq.  62.10B  or  permission)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  the  techniques,  theory  and  coaching  methods  of  competitive 
swimming  and  diving. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.24B  Swimming  Analysis  (Prereq.  62.10B  or  permission)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Instruction  in  theory,  analysis  techniques  and  teaching  methods  in  swimming. 
Staff  All  Quarters 

62.24C  Smallcraft  Analysis  (Prereq.  62.10Q)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Instruction    in    techniques,    theory   and   teaching   methods   of   small    craft 

classes;  Red  Cross  certification  possible. 

Staff  Summer  Qtr. 

62.24E  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Men's  Gymnastics 

(Prereq.  62.13T)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Skill  analysis  and  coaching  of  men's  gymnastics  with  emphasis  on  appropri- 
ate teaching  methods  and  new  trends,  and  judging. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.24F  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Women's  Gymnastics 

(Prereq.  62.13S)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Skill  analysis  and  coaching  of  women's  gymnastics  with  emphasis  on  appro- 
priate teaching  methods  and  new  trends. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.24G  Advanced  Analysis  and  Judging  of  Women's  Gymnastics 

(Prereq.  62.13P  or  R)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  skill  analysis  techniques  and  instruction  in  judging  women's  gym- 
nastics leading  toward  a  judging  certification. 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.24H  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Badminton 

(Prereq.  62.14E)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  performance  and  methods  of  teaching  and  coaching  in  badminton. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24J  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Tennis 

(Prereq.  62.14G)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Analysis  of  performance  and  methods  of  teaching  and  coaching  in  tennis. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24K  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Fencing 

(Prereq.  62.15N  or  62.15P)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  skill  analysis  and  coaching  of  fencing.  Special  emphasis  on  cur- 
rent research  and  teaching  methods  of  fencing. 
Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.24L  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Golf 

(Prereq.  62.15G  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  skill  analysis  and  coaching  of  golf.  Special  emphasis  on  course 
play  and  teaching  methods.  Lab.  fee. 
Staff  Fall,  Spring,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    /    373 

62.24M  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Track  and  Field 

(Prereq.  62.16M  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Advanced  skill  analysis  and  coaching  of  all  track  and  field  skills.  Special 
emphasis  placed  on  the  analysis  of  common  movement  patterns,  teaching 
methods,  and  coaching  techniques  for  the  individual  performer. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24N  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Wrestling 

(Prereq.  62.15L  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Analysis  of  performance  and  techniques  of  teaching  selected  wrestling  skills 
are  covered  in  detail.  Application  of  research  to  methodology  is  stressed. 
Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.24P  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Baseball 

(Prereq.  62.18E)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  interscholastic  and 
intercollegiate   baseball;   to   include  advanced   skill  analysis,   position   and 
team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team  management. 
Staff  Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.24Q  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Basketball 

(Prereq.  62.17C)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  interscholastic  and 
intercollegiate  basketball;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis,  position  and 
team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team  management. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.24R  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Field  Hockey 

(Prereq.  62.17K)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  intramural,  inter- 
scholastic, and  intercollegiate  field  hockey;  to  include  advanced  skill  anal- 
ysis, position  and  team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team 
management.  Women  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.24S  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Football 

(Prereq.  62.17Q)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  interscholastic  and 
intercollegiate  football;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis,  team  condition- 
ing, offensive  and  defensive  systems,  practice  organization,  team  manage- 
ment and  coaching  staff  organization.  Men  only. 
Staff  Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.24T  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Handball 

(Prereq.  62.16Q)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Primarily  for  students  in  secondary  concentration.  Advanced  skill  analysis 
and  coaching;  current  practices.  Men  only. 
Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.24U  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Ice  Hockey 

(Prereq.  62.17G)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  interscholastic  and 


374   /    PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

intercollegiate  ice  hockey;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis,  position  and 

team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team  management.  Men 

only. 

Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.24V  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Lacrosse 

(Prereq.  62.18A  or  62.18K)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  intramural,  inter- 
scholastic,  and  intercollegiate  lacrosse;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis, 
position  and  team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team 
management. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24W  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Soccer 

(Prereq.  62.18N  or  62.18R)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  intramural,  inter- 
scholastic,  and  intercollegiate  soccer;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis, 
position  and  team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team  man- 
agement. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24X  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Softball   (Prereq.  62.18D)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The    basic    techniques   and    responsibilities   of   coaching    intramural,    inter- 
scholastic,  and   intercollegiate  softball;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis, 
management.  Women  only. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.24Y  Analysis  and  Coaching  of  Volleyball 

(Prereq.  62.17J)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
The  basic  techniques  and  responsibilities  of  coaching  intramural,  inter- 
scholastic,  and  intercollegiate  volleyball;  to  include  advanced  skill  analysis, 
position  and  team  play,  conditioning,  practice  organization  and  team 
management. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.249  Physical  Science  Foundations  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
A  treatment  of  basic  concepts  and  fundamentals  of  chemistry  and  physics 
as  applied  to  human  physiology  and  movement. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.250  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Gross  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  skeletal,  joint,  and  muscular 
systems. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.251  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II 

(Prereq.  62.250  or  permission)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Gross  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  nervous  and  circulatory  systems. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL    EDUCATION    /    375 

62.252  Anatomy  and  Physiology  ill 

(Prereq.  62.251  or  permission)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Gross  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  endocrine,  respiratory,  digestive, 
and  urinary  systems. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.253  Kinesiology  (Prereq.  62.  250  or  equivalent)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Science  of  human  motion,  anatomic  and  mechanical  principles  as  they  relate 
to  an  understanding  of  skillful,  efficient  and  purposeful  human  motion.  Intro- 
duction to  cinematographic  analysis. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

62.254  Exercise  Physiology  (Prereq.  62.253)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Study  of  the  immediate  and  long-range  effects  of  exercise  upon  the  human 
body  with  emphasis  on   muscles,  circulation,   respiration,  and   metabolism; 
the  scientific  foundations  of  physical  fitness;  survey  of  related  research. 
Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.255  Adapted  Physical  Education 

(Prereq.  62.252  or  equivalent)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Study  of  disabilities  which   prevent    participation    in   unrestricted   physical 
education  programs.  Selection  and  modification  of  physical  activities  to  meet 
individual  needs. 
Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.256  Athletic  Training  and  Conditioning  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The  training  and  conditioning  procedures  in  athletic  programs;  special  em- 
phasis on  the  prevention  of  athletic  injuries;  role  of  the  trainer,  athlete, 
coach,  and  health  service. 

Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

62.257  Advanced  Athletic  Training  (Prereq.  62.256)  3  CI.;  2  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
The  advanced  preparation  and  utilization  of  programs  of  conditioning  and 
administration  for  prevention  and  care  of  injuries  associated  with  competi- 
tive athletics. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.260  Measurement  and  Evaluation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Construction,  use,  selection,  and  interpretation  of  evaluative  tools  applicable 
to  physical  education;  elementary  statistical  methods. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.270  Administration  of  Physical  Education         (Prereq.  62.210)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  organization  and  administration  of  programs  in  physical  education  with 
emphasis  on  the  elementary  and  secondary  school  program. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.273  Sports  Officiating  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 

Theory,  practice,  and  techniques  of  officiating.  (Choices  of:  basketball,  vol- 
leyball, Softball,  soccer,  field  hockey,  lacrosse).  Women  only. 
Staff  All  Quarters 


376   /   PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 

62.274  Sports  Officiating  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory,  practice,  and  techniques  of  officiating.  (Choices  of:  basketball,  vol- 
leyball, Softball,  soccer,  field  hockey,  lacrosse).  Women  only. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

62.275  Critical  Teaching  Skills  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Experience  using  the  taxonomies  of  educational  objectives  to  write,  conduct, 
and  evaluate  educational  and  behavioral  objectives.  Analysis  of  direct  and 
indirect,  verbal  and  nonverbal  teaching  behavior  for  classroom  and  activity 
teaching  to  be  studied  by  micro-teaching,  simulation  and  interaction  anal- 
ysis techniques. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.277  Outdoor  Teaching  Lab  2  Q.H. 

A  three-week  resident  summer  practicum  at  the  Warren  Center.  Provides 
opportunities  for  assumption  of  counseling,  teaching,  and  leadership  roles 
in  special  camp  programs,  land  sports,  nature,  pioneering,  arts  and  crafts, 
and  aquatics.  Youngsters  of  various  ages  from  the  Boston  area  are  assigned 
in  residence  as  subject  campers. 
Staff  Summer  Qtr. 

62.280  Curriculum  Development 

(Prereq.  62.275  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Basic  foundations  of  curriclum  development  stressing  fundamental  principles 
and  guides  to  curriculum  organization,  format,  and  evaluation.  Survey  of 
existing  curricula  and  the  development  of  an  understanding  of  current  cur- 
riculum trends. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.282  Supervised  Student  Teaching  12  Q.H. 
Assignment  to  public  school(s)  for  observation  and  practice  teaching  under 
the  guidance  of  a  cooperating  teacher  and  a  college  supervisor.  Association 
with  the  main  duties  assumed  by  physical  education  teachers  including 
coaching  and/or  intramural  organization  and  supervision;  individual  con- 
ferences and  seminars. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.283  Advanced  Modern  Dance  Technique  and  Composition 

(Prereq.  62. 12F  or  Consent  of  Instructor)  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Advanced  modern  dance  technique  and  an  analysis  of  composition  structure 
and  thematic  content. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.284  Dance  History  and  Philosophy  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  dance  from  ancient  times  to  the  present.  Consideration  of  dance 
as  an  art  form  in  relation  to  other  art  forms  and  of  dance  as  an  educational 
discipline. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.286  Dance:  Choreography  and  Production  1  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Choreography  for  trio,  quartet  and  large  groups  based  upon  the  projection  of 


RECREATION    EDUCATION   /    377 

an  idea  or  mood.  Theory  and  practice  in  the  staging  of  student  choreography 

including  lighting,  costuming,  scenery,  and  make-up. 

Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

62.288  Recreational  Dance  (Prereq.  62.12B  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  of  the  methods  and  materials  in  the  teaching  of  recrea- 
tional dance  forms  at  the  primary  and  secondary  levels. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

62.289  Creative  Dance  I  (Prereq.  62.12F  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  of  methods  and  materials  in  the  teaching  of  creative 
dance  to  elementary  school  children.  Examination  of  the  aims  and  responsi- 
bilities of  dance  education  at  the  primary  level. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

62.290  Creative  Dance  II  (Prereq.  62.12F  or  equivalent)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  of  methods  and  materials  in  the  teaching  of  creative 
dance  to  secondary  school  children.  Examination  of  the  aims  and  responsi- 
bilities of  dance  education  at  the  secondary  level. 

Staff  All  Quarters 

62.291,  62.292,  62.293  Special  Problems 

(Prereq.  permission  from  Dept.  chairman)  2,  3,  or  4  Q.H. 
Independent  investigation  of  physical  education  in  an  area  of  each  student's 
interests.  The  investigation  will  be  supervised  by  an  appointed  faculty  mem- 
ber and  will  culminate  with  a  formal  written  report. 
Staff  All  Quarters 


Recreation  Education 

63.120  Professional  Orientation  to  Recreation  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Philosophy  and  scope  of  modern  recreation  and  its  role  in  society.  Discus- 
sion of  opportunities  at  home  and  abroad  in  school  and  community  settings, 
in  agencies,  hospitals,  institutions,  and  industries.  Focus  on  goals  for  Amer- 
ican recreation. 

Prof.  Robinson  Fall  Qtr. 

63.121  Recreation  Skills  I  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Skill  development,  participation,  and  leadership  techniques  in  social  recrea- 
tion, music,  guitar,  and  selected  team  and  dual  sports.  (Includes  unit  on 
study  habits.) 

Prof.  Hache  and  Miss  Eliopoulos  Fall  Qtr. 

63.122  Recreation  Skills  II  2  CI.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Skill  development  and  participation  in  folk  dance,  Red  Cross  swimming, 
music,  and  selected  recreation  sports.  (Includes  unit  on  practical  mathe- 
matics.) 

Prof.  Hache  and  Miss  Eliopoulos  Winter  Qtr. 

63.123  Recreation  Skills  III  2  CI.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  leadership  skills  in  social  recreation,  Red  Cross  Life  Saving, 


378   /    RECREATION   EDUCATION 

and  music.  Counselor  education— philosophy  and  leadership.  (Includes  unit 

on  business  mathematics.) 

Prof.  Hache,  Miss  Eliopoulos,  and  Miss  Glancy  Spring  Qtr. 

63.125  Outdoor  Education  and  Camp  Leadership  4Q.H. 
A  two-week  resident  summer  session  at  Warren  Center  and  in  Maine: 
includes  Natural  Science,  Aquatics,  Overnight  Camping,  Indian  lore,  ACA 
Campcraft  certification,  leadership  in  special  camp  programs,  outdoor  sports, 
smallcraft  training,  and  arts  and  crafts. 

Miss  Glancy  and  Staff  Summer  Qtr. 

63.126  Outdoor  Education  I  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Interpretation  of  natural  science  and  ecology.  Emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  personal  skills  through  laboratory,  field  trips,  lectures,  learning 
experiences  in  the  out-of-doors. 

Prof.  Jeffrey  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.127  Outdoor  Education  II  2  CI;  3  Lab;  3  Q.H. 
Emphasis  in  developing  understanding,  interest,  and  field  biology  skills  for 
ecology,  conservation,  and  recreation.  Includes  wildlife  management,  for- 
estry, horticulture,  and  animal  husbandry. 

Prof.  Jeffrey  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

63.128  Survey  of  Outdoor  Recreation  and  Park  Facilities  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Fundamental  management  and  administration  concepts  for  a  wide  variety 
of  outdoor  areas  and  facilities  such  as  parks,  beaches,  ice  rinks,  marinas, 
and  camps. 

Prof.  Jeffrey  and  Staff  Spring  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.129  School  Camping  —  Organization  and  Administration  3  CI;  3  Q.H. 
Administration  and  leadership  in  school  outdoor  education  and  conservation 
programs  in  the  natural  environment.  Field  trips  and  laboratory  includes 
experience  with  school-age  groups. 

Prof.  Jeffrey  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

63.131  Techniques  of  Recreation  Leadership  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Theories  and  problems  of  leadership;  theoretical  knowledge  will  be  applied 
to  the  solution  of  selected  problems  in  recreation  setting. 

Profs.  Robinson  and  Morrison  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.132  Interagency  Planning  for  Community  Action  3  CI.;  3  O.H. 
Agencies  and  how  they  function  (program  and  personnel);  how  agencies 
cooperate  for  interagency  programming.  Legal  and  financial  aspects  and  their 
effect  on  program.  A  study  of  volunteer  service  with  recreation  agencies 
included. 

Prof.  Robinson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.133  Recreation  Skills  IV  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Development  of  skills  and  teaching  techniques  in  basketball.  Techniques  of 
teaching  and  planning  selected  team,  dual,  and  individual  sports— laboratory 
setting:  freshman  skills  courses.  Techniques  of  leadership  in  aquatic  games, 
competitive  swimming,  synchronized  swimming  and  experience   in  working 


RECREATION    EDUCATION    /    379 

with  the   handicapped  and   retarded. 

Miss  Eliopoulos  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.134  Recreation  Skills  V  1  CI;  6  Lab;  3  Q.H. 
Development  of  personal  and  management  skills  in  tennis;  volunteer  experi- 
ence in  a  therapeutic  setting;  and  Red  Cross  Standard  and  Advance  First  Aid. 
Prof.  Kassabian  and  Miss  Eliopoulos                              Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

63.135  Social  Recreation  2  CI;  2  Q.H. 
Techniques  of  leadership,  participation  and  planning  for  recreation  in  social 
settings  for  all  ages;  typical  and  atypical  groups— parties,  programs,  special 
events.  Repertoire— mixers,  dances,  games,  crafts  and  music  activities. 
Creativity  stressed.  For  non-recreation  majors. 

Miss  Eliopoulos  Spring  Qtr. 

63.143  Winter  Sports  1  QH. 

Five-day  resident  session.   Participation  according  to  ability.   Evening  semi- 
nars in  skiing  theory  and  teaching  methods. 

Miss  Clancy  Winter  Qtr. 

63.146  Camp  Administration  3  01;  3  Q.H. 
Major  problems  involved  in  the  establishment  and  operation  of  organized 
camps,  including  school  camps,  summer  camps,  and  day  camps.  Selection 
of  camp  sites:  sanitation,  program,  schedule,  training  personnel,  finances, 
good  management,  and  promotion. 

Prof.  Jeffrey  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.147  Outdoor  Education  for  Handicapped  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Technical  training  and  experience   in  adapted  recreation  and  education   in 
outdoor  setting  with  various  impaired,  disabled,  and  handicapped  groups. 
Prof.  Robinson  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

63.148  Introduction  to  Mountaineering  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
All  aspects  of  mountaineering,  exposing  students  to  the  physical,  emotional, 
and  intellectual  challenges  afforded  by  technical  mountaineering.  An  inter- 
disciplinary study  drawing  upon  social,  physical  and  natural  sciences  such  as 
physical,  political  and  economic  geography;  glaciology,  meteorology;  struc- 
tural geology,  physiology  and  social  psychology,  etc.  Basic  skills  will  be 
developed  in  friction  and  technical  climbing,  route  finding,  navigation,  ex- 
pedition planning  and  wilderness  living.  The  course  includes  a  technical  rock 
climbing  laboratory  and  a  two  day  mini-expedition  in  the  Northern  Presiden- 
tial Range. 

Mr.  Lyman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.150  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Gross  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  skeletal,  articular,  muscular  and 
nervous  systems;  implications  for  recreation  programs. 

Prof.  Larson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.151  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Gross  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  endocrine,  circulatory,  respira- 


380   /    RECREATION    EDUCATION 

tory,  digestive  and  urinary  systems;  implications  for  recreation  programs. 
Prof.  Larson  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

63.160  Development  and  Utilization  of  Recreation  Education  Resources 

3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Survey  of  audio-visual  techniques  and  equipment;  instructional  media,  use  of 
computer  and  consideration  of  all  human,  natural,  and  financial  resources  for 
recreation. 
Prof.  Robinson  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

63.210  Philosophy  of  Recreation  and  Leisure        (Prereq.  63.120)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Goals  for  American  recreation  studied  in  modern  context;  implications  for 
the  profession;  historical  background,  concepts  of  work,  leisure,  recreation; 
trends,  issues,  and  future  directions. 
Prof.  McCay  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.215  Trends  and  Issues  in  Recreation  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

For  non-majors  in  recreation.  National  and  international  issues  and  trends 
in  the  professional  field;  trends  in  participation  with  professional  implica- 
tions; emerging  programs;  legislation;  the  leader  and  the  future. 
Prof.  McCay  Spring  Qtr. 

63.220  Methods  and  Materials  in  Recreation  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Team  teaching  and  evaluation,  lesson  and  unit  planning,  motivational  tech- 
niques; methods  and  materials  used  in  communicating  with  the  public  in- 
cluding survey  and  citizen  advisory  councils. 
Profs.  Robinson  and  Morrison  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.240  Dance  and  the  Cultures  2  CI.;  3  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 

Folk  dance  and  the  related  arts;  emphasis  on  cultural  understanding  and 
appreciation  through  dance,  music,  arts,  crafts,  customs,  foods,  dress,  his- 
tory, and  traditions. 
Miss  Glancy  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.250  Group  Dynamics  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

The  group  process;  how  groups  arrive  at  group  identity;  factors  influencing 
size,  purpose,  behavior  patterns,  selection  of  individual  members;  training, 
and  experience  in  leadership  techniques. 
Miss  Eliopoulos  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.255  Introduction  to  Therapeutic  Recreation  Service  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Understanding  of  the  needs  and  attitudes  of  and  toward  all  handicapped 
groups.  Study  of  the  various  disabling  diseases  and  conditions  and  the  ele- 
ments of  therapeutic  recreation  service. 

Prof.  Robinson  Fail  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.256  Workshop  in  Adapted  and  Hospital  Recreation  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Investigation  in  depth  of  basic  and  recent  developments  in  adaptive  and 
hospital  recreation.  Reports,  discussions,  observations,  and  visitations. 
Prof.  Robinson  Spring  Qtr. 

63.257  Recreation  Activities  for  the  Aged  and  Infirm  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Concentration  on  the  aged  population  in  the  community,  hospitals  and  nurs- 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY   /    381 

ing  homes  with  emphasis  on  the  provision  of  effective  leisure  time  activities 

and  services. 

Prof.  Robinson  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

62.260  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  and  Parks  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Financial  support  and  management;  promotion;  budgeting;  personnel  poli- 
cies;  arrangements  and  facilities;   underlying  principles  and  contemporary 

patterns. 

Profs.   Robinson  and  Morrison  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.266  Community  Education  and  Better  Schools  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

The  place  of  the  school  in  community  recreation.  Special  emphasis  on  the 
schools'  twelve  month  program  to  meet  the  needs  of  all  ages.  Field  pro- 
grams dealing  with  the  community-school  concept. 
Prof.  McCay  Spring  Qtr. 

63.267  Introduction  to  Youth  Groups  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Philosophy,  history,  and  programs  of  various  youth  clubs.  Boys  Clubs, 
YMCA's,  YWCA's  and  other  organizations  offering  programs  for  the  youth. 
Prof.   Morrison                                                                      Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.270  Arts  and  Crafts  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 

Opportunities  to  learn  and  to  teach  in  various  media— clay,  paper,  crayon, 
paint,  print,  leather,  wood,  metal,  yarn,  natural  and  scrap  materials;  empha- 
sis on  creativity,  skill,  and  enjoyment  for  all  ages. 
Miss  Clancy  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.280  Supervised  Field  Experience  and  Teaching  16  Q.H. 

Equivalent  to   student  teaching  in   education,   professional   assignment   in 
recreation  setting;  i.e.,  industry,  center,  school,  hospital,  agency,  organiza- 
tion,   housing,   settlement,    park,   playground,   camp.   Supervision  and  con- 
ferences. Seminar. 
Prof.  McCay  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

63.285   Introduction  to  Recreation  Research  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Research  procedures  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  research  to  solve  problems 
in  the  field  of  recreation.  Use  of  selected  computer  statistical  routines  will  be 
learned. 
Prof.  Morrison  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

63.290  Guided  Independent  Study  in  Recreation  Service  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Individual  or  collaborative  research  project  will  be  designed  and  carried  out 
under  close  faculty  guidance.  Written  reports  on  projects  will  be  required. 
Prof.  Morrison  Spring  Qtr. 


Physical  Therapy 


64.111    Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy  1  CI.;  1  Lab;  1  Q.H. 

Orientation  to  the  field  of  physical  therapy  and  its  role  in  the  health  pro- 
fessions. 

Miss  Foster  Winter  Qtr. 


382   /   PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

64.113  Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy     (Prereq.  64.111)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  in  applied  body  mechanics,  postural  examinations  and 
basic  procedures  relating  to  patient  management. 
Mrs.  Leventhal  Spring  Qtr. 

64.115  Introduction  to  Physical  Therapy     (Prereq.  64.113)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Theory  and  practice  in  hydrotherapy.  Introduction  to  functional  activities. 
Miss  Foster  and  Mrs.  Leventhal  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

64.121    Gross  Anatomy       (Prereq.  18.126,  18.148,  64.115)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
The  structure  and  functions  of  the  human  body  with  particular  emphasis  on 
the  skeletal,   muscular  and   nervous   systems.   Lecture  and    laboratory  with 
dissection. 
Prof.  Powers  and  Miss  Foster 

64.131   Applied  Anatomy 

(Prereq.  11.  172,  18.126,  18.148,  64.115)  4  CI.;  2  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
A  further  study  of  neuromuscular  function  with  emphasis  on  the  mechanical 
and   physiological  factors  involved;  application  to  normal  and  pathological 
movement;  physiology  of  exercise. 
Prof.  Shaffer  and  Mrs.  Watkins  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.144  Physical  Therapy  I 

(Prereq.  11.172,  18.126,  18.148,  64.115)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  massage;  heat  and  light. 
Prof.  Van  Slyck,  Miss  Foster,  and  Mrs.  Leventhal  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.145  Physical  Therapy  II  (Prereq.  64.121,  64.131,  64.144)  8  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  evaluation  procedures  and  analysis  of 
functional  activities. 

Prof.  Cerasoli,  Miss  Foster,  and  Mrs.  Leventhal  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

64.146  Physical  Therapy  III 

(Prereq.  64.121,  64.131,  64.144)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  basic  therapeutic  exercise. 
Prof.  Van  Slyck  and  Mrs.  Watkins  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

64.156  Physical  Therapy  IV  (Prereq.  64.145,  64.146)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  prosthetics  and  orthotics;  physical 
therapy  management  of  medical  and  surgical  chest  disorders. 

Prof.  Cerasoli,  Miss  Foster,  Prof.  Van  Slyck, 

and  Mrs.  Leventhal  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.157  Physical  Therapy  V  (Prereq.  64.145,  64.146)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  electrical  muscle  stimulation  and  test- 
ing procedures. 

Prof.  Shaffer  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.158  Physical  Therapy  VI  (Prereq.  64.156,  64.157)  1  CI.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Theory,  demonstration  and  practice  in  advanced  therapeutic  exercise. 

Prof.  Van  Slyck,  Prof.  Cerasoli,  and  Mrs.  Leventhal       Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY   /    383 

64.159  Clinical  Seminar  (Prereq.  64.156,  64.157)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Selected  topics  related  to  clinical  aspects  in  physical  therapy.  Interpersonal 
relationships,  ethics,  and  teaching  methods. 
Profs.  Shaffer  and  Cerasoli  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

64.165  Professional  Literature  and  Research 

(Prereq.  64.158,  64.159)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Professional     literature    through    Journal    Club;    introduction    to    scientific 
methodology  and   preparation  of  an   independent  research   proposal. 
Prof.  Cerasoli  and  Mrs.  Watkins  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.173   Rehabilitation  (Prereq.  64.186)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Concepts  of  rehabilitation  and  community  health  presented  by  allied  health 
personnel.  Emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  physical  therapist  as  a  member  of  the 
health  team.  Class  discussion  and  seminar. 
Mrs.  Leventhal  Spring  Qtr. 

64.176  Administration  (Prereq.  64.186)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Principles  and   methods   in  administrative  responsibilities   including  super- 
vision and  consultation. 

Prof.  Carlisle  and  Mrs.  Leventhal  Spring  Qtr. 

64.186  Supervised  Clinical  Education 

(Prereq.  professional  cumulative  average  of  2.0)  16  Q.H. 
Advanced  clinical  experience  (full  time)  providing  the  student  with  oppor- 
tunities to  practice  various  phases  of  physical  therapy  under  supervision  in 
preparation  for  assuming  the  role  of  a  qualified  physical  therapist. 
Profs.  Shaffer,  Cerasoli  and  Clinical  Faculty  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.210   Pathology  (Prereq.  18.126,  18.148)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Lectures  and  demonstrations  of  pathological  and  gross  specimens;  inflamma- 
tion; repair;  infection;  immunity  and  hypersensitivity;  degenerative  processes; 
disturbances  of  metabolism  and  circulation;  disorders  of  growth,   including 
tumors. 
Gherardo  J.  Gherardi,  M.D.  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.220  Clinical  Medicine  I  (Prereq.  18.126,  18.148)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Lectures  covering  the  various  areas  of  medicine  and  surgery  related  to  con- 
ditions commonly  encountered  in  patients  treated  by  the  physical  therapist; 
pediatrics,  general  medicine,  general  surgery. 

Sidney  Koretsky,  M.D.  Winter  Qtr. 

64.221  Clinical  Medicine  II  (Prereq.  18.126,  18.148)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Clinical  Medicine  64.220.  Orthopedic  conditions;  thoracic 
surgery;  role  of  the  laboratory. 

Henry  H.  Banks,  M.D.  and  associates  Spring  Qtr. 

64.222  Clinical  Medicine  III  (Prereq.  18.126,  18.148)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Clinical  Medicine  64.220.  Clinical  neurology  and  neuro- 
surgery; plastic  surgery;  burns;  dermatology;  gynecology;  urology. 

John  J.  Sullivan,  M.D.  and  associates  Spring  Qtr. 


384  /    HEALTH   EDUCATION 

64.235  Psychiatry  (Prereq.  19.102,  10.140)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Modern  psychiatric  methods  of  diagnosis  and  treatment  with  special  em- 
phasis on  those  conditions  with  which  the  physical  therapist  is  concerned. 
Arthur  W.  McMahon,  Jr.,  M.D.  Fall  Qtr. 

64.246  Applied  Physiology  (Prereq.  18.126,  64.165)  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Implementation  of  independent  research  proposals.  Effect  on  the  physiologi- 
cal processes  of  the  body  produced  by  basic  treatment  and  testing  procedures 
of  physical  therapy;  modifications  due  to  pathological  changes.  Patient  pres- 
entation included. 
James  I.  Porter,  M.D.,  Prof.  Cerasoli 
and  Mrs.  Watkins  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

64.250  Neuroanatomy  (Prereq.  64.121,  64.131)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Morphological  and  functional  management  of  the  nervous  system;  derange- 
ment of  normal  structure  and  function  of  the  nervous  system  in  various 
diseases.  Lecture  and  laboratory  with  dissection. 
Prof.  Powers  and  Miss  Foster  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Health  Education 

65.110  Foundations  of  Health  Education  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Orientation  to  School  Health  Education;  introduction  to  the  conceptual  ap- 
proach in  Health  Education  with  emphasis  on  personal  health  and  factors 
influencing  health;  and  introduction  to  the  philosophy  of  Health  Education. 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

65.116  Health  Topics  I:  Nutrition  (Prereq.  12.102)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  principles  of  good  selection  including  knowledge  of  the  basic  nutrients 
with  emphasis  on  building  and  maintaining  sound  health.  Nutritional  prob- 
lems, such  as  deficiency  diseases,  food  fallacies  and  fads,  and  weight  con- 
trol, including  various  approaches  to  nutrition  education  in  school  programs. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

65.118  Drug  Use  and  Abuse  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

The  use  and  abuse  of  modern  drugs  in  our  society  including  prescription  and 
non-prescription  drugs,  alcohol   and  tobacco,  and  their  physiological   and 
psychological  effects  on  the  body;  the  social  problems  surrounding  drug  abuse 
including  various  approaches  to  drug  education  in  school  programs. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.129  Health  Education  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Principles  of  personal  health;  emphasis  on  information  pertinent  to  mental 
and  physical  well-being,  current  social  behavior,  and  effective  approaches  to 
college  living. 

Staff  Fall  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

65.130  Health  Problems  of  the  College  Student  3  CI;  3  Q.H. 
Discussion  of  the  major  health  problems  affecting  college  students.  Principles 


HEALTH   EDUCATION   /    385 

of  personal  health  with  emphasis  on  healthful  college  living.  Physical  Educa- 
tion majors  only. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.210  Personal  Health 

Principles  of  healthful  living;  their  application  to  interpersonal  relations  and 

physical  education. 

Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

65.1 14  Health  Topics  II:  Mental  Health  (Prereq.  19.102  or  Equiv.)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  investigation  of  mental  illness  and  well-being  as  they  relate  to  total 
health,  with  concerns  for  the  factors  that  influence  mental  and  emotional 
behavior.  Various  approaches  to  mental  health  education  in  school  programs 
included. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

65.215  School  and  Community  Health  (Prereq.  65.129)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Focus  on  the  teacher's  all-important  role  in  developing  and  relating  the  prin- 
ciples, patterns,  and  programs  of  school  and  community  health  education. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.216  Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 

(Prereq.  65.215)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Materials  appropriate  to  the  teaching  of  health  and  safety  in  the  elementary 
and  secondary  school;  emphasis  on  direct  unit  instruction. 
Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

65.217  The  Teaching  Process  and  Curriculum  in  Health  Education 

(Prereq.  Motivation  (19.146)  or  equivalent)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Current  methods  with  study  of  new  approaches  to  instruction  in  Health  Educa- 
tion; including  analysis  of  curriculum  and  the  relationships  among  curricula 
and  teaching  methods. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

65.218  Public  Health  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Principles  of  public  health  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  emerging  patterns 
of  community  organization  and  activities  in  the  public  health  field. 

Staff  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

65.219  Public  Health  and  Community  Resources  (Prereq.  65.232)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  Community  Health  with  emphasis  on  emerging  contemporary 
local,  national  and  world  health  problems;  health  services  including  the 
choice  of  medical  care;  consumer  health;  and  available  community  resources 
for  enriching  school  health  programs.  Focus  on  public  and  community  service 
through  health  education. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.222  Health  Topics  III:  Drug  Use  and  Abuse  (Prereq.  65.114)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Designed  especially  for  Health  Education  majors  that  includes  the  use  and 
abuse  of  modern  drugs  in  our  society  covering  prescription  and  non-prescrip- 
tion drugs,  alcohol  and  tobacco,  and  their  physiological  and  psychological 
effects  on  the  body.  The  social  problems  surrounding  drug  abuse  are  discussed 
as  are  various  approaches  to  drug  education  in  school  programs. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 


I 


38G   /    HEALTH   EDUCATION 

65.223  Health  Topics  IV:  Human  Sexuality  and  the  Family 

(Prereq.  50.131)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Physical,  psychological,  social,  historical,  semantic,  and  comparative  cultural 
aspects  of  human  sexuality;  needs  and  problems  at  several  stages  of  matura- 
tion including  various  approaches  to  sex  education  in  the  school. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

65.225  Communicable  and  Degenerative  Diseases 

(Prereq.  18.120)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  disease  immunity  process  with  emphasis  on  prevalent  communicable 
diseases  in  the  United  States  today  and  their  transmission;  chronic  diseases; 
cardiovascular  diseases;  cancer,  diabetes,  and  other  constitutional  and  de- 
generative diseases  and  disorders  which  affect  the  nation's  health. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

65.230  Administration  of  School  Health  Education 

(Prereq.  65.240)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Principles  and  methods  of  administration  of  a  School  Health  Education  pro- 
gram: ethics,  personnel,  budget,  facility  management. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.232  Preventive  Health  Education  (Prereq.  65.110)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Personal  habits  and  activities  which  may  delay  the  aging  process  and/or 
preserve  the  homeostatic  balance  of  the  human  being  with  special  attention 
to  physical  fitness,  first  aid,  safety  education  and  other  preventive  health 
measures  as  they  relate  to  total  health. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

65.234  Health  Problems  of  the  School  Child  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Recognition  of  common  physical,  mental,  and  emotional  health  problems  of 
children  and  youth,  so  that  they  may  be  dealt  with  intelligently  by  the  class- 
room teacher. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.235  Health  Counseling  (Prereq.  65.232)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  identification  of  physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social  health  problems; 
remedial  procedures;  counseling  techniques  so  that  problems  may  be  dealt 
with  intelligently  by  health  educators. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.238,  65.239  Seminar  (Prereq.  for  65.238  is  50.141)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

(Prereq.  for  65.239  is  65.238)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Discussion  of  current  problems  and  new  developments  as  they  relate  to  Health 
Education  in  school  and  a  variety  of  community  settings.  An  introduction  to 
research  culminating  in  the  writing  of  a  research  paper. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

65.240  Student  Teaching  (Prereq.  65.217)  12  Q.H. 

Observation  and  practical  teaching  experience  in  School  Health  programs  in 
elementary   and    secondary   schools  and   junior  colleges.    Supervision   and 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /    387 

evaluation    by   cooperating  schools   or  agencies   and    Boston-Bouve   College 

faculty;   individual  and  group  seminars. 

Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

65.140  Concepts  in  Health,  Aging  and  Longevity  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Principles  of  the  aging  process  and  implications  for  diverse  community,  state 
and  national  health  programs. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

65.220  The  Teaching  Process  in  Community  Health  Education 

(Prereq.  19.146  or  equivalent)  4  Ci.;  4  Q.H. 
An  investigation  of  current  methodology  with  study  of  new  approaches  to  in- 
struction in  community  Health  Education;  including  an  analysis  of  methods 
for  use  with  various  age  groups  in  differing  community  settings. 
Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

65.231    Organization  and  Administration  of  Health  Programs  in 

Community  Settings  (Prereq.  65.241)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Principles  and  methods  of  organization  and  administration  of  various  health 
programs  including  Health   Education  at  the  community  level:  ethics,   per- 
sonnel, budget,  facility  management,  priorities. 
Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

65.241    Field  Experience  (Prereq.  65.220;  65.219)  12  Q.H. 

Field   Experience   in  selected  community  health  education  settings.   Super- 
vision and  evaluation  by  personnel  in  cooperating  agencies  and  by  Boston- 
Bouve  College  faculty;  individual  and  group  seminars. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Pharmacy 


71.201  Pharmacy  Orientation  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
A  survey  course  designed  to  introduce  the  beginning  pharmacy  student  to  the 
simple  fundamentals  in  the  use  of  the  basic  tools  and  equipment  in  the 
practice  of  pharmacy.  Modern  audio-visual  aids  will  explain  the  prescription 
balance,  graduals,  mortars  and  pestles,  filtration,  emulsification,  tablet 
triturates,  ointments  and  creams,  suppositories,  and  prescription  packaging. 
Prof.  Goldstein  Fall  Qtr. 

71.202  Pharmacy  Orientation  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Pharmaceutical  calculations  designed  to  enable  a  student  to  carry  out  the 
necessary  calculations  in  the  preparation  of  various  pharmaceutical  prepara- 
tions and  prescriptions.  A  programmed  instructional  text  will  be  used. 

Prof.  Goldstein  Winter  Qtr. 

71.240  Introduction  to  Institutional  Pharmacy  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

A  survey  course  design  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  operation  of  the 
modern  hospital  and  nursing  home  from  the  point-of-view  of  the  hospital 
pharmacist.   The   position   of   pharmacy   services   in   relationship   to   overall 


388   /    PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS 

operation  of  the  hospital  will  be  considered. 

Prof.  Goldstein  Spring  Qtr. 

71.242  Special  Research  Project  (Prereq.  Dean's  permission)  3  Q.H. 
Research  on  special  problems  may  be  undertaken  in  one  or  more  of  the  fol- 
lowing areas:  medicinal  chemistry,  pharmacognosy,  pharmacology,  pharmacy, 
and  pharmacy  administration. 

Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

71.243  Pharmaceutical  Jurisprudence  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  comprehensive  analysis  and  interpretation  of  all  laws  relating  to  the  prac- 
tice of  pharmacy.  Federal  and  State  Food  and  Drug  Laws,  Narcotic  Laws, 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  regulations,  and  state  pharmacy  laws  will  be 
discussed. 

Prof.  Goldstein  Not  offered  1972-73  Fall  Qtr. 

71.245  Pharmacy  Administration  I  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Socio-economic  aspects  of  pharmacy;  the  government's  relationship  to  the 
pharmaceutical  industry,  trends  in  contemporary  practice,  third-party  pay- 
ment plans,  macroeconomic  impact  on  the  industry,  and  the  interaction  of 
current  concepts  in  pharmacy. 
Prof.  Goldstein  Winter  Qtr. 

71.251  Clinical  Pharmacy  (Prereq.  65.218,  72.244)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Initial  course  in  clinical  pharmacy  devoted  to  learning  to  gather  and  evaluate 
medication  data  of  patients,  interpretation  of  clinical  laboratory  data,  and 
study  of  potential  drug  interactions  of  clinical  significance. 

Staff  Not  offered  1972-73  Winter  Qtr. 

71.252  Clinical  Pharmacy  (Prereq.  71.251  or  equivalent)  2  CI.;  6  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Learning  to  observe  patient  response  to  medication  and  to  evaluate  and  ad- 
vise on  all  factors  which  may  modify  efficacy,  safety,  and  economy  of 
therapy.  Lectures  are  devoted  to  basic  facts  needed  to  make  evaluations  and 
reports.  Laboratory  consists  of  two  mornings  of  medical  work  rounds  in  the 
hospital,  case  discussions  orientation  in  various  medical  specialities. 

Prof.  Inashima  Spring  Qtr. 

71.261  Pharmacy  I  (Prereq.  12.145,  11.172)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
The  study  of  physico-chemical  theories  and  principles  and  their  application 
to  pharmaceutical  systems:  intermolecular  forces  of  the  various  states  of 
matter,  colubility  phenomena,  equilibria,  complexation,  micrometities,  micro- 
and  macromolecular  systems,  rheology,  stability  and  chemical  kinetics. 
Prof.  Smith  Fall  Qtr. 

71.262  Pharmacy  II  (Prereq.  71.261)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Application  of  fundamental  principles  and  methods  to  the  formulation  of 
official  and  non-official  preparations  and  dosage  forms. 

Prof.  Smith  Winter  Qtr. 

71.263  Pharmacy  III  (Prereq.  71.262)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  71.262  with  further  reference  to  official  and  non-official 
preparations  and   more  advanced  dosage  forms. 

Not  offered  1972-73  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


PHARMACY  AND  ALLIED  HEALTH   PROFESSIONS   /    389 

71.264  Pharmacy  IV  (Prereq.  71.263)  3  CI.;  3  Lab;  4  Q.H. 
Physico-chemical  considerations  relating  to  drug  effectiveness  and  dosage 
form   design. 

Not  offered  1972-73  Spring  Qtr. 

71.265  Professional  Practice  I  (Prereq.  71.264)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Correlates  previous  pharmacy  courses.  The  compounding  and  dispensing  of 
solid  and  liquid  dosage  forms  of  medication  with  emphasis  on  chemical  in- 
compatibilities. Prescription  practice  involving  specialities  in  the  completely 
stocked  operative  Gillette  Pharmacy. 

Prof.  Palumbo  Fall  Qtr. 

71.266  Professional  Practice  II  (Prereq.  71.265)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Professional  Practice  I  including  lecture-demonstration 
designed  to  provide  the  student  with  practical  knowledge  of  various  surgical 
devices,  applicances,  and  hospital  and  sickroom  supplies  used  in  modern 
patient  care.  Prescription  practice  with  emphasis  on  specialities  and  possible 
drug  interactions  is  continued. 

Prof.  Palumbo  Winter  Qtr. 

71.267  Professional  Practice  111  (Prereq.  71.266)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  current  practice  of  modern-day  pharmacy.  The  practical  aspects  of 
pharmacy  including  the  various  laws  and  the  problems  of  non-prescription 
pharmaceuticals  applied  to  case  situations  in  dispensing. 

Not  offered  1972-73  Spring  Qtr. 

72.230   Drug  Analysis  (Prereq.  12.145)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 

A  survey  of  the  quantitative  analytical  techniques  applicable  to  the  evaluation 
and  assay  of  natural  and  synthetic  drugs  and  their  formulations;  emphasis  on 
chromatographic,  spectroscopic  and  other  instrumental  methods,  with  se- 
lected laboratory  experiments  in  the  use  of  these  as  defined  in  official 
compendia. 
Prof.  Raffauf  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

72.241  Introduction  to  Therapeutics  (Prereq.  18.182,  12.145)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  of  pharmacognosy,  pharmacology,  and  medicinal  chemistry  ap- 
plied to  the  discovery  of  drugs  of  therapeutic  utility  in  man;  a  detailed  dis- 
cussion of  drugs  affecting  the  central  nervous  system. 

Prof.  Raffauf  Winter  Qtr. 

72.242  Chemical-Pharmacology  I  (Prereq.  72.241)  5  CI.;  5  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  72.241.  An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  fundamental 
chemical  and  pharmacological  principles  of  drug  action.  A  discussion  of 
structure-activity  relationship,  adsorption  characteristics,  metabolic  fate, 
pharmacodynamics  and  therapeutic  application  of  principally  those  drugs  act- 
ing at  sympathetic  and  neuroeffecter  junctional  sites. 

Prof.  Neumeyer  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

72.243  Chemical-Pharmacology  II  (Prereq.  72.242)  5  CI.;  3  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Chemical-Pharmacology  I  with  special  emphasis  on  drugs 
affecting  the  hematopoetic  system,  the  kidneys,  and  the  adrenals. 

Prof.  Neumeyer  Fall  Qtr. 


390   /    NURSING 

72.244  Chemical-Pharmacology  III  (Prereq.  72.243)  5  CI.;  3  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  Chemical-Pharmacology  II  with  special  emphasis  on  anti- 
infectives  and  other  chemotherapeutic  agents,  biologicals,  and  vitamins. 
Prof.  Raffauf  Winter  Qtr. 

73.203  Anatomy-Physiology  (Prereq.  12.145,  18.132)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Structure  and  function  of  cells,  tissues,  organs  and  systems  are  discussed  in 
an  integrated  manner.  The  cell,  the  endocrine  system,  the  reproductive  sys- 
tem and  the  nervous  systems  are  covered. 

Prof.  MacKeen  Fall  Qtr. 

73.204  Anatomy-Physiology  (Prereq.  73.203)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Structure  and  functions  of  the  various  life  supportive  systems  not  covered  in 
the  first  quarter.  Laboratory  is  devoted  to  basic  principles  involved  in  under- 
standing life  systems  and  cell  function. 

Prof.  Inashima  Winter  Qtr. 

73.223  Clinical  Biochemistry  (Prereq.  90.151)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 

Electrolytes,  enzymes  and  hormones  of  clinical  and  pathologic  interest  with 
experiments  to  interpret  disordered  biochemistry. 
Prof.  Spector  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

73.245  Introduction  to  Pathology  (Prereq.  73.204,  73.223)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Basic  concepts  of  pathology  for  the  student  of  pharmacy  with  emphasis  on 
disease   processes   and   alterations   of   normal    biochemical    mechanisms. 

Fall  Qtr. 

73.247  Toxicology  (Prereq.  72.244)  4  CL;  4  Q.H. 

Principles  of  toxicology,  including  FDA  requirements  relating  to  new  drugs, 
environmental  and  other  factors  affecting  the  toxicity  of  therapeutic  agents, 
mechanisms  of  toxicity,  and  clinical  applications. 
Prof.  Reinhard  Spring  Qtr. 


Nursing 


80.101  Fundamentals  of  Nursing  5  CI. ;  4  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
Basic  to  all  other  courses  in  nursing.  Focus  is  on  the  patient  as  an  individual. 
Underlying  this  is  the  concept  of  homeostasis  and  the  role  of  the  nurse  in 
meeting  basic  needs.  Nursing  action  is  based  upon  the  principles  drawn 
from  the  behavioral  social  and  biological  sciences.  Assignments  in  patient 
care  are  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  opportunities  to  interpret  these 
principles  in  the  promotion  of  health  and  the  prevention  of  illness. 

Prof.  Wilcox  and  Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

80.102  Fundamentals  of  Nursing  (Prereq.  80.101)  5  CI.;  4  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
The  major  focus  is  the  identification  of  common  deviations  from  homeostasis 
and  the  supportive  nursing  measures  involved  in  the  restoration  of  the 
patient  to  normal  homeostasis. 

Prof.  Wilcox  and  Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

80.103  Fundamentals  of  Nursing  (Prereq.  80.102)  5  CI.;  4  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
The  major  focus  is  on  the  identification  of  specific  long  term  deviations  from 


NURSING   /    391 

homeostasis  and  the  nursing  actions  involved  in  the  restoration  of  the  patient 

to  optimal  function  and  adaptation. 

Prof.  Wilcox  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

80.108  Introduction  to  Technical  Nursing  4  CI.;  5  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Focus  on  the  role  of  the  technical  nurse  as  a  member  of  the  nursing  team. 
Major  emphasis  placed  upon  the  ability  to  provide  direct  nursing  care  through 
the  use  of  problem-solving  process  in  developing  and  implementing  an  effec- 
tive care  plan,  based  upon  principles  from  the  biophysical,  behavioral,  and 
social  sciences  with  broad  application  to  nursing  problems. 

Prof.  Kane  and  Staff  Fall  Qtr. 

80.109  Technical  Nursing  (Prereq.  80.108)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Emphasis  on  the  student's  understanding  of  selected  medical  and  surgical 
conditions  and  developing  his  ability  to  relate  principles  from  biophysical 
and  psychosocial  sciences  to  concepts  which  give  meaning  to  the  nursing 
care  of  patients. 

Prof.  Kane  and  Staff  Winter  Qtr. 

80.110  Nursing  Seminar  (Prereq.  80.108-80.109)  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
A  scientific  approach  to  the  analysis  of  health  problems  and  related  medical 
and  nursing  therapy.  Students  present  the  results  of  independent  research  in 
class. 

Prof.  Kane  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 

80.111  Trends  in  Nursing  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Acquaints  the  student  with  the  evolvement  of  nursing  and  its  role  in  society 
today.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  latter  in  discussions  of  preparation  for  nursing 
responsibilities  inherent  in  the  nursing  role,  events  that  influence  nursing 
practice  as  it  is  today  and  projected  for  the  future. 

Prof.  Kane  Spring  Qtr. 

80.201  Nursing  1  CI;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The  first  course  in  nursing  introduces  the  student  to  varying  levels  of  educa- 
tional preparation  in  nursing,  philosophy,  purposes  and  objectives  of  the 
program;  interpretation  of  own  health  behavior  patterns;  identification  of 
basic  needs  of  man;  identification  of  patterns  of  meeting  own  needs;  dis- 
tinguishing physiological,  sociological,  and  psychological  components  of 
human  sexuality;  communication  techniques;  interpersonal  processes,  roles 
and  role  conflicts;  group  dynamics  and  group  processes;  and  methods  of 
problem  solving. 

Miss  Gagnon  and  Staff  Fall  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

80.202  Nursing  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The  second  course  assists  the  student  in  identifying  general  social  trends  and 
their  implications  for  Nursing;  characteristics  of  a  profession;  functions  and 
purposes  of  nursing  organizations;  standards  of  behavior  of  the  professional 
nurse;  fundamental  principles  of  malpractice  law;  legislation  affecting  health 
care  and  factors  influencing  the  delivery  of  health  care;  major  world  health 
problems  and  selected  health  problems  affecting  the  welfare  of  communities; 
and  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  comprehensive  health  team. 

Miss  Gagnon  and  Staff  Winter  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

I 


392   /   NURSING 

80.203  Nursing  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The  science  of  nutrition,  assisting  the  student  in  recognizing  factors  in- 
fluencing the  formation  of  food  habits  in  self  and  others,  identifying  normal 
nutrient  needs  according  to  age  groups,  recognizing  the  need  for  objectivity 
in  working  with  individuals  in  meeting  their  needs,  as  well  as  the  importance 
of  nutrition  and  its  relationship  to  health.  Medical  terminology  commonly 
used  is  studied. 

Miss  Gagnon  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

80.204  Nursing— Universal  Needs 

(Prereq.  80.201,  80.202,  80.203)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Basic  nursing  theory  and  application  in  caring  for  people  in  hospital  settings. 
Selected  universal  needs  of  man  serve  as  the  basis  for  the  course  and  the 
focus  is  on  the  nursing  process  as  it  relates  to  meeting  these  needs. 
Prof.  Gates  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

80.205  Nursing— Common  Problems  I  (Prereq.  80.204)  4  CI.;  3  Lab.;  5  Q.H. 
Focuses  on  exploring  problems  common  to  individuals  who  are  unable  to 
meet  their  own  health  needs.  Clinical  practice  will  introduce  skills  and  ac- 
tivities to  meet  the  needs  of  patients  with  these  common  problems  in  general 
hospital  settings. 

Prof.  Gates  and  Staff  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

80.206  Nursing— Common  Problems  II  (Prereq.  80.205)  5  CI.;  9  Lab.;  8  Q.H. 
Physiological  and  psychological  disturbances  in  illness.  Emphasis  on  the 
analysis  of  patient  problems  and  the  nurse's  role  in  the  control  of  infection; 
pharmacology  and  drug  therapy,  responses  of  body  to  stress,  maintenance  of 
nutrition,  and  patient  teaching  in  long  term  illness.  Clinical  laboratory  ex- 
perience and  a  weekly  discussion  seminar  group. 

Prof.  Goodfellow  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

81.101  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Prereq.  80.103)  6  CI.;  15  Lab.;  11  Q.H. 
Utilizing  the  concept  that  all  illnesses  produce  alterations  in  body  function, 
the  student  is  Introduced  to  selected  conditions  requiring  medical  and/or 
surgical  intervention.  Major  emphasis  in  classroom  and  clinical  instruction 
is  upon  the  nurse's  role  in  meeting  patients'  physical  and  psychosocial  needs, 
further  developing  nursing  techniques,  and  learning  specific  skills  needed  to 
care  for  assigned  patients. 

Prof.  DeScenza  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

81.102  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Prereq.  81.101)  3  CI.;  9  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 
Sequential  to  81.101.  Designed  to  broaden  the  student's  understanding  of 
adults  with  more  serious  forms  of  physical  illness.  The  content  has  been 
developed  to  present  the  nurse's  responsibilities  in  caring  for  patients  with 
alterations  in  physiologic  functions  and  body  image.  Classroom  and  clinical 
experiences  focus  on  principles  and  nursing  skills  that  are  involved  in  pro- 
viding complex  care  for  selected  patients. 

Prof.  Carroll  and  Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

81.201   Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Prereq.  80.206)  4  CI.;  15  Lab.;  9  Q.H. 

Focuses  on  selected  physiologic  problems  encountered  in  the  care  of  adult 


NURSING   /   393 

patients.  Guided  clinical  experiences  are  planned  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  effects  of  illness  on  the  individual's  pattern  of  living,  planning  continuity 
of  care,  and  health  teaching.  Classroom  and  clinical  experiences  focus  on 
the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  planning  and  implementing  comprehen- 
sive health  care. 
Prof.  Johns  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

82.101    Maternal  and  Child  Health 

(Prereq.  19.141,  19.142,  80.103)  6  01.;  18  Lab.;  12  Q.H. 
Focuses  on  the  family  and  the  individual  and  their  developmental  task  with 
emphasis  on  positive  health  practices  within  the  family  unit.  The  nursing 
approach  centers  upon  the  health  needs  of  mothers  and  children  of  all  ages. 
The  needs  of  the  hospitalized  child  are  identified  by  studying  the  effect  of 
illness  upon  his  normal  growth  and  development.  The  common  illnesses  of 
childhood  are  discussed. 
Mrs.  Otto  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

82.201    Maternal  and  Child  Health 

(Prereq.  80.206,  19.141)  4  01.;  15  Lab.;  9  Q.H. 
Maternal  and  child  nursing  focuses  on  the  nursing  needs  of  mothers  and 
children.  This  course  considers  various  aspects  and  stresses  encountered 
within  the  family  structure,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  the  expanding 
family  and  the  child's  need  in  health  or  illness.  The  course  explores  the 
present-day  problems  relating  to  maternal  and  child  welfare  and  their  implica- 
tions for  society. 
Miss  Lynch  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

83.101    Psychiatric  Nursing  (Prereq.  81.101,  82.101)  3  01.;  9  Lab.;  6  Q.H. 

Assists  the  student  to  acquire  additional  knowledge  of  human  behavior;  to 
provide  the  opportunity  to  achieve  understanding  of  selected  human  moti- 
vations and  defenses  and  to  learn  additional  interpersonal  skills  which  may 
be  used  in  the  nursing  care  of  patients.  The  opportunity  to  apply  this  knowl- 
edge, to  observe  and  analyze  behavior  and  to  practice  the  skills  is  offered 
in  supervised  laboratory  sessions. 
Prof.  Gonyow  and  Staff  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

83.201    Psychiatric-Mental  Health  Nursing 

(Prereq.  80.206)  4  01.;  15  Lab.;  9  Q.H. 
Designed  to  increase  and  develop  knowledge  of  mental  illness,  understanding 
of  the  dynamics  of  human  behavior,  and  the  interrelationship  of  theory  and 
practice  as  it  applies  to  clinical  and  community  aspects  of  mental  health  and 
psychiatric  nursing. 
Prof.  Lee  and  Staff  All  Quarters 

84.201    Public  Health  Nursing 

(Prereq.  81.201,  82.201,  83.201)  6  01.;  12  Lab.;  9  Q.H. 
Increases  understanding  of  the  variety  of  ways  communities  organize  to  meet 
the  health  and  welfare  needs  of  their  members.  Principles  of  public  health 
and  public  health  nursing  are  examined  in  depth.  Attention  is  given  to  current 
health  and  welfare  legislation,  environmental  factors  affecting  health,  and  the 
role  of  the  nurse  in  prevention  of  disease  and  maintenance  of  health.  Labora- 
tory experiences  will  provide  opportunities  to  work  with  individuals,  families. 


394   /   ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS/RESPIRATORY  THERAPY 

and  community  agencies. 

Prof.  Tingle  and  Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

85.201  Contemporary  Nursing  (Prereq.  84.201)  CI.  T.B.A.;  Lab.  T.B.A.;  9  Q.H. 
The  final  nursing  course  before  graduation.  Includes  lectures,  seminars, 
progress  reports  and  eight  weeks  of  student  selected  placement  experience. 
The  core  content  includes  legal  aspects,  roles,  leadership,  change  and  re- 
search methods.  Students  demonstrate  self-direction  by  defining  their  ob- 
jectives for  placement  experience,  pursuing  an  area  of  nursing  in  which  they 
are  particularly  interested,  utilizing  basic  principles  of  research  and  evaluat- 
ing their  own  performance. 
Mrs.  Barry  and  Staff  Spring  Qtr. 


Allied  Health  Professions 

86.1 12*  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

Major  disease  problems  in  our  society  and  modes  of  treatment.  Discussion  of 
organized  care,  diagnosis,  and  treatment.  Consideration  of  reproduction,  birth, 
and  pediatrics. 
Dr.  Burke  Fall  Qtr. 

86.113  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  II  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

A  continuation  of  86.112  covering  heart,  cancer,  stroke,  blood  and  lymphatic 
diseases,  accidents,  and  musculoskeletal,  respiratory,  and  gastrointestinal 
diseases. 
Dr.  Burke  Spring  Qtr. 

86.174  Health,  Disease,  and  Disability  I  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Major  disease  or  disability  states  and  their  impact  on  human  physiology  and 
psychology.  Social  and  individual  response  to  these  states.  Lectures,  demon- 
strations, field  visits.  Part  I  emphasizes  medical  areas. 

Dr.  Burke  Winter  Qtr. 

86.175  Health,  Disease,  and  Disability  II  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
A  continuation  of  86.174.  Part  II  emphasizes  surgical  areas. 

Dr.  Burke  Spring  Qtr. 

86.191  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  I 

(Prereq.  permission)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The  development  and  understanding  of  the  respiratory  therapist's  role  as  a 
member  of  the  health  care  profession.  Functions,  legal  and  ethical  rights, 
and  responsibilities.  A  concise  survey  of  the  normal  structures  and  functions 
of  the  human  body  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  organs  of  respiration  and 
circulation  and  the  principle  of  oxygen  and  tissue  metabolism. 
Mr.  Donahue  Fall  Qtr. 

86.1 92  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  II 

(Prereq.  86.191)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
The    basic    outline    includes    microbiological    principles    and    techniques. 


ALLIED  HEALTH   PROFESSIONS/MEDICAL   LABORATORY  SCIENCE   /    395 

Spread  of  disease  and  theory  of  sterilization  as  it  relates  to  humidification, 
nebulization,  vaporization,  intermittent  positive  and  expiratory  positive  pres- 
sure breathing  techniques.  Theory  and  classification  of  nebulizers.  Humidi- 
fiers and  ventilation. 
Mr.  Donahue  Winter  Qtr. 

86.193  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  III 

(Prereq.  86.192)  2  CI.;  2  Lab.;  3  Q.H. 
Therapy    and    procedures    in    chest    physiotherapy.    Resuscitation,    artificial 
ventilation.  Mechanics  of  breathing.  Pulmonary  function  and  pharmacology 
for  respiratory  therapists. 
Mr.  Donahue  Spring  Qtr. 

86.194  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  (Prereq.  86.193)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Pathology  and  physiology  of  medical,  surgical,  obstetrical,  thoracic,  neuro- 
surgical, and  pediatric  disease  entities. 

Mr.  McNeil  Fall  Qtr. 

86.195  Clinicallnternship  (Prereq.  86.194)  40  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Supervised  clinical  practice  at  primary  teaching  hospitals. 

Winter  Qtr. 

86.196  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  III  (Prereq.  86.195)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Application  and  procedures  in  emergencies,  obstetrics,  pediatrics,  and  gen- 
eral thoracic  and  neurosurgery. 

Mr.  McNeil  Spring  Qtr. 

86.197  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  IV  (Prereq.  86.196)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Applied  cardio-pulmonary  physiology. 

Mr.  McNeil  Winter  Qtr. 

86.198  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  V  (Prereq.  86.197)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  supervision  and  administration  of  a 
respiratory  therapy  department.  Intensive  review  for  professional  qualification 
in  oral  and  written  examinations. 

MissCassara  Spring  Qtr. 

The  medical   laboratory  science  professional  courses  are  taught  by  University 
faculty  together  with  supportive  clinical   faculty. 

87.100  Laboratory  Medicine— Orientation  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
The  history  and  development  of  the  medical  laboratory  technologies  and 
pathology. 

Winter  Qtr. 

87.101  Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Science 

(Prereq.  18.132;  12.104  or  12.107)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Introductory  course  in  the  basic  medical  laboratory  sciences:  Methods,  prin- 
ciples, theories.  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 


396   /  ALLIED   HEALTH   PROFESSIONS/MEDICAL   LABORATORY   SCIENCE 

87.102  Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Hematology 

(Prereq.  81.101  or  concurrent)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Principles  and  procedures  of  basic  medical  laboratory  hematology  including 
basic  coagulation. 

Winter  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

87.103  Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Immunohematology 

(Prereq.  87.101)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Basic  principles  in  immunohematology  and  related  techniques  with  particular 
emphasis  on  those  procedures  used  in  blood  banking. 

Winter  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

87.105  Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Chemistry  and  Instrumentation 

(Prereq.  87.101;  12.171)  3  CI.;  4  Labs.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles,  procedures,  and  techniques  of  basic  clinical  chemistry  and  in- 
strumentation. 

Spring  Qtr. 

87.1 1 1  Medical  Microbiology  Applied  Study  (At  Hospital) 

(Prereq.  18.220;  87.101)  4  Q.H. 
Clinical  practicum  in  applied  microbiology  at  an  affiliated  accredited  hospital 
school  of  medical  technology. 

Spring  Qtr. 

87.1 1 2  Hematology  and  Immunohematology  Applied  Study  (At  Hospital) 

(Prereq.  87.102;  87.103)  4  Q.H. 
Clinical  practicum  in  applied  hematology,  coagulation,  and  blood  banking  at 
an  affiliated  accredited  hospital  school  of  medical  technology. 

Fall  Qtr. 

87.115  Medical  Laboratory  Chemistry  Applied  Study  (At  Hospital) 

(Prereq.  12.145;  12.171;  87.105)  4  Q.H. 
Clinical  practice  in  applied  clinical  chemistry  at  an  affiliated  accredited 
hospital  school  of  medical  technology. 

Winter  Qtr. 

87.120  Communications   in  the  Health  Sciences  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 
Effective  communication  in  the  medical  scientific  community. 

Spring  Qtr.  1973 

87.121  Quality  Control      (Prereq.  12.171,  10.105;  87.101;  87.105)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Basic  statistical  methods  used  in  medical  laboratory  quality  control. 

Fall  Qtr. 

87.201    Pathogenic  Microbiology 

(Prereq.  18.220  and  87.101)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Methods  of  identification  and  differentiation  of  normal  and  pathogenic  body 
flora.  Basics  of  virology  and  fundamentals  of  mycology  and  mycological  in- 
fections. 

Spring  Qtr. 


COOPERATIVE   COURSES   /    397 

87.202  Hematology  and  Immunohematology 

(Prereq.  18.132;  87.102;  87.103)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Review  of  hemopoiesis  Morphology  and  physiology  of  blood  cells  and  bone 
marrow.  Basic  lectures  with  complementary  clinical  pathology  conferences, 
and  discussions  on  current  literature  and  applied  laboratory  experiences. 

Fall  Qtr. 

87.203  Medical  Immunology  and  Serology 

(Prereq.  87.201;  87.103)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Medically  applied  immunological  and  serological  concepts  and  procedures. 

87.204  Medical  Parasitology  (Prereq.  18.220)  1  CI.;  3  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Laboratory  identification  of  human  parasites  and  a  study  of  their  life  cycles. 

87.205  Clinical  Chemistry 

(Prereq.  12.171;  12.145;  87.101;  87.105)  3  CI.;  3  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
Principles  and  methodologies  of  current  clinical  chemistry  procedures  used 
in  the  medical  laboratory  for  the  assessment  of  human  physiological  con- 
ditions. 

Winter  Qtr. 

87.190   Undergraduate  Research  (Prereq.  87.102;  87.103;  87.105)  2  Q.H. 

Special  problems  in  laboratory  medicine  involving  individual  research  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

87.221   Medical  Laboratory  Management  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Principles  of  laboratory  supervision,  communication,  and  personnel  relations. 
Professional  ethics,  relationships,  and  legal  responsibilities. 

Spring  Qtr. 

87.226  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Education  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 

Use,  evaluation,  and  development  of  educational  media  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  correlation  of  didactic  and  clinical  instruction. 

Winter  Qtr. 


Cooperative  Courses 


90.251    Placement  Techniques  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 

Career  selection  and  development  are  discussed  concurrently  with  methods 
of  achieving  career  goals.  Techniques  of  resume  preparation,  personal  pres- 
entation, and  effective  written  communication  are  treated  to  facilitate  the 
planning  and  implementation  of  a  professional  career  program. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

90.253  Professional  Development  for  Teachers  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 

Teaching  as  a  profession  is  discussed  concurrently  with  methods  of  achieve- 
ing  career  goals  by  developing  the  techniques  of  resume  preparation,  effec- 
tive oral  and  written  communication,  and  the  interviewing  process.  Topics 
affecting   professional    growth,    such   as   teacher   certification,    professional 


398   /    MILITARY  SCIENCE 

ethics,  and  professional  development,  will  be  examined.  College  of  Educa- 
tion faculty  will  discuss  the  various  aspects  of  professionalism. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

90.254  Professional  Development  for  Nurses  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 

Nursing  as  a  profession  is  discussed  concurrently  with  methods  of  assisting 
the  senior  to  assume  her  role  as  a  graduate  nurse.  Topics  relative  to  per- 
sonal, legal,  and  professional  responsibilities  are  examined  as  well  as 
techniques  of  resume  preparation,  effective  oral  and  written  communication 
and  personal  presentation. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

90.257  Professional  Development  for  Engineers  1  CI.;  0  Q.H. 

Career  development  in  the  respective  engineering  fields  is  examined  with  a 
view  to  current  practice  and  demands,  and  developing  trends  of  the  profes- 
sion. Effective  techniques  of  resume  preparation,  oral  and  written  communica- 
tion, and  personal  presentation  are  discussed  to  facilitate  the  planning  and 
implementation  of  a  professional  career  program. 
Staff  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


Military  Science 


Military  Science  I 

91.101  U.S.  Defense  Establishment  1  Ci.;  1  Q.H. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  the  history,  organization,  and  mission  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Defense.  Further,  the  mission  and  organization  of  the  U.S.  Army 
with  emphasis  given  to  the  integration  of  small  units  into  larger  units  and 
the  general  design  of  military  organization  is  taught. 

Fall  Qtr. 

91.102  Map  and  Aerial  Photo  Reading  (Prereq.  91.101)  1  CI.;  1  Q.H. 
Use  of  maps  and  aerial  photographs  in  order  to  develop  an  understanding 
and  an  appreciation  of  these  instruments  of  command  and  their  application 
to  the  military  service. 

Winter  Qtr. 

91.103  Leadership  Laboratory  (Prereq.  91.102)  2  Lab.;  1  Q.H. 
Progressive  training  in  leadership,  drill,  and  command.  Exercise  in  command 
is  stressed  wherein  students  perform  duties  and  functions  as  officers  inci- 
dent to  conduct  of  training. 

Spring  Qtr. 

Military  Science  II 

91.104  American  Military  History  and  Tactics  (Prereq.  91.103)  3  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Selected  battles  and  campaigns,  coupled  with  major  periods  of  international 
crises,  are  studied  with  a  view  towards  giving  the  student  an  appreciation  of 
the  development  of  the  U.S.  Army.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  and 
principles  of  small  unit  tactics. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


MILITARY   SCIENCE   /    399 

91.105  Officer  Development  Leadership  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  91.104)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  1.5  Q.H. 

Employment  of  the  rifle  platoons  and  rifle  company  with  emphasis  on  the 
responsibility  of  command,  span  of  control,  planning,  coordination,  and  de- 
cision-making. Leadership  Laboratory  as  described  in  91.103. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

Military  Science  III 

91.106  Fundamentals  and  Dynamics  of  the  Military  Team  I 

(Prereq.  91.105)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Principles  of  instruction.  Continued  emphasis  on  tactics  and  operations  as 
described  in  91.104.  A  discussion  of  the  basic  problems  in  small  unit  leader- 
ship. Familiarization  with  communication  systems. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

91.107  Leadership  and  Management   —  Leadership  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  91.106)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Review  of  the  basic  problems  in  small  unit  leadership  with  emphasis  on  role 
of  a  platoon  leader  in  setting  platoon  goals  and  standards,  motivating  per- 
formance, use  and  support  of  the  non-commissioned  officer.  Leadership 
Laboratory  as  described  in  91.103. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

91.108  Fundamentals  and  Dynamics  of  Military  Team  II 

(Prereq.  91.107)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
Staff  organization  and  responsibilities;  troop  leading  procedures;  decision 
making;  composition  and  development  of  military  intelligence;  combined  arms 
operations  from  patrol  to  company  level.  A  discussion  of  the  role  of  the 
branches  of  the  army  within  the  overall  mission  of  the  army. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

Military  Science  IV 

91.109  Leadership  and  Management  Leadership  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  91.108)  1  CI.;  2  Lab.;  2  Q.H. 
Composition  and  mission  of  combined  arms  forces,  company  size  through 
battalion  size,  in  offensive,  defensive,  and  special  operations.  Leadership 
Laboratory  as  described  in  91.103. 

Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

91.110  Leadership  and  Management  II  —  Internal  Defense  Development 

(Prereq.  91.109)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
The  organizational,  environmental,  personnel,  and  operational  problems  en- 
countered by  the  manager  of  the  modern  military  team.  Included  is  an  analysis 
of  the  strategic  factors  of  power  as  an  environmental  background  in  which  the 
military  team  is  employed. 

Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

91.111  Pre-Camp  Orientation  —  Leadership  Laboratory 

(Prereq.  91.110)  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
An  orientation  to  what  is  expected  of  the  cadet  while  attending  summer  camp. 
Provides  for  physical  training  to  ensure  that  the  cadet  is  physically  prepared. 
Leadership  Laboratory  as  described  in  91.103. 

Spring  Qtr. 


400   /   CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

Criminal  Justice 

92.104  Administration  of  Criminal  Justice  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Surveys  the  entire  contemporary  criminal  justice  system  from  the  initial 
contact  with  the  offender  through  prosecution,  disposition,  incarceration  and 
release  to  the  community.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  major  systems  of  social 
control  such  as  police,  corrections,  juvenile  justice,  mental  health  systems, 
and  their  policies  and  practices  relative  to  the  offender.  A  balance  will  be 
maintained  in  providing  legal,  empirical,  and  sociological  materials. 
Prof.  Senna  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.106  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Basic  considerations  of  organization  and  administrative  and  operational  serv- 
ices with   special   emphasis   upon   the   role   of  the   police   in   contemporary 
society;    examining    recruitment,    retention,    attrition,    socialization,    self- 
evaluation,  and  attitudinal  and  behavioral  changes  of  career  officers. 
Prof.  Natoli  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.110  Police-Community  Relations  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Police-public  contact;  uses  of  the  communications  media  in  projecting  the 
police  image;  responsibilities  of  police  in  dealing  effectively  with  minority 
groups,  civil  rights,  civil  disorder,  and  public  protection.  An  exploration  of 
the  role  and  function  of  the  police  in  intergroup  relations. 
Prof.  Sheehan  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.112  Criminal  Behavior  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  analysis  of  various  non-conformist  and  criminal  activities  generating  con- 
temporary sub-cultures;  societal  norms  and  legal  precepts,  including  the 
police,  the  courts,  and  the  correctional  systems,  are  explored  as  they  relate 
to  deviant  subcultures. 

Prof.  Natoli  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.113  Law  Enforcement  Procedures  and  Social  Structure  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Law  enforcement  systems  in  relation  to  class  structure,  political,  economic, 
and  social  power,  police  and  community  subcultural  developments  and  prob- 
lems of  professionalization. 

Prof.  Natoli  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.115  Police  Operations  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

A  general  survey  of  police  operational  procedures  including  patrol,  traffic, 
interrogations,  and  report  writing.  Role-playing  is  used  extensively  to  demon- 
strate interviewing  methods. 
Prof.  Sheehan  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.131  Law  Enforcement  Administration  and  Management  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
The  principles  of  police  organization,  administration  and  management,  in- 
cluding staff  and  line  functions,  chain  of  command,  span  of  control,  selection 
of  personnel  and  promotional  systems.  Consideration  is  also  given  to  special 
problems  such  as  strikes,  natural  and  atomic  disasters,  narcotic  traffic,  and 
vice  control. 
Prof.  Sheehan  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE   /   401 

92.132  Police  Supervision 

The  police  supervisor's  role  in  discipline;  intradepartmental  relations,  prob- 
lem-handling and  personnel  policies.  Problems  relating  to  supervisory  rela- 
tionships, wages,  grievances,  morale,  and  safety. 
Prof.  Natoli  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.133  Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Crime  scene  procedure;  collection  and  preservation  of  evidence;  recording 
the  crime  scene;  surveillance;  identification;  investigative  techniques;  and 
methods  of  preparing  a  case  for  court. 

Prof.  Cunliffe  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

92.134  Civil  Liberties:  Substantive  Rights  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Utilizing  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  sources,  this  course  will  en- 
compass a  study  of  the  constitutional  rights  of  speech,  press,  religion, 
association,  equal  protection  of  the  laws,  and  their  relevance  to  a  democratic 
society. 

Prof.  Kassler  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.136  Social  Aspects  of  the  Legal  Institution  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Coursework  examines  the  relationship  between  the  social  order  and  the  legal 
institution.  The  formulation  of  criminal  law,  law  enforcement,  the  administra- 
tion of  justice  and  correctional  policy  are  viewed  as  social  processes  serving 
group  and  organizational  interests.  Field  visits  arranged. 
Prof.  Pieczenik  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.141  Criminal  Law:  Procedural  Due  Process  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 

Utilizing  current  Supreme  Court  decisions  and  other  sources,  this  course 
will  examine  the  relationship  between  the  Bill  of  Rights  and  the  States,  with 
primary  emphasis  on  the  guarantees  of  fair  trial,  counsel,  privacy,  immunity 
from  self-incrimination,  and  other  constitutional  safeguards  in  state  and 
Federal  criminal  proceedings. 
Prof.   Kassler  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.142  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Rules  of  evidence;  principles  of  exclusion;  evaluation  and  examination  of  evi- 
dence and  proof;  competency;  consideration  of  witnesses.  Fundamentals  of 
court  room  procedure;  testifying  in  court;  the  principles  of  prosecuting  a  case; 
the  introduction  of  evidence.  Role-playing  is  used  as  a  learning  device  in 
mock  trials.  Class  members  are  required  to  attend  and  report  on  criminal 
trials. 

Prof.  Kassler  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.143  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  2  CI.;  4  Lab.;  4  Q.H. 
A  survey  of  the  elements  of  microscopy,  spectroscopy,  and  basic  chemistry 
as  they  apply  to  the  study  of  firearms,  hair,  fibers,  blood,  paint,  tools,  glass, 
documents,  laundry  marks,  poisons,  and  other  materials  which  comprise  phys- 
ical evidence. 

Prof.  Cunliffe  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


402   /   CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

92.146  Legal  Aspects  of  Society  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Twentieth-century  society  with  an  emphasis  upon  the  legal  structure  and  its 
impact  upon  society. 

Prof.  Kassler  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.147  The  Juvenile  and  the  Courts  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Coursework  examines  the  juvenile  court:  its  philosophy,  procedure  and  per- 
sonnel. Focus  is  on  the  discretionary  processes  by  which  juveniles  labelled 
delinquent,  dependent  and  neglected.  The  roles  played  by  police,  prosecution, 
defense,  bench  and  social  service  workers  are  considered.  Field  visits  ar- 
ranged. 

Prof.  Pieczenik  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.155  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  opportunity  for  free  discussion  about  the  numerous  problems  facing  the 
law  enforcement  officer.  Periodic  oral  and  written  reports  are  required.  Guest 
lecturers  are  invited  to  participate  in  and  lead  discussion  sessions.  An  effort 
is  made  to  have  each  student  formulate  his  own  philosophy  of  law  enforce- 
ment prior  to  his  graduation. 

Prof.  Sheehan  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.156  Seminar  In  Law  and  Criminal  Justice  4  Q.H. 
Prof.  Kassler                                                               Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

92.157  Research  Methods  In  Criminal  Justice  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Development  of  research  design  of  the  kind  most  useful  to  criminal  justice 
problems;  understanding  of  some  of  the  most  important  issues  and  problems 
facing  researchers  in  the  field;  use  of  various  data  collection  methods  includ- 
ing observation,  interviewing,  questionnaire  construction,  and  scales  for  sur- 
vey analysis;  validity  and  reliability;  computer  application  in  Criminal  Justice. 
Prof.  Siegel                                                                               Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.158  Seminar  in  Alternatives  for  the  Troubled  Child  4  CI;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  will  have  a  dual  focus:  1)  theories  of  delinquent  behavior,  and  2) 
strategies  of  prevention  and  rehabilitation. 

Prof.  Pieczenik  Spring  Qtr. 

92.160  Social  Welfare  Problems  In  Criminal  Justice  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
A  critical  examination  of  Culture-of-Poverty  themes;  a  brief  study  of  the 
Social  Welfare  system;  development  of  techniques  for  referral  to  social 
agencies;  development  of  self-awareness  through  thoughtful  evaluation  of 
personal  bias  and  experience. 

Prof.  Ames  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

92.161  Delinquency  and  Adolescent  Behavior  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Psychodynamic  development  of  the  adolescent  personality  and  growth  of 
delinquency  patterns  in  this  culture.  Current  novels  and  essays  as  well  as 
standard  texts  will  be  used. 

Prof.  Ames  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE   /    403 

92.162  Introductory  Statistics  and  Social  Research  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
An  elementary  survey  and  analysis  of  the  uses  of  statistics  and  social  re- 
search methods,  with  special  reference  to  utilization  of  data  from  the  field  of 
criminal  justice.  The  first  part  of  the  course  covers  descriptive  statistics  and 
the  second  examines  the  basic  techniques  in  social  research.  Attention 
is  given  to  methods  of  collecting,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  statistical  data, 
and  to  the  use  of  statistics  in  the  development  of  research  designs. 
Prof.   Senna                                                                           Fall   and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.163  Crime  and  Correction  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Considers  the  historical  background  of  criminology,  theories  of  criminal  be- 
havior, as  well  as  types  of  offenses  and  offenders.  Basic  principles  of  crimi- 
nology will  be  examined.  The  nature  and  extent  of  crime  and  its  effects  upon 
society  will  be  studied  together  with  the  major  approaches  to  its  prevention, 
control,  and  treatment. 

Prof.  Senna  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

92.164  Introduction  to  Corrections  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Examines  the  total  correctional  process  from  probation  through  institutions, 
to  parole.  It  is  intended  to  provide  the  student  with  a  broad  understanding  of 
corrections  as  a  field  of  study.  It  provides  a  total  review  and  orientation  of 
current  correctional  concepts.  The  relationship  of  corrections  to  other  be- 
havioral sciences  and  the  reliance  of  contemporary  corrections  on  social 
welfare  is  demonstrated. 

Prof.  Senna  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.165  Rehabilitation  of  the  Offender  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
This  course  will  present  the  basic  concepts  for  influencing  and  changing 
human  behavior.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  an  examination  of  various 
types  of  current  programs  and  services  developed  in  the  criminal  justice 
system  to  rehabilitate  the  offender.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  con- 
temporary practices  in  corrections,  such  as  the  community-based  work  re- 
lease program,  half-way  houses,  and  various  forms  of  individual  treatment 
services. 

Prof.  Senna  Spring  and  Summer  Qtrs. 

92.180  Delinquent  Behavior:  Theory,  Prevention,  and  Rehabilitation 

4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Students  in  this  course  will  investigate,  compile  and  offer  a  critique  of  com- 
munity resources  available  for  children  involved  with  juvenile  courts. 
Prof.  Pieczenik  Spring  Qtr. 

92.191,   92.192,  92.193   Directed  Study  (each)  4  Q.H. 

92.198  Topics  In  Law  Enforcement  4  Q.H. 

92.199  Topics  in  Criminal  Justice  4  Q.H. 

92.201  History  of  Criminal  Justice  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

An  historic  survey  of  the  principles  of  Criminal  Justice  in  the  ancient  and 
medieval  periods  with  emphasis  upon  the  impact  of  religion  and  philosophy. 
Dean  Rosenblatt  Fall  Qtr. 


404  /    INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES 

92.202  History  of  Criminal  Justice  3  CI.;  3  Q.H. 

A  continuation  of  the  historic  survey  with  an  examination  of  the  effect  of  the 
Renaissance  Reformation  and  the  rise  of  nation  states. 
Dean  Rosenblatt  Winter  Qtr. 

Interdisciplinary  Courses 

93.110  Programming  Computers  with  FORTRAN 

(Prereq.  1  yr.  college  math)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Techniques  for  programming  problems  on  any  large  computer.  Emphasis  is 
on  general  programming  methods  using  the  language  of  FORTRAN.  A  large 
number  of  example  problems  are  presented  in  an  effort  to  display  the  ap- 
plicability of  computers  to  a  wide  variety  of  professional  activities.  No  prior 
computer  experience  is  required. 
Prof.  Rule  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

93.120  Racism  in  America  4  Q.H. 

A  student-taught  seminar  exploring  the  evolution  and  impact  of  racial  at- 
titudes and  relationships  in  American  society. 

93.125  Automatic  Data  Processing  with  COBOL-1  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Fundamentals  of  computer  programming  in  the  language  of  COBOL  with 
applications  to  problems  such  as  manipulation  of  large  files  of  externally 
stored  data.  Elementary  computer  functioning,  program  organization;  input/ 
output  operations;  arithmetic  and  data-handling  verbs;  program  logic  and 
flow  charts  are  covered.  No  prior  computer  experience  is  required. 

Prof.  Finkenaur  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

93.126  Automatic  Data  Processing  with  COBOL-li 

(Prereq.  90.125)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Higher  level  aspects  of  the  COBOL  language  are  considered.  Use  of  decision 
tables  in  development  of  program  logic.  Improving  program  efficiency.  Error 
detection  and  minimization  techniques.  Bulk  data  storage  in  magnetic  tape 
and  disk  files.  Storing,  merging,  updating  and  purging  of  files.  Report  gen- 
eration. 
Prof.  Finkenaur  Spring  Qtr. 

93.151  General  Biochemistry  (Prereq.  2  Qtr.  Organic  Chemistry)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Introduction  to  biochemical  compound  types,  occurrence,  chemistry  and  in- 
troduction to  metabolism. 

Profs.  Spector  and  Warner  (Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology) 

93.152  Physical  Biochemistry  (Prereq.  93.151)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Bioenergetics,  enzymes,  enzyme  kinetics  with  application  to  central  area  of 
metabolism  biooxidation  and  reduction  processes. 

Prof.  Clagett  (Chemistry  and  Medicinal  Chemistry) 

93.153  Metabolic  Biochemistry  (Prereq.  93.152)  4  CI.;  4  Q.H. 
Survey  of  intermediary  metabolism  including  carbohydrate,  lipid,  protein,  and 
nucleic  acid  biochemistry. 

Prof.  Dealy  (Biology) 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES   /   405 

93.201  Computers  in  our  World  2CI.;2Q.H. 
An  introductory  course  designed  for  Liberal  Arts  majors,  showing  how  com- 
puters function  and  how  they  are  used.  No  prior  experience  is  needed.  Stu- 
dents will  learn  how  to  use  the  large  University  computer. 

Dr.  Eiseman  Fall  and  Winter  Qtrs. 

93.202  Using  Computers  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
An  intermediary  level  course,  designed  for  Liberal  Arts  majors,  exploring  the 
use  of  computers  to  solve  typical  problems. 

Dr.  Eiseman  Winter  and  Spring  Qtrs. 

93.203  Advanced  Computer  Applications  2  CI.;  2  Q.H. 
An  advanced  level  course  designed  for  Liberal  Arts  majors  with  programming 
experience.  Application  of  sophisticated  techniques  to  solve  more  advanced 
and  difficult  problems. 

Dr.  Eiseman  Spring  Qtr. 


I 


other 

administrative  officers 

and  staff 


William  D.Abbott,  B.S.,  M.S 
Director  of  Student  Housing 

Michael  Allen 

Senior  Programmer, 
Administrative  Computer  Services 

Salvatore  A.  Amico,  A.S. 
Assistant  Bursar 

Ada  Ruth  Anderson 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Admissions 

Ralph  Anthony 

Floor  Manager, 
Bookstore 

G.  Ernest  Arlett 

Coach  of  Crev\/ 

Harold  Arsenault 

Administrative  Assistant, 

Office  of  Research  Administration 

Ralou  Athas 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Journalism 

Carol  Baine,  B.A.,  M.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Mollis  S.  Baird 

Assistant  to  the  Director, 
Lincoln  College 

Anthony  J.  Bajdek,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Dean  of  Students 


Everett  A.  Baker,  B.S. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Track 

John  C.  Baisavich 

Laboratory  Supervisor, 
Electrical  Engineering 

Ernest  Barbeau,  B.S. 
Manager,  Bookstore 

Susan  Barkoff,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

James  Barnes,  Jr. 

Coordinator,  Special  Programs 
Afro-American  Institute 

Frank  P.  Barrett,  B.S. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Crew 

Louise  Bastoni,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Scheduling 

Mary  F.  Bergeron,  B.A. 
Assistant  Registrar, 
Basic  Colleges 

Robert  Bloom,  B.A. 
Systems  Programmer, 
Computation  Center 

Arthur  Bonani,  B.S. 

Assistant  to  Comptroller 

G.  Ruth  Bork,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Howard  Bowden 

Staff  Assistant, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 


408 


ADMINISTRATION   /   409 


James  E.  Bowman,  B.A. 

Assistant  Coach  of  Basketball 

Shirley  L.  Breedy,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Tutorial  Coordinator 
Afro-American  Institute 

Arlene  C.  Buben,  B.A. 
Assistant  Director, 
Financial  Aid 

Robert  Budds,  B.S. 

Assistant  to  the  Superintendent, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Arthur  M.  Budlong 

Director,  Accounts  Payable 

Joseph  D.  Bussichella 

Supervisor  of  Carpentry 
and  Construction, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Albert  B.  Butler 

Head  Order  Clerk,  Bookstore 

Henri  T.  Butler 

Chief  Computer  Operator, 
Computation  Center 

Bette  J.  Cairns,  A.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Physics 

Edward  T.  Campbell,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Assistant  to  Dean  of  Students 

Ann  E.  Carlson,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Associate  University  Editor, 
University  Publications 

Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Director,  Computation  Center 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A. 

Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Robert  L.  Caswell,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Director,  Financial  Aid 


Richard  Chandler,  B.S. 
Laboratory  Supervisor, 
Civil  Engineering 

Barbara  Chicklis,  B.S. 

Programmer,  Computation 
Center 

Michael  Clifford,  B.S. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 

Ronald  W.  Clifford,  A.B.,  MA. 
Director,  Purchasing 

Joseph  W.  Cluff,  B.S. 
Treasurer, 
Student  Activities 

Irwin  M.  Cohen,  B.S. 
Coach  of  Track 

Carol  L.  Coleman,  B.A.,  MA. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Richard  J.  Comings,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Admissions  Officer, 
University   College 

Nancy  Condry,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
University  Publications 

John  J.  Connelly  Jr.,  B.S. 

Coach  of  Baseball 

Joseph  W.  Connors,  B.S. 
Assistant  Director  of 
Law  Enforcement, 
University  College 

Nancy  A.  Copithorne,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Margaret  R.  Courtney,  B.A. 
Assistant  University  Editor, 
University  Publications 

Otis  F.  Cushman,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Director,  Lincoln  College 


I 


410   /   ADMINISTRATION 


Jean  Czajkowski 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the 
Dean,  Boston-Bouve  College 

Martin  Damian,  B.S. 
Assistant  Bursar 


Richard  Drew 

Supervisor,  Bookstore 

D.  Kerry  Dugan,  B.A. 
Systems  Programmer, 
Administrative  Computer  Service 


Lambert  J.  Dehner,  B.A. 
Foreign  Student  Adviser 


Richard  E.  Dukeshire,  B.A. 
Coach  of  Basketball 


Helena  M.  Delory 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Registrar's  Office 


Ellen  J.  Duwart,  B.S. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 


Edmund  L.  Deltano,  B.S. 

Comptroller 

Robert  P.  Deltano,  B.S. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 

Peter  Devaney,  B.S. 
Assistant  Director, 
University  Housing 

Vincent  P.  DeVivo 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Alumni  Affairs 

Charles  M.  Devlin,  A.B.,  Ed.M 
Assistant  to  the 
Vice  President  —  Finance 


Charles  W.  Earnshaw,  B.S.,  M.A.,  J.D. 
Director,  Insurance  Institute, 
University  College 

William  T.  Edgett,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Dean, 
University  College 

Kurt  Eisemann,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Director, 

Academic  Computer  Services 
and  Professor  of  Computer  Science 

Edward  G.  Elliott,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Edith  E.  Emery,  A.B.,  MA. 
Associate  Dean  of  Students 


Rosemarle  DiMarco,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Eduction 

Ann  DINello,  B.A.,  M.S. 
Laboratory  Supervisor, 
Pharmacy 

Margaret  A.  Dobbie,  B.A. 
Coordinator,  Reading  Clinic 

James  Dolan,  B.S. 
Assistant  Bursar 


Robert  M.  Fahey,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Director, 

Machine  Records, 
Registrar's  Office 

Gary  C.  Fallis,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 


Geleta  F.  Fenton,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Director,  Research  Laboratory, 
Education 


Joseph  J.  Donahue,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Track  Coach 


Ferny  C.  Flaman 

Coach  of  Hockey 


ADMINISTRATION    /   411 


Kathleen  T.  Foley,  A.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Pharmacy 


John  Healy 

Assistant  Supervisor, 
Office  Services 


Peter  Franks,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Suburban  Campus 

Job  Fuchs,  A.B.,  IVI.D. 
Associate  Director, 
Health  Services 

Mary  R.  Galdi 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Nursing 

Herbert  W.  Gallagher,  B.S. 
Director  of  Athletics 

Raymond  F.  Gallagher,  B.S. 
Director  of  Business 
and  Industry  Council, 
Office  of  Development 

Marcia  Gloddy,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Jane  I.  Goring,  B.S. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

John  P.  Green,  B.S. 
Director,  Alumni 
Annual  Giving 

Anita  Greene,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

John  P.  Grinold,  A.B. 

Director,  Sports  Information 


Barbara  R.  Hennessey,  B.S. 
Assistant  Bursar 

E.  Diane  Hennessy,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

James  Hennessy 

Assistant  Coach  of  Football 

Francis  L.  Houston,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Coordinator  of  Admissions, 
Graduate  School  of  Education 

Joesph  W.  Houston,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Associate  Director, 
Financial  Aid 

Nelson  R.  Hill,  B.B.A. 
Director  of  Budgets 

Henry  R.  Hilliard,  Jr.,  A.B. 

Acting  Director  of 
Institutional  Research 

Sarah  Hogan,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Shelton  Howard 

Assistant  Military 
Property  Custodian 

Julianne  R.  Howell,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Physician's  Assistant  Program 

Robert  E.  Howie,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Director  of  Personnel 


Charles  L.  Hallenborg,  B.S. 
Director  of  Scheduling 

E.  Forest  Haliet,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Admissions  Officer 
University  College 


Edward  J.  Hurley 

Supervisor,  Office  Services 


412   /  ADMINISTRATION 


Mark  G.  Hurwitz,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director,  Administrative 
Computer  Services 

Jeanne  JaroszewskI,  B.A. 
Programmer,  Computation 
Center 

Michael  D.  Jarvis,  B.S. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Basketball 

Paula  J.  Jenney,  A.B. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Raymond  E.  John,  Jr.,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

Linda  D.  Johnson,  B.A. 
Assistant  Registrar, 
Graduate  Schools 

Richard  Jutras,  A.S. 

Director,  University  Food  Service 

David  R.  Kane,  B.S. 
Associate  Registrar, 
University  and  Lincoln  Colleges 

Walter  E.  Kearney,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Assistant  University  Registrar 

Mildred  F.  Keith 

Coordinator  of  Special  Activities, 
Office  of  Alumni  Records 

Thomas  J.  Kelly 

Supervising  Locksmith, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Mattie  Kendricks 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Research  Administration 

Margaret  Kentley 

Assistant  to  Comptroller 


Thomas  J.  Kerr,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Director,  Admissions 

Sheila  Killourhy,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Richard  M.  King,  B.A. 
Associate  Director 
for  Alumni  Affairs 

Kathleen  A.  Krueger,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 

Eleanor  Lambert,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 

George  M.  Lane,  M.D. 

University  Physician  and  Director, 
Health  Services 

Paul  R.  Larivee,  B.S. 

Manager,  Equipment  and  Supplies, 
Biology 

Roland  E.  Latham,  A.B.,  A.M.,  C.A.G.S. 
Associate  Dean  of  Students 

Philip  Latorre,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Director, 
Environmental  Health 

George  B.  LeBeau 

Superintendent, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Paul  LeMaitre,  A.B. 
Registrar, 
Basic  Colleges 

Roy  H.  Lynch 

Supervisor,  Campus  Police 

Robert  P.  Lyons,  B.S. 
Coach  of  Football 


ADMINISTRATION   /   413 


Jean  MacPherson 

Administrative  Assistant, 
University  Relations 

John  A.  Maguire,  B.A. 

Programmer,  Administrative 
Computer  Service 

Joseph  Maienza 

Painting  Supervisor, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Richard  A.  Maloney,  B.S. 
Administrative  Supervisor, 
Bookstore 

Armand  S.  Martel,  B.S. 
Laboratory  Supervisor, 
Pharmacy 

John  A.  Martin,  B.S. 
Internal  Auditor 

Kevin  E.  Mautte,  B.A. 
Laboratory  Supervisor, 
Biology 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Assistant  Dean  of  University  College 
for  Business  Administration 

John  P.  McCarron,  B.S. 

Assistant  University  Registrar 

Paul  Mclnerney,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Liberal  Arts 

John  J.  McKenna,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Director, 
Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Donald  H.  McKenney 

Freshman  Coach  of  Hockey 

William  McKeown,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Football 


Richard  J.  McNeil,  Jr.,  B.S.,  MBA. 
Coordinator  of  Research  Contracts 
Office  of  Research  Administration 

Patricia  A.  McWade,  B.A. 
Assistant  Director  of 
Financial  Aid 

Robert  E.  Moffat.  B.S.,  M.S. 
Manager,  Physical  Plant 

David  D.  Montague 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Bookstore 

Charles  W.  Moran 

Chief  Estimator,  Buildings 
and  Grounds 

Timothy  F.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Associate  Dean  and  Director  of 
Law  Enforcement  Programs, 
University  College 

Richard  L.  Morin,  A.S. 
Project  Assistant, 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Christopher  Mosher,  B.A. 
Staff  Writer, 
Office  of  Public  Information 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 
Associate  University  Registrar 

Gerald  R.  Murphy,  B.S. 

Coordinator  of  Research  Grants, 
Research  Administration 

Harold  Naidus,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Dean  and  Director  of 
Liberal  Arts  Programs, 
University  College 

Robert  P.  Najjar,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Bursar 


Hugh  B.  McLean,  B.S. 
Office  Manager, 
University  College 


Lorraine  Nardini,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 


I 


414  /  ADMINISTRATION 


Wilhelm  J.  Nelson,  B.A. 

Business  Manager,  Athletics 

Ernest  D.  Newton 

Supervisor,  Book  Warehouse 

Karen  R.  Nezvesky,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Katherine  V.  Nicholson,  B.A. 
Assistant  Director,  Personnel 

Dennis  E.  Noonan,  B.A. 
Associate  Registrar, 
Basic  Colleges 

Philip  Nowers,  B.A. 

Assistant  to  the  Dean  of 
Liberal  Arts 

Howard  G.  Nutting,  Jr.,  B.S. 
Assistant  to  the 
Budget  Director 

Daniel  0.  Nyangani,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Teacher, 
Afro-American  Institute 

Elizabeth  Ann  Oakes,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  the  Registrar 

Robert  M.  O'Brien,  B.S. 
Director,  Administrative 
Computer  Services 

John  L.  G'Leary,  Jr.,  B.S. 
Registrar, 
University  and  Lincoln  Colleges 

Diane  Paccione,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Patricia  R.  Packer,  B.A. 
Assistant  University  Editor, 
University  Publications 


Leif  K.  Pedersen 

Director  of  Data  Processing, 
Office  of  Finance 

Robert  Pelletier 

Chief  Computer  Operator, 
Administrative  Computer  Service 

Wayne  Penney,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Assistant  to  the  Comptroller 

Bradford  C.  Perry,  B.A. 
Assistant  to  the  Dean  of 
Engineering 

Thelma  Pinkham 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Christopher  G.  L.  Pratt,  B.S. 
Research  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Albert  L.  Quinan,  B.S. 
Associate  Bursar 

Nathan  W.  Riser,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Director, 
Marine  Science  Institute 

Richard  Robak,  B.S. 
Assistant  to  Dean, 
Cooperative  Education 

Martha  Robb 

Assistant  Director, 
Scheduling 


David  C.  Robbins,  B.S. 
Assistant  Director, 
University  Housing 


M.Ed. 


William  E.  Roberts,  B.S. 
Assistant  Budget  Director 

Edward  W.  Robinson,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 
Associate  Dean  of  Students 

Linda  E.  Rosenthal,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  Public  Information 


ADMINISTRATION   /   415 


Donald  Ross 

Supervisor,  Maintenance, 
Suburban  Campus 

Kathleen  Rufo 

Assistant  to  Director 

of  Electronic  Data  Processing, 

Finance 

Teresa  Ryan 

Administrative  Assistant, 

Office  of  Executive  Vice  President 

Thomas  A.  Sansone,  B.S. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Football 

Richard  J.  Santos,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Associate  Dean  and  Director, 
Center  for  Management 
Development 

Peter  Sargent 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Financial  Aid 

Leslie  E.  Shelton,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Director, 
Financial  Aid 

Richard  E.  Sochacki,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Kenneth  C.  Solano,  B.A. 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Director  of  Adult  Student 
Activities,  University  College 

John  A.  Spargo,  A.B.,  M.D. 
Assistant  Director, 
University  Health  Service 

Sandra  Spector,  B.A. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  the  Registrar 

James  Spencer,  B.A. 

Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Students 

Richard  Sprague,  B.S.,  B.B.A., 
M.B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  Director,  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering 


Thomas  S.  Sprague,  A.B. 

Director  of  Public  Information 

Carl  E.  Staab 

Director  of  Personnel 

Don  Stewart,  A.B. 
University  Editor  and 
Director  of  Publications 

William  M.  Stewart,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Chester  W.  Storey,  A.B. 
Assistant  to  the  President 

Kathleen  Strunk,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  the  University  Registrar 

Gertrude  I.  Tang,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Physics 

Doris  W.  Tatum 

Office  Manager, 
Cooperative  Education 

Donald  Taylor,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Assistant  to  Vice 
President-Business 

Lois  Taylor,  B.S. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

John  J.  Toto 

Manager,  Office  Services 

Ruth  M.  Townsend 

Assistant  Director, 
Career  Center 

Susan  B.  Tracy,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
English 

John  J.  Truskowski 

Programmer,  Administrative 
Computer  Services 


ADMINISTRATION   /   417 


Florence  Tunder 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Center  for  Continuing  Education 

Robert  E.  Turner,  B.S. 

Assistant  Comptroller  for  Systems, 
Office  of  Finance 

Ralph  T.  Vernile,  B.S. 

Director  of  Administrative 
Services,  University  College 

Harvey  Vetstein,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Sally  L.  Vetstein,  B.S. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Joy  D.Viola,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Editorial  Assistant  to  the  President 

Janice  Walker,  A.B. 
Assistant  Director, 
Graduate  School  of  Education 

Seth  A.  Wanetik,  B.A. 
Assistant  Director, 
Office  of  Public  Information 

Ellen  Wayne,  B.S. 

Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

Frank  Wells 

Supervisor, 

Grounds  and  Services 

Mary  E.  Westholm 
Director,  Office  of 
Alumni  Records 

Ernestine  M.  Whiting 

Assistant  Director, 
Financial  Aid 


William  H.  Wilkinson 

Supervisor,  Mechanical 
Maintenance,  Buildings  and 
Grounds 

James  F.  Wilman,  B.S. 
Editor  of  Alumnus, 
University  Publications 

Katherine  Wilson,  B.A. 
Administrative  Assistant, 
Cooperative  Education 

G.  Edward  Windrow 

Associate  Bursar 

Walter  Q.  Wolfrum,  B.S. 
University  Engineer 

Norma  V.  Woods,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Assistant  Director, 
Admissions 

Henry  B.  Woronicz,  B.S. 
Assistant  Coach  of  Football 

Albert  W.  Yakavonis 

Staff  Assistant, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 

Sumiko  Yatsuhasi,  B.S. 
Assistant  Foreign  Student 
Adviser 

Joseph  B.  Zabilski,  B.S. 

Associate  Director.  Athletics 

Elmer  H.  Ziegler,  B.S. 

Supervisor  of  Building  Maintenance, 
Buildings  and  Grounds 


L 


GIFTS   AND   BEQUESTS   /   419 


GIFTS  AND  BEQUESTS 

Northeastern  University  will  welcome  gifts  and 
bequests  for  the  following  purposes: 

(a)  For  its  building  program. 

(b)  For  general  endowment. 

(c)  For   specific    purposes   which    may   espe- 
cially appeal  to  the  donor. 

It  is  suggested  that,  when  possible,  those  con- 
templating gifts  or  bequests  confer  with  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  University  regarding  the  University's 
needs  before  legal  papers  are  drawn. 

The  legal  name  of  the  University  is  "North- 
eastern University."  However,  in  the  making  of 
gifts  and  bequests  to  Northeastern  the  following 
wording  is  suggested:  "Northeastern  University, 
an  educational  institution  incorporated  under  the 
laws  of  Massachusetts  and  located  in  Boston, 
Massachusetts." 


4' 


"X, 


T%i 


''«»*^ 


'"'**^ 


«w^ 


^"^  ^^0, 


'ICAI  to 


^CATION  cgi 


li*    -*   '    '^ 


■■'4BjHij"|y^^-' 


.-  »  ' .  .•  ..x-  :•<;.■  ■'■••4  -^  ■'  •* 


index 


Absences,  28 
Academic  Calendar,  4 

Accident  and  Sickness  insurance,  46 
Accounting: 

Courses,  333 

Department,  102 

Faculty,  102 

Specimen  Program,  103 
Activities,  73 

Administrative  Officers  and  Staff,  408 
Administrative  Organization,  10 
Admission  Plan,  39 
Admissions  Information,  39 
Admissions  Requirements 

Boston-Bouve,  82 

Business  Administration,  99 

Criminal  Justice,  114 

Education,  116 

Engineering,  136 

Liberal  Arts,  165 

Lincoln  College,  159 

Nursing,  197 

Pharmacy,  204 

Transfer  Students,  42 
Advanced  Standing,  42 
Affiliated  Programs,  166 
Alumni  Association,  37 
Anthropology  and  Sociology: 

Courses,  272,  274 

Department,  194 

Faculty,  194 
Apartments  for  Upperclassmen,  29 
Application  for  Admission,  39 
Application  Fee,  39,  46 
Army,  ROTC,  76 
Art 

Courses,  295 

Department,  169 

Faculty,  169 
Arts,  73 
Athletics,  73 
Attendance,  27 

Attendance  at  Commencement,  28 
Awards  and  Honors,  68 
Awards  for  Upperclassmen,  69 


B 


Biology: 

Courses,  262 

Department,  170 

Faculty,  170 
Biology  Curriculum,  Teaching  of,  121 
Biophysics  and  Biomedical 

Engineering  Department,  155 
Books  and  Supplies,  25 
Boston-Bouve  College,  81 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  20 
Business  Administration, 

College  of,  97 


Calendar,  Academic,  4 
Candidates'  Reply  Date,  43 
Changes  of  Program,  Policy  on,  25 
Chemical  Engineering: 

Courses,  233 

Department,  139 

Faculty,  139 

Specimen  Program,  140 
Chemistry: 

Courses,  253 

Department,  172 

Faculty,  172 

Specimen  Program,  173-174 
Chemistry  Curriculum 

Teaching  of,  122 
Civil  Engineering: 

Courses,  217 

Department,  141 

Faculty,  141 

Specimen  Program,  143 
College  Expenses,  44 
Committees, 

General  University,  12 
Conduct,  27 

Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  17 
Cooperative  Education 

Center,  35 

Courses,  397 

Department,  36 

Division,  35 

Graduate  Placement  Services,  35 
Cooperative  Plan,  33 
Corporation,  7 

Counseling  and  Testing  Center,  32 
Courses  of  Instruction 

Accounting,  333 


421 


422   /    INDEX 


Anthropology,  272 

Art,  295 

Biology,  262 

Business  General,  347 

Chemical  Engineering,  233 

Chemistry,  253 

Civil  Engineering,  217 

Cooperative,  397 

Criminal  Justice,  400 

Drama,  302 

Earth  Sciences,  258 

Economics,  327 

Education,  349-358 

Electrical  Engineering,  227 

English,  308 

Finance  and  Insurance,  339 

Foundations  (Education),  349 

French,  316 

Geology,  259 

German,  322 

Graphic  Science,  239 

Health  Education,  384 

History,  283 

Industrial  Engineering,  236 

Instruction  (Educational),  353 

Interdisciplinary  Courses,  404 

Italian,  325 

Journalism,  326 

Management,  343 

Marketing,  336 

Mathematics,  240 

Mechanical   Engineering,  221 

Military  Science,  398 

Modern  Languages,  316 

Music,  298 

Nursing,  390 

Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions,  387,  394 
Philosophy,  289 
Physical  Education,  358 
Physical  Therapy,  381 
Physics,  247 
Political  Science,  277 
Psychology,  268 
Reading  (Education),  355 
Recreation  Education,  377 
Religion,  289 
Russian,  324 
Sociology,  274 
Spanish,  318 
Speech  and  Hearing,  356 
Transportation,  346 
Criminal  Justice,  College  of,  113 
Courses,  400 
Faculty,  113 
Specimen  Program,  115 


Day  Programs  for  Adults,  16 

Dean's  List,  26 

Degrees 

Boston-Bouve,  82 

Business  Administration,  99 

Criminal  Justice,  114 

Education,  117 

Engineering,   135 

Liberal  Arts,   165 

Lincoln  College,  158 

Nursing,  198 

Pharmacy,  202 
Deposits,  41,  48 
Discipline,  27 
Dormitories,  22 
Draft  Deferments,  ROTC,  78 
Drama: 

Courses,  302 

Department,  175 

Faculty,  175 


Earth  Sciences: 

Courses,  258 

Department,   176 

Faculty,  176 
Earth  Sciences  Curriculum, 

Teaching  of,   123 
Economics: 

Courses,  327 

Department,  177 

Faculty,  177 
Education,  College  of,  116 
Educational  Resources,  Office  of,  31 
Electrical  Engineering: 

Courses,  227 

Department,   144 

Faculty,  144 

Specimen  Programs,  145 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

(See  Lincoln  College) 

Specimen  Program,  161 
Elementary  Teaching  Curricula 

Humanities,  124 

Language-Reading,   125 

Science-Mathematics,  126 

Social  Sciences,  127 
Engineering,  College  of,  135 
English: 

Courses,  308 

Department,   178 

Faculty,  178 
English  Curriculum,  Teaching  of,  128 


p 


INDEX  /   423 


Entrance  Examinations,  40 
Examinations,  25 

Examinations,  National  Teacher,  Hi 
Expenses,  45 


Fees,  46 

Finance  and  Insurance: 

Courses,  339 

Department,  104 

Faculty,  104 

Specimen  Program,  105 
Financial  Aid,  50 
Forsyth  Dental  Program,  212 
Fraternities,  73 
Fraternity  Housing,  29 


General   Engineering,   137 

Specimen  Program,  138 
General  Information,  25 
General  Science  Curriculum, 

Teaching  of,  129 
Gifts  and  Bequests,  419 
Governing  Boards  and  Officers,  7 
Grades  and  Examinations,  25 
Graduate  Division,   17 
Graduate  Placement  Services,  35 
Graduation  Fee,  47 
Graduation  Requirement 

Boston-Bouve,  82 

Business  Administration,  99 

Criminal  Justice,  114 

Education,  117 

Engineering  (see   individual 
Departments) 

Liberal  Arts,  165 

Lincoln  College,  159 

Nursing,  198 

Pharmacy,  205 
Graphic  Science: 

Courses,  239 

Department,   157 

Faculty,  157 

H 

Health  Education: 

Courses,  384 

Department,  84 

Faculty,  84 

Specimen  Programs,  86-87 
Historical  Statement,  15 


History: 

Courses,  283 

Department,   179 

Faculty,  179 
Honor  Societies,  68 
Honors  and  Aw/ards,  68 
Honors  Program 

(see  Courses  of  Instruction) 
Housing,  Student,  28 
Humanities,  Elementary  Teaching 

Curriculum,  124 


I 

Industrial  Engineering: 

Courses,  236 

Department,  148 

Faculty,  148 

Specimen  Program,  149 
Industrial  Relations: 

Department,   106 

Faculty  (see  Management) 

Specimen  Program,   106 
Insurance,  Accident  and 

Sickness,  46 
Interdisciplinary  Courses,  404 
interview,  41 


Journalism: 
Courses,  326 
Department,   181 
Faculty,  181 


Laboratory  Deposits,  48 
Language-Reading,   Elementary 

Teaching  Curriculum,  125 
Late  Payment  Fee,  49 
lavj,  School  of,  18 
Liberal  Arts,  College  of,  164 
Libraries,  Description  of,  30 
Lincoln  College,  16,  158 
Loan  Programs,  50 
Location  of  University,  20 

M 

Management: 
Courses,  343 
Department,   107 
Faculty,  107 
Specimen  Program,   108 


424  /    INDEX 


Management  in  Health  Agencies 

and  Institutions,  214 
Map  of  University,  6 
Marketing: 

Courses,  336 

Department,  109 

Faculty,  109 

Specimen  Program,  110 
Marks,  26 
Mathematics: 

Courses,  240 

Department,   182 

Faculty,  182 
Mathematics  Curriculum 

Teaching  of,  130 
Mechanical  Engineering: 

Courses,  221 

Department,   150 

Faculty,  150 

Specimen  Program,  153,  154 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

(see  Lincoln  College) 

Specimen  Program,  163 
Medical  Laboratory  Science,  207 
Medical  Record  Administration,  211 
Medical  Technology, 

Specimen  Programs,  208-10 
Military  Science 

(see  ROTO 
Modern   Languages: 

Courses,  316 

Department,   184 

Faculty,  184 
Modern  Languages  Curriculum, 

Teaching  of,  131 
Music: 

Courses,  298 

Department,   185 

Faculty,  185 

N 

National  Teacher  Examinations,   118 
Nursing,  College  of,  196 
Nursing: 

Courses,  390 
Faculty,  196 
Specimen  Programs 
Associate  Degree,  199 
Associate  Degree,  LPN,  201 
Baccalaureate  Degree,  200 


Off-Campus 

Facilities,  22 
Off-Campus 

Housing,  29 


Office  Hours,  5 
Organizations,  73 


Parking,  22 

Part-Time  Evening  Program, 

Engineering,   136 
Pass-Fail 

System,  26 
Payment  of  Tuition,  48 
Personal  Interview,  41 
Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions, 
College  of,  202 
Pharmacy: 

Courses,  387 

Faculty,  202 

Specimen  Program,  206 
Philosophy: 

Courses,  289 

Department,   186 

Faculty,  186 
Physical  Education: 

Courses,  358 

Department,  88 

Faculty,  88 

Specimen  Program,  91 
Physical  Therapy: 

Courses,  381 

Department,  94 

Faculty,  94 

Specimen  Program,  96 
Physics: 

Courses,  247 

Department,   190 

Faculty,  190 
Physics  Curriculum,  Teaching  of,  132 
Placement,  Cooperative 

Graduate,  35 

Undergraduate,  34 
Political  Science: 

Courses,  277 

Department,   192 

Faculty,  192 
Power  Systems  Engineering: 

Description,  136 

Specimen  Program,  146 
Predental  Students,  167 
Premedical  Students,  167 
Professional  Organizations,  73 
Professional  Schools,  Combined 

Program  with,   167 
Programmed  Learning,  Division  of,  31 
Psychology: 

Courses,  268 

Department,   193 


INDEX  /   425 


Faculty,  193 
Publications,  Student,  74 


Quarter  Hours  Defined,  25 


Faculty,  194 
Sororities,  74 
Speech  and  Hearing  Therapy 

Curriculum,  134 
Student  Activities,  73 
Student  Center  Fee,  47 
Student  Council,  75 


Radiologic  Technology,  214 
Reading  Improvement,  29 
Recreation  Education: 

Courses,  377 

Department,  92 

Faculty,  92 

Specimen  Program,  93 
Refunds,  49 
Registration,  41 
Religious  Organizations,  74 
Research  Activities,  19 
Reserve  Officer's  Training  Corps,  76 

Academic  Credit,  78 

Advanced  Course  Curriculum,  80 

Army  as  a  Career,  79 

Basic  Course  Curriculum,  80 

Courses,    398 

Distinguished  Military  Students,  79 

Draft  Deferments,  78 

Faculty,   79 

Flight  Training,  77 

Honorary  Societies,  72 

Pay  and  Scholarships,  78 

Transfer  Students,  77 

Uniform  and   Equipment 
Deposit,  78 

Veterans,  77 
Residences,  22,  28 
Respiratory  Therapy, 

Specimen  Program,  215 


Scholarships  for  Freshmen,  50 
Scholarships  for  Upperclassmen,  55 
Scholastic  Standing, 

Reports  on,  27 
School  of  Law,  18 
Science-Mathematics,   Elementary 

Teaching  Curriculum,  126 
Selective  Service,  Deferment,  27 
Social  Science,  Elementary 

Education  Curriculum,  127 
Social  Studies  Curriculum, 

Teaching  of,  133 
Sociology  and  Anthropology: 

Courses,  272,  274 

Department,   194 


Teaching  of  Biology  Curriculum,  121 
Teaching  of  Chemistry 

Curriculum,  122 
Teaching  of  Earth  Sciences, 

Curriculum,   123 
Teaching  of  Elementary  Education 

Curricula 

Humanities,   124 
Language-Reading,  125 
Science-Mathematics,  126 
Social  Science,   127 
Teaching  of  English  Curriculum,  128 
Teaching  of  General  Science 

Curriculum,   129 
Teaching  of  Mathematics 

Curriculum,  130 
Teaching  of  Modern  Languages 

Curriculum,   131 
Teaching  of  Physics  Curriculum,  132 
Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

Curriculum,  133 
Testing,  32 

Textbooks  and  Supplies,  25 
Tours,  Guided,  41 
Transcripts,  39 
Transfer  Students,  42 
Transfer  Students,  ROTC,  77 
Transportation  and  Logistics: 

Courses,  346 

Department,  111 

Faculty,  (see  management) 

Specimen  Program,  112 
Trustees,  Board  of,  9 
Tuition,  44 


U 


Uniforms,  Boston-Bouve  College,  47 
College  of  Pharmacy  and 

Allied  Health  Professions,  47 
College  of  Nursing,  47 

University  College,  16 


Veterans,  ROTC,  77 
Vocational  Guidance,  32 


I 


/% 


«5^ 


!k 


Photo  Credits 

Photography,  courtesy  of  the  Boston  Globe,  pages  426-427  (bottom). 
Photography  by  Dean  William  F.  King,  pages  14,  24,  406  (bottom),  418  and  420. 
Photography  by  Rob  Macintosh,  pages  429  and  430  (bottom). 


Northeastern  University 
Department  of  Admissions 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


Non-Profit  Organization 
U.  S.  POSTAGE 

PAID 

BOSTON,  MASS. 

Permit  No.  430 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


LINCOLN  COLLEGE  1972-73 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
LINCOLN  COLLEGE  1972-73 


Day  and  Evening  Programs  in; 

aviation  technology 

rodiologio  teohnology 

engineering  technology 

science  technology 


yfBXCTSS 


Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


IIP  ■■  ■  ■ 


k\rlh 


'K%.    '.M 


^ 


contents 


Page 

4  Campus  Map 

6  Calendar  1972-1973 

8  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

10  The  Board  of  Trustees 

11  Administrative  Organization 

13  General  University  Committees 

15  The  University 

22  Buildings  and  Facilities 

27  Lincoln  College  Administration 

29  The  Role  and  Scope  of  Lincoln  College 

31  Programs  of  Instruction 

33  General  Admissions  Information 

36  Registration 

39  General  Academic  Information 

47  General  Financial  Information 

53  Student  Activities  and  Alumni  Information 

57  Academic  Programs  of  Instruction 

61  Radiologic  Technology 

63         Aviation  Technology 

68         Science  Technology 

71  Civil  Engineering  Technology 

81  Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

90  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

97         Computer  Engineering  Technology 

99  Description  of  Courses 

100         Index  to  Courses 

151  The  Lincoln  College  Faculty 

168  Application  Form  for  Further  Information 

170  Suburban  Maps 

174  Index 


OQOOOOOOQQUJ 


<  —  oo  q: 
Q.  a:  q:  ^ 


<  -^  S'       E 


Ol      -^   —   •  — 


=  Sz^  —  cr<->  < 


^  5  -S  E 


C    X3     C     C 

a*    =  =  =  "S 


E  oiO  =; 


o  :E  r:  t::   ai 


S  -K  -K  -n  .E  _  - 


OOCOOOOQQOi 


-=  —  "^'S.'S^c    5.2' 


c  c        i_  t: 


—   -;^    O    O 


iTiriroii^^^  — 


Q-  Qc  q;  ^ 


ii.Li.iSo««n:u.iliOu.ooootiLi.ooQLljuj— iz:Li_u.Lijn:o 


Office  Hours  at  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston 

June  26,  1972  —  September  5,  1972 

Monday-Thursday    8:30  A.IVl.-8:30  P.M. 

Friday      8:30  A.M.-4:30  P.M. 

September  5,  1972  —  Jurie  16,  1973 

Monday-Friday    8:30  A.M.-8:30  P.M. 

Saturdays    9:30  A.M.-12:00  Noon 

Program  Counseling  at  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Special  representatives  from  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  will  be  in 
attendance  during  specified  dates  at  registration  periods  for  guidance 
and  counseling.  The  bookstore  and  the  Bursar's  Office  are  open  from 
8:30  a.m.-10:00  p.m.,  Monday-Friday,  and  8:00  a.m.-l:00  p.m.,  Saturday. 

Program  Counseling  at  Extensions 

Program  counsellors  are  available  on  a  regular  schedule  at  Lincoln  Col- 
lege and  extensions  at;  the  Wyman  Junior  High  School,  Burlington;  the 
North  High  School,  Framingham;  the  North  High  School  and  East  Junior 
High  School,  Weymouth;  the  English  High  School,  Lynn;  and  the  Norwood 
Airport,  Norwood.  Appointments  may  be  arranged  by  telephoning  the 
Lincoln  College  office  at  437-2500. 

Interviews 

Prospective  students,  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance  regarding 
any  part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  are  encouraged  to  arrange  for 
personal  interviews.  Career  planning  through  competent  guidance  pro- 
vides an  understanding  of  professional  requirements  and  develops  that 
definiteness  of  purpose  so  vital  to  success. 

Address  communications  to: 

William  F.  King,  Director 
Lincoln  College 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  021 15 
Telephone  437-2500 


1972-1973  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Fall  Quarter  1972 

FALL   REGISTRATION 

DATES 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

12  Noon-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

9:00  a.m.-12  Noon 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington 

12  Noon-8:30  p.m 

Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.S. 
Haverhill  H.  S. 
Lynn  English  H.  S. 
Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Classes  begin 
Columbus  Day  Observed 
Veterans  Day  Observed 
Thanksgiving  Recess 

Final  Examination  Period 

For  Fail  Quarter 
(Reserved  For  Lost 

Snow  Days) 


5:30-8:30  p.m. 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 
No  Classes 


Classes  Begin  September  25 


Tuesday,  September  5 
Thursday,  September  7 
Monday-Friday, 

September  11-15 
Saturday,  September  16 
Monday-Friday, 

September  18-22 
Wednesday,  September  6 


Tuesday,  September  12  and 
Monday,  September  18 


September  25 
Monday,  October  9 
Monday,  October  23 
Thursday-Saturday, 
November  23-25 

Monday,  December  11— 

Saturday,  December  16 
Monday,  December  18- 
Wednesday,  December  20 


Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 

WINTER   REGISTRATION    DATES 

Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Framingham  North  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Haverhill  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Lynn  English  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Christmas  Vacation  No  Classes 

Winter  Quarter  Classes  Begin 

Washington's  Birthday  No  Classes 

Observed 
Final  Examination  Period  for 

Winter  Quarter 


Classes  Begin  January  2,  1973 


Monday-Friday, 

December  11-15 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
Monday-Thursday, 

December   11-14 
Monday-Thursday, 

December   11-14 
Monday— Thursday, 

December  11-14 
Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
Monday,  December  18- 

Monday,  January  1 
Tuesday,  January  2,  1973 
Monday,  February  19 

Monday,  March  19- 
Saturday,  March  24 

(See  Snow  Make  Up 
Dates   Below)* 


Spring  Quarter  1973 

SPRING   REGISTRATION    DATES 

Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Framingham  North  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Haverhill  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Lynn  English  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Weymouth  North  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Spring  Recess*  (Or  Make  Up 

Period  For  Lost  Snow  Days) 
Spring  Quarter  Begins 
Patriot's  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Memorial  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period 

For  Spring  Quarter 
Commencement 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR    /    7 
Classes  Begin  April  2,  1973 


Monday-Friday, 

March  19-23 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 

Monday,  March  26- 

Saturday,  March  31 
Monday,  April  2,  1973 
Monday,  April  16 
Monday,  May  28 
Tuesday,  June  12- 
Monday,  June  18 
Sunday,  June  17 


Summer  Quarter  1973 

REGISTRATION    FOR    ENTIRE  SUMMER  QUARTER 
Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Burlington 


12  Noon-8:30  p.m. 


Classes  Begin 

Registration  for  Second  Six  Week  Term 

Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Burlington 


5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Independence  Day  Observed      No  Classes 
Labor  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period 
For  Summer  Quarter 


Classes  Begin  June  25 


Monday-Friday, 

June  18-22 
Tuesday,  June  19 


Monday,  June  25 

Monday  and  Tuesday, 

August  6  and  7 
Monday,  August  6 

Wednesday,  July  4 
Monday,  September  3 
Monday,  September  10— 
Thursday,  September  13 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  opportunity 
for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all  official  relation- 
ships with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  Univer- 
sity insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  University  is  also  an 
equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any 
discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of 
race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
^Charles  F.  Avila 

Allen  G.  Barry 
*Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeiey,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
*George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*Louis  W.  Cabot 
*Norman  L.  Cahners 

Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Erwin  D.  Canham 
*Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

'Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 

'Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


Don  S.  Greer 
•Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
tGeorge  Hansen 

William  Hellman 
•Ernest  Henderson  III 

Waiter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
•Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
•Rebert  L.  Johnson 
•Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
•Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
•Asa  S.  Knowles 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 

Maurice  Lazarus 
•Kenneth  A.  Loftman 

Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 

Edward  A.  Loring 
•John  Lowell 

Ralph  Lowell 

Diane  H.  Lupean 

•Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
•Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
•Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

•Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
•Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 
•Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
•Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
•Frank  L.  Richardson 
•Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 
Philip  A.  Singleton 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
••Honorary  Trustee 
tGeorge  Hansen,  Deceased  May  2,  1972 


'Donald  W.  Smith 
'Farnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
•Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
*Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
*Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 
Almore  I.  Thompson 


Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Ciiairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Wee  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

^Charles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kennerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


"Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


10 


Class  of  1974 

°Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
tGeorge  Hansen 
Henry  C.  Jones 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1975 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 

*Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 
Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Cfiairman 

^Charles  F.  Avila,  Wee  Ctiairman 

Alvin  C.  Zises,  Wee  Cfiairman 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
°Carl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 


Harold  A.  Mock 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. Ed.,  President 
Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Business 


"President  of  the  University 
"President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
tGeorge  Hansen,  Deceased  ivlay  2,  1972 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


11 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  IViacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wee  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and  Associate 

Director  of  Development 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Wee  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 

Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs 

and  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  the  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  to  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Dean 

of  Academic  Services 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Charles  W.  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Chapel 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 


12 


Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  i-lealtfi  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 

University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  tfie  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean  of  tfie  Schiool  of  Law 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Career  Information 

Center  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
for  the  Basic  Colleges 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 


The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Gilbert  G.  MacDonaid 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


13 


The  Academic  Council 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


'Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*  LeRoy  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

'Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

'Melvin  Mark 

'Frank  Marsh 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 
Gordon  E.  Pruett 
Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 
John  F.  Reinhard 
Raymond  H.  Robinson 
J.  Spencer  Rochefort 
Richard  D.  Ruggles 
Wilfred  P.  Rule 
*Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
•Robert  A.  Shepard 
Carl  A.  Schiffman 
Joseph  J.  Senna 
Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 
Paul  H.  Tedesco 
Roy  Weinstein 
Paul  C.  Wermuth 
Delaine  Williamson 
*Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


14 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed,  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General 
Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enactment  has 
given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The  University  is 
governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern 
University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  more  than  150  distinguished 
business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting 
of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  dupli- 
cated the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer  new 
areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964),  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964),  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967),  and  by  Lincoln  Col- 
lege's Engineering  Technology  Programs  (1971).  This  educational 
method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience  as  an 
integral  part  of  their  college  programs  and  also  provides  the  means  by 
which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of  their  educa- 
tion. The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in  engineering, 
mathematics,  sociology,  actuarial  science,  the  pharmaceutical  sciences, 
professional  accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed 
to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  Since  1906  evening  curricula  have  been  offered 
leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  Programs  in  the  arts  and  sciences, 
engineering,  various  fields  of  business,  law  enforcement  and  security,  and 
other  areas  have  been  carefully  planned  to  serve  mature  students  who  are 
employed  full  time  during  the  day  and  want  to  broaden  their  educational 
background  by  part-time  study.  All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to 
degrees  through  evening  programs  are  approved  by  the  Basic  College 
faculties  concerned  and  are  subject  to  the  same  quantitative  and  qualita- 
tive standards  as  the  regular  day  curricula. 

15 


16   /    THE  UNIVERSITY 

UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Boston-Bouve  College  offers  three  major  programs  of  study:  physical 
education  and  recreation  education,  both  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bache- 
lor of  Science  in  Education;  and  physical  therapy,  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Therapy. 

The  combined  programs  of  liberal  arts,  science,  and  professional  prep- 
aration include  field  experience  and  student  teaching,  and  leadership 
training  in  camping  and  outdoor  education  at  the  Warren  Center  for 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland.  In  accordance  with  North- 
eastern's  Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  students  are  offered  varied  op- 
portunities for  alternate  terms  of  work-study  experience  during  upper- 
class  years. 

The  College  of  Business  Administration 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  in  the 
principal  fields  of  business  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Business  Administration.  These  programs  are  offered  on  the  five-year 
Cooperative  Plan,  under  which  students  gain  substantial  practical  ex- 
perience in  the  fields  for  which  they  are  preparing  as  an  integral  part  of 
their  undergraduate  course  of  study. 

The  College  also  sponsors  a  Management  Institute  which  offers  various 
special  courses  for  business  and  industrial  executives.  One  phase  of  the 
Institute's  work  is  carried  on  by  the  Center  for  Management  Develop- 
ment, which  annually  conducts  an  intensive  program  designed  to  provide 
professional  growth  for  middle-management  executives  who  will  ultimately 
be  called  upon  to  carry  broader  executive  responsibilities.  The  plan  of 
instruction,  based  on  a  modification  of  the  Northeastern  Cooperative 
Program,  permits  the  participants  to  maintain  their  job  responsibilities 
during  the  six-month  period  of  the  course.  The  Management  Development 
Program  is  conducted  at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  on  the  campus  of 
Andover  Academy. 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  full-time  day  curricula  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

The  College  of  Education 

The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bach- 
elor of  Science  in  Education.  These  are  designed  particularly  to  meet  the 
needs  of  high  school  graduates  who  desire  to  prepare  themselves  for 
teaching  or  administrative  positions  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 


THE  UNIVERSITY   /    17 

Curricula  are  offered  on  the  five-year  Cooperative  Plan,  which  provides  for 
employment  in  libraries,  social  service  agencies,  and  school  systems. 

The  College  of  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  cooperative  curricula  in  civil, 
mechanical,  electrical,  chemical,  industrial,  and  biomedical  engineering 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  according 
to  the  engineering  department  in  which  the  student  qualifies.  A  six-year 
program  in  power  systems  engineering  in  collaboration  with  public  utilities 
leads  to  both  the  bachelor's  and  master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering. 
The  College  also  offers  during  evening  hours  part-time  programs  leading 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  Civil 
Engineering.  These  programs  extend  over  eight  years,  cover  the  identical 
courses  given  in  the  day  cooperative  curriculum,  and  meet  the  same 
qualitative  and  quantitative  standards  of  scholarship. 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  arts  and  sciences  leading 
to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  With  the  exception  of  preprofessional 
programs,  curricula  are  normally  five  years  in  length  and  operate  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan. 

Lincoln  College 

Lincoln  College  offers  engineering  technology  programs  leading  to  the 
Associate  in  Engineering  and  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degrees. 
It  also  conducts  science  technology,  radiologic  technology,  computer 
engineering  technology,  and  aviation  technology  programs  leading  to  the 
Associate  in  Science  degree. 

In  addition  to  its  traditional  curricula,  Lincoln  College  offers  inter- 
disciplinary and  certificate  programs  providing  technological  and  profes- 
sional development  opportunities  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  part-time 
students. 

The  College  of  Nursing 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  separate  and  distinct  programs  of 
study,  both  organized  on  the  Cooperative  Plan: 

(a)  A  three-year  curriculum  in  preparation  for  the  R.N.  Examinations 
leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

(b)  A  five-year  curriculum  also  preparing  students  for  the  R.N.  Exami- 
nations, and  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing. 

Five  of  Boston's  leading  hospitals — Beth  Israel,  Children's  Hospital 
Medical  Center,  New  England  Deaconess,  Peter  Bent  Brigham,  and  Massa- 
chusetts General  —  collaborate  with  Northeastern  by  providing  suitable 


18   /    THE  UNIVERSITY 

cooperative  work  opportunities  during  the   upper-class  years  of  these 
programs. 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  five-year 
cooperative  curricula  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Pharmacy,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  without  specification  in  medical  lab- 
oratory science  (medical  technology  or  cytotechnology),  medical  records 
administration,  and  management  in  health  care  agencies  and  institutions. 
Associate  degree  programs  are  offered  in  medical  laboratory  science, 
respiratory  therapy,  and  dental  hygiene.  There  are  also  non-degree  pro- 
grams in  radiological  technology  and  physician  assistance. 

University  College 

University  College,  so  called  because  it  draws  upon  the  resources  of  the 
other  colleges  of  the  University,  offers  part-time  programs  in  Liberal  Arts, 
Business  Administration,  Law  Enforcement,  Education,  and  Health-Related 
Programs,  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
degrees.  It  does  not  duplicate  the  offerings  of  the  day  college,  but  provides 
curricula  which  cut  across  traditional  subject-matter  areas  to  meet  the  par- 
ticular needs  of  adult  students.  Students  may  pursue  a  degree  or  simply 
take  courses,  based  on  needs  and  interests,  up  to  a  total  of  forty  quarter 
hours  of  credit.  Courses  are  offered  in  Boston  as  well  as  at  Burlington, 
Framingham,  Lynn,  Weymouth,  and  several  other  convenient  locations. 

Adult  Day  Programs  refers  to  University  College  courses  that  are  offered 
Monday  through  Friday,  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.,  to  meet  the  needs  of 
adults  with  family  or  other  obligations  who  wish  to  engage  in  part-time 
study  during  the  day.  In  addition  to  the  daytime  offering  of  regular  Uni- 
versity College  credit  courses.  Adult  Day  Programs  also  offers  daytime 
workshops  and  conferences,  sometimes  over  weekends,  with  the  option 
for  credit.  Adult  Day  Programs  are  offered  primarily  on  the  Boston  and 
Burlington  campuses,  with  a  limited  number  of  courses  offered  at  other 
off-campus  locations. 

University  College  offers  programs  in  Allied-Medical  Technology  and 
Science  Technology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  In  coop- 
eration with  the  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists,  University  College 
offers  a  two-year  day  curriculum  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science 
degree. 

Students  may  enroll  as  degree  candidates  or  elect  single  courses  ap- 
propriate to  their  needs  and  interests.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  day 
and  evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington,  and 
other  off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 
Actuarial  Science 

Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 


THE  UNIVERSITY   /    19 

Arts  and  Sciences 

Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Sciences, 
Master  of  Public  Administration,  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Education  and  Master  of  Science  in 
Recreation  Education. 

Business  Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration. 

Education 

Master  of  Education,  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

Engineering 

Master  of  Science  with  course  specification,  including  a  special  six-year 
program  in  Power  Systems  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering;  a  similar  six-year  program  in 
Mechanical  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and  master's  degrees; 
Engineer  degree;  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  the  fields  of  Electri- 
cal, Chemical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Law 

Juris  Doctor. 

Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Master  of  Science  with  specialization  in  hospital  pharmacy,  industrial 
pharmacy,  medicinal  chemistry,  and  pharmacology. 

Professional  Accounting 

Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

Professional  Accounting 

A  five-quarter  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in 
Accounting. 

Some  of  these  programs  are  offered  on  the  Cooperative  Plan; 
others  provide  teaching  and  research  fellowships  for  able  candi- 
dates. The  graduate  schools  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
basic  college  deans. 

CENTER   FOR  CONTINUING   EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change.  Its 
programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums,  and  a 
wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The  Divi- 
sion of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations 
and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  dealing  with 
current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Community  Services, 
working  with  governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the 
Center  is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the 
local  and  national  level. 


20   /    THE  UNIVERSITY 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

OFFICE  OF  EDUCATIONAL  RESOURCES 

"The  Office  of  Educational  Resources  exists  to  provide  (1)  facilities  and 
services  that  enhance  student  learning,  (2)  instructional  services  and 
equipment  that  assist  faculty  in  providing  efficient  and  effective  instruc- 
tion, and  (3)  research  and  development  directed  toward  the  ultimate  im- 
plementation of  empirically  tested  instructional  systems  and  innovations. 
The  Instructional  Systems  Analysis  Group,  a  Special  Projects  Group,  and 
three  divisions — Programmed  Learning,  Instructional  Media,  Instructional 
Communications  —  carry  out  the  objectives.  Of  particular  student  interest 
is  the  Center  for  Programmed  Study  located  in  211  Dodge.  There,  students 
study  courses  taught  via  self-instructional  programs,  use  programs  to 
supplement  course  work,  fulfill  course  prerequisite  requirements,  persue 
remedial  or  review  knowledge,  or  study  just  for  fun.  Each  student's  activity 
and  progress  is  constantly  monitored;  faculty  assist  when  content  prob- 
lems arise.  Also  of  note  is  the  Instructional  Materials  Information  Center 
which  provides  a  central  facility  and  clearinghouse  concerning  state-of-the- 
art  information  on  educational  technology  and  innovations;  and  houses  in- 
structional materials  from  preschool  through  graduate  levels  such  as  texts, 
programs,  activity  boxes,  slides,  filmstrips,  illustrations,  motion  pictures, 
laboratory  kits,  simulations,  models,  video  and  audio  tapes,  teacher's 
manuals,  curriculum  guides,  research  reports,  standardized  tests  and 
other  instructional  support  materials." 

DAY  PROGRAMS   FOR  ADULTS 

These  programs  were  developed  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults  who  wish 
to  engage  in  part-time  study  during  the  day  only.  Non-credit  courses  and 
undergraduate  and  graduate  degree  programs  are  offered  at  the  Boston 
and  Burlington  campuses.  Included  are  courses  from  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education,  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  Col- 
lege, and  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education.  A  Human  Relations  and 
Adult  Counseling  Program  is  also  offered. 

AFFILIATED  PROGRAMS 

For  Dental  Hygienists 

The  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists  conducts  a  two-year  program 
of  dental  hygiene  education  and  general  education  in  cooperation  with 
Northeastern  University.  Graduates  of  the  program  receive  the  Certificate 
in  Dental  Hygiene  from  Forsyth  and  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
from  Northeastern. 

Aviation  Technology 

Lincoln  College,  in  collaboration  with  Wiggins  Airways,  Inc.,  conducts 
full-time  day  programs  in  Aviation  Technology  in  which  the  student  earns 


THE  UNIVERSITY   /    21 

the  Associate  in  Science  degree  and  may  become  licensed  by  the  Federal 
Aviation  Administration  with  commercial,  instrument,  and  instructors 
pilot  ratings. 

For  Medical  Technologists 

In  cooperation  with  the  New  England  Baptist  and  the  New  England 
Deaconess  Hospitals,  Northeastern  University  offers  a  full-time  day  pro- 
gram on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

For  Nurses 

Northeastern  University  offers  instruction  in  the  sciences,  humanities, 
and  social  studies  for  student  nurses  from  the  New  England  Deaconess 
and  Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center  Schools  of  Nursing. 

For  Radiologic  Technologists 

Lincoln  College  in  collaboration  with  over  50  A.M. A.  accredited  Hospital 
Schools  of  Radiologic  Technology  located  in  the  New  England  area  con- 
ducts a  program  leading  to  certification  as  a  registered  Radiologic  Tech- 
nologist (R.T.)  and  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

For  Inhalation  Therapists 

This  program  is  conducted  by  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions. 


I 


buildings  and  facilities 


Location  of  Main  Campus 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hunting- 
ton Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  IVlany  of  the  city's  famous 
cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the 
Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticul- 
tural Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching 
hospitals,  and  many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  within  walking  dis- 
tance of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Inter- 
national Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  intra- 
state lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan-subur- 
ban area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motorists,  the 
best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  (Exit  22)  and 
Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  prin- 
cipal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of 
glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by 
underground  passageways. 

Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student 
offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000. 

The  University  Library 

The  Dodge  Library  is  the  main  library  on  the  Boston  campus  and 
maintains  an  open-stack  system.  Bound  volumes  in  the  library  system  ex- 
ceed 280,000,  and  microform  titles,  356,000.  Collections  are  located  in 
these  areas: 

1.    The  general  collection  in  the  book  stacks  as  indicated  by  the  classi- 
fication number  given  in  the  upper  left  corner  of  the  catalog  card. 

23 


24   /    BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

2.  The  reference  collection  in  the  Cabot  Reading  Room  to  the  left  of 
the  circulation  desk,  which  includes  bibliographies,  maps,  company 
publications,  the  pamphlet  file,  and  association  publications.  Theses, 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Reference  Dept.,  housed  in  the  base- 
ment and  should  be  requested  in  the  Reference  Room. 

3.  The  periodical  collection  on  the  basement  level,  housed  in  the 
Periodical  Room,  consisting  of  current  periodicals,  periodical  in- 
dexes and  abstracts,  with  2  stack  levels  adjacent  for  back  files  of 
bound  volumes. 

4.  The  reserve  book  collection  on  the  second  floor. 

5.  The  foreign  literature  collections  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room 
to  the  right  of  the  circulation  desk.  Trade  bibliographies  also 
located  here. 

6.  The  collections  of  fine  arts,  philosophy,  psychology,  religion,  and 
education  housed  in  the  Richardson  Room  on  the  second  floor. 
The  audio  facility  for  spoken  and  music  recordings  and  magnetic 
tapes  for  instructional  and  individual  use  also  located  in  this  room. 

7.  The  American  and  English  literature  collections  in  the  Literature 
Reading  Room. 

8.  Government  documents  maintained  on  the  basement  level  adjacent 
to  the  Periodical  Room,  along  with  the  microtext  collection.  This 
collection  includes  355,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and 
microfiche  forms. 

There  are  also  book  catalogs  of  the  collections  in  the  library  at  Nor- 
wood Airport,  Math/ Psych  Library,  Chemistry  Library,  and  in  both  the 
Documents  and  Reserve  Book  Rooms.  There  is  an  information  desk  in 
the  Reserve  Book  Room  to  assist  people  in  using  the  card  catalog  during 
the  day. 

The  circulation  dept.  has  a  printed  list  of  all  materials  charged  out, 
which  may  be  consulted  by  all  users.  To  borrow  materials,  university 
identification  must  be  presented.  For  extensive  research,  where  the  Uni- 
versity Library  does  not  have  the  material,  application  should  be  made  to 
the  Inter-Library  Loan  Librarian  for  materials  needed  from  other  libraries. 
Information  service  is  available  in  this  dept.  in  the  evenings. 

Library  Hours  —  Boston  Campus 

Monday  —  Thursday  7:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 

Friday  7:45  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m. 

Saturday  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Sunday  &  Holidays  1:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES   /    25 

The  Reference  Room  and  the  reading  rooms  on  the  second  floor  are 
open  until  midnight,  Monday-Thursday  and  until  10:00  p.m.  on  Friday. 

The  University  Library  System  includes  three  graduate  libraries  in  the 
Division  of  Research.  Physics-electrical  engineering  is  housed  in  325 
Dana  Research  Center.  Mathematics-psychology  is  housed  on  the  fifth 
floor  of  the  United  Realty  Building  and  chemistry  is  located  on  the  first 
floor  of  Hurtig  Hall. 

Library  Hours  —  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Monday — Friday         8:30  a.m.  to  9:00  p.m. 
Saturday  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an  athletic 
cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative 
offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  De- 
partment of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and 
shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library, 
community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms, 
recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 


SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3 
in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees, 
special  programs  for  adults,  and  non-credit  state-of-the-art  programs  are 
offered. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.    The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 


26   /    BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland, 
Massachusetts,  serves  as  a  year-round  outdoor  laboratory  for  students  in 
Boston-Bouve  College.  There  are  facilities  for  conferences,  special  educa- 
tion in  arts  and  crafts,  and  sports,  including  aquatics.  Buildings  include 
a  lodge,  cottages,  and  an  infirmary. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston,  is  a  research  and  instruction  facility  primarily  en- 
gaged in  studies  of  marine  biology  and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is 
operated  the  year  around. 


lincoln  college 
administration 


Administrative  Officers 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

Director 

Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  Mollis  S.  Baird 

Assistant  Director  Assistant  to  tlie  Director 

OtisF.  Cushman,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Director 


Student  Counselling  Staff 

Mollis  S.  Baird 
Administrative  Coordinator 

Robert  J.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S.  Roderick  W.  Sommers,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Philip  W.  Dunphy,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  Richard  E.  Sprague,  B.S.,  B.B.A., 
Charles  F.  Field,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  M.B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  B.S.,  Ed.M.  Kenneth  S.  Woodard,  B.S. 


Committee  on  Regulations  and  Discipline 

William  F.  King,  Cliairman 

Mollis  S.  Baird  Otis  F.  Cushman 

Kenneth  S.  Woodard  Kenneth  W.  Ballou 

Kenneth  C.  Solano  President,  Adult  Student  Council 

Committee  on  Education 

Otis  F.  Cushman,  Chairman 

Mollis  S.  Baird  Jacob  Wiren 

William  F.  King 


27 


28   /    LINCOLN   COLLEGE  ADMINISTRATION 


Curriculum  Advisory  Committee 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 
(Academic  Administration) 

Chairman 
Jacob  Wiren,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

Vice  Cliairman 
Otis  F.  Cushman,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Secretary 
Professor  Mollis  S.  Baird 


Robert  J.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Circuit  Theory) 
Fred  E.  Bellows,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

(Aviation  Technology) 
Edward  Bobroff,  B.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass) 

(Calculus) 
Franklyn  K.  Brown,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Production  Drawing  and  Design) 
William  0.  Bruehl,  B.S. 

(Materials) 
Ralph  A.  Buonopane 

(Chemical  Engineering) 
Leroy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.  in  C.E.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Civil  Engineering  Technology) 
Bruce  B.  Claflin,  A.B.,  M.S. 

(Calculus) 
Laurence  F.  Cleveland,  B.S.,  M.S., 

P.E.  (Mass) 

(Electrical  Engineering 

Technology) 
Edward  M.  Cook,  A.B.,  A.M. 

(Mathematics) 
Warren  C.  Dean,  A.B.,  M.A. 

(Differential  Equations) 
William  D.  Finan,  A.B.,  M.A. 

(Introductory  Mathematics) 
John  L.  Freedman,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass) 

(Electronics) 
Arthur  F.  Gustus,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Physics) 
Francis  R.  Hankard,  B.S.,  M.A. 

(Physics) 
Arthur  Bugbee 

(Flight  School) 


George  C.  Harrison 

(Pulse  Circuits  &  Elect.  Labs.) 
Malcolm  D.  Kruger,  B.S. 

(Electrical  and  Electronic 

Graphics) 
Roberts.  Lang,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Graphics  and  Computation) 
Demetre  P.  Ligor,  B.S.E.E.,  P.E. 

(Mass)  (Particles  and  Waves) 
Walter  Messcher,  B.M.E.,  M.S. 

(Computer  Programming) 
Carl  Miller,  A.B.,  LLB.,  Ed.M. 

(Introductory  Mathematics) 
Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

(Mass)  (Mechanical  Engineering 

Technology) 
Bernard  C.  Reddy,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Introductory  Physics) 
Ralph  W.  Sexton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E. 

(Mass)  (Mechanical  Engineering 

Laboratory) 
Harold  M.  Sharaf,  B.S.,  M.S. 

(Communications  Engineering) 
Matthew  Stevens,  B.S. 

(Radiologic  Technology) 
Thomas  H.  Wallace,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

(Physics) 
Willard  B.  Whittemore,  B.S.,  in  C.E., 

Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S. 

(Algebra  and  Trigonometry) 
Albert  G.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.S.  in  C.E., 

M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass),S.E.  (Illinois) 

(Mechanics  and  Dynamics) 


Office  Staff 

Rasma  Galins,  Administrative  Secretary 
Marilyn  Alfonsi,  Secretary  of  Records 
Mary  L.  Tangney,  Secretary 
Doris  S.  Totora,  Secretary 


the  role  and  scope  of 
lincoln  college 


Purpose 

Lincoln  College  Is  charged  with  the  responsibility  for  developing  and 
offering  college-level  courses  and  curricula  of  an  applied-science  or  tech- 
nological nature.  Its  purpose  is  to  assist  professional  personnel,  quali- 
fied to  deal  with  the  applications  and  uses  of  the  biological,  natural,  and 
physical  sciences,  in  better  meeting  community  needs.  The  programs  of 
study  conducted  by  the  College  have  in  common  the  following  purposes 
and  characteristics: 

1.  The  programs  of  instruction  prepare  the  graduate  for  activities 
allied  to  the  fields  of  engineering,  science,  or  medicine,  but  are 
more  specialized  than  those  required  to  prepare  a  person  for  full 
professional  responsibilities. 

2.  The  programs  of  instruction  are  more  concise  and  more  completely 
technological  in  content  than  professional  curricula,  though  they 
are  concerned  with  the  same  general  fields  of  scientific,  engineer- 
ing, industrial,  or  clinical  specialization. 

3.  The  programs  of  instruction  are  based  upon  principles  of  science, 
and  include  post-secondary-school  mathematics  to  provide  the  tools 
to  achieve  the  technological  objectives  of  the  curricula. 

4.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  use  of  rational  processes  in  con- 
verting theories  and  ideas  into  practical  techniques,  procedures, 
and  products. 

5.  Extensive  training  for  artisanship  or  craftsmanship  is  not  included 
within  the  scope  of  the  technological  education  programs. 

6.  Graduates  from  the  associate  degree  programs  have  opportuni- 
ties for  educational  work  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering 
Technology  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees. 

Technology  and  the  Technologist 

Scientific  and  technological  skills  range  over  a  very  broad  spec- 
trum extending  all  the  way  from  extremely  simple  craftsmanlike  activity 

29 


30  /   THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

to  highly  complex  and  abstract  activity.  At  one  end  of  the  spectrum  is 
the  professional  whose  work  is  mostly  theoretical  in  character.  He 
studies,  reasons,  and  visualizes  how  new  knowledge  may  be  used  in  the 
development  of  solutions  to  technical  problems.  Usually  he  is  not  com- 
pletely knowledgeable  of  the  detailed  procedures  used  by  the  skilled 
craftsman  who  executes  the  ideas,  procedures,  and  designs. 

The  technologist  is  the  pivot-man  on  the  professional-technologist- 
craftsman  team.  He  works  with  the  professional  engineer,  scientist,  doc- 
tor, supervisor,  and  craftsman  in  converting  knowledge  of  scientific 
theories  and  practical  craftsmanship  into  products,  procedures,  and  tech- 
niques. His  responsibilities  are  technologically  important  —  professional 
opportunities  are  limited  only  by  ambition,  ability,  and  education. 

When  employed  in  research,  design,  or  development,  the  technologist 
usually  acts  as  direct  supporting  personnel  to  the  professionals.  If  he 
functions  in  a  capacity  related  to  production,  operation,  testing  or  control, 
he  usually  follows  a  course  prescribed  by  a  professional  but  may  not  work 
closely  under  his  direction.  If  installation,  maintenance,  or  sales  are  his 
areas  of  responsibility,  he  is  frequently  performing  a  task  that  would 
otherwise  have  to  be  performed  by  the  professional.  He  thereby  assumes 
the  more  routine  professional  functions  demanded  by  our  increasingly 
scientific  and  technical  society. 

in  executing  his  functions,  the  technologist  is  required  to  use  a  high 
degree  of  rational  thinking,  to  employ  post-secondary  school  mathematics 
and  the  principles  of  the  biological,  natural,  and  physical  sciences.  The 
skilled  technologist  works  with  his  mind  as  well  as  his  hands.  He  con- 
siders why  things  work  as  well  as  how  things  work.  To  perform  his  func- 
tions efficiently,  the  technologist  must  effectively  communicate  technical 
and  scientific  information  mathematically,  graphically,  and  linguistically. 

The  Need  for  Technologists 

Our  present  technological  age,  with  its  exploding  accumulation  of  new 
information  and  discoveries  in  the  physical,  natural,  and  life  sciences,  has 
increased  the  need  for  people  with  specialized  training  in  science  and 
technology.  Experts  have  recently  estimated  that  in  order  to  meet  expand- 
ing needs,  the  number  of  students  graduating  from  the  nation's  profes- 
sional schools  must  double  —  a  goal  which  is  improbable  in  the  near 
future. 

The  most  reasonable  alternative  is  to  make  our  professional  manpower 
most  efficient  by  providing  assistance  in  the  form  of  specially  trained  tech- 
nologists. Manpower  experts  believe  that  the  present  ratio  of  less  than 
one  technologist  to  each  professional  should  ideally  be  nearer  five  to  one. 

Opportunities  for  technologists  are  increasing  at  a  faster  rate  than  for 
any  other  occupational  group  —  a  50  per  cent  increase  is  expected  in  the 
next  five  years.  More  than  200,000  technologists  will  be  needed  each 
year,  whereas  schools  now  graduate  only  50,000  per  year.    The  tech- 


THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE   /    31 

nologist's  employment  opportunities  are  varied  and  much  demanded  in 
health  and  public  service  organizations;  atomic  energy  and  electric  power 
industries;  metal  fabricating  industries;  local,  state,  and  federal  govern- 
ment agencies;  the  armed  forces;  aerospace  industries;  chemical,  petro- 
leum, plastics,  and  metal  industries,  as  well  as  transportation  and  com- 
munication industries. 


PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Recognizing  the  growing  need  for  technicians  and  technologists  and 
their  expanding  role  in  modern  society,  Lincoln  College  offers  Pre-Tech- 
nology  Preparatory  Courses  and  degree  programs  leading  to  the  Associate 
in  Engineering  (A.E.);  Associate  in  Science  (A.S.);  and  Bachelor  of  Engi- 
neering Technology  (B.E.T.)  as  follows: 

Pre-Technology 

Introductory  Mathematics,  Basic  Mathematics,  Physics,  and 

Chemistry    page  58 

Reading-Improvement  Program  (non-credit)   page  59 

Programmed  Instruction  Review  Courses  (non-credit) page  59 

Radiologic  Technology  (A.S.  degree) pages  61-62 

Aviation  Technology 

Aviation  Technology  (A.S.  degree)  —  4  years  evenings .page  65 

Aviation  Technology  (A.S.  degree)  —  2  years  days page  66 

Science  Technology 

Chemical-Physical  Technology  (A.S.  degree) page  69 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology  (A.S.  degree)   page  70 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 

Environmental  Engineering  (A.E.  degree)   page  78 

Structural  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)   page  73 

Surveying  and  Transportation  Engineering  Technology 

(A.E.  degree)    page  74 

Civil  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  75-76 

Environmental  Control  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  77-78 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology 

(B.E.T.  degree) pages  79-80 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree) page  89 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree) page  82 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)    page  83 


32   /    THE  ROLE  AND  SCOPE  OF  LINCOLN  COLLEGE 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  84-85 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  86-87 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology  (Certificate)    page  88 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree) page  91 

Heat  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)   page  92 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  93-94 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (B.E.T.  degree) pages  95-96 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 
Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology 

(B.E.T.   degree)    pages  79-80 

Computer  Engineering  Technology  (A.E.  degree)   page  97 


general  admissions 
Information 


ADMISSION 

The  Student  Body 

The  student  body  of  Lincoln  College  is  composed  of  recent  high  school 
graduates  and  mature  men  or  women.  Most  students  are  employed  in 
industry  with  vocational  experience  ranging  from  very  little  for  the  recent 
secondary  school  graduate  to  as  much  as  20  or  30  years  for  individuals 
seeking  increased  professional  responsibility  and  status.  Many  technical 
career  categories  are  represented  —  industrial,  engineering,  scientific, 
and  allied-medical- — demonstrating  that,  in  our  increasingly  complex 
society,  the  key  to  personal  advancement  is  education. 

Academic  Background 

A  firm  knowledge  of  the  fundamentals  of  mathematics  and  science  is 
the  foundation  upon  which  successful  achievements  in  the  more  advanced 
technological  courses  are  built. 

Applicants  to  Lincoln  College  are,  in  many  cases,  mature  adults  who, 
although  they  have  experience  in  industry  or  previous  education, 
have  been  away  from  formal  study  for  some  time  and,  therefore,  have 
doubts  concerning  their  study  habits  and  their  algebra,  geometry,  and 
science  proficiency.  Those  who  anticipate  some  difficulty  in  adjusting  to 
the  first-year  course  requirements  are  advised  to  give  very  serious  con- 
sideration to  enrolling  in  non-credit  courses  in  introductory  mathematics, 
introductory  physics,  and/ or  introductory  chemistry.  These  courses  are 
designed  to  develop  adequate  background  for  the  basic  courses  in  the 
degree  programs. 

Program  Counseling 

Career  planning  through  self-analysis  and  professional  counseling 
assists  students  in  planning  educational  programs  appropriate  to  their  ob- 
jectives. Entering  students  are  encouraged  to  arrange  for  personal  in- 
terviews with  Lincoln  College  program  counselors  for  assistance  in  plan- 
ning their  academic  programs.  Counselors  are  available  by  appointment 
at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston;  the  Suburban  Campus;  Burl- 

33 


34   /    GENERAL  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION 

ingtOD;  the  North  High  School,  Framingham;  the  Weymouth  North  High 
School  or  East  Junior  High  School,  Weymouth;  and  the  Lynn  English  High 
School,  Lynn.  Students  are  encouraged  to  present  records  of  prior  educa- 
tion whenever  possible.  The  effectiveness  of  the  counseling  review  is 
greatly  enhanced  by  this  information.  The  University,  through  its  Coun- 
seling and  Testing  Center  and  its  Career  Information  Center,  is  also  pre- 
pared to  assist  applicants  whose  educational  and  vocational  goals  are  more 
complex  or  less  firmly  defined. 

Application  for  Admission 

Applications  for  the  programs  of  study  offered  in  the  Lincoln  College  are 
accepted  for  admission  to  the  Fall  (September),  Winter  (December), 
Spring  (March),  and  Summer  (June)  Quarters.  Applications  should  be 
filed  as  early  as  possible  in  advance  of  the  opening  of  the  quarter  for 
which  the  student  desires  to  register  in  order  that  eligibility  and  status 
may  be  established. 

Information  concerning  admission  may  be  obtained  either  by  writing  to 
Lincoln  College  or  by  requesting  it  at  the  time  of  visiting  the  College.  The 
application  for  admission  should  be  completed  in  detail  and  submitted 
to  Lincoln  College,  Northeastern  University,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115. 

All  inquiries  relative  to  the  Day  Cooperative  programs  should  be  re- 
ferred to  the  Day  College  Admissions  office  150  Richards  Hall.  See  pages 
86-87  and  95-96. 

Mathematics  Placement  Test 

Applicants  requesting  admission  to  regular  first-year  mathematics  are 
required  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  introductory  or  basic  mathematics 
through  the  Lincoln  College  Mathematics  Placement  Test.  Students  who 
request  enrollment  in  the  non-credit  Introductory  Mathematics  course  are 
not  required  to  take  the  test.  The  Mathematics  Placement  Test  will  be 
administered  during  the  registration  period  for  each  term  of  instruction 
at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston;  the  Suburban  Campus,  Burl- 
ington; the  North  High  School,  Framingham;  the  Weymouth  High  School 
or  Annex,  Weymouth;  and  the  Lynn  English  High  School,  Lynn.  In  addi- 
tion, the  test  is  administered  during  the  summer  months. 

Students  who  demonstrate  satisfactory  proficiency  in  the  test  will  be 
permitted  to  register  for  the  first-year  courses  in  the  program  of  their 
choice.  To  enroll  in  Engineering  Physics  (11.317)  the  student  may  need 
to  take  Introductory  Physics. 

If  need  for  a  strengthening  of  mathematical  background  is  indicated, 
the  applicant  will  be  assigned  to  the  Introductory  Mathematics  course. 
Students  enrolling  in  Introductory  Mathematics  may  fill  out  their  schedule 
by  enrolling  in  Introductory  Physics,  Introductory  Chemistry,  or  Engineer- 
ing Graphics. 

In  every  case  the  student  should  carefully  consider  his  combined  work 
and  study  load  and  register  only  for  those  courses  which  contribute  to  the 
development  of  a  firm  knowledge  of  fundamentals  and  which  enable  him 
to  adjust  to  academic  study  requirements. 


GENERAL  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION    /    35 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  STUDENTS 

Applicants  who  have  filed  an  Application  for  Admission  and  who  are 
approved  by  the  Lincoln  College  Committee  on  Education  are  admitted 
as:  (1)  Regular  Students  or  (2)  Degree  Candidates. 


Special  Students 

A  student  is  enrolled  as  a  "special  student"  unless  he  has  formally 
declared  himself  as  a  degree  candidate  and  identified  the  program  in 
which  he  wishes  enrollment. 


Matriculation 

Degree  candidates  must  petition  for  a  review  of  their  academic  record 
when  they  have  completed  a  minimum  of  forty  quarter-hours  of  work  in 
Lincoln  College. 

This  review  will  assure  that  the  student  has: 

1.  Attained  a  satisfactory  quality  point  average. 

2.  Presented  evidence  of  completion  of  an  accredited  secondary 
school  program  by  submission  of  a  transcript  of  record  or  a  high 
school  equivalency  certificate. 

3.  Demonstrated  acceptable  levels  of  ability  and  achievement  in  15 
units*  of  secondary  school  and/ or  collegiate  work  as  follows: 

Verbal  Communication  4  units 

Mathematics  and  Computation  3  units 

Science  and  Technology  3  units 

Other  5  units 

4.  The  Committee  on  Admissions  may  require  a  student  to  take  one 
or  more  aptitude  or  interest  tests  if  his  credentials  or  academic 
record  fail  to  completely  satisfy  the  criteria  for  probable  academic 
success.  These  tests  will  be  administered  by  the  University  Coun- 
selling and  Testing  Center.   A  fee  is  charged  for  these  tests. 

TRANSFER  STUDENTS  AND  ADVANCED  STANDING  CREDITS 

Students  transferring  from  community  colleges,  junior  colleges,  tech- 
nical institutes,  or  other  colleges  and  universities  may  transfer  applicable 
credits  toward  the  degree  requirements  of  Lincoln  College. 


*A  unit  represents  a  year's  work  in  a  subject  at  an  approved  secondary  school,  community 
college,  junior  college,  technical  institute  or  university. 


36   /    GENERAL  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION 

Students  admitted  with  transfer  or  advanced  standing  credits  fronn  an- 
other institution  must  meet  the  requirements  for  admission  as  set  forth 
under  the  regulations  applicable  to  regular  students.  Advanced  standing 
in  the  Lincoln  College  may  be  obtained  by  (1)  Transfer  of  Credits  or 
(2)  Proficiency  Examination. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Committee  on  Education  credits  may 
be  awarded  for  academic  work  completed  in  other  approved  schools,  col- 
leges, or  universities  if  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (a)  the  content  of 
the  course  being  submitted  is  equivalent  to  that  of  the  corresponding 
course  in  the  Lincoln  College;  (b)  the  average  grade  achieved  in  the 
course  submitted  is  "C"  or  higher,  and  (c)  the  remoteness  of  the  time  of 
study  does  not  negate  its  use  as  a  prerequisite  for  an  advanced  course. 

Applicants  desiring  advanced  standing  credit  by  transfer  should  indi- 
cate this  desire  at  the  time  of  filing  the  application  for  admission.  The 
applicant  should  request  the  Registrar  of  the  institutions  of  previous 
attendance  to  mail  an  official  transcript  to  the  Lincoln  College  Office. 

Proficiency  Examinations 

Applicants  who  do  not  meet  all  the  criteria  for  the  normal  transfer  of 
credits,  but  who  are  able  to  supply  evidence  of  sufficient  knowledge  of  a 
subject  as  a  result  of  previous  training  or  experience,  may  petition  the 
Committee  on  Education  for  the  privilege  of  taking  a  Proficiency  Exam- 
ination. If  satisfactory  proficiency  is  indicated  by  the  examination,  ad- 
vanced standing  credits  may  be  awarded  or  a  substitute  course  may  be 
recommended. 

Readmission 

Former  students,  who  seek  readmission  to  continue  a  program  of 
study  after  having  withdrawn  from  the  College  for  a  period  of  time,  may 
be  required  to  repeat  courses  which  are  prerequisites  to  advanced  work. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration  for  Courses 

Completion  of  admission  requirements  does  not  constitute  official 
registration  for  courses.  All  students  must  be  properly  registered  before 
attending  classes.  Registrations  are  processed  by  the  Registrar's  Office 
during  the  official  registration  periods.  Former  students  should  ascertain 
completion  of  prerequisite  courses  before  registration.  Students  may 
register  for  full-year  sequences  of  courses  during  the  official  registration 
periods.  They  are  urged  to  register  as  early  as  possible  in  order  to  obtain 
the  desired  class  schedule. 

Changes  in  Registration 

Changes  in  program  should  be  initiated  before  the  opening  day  of 
classes  during  the  official  registration  periods. 


GENERAL  ADMISSIONS  INFORMATION    /    37 

Official  Registration  Periods 

Official  registration  periods  are  scheduled  before  the  Fall,  Winter, 
Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters  during  the  academic  year.  Students  are 
urged  to  register  as  early  as  possible  during  these  periods.  Dates  of 
registration  periods  for  each  quarter  are  listed  in  the  official  1972-1973 
Academic  Calendar  (See  pages  6  and  7). 

Withdrawal 

Simply  ceasing  to  attend  classes  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal  from  a  course.  To  withdraw  officially  from 
a  course,  the  student  must  notify  the  Registrar's  Office  in  writing  or  com- 
plete the  appropriate  withdrawal  form.  Properly  registered  students  who 
do  not  attend  one  of  the  first  three  sessions  in  any  course  will  be  auto- 
matically withdrawn  from  the  class  roll. 

Courses  in  Other  Departments  of  the  University 

Lincoln  College  students  assigned  to  courses  in  other  departments  of 
the  University  are  charged  the  tuition  rates  and  other  fees  effective  in  the 
departments  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 


^ 


lV 


"^■». 


f'  ">'>^l- 


general  academic 
information 


ACADEMIC  OPERATIONS 

Campuses  and  Extensions 

All  courses  are  offered  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston,  with 
some  courses  available  at  the  Suburban  Campus  or  Wyman  Jr.  High 
School,  Burlington;  and  at  North  High  School,  Framingham;  English  High 
School,  Lynn;  North  High  School  or  East  Junior  High  School,  Weymouth; 
and  for  Aviation  Technology  students  at  the  Norwood  Airport,  Norwood. 

The  Quarter  Calendar 

The  regular  school  year,  from  September  to  June,  is  divided  into  three 
quarters  of  13  weeks  each.  Twelve  weeks  are  scheduled  for  instruction 
and  final  examinations  with  one  week  available  for  make-up  classes  or 
vacation  time.  A  limited  program  of  courses  is  offered  during  the  summer 
quarter. 

Class  Sessions 

At  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  lecture  periods  consist  of  one  hour 
and  forty-minute  sessions  beginning  at  6:30  p.m.  or  8:20  p.m.  each 
weekday  and  at  9:00  a.m.  or  10:50  a.m.  on  Saturdays.  At  the  Suburban 
Campus,  and  Wyman  Junior  High  School,  Burlington;  North  High  School, 
Framingham;  East  Junior  High  School,  Weymouth;  Lynn  English  High 
School,  Lynn;  and  Norwood  Airport,  Norwood;  lecture  periods  begin  at 
8:00  a.m.  for  day  sessions  and  6  or  8  o'clock  each  evening.  Design  and 
laboratory  courses  are  of  longer  duration  and  may  occupy  a  full  evening. 
All  laboratory  courses  are  conducted  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus. 

Course  Work 

All  of  the  usual  methods  of  instruction  are  employed  —  lectures,  home 
assignments,  class  projects,  laboratory  work,  irregularly  scheduled 
quizzes,  and  formal  examinations.  In  addition,  mid-course  examinations 
are  scheduled  in  most  courses  and  a  final  examination  is  required  at  the 
completion  of  all  courses.  Students  are  responsible  for  fulfilling  all  the 
requirements  of  a  course.  In  the  event  of  absence,  students  must  make 
appropriate  arrangements  for  makeup  with  the  instructor.  Students  must 
follow  the  procedures  outlined  below  for  makeup  of  missed  mid-term  or 
final  examinations. 

Student  Study  Areas 

The  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY  is  well  equipped  with  technical  literature. 
A  detailed  statement  about  its  facilities  and  hours  appears  on  pages  23 
and  24. 

39 


40   /    GENERAL  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

The  privilege  of  obtaining  books  from  the  Boston  Public  Library  is  ex- 
tended to  students  of  Lincoln  College.  Application  for  this  privilege, 
which  involves  a  fee,  should  be  made  directly  to  the  Boston  Public  Library. 

Additional  study  areas  are  available  in  the  Ell  Student  Center  Building. 

Attendance 

Students  absent  from  regularly  scheduled  sessions  in  any  subject,  for 
whatever  reason,  may  seriously  jeopardize  their  academic  progress  and 
status.  Students  are  expected  to  be  in  attendance  at  all  the  sessions 
scheduled  in  their  courses.  Excessive  absence  may  be  sufficient  cause 
for  the  Registrar  to  remove  the  subject(s)  from  the  student's  schedule. 

Withdrawal 

Simply  ceasing  to  attend  classes  or  notifying  the  instructor  does  not 
constitute  official  withdrawal  from  a  course.  To  withdraw  officially  from 
a  course,  the  student  must  notify  the  Registrar's  Office  or  complete  the 
appropriate  withdrawal  form. 

The  Registrar  will  withdraw  the  student  from  a  course  who: 

1.  Does  not  attend  one  of  the  first  three  classes  at  the  beginning  of 
a  12  week  quarter. 

2.  Does  not  attend  one  of  the  first  two  classes  at  the  beginning  of  a 
summer  term. 

MAKEUP  EXAMINATIONS 

Mid-course  Examinations 

A  student  absent  from  a  regularly  scheduled  mid-course  examination 
or  quiz  may  request  permission  to  take  a  makeup  examination.  This  is 
a  privilege  which  may  be  denied  if  abused  by  an  excessive  number  of 
petitions  or  for  other  reasons. 

Students  applying  for  makeup  examinations  must: 

1.  Request  from  the  instructor  permission  to  take  the  midterm  exam- 
ination or  quiz. 

2.  The  instructor  will  forward  the  examination  to  the  Lincoln  College 
Office  for  processing. 

Makeup  mid-term  examinations  and  quizzes  will  be  given  on  a  Satur- 
day at  9:00  a.m.  in  a  designated  room  at  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus 
according  to  the  following  schedule: 


Examination 

Date 

Missed  During 

Scheduled 

Fall  Quarter 

Dec.  2,  1972 

Winter  Quarter 

March  10,  1973 

Spring  Quarter 

June  9,  1973 

Summer  Terms 

In  course 

GENERAL  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION    /    41 

Any  student  who  does  not  take  the  makeup  examination  as  scheduled 
will  forfeit  the  makeup  privilege. 

Missed  Final  Examinations 

If  a  student  is  absent  from  a  final  examination,  he  will  receive  a  grade 
of  "I"  (Incomplete)  in  the  course.  He  may  petition  for  a  makeup  final 
examination  at  the  Registrar's  Office,  120  Hayden  Hall. 

A  student  does  not  automatically  have  the  right  to  make  up  a  missed 
final  examination.  Students  must  petition  for  this  privilege.  If  the  peti- 
tion is  granted,  the  student  must  pay  a  fee  of  $5.00  for  taking  the  special 
final  examination.  Petitions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office 
or  in  each  off-campus  Administration  Office.  Petitions  for  missed  finals 
must  be  filed  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  listed  below: 

Makeup  Final 
Final  Examination  File  Petition  Examination 

Missed  During  No  Later  Than  During  Week  of 

Fall  Quarter  January  19,  1973  February  12,  1973 

Winter  Quarter  April  20,  1973  May  14,  1973 

Spring  Quarter  July  13,  1973  August  13,  1973 

Summer  Quarter  October  5,  1973  October  29,  1973 

Students  will  be  notified  by  mail  when  and  where  to  take  the  missed 
final  examination.  All  examinations  will  be  administered  on  the  Boston 
Campus.  Those  who  do  not  take  makeup  final  examinations  as  scheduled 
forfeit  the  makeup  privilege. 


ACADEMIC  STANDARDS 

The  student  is  required  to  maintain  appropriate  levels  of  academic 
achievement  in  terms  of  grades,  quality-point  average,  and  the  quantita- 
tive credit  requirements  of  his  program  of  study  to  satisfy  academic 
progress  criteria  and  achieve  graduation  from  Lincoln  College. 

Grading  System 

The  following  system  of  grading  is  used.  The  numerical  equivalent  for 
each  grade  is  in  parentheses. 

A  (4.0)  —  Outstanding  D  (1.0)  —  Poor 

B  (3.0)  —  Good  F   (0.0)  —  Failure 

C   (2.0) — Satisfactory  I     ( — )  —  Incomplete 

A  general  average  of  "D"  is  unacceptable  and  will  not  allow  a  student 
to  continue  in  Lincoln  College  or  to  receive  a  degree  from  Northeastern 
University.  The  "F"  grade  is  a  definite  failure.  The  standard  procedure 
for  clearing  failures  in  courses  offered  in  Lincoln  College  is  to  repeat  the 


42   /    GENERAL  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

course.  In  some  instances  circumstances  may  warrant  amending  the 
standard  procedure.  These  circumstances  are  described  in  the  Student 
Handbook  for  day  students  and  the  evening  school  Student  Infornnation 
Guide.  An  I  or  X  (incomplete)  grade  is  used  for  a  temporary  grade  to  show 
that  the  student  has  not  completed  the  course  requirements. 

Grade  Reports 

Grades  are  mailed  to  the  student  by  the  Registrar  and  will  not  be  given 
out  at  the  office  of  either  the  Registrar  or  Lincoln  College.  Under  no  cir- 
cumstances will  grades  be  given  over  the  telephone. 

Quality-Point  Average 

The  quality  points  earned  by  the  student  in  a  given  course  are  deter- 
mined on  the  basis  of  the  letter-grade  achieved  and  the  number  of  credit 
hours  carried  by  the  course.  The  total  quality  points  earned  divided  by 
the  total  number  of  credit  hours  constitute  the  quality-point  average. 

1.  When  the  student  has  more  than  one  grade  in  the  same  course,  the 
most  recent  grade  will  be  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  quality- 
point  average. 

2.  A  grade  of  "\"  will  not  be  considered  in  the  calculation  of  the  final 
quality-point  average. 

3.  Although  advanced  standing  credits  (ASC)  allowed  for  acceptable 
work  completed  at  other  institutions  by  transfer  students  count 
toward  completion  of  the  quantitative  credit  requirements,  neither 
the  credits  nor  the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  are  included  in 
quality-point  average  computations. 

4.  In  programs  made  up  of  combined  U.C.  and  L.C.  courses,  the 
cumulative  quality-point  average  will  include  all  work  in  both 
colleges. 

For  example,  a  student  who  has  registered  for  seven  courses,  cleared  a 
failure  in  one  of  them  and  received  advanced  standing  credit  (ASC)  in 
another,  may  calculate  his  quality-point  average  as  follows: 

Grade  Numerical 

Achieved  Equivalent 

A  4.0 

B  3.0 

C  2.0 

D  1.0 

F  0.0 

/b  3.0 

I  — 

jt  2.0 

ASC  — 


Credit 

Quality 

Hours 

Points 

X     4 

=    16.0 

X     4 

=   12.0 

X     3 

=     6.0 

X     3 

=     3.0 

X      2 

=     0.0 

X     2 

=     6.0 

X   — 

=      — 

X     2 

=     4.0 

X    — 

=:           

Totals    20        47.0 


f.     ,-x    n  •  *  A  Total  Quality  Points  (47.0)       ^  ^^^ 

Quality-Point  Average  = =  2.350 

Total  Credit  Hours  (20) 


GENERAL  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION    /    43 

The  Registrar's  Office  will  not  be  able  to  recalculate  or  confirm  the 
calculations  of  quality  point  averages  for  individual  students.  Each  stu- 
dent's record  will  be  brought  up  to  date  before  his  graduation.  In  the 
meantime,  borderline  cases  will  be  checked  by  the  Lincoln  College  Com- 
mittee on  Education. 

Academic  Progress  Criteria 

It  is  expected  that  the  student  will  at  all  times  endeavor  to  achieve  a 
high  record  of  achievement.  The  Committee  on  Education  reserves  the 
right  to  review  all  students'  records  and  deny  readmission  to  those  who 
fall  below  a  minimum  quality  level  of  achievement.  This  requirement  has 
been  established  as  follows: 

In  order  to  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  College,  a  student  must  have 
achieved  a  quality-point  average  of  1.4  at  the  completion  of  24  quarter 
hours;  1.5  at  the  end  of  48  quarter  hours;  and  1.6  at  the  end  of  72  quarter 
hours. 

It  should  be  further  noted  that  a  student  who  accumulates  the  equiva- 
lent of  six  uncleared  failures  may  be  considered  ineligible  to  continue 
his  program  of  study. 

Scholastic  Probation 

The  Committee  on  Education  has  the  authority  to  dismiss  from  the 
College  or  place  on  scholastic  probation  any  student  whose  scholarship 
is  deficient  for  the  following  reasons:  low  quality-point  average,  excessive 
outstanding  failures  regardless  of  quality-point  average. 

A  student  on  scholastic  probation  should  be  particularly  diligent  in 
his  current  courses  and  make  every  effort  to  clear  his  academic  deficien- 
cies as  soon  as  possible.  Students  whose  academic  record  does  not  im- 
prove or  whose  failures  are  not  properly  cleared  may  not  be  allowed  to 
register  for  further  courses. 

When  a  student  on  scholastic  probation  has  cleared  all  or  a  substantial 
part  of  his  outstanding  failures  he  may  petition  the  Committee  on  Educa- 
tion for  removal  from  the  probation  list. 

Disciplinary  Probation 

The  Committee  on  Education  has  the  authority  to  dismiss  from  the 
College  or  place  on  disciplinary  probation  any  student  whom  it  may  deem 
unworthy  because  of  conduct  or  character.  The  Committee  may  ask  any 
student  to  withdraw  from  the  College  who  is  obviously  out  of  sympathy 
with  its  aims  and  ideals. 


44   /    GENERAL  ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

GRADUATION   REQUIREMENTS 

To  receive  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering,  Associate  in  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  stuednt 
must  fulfill  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Must  have  been  formally  accepted  into  "degree  candidate"  status 
by  the  Committee  on  Admissions. 

2.  Complete  all  the  courses  of  his  particular  curriculum,  either  by 
attendance  at  the  Lincoln  College  or  by  receiving  Advanced  Stand- 
ing Credit. 

3.  Complete  associate  degree  programs  in  eight  years  and  bachelor's 
programs  in  12  years  from  the  date  of  entrance  into  Lincoln  Col- 
lege. Extensions  of  time  may  be  granted  by  the  Committee  on 
Education. 

4.  Be  in  attendance  for  at  least  a  year  preceding  the  date  on  which  he 
expects  to  graduate;  and  he  must  complete  at  least  one  fourth 
of  his  work  in  Lincoln  College. 

5.  Achieve  a  quality-point  average  of  at  least  1.75  in  courses  taken  in 
the  College  to  be  awarded  the  Associate  in  Engineering  or  Associate 
in  Science  degrees  and  1.80  for  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Tech- 
nology degree,  and  2.00  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

6.  Pay  the  Graduation  Fee  of  $25. 

In  addition  students: 

7.  May  not  earn  two  associate  degrees  or  two  bachelor  degrees  in  the 
same  field  of  academic  specialization. 

8.  Must  complete  a  minimum  of  30  quarter  hours  of  additional  credits 
to  be  awarded  more  than  one  associate  or  bachelor  degree. 

9.  May  not  be  awarded  the  associate  and  bachelor  degree  at  the 
same  commencement. 

10.    Must  petition  for  transfer  of  credits  completed  at  other  institutions 
prior  to  January  1  of  the  year  in  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 


ACADEMIC  AND  PROFESSIONAL  AWARDS 

The  academic  programs  offered  by  the  Lincoln  College  and  the  teach- 
ing, counselling,  and  professional  efforts  of  the  faculty  and  staff  are  aimed 
at  motivating  the  student  toward  the  highest  possible  levels  of  academic 
achievement.  To  encourage  scholarly  and  professional  excellence  and  to 
recognize  quality  achievements,  the  following  awards  are  made  at  appro- 
priate times  during  the  academic  year: 

Honor  List  and  Dean's  List  Scholars 

Students  maintaining  honor  grade  averages  —  minimum  quality  aver- 
age of  3.000  and  no  "D"  grades  —  during  a  quarter  while  carrying  a 
minimum  of  6  quarter  hours  credit  are  recognized  as  Dean's  List  Scholars. 


GENERAL  ACADEMIC   INFORMATION    /    45 

Students  desiring  certificates  attesting  to  this  honor  should  request  them 
from  the  Lincoln  College  Office. 

Scholastic  Achievement  Certificates 

Upon  graduation  with  an  associate  degree,  Scholastic  Achievement 
Certificates  will  be  awarded  to  those  students  who  have  achieved  dis- 
tinctly superior  attainment  in  the  academic  work  as  follows: 

Scholastic  Achievement  3.000-3.499  Q.P.A. 

High  Scholastic  Achievement  3.500-3.749  Q.P.A. 

Highest  Scholastic  Achievement  3.750-4.000  Q.P.A. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  a  Scholastic  Achievement  Certificate  the  student 
must  earn  a  minimum  of  48  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  Lincoln  College. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Upon  graduation,  honors  will  be  conferred  upon  students  who  have 
achieved  distinctly  superior  academic  achievement  in  a  program  leading 
to  the  Baccalaureate  Degree  as  follows: 

Honor  3.000-3.499  Q.P.A. 

High  Honor  3.500-3.749  Q.P.A. 

Highest  Honor  3.750-4.000  Q.P.A. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  Honors  the  student  must  earn  a  minimum  of  72 
quarter  hours  credit  in  Lincoln  College  and  receive  a  vote  of  approval 
from  the  faculty  with  responsibility  for  his  program. 

University  Awards 

The  University  Awards  are  presented  annually  to  seniors  pursuing 
associate  degree  programs,  who  have  achieved  high  ranking  cumulative 
academic  records.  The  tuition  scholarship  awards  are  accompanied  by 
an  appropriate  certificate. 

Lincoln  College  Faculty  Scholarship  Award 

The  faculty  encourages  the  achievement  of  scholarship  by  making 
monetary  awards. 

The  Faculty  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by  voluntary 
contributions  of  the  Lincoln  College  Faculty. 

The  Scholarship  Committee  determines  the  number  and  size  of  awards 
based  on  available  funds. 

The  basis  of  the  award  is  determined  by  need,  academic  achievement 
and  personal  qualifications.  The  Scholarship  Committee  invites  applica- 
tions by  announcing  the  specific  requirements  of  eligibility  during  the 
school  year. 

Technology  Awards 

The  Technology  Awards  are  presented  annually  to  seniors,  pursuing 
associate  degree  programs,  who  have  demonstrated  superior  academic 
and  professional  capabilities  in  their  special  career  fields.    The  scholar- 


46   /    GENERAL  ACADEMIC   INFORMATION 

ship  awards  and  appropriate  certificates  are  distributed  to  outstanding 
students  enrolled  in  the  following  program  categories: 

Radiologic  Technology 
Civil  Engineering  Technology 
Commercial  Aviation  Technology 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Science  Technology 

Class  Marshal  Award 

The  Class  Marshal  Award  is  presented  annually,  at  the  Class  Day  Ban- 
quet for  Graduates,  to  the  top  ranking  senior  in  a  baccalaureate  program. 
The  award  consists  of  an  appropriate  certificate,  a  selection  of  books,  and 
the  President's  Letter  of  Commendation. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Awards 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho,  the  evening  colleges  scholastic  honor  fraternity, 
annually  awards  plaques  and  scholarships  for  outstanding  scholastic 
achievement  to  the  highest  ranking  male  students  in  University  and 
Lincoln  Colleges. 

Alumni  Award  for  Professional  Promise 

Established  in  1947  by  the  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, the  Alumni  Award  for  Professional  Promise  is  presented  annually  at 
a  final  senior  class  meeting  in  the  spring  of  the  year.  The  award  is  made 
to  the  senior  who  has  demonstrated  unusual  professional  promise 
through  character  traits,  scholastic  achievement,  and  work  performance. 

E.  W.  Wiggins  Aviation  Awards 

The  E.  W.  Wiggins  Aviation  Awards  provide  scholarship  aid  to  students, 
enrolled  in  the  Commercial  Aviation  Technology  Program,  who,  in  the 
judgement  of  the  Northeastern  University-Wiggins  Airways  Advisory  Com- 
mittee, have  demonstrated  the  highest  degree  of  proficiency  in  flying  and 
related  courses  during  the  academic  year. 

Leslie  B.  Cutler  Aviation  Awards 

The  Leslie  B.  Cutler  Aviation  Awards  were  established  by  the  members 
of  the  Aero  Club  of  New  England  to  honor  and  give  recognition  to  the  late 
Senator  Cutler's  service  and  devotion  to  the  interests  of  aviation  in  the 
Massachusetts  General  Court,  national  legislative  bodies,  and  her  private 
life.  These  scholarship  awards  are  made  to  students  in  the  Commercial 
Aviation  Technology  Program  who  most  typify  the  same  interest,  devotion, 
and  leadership  demonstrated  by  Senator  Cutler  during  her  long  and  dis- 
tinguished public  career. 


general  financial 
information 

TUITION 
Initial  Registration  Fee 

A  ten  dollar  ($10.00)  registration  fee,  required  of  all  new  students,  is 
due  and  payable  upon  registration.  This  fee  is  nonrefundable. 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  all  credit  courses  is  $28.00  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 
Charges  for  registration  and  tuition  for  special  courses  are  at  the  rate 
specified  for  each  course.  Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses;  how- 
ever, there  is  no  reduction  in  fees  for  auditing. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  class  sessions  or  take  any  exam- 
ination or  test  until  they  have  paid  their  tuition  fees  or  have  made  satis- 
factory arrangements  for  payment. 

Students  will  not  be  advanced  in  class  standing,  nor  permitted  to  re- 
enroll  in  the  University,  nor  will  degrees  be  conferred,  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  University  have  been  met. 

No  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal  will  be  issued  to  any  student  who 
has  not  fully  met  his  financial  obligations  to  the  University. 

Non-credit  courses  are  charged  at  quarter  hour  rates  equal  to  those  of 
credit  courses  meeting  on  an  equivalent  contact-hour  schedule. 


Aviation  Technology  Tuition 

FIRST  YEAR 
Quarter  1 
$944 

(All  Students) 

Quarter  2 

$824 

Quarter  3 
$888 

Summer 

Quarter  4 

$864 

(Flight  Option) 

SECOND  YEAR 
Quarter  5 
$824 

(Flight  Option) 

Quarter  6 

$875 

Quarter  7 
$899 

SECOND  YEAR 
Quarter  5 
$476 

(Non-Flight  Option) 

Quarter  6 

$476 

Quarter  7 
$476 

Additional  Flight  Courses 

Certified  Flight  Instructor  $438  $465 

Instrument  Flight        $515  $535  $515 

(These  rates  cannot  be  guaranteed  beyond  the  current  academic  year.) 

Additional  Time:  Students  requiring  additional  time  beyond  the  prescribed 
course  limits  shall  be  charged  for  such  time  at  the  regular  Wiggins- 
Northeastern  rates. 

Flight  Tests:  Flight  tests  are  not  included  in  the  regular  course  curriculum. 
Charges  will  be  made  for  the  Commercial  Flight  Test  and  the  Instrument 
Flight  Test  on  the  basis  of  iy2  hours  of  aircraft  and  11/2  hours  of  ground 
time  at  the  regular  Wiggins-Northeastern  rate.  The  Instructor  Flight  Test 
which  must  be  given  by  a  regular  FAA  Examiner  requires  IV2  hours  of 
aircraft  time  only. 

47 


48   /    GENERAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Radiologic  Technology  Program 

First  Two  Years  of  Program  $800.00  Total 

Third  and  Fourth  Year  Courses    $  28.00  per  Q.H. 

Tuition  for  all  courses  is  charged  on  a  quarter  basis  and  is  payable  in 
full  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  As  a  convenience  without  addi- 
tional charge,  and  at  the  student's  request,  the  Bursar's  Office  will  allow 
payment  in  two  installments. 

Deferred-Payment  Privilege 

Occasionally  situations  develop,  usually  beyond  the  control  of  the  stu- 
dent, which  make  it  difficult  to  meet  payments  in  the  regular  manner. 
Under  such  circumstances  the  student  is  advised  to  discuss  his  problem 
personally  with  the  Bursar's  Office  where  a  convenient  deferred  payment 
agreement  can  be  worked  out.  A  service  fee  of  $2  is  charged  for  this 
privilege. 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Payments  of  tuition  are  due  by  Saturday  of  the  week  in  which  the  bill 
is  dated.  If  payment,  or  a  deferred  payment  agreement  is  not  ar- 
ranged by  that  date,  a  late  fee  of  $10  is  charged  by  the  Bursar. 

Refund  of  Tuition 

The  general  policy  in  all  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  with 
respect  to  refunds  of  tuition  to  students  is  as  follows: 

The  University  provides  all  instruction  on  an  academic  quarter  basis  for 
which  students  pay  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  Tuition  refunds  will 
be  granted  through  the  first  four  weeks  of  a  quarter  only  when  specific  con- 
ditions are  met.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  discussed  with 
the  Bursar. 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  application  when  filed  with  the  Registrar  in  Room 
120  Hayden  Hall.   Non-attendance  does  not  constitute  official  withdrawal. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

official  withdrawal  filed  within:  percentage  of  tuition 
1st  week  of  quarter  100% 

2nd  week  of  quarter  75% 

3rd  week  of  quarter  50% 

4th  week  of  quarter  25% 

Tuition  Underwritten  by  Employers 

An  increasing  number  of  companies  are  underwriting  part  or  all  of  the 
cost  of  tuition  of  students  in  their  employ.  In  cases  in  which  payment  is 
made  directly  by  the  employer  to  the  University,  the  student  should  fur- 
nish the  Bursar's  Office  a  purchase  order  covering  his  registration  or  a 
statement  from  an  officer  of  his  company  certifying  that  the  company  is 
underwriting  the  tuition. 


GENERAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION    /   49 

Student  Bursar 

All  Inquiries  about  student  accounts  should  be  directed  to  the  Student 
Account  Bursar,  437-2270. 

Veterans  Benefits 

Veterans  benefits  depend  on  course  load  and  increase  sharply  when  a 
student's  program  exceeds  8  quarter  hours  per  quarter.  Questions  and 
applications  should  be  directed  to  room  245  Rl. 


SPECIAL  FEES 

Student  Center  Fee 

Students  attending  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston,  in  the 
evening  in  a  part-time  program  of  study  will  be  assessed  a  Student  Center 
Fee  of  750  per  quarter.  Students  attending  this  campus  full-time  during 
the  first  year  of  the  Radiologic  Technology  Program  are  assessed  a  Stu- 
dent Center  Fee  of  $18.75. 

Health  Service  Fee 

Students  attending  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus,  Boston,  full-time 
in  the  first  year  of  the  Radiologic  Technology  Program  are  required  to 
pay  a  Health  Service  Fee  of  $75.00. 

Students  attending  the  Boston,  full-time  Day  Co-op  B.E.T.  programs  are 
required  to  pay  a  Health  Service  Fee  of  $75.00.  The  program  is  available 
to  Aviation  Technology  Students  on  an  optional  basis. 

Missed  Final  Examination  Fee 

Students  absent  from  the  regularly  scheduled  final  examination  at  the 
end  of  a  course  may  petition  for  a  "special  final  examination."  The  fee 
for  each  examination  requested  by  the  student  is  $5.  The  fee  must  be 
paid  when  the  petition  is  filed  in  the  University  Registrar's  Office. 

Proficiency  Examination  Fee 

Applicants  for  admission  may  petition  to  be  awarded  advanced  stand- 
ing on  the  basis  of  achievement  demonstrated  by  a  "proficiency  examina- 
tion." The  fee  for  each  examination  requested  by  the  applicant  is  $10. 
The  fee  must  be  paid  when  the  petition  is  filed  in  the  Lincoln  College 
Office. 

Graduation  Fee 

The  University  graduation  fee,  charged  to  those  who  are  candidates  for 
the  associate  or  bachelor's  degree,  is  $25,  payable  on  or  before  May  1  of 
the  year  in  which  the  student  expects  to  graduate. 

Transcript  of   Record   Fee 

Students  may  request  transcripts  of  their  records  at  the  University 
Registrar's  Office.    There  is  no  charge  for  the  first  transcript.    After  the 


50   /    GENERAL   FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

initial  transcript  there  is  a  charge  of  $1  per  copy,  payable  in  advance. 
If  more  than  one  transcript  is  requested  at  one  time  the  charge  is  $1  for 
the  first  copy  and  500  for  each  additional  copy. 


TEXTBOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 

Students  purchase  their  own  textbooks  and  work  materials.  The  cost 
varies  according  to  the  subject  for  which  the  student  is  enrolled.  The 
average  cost  for  a  normal  program  of  four  subjects  generally  ranges  from 
$25  to  $50.  Textbooks  for  single  courses  range  from  $4  to  $15. 

Students  enrolled  in  Engineering  Graphics  should  be  prepared  to  spend 
$10  to  $15  for  drawing  supplies  and  $10  to  $20  for  a  set  of  drawing 
instruments  in  addition  to  the  textbooks. 


LOAN  PROGRAMS 

National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program 

Any  student  in  good  standing  who  can  demonstrate  financial  need  is 
eligible  to  apply  to  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  for  Students  at  North- 
eastern for  assistance  under  the  National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program. 
Recipients  of  the  loans  are  selected  by  the  University.  The  law  requires 
that  each  borrower  be  at  least  a  half-time  student,  in  need  of  the  amount 
of  the  loan,  and  capable  of  maintaining  a  good  standing  in  his  chosen 
course  of  study. 

A  student  may  borrow  up  to  $1,000  in  one  year,  and  a  maximum  of 
$5,000  during  his  entire  college  career.  Special  consideration  is  given 
to  superior  students. 

Loans  to  students  who  plan  to  teach  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools  or  in  institutions  of  higher  education  after  graduation  will  be  can- 
celed up  to  a  maximum  of  50  per  cent  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent  for  each 
year  of  such  teaching.  No  interest  is  charged  on  loans  until  one  year 
after  graduation.  Thereafter,  interest  is  paid  at  the  rate  of  3  per  cent  per 
year.   Borrowers  may  have  up  to  10  years  to  repay. 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan  (HELP) 

The  Massachusetts  Higher  Education  Assistance  Corporation  was  char- 
tered in  1956  by  the  Massachusetts  legislature  to  aid  young  men  and 
women  of  the  state  to  complete  their  programs  of  higher  education.  Stu- 
dents who  are  residents  of  Massachusetts  and  who  have  satisfactorily 
completed  the  freshman  year  are  eligible  for  HELP  loans.  Loans  are  gen- 
erally limited  to  $1,000  in  any  one  academic  year,  with  an  over-all  limita- 
tion of  $3,000. 

Full  information  and  the  required  application  forms  may  be  obtained 
from  any  of  the  national  banks  and  trust  companies  in  Massachusetts 
participating  in  the  program. 


GENERAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION    /    51 

This  plan  is  also  used  by  most  other  states  and  Canada  to  provide 
assistance  for  undergraduate  or  graduate  students,  in  New  York,  New 
Jersey,  and  Rhode  Island,  freshmen  are  eligible  to  borrow  under  this 
program.  Students  should  check  with  their  state  Higher  Education 
Assistance  Corporation  for  further  details. 

University  Long-Term  Loan  Fund 

Northeastern  maintains  a  loan  fund  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  students 
in  meeting  their  tuition  expenses  from  quarter  to  quarter. 

This  fund  is  in  many  ways  similar  to  the  National  Defense  Loan  Fund. 
Money  borrowed  need  not  be  repaid  until  after  graduation;  and  interest, 
at  the  rate  of  3  per  cent,  does  not  become  effective  until  one  year  after 
that  time. 

Students  who  qualify  for  this  assistance  may  borrow  as  much  as  full 
tuition  for  any  given  quarter.  The  University  does  not  award  financial  as- 
sistance in  any  form  to  non-citizens  of  the  United  States. 

The  New  England  Society  Student  Loaning  Fund 

The  purpose  of  this  revolving  Student  Loaning  Fund,  established  by  the 
New  England  Society,  is  to  make  available  to  deserving  students,  espe- 
cially those  of  New  England  birth  or  ancestry,  small  amounts  of  money  as 
temporary  loans  to  meet  emergencies. 

It  is  not  intended  to  be  used  for  large  loans  to  cover  scholarship,  board, 
or  room  rent,  or  for  loans  which  will  be  outstanding  more  than  three 
months. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Scholarship  Fund 

A  number  of  scholarship  awards  have  been  established  by  the  Univer- 
sity in  the  memory  of  Reverend  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  to  enable  young 
adults  of  the  black  community  to  upgrade  their  education  through  part 
time  study.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  office  of  Financial 
Aid  in  Room  252  Richards  Hall. 


fi) 


student  activities 

and  alumni  information 


Evening  Student  Council 

The  Evening  Student  Council  was  formed  to  provide  a  representative 
body  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  student  body  in  non-academic  areas 
and  to  foster  extracurricular  activities  which  will  enrich  University  life.  It 
affords  participants  opportunities  to  meet  and  develop  close  personal 
relationships  with  fellow  students  and  administrative  staff. 

The  Evening  Student  Council  provides  students  with  opportunities  to  de- 
velop leadership  skills  and  gives  them  a  chance  to  discuss  matters  of 
professional  interest  with  experts  in  their  chosen  field. 

The  Council  is  made  up  of  students  appointed  by  the  administration, 
representatives  of  part-time  interest  groups,  and  those  specially  certified 
by  the  Council  because  of  their  demonstrated  interest  in  the  overall  adult 
programs  of  the  University. 

The  E.S.C.,  a  member  of  the  International  Association  of  Evening  Stu- 
dent Councils,  meets  on  the  first  Monday  of  each  month  at  8:30  p.m. 
Students  are  welcome  to  visit,  observe,  and  express  opinions  concerning 
evening  student  life. 

Social  and  Professional  Clubs 

Students  in  the  several  professional  programs  of  the  Lincoln  College 
combine  to  operate  clubs  which  hold  regular  meetings.  Practicing  pro- 
fessionals address  the  groups,  appropriate  motion  pictures  are  shown, 
group  visits  to  current  engineering  science  and  clinical  projects  and 
facilities  are  conducted.   Chief  among  these  at  present  are  the  following: 

Civil  Engineering  Technology  Club 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  Club 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  Club 
N.U.  Computer  Club 


53 


54   /    STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION 

The  Lincoln  College  encourages  these  technical  interest  groups  in  the 
belief  that  they  provide  wholesome  socialization,  worthwhile  personal 
development  opportunities  and  valuable  introductions  to  professional  life. 

Students  interested  in  forming  other  professional  clubs  may  obtain 
information  by  contacting  members  of  (1)  The  Student  Activities  Office, 
(2)  Adult  Student  Council,  or  (3)  the  Lincoln  College  Office. 

Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

The  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management  is  the  recognized 
national  professional  organization  of  managers  in  industry,  commerce, 
government,  and  education.  It  has  been  dedicated  to  the  advancement  of 
management  and  managers  since  1912,  when  the  original  Taylor  Society 
was  established.  University  chapters  operate  in  190  leading  colleges  and 
universities  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Puerto  Rico,  and  Hawaii. 

The  Northeastern  University  chapter  is  open  to  all  adult  students  inter- 
ested in  furthering  their  growth  and  insight  into  the  practice  of  the  man- 
agement professional.    Meetings,  conferences,  and  seminars  are  held. 

Pi  Tau  Kappa  Fraternity 

Pi  Tau  Kappa  is  a  social  fraternity  open  to  all  evening  students.  It  is 
organized  to  enhance  their  social  welfare  and  promote  closer  affiliation 
with  the  University. 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority  is  a  social  organization  open  to  all  evening 
women  students.  Its  purpose  is  to  promote  fellowship  among  the  women 
students  and  to  form  a  closer  tie  with  the  University.  Monthly  dinner 
meetings  are  held.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  scholasti- 
cally  superior  women  students. 

Alumni  Association 

More  than  40,000  alumni  are  members  of  the  all-University  Alumni 
Association,  which  has  as  its  prime  purposes  the  promotion  of  the  welfare 
of  Northeastern  University,  the  establishment  of  a  mutually  beneficial  re- 
lationship between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  the  perpetuation  of 
fellowship  among  members  of  the  Association. 

The  Association  headquarters  is  located  in  Room  101  Ell.  The  official 
records  and  addresses  of  alumni  are  maintained  in  Room  260  of  the 
United  Realty  Building. 

The  official  publication  of  the  Alumni  Association,  The  Northeastern 
University  AUMNUS,  is  published  periodically  and  sent  free  of  charge  to 
all  alumni  on  record. 

Activities  of  the  Association,  including  the  Homecoming  Day  celebration 
and  the  annual  presentation  of  Professional  Promise  Awards  to  outstand- 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION    /    55 

ing  seniors  in  each  of  the  Colleges,  are  directed  by  the  Vice  President  for 
Alumni  Affairs.  Alumni  officers  also  attend  meetings  of  undergraduate 
classes  to  form  a  closer  relationship  between  the  Association  and  its 
future  members. 

The  Alumni  Relations  Office  assists  the  various  class  officers  in  planning 
class  reunions.  Each  class  normally  holds  a  reunion  every  five  years  during 
the  month  of  June.  The  Vice  President  for  the  Alumni  Class  Council  is 
responsible  for  coordinating  class  activities  and  organizing  class  func- 
tions. 

The  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Clubs  v\/orks  in  close  association  with 
officers  of  the  more  than  40  Regional  Alumni  Clubs  which  have  been  es- 
tablished from  coast  to  coast.  All  alumni  are  eligible  to  become  members 
of  these  organizations.  The  alumni  clubs  meet  periodically,  often  in  con- 
junction with  visits  from  members  of  the  faculty  or  with  athletic  events. 

For  Boston  area  alumni,  monthly  luncheon  meetings  are  held  in  both 
the  downtown  and  uptown  sections  of  the  city. 

The  Association  also  sponsors  and  assists  the  alumnae  organization, 
and  the  Varsity  Club,  both  of  which  have  their  own  officers  and  conduct 
various  programs  throughout  the  year.  Through  the  Varsity  Club,  the 
Association  presents  trophies  to  the  outstanding  athlete  of  the  year  in 
each  of  the  six  major  sports. 

The  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association  is  a  member  of  the 
American  Alumni  Council,  a  professional  organization  composed  of  repre- 
sentatives of  all  major  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada. 

Alumni  Relations 

The  Alumni  Association  is  providing  a  uniquely  valuable  service  to  both 
the  University  and  the  community  by  sponsoring  admissions  conferences 
for  parents  of  high  school  students  who  are  interested  in  attending  college. 
These  meetings,  held  in  cooperation  with  the  Northeastern  Department  of 
Admissions,  have  been  extremely  well  attended.  Local  residents  as  well  as 
alumni  of  the  University  have  been  invited  to  these  conferences,  which 
help  to  clarify  many  of  the  questions  today's  parents  and  young  people 
have  concerning  application  procedures  of  colleges  and  universities. 

Placement  Service 

Many  requests  from  employers  are  received  by  the  College,  for  men 
and  women  of  potential  ability  to  fill  important  positions  of  responsibility. 
It  is  the  policy  of  the  College  to  serve  the  students  "whenever  possible  by 
placing  them  in  those  positions  which  promise  attractive  opportunities  for 
development  and  advancement.  The  College,  however,  cannot  guarantee 
to  place  its  students,  but  it  does  endeavor  to  keep  in  close  touch  with 
those  who  desire  placement  service  and  to  assist  them  in  obtaining  satis- 


56   /    STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ALUMNI   INFORMATION 

factory  advancements  in  positions  and  income.  No  charge  is  made  for 
placement  service.  Those  needing  this  assistance  should  arrange  an 
appointment  with  the  Director  of  Placement. 

While  the  College  cannot  guarantee  positions  to  its  graduates,  the 
number  of  requests  usually  exceeds  the  number  available  in  the  graduat- 
ing class  of  any  given  year.  The  policy  of  the  College  is  to  find  the  best 
equipped  and  qualified  men  and  women  among  its  graduates  for  the 
positions  which  the  College  is  called  upon  to  fill. 

The  College,  in  recommending  a  graduate  for  a  position,  furnishes  the 
prospective  employer  with  the  facts  as  to  the  graduate's  ability,  character, 
attitudes,  habits,  and  other  qualifications  for  the  position  as  revealed  by 
the  College  records.  In  the  last  analysis,  however,  placement  in  a  position 
depends  largely  upon  the  graduate's  ability  to  sell  his  services  to  the 
prospective  employer.  Most  employers  prefer  to  consider  two  or  more 
candidates  for  a  position  and  generally  request  the  College  to  suggest 
more  than  one  person.  Many  manufacturing  and  commercial  firms 
throughout  New  England  call  upon  the  College  to  assist  them  in  filling 
important  executive  and  managerial  positions. 


academic  programs 
of  instruction 


SCOPE  OF  PROGRAMMING 

The  Lincoln  College  and  Lincoln  College  in  collaboration  with  Univer- 
sity College,  the  Wiggins  Airways,  Inc.,  and  Hospitals  in  New  England 
conducts  educational  programs  at  the  undergraduate  level  in  the  following 
areas  of  technology: 

Pre-Technology  Preparation 
Radiologic  Technology 
Aviation  Technology 
Science  Technology 
Civil  Engineering  Technology 
Electrical   Engineering  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 
Environmental  Control  Technology 

Program  Selection 

Students  should  determine  that  the  program  they  desire  is  offered  in 
a  suitable  time  period.  Most  programs  are  offered  in  the  evening  on  a  part- 
time  basis.  However,  Aviation  and  Radiologic  Technology  are  only  avail- 
able on  a  full-time  day  basis. 

In  the  fields  of  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  En- 
gineering Technology,  full-time  day  cooperative  programs  were  estab- 
lished in  the  fall  of  1971.  Students  may  enter  as  freshmen  or  transfer 
with  advanced  standing  by  applying  to  the  Office  of  Admissions,  Northeast- 
ern University,  150  Richards  Hall. 

Degrees  and  Certificates 

Lincoln  College  conducts  education  programs  on  the  undergraduate 
level  in  various  technological  areas  leading  to  the  following  degrees  and 
certificates: 

1.  Associate  in  Science  degree  (A.S.)  requiring  96  to  99  quarter  hours 
of  credit. 

2.  Associate  in  Engineering  degree  (A.E.)  requiring  96  quarter  hours 
of  credit. 

3.  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree  (B.E.T.)  requiring  180 
quarter  hours  of  credit. 

4.  Certificates  may  be  earned  with  a  minimum  of  30  quarter  hours 
of  credit. 

5.  Most  courses  are  available  for  special  students. 

57 


58   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Lincoln  College  collaborates  with  University  College  in  programs  lead- 
ing to: 

6.    Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (B.S.)  requiring  174  to  180  quarter 
hours  of  credit. 

Opportunities  for  Associate  Degree  Graduates 

Graduates  of  the  engineering  or  science  technology  programs  in 
Lincoln  College,  or  other  similar  colleges  and  institutions,  who  have  earned 
the  Associate  in  Engineering  or  the  Associate  in  Science  degrees,  may 
transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the  degree  requirements  in  the  bac- 
calaureate programs  in  Engineering  Technology,  Medical  Technology,  or 
Industrial  Technology. 

Those  who  have  maintained  a  quality-point  average  of  2.500  or  higher 
in  the  Associate  degree  programs  may  apply  for  transfer  to  either  of  the 
following  College  of  Engineering  curricula:  (1)  day-college  Cooperative  Ed- 
ucation programs  in  Civil,  Mechanical,  Electrical  or  Industrial  Engineering 
with  credit  for  up  to  two  years  of  the  five-year  program,  or  (2)  the  part-time 
evening  programs  in  Civil  or  Electrical  Engineering  with  credit  for  the 
first  two  years  of  the  eight-year  programs. 

PRE-TECHNOLOGY  PREPARATION 

(Non-Credit) 

Beginning  students,  who  have  been  away  from  formal  study  for  some 
time,  frequently  are  concerned  about  their  study  habits  and  their  verbal, 
mathematical,  and  scientific  backgrounds.  Applicants  who  anticipate 
some  problems  should  give  serious  consideration  to  enrolling  in  the  non- 
credit  introductory  courses,  the  Reading  Improvement  Program,  or  doing 
review  work  through  programmed  instruction. 

Introductory  Courses 

Ttiese  courses  are  designed  to  develop  background  for  basic  courses  in  the 
degree  programs  and  thus  increase  the  probability  of  successful  achievement  in 
advanced  technology  courses. 

Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  review  of  high  school  algebra  and  some  plane  geometry 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  credit  course  in  10.307,  College 
Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I.  These  courses  are  required  of  students  who 
do  not  demonstrate  sufficient  algebra  proficiency  on  the  Mathematics 
Placement  Test.  (See  course  description  for  10.301  and  10.302  pages 
122  and  123.) 

Introductory  Physics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  relatively  non-mathematical  introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  physics  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  credit  courses  in  11.317, 
Physics  I  or  11.304,  General  Physics  I.  (See  course  description  for  11.301 
and  11.302,  page  125.) 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    59 

Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II 

A  two-quarter  review  of  basic  algebra  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  the  credit  course  in  10.327  Mathematics  I.  These  courses  are  required 
of  students  who  do  not  demonstrate  sufficient  algebra  proficiency  on  the 
Mathematics  Placement  Test.  (See  course  descriptions  for  10.330  and 
10.331,  page  125.) 

English  for  International  Students  I,   II,  III 

A  three  quarter,  non-credit  sequence  for  foreign  speaking  students 
covering  introduction  to  English  grammar  with  emphasis  on  listening, 
speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to  strengthen 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation;  preparation  of  written  and  oral  reports, 
business  and  social  correspondence;  and  advanced  work  in  written  and 
spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.601,  Composition  and  Rhet- 
oric I. 

General  Interest  Courses 

The  following  courses  of  general  interest  are  offered  for  students  who 
desire  to  inquire  into  the  technical  fields  but  may  not  have  the  mathe- 
matical background  to  pursue  the  professional  courses.  In  general,  these 
courses  may  not  be  substituted  for  similar  courses  in  the  several  technical 
curricula. 

1.  Modern  Architecture 

2.  Man  and  Materials 

3.  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  I 

4.  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  II 

5.  Interpretation  of  Industrial  Drawings 

6.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I 

7.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II 

8.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III 

9.  Man's  Physical  Environment  I 
10.    Man's  Physical  Environment  II 

Reading  Improvement 
The  ability  to  read  well  is  one  of  the  most  important  basic  tools  for  the 
successful  completion  of  a  college  program.  The  University's  Center  for 
Reading  Improvement  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  develop  good 
reading  habits  in  preparation  for  the  intensive  reading  assignments  of 
college  level  courses.  The  following  core  skills  are  covered:  previewing, 
locating  main  ideas  and  related  details,  using  guide  words  and  phrases, 
identifying  structural  patterns,  outlining  and  summarizing,  note-taking, 
vocabulary  building,  skimming  and  scanning,  speed-reading,  and  critical 
reading.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  at  the  Center  for  Reading 
Improvement. 

Programmed  Study 
Students  may  enroll  in  non-credit,  self-study  courses  to  better  prepare 
themselves  for  college  academic  work  and  strengthen  their  high  school 
background  at  the  University's  Center  for  Programmed  Study. 


60   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Courses  which  may  be  useful  to  students  in  the  Lincoln  College  pro- 
grams in  technology  are: 

Slide  Rule  Trigonometry  Effective  Listening  Spelling 

Algebra  Study  Skills  Calculus  English 

The  Center  is  open  Monday  through  Thursday  from  8  a.m.  to  10  p.m.; 
Friday  from  8  a.m.  to  6  p.m.;  Saturday  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:30  p.m.;  and 
Sunday  from  1  p.m.  to  5  p.m.  Descriptions  and  full  information  may  be 
obtained  at  the  Center  for  Programmed  Study.  For  further  information 
call  437-2465. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    61 

RADIOLOGIC  TECHNOLOGY 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 

The  program  in  Radiologic  Technology  is  a  joint  offering  of  the  University 
and  several  area  Hospitals.  The  classroom  experiences  are  provided  by  the 
University,  and  the  laboratory  practicum  is  conducted  at  approved  Hospital 
Schools  of  Radiologic  Technology.  These  are  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Medi- 
cal Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  The  Committee  on  Radio- 
logic Technology  Education  of  the  Massachusetts  Radiological  Society  and  the 
Massachusetts  Society  of  Radiologic  Technologists  serve  in  advisory  capacities 
concerning  curriculum  content. 

The  Radiologic  Technologist  is  a  respected  member  of  the  allied  health  team 
in  the  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  environment  of  the  clinic  or  hospital,  and  an 
important  functionary  in  the  production,  quality  control,  and  inspection  labora- 
tories of  the  industrial  community.  Medically  related  responsibilities  demand 
effective  rapport  with  internists,  surgeons,  pathologists,  nurses,  and  laboratory 
personnel  while  industrial  competency  requires  close  association  with  metal- 
lurgists, production  and  manufacturing  specialists,  engineers,  and  scientists. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test 
or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10,331)  and  acceptance 
by  an  A.  M.  A.  accredited  School  of  Radiologic  Technology  which  is  affiliated 
with  Northeastern  University. 

Have  an  interview  with  the  Radiological  Technology  Program  counsellor  of 
the  Lincoln  College. 

Be  acceptable  to  the  affiliated  hospital  through  an  interview  with  the 
Radiologist. 

For  information:  call  Professor  Matthew  Stevens  —  437-2818,  2819. 

First  Year 

Two  alternating  twelve  week  terms  of  full-time  didactic  study  at  North- 
eastern University  and  two  twelve  week  terms  of  full-time  radiologic  practicum 
and  seminars  at  the  affiliated  Hospital  Schools. 

Didactics  —  24  wee/cs  (at  Norttieastern  University)  Q.H. 

10.391,  10.392     Mathematics  I,  II  6 

18.565,  18.566     Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I,  II  6 

86.320,  86.321      Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  I,  II  4 

86.322,86.323      Radiological  Science  I,  II  8 

86.324,  86.325     Principles  of  Radiology  I,  II  8 

86.326,  86.327      Radiologic  Photography  &  Exposure  I,  II  8 
Practicum  —  28  wee/cs  (at  Hospital  Sctiools  of  Radiologic  Technology) 

86.328,  86.329     Applied  Radiology  &  Practicum  1,  II  6 

Second  Year 

Full-time  attendance  at  the  affiliated   Hospital   Schools  of  Radiologic  Tech- 
nology (52  wks  (q:  40  hrs/wk  =  2080  hrs) 
86.344,  86.345,  86.346     Advanced  Radiology  &  Practicum  6 

Students  who  satisfactorily  complete  the  first  and  second  year  of  didactics  and 
practicum  are  eligible  to:  Take  the  American  Radiologic  Technology  examina- 
tion for  certification  as  a  Radiologic  Technician  (R.T.). 


62    /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 


Third  Year 

Three  Quarters  (36  weeks)  part-time  evening  study  at  Lincoln  College.      ^  u 

18.511,  18.512,18.513       Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

30.601,30.602  Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

86.314,86.315,86.316     Adv.  Radiologic  Technology  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  or 

21.501,21.502,21.503      Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,45.502,45.503      Management  &  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

86.317,  86.318,  86.319      Radioactive  Isotopes  &  Therapy  I,  II,  III  6 

Humanities  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.S.  degree      100 


Qualified  students  may  accelerate  completion  of  the  program  by  enrolling  in  third  or 
fourth  year  evening  courses  during  the  second  internship  year  upon  petition  for  approval 
by  the  Director  of  Radiologic  Technology  in  Lincoln  College  and  the  Radiologist  in  charge 
of  the  Hospital  School  of  Radiologic  Technology  involved. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    63 

AVIATION  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

The  Aviation  Technology  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College  in  coopera- 
tion with  Wiggins  Airways  are  designed  to  provide  the  scientific,  tech- 
nological, and  business  backgrounds  required  by  the  modern  commercial 
pilot  or  entrepreneur  in  today's  aviation  and  aero  space  world  as  it  oper- 
ates in  the  framework  of  the  total  ship-rail-motor-aircraft  transportation 
industry. 

The  tremendous  expansion  of  aviation  as  an  increasingly  important 
sector  of  the  nation's  industrial  economy  has  accelerated  the  demand 
for  appropriately  trained  and  educated  personnel  for  careers  related  to 
the  flight,  instructional,  regulatory,  and  management  aspects  of  the  air 
industries. 

Flight  opportunities  range  from  pilot  or  co-pilot  in  the  single-  or  multi- 
engine  air-taxi  and  cargo  services  of  the  local,  fixed-base  feeder  airlines 
or  private  company,  to  flight  engineer,  first  officer  or  captain  in  the  high- 
speed, multi-jet-engined  services  of  the  national  and  international  sys- 
tems of  the  major  airlines  when  appropriate  additional  flight  experience 
and  training  are  acquired. 

The  education-training-regulation  sector  of  the  aviation  industries  pro- 
vides additional  career  opportunities  as  flight,  ground,  or  simulator  instruc- 
tors or  as  flight  examiners,  training  or  safety  directors  and  supervisors  in 
the  licensing  and  regulatory  agencies  of  local,  state,  or  federal  govern- 
ment. 

Persons  knowledgeable  in  the  technology  and  regulation  of  aviation, 
who  are  also  skillful  in  dealing  with  people,  may  pursue  challenging  and 
rewarding  careers  in  aviation  sales,  airport  operations,  aviation  business 
management,  etc. 

The  Aviation  Technology  related  programs  presently  offered  by  Lincoln 
College  are: 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 
Aviation  Technology 

Evening  program  (4  years) page  65 

Day  program  (2  years) page  66 

Wiggins  Airways 

Wiggins  Airways  has  been  in  operation  since  1929.  Their  facilities  are 
located  at  Norwood  Airport,  15  miles  from  the  main  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity campus,  provide  the  flight  training  courses  for  the  Aviation  Tech- 
nology programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College.  They  offer  air  taxi,^  rental, 
maintenance,  repair,  aircraft  service  parts,  electronics,  and  helicopter 
services.   Wiggins  is  the  New  England  distributor  for  Piper  Aircraft. 

The  airport  facilities  comprise  two  4,000'  runways,  one  with  high  in- 
tensity lights;  a  Federal  Aviation  Administration  control  tower  in  operation 


64   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

from  8  a.m.  to  8  p.m.  every  day  of  the  year;  "H"  facility  (navigational  aid 
for  radio  location);  two  Unicom  frequencies  for  radio  communication;  and 
weather  teletype  service.  Modern,  air-conditioned  classroom  facilities, 
with  visual  aids,  library,  and  other  study  aids  are  available  for  academic 
and  ground  related  courses. 

The  aircraft  fleet  consists  of  eighteen  Piper  Cherokee  140's;  two  Piper 
Cherokee  180's;  one  Piper  Cherokee  6;  plus  the  following:  Piper  Twin 
Engine  Aircraft  —  Comanche,  Aztec  and  Navajos,  two  Flightmatic  Simu- 
lators; a  General  Aviation  Training  Simulator  and  a  Jet  Training  Simulator. 
All  aircraft  are  maintained  on  the  premises  in  a  federally  certified  air- 
craft repair  station  which  is  also  Piper  factory  certified. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    65 

Aviation  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
(Evening  Program  —  4  years) 

The  Evening  Curriculum  Option  of  the  Aviation  Technology  program  is  de- 
signed for  students  who  need  to  be  employed  while  pursuing  academic  work 
on  a  part-time  basis. 

The  academic  instruction  and  flight  time  accumulated  in  the  program  thor- 
oughly prepares  the  student  for  certification  with  the  Private  &  Commercial 
ratings  by  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration.  This  12  quarter  —  4  year  eve- 
ning program  includes  the  same  scientific,  technological,  and  business  content 
provided  by  the  7  Quarter  —  2  year  day  program.  Graduates  will  be  eligible  for 
employment  in  a  variety  of  positions  including:  Flight  Crew  Officers,  Airport 
Management,  Fixed  Base  Operations,  Air  Transportation,  Aviation  Sales,  F.A.A. 
positions,  etc. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
Basic  Mathematics  I  &  II  (10.330  &  10.331).  Medical  Certificate  —  F.A.A. 
Class  I  or  II.  Interview  with  Director  of  Flight  Instruction  and  Aviation  Program 
Counsellor. 

10.327,  10.328,  10.329 
11.304,  11.305,  11.306 
96.301,96.302,96.303 
96.331,96.332,96.333 

30.601,30.602 

48.541,48.542,48.543 
96.311,  96.312,  96.313 
96.304,  96.305,  96.306 
96.341,  96.342,  96.343 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503 
48.501,  48.502,  48.503 
03.307,  03.308,  03.309 
96.344,  96.345 

96.399 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503 
41.501,41.502,  41.503 
96.321,  96.322,  96.323 
96.401,96.601 

Aircraft  Analysis  I 

Total     96 
Non-Flight  Option 

Students  electing  the  Non-Flight  Option  should  replace  the  Commercial  Flight 
courses  with  a  sequence  of  Air  Transportation  courses.  Air  Transportation 
courses  are  listed  under  the  description  of  courses  at  the  end  of  the  catalogue. 

Students  having  definite  plans  to  enter  other  upper  class  programs  following 
the  completion  of  the  Associate  Degree  should  consult  their  advisor  regarding 
entrance  requirements  prior  to  registering  for  second  year  courses. 


First  Year 

Total  Yearly  Q.H. 

Mathematics  1,  II,  III 

6 

General  Physics  1,  II,  III 

6 

Air  Science  &  Navigation  1,  II,  III 

6 

Primary  Flight  1,  II,  111 

4V2 

Second  Year 

Composition  &  Rhetoric  1,  II 

4 

English  Elective 

2 

Air  Transportation  1,  II,  III 

6 

Aviation  Meteorology  1,  II,  &  Climatology 

6 

Adv.  Air  Science  &  Navigation  1,  1 

1,  III 

6 

Commercial  Flight  1,  11,  111 

4^2 

Third  Year 

Psychology  1,  11,  Ml 

6 

Trans.  Management  1,  II,  111 

6 

Elect.  &  Electronic  Princ.  1,  II,  III 

6 

Commercial  Flight  IV,  V 

3 

Flight  Physiology 

2 

Fourth  Year 

Western  Civilization  1,  11,  111 

6 

Accounting  1,  II,  III 

6 

Avionics  1,  11,  III 

6 

Aircraft  Power  Plant  1,  II 

2 

Aircraft  Analysis  1 

2 

66   /    ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Aviation  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 
(Day  Program  —  2  Years) 

The  Day  Curriculum  Option  of  the  Aviation  Technology  program  is  designed 
to  provide,  in  the  shortest  reasonable  time,  the  required  amount  of  related 
academic  instruction  and  accumulated  flight  time  to  thoroughly  prepare  the 
student  for  certification  with  the  Private  and  Commercial  Ratings  by  the  Federal 
Aviation  Administration.  In  the  two  year  program  the  student  will  acquire  the 
scientific,  technological  and  business  background  for  employment  in  a  variety 
of  positions  including:  Flight  Crew  Officers,  Airport  Management,  Fixed  Base 
Operations,  Air  Transportation,  Aviation  Sales,  F.A.A.  positions,  etc. 

Prerequisites:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
Basic  Mathematics  I  &  II  (10.330  &  10.331)  Medical  Certificate  —  F.A.A.  Class 
I   or  II.     Interview  with   Director  of   Flight   instruction,   and   Aviation   Program 

^°""^^'°''-  First  Year  Total  Yearly  Q.H. 

10.391,  10.392  Mathematics  A  &  B  6 

11.391,11.392  Gen.  Physics  A  &  B  6 

30.601,  30.602  Comp.  &  Rhetoric  1  &  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

96.391,96.392  Air  Sci.  &  A  &  B  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503     Psychology  I,  il,  III  6 

23.509     Western  Civilization  A  3 

96.395     Meteorology  &  Climatology  A  3 

03.394     Elec.  &  Electronics  Princ.  A  3 

48.591     Trans.  Management  A  3 

96.331,  96.332,  96.333      Primary  Flight  I,  II,  III  4y2 

Summer  Term  (Flight  Option) 

96.341,  96.342  Comm.  Flight  I,  II  3 

Second  Year  (Flight  Option) 

03.395  Elec.  &  Electronic  Print.  B  3 
48.592                                 Trans.  Mgmt.  B  3 

96.396  Meteorology  &  Clim.  B  3 
96.393,  96.394  Adv.  Air  Science  &  Nav.  A  &  B  6 
96.397,  96.398  Avionics  A  &  B  6 
48.593,  48.594  Air  Transportation  A  &  B  6 
41.551,41.552  Accounting  A  &  B  6 

23.510  Western  Civilization  B  3 

96.343,  96.344,  96.345  Comm.  Flight  III,  IV,  V  AV2 

96.399  Flight  Physiology  2 

96.401  Aircraft  Power  Plant  I  2 

96.601  Aircraft  Analysis  I  2 

Total     96 
Second  Year  (Non-Flight  Option) 

Students  electing  the  non-flight  option  should  replace  the  Commercial  Flight 
courses  with  a  sequence  of  Air  Transportation  courses.  Air  Transportation 
courses  are  listed  under  the  description  of  courses  at  the  end  of  the  catalogue. 

Students  having  definite  plans  to  enter  other  upper  class  programs  following 
the  completion  of  the  Associate  Degree  should  consult  their  adviser  regarding 
entrance  requirements  prior  to  registering  for  second  year  courses. 


f 


-^"^^^   ' 


68   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

SCIENCE  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

The  Science  Technology  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College  present  a 
variety  of  interdisciplinary  combinations  of  the  theoretical  and  basic  sci- 
ences (chemistry,  mathematics,  physics)  rather  than  the  applied  and  en- 
gineering sciences,  emphasized  in  the  Engineering  Technology  programs. 
In  contrast  to  the  Engineering  Technology  programs  which  concentrate 
heavily  on  application,  design,  efficiency  and  cost,  the  Science  Tech- 
nology curricula  devote  more  courses  to  theoretical  concepts,  analytical 
methods  and  laboratory  investigating  techniques.  Where  employment 
opportunities  for  the  engineering  technologist  lie  in  organizations  and  in- 
dustries concerned  with  present-day  engineering,  design,  and  production 
methods,  the  science  technologist  will  find  his  opportunities  concerned 
with  the  frontiers  of  knowledge  and  the  newly  emerging  sciences. 

Organizations  dealing  with  nuclear,  environmental,  meteorological, 
oceanographic,  chemical,  and  physical  research  are  likely  places  of  em- 
ployment. 

The  Science  Technology  related  programs  offered  by  Lincoln  College 
are: 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

Chemical-Physical  Technology    page  69 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology    page  70 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    69 

Chemical-Physical  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 

The  program  in  Chemical-Physical  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  analysis,  synthesis,  and  production  of 
products  involving  chemical  as  well  as  physical  changes.  The  curriculum  pro- 
vides both  theoretical  and  laboratory  training  in  the  traditional  branches  of 
chemistry  but  also  includes  modern  instrumental,  radiochemistry,  and  nuclear 
technology.  It  provides  broad  rather  than  specialized  training  so  as  to  have 
applicability  in  many  chemistry-related  fields.  Employment  opportunities  are  in 
manufacturing  and  pharmaceutical  plants  producing  drugs,  oils,  synthetics,  and 
plastics;  as  well  as  in  private  and  industrial  research  laboratories  concerned 
with  the  development  of  processes,  by-products  and  new  knowledge. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.304,11.305,11.306      General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546     General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549     General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

Second  Year 

10.321,10.322,10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

12.521,  12.522,  12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.524,  12.525,  12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,  30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

12.531,  12.532,  12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.534,  12.535,  12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

11.331,  11.332,  11.333      Advanced  Physics,  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

12.541,  12.542,  12.543     Physical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.551,  12.552,  12.553      Instrumental   and    Radiochemistry  6 

04.381,  04.382,  04.383      Nuclear  Technology  I,  II,  III  6 

Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.S.  degree     99 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degree. 


70   /    ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Mathematical-Physical  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Science 

The  program  in  Mathematical-Physical  Technology  is  designed  to  establish  a 
firm  background  in  the  concepts  of  physics  and  mathematics  with  sufficient 
chemistry  to  allow  effective  communication  between  technologist  and  profes- 
sional. The  intensity  of  courses  introduces  theoretical  depth  for  concept  de- 
velopment but  places  emphasis  at  the  level  of  application  and  performance. 

Graduates  may  serve  as  high-level  technicians  and  laboratory  assistants  in 
such  fields  as  environmental  and  space  science.  Working  with  the  professional 
engineer  or  scientist,  he  may  assist  in  performing  intricate  and  detailed  experi- 
ments; collect,  organize  and  reduce  technical  data  to  manageable  form  for 
analysis;  or  perform  investigations  requiring  mathematical  and  scientific  back- 
grounds. Opportunities  exist  in  the  wide  spectrum  of  research  and  develop- 
ment organizations  which  deal  in  the  physical,  mathematical,  and  engineering 
sciences. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                    College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

10.301,  10.302,  10.303     Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

03.321,  03.322,  03.323     Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323      Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor  Devices  6 

12.544,  12.545,  12,546     General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549     General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

Third  Year 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.325      Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  6 

12.521,  12.522,  12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.524,  12.525,  12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  111  6 

Fourth  Year 

10.351,  10.352,  10.353      Advanced  Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

11.331,  11.332,  11.333      Advanced  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

11.341,  11.342,  11.343      Physics  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  6 

Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.S.  degree     99 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  degrees. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    71 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Civil  Engineering  deals  with  the  planning  and  construction  of  all  kinds 
of  relatively  permanent  structures  and  public  works.  Its  major  functions 
are:  the  preparation  of  surveys  (topographical,  geological,  traffic,  utility, 
etc.);  the  design  of  structures  (buildings,  bridges,  dams,  harbor  facilities, 
etc.);  the  planning  of  municipal  systems  (water,  sanitary,  gas,  flood  con- 
trol, air  pollution  control,  etc.);  and  the  development  of  transportation 
facilities  (highway,  railway,  waterway,  airway,  etc.). 

In  performing  these  functions,  the  civil  engineer  will  work  in  close  as- 
sociation with  professionals  in  the  field,  and  he  may  develop  technologi- 
cally to  function  independently  and  in  positions  of  managerial  responsi- 
bility. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Civil  Engineering  Technology  program 
graduates  are  with  town,  city,  state,  or  federal  public  works  departments 
and  agencies;  private  consulting,  engineering,  architectural,  and  construc- 
tion organizations;  and  with  railroads  and  the  military. 

The  Civil  Engineering  Technology  related  programs  offered  to  the 
Lincoln  College  students  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Environmental  Engineering  Technology page  72 

Structural  Engineering  Technology page  73 

Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology page  74 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Degree 

Civil  Engineering  Technology   pages  75-76 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology pages  79-80 

Environmental  Control  Technology pages  77-78 


72   /    ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Environmental  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Environmental  Engineering  Tectnnology  prepares  tine  gradu- 
ate to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  construction,  operation, 
and  supervision  of  municipal  plants  and  systems  concerned  with  the  storage 
and  distribution  of  water  and  also  the  disposal  of  sewage  and  waste  in  urban 
areas  with  due  consideration  for  contamination  and  pollution.  Employment 
opportunities  are  with  town,  city,  and  state  public  works  departments,  private 
engineering  consultants,  architects,  contractors,  and  many  other  engineering 
organizations. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                    College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

*Second  Year 

01.301,01.302,01.303      Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,02.302,02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 
09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III         6 

12.511,  12.512,  12.513   tGeneral  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.324,01.325,01.326      Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.351,01.352,01.353      Environmental  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363      Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  li.  III  6 

01.371,01.372,01.373      Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


*Some   of   the   second    year   courses   are    being   repackaged    into   4   quarter    hour   courses. 

Check  the  fall   schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 
tStudents  may  elect  to  add  12.547,  12.548,  12.549  Gen.  Chem.  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  (3  q.h.) 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    73 

Structural  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Structural  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  planning,  design,  and  supervision  of  the 
construction  of  buildings,  bridges,  foundations;  flood-control  projects  and  ail 
fixed  structures.  Employment  opportunities  are  with  consulting  engineering 
firms,  architectural  groups,  contractors,  railroads,  government  agencies,  the 
military,  and  other  design-related  companies. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                    College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319      Physics  I,  II,  111  12 

*Second  Year 

01.301,  01.302,  01.303      Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.321,  01.322,  01.323      Introduction  to  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326      Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333      Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,  01.362,  01.363      Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

01.371,01.372,01.373      Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


*Some   of  the   second   year   courses    are    being   repackaged    into   4   quarter    hour   courses. 
Check  the  fall  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


74   /    ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Surveying  and  Highway  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the 
graduate  to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  preparation  and  calculation 
of  preliminary  and  legal  surveys  required  for  both  small  projects  such  as  sub- 
division work,  individual  lot  layouts,  and  highway  layouts  as  well  as  more  com- 
plex projects  relating  to  sewer  systems,  pipelines,  power  transmission  lines, 
dams,  reservoirs,  and  aqueducts.  Employment  opportunities  are  with  indepen- 
dent surveying  companies;  civil  engineering  companies;  highway,  transit  and 
railroad  planning  groups  as  well  as  cartographers,  construction  companies  and 
contractors. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319      Physics  I,  11,  ill  12 

*Seconcl  Year 

01.301,01.302,01.303      Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313     Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

01.304,  01.305,  01.306     Advanced  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechancis  I,  II,   III  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.307,  01.308,  01.309      Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

01.311,01.312,01.313      Highway  Engineering  I,   II,  III  6 

01.361,01.362,01.353      Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

01.371,01.372,01.373      Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


*Some   of    the   second    year   courses   are    being   repackaged    into   4   quarter    hour   courses. 
Check  the  fall   schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    75 

Civil  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Civil  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to  as- 
sume broad  responsibilities  related  to  surveys  required  to  develop  initial  design 
criteria  and  specifications,  and  to  become  involved  in  the  planning,  design,  and 
construction  of  all  kinds  of  relatively  permanent  structures,  municipal  plants 
and  systems,  or  transportation  systems  and  facilities.  Employment  opportunities 
are  in  private  consulting  firms,  construction  companies,  and  public  works  agen- 
cies.  Work  involving  surveying,  design,  and  supervision  is  open  to  graduates. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II                        8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

01.301,01.302,01.303      Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

30.601,30.602                    Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

01.304,01.305,01.306      Advanced  Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  111  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III            6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.307,  01.308,  01.309      Legal  Aspects  of  Survey  I,  II,  III  6 

01.321,  01.322,  01.323      Introduction  to  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503      Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Fifth  Year 

01.324,  01.325,  01.326      Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

12.511,  12.512,  12.513   tCeneral  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III              6 

Sixth  Year 

01.331,01.332,01.333      Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  111  6 

01.361,01.362,01.363      Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


*  Before  registering  for  any  electives,  the  student  should   submit  a   proposed    program  of 
elective  courses  —  preferably  representing  a  minor  field  of  concentration  consistent  with 
his  personal  career  objectives  —  for  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education. 
10.324,   10.325,   10.326  Differential    Equations   I,   II,   III   is  recommended  for  all  students 
planning  advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 

tStudents  may  elect  to  add   12.547,   12.548,   12.549  Gen.  Chem.  and   Laboratory   1,   II,   III 
(3  q.h.) 


76  /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Seventh  Year 

01.311,01.312,01.313      Highway  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

01.371,01.372,01.373      Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

01.351,  01.352,  01.353      Environmental  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

30.604,  30.605                    Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  i,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree     180 

Suggested  Electives 

Q.H. 
01.327,  01.328,  01.329     Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

01.334,  01.335,  01.336     Advanced  Structural  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

03.320,  02.321,  03.322     Electricity  and  Electronics  I,  II,  III  6 

Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from 
within  or  outside  of  the  Civil  Engineering  discipline. 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  programs  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Department  (153  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical  and  Civil  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part-time  as  well 
as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Mechanical,  Industrial,  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neering programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  programs. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  office. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    77 

Environmental  Control  Technology 

Leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

This  program  is  designed  to  meet  tine  increasing  demand  for  qualified  man- 
power to  operate  and  maintain  facilities  and  services  which  relate  to  the  con- 
trol of  our  environment.  From  air-sampling  to  water  treatment  and  industrial 
waste  control  graduates  will  take  important  positions  now  waiting  to  be  filled. 

The  program  is  unique  in  its  mixture  of  physical  and  physiological  sciences. 
In  addition,  the  student  has  the  option  of  selecting  technical  electives  which 
are  oriented  toward  physical  facilities  or  the  study  of  the  user  of  the  facilities 
—  man. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  11  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trig.  I,  11  8 

10.320                                  Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  11,  Hi  12 

Second  Year 

30.601,30.602                   Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

18.511,  18.512,  18.513      Biology  I,  II,  111  12 

12.544,  12.545,  12.546     Gen.  Chemistry  1,  II,  111  6 

12.547,  12.548,  12.549     Gen.  Chem.  Lab.  I,  11,  111  3 

Third  Year 

12.521,  12.522,  12.523     Analytical  Chem.  1,  II,  III  6 

18.521,  18.522,  18.523     Microbiology  I,  II,  III  12 

02.301,02.302,02.303     Mechanics  (Statics)   I,  11,  111  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.380,01.381,01.382     Environmental  Lab.  I,  II,  111  6 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Prog.  I,  II,  III  6 

01.341,01.342,01.343     Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503     Western  Civilization  1,  II,  111  6 

Fifth  Year 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323     Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

09.311,  09.312,  09.313     Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

18.561,  18.562,  18.563      Ecology  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323     Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  111  6 

Sixth  Year 

39.501,  39.502,  39.503     Economic  Principles  &  Prob.  I,  II,  III  6 

02.341,02.342,02.343      Materials  1,  II,  111  6 
18.524,18.525,18.526  1                     .      j  Human  Anat.  &  Physiology,  or         9 

01.324,  01.325,  18.326  f '®^"-  ^'ective^j  structural  Analysis  6 

LA  Elective  6 


78   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Seventh  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

01.000,  01.000,  01.000     Public  Health  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353  J  .     j  Thermodynamics  or  6 

01.331,  01.332,  01.333  j'"'"ech.  Elective  <j  pg^jg,^  ^^  Structures  6 

LA  Elective  6 

Eighth  Year 

01.386,01.387,01.388     Environmental  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.357,02.358,02.359  1  j  Heat  Engineering  or  6 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373  j^'^ch.  Elective <j  p^j^^   Concrete  Design  6 

LA  Elective  6 


Total  B.E.T.  Degree     181  or  184 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION    /    79 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology  is  inter- 
disciplinary in  that  it  prepares  the  graduate  to  assume  responsibilities  related 
to  both  the  planning  and  construction  of  relatively  static  structures  such  as 
buildings,  bridges,  docks,  etc.  and  also  the  design  and  production  of  dynamic 
machine  tools,  machinery,  and  other  mechanical  devices.  The  mechanical  and 
structural  content  are  integrated  so  as  to  be  complementary  and  to  provide  a 
broad  base  for  design  problems  of  great  variety.  Employment  opportunities  lie 
in  the  architectural,  construction,  civil,  and  mechanical  professions  and  com- 
panies. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

30.601,  30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

01.301,01.302,01.303      Surveying  I,  II,  III  6 

02.301,02.302,02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.314,  09.315,  09.316      Production  Drawing  and  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.321,01.322,01.323      Introduction  to  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

02.304,  02.305,  02.306      Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  111  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  111  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503      Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Fifth  Year 

01.324,01.325,01.326      Structural  Analysis  I,   II,  III  6 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

01.361,01.362,01.363      Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

39.501,39.502,39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 


*Before  registering  for  any  electives,  the  student  should  submit  a  proposed  program  of  elec- 
tive courses — preferably   reprsenting  a    minor  field  of  concentration   consistent  with  his 
personal  career  objectives  —  for  aproval  by  the  committee  on  Education. 
10.324,   10.325,    10.326      Differential   Equations   1,    II,   111    is  recommended   for  all   students 
planning  advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 


80   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Sixth  Year 

01.331,01.332,01.333      Design  of  Structures  I,  II,  III  6 

02.324,  02.325,  02.326      Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,   II,  III  6 

Seventh  Year 

01.371,  01.372,  01.373      Reinforced  Concrete  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.327,  02.328,  02.329      Mechanical  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

02.331,  02.332,  02.333      Mechanical  Technology  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

30.604,30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree      180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

Q.H. 

02.337,02.338,02.339      Mechanical  Vibrations  I,  II,  III  6 

01.327,01.328,01.329     Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353     Thermodynamics  I,  II,  III  6 

Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from  with- 
in or  outside  of  the  Mechanical  —  Structural  engineering  discipline. 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Department  (153  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical  and  Civil  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part-time  as  well 
as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Mechanical,  Industrial,  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neering programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  progams. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  office. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    81 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Electrical  Engineering  deals  with  the  design  and  operation  of  equipment 
and  systems  related  to  power,  communications,  data-processing,  and 
electrical  control.  Its  major  functions  are:  1)  the  generation,  transmission 
and  distribution  of  electrical  energy  for  light  and  power  purposes;  2)  the 
development  and  production  of  equipment  for  telephone,  radio,  television, 
radar,  and  communication;  3)  the  design  and  construction  of  data-process- 
ing systems  and  analog  or  digital  computers;  and  4)  the  application  of 
electrical  and  electronic  devices  in  the  control  of  processes  and  manu- 
facture. 

Employment  opportunities  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  Technology 
graduate  are  in  public  and  private  research  laboratories,  in  engineering 
consulting  groups  dealing  with  industrial  and  plant  applications,  design 
organizations  dealing  with  operation  and  manufacture,  in  sales  engineer- 
ing, and  in  the  electric  utility  industry. 

The  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  program  and  related  programs 
offered  by  Lincoln  College  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Bioelectric  Engineering  Technology page  89 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology page  82 

Computer  Engineering  Technology   page  97 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology   page  83 

Post-Associate  Degree  Certificate 
Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology page  88 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Tectinology  Degree 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology    pages  84-85 

(Accredited  by  Engineer's  Council  for  Professional 
Development) 

The  program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  is  also  offered  as  a  day  cooperative 
program.   A  specimen  curriculum  is  shown  on  pages  86  and  87. 

For  further  information  please  call  (617)  437-2200,  or  write. 

The  Dean  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


82   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Electrical  Power  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Electric  Power  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  grad- 
uate to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  installation,  operation,  and 
maintenance  of  electrical  machinery,  power  and  control  apparatus,  and  larger 
equipment  employing  heavy  currents.  The  curriculum  includes  the  study  of 
the  generation,  transmission,  and  distribution  of  electrical  energy  for  light  and 
power,  and  the  application  and  operation  of  electrical  machinery  in  industry. 

Employment  opportunities  are  in  public  and  investor-owned  electrical  utilities, 
electrical  manufacturing  companies,  consulting  engineering  firms,  control 
equipment  design  organizations,  and  communications  companies. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                    College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

* Second  Year 

03.301,03.302,03.303      Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

09.307,09.308,09.309      Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.305,  03.305      Circuit  Theory  IV,  V,  Electrical  Measurements  6 

11.320                                  Semiconductor  Physics  and  Devices  4 

03.311,03.312      Electronics  I,  II  8 

03.331,03.332,03.333      Energy  Conversion  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.334,03.335,03.336     Control  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.337,03.338,03.339      Basic  Power  Systems  I,  II,  III  12 

03.341,03.342,03.343      Power  and  Control  Labs.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


*Some   of   the   second    year   courses   are    being    repackaged    into   4    quarter    hour   courses. 
Checl<  the  fall  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    83 

Electronics  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Electronic  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  and  operation  of 
communications,  data-processing,  and  electronic  control  equipment  for  applica- 
tions in  computers,  military  and  space  explorations  and  in  automated  industrial 
production  equipment.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  communications  equip- 
ment, electrical  manufacturing,  data-processing,  and  control  equipment  organi- 
zations, as  well  as  other  engineering  oriented  companies. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  1  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  1,  II,  111  12 

*Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303      Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  111  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309      Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,10.322,10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323      Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor  Devices  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.306,  03.323      Circuit  Theory  IV,  Electrical  Measurements, 

Electronic  Lab.  6 

03.311,  03.312,  03.313      Electronics  I,  II,  III  12 

09.351,  09.352,  09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  1,  II,  111  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.314,03.315,03.316      Pulse  Circuits  I,  II,  111  6 

*03.317,  03.318,  03.319     Communications  Engineering  I,  II,  III  12 

03.327,03.328,03.329      Advanced  Electronic  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.  E.  degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


*03.387,  03.388,  03.389     Active  Integrated  Circuits  I,   II,   III 
plus 
03.381,  03.382,  03.383     Transistor-Circuit  Engineering  I,  II,  III 
may  be  substituted  for  03.317,  03.318,  03.319  Communications  Engineering  I,  II,  III. 

*Some   of   the   second    year   courses    are    being   repackaged    into   4   quarter    hour   courses. 
Check  the  fall  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


84   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited  by  —  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  broad  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  operation, 
installation,  and  production  of  a  w/ide  variety  of  electrical  and  electronic  equip- 
ment concerned  v\/ith  the  generation  and  utilization  of  electric  energy,  com- 
munications, data-processing,  and  industrial  control.  Employment  opportunities 
are  in  public  and  private  research  laboratories,  engineering  consulting  firms 
dealing  with  industrial  and  plant  applications,  electric  utilities,  electrical  and 
electronic  organizations  concerned  with  operation  and  manufacture  as  well  as 
installation  and  sales. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

*Second  Year 

03.301,  03.302,  03.303      Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

09.307,09.308,09.309      Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,10.322,10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

30.601,30.602                   Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.305,  03.306      Circuit  Theory  IV,  V,  and  Electrical  Measurements    6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326      Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  6 
11.321,  11.322,  11.323      Wave  Phenomena,  Semiconductor  Physics, 

Semiconductor  Devices  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.311,03.312,03.313      Electronics  I,  II,  III  12 

03.324,03.325,03.323      Circuits  Laboratory  I,  II  and  Electronic  Lab.  6 

03.331,  03.332,  03.333      Energy  Conversion  I,  II,  111  6 

Fifth  Year 

*03.317,  03.318,  03.319      Communication  Engineering  I,  II,  III  12 

03.361,  03.362,  03.363      Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,  23.503      Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 


*Some   of   the   second   year   courses  are    being   repackaged    into    4    quarter    hour   courses. 
Check  the  fail  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION    /    85 

Sixth  Year 

03.327,  03.328,  03.329      Advanced  Electronic  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373      Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  I,  II,  III          6 

39.501,39.502,39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III             6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Seventh  Year 

03.377,  03.378,  03.379      Control  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Eighth  Year 

30.604,  30.605                    Introduction  to  Literary  Forms,  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree     180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives  Q.H. 

03.314,03.315,03.316     Pulse  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.337,  03.338,  03.339     Basic  Power  Systems  I,  II,  III  12 

03.341,  03.342,  03.343      Power  &  Control  Labs  I,  II,  III  6 

03.364,  03.365,  03.366     Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I,  II,   III  6 

03.367,  03.368,  03.369     Pulse  &  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.374,  03.375,  03.376     Digital  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

03.381,03.382,03.383     Transistor  Circuit  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 
03.384,  03.385,  03.386      Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices 

and  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

'03.387,  03.388,  03.389       Active  Integrated  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

09.354,09.355,09.356     Computer  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

09.357,09.358,09.359      Computer  Aided  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

09.361,  09.362,  09.363     Computer  Controlled  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  courses  of  elective  nature  may  be  chosen 
from  the  above  list  of  courses. 

Elective  courses  for  which  proper  preparation  exists  may  be  chosen  from 
within  or  outside  of  the  electrical  engineering  discipline. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Department  (153  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical  and  Civil  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part-time  as  well 
as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Mechanical,  Industrial,  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neering programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  progams. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  office. 

*  Before  registering  for  any  electives,  the  student  should   submit  a    proposed    program   of 
elective  courses  —  preferably  representing  a  minor  field  of  concentration  consistent  with 
his  personal  career  objectives  —  for  approval   by  the  Committee  on   Education. 
10.351,  10.352,   10.353  Advanced   Mathematics  I,   II,   III   is  recommended  for  all  students 
planning  advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 
**03.387,  03.388,  03.389     Active   Integrated  Circuits  I,   II     III 
plus 
03.381,03.382,03.383     Transistor-Circuit  Engineering  I     11,111 
may  be  substituted  for  03.317,  03.318,  03.319  Communications  Engineering   I,   II,  III. 


86   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 
(The  first  two  years  of  this  program  are  being  offered  during   1972-73, 
quarters  1  through  5.) 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q-H. 

10.307,  10,308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320  Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319  Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

30.113  Freshman  Writing  4 

30.114,  30.115  Introduction  to  Literature  I,  II  8 

09.451,09.452,09.453  Engineering  Design  I,  II,  III  12 

11.173,  11.174  Physics  Lab.  I,  II  2 


Second  Year 

10.421,  10.422  Calculus  II,  III  8 

03.451,03.452  Circuit  Analysis  I,  II  8 

11.420  Physics  IV  4 

03.440  Physical  Electronics  4 

03.323  Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  I  2 

Liberal  Arts  Elective  I,  II  8 


*Third  Year 

03.450  Engineering  Analysis  I  4 

03.430  Energy  Conversion  4 

03.453,03.454  Circuit  Analysis  III,  IV  8 

03.311,03.312  Electronics  I,  II  8 

39.105  Principles  of  Economics  4 

03.410  Electrical  Measurements  4 

03.324,  03.325  Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  II,  III  4 


Fourth  Year 

03.470                                  Digital  Computers  4 

03.477                    Control  Engineering  4 

03.313                                   Electronics  III  4 

03.327,  03.328                   Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  IV,  V                                4 

**Technical  Elective  (A  or  B)  I,  II                                   8 

Liberal  Art  Electvie  II  4 


*Note:  students  desiring  to  terminate  their  program  at  the  end  of  quarter  7  may  petition 

to   be  awarded  the  Associate   in   Engineering  degree. 
'Technical  Elective  A:  Power  Systems  Sequence 
Technical  Elective  B:  Communication  Engineering  Sequence 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    87 

Fifth  Year 

Course  Number                  Course  Q.H. 

03.478                                  Control  Engineering  II  4 

03.437                    Distrb.  Systems  4 

03.329                                  Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  IV  2 
03.461                    Engineering  Analysis  II 

or  4 
02.411                    Mechanics  A 

Liberal  Art  Elective  8 

Technical  Elective  8 


Total  B.E.T.  degree      178  Q.H. 


88   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  a  Certificate 

The  program  in  Control  Systems  Engineering  Technology  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide electrical  and  electronic  background  required  in  the  development  of  control 
equipment  and  systems  related  to  the  age  of  automation.  Practicing  engineers 
who  wish  to  avoid  technological  obsolescence  may  keep  abreast  of  current  con- 
trol practices.  The  program  presumes  graduation  from  either  Associate  in  En- 
gineering degree  programs  in  Electrical  Power  or  Electronic  Engineering  Tech- 
nology or  bachelor  degree  programs  in  a  branch  of  engineering.  A  certificate 
will  be  awarded  upon  completion  of  30  quarter  hours  of  credit  and  have  a 
minimum  overall  Q.P.A.  requirement  of  1.8  in  Lincoln  College. 

Required  Courses 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

03.361,  03.362,  03.363      Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 
10.324,  10.325,  10.326      Differential  Equations  I,  II,  III  6 

Full  Year  Elective  Sequences 
(Require  completion  of  Transients  in  Linear  Systems) 

03.364,03.365,03.366  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

03.367,  03.368,  03.369  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373  Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  I,  II,  III  6 

03.374,03.375,03.376  Digital  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

03.377,  03.378,  03.379  Control  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

03.381,  03.382,  03.383  Transistor  Circuit  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

03.384,  03.385,  03.386  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices 

and  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

03.387,  03.388,  03.389  Active  Integrated  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    89 

Bioelectronic  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Bioelectronics  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate 
to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  installation,  and  operation  of 
modern  medical  electronic  devices  used  in  the  measurement,  recording,  and 
analysis  of  anatomical,  physiological,  and  biochemical  functions  in  humans  and 
animals.  The  curriculum  builds  heavily  on  electronics  theory,  chemistry,  and 
human  physiology  with  emphasis  on  typical  bioelectronic  devices  and  their 
laboratory  applications.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  biological,  chemical, 
physiological,  and  pharmaceutical  research  laboratories;  in  clinics  and  hospital  in 
relation  to  medical  diagnosis  and  patient  care;  as  well  as  in  industrial  organiza- 
tions concerned  with  the  design,  development,  and  production  of  the  equipment. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 


First  Year 

Course  Number 

Course 

Q.H 

10.307,  10.308 

College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  1,  II 

8 

10.320 

Calculus  1 

4 

11.317,  11.318,  11.319 

Physics  1,  II,  III 

Second  Year 

12 

03.301,03.302,03.303 

Circuit  Theory  1,  II,  III 

6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309 

Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics,  1,  II,  III 

6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323 

Calculus,  II,  III,  IV 

6 

12.507,  12.508,  12.509   *Modern  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

Third  Year 

03.304,  03.306,  03.323     Circuit  Theory  IV,  Electrical  Measurements  and 

Electronic  Lab.  6 

11.320                                Semiconductor  Physics  and  Devices  4 

03.311,03.312      Electronics  I,  II  8 

18.507,  18.508,  18.509     Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I,  II,  III        6 

Fourth  Year 

03.351,03.352,03.353      Bioelectronic  Devices  I,  II,  III  6 

03.357,03.358,03.359      Bioelectronic  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III         6 

Technical  Elective  6 


Total  A.S.  degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in 
Engineering,  Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


'Student  may  elect  to  add  12.544,   12.545,  12.546  General  Chemistry  and   Laboratory  I, 
III   (9  q.h.) 


90   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY  PROGRAMS 

Mechanical  Engineering  deals  with  the  harnessing  of  power  resources 
by  means  of  machinery  to  perform  useful  work.  In  contrast  to  civil  engi- 
neering which  deals  primarily  with  static  forces  and  structures,  mechani- 
cal engineering  is  more  concerned  with  the  motion  and  kinetics  of  devices 
which  are  activated  by  hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical,  or  thermo- 
dynamic forces.  Major  functions  of  the  mechanical  engineer  are:  1)  de- 
sign and  installation  of  all  kinds  of  machinery  from  pocket  watches  to 
the  largest  of  steel  boring  mills;  2)  development  and  production  of  en- 
gines and  transportation  equipment  (automobile,  aircraft,  ship,  railway, 
etc.);  3)  construction  and  operation  of  furnaces,  boilers  as  well  as  heating 
and  air-conditioning  equipment  for  the  control  of  atmospheric  and  en- 
vironmental conditions. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 
graduates  are  in  the  areas  of  1)  research,  design  or  development;  2)  pro- 
duction, operation,  testing  or  control  and  3)  installation,  maintenance,  and 
sales.  In  performing  these  functions,  graduates  will  work  in  close  associa- 
tion with  professionals  in  the  field  and  may  develop  technologically  to 
function  independently  and  in  positions  of  managerial  responsibility. 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  program  and  related  programs 
offered  by  Lincoln  College  are: 

Associate  in  Engineering  Degree 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology page  91 

Heat  Engineering  Technology page  92 

Bachelor  of  Engineering  Tecfinology  Degree 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (Accredited  by  Engineers' 

Council  for  Professional  Development) pages  93-94 

Mechanical-Structural  Engineering  Technology   pages  79-80 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  is  also  offered  as  a  day  cooperative 
program.  A  specimen  curriculum  is  shown  on  pages  95  and  96. 

For  further  information  please  call  (617)  437-2200,  or  write. 

The  Dean  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION    /    91 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate 
to  assume  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  production  and  installation  of 
mechanical  tools,  machinery,  engines  and  transportation  equipment  in  which 
there  is  an  intermingling  of  mechanical  and  hydraulic  forces.  Because  of  the 
increased  mechanization  of  all  industry,  varied  employment  opportunities  are 
available  in  private  engineering  consultant  groups,  and  in  light  and  heavy  in- 
dustries, as  well  as  almost  all  engineering  design  organizations. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                    Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

* Second  Year 

02.301,02.302,02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  II  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,10.322,10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

02.304,02.305,02.306      Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

'02.341,02.432,02.343      Materials  I,  II,  III  6 

09.314,09.315,09.316      Engineering  Design  I,   II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  II  6 

02.324,  02.325,  02.326      Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

02.327,02.328,  02.329      Mechanical  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.331,  02.332,  02.333      Mechanical  Technology  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  Degree     96 

Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Engi- 
neering, Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree. 


**03.320,  03.321,  Electricity  and  Electronics  I,  II,  III,  may  be  substituted  for  02.341,  02.342, 

02.343  Materials  I,  II,  III. 
*Some   of  the   second   year   courses   are    being   repackaged    into   4   quarter   hour  courses. 
Check  the  fall  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


92   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Heat  Engineering  Technology 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  program  in  Heat  Engineering  Teclnnology  prepares  tine  graduate  to  as- 
sume responsibilities  related  to  tine  design,  operation,  and  construction  of 
engines  and  equipment  in  whicin  there  are  thermodynamic,  hydraulic,  and 
mechanical  forces.  Typical  examples  are  automobile,  aircraft,  and  ship  engines; 
boilers  and  furnaces;  as  well  as  heating,  air  conditioning  and  ventilating  devices. 
Employment  opportunities  are  with  architectural  firms,  engineering  consultants, 
light  and  heavy  mechanical  industries,  as  well  as  other  engineering  oriented 
organizations. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                   College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II                         8 

10.320      Calculus  i  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

*Second  Year 

02.301,02.302,02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  II  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

Third  Year 

02.304,02.305,02.306      Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,  02.322,  02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  11,  111  6 

02.351,02.352,02.353      Thermodynamics  1,  11,  Ml  6 

09.314,09.315,09.316      Engineering  Design  I,  II,  111  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  1,  II,  III  6 

02.354,02.355,02.356      Heat  Transfer  1,  11,  111  6 

02.357,  02.358,  02.359      Heat  Engineering  1,  II,  111  6 

02.361,  02.362,  02.363      Heat  Technology  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  A.E.  Degree     96 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  other  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Engi- 
neering, Associate  in  Science,  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology,  or  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree. 


*Some  of   the  second   year  courses   are   being   repackaged    into  4  quarter   hour   courses. 
Checl<  the  fall  schedule  for  possible  benefits  in  your  program  from  this  change. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION    /    93 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

(Accredited  by  Engineers'  Council  for  Professional  Development) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

The  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  prepares  the  graduate  to 
assume  broad  responsibilities  related  to  the  design,  development,  production, 
operation  and  installation  of  all  kinds  of  machinery,  engines,  transportation 
equipment  as  well  as  boilers,  furnaces,  and  heating  or  air  conditioning  equip- 
ment, which  involve  interactions  of  mechanical,  hydraulic  and  thermodynamic 
forces.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  industry  producing  mechanized  and 
automated  equipment,  design  and  engineering  organizations  and  in  companies 
dealing  primarily  with  manufacture  and  production. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number                   Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308                    College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II                           8 

10.320      Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319      Physics  1,11,  III  12 

Second  Year 

09.311,09.312,09.313      Engineering  Graphics  I,  II,  II  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

10.321,  10.322,  10.323      Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

30.601,  30.502                    Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

Third  Year 

02.301,  02.302,  02.303      Mechanics  (Statics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.341,  02.342,  02.343      Materials  I,  II,  III  6 

09.314,09.315,09.316      Engineering  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

01.341,01.342,01.343      Fluid  Mechanics  I,  II,  III  6 

02.304,  02.305,  02.306      Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I,  II,  III  6 

02.321,02.322,02.323      Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,  23.502,23.503      Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Fifth  Year 

02.324,  02.325,  02.326      Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

02.351,  02.352,  02.353      Thermodynamics  I,  II,  III  6 

04.381,  04.382,  04.383      Nuclear  Technology  I,  II,  III  6 

39.501,39.502,39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III                 6 


■^Before   registering  for   any  electives,   the   student  should   submit  a   proposed    program   of 
elective  courses  —  preferably  representing  a   minor  field  of  concentration  consistent  with 
his  personal  career  objectives  —  for  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education. 
10.324,    10.325,    10.326   Differential    Equations    I,    II,    III    is   recommended   for  all   students 
planning  advanced  engineering  technology  subjects. 


94   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Sixth  Year 

02.327,02.328,02.329      Mechanical  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

02.354,  02.355,  02.356      Heat  Transfer  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,  19.502,  19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  111  6 

Seventh  Year 

02.331,02.332,02.333      Mechanical  Technology  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

02.357,  02.358,  02.359      Heat  Engineering  I,  II,  III  6 

*  Elective  I,  II,  111  6 

Eighth  Year 

02.361,  02.362,  02.363      Heat  Technology  Lab.  L  II,  III  6 

30.604.  30.605                    Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 

*  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  B.E.T.  degree      180 

Suggested  Technical  Electives 

Q.H. 
02.337,  02.338,  02.339     Mechanical  Vibrations  I,  II,  III  6 

03.320,  03.321,  03.322      Electricity  and  Electronics  1,  II,  111  6 

02.334,  02.335,  02.336     Experimental  Stress  Analysis  I,  II,  III  6 

02.344,  02.345,  02.346     Applied  Metallurgy  1,  II,  III  6 

Transfer  students  may  petition  for  elective  credits  for  courses  that  are  suitable 
to  the  curriculum. 

Graduates  of  the  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  desiring  to 
pursue  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  at 
Northeastern  University  may  apply  through  the  Admissions  Department  (153  Rl). 
Programs  in  Electrical  and  Civil  Engineering  are  available  on  a  part-time  as  well 
as  a  regular  cooperative  program.  Mechanical,  Industrial,  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neering programs  are  available  only  during  the  regular  day  progams. 

Candidates  must  have  at  least  a  2.75  cumulative  average  and  complete  a 
course  program  prescribed  by  the  major  department  and  the  Dean's  office. 


*Elective  courses  for  which   proper  preparation  exists   may  be  chosen  from  within  or  out- 
side of  the  Mechanical  Engineer  discipline. 


ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF   INSTRUCTION    /    95 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

(Day  Cooperative  Curriculum) 

Leading  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology 

(The  first  two  years  of  this   program   are  being  offered   during   1972-73, 
Quarters  1  through  5.) 


First  Year 


Course  Number 

Course 

Q.H 

10.307,  10.308 

College  Algebra  &  Trigono 

Tietry  1,  II 

8 

10.320 

Calculus  1 

4 

11.317,  11.318, 

11.319 

Physcis  1,   II,  III 

12 

30.113 

Freshman  Writing 

4 

30.114, 

30.115 

Introduction  to  Literature 

,  II 

8 

09.451,09.452, 

09.453 

Engineering  Design  1,  II,  II 

12 

11.173, 

11.174 

Physics  Lab.  1,  II 

Second  Year 

2 

10.421,  10.422 

Calculus  II,  III 

8 

02.411,02.412 

Mechanics  A,  B 

8 

09.454 

Engineering  Design  IV 

4 

02.414 

Stress  Analysis  A 

4 

02.461 

Machine  Shop  (or  Liberal 

Art  elective 

4 

on  petition  with  experience) 

02.431 

Materials  A 

♦Third  Year 

4 

02.413 

Mechanics  C 

4 

03.420 

Electricity  &  Electronics  1 

4 

02.415 

Stress  Analysis  B 

4 

02.465 

Heat  Lab.  1 

2 

02.462 

Mechanical  Lab.   1 

2 

02.421,02.422 

Thermodynamics  A,  B 

8 

39.116 

Principles  of  Economics 

4 

02.441 

Fluid  Mechanics  A 
Fourth  Year 

4 

02.417,  02.418 

Mechanical  Design  A,  B 

4&2 

02.463,  02.464 

Mechanical  Lab.  II,  III 

2 

02.442 

Fluid  Mechanics  B 

2 

02.423 

Thermodynamics  C 
Technical  Elective  1,  II 

4 
8 

BA  Elective  or  Industrial  E 

ngineering  Elect.  1 

4 

Liberal  Art  Elective  II 

4 

*NOTE:   Students  desiring  to  terminate  their  program  at  the  end  of  quarter  7 
may  petition  to  be  awarded  the  Associate  in  Engineering  degree. 


96   /    ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION 


Fifth  Year 

Course  1 

Mumber 

Course 

Q.H 

04.481 

Nuclear  Technology 

4 

02.467 

Project  Lab. 

4 

02.466 

Heat  Lab.  II 
Technical  Elective  II 

2 

4 

02.424 

Thermodynamics  D 
Technical  Elective  1,  II 
Liberal  Art  Elective  1,  II 

2 
8 
8 

Technical 

Electives  Must  Be  Chosen  From  the 

Following 

List 

02.416 

Stress  Analysis  C 

4 

02.452 

Exp.  Stress  Analysis 

4 

02.451 

Mech.  Vibrations 

4 

02.432 

Materials  B 

4 

02.433 

Applied   Metallurgy 

4 

02.425 

Thermodynamics  E 

4 

10.423 

Differential  Equations 

4 

03.421 

Elect.  &  Electronics  2 

4 

03.490 

Optical  Instrumentation 

4 

ACADEMIC   PROGRAMS  OF  INSTRUCTION    /    97 

COMPUTER  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

Leading  to  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  Computer  Engineering  Technology  program  is  organized  to  provide  the 
mathematical  and  technological  background  for  understanding  both  the  hard- 
ware and  software  aspects  of  computer  systems.  Graduates  will  be  prepared  as: 
a)  programmers  who  translate  engineering  or  scientific  concepts  into  meaningful 
form  for  the  computer;  b)  engineering  technicians  concerned  with  the  develop- 
ment, specification,  production,  and  operation  of  computer  hardware;  and  c) 
applications  technicians  dealing  with  the  interface  of  the  computer  with  indus- 
trial process  and  control  systems  or  data  acquisition,  reduction  and  display 
systems. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test  or 
the  Introductory  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.301  and  10.302).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 

First  Year 

Course  Number  Course  Q.H. 

10.307,  10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II  8 

10.320     Calculus  I  4 

11.317,11.318,11.319     Physics  I,  II,  III  12 

Second  Year 

10.321,10.322,10.323     Calculus  II,  III,  IV  6 

03.301,03.302,03.303     Circuit  Theory  I,  II,   III  6 

09.307,  09.308,  09.309     Electrical  &  Electronic  Graphics  I,  II,  III  6 

09.351,09.352,09.353      Princ.  of  Computer  Programming  I,  II,  III  6 

Third  Year 

11.320  Semiconductor  Physics  &  Devices  and  4 

03.311,03.312      Electronics  I,  II  8 

09.354,  09.355,  09.356     Computer  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

10.324,  10.325,  10.326     Differential  Equation  I,  II,  III  6 

Fourth  Year 

03.323,  03.391,  03.092     Electronics  Lab  &  Computer  Technology  Lab  I,  II       6 

03.371,  03.372,  03.373     Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Comps.  I,  II,  III  6 

Any  2  of  4 

03.387,03.388,03.389     Active  Integrated  Circuits  I,  II,  III  6 

09.357,  09.358,  09.359     Computer  Aided  Design  I,  II,  III  6 

09.361,  09.362,  09.363     Computer  Controlled  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

10.351,  10.352,  10.353     Advanced  Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 


description  of  courses 


On  the  pages  which  follow  is  a  numerical  and  descriptive  listing  of 
courses  offered  in  the  several  curricula  of  Lincoln  College.  Although  not 
all  courses  are  offered  every  year,  all  will  be  offered  during  the  nornnal 
period  of  each  student's  curriculum.  The  term  "prerequisite"  indicates 
a  course  that  must  be  taken  before  undertaking  the  advanced  course 
to  which  it  applies. 

A  "quarter  hour"  equals  approximately  three  clock  hours  of  work  (ordi- 
narily, one  hour  of  class  and  two  hours  of  preparation  a  week  for  a 
quarter  of  12  weeks'  duration).  Laboratory  and  drawing  courses  normally 
require  fewer  hours  of  outside  preparation  and  therefore  carry  less  credit 
than  lecture  courses. 

Abbreviations 

prereq.  —  prerequisite  lab.  —  laboratory  hours 

coreq.  — ■  corequisite  q.h.  —  quarter  hours 

cl.  —  class  hours 

Policy  on  Changes  of  Program 

Lincoln  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel,  modify,  or  add  to  the 
courses  offered  or  to  change  the  order  or  content  of  courses  in  any 
curriculum. 

The  University  further  reserves  the  right  to  change  the  requirements, for 
graduation,  tuition,  and  fees  charged,  and  other  regulations.  However,  no 
change  in  tuition  and  fees  at  any  time  shall  become  effective  until  the 
school  year  following  that  in  which  it  is  announced. 

Any  changes  which  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  relative  to  the 
above  policy  shall  be  applicable  to  all  students  in  the  school,  college,  or 
department  concerned,  including  former  students  who  may  re-enroll. 


99 


100   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

INDEX  TO  COURSES 

Dept.  No. 

01  Civil  Engineering  Tectinology 

■  02  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

03  Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

04  Chemical  Engineering  Technology 

09  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation 

10  Mathematics 

1 1  Physics 

12  Chemistry 
16  Earth  Science 

18  Biology 

1 9  Psychology 
21  Sociology 
23  History 

30  English 

39  Economics 

41  Accounting 

45  Management 

48  Transportation 

86  Radiologic  Technology 

96  Aviation  Technology 

New  General  Interest  Courses 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 


01.301  Surveying  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Surveying    principles;    ttneory   of   measurements;    basic   traverse   computation. 
Prereq.  10.314  or  10.308. 

01.302  Surveying  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.li.) 

Stadia  principles  and  topography;  simple,  compound,  and  vertical  curves.   Pre- 
req. 01.301. 

01.303  Surveying  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Spiral  easement  curves,  earthwork  computations;  solution  of  the  mass  diagram. 
Prereq.  01 .302. 

01.304  Advanced  Surveying  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  observations  for  latitude,  time  azimuth  including  basic  spherical 
trigonometry.  Prereq.  01.303. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    101 

01.305  Advanced  Surveying  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Precise  leveling,  triangulation  and  base  line  measurements.  Use  of  the  geodi- 
meterand  telurometer.  Prereq.  01.304. 

01.306  Advanced  Surveying  ill  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  principles  of  photogrammetry  and  map  making  from  aerial  photographs. 
Map  projections.  Prereq.  01.305. 

01.307  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Surveyor  as  an  expert  witness  with  emphasis  on  his  knowledge  of  measure- 
ments; easements.  Registry  of  Deeds  procedure  and  how  land  is  sold.  Prereq. 
01.303. 

01.308  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Deeds  and  their  essential  elements,  descriptions,  and  water  rights.  Prereq. 
01.307. 

01.309  Legal  Aspects  of  Surveying  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Land  court  procedure  and  the  subdivision  control  law.  Prereq.  01.308. 

01.310  Surveying  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  outdoor  course  in  use  of  level,  level  circuit,  vertical  control,  use  of  the 
transit,  taping  exercises,  closed  traverse  —  transit-tape,  horizontal  control, 
topography  —  stadia  and  plane  table,  layout  problems,  horizontal  and  vertical 
curves,  spiral  easements.    Prereq.  01.303  (Summer  Session). 

01.311  Highway  Engineering  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Engineering  considerations  in  the  planning  and  construction  of  modern  high- 
ways and  highway  routing.  Prereq.  01.301. 

01.312  Highway  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Rates  of  grade,  superelevation,  flexible  and  rigid  pavements,  and  other  features 
of  highway  design.  Prereq.  01.311. 

01.313  Highway  Engineering  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Traffic  flow  and  traffic  control.  Computer  applications  to  transportation  prob- 
lems. Prereq.  01.312. 

01.321  Introduction  to  Structures  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Framing  plans  and  details  for  steel  structures.  Prereq.  09.313  and  02.303. 

01.322  Introduction  to  Structures  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Structural  shop  drafting  and  the  evaluation  of  load  capacities  of  rivets,  welds, 
and  bolts  for  structural  connections  using  the  AISC  code.  Prereq.  01.321. 

01.323  Introduction  to  Structures  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  and  detailing  of  joints  including  standard  connections,  seats,  and 
brackets.  Prereq.  01.322. 

01.324  Structural  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Reactions,  shears,  bending  moments,  and  forces  developed  by  loads  on  beams 
and  trusses.  Analytical  and  graphical  methods.   Prereq.  02.323. 

01.325  Structural  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Influence  lines  for  beams,  girders,  and  trusses.  Solutions  for  forces  from  moving 
load  systems  on  statically  determinate  structures.    Prereq.  01.324. 


102   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

01.326  Structural  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  classical  methods  of  deflection  solutions  of  beams  and  trusses. 
Methods  of  solving  statically  indeterminate  structures.  Prereq.  01.325. 

01.327  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  indeterminacy  and  instability.  Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate 
structures  using  Castigliano,  Virtual  Work,  method  of  deflections,  and  the  neu- 
tral point  methods.  Prereq.  01.326. 

01.328  Adanced  Structural  Analysis  li  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  using  the  column  analogy,  mo- 
ment, area,  elastic  weights,  and  conjugate  structures.  Prereq.  01.327. 

01.329  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  using  Williot-Mohr,  slope  deflec- 
tion, and  moment  distribution.  Prereq.  01.328. 

01.331  Design  of  Structures  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  steel  members  in  structural  frames.  Tension,  compression,  bending, 
and  eccentrically  loaded  members.  Prereq.  01.323  and  02.323. 

01.332  Design  of  Structures  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  plate  girders,  highway  bridge  decks,  and  roof  framing  systems.  Pre- 
req. 01.331. 

01.333  Design  of  Structures  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Composite  design  in  bridges  and  buildings.  Introduction  to  plastic  design  meth- 
ods in  steel.   Prereq.  01.332. 

01.334  Advanced  Structural  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  continuous  frames  in  structural  steel,  moment  resistant  connections, 
and  column  bases.   Prereq.  01.326,  01.333,  01.373. 

01.335  Advanced  Structural  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  continuous  frames  in  reinforced  concrete.  Introduction  to  pre- 
stressed  concrete  member  design.  Prereq.  01.334. 

01.336  Advanced  Structural  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  foundations  for  structures.  Spread  footings,  combined  footings,  mats 
and  pile  foundations.  Prereq.  01.335. 

01.341  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Hydrostatics;  principles  governing  fluids  at  rest;  pressure  measurement;  hydro- 
static forces  on  submerged  areas  and  objects;  simple  dams;  fluids  in  moving 
vessels;  hoop  tension.   Prereq.  02.303. 

01.342  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fluid  flow  in  pipes  under  pressure;  fluid  energy,  power  and  friction  loss;  Ber- 
noulli's Theorem;  flow  measurement.  Prereq.  01.341. 

01.343  Fluid  Mechanics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Pipe  networks  and  reservoir  systems;  flow  in  open  channels;  uniform  flow; 
energy,  friction  loss,  minor  losses,  velocity  distribution,  alternate  stages  of 
flow,  critical  flow;  non-uniform  flow;  accelerated  and  retarded  flow;  hydraulic 
jump  and  waves.   Prereq.  01.342. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    103 

01.351  Environmental  Engineering  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  water  supply  engineering;  population  forecasting,  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  water  for  various  uses.  Water-treatment  processes.  Prereq.  01.343  and 
12.316  or  12.309. 

01.352  Environmental  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Collection  and  disposal  of  sewage  and  storm  water.  Modern  methods  of  treat- 
ment and  sewage-plant  operation.  Prereq.  01.351 . 

01.353  Environmental  Engineering  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Layout  and  design  of  water-treatment  and  sewage  treatment  plants.  Instrumen- 
tation and  electrical  equipment.  Prereq.  01.352. 

01.361  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  I 

Physical  properties  of  Portland  cement,  aggregates,  mixing  water,  and  admix- 
tures. Proportioning  of  batches.  Mixing,  placing,  and  finishing  of  concrete. 
Bituminous  materials.  Prereq.  02.303. 

01.362  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  II 

Index  properties,  soil  moisture,  and  structure.  Compressibility,  theory  of  con- 
solidation. Prereq.  01.361. 

01.363  Materials  and  Soil  Mechanics  III 

Shearing  strength  of  soils,  stress  analysis,  settlement  calculations.  Lateral 
earth  pressures,  bearing  capacity  of  shallow  footings.  Soil  compaction,  stabi- 
lization and  site  investigation.  Prereq.  01.362. 

01.364  Materials  &  Soil  Mechanics  Lab.  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Grain  size  analysis,  variables  in  concrete  mix,  bituminous  testing,  specific  grav- 
ity—  CBR  optimum  moisture,  direct  shear,  consolidation,  seepage  and  flow 
nets,  use  of  triaxial  equipment.    Prereq.  01.363. 

01.371  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  bending  members  in  reinforced  concrete,  using  elastic  and  ultimate- 
strength  theories.   Prereq.  02.323. 

01.372  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  of  axially  and  eccentrically  loaded  columns  by  elastic  and  ultimate 
strength  principles.   Prereq.  01.371. 

01.373  Reinforced-Concrete  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Reinforced-concrete  design  of  basic  structures  including  consideration  of  con- 
tinuity. Prereq.  01.372. 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

02.301  Mechanics  (Statics)  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Forces,  moments,  couples,  statics  of  particles,  and  rigid  bodies  in  two  and  three 
dimensions.  Prereq.  10.320  and  11.317. 

02.302  Mechanics  (Statics)  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Distributed  forces  —  external  and  internal.   First  moments  and  centroids.   Analy- 
sis of  structures  —  trusses,  frames,  and  machines.    Prereq.  2.301. 


104   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

02.303  Mechanics  (Statics)  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Friction,  second  moments,  and  virtual  work.  Prereq.  02.302. 

02.304  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Kinematics  of  particles  —  rectilinear  and  curvilinear  motion  of  dynamic  par- 
ticles —  force,  mass  and  acceleration,  work  and  energy.   Prereq.  02.303. 

02.305  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Impulse  and  momentum  of  particles.  Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  rigid  bodies 
—  force  mass  and  acceleration.  Prereq.  02.304. 

02.306  Mechanics  (Dynamics)  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Dynamics  of  rigid  bodies  —  work  and  energy,  impulse  and  momentum.  Intro- 
duction to  mechanical  vibration.  Prereq.  02.305. 

02.321  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stress  and  deformation;  mechanical  properties  of  materials;  allowable  stresses 
and  factor  of  safety;  axially  loaded  indeterminate  members;  effects  of  tempera- 
ture on  stresses  and  strains;  thin  cylinders  and  spheres.  Riveted  and  welded 
joints.  Prereq.  02.303. 

02.322  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Shear  and  bending  moment  in  beams;  stresses  in  beams;  design  of  beams; 
curvature  of  beams.  Prereq.  02.321. 

02.323  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Determinate  and  indeterminate  beam  deflections  and  reactions  by  numerical 
and  graphical  integration  and  area  moment  methods;  theorem  of  three  mo- 
ments.  Prereq.  02.322. 

02.324  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Torsional  stresses  and  strains;  power  transmission;  eccentric  loads  on  struts, 
beams,  riveted  and  welded  joints;  combined  stresses,  principal  stresses,  Mohr's 
circle;  theories  of  failure.  Prereq.  02.323. 

02.325  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Curved  beams;  non-symmetrical  bending  of  beams;  shear-center  and  shear 
stresses  on  thin  sections;  composite  beams.   Prereq.  02.324. 

02.326  Advanced  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Columns;  energy  absorption  and  resilience;  dynamic  loading;  deflection  of 
beams  by  energy  methods.    Bolted  fastenings.    Prereq.  02.324. 

02.327  Mechanical  Design  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  and  principles  of  design,  properties  and  selection  of  materials; 
stress  concentrations;  strength  under  combined  stresses;  theories  of  failure; 
impact  and  fluctuating  and  repeated  loads.  Prereq.  02.306,  02.323. 

02.328  Mechanical  Design  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stresses,  deformation  and  design  of  fasteners,  springs,  and  bearings.  Preload- 
ing of  joints.    Lubrication.   Prereq.  02.327. 

02.329  Mechanical  Design  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stresses  and  power  transmission  of  spur,  bevel  and  worn  gear;  shaft  design; 
clutches,  and  brakes.    Prereq.  02.327. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    105 

02.331  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  concerning  \he  physical  properties  of  materials.  Instrumentation 
and  measurement.  Prereq.  02.343,  02.324  or  concurrently. 

02.332  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  concerning  compressible  and  incompressible  fluids.  Experimental 
techniques.  Prereq.  02.331,  01.341. 

02.333  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature.  Introduction  to  the  analog  computer 
and  experimental  stress  analysis.  Prereq.  02.332,  02.325. 

02.334  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  experimentation  showing  the  application  of  extensometers  and 
electrical  strain  gages  as  transducers  and  in  the  field  of  experimental  stress 
and  strain  analysis.  Prereq.  02.324. 

02.335  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  laboratory  practice  of  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to  classical 
model  analysis  and  modern  coating  analysis.    Prereq.  02.334. 

02.336  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  resinous  and  ceramic  brittle  coatings  in  experimental  analysis; 
Moire  method  of  strain  analysis;  statistical  treatment  of  experimental  data. 
Prereq.  02.335. 

02.337  Mechanical  Vibrations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  vibrating  systems,  one  degree  of  freedom  (undamped  free  and 
forced  vibration  from  Newton's  law  of  motion  and  energy  methods.)  Natural 
frequencies.  Damped  free  and  forced  vibration.  Impedance  and  mobility.  Pre- 
req. 02.306. 

02.338  Mechanical  Vibrations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Systems  with  more  than  one  degree  of  freedom.  Influence  coefficients,  La- 
grange's equations,  generalized  coordinates,  vibration  absorber.   Prereq.  02.337. 

02.339  Mechanical  Vibrations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Natural  frequencies  by  Rayleigh  methods  and  Holzer  methods  for  multi-degree 
of  freedom.  Application  problems  with  combined  rotation  and  translation. 
Laplace  transforms  and  electro-mechanical  analogs.   Prereq.  02.338. 

02.341  Materials  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  fundamental  material  structures,  general  information  covering 
theoretical  aspects  of  properties,  testing  and  failure  of  materials  supplemented 
by  visual  aids.  Prereq.  none. 

02.342  Materials  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  alloying  and  hardening  of  metals,  refinement  of  metals,  equili- 
brium diagrams,  characteristics  of  engineering  materials,  principles  of  material 
fabrication.  Prereq.  02.341. 

02.343  Materials  III  (2  cl,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  Inorganic  materials,  i.e.,  polymers,  glasses,  ceramics,  cements, 
wood;  and  materials  having  important  electrical  and  magnetic  properties,  also 
a  summary  of  the  most  up-to-date  applications  for  the  fabrication  and  uses  of 
both  metals  and  non-metals.  Prereq.  02.342. 


106   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

02.344  Applied  Metallurgy  I  (1  cl.,  1  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  Structures  of  metals,  imperfections,  phase  diagrams,  effect  of  tem- 
perature on  structure  and  properties  of  metals  (annealing,  recrystallization, 
recovery,  precipitation,  diffusion);  strengthening  mechanisms,  mechanical 
properties  of  non-ferrous  metals. 

Laboratory:    Experiments  in    preparation   of   samples,    selection,   polishing  and 

etching,   examination    of  non-ferrous   metals,    use    of    the    microscope,    linear 

analysis,  construction  of  cooling  curves,  and  simple  binary  phase  diagrams. 
Prereq.  02.342. 

02.345  Applied  Metallurgy  II  (1  cl.,  1  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  Mechanical  properties  of  ferrous  metals,  the  iron  carbon  diagram, 
high  temperature  alloys,  hardening  methods,  impact  tests,  effects  of  environ- 
ment on  metals. 

Laboratory:  Experiments  on  analysis  of  stress-strain  diagrams  of  iron  and  steel, 
heat  treatment  of  steels,  surface  corrosion,  tempering  and  drawing,  use  of 
metallograph  and  analysis  of  the  results.  Prereq.  02.344. 

02.346  Applied  Metallurgy  III  (1  cl.,  1  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Lectures:  Manufacturing  processes,  methods  of  fabrication;  limitations  on  the 
use  of  different  materials  and  processes;  casting,  welding,  cutting,  drawing, 
powder  metallurgy. 

Laboratory:  Experiments  in  cold  rolling,  swagging,  drawing  of  non-ferrous  metals 
and  the  analysis  of  the  results.  Tension,  shear,  fatigue,  and  machinability  tests 
on  ferrous  metals.  Prereq.  02.345. 

02.351  Thermodynamics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

General  theory  of  heat  and  matter;  laws  of  thermodynamics;  energy-transfor- 
mation principles;  properties  and  processes  for  pure  substances.  Thermo- 
dynamic properties  and  processes  of  liquids  and  vapors;  mollier  diagram  and 
tables.    Prereq.   11.318. 

02.352  Thermodynamics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Properties  and  processes  for  ideal  gases.  Heat  engines,  carmot  cycle,  avail- 
ability of  energy.    Tables  and  charts;  vapor  power  cycles.    Prereq.  02.351. 

02.353  Thermodynamics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Theory  of  vapor  engines  and  analysis  of  types  of  actual  engines  using  compres- 
sion of  gases  and  vapors;  internal  combustion  engines.  Theory  of  gas  and 
vapor  flow  through  orifices  and  nozzles.   Prereq.  02.352. 

02.354  Heat  Transfer  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  primary  modes  of  heat  transfer;  thermal  conductance/ resistance  concept; 
thermal-electrical  analogy;  combined  heat  transfer  mechanisms;  basic  equations 
of  conduction;  thermal  conductivity;  analytical  solutions  of  various  steady  state 
conduction  problems.  Prereq.  02.353. 

02.355  Heat  Transfer  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Dimensional  analysis  and  similarity  considerations;  natural  and  forced  convec- 
tion; hydrodynamic  and  thermal  boundary  layers;  log-mean  temperature  dif- 
ferences; overall  heat  transfer  coefficients;  applications  to  heat  exchangers. 
Prereq.  02.354. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    107 

02.356  Heat  Transfer  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Black  body  radiation;  Kirchoff's  Law;  emissivity  and  absorbtivity;  radiation  be- 
tween simple  bodies.  Graphical  and  numerical  methods  applied  to  steady 
state,  conduction  problems;  radiation  and  convection  effects;  transient  heat 
transfer;  numerical  methods  applied  to  transient  problems;  heat  transfer  en- 
gineering problems.    Prereq.  02.355. 

02.357  Heat  Engineering  I  (Refrigeration)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  gas  compression,  analysis  of  vapor  compression,  refrigeration 
systems,  low  temperature  refrigeration  cycles,  and  absorption  refrigeration 
systems.  Prereq.  02.353. 

02.358  Heat  Engineering  II  (Air  Conditioning)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Air  conditioning  principles  including  psychometrics  and  heat  pumps.  Calculation 
of  heating  and  cooling  loads  In  accordance  with  A.S.H.R.A.E.  practices.  Pre- 
req. 02.353. 

02.359  Heat  Engineering  III  (Turbines)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Design  and  performance  of  steam  and  gas  turbines;  spark-ignition  and  com- 
pression-ignition engine  design  and  performance,  fan  performance.  Prereq. 
02.353. 

02.361  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  illustrating  principles  themodynamics  and  heat  transfer.  Instru- 
mentation and  measurement.  Prereq.  02.353. 

02.362  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  on  various  types  of  heat  engines.  Experimental  techniques.  Pre- 
req. 02.361,  02.354  and  02.357. 

02.363  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  ill  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature  further  illustrating  the  principles  of 
thermodynamics  and  making  use  of  the  student's  increased  theoretical  back- 
ground. Simulation  of  heat  problems  on  analog  computer.  Prereq.  02.362. 

02.411  Mechanics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Forces,  moments,  couples,  statics  of  particles  and  rigid  bodies  in  two  and  three 
dimensions.  Distributed  forces  —  external  and  internal.  First  moments  and 
centroids.  Analysis  of  structures — trusses,  frames  and  machines.  Prereq. 
10.320,  11.317. 

02.412  Mechanics  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Friction,  second  moments  and  virtual  work.  Kinematics  of  particles  —  recti- 
linear and  curvilinear  motion  of  dynamic  particles  —  force,  mass  and  accelera- 
tion, work  and  energy.    Prereq.  02.411. 

02.413  Mechanics  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Impulse  and  momentum  of  particles.  Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  rigid  bodies 
—  force  mass  and  acceleration.  Dynamics  of  rigid  bodies  —  work  and  energy, 
impulse  and  momentum.  Introduction  to  mechanical  vibration.  Prereq. 
02.412. 


108   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

02.414  Stress  Analysis  A  (4  cL,  4  q.h.) 

Stress  and  deformation;  mechanical  properties  of  materials;  allowable  stresses 
and  factor  of  safety;  axially  loaded  indeterminate  members;  effects  of  tempera- 
ture on  stresses  and  strains;  thin  cylinders  and  spheres.  Riveted  and  welded 
joints.  Shear  and  bending  moment  in  beams;  stresses  in  beams;  design  of 
beams;  curvature  of  beams.    Prereq.  02.411. 

02.415  Stress  Analysis  B  (3  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Determinate  and  indeterminate  beam  deflections  and  reactions  by  numerical 
and  graphical  integration  and  area  moment  methods;  theorem  of  three  mo- 
ments. Torsional  stresses  and  strains;  power  transmission;  eccentric  loads  on 
struts,  beams,  riveted  and  welded  joints;  combined  stresses,  principal  stresses, 
Mohr's  circle;  theories  of  failure.    Prereq.  02.414. 

02.416  Stress  Analysis  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Curved  beams;  non-symmetrical  bending  of  beams;  short-center  and  shear 
stresses  on  thin  sections;  composite  beams.  Columns;  Energy  absorption  and 
resilience;  inertial  stresses  impact  loading;  deflection  of  beams  by  energy 
methods.  Bolted  fastenings.    Prereq.  02.415. 

02.417  Mechanical  Design  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Failure  criteria;  properties  and  selection  of  materials;  manufacturing  consid- 
erations; stress  concentrations;  strength  under  combined  stresses;  theories  of 
failure;  impact  and  fluctuating  and  repeated  loads.  Stresses,  deformation  and 
design  of  springs;  screws,  keys,  pins  and  interference  fits;  preloading  of  bolted 
joints;  shafts  and  flywheels,  friction  brakes.     Prereq.  02.415. 

02.418  Mechanical  Design  B  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Lubrication  and  journal  bearings;  anti-friction  bearings;  stresses  and  power 
transmission  of  spur,  bevel  and  worm  gear;  screws  for  power  transmission. 
Prereq.  02.417. 

02.421  Thermodynamics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

General  theory  of  heat  and  matter;  laws  of  thermodynamics;  energy-transforma- 
tion principles  and  availability  of  energy;  properties  and  processes  for  pure 
substances  and  ideal  gases.  Thermodynamic  properties  and  processes  of 
liquids  and  vapors;  tables  and  charts;  mixtures  of  fluids;  vapor  cycles.  Prereq. 
11.318. 

02.422  Thermodynamics  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Theory  of  vapor  engines  and  analysis  of  types  of  actual  engines  using  compres- 
sion of  gases  and  vapors;  internal  combustion  engines.  Theory  of  gas  and  vapor 
flow  through  orifices  and  nozzles.  Principles  of  gas  compression,  analysis  of 
vapor  compression,  refrigeration  systems,  low  temperature  refrigeration  cycles 
and  absorption  refrigeration  systems  .  Prereq.  02.421. 

02.423  Thermodynamics  C  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Air  conditioning  principles  including  psychometrics  and  heat  pumps.  Calcula- 
tion of  heating  and  cooling  loads  in  accordance  with  A.S.H.R.A.E.  practices. 
Design  and  performance  of  steam  and  gas  turbines;  spark-ignition  and  com- 
pression-ignition engine  design  and  performance.  Fan  performance.  Prereq. 
02.422. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    109 

02.424  Thermodynamics  D  (2  ci.,  2  q.h.) 

The  primary  modes  of  heat  transfer;  thermal  conductance/ resistance  concept; 
thermal-electrical  analog;  combined  heat  transfer  mechanisms;  basic  equations 
of  conduction;  thermal  conductivity;  analytical  solutions  of  various  steady  state 
conduction  problems.   Prereq.  02.422. 

02.425  Therodynamics  E  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Dimensional  analysis  and  similarity  considerations;  natural  and  forced  convec- 
tion; hydrodynamic  and  thermal  boundary  layers;  log-mean  temperature  dif- 
ferences; overall  heat  transfer  coefficients;  applications  to  heat  exchangers. 
Black  body  radiation;  Kirchoff's  Law;  emissivity  and  absorbtivity;  radiation  be- 
tween simple  bodies.  Graphical  and  numerical  methods  applied  to  steady  state, 
conduction  problems;  radiation  and  convection  effects;  transient  heat  transfer; 
numerical  methods  applied  to  transient  problems;  heat  transfer  engineering 
problems.    Prereq.  02.424. 

02.431  Materials  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  fundamental  metallic  structures,  general  metallurgical  information 
covering  theoretical  aspects  of  properties,  testing  and  failure  of  metals.  Sup- 
plemented by  visual  aids.  Lectures  on:  alloying  and  hardening  of  metals,  re- 
finement of  metals,  equilibrium  diagrams,  characteristics  of  engineering 
metals,  principles  of  metal  fabrication.   Prereq.  none. 

02.432  Materials  B  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Lectures  on:  Inorganic  materials,  i.e.,  polymers,  glasses,  ceramics,  cements, 
wood;  and  materials  having  important  electrical  and  magnetic  properties,  also 
a  summary  of  the  most  up-to-date  applications  for  the  fabrication  and  uses  of 
both  metals  and  non-metals.  Structures  of  metals,  imperfections,  phase  dia- 
grams, effect  of  temperature  on  structure  and  properties  of  metals,  (annealing, 
recrystallization,  recovery,  preciptation,  diffusion);  strengthening  mechanisms, 
mechanical  properties  of  non-ferrous  metals. 

Laboratory:  Experiments  in  preparation  of  samples,  selection,  polishing  and 
etching,  examination  of  non-ferrous  metals,  use  of  the  microscope,  linear  analy- 
sis, construction  of  cooling  curves,  and  simple  binary  phase  diagrams.  Prereq. 
02.431. 

02.433  Applied  Metallurgy  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Lectures:  Mechanical  properties  of  ferrous  metals,  the  iron  carbon  diagram, 
high  temperature  alloys,  hardening  methods,  impact  tests,  effects  of  environ- 
ment on  metals.  Manufacturing  processes,  methods  of  fabrication;  limitations 
on  the  use  of  different  materials  and  processes;  casting,  welding,  cutting,  draw- 
ing, powder  metallurgy. 

Laboratory:  Experiments  on  analysis  of  stress-strain  diagrams  of  iron  and  steel, 
heat  treatment  of  steels,  surface  corrosion,  tempering  and  drawing,  use  of 
metallograph  and  analysis  of  the  results.  Experiments  in  cold  rolling,  swagging, 
drawing  of  non-ferrous  metals  and  the  analysis  of  the  results.  Tension,  shear, 
fatigue,  and  machinability  tests  on  ferrous  metals.    Prereg.  02.432. 

02.441      Fluid  Mechanics  A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Hydrostatics,  principles  governing  fluids  at  rest;  pressure  measurement;  hydro- 
static forces  on  submerged  areas  and  objects;  simple  dams;  fluids  in  moving 
vessels;  hoop  tension.  Fluid  flow  in  pipes  under  pressure;  fluid  energy,  power 
and  friction  loss;  Bernoulli's  Theorem;  flow  measurement.    Prereq.  02.412. 


110   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

02.442     Fluid  Mechanics  B  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Pipe  networks  and  reservoir  systems;  flow  in  open  channels;  uniform  flow; 
energy,  friction  loss,  minor  losses,  velocity  distribution,  alternate  stages  of  flow, 
critical  flow;  non-uniform  flow;  accelerated  and  retarded  flow;  hydraulic  jump 
and  waves.    Prereq.  02.441. 

02.451  Mechanical  Vibrations   (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Elements  of  vibrating  systems,  one  degree  of  freedom  (undamped  free  and 
forced  vibration  from  Newton's  law  of  motion  and  energy  methods.)  Natural 
frequencies.  Damped  free  and  forced  vibration.  Impedance  and  mobility.  Sys- 
tems with  more  than  one  degree  of  freedom.  Influence  coefficients,  Lagrange's 
equations,  generalized  coordinates,  vibration  absorber.    Prereq.  02.413. 

02.452  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Theory  and  experimentation  showing  the  application  of  extensometers  and  elec- 
trical strain  gages  as  transducers  in  the  field  of  experimental  stress  and  strain 
anaylsis.  Theory  and  laboratory  practice  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to 
classical  model  analysis  and  modern  coating  analysis.    Prereq.  02.415. 

02.461  Machine  Shop  (3  cl.,  4  lab.  —4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  study  of  machines  for  metal  processing,  cutting  tools,  and 
fluids.    Machinability;  automatic  machinery.    Prereq.  none. 

02.462  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  concerning  the  physical  properties  of  materials.  Instrumentation 
and  measurement.   Prereq.  02.431,  02.415,  or  concurrently. 

02.463  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experiments   concerning   compressible    and    impressible    fluids.     Experimental 
techniques.   Prereq.  02.462,  02.441. 

02.464  Mechanical  Technology  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experiments  of  a  more  advanced  nature.    Introduction  to  the  analog  computer 
and  experimental  stress  analysis.   Prereq.  02.463. 

02.465  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  illustrating  principles  of  thermodynamics  and  heat  transfer.  In- 
strumentation and  measurement.    Prereq.  02.442  or  concurrently. 

02.466  Heat  Technology  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  on  various  types  of  heat  engines.  Experimental  techniques  Prereq. 
02.465;  02.424,  or  concurrently. 

02.467  Project  Lab.  (6  cl.,  4  q.h) 

A  project  of  analytical,  design,  or  experimental  nature.  Must  be  approved  by 
student's  faculty  advisor.  A  formal  report  must  be  submitted.  Prereq.  02.464; 
02.466. 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

03.301  Circuit  Theory  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ohm's  law,  Kirchoff's  current  and  voltage  laws,  equivalent  resistances  and 
sources,  mesh  and  nodal  analysis,  network  theorems,  two-port  networks  and 
power  relations  all  with  respect  to  direct  currents.   Prereq.  10.320  and  11.319. 

03.302  Circuit  Theory  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Energy  storage,  singularity  functions,  response  of  R,  L  and  C  elements  to 
singularities.  Prereq.  03.301,  10.322  Concurrently. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    111 

03.303  Circuit  Theory  III  (2  cL,  2  q.h.) 

Complex  algebra,  phasors,  frequency  domain,  mutual  inductance,  transformers, 
steady-state  a-c  theory,  driving  point  and  transfer  impedances,  power  and  energy 
in  a-c  circuits.  Prereq.  03.302. 

03.304  Circuit  Theory  IV  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Laplace  transforms;  partial  fraction  expansion;  Laplace  transform  techniques 
applied  to  the  solution  of  RLC  networks.   Prereq.  03.303. 

03.305  CircuitTheory  V  (2cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  balanced  and  unbalanced  polyphase  power  circuits;  symmetri- 
cal components,  harmonic  analysis.  Prereq.  03.304. 

03.306  Electrical  Measurements  (2  c!.,  2  q.h.) 

Measurement  of  voltage,  current,  power,  resistance,  capacitance,  inductance, 
impedance,  frequency,  etc.  Direct  and  substitution  measurements.  Evaluation 
of  measured  data  —  standard  deviation  and  tolerance  limits,  instruments  cali- 
brations—  effect  of  residual  impedance.    Prereq.  03.304. 

03.307  Electrical-Electronic  Principles  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Direct-current  circuit  principles.  Principles  of  magnetism  and  inductance. 
Alternating-current  circuits.  Inductive  and  capacitive  reactance.  Prereq.  10.503, 
11.306. 

03.308  Electrical-Electronic  Principles  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Series  and  parallel  resonance;  filters;  electron  emission.  Vacuum-tubes  and 
vacuum-tube  circuits.  Semiconductor  junctions.  Transistors  and  diodes.  Appli- 
cation of  tubes  and  transistors.  Power  supplies,  measuring  devices,  meters. 
Prereq.  03.307. 

03.309  Electrical-Electronic  Principles  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Oscillators  and  amplifiers;  modulation;  transmitters.  Prereq.  03.308. 

03.311  Electronics  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Vacuum,  semiconductor  diodes,  power  supplies  and  filters.  Vacuum  tubes  and 
transistors  as  amplifying  devices.  Graphical  analysis  of  basic  amplifiers,  d-c 
and  a-c  load  lines.  Transistor  biasing  techniques.  Prereq.  03.303,  11.323  or 
11.320. 

03.312  Electronics  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Small  signal  low  frequency  transistor  models.  A-c  equivalent  circuits,  low  fre- 
quency amplifier  circuits.  Frequency  effects  in  audio  amplifiers.  High  frequency 
transistor  model.   Voltage  regulation.    Prereq.  03.311. 

03.313  Electronics  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  transistor  circuits.  Untuned  amplifiers,  feedback  amplifiers 
and  oscillators,  low  frequency  large  signal  amplifiers.  Field  effect  transistor 
circuits.   Prereq.  03.312. 

03.314  Pulse  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  wave  shaping  circuitry  including  clippers,  clampers,  slicers,  rise  time, 
and  sag.  Review  of  semiconductor  diodes.  Study  of  the  use  of  the  transistor  as 
a  switch.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  non-linear  aspects  of  transistors  including 
transient  switching  characterisics.  Review  of  semi-conductor  diodes.  Prereq. 
03.313. 


112   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

03.315  Pulse  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Numbering  systems;  binary  notation,  and  Boolean  Algebra.  Analysis  of  inte- 
grated OR,  AND,  NOT,  NAND,  and  NOR  circuits  including  characteristics  of 
various  log  families.  Study  of  details  of  shift  register  and  diode  matrix.  Prereq. 
03.314. 

03.316  Pulse  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Multivibrator  circuits;  bistable,  astable,  and  monostable.  Study  of  counting  and 
timing  circuits.   Synchronization,  voltage  time-base  generators.    Prereq.  03.315. 

03.317  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Review  of  small  signal  transistor  models.  Analysis  of  RLC  tuned  circuits  in- 
cluding inductively  coupled  circuits.  A  study  of  class-C  tuned  power  amplifiers. 
Analysis  of  RC,  LC  and  quartz  crystal  oscillators.  Prereq.  03.313. 

03.318  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  noise  and  noise-figure.    Discussion  of  Fourier  analysis.    Basic 
theory  of  amplitude,  frequency,  and  phase-modulated   systems  is   presented. 
Basic  concepts  of  transmitter  and  receiver  circuits  are  detailed.   Comparison  of 
noise  susceptibility  of  the  various  systems  is  examined.  Prereq.  03.317. 

03.319  Principles  of  Communication  Systems  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  pulse  communication   systems.    Basic  discussion  of  sampling 
systems  quantizers,  encoders,  modulators,  transmission  paths.    Presentation  of 
channel  capacity  and  decoding  systems.   Error  detection  systems  are  compared. 
Prereq.  03.318. 

03.320  Electricity  and  Electronics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.)  (not  for  electrical  majors) 
Introduction  to  circuit  analysis,  resistive  networks,  periodic  excitation  function, 
steady-state  a-c  circuits.    Prereq.  11.319. 

03.321  Electricity  and  Electronics  M  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  physical  foundation  of  electronics,  physical  operation  of  electronic  devices, 
single-stage  electronic  cirucits.   Prereq.  03.320. 

03.322  Electricity  and  Electronics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Magnetic  circuits  and  transformers,  electronmechanical  energy  conversion;  d-c 
machines,  a-c  machines.    Prereq.  03.321. 

03.323  Electronic  Laboratory  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  laboratory  equipment  techniques,  transistor  and 
crystal-diode  characteristics,  the  impedance  bridge,  the  Q-Meter,  coils  with  iron 
cores,  filter  circuits,  vacuum  and  semi-conductor  diodes,  power  supplies  includ- 
ing the  regulated  type,  triode  and  pentode  vacuum  tubes,  silicon  controlled 
rectifiers,  resistance-coupled  amplifiers  using  transistors.    Prereq.  03.312. 

03.324  Circuits  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experimentation  in  electronic  circuit  theory  utilizing  various  measurement  tech- 
niques. Instrumentation  verification  of  circuit  theorems;  response  of  circuits 
to  steps  and  impulses;  oscilloscope  theory  and  applications.    Prereq.  03.306. 

03.325  Circuits  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Further  experimentation  in  electrical  circuits  and  measurement  techniques 
Experiments  include  non-linear  devices,  terminal  characteristics  of  active  de- 
vides,  log  modulus  plots,  network  parameters  and  synthesis,  Fournier  analysis 
and  synthesis.    Prereq.  03.324. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    113 

03.327  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  class  B  audio  amplifier  with  transistors,  push-pull 
amplifiers,  drivers,  and  distortion  measurements.  Double-tuned  transformers, 
video  amplifiers,  audio  frequency  oscillators,  and  square-wave  testing  of  audio 
amplifiers.   Prereq.  03.323,  03.313. 

03.328  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  operational  amplifiers.  Modulation  of  a  class  C  am- 
plifier, the  diode  detector,  basic  timing  circuits,  RF  and  crystal  oscillators,  net- 
works in  FM  and  television  equipment,  pulse  and  counter  circuits  and  frequency 
dividers,  sawtooth  generators,  astable  (free-running)  multivibrators,  logic  gates, 
frequency  modulation  detectors.    Prereq.  03.327. 

03.329  Advanced  Electronic  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Spectral  studies  of  FM  and  PM  waves,  amplitude  limiters  .  The  balance  modu- 
lators and  single  sideband  generators.  Binary  adders,  registers  and  counters, 
testing  of  a  radio  receiver,  television  receiver  demonstration,  analog  com- 
puters. Pulse  forming  and  delay  lines,  slotted  lines  and  a  series  of  five 
microwave  experiments.   Prereq.  03.328. 

03.331  Energy  Conversion  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Generalized  theory  of  electromechanical  energy  conversion.  Two-winding  trans- 
former; general  torque  form  applied  to  singly  and  doubly-excited  rotating 
devices.    Prereq.  03.303  and  10.323. 

03.332  Energy  Conversion  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Induction  and  synchronous  machines.    Prereq.  03.331. 

03.333  Energy  Conversion  III  (2  cy.,  2  q.h.) 

D-c  machine;  transfer  functions  and  flow  chart  analysis.  Laplace  transform 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  of  dynaimc  operating  modes  of  rotating  ma- 
chines.  Prereq.  03.332. 

03.334  Control  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  control  design  considerations;  circuit  transfer  functions,  time  and  fre- 
quency response  relationships,  bode  diagrams.  General  feedback  applications; 
stability  and  compensating  techniques  as  related  to  more  complex  control  sys- 
tems.   Prereq.  03.312  and  03.333. 

03.335  Control  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Characteristics  and  construction  of  common  control  circuit  devices;  synchros, 
choppers,  mangetic  amplifiers,  SCR's,  control  motors,  gear  trains,  tachometers. 
Prereq.  03.334. 

03.336  Control  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

System  open  and  closed  loop  transfer  functions;  stability,  speed  of  response, 
and  accuracy  trade-offs.  Industrial  uses  including  speed  and  voltage  regula- 
tion, photoelectric,  timing,  sorting,  and  temperature  control  applications. 
Prereq  03.335. 

03.337  Basic  Power  Systems  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  power  transmission  lines;  line  constants;  current,  voltage,  and 
power  relations;  introduction  to  elecrtic-power  distribution  loads,  feeders,  and 
substations;  voltage  regulation  theory  and  applications.    Prereq.  03.333. 


114   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

03.338  Basic  Power  Systems  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  symmetrical  and  unsymmetrical  faults;  protective  devices  — 
application  and  coordination;  power  flow  in  electric  circuits;  steady-state  power 
limitations  of  systems;  application  of  matrices.    Prereq.  03.337. 

03.339  Basic  Power  Systems  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Computer  applications  to  power  systems  with  emphasis  on  load-flow  studies; 
basic  ideas  of  system  planning,  short-circuit  studies  and  system  stability.  Pre- 
req. 03.338. 

03.341  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  I  (4  lb.,  2  q.h.) 
Experimentation  on  measurement  techniques,  basic  devices  and  circuits  (in- 
cluding power  circuits),  transformers.    Prereq.  03.333  and  03.334  or  concur- 
rently. 

03.342  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  II  (4  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experimentation  on  the  steady-state  and  dynamic  characteristics  of  rotating 
machines.    Prereq.  03.341. 

03.343  Power  and  Controls  Laboratory  III  (4  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Experimentation  on  control  devices,   systems   including  transient  and   steady- 
state  responses,  voltage  and  speed  control  systems,  polyphase  power  rectifiers. 
Prereq.  03.342. 

03.351  Bioelectronic  Devices  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Transducers,  relating  body  functions  and  biomedical  reactions  to  electronic 
signals.  Optics  and  optical  components  including  mirror  lenses,  prisms,  and 
gratings.  Detraction  and  refraction  of  light  into  spectral  components  and 
spectra.    Prereq.  03.312. 

03.352  Bioelectronic  Devices  11  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Operational  amplifier  design  and  utilization,  special  power  supply  design. 
Chromatography  and  design  of  chromatography  systems.  Spectrophotometry 
radiation  counting  equipment  and  Ph  measurement  equipment  related  to 
chromatography.  The  electrocardiograph,  electroencephalograph,  and  related 
physiological  equipment  will  be  discussed.   Prereq.  03.351. 

03.353  Bioelectronic  Devices  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Blood  pressure  and  flow  measurement  including  ultrasonic  devices,  centrifuga- 
tion,  and  ultracentrifugation  equipment  as  well  as  amino  acid  analyzers.  Nerve- 
conduction  apparatus  and  techniques.  Professional  specialists  in  the  field  will 
lecture  on  sepcial  topics.    Prereq.  03.352. 

03.357  Bioelectronic  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  dealing  with  oscilloscopes,  transistor  amplifiers  with  negative 
feedback,  directly  coupled  and  difference  amplifiers,  clamping  circuits,  tran- 
sients, logic  circuits.  Experiments  in  electronic  circuitry  including  audio  am- 
plifiers, oscillators,  and  related  circuits.    Prereq.  03.312. 

03.358  Bioelectronic  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  optics  covering  lenses,  mirrors,  prisms,  gratings,  and  spectra. 
Radiation  experiments.  Special  design  experiments  on  the  optical  bench  re- 
lated to  spectrophotometry,  experiments  with  optical  and  electroptical  system. 
Design  of  detection  and  amplification,  monitoring  systems.    Prereq.  03.357. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    115 

03.359     Bioelectronic  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  and  open  discussion  centered  around  bioelectronic  systems  includ- 
ing electrocardiogram,  electroencephalograph,  amino  acid  analyzers,  Ph  meas- 
urement and  titration  apparatus,  centrifuges,  and  ultracentrifuges  as  well  as 
radioactive  sample  changers.   Prereq.  03.358. 

03.361.     Transients  in  Linear  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Application  of  differential  equations  to  the  solutions  of  linear,  time-invarient 
electrical  networks.  Introduction  to  singularity  functions,  convolution,  and  time 
domain  transient  analysis.  Prereq.  10.324  or  concurrently,  03.304  or  equivalent. 

03.362  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Network  topology  and  duality,  introduction  to  the  methods  of  transformation 
calculus  and  complex  frequency  concepts.  Signal  analysis  in  the  frequency 
domain.  Fourier  series,  Fourier,  and  Laplace  transform  methods.  Prereq. 
10.325  or  concurrently,  03.361. 

03.363  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  III  (2  c!.,  2  q.h.) 

A  varied  selection  of  circuit  problems  are  solved  using  Laplace  transforms,  and 
related  theorems.    Prereq.  03.362. 

03.364  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Definition  and  tests  for  lumped,  linear,  time-invarient  systems.  General  analysis 
of  networks  by  loop  current  and  node  voltage  variables  using  matrix  techniques. 
Prereq.  03.363. 

03.365  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  two-port  networks  using  various  parameter  systems.  S-plane  analysis 
of  system  response.    Prereq.  03.364. 

03.366  Advanced  Circuit  Theory  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  the  necessary  and  sufficient  conditions  for  the  physical  realiza- 
tion of  impedance  functions;  Forster  and  Cauer  froms.    Prereq.  03.365. 

03.367  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  non-linear  pulse  forming  and  processing  techniques.  Design  of 
gate  and  binary  circuits  for  operation  under  severe  environmental  conditions. 
Prereq.  03.363. 

03.368  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  applications  of  existing  integrated  circuits.    Prereq.  03.367. 

03.369  Pulse  and  Digital  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Negative-impedance  devices  and  their  applications.  Linear  voltage  and  current 
sweep  circuits.    Prereq.  03.368. 

03.371.      Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Theory  and  operation  of  analog  computers.    Amplitude  scaling  and  time  scaling 
on  the  analog  computer  and  application  of  the  analog  computer  to  the  solution 
of  linear  and  and  non-linear  differential  equations.   Prereq.  10.325. 

03.372     Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  the   field  of   digital   computer  design.   Topics   include   general 
computer  organization,   number  systems  and  number  representations,   design 
characteristics  of  major  computer  units.    Boolean  Algebra  application  to  com- 
puter design.   Prereq.  03.371. 


116   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

03.373  Analog,  Digital  and  Hybrid  Computers  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  present  state-of-the-art  hybrid  computers.  Problem  areas  unique 
to  hybrid  computers  such  as  interface,  analog-to-digital  and  digital-to-analog 
conversion  will  also  be  discussed.  Hybrid  computer  programming  techniques. 
Direct  digital  process  control  computers.   Prereq.  03.372. 

03.374  Digital  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  of  Boolean  Algebra.  Switching  components.  Review  of  num- 
ber systems,  codes,  and  negative  number  representation.  Analysis  and  syn- 
thesis of  combinational  circuits.    Examples  of  application.    Prereq.  03.316. 

03.375  Digital  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Data  acquisition  techniques.  Analysis  and  synthesis  of  sequential  circuits.  Ex- 
amples of  applications.  Analog  and  digital  data  reduction.  Real  time  data 
processing.    Prereq.  03.374. 

03.376  Digital  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Residue  number  systems.  Threshold  logic  concepts.  Advanced  digital  system 
techniques  with  application  to  complex  systems.  Data  decommutation  tech- 
niques relative  to  comunications  systems.  Aerospace  telemetry  systems. 
Prereq.  03.375. 

03.377  Control  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  linear  servomechanisms  under  both  transient  and  steady-state  con- 
ditions.   Signal  flow  graphs.    Prereq.  03.363. 

03.378  Control  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Laplace  transforms  used  in  the  formulation  of  block  diagrams  and  transfer 
functions.   System  stability.    Root  locus  techniques.   Prereq.  03.377. 

03.379  Control  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Treatment  of  Nyquist  criteria,  and  Bode  diagram  methods  for  systems  evalua- 
tion.   Prereq.  03.378. 

03.381  Transistor-Circuit  Engineering  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.). 

Review  of  semiconductor  physics;  field  effect  transiS|tors;  large  and  small 
signal  analysis;  introduction  to  video  amplifiers;  biasing.    Prereq.  03.363. 

03.382  Transistor-Circuit  Engineering  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  video  amplifier  considerations;  integrated  circuit  amplifiers; 
video  amplifier  AGC  circuits;  active  filters.   Prereq.  03.381. 

03.383  Transistor-Circuit  Engineering  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Low-noise  amplifiers;  power  amplifiers.   Prereq.  03.382. 

03.384  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Provides  basic  understanding  of  the  principles  and  design  techniques  for  micro- 
wave circuits  utilizing  semiconductor  devices.    Introduction  to  microwave  theory 
and  techniques.   Development  of  the  Smith  Chart  for  the  graphical  solution  of 
microwave  problems.  Prereq.  03.304. 

03.385  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  the  basic  properties  of  semiconductors  at  microwave  fre- 
quencies including  analysis  of  bulk  semiconductor  effects  and  of  junction 
phenomena.  The  course  will  analyze  the  physical  properties  and  microwave 
characteristics  of  avalanche  diodes,  varactor  diodes,  tunnel  diodes,  PIN  diodes, 
Gunn  effect  devices,  and  the  microwave  transistors.   Prereq.  03.384. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    117 

03.386  Microwave  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Design  and  utilization  of  semiconductor  devices  in  microwave  circuits  for 
microwave  generation,  amplification,  frequency  conversion,  multiplication,  and 
detection.  Introduction  to  the  miniaturization  of  microwave  circuits  and  the 
integration  of  microwave  functions.  The  characteristics  and  limitation  of  the 
devices.    Prereq.  03.385. 

03.387  Integrated  Circuits  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Monolithic  Bipolar  Junction  Technology,  FETS  and  MOS  technology,  Boolean 
Algebra,  gates  and  truth  tables,  logic  families,  flipflops.    Prereq.  03.313. 

03.388  Integrated  Circuits  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Counters,  registers  and  decoding,  digital  circuits  applications,  error  coding, 
memories,  signal  processing,  B.I.T.E.  (Built-in  Test  Equipment).  Prereq.  03.387. 

03.389  Integrated  Circuits  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  integrated  circuits,  operational  amplifiers  —  low  frequency  noise,  and 
high  frequency  characteristics,  selection  criteria,  linear  and  non-linear  circuits 
applications,  active  filters,  D/A  and  A/D  converters.    Prereq.  03.388. 

03.391  Computer  Technology  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Oscilloscope  techniques,  series  and  shunt  feedback  in  transistor  amplifiers, 
operational  amplifiers,  video  amplifiers,  transients,  clipping  and  clamping  cir- 
cuits, basic  timing  circuits,  logic  gates,  astable  (free  running)  multivibrators, 
pulse  and  counter  circuits  and  frequency  dividers,  a  study  of  an  analog  com- 
puter.   Prereq.  03.323. 

03.392  Computer  Technology  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  binary  concept,  basic  logic  gates,  flip  flops,  binary  counters,  serial  addi- 
tion, parallel  addition,  binary  coded  decimal  operations,  code  conversion  and 
decoding,  systems,  considerations.    Prereq.  03.391. 

03.394  Electrical  —  Electronic  Principles  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Laws  of  voltage,  current,  and  power.  Series  and  parallel  circuits.  Principles  of 
magnetism,  and  electro-magnetic  induction.  Alternating  current,  voltage,  and 
power  relationships.  Principles  of  capacitive  and  inductive  reactance.  Prereq. 
10.503,  11.306. 

03.395  Electrical  —  Electronic  Principles  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Series  parallel  a-c  circuits  including  resonance.  Transformer,  motor,  and  gen- 
erator principles.  Meters,  vacuum  tubes,  semiconductor  diodes,  and  tran- 
sistors.   Principles  of  filters.  Prereq.  03.307. 

03.396  Basic  Optics  for  Instrumentation  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Provides  the  necessary  background  for  the  two  instrumentation  courses  listed 
below.  Includes  basic  topics  in  geometrical  and  physical  optics.  No  previous 
background  in  optics  is  assumed.  Topics  included  are:  Gaussian  optics;  funda- 
mental laws  of  image  formation;  basic  elements  of  optical  design;  scalar  wave 
theory;  interference  and  diffraction;  polarization;  basics  of  coherent  (laser)  and 
non-coherent  optics.    Prereq.  10.308. 

03.397  Optical  Instrumentation  I   (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Treats  the  classical  image  forming  instruments  (telescopes,  microscopes,  etc.) 
as  components  of  optical  systems.  Includes  magnification;  aberrations;  resolu- 
tion criteria;  photometry;  compatibility  of  system  components  and  optimiza- 
tion of  systems.  Topics  in  coherent  imaging  such  as  phase  contrast  and 
holography.   Prereq.  03.396. 


118   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

03.410     Electrical  Measurements  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Measurement  of  voltage,  current,  power,  resistance,  capacitance,  inductance, 
impedance,  frequency,  etc.  Direct  and  substitution  measurements.  Evaluation 
of  measured  data  —  standard  deviation  and  tolerance  limits,  instruments  cali- 
brations—  effects  of  residual  impedance.    Prereq.   03.454. 

03.420  Electricity  and  Electronics  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  circuit  analysis,  resistive  networks,  periodic  excitation  function, 
steady  state  a-c  circuits.  The  physical  foundations  of  electronics  and  the  physi- 
cal operation  of  electronic  devcies.   Prereq.  11.319. 

03.421  Electricity  and  Electronics  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Single-stage  electronic  circuits,  magnetic  circuits  and  transformers,  electro 
mechanical  energy  conversion,  d-c  machines,  a-c  machines.  Prereq.  03.420. 

03.440     Physical  Electronics  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Electron  Ballistics  and  applications.  Properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  re- 
lated to  conduction  of  electricity  in  solids.  Fundamentals  of  semiconductors, 
crystal  diodes,  and  transistors.  Theory  of  field-effect  transistors,  integrated 
circuits,  and  photoelectric  devices.  Prereq.  11.420. 

03.430     Energy  Conversion  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Generalized  theory  of  rotating  energy  conversion  devices.  Steady-state  opera- 
tion of  the  multiply-excited  direct-current  machine.  Control  of  speed;  special 
machines.  Steady-state  considerations  of  transformers,  induction  and  syn- 
chronous machines.  Generalized  machine  and  circuit  model,  transfer  func- 
tions, and  flow  chart  analysis.  Laplace  transform  techniques  apply  to  the 
analysis  of  dynamic  operating  modes  of  rotating  machines.  Prereq.  03.452 
and  10.422. 

03.437      Distributed  Systems  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Radiation,  transmission  and  reception  of  electromagnetic  waves.  Distributed 
constants  and  traveling  waves  of  transmission  lines.  Differential  equations  of 
the  uniform  line.    Prereq.  10.422. 

03.451  Circuit  Analysis  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Ohm's  law,  Kirchoff's  current  and  voltage  laws,  equivalent  resistances  and 
sources,  mesh  and  modal  analysis,  network  theorems,  two-port  networks  and 
power  relations  —  all  with  respect  to  direct  currents.  Energy  storage,  singu- 
larity functions,  response  of  R,  L,  and  C  elements  to  singularities.  Prereq. 
10.320,   11.319. 

03.452  Circuit  Analysis  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Complex,  algebra,  phasors,  frequency  domain,  mutual  inductance,  transformers, 
steady-state  a-c  theory,  driving  point  and  transfer  impedances,  power  and 
energy  in  a-c  circuits.  Laplace  transforms;  partial  fraction  expansion;  Laplace 
transform  techniques  applied  to  the  solution  of  RLC  networks.    Prereq.  03.451. 

03.453  Circuits  Analysis  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Application  of  differential  equations  to  the  solutions  of  linear,  time-invarient 
electrical  networks.  Introduction  to  singularity  functions,  convolution,  and  time 
domain  transient  analysis.  Network  topology  and  duality,  introduction  to  the 
methods  of  transformation  calculus  and  complex  frequency  concepts.  Prereq. 
03.542. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    119 

03.454     Circuits  Analysis  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Signal  analysis  in  the  frequency  domain.  Fourier  series.  Fourier  and  Laplace 
transform  methods.  A  varied  selection  of  circuit  problems  are  solved  using 
Laplace  transforms  and  related  theorems.    Prereq.  03.453. 

03.460  Engineering  Analysis  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Linear  algebra  and  its  application  to  circuit  equations.  Solution  of  linear  dif- 
ferential equations  including  an  introduction  to  Laplace  transforms.  Prereq. 
10.422  and  03.452. 

03.461  Engineering  Analysis  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Complex  variables  and  their  relevance  to  an  electrical  engineering  program. 
Prereq.  10.422. 

03.470     Digital  Computers  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  field  of  digital  computer  design.  Topics  include  general 
computer  organization,  number  systems  and  number  representations,  design 
characteristics  of  major  computer  units,  Boolean  Algebra  applications  to  com- 
puter design.    Prereq.  03.313  or  concurrently. 

03.477  Control  Engineering  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.  h.) 

Analysis  of  linear  servomechanisms  under  both  transient  and  steady-state  con- 
ditions. Signal  flow  graphs.  Laplace  transforms  used  in  the  formulation  of 
block  diagrams  and  transfer  function.    Prereq.  03.454  and  10.422. 

03.478  Control  Engineering  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

System  stability.  Root  locus  techniques.  Treatment  of  Nyquist  criteria,  and 
Bode  diagram  methods  for  systems  evaluation.    Prereq.  03.477. 

03.490     Optical  Instrumentation  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Telescopes,  microscopes,  etc.  as  optical  system  components.  Includes  mag- 
nification; aberations;  resolution  criteria;  photometry.  Compatibility  of  system 
components  and  optimization  of  systems.  The  basic  non-image  forming  sys- 
tems used  for  analysis  control  and  metrology.    Prereq.  10.308  and  10.319. 

03.398  Optical  Instrumentation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  basic  non-image  forming  systems  used  for  analysis  control  and  metrology. 
Includes:  spectroscopy,  interferometry  (classical  and  holographic),  electron- 
ion  optical,  and  X-Ray  systems.  Prereq.  03.397. 

03.399  Fundamentals  of  Operational  Amplifiers  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  treating  the  amplifier  as  a  black  box.  Covers  gain,  distortion,  feed- 
back, matching,  offset,  drift,  and  frequency  response.  A  section  on  practical 
applications.   Prereq.  03.312. 


CHEMICAL   ENGINEERING  TECHNOLOGY 

04.381      Nuclear  Technology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  discovery  and  nature  of  radio  activity.  Nuclear 
reactions  and  energy;  induced  nuclear  transformations;  neutron  properties;  ap- 
plications of  radionuclides.  Supplementary  laboratory  experiments.  Prereq. 
10.323  and  11.319. 


120   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

04.382  Nuclear  Technology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Radiological  safety  —  the  hazards,  problems,  and  protection.  Nuclear  instru- 
mentation for  particle  detection,  monitoring,  and  experimentation.  Supplemen- 
tary laboratory  experiments.    Prereq.  04.381. 

04.383  Nuclear  Technology  Mi  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  fission  process  and  its  applications;  nuclear  reactors  —  their  classification, 
design  and  application;  nuclear  fuel  processing;  radioactive  waste  disposal. 
Supplementary  laboratory  experiments.   Prereq.  04.382. 

04.481      Nuclear  Technology  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Atomic  and  nuclear  structure;  discovery  and  nature  of  radioactivity.  Nuclear 
reactions  and  energy;  induced  nuclear  transformations,  neutron  properties;  ap- 
plications of  radio  nuclides.  Radiological  safety  —  nuclear  instrumentation  for 
particle  detection,  monitoring,  and  experimentation.  The  fission  process  and 
its  applications;  nuclear  reactors  —  their  classification  design  and  application; 
nuclear  fuel  processing;  radioactive  waste  disposal.  Supplementary  laboratory 
experiments.    Prereq.  10.422  and  11.319. 


ENGINEERING  GRAPHICS  AND  COMPUTATION 

09.307  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Instrument  techniques;  principles  of  projection,  drawing,  reading  and  interpre- 
tation of  multiview  drawings;  pictorial,  representations.  Prereq.  none. 

09.308  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  II  (2  cl,  2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  electronic  graphics,  including:  symbols,  schematics,  block 
and  logic  diagrams,  production,  cable,  and  electric  power  drawings.  Prereq. 
09.307. 

09.309  Electrical  and  Electronic  Graphics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  single-  and  double-sided  printed  circuit  layout,  electro-mechanical 
designs,  wiring,  and  interconnection  diagrams;  graphical  data  presentation. 
Prereq.  09.308. 

09.311  Engineering  Graphics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  engineering  drawing,  geometric  construction,  charts  and 
graphs,  orthographic   projection   through  auxiliary  views.    Prereq.   none. 

09.312  Engineering  Graphics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h) 

Detail  drawing,  including  intersections  and  development,  reading  of  multiview 
drawings,  pictorial  representation.  Prereq.  09.311. 

09.313  Engineering  Graphics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Manufacturing  processes  and  dimensioning.  Topographical,  earth  work  and 
structural  drawing,  analysis  of  assemblies,  design  project,  case  studies.  Prereq. 
09.312. 

09.314  Engineering  Design  I  (Kinematics)  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Translatory  and  rotary  motion  involving  basic  mechanisms  through  graphical 
vector  and  mathematical  analysis  of  displacement,  velocity,  and  acceleration. 
Some  redesign  of  existing  mechanisms.  Simple,  compound,  reverted,  and 
epicyclic  gear  trains.    Prereq.  09.133,  11.317. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    121 

09.315  Engineering  Design  II  (Drawings)  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Drawings  and  specifications  for  the  production  and  precision  machining  of 
castings,  forging,  weldments,  etc.  Discussion  of  design  components.  Prereq. 
09.314. 

09.316  Engineering  Design  III  (Creativity)  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  design  through  graphical  analysis  of  cam  and  follower  motions, 
and  other  mechanisms.    Creativity  and  design  processes  through  case  studies 
and  original   projects  requiring  oral   presentation   of   student's  involvement   in 
both  synthesis  and  innovative  activities.    Prereq.  09.315. 

09.351  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Rules  for  forming  simple  FORTRAN  programs.  Applications  to  scientific  prob- 
lems, algorithms  for  computing  infinite  sums,  maxima  and  minima  in  both 
discrete  and  continuous  cases.  Programming  in  FORGO.  Prereq.  10.308  or 
10.312,10.314. 

09.352  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Extended  capabilities  of  the  FORTRAN  language.  Manipulation  of  arrays,  sub- 
routine and  function  subprograms.  Algorithms  to  sort  arrays,  root  evaluation. 
Scientific  subroutines,  random  numbers,  A  FORMAT.  Programming  in  FOR- 
TRAN IV.   Prereq.  09.351. 

09.353  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  use  of  plotter.   A  format  graphs,  quadrature,  evaluation  of  deriv- 
atives, solution  of  simultaneous  equations,  program  documentation  procedures. 
Programming  in  FORTRAN  IV.  Prereq.  09.352. 

09.354  Computer  Systems  I  (Software  Systems)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Storage  and  retrieval  techniques,  machine  language  and  symbolic  coding, 
discussion  of  ALGOL,  BASIC  and  PL/1.    Prereq.  09.353. 

09.355  Computer  Systems  II  (Hardware  Systems)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Card  readers,  printers,  plotters,  and  other  output  devices.  Tapes,  discs,  drums 
and  methods  for  computer  files.  Data  communication  equipment,  COBOL, 
processing  quality  control,  computer  installation  management. 

09.356  Computer  Systems  III  (Operating  Systems)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Batch  processing,  time  sharing,  mixed  systems  and  multiprogramming,  North- 
eastern University's  operating  system-MASTER. 

09.357  Computer  Aided  Design  I  (Computer  Graphics)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Computer  graphics  programming.    Using  the  computer  to  draw  two  and  three 
dimensional  shapes.    Character  generation  and  manipulation  methods.    Imple- 
mentation on  Northeastern's  calcomp  plotter.    Prereq.  09.353. 

09.358  Computer   Aided    Design    II    (Problem    Oriented    Languages)    (2    cl., 
2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  popular  languages,  user  oriented  requirements,  input  algorithms, 
command  structure,  design  of  a  POL  system.    Prereq.  09.353. 

03.359  Computer  Aided   Design   III    (Simulation   and    Mathematical    models) 
(2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Random  numbers  programs  to  predict  the  outcome  of  probabilistic  systems. 
Computer  models  of  deterministic  systems.   Prereq.  09.353. 


122   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

09.361  Computer  Controlled  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  minicomputers.  Minicomputers  organization  and  logical  com- 
ponents.   Basic  machine  language  programming.   Prereq.  09.353. 

09.362  Computer  Controlled  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Extended  programming  of  minicomputers.  The  use  of  a  minicomputer  as  an 
element  in  process  control.  Analysis  of  open  and  closed  loop  systems.  Prereq. 
09.361. 

09.363  Computer  Controlled  Systems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Specification  of  computer  elements  for  a  control  system.  Design  and  synthesis 
of  a  computer  controlled  system  to  meet  process  requirements.  Prereq. 
09.362. 

09.451  Engineering  Design  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  fundamentals  of  engineering  graphics,  including  depicting  of 
planar  and  solid  figures.  Principles  of  orthographic  projection  through  primary 
auxiliary  views.  Reading  and  interpreting  of  multi-view  drawings.  Construction 
of  both  isometric  and  oblique  pictorial  (3-D)  drawings,  with  emphasis  on  draft- 
ing techniques.  Introduction  ot  FORTRAN  IV  computer  programming  language 
using  a  CDC-3300  computer.  Data  deck  construction  and  basic  control  state- 
ments through  IF  statements. 

09.452  Engineering  Design  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  engineering  drawings  required  to  support  engineering  design, 
including  standard  conventions,  dimensioning,  production  processes,  etc.  More 
detailed  drawings,  such  as  intersections  and  developments  are  studied.  Analy- 
sis and  evaluation  of  existing  design  systems  is  accomplished  through  case 
studies  chosen  to  demonstrate  how  scientific  principles  are  applied  to  design 
problems.  Continuation  of  FORTRAN  programming.  Some  subscripted  vari- 
ables and  basic  DO  loops.  Examples  of  programming  as  an  engineering  tool. 
Prereq.  09.451. 

09.453  Engineering  Design  III  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  design  processes,  stressing  original  and  creative  solutions.  Exam- 
ination of  some  commonly  available  components  used  to  solve  design  prob- 
lems. Involvement  in  both  individual  and  group  design  projects.  Examples 
of  one-solution  problems  as  well  as  multi-solution  problems.  Introduction  to 
self-correcting  (feedback)  systems.  Higher  level  capabilities  of  digital  com- 
puters, including  Implied  DO  loops  and  elementary  scientific  subroutines.  Com- 
puter graphics  including  making  of  drawings  by  means  of  a  computer-driven 
CalComp  plotter.   Prereq.  09.452. 

09.454  Engineering  Design  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Graphical  analysis  of  machine  elements  such  as  cams,  linkage,  etc.  Translatory 
and  rotary  motion  involving  displacement,  locus  generators,  velocity  and  ac- 
celeration vectors.  Simple,  compound,  reverted,  and  epicyclic  gear  trains. 
Charts,  graphs,  functional  scales,  and  monography.  Computer  applications  to 
engineering  and  design  efforts.  Selected  Logical  control  and  programming 
techniques.   Prereq.  09.452. 

MATHEMATICS 

10.301      Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  comprehensive  review  of  high  school  algebra  including:  first-degree  equations, 
factoring,  fractional  equations,  word  problems,  and  concepts  of  plane  geometry. 
Prereq.  none. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    123 

10.302  Introduction  to  Mathematics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Algebraic  operations  with  fractions  and  mixed  expressions,  proportions,  square 
roots,  radicals,  quadratics;  simultaneous  equations,  graphs  and  fractional  ex- 
ponents. The  geometry  of  the  right  triangle,  areas  of  polygons,  circles,  and  loci 
problems.   Basic  slide  rule  operation.  Prereq.  10.301. 

10.303  Introduction  to  Mathematics 

An  accelerated  combination  of  10.301  and  10.302.    Primarily  for  day  students. 

10.330  Basic  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra;  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equations, 
word  problems.   Prereq.  none. 

10.331  Basic  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Further  review;  operations  with  polynominals,  factoring,  fractional  expressions, 
word  problems.  Prereq.  10.330. 

10.327  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra;  graphcial  techniques.  Prereq.  Math. 
Placement  Test,  10.331  or  10.302. 

10.328  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  quadratic  equations;  exponents  and  radicals;  variation.  Prereq. 
10.327. 

10.329  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  geometry;  topics  of  trigonometry;  introduction  to  statistics  and  prob- 
ability; logarithms.    Prereq.  10.328. 

10.307  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Fundamental  operations  of  algebra;  algebraic  fractions;  exponents  and  radicals; 
functions.  Trigonometric  functions  of  angles  both  in  degree  and  in  radian  mea- 
sure; right  triangles;  identities  and  equations.  Prereq.  Math.  Placement  Test 
or  10.302. 

10.308  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Quadratic  equations  and  applications;  radical  equations;  complex  numbers; 
binomial  expansion;  variation;  roots  of  polynomial  equations.  Trigonometric 
graphs;  other  transcendental  functions,  logarithms,  inverse  trigonometric  func- 
tions. Prereq.  10.307. 

10.316  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  tools,  e.g.,  sets,  permutations  and  combinations;  probability  and  appli- 
cations.   Prereq.  10.308,  or  10.329  or  10.335. 

10.317  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Descriptive  statistics;  frequency  distributions  and  probability  density  functions; 
normal  and  other  distributions.  Prereq.  10.316. 

10.318  Probability  and  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Bivariate  distributions;  correlation;  statistical  inference  and  estimation;  regres- 
sion.  Prereq.  10.317. 

10.320     Calculus  I  (4  cl,  4  q.h.) 

Functions,  graphs,  and  limits;  study  of  the  straight  line,  the  circle,  the  para- 
bola; differentiation  of  algebraic  functions,  with  applications,  including  curve- 
sketching.   Prereq.  10.308,  10.329  or  10.335. 


124   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

10.321  Calculus  II  (2  cL,  2  q.h.) 

Applications  of  derivatives  to  curve-sketching;  antidifferentiation;  the  definite 
integral,  with  applications;  calculus  of  non-algebraic  functions  —  logarithmic, 
exponential,  and  trigonometric.  Prereq.  10.320. 

10.322  Calculus  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions;  techniques  of  integration  — 
especially  integration  by  parts  and  substitution;  numerical  integration;  polar 
coordinates;  the  conic  sections;  vectors  in  a  plane;  indeterminate  forms, 
L'Hospitai's  rule.  Prereq.  10.321. 

10.323  Calculus  IV  (2  cl,  2  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  in- 
tegrals, infinite  series.  Prereq.  10.322. 

10.324  Differential  Equations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.   Prereq.  10.323. 

10.325  Differential  Equations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations  —  standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear  differ- 
ential equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients.  Laplace  transforms.  Pre- 
req. 10.324. 

10.326  Differential  Equations  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Series  solutions  of  differential  equations;  Fourier  series  and  orthogonal  func- 
tions.  Prereq.  10.325. 

10.332  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  mathematics  underlying  operations  research,  with  emphasis  on 
applications  to   business   management    logic,   set   theory.     Prereq.    10.329   or 
equiv. 

10.333  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Probability  and  its  uses  in  decision-making  under  uncertainty;  introduction  to 
vector  and  matrix  algebra.    Prereq.  10.332  or  equiv. 

10.334  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Mathematics  of  finance,  linear  programming  and  optimization  techniques,  game 
theory.   Prereq.  10.333  or  equiv. 

10.351  Advanced  Mathematics  I  (Numerical  Analysis)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  methods  of  numerical  analysis  —  roots  by  iteration;  approximating  poly- 
nomials and  interpolation;  least  squares  fitting;  numerical  integration;  approxi- 
mate solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations  —  problems  employing  the 
electronic  computer.  Prereq.  09.353  and  10.326. 

10.352  Advanced  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  partial  differential  equations,  boundary-value  problems,  Sturm- 
Liouville  systems.  Prereq.  10.351. 

10.353  Advanced  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Special  topics  in  analysis.  Prereq.  10.352. 

10.361      Modern  Algebra  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Sets;  binary  operations;  mappings;  rings,  integers,  fields;  rationals;  reals, 
bases  for  computer  applications;  Euclidean  algorithm;  primes.  Prereq.  10.308, 
10.329  or  10.335. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    125 

10.362  Modern  Algebra  II  (2  cL,  2  q.h.) 

Field  of  complex  number;  groups;  subgroups;  polynominal  rings;  homomor- 
phisms;  isomorphisms;  ideals.  Prereq.  10.361. 

10.363  Modern  Algebra  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  spaces;  linear  transformations;  dependence,  independence;  dimension 
applications  to  engineering,  science,  and  business.    Prereq.  10.362. 

10.364  Modern  Applied  Algebra  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduce  the  language  of  abstract  algebra  to  the  following  topics:  graphs,  finite 
state  machines,  programming  languages.  Boolean  Algebra,  lattices,  coding  for 
communication  channels  and  radar.  Look  at  algebraic  theory  of  linear  systems, 
Prereq.  10.361,  10.362  and  10.363. 

10.391  Mathematics  —  A  (3  cl,  3  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra;  graphical  techniques.  Linear  and  quad- 
ratic; exponents  and  radicals.  (No  credit  to  students  who  have  passed  10.327, 
or  10.328,  or  10.335).   Prereq.  Math.  Placement  Test,  10.302,  or  10.331. 

10.392  Mathematics  —  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Variation;  review  of  geometry;  topics  of  trigonometry;  introduction  to  statistics 
and  probability;  logarithms.  (No  credit  to  students  who  have  passed  10.329.) 
Prereq.  10.391. 

10.421  Calculus  — A  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Applications  of  derivatives  to  curve-sketching;  antidifferentiation;  the  definite  in- 
tegral, with  applications;  calculus  of  non-a!gebraic  functions  —  logarithmic, 
exponential,  and  trigonometric.  Calculus  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions; 
techniques  of  integration;  polar  coordinates;  the  conic  sections;  vectors  in  a 
plane;  indeterminate  forms,  L'Hospital's  rule.    Prereq.  10.320. 

10.422  Calculus  —  B  (3  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  in- 
tegrals, infinite  series.  Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.  Prereq. 
10.421. 

10.423  Differential  Equations  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations  —  standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear 
differential  equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients;  Laplace  transforms, 
series  solutions  of  differential  equations.  Fourier  series  and  orthogonal  func- 
tions.  Prereq.  10.422. 


PHYSICS 

Courses  marked  *  not  available  in  every  curriculum.    See  curricula  in 
Programs  of  Instruction  section,  for  applicable  sequence,  pp.  57-97. 

11.301  Introductory  Physics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  survey  of  physical  principles  and  theories  related  to  field  of  mechanics.    Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  solution  of  applied  problems.  Prereq.  none. 

11.302  Introductory  Physics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Extension  of  principles  in  mechanics  and  introduction  of  concepts  in  heat,  sound, 
light,  electricity,  and  magnetism.    Prereq.  11.301. 


126   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

*11.304     General  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Newtonian  mechanics;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion; 
projectile  and  circular  motion;  rotational  motion,  conservation  laws  of  energy 
and  momentum.  Prereq.  10.501  or  concurrently. 

*11.305     General  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Temperature;  heat  energy;  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat;  wave  motion;  sound; 

Doppler's  effect;  properties  of  light;  simple  optical  systems.  Prereq.  10.304. 

*11.306     General  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  electricity  and  magnetism;  fields;  potential;  electric  current; 
inductance;  capacitance;  electromagnetism;  a-c  and  d-c  series  circuits.  Pre- 
req. 11.305. 

11.317  Physics  I  (Mechanics)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion;  Newton's  laws;  projectile  and  cir- 
cular motion;  conservation  laws  for  momentum  and  energy;  rotational  motion; 
simple  harmonic  motion.  Prereq.  10.307  or  concurrently. 

11.318  Physics  II  (Wave  Motion,  Sound,  Heat)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Wave  motion;  intensity;  interference  phenomena;  Doppler  effect;  vibrating  sys- 
tems; temperature;  heat;  change  of  state;  heat  transfer;  kinetic  theory  of  gases; 
general  gas  laws;  thermodynamics.  Prereq.  11.317. 

11.319  Physics  III  (Electricity,  Magnetism,  Light)  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Electrostatics;   magnetism;   magnetic   induction;    induced  currents;   direct  and 
alternating  current  circuits;  properties  of  light;  reflection;  refraction;  dispersion; 
optical  systems;  diffraction;  polarization.  Prereq.  11.318. 

11.320  Semiconductor  Physics  &  Devices  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Electron  Ballistics  and  applications.  Properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  re- 
lated to  conduction  of  electricity  in  solids.  Fundamentals  of  semiconductors, 
crystal  diodes,  and  transistors.  Theory  of  field-effect  transistors,  integrated 
circuits,  and  photoelectric  devices.  (This  is  a  combination  of  11.322  and 
11.323.)   Prereq.  11.313,  11,316,  or  11.319. 

11.321  Wave  Phenomena  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Application  of  fundamental  principles  of  waves  to  electromagnetic  radiation. 
Waves  on  transmission  lines.  Selected  topics  in  antennas  and  wave  guides. 
Prereq.  11.319  or  11.316. 

11.322  Semiconductor  Physics  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Electron  Ballistics  and  applications.  Properties  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  re- 
lated to  conduction  of  electricity  in  solids.  Prereq.  11.319. 

11.323  Semiconductor  Devices  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  semiconductors,  crystal  diodes,  and  transistors.  Theory  of 
field-effect  transistors,  integrated  circuits  and  photoelectric  devices.  Prereq. 
11.322. 

11.331     Advanced  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  theory  of  relativity;  particle  properties  of  waves;  wave  prop- 
erties of  particles;  atomic  structure;  Bohr  model  of  the  atom.  Prereq.  11.323 
and  10.323. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    127 

11.332  Advanced  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Quantum  mechanics;  electron  spin;  atomic  spectra;  complex  atoms;  solid 
state  physics;  lasers.  Prereq.  11.331. 

11.333  Advanced  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Atomic  nucleus;  radioactive  decay;  thermonuclear  energy;  nuclear  reactions; 
elementary  particles.   Prereq.  11.332. 

11.341  Physics  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  dynamics,  two-body  kinematics  and  scattering,  geometrical 
optics  and  thermodynamics.    Prereq.  11.319. 

11.342  Physics  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  physical  optics,  spectroscopy  and  quantum  physics.  Prereq. 
03.341. 

11.343  Physics  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  in  electricity  and  magnetism,  simple  electric  and  electronic  cir- 
cuits. Prereq.  11.342. 

11.373  Physics  Laboratory  I  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Experiments  from  various  physics  topics  that  have  been  covered  in  11.317  and 
concurrently  in  11.318. 

11.374  Physics  Laboratory  II  (3  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  11.373  with  experiments  from  topics  in  11.318  and  11.319. 

11.391  General  Physics  —  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Newtonian  mechanics;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion; 
projectile  and  circular  motion;  rotational  motion,  conservation  laws  of  energy 
and  momentum.  Temperature;  heat  energy;  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat. 
Prereq.  10.591  or  concurrently. 

11.392  General  Physics  —  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Wave  motion;  sound;  Doppler's  effect;  properties  of  light;  simple  optical  sys- 
tems. Fundamentals  of  electricity  and  magnetism;  fields;  potential;  electric 
current;  inductance;  capacitance;  electromagnetism;  a-c  and  d-c  series  circuits. 
Prereq.  11.391. 

11.420     Physics  IV  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Application  of  fundamental  principles  of  waves  to  electromagnetic  radiation. 
Waves  on  transmission  lines.  Further  study  of  wave  motion  topics  from  11.318. 
Prereq.  11.319. 


CHEMISTRY 

12.501  Introductory  Chemistry  I  (4  cl.,  non  credit) 

A  non-mathematical  approach  to  the  concepts  of  chemistry  including  matter; 
elements  and  compounds,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  equations.  Prereq.  None. 

12.502  Introductory  Chemistry  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  of  12.301,  including  periodic  system,  forms  of  energy,  oxidation- 
reduction,  solutions,  chemical  and  ionic  equilibrium,  nuclear  reactions,  and  a 
brief  introduction  to  organic  chemistry.    Prereq.  12.501  or  equiv. 


128   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

12.507  Modern  Chemistry  I  (Intro,  to  Inorganic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  ideas  of  matter  and  energy,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  energy, 
water  and  solutions,  colloids,  ionic  reactions,  oxidation  and  reduction,  acidity, 
radio  activity,  all  discussed  from  the  viewpoint  of  recent  developments.    Prereq. 
10.327  or  concurrently. 

12.508  Modern  Chemistry  II  (Intro,  to  Organic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.  2  q.h.) 
Classes  of  organic  compounds,  including  hydrocarbons,  alcohols,  ethers,  alde- 
hydes, ketones,  carboxylic  acids,  esters,  amines  and  amides,  carbohydrates,  in- 
cluding the  relationship  with  modern  biology.  Prereq.  12.507  or  equiv. 

12.509  Modern  Chemistry  II  (Intro,  to  the  Chemistry  of  Living  Bodies) 

(2cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Includes  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  chemistry  of  digestion  and  the  chemical  re- 
actions characteristic  of  body  fluids.   Prereq.  12.508  or  equiv. 

12.521  .Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analytical  procedure  and  technique;  application  of  fundamental  concepts  of 
solutions  to  laboratory  work;  formulation  of  numerical  terms  essential  to  under- 
standing mass  action  law,  ionic  equilibria;  solubility  product,  hydrolysis,  and 
redox  constants.    Prereq.  12.513  or  12.546. 

12.522  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Weighing,  measurement  of  volumes,  titration,  filtration,  ignition,  and  combus- 
tion are  considered  from  standpoint  of  theoretical  principles  involved  and 
manipulative  technique  necessary.  Combination  of  these  operations  and  their 
application  to  actual  analysis;  comprehensive  study  of  volumetric  methods  and 
more  elementary  parts  of  gravimetric  analysis.  Problems  are  introduced  to 
emphasize  correct  calculation  of  analytical  results  as  well  as  procedures.  Pre- 
req. 12.521. 

12.523  Analytical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  instrumental  analysis.  Theoretical  principles  involved  in  the  use  of 
colorimeter,  absorption  instruments,  Ph  measurements,  chromatography,  etc. 
Prereq.  12.522. 

12.524  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  qualitative  chemistry  applied  to  actual  problems.  Separations  and 
identification  of  known  and  unknown  solutions.  Finally  these  are  combined  into 
a  comprehensive  system  of  analysis  which  is  applied  to  artificially  prepared 
mixtures  and  industrial  materials.    Prereq.  12.546,  12.521  or  concurrently. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

12.525  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Analytical  methods  used  in  quantitative  chemistry.  Volumetric  analysis  includ- 
ing acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation,  reduction,  and  precipitation  methods 
followed  by  simple  gravimetric  analysis.    Prereq.  12.524.'  (Laboratory  Fee) 

12.526  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Practical  applications  of  instrumental  analysis  with  experience  in  the  use  of 
colorimeter,  absorption  instruments,  pH  measurements,  chromatography,  etc. 
Prereq.  12.525. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    129 

12.531  Organic  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Nature  of  carbon  in  organic  compounds.  General  principles  of  structure,  nomen- 
clature, preparation,  uses,  and  reactions,  of  aliphatic  hydrocarbons:  alkanes, 
alkenes,  alkynes,  dienes,  cycloalkanes.  Position  and  geometric  isomerism.  In- 
troduction to  free  radical  and  ionic  mechanisms  of  reactions.  Prereq.  12.513 
or  12.546. 

12.532  Organic  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Structure  of  benzene,  electrophilic  aromatic  substitution  reactions.  General 
principles  of  structure,  nomenclature,  preparation,  uses  and  reactions  of  the 
various  types  of  organic  compounds,  including:  alcohols,  alkyl  and  aryl  halides, 
ethers  and  expoxides,  and  carboxylis  acids.  Optical  isomerism  and  introductory 
chemical  kinetics  will  be  discussed.   Prereq.  12.531  or  equiv. 

12.533  Organic  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Chemistry  12.332  with  emphasis  on  the  application  of  chemical 
interconversions  to  synthetic  problems.  Functional  derivatives  of  carboxylic 
acids,  sulfonic  acids  and  their  derivatives,  amines,  diazonium  compounds, 
phenols,  aldehydes  and  ketones.    Prereq.  12.532  or  equiv. 

12.534  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.546  or  equiva- 
lent and  12.531  or  concurrently. 

12.535  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  Organic  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed    Prereq.  12.534.  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

12.536  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  Organic  Chemistry  III,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.    Prereq.  12.535  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

12.541  Physical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  three  states  of  matter,  atomic  and  molecular  forces,  physical  properties 
and  molecular  structure;  heat,  work  and  heat  capacity;  thermochemistry.  Pre- 
req. 12.513,  12.516,  10.323  or  11.306. 

12.542  Physical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Thermodynamics,  solutions,  chemical  equilibria,  phase  diagrams,  and  chemi- 
cal kinetics.   Prereq.  12.541  or  equiv. 

12.543  Physical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Electrical  conductance,  electromotive  force,  ionic  equilibria,  colloids,  quantum 
theory,  and  photochemistry.    Prereq.  12.542  or  equiv. 

12.544  General  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  concepts;  symbols,  formulas,  and  equations;  atomic  structure  and 
Periodic  Law,  chemical  bonding;  oyxgen,  ozone,  and  hydrogen;  the  gaseous 
state  and  gram  mole  volume;  the  liquid  and  solid  states;  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide.  Prereq.  10.307  or  10.501  or  concurrently  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to 
those  students  with  credit  for  12.311  or  12.314.) 


130   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

12.545  General  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Solutions,  solutions  of  electrolytes,  colloids,  oxidation  and  reduction  reactions, 
periodic  properties,  halogens,  chemical  equilibrium,  electrochemistry;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  sulfur  family.  Prereq.  12.544  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those 
students  with  credit  for  12.512  or  12.515.) 

12.546  General  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ionic  equilibrium  and  weak  electrolytes;  solubility  product  principle,  hydrolysis. 
Nitrogen,  phosphorous,  and  their  compounds;  boron,  silicon,  and  their  com- 
pounds; alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals,  metals  of  groups  III  and  IV.  Nuclear 
chemistry.  Carbon  and  its  compounds.  Biochemistry.  Prereq.  12.545  or  equiv. 
(Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.513  or  12.516.) 

12.547  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  General  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.544  or  concurrently  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for 
12.514.)  (Laboratory  Fee) 

12.548  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2  lab.,  1  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  General  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properites  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.547  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.315.) 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

12.549  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2  1ab.,  1  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis  experiments,  including  unknown  solutions.  Prereq.  12.548 
or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.316)     (Laboratory  Fee) 

12.551  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Definitions,  physical  principles,  scope  and  application;  principles  of  measure- 
ment; endpoint-detection  systems  for  volumetric  analysis,  data  treatment  and 
interpretation.  Optical  methods  of  analysis  including  spectrophotomery,  excita- 
tion methods,  measurements  of  other  optical  properties,  and  mass  spectrome- 
try. Prereq.  12.523  or  equiv. 

12.552  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  of  separation,  vapor  phase  chromatography,  ion  exchangers;  electrical 
methods  of  analysis  including  potentiometry,  voltammetry,  oculometry,  and 
conductimetry;  miscellaneous  instrumental  measurements.  Prereq.  12.551  or 
equiv. 

12.553  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Radioactivity  and  nuclear  reactions,  production  and  study  of  nuclear,  reactions, 
equations  of  radioactive  decay,  nuclear  states  and  radioactive  processes,  inter- 
action of  radiations  with  matter,  radiation  detection  and  measurement,  statis- 
tics of  radioactivity  measurements,  techniques  for  the  study  of  radionuclides, 
tracers  in  chemical  applications  and  nuclear  energy.   Prereq.  12.552  or  equiv. 


EARTH  SCIENCE 

16.531     Oceanography  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  the  ocean  basins  and  the  physicial  and  chemi- 
cal properties  of  sea  water.  The  development  of  ocean  currents  and  their  effect 
on  the  land  masses  of  the  world.   Prereq.  Earth  Sci.  I  or  equiv. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    131 

16.532  Oceanography  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  habitat  zones  and  organisms  of  the  sea.  Phytoplankton,  zoopiankton,  and 
nekton  are  discussed.  The  growing  economic  importance  of  marine  resources 
for  the  expanding  world  population.    Prereq.  16.531  or  equiv. 

16.533  Marine  Geology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Physiography  and  structure  of  ocean  basins.  Marine  geological  processes  and 
features,  including  sedimentation,  erosion,  shorelines,  and  bottom  topography. 
Methods  and  techniques  of  marine  geological  exploration.  Prereq.  Earth  Sci.  I 
or  equiv. 

16.541  Meteorology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  structure,  composition  and  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere. 
Consideration  of  solar  radiation,  aurora,  airglow,  meteors,  and  radio  propaga- 
tion in  the  upper  atmosphere,  followed  by  a  detailed  examination  of  the  major 
weather  elements,  related  measuring  instruments  and  global  wind  circulation 
of  the  troposphere.  Laboratory  exercises  include  plotting  horizontal  and  vertical 
variations  in  temperature,  pressure,  and  moisture,  with  analysis  of  the  dynamic 
interrelationships  involved.   Prereq.  Earth  Sci.  I  or  equiv. 

16.542  Meteorology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  secondary  wind  circulation,  air  masses,  frontal  systems,  thunder- 
storms, hurricanes,  and  tornadoes.  Techniques  in  local  short-range  and  regional 
long-range  forecasting,  with  special  attention  to  New  England  conditions. 
Laboratory  exercises  in  synoptic  weather  maps  preparation,  analysis,  and  in- 
terpretation. Prereq.  16.541  or  equivalent. 

16.543  Climatology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Classification,  analysis,  and  geographic  distribution  of  climatic  types.  Consid- 
eration of  microclimates  and  relationship  of  weather  and  climatic  elements  to 
other  factors  in  the  natural  environment  and  human  activities.  Opportunity 
provided  to  apply  effects  of  these  elements  to  a  chosen  area  of  personal  interest. 
Prereq.  Earth  Sci.  I  or  equiv. 

16.551  Astronomy  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Direction,  orientation,  and  division  of  space  and  time.  The  six  main  types -of 
bodies  of  the  solar  systems  in  terms  of  their  observed  properties  and  motions. 
Prereq.  Earth  Sci.  equivalency. 

16.552  Astronomy  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Light  as  part  of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum  and  as  a  fundamental  basis  of 
man's  observations.  A  survey  of  light  and  radio  telescopes,  spectroscopes,  and 
other  tools  of  astronomy.  The  sun  as  a  typical  star.  Prereq.  16.551  or 
equivalent. 

16.553  Astronomy  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Stellar  classification,  variety,  and  evolution  as  fundamentals  in  the  understand- 
ing of  clusters,  galaxies,  and  cosmology.  Prereq.  16.522  or  equivalent. 

BIOLOGY 

18.304  Integrated  Science  I  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Principles  of  chemistry;  principles  of  biology.  Prereq.  none.         (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.305  Integrated  Science  II  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Human  anatomy  and  physiology.   Prereq.  18.504  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 


132   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

18.306     Integrated  Science  III  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  essential  topics  in  the  major  areas  of  biology;  physico-chemical 

background  of  biology.    Prereq.  18.505  or  equlv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.507  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  concepts  of  living  organisms,  chemical  and  biological  characteris- 
tics of  cellular  metabolism.    The  skeletal  system  and  its  appendages.    General 
nomenclature,  anatomical  names  and  terms.  Prereq.  none. 

18.508  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them.  The  structure 
and  function  of  each.   Prereq.  18.507  or  equiv. 

18.509  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationship  between  them. 
Prereq.  18.508  or  equiv. 

18.511  Biology  I  (General)  (3  cl.,    lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms.  Cellular  composition 
and  cellular  activities;  inheritance  and  cellular  control;  the  evolutionary  process; 
environmental  relationships.  Prereq.  none.  (Laboratory  fee) 

18.512  Biology  M  (Animal)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  comparative  study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  animals.  Di- 
versity of  animals  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  evolutionary  adaptation. 
Prereq.  18.511  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.513  Biology  III  (Plant)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  plants,  principally  vascular 
plants.  Survey  of  the  plant-like  protists,  and  monerans.  Prereq.  18.512  or 
equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.514  Botany  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  plant  cell,  tissue,  and  parts  of  flowering  plants.   Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.515  Botany  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Classification  of  the  plant  kingdom,  plantal  life  histories.  Prereq.  18.514  or 
equiv. 

18.516  Botany  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Physiology  and  life  activities  of  plants.   Prereq.  18.515  or  equiv. 

18.521  Microbiology  I  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Morphology  and  biochemistry  of  the  bacteria.    Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

18.522  Microbiology  II  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Biology  of  the  protists;  the  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  environment.  Prereq. 
18.521  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.523  Microbiology  III  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Survey  of  pathogenic  microorganism.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.524  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  human  anatomy,  osteology,  anatomy  of  the  muscular  system, 
respiratory  system,  digestive  system,  the  vascular  system,  urogenital  system. 
The  laboratory  includes  a  study  of  human  bones  and  cat  dissection.    Prereq. 
18.506  or  18.513  or  equiv. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    133 

18.525  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Principles  of  physiology  and  continuation  of  tine  study  of  human  anatomy.    The 
laboratory  is   mainly  concerned   with   muscle   physiology.    Prereq.   18.524  or 
equiv. 

18.526  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  principles  of  physiology.    The  anatomy  and   physiology  of 
the  nervous  system,  physiology  of  the  endocrine  system.    The  laboratory  deals 
with  physiology  of  respiration  and  the  physiology  of  blood.    Prereq.  18.525  or 
equiv. 

18.529     Seminar  In  Medical  Technology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Current  topics  in  medical  technology.    Required  readings  and  presentations  by 

students.   Guest  lecturers.   Prereq.  instructor  permission. 

18.551  Histology-Organology  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  morphology  of  ceils  and  tissues.   Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

18.552  Histology-Organology  I  (  Id.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  integumentary,  digestive,  and  respiratory  systems. 
Prereq.  18.551  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.553  Histology-Organology  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  cardiovascular,  excretory,  reproductive,  and  en- 
docrine systems.    Prereq.  18.552  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.557  Genetics  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Mitosis,  meiosis,  and,  mendelian  genetics.    Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

18.558  Genetics  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Chromosome  mapping,  mutations,  translocation,  chromosomal  abberations. 
Prereq.  18.557  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

18.559  Genetics  III  (1  cl.,  2   lab.,  2q.h.) 

Population  genetics,  aspects  of  biochemical  genetics.    Prereq.  18.558  or  equiv. 

(Laboratory  Fee) 

18.560  Environmental  Ecology  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Biotic  and  abiotic  aspects  of  the  environment.  Geo-physico-chemocycles  in  the 
biosphere.  Food  chain  and  the  ecosystem.  Energy  cycling.  Environmental 
pollution.  Population  explosion  and  natural  resources.  Future  of  man  as  a 
species.  Role  of  government,  industry,  and  individuals  in  controlling  the  en- 
vironment. Prereq.  none. 

18.561  Ecology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Environmental  factors.  The  soil  system.  Water.  The  atmosphere.  Tempera- 
ture, light,  wind,  pressure.  The  physico-chemical  factors  —  CO^,  N  and  mineral 
nutrients.  Habitat.  Distribution  of  plants  and  animals  in  the  world  according 
to  temperature  and  precipitation.    Prereq.  18.313  or  equiv. 

18.562  Ecology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  ecosystem.  Ecological  niche.  The  producers,  consumers,  and  dicomposers, 
The  pond  ecosystem,  desert  ecosystem,  forest  ecosystem,  and  sea  shore  eco- 
system. Energy  cycle  and  efficiency  of  energy  utilization.  Mass,  weight,  and 
energy  pyramids.    Prereq.  18.561   or  equiv. 


134   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

18.563  Ecology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Population  ecology.  Biotic  community.  Population  growth.  Relations  between 
the  species.  Symbiosis.  Competition.  Predation.  Succession.  Prereq.  18.562 
or  equiv. 

18.564  Man  and  his  Biosphere  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  ecological  analysis  of  the  human  situation  and  man's  interaction  with  other 
organisms.    The  necessary  foundation  of  biological  principles  will  be  presented. 

18.565  Man  and  His  Biosphere  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Man  and  Environment  I.  The  problems  discussed  are  indi- 
vidual and  separable  from  the  subject  matter  of  Part  I  and  may  be  elected  with- 
out having  had  18.564. 

18.570  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  (2  cl.,  3  q.h.) 
Fundamental  concepts  of  living  organisms,  chemical  and  biological  character- 
istics of  cellular  metabolism.    The  skeletal  system  and  its  appendages.    Gen- 
eral nomenclature,  Anatomical  names  and  terms.    Composition  of  blood,  tissue, 
and  lymphatic  fluids.   Prereq.  none. 

18.571  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  (4  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

The  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them.  The  structure 
and  function  of  each  system.  Muscle  physiology.  Each  system,  circulatory, 
respiratory,  digestive,  vascular,  urogenital,  endocrine,  and  nervous  will  be  dis- 
cussed in  detail.  Special  senses  of  the  body  —  eyes,  ears,  taste,  and  smell. 
Prereq.  18.570. 


LIBERAL  ARTS 

Students  wishing  to  elect  ottier  hunnanities,  social  science,  and  natural 
science  courses  should  reter  to  the  University  College  Catalog  and  petition  for 
approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education  of  Lincoln  College. 

19.501  Psychology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psychologi- 
cal measurement  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 
Prereq.  none. 

19.502  Psychology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior.  Prereq.  19.501  or  equivalent. 

19.503  Psychology  III  (2  cl,  2  q.h.) 

Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders,  mental  health,  and 
psychotherapy.  Prereq.  19.502  or  equivalent. 

19.507     Psychology  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psychologi- 
cal measurement  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 
Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior.  Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  dis- 
orders, mental  health,  and  psychotherapy.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
19.501,  19.502,  19.503.)   Prereq.  none. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    135 

21.501  Sociology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  tine  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family.  Prereq.  30.506,  30.602  or  equivalent  or  concurrently. 

21.502  Sociology  II  (2  cL,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  I  with  major  emphasis  on  primary  groups,  associa- 
tions, social  stratification,  collective  behavior,  and  population.  Prereq.  21.501 
or  equivalent. 

21.503  Sociology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  II  focusing  on  the  major  institutional  areas,  with 
particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change. 
Prereq.  21.502  or  equivalent. 

21.504  Sociology  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family.  Primary  groups,  associations,  social  stratification,  collective  behavior, 
and  population.  The  major  institutional  areas,  with  particular  attention  to  prob- 
lems of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change.  (Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  21.501,  21.502,  21.503.)  Prereq.  30.506,  30.602  or  equivalent 
or  concurrently. 

23.501  Western  Civilization  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  Civilization  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  eco- 
nomic, and  social  history  of  ancient  and  medieval  times  to  1300. 

23.502  Western  Civilization  II  (2  q.h.) 

Early  Modern  Europe  from  1300  to  1789  with  an  examination  of  the  two  major 
intellectual  movements,  the  Renaissance  and  the  Enlightenment,  and  their 
impact  on  the  rise  of  national  states,  capitalism,  and  Protestantism. 

23.503  Western  Civilization  III  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  Europe  from  1789  to  the  present  emphasizing  the  rise  of  ideology  in  a 
technological  age. 

23.507     Western  Civilization  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  5  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  civilization  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  economic, 
and  social  history  of  the  ancient  and  medieval  world.  Modern  Europe  to  1815 
with  an  examination  of  the  two  major  intellectual  movements  —  the  Renaissance 
and  the  Enlightenment  —  and  their  impact  upon  religious  movements,  economic 
developments,  and  the  rise  of  national  states.  Western  civilization  since  1815, 
emphasizing  the  Scientific  and  Industrial  Revolutions  and  their  impact  upon 
democracy  and  authoritarianism,  nationalism  and  internationalism,  and  war 
and  peace.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  23.501,  23.502,  23.503.) 
Prereq.  none. 

30.401      Essentials  of  Technical  Writing  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Thought  organization  and  effective  sentences.  Written  reports  and  instruc- 
tion manuals.  Specifications  and  Proposals.  Graphics  aids  and  reproduction 
processes.   Prereq.  none. 


136   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

30.501  English  for  International  Students  I  (2  cL,  non-credit) 

Introduction  to  Englisti  grammar  for  foreign-speaking  students  with  an  emphasis 
on  listening,  speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to  strengthen 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation.  Prereq.  none. 

30.502  English  for  International  Students  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  for  30.501  emphasizing  the  preparation  of  written  and  oral  re- 
ports and  business  and  social  correspondence.  Prereq.  30.501. 

30.503  English  for  International  Students  III  (2  cl.,  non  credit) 

Advanced  work  in  written  and  spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.504 
English  I.  Prereq.  30.502. 

*30.594     English  — A  (3cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Aims  and  methods  of  exposition,  description  and  narration;  investigation  of 
phrasing  and  syntax;  analysis  of  essays  for  content,  structure,  and  effective- 
ness; theme  assignments  to  develop  skill  in  writing.  Aims  and  methods  of 
argumentation;  study  of  documentation  techniques,  form,  and  style  of  critical 
essays.  Prereq.  none. 

30.595      English  — B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  library  research;  analysis  and  discussion  of  short  stories;  theme 
assignments.  Continuation  of  study  of  documentation  techniques  and  form  and 
style  of  critical  essays;  continuation  of  analysis  and  discussion  of  short  stories; 
writing  business  and  social  correpondence;  theme  assignments.  Prereq.  30.594. 

30.600  Elements  of  Composition  (2  q.h.) 

An  intensive  study  of  grammatical  forms  and  structural  patterns  of  current 
English. 

30.601  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  modes  of  rhetoric,  especially  exposition  and 
argument,  and  the  exercises  in  the  development  of  paragraphs  and  short 
papers.  Prereq.  English  Placement  Test.  (Not  open  for  students  who  have 
credit  for  30.504.) 

30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.601.  The  stress  here  is  on  the  short  paper,  the  longer 
library  paper,  and  formal  documentation.  Prereq.  30.601.  (Not  open  for  stu- 
dents who  have  credit  for  30.505.) 

30.603  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.601  plus  30.602. 

30.604  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  techniques  for  reading  imaginative  writing.  Short  and 
long  fiction  are  the  materials  for  study,  discussion,  and  two  critical  papers. 
Prereq.  30.602. 

30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.604,  but  here  the  materials  are  poetry  and  drama.  Prereq. 
30.604. 

30.606  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.604  plus  30.605. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    137 

Each  student  enrolled  in  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (30.601  and  30.603)  will 
take  a  Placement  Examination  during  class.  Some  students  may  be  requested 
to  register  for  Elements  of  Composition  (30.600)  a  2  q.h.  course  designed  to 
upgrade  the  student's  background. 

Courses  required  for  Liberal  Arts  Majors  are: 

30.601,  30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  &.  II  (or  30.603  Intensive) 

and 
30.604,  30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I   &  II    (or  30.606  In- 
tensive) 

For  other  majors,  refer  to  English  requirement  listed  under  major. 

30.113  Freshman  Writing  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Important  principles  of  logic  and  rhetoric  applied  to  exposition  and  argumen- 
tation writing;  review  of  sentence  structure,  punctuation,  and  paragraphing; 
extensive  reading  and  analysis  of  the  essay  form;  theme  assignments. 

30.114  Intro,  to  Literature  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  literary  forms:  poetry,  prose,  fiction,  and  drama.  Intensive 
reading  in  various  forms,  and  discussion  of  different  approaches  to  literature. 
Prereq.  30.113. 

30.115  Great  Themes  in  Literature  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Content  determined  by  instructor,  who  chooses  a  theme  and  a  number  of  books 
from  different  periods  to  illustrate  it.  Examples:  The  Hero  in  Literature;  Visions 
of  Utopia;  Science  Fiction,  etc.   Prereq.  30.114. 


BUSINESS   MANAGEMENT 

Students  wishing  to  elect  other  business  courses  should  refer  to  the  Univer- 
sity College  catalogue  and  petition  for  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Education 
of  Lincoln  College. 

39.501  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Macro  analysis-National  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy.   Prereq.  none. 

39.502  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Micro  analysis-theory  of  the  firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand,  mar- 
ket price;  international  economics.    Prereq.  39.501. 

39.503  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas;  poverty,  com- 
petition, labor,  agriculture,  urban.    Prereq.  39.502. 

39.105     Principles  of  Economics  (4  cl.;  4  q.h.) 

Development  of  macroeconomic  analysis;  review  of  national  income  concepts; 
national  income  determination,  fluctuation,  and  growth;  role  of  the  banking 
system  and  the  Federal  Reserve  System;  government  expenditures  and  taxa- 
tion; international  trade;  balance  of  international  payments. 


138   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

39.504     Economics  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Macro  analysis-national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  moneatry  and  fiscal  policy.  Micro  analysis-theory  of  the 
firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand,  market  price;  international  eco- 
nomics. Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas;  poverty, 
competition,  labor,  agriculture,  urban.  Prereq.  none.  (Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  39.501,  39.502,  39.503.) 

39.510  Statistics  for  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  statistical  concepts  and  computations  necessary  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  statistical  quality  control.  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of 
centering  and  dispersion;  computation  of  average  and  standard  deviation  for 
ungrouped  and  grouped  data;  determination  of  areas  under  the  normal  distribu- 
tion curve;  standard  deviation  of  the  mean.  Combinations  and  permutations  and 
their  use  of  computer  probabilities  computations  associated  with  the  hyper- 
geometric,  binomial,  and  Poisson  distributions.   Prereq.  10.503  orequiv. 

39.511  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Prereq.  39.503. 

39.512  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution  and  chi  square.  Prereq.  39.511. 

39.513  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend  fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal 
adjustment  and  index  numbers.   Prereq.  39.512. 

39.514  Statistics  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  signifi- 
cance, "t"  distribution  and  chi  square.  Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance, 
trend  fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal  adjustment  and  index  numbers.  Prereq. 
39.503.    (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  39.511,  39.512,  39.513. 

41.501  Accounting  Principles  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandis- 
ing businesses.  Prereq.  none. 

41.502  Accounting  Principles  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to  sources  and 
uses  of  invested  capital.  Prereq.  41.501. 

41.503  Accounting  Principles  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  managerial  financial  decisions,  followed  by 
a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision  analysis.   Prereq.  41.502. 

41.541      Accounting  Principles  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandising 
businesses.  The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to 
sources  and  uses  of  invested  capital.  The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  man- 
agerial financial  decisions,  followed  by  a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision 
analysis.    (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.501,  41.502,  41.503.) 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    139 

45.501  Management  and  Organization  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Course  describes  the  environment  wittnin  which  business  operates  and  from 
this  develops  the  theory  and  practice  of  organization.  Prereq.  none. 

45.502  Management  and  Organization  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Building  on  45.501,  this  course  develops  the  "what"  and  "how"  of  the  manage- 
ment process.   Prereq.  45.501. 

45.503  Management  and  Organization  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

This  course  applies  the  concepts  of  organization  and  management  to  the  func- 
tional areas  of  business  —  marketing,  production,  personnel  and  finance.  Pre- 
req. 45.502 

45.541  Law  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  Nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 
interpretation  of  contracts.  Prereq.  none. 

45.542  Law  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

AGENCY:  Nature,  formation  and  termination  of  agency  relationships;  rights  and 
duties  of  principal  and  agent,  scope  of  agent's  authority.    Prereq.  45.541. 
SALES:  Nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights  and  reme- 
dies of  seller  and  buyer.   Prereq.  45.541. 

45.543  Law  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  Bills,  notes  and  checks;   liabilities  and  defenses 

of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge.    Prereq.  45.542. 

BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  Survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships.    Prereq. 

45.542. 

45.643      Law  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  Nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 
interpretation  of  contracts.  AGENCY:  Nature,  formation  and  termination  of 
agency  relationships;  rights  and  duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's 
authority.  SALES:  Nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights 
and  remedies  of  seller  and  buyer.  NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  Bills,  notes 
and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses  of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  dis- 
charge. BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  Survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.541,  45.542,  45.543. 

45.561  Statistical  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-control 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control,  and  quality  improvement  of 
products  and  services;  the  tools  for  reducing  and  controlling  the  costs  of  scrap, 
rework,  repair,  customer  complaints,  and  warranty.  The  determination  of  process 
capability;  use  of  histograms  to  identify  abnormal  variability;  the  use  of  quality- 
control  charts  for  measurable  and  nonmeasurable  quality  characteristics,  in- 
cluding Shewhart,  Multi-Vari,  median,  percent  defective  and  defects  per  unit; 
corrective-action  techniques;  complying  with  government  quality-control-system 
requirements;  psychological  factors  in  controlling  quality.  Prereq.  45.635  or 
39.513. 

45.562  Statistical  Quality  Control  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  covering  the  application  of  statisti- 
cal and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  sampling  of  purchased  mate- 
rial, work-in-process,  and  outgoing  products.    Methods  of  predicting  sampling 


140   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the  Poisson  distributions; 
development  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  any  sampling  plan;  risks 
involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL.  Use  of  standard 
sampling  tables  to  select  appropriate  sampling  plans,  including  Mil-Std-105  and 
414;  practical  administration  of  sampling  programs,  material  review  boards, 
and  quality  audit.  Prereq.  45.561. 

45.563      Management  of  Quality  Control  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Modern  concepts  of  managing  the  quality  function  of  a  company  to  maximize 
customer  satisfaction  at  minimum  quality  cost.  The  idea  of  total  quality  con- 
trol; measurement  of  the  costs  of  quality;  use  of  Pareto's  Rule  to  identify  the 
major  unsolved  quality  problems,  development  of  a  coordinated  program  of 
improvement,  organizing  for  diagnosing  the  direct  causes.  The  quality  control 
system;  improvement  and  control  of  vendor  quality  in  process  control;  outgoing 
product  control;  customer  quality  relations.    Organizing  of  the  quality  function. 

45.608     Quality  Control  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-control 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control  and  quality  improvement  of 
products  and  services;  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of 
quality  control  charts  for  measurable  and  non-measurable  quality  characteris- 
tics. The  application  of  statistical  and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance 
sampling  of  purchased  material,  work  in  process,  and  outgoing  products. 
Methods  of  predicting  sampling  results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial, 
and  the  Poisson  distributions;  development  of  the  operating  characteristic 
curve  for  any  sampling  plan;  risks  involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of 
AQL,  RQL,  AOQL.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.561,  45.562, 
45.563.   Prereq.  39.513. 

45.570  Electronic  Data  Processing  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  Prereq.  none. 

45.571  Electronic  Data  Processing  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance  comparison  of 
available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing  and  sorting  tech- 
niques; and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and  terminals. 
Prereq.  45.570. 

45.572  Electronic  Data  Processing  Ml  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN  and  other  programming  languages;  discus- 
sion of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications;  and  a 
summary  of  trends  in  EDP.   Prereq.  45.571. 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  cod- 
ing systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  a  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  perform- 
ance comparison  of  available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of 
filing  and  sorting  techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  con- 
cepts and  terminals.  A  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN  and  other  program- 
ming languages;  discussion  of  business  data  processing  and  operations  re- 
search applications;  and  a  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  45.570,  45.571,  45.572. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    141 

48.501  Transportation  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  principles  of  management  and  organization,  evaluation  of  all  transporta- 
tion modes,  and  primary  concepts  of  freight  classification  and  rates.  Prereq. 
none. 

48.502  Transportation  Management  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  primary  management  functions  —  use  of  tariffs,  routing,  document 
processing,  analysis  of  special  carrier  services  and  liabilities,  and  control  of 
private  carrier  operations.  Prereq.  48.501. 

48.503  Transportation  Management  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Appraisal  of  federal  transport  policy  and  introduction  to  factors  of  physical  dis- 
tribution —  inventory  control,  warehousing,  material  handling,  packaging,  and 
international  distribution.  Prereq.  48.502. 

48.504  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  history  and  content  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act.  Prereq.  48.503. 

48.505  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Examination  of  Administrative  Law  and  Procedure,  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  the 
General  Rules  of  Practice.   Prereq.  48.504. 

48.506  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  cases  pertinent  to  the  Commerce  Clause  and  comprehensive  prepa- 
ration  for   the    Interstate    Commerce    Commission    Practitioners    Examination. 
Prereq.  48.505. 

48.508  Physical  Distribution  Management  A 

The  what  and  why  of  physical  distribution  management  —  how  much  should 
you  know?  Total  cost  concepts  and  tradeoffs. 

48.509  Physical  Distribution  Management  B 

The  what  and  why  of  systems  approach.  How  do  computers,  inventory  control, 
warehouses,  measurement,  plant  location,  and  the  organization  chart  fit  in? 

48.541  Air  Transportation  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  Civil  Aeronautics  Board  certificated  commercial 
passenger  aviation  —  including  routes,  schedules,  operations,  pricing,  mergers, 
cost  analysis,  and  financing.  Case  method  of  instruction  emphasized.  Prereq. 
48.514. 

48.542  Air  Transportation  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

Similar  topics  as  48.541,  but  for  cargo  operations.    Prereq.  48.541. 

48.543  Air  Transportation  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  general  aviation  including  analysis  of  corporate,  air 
taxi,  and  third  level  operations.    Prereq.  48.542. 

48.591      Transportation  Management  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Evaluation  of  all  transportation  modes,  singly  and  in  combination  with  one 
another.  Analysis  of  the  bill  of  lading  and  other  transportation  documents. 
Study  of  primary  concepts  in  transportation  pricing;  freight  classification,  classi- 
fication rule,  and  freight  dates.  Study  of  primary  freight-management  functions; 
use  of  tariffs  and  rate  procedure  with  carrier  bureaus  and  the  Interstate  Com- 
merce Commission;  routing  and  consolidation  of  freight.  Prereq.  none. 


142   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

48.592  Transportation  Management  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Special  services  performed  by  carriers  —  diversion  and  reconsignment,  transit, 
protective  services,  storage,  tracing,  switcliing,  pickup  and  delivery,  weighing, 
loading  and  unloading;  freight  —  claim  procedure  and  prevention.  Management 
of  a  private  transportation  system;  exporting  and  importing;  inventory  manage- 
ment; materials  handling  and  packaging;  warehousing;  and  factors  of  industrial 
location.  Prereq.  48.591. 

48.593  Air  Transportation  Management  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

The  economics  and  regulation  of  scheduled  passenger  service  and  scheduled- 
cargo  service.  Corporate  and  general  aviation  policy-making  and  procedures. 
Prereq.  none. 

48.594  Air  Transportation  Management  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Areas  of  specific  study  include  route  structures,  equipment,  scheduling,  opera- 
tions, pricing,  cost  analysis,  and  financing.  Prereq.  48.593. 


RADIOLOGIC  TECHNOLOGY 

86.301  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  I  (2  c!.,  1  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  history  of  x-rays;  ethics;  terminology  used  in  radiologic  tech- 
nology. Prereq.  none. 

86.302  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  II  (2  cl.,  1  q.h.) 

Nursing  and  dental  procedures  pertinent  to  Radiologic  Technology.  Prereq. 
86.301. 

86.303  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  III  (2  cl.,  1  q.h.) 

A  study  of  pediatrics  relating  to  proper  methods  of  irradiating.  The  study  of 
medical  and  surgical  diseases  and  the  effects  they  have  on  anatomy  and  physi- 
ology and  the  resultant  radiography.  Prereq.  86.302. 

86.304  Radiologic  Science  1  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  basic  concepts  of  physics;  units  of  measurement;  Newton's  Law 
of  Motion;  work;  energy;  conservation  of  energy;  heat  transfer  and  wave  motion. 
Prereq.  none. 

86.305  Radiologic  Science  II  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Properties  of  lightwaves;  optics;  currents;  magnetism;  electric  currents;  motors; 
generators;  inductance;  atomic  theory  and  x-rays.  Prereq.  86.304. 

86.306  Radiologic  Science  III  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Atomic  structure  of  matter;  radio  activity;  production  and  control  of  high  voltage; 
rectification;  nature  and  production  of  x-rays;  interaction  of  x-rays  and  matter; 
dosimetry;  x-ray  circuits  and  tubes.   Prereq.  86.305. 

86.311  Radiologic  Technology  I  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  planes  of  the  body;  basic  positioning  of  the  skeletal  system  to 
best  demonstrate  the  desired  area.  Prereq.  none. 

86.312  Radiologic  Technology  II  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Organizational  factors  of  the  hospital;  department  of  radiology;  financial  con- 
sideration; legal  considerations  and  the  necessity  for  correct  records  and  filing 
systems;  advanced  positioning.  Prereq.  86.311. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    143 

86.313  Radiologic  Technology  III  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Proper  care  and  maintenance  of  x-ray  equipment;  mechanical  and  electrical 
breakdowns;  test  equipment  necessary;  special  procedures  used  in  radiology 
and  indications  for  doing  them.  Prereq.  86.312. 

86.314  Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  basic  principles;  new  equipment  (operation);  special  procedures; 
thermography;  ultrasound  and  video;  anatomy  and  physiology.  Prereq.  R.  T.  or 
special  permission. 

86.315  Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  specialized  procedures  which  utilize  advanced  and  sophisticated 
equipment  in  the  field  of:  neurology;  cardio-vascular,  pediatrics,  tomography, 
intraoral,  operative  procedures.  Prereq.  86.314. 

86.316  Advanced  Radiologic  Technology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Accounting  principles;  budgeting,  preparing  schedules;  personnel  practices. 
Prereq.  86.315. 

86.317  Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  physics,  mathematics,  anatomy,  treatment  planning,  radiation  units  of 
measurement,  and  introduction  to  radioisotopes.   Prereq.  86.316. 

86.318  Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Radiobiology,  nursing  procedures,  protection  and  shielding,  and  supervoltage 
equipment.  Prereq.  86.317. 

86.319  Radioactive  Isotopes  and  Therapy  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Specific  procedures,  records  and  administrative  procedures,  clinical  application, 
and  radiobiology.  Prereq.  86.318. 

86.320  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  history  of  x-rays;  medical  terminology;  nursing  and  dental  pro- 
cedures pertinent  to  radiologic  technology.    Prereq.  none. 

86.321  Radiologic  Technology  Orientation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  pediatrics  and  proper  methods  of  immobilizing  infants.  Necessity 
for  standardizing  radiographic  exposures  to  protect  the  patient.  Medical  and 
surgical  diseases  and  the  effects  they  cause  on  anatomy  and  physiology  and 
the  radiograph.    Prereq.  86.320. 

86.322  Radiological  Science  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  basic  concepts  of  physics;  units  of  measurement;  Newton's 
law  of  motion;  work;  energy;  atomic  theory  of  matter;  electric  currents;  mag- 
netism; generators;  motors;  production  and  control  of  high  volatge.  Prereq. 
none. 

86.323  Radiological  Science  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Interaction  of  X-rays  and  matter;  nature  and  production  of  X-rays,  radioactivity; 
properties  of  lightwaves;  optics;  heat  transfer  and  wave  motion;  dosimetry;  X-ray 
circuits  and  tubes.  Prereq.  86.322. 

86.324  Principles  of  Radiology  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Chemistry  used  to  process  radiographic  films;  uses  of  each  chemical.  A  study 
of  the  planes  of  the  body;  basic  positioning  of  the  skeletal  system  and  more 
detailed  positions  utilized  to  demonstrate  anatomical  parts  to  best  advantage. 
Prereq.  none. 


144   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

86.325  Principles  of  Radiology  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Organization  factors  of  hospitals;  financial  consideration;  legal  considerations; 
proper  care  and  maintenance  of  x-ray  equipment;  test  equipment  necessary; 
special  procedures  used  in  radiology  and  indications  for  doing  them.  Prereq. 
86.324. 

86.326  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  contrast  materials  used  to  visualize  areas  and  organs  of  the  body; 
basic  principles  of  image  formation;  electromagnetic  spectrum;  circuits  used 
in  radiology;  X-Ray  tube  construction;  factors  controlling  radiographic  quality. 
Prereq.  none. 

86.327  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Accessory  items  used  to  improve  radiographic  quality;   methods  of  protection 
for  patients  and  personnel.    Effects  of  radiation  on  cells  and  tissue,  malignant 
and  benign;  therapy  planning  and  treatment;  uses  of  radioactive  nuclides  for 
diagnosis  and  treatment.  Prereq.  86.326. 

86.328,  329  Applied  Radiology  and  Practicum  I,  II  (6  q.h.) 
Application  of  theoretical  principles  presented  at  the  University  by  actually  per- 
forming radiographic  examinations  under  supervision  until  qualified  to  proceed 
alone.  Assigned  homework  to  be  incorporated  into  the  lesson  plans  while  at 
the  hospital;  and  lectures  to  be  presented  by  personnel  in  hospital  contingent 
with  lectures  at  the  University.  As  required  by  A.M. A.  (2  hours  week) 

86.331  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  image  formation;  factors  controlling  and  affect- 
ing exposure;  contrast  materials  used  to  outline  organs,  vessels,  tissues.  Prereq. 
none. 

86.332  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Critiquing  film  for  contrast,  density,  detail,  artifacts,  and  information  content; 
exposure  mathematics  and  a  review  of  basic  principles.  Prereq.  86.331. 

86.333  Radiologic  Photography  and  Exposure  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  of  protection  for  patients  and  personnel;  effects  of  radiation  on  tissue; 
therapy;  therapy  planning  and  treatment;  uses  of  radioactive  isotopes.  Prereq. 
86.332. 

86.341,  342,  343  Applied  Radiology  and  Practicum  (6  q.h.) 
Application  of  theoretical  principles  presented  at  the  University  by  actually  per- 
forming radiographic  examinations  under  supervision  until  qualified  to  proceed 
alone.  Assigned  homework  to  be  incorporated  into  the  lesson  plans  while  at  the 
hospital;  and  lectures  to  be  presented  by  personnel  in  hospital  contingent  with 
lectures  at  the  University.  As  required  by  A.M. A.  (2  hours  week) 

86.344,  345,  346     Advanced  Radiology  and  Practicum  (6  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  lectures  as  required  by  A.M. A.   (2  hours  week),  radiological 
principles,  exposure,  film  critique,   special   procedures,  therapy  and   isotopes. 
Application  of  theoretical  principles  learned.    Students  assuming  responsibility 
for  examinations  of  all  types  (call,  weekends,  etc.)   Prereq.  86.341,  342,  343. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    145 
AVIATION  TECHNOLOGY 

96.301  Air  Science  &  Navigation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  flight  concepts,  map  projections,  preflight  planning,  course  plotting.  Basic 
radio  navigational  systems  and  application. 

96.302  Air  Science  &  Navigation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Topographic  information,  navigational  instruments,  mechanical  aids,  plotters  to 
computers.  Civil  aviation  route  level  structure,  F.A.A.  regulations  as  they  effect 
airway  navigation.  Prereq.  96.301. 

96.303  Air  Science  &  Navigation  III  (2  c!.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  and  advanced  concepts  of  aeronautical  systems.  Structural  airframe 
requirements  and  operating  limitations,  substructures.  Principles  of  propulsion. 
Prereq.  96.302. 

96.304  Advanced  Air  Science  &  Navigation  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Aircraft  power  plants,  flight  instruments,  Turbojet  operating  characteristics. 
Advanced  wing  and  airfoil  forces.  Planform  effects  and  airplane  drag.  Prereq. 
96.303  &  11.306. 

96.305  Advanced  Air  Science  Navigation  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Aircraft  performance.  Stability  and  control.  High  speed  aerodynamics.  Appli- 
cation of  aerodynamics  to  specific  problems  of  flight.   Prereq.  96.304. 

96.306  Advanced  Air  Science  &  Navigation  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  application  of  aerodynamics  to  specific  flight  problems  and 
modern  aircraft  design.   Prereq.  96.305. 

96.311  Aviation  Meteorology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  principles  of  meteorology  and  structure  of  the  atmosphere. 
Meteorological  instruments  and  observations.  Piereq.  11.306  or  equiv. 

96.312  Aviation  Meteorology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Weather  map  interpretation  and  common  aviation  weather  teletype  codes. 
Physical  approach  to  pressure,  temperature,  basic  thermodynamics,  stability, 
and  cloud  formations.  Prereq.  96.311. 

96.313  Climatology  (2  cl,  2  q.h.) 

Climate  causes  and  effects.  Climatology  of  several  regions  of  the  world.  Appli- 
cation of  climatology  to  problems  of  airport  location  and  construction,  airline 
operation,  and  private  flying.  Prereq.  96.312. 

96.321  Avionics  I 

Review  of  basic  electronic  principles,  hazards,  aircraft  electrical  systems,  FCC 
regulations,  selection,  installation,  and  service  of  avionics,  strobe  lights,  radio 
communications.  Prereq.  03.309  or  03.395. 

96.322  Avionics  II 

Antennas,  ADF,  omni,  localizer,  marker  beacon,  audio  systems,  transponders. 
Prereq.  96.321. 

96.323  Avionics  III 

Glide  slope,  DME,  RNAV,  radar,  INAV,  autopilots.  Prereq.  96.322. 


146   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

*96.331      Primat7  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  11/2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  flight  principles  (pre-flight  operations),  operation  of  aircraft  systems. 
Taxi  operations  and  ground  performance.  Basic  flight  maneuvers.  Take-offs  and 
landings.  Prereq.  Class  I  or  II,  medical  certificate. 

=••=96.332     Primary  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Review  of  basic  flight  maneuvers.  Advanced  maneuvers  and  stall  procedures. 
Short  field  take-offs  and  landings.  Power  approaches  and  landing  under  varying 
conditions.  Emergency  operation  of  aircraft  equipment.  Prereq.  96.331.  Stu- 
dent must  have  a  current  endorsement  for  solo  flight. 

*96.333      Primary  Flight  III  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Cross  country  flight  planning  and  flight.  Lost  procedures  and  related  emer- 
gencies. Use  of  radio  and  navigation  equipment  under  V.F.R.  (visual  flight  rules). 
Control  of  aircraft  by  reference  to  flight  instruments  only.  Private  license  quali- 
fications complete.  Prereq.  96.332.  Student  must  have  a  current  endorse- 
ment for  solo  cross  country  flight. 

*96.341      Commercial  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Review  of  all  primary  flight  maneuvers.  Advanced  maneuvers.  Precision  take- 
offs  and  landings,  cross  wind  techniques.  Prereq.  96.333. 

*96.342     Commercial  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  I1/2  q.h.) 

Precision  flight  maneuvers  —  spirals  about  a  point.    Shallow  and  steep  onpylon 

eights,  720°  steep  power  turns.   Solo  practice.  Prereq.  96.341. 

*96.343     Commercial  Flight  III  (2  lab.,  1^2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  precision  maneuvers:  lazy  eights,  chandelles,  maneuvers  at 
minimal  controllable  airspeed.  Continued  related  simulator  practice.  Night 
flying.   Basic  instrument  flying.  Prereq.  96.342. 

*96.344     Commercial  Flight  IV  (2  lab.,  11/2  q.h.) 

Stalls  from  all  normally  anticipated  flight  altitudes  with  and  without  power. 
Simulated  emergency  procedures  and  forced  landings.  Basic  instrument  flying. 
Prereq.  96.343. 

*96.345     Commercial  Flight  V  (2  lab.,  I1/2  q.h.) 

Advanced  cross  country  flight  planning  and  navigation.  Advanced  radio  com- 
munications and  traffic  procedures.  Review  of  all  maneuvers  and  procedures. 
(Certification  F.A.A.)  Prereq.  96.344. 

*96.351      Instructional  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  11/2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  flight  instruction.  Development  of  student-Instructor  relation- 
ship and  rapport.  Teaching  procedures  in  flight  training.  Instructor  responsi- 
bilities and  record  maintenance.  Instructor  flight  demonstrations.  Qualification 
and  certification  by  F.A.A.  Prereq.  96.345  &  96.354  or  concurrently. 

*96.352      Instructional  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  11/2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  fundamentals  of  instruction,  flight  training  procedures,  student 
instructor  relationship,  review  of  all  maneuvers  and  flight  demonstrations. 
Certification  by  F.A.A.  Prereq.  96.351. 


"See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  page  47. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    147 

96.354     Principles  of  Flight  Instruction  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  and  principles  of  instructing,  learning  concepts  of  teacher  stu- 
dent communications.  Use  of  special  flight  teaching  aids,  and  training  pro- 
cedures.  Prereq.  96.345  or  equivalent  test. 

*96.355      Instrument  Instructor  Flight  A  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  and  procedures  for  teaching  operating  limitations  of  all  instru- 
ments, control  of  rate  of  climb  and  descent  to  pre-determine  altitudes,  proce- 
dures for  coping  with  unusual  altitudes  and  critical  situations. 

*96.356      Instrument  Instructor  Flight  B  (2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  procedures  of  teaching  methods  in  instrument  flight  planning 
and  enroute  weather  analysis,  radio  communication  and  enroute  navigation  and 
orientation.  Oral  exam  and  flight  test  preparation. 

96.357      Multi-Engine  Flight  (2  lab.  IV2  q.h.) 

Preparation  for  a  F.A.A.  multi-engine  rating  test  which  includes  an  oral  exam 
on  the  aircraft  documents  performance,  and  operating  characteristics.  Multi- 
engine  flight  instruction  on  basic  piloting  techniques  and  emergency  proce- 
dures. 

*96.361      Instrument  Flight  I  (2  lab.,  IVa  q.h.) 

Instrument  flight  planning,  preparing  and  filing.  Aircraft  performance  (range 
and  fuel  requirements).  Required  instruments  and  their  proper  use.  Basic  in- 
strument flying,  needle  ball  and  airspeed  only.  Instrument  use  in  turns,  climbs, 
descents,  stalls  and  approach  speeds.  Recovery  from  unusual  altitudes.  Airwork 
using  all  altitudes  instruments.   Prereq.  96.345. 

*96.362     Instrument  Flight  II  (2  lab.,  IV2  q.h.) 

Radio  navigation  while  flying  on  instruments.  Use  of  L.F.  (low  frequency),  omni- 
range, or  A.D.F.  (automatic  direction  finder).  Advanced  radio  communications. 
Instrument  approaches,  holding  procedures,  missed  approach  procedures,  em- 
ergencies (radio  and  instrument  malfunctions).  Air  traffic  control  instructions 
and  procedure.   Rating  by  F.A.A.  Prereq.  96.361. 

96.370  Air  Cargo  Practices  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Study  of  airline  and  air  freight  forward  cargo  practices  with  emphasis  on  regu- 
lation,  economics,   marketing,   and   handling  and   organizational   aspects. 

96.371  Air  Cargo  Practices  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  through  case  studies  of  air  cargo  operations. 

96.372  Airline  Traffic  and  Sales  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Functions  of  the  traffic  &  sales  department,  relationship  between  the  travel 
agencies  and  the  airlines,  relationships  with  other  carriers,  reservations  and  the 
procedures  involved  in  the  transportation  of  one  passenger  of  NCA  and  an- 
other carrier,  airlines  promotion,  the  reservation  agent  and  training. 

96.373  Airline  Traffic  and  Sales  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Tariffs  and  schedules  with  an  explanation  of  how  flight  times  are  established, 
flight  frequencies,  new  routes,  and  the  establishment  of  ticket  fares.  Aspects 
of  cargo  and  charters. 


*See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  page  47. 


148   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

96.376     General  Aviation  Operations  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  major  functions  of   airport   management;   organization, 

zoning,  adequacy,  financing,  revenues  and  expenses,  evaluation  and  safety.    A 

study  of  the  airport  and  its  socioeconomic  effect  on  the  community.    Prereq. 

none. 

96.378     Air  Traffic  Control  Systems  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  total  aero-space  system  and  management.  Air  traffic  administra- 
tive coordination.  Regional  responsibilities.  NAFEC  organization  of  center, 
tower,  and  station. 

96.384     Aviation  History  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Historical  survey  of  efforts  in  manned  flight,  aircraft  development,  pioneers  in 
flight,  general  aviation,  military  and  commercial  aspects  of  flight  and  effects 
on  modern  civilization.  Prereq.  none. 

*96.390      Pilot  Refresher  (2  lab.,  IVa  q.h.) 

This  course  consists  of  24  hours  of  concentrated  instruction  and  evaluation  of 
pilot  proficiency  in  advanced  instrument  flying  and  instructional  flight  pro- 
cedures. It  involves  simulator  flight,  aircraft  flight,  ground  instruction  and  the 
updating  of  current  procedures  in  flight  instruction  and  flight  planning  pro- 
cedures. Prereq.  special  permission  of  flight  director. 

96.391  Air  Science  &  Navigation  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Aircraft  structures  and  components  aerodynamic  forces,  airfoil  terminology  — 
lift,  and  drag  coefficient,  boundary  layer  problems  and  control,  Reynolds  Num- 
ber and  Scale  Effect.  Earth  in  space,  latitude,  longitude,  properties  and  com- 
ponents of  the  atmosphere,  map  projections,  dead  reckoning,  reciprocating 
engine  theory,  gas  turbine  engine  theory,  pianform  effects,  aircraft  weight  and 
balance. 

96.392  Air  Science  &  Navigation  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Radio  navigation,  VOR,  ADF,  DME  and  TACAN,  federal  air  regulations,  airplane 
performance  (climb,  range,  altitude,  takeoff,  and  landing),  aircraft  propeller 
theory  and  operation,  specific  aircraft  substructures  (landing  gear  et.  al.), 
advanced  DR  navigation  problems  (radius  of  action,  unknown  wind),  general 
review.  Prereq.  96.391. 

96.393  Advanced  Air  Science  &  Navigation  A  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Supersonic  aerodynamics  phisiologic  factors  of  flight,  instrument  flight  charts, 
IFR  planning,  instrument  flight  rules,  static  and  dynamic  axial  stability  of 
aircraft,  control  movements  and  forces,  stability  problems.    Prereq.  96.392. 

96.394  Advanced  Air  Science  and  Navigation  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Spins  and  spin  recoveries,  flying  high  performance  aircraft,  area  charts,  arrival 
and  departure,  SID  charts,  clearance  notation,  aircraft  performance,  applica- 
tions of  aerodynamics  to  specific  problems  of  flight,  helicopter  stability,  struc- 
tural strength  limitations,  doppler  radar,  precision  approach  radar  &  airport 
surveillance  radar,  loran,  consolan,  pressure  pattern  flight.   Prereq.  96.393. 

96.395  Meteorology  &  Climatology  A    (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  principles  of  meteorology  and  structure  of  the  atmosphere. 
Meteorological  instruments  and  observations.  Weather  map  interpretation  and 
common  aviation  weather  teletype  codes.  Prereq.  11.392. 


"See  Flight  Tuition  Schedule,  page  47. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /    149 

96.396  Meteorology  &  Climatology  B  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Physical  approach  to  pressure,  temperature,  basic  thermodynamics,  stability, 
and  cloud  formations.  Climate  causes  and  effects.  Climatology  of  several 
regions  of  the  world.  Application  of  climatology  to  problems  of  airport  location 
and  construction,  airline  operation,  and  private  flying.    Prereq.  96.395. 

96.397  Avionics  A 

Review  of  basic  electronic  principles,  hazards,  aircraft  electrical  systems,  FCC 
regulations,  selection,  installation,  &  servicing  of  avionics,  strobes,  radio  com- 
munications, antennas,  automatic  direction  finders.    Prereq.  03.395  or  03.309. 

96.398  Avionics  B 

Omni,  localizers,  marker  beacons,  audio  systems  transponders,  glide  slope, 
DME,  RNAV,  radar,  INAV,  autopilots.    Prereq.  96.397. 

96.399  Flight  Physiology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  the  physical  and  chemical  processes  of  the  body.  Functions  of  the 
living  body  and  its  environment.  Adoptive  change  of  function  of  the  body  re- 
sulting from  a  change  in  environment  with  emphasis  on  flight.  The  effects  of 
medication  on  the  function  and  reactions  of  the  body  with  emphasis  on  flight. 
The  effects  of  the  state  of  the  mind  on  the  function  and  reactions  of  the  body 
with  emphasis  on  flight. 

96.401      Aircraft  Engines  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Engine  types,  nomenclature  and  engine  development.  Engine  cycles  and  prin- 
ciples, performance,  power  and  its  measurement,  ratings.  Design  and  construc- 
tion of  parts  and  their  functions.  Valve  mechanisms  and  timing.  Cooling  sys- 
tem, carburetion,  fuel  system,  ignition  system,  lubrication  and  oil  system 
design. 

96.601      Aircraft  Analysis  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  aerodynamics  and  structural  characteristics  of  aircraft.    Basic 

design  of  an  aircraft.   Prereq.  10.392,  11.392. 


NEW  GENERAL  INTEREST  COURSES 

In  response  to  repeated  requests,  we  are  offering  several  new  courses  in 
technology  which  do  not  require  students  to  have  a  mathematical  background. 
These  courses  have  a  three  fold  purpose:  First,  we  would  like  to  encourage 
liberal  arts  and  business  students  to  get  interested  in  technology.  Second,  we 
hope  that  new  students  without  mathematic  backgrounds  will  be  sufficiently 
attracted  to  science  and  technology  that  they  will  ultimately  undertake  our 
regular  curricula.  Lastly,  these  courses  should  serve  to  clarify  the  complexities 
of  our  technological  world  for  anyone  who  chooses  to  undertake  them. 

01.401      Modern  Architecture  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  basis  of  modern  architecture  including  historical  foundations  and  influence 
of  modern  methods  of  construction.  Attention  given  to  the  blending  of  func- 
tional, aesthetic,  and  environmental  values.  Cost  trade-off  of  practical  cases 
discussed.    Prereq.  none. 


150   /    DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

02.401      Man  and  Materials  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  consumption  of  earth's  raw  materials  has  increased  drastically  creating 
serious  ecological  problems.  Metals,  plastics,  ceramics,  concrete,  etc.  all 
evolve  from  substances  in  the  earth's  crust,  unfortunately  however,  they  are 
not  properly  recycled  because  costs  have  always  come  before  environment. 
This  course  will  explore  what  action  man  may  take  now  to  prevent  chaos  in 
the  future.    Prereq.  none. 

03.401  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  non-mathematical  examination  of  electric  and  electronic  devices  which  have 
become  a  part  of  daily  living.  An  analysis  of  functional  demands  and  their 
realization  in  elementary  working  systems.  Ratings  and  applications  of  devices 
including  light,  heat,  and  mechanical  energy  converters.    Prereq.  none. 

03.402  Electric  Devices  and  Systems  II  (2  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  03.401,  discussion  of  modern  communications  systems, 
radio,  TV,  telephone.  Economic  trade-off  in  designs;  energy  sources  and  energy 
conversion,  transmission  systems.  Rate  basis  implications  of  increased  load 
base.   Atomic  vs.  fossil  fuels.    Prereq.  03.401. 

09.401  Interpretation  of  Industrial  Drawings  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Emphasis  on  the  understanding  of  the  concepts  conveyed  by  working  engineer- 
ing drawings.  Practice  is  provided  in  reading  and  interpreting  the  standard 
conventions  and  symbols  used  to  transmit  the  designer's  ideas  to  the  tradesman 
or  craftsman.  No  formal  drafting  will  be  done,  although  a  few  free  hand 
sketches  will  be  encouraged.    Prereq.  none. 

10.401  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  many  branches  of  mathematics.  Origins  of  arithmetic  and  algebra,  and 
their  place  in  early  societies.  Prereq.  none. 

10.402  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Mathematics  and  the  scientific  revolution.  Functions,  graphs,  concepts  of  the 
calculus.  Prereq.  10.401. 

10.403  Foundations  of  Mathematics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Mathematics  today:  analysis,  probability,  statistics,  and  other  topics.  The 
mutual  dependence  of  mathematics  and  computers.  Math  in  social  sciences, 
physical  sciences,  and  business.  Prereq.  10.402. 

11.401  Man's  Physical  Environment  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  nature  of  energy.  Its  sources  and  the  economics  of  its  expenditure.  The 
harmonious  interactions  of  naturaj  physical  systems  and  the  conservations 
which  govern  them.  Man's  exploitations  of  these  laws.  The  cyclic  nature  of 
useful  physical  processes;  reversible  and  irreversible.   Prereq.  none. 

11.402  Man's  Physical  Environment  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  methods  by  which  man  gains  knowledge  of  two  inscrutable  areas  of  his 
environment.  Effects  of  scale  from  astro-physical  to  atom.  The  paradoxical 
implications  of  this  knowledge  and  its  effect  on  man's  dealings  with  his  en- 
vironment.  Prereq.  none. 


the  lincoln 

college 

faculty 


THE  STRENGTH  of  an  educational  institution  lies  in  the  quality  of  its 
faculty.  This  is  especially  true  in  a  college  devoted  to  the  training  of 
mature  men  and  women,  many  of  whom  are  already  employed  in  their 
chosen  professions. 

The  instructional  staff  of  Lincoln  College  is  composed  of  professional 
academicians  from  Northeastern  University  and  neighboring  educational 
institutions  and  practicing  professionals  from  the  scientific  and  industrial 
community  of  Greater  Boston.  The  theoretical  training  and  practical  ex- 
perience represented  by  this  combination  of  specialists  is  ideally  suited  to 
the  technology  programs  they  teach  and  the  adult  students  they  serve. 

The  faculty  are  selected  for  their  ability  and  active  interest  in  the  wel- 
fare of  ambitious  part-time  students.  They  are  men  and  women  of  culture 
and  high  ideals  and  are  qualified  by  educational  training  and  professional 
experience  to  teach  effectively  in  their  respective  fields. 

A  staff  of  experienced  professional  educators  who  serve  as  program  and 
course  consultants,  constitutes  the  Academic  Advisory  Council  and  Cur- 
riculum Advisory  Committee  of  the  College.  They  guide,  supervise,  and 
assist  with  the  administration  of  courses  and  programs. 


151 


152   /    THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

THE   FACULTY 

The  following  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the  faculty  of  Lincoln  College,  degrees 
earned  (year  of  appointment),  professional  affiliation  and  titles  and  Lincoln 
College  department  are  listed. 

Charles  D.  Aaronson,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Electrical  Engineering  Manager  for  McPherson  Instr.  Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1964) 

Arnold  W.  Almquist,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Administrative  Assistant  to  Director  of  Math,  Needham  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

George  H.  Anderson,  Commercial  Art  Diploma 

Professional  Artist;  Free  Lance  Technical  Illustrator. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1956) 

Will  C.  Anderson,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Programmer  Engineer,  Raytheon  Corporation 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1968) 

Robert  B.  Angus,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager  of  Field  Development,  Technical  Education  Research  Centers 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1948) 

Victor  S.  Aramati,  M.S.,  B.S. 

Bell  Telephone  Laboratories 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Louis  E.  Ashley,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Admissions  Officer,  Lowell  Technological  Institute 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Robert  J.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Cambridge  Electron  Accelerator,  Harvard  University. 

Course  Consultant  lor  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Russell  H.  Babcock,  S.B.,  S.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Maine,  N.H.,  R.I.,  Vt.,  Conn.) 
Diplomate,  American  Academy  of  Environmental  Engineers; 
Chief  Water  Resources  Engineer,  Charles  A.  Maguire    Associates,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1954) 

John  C.  Balsavich 

Laboratory  Supervisor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Westley  P.  Barry,  BBA,  Eng.  &  Mgt. 

Applied  Measurements  Sales  Manager  and  Treasurer 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 

Robert  T.  Bateman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Head  of  Mathematics  Dept.,  Wellesley  Senior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

Samuel  W.  Bartol,  B.A. 

CFI  Multiengine  &  Instrument  Ratings,  Wiggins  Airways. 
Aviation  (1969) 

Adolph  Baumann,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Lecturer,  Electronics  Engineering,  Northeastern  University 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Sheldon  Beaver,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Senior  Design  Engineer, 
Unitrode  Corporation 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1969) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    153 

Fred  E.  Bellows,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Principal,  East  Elementary  School,  Sharon. 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

Walter  E.  Benulis,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Associate,  M.E.  Department,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Matteo  P.  Berardi,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Consultant. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Maureen  P.  Berggren,  B.S. 

Instructor  of  Mathematics,  Quincy  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Mired  L.  Birch,  B.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Dept.  Head,  Development  Engineering,  Western  Electric  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Ralph  S.  Blanchard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Emmanuel  E.  Bliamptis,  B.S.,  S.M.,  M.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Labs. 
Physics  (1965) 

Joseph  I.  Bluhm,  S.B.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Ohio) 

Chief  Theoretical  and  Applied  Mechanics  Research  Laboratory, 
Army  Materials  and  Mechanics  Research  Center. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Sidney  Bluhm,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  A.M. 

Head,  Science  Department,  Boston  Technical  High  School. 
Physics  (1965) 

Edward  Bobroff,  B.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Chief  Engineer,  Combat  Systems,  Boston  Naval  Shipyard. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1946) 

Edward  J.  Booth,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Mathematics  (1956) 

Horst  Borbereky,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Conn.,  N.H.) 

Principal  Engineer,  Howard,  Needles,  Tammen  &  Bergendoff,  Consulting  Engineers. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Roland  J.  Boucher,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Lab. 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

James  W.  Bougioukas,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Principal  Civil  Engineer  Mass.  D.P.W., 
Engineering  (1971) 

Kenneth  E.  Bourque,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Senior  Electronics  Engineer,  Sanders  Associates,  inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

Alan  Bradshaw,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chelmsford  School  System 
Mathematics  (1966) 

Eugene  G.  Branca,  S.B.,  S.M. 

Assistant  Headmaster,  Hyde  Park  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1946) 


154    /   THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Donald  H.  Breslow,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Director  of  Engineering,  IVIeasurement  Systems  Division,  Itek  Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

Alfred  E.  Bresnahan,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Chairman,  Mathematics  Dept.,  Lynn  English  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Donald  C.  Brock,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Mathematics  Instructor,  Needham  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Bruno  Brodfeld,  B.S.C.E.  (Mass.,  La.) 

P.E.  Chief  Environmental  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Suzanne  C.  Brooks,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Mathematics  Teacher,  Brookline  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1968) 

Franklyn  K.  Brow/n,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

William  A.  Brown,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  J.D. 
Assistant  United  States  Attorney 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Jeffrey  L.  Bruce,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Instructor,  Dover-Sherborn  Regional  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

William  O.  Bruehl,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University  (Retired) 
Course  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1956) 

Elsa  N.  Buchanan,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Morris  H.  Burakoff,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Department  Chief,  Western  Electric  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

George  Burdick,  A.B.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Hudson  Institute,  Hudson,  Mass. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Donald  Burgess,  A. B.,  M.Ed. 

Head  of  Department,  Boston  English  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Frederick  J.  Bush,  M.E.,  M.S. 

Senior  Project  Engineer,  Polaroid  Corporation. 
Mathematics  (1966) 

Steven  Butcher,  Jr.,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Technical  Staff,  The  Mitre  Corporation. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Paul  F.  Butler,  B.S.,  M.S.Ed.,  M.S. Math. 

Mathematics  Teacher,  Needham  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Daniel  D.  Button,  B.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associate,  American  Ceramic  Society,  National  Institute  of 

Ceramic  Engineers.   MSPE. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 


THE  LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY   /    155 


William  D.  Byard,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Experimental  Biologist,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts. 
Biology  (1966) 

Gregory  J.  Cahill,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E. 

Jackson  &  Moreland  Div.  of  U.E.&C. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Leroy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.C.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Progranri  Consultant  for  Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

John  J.  Callahan,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Boston  State  College. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

Frank  R.  Cangiano,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Instructor  in  Science  and  Mathematics,  Medford  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 


Edgar  T.  Canty,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Babson  College 
Mathematics  (1966) 


Richard  I.  Carter,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate     Professor,     Electrical     Engineering    and     Director    of     Computation    Center, 

Northeastern  University. 

Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

Walter  J.  Casey,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.A.T. 

Head  of  Department,  Brighton  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 

Walter  J.  Charow,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Branch  Chief,  Avionics,  Electronics  System  Div.,  U.S.A.F. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Raymond  C.  Ciatto,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Teledyne  Material  Research  Co. 
Mechanical  Technology  (1971) 

Bruce  B.  Claflin,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1964) 

Philip  J.  Clang,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Conn.,  Mass.,  P.A.) 

Principal  Engineer,  Jackson  &  Moreland  Div.  of  United  Engineers  &  Constructors,   Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Laurence  F.  Cleveland,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Professor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1931) 

Matthevi^  H.  Cohn,  B.S. 

Senior  Programmer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1969) 

William  F.Colby,  B.S.E.E. 

Engineer,  Harvard  University,  CEA. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Leonard  M.  Conlin,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Mathematics  Teacher,  Framingham  North  High  SchooL 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Joseph  V.  Connolly,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Head  of  Department,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1965) 


156    /    THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Jerome  J.  Connor,  Jr.,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D. 

Professor,  Civil  Engineering,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Roger  T.  Connor,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Principal  —  Milton  High  School 
Mathematics  (1953) 

Robert  J.  Connors,  B.S. 

Manager  of  Technology,  Electronic  Systems,  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1947) 

Edward  M.  Cook,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1941) 

Joseph  Z.  Cooper,  B.S.E. 

Principal  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1967) 

Robert  C.  Copeland,  B.S.E.E.,  S.M. 

WCVB-TV,  Chief  Meteorologist  &  Science  Director 
Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

James  B.  Corscadden,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  A.M.T. 

Head  of  Department,  South  Boston  High  School 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Richard  E.  Cox,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Professional  Engineer,  General  Electric  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

David  C.  Crockett,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Consultant 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Thomas  J.  Crowley,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Research  Associate,  Harvard  University  School  of  Public  Health. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Joanne  M.  Cutter,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Teaching  Assistant,  Micro-Biology,  Northeastern  University 
Biology  (1970) 

Herbert  R.  Davenport,  B.S. 

Standards  Engineer,  General  Radio  Company 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1948) 

Warren  C.  Dean,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1941) 

Dean  A.  De  Marre,  A.E.,  B.S.,  Sc.D. 

Consulting  Editor,  Medical  Electronics  &  Data 

President  CTR  Inc.,  Adjutant  Professor  at  Indiana  Northern  University 

Electrical  (1967) 

Thomas  R.  Deveney,  B.S. 

Curriculum  Design  Specialist,  Copley  Sq.  High  School 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Douglas  H.  Diamond,  B.E.E. 

Electronics  Engineer,  Electronic  Systems  Division,  L.G.  Hanscom  Field 
Mathematics  (1968) 

Giles  C.  Dilg,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Senior  Project  Engineer,  Raytheon  Corp. 
Engineering  Graphics  &  Computation  (1966) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    157 


Marie  Dolansky,  BS.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  C.G.A. 
Mathematics  1964 

Mark  Domaszewicz,  B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology 

Leonard  F.  Dow,  B.S.E.E.,  MS.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Boston  Edison  Company,  Staff  Engineer 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Paul  A.  Dunkerley,  B.S.,  S.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Tufts  University. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Robert  F.  Dunning,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chief  Sanitary  Engineer,  Anderson-Nichols  &  Co.,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Philip  W.  Dunphy,  B.Sc,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

William  V.  Durante,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Head  of  Mathematics  Dept.,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1964) 

Jon  A.  Ebacher,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E. 

Development  Engineer,  General  Electric  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Henry  B.  Eden,  Diploma-Museum  of  Fine  Arts 

Executive  Vice  President,  Anco  Technical  Services,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1957) 

Herbert  E.  Engel,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Technical  Staff,  Mitre  Corporation 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1958) 

Charles  P.  Englehardt,  B.S.,  M.  Arch. 
Architect,  Core  of  Engineers 
Engineering  Graphics  &  Computation  (1942) 

Adolf  J.  Erikson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
President,  A.E.  Engineering  Corporation. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

George  A.  Fargo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A. 

Mathematics  Teacher,  Framingham  North  High  School 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Martin  J.  Feeney,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Principal,  Henry  Grew  District,  Boston  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

Warren  G.  Ferzoco,  A.E.,  B.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Dean,  Cambridge  High  and  Latin  School 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Charles  Field,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

William  D.  Finan,  A.B.,  M.A.,  D.Ed. 

Reading  Director,  Needham  Public  Schools 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1946) 

Louis  A.  Fiore,  A.E.,  B.B.A. 

Mech.  Engineer,  Design  Checker,  American  Science  and  Engineering,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1956) 


158    /    THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE    FACULTY 

A.  Ralph  Fiore,  Jr.,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.  Eng.  Mgt.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Computation  &  Graphics  (1969) 

Thomas  M.  Fitzgerald,  Sc.B.,  Sc.M.,  Ph.D. 

Naval  Underwater  Systems  Center,  Newport,  R.  I. 
Physics  (1967) 

Robert  F.  Ford,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Application  Engineering,  Data  General 
Electrical  Engineering  (1962) 

Earlwood  T.  Fortini,  A.B.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Staff  Engineer,  Compugraphic  Corporation. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Robert  M.  Fox,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Gerber  Electronics 
Mathematics  1969 

John  L.  Freedman,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Instructor,  Bryant  &  Stratton  and  Northeastern  University 
Course  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1949) 

Jerry  M.  Galatis,  B.S.  (2),  M.Ed.,  O.D. 
Physics  (1965) 

Peter  D.  Gianino,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Labs. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Charles  J.  Glassbrenner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor,  Worcester  State  College: 
Physics  (1967) 

Sheldon  L.  Glickler,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Avco  Everett  Research  Laboratory,  Senior  Scientist. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

William  B.  Goggins,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.E.E. 
Control  Systems  Engineering  (1964) 

David  Goldberg,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  &  Development  Engineer,  GTE  Sylvania 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1969) 

Leonard  M.  Goodman,  S.B.,  S.M.,  E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Staff  Member,  Lincoln  Laboratory,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Ernest  C.  Greer,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Richard  Grojean,  B.S.,  M.S.  (Physics) 

Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University 
Electrical  Engineering  (1955) 

Forest  W.  Grumney,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 
N.E.G.E.A.  Service  Corp. 
Mathematics  1963 

Arthur  F.  Gustus,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  A.G.S. 

Assistant  Director  of  Science,  Boston  Public  Schools. 
Course  Consultant  for  Physics  (1963) 

Frank  A.  Hamilton,  A.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Structural  Engineer,  Jackson  &  Moreland  Div.  of  United  Engineers  &  Constructors,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1947) 

Francis  R.  Hankard,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Senior  Chemist,  State  Police  Laboratories. 
Course  Consultant  for  Physics  (1946) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    159 


Joseph  J.  Hansen,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
Raytheon  Co. 
Mathematics  — •  Coordinator  (1959) 

George  C.  Harrison,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Principle  Electronic  Engineer,  Polaroid  Corp. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

Harold  Harutunian,  A.B.,  M.A.T. 
Salem  State  College 
Mathematics  1965 

Walter  Hauser,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Physics,  Northeastern  University. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

William  J.  Hennessy,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Staff  Quality  Control  Engineer,  American  Optical  Corp. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

Walter  D.  Herrick,  B.S.,  M.S.C.E. 

Instructor,  Basic  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1968) 

Joseph  I.  Herzlinger,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (New  Jersey) 

Leader  Technical  Staff,  Aerospace  Systems  Division,  RCA. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Harry  E.  Hevjes,  B.S.B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Teacher,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Lewis  H.  Holzman,  B.S.C.E.,  S.M.C.E. 

Vice  President,  Computer  Dynamics,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

George  K.  Howe,  B.S.E.E.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counselor  (1970) 

Richard  A.  Hultin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (New  York) 
Group  Supervisor,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Everett  L.  Hume,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Staff,  M.I.T.,  Draper  Laboratory. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Charles  E.  Jacob,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.Ed.,  M.L.S. 
Master,  Boston  Latin  School 
Physics  (1967) 

Perry  G.  Jameson,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Hyde  Park  High  School  Dept.,  Head  of  Mathematics 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Arthur  W.  John,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S. 

Lecturer,  Northeastern  University. 

Radiologic  Technology  and  Commercial  Aviation  Technology  (1968) 

Eugene  F.  Joyce 

Technician,  Electrical  Engineering  Dept.,  Northeastern  University,  U.S.  Army  Retired. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1963) 

John  Kaczorowski,  Jr.,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Instructor,  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Leon  Katler,  Certificate  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Structural  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1963) 


160    /   THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Charles  W.  Kaufman,  B.S.Ed.,  Ed.M.,  M.N.S. 
Guidance  Counselor,  Girls  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1958) 

Sidney  W.  Kaye,  B.Sc. 

Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Co. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Gary  M.  Keighley,  B.S. 

Flight  and  Ground  Instructor,  Wiggins  Airways. 
Aviation  Technology  (1969) 

John  T.  Keiran,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Chairman  of  Mathematics  Department,  Dorchester  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

George  F.  Kent,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Mechanical  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Nicholas  P.  Kernweis,  B.E.E.,  M.S. 

Research  Physicist,  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Lab. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1957) 

Bernard  J.  Kiley,  B.E.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (N.H.,  Mass.) 

Chief  Structural  Engineer,  Anderson-Nichols  &  Company,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1958) 

Mark  M.  Kiley,  B.E.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  R.I.,  La.,  Me.,  Vt.,  N.H.) 
Vice  President,  Anderson  Nichols  &  Company,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Philip  D.  Kingman,  B.S.C.E.,  LL.B.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.H.),  R.L.S.  (Mass.,  Me.,  N.H.) 
Real  Estate  Engineer,  Public  Service  Company  of  New  Hampshire. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1964) 

John  J.  Klein,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Leader  (Television  and   Displays),  Electro-optics  Section,  Aerospace  Systems   Division, 
Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Richard  W.  Kopka,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Captain,  USAF,  Electrical  Engineer,  AF  Cambridge  Research  Labs. 
Electrical  Engineering  and  Computation  (1967) 

Malcolm  D.  Kruger,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Engineer,  Sylvania  Electronic  Systems,  Inc. 

Course  Consultant  lor  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1967) 

Juris  Krumins,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Assistant,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Horatio  W.  Lamson,  B.S.,  M.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Engineer,  Emeritus,  General  Radio  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1945) 

Herbert  C.  Lang,  B.S.,- P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager  of  Employment  and  Training,  Masoneilan  International,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1936) 

Robert  S.  Lang,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  lor  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

Peter  B.  Lanzillotti,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    161 

Clarence  E.  LeBell,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Mechanical  and  Electrical   Engineering  Senior  Designer,  Aircraft  Gas  Turbine   Division, 

General  Electric  Company. 

Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1955) 

Carl  Leone,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.S. 
Quincy  Public  Schools 
Mathematics  1965 

A.  Richard  LeShack,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Consultant  in  Applied  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  (1968) 

Edward  T.  Lewis,  B.S.,  M.E.E. 

Staff  Member,  Sperry  Rand  Research  Center. 
Physics  (1967) 

Sandra  M.  Licter,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Instructor,  Lynn  English  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Demetre  P.  Ligor,  B.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

President,  Applied  Measurements,  Inc. 
Course  Consultant  for  Physics  (1959) 

Warren  J.  Little,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Principal  Engineer,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology,  C.  S.  Draper  Laboratory. 
Physics  (1967) 

Andrew  G.  Lofgren,  A. A.,  Ed.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Design  Engineer,  Charles  Stark  Draper  Laboratory,  M.I.T. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1946) 

Roger  G.  Long,  A.E.,  B.B.A.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Staff,  Arthur  D.  Little,  Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1952) 

Spencer  P.  Lookner,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  M.S. I.E. 
Mathematics  Consultant  (1967) 

Kenneth  A.  Lucas,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Conn.),  R.L.S.  (Mass.,  Conn.,  Maine,  N.H.) 
Chief  of  Survey,  Whitman  &  Howard,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

John  F.  Lutkevich,  A.E.,  B.B.A. 

Senior  Engineer,  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1956) 

George  H.  MacMaster,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Research  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Alvin  Mandell,  B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Program  Management,  Raytheon  Missile  Systems  Division. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1950) 

Jack  1.  Mann,  B.S.C.E.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Conn.,  Pa.,  Vt.) 

Director,  Jackson  &  Moreland  Div.  of  United  Eng.  &  Constr.  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

William  R.  Mann,  Jr. 

Supervisor  Avionics,  Wiggins  Airways 
Aviation  Technology  (1969) 

Anton  Mavretic,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Staff  Member,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Joseph  H.  Mazzola,  B.S. 

Manager,  Production  Control,  Avco  Systems  Division 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 


162    /   THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Richard  F.  McBrien,  B.S.Ed.,  N.S.F. 
Teacher,  Lynn  Public  Schools. 
Physics  (1967) 

Francis  T.  McCabe,  B.S.,  Ed.iVI. 

Headmaster,  Rindge  Technical  School  (Retired) 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1952) 

Edward  F.  McCarren,  Jr.,  A.E. 

Engineer,  Bell  and  Howell  Comm.  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1951) 

Charles  R.  McGeoch,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Chairman,  Science  Dept.  Nashoba  Valley  Regional  Tech.  High  School 
Physics  (1968) 

Carl  J.  Mellea,  S.B.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  R.I.,  Maine,  Vt.,  N.H.) 

Project  Engineer,  Howard,  Needles,  Tammen  &  Bergendorff. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Walter  Messcher,  B.M.E.,  M.S. 

Engineer,  Department  of  Transportation. 

Course  Consultant  for  Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Carl  Miller,  A. B.,  LL.B.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  Principal,  Boston  School  Department. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1945) 

Richard  W.  Miller,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Manager,  Flow  Engineering  Dept.,  Computer  Services  Dept.,  The  Foxboro  Co. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1959) 

Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1947) 

Richard  C.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Physics  teacher,  Rockland  Senior  High  School 
Physics  (1965) 

Roy  A.  Nelson,  B.S.E.E. 

Consultant,  Applied  Measurements,  Inc. 
Physics  (1969) 

Robert  L.  Norton,  A.S.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Associate,  Tufts  N.E.  Medical  Center. 
Graphics  &  Computation  (1967) 

John  R.  O'Brien,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Head  Master,  Dorchester  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1946) 

John  C.  O'Callahan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Technical  Director,  McPherson  Associates,  Inc. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1961) 

Ray  0.  Oglesby,  B.S.Ed.,  M.S.Ed. 

Teacher,  Weeks  Junior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Yesugey  Oktay,  M.S.,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.Y.,  Cal.,  Ma.,  Ind.) 
Civil  Engineer,  The  Badger  Co.,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Carl  A.  Olson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Department  Head,  Wellesley  High  School. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1964) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    163 


Thomas  J.  Owens,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 

Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Quincy  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1952) 

James  A.  Palmer 

Electronic  Technician,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1961) 

Burton  S.  Parker,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Mechanical  Engineer,  Army  Materials  and  Mechanics  Research  Center. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1963) 

William  H.  Parmenter,  A.E.,  B.B.A. 

Instructor,  Newton  Technical  High  School. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1952) 

Sheng-Jui  Peng,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.E. 
Teaching  Assistant 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 

Richard  W.  Peterson,  B.S. 

Radiochemist,  New  England  Nuclear  Corporation. 
Physics  (1968) 

Peter  J.  Philliou,  B.S.  Eng.,  M.S.  Math,  M.S.  Mgt.,  M.S.  Astronautics 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Dominic  A.  Piccione,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Norman  C.  Poirier,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Associate,  Northeastern  University 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Donald  J.  Poulin,  A.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Associate  Engineer,  Western  Electric  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

Daniel  W.  Pratt,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Instructor,  Boston  Technical  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Charles  H.  Price,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Principal  Engineer,  Honeywell,  ISI 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

Sidney  F.  Quint,  S.B.,  S.M.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Systems  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1954) 

Dr.  Barbara  Raisbeck,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associate,  Tufts  University. 
Biology  (1970) 

Gerard  H.  Ratcliffe,  A.B. 

Ratcliffe  Marine  Design. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Bernard  C.  Reddy,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Teacher  of  Science,  Blue  Hills  Technical  High  School. 
Course  Consultant  tor  Physics  (1965) 

Edward  L.  Rich,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Principal  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1956) 

William  Richmond,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Physics  Instructor,  Everett  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1964) 


164    /   THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Lance  E.  Robson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (New  York,  N.H.) 
Engineer,  Charles  T.  Main,  Inc. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Bertram  Rockower,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Assistant  Director,  M.I.T.  Draper  Laboratory. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Eric  A.  Roy,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Copley  Sq.  High  School  Instructor 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Thomas  E.  Ruden,  B.S.,  M.S. 

President,  Microwave  Power  Technology  Company. 
Physics  (1967) 

Ernest  J.  Ryan,  A.B.,  M.S. 

South  Boston  High  School 
Mathematics  (1959) 

Thadeus  Sadowski,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 
North  Quincy  High  School 
Mathematics  (1958) 

Leo  D.  Salvucci,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  M.S.T. 
Master,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Prasan  Kumar  Samantaray,  M.S. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 

Costa  Samar,  B.S.,  M.S.T. 

Mathematics  Specialist,  Needham  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1965) 

Richard  P.  Samuels,  B.E.E.,  M.S.I.M. 
New  England  Tel.  &  Tel. 
Mathematics  (1970) 

Henry  Schwartz,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Field  Engineer,  CA-PRA  Inc. 
Physics  (1958) 

Robert  T.  Schwartz,  B.A.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
President,  National  Telephone  Co.,  Inc. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Robert  I.  Serody,  S.B.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Task  Manager,  Raytheon  Co. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Paul  J.  Sevigny,  M.S.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Research  Associate,  Northeastern  University. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Ralph  W.  Sexton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  N.H.) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1966) 

Harold  M.  Sharaf,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Technical  Advisor,  Anderson  Power  Products,  Inc. 

Course  Consultant  for  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Irwin  Shear,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Special  Projects  Manager,  Raytheon  Co.,  Equipment  Div. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1967) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    165 

Walter  S.  Shields,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  M.S. 

Instructor,  Needham  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1966) 

Bernard  Sidman,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Mathematics  Curriculum  Coordinator,  Beverly  Public  Schools 
Mathematics  (1968) 

Charles  Siegel,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Instructor,  Needham  Senior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

John  M.  Slepetz,  B.C.E.,  M.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Va.) 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1970) 

George  B.  Smith,  B.S.E.E. 

Sr.  Engineer,  Raytheon  Service 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1967) 

Malcolm  V.  Smith,  B.S. 

New/  England  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Co. 
Mathematics  1959 

Roderic  W.  Sommers,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Associate  Professor  of  Cooperative  Education,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1969) 

S.  Leonard  Spitz,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 
Program  Manager,  Raytheon  Corp. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1955) 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  B.B.A.,  B.S.C.E.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

Benjamin  R.  Stahl,  A.B. 

Manager,  Training  Integration,  Equipment  Division,  Raytheon  Company. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Joseph  E.  Steffano,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.,  Vt.,  N.H.,  Conn.,  Me.,    R.I.,  N.Y.);   R.L.S.  (Mass., 
Conn.,  N.H.,  Me.,  R.I.,  Vt.) 

Structural  Engineer,  Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Matthev*/  Stevens,  B.S. 

Director  Radiologic  Technology,  Northeastern  University 
Program  Consultant  for  Radiologic  Technology  (1968) 

Robert  B.  Stitt,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Division  Manager,  EG  and  G  Inc.,  Electro  Mechanical  Div. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1960) 

M.  Carlton  Storms,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Teacher,  Braintree  High  School. 
Physics  (1967) 

Raimundas  Sul<ys,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Research  Associate  in  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1962) 

David  M.  Sumner,  B.S. 

Instructor,  King  Philip  Regional  High  School. 
Engineering  Graphics  and  Computation  (1966) 

Laurence  R.  Swain,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Manager  Graphics  Products  Dept.,  Adage,  Inc. 
Physics  (1968) 


166    /   THE   LINCOLN   COLLEGE   FACULTY 

Dexter  E.  Swift,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Teacher,  City  of  Lynn. 
Physics  (1968) 

Ralph  V.  Tangney,  B.B.A. 

Teacher,  Billerica  Secondary  School 
Physics  (1968) 

Albert  Tashian,  Jr.,  B.S.C.E. 

Fairchild  Camera  &  Instrument  Corp.,  Sales  Engineer 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1969) 

Jason  R.  Taylor,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Editor  of  Wang  Laboratories  PROGRAMMER  Magazine  & 
Executive  director  of  SWAP  USERS 
Mathematics  (1966) 

Maurice  Temple,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Science,  Boston  State  College. 
Mathematics  (1956) 

Phineas  Tobe,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Head  of  Science  Department,  Girls'  Latin  School. 
Physics  (1960) 

Richard  W.  Torian,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. 

Mathematics  Department  Chairman,  Ashland  Senior  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 

Melvin  W.  Tracey,  B.S.,  S.M. 

Staff  Aeronautical  Engineer,  Itek  Corporation. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

John  S.  Travia,   B.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.E.,  M.S.E.M.,  P.E.    (Mass.) 
Senior  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1965) 

Paul  A.  Tuck,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S. 

Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1971) 

John  F.  Videler,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chief,  Instrument  Control,  Avco  Corporation. 
Physics  (1968) 

Arthur  M.  Vuilleumier 

Head  of  Electronics  Department,  Blue  Hills  Regional  Vocation  Technical  High  School. 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  (1953) 

Richard  Wadler,  A.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Senior  Mechanical  Engineer,  Raytheon  Company,  Missile  and  Space  Division. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1953) 

Thomas  H.  Wallace,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Physics,  Northeastern  University. 
Program  Consultant  for  Physics  (1941) 

Robert  M.  Walters,  B.S.,  M.S.  (ME),  NAV.E.,  MCE,  Ph.D. 
Lieutenant  Commander,  U.S.N.,  Naval  Engineer 
Physics  (1968) 

Morton  D.  Weinert,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.Ed. 

Head  of  the  Mathematics  Department,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 

Ralph  A.  Wellings,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Mathematics  Instructor,  Boston  Latin  School. 
Mathematics  (1955) 


THE  LINCOLN  COLLEGE  FACULTY   /    167 


Ralph  E.  Wellings,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.M. 

Head  of  Science  Department,  Brighton  High  School  (Retired) 
Math  (1944) 

Charles  S.  Whalen,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  &  Development  Engineer,  Inertial  Guidance,  Raytheon  Company. 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1968) 

Thomas  F.  White,  B.S.,  B.S.M.E.E.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

Coordinator  of  Mathematics  K-14,  Quincy  Public  Schools. 
Mathematics  (1957) 

Willard  B.  Whittemore,  B.S.,  in  C.E.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S. 
Director  of  Mathematics,  Everett  Public  Schools 
Course  Consultant  for  Mathematics  (1957) 

Joseph  F.  Willard,  B.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.),  R.L.S.  (Mass.) 

Supervising  Civil  Computer  Engineer,  Data  Processing  Section, 
Massachusetts  Department  of  Public  Works. 
Civil  Engineering  Technology  (1949) 

Donald  K.  Willim,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Staff,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  Lincoln  Laboratory. 
Physics  (1961) 

Albert  G.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  P.E.  (Mass.),  S.E.  (III.) 

Member  Gilbert  Small  &  Company,  Consulting  Engineers. 
Course  Consultant  for  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  (1948) 

Kenneth  S.  Woodard,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor,  Graphic  Science,  Northeastern  University 
Director,  Aviation  Technology-Lincoln  College 
Academic  Counsellor  (1967) 

Robert  D.Wright,  A.E.E.,  M.S.C.S.,  M.E.N.G. 

Leader,  Advanced  Disc  Storage  Development;  RCA 
Electrical  Engineering  (1955) 

Walter  Zagieboylo,  M.S.,  M.E.,  P.E.  (Mass.) 

Research  Engineer,  U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs. 
Mathematics  (1969) 

Walter  P.  Zanor,  B.S.B.A. 

Instructor,  Everett  High  School. 
Mathematics  (1967) 


168 


Northeastern  University 

Lincoln  College 

360  Huntington  Avenue  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Telephone  437-2500 


.19. 


□  I  should  like  further  information  about  Lincoln  College. 

□  Will  you  please  arrange  for  me  to  have  an  interview  to  discuss 
your  program  in  

□  I  shall  arrange  to  submit  transcripts  of  my  records  at  all  schools 
attended  since  high  school. 


Signature 


Street  Address 


City  State  Zip  Code 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Offering  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to 
baccalaureate  degrees 

Boston-Bouve  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

*College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Lincoln  College 

Offering  part-time  curricula  during  late  afternoon  and  evening  hours 
leading  to  associate  and  baccalaureate  degrees 

Lincoln  College 

University  College 

GRADUATE   DIVISION 

Offering  graduate  curricula  leading  to  master's  degrees 

Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 
*  *Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Graduate  School  of  Education 
**Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Graduate  School  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting 
***School  of  Law 


'Also  offers  a  three-year  Cooperative  Program  leading  to  the  associate  degree. 
'Also  offers  doctoral  programs  in  certain  fields. 
'Juris  Doctor  (J.D.) 

169 


suburban  maps 


Suburban  Campus 


11 


Framingham  North  High  School 


Weymouth  Schools 


Lynn  English  High  School 


Norwood  Airport 


173 


index 


Academic  and  Professional  Awards, 

44-46 
Academic  Council,  14 
Address  of  Lincoln  College,  5 
Administration 

University,  11 

Lincoln  College,  27-28 
Admissions,  33 

Advanced  Standing  Credits,  35 
Alumni  Information,  53 
Attendance 

Class,  40 
Aviation  Technology,  63 

Courses,  145-149 

B 

Bioelectronic  Engineering 
Technology  Program,  77 

Biology  Courses,  131-134 

Board  of  Trustees,  10 

Building  and  Facilities,  23-26 

Business  Management 
Courses  139-142. 


Calendar,  6-7 

Campus  Locations,  4 

Certificates,  57 

Changes  in  Registration,  36 

Chemical-Physical  Technology 

Program,  69 
Chemistry 

Courses,  127-130 
Civil  Engineering  Technology 

Courses,  100-103 

Programs,  71-80 
Classification  of  Students,  35 
Computer  Engineering  Technology 

Program,  97 
Continuing  Education,   19 
Control  Systems  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  88 
Cooperative  Education,  15 
Corporation   Members,   8 
Counseling,  33 
Course  Descriptions,  99-150 

Biology,  131-134 

Business  Management,  137-142 

Chemistry,  127-130 

Chemical  Engineering 
Technology,    119-120 

Civil  Engineering 

Technology,  100-103 

Earth  Science,  130-131 


Electrical  Engineering 

Technology,  110-119 
Engineering  Graphics 

and  Computation,  120-122 
Liberal  Arts,  134-137 
Mathematics,   122-125 
Mechanical  Engineering, 

Technology, 103-1 10 
Physics,  125-127 


Dates  for  Registration,  6-7 
Day  Cooperative   Programs, 

86-87,  95-96 
Degrees,  57 


Earth  Science  Courses,  131-134 
Electrical  Engineering 

Technology 

Courses, 110-119 
Electrical   Power  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  82 
Electronics  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  83 
Engineering  Graphics  and 

Computer  Courses,   120-122 
Environmental  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  78 
Examinations,  Makeup,  40-41 
Executive  Committee,  11 


Faculty,  151-167 
Faculty  Senate,  14 
Financial   Information,  47-51 


Grading  System,  41-43 
Graduation 

Requirements,  44 
With  Honor,  45 
Graduate  Schools,  18-19 

H 

Heat  Engineering  Technology 
Program,  92 


Index  to  Courses,  100 
Interviews,  5 


174 


INDEX   /    175 


Liberal  Arts  Courses,  134-137 
Library,  23-25 
Loans,  50-51 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 
iVlathematics,  122-125 
IVlathematical-Physical 

Technology  Program,  70 
Mechanical  Engineering 
Technology 

Courses,  103-110 
Programs,  91,  93-94,  95-96 
Mechanical-Structural 
Engineering  Technology 
Program,  79-80 


N 

(Natural)  Earth  Science 
Courses,  131-134 


Office  Hours,  5 


Physics  Courses,  125-127 
Placement  Service,  55-56 
Placement  Test  (Mathematics), 
Probation,  43 

Programmed  Study,  59-60 
Programs  of  Instruction,  31-32, 
57-97 

Civil  Engineering 

Technology,  71,  75-76 
Computer  Engineering 

Technology,  97 
Electrical  Engineering 


34 


Technology,  81,  84-87 
Pre-Technology,  58-59 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Technology,  90-91,  93-96 
Science  Technology,   68-70 


Quality-Point  Average,  42 
Quarter  Calendar,  6-7,  41 


Radiologic  Technology,  61-62 
Reading-Improvement  Programs,  59 
Registration,  36-37 
Registration  Dates,  6-7 


Science  Technology  Programs,  68-70 
Student  Activities,  53-54 
Structural  Engineering 

Technology  Program,  73 
Surveying  and  Transportation 

Engineering  Technology 
Program,  74 


Textbooks  and  Supplies,  50 
Transfer  Students,  35 
Trustees,  Board  of,  10 
Tuition,  47 

U 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  16 
University  Council,  14 


Veterans  Benefits,  49 

W 

Withdraw/al,  37,  40 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  1972-73 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  1972-73 


Part-Time  Day  and  Evening 

Undergraduate  Programs  in : 

business  administration 

health-related  programs 

low  enforcement 

liberal  arts 

education 

therapeutic  recreation  services 


ytE^CrSS 


Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

(617)437-2400 


"% 


:m 


/' 


■:>J4 


-  3 


contents 


General  Information 

4  Map 

5  Office  Hours 

6  Calendar 

8  Governing  Boards  and  Officers 

18  The  University 

24  Buildings  and  Facilities 

University  College 

27  Introduction 

29  Academic  Policies 

38  Tuition  and  Fees 

41  Financial  Aid 

46  Student  Activities 

50  Programs  of  Study 

52  Business  Administration 

73  Liberal  Arts 

93  Law  Enforcement 

113  Health-Related  Programs 

130  Education 

135  Therapeutic  Recreation  Services 

137  Course  Descriptions 

246  Faculty 

267  Index 

271  Maps 


£<     S^£SSi§:^i2sS^ 


^     11 


=  tr  —  w  <-J  <  :e  = 


2  c  c  =■  ^  ■"  ~ 


c  £  =  _   -   „  _ 
-=  <=°  o  o 


2  2  -22   3        ii 


■S  -S  o  .S  -  = 


Z  3  -S  E 


^      -—         >N 


2     «3-  tf 


25 

O     TO 
CO  o 


O  O  O  O  O  1 


!  i£  o  X  i  ^  ^  =^ 


'OQjajCCi_i_ 


a>  ^r  I  S  S  i3  ii 


if -5  2  = 


^  S  Q.  q;  q:  Z3 


£  =  S555£aS£5Sffi2CSSS3=;S2:C!=xo 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  OFFICES 

Office  for  General  Information  102  Churchill  Hall      437-2400 
Office  of  the  Registrar  120  Hayden  Hall         437-2300 


Regular  Office  Hours 

Boston   (120  HA&  102  CH) 

(102  CH) 
Burlington 

Framingham  North 

High  School 
Lynn  English  High  School 
Haverhill  High  School 
Weymouth  High  Schools 


Monday— Friday 
Saturday 
Monday-Friday 
Saturday 

Monday-Thursday 
Monday-Thursday 
Monday-Thursday 
Monday-Thursday 


8:30  a. m -8:30  p.m. 
8:30  a.m.-l:00  p.m. 
8:00  a.m.-10:00  p.m. 
8:00a.m.-l:00  p.m. 

5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 
5:30-9:30  p.m. 


Summer  Office  Hours 

Boston  102  Churchill  Hall 


120  Hayden  Hall 
Burlington 


Monday— Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

Monday-Friday 

Monday-Friday 

Saturday 


8:30  a.m.-8:30  p.m. 
8:30  a.m.-4:30  p.m. 
Closed 


30  a.m.-8:30  p.m. 
00  a.m.-10:00  p.m. 
00  a.m.-l:00  p.m. 


Program  Advisers 

Program  advisers  are  available  each  day  and  evening  by  appointment  in  the 
University  College  Office.  They  are  competent  to  assist  the  student  in  plan- 
ning a  program  suitable  to  his  general  educational  and  career  objectives. 
They  can  also  answer  questions  relating  to  degree  requirements,  course 
sequence,  and  proper  scheduling  of  courses.  Appointments  may  be  arranged 
by  calling  the  University  College  Office  (437-2400)  or  by  coming  in  person 
to  102  Churchill  Hall.  There  is  no  charge  for  this  service. 

Program  advisers  are  also  available  during  registration  at  all  registration 
sites.  No  appointment  is  necessary. 


Counseling  and  Testing  Center 

Counseling  and  testing  to  aid  a  student  or  prospective  student  with  career, 
educational,  or  personal  concerns  are  available  days  and  certain  weekday 
evenings  until  8:30  p.m.  Information  regarding  fees  and  appointments  may 
be  obtained  by  calling  437-2142,  or  by  going  to  the  Counseling  and  Testing 
Center,  302  Ell  Student  Center. 


1972-1973  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Fall  Quarter  1972 

FALL  REGISTRATION 

DATES 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

12  Noon-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Boston 

9:00  a.m.-12  Noon 

Boston 

5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington 

12  Noon-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.S. 
Haverhill  H.  S. 
Lynn  English  H.  S. 
Weymouth  North  H.  S. 


5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Classes  Begin  September  25 


Tuesday,  September  5 
Thursday,  September  7 
Monday-Friday, 

September  11-15 
Saturday,  September  16 
Monday-Friday, 

September  18-22 
Wednesday,  September  6 


Tuesday,  September  12  and 
Monday,  September  18 


Classes  begin 
Columbus  Day  Observed 
Veterans  Day  Observed 
Thanksgiving  Recess 

Final  Examination  Period 
For  Fall  Quarter 

(Reserved  For  Lost 
Snow  Days) 


No  Classes 
No  Classes 
No  Classes 


September  25 
Monday,  October  9 
Monday,  October  23 
Thursday-Saturday, 
November  23-25 

Monday,  December  11- 

Saturday,  December  16 
Monday,  December  18- 
Wednesday,  December  20 


Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 

WINTER   REGISTRATION    DATES 


Classes  Begin  January  2,  1973 


Boston 

Burlington 

Framingham  North  H.S. 

Haverhill  H.  S. 

Lynn  English  H.S. 

Weymouth  North  H.  S. 

Christmas  Vacation 

Winter  Quarter  Classes  Begin 
Washington's  Birthday 

Observed 
Final  Examination  Period  for 

Winter  Quarter 


5:30-8:30  p.m.  Monday-Friday, 

December  11-15 
5:30-8:30  p.m.  Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
5:30-8:30  p.m.  Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
5:30—8:30  p.m.  Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
5:30-8:30  p.m.  Monday-Thursday, 

December  11-14 
5:30-8:30  p.m.  Monday-Thursday, 

December  11—14 
No  Classes  Monday,  December  18- 

Monday,  January  1 
Tuesday,  January  2,  1973 
No  Classes  Monday,  February  19 

Monday,  March  19- 
Saturday,  March  24 

(See  Snow  Make  Up 
Dates   Below)* 


Spring  Quarter  1973 

SPRING   REGISTRATION   DATES 

Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Burlington  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Framingham  North  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Haverhill  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Lynn  English  H.  S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Weymouth  North  H.S.  5:30-8:30  p.m. 

Spring  Recess*  (Or  Make  Up 

Period  For  Lost  Snow  Days) 
Spring  Quarter  Begins 
Patriot's  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Memorial  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period 

For  Spring  Quarter 
Commencement 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR   /   7 
Classes  Begin  April  2,  1973 


Monday-Friday, 

March  19-23 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 
Monday-Thursday, 

March  19-22 

Monday,  March  26- 

Saturday,  March  31 
Monday,  April  2,  1973 
Monday,  April  16 
Monday,  May  28 
Tuesday,  June  12— 
Monday,  June  18 
Sunday,  June  17 


Summer  Quarter  1973 

REGISTRATION    FOR    ENTIRE  SUMMER  QUARTER 
Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Burlington 


12  Noon-8:30  p.m. 


Classes  Begin 

Registration  for  Second  Six  Week  Term 

Boston  5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Burlington 


5:30-8:30  p.m. 


Independence  Day  Observed      No  Classes 
Labor  Day  Observed  No  Classes 

Final  Examination  Period 
For  Summer  Quarter 


Classes  Begin  June  25 


Monday— Friday, 

June  18-22 
Tuesday,  June  19 


Monday,  June  25 

Monday  and  Tuesday, 

August  6  and  7 
Monday,  August  6 

Wednesday,  July  4 
Monday,  September  3 
Monday,  September  10— 
Thursday,  September  13 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing  equal  opportunity 
for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission,  registration,  and  all  official  relation- 
ships with  students,  including  evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  Univer- 
sity insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  University  is  also  an 
equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional  policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any 
discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of 
race,  color,  religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
^Charles  F.  Avila 

Allen  G.  Barry 
*Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
*George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 
*Norman  L.  Cahners 

Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Erwin  D.  Canham 
*Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 

Marshal!  B.  Daiton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 

'Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


Don  S.  Greer 
*Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
tGeorge  Hansen 

William  Hellman 
*Ernest  Henderson  III 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill  . 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
'Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
*Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 

Maurice  Lazarus 
*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 

Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 

Edward  A.  Loring 
*John  Lowell 

Ralph  Lowell 

Diane  H.  Lupean 

*Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
*James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
'Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 
'Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
'Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
'Frank  L.  Richardson 
'Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
'Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 
Philip  A.  Singleton 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
**  Honorary  Trustee 
tGeorge  Hansen,  Deceased  May  2,  1972 


•Donald  W.  Smith 
*Farnham  W.  Smith 
•George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
•Russell  B.  Stearns 
•Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
•Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
•Robert  H.Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 
Almore  I.  Thompson 


Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Wee  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Wee  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

iCharles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kennerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  I^ay  26,  1972 


Class  Of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


10 


Class  of  1974 

°Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 

tGeorge  Hansen 
Henry  C.  Jones 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1975 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
*Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
°Carl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 

^Charles  F.  Avila,  Vice  Cliairman 

Alvin  C.  Zises,  Wee  Cliairman 


Harold  A.  Mock 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 


Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.Ed.,  President 
Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Business 


"President  of  the  University 
"President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
tGeorge  Hansen,  Deceased  May  2,  1972 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


11 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and  Associate 

Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 

Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  the  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  to  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Dean 

of  Academic  Services 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Charles  W.  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Chapel 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

12 


Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Healtfi  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 

University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  ttie  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  LLB.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Career  Information 

Center  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
for  the  Basic  Colleges 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 


The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


13 


The  Academic  Council 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


•Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*  LeRoy  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

•Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

*Melvin  Mark 

•Frank  Marsh 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
•Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
•Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
•Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


•Appointed  by  the  President 


14 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  College 

Joseph  N.  Connors,  A.S.,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director  of  Law  Enforcement  Programs 

Alice  M.  Crichlow,  A.S.,  Administrative  Assistant 

Helena  M.  DeLoty,  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Registrar 

Paul  A.  Dubois,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Registrar 

Charles  W.  Earnshaw,  B.S.,  M.A.,  J.D.,  C.L.U.,  Director  Insurance  Institute 

William  T.  Edgett,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Admissions 

E.  Forest  Hallet,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Admissions  Officer 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Business 

Administration  Programs 
John  A.  McDonnell,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Registrar 
Hugh  B.  McLean,  B.S.    M.B.A.    Office  Manager 
Timothy  F.  Moran,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Law 

Enforcement  Correctional  &  Security  Programs 
Harold  Naidus,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Director  of  Liberal 

Arts  Programs 
John  L.  O'Leary,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Registrar 
Cornelia  M.  Pistone,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Director,  Liberal  Arts  and  Coordinator, 

Adult  Day  Programs 
Jacqueline  Piatt,  B.S.,  Administrative  Assistant  (Burlington  Campus) 
Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D.,  Assoc.  Dean  of  Allied  Healtfi  Professions 
Kenneth  C.  Solano,  A.B.,  Asst.  Director  of  Admissions  and  Dir.  Student  Activities 
Ralph  T.  Vernile,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Director  of  Administrative  Services 

Committee  on  Academic  Standing 

William  T.  Edgett,  Ctiairman 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou  Paul  D.  Maxwell 

Sidney  Herman  Timothy  F.  Moran 

Helene  A.  Loux  Harold  Naidus 

Committee  on  Regulations  &  Discipline 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  Chairman 

William  T.  Edgett  Harold  Naidus 

Sidney  Herman  Albert  Ross 

William  F.  King  Kenneth  C.  Solano 

Paul  D.  Maxwell  President,  Evening  Student  Council 

Timothy  F.  Moran 

Library  Committee 

Cornelia  M.  Pistone,  Chairman 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio)  Marvin  Lesser 
Harold  Naidus  William  Kidney 

Timothy  F.  Moran  Two  Students 

Business  Administration  Curriculum  Committee 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  Chairman 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio)   Thomas  J.  McNamara 
Sidney  Herman  Joel  M.  Rosenfeld 

James  W.  Earley  Three  Students 

15 


Law  Enforcement  Curriculum  Committee 

Timothy  F.  Moran,  Chairman 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio)         Norman  Rosenblatt 
Joseph  Connors  Joseph  J.  Senna 

Sidney  Herman  Three  Students 

Three  Part-time  Faculty  Members 

Liberal  Arts  Curriculum  Committee 

Harold  Naidus,  Chairman 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou  (ex-officio)  A.  Bertrand  Warren 

Marvin  X.  Lesser  Robert  L.  Wells 

Roland  L.  Nadeau  R.  Gregg  Wilfong 

Raymond  H.  Robinson  Three  Students 

Sidney  Herman  Three  Part-time   Faculty  Members 

Harold  Goldstein 


16 


'^ 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  privately 
endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the  General  Laws 
of  Massachusetts.  By  special  enactment,  the  State  Legislature  has  given 
the  University  general  degreegraating  powers.  The  University  is  governed 
by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the  Northeastern  University 
Corporation,  which  comprises  more  than  150  distinguished  business  and 
professional  men. 

From  its  beginning  Northeastern  University's  dominant  purpose  has 
been  to  identify  community  educational  needs  and  to  meet  these  in  dis- 
tinctive and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not  duplicated  the  pro- 
grams of  other  institutions,  but  has  pioneered  new  areas  of  educational 
service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  Is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
under  which  students  alternate  periods  of  work  and  study.  The  Plan  was 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922);  Liberal  Arts  (1935); 
Education  (1953);  Pharmacy  (1962);  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  Col- 
lege's Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  programs  (1971). 

This  time-tested  method  of  education  offers  students  the  opportunity 
to  gain  valuable  practical  experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college 
programs  and  also  enables  them  to  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing 
of  their  education.  The  "Co-op"  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate 
level  in  engineering,  mathematics,  sociology,  actuarial  science,  the  pharma- 
ceutical sciences,  and  professional  accounting,  business  administration, 
and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  Northeastern  University  offers  graduate 
and  undergraduate  degree  programs  and  non-credit  programs  which  are 
specifically  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  adults  who  wish 
to  further  their  education  on  a  part-time  basis. 

All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  in  the  Graduate  Division, 
Lincoln  College,  and  University  College  are  approved  by  the  undergraduate 
faculties  concerned,  and  are  governed  by  the  same  qualitative  and  quanti- 
tative standards  as  the  regular  day  curricula.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the 
day  and  evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington, 
and  at  other  off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 

18 


THE   UNIVERSITY   /    19 

UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Boston-Bouve  College  offers  three  major  programs  of  study:  physical  educa- 
tion and  recreation  education,  both  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education;  and  physical  therapy,  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Therapy. 

The  combined  programs  of  liberal  arts,  science,  and  professional  prepara- 
tion include  field  experience  and  student  teaching  as  well  as  leadership 
training  in  camping  and  outdoor  education  at  the  Warren  Center  for  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland.  In  accordance  with  Northeastern's 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  students  are  offered  varied  opportunities  for 
alternate  terms  of  work-study  experience  during  upper-class  years. 

College  of  Business  Administration 

The  College  of  Business  Administration  offers  programs  of  study  in  the 
principal  fields  of  business  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  Business  Administration.  These  programs  are  offered  on  the  five-year 
Cooperative  Plan,  under  which  students  gain  substantial  practical  ex- 
perience as  an  integral  part  of  their  undergraduate  course  of  study. 

The  College  also  sponsors  a  Center  for  Management  Development,  which 
annually  conducts  an  intensive  program  designed  to  provide  professional 
growth  for  middle  management  executives.  The  plan  of  instruction,  based 
on  a  modification  of  the  Northeastern  Cooperative  Program,  permits  the 
participants  to  maintain  their  job  responsibilities  during  the  six-month 
period  of  the  course.  The  Management  Development  Program  is  conducted 
at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  on  the  campus  of  Andover  Academy. 

The  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research,  concerned  particularly 
with  problems  of  the  New  England  region,  is  an  integral  part  of  the  College. 
The  Bureau  conducts  research  projects  under  faculty  leadership  using 
undergraduate  and  graduate  cooperative  students  as  research  assistants. 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

The  College  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  a  full-time  day  curricula  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

College  of  Education 

The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education.  These  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  teach- 
ing or  administrative  positions  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Cur- 
ricula are  offered  on  the  five-year  Cooperative  Plan,  which  provides 
employment  in  libraries,  social  service  agencies,  and  school  systems. 


20  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  cooperative  curricula  in  civil, 
mechanical,  electrical,  chemical,  and  industrial  engineering  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  according  to  the  engineering 
department  in  v\/hich  the  student  qualifies,  and  a  more  general  program  with- 
out specification  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  A  six-year  pro- 
gram in  power  systems  engineering  in  collaboration  with  public  utilities 
leads  to  both  the  bachelor's  and  master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering. 
The  College  also  offers  during  evening  hours  part-time  programs  leading  to 
Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  in  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering.  These  pro- 
grams extend  over  eight  years,  cover  the  identical  courses  given  in  the  day 
cooperative  curricula,  and  meet  the  same  qualitative  and  quantitative 
standards  of  scholarship. 

College  of  Libera!  Arts 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  arts  and  sciences  leading 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  With  the  exception  of  preprofessional 
programs,  curricula  are  normally  five  years  in  length  and  operate  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan. 

Lincoln  College 

Lincoln  College  offers  associate  and  bachelor  degree  programs  in  the 
evening  on  a  part-time  basis.  Programs  of  study  include  Civil  Engineering 
Technology,  Electrical  Engineering  Technology,  Industrial  Technology, 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  and  Science  Technology.  Programs  in 
Electrical  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  are  also  offered  during 
the  day.  Lincoln  College  and  University  College  offer  joint  programs  leading 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Industrial  Technology. 

In  addition  to  its  traditional  curricula,  Lincoln  College  offers  interdisciplinary 
and  certificate  programs  providing  technological  and  professional  develop- 
ment opportunities  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  part-time  students. 

College  of  Nursing 

The  College  of  Nursing  offers  two  separate  and  distinct  programs  of  study, 

both  organized  on  the  Cooperative  Plan: 

(a)  A  three-year  curriculum  in  preparation  for  the  R.N.  Examinations, 
and  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

(b)  A  five-year  curriculum  in  preparation  for  the  R.N.  Examinations,  and 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

Five  of  Boston's  leading  hospitals— Beth  Israel,  Children's  Hospital  Medical 
Center,  New  England  Deaconess,  Peter  Bent  Brigham,  and  Massachusetts 
General— collaborate  with  Northeastern  by  providing  suitable  cooperative 
work  opportunities  during  the  students'  upper-class  years  in  these 
programs. 


THE   UNIVERSITY  /  21 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers  five-year 
cooperative  curricula  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Phar- 
macy, and  Bachelor  of  Science  without  specification  in  medical  laboratory 
science  (medical  technology  or  cytotechnology),  medical  records  adminis- 
tration, and  management  in  health  care  agencies  and  institutions.  Associate 
degree  programs  aie  offered  in  medical  laboratory  science,  respiratory  ther- 
apy, and  dental  hygiene.  There  are  also  non-degree  programs  in  radiological 
technology  and  physician  assistance. 

University  College 

University  College,  so  called  because  it  draws  upon  the  resources  of  the 
other  colleges  of  the  University,  offers  part-time  day  and  evening  programs 
in  liberal  arts,  business  administration,  law  enforcement,  education,  health- 
related,  and  therapeutic  recreation  service  programs,  leading  to  the  Associ- 
ate in  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees.  It  does  not  duplicate  the 
offerings  of  the  day  colleges,  but  provides  curricula  which  cut  across  tradi- 
tional subject-matter  areas  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  adult  students. 
Students  may  pursue  a  degree  or  simply  take  courses,  based  on  needs  and 
interests,  up  to  a  total  of  forty  quarter  hours  of  credit.  Courses  are  offered 
in  Boston  as  well  as  at  Burlington,  Farmingham,  Lynn,  Haverhill,  Weymouth, 
and  several  other  convenient  locations. 

Adult  Day  Programs  refers  to  University  College  courses  that  are  offered 
Monday  through  Friday,  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.,  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults 
with  family  or  other  obligations  who  wish  to  engage  in  part-time  study  dur- 
ing the  day.  In  addition  to  the  daytime  offering  of  regular  University  College 
credit  courses.  Adult  Day  Programs  also  offers  daytime  workshops  and  con- 
ferences, sometimes  over  weekends,  with  the  option  for  credit.  Adult  Day 
Programs  are  offered  primarily  on  the  Boston  and  Burlington  campuses, 
with  a  limited  number  of  courses  offered  at  other  off-campus  locations. 
University  College  offers  programs  in  Medical  Technology  and  Science  Tech- 
nology leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  In  cooperation  with  the 
Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists,  University  College  offers  a  two-year 
day  curriculum  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree. 

Students  may  enroll  as  degree  candidates  or  elect  single  courses  appro- 
priate to  their  needs  and  interests.  Courses  are  scheduled  in  the  day  and 
evening  at  the  Boston  Campus,  Suburban  Campus  in  Burlington,  and  other 
off-campus  locations  near  Boston. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 
Actuarial  Science 

Master  of  Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

Arts  and  Sciences 

Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science, 
Master  of  Public  Administration;  Ph.D.  in  Biology,  Chemistry,  Mathematics, 
Physics,  and  Psychology. 


22  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Boston-Bouve  College 

Master  of  Science  in  physical  education  and  Master  of  Science  in  recre- 
ation education. 

Business  Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration. 

Education 

Master  of  Education,  and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

Engineering 

Master  of  Science  with  course  specification,  including  a  special  six-year 
program  in  Power  Systems  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees  in  Electrical  Engineering;  Engineer  degree;  a  similar  six- 
year  program  in  Mechanical  Engineering  leading  to  both  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees;  and  Ph.D.  in  the  fields  of  Electrical,  Chemical,  and 
Mechanical  Engineering;  and  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  in  Chemical 
Engineering. 

Law 

Juris  Doctor. 

Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Master  of  Science  with  specialization  in  Hospital  Pharmacy,  Industrial 
Pharmacy,  Medicinal  Chemistry,  and  Pharmacology;  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
in  Medicinal  Chemistry. 

Professional  Accounting 

A  five-quarter  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in 
Accounting. 

INSURANCE  INSTITUTE 

The  Insurance  Institute,  which  is  sponsored  by  local  insurance  organizations 
and  companies,  has  recently  joined  University  College.  It  offers  a  number  of 
non-credit  courses  in  preparation  for  the  Chartered  Life  Underwriter  and 
Chartered  Property-Casualty  Underwriter  Designations  as  well  as  for  the 
General  Insurance,  Insurance  Adjuster,  and  Risk  Management  Certificates. 
(437-2506). 

CENTER   FOR  CONTINUING   EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change.  Its 
programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences.  Institutes,  forums,  and 
a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs.  The 
Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  associations 
and  professional  societies,  offers  several  programs  dealing  with  current 
needs  and  problems.  Through  Its  Division  of  Community  Services,  working 


THE   UNIVERSITY  /  23 

with  governmental  agencies  and  community  organizations,  the  Center  is 
becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social  problems  on  both  the  local  and 
national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  Northeastern 
University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

AFFILIATED  PROGRAMS 

For  Dental  Hygienists 

The  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists  conducts  a  two-year  program  of 
dental  hygiene  education  and  general  education  in  cooperation  with  North- 
eastern University.  Graduates  of  the  program  receive  the  Certificate  in 
Dental  Hygiene  from  Forsyth  and  the  degree  of  Associate  in  Science  from 
Northeastern  University.  After  receiving  the  Associate  degree,  students  may 
pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  University  College  on  a  part- 
time  basis. 

For  Medical  Technologists  and  Cytotechnologists 

In  cooperation  with  the  New  England  Baptist  and  the  New  England  Dea- 
coness Hospitals,  Northeastern  University  offers  a  full-time  day  program 
on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Bachelor  of  Science  degree  programs  in  Medical  Technology  and  Cyto- 
technology  are  offered  on  a  part-time  basis  by  University  College  in  cooper- 
ation with  several  approved  hospital  schools. 

For  Nurses 

Northeastern  University  offers  instruction  in  the  sciences,  humanities,  and 
social  studies  for  student  nurses  from  several  hospital  schools  of  nursing 
in  the  area. 


RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  faculties  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and  engi- 
neering. These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose  services 
are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the  Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective  teach- 
ing and  learning  takes  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by  research 
activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's  famous  cul- 
tural, educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated  in  the  Back 
Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall,  Horticultural  Hall, 
the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard  teaching  hospitals,  and 
many  schools  and  colleges.  Most  are  v^/ithin  v/alking  distance  of  North- 
eastern University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan  Interna- 
tional Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and  intrastate 
lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan-suburban 
area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motorists,  the 
best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike  (Exit  22)  and 
Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the  main 
educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other.  The  princi- 
pal buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938,  are  of  glazed 
brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  interconnected  by  under- 
ground passageways. 

Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recreation 
and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special  drama 
facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  student 
offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than  1,000. 

The  University  Library 

The  Dodge  Library  is  the  main  library  on  the  Boston  campus  and  maintains 
an  open-stack  system.  Bound  volumes  in  the  library  system  exceed  240,000, 
and  microfilm  titles,  250,000.  Collections  are  located  in  these  areas: 

1.  The  General  Collection  in  the  book  stacks  as  indicated  by  the  classifica- 
tion number  given  in  the  upper  left  corner  of  the  catalog  card. 

2.  The  Reference  Collection  in  the  Cabot  Reading  Room  to  the  left  of  the 
Circulation  Desk,  which  includes  bibliographies,  maps,  company  publi- 
cations, the  pamphlet  file,  and  association  publications.  Theses,  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Reference  Dept.,  housed  in  the  basement,  and 
available  on  request  in  the  Reference  Room. 

3.  The  Periodical  Collection  on  the  basement  level,  housed  in  the  Periodical 
Room,  consisting  of  current  periodicals,  periodical  indexes,  and  ab- 
stracts, with  two  adjacent  stack  levels  for  back  files  of  bound  volumes. 

24 


BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES   /  25 

4.  The  Reserve  Book  Collection  on  the  second  floor. 

5.  The  Foreign  Literature  Collections  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room  to  the 
right  of  the  Circulation  Desk.  Trade  bibliographies  also  located  here. 

6.  The  Collections  of  Fine  Arts,  Philosophy,  Psychology,  Religion,  and 
Education  housed  in  the  Richardson  Room  on  the  second  floor.  The 
Audio  Facility  for  spoken  and  music  recordings  and  magnetic  tapes  for 
instructional  and  individual  use  also  located  in  this  room. 

7.  The  American  and  English  Literature  Collections  in  the  Literature  Read- 
ing Room. 

8.  Government  Documents  maintained  on  the  basement  level  adjacent  to 
the  Periodical  Room,  along  with  the  Microtext  Collection.  This  collection 
includes  1,356,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms. 

The  Card  Catalog  is  a  union  list  of  materials  in  the  University  libraries  and 
is  located  in  the  Webster  Reading  Room.  There  are  also  book  catalogs  of  the 
collections  in  the  Math /Psych  Library,  Chemistry  Building  Library,  Docu- 
ments and  Reserve  Rooms.  There  is  an  Information  Desk  in  this  room  to 
assist  people  in  using  the  card  catalog  during  the  day. 
The  Circulation  Dept.  has  a  printed  list  of  all  materials  charged  out,  which 
may  be  consulted  by  all  users.  To  borrow  materials,  university  identification 
must  be  presented.  For  extensive  research,  where  the  University  Library 
does  not  have  the  material,  application  should  be  made  to  the  Inter-Library 
Loan  Librarian  for  materials  needed  from  other  libraries.  Information  service 
is  available  in  this  Dept.  in  the  evenings. 

Library  Hours  —  Boston  Campus 

Monday  — Thursday    7:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 
Friday  7:45  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m. 

Saturday  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Sunday  &  Holidays         1:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 

The  Reference  Room  and  the  reading  rooms  on  the  second  floor  are  open 
until  midnight,  Monday-Thursday  and  until  10:00  p.m.  on  Friday. 
The  University  Library  System  includes  three  graduate  libraries  in  the  Divi- 
sion of  Research.  Physics-Electrical  Engineering  is  housed  in  325  Dana 
Research  Center.  Mathematics-Psychology  is  housed  on  the  fifth  floor  of 
the  United  Realty  Building  and  Chemistry  is'  located  on  the  first  floor  of 
HurtigHall. 

Library  Hours  —  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington 

Monday — Friday  8:30  a.m.  to  9:00  p.m. 

Saturday  8:30  a.m.  to  1:00  p.m. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an  athletic 
cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as  administrative 


26   /    BUILDINGS  AND   FACILITIES 

offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Physical  Education  De- 
partment of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a  105-foot 
swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts,  and  shower 
and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Docker  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large  gym- 
nasium, dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  library,  com- 
munity recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music  rooms,  recre- 
ation resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms,  conference  room 
and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research  laboratory. 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and  3 
in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of  indi- 
viduals and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics,  busi- 
ness administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of  under- 
graduate programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  degrees,  special 
programs  for  adults,  and  non-credit  state-of-the-art  programs  are  offered. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in  Weston, 
Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts  short-term 
courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  professional,  and 
research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the  main  campus. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  for  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  in  Ashland, 
Massachusetts,  serves  as  a  year-round  outdoor  laboratory  for  students  in 
Boston-Bouve  College.  There  are  facilities  for  conferences,  special  edu- 
cation in  arts  and  crafts,  and  sports,  including  aquatics.  Buildings  include 
a  lodge,  cottages,  and  an  infirmary. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  about  20  miles 
northeast  of  Boston,  is  a  research  and  instructional  facility  primarily  en- 
gaged in  studies  of  marine  biology  and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is 
operated  the  year  around. 

Nashua  Campus 

For  students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area,  the  Graduate 
School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  major  portion,  of  its  M.B.A. 
Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire.  These  facilities,  made 
available  by  Sanders  Associates  Inc.,  are  located  in  their  headquarters  on 
Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts  line. 


university  coilege 


The  Programs 

University  College  is  committed  to  the  education  of  mature,  adult  students 
who  wish  to  live  effectively  in  today's  complex  society.  The  programs  in 
University  College  are  specifically  designed  to  satisfy  the  changing  pro- 
fessional, cultural,  and  social  needs  and  interests  of  adults. 

Degree  programs  have  been  developed  in  37  major  fields  of  study  in  the 
areas  of  business  administration,  education,  liberal  arts,  law  enforcement, 
and  health-related  programs.  Flexible  curricula  are  offered  on  a  part-time 
basis  Monday  through  Saturday  during  day  and  evening  hours  convenient  to 
adult  students.  Students  may  elect  single  courses  or  may  enroll  in  full  de- 
gree programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  or  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  Short-term  seminars  are  also  offered  for  credit.  Classes 
are  scheduled  in  locations  which  are  accessible  to  the  urban  and  the  sub- 
urban community.  Students  may  attend  classes  at  the  Huntington  Avenue 
Campus,  Boston,  or  the  Suburban  Campus,  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  as 
well  as  other  off-campus  locations  north  and  west  of  Boston. 

University  College  programs  are  constantly  evaluated  and  redesigned  when 
necessary  in  order  to  keep  pace  with  the  changing  needs  and  interests  of 
its  students  and  the  community. 

The  Faculty 

Approximately  700  men  and  women  comprise  the  part-time  teaching  staff 
of  University  College.  Included  are  members  of  the  full-time  faculty  of  the 
Basic  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University  and  other  educational  institu- 
tions in  New  England,  as  well  as  outstanding  New  England  business  and 
professional  leaders  with  backgrounds  of  training  and  experience  in 
specialized  areas.  The  faculty  are  selected  because  they  are  highly  suc- 
cessful in  their  fields  and  are  well  qualified  to  provide  sound  methods  of 
teaching  for  adults  in  an  interesting,  inspiring,  and  effective  manner. 

The  Student  Body 

The  student  body  of  University  College  represents  diversified  interests 
which  properly  recognized  and  utilized  become  one  of  the  basic  strengths 
in  adult  education.  There  are  approximately  12,000  students  in  University 
College  who  range  in  age  from  18  years  to  beyond  retirement.  While  some 


27 


28   /    UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

students  enroll  in  University  College  immediately  after  high  school  gradu- 
ation, others  may  have  graduated  25  years  prior  to  enrollment  in  college- 
level  courses. 

University  College  students  are  men  and  women  who  have  full-time  com- 
mitments to  their  jobs,  families,  or  other  responsibilities.  They  may  enroll 
in  a  single  course  or  in  a  full  degree  curriculum,  depending  on  whether  their 
goal  is  job  advancement,  a  new  career,  or  personal  enrichment. 


academic  policies 


Admission 

All  applicants  who  satisfy  the  requirements  as  regular  or  special  students 
are  admitted  as  part-time  students  in  University  College.  It  is  advisable  for 
students  to  have  an  interview  with  an  admissions  counselor  to  help  plan 
their  academic  program  in  University  College,  particularly  in  cases  where 
previous  credit  has  been  completed  at  other  institutions,  in  order  to  avoid 
possible  duplication  of  courses.  Because  of  the  diversity  of  the  student  body 
in  terms  of  background,  age,  interests,  needs,  etc.,  there  are  no  entrance 
examinations  and  college  board  examination  scores  are  not  required.  In  lieu 
of  entrance  examinations,  students  must  maintain  a  C  average  in  order  to 

be  admitted  to  degree  candidacy. 

Regular  Students 

To  be  enrolled  as  a  regular  student,  that  is,  to  become  a  degree  candidate, 
the  applicant  must  have  completed  an  approved  secondary  school  course, 
or  the  equivalent  15  units*  of  a  high  school  diploma.  Equivalency  certifi- 
cates are  accepted.  Regular  students  are  those  students  who  expect  to 
follow  a  degree  program. 

Special  Students 

Special  students  are  those  students  who  do  not  wish  to  enroll  in  a  full 
degree  program,  but  are  interested  in  taking  only  one  or  more  courses 
appropriate  to  their  needs  or  interests.  Credits  for  these  courses  may  be 
transferred  to  a  degree  program  if  the  student  decides  to  pursue  a  degree 
at  a  later  time. 

Foreign  Students 

Only  those  University  College  students  who  have  matriculated  as  degree 
candidates  and  are  attending  as  full-time  students  are  eligible  for  a  1-20 
Certificate  of  Eligibility  for  a  student  visa. 

Information  concerning  foreign  students  should  be  requested  from  the 
Office  of  International  Student  Affairs,  104  Ell  Building.  Office  hours:  8:30 
a.m.  to  4:30  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday. 

Procedure  for  Admission  as  a  Degree  Candidate 

1.     Upon  completion  of  40  earned  quarter  hours  of  credit,  the  student 
should  officially  petition  for  admission  to  the  status  of  a  degree  candi- 


*A  unit  represents  a  year's  work  in  any  subject  in  any  approved  secondary  school  consti- 
tuting approximately  a  quarter  of  a  full  year's  work,  or  the  equivalent.  A  four-year  day  high 
school  course  is  regarded  as  representing  at  least  15  units  of  work,  or  3  units  in  junior  high 
school  and  12  units  in  a  three-year  high  school. 

29 


30  /  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

date.   Forms  for  this  purpose  are  available  in  the  University  College 
Office,  102  Churchill  Hall. 

2.  If  a  student  has  completed  40  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  University 
College,  he  cannot  register  for  additional  courses  unless  he  has  been 
officially  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate. 

3.  In  order  to  matriculate  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student  must  have  a 
high  school  diploma  or  its  equivalent  and  must  achieve  a  cumulative 
quality  point  average  of  2.00  (an  average  grade  of  C)  for  all  courses 
completed  before  filing  the  petition.  In  the  Liberal  Arts  Program,  the 
8  quarters  hours  of  required  English  must  be  completed  prior  to 
matriculation. 

4.  The  Committee  on  Academic  Standing  may  require  a  student  to  take  one 
or  more  aptitude  or  interest  tests  if  his  credentials  or  academic  record 
fail  to  give  evidence  of  probable  academic  success.  In  this  case  the 
student  will  be  notified  in  writing  that  arrangements  for  testing  should 
be  made  by  him  with  the  University  Counseling  and  Testing  Center.  A 
fee  is  charged  for  administering  these  tests. 

Advanced  Standing  Credit 

After  completion  of  matriculation  requirements  in  University  College  (40 
quarter  hours  in  residence)  Advanced  Standing  Credit  may  be  obtained  in 
two  ways: 

By  Transfer  of  Credit  from  Another  Institution 

Subject  to  approval  by  the  Director  of  Admissions,  credit  may  be  granted 
for  work  completed  in  other  approved  schools,  colleges,  or  universities.  An 
applicant  who  wishes  to  receive  credit  by  transfer  should  indicate  his 
desire  when  he  applies  for  admission.  He  should  write  to  the  Registrar 
of  the  institution  previously  attended  and  request  that  an  official  transcript 
be  sent  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  in  University  College.  The  transcript 
indicates  honorable  dismissal,  courses  completed,  credits  and  grades  re- 
ceived. The  transcript  should  be  sent  well  in  advance  of  the  registration 
period.  The  applicant  should  inform  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  his 
major  field  of  Interest  so  that  the  transcript  will  be  evaluated  appropriately. 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  from  another  institution  for  academic 
reasons  must  accompany  their  application  with  a  statement  from  the  dean 
or  other  appropriate  official  of  their  previous  institution  setting  forth  the 
reasons  for  dismissal  or  probationary  status  with  recommendation  for  con- 
tinued study.  All  applicants  will  be  considered  on  their  own  merits. 

By  Examination 

1.  For  Credit:  Advanced  standing  credit  is  awarded  for  work  previously 
completed  in  courses  comparable  to  those  offered  in  University  College  or 
compatible  with  the  objective  of  the  student's  curriculum.  Credit  is  also 
granted  for  successful  completion  of  appropriate  examinations  in  the  College 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES   /   31 

Level  Examination  Program.  (CLEP)  Credit  may  be  disallowed  for  work 
previously  completed  because  of  the  remoteness  of  the  time  of  study;  how- 
ever, these  applicants  will  be  granted  the  privilege  of  taking  an  examination 
for  credit. 

2.  For  Placement:  Applicants  who,  as  a  result  of  previous  training  and 
experience,  may  be  considered  to  possess  sufficient  knowledge  of  a  subject 
will  be  allowed  the  privilege  of  taking  a  special  examination  in  particular 
courses. 

In  all  cases  students  admitted  by  transfer  or  advanced  standing  credit 
from  any  other  institution  must  meet  the  requirements  for  matriculated 
status  as  set  forth  under  the  regulations  applicable  to  regular  students. 

Residence  Requirement 

Every  candidate  for  the  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree  must  fulfill  the 
residence  requirement.  The  residence  requirement  is  defined  as  the  satis- 
factory completion  in  University  College  immediately  preceding  graduation 
of  46  consecutive  quarter  hours  of  work  in  course,  with  the  further  pro- 
vision that  at  least  12  of  the  46  quarter  hours  must  be  in  the  candidate's 
major  field.  All  programs  to  meet  the  residency  requirement  must  have 
the  approval  of  the  Dean.  Students  whose  attendance  in  degree  programs 
is  interrupted  for  a  period  of  one  year  or  more  will  be  reinstated  into  the 
program  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  re-entry  into  University  College. 

In  the  case  of  students  who  for  causes  beyond  their  control  move  outside 
of  the  reasonable  commuting  area  of  the  College,  and  who  have  completed 
134  or  more  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  course,  the  Committee  on  Education 
will  entertain  a  petition  to  allow  them  the  privilege  of  completing  their 
degree  requirements  at  some  other  approved  college.  Under  no  circum- 
stances will  a  degree  be  awarded  to  any  student  who  has  completed  less 
than  46  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  courses  in  University  College. 

Quality  Requirement  for  Graduation 

A  cumulative  quality  point  average  of  2.00  (an  average  grade  of  C)  is 
required  for  graduation.  Advanced  standing  credits  are  not  averaged  in  the 
cumulative  score. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment  in  their 
academic  work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the 
faculty  a  limited  number  of  this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor 
or  with  highest  honor.  To  be  considered  for  graduation  with  honor,  a 
student  must  have  completed  a  minimum  of  72  quarter  hours  of  work  at 
University  College.  Courses  credited  by  advanced  standing  will  be  elimi- 
nated in  determining  honor  graduates. 

Attendance  at  Commencement 

All  candidates  for  University  College  degrees  are  required  to  attend  Com- 


32   /   ACADEMIC   POLICIES 

mencement  in  the  year  of  qualification.  Degrees  in  absentia  are  awarded 
only  to  candidates  excused  for  personal  or  immediate-family  illness,  mil- 
itary service,  or  employment  obligations  which  are  beyond  the  control  of 
the  candidate. 

A  petition  to  receive  a  degree  in  absentia  must  be  presented  to  the  Dean. 
Each  petition  will  be  acted  upon  by  the  Dean. 

Quality  Points 

The  requirement  for  graduation  from  University  College  is  174  quarter 
hours  with  attainment  of  a  quality  point  average  of  2.00.  Although  the 
credits  allowed  for  acceptable  work  completed  elsewhere  by  transfer 
students  count  toward  fulfillment  of  quantitative  graduation  requirements, 
neither  the  credits  nor  the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  are  included  in 
quality  point  computations  for  graduation. 

The  method  of  figuring  quality  points  is  as  follows:  Each  quarter  hour  credit 
of  A  grade  is  multiplied  by  4,  B  grade  by  3,  C  grade  by  2,  D  grade  by  1, 
and  F  grade  by  0.  The  total  number  of  quality  points,  divided  by  the  total 
number  of  quarter  hour  credits  completed,  shall  be  the  quality  point  average. 

Students  receiving  an  F  grade  in  a  required  course  must  repeat  the  course 
in  its  entirety  including  term  work,  examinations,  and  attendance. 

Quality  Point  Averages 

The  Registrar's  Office  will  not  be  able  to  recalculate  or  confirm  the  calcula- 
tions of  quality  point  averages  for  individual  students.  Each  student's 
record  will  be  brought  up  to  date  before  his  graduation.  In  the  meantime, 
borderline  cases  will  be  checked  by  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  Uni- 
versity College. 

Dean's  List 

All  matriculated  students  who  have  taken  a  minimum  of  18  quarter  hours 
in  three  consecutive  quarters  (Fall,  Winter,  Spring)  of  an  academic  year  and 
have  completed  all  their  courses  with  an  average  of  3.0  or  better  shall  be 
placed  on  the  Dean's  List.  Each  student  shall  receive  a  letter  of  commenda- 
tion from  the  Dean  of  University  College. 

Pass-Fail  Courses 

Any  student  who  is  not  on  academic  probation  and  who  has  completed  40 
Q.H.  of  academic  work  may  register  for  one  pass/fail  course  and,  thereafter, 
for  one  course  on  a  pass /fail  basis  for  each  10  Q.H.  of  successfully  com- 
pleted work.  Written  permission  of  the  appropriate  academic  dean  must  be 
obtained  for  each  pass/fail  course.  At  no  time  may  a  student  register  for 
more  than  one  pass/fail  course  per  quarter. 

Such  courses  will  be  restricted  to  free  electives  outside  the  major  field  of 
specialization,  so  that  no  part  of  the  specifically  prescribed  curricula  will  be 
affected. 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES   /   33 

The  grades  recorded  on  the  basis  of  the  pass /fail  system  of  grading  will  not 
figure  in  the  computation  of  the  QPA. 

Satisfactory  completion  of  the  work  in  all  courses  taken  on  the  pass /fail 
system  of  grading  will  be  designated  on  the  transcript  by  the  letter  "S." 
Unsatisfactory  work  will  be  designated  on  the  transcript  by  the  letter  "U." 
Any  unsatisfactory  grade  must  be  handled  according  to  the  existing  policy 
of  the  University,  but  must  never  be  cleared  through  the  election  of  the 
same  course  on  the  basis  of  the  pass/fail  system  of  grading. 

An  incomplete  in  a  course  taken  on  a  pass/fail  basis  will  be  designated  by 
the  letter  "X"  on  the  transcript  and  must  be  treated  according  to  the  normal 
procedure  for  incomplete  grades. 

The  following  REGISTRATION  PROCEDURES  shall  prevail: 

Students  wishing  to  use  the  pass/fail  system  of  grading  for  a  course  must 
meet  all  prerequisites  for  such  course  and  should  signify  their  desire  to 
apply  for  a  specific  course  on  the  basis  of  this  system  at  registration. 

The  student's  decision  to  take  a  course  on  a  pass/fail  basis  must  be  made 
prior  to  the  second  meeting  of  the  course  and  no  changes  will  be  permitted 
thereafter. 

Class  Changes 

University  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel,  split,  or  combine  classes 
when  necessary. 

Registration 

Before  attending  classes,  students  must  report  to  the  registration  area  to 
register.  All  students  must  complete  their  registration  properly  before 
attending  class.  Attendance  at  class,  even  with  the  instructor's  permission, 
does  not  constitute  registration. 

No  academic  credit  will  be  recorded  for  students  not  properly  registered. 

In  order  to  insure  academic  success,  students  are  strongly  advised  to  ad- 
here to  course  prerequisites. 

Class  Attendance  and  Preparation 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  exercises  in  the  subjects  they  are 
studying  unless  excused  in  advance. 

Absence  from  regularly  scheduled  exercises  in  any  subject  will  seriously 
affect  the  standing  of  the  student.  Consecutive  absences  may  cause  the 
removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects  from  the  student's  schedule. 

Two  hours  of  preparation  are  normally  required  for  each  hour  spent  in  the 
classroom. 

Withdrawal  Policy 

A  student  may  be  withdrawn  from  a  course  in  several  ways: 


34  /  ACADEMIC   POLICIES 

VOLUNTARY  WITHDRAWAL— The  student  completes  a  drop  course  form  in 
the  Registrar's  Office  or  notifies  the  Registrar  in  writing  of  his  intention  to 
withdraw  from  the  course. 

INITIAL  ABSENCE  WITHDRAWAL — If  a  student  is  absent  without  permission 
from  the  first  three  meetings  of  a  course,  he  will  be  withdrawn  by  the 
Registrar. 

END  OF  COURSE  WITHDRAWAL — If,  by  the  ninth  or  tenth  week  of  the 
quarter,  the  Registrar,  after  examining  the  attendance  book,  has  every 
reason  to  believe  the  student  has  dropped  from  the  course,  he  will  officially 
withdraw  the  student  and  so  note  in  the  attendance  book. 

Change  of  Address 

Change  of  address  and/or  name  should  be  reported  immediately  to  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

Absence  Because  of  Illness 

All  students  who  are  absent  from  school  because  of  extended  illness,  and  do 
not  wish  to  be  withdrawn,  should  inform  the  Registrar's  Office  by  letter. 

Examinations 

Term  tests  are  scheduled  in  each  quarter  at  the  option  of  the  instructor 
and  are  regarded  as  part  of  the  term's  course  work.  A  final  examination 
will  be  held  at  the  end  of  each  quarter  in  each  course  unless  an  announce- 
ment to  the  contrary  is  made. 

Homework  Assignments 

Students  are  responsible  for  obtaining  their  homework  assignments  by 
contacting  their  instructor  or  another  student  in  their  class.  Homework 
assignments  are  not  available  in  the  University  College  Office. 

Missed  Final  Examinations 

A  student  does  not  automatically  have  the  right  to  make  up  a  missed  final 
examination.  Students  must  petition  for  this  privilege  and  must  pay  a  fee  of 
$5.00  for  each  special  examination  when  filing  for  the  special  make-up  exam. 
Petitions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office  or  in  each  off-campus 
Administration  Office.  Petitions  for  missed  finals  must  be  filed  in  accord- 
ance with  the  schedule  listed  below: 

final  examination  file  petition  make-up  final  exam 

missed  during:  no  later  than:  during  week  of: 

Fall  Quarter  January  19,  1973  February  12,  1973 

Winter  Quarter  April  20,  1973  May  14,  1973 

Spring  Quarter  July  13,  1973  August  13,  1973 

Summer  Quarter  October  5,  1973  October  29,  1973 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES   /  35 

Students  will  be  notified  by  mail  when  and  where  to  take  the  missed  final 
examination.  Ail  examinations  will  be  administered  on  the  Boston  Campus. 

Students  who  do  not  take  make-up  final  examinations  as  scheduled  forfeit 
the  makeup  privilege.  (See  below  for  I  grade  explanation.) 

Grading  System 

The  following  system  of  grading  is  used.  The  numerical  equivalent  for  each 
grade  is  in  parentheses. 

A  (4.0)  —  Outstanding  L  —  Audit  (No  Credit)-UC  and  LC  only 

B  (3.0)  —  Good  S  —  Satisfactory  (Pass-Fail  Grade) 

C  (2.0)  —  Satisfactory  U  —  Unsatisfactory  (Pass- Fail  Grade) 

D  (1.0)  —  Poor  X  —  Incomplete  (Pass-Fail  Grade) 

F  (0.0)  —  Failure  *  —  Grade  not  received 

I  ( — )  —  Incomplete 

A  general  average  of  "D"  is  unacceptable  and  will  not  allow  a  student  to 
continue  in  University  College  or  to  receive  a  degree  from  Northeastern 
University.  The  "F"  grade  is  a  definite  failure  and  requires  repetition  of 
course  in  its  entirety.  The  "I"  grade  is  given  only  when  the  student  fails 
to  take  the  final  examination. 

The  I  Grade 

The  I  grade  may  be  given  only  when  the  student  fails  to  take  the  final 
examination. 

An  instructor  may  decide  that  a  student  has  done  so  poorly  in  the  course 
that  even  a  perfect  grade  in  a  makeup  final  could  not  raise  the  grades  from 
F,  in  which  case  F  is  the  proper  grade,  irrespective  of  the  missed  final. 

If  the  student  fails  to  complete  some  other  major  portion  of  the  course  work 
(examination,  quizzes,  major  paper,  etc.)  a  letter  grade  (A,  B,  C,  D,  F)  should 
be  assigned.  This  grade  can  be  changed,  upon  petition,  when  the  deficiency 
which  led  to  the  assigned  letter  grade  is  made  up  to  the  satisfaction  of  and 
In  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  instructor. 

All  deficiencies  must  be  made  up  in  the  prescribed  manner  no  later  than  the 
quarter  following  the  recording  of  the  grade. 

*Grade  Reports 

An  official  grade  report  will  be  mailed  approximately  three  weeks  after  the 
quarter  is  completed  to  each  registered  student.  Grades  will  not  be  given 
over  the  telephone  or  at  the  Registrar's  Office. 


*A  supplementary  grade  report  will  be  issued  when  the  missing  grade  is  received.  Please 
do  not  call  the  Rgistrar's  Office  for  it.  University  regulations  prohibit  issuing  grades  by 
telephone. 

S,  U,  X,  I  and  L  grades  are  not  included  in  the  Quality  Point  Average.  "S"  grades  are  in- 
cluded in  "Earned  Hours"  toward  the  degree.  Cumulative  totals  do  not  appear  on  reports 
for  non  matriculated  students. 


36  /   ACADEMIC   POLICIES 

Auditing  Policy 

Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses  upon  filing  the  usual  registration 
forms  and  paying  the  regular  tuition  fees.  There  Is  no  reduction  in  fees  for 
auditing.  An  auditor  may  participate  in  class  discussion,  complete  papers 
and  projects  and  take  tests  and  examinations  for  informal  evaluation,  if 
desired.  However,  regardless  of  the  amount  or  quality  of  work  completed,  no 
academic  credit  will  be  granted  at  any  time  for  courses  audited. 

Audit  Procedure 

The  student's  decision  to  take  a  course  on  an  audit  basis  must  be  communi- 
cated in  writing  to  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  fourth  class  meeting  of  the 
course.  No  exception  to  this  procedure  can  be  approved  without  authoriza- 
tion by  the  Academic  Standing  Committee  of  the  College. 

Calculation  of  Quality  Point  Average 

1.  When  the  student  has  more  than  one  grade  in  the  same  course,  the 
most  recent  grade  will  be  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  quality  point 
average. 

2.  A  grade  of  "I"  will  not  be  considered  In  the  calculation  of  the  quality 
point  average. 

3.  Although  advanced  standing  credits  (ASC)  allowed  for  acceptable  work 
completed  at  other  institutions  by  transfer  students  count  toward  com- 
pletion of  the  quantitative  credit  requirements,  neither  the  credits  nor 
the  grades  earned  in  such  courses  are  included  in  quality  point  aver- 
age computations. 

For  example,  a  student  who  has  registered  for  seven  courses,  cleared  a 
failure  in  one  of  them  and  received  advanced  standing  credit  (ASC)  in  an- 
other, may  calculate  his  quality  point  average  as  follows: 


Grade 

Numerical 

Credit 

Quality 

chieved 

Eq 

uivalent 

Hours 

Points 

A 

4.0 

X 

4 

z:; 

16.0 

B 

3.0 

X 

4 

^ 

12.0 

C 

2.0 

X 

3 

= 

6.0 

D 

1.0 

X 

3 

= 

3.0 

F 

0.0 

X 

2 

= 

0.0 

FB 

3.0 

X 

2 

= 

6.0 

1 

— 

X 

— 

= 

— 

ASC 

■ 

X 
Totals 

is" 

= 

43.0 

oint  Avei 

-age 

Total 
»   — -    

Quality  Points  (43.0)            ^ 

Total  Credit  Hours  (18) 
Academic  Probation 

Students  whose  scholarship  in  any  given  period  is  unsatisfactory  may  be 
dropped  from  the  College  or  may  be  placed  on  probation. 


ACADEMIC   POLICIES   /   37 

Disciplinary  Action 

The  Committee  on  Regulations  and  Discipline  has  the  authority  to  dismiss 
from  the  College  or  place  on  probation  at  any  time  or  to  strike  from  the  list 
of  candidates  for  the  degree,  any  student  deemed  unworthy  because  of 
conduct  or  character. 

Maximum  Course  Load 

New  students  may  elect  up  to  five  (5)  subjects  per  quarter  without  special 

permission. 

Former  students,  who  are  not  on  the  Dean's  List,  may  also  elect  up  to  five 

(5)  subjects  per  quarter  without  special  permission.  Program  Directors  may 

allow  six  (6)  subjects  if  the  student  has  a  2.50  Q.P.A.  or  better. 

Dean's  List  students  may  elect  any  number  of  subjects  per  quarter  not  to 

exceed  sixteen  (16)  quarter  hours  without  special  permission. 

Not  all  the  courses  listed  in  this  bulletin  will  be  offered.  A  final  list  of  those 
classes  to  be  offered  will  be  contained  in  the  University  College  Schedule 
of  Courses,  which  gives  the  hours,  days  and  location  of  classes.  This  sched- 
ule is  issued  prior  to  the  Fall,  Winter,  Spring,  and  Summer  Quarters. 


tuition  and  fees 


Tuition  and  fees  are  refundable  only  as  stated  under  "Refund  of  Tuition." 
Checks  and  drafts  for  all  charges  are  to  be  drawn  to  the  order  of  North- 
eastern University. 

Initial  Registration  Fee 

A  ten  dollar  ($10.00)  registration  fee,  required  of  all  new  students  is  due 
and  payable  upon  registration.  This  fee  is  nonrefundable. 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  all  credit  courses  is  $28.00  per  quarter  hour  of  credit.  Charges 
for  registration  and  tuition  for  special  courses  are  at  the  rate  specified  for 
each  course.  Students  are  permitted  to  audit  courses,  however,  there  is  no 
reduction  in  fees  for  auditing. 

Non-credit  courses  are  charged  at  quarter  hour  rates  comparable  to  those 
of  credit  courses  meeting  on  an  equivalent  contact  hour  schedule. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  class  sessions  or  take  any  examination 
or  test  until  they  have  paid  their  tuition  fees  or  have  made  satisfactory  ar- 
rangements for  payment. 

Students  will  not  be  advanced  in  class  standing,  or  permitted  to  re-enroll  in 
the  University,  nor  will  degrees  be  conferred  until  all  financial  obligations 
to  the  University  have  been  met. 

No  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal  will  be  issued  to  any  student  who  has 
not  fully  met  his  financial  obligations  to  the  University. 

Tuition  Budget  Payment  Plans 

Occasionally  situations  develop — usually  beyond  the  control  of  the  student 
— which  make  it  difficult  to  meet  the  payments  in  the  manner  outlined 
above.  Under  such  circumstances  the  student  is  advised  to  discuss  his 
problem  personally  at  the  Bursar's  Office,  where  one  of  the  budget 
plans  or  a  deferred  payment  agreement  may  be  worked  out.  Such  arrange- 
ments should  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  the  quarter  or 
within  one  week  of  the  date  of  registration  if  the  student  enters  late.  A 
charge  of  $2.00  will  be  made.  Failure  to  take  immediate  action  will  result 
in  a  late  payment  fee  of  $10.00. 


38 


TUITION   AND    FEES   /   39 

Tuition  Underwritten  by  Employers 

An  increasing  number  of  companies  are  underwriting  part  or  all  of  the 
cost  of  tuition  of  students  in  their  employ.  In  cases  where  payment  is  to 
be  made  directly  by  the  employer  to  the  University,  the  student  should 
furnish  to  the  Bursar's  Office  a  purchase  order  covering  his  registration  or 
a  statement  from  an  officer  of  his  company  certifying  that  the  company  is 
underwriting  the  tuition. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Any  veteran  covered  by  Public  Law  89-358  should  report  to  Room  245 
Richards  Hall  to  fill  out  the  proper  enrollment  forms. 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Bills  for  tuition  and  fees  are  payable  on  or  before  Saturday  of  the  week  of 
issuance.  A  late  payment  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  for  all  students  failing  to 
comply  unless  special  payment  arrangements  are  approved  by  the 
Bursar's  Office. 

Refund  of  Tuition 

The  general  policy  in  all  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  with  respect 
to  refunds  of  tuition  to  students  is  as  follows: 

The  University  provides  all  instruction  on  an  academic  quarter  basis  for 
which  students  pay  at  the  beginning  of  each  quarter.  Tuition  refunds  will  be 
granted  through  the  first  four  weeks  of  a  quarter  only  when  specific  condi- 
tions are  met.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be  discussed  with  the 
Bursar. 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing  on 
the  official  withdrawal  application  when  filed  with  the  Registrar  in  Room 
120  Hayden  Hall.  Non-attendance  does  not  constitute  official  withdrawal. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 
official  withdrawal  filed  within:  percentage  of  tuition 

1st  week  of  quarter  100% 

2nd  week  of  quarter  75% 

3rd  week  of  quarter  50% 

4th  week  of  quarter  25% 

Courses  in  Other  Departments  of  the  University 

University  College  students  assigned  to  courses  in  other  departments  of 
the  University  are  charged  the  tuition  rates  and  other  fees  effective  in  the 
departments  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 

Student  Center  Fee 

All  students  in  University  College  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are 
charged  $.75  each  quarter  for  the  services  available  in  the  Student  Center. 


40   /   TUITION   AND   FEES 

Laboratory  Fee 

All  students  enrolled  In  chemistry  or  biology  courses  which  include  labora- 
tory must  purchase  from  the  Bursar's  Office  a  Laboratory  Fee  and  Deposit 
Card  for  $15.00  ($5  for  extra  cards).  Upon  completion  of  the  course  or 
withdrawal  during  the  quarter,  the  student  must  check  out  his  status  with 
the  laboratory  attendant.  The  Bursar's  Office  will  then  refund  any  unused 
balance  shown  on  the  Laboratory  Fee  and  Deposit  Card. 

Graduation  Fee 

The  University  graduation  fee,  charged  to  those  who  are  candidates  for 
the  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree,  is  $25.00  payable  on  or  before  May 
1  of  the  year  in  which  the  student  expects  to  graduate. 

Missed  Final  Examination  Fee 

Students  absent  from  the  regularly  scheduled  finahexamlnation  at  the  end  of 
a  course  may  petition  for  a  "IViissed  Final  Examination."  The  fee  for  each 
examination  requested  by  the  student  is  $5.00.  The  fee  must  be  paid  when 
the  petition  is  filed  in  the  University  Registrar's  Office. 

Transcripts 

Students  may  request  transcripts  of  their  grades  at  the  Registrar's 
Office.  There  is  no  charge  for  the  first  transcript.  After  the  initial  tran- 
script, there  is  a  charge  of  $1.00  per  copy,  payable  in  advance. 


financial  aid 


General  information  pertaining  to  financial  aid  opportunities  and  specific 
scholarship  applications  for  part-time  students  are  available  in  the  Univer- 
sity College  Admissions  Office,  Room  102  Churchill  Hall. 

The  following  scholarships  and  awards  are  available  to  students  enrolled 
in  University  College. 

Professor  Joseph  A.  Mullen  Scholarships 

The  Massachusetts  Chapter  of  the  American  Society  of  Training  and  De- 
velopment has  established  a  fund  to  provide  annual  scholarship  awards 
to  deserving  part-time  students  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of 
University  College. 

Dean  Russell  Whitney  Memorial  Scholarship 

Alpha  Chapter  of  the  Pi  Tau  Kappa  Fraternity  sponsors  an  annual  tuition 
scholarship  in  memory  of  former  Dean  Russell  Whitney.  The  award  is 
made  available  to  the  man  in  University  College  whose  qualities  of  leader- 
ship and  influence  on  his  fellow  students,  strength  of  character,  and 
record  of  scholarship  and  broad  achievement  mark  him  as  outstanding. 
The  award  is  made  available  to  the  student  who  has  completed  a  minimum 
of  80  quarter  hours.  To  be  eligible  for  this  scholarship,  the  student  must 
pursue  a  normal  schedule  during  the  year  in  which  the  award  is  made. 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Scholarships 

Established  in  1969  in  memory  of  the  late  Rev.  Martin  Luther  King  Jr. 
Awards  are  made  as  openings  occur  to  adults  frOm  minority  groups  who 
would  otherwise  be  unable  to  continue  their  education.  Stipends  will  cover 
tuition  expenses  not  to  exceed  six  quarter  hours  in  any  academic  quarter. 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Scholarships 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority  annually  makes  available  scholarship  awards.  They 
are  granted  to  women  students  in  the  liberal  arts,  business,  and  engineering 
programs,  respectively,  who  rank  highest  in  their  class  at  the  end  of  the 
upper-middle  year.  In  the  event  the  student  is  eligible  for  an  award  of 
greater   monetary  value,   the   award   will   be   made  to  the   next   highest- 


41 


42   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

ranking  woman  student.  To  be  eligible  for  this  scholarship,  the  student 
must  be  enrolled  in  a  program  of  at  least  two  evenings  per  week  and  must 
be  a  candidate  for  the  Bachelor's  degree.  In  determining  this  award, 
grades  of  all  courses  completed  in  prior  years  shall  be  considered. 

Harry  Olins  Scholarship 

The  Harry  Olins  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  as  an  expression  of 
firm  belief  in  University  College  students  and  "what  they  stand  for."  The 
fund,  presented  by  Mrs.  Harry  Olins  in  recognition  of  her  husband's  long 
service  on  the  faculty,  makes  available  an  annual  tuition  award  to  two 
students  who  in  terms  of  scholastic  achievement,  character,  and  personal 
need  best  typify  the  spirit  of  Northeastern  University. 

To  be  eligible  for  this  award,  the  student  must  be  a  degree  candidate  and 
carry  a  full  academic  load  during  the  school  year. 

Northeastern  University  Alumni  Club  of  Lowell  Scholarships 

The  Northeastern  University  Alumni  Club  of  Lowell  awards  scholarships 
annually  to  evening  students  in  University  College  from  the  Greater  Lowell 
area  who  demonstrate  high  scholastic  ability  and  are  in  need  of  fiinancial 
assistance.  Students  interested  should  obtain  an  application  in  the  University 
College  office,  102  Churchill  Hall.  Upon  filing  an  application  and  submitting 
a  resume,  the  student  will  be  required  to  complete  an  interview  with  the 
Scholarship  Committee  of  the  Alumni  Club  of  Lowell. 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers  Scholarships 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina,  awards  $500  annually 
to  advanced  transportation  students  who  have  achieved  high  academic  stand- 
ing and  who  have  paid  their  tuition  expenses  without  prior  aid.  The  award 
may  be  shared  by  more  than  one  student.  Potential  recipients  are  desig- 
nated by  the  Director  of  the  Transportation  Institute,  and  a  final 
determination  is  made  by  the  Dean  of  University  College. 

University  College  Faculty  Club  Memorial  Scholarship  Awards 

The  Faculty  Club  of  University  College,  Northeastern  University,  offers 
two  awards  annually,  primarily  for  excellence  in  studies,  to  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  candidates  in  University  College  who  have  carried,  and  are 
currently  carrying,  a  minimum  of  24  quarter  hours  annually.  Applications 
available  in  December  in  U.C.  offices.  Must  be  returned  before  Feb.  1. 
These  awards  shall  be  known  as  University  College  Faculty  Club  Memorial 
Scholarship  Awards  in  commemoration  of  the  Club's  deceased  members. 

U.S.  Navy  Field  Training  Supervisors  Association  Memorial  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  fund  has  been  established  by  the  generosity  of  the  United 
States  Navy  Field  Training  Supervisors  Association,  in  commemoration  of 


FINANCIAL  AID    /   43 

the  Association's  deceased  members.  The  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  deserving  student,  selected  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships,  who  is 
a  Management  major,  working  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the 
evening  program  of  University  College. 

Traffic  Club  of  New  England  Scholarship 

The  Traffic  Club  of  New  England  provides  12  basic  and  four  advanced 
scholarships  annually  for  persons  employed  in  transportation  and  industry 
traffic  departments.  The  scholarships  are  divided  equally  between  industry 
and  carrier  applicants,  and  each  award  is  applicable  toward  tuition,  books, 
and  incidental  expenses  involved  in  Transportation  Management  courses. 
The  purpose  of  the  plan  is  to  afford  a  limited  number  of  young  men  an 
opportunity  to  expand  and  improve  their  education  by  systematized  study 
in  courses  in  the  field  of  transportation  and  traffic  management.  The 
scholarships  are  administered  cooperatively  with  the  Scholarship  Com- 
mittee of  the  Traffic  Club  of  New  England.  Applications  may  be  secured 
from  and  filed  with  the  Secretary,  The  Traffic  Club  of  New  England, 
294  Washington  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02108. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Scholarships 

University  College's  scholastic  honor  fraternity,  Sigma  Epsilon  Rho,  an- 
nually awards  plaques  and  scholarships  for  outstanding  scholastic  achieve- 
ment to  the  highest-ranking  male  students  in  University  and  Lincoln 
Colleges  at  the  end  of  their  junior  year. 

Community  Sources 

Students  and  their  families  are  urged  to  explore  community,  industrial,  and 
foundation  sources  for  collegiate  financial  aid.  Parental  employers  or  the 
appropriate  union  organization  may  be  a  source.  In  addition,  local,  civic, 
political,  religious  or  educational  leaders  are  often  aware  of  aid  sources  in 
the  immediate  community.  Some  typical  sources  may  include:  P.T.A., 
Kiwanis,  Lions,  Elks,  Knights  of  Columbus,  Masons,  Sons  of  Italy,  Rotary, 
State  Rehabilitation,  American  Legion,  etc. 

University  Grants: 

Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  a  substantial  number  of  full  and 
partial  tuition  grants  to  students  who  have  demonstrated  both  above-aver- 
age scholastic  achievement  and  financial  need.  All  applications  for  aid  are 
automatically  considered  for  all  grants  administered  by  the  University.  It  is 
not  necessary  for  an  applicant  to  speciify  the  grant  in  which  he  is  interested. 

National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program 

This  program  is  available  to  students  who  show  evidence  of  financial  need. 
Undergraduate  students  may  borrow  as  much  as  $1000  each  academic  year 


44   /    FINANCIAL  AID 

up  to  the  maximum  of  $5000  for  their  entire  undergraduate  education.  Re- 
payment and  interest  on  these  loans  do  not  begin  until  nine  months  after  the 
student  ceases  to  carry  at  least  a  half-time  academic  load  at  an  institution 
of  higher  education.  The  repayment  of  principal  may  be  extended  over  a 
ten-year  period  with  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  3%  per  annum.  Repayment 
may  be  deferred  up  to  a  total  of  three  years  while  a  borrower  is  serving  as  a 
Peace  Corps  or  VISTA  volunteer. 

If  a  borrower  becomes  a  full-time  teacher,  cancellation  of  up  to  one-half  of 
the  principal  of  the  loan  may  be  allowed  at  the  rate  of  10%  for  each  year 
of  teaching  service.  Borrowers  who  elect  to  teach  the  disadvantaged  or 
handicapped  may  qualify  for  cancellation  of  their  entire  obligation  at  the 
rate  of  15%  per  year  of  teaching  service.  Borrowers  serving  as  a  full-time 
member  of  the  Armed  Services  of  the  United  States  are  entitled  to  cancel 
121/2%  Pe""  annum  of  the  principal  outstanding  on  any  loans  written  after 
April  13,  1970  for  each  year  of  such  service  up  to  a  maximum  cancellation 
of  25%.  Applications  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Guaranteed  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program  a  student  enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal  aca- 
demic work  load  may  borrow,  from  a  bank  or  other  financial  institution  par- 
ticipating in  the  program,  up  to  $1,500  per  year  to  a  maximum  of  $7,500. 

Applications  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the  Education  Office  of  your 
state  government. 

Additional  information  and  necessary  application  forms  for  Massachusetts 
residents  are  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Any  veteran  covered  by  the  Veterans  Readjustment  Act  of  1966,  Public 
Law  89-358,  should  report  to  Room  245  Richards  Hall  to  fill  out  the  proper 
enrollment  forms.  These  forms  will  be  made  available  during  registration 
periods  for  all  students  in  the  Law  Enforcement  Programs  at  special 
off-campus  locations. 

Students  needing  additional  information  as  to  eligibility,  allowances,  or  other 
details  are  urged  to  contact  their  local  office  of  the  Veterans  Administration 
as  early  as  possible. 

Law  Enforcement  Education  Program  (LEEP)  Grants 

Grants  are  available  to  full-time  or  part-time  students  employed  by  a  publicly 
funded  law  enforcement  agency,  (as  defined  by  LEAA)  and  involve  a  signed 
agreement  to  remain  in  the  service  of  the  agency  employing  such  applicant 
for  two  years  following  completion  of  the  course  for  which  aid  was  given. 
Application  for  loans  or  grants  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Fi- 
nancial Aid. 


FINANCIAL  AID   /   45 


Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 


The  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration,  U.S.  Department  of  Jus- 
tice, has  set  up  an  Office  of  Academic  Assistance  under  authority  of  the 
Omnibus  Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets  Act  of  1968,  Public  Law  90-351. 
Through  the  University,  loans  up  to  $1800  per  year  for  tuition  and  grants  up 
to  $200  per  academic  quarter  for  tuition  and  fees  are  available  to  law  en- 
forcement personnel  in  undergraduate  or  graduate  programs  leading  to 
degrees  or  certificates  in  areas  directly  related  to  law  enforcement. 

The  loans,  limited  to  full-time  students  in  or  preparing  for  law  enforcement 
or  corrections  careers,  are  cancelled  at  the  rate  of  25  percent  for  each  year 
the  recipient  subsequently  serves  in  law  enforcement  at  federal,  state,  or 
local  level. 

The  grants  are  available  to  full-time  or  part-time  students  in  a  publicly- 
funded  law  enforcement  agency,  and  involve  a  signed  agreement  to  remain 
in  the  service  of  the  government  agency  employing  such  applicant  for  two 
years  following  completion  of  the  course  for  which  aid  was  given. 

Applications  for  loans  or  grants  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid,  Room  252  Richards  Hall. 

Please  note  that  aid  granted  from  programs  sponsored  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment are  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  funds  allocated  to  Northeastern. 


student  activities 


student  activities  for  part-time  students  are  planned,  organized,  and  oper- 
ated by  the  student  body  with  the  assistance  of  the  Director  of  University- 
Lincoln  College  Student  Activities.  The  programs  are  designed  to  keep  pace 
with  the  changing  needs  of  adult  students  and  to  provide  maximum  oppor- 
tunity for  student  participation.  All  part-time  students  in  University  College 
and  Lincoln  College  are  welcome  to  participate. 

The  program  is  flexible  in  nature  and  pioneering  in  spirit  to  meet  the  needs 
of  adult  students.  The  Office  of  University-Lincoln  College  Student  Activities 
is  particularly  interested  in  developing  new  clubs  which  will  benefit  students 
professionally  and  educationally.  If  students  wish  to  start  clubs  related  to 
their  professions,  this  office  will  help  them  plan  and  organize  clubs  on  the 
local  and  national  level.  The  program  is  dedicated  to  assisting  the  adult  stu- 
dent in  the  development  of  his  fullest  potential.  The  University-Lincoln 
College  Student  Activities  Office  is  located  in  102  Churchill  Hall. 

Purpose 

The  purposes  of  part-time  student  activities  are: 

To  provide  opportunities  for  the  development  and  pursuit  of  cultural  in- 
terests and  professional  objectives. 

To  encourage  the  development  of  leadership  activities  and  skills. 

To  enable  the  student  to  identify  more  closely  with  the  University. 

To  include  the  family,  as  an  important  and  vital  motivating  force,  in  the 
part-time  student's  educational  career. 

Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

The  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management  is  the  recognized 
national  professional  organization  of  managers  in  industry,  commerce, 
government,  and  education.  It  has  been  dedicated  to  the  advancement  of 
management  and  managers  since  1912,  when  the  original  Taylor  Society 
was  established.  University  chapters  operate  in  190  leading  colleges  and 
universities  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Puerto  Rico,  and  Hawaii. 


46 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES   /   47 

The  Northeastern  University  chapter  is  open  to  all  adult  students  inter- 
ested in  furthering  their  growth  and  insight  into  the  practice  of  the  manage- 
ment profession. 

The  Northeastern  University  part-time  student  chapter  brings  together 
business  executives  and  students  who  are  interested  In  the  art  and  science 
of  management.  Meetings,  conferences,  and  seminars  provide  an  effective 
medium  for  the  exchange  and  distribution  of  information  on  the  problems, 
policies,  and  methods  of  management  and  industry. 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Honor  Fraternity 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  is  the  honor  fraternity  of  University  College.  Its  pur- 
poses are: 

To  promote  acquaintance  and  good  fellowship  among  those  men  who  have 
attained  highest  scholastic  standing  in  the  College. 

To  stimulate  the  student  body  to  higher  scholastic  accomplishment 
through  the  bearing,  influence,  and  work  of  these  selected  men. 

To  develop  methods  of  mutual  improvement  and  advancement  among  the 
members  of  this  fraternity. 

To  support  high  moral,  professional,  and  scholastic  ideals. 

Only  honor  graduates  or  seniors  with  honor  standing  at  the  end  of  the 
junior  year  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  fraternity.  Admission  is  by 
invitation  after  nomination  by  the  fraternity. 

An  outstanding  book  is  awarded  each  year  by  Sigma  Epsilon  Rho  Fraternity 
to  the  highest-ranking  student  at  the  conclusion  of  the  junior  year. 
Students  will  receive  the  award  only  in  the  event  that  they  enroll  for  the 
subsequent  year. 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority  is  a  social  organization  open  to  all  part-time  women 
students.  Its  purpose  is  to  promote  fellowship  among  the  women  students 
so  that  they  may  become  better  acquainted  and  form  a  closer  tie  with  the 
University.  Monthly  dinner  meetings  are  held.  Two  scholarships  are 
awarded  annually  to  scholastically  superior  women  students. 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon  is  a  national  law  enforcement  fraternity  founded  in 
1957.  The  Northeastern  Chapter  Kappa  Phi  Beta  is  open  to  part-time  and 
day  students  enrolled  in  Law  Enforcement  and  Security  Programs,  and  also 
to  professional  men  in  the  fields  of  law  enforcement  and  security.  The 
fraternity  is  dedicated  to  the  furtherance  of  professional  standards  in  law 
enforcement. 


48  /   STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

Lamplighter  Column 

News  articles  written  by  interested  students  in  University  and  Lincoln  College 
may  be  submitted  to  the  Northeastern  Today  newspaper  to  be  printed  under 
a  Lamplighter  heading.  All  news  articles  should  be  sent  to  the  Evening 
Student  Activities  Office,  102  Churchill  Hall  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  pub- 
lication. Due  to  space  considerations  in  the  Northeastern  Today,  some  arti- 
cles may  require  editing  by  the  professional  staff  of  Northeastern  Today. 

Evening  Student  Council 

The  Evening  Student  Council  was  formed  to  provide  a  representative  body 
to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  student  body  in  non-academic  areas  and  to 
foster  extracurricular  activities  which  will  enrich  University  life.  It  affords 
participants  opportunities  to  meet  and  develop  close  personal  relationships 
with  fellow  students  and  the  administrative  staff. 

The  Evening  Student  Council  provides  students  with  opportunities  to  develop 
leadership  skills  and  gives  them  a  chance  to  discuss  matters  of  professional 
interest  with  experts  in  their  chosen  field. 

The  Council  is  made  up  of  interested  students  in  University  and  Lincoln 
College,  representatives  of  part-time  interest  groups,  and  those  specially 
certified  by  the  Council  because  of  their  demonstrated  interest  in  the  overall 
adult  programs  of  the  University. 

The  E.S.C.,  a  member  of  the  United  States  Association  of  Evening  Students, 
meets  on  the  first  Monday  of  each  month  at  8:30  p.m.  in  the  Student  Center. 
Students  are  welcome  to  visit,  observe,  and  express  opinions  concerning 
part-time  student  life. 

Use  of  Gymansium  Facilities 

Specific  schedules  for  use  of  the  Pool,  Weight  Training  Room,  Indoor  Ath- 
letic Field  and  Track,  Handball  Courts,  Gymnasium,  and  Wrestling  Room  are 
set  up  each  quarter  for  use  by  all  part-time  students.  In  order  to  become 
eligible,  students  must  obtain  a  temporary  Gymnasium  Pass  each  time  they 
wish  to  use  the  Cabot  Gymnasium  Complex.  Passes  are  available  in  the  Cabot 
Complex,  Monday  through  Friday  from  4:30  p.m.  to  9:00  p.m.  and  on 
Saturday  and  Sunday  from  1:00  p.m.  to  4:00  p.m.  All  students  requesting 
a  pass  must  present  their  Student  Identification  Card,  and  passes  will  be 
issued  only  on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis.  Students  using  the  Cabot 
Gymnasium  Complex  are  required  to  abide  by  all  the  Rules  of  the  Gym  and 
may  be  asked  to  complete  a  Medical  Release  form. 

Interest  Groups  and  Clubs 

Interest  Groups  and  Clubs  meeting  on  a  weekly  or  biweekly  basis  are:  Elec- 
trical, Mechanical,  and  Civil  Engineering,  Skiing,  Medical  Technology,  Com- 
puter, Physical  Fitness,  and  Psychology.  Anyone  wishing  to  participate 
should  contact  the  Activities  Office  in  the  Student  Center. 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES   /   49 

Alumni  Association 

More  than  52,000  alumni  are  members  of  the  all-University  Alumni 
Association  which  has  as  its  prime  purposes  the  promotion  of  the  welfare 
of  Northeastern  University,  the  establishment  of  a  mutually  beneficial  re- 
lationship between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  the  perpetuation  of 
fellowship  among  members  of  the  Association. 

The  Alumni  Relations  office  is  located  in  Room  101,  Eli  Student  Center.  The 
official  records  and  addresses  of  alumni  are  maintained  in  Room  260, 
United  Realty  Building. 

The  official  publication  of  the  Alumni  Association,  The  Northeastern 
University  ALUMNUS,  is  published  periodically  and  sent  free  of  charge  to  all 
alumni  on  record. 

Activities  of  the  Association,  including  the  Homecoming  Day  celebration 
and  the  annual  presentation  of  Professional  Promise  Awards  to  out- 
standing seniors  in  Lincoln  and  University  Colleges,  are  directed  by  the 
Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs.  Alumni  officers  also  attend  meetings  of 
the  undergraduate  classes  to  form  a  closer  relationship  between  the 
Association  and  its  future  members. 

The  Alumni  Relations  Office  assists  the  various  class  officers  in  planning 
class  reunions.  Each  class  normally  holds  a  reunion  every  five  years 
during  the  month  of  June.  The  Vice  President  for  the  Alumni  Class 
Council  is  responsible  for  coordinating  class  activities  and  organizing  class 
functions. 

The  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Clubs  works  in  close  association  with 
officers  of  the  more  than  50  Regional  Alumni  Clubs  which  have  been 
established  from  coast  to  coast.  All  alumni  are  eligible  to  become  mem- 
bers of  these  organizations.  The  alumni  clubs  meet  periodically,  often  in 
conjunction  with  visits  from  members  of  the  faculty  or  with  athletic 
events. 

For  Boston  area  alumni,  monthly  luncheon  meetings  are  held  in  both  the 
downtown  and  uptown  sections  of  the  city. 

The  Association  also  sponsors  and  assists  the  alumnae  organization,  and 
the  Varsity  Club,  both  of  which  have  their  own  officers  and  conduct 
various  programs  throughout  the  year.  Through  the  Varsity  Club,  the 
Association  presents  trophies  to  the  outstanding  athlete  of  the  year  in  each 
of  the  five  major  sports. 

One  of  the  most  recent  developments  in  alumni  activities  is  the  organiza- 
tion of  seminars  which  are  conducted  by  the  Association  in  cooperation 
with  the  University's  Center  for  Continuing  Education.  The  seminars  are 
designed  particularly  for  alumni  who  have  a  special  interest  in  current 
events  and  the  field  of  adult  education. 


programs  of  study 


University  College  conducts  part-time  educational  programs  at  the 
undergraduate  level  during  day  and  evening  hours.  The  programs  are 
designed  to  meet  the  varying  needs  and  interests  of  adult  students 
who  may  enroll  as  (1)  Regular  students  following  degree  programs  or 
as  (2)  Special  students  taking  single  courses  or  special  programs. 

University  College  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  pro- 
vide opportunities  for  cultural  and  professional  development  equivalent  in 
quality  and  scope  to  those  offered  in  the  conventional  four-year  college  en- 
rolling full-time  students.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  requires  174 
quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  provide  students  a 
background  in  fundamental  areas  in  business  administration,  liberal  arts, 
health-related  programs,  therapeutic  recreation  services,  and  law  enforce- 
ment. The  Associate  degree  requires  96  quarter  hours  of  credit  and  is  equi- 
valent to  the  conventional  two-year,  or  junior  college  in  scope  and  quality. 

Degree  curricula  are  offered  in  the  following  areas: 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Major 

Business  Administration 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Purchasing 

Real  Estate 

Accounting 

Finance 

Industrial  Management 

Industrial  Technology 

Insurance 

Management 

Management  Information  Systems 

Marketing 

Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations 


Degree 

Associate  in  Science 
Associate  in  Science 
Associate  in  Science 
Associate  in  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 


Page 
54 
56 
58 
60 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 


50 


PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY   /   51 


Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management 

Combined  Program  in  Liberal  Arts 

and  Management 


Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 


LIBERAL  ARTS 

Degree 

Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Associate  in  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 
Associate  in  Science 
Bachelor  of  Science 


Major 

Economics 

English 

Fine  Arts 

History 

Liberal  Arts 

Music 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Chemical-Biological  Technology 

Chemical-Biological  Technology 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT 
Major  Degree 

Correctional  Practices  Bachelor  of  Science 

Associate  in  Science 

Law  Enforcement  Bachelor  of  Science 

Associate  in  Science 

Security  Bachelor  of  Science 

Associate  in  Science 

HEALTH-RELATED   PROGRAMS 
Major  Degree 

Forsyth  School — Northeastern  University  Affiliated  Program 

Program  for  Dental  Hygienists  Bachelor  of  Science 

Health  Sciences 


Respiratory  Therapy 

Management  in  Health  Agencies  and 

Institutions 

Medical  Records  Science 

Nursing  Home  Administration 
Cytotechnology 

Medical  Technology 


Associate  in  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Certificate 

Selected  courses — no  degree 

Bachelor  or  Associate 

of  Science 
Bachelor  or  Associate 

of  Science 


71 
72 


Page 
77 
78 
79 
81 
82 
90 
83 
86 
88 
91 
92 


Page 

94 
98 

100 
104 
106 
110 

Page 

113 
123 

115 
118 
121 
117 

126 

128 


EDUCATION 
Major  Degree  Page 

Teaching  of  English  (in  grades  7-12)  Bachelor  of  Science  133 

Course  descriptions  are  listed  in  numerical  order  by  department  beginning  on 
page  138. 

THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION   SERVICES 
Major  Degree  Page 

Therapeutic  Recreation  Services  Certificate 

Associate  in  Science  136 


business  administration 

Paul  D.  Maxwell,  Assistant  Dean 

Director,  Business  Administration  Programs 

Telephone  437-2418 

Aims 

Business  Administration  programs  of  study  are  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of 
adult  men  and  women  wishing  to  acquire  a  college  education  on  a  part-time 
basis.  The  opportunity  to  achieve  professional  competence  in  a  chosen  field, 
while  developing  potential  for  further  managerial  growth,  is  one  of  the  pro- 
gram's principle  objectives.  Degree  programs  are  designed  to  create  both  a 
breadth  of  perspective  and  a  degree  of  specialization.  Breadth  of  perspective 
will  be  obtained  through  exposure  to  a  well-balanced  sequence  of  liberal  arts 
courses,  which  emphasize  fundamental  economic  laws,  and  the  social  and 
cultural  foundations  of  our  changing  American  society.  Specialized  knowl- 
edge for  future  managerial  growth  will  be  acquired  through  the  study  of 
basic  business  courses,  in  addition  to  a  self-determined  study  of  a  major 
business  area. 

Requirements 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  Associate  in  Science  degree  is  offered  in  the  following  fields  of  study: 
Business  Administration,  Electronic  Data  Processing,  Purchasing,  and  Real 
Estate.  To  qualify  for  the  associate  degree  96  quarter  hours  must  be  suc- 
cessfully completed  in  one  of  the  four  associate  programs.  Detailed  infor- 
mation on  these  programs  together  with  a  recommended  sequence  for 
completing  them  appears  on  the  following  pages. 

New  Students— Please  Note: 

In  an  effort  to  achieve  a  certain  level  of  analytic  and  academic  sophistica- 
tion among  students  taking  upper  level  business  administration  courses 
(designated  by  an  asterisk  wherever  they  appear  in  the  catalog).  University 
College  instituted  a  new  procedure  in  the  Fall  Quarter  of  1969  whereby  all 
new  students  are  required  to  successfully  complete  an  appropriate  associate 
degree  program  before  they  become  eligible  to  take  upper  level  business 
administration  courses.  Special  students  (students  not  pursuing  a  degree 
program)  may  take  upper  level  courses  if  they  can  demonstrate  to  a  program 
adviser  (always  present  during  registration)  or  to  one  of  the  deans  in  Uni- 
versity College  that  they  have  an  adequate  background  to  cope  with  upper 


52 


BUSINESS   ADMINISTRATION    /    53 

level  course  content.  In  determining  whether  a  student  has  "an  adequate 
background,"  the  program  advisers  and  the  deans  will  evaluate,  but  not  be 
limited  to,  such  factors  as  work  experience,  former  college  work,  inde- 
pendent study,  etc. 

The  "appropriate"  program  for  all  bachelor  degree  students,  except  the 
Management  Information  Systems  (IVIIS)  degree  student,  is  the  Associate 
degree  program  in  Business  Administration.  The  "appropriate"  program  for 
the  MIS  degree  student  is  the  Associate  degree  program  in  Electronic  Data 
Processing  (EDP).  Students  pursuing  one  of  the  other  associate  programs 
or  students  pursuing  an  "inappropriate"  associate  program  (e.g.,  student 
following  EDP  associate  program  who  wants  to  major  in  finance  in  his 
bachelor's  program)  may  make  special  arrangements  with  the  Dean  of 
Admissions  or  the  Director  of  Business  Programs  for  a  bachelor's  program. 

A  student  with  a  2.0  average  or  better  in  an  Associate  degree  program  will 
be  considered  by  University  College  as  having  "successfully  completed" 
the  program,  it  should  be  noted  that  students  do  not  have  to  formally 
receive  Associate  degrees;  successful  completion  of  the  Associate  degree 
program  (or  demonstration  of  an  "adequate  background"  in  the  case  of 
special  students)  is  all  that  is  necessary  for  entry  into  upper  level  business 
administration  courses. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Business  Administration  is  offered  in  the 
following  fields  of  study:  Accounting,  Finance,  Industrial  Management, 
Industrial  Technology,  Insurance,  Management,  Management  Information 
Systems,  Marketing,  Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations,  Transportation  and 
Physical  Distribution  Management,  and  in  the  Combined  Program  in  Liberal 
Arts  and  Management. 

In  general,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  requires  successful  completion 
of  the  following  areas  of  study: 

Liberal  Arts  quarter  hours 

Basic  Courses  and  Electives  70 

Business  Administration 

Basic  courses  66 

Major  Field  of  Study  30 

Electives  (Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts)  8 

Total  T74 

Detailed  information  on  these  programs  appears  on  the  following  pages. 

English  Requirements 

The  English  requirements  shall  be  fulfilled  by  taking  Composition  and 
Rhetoric  I,  II  (30.601,  30.602),  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  (30.604, 
30.605)  and  four  additional  hours  of  literature.  Please  review  the  appro- 
priate detailed  program  information.  For  new  English  requirements  see 
explanation  on  page  185. 


54   /    BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327,      10.328,      10.329     Mathematics  I,   II,   III  6 

16.501,      16.502,      16.503      Earth  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,     23.502,      23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,      30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,      30.605      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
39.501,      39.502,     39.503      Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III    6 

39.511,      39.512,     39.513     Statistics  I,  II,  III  6       44 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

43.501,     43.502,     43.503      Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501  Principles  of  Finance  2 

44.502  Principles  of  Investments  2 

44.503  Principles  of  Insurance  and 

Risk  Management  2 
45.506,      45.507,      45.508      Production  Management  and 

Manufacturing  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503      Management  &  Organization  I,  11,111  6 

45.510,  45.611      Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.511,  45.512      Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 
45.570,     45.571,     45.572      Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.599      Basic  Computer  Programming  2 

45.667      Project  Planning  and  Control  2       48 

Electives  Literature  4  4 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   55 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

Accounting  1 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  III 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Earth  Science  1 

Earth  Science  II 

Earth  Science  III 

2nd 

Economics  1 

Economics  II 

Economics  III 

Year 

Math.  1 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

Marketing  1 

Marketing  II 

Marketing  III 

Prin.   Finance 

Prin.   Investments 

Prin.  Insurance 
&  Risk  Mgmt. 

3rd 

West.  Civ.  1 

West.  Civ.  II 

West.  Civ.  Ill 

Year 

Psych.  1 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

E.D.P.  1 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

Labor  Mgmt.  1 

Labor  Mgmt.  II 

Elective 

4th 

Intro.  Lit.  Forms  1 

Intro.  Lit.  Forms  II 

Project  Planning 

Year 

Stat.  1 

Stat.  II 

Stat.  Ill 

Prod'n  Mght.  1 

Prod'n  Mgmt.  II 

Prod'n  Mgmt.  Ill 

Hum.  Rel.  1 

Hum.  Rel.  II 

Basic  Computer 
Programming 

56  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING  Associate  In  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327,      10.328,      10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

16.501,      16.502,      16.503      Earth  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

29.501,      29.502,      29.503      Effective  Speaking  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,      30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,     30.605      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,   II            4 
39.501,     39.502,     39.503      Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III     6 

39.511,     39.512,      39.513      Statistics  I,  II,  III  6       44 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,      41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501  Principles  of  Finance  2 

44.502  Principles  of  Investments  2 

44.503  Principles  of  Insurance 

and  Risk  Management  2 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503      Management  and  Organization  I,   II,   III      6 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572      Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III               6      24 

Major  Field  of  Study 

10.332,      10.333,      10.334     Mathematics  for  Business 

Management  I,  II,  III  6 
45.573,     45.574,     45.575     Computer  Programming  For 

Business  I,  II,  III  6 

45.577      Data  Systems  Administration  2 
45.578,     45.579      Business  Data  Processing 

Applications  I,  II  4 

45.667      Project  Planning  and  Control  2 
45.586,     45.587,     45.588     Systems  Design  and  Techniques  I,  II,  III      6       26 

Electives                                      Liberal  Arts  2         2 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   57 


ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

E.D.P.  1 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  1 

Math.   II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

Economics  1 

Economics  II 

Economics  III 

Year 

Accounting  1 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  III 

Math,  for  Bus. 

Math,  for  Bus. 

Math,  for  Bus. 

Mgmt.  1 

Mgmt.  II 

Mgmt.   Ill 

Comp.   Prog.   Bus.    1 

Comp.  Prog.  Bus.  II 

Comp.  Prog.  Bus.  Ill 

3rd 

Prin.  Finance 

Prin.  Investments 

Prin.  Insurance 

Year 

Psych.   1 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Sys.  Des.  Tech.  1 

Sys.  Des.  Tech.  II 

Sys.  Des.  Tech.  Ill 

Stat.  1 

Stat.   II 

Stat.  Ill 

4th 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  1 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Project  Planning 

Year 

Effective  Spking.    1 

Effective  Spking.  II 

Effective  Spking.   Ill 

Data  Sys.  Adm. 

Bus.  Data  Proc. 

Bus.  Data  Proc. 

Appl.   1 

Appl.  II 

Earth  Science  1 

Earth  Science  II 

Earth  Science  III 

PURCHASING 

Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

39.511, 

39.512, 

39.513 

58  /    BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

Statistics  I,   II,   III  6       32 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501  Principles  of  Finance  2 

44.502  Principles  of  Investments  2 

44.503  Principles  of  Insurance 

and     Risk  Management  2 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503      Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572      Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6        24 

Major  Field  of  Study 

43.520      Industrial  Marketing  2 

45.510,  45.611      Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.511,  45.512      Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 
45.536     Principles  of  Material  Inspection  2 

45.537,     45.538,     45.539      Purchasing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.623,     45.624,      45.625     Manufacturing  Processes  I,  II,  III  6 

45.627,     45.628     Value  Management  I,  II  4 

45.626     Professional  Purchasing  Techniques*  2       36 

Electives  Literature  4  4 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  suggested  course  sequence 
on  the  opposite  page. 

Additional  Departmental  Offerings 

45.666     Materials  Acquisition  Function  2 
Please  see  page  208  for  course  descriptions. 


•Upper   level    Business  Administration  course;   may  be  taken   in  the   Purchasing  Associate 
Degree   Program. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   59 


PURCHASING 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


1st 
Year 


2nd 
Year 


3rd 
Year 


4th 
Year 


Quarter  I 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I 
Accounting  I 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  I 
Math.  I 

Economics  I 
Psych.  I 
Prin.  Finance 
E.D.P.  I 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I 
Stat.  I 

Purchasing  I 
Manuf.  Proc.  I 

Law  I 

Labor  Mgmt.  Rel.  I 
Hum.  Rel.  I 
Prof.  Purchasing 


Quarter  II 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 
Accounting  II 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 
Math.  II 

Economics  II 
Psych.  II 
Prin.  Invest. 
E.D.P.  II 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 
Stat.  II 
Purchasing  II 
Manuf.  Proc.  II 

Law  II 

Labor  Mgmt.  Rel.  II 
Hum.  Rel.  II 
Value  Mgmt.  I 


Quarter  III 

Elective 
Accounting  III 
Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 
Math.  Ill 

Economics  III 
Psych.  Ill 
Prin.  Insurance 
E.D.P.  Ill 

Elective 
Stat.  Ill 
Purchasing  III 
Manuf.  Proc.  Ill 

Law  III 

Industrial  Mktg. 
Prin.  Mat.  Inspec. 
Value  Mgmt.  II 


REAL  ESTATE 

Basic  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

39.511, 

39.512, 

39.513 

60   /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Associate  in  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and   Rhetoric   I,   II  4 

Introduction  to   Literary   Forms   I,   II  4 

Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

Statistics  I,   II,  III  6       38 

Basic  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

Principles  of  Finance  2 

Principles  of  Investments  2 
Principles  of  Insurance  and 

Risi<  Management  2 

Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

Law  I,  II,  III*  6       24 


Real   Estate  Fundamentals  I,   11,   ill  6 

Real   Estate  Financial  Analysis  I,   II  4 

47.511      Fundamental  Real  Estate  Appraisal  2 

47.512,     47.513     Advanced   Real   Estate  Appraisal  I,   II  4 

47.521      Real   Estate   Development  2        18 

Electives                                     Literature  4 

Liberal  Arts  6 

Business  Administration  6        16 

Total  Credits  96 

Students  following  a  degree  program  should  refer  to  the  suggested  course  se- 
quence on  the  opposite  page. 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

47.524     Private  Real  Estate  Law  2 

47.525,     47.526     Public  Real  Estate  Law  I  &  II  4 

Please  see  page  223  for  course  descriptions. 


44.501 

44.502 

44.503 

45.501, 

45.502, 

45.503 

45.541, 

45.542, 

45.543 

Major  Field  of  Study 

47.501, 

47.502, 

47.503 

47.508, 

47.509 

•Upper  level   Business  Administration  course;  may  be  taken   in  the  Real   Estate  Associate 
Degree  program. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /   61 


REAL  ESTATE 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Elective 

Year 

Accounting  1 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  III 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  1 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

Economics  1 

Economics  II 

Economics  III 

Year 

Law  1 

Law  II 

Law  III 

Prin.  Finance 

Prin.  Invest. 

Prin.  Insurance 

R.E.  Fund.  1 

R.E.  Fund.  II 

R.E.  Fund.  Ill 

3rd 

Psych.  1 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Stat.  1 

Stat.  II 

Stat.  Ill 

R.E.  Fin.  Anal.  1 

R.E.  Fin.  Anal.  II 

R.E.  Development 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

4th 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  1 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Elective 

Year 

Fund.  R.E.  App. 

Adv.  R.E.  App.  1 

Adv.  R.E.  App.  II 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

62  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

ACCOUNTING  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,      21.502,      21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,      26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6        12 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.504,     41.505,     41.506     Accounting — Intermediate  I,  II,  II!  6 

41.507,     41.508,     41.509     Accounting — Cost  I,  11,  III  6 

44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,      45.542,      45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6        24 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

41.510,     41.511,     41.512     Accounting — Advanced  I,  II,  III*  6 

41.513,     41.514,     41.515     Accounting — Specialized 

Problems  I,  II,  III*  6 

41.516,     41.517,     41.518     Auditing  I,  II,  III*  6 

41.519,     41.520,     41.521      Federal  Income  Taxes  I,  II,  III*  6 

41.522,     41.523,     41.524     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting 

Problems  I,  II,  III*  6       30 

Electives 

Liberal  Arts  10 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts       2        12 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

41.525      Estate  and  Gift  Taxes  2 

41.526,     41.527     Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax 

Problems  I,  II  4 

41.528     Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions  2 

Please  see  page  200  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   63 

FINANCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,      26.502,     26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

39.517,     39.518     Money  and  Banking  I,  II  4 

39.519      Public  Finance  2        18 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.504,     41.505,     41.506     Accounting — Intermediate  I,  II,  III  6 

44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

44.521,     44.522,     44.523     Credit  Management  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.541,      45.542,      45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6 

47.501,     47.502,     47.503      Real  Estate  Fundamentals  I,  II,  III  6       30 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

44.513      Estate  Planning*  2 

44.517,     44.518,     44.519      Investments  I,  II,  III*  6 

44.531,     44.532     Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II*  4 

44.544     Law  of  Finance*  2 

47.508,     47.509     Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  I,  II  4        18 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts  4 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts      8       12 

Total  Credits  174 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


64  /    BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


INDUSTRIAL  MANAGEMENT 


Associate  Degree  Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

10.332,      10.333,      10.334 


11.304, 
21.501, 


11.305, 
21.502, 


11.306 
21.503 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
96 


Mathematics  for  Business 

Management  I,   II,   III 
General   Physics  I,   II,   III 
Sociology  I,  II,  III 


26.501,      26.502,      26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 


24 


Core  Courses — Business  Administration 


45.533,      45.534,      45.535 


45.541, 


45.542, 
45.574, 


45.543 
45.575 


Management  Decisions  and 

Policies  I,  II,  III 
Law  I,  II,  III* 
Computer  Programming  for 

Business  II,  III 


Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.519 
45.528 
45.561,  45.562 
45.563 
45.596,  45.597 
45.624,  45.625 
45.636,  45.637 
45.639,      45.640 


45.595, 
45.623, 

45.638, 
Eiectives 


Work  Methods 
Work  Measurement 
Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  II 
Management  of  Quality  Control 
Manufacturing  Seminar  I,  II,  III* 
Manufacturing   Processes    I,    II,    III 
Production  and  Inventory  Control  I,  II* 
Industrial   Decision   Making  I,  II,   III* 

(Liberal  Arts  or  Business  Administration) 


Total  Credits 


Additional  Department  Offerings 


45.522     Job  Evaluation 


45.526, 

45.431 
45.530 

45.537, 

45.538, 

45.539 
45.620 
45.626 

45.627, 

45.628 

45.670, 

45.671, 

45.672 

Facilities  Planning  and   Design   I,   II 

Standard  Data  Development 

Purchasing  I,   II,   III 

Industrial  Safety 

Professional  Purchasing  Techniques 

Value  Management  I,   II 

Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III 


16 


32 


174 


Please  see  page  210  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  Course— see  p.  52. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /  65 

INDUSTRIAL  TECHNOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Engineering  or  Science  Technology  Courses  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,      21.502,      21.503      Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.501,      23.502,      23.503      Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

30.601,      30.602     Composition   and   Rhetoric   I,   II  4 

30.604,      30.605      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

39.501,      39.502,     39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6       32 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

41.501,     41.502,      41.503     Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

43.514,     43.515      Marketing  Fundamentals  I,  II  4 
45.501,      45.502,      45.503      Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III         6 

45.510,     45.611      Labor-Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.541,      45.542,      45.543      Law  I,  II,  III-  6 

45.561,     45.562     Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  II  4 

45.563      Management  of  Quality  Control  2 

45.570,     45.571.     45.572      Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.673,     45.674     Manufacturing  Processes  for 

Industrial  Technology  I,   II  4        42 

Electives  Literature  4  4 

Total  Credits  174 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  Course— see  p.  52. 


66  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

INSURANCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,      26.502,     26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  11,  III  6 

39.517,      39.518     Money  and  Banking  I,  II  4 

39.519     Public  Finance  2       18 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

44.511,     44.512      Life  Insurance  I,  II  4 

44.514,     44.515,     44.516     Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6        16 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

44.513      Estate  Planning*  2 

44.525,     44.526     Health  and  Social  Insurance  I,  II*  4 

44.527     Group  Insurance  and  Pensions  2 

44.529  Advanced  Property  Insurance*  2 

44.530  Advanced  Property — Casualty  Insurance*  2 
44.540,     44.541      Risk  Analysis  and  Treatment  I,  II*  4 

44.543     Law  of  Insurance*  2        18 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts  4 

Business  Administration  or 

Liberal  Arts  22       26 

Total  Credits  174 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration— see  p.  52. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   67 

MANAGEMENT  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 

Associate  Degree  Program  96 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,      21.503  Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

30.511,     30.512,     30.513  Business  Writing  and  Reports  I,  II,  III  6 

39.531,     39.532,     39.533  Business  Cycles  I,  II,  III  6       24 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

44.507,     44.508,     44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,      45.542,      45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6        12 


Major  Concentration  Courses 


19.532, 

19.533, 

19.534 

41.533, 

41.534, 

41.535 

43.507, 

43.508, 

43.509 

45.523, 

45.524, 

45.525 

45.533, 

45.534, 

45.535 

Electives 

Industrial  Psychology  I,  II,  III*  6 
Accounting  for  Management 

Decisions  I,  II,  III  6 

Sales  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

Management  Seminar  I,  II,  III*  6 
Management  Decisions  and 

Policies  I,  11,  III*  6        30 


Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  12 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.504,     45.604     Administrative  Management  and 

Office  Services  I,  II  4 

45.667      Project  Planning  and  Control  2 

49.504,     49.505     Strategy  for  Planning  I,   II  6 

45.670,     45.671,     45.672      Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III  6 


Please  see  page  208  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration— see  p.  52. 


68  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Associate  Degree  Program  96 

Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,      21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,      26.502,      26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

30.511,     30.512,     30.513      Business  Writing  and  Reports  I,  11,111  6        18 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.501,     43.502,     43.503      Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

44.507,     44.508,      44.509     Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.510,  45.611      Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.511,  45.512      Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II  4 
45.541,      45.542,      45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6        26 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.589,     45.590,     45.591      Advanced  Systems  Design  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.592,     45.593,     45.594     Advanced  Systems  Techniques  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.630      Introduction  to  Operations  Research  2 

45.631,      45.632     Operations  Research  Applications  I,  II*  4 

45.668,     45.669      Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  I,  II  4       22 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts 


Total  Credits 
Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.574,     45.575     Computer  Programming  for  Business  I,  II   4 
45.583,     45.683     Computer  Programming  for  Scientific 

Applications  I,  II  4 

45.516,     45.653      Government  Data  Processing  Applications 

I,  II  4 
45.617,     45.618,     45.619     Advanced  Computer  Programming  I, 

II,  III  6 
45.655,     45.656     Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications 

I,  II  4 

45.658,     45.659      Retailing  Data  Processing  Applications 

I,  II  4 

45.661,     45.662      Banking  Data  Processing  Applications 

I,  II  4 

45.664,     45.665      EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance 

I,  II  4 

45.677,     45.678,     45.679     Operating  Systems  I,  II,  III  6 

45.680,     45.681,     45.682     Computer  Communications  Systems 

Design  I,  II,  III  6 

49.504,     49.505     Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II  6 

Please  see  page  218  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  — see  p.  52. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION    /   69 

MARKETING  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 

Associate  Degree  Program  96 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,      21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,      26.502,      26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6        12 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.518,     43.519,     43.522      Retailing  I,  II,  III  6 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6        12 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

Sales  Management  I,  II,  III  6 
Creative  Marketing  Communications 

I,  11,  III  6 

Industrial  Marketing  2 

Market  Research  I,  II*  4 

International  Marketing  2 

Marketing  Management  I,  II,  III*  6 

Marketing  and  Sales  Seminar*  2        28 

Liberal  Arts  10 
Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts    16       26 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

43.530     Consumer  Behavior  Seminar  2 

43.536     Advertising  Techniques  2 

43.541,     43.542      Public  Relations  I,  II  4 

43.543,     43.544     Salesmanship  I,  II  4 

49.504,     49.505     Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II  6 

Please  see  page  203  for  course  descriptions. 


43.507, 

43.508, 

43.509 

43.511, 

43.512, 

43.513 
43.520 

43.525, 

43.526 
43.529 

43.532, 

43.533, 

43.534 
43.537 

Electives 

•Upper  level  Business  Administration— see  p.  52. 


70  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

PERSONNEL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  RELATIONS        Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 

Associate  Degree  Program  96 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,      21.503     Sociology  I,  11,  III  6 

26.501,      26.502,      26.503      Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6        12 

Core  Courses — Business  Adnriinistration 

45.541,     45.542,     45.543      Law  I,  II,  III*  6          6 

Major  Concentration  Courses 

45.513,     45.514,     45.515      Personnel  Management  I,  II,  III  6 

45.517  Techniques  of  Employee  Selection  2 

45.518  Wage  and  Salary  Administration*  2 

45.521  Employee  Benefits  and  Social  Security  2 

45.522  Job  Evaluation  2 

45.545  Law  of  Employment  Standards*  2 

45.546  Law  of  Employment  Conditions*  2 
45.548  Law  of  Labor  Management  Relations*  2 
45.553     The  Labor  Agreement*  2 

45.556  Negotiation,  Mediation,  Arbitration*  2 
45.560     Seminar  on  Labor  Issues*  2        26 

Electives 

Liberal  Arts  10 

Business  Administration  or  Liberal  Arts  24       34 

Total  Credits  174 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

45.557  International  Labor  Movements  2 
45.670,     45.671,     45.672     Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III  6 

49.504,     49.505     Strategy  for  Planning  I,  II  6 

Please  see  page  214  for  course  descriptions. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  Course— see  p.  52. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /   71 


TRANSPORTATION  AND  PHYSICAL 
DISTRIBUTION  MANAGEMENT 


Associate  Degree  Program 
Core  Courses — Liberal  Arts 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,   II,   III 

Core  Courses — Business  Administration 

43.532,     43.533,     43.534     Marketing  Management  I,  II,  III 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
96 


45.533,     45.534,     45.535 


45.541, 
48.514, 


45.542, 
48.515, 


45.543 
48.516 


Management  Decisions  &  Policies 

I,  II,  III 
Law  I,  II,  III 
Elements  of  Transportation 

and  Distribution  I,  II,  III 


Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  specializing 
in  the  Management  of  Transportation  companies: 


45.670, 
48.534, 

48.541, 


45.671, 
48.535, 

48.542, 
48.547, 


Electives 


45.553  The  Labor  Agreement 

45.556  Negotiations,  Mediation,  Arbitration 

45.672  Management  of  Change  I,  II,  III 

48.536  Surface  Transportation  I,  II,  III 

48.537  Surface  Transportation  IV 

48.543  Air  Transportation  Management  I,  II,  III 

48.548  Urban  Transportation  I,  II 

48.549  Seminar  in  Selected  Topics 
48.600  Seminar  in  Northeast 

Corridor  Transportation 

Liberal  Arts 

Business  Administration 

Total  Credits 


10 
6 


24 


32 


16 
174 


Major  Concentration  Courses — Students  specializing 
in  Physical  Distribution  Management: 

45.526     Facilities  Planning  and  Design  I 
Purchasing  I,  II,  III 
Production  and  Inventory  Control  I,  II 


45.537, 


45.638, 
48.504, 


45.538, 
45.636, 
45.639, 
48.505, 


48.527,  48.528, 


45.539 
45.637 
45.640 
48.506 

48.529 
48.537 
48.538 
48.539 

48.540 

48.549 


Industrial  Decision  Making  I,  II,  III 
Transportation  Regulation 

and  Promotion  I,  II,  III 
Traffic  Management  I,  II,  III 
Surface  Transportation  IV 
Management  of  Warehouse  Operations 
Organization  and  Control  of 

Physical  Distribution  Management 
Management  Science  &  Physical 

Distribution  Management 
Seminar  in  Selected  Topics 


40 


Electives 


Liberal  Arts 


Total  Credits 


174 


72  /   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


COMBINED  PROGRAM  IN  LIBERAL  ARTS 
AND  MANAGEMENT 


Basic  Courses 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 


10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

Core  Courses 

16.501, 

16.502, 

16.503 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 

22.501, 

22.502, 

22.503 

23.504, 

23.505, 

23.506 

26.501, 

26.502, 

26.503 

39.511, 

39.512, 

39.513 

Fine  Arts: 

Literature: 

Electives 

LIBERAL  ARTS  COURSES 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6       32 


Earth  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

American  History  I,  II,  III  6 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

Statistics  I,  II,  III  6 

Art,  Music,  or  Theatre  Arts  6 

English,  American,  or  other  in 

Translation  6       48 

Literature  4 

Liberal  Arts  18       22 


Core  Courses 

41.501,      41.502, 
43.501,      43.502, 


44.507, 
45.501, 


45.541, 
45.570, 


44.508, 
45.502, 
45.510, 
45.511, 
45.542, 
45.571, 


MANAGEMENT  COURSES 

41.503  Accounting  Principles  I,   II,  III  6 

43.503  Introduction  to  Marketing  I,  II,  III  6 

44.501  Principles  of  Finance  2 

44.502  Principles  of  Investments  2 

44.503  Principles  of  Insurance 

and  Risk  Management  2 

44.509  Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III  6 

45.503  Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III        6 

45.611  Labor  Management  Relations  I,  II  4 

45.512  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I,  II        4 

45.543  Law  I,  II,  III*  6 

45.572  Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 


Electives — Business  Administration 


Total  Credits 


50 

22 

174 


*Upper  level  Business  Administration  Course— see  p.  52. 


liberal  arts 


Harold  Naidus,  Assistant  Dean 
Director,  Liberal  Arts  Programs 
Telephone  437-2416 

Aims 

In  providing  the  means  to  a  modern  liberal  education,  University  College  has 
the  main  objective  of  stimulating  and  guiding  the  self-development  of  the 
student  in  three  main  areas:  first,  his  intellectual  growth;  second,  the  de- 
velopment of  his  character  and  sense  of  values;  and  third,  his  preparation 
for,  or  advancement  in,  a  career. 

Intellectual  growth — the  development  of  the  ability  to  think  independently 
and  creatively — rests  upon  the  foundation  of  a  sound  general  education. 
Through  the  liberal  arts  curricula,  students  are  guided  toward  an  apprecia- 
tive understanding  of  the  active  discovery  of  ideas  and  methods  in  the  areas 
of  humanities,  natural  science,  and  social  science.  With  this  training,  the 
student  can  more  fully  realize  the  basic  values  upon  which  civilization  rests 
and  can  more  fully  participate  in  the  intellectual,  moral,  and  material  achieve- 
ment of  that  civilization. 

Through  its  many  programs,  University  College  endeavors  to  provide  experi- 
ences conducive  to  the  development  of  strength  of  character  and  a  sense  of 
personal  responsibility,  including  such  personal  qualities  as  self-reliance, 
integrity,  perseverance,  and  the  ability  to  work  with  others. 

University  College  holds  that  there  is  no  inconsistency  between  a  truly  liberal 
education  and  preparation  for  a  vocation.  As  an  adventure  in  intellectual  dis- 
covery, a  liberal  education  leads  to  the  broadening  and  intensification  of 
interests  as  the  student  becomes  aware  of  his  own  mental  strengths  and 
weaknesses.  This  discovery  is  essential  for  making  more  intelligent  and 
realistic  appraisals  of  himself  and  his  career.  His  career  brings  meaning 
and  focus  to  his  educational  experience.  His  education  presents  both  a 
challenge  to  accept  responsibility  and  an  opportunity  to  seek  knowledge  and 
skills  for  himself. 

Methods 

To  enable  each  student  to  plan  a  college  program  in  keeping  with  his  own 
interests  and  aptitudes,  a  wide  range  of  electives  is  offered.  This  does  not 
mean  that  students  are  free  to  elect  courses  indiscriminately,  for  if  they  are 
to  obtain  a  liberal  education  they  must  have  training  in  several  basic  fields. 


73 


74  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Therefore,  the  Curriculum  Committee  of  University  College  has  established 
basic  minimum  requirements  in  each  of  several  fields.  These  distribution 
requirements  are  outlined  with  each  of  the  program  offerings. 

Programs  of  Study 

To  achieve  the  aims  established  for  the  programs  in  Liberal  Arts,  of  serving 
men  and  women  who  are  engaged  in  full-time  employment  during  the  day, 
the  College  offers  curricula  leading  to  the  baccalaureate  and  associate  de- 
grees. The  various  individual  courses  of  study  are  outlined  on  the  following 
pages.  Course  descriptions  are  listed  in  numerical  order  by  departments 
beginning  on  page  138. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Major  fields  of  study  are  offered  in  Economics,  English,  Art,  Political  Science, 
History,  Psychology,  Sociology-Anthropology,  and  Music.  Students  should 
choose  their  major  field  of  study  and  their  eiectives  in  consultation  with  a 
program  adviser. 

The  distribution  requirements,  including  specific  required  courses  are  shown 
with  each  curriculum. 

Each  curriculum  normally  provides  for  not  less  than  174  quarter  hours  of 
work,  including  at  least  40  quarter  hours  of  advanced  work  in  a  major  field, 
and  at  least  30  quarter  hours  of  elective  liberal  arts  courses. 

All  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  have  satisfactorily 
completed  in  college  one  full  year  of  a  modern  language  beyond  the  elemen- 
tary level,  4  q.h.  of  Composition  and  Rhetoric  and  4  q.h.  of  Introduction  to 
Literary  Forms. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  re- 
ceive a  degree  until  at  least  40  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  have  been 
completed  at  Northeastern  University  immediately  preceding  graduation. 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  Programs 

Recognizing  the  need  for  technicians  and  technologists  in  modern  society. 
University  College  offers  the  following  programs  (formerly  in  Lincoln 
College): 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  (A.S.)  page  91 

Chemical-Biological  Technology  (B.S.)  page  92 

The  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  program  leading  to  the  associate  degree  is  offered  for  those  desiring  a 
general  cultural  background  in  the  liberal  arts  and  humanities,  but  who  do 
not  wish  to  pursue  a  major  field  of  concentration  for  the  baccalaureate 
degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  in  Liberal  Arts  must  complete 
a  minimum  of  96  quarter  hours  of  credit.  This  is  approximately  one  half  of 
the  requirements  (174  quarter  hours)  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   75 

To  provide  a  balanced  program  which  will  achieve  the  established  objectives, 
the  faculty  has  set  a  minimum  credit  requirement  in  the  several  areas  of 
study  as  listed  under  each  major. 

Distribution  Requirements 

For  the  purpose  of  satisfying  the  distribution  requirements  in  all  Liberal 
Arts  Majors: 

Math-Science  includes  only  courses  in  Mathematics  (10....),  Physics 
(11.  .  .  .),  Chemistry  (12.  .  .  .),  Earth  Science  (16.  .  .  .),  Biology  (18.  .  .  .), 
and  Psychology  (lab.  courses  only)  (19.  .  .  .). 

Humanities  includes  only  courses  in  Art  (27 ....),  Speech  and  Theatre  Arts 
(29.  .  .  .  ),  English  (except  required)  (30.  .  .  .),  Journalism  (38.  .  .  .),  Mod- 
ern Languages  (31.  ...  to  34.  .  .  .),  Philosophy  (26  ....),  and  Music 
(28.  .  .  .). 

Social  Sciences  includes  only  courses  in  Economics  (39....),  History 
(23....),  Political  Science  (22....),  Psychology  (except  laboratory 
courses)  (19.  .  .  .),  Social  Welfare  (25.  .  .  .),  and  Sociology-Anthropology 
(20 and  21 ). 

English  Requirement 

The  8  q.h.  of  required  English*  must  be  taken  prior  to  matriculation.  These 
are  required  courses  which  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  distribution  require- 
ments in  any  liberal  arts  course  of  study. 

30.601,   30.602,    (or  30.603)   Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II, 

(or  Intensive)  4  q.h. 

30.604,  30.605,  (or  30.606)  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II,  (or  Intensive)  4  q.h. 

Honors  Program 

An  upperclass  honors  program  is  provided  in  University  College  to  enable 
superior  students  to  develop  their  potential  to  the  highest  degree  by  making 
it  possible  for  them  to  pursue  studies  in  their  major  fields  to  greater  depth 
than  is  possible  in  the  regular  courses. 

The  nature  of  the  program  is  determined  by  the  academic  department  con- 
cerned. Programs  may  involve  any  of  the  following  elements:  special  re- 
search projects  culminating  in  honor  theses,  seminars,  reading  projects, 
directed  independent  study,  or  creative  work.  Flexibility  is  the  keynote,  with 
every  consideration  given  to  the  individual  needs  and  requirements  of  the 
student. 

Students  who  have  earned  96  quarter  hours  of  credit  toward  their  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  and  who  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  or  better  are 
eligible  to  apply  to  the  Director  of  Liberal  Arts  in  University  College  for  ad- 
mission to  the  program.  Acceptance  as  an  honors  candidate  rests  with  the 
academic  department  concerned. 

•For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 


76   /    LIBERAL  ARTS 

Acceptance  of  Credits  by  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts* 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  permits  its  students  to  enroll  for  credit  in  all 
courses  in  University  College  offered  on  a  quarterly  basis  when  they  are 
pertinent  to  the  student's  program  and  have  been  approved  by  the  Dean  of 
the  College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  credits  for  such  courses  may  be  applied: 

1 .  To  the  total  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation 

2.  To  satisfy  distribution  requirements 

3.  To  fulfill  language  and  major  deficiencies 

Credits  from  University  College,  as  well  as  those  from  other  accredited  in- 
stitutions, may  not  be  applied  to  the  quality  point  average  of  students  in  the 
College  of  Liberal  Arts  except  when  such  credits  are  from  courses  taken  as 
substitutes  for  those  College  of  Liberal  Art  courses  failed  by  students.  In 
such  instances  students  must  receive  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  the  University 
College  courses  and  then  only  2.0  quality  points  are  applied  to  the  student's 
record  for  each  course.  Courses  taken  in  University  College  which  are  not 
offered  in  the  Liberal  Arts  College,  may  be  transferred  with  the  full  grade 
upon  approval  of  the  major  department. 

Transfer  of  Students  to  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts* 

Those  students  enrolled  in  University  College  who  wish  to  transfer  to  the 
College  of  Liberal  Arts  must  apply  through  the  Department  of  Admissions  of 
the  Basic  Colleges. 


'One  of  the  Basic  (day)  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   77 

ECONOMICS  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements— (see  page  75  for  courses  included  in  the  three  cate- 
gories listed  below: 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602      (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

Modern   Language:                           Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

39.507,     39.508,      39.509      intermediate  Economic  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

39.511,      39.512,      39.513      Statistics  I,  II,  III  6 

39.517,      39.518      Money  and  Banking  4 

39.519      Public  Finance  2 

39.521  Economic  Growth  and  Development  I  2 
39.523  Government  and  Business  I  2 
39.527      Labor  Economics  2 

39.528,      39.529      International  Economics  I,  II  4 

39.530     Comparative  Economic  Systems  2 

39.531,      39.532      Business  Cycles  I,  II  4 

39.581  Economic  Policy  Seminar  2 
The  remaining  twelve  hours  must  be  taken  from  the  following  courses: 

39.522  Economic  Growth  and  Development  II  2 
39.524,     39.526     Government  and  Business  II,  III  4 

39.525     American  Economic  History  2 

39.533      Business  Cycles  III  2 

39.536,     39.537,      39.538     Advanced  Statistics  I,  II,  III  6 

39.539  Managerial  Economics  2 

39.540  History  of  Economic  Thought  2 
39.551  Industrial  Organization  2 
39.561  Urban  Economics  2 
39.571      European  Economic  History  2        48 

Elective  Courses**  36 

Total  Credits  174 


•These  must  be  competed  prior  to  matriculation 


•  1  nese  must  oe  competed  prior  to  matriculation. 
"While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


78  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

ENGLISH  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  75  for  courses  included  in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 
Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24       64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)      Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 
Preliminary  Courses — all  courses  required 

30.541,     30.542,     30.543      English  Literature  I,  II,  III  6 

30.544,     30.545,     30.546     American  Literature  I,  II,  III  6 

30.517      Intermediate  Writing  2        14 

Major  Figures  in  English  Literature — three  courses  required 

30.551,     30.552,     30.553     Chaucer  I,  II,  III  6 

30.561  Spenser  2 
30.554,     30.555,     30.556     Shakespeare  I,  II,  III  6 

30.562  Milton  2  6 

Major  Periods  in  English  Literature — Six  courses  required 

30.557     The  17th  Century  2 

30.558,     30.559     The  18th  Century  I,  II  4 

30.571,      30.572,     30.573     The  19th  Century  I,  II,  III  6 

30.574,     30.575,     30.576     The  ISth-Century  English  Novel 

The  19th-century  English   Novel 
The  20th-century  English  Novel  6        12 

American  Literature — three  courses  required 

30.581,     30.582,     30.583     The  American  Short  Story; 

The  19th-century  American  Novel 
The  20th-century  American  Novel  6 

30.578     Afro-American  Literature  2 

30.584     Contemporary  American   Poetry  2  6 

Literature  in  Translation — three  courses  required 

30.553,     30.532,     30.533     Western  World  Literature  I,  11,  III  6 

30.534,     30.535,     30.536     Western  World  Literature  IV,  V,  VI  6  6 

English  Electives  8 

Open  Electives  32 

Total  Credit  174 


•These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   79 

FINE  ARTS  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution   Requirements — (see  page  75  for  courses  included   in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24       64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)      Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

27.504,     27.505,      27.506     Western  Art  I,  II,  III  6 

27.591     Art  Seminar  (senior  level)  2 

In  addition  to  the  two  courses  above,  required  of  all  Fine  Arts  majors,  each  stu- 
dent will  select  a  minimum  of  36  quarter  hours  from  either  Area  I  or  Area  II. 

(continued  on  following  page) 


•These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


80  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Area  I — Art  History  Major 

27.507  Ancient  Architecture  2 

27.508  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Architecture      2 

27.509  European  Architecture  2 
27.510,      27.511  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  I,  II  2 

27.512  Medieval  Painting  and  Sculpture  2 

27.513  Italian  Renaissance  Art  I  2 

27.514  European  Painting  2 
27.515,      27.516,      27.517  Modern  Painting  I,  II,  III  2 

27.518  20th-century  American  Architecture  2 

27.519  20th-century  European  Architecture  2 

27.520  Italian  Renaissance  Art  II  2 

27.521  Spanish  Art  2 

27.522  French   Painting  2 

27.523  English  Art  2 
27.524,  27.525,  27.526  American  Art  I,  II,  III  2 
27.531,      27.532,      27.533  Oriental  Art  I,  II,  III  2 

27.534  Russian  Art  2 

27.535  African  Art  2 

27.536  Latin  American  Art  2 

27.537  Buddhist  Art  2 

27.538  Chinese  Art  2 

27.539  Japanese  Art  2 
27.547  European  Graphic  Arts  2 

27.587,      27.588,      27.589  History  of  Photography  I,  II,  III  2 

27.592  New  York  Art  Seminar  2 

27.597,     27.598,      27.599  History  and  Technique  of  Film  I,  II,  III        2 

27.600,     27.601,      27.602  Honors  Program  I,  II,  III  12 

Area   II — Studio  Art  Major 

Required: 

27.541,      27.542,      27.543  Drawing  I,   II,  III  9 

27.561,      27.562,     27.563  Basic  Color  and  Design  I,  II,  III  9 

Eighteen  hours  must  be  taken  from  the  following  courses: 

27.544,      27.545,      27.546  Graphic  Arts  I,  II,  III  9 

27.551,     27.552,      27.553  Painting — Basic  Level  I,  II,  III  9 

27.554,      27.555,      27.556  Painting — Advanced  Level  I,  II,  III  9 

27.564  Advanced  Color  and  Design  3 

27.571,      27.572,      27.573  Business  Commercial  Design  I,  II,  III  9 

27.574  Advanced  Commercial  Design  3 

27.600,      27.601,      27.602  Honors  Program  I,  II,  III  12        44 

Elective  Courses  40 

Total  Credits  174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   81 

HISTORY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution   Requirements — (see   page  75  for  courses   included   in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24       64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602      (or  30.603)      Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

History  majors  are  required  to  take  6  quarter  hours  of  Western  Civilization 
(23.501,  23.502,  23.503)  and  6  quarter  hours  of  the  American  History  survey 
(23.504,  23.505,  23.506).  These  12  credits  are  applicable  to  the  social  science 
distribution  requirements  for  History  majors. 

Required  in  addition  are  40  quarter  hours  of  history  courses  to  be  distributed 
as  follows: 

quarter  hours 

23.500  Historian's  Craft  4 

At  least  6  quarter  hours  in  each  of  the  following  four  areas: 
I.   Ancient    Medieval,  and  Early  Modern  Europe 
II.   Modern  and  Contemporary  Europe 

III.  American  History 

IV.  Other  Regions  24 
(See  specific  History  courses  at  back  of  catalog  for  area  designations.) 
The  remaining  12  quarter  hours  of  history  may  be  chosen  from  any 

of  the  above  four  areas.  Students  in  the  Honors  Program  (23.597, 

23.598,  23.599)  may  use  these  12  quarter  hours.  12        40 

Beginning  in   September,   1972  some  history  courses  will  carry  4 
quarter  hours  of  credit  and  may  meet  twice  weekly. 

Elective  Couses**  44 

Total  Credits  174 


'These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 

"While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


82   /    LIBERAL  ARTS 

LIBERAL  ARTS  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 

Math — Science*  16 

Humanities*  24 

Social  Sciences*  24 

30.601,  30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

30.604,  30.605      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms,  I,  II  4 

ElectJves  24 

Total  Credits  96 


•See  page  75  for  courses  included  in  the  various  designations. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   83 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution   Requirements — (see   page  75  for  courses   included   in   the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,      30.602      (or  30.603)      Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,      30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

Prerequisites:  Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III  (22.501,  22.502,  22.503) 
which  may  be  taken  out  of  sequence  if  necessary,  or  Principles  of 
Political  Science  (Intensive)  (22.507). 

(Continued  on  following  page) 


'These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


84  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

Each  student  will  select  a  minimum  of  6  q.h.  from  the  following  four  areas,  as 

indicated: 

Area  I — American  Government  quarter  hours 

22.511  American  National  Government  2 

any  additional  two  courses  from  among:  4 

22.512  Urban  and  Metropolitan  Government 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law 

22.515  Civil  Rights 

22.516  Public  Administration  I 

22.517  Public  Administration  II 

22.518  Government  and  Politics  of  States 

22.551  Current  Political  issues 

Area  II — Comparative  Government 

22.521  Comparative  Government  I  2 

22.522  Comparative  Government  II  2 

any  additional  one  course  from  among:  2 

22.544  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet 

Union  I 

22.545  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet 

Union  II 

22.547  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist 

China  I 

22.548  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist 

China  II 

22.552  Government  and  Politics  of  the 

Middle  East  I 

22.553  Government  and  Politics  of  the 

Middle  East  II 

22.555  Government  and  Politics  in  Latin 

America  I 

22.556  Government  and  Politics  in  Latin 

America  II 

22.558  Government  and  Politics  of  South 

East  Asia 

22.559  Government  and  Politics  of  Japan 

22.560  Politics  and  Policies  of  Developing 

Nations  I 

22.561  Politics  and  Policies  of  Developing 

Nations  II 

22.563  Government  and  Politics  of 

Northern  Africa 

22.564  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  I 

22.565  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  II 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /   85 

Area  III — International  Relations 

22.535  International  Relations  (not  to  be 

taken  by  students  who  have  credit 

for  22.531)  4 

any  additional  one  course  from  among:  2 

22.532  International  Organization 
22.534     Soviet  Foreign  Policy 

22.541  International  Law 

22.533  American  Foreign  Policy 

22.542  American  Foreign  Policy  I 

22.543  American  Foreign  Policy  II 

Area  IV — Theory  and  Methodology 

22.536  Introduction  to  Political  Theory  (not 

to  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  for  22.504)  4 

any  additional  one  course  from  among:  2 

22.505  Contemporary  Political  Theory 

22.506  American  Political  Thought 
22.508     Research  Methods 

Political  Science  Electives.  A  total  of  18  quarter  hours  of  elective 
courses  from  any  or  all  of  the  above  areas,  and  may  include  the 
maximum  number  of  quarter  hours  credit  for  Honors  permitted  by 
the  College  18 

Open  Electives.  Social  Sciences  other  than  Political  Science,  in- 
cluding not  fewer  than  6  quarter  hours  of  each  of  three  dif- 
ferent disciplines  selected  from  Economics,  History,  Psychology, 
and  Sociology-Anthropolgy.  18 

Other  24 

Total  Credits  174 


86  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

PSYCHOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution   Requirements — (see  page  75  for  courses  included   in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

**Social  Sciences  24       64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602      (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:  Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

(Continued  on  following  page) 


••It  is  recommended  that  Psychology  majors  substitute  19.508  and  19.509— Fundamentals 
of  Psychology  I  and  II  for  19.501,  502,  and  503. 
•These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /  87 


Major  Concentration  Courses— required 

19.504,      19.505,      19.506     Statistics  in  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

19.551,      19.552,      19.553     Experimental  Psychology  I,  II,  III  9 

19.561,      19.562,      19.563     Historical  Development  of 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  above,  required  of  all  Psychology  majors,  each 
student  will  select  a  minimum  of  22  hours  from  the  following  courses: 


19.511, 

19.512 

Child  Psychology  1,  II 

4 

19.513 

Adolescent  Psychology 

2 

19.521, 

19.522 

Personality  1,  II 

4 

19.523 

Motivation 

2 

19.524, 

19.525 

Social  Psychology  1,  II 

4 

19.526 

Psychology  of  Aggression 

2 

19.527 

Psychology  of  Conformity  and  Rebellion 

2 

19.528 

Psychological  Factors  in  National 
and   International  Conflict 

2 

19.529 

Interpersonal  Behavior  in  the 
Small  Group  1 

2 

19.530 

Interpersonal  Behavior  in  the  Small 
Group  II 

2 

19.535 

Psychological  Factors  in  the 
Creative  Process 

2 

19.536 

Psychology  of  Thought 

2 

19.537 

Psychology  of  Language 

2 

19.538 

Psychology  of  Learning 

2 

19.541, 

19.542, 

19.543 

Abnormal  Psychology  1,  II,  III 

6 

19.546 

Psychological  Testing  1 

2 

19.547 

Psychological  Testing  II 

2 

19.560 

Psychology  of  Women 

2 

19.571 

Seminar  in  Psychology 

2 

19.591, 

19.592, 

19.593 

Honors  Program  1,  II,  III 

8 

Elective  Courses* 

Total  Credits 

43 

8  only 

41 
174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


88  /    LIBERAL  ARTS 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution   Requirements — (see  page  75   for  courses   included   in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24        64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,      30.602      (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 
*30.604,     30.605      (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:                             Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 


•These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


LIBERAL  ARTS    /   89 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required  quarter  hours 

20.501,      20.502,      20.503  Anthropology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,      21,503  Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.512,      21.513,      21.514  Social  Research  Methods  I,  II,  III  6 

21.517,     21.518,     21.519  Social  Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

The  student  may  choose  to  substitute  for  any  of  the  course  sequences 
above  more  intensive  versions  under  the  following  numbers  and  titles: 

20.601,      20.602  Principles  of  Anthropology  I,  II  8 

21.601.      21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  I,  II  8 

21.612,      21.613  Social  Research  Methods  I,  II  (Intensive)    8 

21.617,      21.618  Social  Theory  I,  II  (Intensive)  8 

The  major  is  required  to  take  30  quarter  hours  of  advanced  courses 
from  among  the  folowing  offerings: 

20.521  Culture  and  Personality  2 

20.531  Primitive  Social  Organization  2 

20.532  Primitive  Religion  2 

20.533  Acculturation  2 
20.537  Anthropological  Theory  2 
20.541  North  American  Indian  2 
20.544  African  Peoples  and  Culture  2 

20.547  Latin  American  Peoples  and  Culture  2 

20.548  Studying  the  Family  Cross-Culturally  2 

20.549  Folklore  2 
21.528  Social  Stratification  2 
21.531  Social  Change  2 

21.534  Social  Control  2 

21.535  Political  Sociology  2 

21.546  Sociology  of  Deviant  Behavior  2 

21.547  Social  Problems  2 
21.548,      21.549  Criminology  I,  II  4 

21.550  Juvenile  Delinquency  2 
21.551,      21.552  Family  and  Marriage  I,  II  4 

21.553,      21.554,      21.555  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I,  II,  III  6 

21.557  Urban  Sociology  2 

21.558  Community  Analysis  2 

21.559  Seminar  in  Urban  Studies  2 

21.560  Medical  Sociology  2 
21.563  Social  Gerontology  2 
21.567  Population  2 
21.570  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 

Professions  2 

21.573  Sociology  of  Industry  2 

21.575  Sociology  of  Formal  Organizations  2 

21.591,      21.592  Honors  Programs  I,  II  8        54 

Elective  courses*  30 


Total  Credits  174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  related  fields  beyond 
the  major. 


90  /   LIBERAL  ARTS 

MUSIC  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Distribution  Requirements — (see  page  75  for  courses  included   in  the  three 

categories  listed  below) 

quarter  hours 

Math-Science  16 

Humanities  24 

Social  Sciences  24       64 

Liberal  Arts  Program  Requirements 

*30.601,     30.602     (or  30.603)     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II 

(or  Intensive)  4 

*30.604,     30.605     (or  30.606)      Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 

I,  II  (or  Intensive)  4 

Modern  Language:                              Elementary  or  Conversational  9 

Intermediate  9       26 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

28.599,     28.600,     28.601     Theory  I,  II,  III  6 

28.605,     28.606,      28.607     Theory  IV,  V,  VI  6 

28.608,     28.609                       Contrapuntal  Techniques  I,  II  4 

28.571                                          Piano  Class  I  2 

28.602,     28.603,      28.604     Music  History  6 

28.528,     28.529,     28.530     Ear  Training  I,  II,  III  6       30 

Major  Concentration  Courses — elective 

28.512  Music  before  1750  2 

28.513  Music  of  Classical  Era  2 

28.514  Aspects  of  Romantic  Music  2 

28.515  Contemporary  Music  2 

28.520  Musical  Forms  2 

28.521  The  Symphony  2 

28.522  The  Concerto  2 

28.523  The  Great  Literature  for  Piano  2 

28.524  The  World  of  Opera  2 
28.527      Pianoforte  Master  Class  2 

28.531  Life  and  Works  of  J.  S.  Bach  2 

28.532  Life  and  Works  of  Mozart  2 

28.533  Life  and  Works  of  Beethoven  2 

28.572  Piano  Class  II  2 

28.573  Piano  Class  III  2 

28.574  Orchestral  Instrumental  Class  I  2 

28.575  Orchestral  Instrumental  Class  II  2 

28.576  Orchestral  Instrumental  Class  III  2 

28.577  Voice  Culture  I  2 

28.578  Voice  Culture  II  2 

28.579  Voice  Culture  III  2 
28.595  Opera  Seminar  2 
28.526  Jazz:  Evolution  and  Essence  2 
28.597  Symphony  Seminar  2 
28.610     Applied  Polyphonic  Techniques  2       14 

Free  Electives  40 

Total  Credits  174 


•These  must  be  completed  prior  to  matriculation. 


LIBERAL  ARTS   /  91 

CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL  TECHNOLOGY  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

The  program  in  Chemical-Biological  Technology  provides  the  chemistry 
and  biology  foundation  required  by  medical  and  industrial  laboratory  assist- 
ants and  technicians  in  clinically,  chemically,  or  biologically  oriented  organi- 
zations, and  for  persons  having  paramedical  responsibilities.  Employment 
opportunities  are  in  hospitals,  health  clinics,  research  foundations,  chemical 
and  drug  industries,  public  health  organizations,  water  and  sanitation  de- 
partments; and  in  the  emerging  fields  of  the  oceanographic  technologies. 


Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test 
or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 


First  Year 

10.327,      10.328, 


10.307, 
11.304, 
12.544, 
12.547, 
30.601, 


10.308 
11.305, 
12.545, 
12.548, 
30.602 


10.329 


11.306 
12.546 
12.549 


quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  )       6 

or  [ 

College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  11     )       8 

General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 


Second  Year 

10.316,      10.317, 

10.320,      10.321, 
18.511,      18.512, 


10.318     Probability  and  Statistics  I,  II,  III 

or 

10.322     Calculus  I,  II,  III  \       8 

Social  Science  Elective  i,  II,  III  6 

18.513     Biology  I,  II,  III  12 


Third  Year 


12.531, 

12.532, 

12.533 

12.534, 

12.535, 

12.536 

12.521, 

12.522, 

12.523 

12.524, 

12.525, 

12.526 

18.524, 

18.525, 

18.526 

Fourth  Year 

18.521, 

18.522, 

18.523 

1 


Organic  Chemistry  I,  11,111 
Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 

or 

Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  i       6 

Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  / 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III     9 
Humanities  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Microbiology  I,  II,  III  12 

Biology  or  Chemistry  Elective  I,  II,  III  6 


Total  Credits 


96-100 


Note:  Associate  degree  graduates  may  transfer  applicable  credits  toward  the 
requirements  in  Lincoln  College  programs  leading  to  the  Associate  in  En- 
gineering, Associate  in  Science,  or  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  de- 
grees, as  well  as  University  College  programs. 


92   /    LIBERAL  ARTS 


CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL  TECHNOLOGY  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

The  Chemical-Biological  Technology  program  is  an  interdisciplinary  pro- 
gram integrating  theoretical  and  laboratory  course  sequences  from  the  fields 
of  chemistry  and  biology  which  prepare  the  student  to  assume  responsibil- 
ities in  laboratory  careers  which  emphasize  laboratory  application  and 
teaching  careers  in  general  science.  Employment  opportunities  are  in  a  wide 
variety  of  industrial,  pharmaceutial,  clinical,  and  hospital  laboratories  dealing 
with  analytical,  production,  and  research  functions  and  in  secondary  school 
education  in  the  teaching  of  general  science,  chemistry,  biology,  and  other 
related  courses. 

Prerequ/s/fe.Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Test 
or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The  Mathe- 
matics Placement  Test  must  be  taken  prior  to  registration. 


First  Year 

10.327,      10.328, 


10.307, 
11.304, 
12.544, 
12.547, 
30.601, 


10.308 
11.305, 
12.545, 
12.548, 
30.602 


Second  Year 

10.316,      10.317, 

10.320,      10.321, 
18.511,      18.512, 
23.501,      23.502, 
Third  Year 
12.521,      12.522, 
12.524,      12.525, 
18.524,      18.525, 
19.501,      19.502, 
Fourth  Year 
12.531,      12.532, 
12.534,      12.535, 
18.521,      18.522, 
Fifth  Year 
18.551,      18.552, 
39.501,      39.502, 

12.551,      12.552, 

16.531,  16.532, 
Sixth  Year 

18.561,  18.562, 
73.311,  73,312, 
21.501,      21,502, 

Seventh  Year 

18.557,  18.558, 
30.604,      30.605 


10.329 


11.306 
12.546 
12.549 


quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  \       6 

or  J 

College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  II    '       8 

General  Physics,  I,  II,  III  6 

General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 


10.318     Probability  and  Statistics  I,  II,  III 

or 

10.322     Calculus  I,  II,  III  }       8 

18.513      Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

23.503     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.526  Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  11,111  6 
18.526      Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III     9 

19.503      Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

18.523      Microbiology  I,  II,  III  12 

18.553  Histology-Organology  I,  II,  III  6 
39.503      Economic  Principles  and  Problems 

I,  II,  III  6 
12.553      Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry 

I,  II,  III  6 
16.533     Oceanography  I,  II  and  Marine  Geology       6 

18.563     Ecology  I,  II,  III  6 

73.313     Clinical  Biochemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

21,503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

♦Elective  6 

18.559     Genetics  I,  II,  III  6 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 

English  Elective  2 
*Electives  as  needed  to  complete 
Total  Credits 


Total  Credits 


174 


•General  Science  Teacher  Option  —  Students  planning  to  apply  to  the  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity Graduate  School  of  Education  must  include  courses  in  Adolescent  Psychology  and 
Principles  of  Teaching  among  the  electives. 


la\A/  enforcement 


Timothy  F.  Moran,  Assistant  Dean 
Director,  Law  Enforcement  Programs 
Telephone  437-3324 


Aims 

Law  Enforcement  programs  of  study  are  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of  present 
and  potential  practitioners  in  the  fields  of  Corrections,  Law  Enforcement, 
and  Security  who  wish  to  acquire  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  a  profes- 
sional competence,  or  to  gain  recognition  for  development  and  attainment 
while  pursuing  a  career  in  that  profession. 

Methods 

The  distribution  requirements,  including  certain  required  courses,  are  shown 
with  each  curriculum.  Upon  petition,  students  may  be  permitted  under  cer- 
tain circumstances  to  substitute  other  courses  which  will  more  adequately 
serve  their  specific  career  objectives. 

To  provide  a  balanced  program  which  will  achieve  the  established  objectives, 
the  faculty  has  set  minimum  requirements  in  the  areas  of  study  outlined 
on  the  following  pages,  with  a  recommended  sequence  of  courses  for  each 
program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Major  fields  of  study  are  offered  in  Correctional  Practices,  Law  Enforcement, 
and  Security.  Students  should  choose  their  major  field  of  study  and  their 
electives  in  consultation  with  a  program  adviser. 

Each  curriculum  provides  for  not  less  than  174  quarter  hours  of  work,  in- 
cluding at  least  60  quarter  hours  of  advanced  work  in  a  major  field. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is  eligible  to  re- 
ceive a  degree  until  at  least  46  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  have  been 
completed  at  Northeastern  University  immediately  preceding  graduation. 

Associate  in  Science  Program 

The  program  leading  to  the  associate  degree  is' offered  for  those  who  wish 
to  obtain  a  general  background  in  Correctional  Practices,  Law  Enforcement, 
or  Security,  but  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  major  field  of  concentration  for  the 
baccalaureate  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  96  quarter  hours  of  credit.  This  is  approximately  one  half  of  the  require- 
ments for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  and  includes  at  least  40  quarter 
hours  of  work  in  a  major  field. 

93 


94  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Basic  Courses — requ 

ired 

quarter  1 

flours 

**10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

Mathematics  1,  II,  III 

6 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

Psychology  1,  II,  III 

6 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

Western  Civilization  1,  II,  III 

6 

*30.601, 

30.602 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  1,  II 

4 

30.604, 

30.605 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms, 

1,  II         4 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

Economic  Principles  and 

Problems  1,  II,  III 

6 

32 

Core  Courses — requi 

ired 

19.524, 

19.525 

Social  Psychology  1,  II 

4 

19.541, 

19.542, 

19.543 

Abnormal  Psychology  1,  II,  III 

6 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 

Sociology  1,  II,  III 

6 

21.534 

Sociol  Control 

2 

21.547 

Social  Problems 

2 

21.548, 

21,549 

Criminology  1,  II 

4 

21.550 

Juvenile  Delinquency 

2 

21.553, 

21.554 

Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  1, 

II             4 

21.557 

Urban  Sociology 

2 

22.501, 

22.502, 

22.503 

Principles  of  Political  Science  1, 

II,  ill     6 

22.514 

American  Constitutional  Law 

2 

22.515 

Civil  Rights 

2 

22.516, 

22.517 

Public  Administration  1,  II 

4 

23.504, 

23.505, 

23.506 

American  History  1,  II,  III 

6 

45.511, 

45.512 

Human  Relations  in  Personnel  1 

,  II           4 

56 

(continued  on  following  page) 


*For  new  English  requirennents  see  explanation  on  page  185. 
"94.601,  602,  603,  L.  E.  Mathematics  I,  II,  III  may  be  taken  in  place  of  10.327,  328,  329. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  95 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.502     Criminal  Law  2 

94.503,     94.504      Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4 

94.505  Human  Rights  in  Corrections  2 

94.506  Basic  Statistics  in  Corrections  2 

94.507  Correctional  Counseling  2 
94.517,     94.518,     94.519     Advanced  Correctional  Practices  I,  II,  III     6 

94.523  The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  2 

94.524  Comparative  Correctional  Systems  2 
94.525,     94.526                       Law  Enforcement  Identification 

and  Records  I,  II  4 

94.532      Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice         2 

94.544     The  American  Correctional  System  2 

94.546,     94.547     Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

94.549,     94.550     Treatment  of  Offenders  I,  II  4 

94.551,     94.552,     94.553     Correctional  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

94.567,     94.568     Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I,  II  4 

94.574,     94.575     Juvenile  Corrections  I,  II  4 

94.593      Seminar  in  Correctional  Practices  2        58 

94.627,      94.628     Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

Elective  Courses*  28 

Total  Credits  174 


•For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  112.  While  students 
may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number  required,  they  are 
encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University  College  Catalog. 


96   /    LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  8-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  a  program  adviser 
before  attempting  to  undertake  the  following  sequence  of  courses: 

Quarter  1  Quarter  2  Quarter  3 

1st               23.501  23.502  23.503 

Year                 Western  Civ.  I  West.  Civ.  II  Western  Civ.  Ill 

=^=30.601  30.602 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I           Comp.  &  Rhet.  II  Elective 

94.627  94.628  94.544 

Admin,  of  Justice  I        Admin,  of  Justice  II      Amer.  Corr.  System 


94.502 

94.503 

94.504 

Criminal  Law 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  1 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

30.604 

30.605 

94.505 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Human  Rts.  in  Corr 

Forms  1 

Forms  II 

94.546 

94.547 

94.523 

Social  Deviance  1 

Social  Deviance  II 

Law  and  Inst.  Treat. 

94.574 

94.575 

94.507 

Juvenile  Corr.l 

Juvenile  Corr.  II 

Corr.  Counseling 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

21.553 

21.554 

21.557 

Rac.  &  Cul.Rei.  1 

Rac.  &Cul.  Rel.  II 

Urban  Sociology 

94.506 

94.549 

94.550 

Basic  Stats,  in  L.E 

Treat.  Offenders  1 

Treat.  Offenders  II 

94.551 

94.552 

94.553 

Corr.  Admin.  1 

Corr.  Admin.  II 

Corr.  Admin.  Ill 

4th 

21.548 

21.549 

21.550 

Year 

Criminology  1 

Criminology  II 

Juvenile  Delinq. 

22.514 

22.515 

94.532 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Res.  Meth.  Crim. 
Just. 

94.567 

94.568 

Elective 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  I        Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  II 
Elective  Elective 


(continued  on  following  page) 


"For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /   97 


5th 

10.327 

10.328 

10.329 

Year 

Mathematics  1 

Mathematics  II 

Mathematics  III 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  1 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

22.501 

22.502 

22.503 

Prin.  Polit.  Sc.  1 

Prin.  Polit.  Sc.  II 

Prin.  Polit.  Sc.  Ill 

94.525 

94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Elective 

Rec.  1 

Rec.  II 

6th 

23.504 

23.505 

23.506 

Year 

Amer.  Hist.  1 

Amer.  Hist.  II 

Amer.  Hist.  Ill 

39.501 

39.502 

39.503 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  1 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 

94.517 

94.518 

94.519 

Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  1 

Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  II 

Adv.  Corr.  Prac.  Ill 

7th 

19.524 

19.525 

19.534 

Year 

Soc.  Psych.  1 

Soc.  Psych.  II 

Social  Control 

45.511 

45.512 

Elective 

Hum.  Rel.  in 

Hum.  Rel.  in 

Pars.  1 

Pers.  II 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

8th 

22.516 

22.517 

22.547 

Year 

Public  Admin.  1 

Public  Admin.  II 

Social  Problems 

94.593 

94.524 

Elective 

Sem.  Corr.  Pract. 

Comp.  Corr. 
Systems 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

98  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

CORRECTIONAL  PRACTICES  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — required 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503     Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

**30.601,     30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4       10 

Core  Courses — required 

19.541,      19.542,      19.543     Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.548,  21.549     Criminology  I,  II  4 
21.550     Juvenile  Delinquency  2 

21.553,     21.554     Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I,  II  4 

21.557     Urban  Sociology  2 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  2 

22.515  Civil  Rights  2       28 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.502     Criminal  Law  2 

94.503,     94.504     Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4 

94.505  Human  Rights  in  Corrections  2 

94.506  Basic  Statistics  in  Corrections  2 

94.507  Correctional  Counseling  2 
94.523  The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  2 
94.532  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 
94.544     The  American  Correctional  System  2 

94.546,     94.547     Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

94.549,  94.550     Treatment  of  Offenders  I,   II  4 
94.551,      94.552,      94.553     Correctional  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

94.567,     94.568     Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I,  II  4 

94.574,     94.575     Juvenile  Corrections  I,  II  4 

94.627,     94.628     Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4       44 

Elective  Courses*  14 

Total  Credits  96 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  In  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  112. 

.**For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /   99 


CORRECTIONAL   PRACTICES 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  programs  with  advisers  before  undertaking 
the  following  sequence  of  courses: 

Quarter  1  Quarter  2  Quarter  3 

1st               30.601  30.602  94.505 

Year                 Comp.  &  Rhet.  I             Comp.  &  Rhet.  II  Human  Rts.  in  Corr. 

94.627  94.628  94.544 

Admin,  of  Justice  I        Admin,  of  Justice  II      Amer.  Corr.  Sys. 

94.502  94.503  94.504 

Criminal  Law                   Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  I  Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 


94.546 

94.547 

94.523 

Soc.  Deviance  1 

Soc.  Deviance  II 

Law  and  Inst.  Treat. 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.506 

94.549 

94.550 

Basic  Stats,  in  L.E. 

Treat.  Offenders  1 

Treat.  Offenders  II 

94.551 

94.552 

94.553 

Corr.  Admin.  1 

Corr.  Admin.  II 

Corr.  Admin.  Ill 

94.574 

94.575 

94.507 

Juvenile  Corr.  1 

Juvenile  Corr.  II 

Corr.  Counseling 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

21.553 

21.554 

21.557 

Rac.  &Cul.  Rel.  1 

Rac.  &Cul.  Rel.  II 

Urban  Sociology 

94.567 

94.568 

Elective 

Prob.  &  Par.  Prac.  1 

Prob.  &Par.  Prac.  II 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

4th 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Year 

Abnorm.  Psych.  1 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

21.548 

21.549 

21.550 

Criminology  1 

Criminology  II 

Juvenile  Delinq. 

22.514 

22.515 

94.532 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Res.  Meth.  Crim. 

Elective 


Just. 
Elective  Elective 


100  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

Basic  Courses — required 

**  10.327,      10.328,  10.329 

19.501,      19.502,  19503 

23.501,      23.502,  23.503 

*30.601,  30.602 

30.604,  30.605 

39.501,     39.502,  39.503 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 


Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II  III  6 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  11  4 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
Economic  Principles  and 

Problems  I,  II,  III  6 


32 


Core  Courses — required 

19.524,   19.525 
19.541,   19.542, 
21.501,  21.502, 


22.501, 


23.504, 
26.531, 


21.548, 
22.502, 


23.505, 
26.532, 


29.501,  29.502, 


19.543 
21.503 
21.534 
21.547 
21.549 
21.550 
22.503 
22.514 
22.515 
23.506 
26.533 
26.534 
29.503 


Social  Psychology  I,  II  4 

Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

Social  Control  2 

Social  Problems  2 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Juvenile  Delinquency  2 
Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III      6 

American  Constitutional  Law  2 

Civil  Rights  2 

American  History  I,  II,  III  6 

Ethics  I,  II,  III  6 

Logic  2 

Effective  Speaking  I,  II,  III  6 


56 


(continued  on  following  page) 


'For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 

•94.601,  602,  603,  Mathematics  I,  II.  Ill,  may  be  taken  in  place  of  10.327,   10.328,  10.329. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /    101 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.502     Criminal  Law  2 

94.503,      94.504     Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4 

94.506  Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  2 
94.508,     94.509     Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation  I,  II  4 

94.512     Comparative  Police  Systems  2 

94.514,     94.515      Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

94.520,      94.521      Traffic  Law  Enforcement  I,  II  4 
94.525,     94.526     Law  Enforcement  Identification 

and  Records  I,  II  4 

94.530  Police  Public  Relations  2 

94.531  Police  Community  Relations  2 

94.532  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 
94.536,  94.537  The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 
94.541,  94.542  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,  II  4 
94.546,     94.547     Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

94.557      Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

94.560  Police  Supervision  2 

94.561  Police  Work  with  Juveniles  2 
94.565     Seminar  in  Delinquency  Prevention  2 

94.571,      94.572      Law  Enforcement  Management 

and  Planning  I,  II  4 

94.621,     94.622     Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  I,  II  4 

94.627,     94.628     Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

94,629,     94.630     Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4        68 

Elective  Courses*  18 

Total  Credits  174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see 
page  112. 


102  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT 
Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  7-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Ail  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  advisers  before  undertaking 
the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

26.534 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet. 

II 

Logic 

94.627 

94.628 

94.530 

Admin,  of  Justice  1 

Admin,  of  Justice 

II      Police  Public  Rel. 

94.502 

94.503 

94.504 

Criminal  Law 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc 

.  1 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  1 

94.514 

94.515 

Interv.  &  Interr.  1 

Interv.  &  Interr. 

II 

Elective 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.536 

94.537 

94.560 

Patrol  Funct.  1 

Patrol  Funct.  II 

Police  Supervision 

94.541 

94.542 

Int.  Criminalist.  1 

Int.  Criminalist. 

II 

Elective 

94.629 

94.630 

22.514 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Just.  1 

Just.  II 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

94.546 

94.547 

21.547 

Social  Deviance  1 

Social  Deviance 

II 

Social  Problems 

94.508 

94.509 

94.557 

Cr.  Inv.  Case  Prep.  I      Cr.  Inv.  Case  Prep.  II      Inv.  Report  Writing 
94.561  94.565  94.532 

Pol.  Work  with  Juv.       Sem.  Delinq.  Prev.         Res.  Meth. 

Crim.  Just. 

21.549  21.550 

Criminology  II  Juvenile  Delinq. 

19.542  19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II         Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 
94.521  94.512 

Traf.  Law  Enf.  II  Comp.  Pol.  Systems 

94.622  22.515 

Civ.  Lib.  &  Police  II       Civil  Rights 

(continued  on  following  page) 


4th 

21.548 

Year 

Criminology  1 

19.541 

Abnorm.  Psych.  1 

94.520 

Traf.  Law  Enf.  1 

94.621 

Civ.  Lib.  &  Police  1 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /   103 


5th 

26.531 

26.532 

26.533 

Year 

Ethics  1 

Ethics  II 

Ethics  III 

23.504 

23.505 

23.506 

Amer.  History  1 

Amer.  History  II 

Amer.  History  III 

94.571 

94.572 

94.506 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 

Law  Enf.  Mgt. 

Basic  Stat,  in 

&  PI.  1 

&  PI.  II 

Law  Enf. 

30.604 

30.605 

94.531 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Police  Comm.  Rel. 

Forms  1 

Forms  II 

Elective 

6th 

10.327 

10.328 

10.329 

Year 

Mathematics  1 

Mathematics  II 

Mathematics  III 

22.501 

22.502 

22.503 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  1 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  II 

Prin.  Polit.  Sci.  Ill 

94.525 

94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Elective 

Rec.  1 

Rec.  II 

19.524 

19.525 

21.534 

Soc.  Psych.  1 

Soc.  Psych.  II 

Social   Control 

7th 

39.501 

39.502 

39.503 

Year 

Ec.Prin.  &  Prob.  1 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 

Ec.Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 

23.501 

23.502 

23.503 

Western  Civ.  1 

Western  Civ.  II 

Western  Civ.  Ill 

29.501 

29.502 

29.503 

Effec.  Public  Sp.  1 

Effec.  Public  Sp.  II 

Effec.  Public  Sp.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 
Elective 

104   /    LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — required 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503  Psychology  I,  11,  III  6 

**30.601,     30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4        10 

Core  Courses — required 

19.541,      19.542,      19.543  Abnormal  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.501,     21.502,     21.503  Sociology  I,  11,  III  6 

21.548,      21.549  Criminology  I,  II  4 

21.550  Juvenile  Delinquency  2 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  2 

22.515  Civil  Rights  2 
26.534  Logic  2        24 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.502  Criminal  Law  2 

94.503,     94.504  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4 

94.508,     94.509  Criminal  Investigation  and 

Case  Preparation  I,  11  4 

94.514,     94.515  Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  II  4 

94.520,     94.521  Traffic  Law  Enforcement  I,  II  4 

94.530  Police  Public  Relations  2 

94.531  Police  Community  Relations  2 

94.532  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  2 
94.536,  94.537  The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 
94.541,  94.542  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,  II  4 
94.546,      94.547  Social  Deviance  I,  II  4 

94.557  Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

94.560  Police  Supervision  2 

94.561  Police  Work  with  Juveniles  '2 
94.627,  94.628  Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 
94.629,     94.630  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4        50 


Elective  Courses* 


Total  Credits 


*While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  112. 

**For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /    105 

LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  their  program  advisers  be- 
fore undertaking  the  following  sequence  of  courses. 

Quarter  1  Quarter  2  Quarter  3 


1st 

30.601 

30.602 

26.534 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Logic 

94.627 

94.628 

94.530 

Admin,  of  Justice 

1        Admin,  of  Justice  II 

Police  Public  Rel. 

94.502 

94.503 

94.504 

Criminal  Law 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  1 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

94.514 

94.515 

Inters.  &  Interr.  1 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

Elective 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.536 

94.537 

94.560 

Patrol  Funct.  1 

Parol  Funct.  II 

Police  Supervision 

94.541 

94.542 

Int.  Criminalist.  1 

Int.  Criminalist.  II 

Elective 

94.629 

94.630 

22.  514 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Just.  1 

Just.  II 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology   III 

94.546 

94.547 

Social  Deviance  1 

Social  Deviance  II 

Elective 

94.508 

94.509 

94.557 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Inv.  Report  Writing 

Prep.  1 

Prep.  II 

94.561 

94.531 

94.532 

Pol  Work  with  Juv. 

Police  Comm.  Rel. 

Res.  Meth.  Crim. 

4th 

21.548 

21.549 

21.550 

Year 

Criminology  ! 

Criminology  II 

Juvenile  Delinq. 

19.541 

19.542 

19.543 

Abnorm.  Psych.  1 

Abnorm.  Psych.  II 

Abnorm.  Psych.  Ill 

94.520 

94.521 

22.515 

Traf.  Law  Enf.  1 

Traf.  Law  Enf.  II 

Civil  Rights 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

106  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


SECURITY 

Basic  Courses — requ 

ired 

**10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501. 

19.502, 

19.503 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

*30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

Core  Cours( 

B — required 

19.532, 

19.533, 

19.534 

21.501, 

21.502, 

21.503 

21.548, 

21.549 

41.501, 
44.501, 


41.502, 
44.502. 


21.550 
22.514 
22.515 
41.503 
44.503 


44.514,  44.515,  44.516 
45.510 

45.570,  45.571,  45.572 
45.620 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II.  Ill  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Western  Civilization  I.  II.  Ill  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
Economic  Principles  and 

Problems  I.  II,  III  6       32 


Industrial  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Sociology  I.  II,  III  6 

Criminology  I,  II  4 

Juvenile  Delinquency  2 

American  Constitutional  Law  2 

Civil  Rights  2 

Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 
Capital  Institutions  and  Risk 

Management  I,  II,  III  6 
Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I,  II,  III  6 

Labor  Management  Relations  2 

Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

Industrial  Safety  2       50 

(continued  on  following  page) 


'For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 

•94.601,   94.602,   94.603,    L.   E.   Math    I,    II,    III,   may  be  taken   in   place  of   10.327,    10.328, 
10.329. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT   /   107 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

94.502     Criminal  Law  2 

94.503,     94.504     Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I,  II  4 
94.508      94.509     Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation  I,  II  4 

94.513      Introduction  to  Industrial  Security  2 

94.514,     94.515      Interviews  and  Interrogations  I,  11  4 

94.516     Security  Administration  2 

94.525,      94.526     Law  Enforcement  Identification  and 

Records  I,  I!  4 

94.536,     94.537     The  Patrol  Function  I,  II  4 

94.541,     94.542      Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I,  II  4 

94.557      Investigative  Report  Writing  2 

94.571,     94.572     Law  Enforcement  Management  and 

Planning  I,  II  4 
94.577,     94.578,      94.579     Government  Security  Programs  I,  II,  III        6 

94.582  Document  Control  2 

94.583  Industrial  Fire  Prevention  2 
94.584,      94.585      Physical  Security  I,  II  4 

94.586  Retail  Security  2 

94.587  Bank  Security  Measures  2 
94.591      Seminar  in  Security  2 

94.627,     94.628     Administration  of  Justice  I,  II  4 

94.629,      94.630     Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I,  II  4       64 
Elective  Courses*  28 

Total  Credits  174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  In  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  112. 


108  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 


SECURITY 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  8-Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

All  new  students  should  discuss  their  program  with  their  program  advisers 
before  undertaking  the  following  sequence  of  courses: 

Quarter  1  Quarter  2  Quarter  3 

1st               23.501  23.502  23.503 

Year                Western  Civ.  I                 Western  Civ.  II  Western  Civ.  Ill 

30.601  30.602  94.513 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  I           Comp.  &  Rhet.  II  Introd.  Indust.  Sec. 

94.627  94.628  94.586 

Admin,  of  Justice  I       Admin,  of  Justice  II      Retail  Security 


94.502 

94.503 

94.504 

Criminal  Law 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  1 

Evid.  &Ct.  Proc.  II 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

30.604 

30.605 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Intro,  to  Lit. 

Elective 

Forms  1 

Forms  II 

94.514 

94.515 

94.557 

Interv  &  Interr.  1 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

Interv.  &  Interr.  Ill 

94.536 

94.537 

94.583 

Patrol  Funct.  1 

Patrol  Funct.  II 

Indust.  Fire  Prev. 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

45.570 

45.571 

45.572 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  1 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  II 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  Ill 

94.508 

94.509 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Cr.  Inv.  Case 

Elective 

Prep.  1 

Prep.  II 

94.584 

94.585 

94.516 

Phys.  Security  1 

Phys.  Security  II 

Security  Admin. 

4th 

21.548 

21.549 

21.550 

Year 

Criminology  1 

Criminology  II 

Juvenile  Delinq. 

22.514 

22.515 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Elective 

94.577 

94.578 

94.579 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  1 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  1! 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  Ill 

94.629 

94.630 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  Crim. 

Elective 

Just.  1 

Just.  II 

(continued  on  following  page) 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /   109 


5th 

10.327 

10.328 

10.329 

Year 

Mathematics  1 

Mathematics  II 

Mathematics  III 

19.532 

19.533 

19.534 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  1 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  II 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  Ill 

41.501 

41.502 

41.503 

Acctg.  Prin.  1 

Acctg.  Princ.  II 

Acctg.  Princ.  Ill 

94.525 

94.526 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Law  Enf.  Id.  & 

Elective 

Rec.  1 

Rec.  II 

6th 

39.501 

39.502 

39.503 

Year 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  1 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 

Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 

44.501 

44.502 

44.503 

Capt.  Inst. 

Capt.  Inst. 

Capt.  Inst.  & 

&  Risk  1 

&  Risk  II 

Risk  III 

94.571 

94.572 

Law  Enf.  Mgt.  & 

Law  Enf.  Mgt.  & 

Elective 

Plan.  1 

Plan.  II 

7th 

45.620 

94.587 

45.510 

Year 

Indust.  Safety  1 

Bank  Sec.  Meas. 

Labor  Mgt.  Pel. 

94.541 

94.542 

94.582 

Int.  Criminalist.  1 

Int.  Criminalist.  II 

Document  Control 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

8th 

44.514 

44.515 

44.516 

Year 

Prop.  &  Cas.  Ins.  1 
94.591 

Prop.  &Cas.  Ins.  II 

Prop.  &  Cas.  Ins.  Ill 

Sem.  in  Security 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

110  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

SECURITY  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

quarter  hours 
Basic  Courses — required 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503 
**30.601.     30.602 

Core  Courses — required 
19.532,      19.533,      19.534 
21.501,     21.502,     21.503 
21.548,     21.549 

21.550 

22.514 

22.515 
45.570,     45.571,     45.572 

Major  Concentration  Course 

94.502 
94.503,  94.504 
94.508,     94.509 

94.513 
94.514,     94.515 

94.516 
94.536,     94.537 

94.557 
94.577,     94.578,     94.579 

94.583 
94.584,     94.585 

94.586 
94.627,  94.628 
94.629,     94.630 

Elective  Courses* 


Psychology  1,  II,  III 

6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  1.  II 

j4 

10 

Industrial  Psychology  1,  II,  III 

6 

Sociology  1,  II,  III 

6 

Criminology  1,  II 

4 

Juvenile  Delinquency 

2 

American  Constitutional  Law 

2 

Civil  Rights 

2 

Electronic  Data  Processing  1,  II,  III 

^ 

28 

— required 

Criminal  Law 

2 

Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  1,  II 

4 

Criminal  Investigation  and  Case 

Preparation  1,  II 

4 

Introduction  to  Industrial  Security 

2 

Interviews  and  Interrogations  1,  II 

4 

Security  Administration 

2 

The  Patrol  Function  1,  II 

4 

Investigative  Report  Writing 

2 

Government  Security  Programs  1,  II,  III 

6 

Industrial  Fire  Prevention 

2 

Physical  Security  1,  II 

4 

Retail  Security 

2 

Administration  of  Justice  1,  II 

4 

Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  1,  II 

4 

46 
12 

Total  Credits 

96 

*While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog.  For  suggested  electives  and  additional  department  offerings,  see  page  112. 

**For  new  English  requirements  see  explanation  on  page  185. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /    111 

SECURITY 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 

All   new  students  should  discuss  their  programs  with  advisers  before  under- 
taking the  following  sequence  of  courses: 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

30.601 

30.602 

94.513 

Year 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 

Introd.  Indust.  Sec. 

94.627 

94.628 

94.586 

Admin,  of  Justice  1 

1       Admin,  of  Just  II 

Retail  Security 

94.502 

94.503 

94.504 

Criminal  Law 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  1 

Evid.  &  Ct.  Proc.  II 

94.514 

94.515 

94.557 

Interv.  &  Interr.  1 

Interv.  &  Interr.  II 

Inv.  Report  Writing 

2nd 

21.501 

21.502 

21.503 

Year 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  III 

94.536 

94.537 

94.583 

Patrol  Funct.  1 

Patrol  Funct.  II 

Indust.  Fire  Prev. 

94.584 

94.585 

94.516 

Phys.  Security  1 

Phys.  Security  II 

Security  Admin. 

94.508 

94.509 

Cr.    Inv.   Case 

Cr.  inv.  Case 

Elective 

Prep.  1 

Prep  II. 

3rd 

19.501 

19.502 

19.503 

Year 

Psychology  1 

Psychology  II 

Psychology  III 

45.570 

45.571 

45.572 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  1 

Elect.  Data.  Proc.  II 

Elect.  Data  Proc.  Ill 

94.577 

94.578 

94.579 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  1 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  II 

Gov.  Sec.  Prog.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

4th 

19.532 

19.533 

19.534 

Year 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  1 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  II 

Int.  Indust.  Psy.  Ill 

21.548 

21.549 

21.550 

Criminology  1 

Criminology  II 

Juvenile  Delinq. 

22.514 

22.515 

Amer.  Const.  Law 

Civil  Rights 

Elective 

94.629 

94.630 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 

Civ.  Law  in  Crim. 

Elective 

Just.  II 

Just.  II 

112   /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

SUGGESTED  ELECTIVES  AND  ADDITIONAL  DEPARTMENT  OFFERINGS 

Suggested  Electives* 

94.595     The  National  Law  Enforcement  Seminar  3 

94.614  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Interviewing  Practicum  2 

94.619  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Forensic  Laboratory  2 

94.617  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Criminal  Behavior  2 

94.624  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Executive  Development  2 
94.626     Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Data  Processing  2 

32.509  Conversational  Spanish  I  3 

32.510  Conversational  Spanish  II  3 

32.511  Conversational  Spanish  III  3 

Additional  Department  Offerings 

94.604  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Youth  Crime  Control  2 

94.605  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Victimology  2 

94.606  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  International  Crime  Control  2 

94.607  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Grantmanship  2 

94.608  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Law  Enforcement 

Operational  Intelligence  2 

94.609  Independent  Studies  2 

94.610  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Collective  Bargaining  2 

94.611  Man,  Law,  and  Society  I  2 

94.612  Man,  Law,  and  Society  II  2 

94.613  Man,  Law,  and  Society  III  2 

94.615  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Organized  Crime  2 

94.616  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Minorities  and  the  Urban  Crisis  2 

94.618  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Prosecutive  Development  2 

94.620  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Intervention,  Strategies,  and  Tactics 

for  Law  Enforcement  (Counseling  Techniques)  2 

94.623     Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Drugs  2 

94.625  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement:  Mental  Health  and  the  Police  2 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  catalog. 


health-related  programs 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Associate  Dean 
Director,  Health  Professions  Programs 
Telephone  437-3321 

•  forsyth  school / northeastern  university  program  for  dental  hygienists 

•  health  profession  programs 


FORSYTH/NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  PROGRAM  FOR 
DENTAL   HYGIENISTS 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

The  Forsyth  School  for  Dental  Hygienists  conducts  a  two-year  day  program 
of  dental  hygiene  education  and  general  education  in  cooperation  with 
Northeastern  University.  Graduates  of  the  program  receive  the  Certificate 
in  Dental  Hygiene  from  Forsyth  and  the  Associate  in  Science  degree  from 
University  College.  After  receiving  their  Associate  in  Science  degree,  students 
may  complete  the  remaining  Liberal  Arts  courses  required  for  the  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  given  by  University  College. 


Associate  in  Science  Degree 

(Day  program  at  Northeastern  University  and  Forsyth  School  for 
Dental  Hygienists) 

Liberal  Arts  Courses 

(Required  through  University  College) 

10.327,      10.328,      10.329      Mathematics  I,  II,  III 

22.503 

23.503 

23.506 

26.503 

30.605 

39.503 


quarter  hours 
94 


22.501, 
23.501, 
23.504, 
26.501, 


39.501, 
Fine  Arts 
Literature 


22.502, 
23.502, 
23.505, 
26.502, 
30.604, 
39.502, 


Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III 
Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III 
American  History  I,  II,  III 
Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 
Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 
Art,  Music,  or  Theatre  Arts  6 

English,  American,  or  other  in  translation  6 


Elective  Courses* 


Total  Credits 


52 

28 

174 


•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  major  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  a  variety  of  fields  beyond  the  major. 


113 


114  /   HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 

HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 

Aims 

Programs  in  Health  Sciences  are  offered  through  University  College  in  order 
to  help  mature  students  improve  their  educational  preparation  for  advance- 
ment and  service  in  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies  through  part-time 
study. 

In  addition  to  offering  courses  in  the  liberal  arts  and  in  business  administra- 
tion, specialized  courses  for  particular  categories  of  health  personnel  are 
offered  when  such  offerings  are  justified  in  terms  of  community  and  student 
need.  The  unique  resources  of  the  Boston  area  as  a  medical  center  offer 
excellent  support  facilities  for  these  health-related  programs. 

In  addition  to  technically  oriented  courses  for  health  specialists,  a  core  of 
courses  is  offered  which  is  designed  to  provide  ail  health  workers  with  a 
foundation  for  improved  interdisciplinary  cooperation  and  communication. 

Clinical  assignments 

Students  accepting  clinical  assignments  in  hospitals,  either  as  part  of  their 
clinical  rotations  or  cooperative  assignments,  are  expected  to  adhere  to 
hospital  dress  codes  and  any  other  requirements  of  the  hospital,  all  of  which 
are  outside  University  control. 


HEALTH    PROFESSION    PROGRAMS   /    115 


MANAGEMENT  IN  HEALTH  AGENCIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 
quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III 
Psychology  I,  II,  III 


Basic  Courses — required 

10.327,      10.328,  10.329 

19.501,      19.502,  19.503 

23.501,      23.502,  23.503 

30.601,  30.602 

30.604,  30.605 

39.501,      39.502,  39.503 


Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III 
Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II 
Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 
Economic  Principles  and 
Problems  I,  II,  III 


32 


Core  Courses' — required 

Liberal  Arts 
18.504,      18.505, 


21.501, 
22.501, 
26.501, 
Literature: 
Fine  Arts: 


21.502, 
22.502, 
26.502, 


Management 
41.501,     41.502, 


44.507, 
45.501, 

45.513, 


44.508, 
45.502, 
45.511, 
45.514, 


18.506 
19.532 
21.503 
22.503 
26.503 


41.503 
44.509 
45.503 
45.512 
45.515 


Integrated  Science  I,  II,  III 

Industrial  Psychology 

Sociology  I,  II,  III 

Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III 

English,  American,  or  other  in  translation 

Art,  Music,  or  Theater  Arts 


Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III 
Corporate  Finance  I,  II,  III 
Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III 
Human  Relations  in  Personnel  I,  II 
Personnel  Management  I,  II,  III 


45.570,     45.571,     45.572      Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III 

Health  Care  Administration 

86.502      Hospital  Law  and  Ethics 
86.504,     86.505,      86.506     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III 

86.507      Medical  Terminology 
In  addition,  each  student  will  select  one  of  the  following  sequences: 
86.581,      86.582,      86.583      Hospital  Organization  and  \ 

Management  I,  II,  III — OR  j 

Long-Term  Care  f 

Administration  I,  II,  III — OR         \ 

Public  Health  I,  II  4  and     i 

Personal  and  Community  1 

Health  2  / 


86.571,      86.572,      86.573 
86.521, 


86.522 
86.511 


Elective  Courses: 


Liberal  Arts 
Management 
From  Any  Area 


12* 
2 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 


6 

6 

36 


44 


34 


16 


48 


Total  Credits 


174 


•Science  courses  with  equivalent  subject  content  may  be  substituted  for  Integrated  Science 
with  approval  of  the  program  director. 


116  /   HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 


Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework,  proof  of  understanding  of  prin- 
ciples of  descriptive  statistics  must  be  demonstrated.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by:  a)  successful  completion  of  the  examination  on  descriptive  statistics 
administered  by  Northeastern's  Center  for  Programmed  Study;  or  b)  completion 
of  the  program  on  descriptive  statistics  at  the  Center;  or  c)  completion  of  the 
University  College  course  39.511,  Statistics  I,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  This 
last  option  may  also  be  included  in  the  elective  credits  required  in  this  cur- 
riculum. This  requirement  should  be  satisfied  before  completion  of  the  first  96 
credits  of  coursework. 

A  significant  number  of  elective  courses  are  allowed,  to  permit  each  student  to 
select,  with  his  adviser,  a  sequence  of  courses  which  will  represent  examination 
in  some  depth  of  a  subject  of  particular  interest.  Ordinarily,  these  courses  would 
not  be  distributed  over  more  than  two  subject  areas. 

MANAGEMENT  IN   HEALTH  AGENCIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 
Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  8- Year  Program 
Leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

Medical  Terminology 

1    Comp.  1 

Comp.  II 

Year 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 

Mgmt.  &Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &Org.  Ill 

Math.  1 

Math.  II 

Math.  Ill 

2nd 

Western  Civ.  1 

Western  Civ.  II 

Western  Civ.  Ill 

Year 

Acctg.  1 

Acctg.  II 

Acctg.  Ill 

*lnteg.  Sci.  1 

*lnteg.  Sci.  II 

*lnteg.  Sci.  Ill 

3rd 

Psych. 1 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  1 

Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  II 

Hospital  Law 

4th 

Ind.  Pysch. 

Human  Rel.  1 

Human  Rel.  II 

Year 

Pers.  Mgmt.  1 

Pers.  Mgmt.   II 

Pers.  Mgmt.  Ill 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  1 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 

5th 

Econ. 1 

Econ.  II 

Econ.  Ill 

Year 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Mgmt.  Elective 

Literature 

Literature 

Literature 

6th 

Soc.  1 

Soc.  II 

Soc.  II! 

Year 

E.D.P.  1 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

Corp.  Fin.  1 

Corp.  Fin.  II 

Corp.  Fin.  Ill 

7th 

Pol.  Sci.  1 

Pol.  Sci.  II 

Pol.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Hospital  Org., 

Hospital  Org., 

Hospital  Org., 

Long-Term  C,  or 

Long-Term  C,  or 

Long-Term  C.  II,  or 

Pub.  Health  1 

Pub.   Health   II 

Per.  Comm.  Health 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

8th 

Phil.  1 

Phil.  II 

Phil.  Ill 

Year 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

•Science  courses  with  equivalent  subject  content  may  be  substituted  for  Integrated  Science 
with  approval  of  Program  Director. 


HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS   /   117 

NURSING  HOME  ADMINISTRATION 

In  order  to  meet  the  immediate  need  of  nursing  home  administrators  while 
still  providing  academically  structured  courses  that  will  subsequently  apply 
to  a  degree  program,  the  following  sequence  of  courses  is  offered. 

19.501,      19.502,      19.503  Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

19.532  Industrial   Psychology  2 

41.501,     41.502,     41.503  Accounting  Principles  I,  II,  III  6 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503  Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

45.511,     45.512  Human  Relations  in  Personnel  I,  II  4 

86.502  Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

86.507  Medical  Terminology  2 

86.571,     86.572,     86.573  Long-Term  Care  Administration  I,  II,  III  6 

86.577,     86.578,     86.579  Geriatric  Care  I,  II,  III  (Elect.)  6 

Total  Credits  46 

Successful  completion  of  this  course  of  study  with  a  quality  point  average  of 
2.00  will  entitle  the  student  to  a  letter  attesting  to  this  accomplishment  and 
will,  in  the  opinion  of  many  who  are  knowledgeable  in  the  field  of  nursing 
home  administration,  adequately  prepare  the  student  to  meet  present  licen- 
sure examinations.  Students  in  this  program  are  eligible  to  apply  for  matric- 
ulation in  the  baccalaureate  program  "Management  in  Health  Agencies  and 
Institutions"  (page  116). 

Completion  of  this  sequence  of  courses  and  possession  of  the  letter  docu- 
menting this  fact  does  not  constitute  graduation  from  University  College. 
Through  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education,  Northeastern  offers  a  unique 
series  of  week-long  residential  institutes  for  nursing  home  administrators, 
which  do  not  carry  academic  credit.  For  information  about  this  program, 
contact  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education. 

Program  Consultant: 

Robert  R.  Love/oy,  M.S. 

Director,  Waltham  Hospital 
Course  Consultant: 

Jack  ChHnicl<,  B.S. 

Executive  Director,  Jewish  Rehabilitation 

Center  for  the  Aged  of  the  North  Shore 


NURSING  HOME  ADMINISTRATION 
Recommended  course  sequence  for  program  leading 
to  the  Certificate  Letter: 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 
Year 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 
Found.  Med.  Sci.  1 
Psych. 1 
Med.  Term. 

Mgmt.  &Org.  II 
Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 
Psych.  Ill 

Mgmt.  &Org.  Ill 
Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 
Psych.  Ill 
Hosp.  Law  &  Ethics 

2nd 
Year 

Acctg.  1 
Ind.  Psych.  1 
Long-Term  Care  1 

Acctg.  II 
Human  Relat.  1 
Long-Term  Care  II 

Acctg.  Ill 
Human  Relat.  II 
Long-Term  Care  III 

118   /    HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 

MEDICAL  RECORDS  SCIENCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

and  qualification  for  admission  to  the  professional  registration  examinations 
conducted  by  the  American  Medical  Association 

Note:  This  program  is  also  offered  on  a  full-time  (day)  basis. 

The  information  below  refers  only  to  the  part-time  (evening)  program;  informa- 
tion about  the  day  program  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Allied  Health 
Professions  Office,  201  Robinson  Hall. 

Northeastern  University's  Programs  in  Medical  Record  Science  are  approved 
by  the  American  Medical  Association's  Council  on  Medical  Education,  in  collabo- 
ration with  the  Committee  on  Education  and  Registration  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Record  Association. 

MEDICAL  RECORDS  SCIENCE  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

Basic  Courses — required  quarter  hours 

Mathematics  I,  II,  III  6 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  6 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II  4 
Economic  Principles  and  Problems 

I,  II,  III  6       32 

Core  Courses — required 
Liberal  Arts 

18.511,      18.512,      18.513  General  Biology  and  Laboratory  I,  II,  III  12 

18.524,      18.525,      18.526  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

19.532  Industrial  Psychology  2 

21.501,      21.502,     21.503  Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

22.501,     22.502,      22.503  Principles  of  Political  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

26.501,     26.502,     26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I,  II,  III  6 

Literature:  English,  American  or  other  in  translation  6 

Fine  Arts:  Art,  Music,  or  Theatre  Arts  6       53 

Management 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503     Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III       6 
45.511,     45.512      Human  Relations  in  Personnel  I,  II  4 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6       16 

(continued  on  following  page) 


10.327, 

10.328, 

10.329 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

30.601, 

30.602 

30.604, 

30.605 

39.501, 

39.502, 

39.503 

6 

12 

8 

26 

6 

30 

38 

175 

HEALTH   PROFESSION    PROGRAMS    /    119 

Health  Care  Administration 

86.502      Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III       6 

86.507,     86.508     Medical  Terminology  I,  II  _4        12 

Major  Concentration  Courses — required 

86.551,     86.552,     86.553     Organization  of  the  Medical  Records 

Department  I,  II,  III 
86.554,     86.555,     86.556     Medical  Records  Science  I,  II,  III 
86.557,     86.558     Medical  Records  Science  IV,  V 

Elective  Courses 

Liberal  Arts 
From  Any  Area 

Total  Credits 

In  addition  to  completing  the  academic  requirements,  candidates  for  a 
degree  with  a  major  in  IVIedical  Records  Science  must  also  complete  a 
minimum  of  300  clock  hours  of  supervised  practice  experience  in  affiliated 
hospitals.  This  experience  is  coordinated  with  the  course  work  in  the 
major  field. 

Candidates  who  wish  to  major  in  this  program  must  be  interviewed  by  the 
Program  Director,  Medical  Records  Science  Program.  Arrangements  for  this 
interview  may  be  made  through  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Office,  201 
Robinson  Hall.  No  candidate  will  be  considered  as  matriculated  until  this  re- 
quirement has  been  met. 

Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework  and  clinical  practice,  students 
must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  descriptive  statistics  to  qualify  for  the  degree 
in  this  program.  See  Note  on  Page  116  for  detail  of  alternate  ways  in  which  this 
requirement  may  be  satisfied. 

(continued  on  following  page) 


120   /    HEALTH    PROFESSION    PROGRAMS 

Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  8- Year  program  Leading  to  the  Bachelor 
of  Science  Degree  in  Medical  Records  Science  and  qualification. 

Quarter  1  Quarter  2  Quarter  3 

1st  Comp.  and  Rhet.  I  Comp.  and  Rhet.  II  Elective 

Year  Mgmt.  &  Org.  I  Mgmt.  &  Org.  II  Mgmt.  &  Org.  Ill 

Math.  I  Math.  II  Math.  Ill 


2nd 

West.  Civ.  1 

West.  Civ.  II 

West.  Civ.  Ill 

Year 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  1 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  II 

Gen.  Biol.  &  Lab.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

3rd 

Psych. 1 

Psych.  II 

Psych.  Ill 

Year 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  1 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  II 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  Ill 

Med.  Termin.  1 

Med.  Termin.  II 

Hospital  Law 

Lit.  1 

Lit.  II 

Elective 

4th 

Literature 

Literature 

Literature 

Year 

See.  1 

Soc.  II 

Soc.  Ill 

Ind.  Psych. 

Human  Rel.  1 

Human  Relations  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  1 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  Ill 

5th 

Econ. 1 

Econ.  II 

Econ.  Ill 

Year 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Fine  Arts 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  1 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  II 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  Ill 

6th 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  IV* 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  V* 

Year 

Electives 

Electives 

Electives 

7th 

Pol.  Sci.  1 

Pol.  Sci.  II 

Pol.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  1 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  II 

Org.  Med.  Rec.  Ill 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 

L.A.  Elective 
Elective 

8th 

Phil.  1 

Phil.  II 

Phil.  Ill 

Year 

E.D.P.  1 

E.D.P.  II 

E.D.P.  Ill 

Elective 

Elective 

Elective 

•Required  clinical  experience  hours  must  be  arranged  in   relation  to  courses  starred. 


HEALTH    PROFESSION    PROGRAMS   /    121 

MEDICAL  RECORDS  SCIENCE  Certification  Program 

Candidates  who  wish  to  qualify  for  admission  to  the  professional  examination 
leading  to  registration  as  a  Medical  Record  Administrator,  RRA,  and  who 
already  hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  another  field  of  study  from  a  college 
or  university  acceptable  to  Northeastern  University,  may  undertake  the  fol- 
lowing course  work.  Successful  completion  of  this  course  sequence  with  a 
cumulative  point  average  of  2.00  will  lead  to  certification  from  University 
College  that  the  candidate  has  completed  a  professiona  program  in  Medical 
Records  Science. 

Courses  required  for  Professional  Certification: 

quarter  hours 

18.524,      18.525,      18.526     Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

45.501,     45.502,     45.503      Management  and  Organization  I,  II,  III  6 

86.502      Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  2 

86.504,     86.505,     86.506      Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

86.507,      86.508     Medical  Terminology  I,  II  4 

86.554,     86.555,     86.556     Medical  Records  Science  I,  II,  III  12 

86.557,     86.558     Medical  Records  Science  IV,  V  8 
36.551,     86.552,     86.553     Organization  of  the  Medical 

Records  Department  I,  II,  III  6 

45.570,     45.571,     45.572     Electronic  Data  Processing  I,  II,  III  6 

Total  Credits  59 


Clinical  Practice 

In  addition  to  completion  of  the  academic  requirements,  candidates  for  cer- 
tification must  complete  a  minimum  of  300  clock  hours  of  supervised  applied 
study  In  affiliated  hospitals.  This  experience  is  coordinated  with  the  course 
work  in  the  major  field. 

Candidates  who  wish  to  matriculate  in  this  program  must  be  interviewed 
by  the  Program  Director,  Medical  Records  Science  Program.  Arrangements 
for  this  interview  may  be  made  through  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Office, 
201  Robinson  Hall.  No  candidate  will  be  considered  as  matriculated  until 
this  reqiurement  has  been  met. 

Note:  In  addition  to  the  required  coursework  and  clinical  practice,  students 
must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  descriptive  statistics  to  qualify  for  the  certifi- 
cate in  this  program.  See  Note  on  Page  116  for  details  of  alternate  ways  in  which 
this  requirement  may  be  satisfied. 

Note:     This  sequence  is  available  through  the  evening  program  only. 


122  /   HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 


MEDICAL  RECORDS  SCIENCE 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  3-Year  Program 
Leading  to  a  Certificate  in  Medical  Records  Science 

(This  program  is  open  to  candidates  who  hold  an 
acceptable  baccalaureate  degree  only.) 

Prerequisite:  A  college-level  course  in  General  Biology 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  2 

Quarter  3 

1st 

Mgmt.  &  Org.  1 

Mgmt.  &Org.  II 

Mgmt.  &Org.  Ill 

Year 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  1 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  11 

Anat.  &  Physiol.  Ill 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  1 

Found.  Med.  Sci.  II 

Found.  Med. 

Med.  Termin.  1 

Med.  Termin.  II 

Sci.  Ill 

2nd 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  1 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  II 

Med.  Rec.  Sci.  Ill 

Year 

Hospital  Law 

EDPI 

EDP  II 

EDP  III 

3rd 

*Med.  Rec.  Sci.  IV 

*Med.  Rec.  Sci.  V 

Year 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Org.  Med.  Rec. 

Dept  1 

Dept  II 

Dept  III 

Hospitals  Affiliated  as  Primary  Teaching  Units 

Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Boston 
Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center,  Boston 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Boston 
Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital,  Boston 
New  England  Medical  Center 

Curriculum  Advisory  Committee  in  Medical  Records  Science 

Sr.  Margaret  MacDougall,  RRA 

Ho/yoke  Community  College 

Janice  E.  Gardner,  RRA 

Nashoba  Community  Hospital,  Ayer 

Joyce  Gormley,  RRA 

Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Boston 

Majorie  Gurney,  RRA 

Massachusetts  Hospital  Association,  Burlington 

Dorothy  Richmond,  RRA 

Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Boston 

Susan  Winship,  RRA 

Northern  Essex  Community  College,  Haverhill 

Lillian  Liebich,  RRA 

North  Adams  Regional  Hospital,  North  Adams 

Northeastern  University  Representatives 
(Ex  officio) 

Rina  L.  Zamczyk,  RRA 

Director,  Medical  Records  Program 

Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Dean  for  Health  Professions 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 


•Required  clinical  experience  hours  must  be  arranged  In   relation  to  courses  starred. 


HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS   /   123 

RESPIRATORY  THERAPY  ASSOCIATE  IN   SCIENCE  DEGREE 

As  medical  knowledge  has  advanced  and  become  highly  specialized,  trained 
personnel  in  the  fields  related  to  medicine  have  become  important  members 
of  the  health  care  team.  As  members  of  this  team,  Respiratory  Therapists 
support  and  assist  the  physician  toward  the  goal  of  optimum  patient  care 
by  using  many  different  treatments  and  rehabilitative  procedures  to  help 
patients  with  respiratory  problems.  They  work  with  such  modern  complex 
facilities  as  electronic  respirators,  ultrasonic  nebulizers,  blood  gas  machines, 
and  pulmonary  function  equipment. 

As  physicians  rely  more  and  more  on  specialized  techniques  and  equipment, 
the  Respiratory  Therapist  will  play  an  increasingly  important  role  in  patient 
care. 

The  man  or  woman  entering  this  field  now  is  joining  a  rapidly  expanding 
specialty.  The  demand  for  skilled  registered  Respiratory  Therapists  is  high, 
and  opportunities  exist  throughout  the  world. 

The  first  year  of  this  program  may  be  completed  by  study  on  a  part-time 
basis  over  two  or  more  years.  An  interview  with  the  program  faculty  is  re- 
quired prior  to  registration  in  86.591,  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy 
I.  The  candidate  who  completes  this  part-time  study  with  a  cumulative  aver- 
age "c"  or  better  may  then  apply  for  admission  directly  into  the  second 
year  full-time  program.  The  full-time  program  requires  three  years  for  com- 
pletion, the  last  two  spent  in  four  (4)  academic  quarters  which  alternate  with 
an  applied  study  quarter  at  the  affiliated  hospitals  and  two  co-op  quarters 
which  may  also  be  in  a  clinical  setting. 


RESPIRATORY  THERAPY  (FULL-TIME) 


Associate  in  Science  Degree 


10.101,      10.102, 

10.103 

Basic  Math 

19.102 

Basic  Psychology 

23.210 

The  U.S.  to  1865 

23.211 

The  U.S.  since  1865 

30.113, 

30.114 

English 

Core  Courses — required 

Liberal  Arts 

18.114, 

18.115 

Functional  Human  Anatomy 

29.100 

Public  Speaking 

18.120 

Microbiology 

73.111 

Drugs:  Use  and  Action 

quarter  hours 

9 
4 
4 
4 
8       29 


10== 
3 

4 
4 


21 


•Science  courses  with  equivalent  subject  content  may  be  substituted  for  integrated  Science 
with  approval  of  Program  Director. 


124  /   HEALTH   PROFESSION   PROGRAMS 


Health  Care 


86.512, 
86.574, 

86.502 
86.511 
86.513 
86.524 
86.575 

Hospital  Law  &  Ethics                                    2 
Personal  &  Community  Health                      2 
Found,  of  Med.  Sci.  1,  II                                6 
Health  Education                                              2 
Health,  Disease  &  Disability                         6 

20 

Major  Concentration  courses 

86.591,     86.592,     86.593 

86.594,     86.596 

86.595 

86.597,     86.598 

— required 

Intro,  to  Resp.  The.  1,  II,  III 
Proc.  in  Resp.  The.  1,  &  III 
Applied  Study 
Proc.   in   Resp.  The.   IV  &  V 

9 
8 

4 
8 

29 

Elective  Courses 

Liberal  Arts 

10 

10 

107 

Course 

Sequence 

*lst 
Year 

Quarter  1 

Func.  Hu.  Anat. 
**lntro.  Resp.  Th.  1 
Math  1 
Basic  Psychology 

Quarter  II 

Func.  Hu.  Anat. 
Intro.  Resp.  Th.  II 
Math  II 
English  1 

Quarter  III 

Micro. 

Intro.  Resp.  Th. 
Math  III 
English  II 
Hospital  Law 

III 

2nd 
Year 

Proc.  Resp.  Th. 
Drugs:  Use  and 

Action 
U.S.  to  1865 
Med.  Sci. 

1 

1 

Applied  Study 

Proc.  Resp.  Th.  Ill 
Publ.  Spkg. 
U.S.  since  1865 
Med.  Sci. 

3rd 
Year 

Co-op 
4th  q 
Istq, 

period 
.  2nd  yr. 
,  3rd  yr. 

Proc.  Resp.  Th.  IV 
Elective 

Health,  Dis.,  Disab. 
Pers.  &Comm. 
Health 

Proc.  Resp.  Th.  V 

Health  Ed. 

Elective 

Health,  Dis.,  Disab. 

Medical  Advisory  Committee 

Leonard  Bushnell,  M.D.,  Beth  Israel  Hospital 

Dean  S.  Crocker,  M.D.,  Children's  Hospital  Medical  Center 

John  Hedley-Whyte,  M.D.,  Beth  Israel  Hospital 

Henning  Pontoppidan,  M.D.,  Massachusetts  General  Hospital 

LeRoy  Van  Dam,  M.D.,  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital 

Academic  Representatives  (Ex  Officio) 

Dean  Crocker,  M.D.,  Medical  Consultant 
Evelyn  L.  Cassara,  B.S.,  R.N.,  A.R.I.T.,  Program  Director 
Helene  A.  Loux,  Ph.D.,  Assoc.  Dean  for  Health  Professions,  College  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 


•First  year  may  be  taken  on  a  part-time  or  full-time  basis,  years  2  and  3  must  be  full-time. 
••Interview  with  Program  Director  required  prior  to  registration. 


ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY   RELATED   PROGRAMS   /    125 

ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY   RELATED   PROGRAMS 

A  program  in  Cytotechnology  is  offered  through  University  College  and  con- 
ducted in  affiliation  with  the  several  hospitals  which  comprise  the  Boston 
School  of  Cytotechnology.  The  program  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  which  is  awarded  by  University  College,  and  certification  of  registra- 
tion by  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

Cytotechnology  is  a  specialty  in  the  broader  field  of  medical  technology. 
Cytotechnologists  are  employed  in  pathology  laboratories,  where  they  ex- 
pertly examine  slides  of  cells  looking  for  minute  abnormalities  which  are 
the  early  warning  signs  of  cancer  and  related  disease.  Cytotechnology 
occupies  a  highly  important  place  in  clinical  medicine  requiring  a  techni- 
cian with  not  only  highly  specialized  laboratory  training  but  a  sound  academic 
background. 

The  program  in  Medical  Technology  is  a  University  College  program  con- 
ducted in  affiliation  with  several  hospital  schools  of  medical  technology 
approved  by  the  American  Medical  Association.  The  program  leads  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  which  is  awarded  by  University  College,  and 
entitles  the  student  to  take  the  registration  examination  of  the  American 
Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

The  medical  technologist  is  a  most  respected  and  important  member  of  the 
paramedical  team.  He  works  as  a  professional  in  close  association  with 
pathologists,  doctors,  and  hospital  and  medical  laboratory  personnel.  Per- 
forming in  a  variety  of  specialized  fields  such  as  bacteriology,  histology, 
biochemistry,  and  nuclear  and  radiochemistry,  the  medical  technologist 
performs  chemical  tests,  and  morphologically  and  biochemically  identifies 
bacteria.  He  makes  important  observations  necessary  for  critical  diagnosis 
by  the  doctor  for  early  detection  and  treatment  of  diseases. 


126   /   ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY  RELATED  PROGRAMS 


MEDICAL  LABORATORY  SCIENCE— CYTOTECHNOLOGY 
Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  or  Associated  of  Science  Degree 

The  programs  are  offered  through  University  College  and  are  conducted  in 
affiliation  with  the  several  hospitals  v/hich  comprise  the  Boston  School  of 
Cytotechnology.  The  programs  lead  to  the  Associate  in  Science  or  the  Bache- 
lor of  Science  Degree,  which  are  awarded  by  University  College,  and  certi- 
fication of  registration  by  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

The  basic  sciences  and  the  general  education  courses  are  offered  evenings, 
but  the  professional  courses  are  offered  only  full-time,  days,  in  cooperation 
with  the  affiliated  hospitals.  Students  planning  to  enter  the  professional 
courses  are  advised  to  consult  the  program  coordinator  prior  to  the  Winter 
Quarter  preceding  entrance  to  the  professional  program  in  the  fall. 

Cytotechnology  is  a  specialty  in  the  broader  field  of  medical  technology.  Cyto- 
technologists  are  employed  in  pathology  laboratories,  where  they  expertly 
examine  slides  of  cells  looking  for  minute  abnormalities  which  are  the  early 
warning  sings  of  cancer  and  related  disease.  Cytotechnology  occupies  a 
highly  important  place  in  clinical  medicine  requiring  a  technician  with  not 
only  highly  specialized  laboratory  training  but  also  sound  academic 
background. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  well  in  advance  of  the  regis- 
tration date. 


Course  Number 

10.327,      10.328, 


30.606 
or 
18.511, 
87.100 
19.501, 

86.504, 
18.524, 
12.544, 
12.547, 
10.316, 


87.101 
30.604, 


10.307, 

30.601, 
18.512. 


19.502,      19.503 


86.505, 
18.525, 
12.545, 
12.548, 
10.317, 


FIRST  YEAR 
Course 

10.329     Mathematics  I,  II,  III 

or 
10.308     College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry 


quarter  hours 
6 


30.605 


87.541,  87.542, 
23.502,  23.503, 
18.557,      18.558, 


30.602     Composition  &  Rhetoric  I,  II  4 

18.513     Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

Medical  Laboratory  Science  Orientation  1 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

SECOND  YEAR 

86.506     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I,  II,  III  6 

18.526     Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

12.546     General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.549     General  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  3 

10.318     Probability  &  Statistics  I,  II,  III  6 

THIRD  YEAR 

Basic  Medical  Lab.  Science  (Fall)  4 

Introd.  to  Literary  Forms  I,  II 

(winter  &  spring)  4 

87.543      Hematology  I,  II,  III  6 

23.504     Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  or  elective  6 

18.559     Genetics  or  elective  (optional)  6 


ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY   RELATED   PROGRAMS   /    127 

FOURTH  YEAR 
Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

86.507,     86.508  Medical  Terminology  I,  11  4 

86.502     Hospital  Law  &  Ethics  2 

18.551,      18.552,      18.553      Histology-Organology  I,  II,  III  6 

12  months  at  AMA-Approved  Hospital 
School  of  Cytotechnology  16 

Basic  Medical  Lab.  Cytology  (4) 

Medical  Cytology  (4) 

Exfoliative  Cytology  Applied  Study  (8) 

87.190  Undergraduate  Research  2 

Total  A.S.  degree     109 

FIFTH   YEAR 

12.531,      12.532,      12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  and  6 

12.534,      12.535,      12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

or 
12.522,      12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  and 
12.525,      12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 
18.558,      18.559     Genetics  I,  II,  III  6 

Humanities  Electives  12 

SIXTH  YEAR 

11.305,      11.306     General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

18.522,      18.523      Microbiology  &  Lab.  I,  II,  III  12 

39.502,     39.503     Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

SEVENTH   YEAR 

12.522,      12.523     Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  and  6 

12.525,      12.526     Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

or 
12.532,      12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  and 
12.535,      12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III 
86.575  Health,  Disease  &  Disability  I,  II 

or 
86.582,     86.583      Hospital  Organization  &  Management 
I,  II,  III 
or 
Elective  6 

Health  Science  Education 

or 
Medical  Lab.  Management  2 

Total  B.S.  degree     183 


128   /   ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY   RELATED   PROGRAMS 

MEDICAL   LABORATORY  SCIENCE— MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  or  Associate  of  Science  Degree 

The  baccalaureate  program  in  Medical  Technology  (Medical  Laboratory 
Science)  is  conducted  in  affiliation  with  several  Hospital  Schools  of  Medical 
Technology  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  The  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree, 
vjhlch  is  awarded  by  University  College,  and  entitles  the  student  to  write  the 
registry  examination  in  Medical  Technology  MT  (ASCP)  given  by  the  Board 
of  Registry  of  Medical  Technologists  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical 
Pathologists. 

Students  who  have  appropriate  clinical  experience  may  apply  to  write  the  AD- 
MLT  (ASCP),  Associate  Degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician  Examination, 
upon  completion  of  appropriate  courses.  University  College  students  will  be 
eligible  for  an  Associate  degree  upon  the  completion  of  the  courses  indicated 
in  the  curriculum  below  and  appropriate  applied  study. 

The  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Professional  Courses  numbered  (87.  .  .  .) 
will  be  offered  directly  through  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health 
Professions. 

The  medical  technologist  is  a  most  respected  and  important  member  of  the 
health  team.  He  works  as  a  professional  in  close  association  with  patholo- 
gists, doctors,  and  hospital  and  medical  laboratory  personnel.  Working  in  a 
variety  of  specialized  fields  such  as  bacteriology,  blood-banking,  histology, 
hematology,  biochemistry,  and  nuclear  and  radiochemistry,  the  medical 
technologist  makes  important  observations  necessary  for  critical  diagnosis 
by  the  doctor  for  early  detection  and  treatment  of  disease. 

The  Associate  Degree  Medical  Laboratory  Technician  likewise  is  an  im- 
portant member  of  the  health  team.  His  responsibilities  are  commensurate 
with  his  background  and  he  works  in  close  association  with  medical  tech- 
nologists and  pathologists. 

The  Registered  Medical  Technologist  and  the  Associate  Degree  Medical  Lab- 
oratory Technician  are  in  constant  demand  in  hospital  laboratories,  clinics, 
public  health  agencies,  pharmaceutical  firms,  research  foundations,  and  in 
the  Armed  Forces. 

Prerequisite:  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  Mathematics  Placement 
Test  or  the  Basic  Mathematics  I  and  II  courses  (10.330  and  10.331).  The 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  must  be  taken  well  in  advance  of  the  regis- 
tration date. 

FIRST  YEAR 

Course  Number  Course  quarter  hours 

10.307,      10.308  College  Algebra  &  Trigonometry  I,  I!  8 

12.544,      12.545,      12.546  General  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.547,      12.548,      12.549  General  Chemistry  Lab,  I,  II,  III  3 

30.603  or  30.601  &  30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  &  II  4 

30.606  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  4 

87.100  Medical  Laboratory  Science  Orientation  1 


Course 

Number 

18.511, 

18.512, 

18.513 

23.501, 

23.502, 

23.503 

12.531, 

12.532, 

12.533 

12.524, 

12.525, 

12.526 

18.524, 

18.525, 

18.526 

19.501, 

19.502, 

19.503 

18.521, 

18.522, 

18.523 

10.316, 

10.317, 

10.318 

10.320, 

10.321, 

10.322 

86.502 

87.101 

87.102, 

87.103 

87.105 

I 


ALLIED-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY   RELATED   PROGRAMS   /    129 

SECOND  YEAR 
Course  quarter  hours 

Biology  I,  II,  III  12 

Western  Civilization  I,  II,  III  or  Elective       6 
Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6      - 

Analytical  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

THIRD  YEAR 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II,  III  9 

Psychology  I,  II,  III  6 

Microbiology  I,  II,  III  12 

FOURTH   YEAR 

Probability  &  Statistics  I,  II,  III  or  6 
Calculus  I,  II,  III 

Hospital  Law  &  Ethics  2 

Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Science  4 

Basic  Hematology,  Basic  Blood  Banking  4 
Basic  Medical  Laboratory  Chemistry  & 

Instrumentation  4 

87.121  Quality  Control  2 

Total  A.S.  degree     105 

Associate  degree  requirement  completed  for  students  who  have  appropriate 
applied  study,  and  have  completed  a  minimum  of  105  quarter  hours  of  credit 
including  those  courses  listed  above. 

FIFTH   YEAR 

11.304,      11.305,      11.306     General  Physics  I,  II,  III  6 

39.501,     39.502,      39.503      Economic  Principles  &  Problems  I,  II,  III  6 

12.531,      12.532,      12.533     Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III  6 

12.534,      12.535,      12.536     Organic  Chemistry  Lab.  I,  II,  III  6 

SIXTH   YEAR 

12.551,      12.552,      12.553      Instrumental  &  Radiochemistry  I,  II,  III  or 

Elective  6 

Humanities  Electives  12 

18.557,      18.558,      18.559     Genetics  I,  II,  III  6 

SEVENTH   YEAR 

12  months  internship  at  an  affiliated  AMA-Approved  Hospital  School  of  Medical 
Technology 

or 

87.202  Hematology-lmmunohematology  4 
87.201  Pathogenic  Microbiology  4 
87.205                       Clinical  Chemistry                                            4 

87.203  Medical  Immunology-Serology  2 

87.204  Medical   Parasitology  2 
87.111,     87.112,     87.115     Applied  Studies  (at  hospital)                       12 

87.190  Undergraduate  Research  2 

87.221  Medical  Laboratory  Management 

or 
87.226  Health  Science  Education  2 

Total  B.S.  degree     185 


education 


GENERAL  OBJECTIVES 

The  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  is  deeply  concerned 
with  the  quality  of  those  who  teach.  In  the  paragraphs  that  follow,  quality  is 
generally  described  and  the  several  ways  of  assessing  it  are  outlined. 

Objective  I:   Every  teacher  should  be  broadly  educated. 

All  students  are  expected  to  develop  breadth  in  their  program  in  two  ways. 
First,  students  will  be  required  to  complete  certain  common  course  work, 
social  science,  United  States  history,  American  literature,  effective  speaking, 
human  development,  and  English.  Second,  all  students  must  complete 
a  minimum  of  16  credits  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  science  and  mathe- 
matics, humanities,  and  social  sciences. 

Objective  II:  Every  teacher  should  achieve  an  expertness  in  some  field  of 
knowledge. 

The  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  offers  an  academic 
major  in  the  field  of  English.  The  major  is  designed  to  prepare  English 
teachers  for  the  junior  or  senior  high  school.  It  will  also  provide  a  basis  for 
specialized  graduate  study  in  English  as  well  as  in  education. 

Objective  III:  Each  teacher  should  be  professionally  prepared  for  the  posi- 
tion of  his  choice. 

In  addition  to  their  general  education  and  specialized  concentration,  all 
students  will  share  some  common  professional  course  work  with  related  out- 
of-ciass  experience  and,  in  addition,  will  take  course  work  appropriate  to 
their  level  or  field  of  teaching.  Student  teaching  during  the  senior  year  will 
serve  as  an  opportunity  to  apply  what  has  been  learned  in  the  previous  years. 
Beginning  students  will  have  about  two  years  to  estimate  their  abilities  to 
master  college  work,  to  discover  the  wisdom  of  their  choice  of  a  major  field, 
and  to  evaluate  the  strength  of  their  commitment  to,  and  qualifications 
for,  teaching. 


130 


EDUCATION    /    131 

Admission  Requirements 

Important  to  the  future  teacher  is  high  ability  in  the  communication  skills 
and  adequate  strength  in  the  field  of  special  interest.  As  important  as  the 
pattern  and  quality  of  an  applicant's  preparation  are  the  personal  qualifica- 
tions which  contribute  to  success  in  teaching. 

Upon  completion  of  all  courses  (or  their  equivalent)  listed  under  Quarters 
1—6  on  p.  133,  students  desiring  certification  must  apply  to  the  College  of 
Education*  for  admission  to  the  professional  sequence  of  the  teacher  educa- 
tion program.  They  will  be  expected  to  present  such  evidence  as  the  College 
of  Education  shall  require.  Evaluations  will  be  made  on  academic  aptitude, 
verbal  fluency,  interest  in  working  with  young  people,  and  emotional  ma- 
turity. A  serious  attempt  will  be  made  to  assess  these  factors  in  their  inter- 
relationships rather  than  as  isolated  phenomena.  Students  accepted  into 
the  professional  sequence  of  the  College  of  Education  will  be  expected  to 
commit  themselves  to  the  remaining  requirements  of  the  program. 

Transfers 

Students  admitted  to  advanced  standing  in  University  College  (see  p.  30) 
may  apply  for  admission  to  the  professional  sequence  on  the  basis  of  satis- 
factory grades  received  in  courses  which  are  the  equivalent  of  those  required 
for  entering  Quarter  7  (see  p.  133).  Credit  toward  electives  may  be  earned 
by  means  of  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  (see  p.  30). 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

Degrees 

University  College  will  award  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  to  those 
who  successfully  complete  the  program  of  preparation  for  teaching  English 
at  the  secondary  school  level. 

Quantitative  Requirements 

The  required  courses  in  the  curriculum  for  the  teaching  of  English  are  listed 
on  a  following  page.  The  curriculum  requires  not  less  than  173  quarter 
hours  of  class  work,  including  one  quarter  of  student  teaching.  At  least  45 
quarter  hours  will  be  required  in  education,  including  student  teaching. 

£/ect/ve  Courses 

Elective  courses,  approved  by  the  College  of  Education  adviser,  will  be  se- 
lected by  the  student  from  among  courses  in  University  College,  or  credit 
may  be  earned  by  means  of  the  College  Level  Examination  Program. 

Qualitative  Requirements 

Students  in  the  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  will  be 
expected  to  maintain  an  over-all  average  of  C  while  doing  work  of  C+  or 
better  in  the  field  of  specialization  and  in  the  professional  sequence  in  order 


•One  of  the  Basic  (day)  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University 


132  /   EDUCATION 

to  be  recommended  for  placement.  Students  are  warned  that  any  failure 
seriously  handicaps  their  records  and  must  be  made  up  at  the  earliest 
opportunity. 

Graduation  with  Honor 

Candidates  of  distinctly  superior  achievement  in  their  academic  work  will  be 
graduated  with  honor.  Upon  special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of 
this  group  may  be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Students 
must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  six  quarters  before 
they  may  become  eligible  for  honors  at  graduation. 

National  Teacher  Examinations 

All  students  who  plan  to  make  teaching  their  career  will  be  expected  to  take 
the  general  and  special  National  Teacher  Examinations  in  their  senior  year. 

Programs  of  Instruction 

The  teacher  education  program  in  University  College  offers  an  academic 
major  in  the  field  of  English  (in  grades  7-12).  A  specimen  program  is  shown 
on  the  following  page. 

Accreditation 

Northeastern  University's  College  of  Education  is  accredited  by  the  National 
Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  The  College  is  a  member 
of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  for  Teacher  Education. 


EDUCATION   /   133 


SPECIMEN    PROGRAM   IN  TEACHING  OF   ENGLISH   (IN   GRADES  7-12) 

This  program  is  designed  with  the  assumption  that  the  student  is  attending 
college  on  approximately  a  half-time  basis. 


First  Year 

QUARTER 
No.  Course 

16.501    Nat.  Sci.  I 
23.501   West.  Civ.  I 
29.501    Eff.  Spkg.  I 
30.601   Comp.  &  Rhet. 


QUARTER  2 
No.  Course 

16.502   Nat.  Sci.  II 
23.502  West.  Civ.  II 
29.502   Eff.  Spkg.  II 
30.602  Comp.  &  Rhet.  II 


CI. 

2 
2 

2 
2 


q.h. 

2 
2 
2 
2 


CI.  q.h. 

2  2 
2  2 
2  2 
2     2 


QUARTER  3 

No.                  Course  CI 

16.503   Nat.  Sci.  Ill  2 

23.503  West.  Civ.  Ill  2 

29.503   Eff.  Spkg.  Ill  2 

30.604   Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  I  2 


q.h. 
2 

2 
2 
2 


Second  Year 

QUARTER  4 

No.                  Course  CI.  q.h. 

22.501  Prin.  Pol.  Sci.  I  2     2 
30.605   Intro,  to  Lit.  Forms  112     2 

50.111  Soc.  Sci.  I  3     3 

QUARTER  5 

No.                  Course  CI.  q.h. 

22.502  Prin.  Pol.  Sci.  II  2     2 
English  Elective  2     2 

50.112  Soc.  Sci.  II  3     3 


QUARTER  6 

No.  Course  Ci.  q.h. 

22.503   Prin.  Pol.  Sci.  Ill  2     2 

English  Elective  2     2 

50.113   Soc.  Sci.  Ill  3     3 


24      Total  Credits 


21 
45 


Students  desiring  certification  must  now  apply  to  the  College  of  Education"* 
for  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program. 


Third  Year 

QUARTER  7 
No.  Course 

23.527   England  500-1603 
26.501    Intro.  Phil.  I 

30.525  English  Language  I 

39.501  Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  I 

QUARTER  8 
No.  Course 

23.548  England  1603-1815 

26.502  Intro.  Phil.  II 

30.526  English  Language  II 

39.502  Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  II 

QUARTER  9 
No.  Course 

23.549  England  Since  1815 

26.503  Intro.  Phil.  Ill 

30.527  English  Language  III 
39.503   Ec.  Prin.  &  Prob.  Ill 


Fourth  Year 

QUARTER 

10 

CI. 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

2 

2 

23.504 

U.S.  History   1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

30.541 

English  Lit.  1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

50.121 

Hum.  Dev.  & 

2 

2 

Learn.  1 
QUARTER 

11 

4 

4 

CL 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h, 

2 

2 

23.505 

U.S.  History  II 

2 

2 

2 

2 

26.534 

Logic 

2 

2 

2 

2 

30.542 

English  Lit.  II 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Electives 

QUARTER 

12 

2 

2 

CL 

q.h. 

No. 

Course 

CL 

q.h 

2 

2 

23.506 

U.S.  History  III 

2 

2 

2 

2 

30.543 

English  Lit.  Ill 

2 

2 

2 

2 

50.131 

Hum.  Dev.  & 

2 

2 

Learn.  II 

4 

4 

24 


24 


*An   English  placement  examination   must  be  taken.   If  the  score  is  not  satisfactory,  stu- 
dents should  enroll  for  30.600,  Elements  of  Composition,  a  2  q.h.  credit  course  designed 
to  Improve  command  of  written  English.  Then  proceed  with  30.601,  602,  603,  604  and  a 
2  q.h.  English  elective  in  Quarter  6. 
••One  of  the  Basic  (day)  Colleges  of  Northeastern  University 


134  /   EDUCATION 

Fifth  Year 

QUARTER  13 
No.  Course 

30.522   Intro.  Semantics  I 
30.544  Amer.  Lit.   I 
51.135  Anal.  Tchng.  & 
Ed.  Proc. 

QUARTER  14 


CI.  q.h. 
2     2 
2     2 

4     4 


Sixth  Year 

QUARTER  16 
No.  Course 

30.517  Intermed.  Wrtg. 
30.554  Shakespeare  I 
50.141   Meas.  &  Eval. 

QUARTER  17 


CI. 
2 
2 

4 


q.h. 
2 
2 

4 


No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                  Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

30.523 

Intro.  Semantics  II 

2 

2 

30.518  Creative  Wrtg.  1 

2 

2 

30.545 

Amer.  Lit.  II 

2 

2 

30.555  Shakespeare  II 

2 

2 

Electives 

4 

4 

Electives 

4 

4 

QUARTER  15 

QUARTER  18 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                  Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

Elective 

2 

2 

30.519  Creative  Wrtg.  II 

2 

2 

30.546 

Amer.  Lit.  Ill 

2 

2 

30.556  Shakespeare  III 

2 

2 

54.126 

Sec.  Reading 

4 

4 
24 

Electives 

4 

4 
2 

Seventh  Year 

Eighth  Year 

QUARTER  19 

QUARTER  22 

No. 

Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

No.                  Course 

CI. 

q.h. 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 

2 

2 

51.151   Student  Teaching 

8 

Art  Music  or  Thea. 

Art 

2 

2 

Total  Credits 

17 

50.151 

Bckgrnds.  Amer.  Ed. 
QUARTER  20 

4 

4 

No. 

Course 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 
Art  Music  or  Thea. 

Art 
Electives 

QUARTER  21 

CI. 

2 

2 

4 

q.h. 
2 

2 

4 

No. 

Course 

Sci.  or  Math.  Elec. 
Art  Music  or  Thea. 
Art 

CI. 
2 

2 

q.h. 

2 

2 

50.143 

M  &  M — English 

4 

4 

24 


therapeutic  recreation 
services 

for  Nursing  Home  Activity  Directors 

Dr.  Albert  McCay,  Consultant 
Therapeutic  Recreation  Services 
Telepiione  437-3163 

A  certification  and  degree  program  for  nursing  home  activity  directors  and 
others,  is  being  offered  by  University  College.  The  program  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  directors  of  activity  in  the  Commonwealth's  nursing  homes 
and  the  needs  of  others  entering  this  occupational  field  in  the  future. 

The  part-time  program,  leading  to  certification  and  an  Associate  degree, 
will  be  taught  by  the  distinguished  faculty  of  Northeastern  University's 
Boston-Bouve  College.  Courses  offered  will  be  in  the  areas  of  therapeutic 
recreation  services,  the  process  of  aging,  arts  and  crafts,  social  recreation, 
geriatric  care,  utilization  of  resources,  and  many  other  professional  courses. 


CURRICULUM 

1.     Certification — 25  quarter  hours 

Professional  courses 

II.    Associate  Degree — 96  quarter  hours 

Psychology 

2q.h 

Social  Sciences 

8q.h 

Fine  Arts 

3q.h, 

Speech  &  Theatre  Arts 

4q.h, 

English 

2q.h, 

Health  Care  Science 

8q.h 

Professional 

51q.h 

Electives 

ISq.h 

135 


136   /   THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION   SERVICES 

THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION   SERVICES  Associate  In  Science  Degree 

Required  Courses  (Liberal  Arts)                                                            quarter  hours 

19.501  Psychology  I  2 

21.501,  21.502,      21.503     Sociology  I,  II,  III  6 

21.563  Social  Gerontology  2 

27.541  Drawing  I  3 

29.501  Effective  Speaking  I  2 

29.511  Introduction  to  Theatre  Arts  2 

30.601  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  2        19 

Required  Courses  (Health  Care  Services) 

86.571,      86.572,      86.573      Long-Term  Care  Administration  I,  II,  III       6 
86.577  Geriatric  Care  I  2  8 

Required  Courses  (Therapeutic  Recreation  Services) 

Note:  Twenty  five  (25)  quarter  hours  of  credit  in  the  following  professional 

courses  will  qualify  a  student  for  certification  by  Boston-Bouve  College: 
63.501                                          Introduction  to  Therapeutic  Recreation 

Services  2 

63.510  Philosophy  of  Recreation  and  Leisure  2 

63.521  Recreation  Skills  I  (Social  Recreation)  2 

63.522  Recreation  Skills  II  (Music  Therapy)  2 

63.523  Recreation  Skills  III  (Guitar  or  Auto  Harp)  2 

63.531  Techniques  of  Recreation  Leadership  2 

63.532  Interagency  Planning  for  Community 

Action  2 
63.535                                          Recreation  Skills  VI   (Special  Events 

and  Programs)  2 

63.547  Outdoor  Education  for  Handicapped  2 

63.549  The  Process  of  Aging  2 

63.550,      63.551  Group  Dynamics  I,  II  4 

63.552  Leadership  and  Program  for  III,  Aged, 

and  Infirm  2 

63.553  Techniques  and  Resources  in  Working 

with  Elderly  2 

63.555  Therapeutic  Recreation  for  Special  Groups  2 

63.556  Workshop  in  Adapted  Hospital  Recreation  2 

63.557  Recreation  Activities  of  Atypical 

Individuals  and  Groups  2 
63.560                                          Development  and  Utilization  of 

Recreation  Education  Resources  2 

63.570,      63.571,      63.572      Arts  and  Crafts  I,  II,  III  6 

63.592  Independent  Study  3 

63.593  Independent  Study  4 
63.600                                          Seminar  in  Group  Dynamics  2        51 

Elective  Courses*  18 

Total  Credits  96 

•While  students  may  elect  courses  in  their  maior  field  in  excess  of  the  minimum  number 
required,  they  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  from  any  other  curricula  in  the  University 
College  Catalog. 


THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION    SERVICES   /    137 


THERAPEUTIC   RECREATION   SERVICES 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  for  the  4-Year 
Program  Leading  to  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree 


Quarter  1 

Quarter  II 

Quarter  III 

1st 

Process  of  Aging 

Leadership  &  Prog. 

Tech.  &  Resources  in 

Year 

Arts  &  Crafts  1 

for  III,  Aged,  & 

working  w/Elderly 

Group  Dynamics  1 

Infirm 

Group  Dynamics  II 

Intro.  Ther.  Rec. 

Arts  &  Crafts  II 

Arts  &  Crafts  III 

Services 

Independent  Study 

Independent  Study 

2nd 

Sociology  1 

Sociology  II 

Sociology  ill 

Year 

Rec.  Skills  1 

Rec.  Skills  VI 

Recreation  Skills  II 

Interagency  Planning 

Comp.  &  Rhet.  1 

Psychology  1 

for  Comm'ty. 

Long-Term  Care 

Long-Term  Care 

Action 

Admin.  II 

Admin.  Ill 

Long-Term  Care 

Admin.  1 

3rd 

Geriatric  Care  1 

Tech.  of  Rec. 

Seminar  in  Group 

Year 

Leadership 

Dynamics 

Effective  Speaking  1 

Rec.  Skills  III 

Dev.  &  Utilization 

Drawing  1 

Electives   (2) 

of  Rec.  Educ. 

Elective  (1) 

Resources 
Electives  (2) 

4th 

Intro,  to  Theatre  Arts 

Workshop  In  Adapted 

Rec.  Activities  of 

Year 

Ther.  Rec.  for  Spec. 

&  Hosp.  Recreation 

Atypical   Indiv.  & 

Groups 

Social  Gerontology 

Groups 

Electives  (2) 

Outdoor  Educ.  for 

Philosophy  of  Rec.  & 

Handicapped 

Leisure 

Elective  (1) 

Elective  (1) 

course  descriptions 

Abbreviations 

Q.  H.    =  Quarter  Hours  (credit  earned) 
CI.   =   Hours  required  in  class  per  week 
Prereq.   =   Prerequisite 

10— MATHEMATICS  (Lincoln  College) 

Students  intending  to  enroll  in  Mathematics  10.327  or  10.335  will  be  given  a 
Mathematics  Placement  Test  during  the  registration  period.  A  satisfactory  score 
on  this  test  will  entitle  the  student  to  enroll  in  course  10.327  or  10.335,  while 
an  unsatisfactory  score  will  require  that  he  enroll  in  the  non-credit  course 
10.330  for  additional  recreation. 

10.330  Basic  Mathematics  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra:  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equations, 
word  problems.     Prereq.  None. 

10.331  Basic  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Further  review:  operations  with  polynomials,  factoring,  fractional  expressions, 
word  problems.     Prereq.  10.330. 

10.327  Mathematics  i  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra,  graphical  techniques.  Prereq.  Math 
Placement  Test  or  10.302,  or  10.331. 

10.328  Mathematics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Linear  and  quadratic  equations,  exponents  and  radicals,  variation.  Prereq. 
10.327. 

10.329  Mathematics  III  (2  c!.,  2  q.h.) 

Review  of  geometry;  topics  of  trigonometry,  introduction  to  statistics  and  prob- 
ability, logarithms.     Prereq.  10.328  or  equiv. 

10.332  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Introduction  to  mathematics  underlying  operations  research,  with  emphasis  on 
applications  to  business  management  logic,   set  theory.     Prereq.   10.329  or 
equiv. 

10.333  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  11  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Probability  and  its  uses  in  decision-making  under  uncertainty;  introduction  to 
vector  and  matrix  algebra.     Prereq.  10.332  or  equiv. 

138 


MATHEMATICS  /   139 

10.334  Mathematics  for  Business  Management  III  (cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Mathematics  of  finance,  linear  programming  and  optimization  techniques,  game 
theory.     Prereq.  10.333  or  equiv. 

10.335  Mathematics  (Intensive)  (6  cl.,  6  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra,  graphical  techniques.  Linear  and  quadratic 
equations,  exponents  and  radicals,  variation.  Review  of  geometry,  topics  of 
trigonometry,  introduction  to  statistics  and  probability,  logarithms.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  taken  10.327,  10.328,  or  10.329.  Prereq.  Math  Placement 
Test,  10.302,  10.331,  or  equiv. 

10.391  Mathematics  A  (3  q.h.) 

Same  as  10.329  plus  the  first  half  of  10.328.  Prereq.  Math  Placement  Test  or 
10.302  or  10.331  or  equiv. 

10.392  Mathematics  B  (3  q.h.) 

Same  as  the  second  half  of  10.328  plus  10.329.     Prereq.  10.591  or  equiv. 

10.316  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Basic  tools,  e.g.,  sets,  permutations  and  combinations;  probability  and  applica- 
tions.     Prereq.  10.329  or  10.335. 

10.317  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Descriptive  statistics,  frequency  distributions  and  probability  density  functions, 
normal  and  other  distributions.     Prereq.  10.316. 

10.318  Probability  and  Statistics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Bivariate  distributions,  correlation,  statistical  inference  and  estimation,  regres- 
sion.    Prereq.  10.317. 

10.320  Calculus  I  (4  cl.  4  q.h.) 

Functions,  graphs  and  limits;  study  of  the  straight  line,  the  circle,  the  parabola; 
differentiation  of  algebraic  functions,  with  applications,  including  the  mean- 
value  theorem;  continuity.     Prereq.  10.308  or  10.329  or  10.335. 

10.321  Calculus  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Applications  of  derivatives  to  curve-sketching;  antidifferention;  the  definite 
integral,  with  applications;  calculus  of  non-algebraic  functions  —  logarithmic, 
exponential,  and  trigonometric.      Prereq.  10.320. 

10.322  Calculus  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  inverse  trigonometric  functions;  techniques  of  integration  —  espe- 
cially integration  by  parts,  and  substitution;  numerical  integration;  polar  coordi- 
nates; the  conic  sections;  vectors  in  a  plane;  indeterminate  forms,  L'Hospital's 
rule;  improper  integrals.     Prereq.  10.321. 

10.323  Calculus  IV  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  partial  differentiation;  multiple  inte- 
grals; infinite  series.      Prereq.  10.322. 

For  additional  Mathematics  courses  consult  the  Lincoln  College  catalog. 


140  /   PHYSICS 

10.324  Differential  Equations  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Vector  analysis;  matrices  and  linear  algebra.     Prereq.  10.323. 

10.325  Differential  Equations  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ordinary  differential  equations — standard  types  of  the  first  order;  linear 
differential  equations,  especially  with  constant  coefficients.  Laplace  transforms. 
Prereq.  10.324. 

11_PHYSICS  (Lincoln  College) 

11.301  Introductory  Physics  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  survey  of  physical  principles  and  theories  related  to  field  of  mechanics.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  solution  of  applied  problems.     Prereq.  None. 

11.302  Introductory  Physics  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

Extension  of  principles  in  mechanics  and  introduction  of  concepts  in  heat, 
sound,  light,  electricity,  and  magnetism.     Prereq.  11.301. 

11.304  General  Physics  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Newtonian  mechanics;  kinematics  and  dynamics  of  particle  motion; 
projectile  and  circular  motion;  rotational  motion;  conservatism  laws  of  energy 
and  momentum.     Prereq.  10.501  or  concurrently. 

11.305  General  Physics  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Temperature;  heat  energy;  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat;  wave  motion;  sound; 
Doppler's  effect;  properties  of  light;  simple  optical  systems.     Prereq.  11.304. 

11.306  General  Physics  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  electricity  and  magnetism;  fields;  potential;  electric  current; 
inductance;  capacitance;  electromagnetism;  a-c  and  d-c  series  circuits.  Prereq. 
11.305. 


12-CHEMISTRY 

Consultant:  Prof.  K.  Weiss,  Chairman,  Chemistry  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  F.  Boig,  (L.A.  College) 

12.501  Introductory  Chemistry  I  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  non-mathematical  approach  to  the  concepts  of  chemistry  including  matter, 
elements  and  compounds,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  equations.  Prereq. 
none. 

12.502  Introductory  Chemistry  II  (4  cl.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  of  12.501,  including  periodic  system,  forms  of  energy,  oxidation- 
reduction,  solutions,  chemical  and  ionic  equilibrium,  nuclear  reactions,  and  a 
brief  introduction  to  organic  industry.      Prereq.  12.501  or  equiv. 

12.507     Modern  Chemistry  I  (Intro,  to  Inorganic  Chemistry)  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  ideas  of  matter  and  energy,  chemical  bonding,  chemical  energy, 
water  and  solutions,  colloids,  ionic  reactions,  oxidation  and  reduction,  acidity, 
radioactivity;  all  discussed  from  the  view  point  of  recent  developments.      Prereq. 
10.501  or  concurrently. 


CHEMISTRY   /    141 

12.508  Modern  Chemistry  II  (Intro,  to  Organic  Chemistry),  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Classes  of  organic  compounds,  including  hydrocarbons,  alcohols,  ethers,  alde- 
hydes,  ketones,  carboxylic  acids,  esters,  amines  and  amides,  carbohydrates; 
including  their  relationships  with  modern  biology.      Prereq.  12.507  or  equ/v. 

12.509  Modern    Chemistry   III    (Intro,    to   the    Chemistry   of    Living    Bodies) 
(2cl.,  2q.h.) 

Includes  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  chemistry  of  digestion,  and  the  chemical  re- 
actions characteristic  of  body  fluids.      Prereq.  12.508  or  equ/v. 

12.511  General  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.,  summer  term  only) 
Fundamental  concepts,  symbols,  formulas,  and  equations.  Atomic  structure  and 
Periodic  Law,  chemical   bonding;  oxygen,  ozone,  and   hydrogen;  the  gaseous 
state  and  gram  mole  volume;  the  liquid  and  solid  states;  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide.     Prereq.  none. 

12.512  General  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.,  summer  term  only) 

Solutions,  solutions  of  electrolytes,  colloids,  oxidation-reduction  reactions, 
periodic  properties,  halogens,  chemical  equilibrium,  electrochemistry;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  sulfur  family.      Prereq.  12.511  or  equ/v. 

12.513  General  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.,  summer  term  only) 

Ionic  equilibrium  and  weak  electrolytes,  solubility  product  principle,  hydrolysis; 
nitrogen,  phosphorus,  and  their  compounds;  boron,  silicon,  and  their  com- 
pounds; alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals.  Metals  of  groups  III  and  IV.  Nuclear 
chemistry.  Carbon  and  its  compounds.  Biochemistry.     Prereq.  12.512  or  equ/v. 

12.521  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Analytical  procedure  and  technique;  application  of  fundamental  concepts  of  solu- 
tions to  laboratory  work;  formulation  of  numerical  terms  essential  to  under- 
standing mass  action  law,  ionic  equilibria;  solubility  product,  hydrolysis,  and 
redox  constants.      Prereq.  12.513  or  12.546  and  12.549  or  equ/v. 

12.522  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Weighing,  measurement  of  volumes,  titration,  filtration,  ignition,  and  combustion 
are  considered  from  standpoint  of  theoretical  principles  involved  and  manipu- 
lative technique  necessary.  Combination  of  these  operations  and  their  applica- 
tion to  actual  analysis;  comprehensive  study  of  volumetric  methods  and  more 
elementary  parts  of  gravimetric  analysis.  Problems  are  introduced  to  emphasize 
correct  calculation  of  analytical  results  as  well  as  procedures.  Prereq.  12.521 
or  equ/v. 

12.523  Analytical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  instrumental  analysis.  Theoretical  principles  involved  in  the  use 
of  colorimeter,  absorption  instruments,  pH  measurements,  chromatography, 
etc.      Prereq.  12.522  or  equ/v. 

12.524  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis.  Separations  by  chemical  means,  chemical  tests,  and  spot 
tests  for  inorganic  ions  in  solution.  Prereq.  12.521  or  concurrently  or  equ/v. 
(Laboratory  fee) 


142  /  CHEMISTRY 

12.525  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Chemical  methods  of  quantitative  analysis.  Procedures  and  techniques  of  gravi- 
metric and  volumetric  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.522  or  con- 
currently, or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.526  Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Instrumental  methods  of  analysis.  Instruments  and  procedures  for  electrometric 
and  optical  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Prereq.  12.525  and  12.523  or  con- 
currently, or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.531  Organic  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Nature  of  carbon  in  organic  compounds.  General  principles  of  structure,  nomen- 
clature, preparation,  uses,  and  reactions,  of  aliphatic  hydrocarbons:  alkanes, 
alkenes,  alkynes,  dienes,  cycloalkanes.  Position  and  geometric  isomerism.  Intro- 
duction to  free  radical  and  ionic  mechanisms  of  reactions.  Prereq.  12.513  or 
12.516  or  equiv. 

12.532  Organic  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Structure  of  benzene,  electrophilic  aromatic  substitution  reactions.  General 
principles  of  structure,  nomenclature,  preparation,  uses,  and  reactions  of  the 
various  types  of  organic  compounds,  including:  alcohols,  alkyl  and  aryl  halides, 
ethers  and  epoxides,  and  carboxylic  acids.  Optical  isomerism  and  introductory 
chemical  kinetics  will  be  discussed.     Prereq.  12.531  or  equiv. 

12.533  Organic  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Chemistry  12.532  with  emphasis  on  the  application  of  chem- 
ical conversions  to  synthetic  problems.  Functional  derivatives  of  carboxylic 
acids,  sulfonic  acids  and  their  derivatives,  amines,  diazonium  compounds,  phe- 
nols, aldehydes,  and  ketones.     Prereq.  12.532  or  equiv. 

12.534  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.316  or  equiv. 
and  12.531  or  concurrently,  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.535  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  Organic  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.534  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

12.536  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (3  lab,  2  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course,  Organic  Chemistry  III,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  compounds  discussed.  Prereq.  12.535  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

12.541  Physical  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  three  states  of  matter,  atomic  and  molecular  forces,  physical  properties  and 
molecular  structure;  heat,  work,  and  heat  capacity;  thermochemistry.  Prereq. 
10.323,  11.306,  and  12.513  or  12.316.  or  equivs. 

12.542  Physical  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Thermodynamics,  solutions,  chemical  equilibria,  phase  diagrams,  and  chemical 
kinetics.      Prereq.  12.541  or  equiv. 


CHEMISTRY  /   143 

12.543  Physical  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Electrical  conductance,  electromotive  force,  ionic  equilibria,  colloids,  quantum 
theory,  and  photochemistry.     Prereq.  12.542  or  equiv. 

12.544  General  Chemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  concepts;  symbols,  formulas,  and  equations;  atomic  structure 
and  Periodic  Law,  chemical  bonding;  oxygen,  ozone,  and  hydrogen;  the  gaseous 
state  and  gram  mole  volume;  the  liquid  and  solid  states;  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide.  Prereq.  10.307  or  10.501  or  concurrently,  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to 
those  students  with  credit  for  12.311  or  12.314.) 

12.545  General  Chemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Solutions,  solutions  of  electrolytes,  colloids,  oxidation  and  reduction  reactions, 
periodic  properties,  halogens,  chemical  equilibrium,  electro-chemistry;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  sulfur  family.  Prereq.  12.544,  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those 
students  with  credit  for  12.312  or  12.315.) 

12.546  General  Chemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Ionic  equilibrium  and  weak  electrolytes;  solubility  product  principle,  hydrolysis. 
Nitrogen,  phosphorus,  and  their  compounds;  boron,  silicon,  and  their  com- 
pounds; alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals,  metals  of  groups  III  and  IV.  Nuclear 
chemistry.  Carbon  and  its  compounds.  Biochemistry.  Prereq.  12.545,  or  equiv. 
(Not  open  to  students  with  credit  for  12.313  or  12.316.) 

12.547  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  General  Chemistry  I,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.544  or  concurrently  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for 
12.314.)  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.548  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Co-ordinated  with  the  lecture  course.  General  Chemistry  II,  and  deals  with  the 
preparation  and  properties  of  elements  and  compounds  discussed.  Prereq. 
12.547,  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.315.)  (Labora- 
tory fee) 

12.549  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2  lab,  1  q.h.) 

Qualitative  analysis  experiments,  including  unknown  solutions.  Prereq.  12.548 
or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  those  students  with  credit  for  12.316.)  (Laboratory  fee) 

12.550  Chemistry  for  the  Citizen.  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  objective  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  non-science  student  an  appreciation 
and  some  knowledge  of  the  role  of  chemistry  in  our  technological  society  and 
in  our  everyday  lives.  To  provide  background  for  subsequent  discussion,  im- 
portant laws  and  theories  relating  to  matter  and  its  transformations  will  be 
reviewed.  There  will  then  follow  discussion  of  the  chemistry  of  such  basic  human 
needs  as  food,  clothing,  shelter,  transportation,  and  energy  production.  Other 
topics  may  be  included  or  substituted,  since  students  will  participate  in  the 
selection  of  subjects  for  discussion.      Prereq.  none. 

12.551  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Definitions,  physical  principles,  scope  and  application;  principles  of  measure- 
ment; endpoint-detection  systems  for  volumetric  analysis,  data  treatment  and 


144  /   CHEMISTRY 

interpretation.  Optical  methods  of  analysis  including  spectrophotometry,  ex- 
citation methods,  measurements  of  other  optical  properties,  and  mass  spec- 
trometry.     Prereq.  12.523  or  equiv. 

12.552  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Methods  of  separation,  vapor  phase  chromatography,  ion  exchangers;  electrical 
methods  of  analysis  including  potentiometry,  voltammetry,  coulometry,  and 
conductimetry;  miscellaneous  instrumental  measurements.  Prereq.  12.551 
or  equiv. 

12.553  Instrumental  and  Radiochemistry  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Radioactivity  and  nuclear  reactions,  production  and  study  of  nuclear  reactions, 
equations  of  radioactive  decay,  nuclear  states  and  radioactive  processes,  in- 
teraction of  radiations  with  matter,  radiation  detection  and  measurement, 
statistics  of  radioactivity  measurements,  techniques  for  the  study  of  radio- 
nuclides, tracers  in  chemical  applications  and  nuclear  energy.  Prereq.  12.552 
or  equiv. 

16— EARTH   SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Prof.  R.  Overcash,  Chairman,  Earth  Sciences  (L.A.  College) 

16.501  Earth  Science  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  earth  in  space,  its  motions  and  relationships  with  other  bodies  of  the  solar 
system.  A  brief  look  at  modern  astronomical  developments. 

16.502  Earth  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  closer  examination  of  the  earth  begins  with  consideration  of  the  atmosphere 
and  the  changes  which  take  place  within  the  atmosphere.  The  continental  crusts 
and  rocks  and  minerals  are  introduced.     Prereq.  16.501  or  equiv. 

16.503  Earth  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  surface  landscapes  is  considered  by  examining  the  geologi- 
cal work  of  water,  ice,  and  wind.      Prereq.  16.502  or  equiv. 

16.504  Earth  Science  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

A  single  course,  offered  only  in  the  summer,  covering  the  same  materials  as 
that  of  16.501,  502,  503.  After  thoroughly  examining  the  earth  and  its  position 
and  relations  in  our  solar  system  and  galaxy,  a  closer  look  is  given  to  the 
meteorological  and  geological  forces  that  affect  and  shape  the  surface  of  the 
earth.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  16.501,  16.502,  and/or  16.503.) 

16.511  History  of  Science  and  Technology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  varieties  of  cultures  and  civilizations  from  primitive  man  to 
the  Roman  Empire,  emphasizing  the  interrelationships  of  science,  technology, 
and  society.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.512  History  of  Science  and  Technology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  History  of  Science  and  Technology  I  covering  the  period  from 
the  Roman  Empire  to  Sir  Isaac  Newton.      Prereq.  16.511  or  equiv. 

16.513  History  of  Science  and  Technology  ill  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  History  of  Science  and  Technology  II  covering  the  period  from 
Sir  Isaac  Newton  to  the  present.     Prereq.  16.512  or  equiv. 


EARTH   SCIENCE   /    145 

16.521  Introduction  to  Geology  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  fundamental  concepts  of  the  earth  and  its  crust.  Consideration 
of  the  nature  and  properties  of  the  materials  composing  the  earth;  the  areal 
distribution  of  these  materials,  and  the  processes  by  which  they  are  formed, 
altered,  transported,  and  deposited;  and  the  nature  and  development  of  the 
landscape.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.522  Economic  Mineralogy  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  geological  occurrence,  mineralogy,  use,  and  economics  of 
the  more  important  metallic  and  non-metallic  minerals  in  the  world  today. 
International   mineral   problems  will   be  discussed.     Prereq.   16.503  or  equiv. 

16.523  Gemology  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  precious  and  semiprecious  minerals  of  the  earth's  crust. 
Techniques  of  gem  cutting,  polishing,  and  faceting  will  be  discussed  in  detail. 
Opportunity  will  be  available  to  view  and  handle  actual  gem  stones.  Prereq. 
16.503  or  equiv. 

16.531  Oceanography  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  the  ocean  basins  and  the  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  sea  water.  The  development  of  ocean  currents  and  their 
effect  on  the  land  masses  of  the  world.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.532  Oceanography  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  habitat  zones  and  organisms  of  the  sea.  Phytoplankton,  zooplankton,  and 
nekton  are  discussed.  The  growing  economic  importance  of  marine  resources 
for  the  expanding  world  population.      Prereq.  16.531  or  equiv. 

16.533  Marine  Geology  (2  q.h.) 

Physiography  and  structure  of  ocean  basins.  Marine  geological  processes  and 
features  including  sedimentation,  erosion,  shorelines,  and  bottom  topography. 
Methods  and  techniques  of  marine  geological  exploration.  Prereq.  16.503 
or  equiv. 

16.534  Fisheries  Oceanography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  commercially  important  marine  organisms.  An  introduction  to  life 
histories  and  distribution  of  commercially  important  seaweed,  shellfish,  and 
fishes.  Population  dynamics  and  fishery  potential  of  the  world's  oceans.  An 
analysis  of  fishery  stocks  and  sea  farming.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.535  Fisheries  Oceanography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Commercial  fishing  methods,  techniques,  and  equipment.  Methods  of  harvesting 
the  seas  from  past  to  present.  An  analysis  of  the  various  fisheries  of  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  with  their  equipment.  Latest  techniques  of  electric  and  photic  fish 
capture.      Prereq.  16.534  or  equiv. 

16.536  Fisheries  Oceanography  III  (2  q.h.) 

Commercial  fishery  products  and  their  exploitation.  A  study  of  the  commercial 
products  and  applications  of  marine  organisms  such  as  sea  weed,  fish,  and 
shellfish.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  marine  products  of  commerce  from  the 
New  England  area.  Chemical,  industrial,  and  dietary  applications  of  marine 
products.      Prereq.  16.535  or  equ/V. 


146  /   EARTH   SCIENCE 

16.541  Meteorology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  structure,  composition  and  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere. 
Consideration  of  solar  radiation,  aurora,  airgiow,  meteors  and  radio  propaga- 
tion in  the  upper  atmosphere,  followed  by  a  detailed  examination  of  the  major 
weather  elements,  related  measuring  instruments  and  global  wind  circulation 
of  the  troposphere.  Laboratory  exercises  include  plotting  horizontal  and  vertical 
variations  in  temperature,  pressure,  and  moisture,  with  analysis  of  the  dynamic 
inter-relationships  involved.     Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.542  Meteorology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  secondary  wind  circulation,  air  masses,  frontal  systems,  thunder- 
storms, hurricanes,  and  tornadoes.  Techniques  in  local  short-range  and  regional 
long-range  forecasting,  with  special  attention  to  New  England  conditions.  Labora- 
tory exercises  in  synoptic  weather  maps  preparation,  analysis,  and  interpreta- 
tion.    Prereq.  16.541  or  equiv. 

16.543  Climatology  (2  q.h.) 

Classification,  analysis,  and  geographic  distribution  of  climatic  types.  Considera- 
tion of  microclimates  and  relationship  of  weather  and  climatic  elements  to  other 
factors  in  the  natural  environment  and  human  activities.  Opportunity  provided 
to  apply  effects  of  these  elements  to  a  chosen  area  of  personal  interest. 
Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.551  Astronomy  I  (2  q.h.) 

Direction,  orientation,  and  division  of  space  and  time.  The  six  main  types  of 
bodies  of  the  solar  system  in  terms  of  their  observed  properties  and  motions. 
Prereq.  16.503  or  equiv. 

16.552  Astronomy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Light  as  part  of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum  and  as  a  fundamental  basis  of 
man's  observations.  A  survey  of  light  and  radio  telescopes,  spectroscopes,  and 
other  tools  of  astronomy.  The  sun  as  a  typical  star.     Prereq.  16.551  or  equiv. 

16.553  Astronomy  III  (2  q.h.) 

Stellar  classification,  variety,  and  evolution  as  fundamentals  in  the  under- 
standing of  clusters,  galaxies,  and  cosmology.     Prereq.  16.552  or  equiv. 

16.561  Physical  Geography  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  physical  assessment  of  the  earth  as  a  globe;  relations  with  the  sun;  geo- 
graphic grid;  map  projections;  illumination  of  the  globe;  geographic  time 
studies  and  moon-tide  relationships. 

16.562  Physical  Geography  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  physical  weather  elements  of  air  temperature,  pressure,  moisture,  and 
cyclonic  storms;  role  of  these  elements  in  world  climate.  Prereq.  16.561  or 
equiv. 

16.563  Physical  Geography  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  earth's  landforms;  their  formation  and  description.  Landforms  to  be 
studied  will  include  those  formed  by  streams,  glaciers,  waves,  and  volcanoes. 
Prereq.  16.562  or  equiv. 


BIOLOGY  /   147 

16.567  Human  and  Cultural  Geography  (2  q.h.) 

A  spatial  analysis  of  people  throughout  the  world — their  culture,  cultural  land- 
scapes, culture  history,  cultural  ecology.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  the  basis 
for  understanding  differences  in  the  character  and  compositions  of  the  world 
populations. 

16.568  Urban  Geography  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  historical  and  present  structures  of  cities;  comparative 
world  urbanism  trends;  historic  city  growth  patterns;  morphology;  site  and  situa- 
tion; central  place  theories;  external  and  internal  relations;  economic  base.  The 
course  is  intended  to  provide  a  general  knowledge  of  the  city  as  it  functions 
today.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  had  former  course  no.  16.566.  Prereq. 
16.567  or  equiv. 

16.569  Urban  Geography  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  applied  approach  to  urban  problems  through  urban  theories  and  planning 
techniques.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  vertical  classification  of  cities,  methods 
of  city  development,  land  utilization — internal  and  external,  land-use  survey 
and  mapping  techniques.  Further  analysis  of  planning  approaches,  zoning,  and 
comprehensive  plans  will  summarize  the  course  of  study.  Prereq.  16.568  or 
equiv. 

16.571  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  philosophy  of  conservation.  Historical  development  of  the  conservation 
movement  in  the  U.S.  since  1900.  Interactions  of  economics  and  conservation. 

16.572  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  II  (2  q.h.) 

Problems  relating  to  the  supply,  use,  and  management  of  major  renewable 
natural  resources  such  as  forests,  soil,  wildlife,  and  water.  Prereq.  16.571  or 
equiv. 

16.573  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  III  (2  q.h.). 

Application  of  the  theories  and  techniques  of  conservation  to  problems  of  urban 
resources,  air  and  water  pollution,  recreational  resources,  and  the  availability 
of  funds.      Prereq.  16.572  or  equiv. 

18 — BIOLOGY 

Consultant:  Prof.  F.  D.  Crisley,  Chairman,  Biology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  F.  A.  Rosenberg  (L.A.  College) 

18.504  Integrated  Science  I  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Principles  of  chemistry;  principles  of  biology.     Prereq.  none.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.505  Integrated  Science  II  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Human  anatomy  and  physiology.     Prereq.  18504  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.506  Integrated  Science  III  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  essential  topics  in  the  major  areas  of  biology;  physico-chemical 
background  of  biology.      Prereq.  18.505  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 


148  /   BIOLOGY 

18.507  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Fundamental  concepts  of  living  organisms,  chemical  and  biological  characteris- 
tics of  cellular  metabolism.  The  skeletal  system  and  its  appendages.  General 
nomenclature,  anatomical  names  and  terms.     Prereq.  none. 

18.508  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationships  between  them.  The  structure 
and  function  of  each.     Prereq.  18.507  or  equiv. 

18.509  Gross  Anatomy  and  General  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  systems  of  the  body  and  the  relationship  between  them. 
Prereq.  18.508  or  equiv. 

18.511  Biology  I  (General)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Universal  properties  and  processes  of  living  organisms.  Cellular  composition 
and  cellular  activities;  inheritance  and  cellular  control;  the  evolutionary  process; 
environmental  relationships.     Prereq.  none.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.512  Biology  II  (Animal)  (3  cl.,  3  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  comparative  study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  animals.  Di- 
versity of  animals  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  evolutionary  adaptation. 
Prereq.  18.511  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.513  Biology  III  (Plant)  (3  cl.,  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Systematic  study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  plants,  principally  vascular 
plants.  Survey  of  the  plant-like  protists,  and  monerans.  Prereq.  18.512  or 
equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.514  Botany  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  plant  cell,  tissue,  and  parts  of  flowering  plants.     Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 

18.515  Botany  II  (2  cl.  2  q.h.) 

Classification  of  the  plant  kingdom,  plantal  life  histories.  Prereq.  18.514  or  equiv. 

18.516  Botany  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Physiology  and  life  activities  of  plants.      Prereq.  18.515  or  equiv. 

18.521  Microbiology  I  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Morphology  and  biochemistry  of  the  bacteria.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

18.522  Microbiology  II  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Biology  of  the  protists;  the  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  environment.  Prereq. 
18.521  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.523  Microbiology  III  (2  cl.,  4  lab.,  4  q.h.) 

Survey  of  pathogenic  microorganism.     (Laboratory  fee) 

18.524  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (2  cl.  lab.,  3  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  human  anatomy,  osteology,  anatomy  of  the  muscular  system, 
respiratory  system,  digestive  system,  the  vascular  system,  urogenital  system. 
The  laboratory  includes  a  study  of  human  bone  and  cat  dissection.  Prereq. 
18.506  or  18.513  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 


BIOLOGY  /   149 

18.525  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 

Principles  of  physiology  and  continuation  of  the  study  of  human  anatomy.  The 
laboratory  is  mainly  concerned  with  muscle  physiology.  Prereq.  18.524  or 
equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.526  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  III  (2  cl.,  2  lab.,  3  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  the  principles  of  physiology.  The  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  nervous  system,  physiology  of  the  endocrine  system.  The  laboratory  deals 
with  physiology  of  respiration  and  the  physiology  of  blood.     Prereq.  18.525  or 
equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.529     Seminar  In  Medical  Technology  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Current  topics  in  medical  technology.  Required  readings  and  presentations  by 

students.  Guest  lecturers.     Prereq.  instructor  permission. 

18.341  (see  87.541) 

18.342  (see  87.542) 

18.343  (see  87.543) 

18.551  Histology-Organology  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  morphology  of  cells  and  tissues.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv.  (Laboratory 
fee) 

18.552  Histology-Organology  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  integumentary,  digestive,  and  respiratory  systems. 
Prereq.  18.551  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.553  Histology-Organology  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

The  tissue  components  of  the  cardiovascular,  excretory,  reproductive,  and  en- 
doctrine  systems.     Prereq.  18.552  or  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.557  Genetics  I  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Mitosis,  meiosis,  and,  mendelian  genetics.  Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv.  (Labora- 
tory fee) 

18.558  Genetics  II  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Chromosome  mapping,  mutations,  translocation,  chromosomal  abberations. 
Prereq.  18.557  ore  equiv.      (Laboratory  fee) 

18.559  Genetics  III  (1  cl.,  2  lab.,  2  q.h.) 

Population  genetics,  aspects  of  biochemical  genetics.  Prereq.  18.558  or  equiv. 
(Laboratory  fee) 

18.560  Environmental  Ecology  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

Biotic  and  abiotic  aspects  of  the  environment.  Geo-physico-chemocycles  in  the 
biosphere.  Food  chain  and  the  ecosystem.  Energy  cycling.  Environmental  pol- 
lution. Population  explosion  and  natural  resources.  Future  of  man  as  a  species. 
Role  of  government,  industry,  and  individuals  in  controlling  the  environment. 
Prereq.  none. 

18.561  Ecology  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Environmental  factors.  The  soil  system.  Water.  The  atmosphere.  Temperature, 
light,  wind,  pressure.  The  physico-chemical  factors  —  CO2  N  and  mineral  nu- 
trients. Habitat.  Distribution  of  plants  and  animals  in  the  world  according  to 
temperature  and  precipitation.     Prereq.  18.513  or  equiv. 


150  /   PSYCHOLOGY 

18.562  Ecology  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

The  ecosystem.  Ecological  niche.  The  producers,  consumers,  and  dicomposers. 
The  pond  ecosystem,  desert  ecosystem,  forest  ecosystem,  and  sea  shore  eco- 
system. Energy  cycle  and  efficiency  of  energy  utilization.  Mass,  weight,  and 
energy  pyramids.     Prereq.  18.561  or  equiv. 

18.563  Ecology  III  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

Population  ecology.  Biotic  community.  Population  growth.  Relations  between 
the  species.  Symbiosis.  Competition.  Predation.  Succession.  Prereq.  18.562 
or  equiv. 

18.564  Man  and  His  Biosphere  I  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

An  ecological  analysis  of  the  human  situation  and  man's  interaction  with  other 
organisms.  The  necessary  foundation  of  biological  principles  will  be  presented. 

18.565  Man  and  His  Biosphere  II  (2  cl.,  2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Man  and  Environment  I.  (The  problems  discussed  are  ir)dividual 
and  separable  from  the  subject  matter  of  Part  I  and  may  be  elected  without  hav- 
ing had  18.564.) 


19-PSYCHOLOGY 

Consultant:   Prof.  A.  B.  Warren,  Chairman,  Psychology  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Associate  Consultant:  Prof.  H.  8.  Zamansky  (L.A.  College) 

19.501  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psycholog- 
ical measurement  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 

19.502  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  so- 
cial influences  on  behavior.     Prereq.  19.501  or  equiv. 

19.503  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders,  mental  health  and 
psychotherapy.     Prereq.  19.502  or  equiv. 

19.504  Statistics  in  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  of  measurement  in  psychological  research,  measures  of  central  tendency, 
and  variability.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.505  Statistics  in  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Measures  of  correlation,  introduction  to  probability  and  statistical  distributions. 
Prereq.  19.504  or  equiv. 

19.506  Statistics  in  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Parametric  and  non  parametric  tests  of  significance,  including  chi  square, 
t-test,  F  test,  and  simple  analysis  of  variance.     Prereq.  19.505. 

Note:  19.504,  19.505,  and  19.506  may  not  be  taken  in  addition  to  Statistics 
(39.511,  39.512,  39.513).  Psychology  majors  may  substitute  39.511,  39.512, 
and  39.513  with  permission  of  the  Dean. 


PSYCHOLOGY  /   151 

19.507  Psychology  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  historical  backgrounds  of  psychology,  psycholog- 
ical measurements  and  testing,  and  principles  of  animal  and  human  learning. 
Principals  of  sensory  processing,  perception,  motivation  and  emotion,  and  social 
influences  on  behavior.  Personality  theory  and  measurement,  behavior  disorders, 
mental  health,  and  psychotherapy.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
19.501,   19.502,   19.503.) 

19.508  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  I  (4  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  from  most  areas  of  psychological  investigation;  the  experimental 
orientation  to  the  study  of  behavior,  including  child  development,  individual 
differences,  learning,  and  social  psychology.  (Recommended  for  psychology 
majors.)      (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501,  502,  503.) 

19.509  Fundamentals  of  Psychology  II  (4  q.h.) 

The  sensory  basis  of  behavior,  cognition,  perception,  motivation,  emotions, 
normal  and  abnormal  personality.  (Recommended  for  psychology  majors.) 
Prereq.  19.508  or  equiv.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  19.501, 
502,  503.) 

19.511  Child  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Genetic  factors  in  development;  biological,  social,  intellectual,  and  personality 
development  during  preschool  years.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.512  Child  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Factors  in  psychological  development  during  the  middle-childhood  years.  Pre- 
req. 19.511. 

19.513  Adolescent  Psychology  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  and  physical  changes  during  adolescence,  attitudes  toward  peer 
groups  and  parental  figures,  vocational  choice,  and  the  determination  of  moral 
standards  and  values.     Prereq.  19.512  or  equiv. 

19.521  Personality  I  (2  q.h.) 

Systematic  study  of  the  normal  personality.  A  number  of  prominent  theoretical 
approaches  to  personality  will  be  considered  including  the  psychoanalytic, 
constitutional,  field,  and  stimulus-response.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.522  Personality  II  (2  q.h.) 

Problems  of  adjustment,  frustration,  conflict,  and  stress.  Adjustive  behavior, 
mechanisms  of  defense,  and  minor  personality  maladjustments  will  be  con- 
sidered.    Prereq.  19.521  or  equ/v. 

19.523  Motivation  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  the  various  aspects  of  motivation.  Such  areas  as  primary  and  second- 
ary reinforcement,  unconscious  motivation,  effectance  motivation,  and  the 
assessment  of  motive  will  be  considered.     Prereq.  19.522  or  equiv. 

19.524  Social  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  socialization  process,  social  motives,  interpersonal  perception,  group  mem- 
bership and  structure.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 


152   /   PSYCHOLOGY 

19.525  Social  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Attitudes,  prejudice  and  ethnic  relations,  leadership,  mass  behavior  and  social 
movements,  and  the  effects  of  mass  media  of  communication.  Prereq.  19.524 
or  equiv. 

19.526  Psychology  of  Aggression  (2  q.h.) 

The  role  of  aggressive  and  violent  behavior  in  man  and  lower  organisms.  The 
contribution  of  both  learned  responses  and  genetic  constitution.  Prereq. 
19.503  or  equiv. 

19.527  Psychology  of  Conformity  and  Rebellion  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  factors  in  conforming  or  rebellious  behavior.  Specific  attention 
to  psychological  motives  and  attitudes  of  the  individual  with  respect  to  deci- 
sions on  political  participation,  drugs,  sexual  behavior,  educational  policy,  and 
other  current  social  problems.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.528  Psychological  Factors  in  National  and  International  Conflict  (2  q.h.) 

A  review  of  the  psychological  images,  dynamics,  and  decisions  in  national  and 
international  loyalty  and  hostility.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.529  Interpersonal  Behavior  in  the  Small  Group  I  (2  q.h.) 

Participation  and  observation  of  personalities  and  role  behaviors  in  small  group 
interaction.  Each  student  will  observe  and  analyze  the  behavior  of  both  himself 
and  other  group  members.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.530  Interpersonal  Behavior  in  the  Small  Group  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  19.529.      Prereq.  19.529  or  equiv. 

19.532  Industrial  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Psychology  as  applied  to  industry,  including  such  topics  as  history  causation 
of  behavior,  attitudes,  morale,  and  supervision.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.533  Industrial  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  place  of  psychological  tests  in  industry,  individual  differences,  leadership, 
training,  design  of  jobs  and  practical  application  of  these  topics  for  the  student 
in  industry.      Prereq.  19.532  or  equiv. 

19.534  Industrial  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Topics  studied  this  quarter  include  motivation,  fatigue,  safety,  and  job  turnover 
as  related  to  industry.  Special  emphasis  given  to  industrial  mental  health, 
counseling,  interviewing,  and  personnel  selection.      Prereq.  19.533  or  equiv. 

19.535  Psychological  Factors  in  the  Creative  Process  (2  q.h.) 

Topics  to  be  analyzed  will  include  definitions  of  creativity,  role  of  intelligence  in 
creativity,  motives  for  problem  solving,  creative  personalities,  the  encourage- 
ment of  creativity  in  the  individual  and  groups,  and  computer  duplication  of 
creative  behaviors.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.536  Psychology  of  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  factors  in  intuition,  imagination,  problem  solving,  information 
processing,  and  concept  learning.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 


PSYCHOLOGY  /   153 

19.537  Psychology  of  Language  (2  q.h.) 

The  child's  acquisition  of  language,  verbal  habits,  the  analysis  and  measurement 
of  meaning,  cultural  determinants  of  linguistic  behavior,  communication  pro- 
cesses, and  recent  research  in  psycholinguistics.     Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.538  Psychology  of  Learning  (2  q.  h.) 

The  concept  of  learning  will  be  examined  critically  on  the  basis  of  animal  and 
human  studies.  Techniques  for  initiating  and  maintaining  learned  behavior  will 
receive  detailed  attention. 

19.541  Abnormal  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  of  the  study  of  the  etiology  and  dynamics  of  the  abnormal 
personality.      Prereq.  19.503  or  equiv. 

19.542  Abnormal  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  symptomatology  and  treatment  of  the  neuroses  and  psychoses,  Prereq. 
19.541  or  equiv. 

19.543  Abnormal  Psychology  III  (2  q.h.) 

Psychosomatic,  psychopathic,  and  organic  disorders;  varieties  of  psychotherapy. 
Prereq.  19.542  or  equiv. 

19.546  Psychological  Testing  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  principles  of  test  theory,  test  administration,  and  test  construction. 
Familiarization  with  representative  types  of  tests.      Prereq.  19.506  or  equiv. 

19.547  Psychological  Testing  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  19.546.      Prereq.  19.546  or  equiv. 

19.551  Experimental  Psychology  I  (2  cl.;  2  lab.;  3  q.h.) 

The  methods  and  techniques  for  the  design,  execution,  and  interpretation  of 
psychological  experiments.     Prereq.  19.506  or  equiv. 

19.552  Experimental  Psychology  II  (2  cl.;  2  lab.;  3  q.h.) 

Laboratory  instrumentation  and  research  methodology  in  the  investigation  of 
sensory  and  perceptual  processes.     Prereq.  19.551  or  equiv. 

19.553  Experimental  Psychology  III  (2  cl.;  2  lab.;  3  q.h.) 

Laboratory  instrumentation  and  research  methodology  in  the  investigation  of 
animal  and  human  learning,  motivation,  and  thought.      Prereq.  19.552  or  equiv. 

19.560  Psychology  of  Women  (2  q.h.) 

The  examination,  in  both  historical  and  contemporary  context,  the  body  of 
knowledge  studying  woman,  her  function  in  social  roles  and  her  behavior  as 
determined  genetically,  physiologically  and  psychologically.  The  research  im- 
plications, future  life  styles,  roles,  and  contributions  of  women. 

19.561  Historical  Development  of  Psychology  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  historical  development  of  psychology  from  its  philosophical  beginnings. 

Prereq.  two  full-year  courses  in  psychology. 


154  /  ANTHROPOLOGY 

19.562  Historical  Development  of  Psychology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Major  schools  of  psychology  which  have  influenced  modern  psychological 
research  including  functionalism,  behaviorism,  Gestalt  psychology,  and  psycho- 
analysis.    Prereq.  19.561  or  equ/v. 

19.563  Historical  Development  of  Psychology  IN  (2  q.h.) 

The  role  of  theory  in  current  psychological  research.     Prereq.  19.562  or  equiv. 

19.571     Seminar  in  Psychology  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  current  problems  in  psychology.     Prereq.  19.553  or  equiv. 

19.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.)     Prereq.  approval  of  the  Dean. 

19.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  19.591. 

19.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  19.592. 

20-ANTHROPOLOGY 

Consultarjt:  (See  Sociology) 

20.501  Anthropology  I  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropol- 
ogy). An  introduction  to  elements  of  physical  anthropology,  covering  such  sub- 
jects as  the  primates,  fossil  man  and  evolution,  problems  of  heredity  and 
genetics,  problems  of  race  and  racial  classification,  and  the  bases  of  cul- 
tural behavior. 

20.502  Anthropology  II  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  Cultural  Anthropology  I) 

An  introduction  to  cultural  anthropology  covering  the  nature  of  culture;  methods 
and  theories.     Prereq.  20.501  or  equiv. 

20.503  Anthropology  III  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  Cultural  Anthropology  II) 
Characteristic  features  of  the  language,  family  life,  rituals,  and  values  of  tribal 
peoples  in  different  parts  of  the  world.     Prereq.  20.502  or  equiv. 

20.521     Culture  and  Personality  (2  q.h.) 

A  cultural  approach  integrating  concepts  of  social  role,  values,  personality  and 

socialization,  and  linguistic  considerations.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.531  Primitive  Social  Organization  (2  q.h.) 

The  institutions  of  primitive  societies;  comparative  approaches  and  functional 
explanations  of  a  limited  number  of  societies;  the  dynamics  of  continuity  and 
change  of  culture  and  social  organization.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.532  Primitive  Religion  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  religious  beliefs  and  rituals  of  tribal  peoples  in  many  parts  of  the 
world,  including  the  origin  of  religious  behavior,  the  relationship  of  religious 
behavior  to  other  aspects  of  culture,  and  the  psychological  factors  involved. 
Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 


SOCIOLOGY   /   155 

20.533     Acculturation  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  processes  of  acculturation  in  culture  contact  situations 
of  tribal  and  non-tribal  peoples.  Focus  is  on  the  role  of  the  individual,  and  the 
concepts  of  personality  and  values  in  relation  to  this  process.  Prereq.  20.503 
or  equiv. 

20.537     Anthropological  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

A  history  of  major  orientations,  emphasizing  the  principal  contemporary  orien- 
tations in  the  field.  Evolutionary  approaches,  culture  area  and  historical  analysis, 
functionalism,  role  structure,  comparative  methods,  social  relations  approaches, 
and  the  theory  of  cognitive  structure.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.541     North  American  Indian  (2  q.h.) 

Prehistory  of  the  North  American  Indian,  including  the  study  of  aboriginal 
culture  areas,  utilizing  a  comparative  analysis  of  representative  Indian  tribes 
and  their  cultures  as  the  method  of  study.  Family  life,  religion,  warfare  pat- 
terns, and  political  organization  are  described.     Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.544     African  Peoples  and  Cultures  (2  q.h.) 

African  geography,  prehistory  and  cultures;  the  spectrum  of  cultures  ranging 
from  the  Pygmy  to  Ashanti  Federation;  the  family,  lineage,  clan  and  tribe  as 
these  relate  to  problems  of  political  and  economic  change  in  contemporary 
Africa.      Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.547  Latin  American  Peoples  and  Cultures  (2  q.h.) 

Tribal  social  systems,  traditional  values,  and  institutions  of  Latin  America  with 
particular  emphasis  on  Hispanic  America.      Prereq.  20.503  or  equiv. 

20.548  Studying  the  Family  Cross  Culturally  (2  q.h.) 

The  course  will  focus  on  the  formation  of  differing  family  systems  according 
to  a  variety  of  cultural  settings.  These  will  include:  the  Todas,  the  Hopi,  the 
Anglo-Saxon,  the  Kibbutz,  and  the  Baganda. 

20.549  Folklore  (2  q.h.) 

The  general  nature  of  folklore  and  methods  employed  in  its  study  with  emphasis 
on  the  behavioral-structural  approach. 

20.601  Principles  of  Anthropology  I  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  elements  of  physical  anthropology  covering  such 
subjects  as  the  primates,  fossil  man  and  evolution  problems  of  heredity  and 
genetics,  problems  of  race  and  racial  classification,  the  bases  of  cultural  be- 
havior, and  the  nature  of  culture. 

20.602  Principles  of  Anthropology  11  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  cultural  anthropology  covering  characteristic  fea- 
tures of  tribal  peoples,  language,  family  life,  rituals,  values,  social  organization, 
etc.      Prereq.  20.601  or  equiv. 

21-SOCIOLOGY 

Consultant:  To  be  announced. 
Course  Coordinator:  To  be  announced. 


156  /   SOCIOLOGY 

21.501  Sociology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family. 

21.502  Sociology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  I  with  major  emphasis  on  primary  groups,  associa- 
tions, social  stratification,  collective  behavior,  and  population.  Prereq.  21.501 
or  equiv. 

21.503  Sociology  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Sociology  II  emphasizing  a  critical  analysis  of  American  so- 
ciety with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political,  urban,  and  indus- 
trial change.     Prereq.  21.502  or  equiv. 

21.504  Sociology  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  participant  in 
group  life  with  emphasis  on  social  structure,  culture,  socialization,  and  the 
family.  Primary  groups,  associations,  social  stratification,  collective  behavior, 
and  population.  The  major  institutional  areas,  with  particular  attention  to  prob- 
lems of  social,  political,  urban,  and  industrial  change.  (Not  open  to  students  who 
have  taken  21.501,  21.502,  21.503.)  Prereq.  30.506. 

21.512  Social  Research  Methods  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  social  research  methods  with  particular  attention  to  problems 
of  theory  and  method  in  both  anthropology  and  sociology.  Prereq.  21.503 
or  equiv. 

21.513  Social  Research  Methods  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  I  with  emphasis  on  data  collection, 
measurement,  and  scaling  in  both  anthropology  and  sociology.  Prereq.  21.512 
or  equiv. 

21.514  Social  Research  Methods  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  II  stressing  the  analysis  of  data. 
Prereq.  21.513  or  equiv. 

21.517  Social  Theory  I  (formerly  Foundations  of  Sociological  Theory)  (2  q.h.) 
An  historical  survey  of  sociological  theorists  including  the  work  of  de  Tocque- 
ville,  Comte,  Marx,  Durkheim,  Cooley,  and  others.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.518  Social  Theory  II  (formerly  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  I)  (2  q.h.) 
A  study  of  major  theoretical  issues  in  sociology.  Discussion  concentrates  on 
systematic  questions  and  topics,  as  opposed  to  particular  theorists,  but  material 
is  drawn  from  theorists  such  as  Weber,  Simmel,  Thomas,  Mannheim,  Merton, 
and  Parsons.      Prereq.  21.517  or  equiv. 

21.519  Social  Theory  III  (formerly  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  II) 
(2  q.h.)  A  seminar  in  which  the  principal  focus  will  be  upon  questions  of  theo- 
retical interest,  e.g.,  the  problem  of  order,  the  problem  of  change,  the  role  of 
the  individual  in  change.  Students  will  present  their  papers  in  class.  Prereq. 
21.518  or  equiv. 


SOCIOLOGY  /   157 

21.528     Social  Stratification  (2  q.h.) 

A  comparative  study  of  the  nature  of  class  structure  with  emphasis  on  the 
United  States  and  with  reference  to  India  and  England.  Discussion  of  such 
topics  as  theories  of  class  structure,  factors  determining  class  membership, 
differential  class  behavior,  and  social  mobility.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.531     Social  Change  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  changing  patterns  in  social  and  economic  institutions,  a 
discussion  of  modern  social  trends,  and  a  review  of  current  literature  in  a 
field.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.534  Social  Control  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  group  membership  as  a  determinant  of  behavior,  analysis  of 
status  and  role,  patterns  of  authority,  and  group  ideology  as  factors  in  the 
evaluation  of  conduct.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.535  Political  Sociology  (2  q.h.) 

The  social  structure  of  political  life  emphasizing  relationships  in  the  structure  of 
society  with  its  classes,  occupations,  races,  and  levels  of  opportunity  as  they 
affect  political  activity.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.538  (see  25.538) 

21.539  (see  25.539) 

21.540  (see  25.540) 

21.543  (see  25.543) 

21.544  (see  25.544) 

21.545  (see  25.545) 

21.546  Sociology  of  Deviant  Behavior  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  variety  of  social  problems  and  their  relationship  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  society.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  alcoholism,  sex  offenses,  drug 
abuse,  mental  health,  and  other  problems  relating  to  an  urban  industrial  society. 
Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.547  Social  Problems  (2  q.h.) 

An  overview  of  contemporary  American  social  problems  and  the  application  of 
sociological  concepts,  methods,  and  principles  to  these  problems.  Prereq. 
21.503  or  equiv. 

21.548  Criminology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  crime  with  particular  attention  to  criminological 
theory.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.549  Criminology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Criminology  I  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  of  crime  and 
relationship  between  law  and  crime.      Prereq.  21.548  or  equiv. 

21.550  Juvenile  Deliquency  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  factors  in  delinquency  and  an  examination  of  the  implications  for 
prevention,  rehabilitation,  and  treatment.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.551  Family  and  Marriage  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  comparative  and  historical  treatment  stressing  the  past  history  and  develop- 
ment of  the  family.      Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 


158  /   SOCIOLOGY 

21.552  Family  and  Marriage  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Family  and  Marriage  I  emphasizing  the  backgrounds  of  con- 
temporary problems  in  the  context  of  functions,  forms,  and  processes  of  this 
institution.      Prereq.  21.551  or  equiv. 

21.553  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  various  racial,  nationality,  cultural,  and 
religious  groups  with  emphasis  on  the  historical  development  of  black-white 
relationships  in  American  society.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.554  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  I  stressing  the  problems  of 
contemporary  black-white  relationships  in  both  American  and  other  societies. 
Prereq.  21.553  or  equiv. 

21.555  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  Hi  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Racial  and  Cultural  Relations  II  with  specific  attention  to 
religious  nationality,  and  non-African  racial  groups  in  American  and  other 
multi-racial  societies.     Prereq.  21.554  or  equiv. 

21.557  Urban  Sociology  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  various  causes,  characteristics,  and  effects  of  urbanization  in 
several  different  cultures  of  the  world.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  prob- 
lems of  urban  and  suburban  living  and  the  changing  structure  of  the  city. 
Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.558  Community  Analysis  (2  q.h.) 

Ecological  theories  of  man's  relation  to  his  physical  environment.  Development 
of  the  concept,  and  discussion  of  community  study  methods.  Contrasts  between 
rural  communities  and  urban  neighborhoods.  Discussion  and  evaluation  of  com- 
munity action  programs.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.559  Seminar  in  Urban  Studies  (2  q.h.) 

Interdisciplinary  approaches  to  analyses  of  urban  issues,  continuing  student 
projects.     Prereq.  One  previous  course  ir)  urban  studies  field. 

21.560  Medical  Sociology  (2  q.h.) 

Sociological  concepts  and  research  relating  to  the  study  of  patterns  of  behavior 
in  the  areas  of  health  and  disease.  Emphasis  on  the  family,  community,  medical 
organizations,  class  and  status,  as  social  subsystems  related  to  the  field  of 
health.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.563     Social  Gerontology  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  social  factors  involved  in  aging,  with  specific  reference  to 
how  biological  and  psychological  age  change  influence  behavior,  social  roles, 
and  cultural  patterns.  The  relation  of  aging  to  social  change,  and  special  pro- 
visions for  the  aged.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.567     Population  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  demographic  methods  in  the  analysis  of  social  structures.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  use  of  population  size  and  composition,  birth  rates,  and  other  demo- 
graphic data  in  the  comparative  analysis  of  societies.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 


SOCIOLOGY  /   159 

21.570     Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  the  social  relations  within  occupational  groups,  of  occupational 
structure,  and  of  institutional  aspects  of  an  occupation.  Relationships  of  super- 
visors, peers,  colleagues,  subordinates,  and  clientele;  their  significance  for  work 
role  behavior.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.573     Sociology  of  Industry  (2  q.h.) 

Comparison  of  pre-industria!  and  industrial  society,  stressing  the  impact  of 
industry  on  society  and  the  relationship  between  industry,  culture,  and  values. 
Diversification  and  specialization.  Human  relations  in  industry;  analysis  of 
subordinate— super  ordinate  behavior,  line  and  staff  relationships,  and  formal 
and  informal  groups.     Prereq.  21.503  or  equiv. 

21.575     Sociology  of  Formal  Organizations  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  formal  organizations  and  the  principles  that  govern  organizational 
life.  Weber's  theory  of  bureaucracy  and  the  concept  of  authority;  communica- 
tion systems  and  other  conceptions  of  formal  organizations.  The  structure  of 
work  groups  and  their  effect  on  the  larger  organization.  Prereq.  21.503  or 
equiv. 

21.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  approval  of  Dean. 

21.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  21.591. 

21.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  21.592. 

21.601  Principles  of  Sociology  I  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  basic  concepts  and  theories  relating  to  the  study  of 
man  as  a  participant  in  group  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  socialization,  culture, 
social  structure,  primary  groups,  family,  social  stratification,  and  population. 

21.602  Principles  of  Sociology  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Sociology  I  with  emphasis  on  a  critical  analysis 
of  American  society  with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  social,  political, 
urban,  and  industrial  change.     Prereq.  21.601  or  equiv. 

21.612  Social  Research  Methods  I  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  social  research  methods  in  both  anthropology  and 
sociology  with  particular  attention  to  problems  of  theory,  methods,  and  data 
collection. 

21.613  Social  Research  Methods  II  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Social  Research  Methods  (Intensive)  I,  with  emphasis  on  data 
collection,  measurement,  scaling,  and  the  analysis  of  data. 

21.617     Social  Theory  I  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

An  historical  survey  of  sociology  theorists,  including  the  work  of  de  Tocque- 

ville,  Comte,  Marx,  Durkheim,  Cooley,  Weber,  Simmel,  and  others. 


160  /   SOCIAL  WELFARE 

21.618     Social  Theory  II  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 

A  study  of  major  theoretical  issues  in  sociology.  Discussion  concentrates  on 
systematic  questions  and  topics,  but  material  is  drawn  from  theorists  such  as 
Mannheim,  Merton,  Parsons.  Students  will  present  papers  in  class  on  questions 
of  theoretical  interest;  e.g.,  the  problem  of  order,  the  problem  of  change,  the 
role  of  the  individual  in  change,  etc. 

25— SOCIAL  WELFARE 

Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  Lois  Ames  (College  of  Criminal  Justice) 

25.538  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  I  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.538) 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  social  welfare  institution,  its 
historical  development,  the  effects  of  urban  industrialization,  and  relationship 
to  present  day  American  Society. 

25.539  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  II  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.539) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  I,  with  particular  attention  to 
the  development  of  social  security  and  the  welfare  state. 

25.540  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  III  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.540) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  II,  focusing  on  selected  aspects 
of  the  current  social  welfare  system,  its  attempts  to  alleviate  poverty  and  other 
social  problems. 

25.543  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  I  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.543) 

An  introduction  to  the  functions  of  the  helping  profession  of  social  work,  its 
settings,  and  methods.  Specific  techniques  such  as  interviewing,  history  taking, 
and  recording  skills  are  presented. 

25.544  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  II  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.544) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  I,  with  particular  attention 
to  the  funtioning  of  social  workers  in  selected  settings. 

25.545  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  III  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  21.545) 

A  continuation  of  Introduction  to  Social  Work  Practice  II,  with  emphasis  on  en- 
hancement of  practice  skills. 

22-POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Prof.  R.  G.  Wilfong,  Chairman,  Political  Science  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Course  Coordinator:  Prof.  Steve  Worth  (L.A.  College) 

22.501  Principles  of  Political  Science  I  (2  q.h.) 

Evolution  of  the  nation-state.  Analysis  of  basic  political  concepts.  Study  of 
basic  forms  of  the  contemporary  political  system. 

22.502  Principles  of  Political  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  constitutional  and  totalitarian  models.  Study  of  contemporary 
British  and  Soviet  political  systems.     Prereq.  22.501  or  equiv. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /   161 

22.503     Principles  of  Political  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  American    political   system    including  study  of  civil   rights.    International 

politics  and  American  foreign  policy  since  1945.     Prereq.  22.502  or  equiv. 

22.505  Contemporary  Political  Theory  (2  q.h.) 

Political  ideas  and  systems  of  political  thought  from  Machiavelli  to  the  present. 
Prereq.  22.504  or  equiv. 

22.506  American  Political  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Political  thought  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  including  a  study  of 
the  impact  of  religious,  economic,  and  judicial  theory  on  the  structure  of 
American  ideas.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.507  Principles  of  Political  Science  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Evolution  of  the  nation-state.  Analysis  of  basic  political  concepts.  Study  of  basic 
forms  of  the  contemporary  political  system.  Analysis  of  constitutional  and 
totalitarian  models.  Study  of  contemporary  British  and  Soviet  political  systems. 
The  American  political  system  including  study  of  Civil  Rights.  International 
politics  and  American  foreign  policy  since  1945.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  22.501,  22.502,  22.503,  or  equiv. 

22.508  Research  Methods  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  most  common  methods  of  carrying  out  research 
in  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Problems  of  theory  construction,  data- 
gathering,  and  a  selection  of  analytical  research  tools  including  bibliographical 
aids  and  the  computer  are  examined. 

22.511  American  National  Government  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  form  and  structure  of  the  federal  constitution  and  an  analysis 
of  the  legislative  process  at  the  national  level.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.512  Urban  and  Metropolitan  Government  (2  q.h.) 

The  political,  structural,  and  functional  problems  of  an  urbanizing  United  States, 
including  an  analysis  of  urban,  suburban,  and  metropolitan  governments. 
Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.513  Political  Parties  and  Pressure  Groups  (2  q.h.) 

Party  government  in  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  A  contrasting  study 
focusing  on  the  interaction  of  party  and  government.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.514  American  Constitutional  Law  (2  q.h.) 

A  case  analysis  of  the  development  of  federalism,  the  separation  of  powers, 
and  the  role  of  the  federal  and  state  courts  in  constitutional  development. 

22.515  Civil  Rights  (2  q.h.) 

An  evaluation  of  the  quality  and  content  of  civil  liberties  in  the  United  States. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  first,  fifth,  sixth,  fourteenth,  and  fifteenth  amend- 
ments to  The  Constitution. 

22.516  Public  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  theory,  forms,  and  processes  of  administration  at  the 
national  and  state  level. 


162  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.517  Public  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  problems.  Case-study  approach  to  examination  of  relation  between 
the  theory  and  practice  of  public  administration.      Prereq.  22.516  or  equiv. 

22.518  Government  and  Politics  of  the  States  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  state  and  local  government  and  problems  and  the  function  and 
operational  responses  to  them. 

22.519  The  Legislative  Process  (2  q.h.) 

An  institutional,  functional  analysis  of  the  roles  of  Congress,  the  executive,  and 
political  parties  in  the  legislative  process. 

22.521  Comparative  Government  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  comprative  anaysis  of  political  culture,  organization,  and  behavior  in  England, 
France,  and  Germany.     Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.522  Comparative  Government  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  22.521.     Prereq.  22.521  or  equiv. 

22.525  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Far  East  (2  q.h.) 

Governmental  systems,  economic  institutions,  and  social  environment  of  the 
states  of  East  Asia  (China,  Japan,  Korea,  Taiwan)  are  studied  with  reference 
to  the  special  influence  of  Communist  China  in  this  region. 

22.526  Government  and  Politics  of  Africa  (2  q.h.) 

Government  systems,  political  parties,  socio-economic  problems,  and  for- 
eign policies  are  studied  with  reference  to  Africa's  role  in  the  international 
community. 

22.527  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  (2  q.h.) 

The  Communist  political  systems  of  eastern  Europe  and  their  socio-economic 
environments  are  studied  in  respect  to  their  relationship  with  USSR. 

22.532  International  Organization  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  international  organizations  with  special  emphasis  on  the  United 
Nations,  specialized  agencies,  and  regional  organizations.  Prereq.  22.503  or 
equiv. 

22.533  American  Foreign  Policy  (2  q.h.) 

The  constitution  and  political  instruments  for  the  formulation  of  American 
foreign  policy.      Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv. 

22.534  Soviet  Foreign  Policy  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  evolution  of  Soviet  foreign  policy  since  1917  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  the  international  Communist  movement. 

22.535  International  Relations  (4  q.h.) 

Elements  and  limitations  on  national  power.  Contemporary  world  politics,  prob- 
lems of  war  and  peaceful  coexistence.  Prereq.  22.503  or  equiv.  (Not  to  be 
tai<en  by  students  who  have  credit  for  22.531.) 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /    163 

22.536     Introduction  to  Political  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

Development  of  the  political  ideas  of  the  Western  world.  The  major  philosophers 
of  Greece,  Rome,  the  Christian  Era,  and  the  Renaissance.  Prereq.  22.503  or 
equiv.      (Not  to  be  taken  by  students  who  have  credit  for  22.504.) 

22.541  International  Law  (2  q.h.) 

A  procedural  and  substantive  study  of  legal  relations  among  nation  states. 

22.542  American  Foreign  Policy  I  (2  q.h.) 

Recent  and  current  American  foreign  affairs.      Prereq.  22.533  or  equiv. 

22.543  American  Foreign  Policy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Recent  and  current  American  foreign  affairs  continued.  Prereq.  22.542  or 
equiv. 

22.544  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet  Union  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  modern  totalitarian  theory  and  practice  is  followed  by  a  study  of 
the  ideological  and  historical  bases  of  the  Soviet  dictatorship.  Prereq.  22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.545  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Soviet  Union  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  22.544.  A  study  of  the  Soviet  federalism,  party  and  state 
organization,  with  special  attention  to  the  problems  of  political  succession. 
Prereq.  22.544  or  equiv. 

22.547  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist  China  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  Chinese  political  culture  with  emphasis  on  the  nineteenth-century 
cultural,  economic,  and  political  impact  of  the  West,  the  emergence  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  under  the  leadership  of  Mao,  and  the  progressive  disintegration 
of  Kuomintang  leadership.     Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.548  Government  and  Politics  of  Communist  China  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  ideology,  party,  and  state  organization  and  behavior,  and  the  Cultural 
Revolution.      Prereq.  22.547  or  equiv. 

22.551  Current  Political  Issues  (2  q.h.) 

A  topical  analysis  of  the  constitutional  and  political  basis  of  selected  problems 
in  American  political  life. 

22.552  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Middle  East  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  political  change,  economic  growth,  and  social  adaptation  in  selected 
countries  of  the  Middle  East.  Foreign  policies  are  also  considered,  especially  the 
ties  of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries  with  northern  Africa. 

Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.553  Government  and  Politics  in  the  Middle  East  II  (2  q.h.) 
A  continuation  of  22.552.      Prereq.  22.552  or  equiv. 

22.555     Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America  I  (2  q.h.) 
After  a  discussion  of  the  historical  background  of  the  Latin  American  nations, 
an  analysis  of  the  cultural,  economic,   social,  and   political  characteristics  of 
these  countries  is  undertaken.  Political  violence  and  the  breakdown  of  demo- 
cratic governments  is  given  particular  attention.      Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 


164  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.556     Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America  II  (2  q.h.) 
This  course  analyzes  politics  of  Mexico,  Cuba,  and  Chile;  the  Communist,  one- 
party,  and  democratic  approaches  to  political  development  are  compared,  each 
of  the  three  countries  is  used  as  an  example.      Prereq.  22.555  or  equiv. 

22.558  Government  and  Politics  of  South  East  Asia  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  political  instability  and  problems  of  establishing  democratic  struc- 
tures and  processes  in  the  Philippines,  Thailand,  and  India.  Prereq.  22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.559  Government  and  Politics  of  Japan  (2  q.h.) 

The  historical  development  of  the  Japanese  nation  is  studied  with  particular 
attention  to  the  growth  of  fascism.  Efforts  to  create  a  viable  democracy  since 
World  War  II  is  a  major  concern  of  the  course.      Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.560  Politics  and  Policies  of  the  Developing  Nations  I  (2  q.h.) 
Colonialism  and  the  struggles  for  independence  are  discussed  and  the  common 
problems  of  developing  nations  are  analyzed.  Topics  include  economic  develop- 
ment,   urbanization,    cultural    fragmentation,    and    revolution.    Prereq.    22.522 
or  equiv. 

22.561  Politics  and  Policies  of  the  Developing  Nations  II  (2  q.h.) 

Based  on  the  foundation  provided  in  Part  I,  this  course  deals  with  efforts  of 
developing  countries  to  achieve  rapid  social,  economic,  and  political  moderniza- 
tion. The  frequency  of  military  takeovers  and  the  prevalence  of  corrupt,  ineffi- 
cient government  bureaucracies  are  discussed.  The  democratic  and  authoritar- 
ian avenues  toward  development  are  compared  and  evaluated.  Prereq.  22.560 
or  equiv. 

22.563  Government  and  Politics  of  Northern  Africa  (2  q.h.) 

Comparative  analysis  of  political  culture,  organization,  and  behavior  of  African 
states  north  of  the  Sahara.  Emphasis  is  on  Morocco,  Algeria,  Tunisia,  and  Egypt. 
Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.564  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  conditions  and  circumstances  surrounding  the  establishment  of 
Communist  regimes  in  Eastern  Europe  immediately  after  the  Second  World  War 
and  their  relations  with  the  Soviet  Union.      Prereq.  22.522  or  equiv. 

22.565  Communism  in  Eastern  Europe  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  22.564.  A  study  of  nationalism,  popular  revolt,  and  socio- 
economic change  in  the  1950's  and  1960's.  Attention  is  given  to  the  changing 
role  of  the  Soviet  Union  in  bloc  affairs  and  the  development  of  polycentrism. 
Prereq.  22.564  or  equiv. 

22.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  approval  of  the  Dean. 

22.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  22.591. 

22.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  22.592. 


HISTORY   /    165 

23-HISTORY 

Consultant:  R.  H.  Robinson,  Chairman,  Department  of  History,  College  of  Liberal 
Arts,  358  Richards  Hall,  Tel.  437-2660. 

Coordinator  of  Western  Civilization  and  Advisor  to  History  Majors:  G.  H.  Herman, 
Department  of  History,  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  375  Richards  Hall,  Tel.  437-2660. 

23.500  The  Historian's  Craft  (4  q.h.) 

The  ways  in  which  the  historian  studies  the  past  with  emphasis  on  research 
and  writing. 

23.501  Western  Civilization  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  beginnings  of  Western  Civilization  with  emphasis  on  the  political,  economic, 
and  social  history  of  ancient  and  medieval  times  to  1300. 

23.502  Western  Civilization  II  (2  q.h.) 

Early  Modern  Europe  from  1300  to  1789  with  an  examination  of  the  two  major 
intellectual  movements,  the  Renaissance  and  the  Enlightenment,  and  their 
impact  on  the  rise  of  national  states,  capitalism,  and  Protestantism. 

23.503  Western  Civilization  III  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  Europe  from  1789  to  the  present  emphasizing  the  rise  of  ideology  in  a 
technological  age. 

23.504  American  History  I  (2  q.h.) 

America  from  1763  to  1840  with  emphasis  on  political  institutions  and  policies 
of  the  new  republic. 

23.505  American  History  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  United  States  from  1840  to  1900  with  emphasis  on  the  rise  of  the  sectional 
controversy,  the  Civil  War,  and  the  economic  development  of  the  nation  after 
the  war. 

23.506  American  History  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  United  States  since  1900,  an  age  of  urbanized  industrialism  and  inter- 
ternational  crisis. 

23.509  Western  Civilization  A  (3  q.h.) 

Western  Civilization  to  1648.  Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive 
credit  for  23.501  and /or  23.502. 

23.510  Western  Civilization  B  (3  q.h.) 

Western  Civilization  since  1648.  Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive 
credit  for  23.502  and /or  23.503. 

23.511  American  History  A  (3  q.h.) 

America  from  1763  to  1877.  Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive  credit 
for  23.504  and/or  23.505. 

23.512  American  History  B  (3  q.h.) 

The  United  States  since  1877.  Not  open  to  students  who  intend  to  receive 
credit  for  23.505  and/or  23.506. 


166   /    HISTORY 

23.515     Women  in  History  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 

An  historical  examination  of  the  position  and  role  of  women  in  American  history. 

23.521  Ancient  Middle  East  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

A  study  of  ancient  cultures  and  people  in  the  Middle  East  to  the  rise  of  Islam. 

23.522  Ancient  Greece  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  origin  and  development  of  Greek  civilization. 

23.523  Ancient  Rome  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

Roman  civilization  in  ancient  times  with  emphasis  on  the  rise  of  the  Republic 
and  the  decline  of  the  Empire. 

23.524  Early  Middle  Ages  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

Europe  from  the  decline  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  1050  with  emphasis  on  bar- 
barian migrations,  the  role  of  religion  in  medieval  society,  and  the  fashioning 
of  political  and  economic  institutions  of  feudalism  and  manorialism. 

23.525  Late  Middle  Ages  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

The  medieval  period  from  1050  to  1350  with  emphasis  on  the  church-state  con- 
troversy and  the  growth  of  classicism  in  the  arts. 

23.526  Early  Modern  Europe  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  Europe  from  1350  to  1648. 

23.527  England,  500-1603  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 
England  to  the  coming  of  the  Stuarts. 

23.530  Byzantine  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

A  political  and  cultural  history  of  the  Eastern  Christian  world  from  the  fourth 
century  to  the  sacking  of  Constantinople  in  1453. 

23.531  Islamic  History  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

The  history  of  the  Muslim  Arab  world  from  the  seventh  century  to  the  end  of  the 
Abbasid  Caliphate  in  1258. 

23.532  Ottoman  History  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

A  study  of  the  rise,  glory,  decay,  and  attempts  at  reform  in  the  Ottoman  Empire 
from  the  thirteenth  century  to  World  War  I. 

23.537  European  Intellectual  History,  1350-1688  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 
The  major  ideas  of  the  Rennaissance  and  Reformation. 

23.538  European  Intellectual  History,  1688-1815  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

The  broad  spectrum  of  eighteenth-century  thought  with  emphasis  on  scientific, 
religious,  and  political  ideas. 

23.539  European  Intellectual  History  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  main  currents  of  European  thought  considered  in  their  social  and  political 
context  from  Romanticism  to  the  present. 


HISTORY   /    167 

23.541  Europe,  1648-1789  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

Europe  from  the  end  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War  to  the  French  Revolution. 

23.542  Europe,  1789-1870  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

Europe  from  the  French  Revolution  to  the  Franco-Prussian  War  with  a  stress  on 
the  struggles  for  liberalism  and  nationalism. 

23.543  Europe,  1870-1914  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  background  of  World  War  I  with  an  emphasis  on  the  roles  of  nationalism, 
militarism,  imperialism,  and  the  European  alliance  system. 

23.544  Europe,  1914-1939  (2  q.h..  Group  II) 

Europe  from  World  War  I  to  World  War  II,  emphasizing  the  failures  of  peace- 
makers at  Versailles  and  the  subsequent  rise  of  aggressive  autocracies  in  Italy 
and  Germany. 

23.545  Europe  since  1939  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

World  War  II  and  its  aftermath  with  an  emphasis  on  the  Cold  War  and  attempts 
by  European  nations  to  unify  the  continent. 

23.548  England,  1603-1815  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

England  in  the  Stuart  and  Hanover  age  with  emphasis  on  the  victory  of  the 
parliamentary  institutions  over  the  monarchy. 

23.549  England  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  democratization  of  English  life  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries 
with  emphasis  on  changing  imperial  and  international  relations. 

23.552  English  Constitutional  History  to  1485  (2  q.h.,  Group  I) 

The  development  of  the  English  constitution  from  Anglo-Saxon  roots  to  the  com- 
ing of  the  Tudors,  with  attention  to  local  as  well  as  central  government. 

23.553  English  Constitutional  History  since  1485  (2  q.h..  Group  II) 

The  victory  of  Parliament  over  the  King  and  the  subsequent  democratization  of 
England's  governmental  institutions  and  processes. 

23.554  France  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

France  after  Napoleon  with  attention  to  continuing  attempts  by  the  French 
people  to  find  satisfactory  political  institutions. 

23.555  Germany  since  1815  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

An  analysis  of  the  role  of  nationalism  in  German  life  after  1815  with  emphasis 
on  unification,  militarism,  and  imperialism. 

23.556  Italy  since  1815  (2  q.h..  Group  II) 

The  unification  of  Italy,  the  attempt  to  establish  constitutional  monarchy,  the  rise 
of  fascism  after  World  War  I,  and  the  movement  toward  democratic  republican- 
ism after  World  War  II. 

23.557  Ireland  since  1800  (2  q.h..  Group  II) 

A  study  of  the  Irish  question  in  British  politics  from  the  Act  of  Union  to  the 
establishment  of  the  Free  State. 


168  /   HISTORY 

23.558  European  Economy  and  Society  to  1750  (4  q.h.,  Group  I) 

A  topical   survey  of   European  economic  and   social  development  in  the  pre- 
industrial  period. 

23.559  European  Economy  and  Society  since  1750  (4  q.h.,  Group  11) 

A  topical  survey  of  European  economic  and  social  development  from  the  begin- 
nings of  industrialization  to  the  present. 

23.561  Colonial  American  to  1689  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

The  exploration  and  settlement  of  North  America  with  emphasis  on  the  estab- 
lishment of  political,  social,  and  economic  institutions. 

23.562  Colonial  America,  1689-1763  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 

North  America  in  an  age  of  international  rivalry  for  the  continent. 

23.563  American  Revolution  and  Constitution  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 
America's  quest  for  independence  from  England  and  the  efforts  to  establish 
governments  in  the  new  republic. 

23.564  American  Constitutional  History,  1789-1900  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 
Selected  topics  in  the  development  of  the  American  Constitution  with  primary 
emphasis  on  federalism  and  the  relations  of  government  and  the  economy. 

23.565  American  Constitutional  History  since  1900  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 
Topics  include  the  conflict  between  the  liberal  and  conservative  attitudes  toward 
the  role  of  government  in  the  economy  and  the  role  of  the  Supreme  Court  in 
the  struggle  for  civil  liberties  and  rights. 

23.566  United  States  since  1945  (4  q.h.,  Group  III) 

The  American  people  from  the  close  of  World  War  II  to  the  present. 

23.567  American  Diplomatic  History  (  2  q.h..  Group  III) 

Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American  foreign  relations  and  policy  since 
1789. 

23.568  American  Social  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
Selected  topics  in  the  life  of  the  American  people  since  1789. 

23.569  American  Economic  History  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 

Selected  topics  in  the  development  of  the  capitalist  economy  in  America  since 
1789  with  attention  to  the  role  of  government. 

23.571     American  Urban  History  (2  q.h..  Group  III) 

The  development  of  urban  society  in  the  United  States  since  1800. 

23.574     Afro-American  History  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 

The  history  of  the  Afro-American  from  colonial  times  to  the  present. 

23.577     The  Age  of  Roosevelt  (2  q.h.,  Group  III) 
America  in  the  era  of  the  Great  Depression  and  World  War  II. 

23.581      Latin  America  to  1826  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

The  fusing  of  Indian,  Iberian,  and  Negro  cultures  in  Latin  America  and  the  quest 

for  political  independence. 


HISTORY   /    169 

23.582  Utin  America,  1826-1920  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  attempts  by  Latin  Americans  to  establish  stable  societies  and  democratic 
governments. 

23.583  Contemporary  Latin  America  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  struggles  of  Latin  Americans  for  political,  economic,  and  social  development 
since  1920. 

23.584  The  Far  East  to  1850  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  history  of  China  and  Japan  prior  to  their  opening  by  the  West  in  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century. 

28.585  China  since  1850  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

A  century  of  China's  history  with  emphasis  on  the  western  impact  on  Chinese 
civilization,  China's  struggle  to  maintain  independence,  and  the  victory  of  com- 
munism in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.586  Japan  since  1850  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

An  analysis  of  Japanese  domestic  developments  and  foreign  relations  since  the 
mid-nineteenth  century. 

23.588  Africa  to  1885  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

African  prehistory;  the  evolution  of  African  government  and  society;  the  dy- 
namics of  Afro-European  contact  before  1885. 

23.589  Africa  since  1885  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

The  European  impact  on  Africa;  the  rise  of  African  nationalism;  the  emergence 
of  independent  African  states. 

23.591  Modern  Middle  East  (2  q.h.,  Group  IV) 

The  Middle  East  since  1914  with  attention  to  Zionism,  Pan  Arabism,  the  effects 
of  two  world  wars,  and  the  postwar  settlements. 

23.592  India  and  Pakistan  (2  q.h..  Group  IV) 

The  political  and  religious  history  of  the  peoples  who  formed  India  and 
Pakistan  with  an  account  of  internal  developments  and  foreign  relations  since 
independence. 

23.593  Southeast  Asia  (4  q.h..  Group  IV) 

The  cultures  of  the  peoples  of  Southeast  Asia  with  an  examination  of  the  impact 
of  European  nations  upon  them  and  an  account  of  their  quests  for  national 
identity  and  economic  development. 

23.594  Russia,  1450-1801  (2  q.h..  Group  I) 

The  emergence  of  Russia  as  a  recognized  European  power  with  an  account  of 
westernization  and  expansion  in  the  eighteenth  century. 

23.595  Russia,  1801-1917  (2  q.h.,  Group  II) 

The  history  of  the  Russian  people  and  their  government  from  the  days  of  Czar 
Alexander  I  to  the  revolutions  of  1917. 


170  /   PHILOSOPHY 

23.596  Russia  since  1917  (2  q.h.,  Group  I!) 

The  revolutions  of  1917  and  the  subsequent  history  of  the  Russian  people  and 
their  government  with  special  emphasis  on  foreign  relations. 

23.597  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  approval  of  Dean. 

23.598  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  23.597. 

23.599  Honors  Program  III  (  4  q.h.) 
Prereq.  23.598. 

26-PHILOSOPHY 

Consultant:   Prof.  W.  L.  Fogg,  Chairman,  Philosophy  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

26.501  Introduction  to  Philosophy  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  aims,  functions,  and  methods  of  philosophy  by  means  of 
a  systematic  study  of  one  or  two  philosophers.  Questions  in  ethics  and  moral 
philosophy  stressed  in  the  latter  part  of  the  quarter. 

26.502  Introduction  to  Philosophy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  some  of  the  major  conceptions  of  the  meaning  of  human  exist- 
ence, the  nature  of  human  knowledge,  and  the  nature  and  existence  of  God. 

26.503  Introduction  to  Philosophy  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  some  of  the  central  views  of  the  aims,  structure,  and  functions  of 
society.  One  other  area  in  philosophy  will  be  discussed  in  the  latter  half  of  this 
quarter. 

26.510     Introduction  to  Philosophy  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  aims,  functions,  and  methods  of  philosophy  in  com- 
parison with  other  areas  of  human  knowledge  and  valuation.  Inquiry  into  the 
nature  of  morality,  kinds  of  moral  judgments,  and  types  of  ethical  theories 
with  particular  attention  to  their  application  to  moral  issues  of  our  day.  Com- 
parison of  major  conceptions  of  the  ultimate  meaning  of  human  existence,  the 
nature  of  mind,  freedom,  and  God.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  26.501, 
26.502,  26.503,  or  equiV. 

26.504  The  Greek  and  Roman  Philosophers  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  western  thought  from  the  seventh  century  B.C.  until  the  time 
of  Christ  with  emphasis  upon  Plato,  Aristotle,  and  the  Stoics. 

26.505  The  Ages  of  Belief  and  Adventure  (2  q.h.) 

The  leading  philosophers  of  the  early  Christian,  Medieval,  and  Renaissance 
periods  with  particular  attention  to  St.  Augustine,  St.  Thomas,  Francis  Bacon, 
and  Thomas  Hobbes.      Prereq.  26.504  or  equ/V. 

26.506  The  Ages  of  Reason  and  Enlightenment  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophy  in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  with  emphasis  upon 
Descartes,  Spinoza,  Locke,  Hume,  and  Kant.      Prereq.  26.505  or  equiv. 


I 


PHILOSOPHY   /   171 

26.507  Philosophy  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophic  trends  in  the  nineteenth  century  considered  as  background  for  the 
understanding  of  ideas  influential  in  the  twentieth  century.  Prereq.  26.503, 
26.506  or  equiv. 

26.508  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  the  major  contemporary  philosophic  trends  as  represented  by 
logical  positivism,  analytic  philosophy,  and  existentialism.  Prereq.  26.507  or 
equiv. 

26.509  Major  Thinkers  of  our  Time  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  study  of  two  or  three  philosophers,  representative  of  which  would 
be  Austin,  Ayer,  Carnap,  Dewey,  Lewis,  Maritain,  Moore,  Sartre,  or  Whitehead. 
Prereq.  26.508  or  equiv. 

26.511  Philosophy  of  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  of  art  and  the  experience  of  beauty. 

26.512  Philosophy  of  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theories  concerning  art  and  aesthetic  experience  such  as  those  of  Plato,  Aris- 
totle, Tolstoy,  Santayana,  Dewey,  and  Cassirer.      Prereq.  26.511  or  equiv. 

26.513  Philosophy  of  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  problems  of  artistic  taste,  standards  of  criticism,  and  the  ob- 
jectivity of  artistic  judgments.  Concludes  with  a  discussion  of  the  arts,  the 
artist,  and  society.      Prereq.  26.512  or  equiv. 

26.521  Philosophy  of  Religion  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  religious  experience  and  beliefs  about  the  nature  of  God. 

26.522  Philosophy  of  Religion  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  origins,  nature,  and  functions  of  religion.      Prereq.  26.521  or  equiv. 

26.523  Philosophy  of  Religion  III  (2  q.h.) 

Intensive  study  of  some  of  the  major  problems  such  as  natural  and  moral  evil, 
the  soul,  immortality,  miracles,  and  religious  knowledge.  Prereq.  26.522  or 
equiv. 

26.524  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  eastern  primitive  religions  and  their  subsequent  evolution 
into  the  sophisticated  forms  of  the  contemporary  eastern  religions. 

26.525  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Egyptian  and  Babylonian  religions,  Confucianism,  and  Taoism.  Prereq. 
26.524  or  equiv. 

26.526  The  Great  Eastern  Religions  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  and  Shintoism.      Prereq.  26.525  or  equiv. 

26.527  The  Great  Western  Religions  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  western  primitive  religions  and  their  subsequent  evolution 
into  the  sophisticated  forms  of  the  contemporary  western  religions. 


172   /    PHILOSOPHY 

26.528  The  Great  Western  Religions  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Zoroastrianism,  Judaism,  and  Christianity.      Prereq.  26.527  or  equiv. 

26.529  The  Great  Western  Religions  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  religion  of  Islam,  contemporary  religious  sects,  and  religious 
phenomena.      Prereq.  26.528  or  equiv. 

26.531  Ethics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  moral  problems  such  as  egoism  and  altruism,  good  and  evil, 
conscience,  obligation,  and  human  freedom. 

26.532  Ethics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Critical  discussion  of  some  of  the  major  ethical  theories  and  the  implications 
of  modern  psychological  and  sociological  theories  about  man  and  society. 
Prereq.  26.531  or  equiv. 

26.533  Ethics  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  relations  of  ethical  theory  and  morality  to  religion,  social  philosophy,  art, 
and  science.      Prereq.  26.532  or  equiv. 

26.534  Logic  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  upon  logic  as  a  practical  discipline  which  enables  the  student  to 
analyze  types  of  arguments  and  to  detect  fallacies  in  arguments. 

26.541  Social  Philosophy  I  (2  q.h.) 

Critical  examination  of  the  leading  socio-political  ideologies  in  regard  to  their 
conceptions  of  the  character,  structure,  and  function  of  society.  Plato  and 
Aristotle  emphasized. 

26.542  Social  Philosophy  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  26.541  with  emphasis  upon  Hobbes,  Locke,  Hegel,  and  Mill. 
Prereq.  26.541  or  equiv. 

26.543  Social  Philosophy  III  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  upon  Marxism,  contemporary  communism,  fascism,  capitalism,  and 
contemporary  social  ideologies.      Prereq.  26.542  or  equiv. 

26.551  The  Existentialist  Revolt  (2  q.h.) 

Sources  of  existentialism  in  the  Western  tradition  with  emphasis  upon  Kierke- 
gaard and  Nietzsche. 

26.552  The  Existentialist  Challenge  (2  q.h.) 

The  existential  view  of  man  and  his  world  with  emphasis  upon  Heidegger,  Sartre, 
and  the  religious  existentialists — Marcel,  Tillich,  and  Buber.  Prereq.  26.551 
or  equiv. 

26.553  Existentialism  Appraised  (2  q.h.) 

Contemporary  assessments  of  the  existentialism  movement,  its  meaning, 
significance,  and  truth.      Prereq.  26.552  or  equiv. 


FINE  ARTS   /   173 

27-FINE  ARTS 

Consultant:   Prof.  R.  L.  Wells,  Chairman,  Art  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

27.501      Introduction  to  the  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  techniques  and  meanings  of  various  artistic  expressions  in 

painting,  sculpture,  drawing,  architecture,  and  graphic  arts. 

27.504  History  of  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  end  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

27.505  History  of  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  art  from  the  end  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  the  late  sixteenth 
century.      Prereq.  27.504. 

27.506  History  of  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  Western  Art  from  the  late  sixteenth  century  to  the  twentieth  century. 
Prereq.  27.505. 

27.507  Ancient  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 

Developments  in  the  builder's  art  from   prehistoric  times  to  the  end  of  the 
Classical  Era. 

27.508  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  architecture  from  the  Early  Christian  Period  through  the  Renaissance. 

27.509  European  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 

Seventeenth-  eighteenth-  and  nineteenth-century  architecture. 

27.510  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculptrue  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  art  from  prehistoric  period  through  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia. 

27.511  Ancient  Painting  and  Sculpture  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  art  from  Crete  through  Greece  and  Rome. 

27.512  Medieval  Painting  and  Sculpture  (2  q.h.) 

Early  Christian  era;  Byzantine,  Romanesque,  and  Gothic  art. 

27.513  Italian  Renaissance  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

A   study   of    Italian    painting   and    sculpture   of  the   fourteenth    and    fifteenth 
centuries. 

27.514  European  Painting  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  painting  from  the  late  sixteenth  century  to  the  middle  of  the 
nineteenth  century  in  Northern  and  Western  Europe. 

27.515  Modern  Painting  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  painting  from  late  nineteenth  century  through  the  Cubist 

movement. 

27.516  Modern  Painting  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  painting  from  the  surrealist  movement  to  abstract  expres- 
sionism. 


174  /   FINE  ARTS 

27.517  Modern  Painting  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  contemporary  trends  in  painting  in  tlie  United  States  and  Europe. 

27.518  Twentieth-Century  American  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 
Study  of  architecture  from  Richardson  to  the  present. 

27.519  Twentieth-Century  European  Architecture  (2  q.h.) 
Study  of  architecture  from  Le  Corbusier  to  the  present. 

27.520  Italian  Renaissance  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  Italian  painting  and  sculpture  of  the  sixteenth  century  to  early  seven- 
teenth century. 

27.521  Spanish  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Spanish  art  and  painting  from  the  Gothic  to  the  nineteenth  century. 

27.522  French  Painting  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  French  painting  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

27.523  English  Art  (2  q.h.) 

English  art  from  the  Gothic  to  the  nineteenth  century. 

27.524  American  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  American  architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting  from  Colonial 
times  to  the  War  of  Independence. 

27.525  American  Art  M  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  American  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  the 
Revolution  to  the  Civil  War.      Prereq.  27.524  or  equ/v. 

27.526  American  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  American  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  the 
Civil  War  to  the  present.      Prereq.  27.525  or  equ/v. 

27.531  Oriental  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

The   prehistoric   arts   of  Asia;   the   Chinese   ritual   bronzes;   and   international 
Buddhist  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture. 

27.532  Oriental  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  national  Indian  styles  of  sculpture  and  architecture,  and  traditional  Chinese 
painting.      Prereq.  27.531  or  equ/v. 

27.533  Oriental  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  Chinese  art  of  pottery  and  the  painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  of  Japan 
and  Korea.     Prereq.  27.532  or  equ/v. 

27.534  Russian  Art  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  Russian  art  from  ancient  Russia  to  the  present. 

27.535  African  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Various  stylistic  characteristics  of  sculpture  and  other  artistic  expressions  of 
the  major  cultures  of  Africa  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  twentieth  century. 


FINE  ARTS   /    175 

27.536  Latin  American  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Pre-Columbian    and    post-Columbian    art   forms    of    Latin    America,    including 
architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  the  decorative  arts. 

27.537  Buddhist  Art  (2  q.h.) 

Course  traces  the  origins  of  Buddhist  art  forms  in  sculpture,  architecture,  and 
painting  and  their  subsequent  evolution  into  an  international  style. 

27.538  Chinese  Painting  (2  q.h.) 

A  history  of  the  Chinese  art  of  painting  from  its  inception  up  to  the  twentieth 
century. 

27.539  Japanese  Art  (2  q.h.) 

The  arts  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  Japan. 

27.540  Free-hand  Drawing  (3  q.h.) 

An  elementary  course  in  drawing.  (Does  not  fulfill  the  drawing  requirement  for 
the  studio  art  major.) 

27.541  Drawing  I  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  and  development  of  drawing  in  pencil  and  pen  and 
ink,  with  concentration  on  basic  drawing  problems. 

27.542  Drawing  II  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  techniques  of  wash  drawing,  scratch  board  drawing,  and  mixgd 
medias.      Prereq.  27.541  or  equiv. 

27.543  Drawing  III  (3  q.h.) 

Study  of  human  anatomy  and  the  practice  of  figure  drawing  and  composition. 
Prereq.  27.542  or  equiv. 

27.544  Graphic  Arts  I  (3  q.h.) 

Creative  expression  in  various  graphic  art  medias  such  as  woodcuts. 

27.545  Graphic  Arts  II  (3  q.h.) 

Execution  of  prints  in  various  medias  and  the  printing  process. 

27.546  Graphic  Arts  III  (3  q.h.) 

Execution  of  more  advanced  print  making  with  various  graphic  media. 

27.547  European  Graphic  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

History  of  graphic  arts  from  the  Medieval  period  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Development  of  engraving,  etching,  woodcuts,  and  lithography. 

27.551  Painting — Basic  Level  I  (3  q.h.) 

Practice  and  creative  expression  in  the  technical  fundamentals  of  figure  and 
landscape  painting. 

27.552  Painting — Basic  Level  II  (3  q.h.) 

Creative  expression   in   advance  painting  problems  of  figure  study.     Prereq. 
27.551  or  equiv. 


176   /    FINE  ARTS 

27.553  Painting — Basic  Level  Ml  (3  q.h.) 

Creative  expression   in  advanced   painting  problems   in  composition.      Prereq. 
27.552  or  equ/v. 

27.554  Painting — Advanced  Level  I  (3  q.h.) 

Painting   with    concentration    upon    the    development   of   personal    expression 
and  style. 

27.555  Painting — Advanced  Level  li  (3  q.h.) 

Painting  with  concentration  upon  the  development  of  personal  style  and  the 
execution  of  various  painting  problems. 

27.556  Painting— Advanced  Level  III  (3  q.h.) 
Development  of  style  and  experimentation  with  various  medias. 

27.561  Basic  Color  and  Design  I  (3  q.h.) 

Study  and  practice  of  the  principles  of  design  and  science  of  color. 

27.562  Basic  Color  and  Design  II  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  study  in  science  of  color.      Prereq.  27.561  or  equ/v. 

27.563  Basic  Color  and  Design  III  (3  q.h.) 
Advanced  problems  in  design.      Prereq.  27.562  or  equ/v. 

27.564  Advanced  Color  and  Design  (3  q.h.) 
Creative  expression  in  various  color  and  design  problems. 

27.571  Basic  Commercial  Design  I  (3  q.h.) 

Study  and  creative  work  in  layout,  illustration,  advertising,  and  typography. 

27.572  Basic  Commercial  Design  II  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  commercial  design  problems.      Prereq.  27.571  or  equ/V. 

27.573  Basic  Commercial  Design  III  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  commercial  design  problems.     Prereq.  27.572  or  equ/v. 

27.574  Advanced  Commercial  Design  (3  q.h.) 
Creative  problems  in  illustration  design. 

27.577  Stained  Glass  Design  I  (3  q.h.) 
History  of  the  art  and  craft  of  stained  glass. 

27.578  Stained  Glass  Design  II  (3  q.h.) 

Stained   glass   execution   with    creative   problems.     Prereq.   27.577   or  equ/V. 

27.579  Stained  Glass  Design  III  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  stained  glass  execution  with  creative  problems.     Prereq.  27.578  or 
equ/V. 

27.587     History  of  Photography  I  (2  q.h.) 

Early  developments  in  photography  from  ancient  times  to  the  daguerreotype. 


MUSIC   /   177 

27.588  History  of  Photography  II  (2  q.h.) 

Developments  of  modern  photography  from  the  work  of  Stieglitz  to  the  present. 
Prereq.  27.587  or  equiv. 

27.589  History  of  Photography  111  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  styles  in  contemporary  photography  with  emphasis  on  major  modern 
photographs.      Prereq.  27.588  or  equiv. 

27.591      Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Specific  techniques,  problems,  and  theories  in  art.  Students  will  be  responsible 

for  research  projects  and  papers. 

27.542     New  York  Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Study  and  inspection  of  the  painting  collections  in  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of 

Art,  Frick  Collection,  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  and  the  Guggenheim  Museum. 

27.594     European  Art  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  four-week  study  and  travel  seminar  through  major  European  art  centers,  with 

emphasis  on  the  major  works  of  art  in  each. 

27.597  History  and  Technique  of  Film  Art  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  development  of  film  art  in  Europe  and  America  from  its  origins 
to  1945. 

27.598  History  and  Technique  of  Film  Art  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  development  of  film  art  in  the  United  States  and  Europe  ff-om 
1945  to  the  present.      Prereq.  27.597. 

27.599  History  and  Techniques  of  Film  Art  III  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  films  by  major  contemporary  directors.      Prereq.  27.598. 

27.600  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.  h.)     Prereq.  approval  of  the  Dean. 

27.601  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.)      Prereq.  27.600. 

27.602  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.)     Prereq.  27.601. 

28-MUSIC 

Consultant:   Prof.  R.  L.  Nadeau,  Chairman,  Music  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

28.501     Introduction  to  Music  (2  q.h.) 

The  principal  concern  is  to  teach  the  student  a  technique  for  listening  actively 
to  music.  The  course  surveys  and  analyzes  works  by  J.  S.  Bach,  Mozart, 
Beethoven,  Wagner,  Stravinsky,  and  others. 

28.503     Women  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  in  depth  of  the  historical  role  of  women  in  music;  woman  as  composer, 

performer,  patron,  inspiration. 

28.507     Fundamentals  of  Music  I  (for  non-majors)  (2  q.h.) 
A  course  for  beginners  who  are  not  music  majors.  The  development  of  music 
reading  aind  hearing  skills.  Simple  notation  of  pitch  and  rhythm.  Scales,  inter- 
vals, chords. 


178  /   MUSIC 

28.508  Fundamentals  of  Music  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.507.  New  students  admitted  upon  examination.  Dic- 
tation, part-singing,  and  sight-singing.  Beginning  instrumental  studies  in 
recorder.     Prereq.  28.507  or  equiv. 

28.509  Fundamentals  of  Music  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.508.  New  students  admitted  upon  examination. 
Major,  minor,  and  modal  melodies.  Seventh-chord  symbols.  Voice  leading, 
cadences.  Chorale  analysis.  Continuation  of  instrumental  studies  on  recorder. 
Prereq.  28.508  or  equiv. 

28.511  History  of  Music  (2  q.h.) 

The  men,  ideas,  and  events  that  have  dominated  music  history  from  ancient 
times  through  the  Renaissance,  Baroque,  Classical,  and  Romantic  eras  to  our 
own  day. 

28.512  Music  before  1750  (2  q.h.) 

The  evolution  of  music  from  the  Gregorian  chant  to  Bach.  Discussion  of 
organum,  the  church  modes,  the  music  of  the  troubadours,  the  motets  and 
madrigals  of  des  Prez,  Lassus,  and  Paiestrina,  as  well  as  the  English  madrigal- 
ists,  concluding  with  Handel,  Scarlatti,  and  Bach. 

28.513  Music  of  the  Classical  Era  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  period  in  music  history  extending  from  Bach  to  Beethoven 
characterized  by  the  perfection  of  great  forms  such  as  the  symphony  and  the 
concerto. 

28.514  Aspects  of  Romantic  Music  (2  q.h.) 

Musical  styles  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Classicism  and  Romanticism.  A 
detailed  study  of  romantic  realism  (program  music)  and  romantic  idealism 
(personal  expression)  that  followed  Beethoven. 

28.515  Contemporary  Music  (2  q.h.) 

Contemporary  music  and  its  techniques  seen  as  a  mirror  of  our  time.  Major 
composers  studied  include  Stravinsky,  Debussy,  Ravel,  Bartok,  Prokofiev,  Hinde- 
mith,  Milhaud,  and  Schoenberg. 

28.517     Music  as  The  Expression  of  Man  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  and  philosophical  view  of  music  in  Western  culture  covering  the  fol- 
lowing: aspects  of  social  relevance;  compositional  style  in  various  periods;  and 
important  themes,  (war  and  peace,  love  and  rejection,  etc.)  examined  in  a  musi- 
cal context.  When  pertinent,  related  concepts  from  the  fine  arts  and  from  phil- 
osophy will  be  explored.  Line  performance,  recordings,  and  audio-visual  media 
will  be  used, 

28.520  Musical  Forms  (2  q.h.) 

The  fugue,  the  sonata,  theme  and  variations,  rondo,  the  lied;  analysis  of  the 
symphony,  the  string  quartet,  the  opera,  and  the  tone  poem. 

28.521  The  Symphony  (2  q.h.) 

A  thorough  study  of  the  symphonies  of  Haydn,  Mozart,  Beethoven,  Berlioz, 
Brahms,  Dvorak,  and  Tchaikovsky. 


MUSIC   /   179 

28.522  The  Concerto  (2  q.h.) 

The  evolution  of  the  concerto  from  its  origins  in  the  Baroque  period  to  its  use 
in  our  time.  Concertos  for  every  instrument  are  studied,  including  piano,  cello, 
violin,  horn,  organ,  and  bassoon. 

28.523  Great  Literature  for  the  Piano  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  pianoforte  music  written  in  the  nineteenth  and  early  twentieth 
centuries  by  masters  such  as  Beethoven,  Chopin,  Schumann,  Liszt,  Debussy, 
and  Ravel. 

28.524  The  World  of  Opera  (2  q.h.) 

Distinctions  will  be  made  between  music  drama  and  the  number  opera.  Students 
will  be  required  to  acquire  librettos.  Aria,  recitative,  ensemble,  and  other  basic 
elements  of  opera  will  be  isolated  and  discussed. 

28.526  Jazz:  Evolution  and  Essence  (2  q.h.) 

The  many  roots  of  jazz  and  its  development  from  the  worksong  and  the  vocal 
blues  to  the  avant-garde  experiments  of  today.  Contributions  of  the  major 
performers:  soloists,  arrangers,  composers.  The  problems  of  "on-the-spot" 
creativity  and  personal  expression.  The  "beat."  Multiplicity  of  accent. 

28.527  Pianoforte  Master  Class  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  will  offer  an  opportunity  for  advance  study  of  the  piano  repertoire 
and  will  focus  attention  on  the  techniques  and  styles  required  to  give  an  artistic 
performance  of  the  repertoire  covered. 

28.528  Ear  Training  I  (for  music  majors)  (2  q.h.) 

Rhythmic  articulation.  Solmization  studies  in  major  keys;  G  and  F  Clef.  Con- 
ductor's beat  patterns  in  simple  meter.  Rhythmic  and  melodic  dictation  in 
major  keys.  Interval  studies. 

28.529  Ear  Training  11  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.528.  Solmization  studies  in  major  keys  with  chro- 
matics, and  in  minor  keys:  G,  F,  and  C  clef.  Conductor's  beat  patterns  in  simple 
and  compound  meter.  Melodic  dictation  in  major  and  minor  keys.  Harmonic  dic- 
tation, interval  studies.      Prereq.  28.528  or  equiv. 

28.530  Ear  Training  Ml  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  course  28.529.  Advanced  rhythmic,  melodic,  and  harmonic  dic- 
tation. Sight  singing  of  one-  and  two-part  melodies  in  major  and  minor  keys, 
with  chromatics.  Modulation.  Singing  in  4  parts.  Advanced  interval  studies. 
Prereq.  28.529  or  equiv. 

28.531  Life  and  Works  of  J.  S.  Bach  (2  q.h.) 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  music  and  background  of  J.  S.  Bach  with  four 
areas  of  concentration:  Bach  and  the  figured  bass;  the  young  Bach  (Baroque 
Romanticism);  Bach,  the  churchman;  Bach,  the  secular  composer. 

28.532  Life  and  Works  of  Mozart  (2  q.h.) 

Mozart's  mastery  in  all  fields  of  music  with  particular  emphasis  on  his  develop- 
ment of  the  symphony  and  his  achievements  in  opera.  The  man,  as  seen 
through  his  letters,  as  performer  and  composer. 


180   /   MUSIC 

28.533     Life  and  Works  of  Beethoven  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  complex  personality  and  art  of  this  supreme  musical  genius. 
His  relation  to  the  turbulent  times  in  which  he  lived;  his  role  as  the  great  transi- 
tion figure  in  the  passage  from  classicism  to  romanticism.  His  psychological 
and  aesthetic  growth  will  be  observed  by  studying  similar  forms  written  in 
different  periods  of  his  life. 

28.540  The  Black  Artist  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

General  survey  of  Afro-American  music  in  the  U.S.  traced  from  its  origins  in 
Africa  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on  jazz,  its  history,  and  an  analysis  of  the  con- 
tributions of  major  innovative  figures.  Sources  and  origins  of  jazz,  as  well  as 
their  contemporary  extensions  will  be  studied.  Intended  to  introduce  the  student 
to  the  vast  and  rich  expanses  of  black  musical  culture,  both  from  a  musical 
and  a  socio-historical  standpoint. 

28.541  Nationalism  in  Music  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  of  folk  song,  dance,  and  art  to  symphonic  literature;  nationalistic 
elements  in  the  music  of  Dvorak,  Tchaikovsky,  Grieg,  Copland,  Shostakovich, 
Sibelius;  the  effect  of  ideology  on  composers;  the  Soviet  composers. 

28.542  Music  of  the  U.  S.  A.  (2  q.h.) 

American  music  from  the  colonial  times  to  the  present,  influence  of  Stravinsky 
and  Schoenberg  on  American  composers,  music  for  the  theater,  jazz,  electronic 
music,  and  contemporary  musical  trends. 

28.569     London  Music  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

The  purpose  of  this  seminar  is  to  give  the  student  an  opportunity  to  study  first- 
hand some  of  Europe's  outstanding  music  productions  under  the  guidance  of 
qualified  faculty.  No  special  preparation  is  required.  Typical  field  trips  would 
be  to  the  B.B.C.  Symphony  Orchestra,  Royal  Festival  Hall,  Hazelmere, 
and  Glynabourne. 

28.571  Piano  Class  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  music  and  interval  identification.  Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands 
separate.  Ear  training  through  keyboard  harmony  and  some  emphasis  on  en- 
semble playing.  Repertoire  requirements;  early  Mozart  minuets,  etc. 

28.572  Piano  Class  II  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands  together.  Primary  triads  in  some  major  and  minor 
keys  for  improvisation  and  ear  playing.  Sight  playing  and  some  duet  perform- 
ances. Repertoire:  Anna  Magdelena.  Notebook  by  J.  S.  Bach. 

28.573  Piano  Class  III  (2  q.h.) 

Scales  and  arpeggios,  hands  together  (2  octaves).  Primary  triads  in  all  keys 
adding  secondary  triads  in  some  keys.  Transposition  of  simple  tunes,  including 
The  National  Anthem,  using  own  accompaniment  in  all  keys.  Sight  playing, 
Diller — Quaille  Book  II,  Repertoire:  Complete  Oxford  Piano  Course. 

28.574  Orchestral  Instrument  Class  I  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  problems  involved  in  the  performance  of  chamber  music  literature;  in- 
tonation, rhythm,  balance,  and  style. 


MUSIC   /   181 

28.575  Orchestral  Instrument  Class  II  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  study  of  chamber  music  literature;  emphasis  on  historical  investigation 
and  stylistic  analysis. 

28.576  Orchestral  Instrument  Class  III  (2  q.h.) 

Performance  and  critical  discussion  of  chamber  music  literature  from  all  periods, 
culminating  in  an  informal  concert  for  invited  guests  and  friends. 

28.577  Voice  Culture  I  (2  q.h.) 

Blending  with  other  voices.  Elementary  music  reading.  Singing  at  choral  litera- 
ture. Activity  and  performance  with  N.U.  Chorus. 

28.578  Voice  Culture  II  (2  q.h.) 

Intermediate  reading  skills.  Conducting.  Smaller  choral  ensemble  literature. 
Activity  and  performance  with  N.U.  Chorus.      Prereq.  28.577  or  equ/v. 

28.579  Voice  Culture  III  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  of  Choral  Literature.  Activity  and  performance  with  N.U.  Chamber  Group 
and  Chorus.     Prereq.  28.578  or  equ/V. 

28.590     Directed  Study  (2  q.h.) 

Independent  work  under  the  direction  of  the  department  upon  a  chosen  topic. 
Limited  to  qualified  students  with  approval  of  department  chairman.  Prereq. 
Dept.  approval. 

28.595  Opera  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

An  historical  survey  of  opera.  Students  will  attend  performances  of  several 
operas  and  write  critical  reviews. 

28.596  Tanglewood  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  Tanglewood  as  a  performing  and  educational  center.  Students  will 
attend  and  discuss  performances  by  the  Boston  Symphony  Orchestra  at 
Tanglewood  and  write  critical  reviews. 

28.597  Symphony  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

An  historical  survey  and  analytic  study  of  the  symphony  orchestra.  Students 
will  attend  performances  of  several  different  symphony  orchestras  and  write 
critical  reviews. 

28.598  Musical  Comedy  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

An  historical  survey  and  analytic  study  of  musical  shows.  Students  will  attend 
performances  and  write  critical  reviews. 

28.599  Theory  I — Tonal  Techniques  A  (for  music  majors)  (2  q.h.) 
Fundamentals.  Pitch  and  rhythmic  notation,  scales,  intervals,  chord  construc- 
tion. Basic  ear  training;  melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation. 

28.600  Theory  II — Tonal  Techniques  B  (2  q.h.) 

Chord  progression.  Realization  of  figured  bass,  voice  leading,  harmonic  rhythm. 
Non-harmonic  tones.  Melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation.  Prereq.  28.599  or  equ/v. 
or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  reg/strat/on. 


I 


182  /   MUSIC 

28.601  Theory  III — Eighteenth-Century  Harmonic  Practice  (2  q.h.) 

Choral  analysis.  Seventh  chords,  secondary  dominants,  modulation.  Melodic 
and  rhythmic  dictation.  Prereq.  28.600  or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor 
prior  to  registration. 

28.602  Music  History  I  (for  music  majors)  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  monody  and  of  polyphonic  music  from  its  beginning  to 
about  1600;  developments  in  musical  style  from  Monteverdi  to  Corelli. 

28.603  Music  History  II  (2  q.h.) 

Developments  in  musical  style  from  Handel,  Bach,  and  Vivaldi  to  Mozart,  Haydn, 
and  early  Beethoven.  Prereq.  28.602  or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior 
to  reg/strat/on. 

28.604  Music  History  III  (2  q.h.) 

Developments  in  musical  style  from  Beethoven  to  Boulez.  Prereq.  28.603  or 
equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.605  Theory  IV  (2  q.h.) 

Non-dominant  seventy's;  ninth,  eleventh,  and  thirteenth  chords.  Linear  em- 
bellishment of  harmony  and  harmonization  of  melody.  Keyboard  harmony. 
Melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation;  part  singing.  Prereq.  28.601  or  equiv.  or  con- 
sent of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.606  Theory  V  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  appropriate  period  forms  and  compositions.  Chromatic  and  other 
non-diatonic  harmony.  Advanced  modulation.  Keyboard  harmony.  Melodic- 
rhythmic  dictation  and  part  singing.  Prereq.  28.605  or  equiv.  or  consent  of 
instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.607  Theory  VI  (2  q.h.) 

Continuing  analysis  of  compositions  and  period  forms.  Modern  chord  symbols. 
Basic  principles  of  serial  writing.  Keyboard  harmony.  Melodic-rhythmic  dictation 
and  part  singing.  Prereq.  28.606  or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to 
registration. 

28.608  Contrapuntal  Technique  I  (for  music  majors)  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  sixteenth-century  counterpoint.     Prereq.  28.599  or  equiv. 

28.609  Contrapuntal  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  seventeenth-  and  eighteenth-century  counterpoint.  Prereq.  28.608 
or  equiv.  or  consent  of  instructor  prior  to  registration. 

28.610  Applied  Polyphonic  Techniques  (2  q.h.) 

Writing  of  polyphonic  forms,  such  as  motets,  canons,  inventions,  and  fugues. 
Prereq.  Instructor's  permission. 


29-SPEECH  AND  THEATRE  ARTS 

Consultant:  Prof.  E.  J.   Blackman,  Chairman,   Drama  and  Speech  Dept.  (L.A. 
College) 


SPEECH   AND  THEATRE  ARTS   /    183 

29.501  Effective  Speaking  I  (2  q.h.) 

Selection  and  organization  of  speech  materials,  essentials  of  good  platform 
delivery,  individual  and  class  criticism  of  both  prepared  and  impromptu  speeches. 
A  practical  course  devoted  to  developing  an  ability  to  speak  easily,  naturally, 
and  forcefully. 

29.502  Effective  Speaking  II  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  builds  upon  the  techniques  and  principles  developed  in  Effective 
Speaking  I  by  stressing  increased  student  proficiency.  Speech  organization  and 
delivery  of  more  complex  materials  with  which  the  student  is  likely  to  be  con- 
fronted in  business,  industry,  or  the  professions  will  be  studied.  Prereq. 
29.501. 

29.503  Effective  Speaking  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  individual  speaker  as  part  of  a  group.  The  role  of  discussion  in  problem 
analysis,  problem  solving,  and  policy  making.  The  principles  and  methods  of 
organizing  and  participating  in  group  discussions.  Parliamentary  procedure. 
Prereq.  29.502. 

29.504  Voice  and  Articulation  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  aimed  at  developing  the  speaking  voice;  special  emphasis 
on  articulation,  pitch  control,  vocal  variety,  and  flexibility;  basic  theory  of  the 
vocal  mechanism. 

29.505  Voice  and  Articulation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  science  of  speech  sounds,  investigation  of  regionalisms,  individual 
voice  development.     Prereq.  29.504. 

29.506  Oral  Interpretation  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  basic  vocal  techniques  to  the  dramatic  interpretation  of  various 
forms  of  literature. 

29.507  Business  and  Professional  Speaking  (2  q.h.) 

Practice  in  the  organization  and  presentation  of  material  to  fit  varying  audiences. 
Emphasis  on  techniques  of  delivery  and  effective  presentation  of  ideas. 

29.508  Argumentation  and  Discussion  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  basic  concepts  of  argumentation 
(evidence,  research,  refutation).  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  psychology  of  an 
audience  and  various  types  of  group  discussion. 

29.509  Parliamentary  Procedure  (2  q.h.) 

Methods  of  conducting  and  organizing  meetings.  Development  of  effective  lead- 
ership techniques.  Experience  in  chairing  a  meeting  and  applying  rules  of  order. 

29.511      Introduction  to  Theatre  Arts  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  aimed  at  developing  in  theatregoers  an  appreciation  of  the  total 
theatre  experience,  by  studying  the  roles  played  by  the  artists  and  crafts- 
men of  the  theatre  in  bringing  the  playwright's  script  to  life.  The  role  of  the 
director,  actors,  and  designers.  The  role  of  the  audience  as  critics. 


184  /  SPEECH  AND  THEATRE  ARTS 

29.521  Introduction  to  Dramatic  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  between  drama  as  literature  and  as  theatre.  Types  of  drama: 
comedy,  tragedy,  melodrama,  farce,  and  drawing-room  comedy.  The  dramatist's 
attitude  and  his  style:  Classicism,  Romanticism,  Realism,  Naturalism,  and 
Theatricalism. 

29.522  Masters  of  the  Theatre  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  plays  in  relationship  to  their  times,  the  theatres  in  which  they  were  per- 
formed, and  the  dramatic  theory  of  the  age.  An  examination  of  selected  plays 
from  the  Classical  Greek  and  Roman,  Medieval  Religious  and  Secular,  and 
Elizabethan  theatre. 

29.523  Masters  of  the  Theatre  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  art  of  the  Italian  commedia  dell'arte,  the  Neoclassic  theatre  of  Racine, 
Moliere,  and  Dryden,  the  Restoration  theatre,  and  the  plays  of  Goldsmith 
and  Sheridan. 

29.524  Modern  European  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  European  drama  of  the  late  nineteenth  century  and  of  the 
twentieth  century  reflecting  the  changing  views  toward  the  nature  of  man  and 
the  techniques  of  theatre. 

29.525  Modern  British  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

The  drama  of  England  and  Ireland  of  the  twentieth  century,  reflecting  the 
impact  of  modern  life  upon  modern  theatre. 

29.526  Modern  American  Drama  (2  q.h.) 

A  view  of  American  drama  from  1900  to  the  present  time.  The  American  play- 
write  reflecting  the  social,  philosophical,  and  psychological  temper. 

29.531      Contemporary  Film  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  world  film  from  the  days  of  Edison's  experiments  to  the  present. 

Evaluation  and  critical  review  of  representative  films.  Viewing  of  outstanding 

films. 

29.541  Workshop  for  the  Actor  I  (2  q.h.) 

Physical  preparation.  Basic  stage  movement  and  deportment;  the  control  of 
the  stage  voice;  the  analysis  and  establishment  of  characterization  through 
observation  and  awareness  of  the  body;  improvisations  and  short  scenes. 

29.542  Workshop  for  the  Actor  II  (2  q.h.) 

Psychological  preparation.  The  analysis  and  establishment  of  characterization 
through  memory,  emotion,  imagination,  and  recall.  Analysis  of  specific  roles, 
the  creation  of  a  character  analysis  book,   improvisations  and  short  scenes. 

29.543  Workshop  for  the  Actor  III  (2  q.h.) 

Preparing  and  performing  the  role.  The  physical  and  psychological  prepara- 
tion of  specific  roles.  Short  classroom  scenes;  the  presentation  of  a  one-act  play. 

29.561     Announcing  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  the  delivery  of  all  types  of  radio  commercials. 


ENGLISH    /    185 

29.562  Announcing  il  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  the  delivet7  of  prepared  as  well  as  ad  lib  materials  so 
that  the  announcer  may  strengthen  his  spontaneous  broadcast  speech  abilities. 
Prereq.  29.561. 

29.563  Announcing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  dealing  with  a  variety  of  ad  lib  program  types  in  both  radio  and  televi- 
sion to  aid  the  announcer  in  developing  his  ability  to  think  quickly  and  speak 
fluidly  and  dynamically.      Prereq.  29.562. 

29.595  Charles  Playhouse  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar  designed  to  teach  students  how  to  appreciate  the  experience  of 
theatre-going  through  pre-show  preparation  and  post-show  critique,  under  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member  as  well  as  Charles  Theatre  artistic  personnel. 

29.596  New  York  Theatre  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar  aimed  at  introducing  the  theatre  arts  to  students  by  varied  theatre 
going  experiences  as  well  as  formal  class  discussions  and  studying  the  role  of 
the  New  York  stage  in  shaping  contemporary  American  theatre. 

29.597  London  Theatre  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Examination  of  the  contemporary  London  theatre  scene  by  viewing  and  evalu- 
ating representative  productions. 

29.598  Stratford  Shakespeare  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  designed  to  give  students  an  opportunity  to  attend  four  performances 
at  the  Stratford  Festival  Theatre:  to  meet  with  Festival  actors,  directors,  de- 
signers; to  tour  the  theatre  plant;  and  to  evaluate  contemporary  Shakespearian 
productions. 

29.599  Creative  Dramatics 

Theories  and  methods  of  relating  the  creative  techniques  of  pantomime,  improv- 
isations, dramatization,  to  work  with  children's  programs  in  schools,  churches, 
recreation  facilities. 

29.600  Children's  Theatre 

Analysis  and  creation  of  dramatic  literature  for  children;  the  developing  of  a 
production  for  children. 


30-ENGLISH 

Consultant:   Prof.  P.  C.  Wermuth,  Chairman,  English  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Assoc.  Consu/tants;   Dean  H.  Vetstein  (L.A.  College) 
Prof.  M.  Lesser  (L.A.  College) 

Each  student  enrolled  in  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (30.601  and  30.603)  will 
take  a  Placement  Examination  during  class.  Some  students  may  be  requested 
to  register  for  Elements  of  Composition  (30.600)  a  2  q.h.  course  designed  to 
upgrade  the  student's  background. 

Courses  required  for  Liberal  Arts  Majors  are: 


186  /   ENGLISH 

30.601,  30.602     Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  &  II  (or  30.603  Intensive) 

and 
30.604,  30.605     Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  &  II  (or  30.606  Intensive) 
For  other  majors,  refer  to  English  requirement  listed  under  major. 

During  the  changeover  of  English  requirements,  the  following  will  apply: 

Students  who  have  successfully  completed: 

30.504  may  register  for  30.602 

30.505  may  register  for  30.604 
30.507  may  register  for  30.605 

30.501  English  for  International  Students  I  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Introduction  to  English  grammar  for  foreign-speaking  students  with  an  emphasis 
on  listening,  speaking,  and  writing;  selected  readings  and  exercises  to  strengthen 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation. 

30.502  English  for  International  Students  II  (2  c!.,  non-credit) 

A  continuation  of  30.501  emphasizing  the  preparation  of  written  and  oral 
reports,  and  business  and  social  correspondence. 

30.503  English  for  International  Students  III  (2  cl.,  non-credit) 

Advanced  work  in  written  and  spoken  English  preparatory  to  entering  30.504, 
English  I. 

30.511  Business  Writing  and  Reports  I  (2  q.h.) 

Developing  an  appropriate  vocabulary  and  a  business  letter-writing  philosophy. 

30.512  Business  Writing  and  Reports  II  (2  q.h.) 

Planning,  writing,  and  analyzing  effective  business  letters.  Prereq.  30.511  or 
equiv. 

30.513  Business  Writing  and  Reports  III  (2  q.h.) 

Researching,  organizing,  documenting,  and  writing  semi-technical  and  business 
reports.     Prereq.  30.512  or  equiv. 

30.514  Technical  Writing  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  types  of  technical  documentation,  memoranda,  and  technical 
reports.  Writing  of  reports.     Prereq.  30.506  or  equiv. 

30.515  Technical  Writing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Proposals,  technical  manuals,  and  graphic  aids  for  printed  documents  and 
presentations.      Prereq.  30.514  or  equiv. 

30.516  Technical  Writing  III  (2  q.h.) 

Technical  writing,  editing,  and  documentation,  including  information  retrieval, 
programmed  instruction,  and  reproduction  processes.      Prereq.  30.515  or  equiv. 

30.517  Intermediate  Writing  (2  q.h.) 

Practice  in  expository  and  imaginative  writing  in  a  variety  of  forms,  designed  to 
help  the  student  discover  his  own  style.  Individual  attention  to  the  student's 
work.      Prereq.  30.506,  30.602  or  equiv. 


ENGLISH   /   187 

30.518  Creative  Writing  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  workshop  in  writing  short  fiction.      Prereq.  30.517  or  equiv. 

30.519  Creative  Writing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  worl<shop  in  analyzing  and  editing  the  participants'  short  fiction.     Prereq. 
30.518  or  equiv. 

30.522  Introduction  to  Semantics  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  effect  of  language  habits  on  thinking  processes  and  on  social  relationships. 
Prereq.  30.506,  30.509,  or  equiv. 

30.523  introduction  to  Semantics  11  (2  q.h.) 

A  formulaic  examination  of  language.     Prereq.  30.522  or  equiv. 

30.525  The  English  Language  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  the  backgrounds  and  historical  develop- 
ment of  the  English  language.     Prereq.  30.506,  30.509  or  equiv. 

30.526  The  English  Language  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  sounds,  grammar,  and  usage.     Prereq.  30.525  or  equiv. 

30.527  The  English  Language  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  problem  of  meaning  and  the  symbolic  nature  of  language.     Prereq.  30.526 
or  equiv. 

30.531  Western  World  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  Classical  Age. 

30.532  Western  World  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  Bible  and  the  Middle  Ages. 

30.533  Western  World  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  Renaissance. 

30.534  Western  World  Literature  IV  (2  q.h.) 
The  Neoclassical  Age. 

30.535  Western  World  Literature  V  (2  q.h.) 
The  Enlightenment. 

30.536  Western  World  Literature  VI  (2  q.h.) 
The  Romantic  Age  and  the  rise  of  realism. 

30.541  English  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
From  early  English  to  1700. 

30.542  English  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 
From  Neoclassicism  to  Romanticism. 

30.543  English  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
From  the  Victorian  Age  to  the  present. 


188  /   ENGLISH 

30.544  American  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 
From  Colonial  times  to  Poe. 

30.545  American  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  American  Renaissance:  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  and  Whit- 
man. 

30.546  American  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 
From  1865  to  the  present. 

30.551  Chaucer  I  (2  q.h.) 

"The  Canterbury  Tales,"   with   attention   to   Middle   English   vocabulary,    his- 
torical setting,  and  the  rhythms  and  devices  of  Chaucer's  poetry. 

30.552  Chaucer  II  (2  q.h.) 

More  of  "The  Canterbury  Tales,"  and  a  beginning  in  the  text  of  "Troilus  and 
Criseyde."      Prereq.  30.551  or  equiv. 

30.553  Chaucer  III  (2  q.h.) 

An   emphasis  on    "Troilus  and   Criseyde,"   and   on   certain   shorter  works   of 
Chaucer.     Prereq.  30.552  or  equiv. 

30.554  Shakespeare  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  Elizabethan  theatre,  Shakespeare's  England,  and  the  pre-1600  plays. 

30.555  Shakespeare  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  "problematical"  comedies  and  the  histories.      Prereq.  30.554  or  equiv. 

30.556  Shakespeare  Ml  (2  q.h.) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  tragedies  of  Shakespeare.     Prereq.  30.555  or  equiv. 

30.557  The  Seventeenth  Century  (2  q.h.) 
The  literature  of  the  Restoration. 

30.558  The  Eighteenth  Century  I  (2  q.h.) 
The  age  of  Pope  and  Swift. 

30.559  The  Eighteenth  Century  II  (2  q.h.) 
The  age  of  Johnson. 

30.561  Spenser  (2  q.h.) 

"The   Faerie  Queene,"   studied   as  the   English   culmination   of   Medieval   and 
Renaissance  romantic  narrative. 

30.562  Milton  (2  q.h.) 

Close  reading  of  "Paradise  Lost,"  and  of  such  political  and  theological  back- 
ground as  needed.  "Samson  Agonistes"  will  also  be  read. 

30.564     The  Old  Testament  I  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  books  from  the  Old  Testament  examined  for  their  literary  and  historical 

importance. 


ENGLISH    /    189 

30.565  The  Old  Testament  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  30.564. 

30.566  The  New  Testament  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  books  from  the  New  Testament  considered  in  their  literary  and  his- 
torical aspects. 

30.571  The  Nineteenth  Century  I  (2  q.h.) 
Wordsworth  and  Coleridge. 

30.572  The  Nineteenth  Century  II  (2  q.h.) 
Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats. 

30.573  The  Nineteenth  Century  III  (2  q.h.) 
The  Victorian  Age. 

30.574  The  Eighteenth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Defoe  to  Austen. 

30.575  The  Nineteenth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Bronte  to  Hardy. 

30.576  The  Twentieth-Century  English  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Conrad  to  the  present. 

30.577  Conrad  (2  q.h.) 

Conrad's  art  related  to  his  Polish  heritage,  nautical  career,  theory  of  life  and 
composition,  and  literary  legacy. 

30.578  Afro-American  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  representative  black  authors  of  the  United  States,  emphasizing  the 
period  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

30.581  The  American  Short  Story  (2  q.h.) 

The   development   of  the   American   short   story  from    its   nineteenth-century 

origins  to  the  present. 

30.582  The  Nineteenth-Century  American  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Cooper  to  Crane. 

30.583  The  Twentieth-Century  American  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Dreiser  to  the  present. 

30.584  Contemporary  American  Poetry  (2  q.h.) 
From  Frost  to  the  present. 

30.585  The  Modern  European  Novel  (2  q.h.) 
From  Proust  to  the  present. 

30.586  Literary  Criticism  (2  q.h.) 

Major  schools   of  criticism   through   a   study  of  Aristotle,    Longinus,   Sidney, 
Johnson,  and  a  representative  group  of  moderns. 


I 


190  /   MODERN   LANGUAGES 

30.590  Writers'  Conference  (2  q.h.) 

A  workshop  in  which  professional  writers  will  analyze  participants'  manuscripts. 

30.591  Honors  Program  I  (4  q.h.)     See  page  7 A. 

30.592  Honors  Program  II  (4  q.h.)     Prereq.  30.591. 

30.593  Honors  Program  III  (4  q.h.)     Prereq.  30.592. 

30.600  Elements  of  Composition  (2  q.h.) 

An  intensive  study  of  grammatical  forms  and  structural  patterns  of  current 
English. 

30.601  Composition  and  Rhetoric  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  modes  of  rhetoric,  especially  exposition  and 
argument,  and  exercises  in  the  development  of  paragraphs  and  short  papers. 
(Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  30.504.) 

30.602  Composition  and  Rhetoric  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.601.  The  stress  here  is  on  the  short  paper,  the  longer 
library  paper,  and  formal  documentation.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit 
for  30.505.) 

30.603  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.601  plus  30.602. 

30.604  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  techniques  for  reading  imaginative  writing.  Short  and  long 
fiction  are  the  materials  for  study,  discussion,  and  two  critical  papers. 

30.605  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  30.604,  but  here  the  materials  are  poetry  and  drama. 

30.606  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
Same  as  30.604  plus  30.605. 

31-FRENCH 

Consu/tant:  Prof.    L.    Cooperstein,    Chairman,    Modern    Language    Dept.    (L.A. 
College) 

31.501  Elementary  French  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive  acquisition  of 
a  basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

31.502  Elementary  French  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises.  Prereq.  31.501  or 
equiv. 

31.503  Elementary  French  III  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  French  prose  of  increasing  difficulty,  with  written  and  oral  exercises 
based  on  the  materials  read;  practice  in  conversation.     Prereq.  31.502  or  equiv. 


MODERN   LANGUAGES  /   191 

31.504  Intermediate  French  I  (3  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 

31.503  or  equiv. 

31.505  Intermediate  French  II  (3  q.h.) 

History   of   French   civilization,   with    discussions   and    conversation.     Prereq. 

31.504  or  equiv. 

31.506  Intermediate  French  III  (3  q.h.) 

Intensive  reading  of  modern  French  prose,  with  conversational  practice. 
Prereq.  31.505  or  equiv. 

31.507  Elementary  French  (Intensive)  (9  q.h.) 

Stresses  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive 
acquisition  of  a  basic  vocabulary  with  idiomatic  expressions.  Written  and  oral 
exercises  are  based  upon  simple  French  prose.  Develops  into  the  reading  of 
more  difficult  work  accompanied  by  practice  in  conversation.  Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  31.501,  31.502,  31.503. 

31.508  Intermediate  French  (Intensive)  (9  q.h.) 

Same  as  31.504,  31.505  and  31.506.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
31.504,  31.505,  31.506. 

31.521  French  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 

Origins  of  French  Literature  with  readings  from  major  works  of  the  Middle 
Ages.     Prereq.  31.506  or  equiv. 

31.522  French  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 

Selections  from  the  Classical  period  in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries. 
Prereq.  31.521  or  equiv. 

31.523  French  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 

Readings  from  major  works  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  Pre- 
req. 31.522  or  equiv. 

32-SPANISH 

32.501  Elementary  Spanish  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  progressive  acquisition  of  a 
basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

32.502  Elementary  Spanish  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises;  reading  of  Spanish 
prose  of  moderate  difficulty.      Prereq.  32.501  or  equiv. 

32.503  Elementary  Spanish  III  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises;  reading  of  Spanish 
prose  of  moderate  difficulty.     Prereq.  32.502  or  equiv. 

32.507     Elementary  Spanish  (Intensive)  (9  q.h.) 

Stresses  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice  in  pronunciation,  and  progressive 
acquisition  of  a  basic  vocabulary  with  idiomatic  expressions.  Written  and  oral 
exercises  are  based  upon  simple  Spanish  prose.  Develops  into  the  reading  of 
more  difficult  work  accompanied  by  practice  in  conversation.  Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  32.501,  32.502,  32.503. 


I 


192   /    MODERN   LANGUAGES 

32.504  Intermediate  Spanish  I  (3  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.      Prereq. 

32.503,  32.511  or  equiv. 

32.505  Intermediate  Spanish  II  (3  q.h.) 

Spanish  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty.  Intensive  reading  of 
modern  prose,  with  occasional  oral  or  written  translation;  conversation  practice 
based  on  assigned  readings.      Prereq.  32.504  or  equiv. 

32.506  Intermediate  Spanish  III  (3  q.h.) 

Spanish-American  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty.  Intensive  read- 
ing of  modern  prose,  with  occasional  oral  or  written  translation;  conversation 
practice  based  on  assigned  readings.      Prereq.  32.505  or  equiv. 

32.508  Intermediate  Spanish  (Intensive)  (9  q.h.) 

Same  as  32.504,  32.505  and  32.506.   Not  open  to  students  who   have  had 

32.504,  32.505,  32.506. 

32.509  Conversational  Spanish  I*  (3  q.h.) 

This  course  is  intended  to  provide  students  with  a  basic  speaking  ability  and 
understanding  of  everyday  Spanish,  (no  previous  background  needed.) 

32.510  Conversational  Spanish  11^  (3  q.h.) 

Continued  building  of  basic  skills  in  conversational  Spanish.  Prereq.  32.509 
or  equiv. 

32.511  Conversational  Spanish  111=^  (3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  32.510.      Prereq.  32.510  or  equiv. 

32.521  Spanish  Literature  I  (2  q.h.) 

Origins  of  Spanish  literature  with  readings  from  major  works  of  the  Middle 
Ages,  the  Romancero,  and  Mysticism.     Prereq.  32.506  or  equiv. 

32.522  Spanish  Literature  II  (2  q.h.) 

Selections  from  Cervantes  and  other  major  figures  of  the  Siglo  de  Oro.     Prereq. 

32.521  or  equiv. 

32.523  Spanish  Literature  III  (2  q.h.) 

Readings  from  major  works  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.      Prereq. 

32.522  or  equiv. 

33-GERMAN 

33.501  Elementary  German  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation;  progressive  acquisition  of  a 
basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

33.502  Elementary  German  II  (3  q.h.) 

More  difficult  points  of  grammar — particularly  uses  of  subjunctive  mood. 
Prereq.  33.501  or  equiv. 

33.503  Elementary  German  III  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  simple  German  prose,  with  oral  and  written  exercises  based  on 
material    read;    German   conversation   encouraged.      Prereq.   33.502  or  equiv. 

•Will  satisfy  the  elementary  language  requirement  only. 


MODERN    LANGUAGES   /    193 

33.504  Intermediate  German  I  (3  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 

33.503  or  equiv. 

33.505  Intermediate  German  II  (3  q.h.) 

History  of  German   civilization,   with   discussions  and   conversation.     Prereq. 

33.504  or  equiv. 

33.506  Intermediate  German  III  (3  q.h.) 

Intensive    reading   of   modern    German    prose,    with    conversational    practice. 
Prereq.  33.505  or  equiv. 

34-RUSSIAN 

34.501  Elementary  Russian  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;   practice  in  pronunciation  and  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  base  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.502  Elementary  Russian  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study;  oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  34.501 
or  equiv. 

34.503  Elementary  Russian  HI  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  Russian  prose  of  moderate  difficulty.      Prereq.  34.502  or  equiv. 

34.504  Intermediate  Russian  I  (3  q.h.) 

Graded  reading  from  the  works  of  Pushkin,  Lermontov,  and  Turgenev;  oral  and 
written  practice  based  on  the  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.503  or  equiv. 

34.505  Intermediate  Russian  II  (3  q.h.) 

Russian  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  prac- 
tice and  composition  based  on  covered  material.      Prereq.  34.504  or  equiv. 

34.506  Intermediate  Russian  III  (3  q.h.) 

Russian  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 
and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.505  or  equiv. 

34-JAPANESE 

34.521  Elementary  Japanese  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation  and  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.522  Elementary  Japanese  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study;  oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  34.521 
or  equiv. 

34.523  Elementary  Japanese  III  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  Japanese  prose  of  moderate  difficulty.      Prereq.  34.522  or  equiv. 

34.524  Intermediate  Japanese  I  (3  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 
34.523  or  equiv. 


194  /   MODERN   LANGUAGES 

34.525  Intermediate  Japanese  II  (3  q.h.) 

Japanese  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  prac- 
tice and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.524  or  equiv. 

34.526  Intermediate  Japanese  III  (3  q.h.) 

Japanese  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  prac- 
tice and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.525  or  equiv. 

34-ITALIAN 

34.531  Elementary  Italian  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;  practice  in  pronunciation;  and  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.532  Elementary  Italian  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study.  Oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  34.531  or 
equiv. 

34.533  Elementary  Italian  III  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  Italian  prose  of  increasing  difficulty;  with  written  and  oral  exercises 
based  on  the  material  read;  practice  in  conversation.     Prereq.  34.532  or  equiv. 

34.534  Intermediate  Italian  I  (3  q.h.) 

A  review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.     Prereq. 

34.533  or  equiv. 

34.535  Intermediate  Italian  II  (3  q.h.) 

History    of    Italian    civilization    with    discussions    and    conversation,     Prereq. 

34.534  or  equiv. 

34.536  Intermediate  Italian  III  (3  q.h.) 

Intensive    reading    of    modern    Italian    prose,    with    conversational    practice. 
Prereq.  34.535  or  equiv. 

34-SWAHILI 

34.541  Elementary  Swahili  I  (3  q.h.) 

Essentials  of  grammar;   practice  in   pronunciation  and  progressive  acquisition 
of  a  basic  vocabulary;  idiomatic  expressions. 

34.542  Elementary  Swahili  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  grammar  study;  oral  and  written  exercises.     Prereq.  34.541 
or  equiv. 

34.543  Elementary  Swahili  III  (3  q.h.) 

Reading  of  Swahili  prose  of  moderate  difficulty.      Prereq.  34.542  or  equiv. 

34.544  Intermediate  Swahili  I  (3  q.h.) 

Review  of  grammar,  with  practice  in  composition  and  conversation.      Prereq. 
34.543  or  equiv. 

34.545  Intermediate  Swahili  II  (3  q.h.) 

Sawhili  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 
and  composition  based  on  covered  material.      Prereq.  34.544  or  equiv. 

34.546  Intermediate  Swahili  III  (3  q.h.) 

Swahili  history  and  civilization  through  texts  of  average  difficulty;  oral  practice 
and  composition  based  on  covered  material.     Prereq.  34.545  or  equiv. 


JOURNALISM    /    195 


34-CHINESE 


34.551  Mandarin  Chinese  I  (3  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  sounds  and  structure  of  spoken  and  written  Chinese  (the 
standard  or  "national  language" — kuo-yu).  Stresses  essentials  of  grammar, 
sentence  pattern  drills. 

34.552  Mandarin  Chinese  II  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Chinese  I.  Essentials  of  grammar,  reading  of  simple  written 
Chinese.      Prereq.  34.551  or  equiv. 

34.553  Mandarin  Chinese  III  (3  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Chinese  II.  Grammar,  reading  Chinese  with  conversational  drill 
to  be  based  on  material  covered  in  class.      Prereq.  34.552  or  equiv. 

38-JOURNALISM 

Consultant:   Prof.  G.  A.  Speers,  Chairman,  Journalism  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 

38.501  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  I  (2  q.h.) 

Journalism  from  its  European  origins  into  the  colonial  period.  The  evolution 
of  press  freedoms  and  principles  now  and  in  the  colonial  press  and  the  party 
press. 

38.502  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  II  (2  q.h.) 

Journalism  from  1800.  The  "Dark  Period,"  the  "Penny  Press,"  and  the  great 
personal  journalists:  Bryant,  Bennett,  Greeley,  Raymond,  and  others.  Prereq. 
38.501  or  equiv. 

38.503  History  and  Principles  of  Journalism  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  "giants"  of  American  journalism  in  the  closing  decades  of  the  nineteenth 
century:  Dana,  Greeley,  Ochs,  White,  Medill,  Pulitzer,  Hearst,  and  others. 
Prereq.  38.502  or  equiv. 

38.504  Newswriting  I  (2  q.h.) 

Obtaining  and  organizing  facts;  the  writing  of  basic  news  stories.  Subjects 
covered  include  the  five  "W's"  and  the  "H"  of  news,  inverted  pyramid  form, 
news  values,  and  leads. 

38.505  Newswriting  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  different  types  of  news  stories  through  assignments  and  class  dis- 
cussions; building  news  stories;  news  interview  stories,  and  other  types. 
Prereq.  38.504. 

38.506  Newswriting  III  (2  q.h.) 

Investigative  reporting,  feature  stories,  editorials.  Copy  editing  exercises  and 
assignments.  Discussion  and  assignments  in  specialized  writing.  Libel,  slander, 
and  other  legal  matters  affecting  journalism.     Prereq.  38.506. 

38.507  Advanced  Reporting  I  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  journalism,  stressing  actual  assignments  and  classroom  dis- 
cussion of  students'  work.  Course  applies  basic  newswriting  practices  to 
assignments. 

38.508  Advanced  Reporting  II  (2  q.h.) 

Focus  on  handling  stories  that  emanate  from  various  "beats,"  including  courts, 
government,  beats,  and  investigative  reporting.     Prereq.  38.507  or  equiv. 


196   /    ECONOMICS 

38.509     Advanced  Reporting  III  (2  q.h.) 

Concentration   on  fields  of  "specialities"  of  business,  sports,   editorials,  and 

student  development  of  a   special   project  in  journalism.      Prereq.   38.508  or 

equiv. 

39-ECONOMICS 

Consultant:   Prof.  M.  A.  Horowitz,  Chairman,  Economic  Dept.  (L.A.  College) 
Associate  Consultant:  Prof.  H.  Goldstein  (L.A.  College) 

39.501  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  I  (2  q.h.) 

Macro  analysis — national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy. 

39.502  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  II  (2  q.h.) 

Micro  analysis — theory  of  the  firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand, 
market  price;  international  economics.     Prereq.  39.501  or  equiv. 

39.503  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  III  (2  q.h.) 

Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas;  poverty,  com- 
petition, labor,  agriculture,  urban.     Prereq.  39.502  or  equiv. 

39.504  Economics  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Macro  analysis — national  income  concepts  and  determination;  macro  economic 
goals  and  problems;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy.  Micro  analysis — ^theory  of  the 
firm  and  market  structure;  supply,  demand,  market  price;  international  eco- 
nomics. Applications  of  economic  principles  to  selected  problem  areas:  poverty, 
competition,  labor,  agriculture,  urban.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
39.501,  39.502,  39.503. 

39.505  Economics  A  (3  q.  h.) 

Same  as  39.501  plus  the  first  half  of  39.502. 

39.506  Economics  B  (3  q.h.) 

Same  as  the  second  half  of  39.502  plus  39.503.     Prereq.  39.505  or  equiv. 

39.507  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  I  (2  q.h.) 

Classical  equilibrium  theory.  Theory  of  demand,  supply,  and  the  market  price. 
Marginal  analysis.      Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.508  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  II  (2  q.h.) 

Determination  of  price  and  output  in  the  context  of  the  theory  of  the  firm. 
Prereq.  39.507  or  equiv. 

39.509  Intermediate  Economic  Theory  III  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  mathematical  analysis  and  a  comprehensive  analysis  of  the 
theory  of  distribution.      Prereq.  39.508  or  equiv. 

39.511  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.512  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution,  and  chi  square.     Prereq.  39.511  or  equiv. 


ECONOMICS   /   197 

39.513  Statistics  III  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend  fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal 
adjustment,  and  index  numbers.      Prereq.  39.512  or  equiv. 

39.514  Statistics  (Intensive)  (  6  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  collection  and  organization  of  data.  Concentration  on  the 
nature,  computation,  and  uses  of  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability. 
Introduction  to  statistical  inference,  parameters  of  samples,  tests  of  significance, 
"t"  distribution,  and  chi  square.  Introduction  to  the  analysis  of  variance,  trend 
fitting,  linear  regression,  seasonal  adjustment,  and  index  numbers.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  taken  39.511,  39.512,  39.513.      Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.517  Money  and  Banking  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  money  and  credit,  commercial  banking  structure,  and  money 
creation;  problems  and  policy  of  central  banking  in  the  United  States.  Prereq. 
39.503  or  equiv. 

39.518  Money  and  Banking  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  of  money  and  prices  and  monetary  policy;  interest  theory,  debt  manage- 
ment, and  international  monetary  problems  and  analysis.  Prereq.  39.517  or 
equiv. 

39.519  Public  Finance  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  public  sector  of  the  economy. 
Public  finance  policies,  intergovernment  fiscal  relations.  Prereq.  39.518  or 
equiv. 

39.521  Economic  Growth  and  Development  I  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  development  of  the  western  market  system.  Introduction  to 
economic  growth  and  alternative  approaches  to  economic  development. 
Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.522  Economic  Growth  and  Development  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  analysis  of  the  role  of  economic  factors  and  institutions  as 
well  as  an  examination  of  the  effect  of  psychological  social  and  political  influ- 
ences upon  economic  development.      Prereq.  39.521  or  equiv. 

39.523  Government  and  Business  I  (2  q.h.) 

Role  of  government  in  national  economic  affairs — theory  and  practice. 
Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.524  Government  and  Business  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  relationship  between  government  and  business  and  anti-trust  laws. 
Prereq.  39.523  or  equiv. 

39.525  American  Economic  History  (2  q.h.) 

Economic  development  of  the  United  States  with  emphasis  upon  the  post  Civil 
War  period  and  selected   European  developments.      Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.526  Government  and  Business  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  anti-trust  laws  to  business— emphasis  upon  cases,  principles, 
and  current  anti-trust  problems.      Prereq.  39.524  or  equiv. 

39.527  Labor  Economics  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  labor  organizations,  their  aims  and  methods.  Issues  in  collec- 
tive bargaining  and  public  policy  toward  labor.      Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 


198  /   ECONOMICS 

39.528  International  Economics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  of  international  trade,  tariffs  and  resource  use,  and  balance  of 
payments  mechanisms.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.529  International  Economics  II  (2  q.h.) 

International  commercial  policy,  financial  organizations,  and  recent  problems. 
Prereq.  39.528  or  equiv. 

39.530  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  different  economic  systems:  capitalism,  socialism, 
communism,  and  fascism.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.531  Business  Cycles  I  (2  q.h.) 

Intermediate  macro  economic  theory.  Theory  of  cyclical  fluctuations  in  the 
context  of  multiplier  and  accelerator  models.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.532  Business  Cycles  II  (  2  q.h.) 

Business  cycle  analysis,  measurement,  and  public  policy.  Prereq.  39.531  or 
equiv. 

39.533  Business  Cycles  III  (2  q.h.) 

Business  cycle  forecasting  methods  and  services.     Prereq.  39.532  or  equiv. 

39.536  Advanced  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  topics  in  sampling  and  statistical  inference  as  a  management  aid. 
Prereq.  39.503,  39.513  or  equiv. 

39.537  Advanced  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Elements  in  probability  theory  and  the  decomposition  of  economic  change  into 
secular,  seasonal,  and  cyclical  variation.     Prereq.  39.536  or  equiv. 

39.538  Advanced  Statistics  III  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  topics  in  statistical  inference,  regression,  and  correlation  and  index 
numbers.     Prereq.  39.537  or  equiv. 

39.539  Managerial  Economics  (2  q.h.) 

An  application  of  the  theory  of  demand,  price,  and  output  to  the  business  firm 
and  capital  budgeting.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.540  History  of  Economic  Thought  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  economic  theory  through  Keynesian  and  post-Keynesian 
analysis.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.551     Industrial  Organization  (2  q.h.) 

An  extension  and  application  of  micro-theory  to  structure  and  performance 

of  American  industry.  Anti-trust  policy  and  analysis.     Prereq.  39.503  or  equiv. 

39.561     Urban  Economics  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  urban  affairs  in  the  context  of  economic  principles.     Prereq.  39.503 

or  equiv. 

39.571     European  Economic  History  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  European  economic  affairs  after  the  industrial  revolution.  The 
twentieth  century  and  recent  integration  policies  and  their  analysis.  Prereq. 
39.503  or  equiv. 

39.581     Economic  Policy  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Capstone  course  for  senior  majors  with  stress  upon  independent  study  and 

contemporary  issues.     Prereq.  39.509,  39.531  or  equiv. 


LIBRARY  SCIENCE   /    199 

40-LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Consultant:  Mr.  R.  L.  Waller,  Attleboro  Public  Library 

40.501  Introduction  to  Library  Science  (2  q.h.) 

Brief  survey  of  the  history  of  books  and  librarianship.  The  development  of 
libraries  in  the  United  States  with  some  emphasis  on  recent  federal  and  state 
library  legislation.  The  library  profession,  its  philosophy,  publications,  and 
organizations. 

40.502  Selection  of  Library  Materials  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practices  in  the  selection  of  printed  materials  and  audio-visual 
aids  for  the  modern  library;  practice  in  preparation  of  book  notes  and  book 
reviews. 

40.511  Organization  of  the  Library  (2  q.h.) 

The  organization,  administration,  and  services  of  municipal  libraries,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  larger  unit  systems;  the  role  of  public  libraries 
as  educational  institutions. 

40.512  Building  and  Administering  The  School  Library  (2  q.h.) 
Organization  and  management  of  elementary  and  secondary  school  libraries; 
problems  in  the  selection  and  evaluation  of  books  and  periodicals  necessary 
to  the  school  curriculum. 

40.513  School  Library  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

The  library  as  a  media  center  for  instructional  materials;  problems  in  personnel 
and  budgeting;  the  library's  role  in  the  school  curriculum  and  its  services  to 
students  and  faculty. 

40.514  Audio-Visual  Materials  and  Services  (2  q.h.) 

The  selection,  organization,  and  use  of  audio-visual  materials  in  school  libraries; 
types  of  equipment  and  service. 

40.521  Introduction  to  Reference  Materials  and  Methods  (2  q.h.) 

The  basic  tools  and  methods  for  locating  information.  Evaluation  of  diction- 
aries, encyclopedias,  gazetteers  and  atlases,  handbooks,  almanacs,  directories, 
and  indexes. 

40.522  Reference  Work  in  The  Social  Sciences  (2  q.h.) 

Scope  and  use  of  outstanding  reference  materials  in  the  broad  range  of  the 
social  sciences — economics,  education,  political  science,  sociology,  and  allied 
fields.     Prereq.  40.521  or  equiv. 

40.523  Reference  Work  in  The  Humanities  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  the  book,  and  the  beginnings  of  enumerative  and  descriptive 
bibliography.  Approaches  to  the  solution  of  reference  problems  in  the  humani- 
ties, with  special  emphasis  on  literature.     Prereq.  40.521  or  equiv. 

40.524  Reference  Work  in  Science  and  Technology  (2  q.h.) 

Methodology  and  resources  for  reference  work  in  mathematics,  technology,  and 
the  physical  and  biological  sciences.     Prereq.  40.521  or  equiv. 

40.531      Descriptive  Cataloging  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practice  of  descriptive  cataloging,  introducing  techniques  of  com- 
piling author,  corporate,  and  serial  entries. 


200   /   ACCOUNTING 

40.532  Descriptive  Cataloging  and  Classification  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  Dewey  Decimal  Classification  and  Sears  subject  headings; 
further  study  of  descriptive  cataloging  in  book  and  non-book  materials.  Prereq. 
40.431  or  equiv. 

40.533  Library  of  Congress  Classification  (2  q.h.) 

The  significant  differences  between  LC  and  Dewey.  Notes  on  original  cataloging 
and  techniques  of  classification  within  the  LC  scheme.  Use  of  LC  outlines  and 
tables.      Prereq.  40.531  or  equiv. 

40.541  Introduction  to  Children's  Literature  (2  q.h.) 

The  history  and  development  of  children's  literature;  current  trends  in  its 
publication  and  the  social  forces  that  influence  its  production;  standard  practices 
of  selection  and  evaluation  of  the  various  types  of  children's  books. 

40.542  Library  Service  to  Young  People  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  adolescent  interest  and  academic  needs  in  the  field  of  literature  with 
application  to  both  public  and  school  libraries;  special  attention  to  the  problems 
of  book  selection,  book  talks,  and  discussion  groups. 

40.551     Special  Libraries  (2  q.h.) 

The  purpose,  development,  and  administration  of  the  special  library-industrial, 

scientific,  business,  and  other  types. 

41-ACCOUNTING 

41.501  Accounting  Principles  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandis- 
ing businesses. 

41.502  Accounting  Principles  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to  sources  and 
uses  of  invested  capital.      Prereq.  41.501. 

41.503  Accounting  Principles  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  managerial  financial  decisions,  followed  by 
a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision  analysis.     Prereq.  41.502. 

41.504  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  applicable  to  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements.  Accounting  for  cash,  securities,  and  re- 
ceivables.     Prereq.  41.503. 

41.505  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  various  systems  for  accounting  for  the  flow  of  inventory  in  a  mer- 
chandising or  manufacturing  operation.  Long  term  investments  as  a  means  of 
providing  stability  to  the  concern.      Prereq.  41.504. 

41.506  Intermediate  Accounting  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  long  term  asset  acquisition  and  write-off  through  depreciation, 
amortization,  and  depletion  methods.     Prereq.  41.505. 

41.507  Cost  Accounting  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  foundations  of  cost  accounting,  including  terminology,  purposes,  and 
relationship  to  financial  accounting.     Prereq.  41.503. 

41.508  Cost  Accounting  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  control  of  current  operations  through  the  use  of  standard 
costs  and  budgets.     Prereq.  41.507. 


ACCOUNTING   /  201 

41.509  Cost  Accounting  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  cost  accounting  in  special  decisions  and  in  long  range  planning. 
Prereq.  41.508. 

41.510  Advanced  Accounting  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  accounting  problems  encountered  through  the  issuance  of  capital  stock, 
both  at  issue  date  and  at  subsequent  dates.     Prereq.  41.506. 

41.511  Advanced  Accounting  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  techniques  of  statement  analysis,  using  both  internal  and  external  informa- 
tion. A  complete  examination  of  cash  and  fund  flow  as  it  is  used  by  the 
accountant  and  the  analyst.      Prereq.  41.510. 

41.512  Advanced  Accounting  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  introduction  of  special  problems  posed  by  partnerships,  and  estates,  and 
trusts.      Prereq.  41.511. 

41.513  Specialized  Problems  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  problems  of  accounting  for  special  sales.  Introduction  of  the  concepts  of 
present  value  and  its  use  in  accounting.     Prereq.  41.512. 

41.514  Specialized  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  consolidated  statements  in  conjunction  with  newly  developing  trends 
toward  multi-purpose  companies,  combinations,  mergers,  and  pools.  Prereq. 
41.513. 

41.515  Specialized  Problems  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  specialized  systems  and  financial  statements  by  companies. 
Prereq.  41.514. 

41.516  Auditing  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  examination  of  modern  auditing  requirements  relative  to  the  professional 
ethics  and  legal  responsibility  of  the  certified  public  accountant  and  the  public 
accountant.      Prereq.  41.512. 

41.517  Auditing  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  methods  and  approach  used  in  auditing  assets  of  the  firm.     Prereq.  41.516. 

41.518  Auditing  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  methods  and  approach  used  in  auditing  liabilities,  owner  equity,  and 
nominal  accounts  of  the  firm.      Prereq.  41.517. 

41.519  Federal  Income  Taxes  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  the  Federal  Tax  Law  to  the  individual's  income,  gains,  losses 
and  expenses.      Prereq.  41.515. 

41.520  Federal  Income  Taxes  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  the  Federal  Tax  Law  to  the  individual's  special  deductions. 
Installment  sales;  income  average.      Prereq.  41.519. 

41.521  Federal  Income  Taxes  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  application  of  Federal  Tax  Law  to  corporations.      Prereq.  41.520. 

41.522  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  the  underlying  concepts  and  conventions  of  account- 
ing, and  their  application  to  financial  statements.     Prereq.  41.515  and  41.509. 

•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


202   /  ACCOUNTING 

41.523  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  the  areas  of  revenue  and  income  recognition,  cost 
determination  and  allocation,  and  depreciation.     Prereq.  41.522. 

41.524  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Accounting  Problems  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  careful  examination  of  newly  developing  accounting  areas  such  as  pensions, 
leases,  stock  options,  and  business  combinations.     Prereq.  41.523. 

41.525  Estate  and  Gift  Taxes*  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  relevant  Internal  Revenue  Code  provisions,  property  in- 
cluded in  gross  estate,  including  lifetime  transfers  which  remain  subject  to 
some  control  by  donor;  marital  and  charitable  deductions;  administrative  ex- 
penses; estate  planning.     Prereq.  41.521. 

41.526  Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax  Problems  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Real  estate  transactions,  stock  market  options,  transfers  of  appreciated  assets 
to  donees,  patents,  sale  of  franchise  rights,  and  redemptions  of  stock  in  closely 
held  corporations.     Prereq.  41.525. 

41.527  Corporate  and  Stockholder  Tax  Problems  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Contribution  of  assets.  Section  301  distributions,  preferred  stock,  partial  liqui- 
dations, spin-offs;  collapsible  corporations,  unreasonable  accumulations,  per- 
sonal holding  companies,  and  elements  of  reorganizations.     Prereq.  41.526. 

41.528  Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions*  (2  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  the  Federal  Income  Tax  consequences  of  typical  business 
decisions:  form  of  enterprise;  compensation  policy;  capitalization  policy;  cor- 
porate reorganizations,  and  other  related  areas.     Prereq.  41.506. 

41.533  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  I  (non-accounting  majors) 
(2  q.h.) 

The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  financial  statements,  including  cash 
and  fund  flow,  for  internal  use  by  the  company.     Prereq.  41.503. 

41.534  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  II  (non-accounting  majors) 
(2  q.h.) 

The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  cost  accounting  information.  Prereq. 
41.533. 

41.535  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  III  (non-accounting  majors) 
(2  q.h.) 

The  utilization  of  accounting  information  for  management  decisions.  Prereq. 
41.534. 

41.541     Accounting  Principles  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  methodology  of  accounting  for  service  and  merchandising 
businesses.  The  problems  of  income  measurement  and  valuation  related  to 
sources  and  uses  of  invested  capital.  The  use  of  debt  and  investments  in  mana- 
gerial financial  decisions,  followed  by  a  brief  introduction  into  cost  decision 
analysis.     Not  opn  to  students  who  hve  taken  41.501,  41.502,  41.503. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MARKETING   /  203 

41.542  Intermediate  Accounting  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

The  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  applicable  to  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements.  Accounting  for  cash,  securities,  and  receiv- 
ables. The  use  of  various  systems  for  accounting  for  the  flow  of  inventory  in 
a  merchandising  or  manufacturing  operation.  Long  term  investments  as  a 
means  of  providing  stability  to  the  concern.  The  problem  of  long  term  asset 
acquisition  of  and  write-off  through  depreciation,  amortization,  and  depletion 
methods.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.504,  41.505,  41.506. 
Prereq.  41.503. 

41.543  Accounting  for  Management  Decisions  (Intensive)  (non-accounting 
majors)  (6  q.h.) 

The  preparation  and  interpretation  of  financial  statements,  including  cash  and 
fund  flow,  for  internal  use  by  the  company.  The  preparation  and  interpretation 
of  cost  accounting  information  and  the  utilization  of  accounting  information  for 
management  decisions.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  41.533,  41.534, 
41.535.     Prereq.  41.503. 

43-MARKETING 

43.501  Introduction  to  Marl<eting  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  description  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system  and  an  introduction  to 
the  decision-making  process. 

43.502  Introduction  to  Marketing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  I  with  emphasis  upon  specific  marketing  functions 
and  their  application  through  the  use  of  case  studies  and  analysis.  Prereq. 
43.501. 

43.503  Introduction  to  Marketing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  the  case  method  plus  discussion  and  analysis  of  current  mar- 
keting issues  and  problems.     Prereq.  43.502. 

43.504  Introduction  to  Marketing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

A  description  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system  and  an  introduction  to  the 
decision-making  process,  with  emphasis  upon  specific  marketing  functions  and 
their  application  through  the  use  of  case  studies  and  analysis.  A  continuation 
of  the  case  method  plus  discussion  and  analysis  of  current  marketing  issues 
and  problems.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  43.501,  43.502,  43.503. 

43.507  Sales  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Through  readings  and  case  studies,  the  creation,  management,  and  appraisal 
of  the  sales  force  are  examined.  In  the  first  quarter  of  the  course,  emphasis  is 
upon  the  principles,  policies  and  structures  of  sales  organization  and  the  selec- 
tion of  salesmen.     Prereq.  43.503. 

43.508  Sales  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  43.507  with  emphasis  upon  sales  force  operation,  including 
communication,  sales  training,  compensation,  expenses,  supervision,  morale, 
and  stimulation.      Prereq.  43.507. 

43.509  Safes  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

In  this  concluding  quarter  of  the  course,  emphasis  is  upon  sales  planning:  mar- 
ket potential,  sales  forecast,  sales  budgets,  territories,  quotas;  sales  analysis: 
sales  volume,  marketing  cost,  performance;  and  the  sales  manager.  Prereq. 
43.508. 


204   /    MARKETING 

43.511  Creative  Marketing  Communications  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  tools,  techniques,  and  principles  of  advertising  communication  and  motiva- 
tion and  their  use  in  creative  marketing  effort.      Prereq.  43.503. 

43.512  Creative  Marketing  Communications  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  emphasis  upon  the  creative  aspects  of  marketing  communications 
and  the  use  of  media  and  the  specific  techniques  of  advertising  and  sales  pro- 
motion, and  their  coordination  with  personal  selling,  in  the  effective  stimulation 
of  sales.     Prereq.  43.511. 

43.513  Creative  Marketing  Communications  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  case  method  is  used  to  develop  analytical  and  decision-making  ability  in 
the  management  of  all  the  tools  of  the  "communications  mix".      Prereq.  43.512. 

43.514  Marketing  Fundamentals  I  (For  Industrial  Management  majors  only.) 
(2  q.h.) 

A  description  of  the  role  of  marketing  in  the  modern  business  firm  and  an  intro- 
duction to  basic  marketing  strategies. 

43.515  Marketing  Fundamentals  II  (For  Industrial  Management  majors  only.) 
(2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  Fundamentals  I  with  emphasis  upon  specific 
marketing  functions  and  the  evaluation  and  control  of  the  marketing  effort. 

43.518  Retailing  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  marketing  concept  and  retail  management,  retail  profit  and  loss.  Starting 
a  retail  business,  store  location,  store  planning,  and  the  retail  organization. 

43.519  Retailing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Merchandising  planning  and  control,  pricing,  and  buying.      Prereq.  43.518. 

43.522     Retailing  III  (2  q.h.) 

Distribution  of  merchandise,  sales  promotion,  customers'  services,  retail  ac- 
counting, and  expense  management.      Prereq.  43.519. 

43.520  Industrial  Marketing  (2  q.h.) 

The  marketing  of  products  where  other  business  firms  and  organizations  are 
the  customers,  including  a  study  of  physical  distribution,  marketing  concepts, 
and  the  decision-making  process  relevant  to  the  marketing  of  business  goods. 
Prereq.  43.503. 

43.525  Marketing  Research  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introductory  presentation  and  evaluation  of  procedures  and  techniques  cur- 
rently available  to  improve  the  chances  of  marketing  success  and  effectiveness. 
Prereq.  43.503,  39.513,  45.572. 

43.526  Marketing  Research  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  techniques  of  data  collection  and  analysis,  both  quantitative  and  quali- 
tative, in  marketing  research,  forecasting,  product  planning,  test  marketing, 
marketing  evaluation,  and  the  application  of  modern  data-processing  tech- 
niques.     Prereq.  43.525. 

43.529     International  Marketing  (2  q.h.) 

Opportunities,  methods,  and  policies  required  for  the  successful  development 

and  management  of  international  business  and  marketing  operations.      Prereq. 

43.503. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE  /  205 

43.530     Consumer  Behavior  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

Economic,  behavioral,  and  other  models  of  consumer  behavior  are  examined 

as  bases  for  the  planning  and  evaluation  of  marketing  effort.     Prereq.  43.503. 

43.532  Marketing  Management  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Advanced  management  and  decision-making  covering  the  complete  marketing 
spectrum  are  analyzed  in  a  variety  of  case  studies  and  problems.  Prereq. 
43.503. 

43.533  Marl<eting  Management  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Using  a  seminar-type  approach,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  problem-solving  in 
such  areas  as  sales,  logistics  and  physical  distribution,  advertising,  pricing,  new 
development,  public  and  governmental  policy.     Prereq.  43.532. 

43.534  Marketing  Management  III*  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  Management  II,  with  increased  emphasis  upon  case 
analysis  and  study.     Prereq.  43.533. 

43.536  Advertising  Techniques  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  verbal  and  visual  means  of  motivation,  with  emphasis  upon  the 
techniques  and  process  used  to  produce  advertising  in  newspapers,  radio,  tele- 
vision, and  other  media.     Prereq.  43.503. 

43.537  Marketing  and  Sales  Seminar*  (2  q.h.) 

A  one-quarter,  cap-stone  course  to  round  out  the  student's  study  of  marketing 
through  investigation  and  analysis  of  the  most  recent  trends  in  marketing  man- 
agement, finance,  logistics,  sales,  advertising,  and  promotion.     Prereq.  43.534. 

43.541  Public  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  principles,  purposes,  and  methods  of  public  relations. 
Prereq.  43.503. 

43.542  Public  Relations  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Public  Relations  I  providing  in-depth  coverage  of  the  planning, 
management,  operation,  and  evaluation  of  public  relations  programs,  including 
case  analysis.     Prereq.  43.541. 

43.543  Salesmanship  I  (2  q.h.) 

Opportunities  in  personal  selling  for  both  men  and  women;  the  importance  in 
the  marketing  mix;  introduction  to  broadly  applicable  principles  for  all  types 
of  selling.      Prereq.  43.503. 

43.544  Salesmanship  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  techniques  as  required  for  the  personal  selling  of  goods  and 
services  through  middlemen  and  direct  to  the  consumer.  Both  industrial  and 
consumer  channels  are  studied.      Prereq.  43.543. 

44-FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE 

Finance 

44.501      Principles  of  Finance  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  major  financial  institutions  and  their  role  within  the  economy. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  dollar  supply,  commercial  banking,  the  Federal 
Reserve  System,  and  savings  institutions. 


I 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


206  /   FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE 

44.502  Principles  of  Investment  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  security  markets  and  investment  institutions.  The  student  is  intro- 
duced to  stocks,  bonds,  investment  companies,  and  trust  companies. 

44.503  Principles  of  Insurance  and  Risk  Management  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  is  intended  to  acquaint  each  student  with  personal,  property,  and 
liability  risks,  and  the  forms  of  insurance  designed  to  meet  these  risks.  The 
emphasis  is  placed  on  basic  insurance  principles  inherent  in  life,  homeowners, 
and  automobile  coverage. 

44.504  Principles  of  Finance,  Investment,  Insurance  and  Risk  Management 
(Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  44.501,  44.502  and  44.503.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
44.501,  44.502  and  44.503. 

44.505  Corporate  Finance  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  role  of  financial  management  of  the  business  firm.  Re- 
view of  financial  statements,  promotion,  and  forms  of  organization.  Planning 
the  use  of  assets  and  cost  of  capital  concepts  are  introduced  as  management 
evaluation  techniques.  An  analytical  approach  to  capital  budgeting  and  optimum 
asset  returns.  Cost  of  capital  is  further  developed  and  applied  against  consid- 
eration of  capital  mixture.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  44.507, 
44.508,  44.509.      Prereq.  44.501. 

44.507  Corporate  Finance  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  role  of  financial  management  of  the  business  firm. 
Review  of  financial  statements,  promotion,  and  forms  of  organization.  Planning 
the  use  of  assets  and  cost  of  capital  concepts  are  introduced  as  management 
evaluation  techniques.     Prereq.  44.501. 

44.508  Corporate  Finance  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  analytical  approach  to  capital  budgeting  and  optimum  asset  returns.  Cost 
of  capital  is  further  developed  and  applied  against  consideration  of  capital 
mixture.     Prereq.  44.507. 

44.509  Corporate  Finance  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  analysis  of  various  financial  tools  are  considered.  An  intensive  examination 
of  short  and  intermediate  term  credit,  as  well  as  the  distribution  of  stocks  and 
bonds  to  the  public  and  special  buyers.  A  survey  of  reorganization  and  liquida- 
tion techniques  are  analyzed.     Prereq.  44.508. 

44.517  investments  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Investment  goals  and  objectives  are  considered.  Various  types  of  investment 
are  compared  and  the  role  of  the  securities  markets  examined.     Prereq.  44.509. 

44.518  Investments  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Broad  coverage  of  the  relationship  between  the  economy  and  stock  price  aver- 
ages. Methods  of  analyzing  and  appraising  developments  within  the  corporation 
as  they  apply  to  the  investment  analyst's  techniques.     Prereq.  44.517. 

44.519  Investments  III*  (2  q.h.) 

The  relation  of  earnings,  dividends,  and  cash  flow  to  market  valuation  of  a 
company's  securities.  Portfolio  analysis  and  planning  are  examined,  as  well 
as  methods  of  security  selection.  Technical  and  fundamental  factors  are  also 
considered.     Prereq.  44.518. 

•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


FINANCE  AND   INSURANCE   /  207 

44.521  Credit  Management  I*  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  credit  and  its  functions,  including  the  role  of  the  credit 
executive,  credit  investigation,  documentary  credit,  trade  credit.  Prereq. 
44.509. 

44.522  Credit  Management  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  organization  and  function  of  credit  departments;  various  forms  of  credit 
and  collection  services.     Prereq.  44.521. 

44.523  Credit  Management  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  financial  statements  to  determine  credit  worthiness,  creditor's 
rights,  adjustment  bureau,  credit  insurance,  and  guarantees.     Prereq.  44.522. 

44.531,  44.532     Seminar  in  Finance  I,  II*  (4  q.h.) 

Student  participation   in  the  study  and  analysis  of  case  histories.   Individual 

papers  presented.     Prereq.  All  finance  courses. 

44.544     Law  of  Finance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  consideration  of  the  legal  problems  immediately  affecting  finance.  Special 

attention  is  given  to  the  field  of  corporate  law.     Prereq.  44.509,  45.543. 

Insurance 

44.511  Life  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  origin,  development,  and  basis  of  modern  life  insurance.  Analysis 
and  comparison  of  the  various  policies  and  riders  and  their  uses. 

44.512  Life  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  programming,  including  beneficiary  designations,  settle- 
ment options,  and  tax  implications.  Company  organization  and  operations: 
underwriting,  investments,  and  regulation. 

44.513  Estate  Planning  and  Business  Insurance  (2  q.h.) 

The  use  of  insurance  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  various  types  of  business  or- 
ganizations. The  planning,  disposition,  administration,  and  taxation  of  testa- 
mentary and  intervivos  transfers  of  property. 

44.514  Property  &  Casualty  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  basis  of  modern  property-casualty  insurance.  Analysis  of  the  insurance 
contract,  its  application,  meaning,  and  rating. 

44.515  Property  &  Casualty  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  various  policies  including  automobile,  homeowners,  inland  marine,  and 
commercial  special  multi-peril.     Prereq.  44.514. 

44.516  Property  &  Casualty  Insurance  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  mechanics  of  the  insurance  industry,  including  types  of  com- 
panies, reserves,  reinsurance,  financial  analysis,  and  government  regulation. 
Prereq.  44.515. 

44.525     Health  and  Social  Insurance  I*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  economic  basis  served  by  health  and  social  programs  of  insur- 
ance, including  a  detailed  analysis  and  comparison  of  the  plans  offered. 
Prereq.  44.503. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


208   /    MANAGEMENT 

44.526  Health  and  Social  Insurance  II*  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuing  study  of  contracts,  including  benefit  structure,  rate-making,  re- 
serves and  the  proper  use  and  coordination  of  the  plans  available  from  private 
industry  and  from  the  government.      Prereq.  44.525. 

44.527  Group  Insurance  and  Pensions  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature,  development,  and  coverage  offered  by  group  life  and  health  insur- 
ance. Analysis  of  the  various  kinds  of  individual  and  group  pension  plans  and 
their  use.      Prereq.  44.503. 

44.529  Advanced  Property  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  plans  and  programs  designed  to  provide  protection  for  multi- 
peril,  diversified  industrial,  and  commercial  organizations.      Prereq.  44.515. 

44.530  Advanced  Property-Casualty  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  various  plans  and  programs  for  providing  liability  and  casualty 
protection  for  commercial  and  industrial  organizations.     Prereq.  44.515. 

44.540  Risk  Analysis  and  Treatment  I*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  risks  to  which  all  individuals  and  businesses  are  exposed,  their 
identification,  and  evaluation  of  loss  potential.     Prereq.  44.516. 

44.541  Risk  Analysis  and  Treatment  II*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  proper  use  of  insurance,  self-insurance,  programs  of  loss  pre- 
vention and  reduction  and  the  use  of  case  studies  to  test  the  designated  plans. 
Prereq.  44.540. 

44.543     Law  of  Insurance*  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  legal  problems  affecting  insurance,  including  regulation  design 
and  interpretation  of  contracts  and  the  relationship  between  the  insurance  com- 
pany, its  agent,  and  the  public.      Prereq.  45.543. 

45-MANAGEMENT 

General  Management 

45.501  Management  and  Organization  I  (2  q.h.) 

Describes  the  environment  within  which  business  operates  and  from  this 
develops  the  theory  and  practice  of  organization. 

45.502  Management  and  Organization  II  (2  q.h.) 

Building  on  45.501,  develops  the  "what"  and  "how"  of  the  management 
process.     Prereq.  45.501. 

45.503  Management  and  Organization  111  (2  q.h.) 

Applies  the  concepts  of  organization  and  management  to  the  functional  areas 
of  business — marketing,  production,  personnel,  and  finance.     Prereq.  45.502. 

45.504  Administrative  Management  &  Office  Services  I  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  techniques  of  modern  administrative  management  including 
organization,  planning,  office  mechanization,  computers,  information  require- 
ments analysis,  and  the  conducting  of  a  systems  study. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MANAGEMENT   /   209 

45.604     Administrative  Management  &  Office  Services  II  (2  q.h.) 
An  analysis  of  systems  and  procedures,  business  writing,  report  structuring, 
records  management,  control  techniques,  staffing,  and  methods  of  directing 
the  administrative  management  function.      Prereq.  45.504. 

45.523.  524,  525     Management  Seminar  I,  II,  III*  (6  q.h.) 
A  research  project  in  which  students  will  be  expected  to  utilize  the  knowledge 
gained  in  earlier  course  work  in  the  analysis  of  a  management  problem  in  an 
organization.  The  project  will  be  directed  by  a  faculty  member  who  will  meet 
periodically  with  students  to  review  progress  on  the  project.      Prereq.  45.503. 

45.533,  534,  535  Management  Decisions  &  Policies*  (6  q.h.) 
This  course  takes  the  viewpoint  of  top  management  in  planning  effective  rela- 
tionships between  the  corporation  and  its  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  sensing,  analysing,  evaluating,  and  responding  to  demographic,  cultural,  po- 
litical, and  technological  change  in  the  business  environment.  Subjects  studied 
include  the  functions  and  responsibilities  of  top  management,  the  problems 
which  affect  the  charcter  and  success  of  the  total  enterprise,  operations  in 
foreign  environments,  the  impact  of  government  regulations,  corporate  strat- 
egies for  dealing  with  power-possessing  entities  in  the  environment.  Cases  are 
drawn  from  companies  of  various  sizes  in  widely  diversified  industries  operating 
in  a  variety  of  environments.      Prerep.  44.503. 

45.600,  45.601,  45.602  Small  Business  Management  I,  II,  III  (6  q.h.) 
For  those  who  wish  to  explore  the  opportunities  of  being  in  business  for  them- 
selves. Subjects  considered  include  objective  self-analysis;  discovery  of  oppor- 
tunities in  the  manufacturing,  retailing  and  service  fields;  raising  and  conserva- 
tion of  capital;  organization  and  site  location  factors;  management  controls  in 
relation  to  legal,  financial,  personnel,  and  marketing  problems. 

45.606  Management  Decisions  &  Policies  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 
This  course  takes  the  viewpoint  of  top  management  in  planning  effective  rela- 
tionships between  the  corporation  and  its  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  sensing,  analyzing,  evaluation,  and  responding  to  demographic,  cultural, 
political,  and  technological  change  in  the  business  environment.  Subjects 
studied  include  the  functions  and  responsibilities  of  top  management,  the 
problems  which  affect  the  character  and  success  of  the  total  enterprise,  opera- 
tions in  foreign  environments,  the  impact  of  government  regulations,  and  cor- 
porate strategies  for  dealing  with  power-possessing  entities  in  the  environment. 
Cases  are  drawn  from  companies  of  various  sizes  in  widely  diversified  industries 
operating  in  a  variety  of  environments.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
45.533,  45.534,  45.535.  Prereq.  44.503. 

45.646     Management  Seminar  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 

Same  as  45.523,  524,  525,  except  intensive.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 

taken  45.523,  524,  525.      Prereq.  45.503. 

45.652  Management  and  Organization  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Describes  the  environment  within  which  business  operates  and  from  this 
develops  the  theory  and  practice  of  organization.  Develops  the  "what"  and 
"how"  of  the  management  process.  The  concepts  of  organization  and  manage- 
ment to  the  functional  areas  of  business-marketing,  production,  personnel,  and 
finance.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.501,  45.502,  45.503. 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


210   /   MANAGEMENT 

45.670  The  Management  of  Change  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  firm  as  perceived  in  current  terms  is  explored.  Selected  readings  of  signifi- 
cant dynamic  management  theorists  are  studied.  Evaluation  of  business  per- 
formance as  related  to  dynamic  company  objectives;  recognition  of  need  for 
change;  the  exploration,  development,  and  synthesis  of  the  conceptual  and 
practical  implications  of  change  dynamics;  the  dimensions  of  change — rate 
and  direction — will  be  established;  change  as  a  management  objective.  Pre- 
req.  45.503. 

45.671  The  Management  of  Change  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  transitional  organization  and  the  process  of  organizational  change  are 
studied;  implications  of  technological  advances  on  company  operations;  the 
firm  and/or  environment  as  causative  change  agents;  establishment  of  planned, 
profit-oriented  change  strategies;  the  transitional  manager;  innovative  principles 
of  administration  and  organization;  the  resistance  to  change;  measurement  and 
control  of  change  dimensions.  Case  studies  on  the  social,  economic  and  political 
forces  shaping  society.     Prereq.  45.670. 

45.672  The  Management  of  Change  III  (2  q.h.) 

Conceptual  approaches  applied  to  the  emerging  organization  are  considered: 
administrative  and  organizational  flexibility,  strategy/structure  synergism; 
integration  of  profit  and  social  responsibility;  industrial  productivity  and  leisure 
time;  interrelationship  among  economic,  technological,  social  and  political 
change  and  their  impact  on  the  firm;  the  systems  manager;  the  development 
of  a  model  for  change.      Prereq.  45.672. 

49.504  Strategy  for  Planning  I  (3  q.h.) 

Students  are  provided  an  opportunity  to  use  a  full  range  of  skills  and  experience 
to  make  key  decisions  in  planning  and  operating  a  company  in  an  uncertain, 
competitive  environment.  Students  participate  as  team  members  in  a  com- 
puterized decision-making  exercise.  Course  materials,  class  discussions  and 
guest  lecturers  will  expose  the  student  to  planning  techniques,  systems,  and 
issues  with  which  executive  management  becomes  involved.  This  class  will 
meet  once  per  week  for  2^2  hours.  Open  only  to  students  of  junior  or  senior 
status. 

49.505  Strategy  for  Planning  II  (3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  49.504.  Students  will  have  continued  opportunities  to  analyze 
results  of  previous  decision-making,  engage  in  additional  planning  and  decision- 
making, and  conduct  board  meetings.  This  class  will  meet  once  per  week  for 
2^2    hours.      Prereq.   49.504. 

Industrial  Management  Courses 

45.506  Production  Management  &  Manufacturing  Systems  I  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  the  basic  areas  of  production  management,  characteristic  activities, 
responsibilities  and  decision  making.  The  systems  concept  as  applied  to  manu- 
facturing. Manufacturing  costs  and  their  management. 

45.507  Production  Management  &  Manufacturing  Systems  II  (2  q.h.) 
Further  analysis  of  the   manufacturing  system,   including  production  control, 
materials,  work  design,  simplification  and  measurement;  quality  control;  data 
processing  as  applied  to  manufacturing;  selected  readings  in  modern  production 
management  techniques.      Prereq.  45.506. 


MANAGEMENT   /   211 

45.508  Production  Management  &  Manufacturing  Systems  III  (2  q.h.) 
Continuing  study  and  analysis  of  the  manufacturing  function;  production  and 
process  technology;  work  place  methods  and  standards;  planning  and  control  of 
operations  and  inventories:  concepts,  analytical  techniques  and  information 
systems;  selected  case  studies  emphasizing  relevant  production  management 
and  manufacturing  systems,  concepts  and  applications.      Prereq.  45.507. 

45.519     Worl<  Methods  (2  q.h.) 

The  principles  of  motion  economy  and  work  simplification  in  analysis  and 
improvement  of  methods,  utilizing  flow  charts,  diagrams,  work  station  activity 
charts,  and  laboratory  techniques. 

45.522     Job  Evaluation  (2  q.h.) 

Wage-payment  systems;  theory  of  wage  determination,  job  elements,  rating 
scales,  writing  job  descriptions  and  specifications;  selection  of  plans;  develop- 
ment of  wage  structures  and  integration  with  the  principles  of  merit  rating. 

45.526     Facilities  Planning  &  Design  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  designing  of  industrial  plants,  in  terms  of  equipment  and 
machinery  requirements,  plant  layout  and  material  flow,  utilizing  flow  charting, 
scheduling,  and  laboratory  scale  models.     Prereq.  45.508. 

45.531     Facilities  Planning  &  Design  II*  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  material  handling  and  related  equipments,  vehicles,  and 
machinery,  including  cranes,  conveyors,  freight  elevators,  and  monorails,  with 
emphasis  on  analysis  of  problems,  typical  cases,  and  costs,  and  including  engi- 
neering economy.      Prereq.  45.526. 
45.528     Work  Measurement     (2  q.h.) 

Measurement  techniques  as  applied  to  development  of  production  and  wage 
standard  data,  including  appropriate  incentive  plans  and  directed  towards  quan- 
tity manufacturing,  with  laboratory  use. 

45.530     Standard  Data  Development  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  production  standards  for  job  shop  operations,  applying  curve, 
table,  equation,  nomograph,  family  and  multivariables  techniques,  and  utiliz- 
ing work  sampling  methods  and  laboratory  practice. 

45.537  Purchasing  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamental  mission  and  span  of  responsibility  of  industrial  purchasing 
in  business:  the  procurement  cycle,   its  principles,  methods,  and  vocabulary. 

45.538  Purchasing  II  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  organization  of  the  purchasing  function:  its  systems,  source  selec- 
tion and  evaluation;  the  legal  environment;  quantity  and  quality  determination. 
Prereq.  45.537. 

45.539  Purchasing  Hi  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  creative  buying;  types  of  contracts;  negotiating  and  price/cost 
analysis;  purchasing  ethics;  supplier  monitoring  and  expediting;  contract  modi- 
fication and  termination.      Prereq.  45.538. 

45.595     Manufacturing  Seminar  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Problems  of  manufacturing  operation  at  the  plant  manager  level,  including  pro- 
duction economics  of  specialization,  simplification,  standardization,  diversifica- 
tion, expansion,  contraction,  or  integration,  ail  with  pertinent,  selected  case 
studies.     Prereq.  45.625  &  45.637. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


212   /    MANAGEMENT 

45.596  Manufacturing  Seminar  ll"^  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  analysis  of  manufacturing  problems,  including  plant  location,  layout, 
materials  handling,  power  maintenance,  labor  market  status,  organization  and 
wage  policy,  all  with  pertinent,  selected  case  studies.     Prereq.  45.595. 

45.597  Manufacturing  Seminar  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  analysis  of  manufacturing  problems,  including  controls  of  the  manu- 
facturing process;  product  design  and  development,  scheduling,  inventory, 
quality,  cost  and   budgetary  controls  with  applicable  cases.     Prereq.  45.596. 

45.620     Industrial  Safety  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  administration  of  a  comprehensive  accident- 
prevention  program,  including  analysis  of  industrial  hazards  and  accidents,  cor- 
rective actions,  and  the  responsibilities  of  all  management  echelons,  from  the 
safety  engineer  to  top  management. 

45.623  Manufacturing  Processes  I — Material  (2  q.h.) 

Derivation,  characteristics,  and  applications  of  materials  used  in  industry,  such 
as  ferrous,  non-ferrous  metals,  plastics,  their  mechanical,  thermal,  electrical, 
chemical  and  other  properties  with  an  analysis  of  applications  to  manufacturing 
on  basis  of  value  engineering  criteria. 

45.624  Manufacturing  Processes  II — Production  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  product  design,  production  processes  and  material  selection  in  the 
production  and  manufacturing  of  hard  goods,  including  selection  of  best  meth- 
ods by  study  of  casting,  machining,  forming,  joining,  hot  and  cold  working, 
extrusion,  finishing,  assembly  and  related  case  studies.      Prereq.  45.623. 

45.625  Manufacturing  Processes  III — Automation  (2  q.h.) 

The  analysis  of  advanced  manufacturing  processes,  including  mass  production, 
numeric  control,  central  vs  line  layout  systems,  automated  systems  and  related 
problems,  computer  controlled  equipments  and  systems,  equipment  and  ma- 
chinery selection  and  replacement  policies  and  related  case  studies.  Prereq. 
45.624. 

45.626  Professional  Purchasing  Techniques*  (2  q.h.) 

A  seminar-type  examination  of  methods  of  negotiation,  use  of  contract  types 
and  incentives  which  yield  improved  buyer  performance.  Price  analysis  and 
the  development  of  supplier  monitoring  and  control  techniques.  Prereq. 
45.539. 

45.627,  45.628     Value  Management  I,  II  (4  q.h.) 

An  organized  technique  for  challenging  costs  by  analysing  a  product  or  method 

in  terms  of  value,  function,  and  costs,  without  sacrificing  essential  quality. 

45.636  Production  &  Inventory  Control  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  analysis  and  system-design  techniques  for  controlling  production  and 
inventory  levels,  emphasizing  cost  reduction,  and  including  inventory  invest- 
ment, economic  order  quantity,  make  or  buy  decisions,  and  warehousing. 
Prereq.  45.640. 

45.637  Production  &  Inventory  Control  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Aspects  of  intermittent  and  continuous  production,  variable  demand,  machine 
break  point,  simulated  scheduling,  and  relationships  of  planning,  scheduling, 
and  dispatching — with  mathematical  models.      Prereq.  45.636. 

•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MANAGEMENT  /   213 

45.638  Industrial  Decision  Making  I*  (2  q.h.) 

The  development  of  a  systematic  approach  to  problem  solving  and  decision  mak- 
ing; decision  theory;  structure  of  human  decisions.     Prereq.  10.334. 

45.639  Industrial  Decision  Making  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  mathematical  methods,  of  management  science  and  quantitative 
decision-making  procedures  to  practical  industrial  problems;  optimization  and 
models  applied  to  production  functions  such  as  the  inventory  process,  plant 
location,  layout  and  maintenance,  and  equipment  selection,  replacement,  and 
maintenance.     Prereq.  45.638. 

45.640  Industrial  Decision  Making  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  mathematical  methods  of  management  science  and  quantitative 
decision-making  procedures  to  practical  industrial  problems,  including  linear 
systems  utilizations  and  functional  production  applications  such  as:  economic 
lot  size,  optimal  machine  loading,  production,  and  employment  scheduling; 
seasonal  inventory  distribution;  transportation  and  transshipment  models; 
maximum  profit  margin;  methods  improvements;  selected  case  studies. 
Prereq.  45.639. 

45.642  Production  Management  &  Manufacturing  Systems  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  the  basic  areas  of  production  management,  characteristic  activities, 
typical  decisions,  and  the  fundamental  qualitative  and  quantitative  approaches 
used  in  the  inherent  decision-making  process,  including  production  and  facilities 
planning  and  investment  analysis;  selected  case  studies.  Analysis  of  production 
systems,  including  inventory  control,  production  control  and  data  processing  as 
applied  to  the  problems  and  environment  of  manufacturing;  selected  case 
studies.  Additional  areas  of  manufacturing  are  analyzed,  including  quality  con- 
trol, statistical  quality  control,  methods  analysis  and  improvement,  w/ork  meas- 
urement, and  wage  incentives;  selected  case  studies.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  taken  45.506,  45.507,  45.508. 

45.666     The  Materials  Acquisition  Function  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  procurement  function  as  found  in  industry.  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  furnish  candidates,  with  majors  in  other  than  purchasing,  a  broad 
comprehension  of  the  acquisition  function.  Purchasing's  mission,  procedures, 
proper  interface  with  other  functions,  and  its  legitimate  objectives  are  explored. 
System  techniques,  organizational  structures  and  required  skills  are  investi- 
gated and  particular  attention  is  given  to  the  integration  of  this  function  into 
the  total  cycle  of  product  creation. 

45.673  Manufacturing  Processes  I  for  Industrial  Technology  (2  q.h.) 
Familiarizes  the  Industrial  Technology  student  with  the  materials  and  processes 
used  in  manufacturing  to  convert  ideas  into  products,  machines  and  structures; 
characteristics  and   applications   of   materials   used   in    industry;   casting  and 
forming  processes;  machining  processes. 

45.674  Manufacturing  Processes  II  for  Industrial  Technology  (2  q.h.) 
Continued   analysis  of  manufacturing  processes   including  welding  and   allied 
processes;   machine  tools:   advantages  and   limitations;   economic  analysis  of 
manufacturing  processes;  automated  and  computer  controlled  systems;  equip- 
ment and  machinery  selection  and  replacement  policies.      Prereq.  45.678. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


k 


214  /   MANAGEMENT 

49.501  Environmental  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  state  of  our  environment  now  and  in  the  future — an  introduction  to  the 
types  and  threats  of  pollution,  including  the  atmosphere,  land  and  waterways. 
Emphasis  placed  on  impact  of  pollution  upon  economic  growth,  business 
profitability,  governmental  outlays  and  individual  expenditures.  Lectures,  class 
participation,  and  selected  readings.  Written  reports  required. 

49.502  Environmental  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Environmental  Pollution  I  in  which  the  level  of  our  technology 
is  explored.  A  review  of  control  techniques,  disposal  systems  and  purification 
equipment  with  an  evaluation  of  their  effectiveness  and  costs.  Critical  unsolved 
technical  problems  and  the  needs  for  scientific  investigation  will  be  highlighted. 
Lectures,  class  participation,  and  selected  readings.  Written  reports  required. 
Prereq.  49.501. 

49.503  Environmental  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Environmental  Pollution  II  in  which  past,  present  and  future 
controlling  and  corrective  actions  of  business  and  government  and  the  individual 
are  examined.  Evaluation  of  the  balance  between  responsible  self  control 
and  preventive  legislation.  Specific  attention  to  the  complexity  of  interacting 
factors  and  the  dilemma  of  productivity  demands  versus  the  environmental 
limitations  of  adaptability.  Lectures,  class  participation,  and  selected  readings. 
Written  reports  required.     Prereq.  49.502. 

Personnel  &  Industrial  Relations 

45.510  Labor  Management  Relations  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  American  labor  movement  and  labor  relations  development;  collective  bar- 
gaining issues,  policy  and  practice;  public  control  of  industrial  relations. 
Prereq.  39.503. 

45.611     Labor  Management  Relations  11  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  I.  The  economic  and  political  impact  of  bargaining  power  on 

labor  markets,  employment,  wages,  and  income.     Prereq.  45.510. 

45.511  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  human  problems  of  the  work  environment:  motivation,  em- 
ployee participation;  formal  and  informal  organizations;  and  leadership  patterns. 

45.512  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Human  Relations  I;  the  processes  of  communication,  inter- 
viewing, counseling,  appraisal  of  performance,  and  the  accomplishment  of 
change.  Special  employment  groups  and  overview  of  the  individual  in  his 
organization.     Prereq.  45.511. 

45.513  Personnel  Management  I  (  2  q.h.) 

Organization,  function,  and  procedures  of  the  personnel  department  in  rela- 
tionship to  the  management  organization;  manpower  selection;  training;  rating; 
personnel  policies,  benefits,  and  reports. 

45.514  Personnel  Management  11  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  techniques  of  training,  the  psychology  of  learning,  meeting  train- 
ing needs,  principles  and  practices  of  organizing  training  activities.  Prereq. 
45.513. 


MANAGEMENT   /  215 

45.515     Personnel  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

Controlling  and  coordinating  the  managerial  responsibility  of  supervision;  plan- 
ning the  work;  employee  assignments;  employees'  attitudes;  employee  griev- 
ances; administering  company  policies,  developing  work  interest.  Prereq. 
45.514. 

45.517  Techniques  of  Employee  Selection*  (2  q.h.) 

Recruitment,  selection,  and  placement  techniques  including  interviewing,  em- 
ployment testing,  and  examining.      Prereq.  45.515.      Offered  in  Spring  Quarter 

45.518  Wage  and  Salary  Administration*  (2  q.h.) 

Wage  and  salary  determination;  merit  and  incentive  plans;  wage  and  salary 
structure;  compensation  methods;  impact  on  employer-employee  relations  in  the 
economy.     Prereq.  39.503,  45.503.  Offered  in  Fall  Quarter 

45.521     Employee  Benefits*  (2  q.h.) 

Private  and  public  programs  directed  to  job  and  worker  income  security;  unem- 
ployment compensation,  training  and  employment  services;  private  guaranteed 
income;  retirement  pension  plans  and  disability;  group  insurance.  Prereq. 
39.503.  Offered  in  Winter  Quarter 

45.545  Law  of  Employment  Standards*  (2  q.h.) 

The  minimum-wage  laws — state  and  federal — and  laws  on  employment  prac- 
tices, administrative  and  enforcement  procedures,  employment  provisions  of  the 
1964  Civil  Rights  Act,  and  of  state  anti-discrimination  laws.      Prereq.  45.611. 

Offered  in  Fall  Quarter 

45.546  Law  of  Employment  Conditions*  (2  q.h.) 

The  Labor  Management  Reporting  and  Disclosure  Act,  the  Social  Security  Act, 
the  Massachusetts  Employment  Security  Act,  The  Massachusetts  Workmen's 
Compensation  Act,  veterans'  reemployment  rights.      Prereq.  45.611. 

Offered  in  Winter  Quarter 

45.548     Law  of  Labor  Management  Relations*  (2  q.h.) 

The  legal  framework  for  collective  bargaining,  the  impact  of  the  anti-trust  laws 
on  labor  unions,  injunctions  in  labor  disputes,  the  Railway  Labor  Act,  the  Na- 
tional Labor  Relations  Act,  the  Labor-Management  Relations  Act.  Prereq. 
45.611.  Offered  in  Spring  Quarter 

45.553     The  Labor  Agreement*  (2  q.h.) 

Labor  contracts:  component  clauses,  grievance  analysis,  and  arbitration  pro- 
cedures. Case  studies  in  labor-management  relations  affected  by  such  clauses. 
Prereq.  45.611  Offered  in  even-numbered  years;  Winter  Quarter 

45.556  Negotiations,  Mediation,  Arbitration*  (2  q.h.) 

The  bargaining  process;  preparation  and  negotiation  of  agreements;  mediation, 
fact-finding,    arbitration,    other    alternatives    to    the    strike.      Prereq.    45.611. 

Offered  in  odd-numbered  years;  Spring  Quarter 

45.557  International  Labor  Movements*  (2  q.h.) 

Historical  treatment  of  American  labor  union  development  and  theories  of 
labor  organization;  relation  of  labor  and  government,  American,  European,  and 
Latin-American  labor  organization  and  institutions;  international  labor  organi- 
zations.    Prereq.  45.611.  Offered  in  even-numbered  years;  Fall  Quarter 


'Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


216   /    MANAGEMENT 

45.560  Seminar  on  Labor  Issues*  (2  q.h.)  (For  Seniors  Only) 

An  advanced  discussion  of  current  labor-management  issues;  policy  as  to  dis- 
putes, wage  guidelines,  public  employees'  unions,  professionals,  etc.  Prereq. 
45.546,  45.548,  45.553.  Offered  in  odd  numbered  years;  Fall  Quarter 

45.607     Personnel  Management  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Organization,  function,  and  procedures  of  the  personnel  department  in  relation- 
ship to  the  management  organization;  manpower  selection;  training;  rating;  per- 
sonnel policies,  benefits,  and  reports.  Principles  and  techniques  of  training;  the 
psychology  of  learning;  meeting  training  needs;  principles  and  practices  or- 
ganizing training  activities.  Controlling  and  coordinating  the  managerial  respon- 
sibility of  supervision;  planning  the  work;  employee  assignments;  employees' 
attitudes;  employee  grievances;  administering  company  policies,  developing 
work  interest.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.513,  45.514,  45.515. 

45.641  Human  Relations  in  Organizations  (Intensive)  (4  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  human  problems  of  the  work  environment;  motivation,  em- 
ployee participation;  formal  and  informal  organizations;  and  leadership  patterns. 
The  processes  of  communication:  interviewing,  counseling,  appraisal  of  perform- 
ance, and  the  accomplishment  of  change.  Special  employment  groups  and 
overview  of  the  individual  in  his  organization.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
taken  45.511,  45.512. 

Quality  Control 

45.536     Principles  of  Material  Inspection  (2  q.h.) 

An  operating  and  technical-level  course  involving  mensuration,  need  and  func- 
tion of  inspection  and  specifications;  basic  principles  and  techniques  of 
measurement;  various  methods  and  equipment  used  for  gauging  and  measur- 
ing; special  measuring  and  inspection  problems. 

45.561  Statistical  Quality  Control  I  (2  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-control 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control  and  quality  improvement  of 
products  and  services;  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of 
quality  control  charts  for  measurable  and  non-measurable  quality  character- 
istics.    Prereq.  39.513. 

45.562  Statistical  Quality  Control  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Statistical  Quality  Control  I,  covering  the  application  of  statis- 
tical and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  sampling  of  purchased  ma- 
terial, work  in  process,  and  outgoing  products.  Methods  of  predicting  sampling 
results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the  poisson  distributions; 
development  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  any  sampling  plan;  risks 
involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL.      Prereq.  45.561. 

45.563  Management  of  Quality  Control  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  concepts  of  managing  the  quality  function  of  a  company  to  maximize 
customer  satisfaction  at  minimum  quality  cost;  the  idea  of  total  quality  control; 
measurement  of  the  costs  of  quality;  development  of  a  co-ordinated  program 
of  improvement,  organizing  for  diagnosis  the  defect  causes. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MANAGEMENT   /   217 

45.565  Industrial  Experimentation  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Modern  small  sample  techniques  are  applied  to  industrial  problems.  Use  of 
statistical  inference  to  make  estimates  and  set  confidence  intervals  of  key 
characteristics  of  production  lots  and  processes;  design  of  single  and  multiple 
factor  experiments;  tests  of  significance;  analysis  of  variance.     Prereq.  39.513. 

45.566  Industrial  Experimentation  ll=*  (2  q.h.) 

Tests  of  significance,  analysis  of  variance;  correlation  techniques;  experimental 
design;  balancing  and  randomizing  techniques;  factorial  designs;  nested  de- 
signs; Latin  square;  random  balance/multiple-balance.     Prereq.  45.565. 

45.608     Quality  Control  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

Description  and  practical  application  of  the  basic  statistical  quality-control 
methods  for  quality  assurance,  quality  control,  and  quality  improvement  of 
products  and  services;  the  determination  of  process  capability;  the  use  of  quality 
control  charts  for  measurable  and  non-measurable  quality  characteristics.  The 
application  of  statistical  and  probability  considerations  in  acceptance  sampling 
of  purchased  material,  work  in  process,  and  outgoing  products.  Methods  of 
predicting  sampling  results  using  the  hypergeometric,  the  binomial,  and  the 
poisson  distributions;  development  of  the  operating  characteristic  curve  for  any 
sampling  plan;  risks  involved  in  sampling  and  the  concepts  of  AQL,  RQL,  AOQL. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.561,  45.562,  45.563.      Prereq.  39.513. 

45.633  Advanced  Quality  Control  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Detailed  study  of  specialized  techniques  used  in  defect-cause  diagnosis  and 
problem  analysis.  Complete  analysis  of  process  capability;  the  multi-vari  chart; 
pictograms;  the  span  plan  method.     Prereq.  45.562. 

45.634  Advanced  Quality  Control  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  Advanced  Quality  Control  I  with  special  emphasis  on  design  of 
control  plans  for  process  quality  control  and  special  cases  of  product  accept- 
ance.     Prereq.  45.624. 

Law 

45.541  Law  I*  (2  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:  Nature,  kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 
interpretation  of  contracts. 

45.542  Law  II*  (2  q.h.) 

AGENCY:  Nature,  formation,  and  termination  of  agency  relationships;  rights  and 
duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's  authority. 

SALES:  Nature  of  sales  contracts;  warranties;  transfer  of  title;  rights  and  reme- 
dies of  seller  and  buyer.     Prereq.  45.541. 

45.543  Law  III*  (2  q.h.) 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:  Bills,  notes  and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses 
of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge. 

BUSINESS  ORGANIZATIONS:  Survey  of  corporations  and  partnerships. 
Prereq.  45.542. 

45.643     Law  (Intensive)*  (6  q.h.) 

CONTRACTS:   Nature,   kinds,  and  formation  of  contracts;  essential  elements; 

interpretation  of  contracts. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


218  /   MANAGEMENT 

AGENCY:   Nature,   formation,   and  termination  of  agency  relationships;   rights 

and  duties  of  principal  and  agent;  scope  of  agent's  authority. 

SALES:   Nature   of   sales    contracts;    warranties;   transfer   of   title;    rights   and 

remedies  of  seller  and  buyer. 

NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS:   Bills,  notes,  and  checks;  liabilities  and  defenses 

of  parties;  procedure  upon  dishonor;  discharge. 

BUSINESS   ORGANIZATIONS:   Survey   of   corporations   and    partnerships.    Not 

open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.541,  45.542,  45.543. 


Management  Information  Systems 

45.570  Electronic  Data  Processing  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts. 

45.571  Electronic  Data  Processing  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance  comparison  of 
available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing  and  sorting 
techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and  terminals. 
Prereq.  45.570. 

45.572  Electronic  Data  Processing  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN  and  other  programming  languages;  discus- 
sion of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  applications;  and  a 
summary  of  trends  in  EDP.      Prereq.  45.571. 

45.573  Computer  Programmming  for  Business  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  business  application  programming:  Introduction  to  COBOL, 
Common  Business  Oriented  Language,  adopted  as  standard  business  program- 
ming language  of  EDP  industry.  Principles  of  flowcharting.  Programs  prepared 
by  student  are  run  and  checked  out  using  University's  Computation  Center 
computer.     Prereq.  45.572. 

45.574  Computer  Programming  for  Business  II  (2  q.h.) 

Programming  in  COBOL  presented  in  more  detail.  Business  data  processing 
functions  of  editing,  file  updating,  report  writing  are  illustrated  and  implemented 
in  programs  prepared  by  students  and  run  on  University's  computer.  Program- 
ming involves  punched  card  input  and  line  printer  output.      Prereq.  45.573. 

45.575  Computer  Programming  for  Business  III  (2  q.h.) 

More  sophisticated  programming  techniques  as  applied  to  the  solution  of  more 
complex  business  application  problems.  Random  access  disk  file  organization 
and  processing  is  illustrated.  Disk  and  magnetic  tape  files  are  utilized  in  prob- 
lem solving.      Prereq.  45.574. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MANAGEMENT  /  219 

45.577  Data  Systems  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

The  major  phases  involved  in  the  study  and  detailed  planning  for  the  effective 
use  of  data  processing  equipment  and  management  sciences  in  meeting  the 
information  needs  of  business  are  presented,  including  the  analysis  of  company 
objectives,  the  feasibility  study,  the  system  specifications,  equipment  selection, 
and  the  implementation  of  the  new  system.     Prereq.  45.572. 

Offered  Fall  Quarters  only 

45.578  Business  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Each  student  is  given  an  opportunity  to  understand  and  perceive  a  company  as 
a  total  operating  system.  Specific  systems  applications  examined  include 
Inventory  Control,  Purchasing,  Accounts  Payable,  and  their  integration.  Specific 
techniques  on  data  collection  including  Data  Communications  are  dealt  with  dur- 
ing the  quarter.  A  field  trip  to  a  Communications  Training  Center  and  a  team 
case  study  project  complete  the  quarter.      Prereq.  45.577. 

45.579  Business  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  45.578  covering  additional  information  systems  of  accounts 
receivable,  sales  analysis,  the  design  of  integrated  systems,  a  review  of  "on- 
line" systems  and  computer  system  simulation.  The  opportunity  to  participate 
in  a  computer  simulation  exercise  is  offered  during  a  field  trip.  A  team  case 
study  project  completes  the  quarter.      Prereq.  45.578. 

45.583  Computer  Programming  for  Scientific  Applications  I*  (2  q.h.) 
Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  working  knowledge  of  FORTRAN,  the 
modern  problem  oriented  computer  language.  Enables  the  professional  to 
understand  the  use  of  a  computer  in  solving  problems  in  business,  mathe- 
matics, and  the  social  and  physical  sciences  by  introducing  him  to  problems  in 
selected  applications,  and  illustrating  use  of  FORTRAN  in  finding  solutions. 
Prereq.  45.572. 

45.683  Computer  Programming  for  Scientific  Applications  II*  (2  q.h.) 
The  course  provides  the  student  with  practical  experience  in  the  use  of  FOR- 
TRAN in  solving  significant  problems  in  business,  mathematics,  and  the  social 
and  physical  sciences.  Problems  of  sufficient  complexity  will  be  used  to  allow 
the  student  to  actively  participate  in  the  various  steps  necessary  to  analyze, 
define,  document,  and  solve  the  problem  using  FORTRAN.      Prereq.  45.583. 

45.586  System  Design  and  Techniques  I  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  system  concepts,  system  department  organization,  forms  design, 
systems  controls,  and  manuals.      Prereq.  45.503  or  45.572. 

45.587  System  Design  and  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 

Development  of  system  techniques  through  lectures  and  case  studies,  including 
work  simplification,  work  measurement,  flow  charting,  system  cost  estimating, 
and  system  development.      Prereq.  45.586. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


220  /   MANAGEMENT 

45.588  System  Design  and  Techniques  III  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  system  teciiniques  tlirougli  extensive  use  of  case  studies  cover- 
ing the  full  spectrum  of  system  development  and  design.     Prereq.  45.587. 

45.589  Advanced  Business  System  Design  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  total  computer  based  system  concepts,  resource  management, 
functional  data  flows,  information  feedback  process,  and  major  design  criteria. 
Prereq.  45.588. 

45.590  Advanced  Business  System  Design  11*  (2  q.h.) 

Detailed  analysis  of  a  manufacturing  company's  business  system  design,  focus- 
ing on  data  base  design  and  subsystem  relationships  between  order  entry, 
production  control,  and  inventory  control.      Prereq.  45.589. 

45.591  Advanced  Business  System  Design  HI*  (2  q.h.) 

Management  information  system  design,  including  the  impact  of  advanced 
capabilities  such  as  data  communication,  on-line  file  storage,  and  simulation 
on  the  design  and  system  approach.     Prereq.  45.590. 

45.592  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  I*  (2  q.h.) 

On-line  data  communication  systems  covering  the  range  of  services  available, 
remote  input  and  output  devices,  techniques  of  control,  and  application  ex- 
amples.     Prereq.  45.591. 

45.593  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  II*  (2  q.h.) 

On-line  mass  storage  devices,  data  base  design,  and  file  retrieval  techniques. 
Real-time  input-output  techniques  including  visual  and  graphic  displays.  Pre- 
req. 45.592. 

45.594  Advanced  Computer  System  Techniques  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Time  sharing  system  concepts,  design,  and  languages.  Application  of  on-line 
and  time  sharing  system  techniques  through  case  studies  and  field  trips. 
Prereq.  45.593. 

45.599     Basic  Computer  Programming  (2  q.h.) 

A  one  quarter  survey  course  in  introductory  computer  programming  for  business 
students.  Fundamentals  of  programming  are  introduced  along  with  COBOL, 
common  business-oriented  language.  The  divisions  of  COBOL,  Data  File  Struc- 
ture, verb  actions  are  studied.  Each  student  will  prepare  and  check  out  programs 
using  the  University  Computer  Center.      Prereq.  45.572. 

45.616  Government  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 
Discusses  the  basic  role  of  data  processing  in  the  current  governmental 
activities  in  education  (including  computer  assisted  instruction),  health  (includ- 
ing patient  care),  welfare  (including  urban  planning),  information  (including 
graphic  storage  and  retrieval  systems)  through  description  of  scientific  ad- 
vanced systems  and  equipment.      Prereq.  45.572. 

45.653  Government  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 
Describes  principal  applications  and  specific  advanced  system  designs  and 
equipment  which  have  been  employed  successfully  by  various  levels  of  govern- 
ment in  the  fields  of  public  administration,  planning,  finance,  law  enforcement 
and  judicature,  communication,  and  integrated  information  bases.  Prereq. 
45.616. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


MANAGEMENT  /  221 

45.617  Advanced  Computer  Programming  I*  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  assembler  language  programming  using  the  University's  com- 
puting system.  Organization,  representation,  and  processing  data  within  the 
computer.  Looping,  instruction  modification,  indexing,  indirect  addressing  and 
data  retrieval  are  introduced.  Cursory  survey  of  assembler  languages  in  general. 
Prereq.  Demonstrate  familiarity  with  any  currently  available  computer  language. 

45.618  Advanced  Computer  Programming  II*  (2  q.h.) 

Further  exploration  of  assembler  language  techniques,  other  addressing  struc- 
tures, floating  point  techniques,  coding  and  use  of  macro  instructions.  Input- 
output  routines,  use  of  operating  system  for  job  scheduling,  resource  allocation, 
file  handling.  Business  problems  analyzed,  flowcharted,  programmed  and  de- 
bugged on  University's  computer  by  students.  Debugging  of  problems  by  core 
dump  analysis.      Prereq.  45.617. 

45.619  Advanced  Computer  Programming  III*  (2  q.h.) 

Utilization  of  business  data  processing  hardware  on  University's  computing 
system.  Further  use  of  operating  system,  divide  independent  file  handling. 
Blocked  and  unblocked  file  manipulation.  Application  of  assembler  language  to 
a  sophisticated  programming  project.      Prereq.  45.618. 

45.630  Introduction  to  Operations  Research  (2  q.h.) 

Decision  making  under  uncertainty;  integration  of  classical  statistics  and  de- 
cision theory  with  Bayesian  concepts;  decision  tree  analysis;  preference  curves. 

45.631  Operations  Research  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Mathematical  programming;  linear  programming;  graphical,  vector,  simplex,  and 
transportation  methods;  the  dual;  degeneracy;  integer  programming;  non-linear 
programming;  dynamic  programming. 

45.632  Operations  Research  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

Special  topics  including  model  building,  queuing  theory,  simulation,  Pert-CPM, 
and  game  theory. 

45.644  Computer  Programming  for  Business  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 
Fundamentals  of  business  application  programming:  Introduction  to  COBOL, 
Common  Business  Oriented  Language,  adopted  as  standard  business  program- 
ming language  of  EDP  industry.  Principles  of  flowcharting.  Programs  prepared 
by  student  are  run  and  checked  out  using  the  University's  Computation  Center 
computer.  Programming  in  COBOL  presented  in  more  detail.  Business  data 
processing  functions  of  editing,  file  updating,  report  writing  are  illustrated  and 
implemented  in  programs  prepared  by  students  and  run  on  the  University's 
computer.  Programming  involving  punched  card  input  and  line  printer  output. 
Prereq.  45.527.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  45.573,  45.574,  45.575. 

45.648     Electronic  Data  Processing  (Intensive)  (6  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  computers  including  the  discussion  of  numbering  and  coding 
systems;  examples  of  typical  business  problems;  and  study  of  basic  program- 
ming concepts.  A  survey  of  available  computer  systems;  price  and  performance 
comparison  of  available  input,  output,  and  storage  media;  discussion  of  filing 
and  sorting  techniques;  and  presentation  of  data  communications  concepts  and 
terminals.  A  presentation  of  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  other  programming  lan- 
guages; discussion  of  business  data  processing  and  operations  research  appli- 
cations; and  a  summary  of  trends  in  EDP.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
45.570.  45.571,  45.572. 


•Upper  level  Business  Administration  course— see  p.  52. 


222  /   MANAGEMENT 

45.655  Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  presentation  of  auditing  techniques  used  when  auditing  typical  elec- 
tronic data  processing  installations.  Functional  assignment  of  duties  within  an 
electronic  data  processing  installation.  Control  over  input  and  output,  and  over 
data  processing.  Methodology  of  safeguarding  record  files,  both  physical  and 
against  unauthorized  use.     Prereq.  45.572. 

45.656  Auditing  Data  Processing  Applications  11  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  auditing  applications  when  reviewed  for  internal  control,  hard- 
wear  checks,  system  checks,  and  audit  trail.  Auditing  around  the  computer 
versus  through  the  computer.  Using  the  computer  to  test  the  Data  Processing 
system  and  also  the  records  produced  by  the  computer  system.  Auditing  ad- 
vanced Data  Processing  systems.     Prereq.  45.655. 

45.658  Retailing  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Analyzes  the  unique  characteristics  of  the  retail  application  including  high 
volume  of  transactions,  low  unit  value,  decentralized  input,  short  term  em- 
ployees, multi-level  reporting  and  their  effects  on  the  EDP  systems  requirements 
in  each  of  the  classical  areas  of  the  organization.     Prereq.  45.572. 

45.659  Retailing  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

Develops  the  systems  considerations  of  the  first  quarter  further  into  the  re- 
quirements of  an  overall,  integrated  management  information  system  for  retail. 
Prereq.  45.658. 

45.661  Banking  Data  Processing  Applications  I  (2  q.h.) 

Reviews  the  major  functions  of  banking,  deposit  loan  and  money,  and  analyzes 
their  uniqueness  from  an  EDP  point  of  view  in  the  applications  of  demand 
deposit  accounting,  commercial,  and  installment  loan  accounting,  bank  credit 
card  accounting,  and  credit  file  maintenance.     Prereq.  45.572. 

45.662  Banking  Data  Processing  Applications  II  (2  q.h.) 

Expands  on  first  quarter  by  analyzing  mortgage  accounting,  savings  accounting, 
mutual  fund  and  stock  transfer  accounting,  personal  trust  accounting,  new 
remote  terminals  and  the  development  of  management  information  systems 
for  commercial  banks  and  thrift  institutions.     Prereq.  45.661. 

45.664  EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  various  functions  unique  to  property  and  casualty  industry  and 
the  role  of  data  processing  as  applied  to  the  particular  functions:  underwriting, 
policy  production  claims,  and  actuarial.     Prereq.  45.572. 

45.665  EDP  in  Property  and  Casualty  Insurance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Application  of  the  principles  surveyed  in  the  first  quarter  to  one  or  more  case 
studies  developing  an  information  system  for  property  and  casualty  company 
management.     Prereq.  45.664. 

45.667     Project  Planning  and  Control  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  employs  a  systems  approach  to  planning  and  controlling  a  work 
project.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  detailed  planning  techniques,  establish- 
ment of  functional  and  individual  responsibilities,  resource  allocation,  identi- 
fying anticipated  benefits,  measuring  results  and  effective  progress  reporting. 
Students  will  be  expected  to  actively  participate  in  class  workshop  sessions. 
Prereq.  45.573. 


REAL  ESTATE   /   223 

45.668  Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  I  (2  q.h.) 

This  course  deals  with  the  many  peripheral  skills  and  techniques  which  the 
modern  analyst  must  employ  in  his  daily  activities.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered 
include  the  systems  approach  to  decision-making,  interviewing,  preparing  and 
presenting  proposals  to  executive  management,  techniques  of  documentation. 
Prereq.  45.573  Offered  Winter  Quarters  only. 

45.669  Peripheral  Systems  Techniques  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  45.668.  This  course  will  cover  such  topics  as  the  impact  of 
the  systems  analyst  as  a  trainer;  organizational  employers  of  third  generation 
computers;  control  and  systems  auditing,  and  the  establishment  of  data  proc- 
essing standards.      Prereq.  45.668.  Offered  Spring  Quarters  only. 

45.677  Operating  Systems  I  (2  q.h.) 

Survey  type  course — describing  operating  systems  and  investigating  the  full 
range  of  systems  services  available  under  computer  operating  systems.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  their  value  as  tools  for  developing  management  informa- 
tion. (Note:  This  quarter  could  stand  alone  as  management  tool  for  decision- 
making.)     Prereq.  45.575. 

45.678  Operating  Systems  II  (2  q.h.) 

Specific  software  covered  will  be  systems  supervisor,  data  management  system, 
FORTRAN,  COBOL,  Pl/1,  and  special  purpose  compilers.  Also  investigated  will 
be  operating  systems  which  accommodate  network  analysis.  Pert  systems, 
simulation  packages,  and  statistical  analysis  packages.      Prereq.  45.677. 

45.679  Operating  Systems  III  (2  q.h.) 

Detail  analysis  on  data  management  systems  with  specific  case  studies  and 
development  of  operating  system  programs.      Prereq.  45.678. 

45.680  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 
Discussion  of  computer-communications  with  emphasis  on  types  of  devices, 
communication  lines;  economic  considerations  such  as  line  charges,  types  of 
lines,  etc. — study  of  design  and  development  considerations  involved  in  a  com- 
munications program — study  of  time-sharing  programs  and  how  they  relate  to 
communications  programming.      Prereq.  45.575. 

45.681  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 
Discussion  of  types  of  communication  programs  such  as  information  retrieval, 
message  switching,  data  reception  and  transmission,  and  others.  Buffering  tech- 
niques for  communications  programs.      Prereq.  45.680. 

45.682  Computer-Communications  Systems  Design  and  Analysis  III  (2  q.h.) 
Case  studies  in  the  design  and  development  of  several  types  of  computer- 
communications  programs.  The  student  will  develop  flowcharts,  systems  defini- 
tion system  and  program  narratives,  and  documentation  of  programs  pertinent 
to  case  studies.  Student  will  checkout  communications  programs  under  simu- 
lation.     Prereq.  45.681. 

47-REAL   ESTATE 

47.501      Real  Estate  Fundamentals  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  real  estate  including  basic  terminology 

and  various  types  of  purchase  contracts.  Real  estate  brokerage  and  leasing 

fundamentals   in   commercial,   office,   and    residential   properties  will   also   be 

explored. 


224  /   REAL  ESTATE 

47.502  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  examination  of  real  property  management  with  emphasis  on  the  spe- 
cial characteristics  of  different  types  of  property,  along  with  introduction  to 
valuation  of  property,  including  analysis  of  operating  statements.  Prerequisite 
47.501  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.503  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  III  (2  q.h.) 

Real  Estate  financing  will  be  explored  with  respect  to  the  various  types  of  insti- 
tutions involved  in  the  financing  of  different  properties,  including  interim, 
permanent,  and  secondary  financing.  Specific  case  studies  will  also  be  used. 
Prerequ/s/'te  47.502  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.508  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Structure  and  analysis  of  real  estate  income  and  expense  statements.  Sources 
of  funds,  borrowing  methods,  effects  of  taxation,  rates  of  return,  etc.  Prereq- 
uisite 47.503  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.509  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  risks  and  problems  involved  in  financing  real  property  with  emphasis 
on  use  of  case  studies  and  problems.  Class  participation  stressed.  Prerequisite 
47.508,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.511      Fundamental  Real  Estate  Appraisal  (2  q.h.) 

A  fundamental  course  in  real  estate  appraisal  with  emphasis  on  single-  and 
two-  and  three-family  properties.  Analysis  of  city  and  neighborhood  influences, 
site  valuation,  building  diagnosis,  depreciation,  study  of  the  applicable  ap- 
proaches to  value,  appraisal  report  preparation.  Prerequ;s/te  47.503  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

47.512,  47.513  Advanced  Real  Estate  Appraisal  I  &  II  (4  q.h.) 
An  advanced  course  in  the  evaluation  of  residential  and  income  properties. 
Application  of  the  cost,  market,  and  income  approaches  to  apartment  buildings 
and  commercial  and  industrial  developments.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  vari- 
ous methods  of  capitalization  and  residual  techniques.  Class  participation  in 
case  studies  and  problems.  Prerequ/s/te  47.511,  45.512,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

47.521     Real  Estate  Development  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  problems  in  real  estate  development  using  the  case  method. 
Emphasis  on  the  risks  and  opportunities  which  face  developers  in  the  planning, 
marketing,  construction,  and  financing  of  apartments,  shopping  centers,  and 
office  buildings.     Prerequisite  47.509  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.524     Private  Real  Estate  Law  (2  q.h.) 

Elements  of  a  real  estate  contract  and  its  enforceability;  the  concept  of  title; 
mortgages  and  their  purposes;  recording  of  real  estate  interests;  the  landlord 
and  tenant  relationship.     Prerequisite  47.503  or  permission  of  instructor. 

47.525,  47.526     Public  Real  Estate  Law  I  &  II  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  will  focus  on  zoning,  subdivision  control,  conservation  controls, 
taxation  of  real  estate,  rent  control,  eminent  domain,  and  urban  renewal. 
Prerequisite  47.503,  47.525,  or  permission  of  instructor. 


TRANSPORTATION   /  225 

48-TRANSPORTATION  &  PHYSICAL  DISTRIBUTION   MANAGEMENT 

48.514  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  regulatory,  economic,  and  management  aspects  of  trans- 
portation from  the  viewpoints  of  shippers,  government,  and  carrier  managers. 
Topics  include:  costs,  rates,  operations,  entry,  mergers,  intercity  passenger  and 
urban  transportation.  A  course  of  general  interest  to  students  of  business,  law 
or  government.  Prereq.  for  all  other  courses  in  transportation.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  con^pleted  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.) 

48.515  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  physical  distribution  management  concepts.  Topics  include 
marketing,  locational  strategy,  organization,  inventory  control,  forecasting,  and 
cost  control.  Course  uses  text  and  case  materials  developed  from  industry  sit- 
uations. Prereq.  48.514.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  course 
numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.) 

48.516  Elements  of  Transportation  and  Distribution  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continued  examination  of  the  major  elements  of  the  physical  distribution  mix. 
Topics  include:  information  flow,  data  processing,  warehousing,  and  labor  re- 
lations. Cases  include  application  of  the  "total  cost"  approach  to  physical  dis- 
tribution. Prereq.  48.514.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  course 
numbers  48.501,  48.502.  48.503.) 

48.504  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  I  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  the  history  and  content  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act.  Prereq. 
48.527,  48.514,  or  former  course  numbers  48.503  and  48.526. 

48.505  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  II  (2  q.h.) 

Examination  of  administrative  law  and  procedure,  the  code  of  ethics  and  the 
general  rules  of  practice.     Prereq.  48.504. 

48.506  Transportation  Regulation  and  Promotion  III  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  cases  pertinent  to  the  Commerce  Clause.  Preparation  for  ICC  Prac- 
titioners Exam.      Prereq.  48.505. 

48.527  Traffic  Management  I — Rates  and  Tariffs  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  in  the  interpretation  and  use  of  tariffs.  Topics  include  classi- 
fications, rate  scales,  tariff  rules,  rate  making  procedures,  etc.  Prereq.  48.514 
or  former  course  number  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Not  open  to  students  who 
have  taken  former  course  numbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.) 

48.528  Traffic  Management  II — Rates  and  Tariffs  (2  q.h.) 

An  advanced  course  in  the  interpretation  and  use  of  tariffs.  Topics  include  ICC 
law  and  practice,  and  computerized  tariffs.  Prereq.  48.527.  (Not  open  to  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  former  course  numbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.) 

48.529  Traffic  Management  III — Selected  Topics  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  in  traffic  management  covering  topics  other  than  rates  and 
tariffs.  Subjects  include:  routing,  claims,  insurance,  consolidation,  packaging, 
etc.  Course  uses  cases  and  text.  Prereq.  48.514  or  former  course  numbers 
48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  former  course 
numbers  48.524,  48.525,  48.526.) 


226  /  TRANSPORTATION 

48.534  Surface  Transportation  I — Railroad  Management  (2  q.h.) 

A  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 
the  railroads.  Topics  include:  investment  and  finance,  mergers,  marketing,  labor 
relations,  operations  and  control,  diversification,  and  public  policy.  Prereq. 
48.514  or  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.  (Replaces  former 
course  number  48.511  and  48.512.) 

48.535  Surface  Transportation  II — Motor  Carrier  Management  (2  q.h.) 

A  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 
the  regulated  motor-carrier  industry.  Topics  include:  equipment  selection  and 
finance,  mergers,  marketing,  labor  relations,  routes,  operations  and  control,  and 
public  policy.  Prereq.  48.514  or  former  course  number  48.501,  48.502, 
48.503.  (Replaces  former  course  numbers  48.517,  48.518.) 

48.536  Surface     Transportation     III — Marine     Transportation     Management 

(2  q.h.) 
A  management-oriented  course  that  considers  the  current  and  future  status  of 
the  U.S.  Merchant  Marine.  Topics  include:  international  trade  patterns,  govern- 
ment promotion  and  subsidy,  technological  innovations,  port  facilities,  and 
labor  relations.  Prereq.  48.514  or  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502, 
48.503.  (Replaces  former  course  number  48.513.) 

48.537  Surface  Transportation  IV — Private  Trucking  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Initiating  a  private  trucking  operation.  Topics  include   legality,   purchase  vs. 
lease  of  equipment,  operations,  and  measures  of  performance.     Prereq.  48.514 
or  former  course  numbers  48.501,  48.502,  48.503.      (Replaces  former  course 
number  48.519.) 

48.538  Management  of  Warehouse  Operations  (2  q.h.) 

A  practical  course  in  the  management  of  warehouses.  Topics  include:  site  selec- 
tion, construction,  finance,  operations,  measurement  of  performance,  and  ware- 
house technology.  Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516  (Replaces  former  course 
number  48.521). 

48.539  Organization  and  Control  of  Physical  Distribution  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Establishment  of  a  physical  distribution  organization.  Measuring  performance. 
Interrelationships  with  other  functions  in  the  company.  Interpersonal  relations. 
Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516     (Replaces  former  course  number  48.522). 

48.540  Management  Science  and  Physical  Distribution  Management  (2  q.h.) 
Application  of  quantitative  techniques  to  physical-distribution  management,  in- 
cluding: linear  programming,  simulation,  and  statistical  decision  theory.  Stu- 
dents will  use  computer  facilities  for  solving  problems.  Knowledge  of  program- 
ming is  not  required.  Prereq.  48.514,  48.515,  48.516  or  10.539  (math),  or  its 
equivalent.      (Replaces  former  course  number  48.523). 

48.541  Air  Transportation  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  Civil  Aeronautics  Board  certified  commercial 
passenger  aviation — including  routes,  schedules,  operations,  pricing,  mergers, 
cost  analysis,  and  financing.  Case  method  of  instruction  emphasized.  Prereq. 
48.514. 


EDUCATION   /  227 

48.542  Air  Transportation  Management  II  (2  p.h.) 

Similar  topics  as  48.541,  but  for  cargo  operations.     Prereq.  48.541. 

48.543  Air  Transportation  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

Economics  and  regulation  of  general  aviation  including  analysis  of  corporate, 
air  taxi,  and  third  level  operations.      Prereq.  48.542. 

48.547  Urban  Transportation  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  planning  and  financing  of  urban  transportation  systems.  Role  of  federal, 
state,  and  local  governments.  Choice  of  technology  and  method  of  financing. 
The  concept  of  "balanced"  transportation.  Prereq.  48.514.  (Replaces  former 
course  number  48.544.) 

48.548  Urban  Transportation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Management  of  urban  transportation  systems.  Topics  include:  routes  and  serv- 
ices, pricing,  labor  relations,  selection  of  equipment,  community  relations,  and 
measures  of  performance.  Prereq.  48.547.  (Replaces  former  course  num- 
bers 48.545,  48.546.) 

48.549  Seminar  in  Selected  Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution 
Management  Topics 

A  seminar  which  focuses  on  a  topic  of  particular  interest  during  the  academic 
year,  for  example,  reappraisal  and  formulation  of  National  Transportation 
Policy,  labor  relations  in  transportation,  ecology  and  transportation,  etc.  The 
seminar  will  utilize  speakers  and  published  materials  and  will  require  a  written 
or  oral  presentation  by  the  students  at  the  end  of  the  course.  The  seminar  topic 
will  be  announced  during  the  academic  year  in  time  for  registration  for  the 
Spring  term.     Prereq.  48.514.  Offered  Spring  Quarter  Only. 

48.600  Seminar  in  Northeast  Corridor  Transportation  (2  q.h.) 
Analysis  of  the  demand  for  and  supply  of  passenger  and  freight  transportation 
in  the  Northeast  Corridor.  Topics  include:  government  policy,  technology,  car- 
rier strategy,  the  consumer,  and  interrelationships  between  transportation  and 
economic  activity.  Students  make  a  presentation  of  their  research  findings  at 
the  end  of  the  course.  This  course  should  be  of  interest  to  students  of  business, 
government,  engineering,  economics,  and  planning.  Prereq.  48.514  and 
10.539  (math),  or  its  equivalent 

50-EDUCATION   FOUNDATIONS 

50.111  Social  Science  I  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Cultural  anthropology  and  education.  Theories  and  concepts  in  cultural  anthro- 
pology will  be  studied  with  primary  emphasis  on  their  relevance  to  informal 
and  formal  aspects  of  educational  processes.  Considerable  attention  will  be 
devoted  to  the  study  of  cross  cultural  materials  in  order  to  understand  the 
educational  process  in  different  cultural  milieus. 

50.112  Social  Science  II  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Sociology  and  education.  Involves  sociological  analysis  of  the  educational  enter- 
prise in  the  United  States  and  other  technologically  advanced  societies,  including 
consideration  of  the  socialization  process,  the  formation  of  youth  cultures,  and 
the  function  of  the  schools  in  these  contexts.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  study 
of  the  effects  of  stratification,  ethnic,  and  racial  factors  on  educational  institu- 
tions, education  and  social  change,  and  the  school  as  a  social  system. 


228   /    EDUCATION 

50.113     Social  Science  III  (3  cl.,  3  q.h.) 

Intergroup  relations  and  education.  Examination  of  theoretical  and  empirical 
materials  relative  to  the  problem  of  intergroup  relations  and  prejudice.  Par- 
ticular attention  will  be  paid  to  the  role  of  education  in  the  reduction  of 
intergroup  conflict. 

50.121      Human  Development  and  Learning  I  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Developmental   processes  from   prenatal   life   up  to  adolescence,   theories   of 
learning   and    personality,    with    research    and    case    material   covering   major 
aspects  of  psychological  development. 

50.131     Human  Development  and  Learning  II  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Continuation   of  Human   Development  and   Learning  I.   Significant  aspects  of 
adolescence — physical,    social,    and    psychological    factors    as   they    influence 
adolescent  behavior.      Prereq.  50.121. 

50.141      Measurement  and  Evaluation  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  measurement;  basic  statistical  concepts  and  techniques 
used;  evaluation  of  standardized  and  teacher-made  tests.  Prereq.  Meth  and 
Mat  course  in  maj.  field. 

50.151      Backgrounds  of  American  Education  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
Historical    and    philosophical    foundations   of   American    education    beginning 
with    old-world    origins;    development    of   American    schools    and    educational 
thought  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  major  cur- 
rent issues  in  education.      Prereq.  50.141. 


51-EDUCATION  -  INSTRUCTION 

51.135  Analysis  of  Teaching  and  Educational  Process  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
The  relationships  that  exist  between  instructional  objectives  and  teaching 
behavior;  applications  of  human  development  and  learning  concepts  as  they 
relate  to  subsequent  specialized  teaching  methods  and  materials.  Research 
results  and  promising  theory  are  used  to  extend  the  prospective  teacher's 
concepts  of  the  teaching  function.      Prereq.  50.131. 

51.143  Methods  and  Materials  of  Teaching  English  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  the  structure  and  functions  of  language  as  they  apply  to 
the  teaching  of  English;  curriculum  and  planning  in  English;  the  unit  approach; 
specific  techniques  of  teaching  reading  and  literature,  grammar  and  usage, 
written  and  oral  composition,  listening,  spelling,  vocabulary,  and  the  use  of 
mass  media.     Prereq.  51.135. 

51.151     Student  Teaching  with  Related  Seminar  (8  q.h.) 

A  University-arranged  practicum  of  observation  and  teaching  in  schools  within 
reasonable  commuting  distance  of  Northeastern.  Participating  on  a  full-time 
basis,  the  student  is  expected  to  develop  planning  and  communication  abilities 
within  his  major  field.  Biweekly  seminars  at  the  University  provide  additional 
opportunity  to  analyze  theory-practice  relationships  and  to  examine  generic 
problems  of  teaching.      Prereq.  Permission  of  adviser. 


EDUCATION    /   229 

54-EDUCATION  -  READING 

54.126     Teaching  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools  (4  cl.,  4  q.h.) 

For  English  and  social  studies  majors  in  the  College  of  Education  who  are 

preparing  for  teaching  in  the  junior  or  senior  high  schools.  Basically  the  same 

approach  and  organization  applies  to  this  course  as  to  the  elementary  level 

course. 

63-THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION   SERVICES 

63.501      Introduction  to  Therapetuic  Rrecreation  Serivces  (2  q.h.) 
Philosophy  and  scope  of  modern  recreation  and  its  role  in  society. 

63.510     Philosophy  of  Recreation  and  Leisure  (2  q.h.) 

Goals  for  American  recreation  studied  in  modern  context;  implications  for  the 
professional;  historical  background,  concepts  of  work,  leisure,  recreation; 
trends,  issues,  and  future  direction. 

63.521  Recreational  Skills  I  (Social  Recreation)  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  leadership,  planning,  and  motivation  for  social-recreation  activi- 
ties; mixers,  table  games,  active  and  inactive  group  games,  adapting  and  creat- 
ing games. 

63.522  Recreation  Skills  II  (Music  Therapy)  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practical  application  of  music  activities  in  special  therapeutic 
settings. 

63.523  Recreation  Skills  III  (Guitar  or  Auto  Harp)  (2  q.h.) 

An  introductory  course  in  tablature  reading;  designed  to  develop  personal  skills 
for  accompaniment  of  group  singing. 

63.531  Techniques  of  Recreation  Leadership  (2  q.h.) 

Study  and  practical  experience  in  a  diversity  of  group  programs  and  processes. 

63.532  Interagency  Planning  for  Community  Action  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  agencies  and  how  they  function  (program  and  personnel);  how 
agencies  cooperate  for  interagency  programming.  Legal  and  financial  aspects 
and  their  effect  on  the  program. 

63.535     Recreation  Skills  VI  (Special  Events  and  Programs)  (2  q.h.) 

How  to  organize  and  administrate  tournaments  for  selected  activities;  checkers, 

chess,  card  games,  table  games,  party  planning,  and  techniques. 

63.547     Outdoor  Education  for  Handicapped  (2  q.h.) 

Technical  training  and  experiences  for  adapted  recreation  and  education  for 

exceptional  and  handicapped  age  groups. 

63.549     The  Process  of  Aging  (2  q.h.) 

The  experience  and  viewpoints  from  leading  professional  people — from  the 
fields  of  medicine,  psychiatry,  sociology,  nursing,  rehabilitation,  research,  coun- 
seling, education,  and  recreation — related  to  the  process  of  aging. 


230  /   RECREATION 

63.550     Group  Dynamics  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  group  process;  how  groups  arrive  at  group  identity;  factors  influencing  size, 
purpose,  behavior  patterns,  selections  of  individual  members;  training  and 
experience  in  leadership  techniques. 

63.551.     Group  Dynamics  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  Group  Dynamics  I.     Prereq.  63.550. 

63.552  Leadership  and  Program  for  III,  Aged,  and  Infirm  (2  q.h.) 

The  scope  of  program  planning  and  leadership  in  a  variety  of  activities  including 
adapted  square  dances,  drama  and  puppetry,  developing  a  rhythm  band,  parties 
and  special  events,  active  and  quiet  games,  and  others. 

63.553  Techniques  and  Resources  in  Working  with  Elderly  (2  q.h.) 

Course  on  how  to  deal  with  day  to  day  problems  such  as  the  ability  to  converse 
or  understand  different  languages;  understanding  diseases  and  disabilities  of 
the  aged;  techniques  in  assisting  the  blind  or  deaf;  sensitivity  training  and 
sources  of  assistance  in  these  areas. 

63.555  Therapeutic  Recreation  for  Special  Groups  (2  q.h.) 

Concentrated  study  and  individual  projects  in  areas  of  special  interest;  mentally 
retarded,  handicapped,  aging,  and  culturally  deprived,  socially  atypical,  others. 

63.556  Workshop   in   Adapted    and    Hospital    Recreation    (2   q.h.) 
Investigation  in  depth  of  basic  and  recent  developments  in  adaptive  and  hos- 
pital recreation.  Reports,  discussions,  observations,  and  visitations. 

63.557  Recreation  Activities  of  Atypical  Individuals  and  Groups  (2  q.h.) 
Adaptation  of  recreational  activities  to  meet  the  needs  of  handicapped  individ- 
uals in  hospitals  and  other  organizations  offering  recreation  programs  for  handi- 
capped. Emphasis  on  the  basic  principles  of  recreational  therapy. 

63.560     Development  and  Utilization  of  Recreation  Education  Resources 

(2  q.h.) 
Survey  of  field  and  audio-visual  education  and  resources;  instruction  and  prac- 
tice in  the  use  of  equipment  and  materials. 

63.570  Arts  and  Crafts  I  (2  q.h.) 

OpF>ortunities  to  learn  and  to  teach  in  various  media:  clay,  paper,  crayon,  paint, 
print,  leather,  wood,  metal,  yarn,  natural  and  scrap  materials;  emphasis 
on  creativity. 

63.571  Arts  and  Crafts  II  (2  q.h.) 

Course  is  geared  to  teach  design  skills  and  craft  skills  at  the  same  time.  Present 
the  basic  elements  of  design  to  plaster,  stone,  metal,  papier  mache,  clay,  wood, 
wire,  cloth,  and  wax,  and  exploit  the  qualities  of  each  medium.     Prereq.  63.570. 

63.572  Arts  and  Crafts  III  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  Arts  and  Crafts  II.     Prereq.  63.571. 

63.592     Independent  Study  (3  q.h.) 

Independent  study  designed  for  the  individual  specific  needs.  Field  assignments 
in  nursing  homes  for  practical  experience.  Special  and  specific  assignments. 
Prereq.  63.501. 


i 


HEALTH   CARE  SERVICES   /   231 

63.593     Independent  Study  (4  q.h.) 
Continuation  of  63.592.      Prereq.  63.592. 

63.600     Seminar  in  Group  Dynamics  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  covering  all  aspects  of  motivation,  behavior  patterns  and  the  general 

process  procedures.     Prereq.  63.551. 

86-HEALTH  CARE  SERVICES 

Courses  open  to  all  students 

86.502  Hospital  Law  and  Ethics  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  important  legal  principles  and  rulings  of  importance  to  medical 
administrative  personnel  and  others.  Brief  introduction  to  interpersonal  ethics 
in  patient  care. 

86.503  Emergency  Procedures  and  Accident  Prevention  (2  q.h.) 

First  aid  and  the  emergency  care  of  injuries  and  medical  emergencies  pending 
the  arrival  of  professional  assistance.  Emphasis  on  safety  and  accident  pre- 
vention throughout  the  course. 

86.504  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  I  (2  q.h.) 

Study,  primarily  through  physicians'  lectures,  of  major  disease  problems  in 
our  society  and  modes  of  treatment.  Intended  for  the  non-medical  student 
who  wishes  an  understanding  of  the  problems  faced  by  the  physician  in  daily 
practice,  to  facilitate  communication  between  medical  and  non-medical  mem- 
bers of  the  health  team.  Discusses  organized  care,  diagnosis,  and  treatment. 

86.505  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.504,  emphasizing  reproduction,  birth,  pediatrics.  Dental 
health  and  dermatology  also  discussed. 

86.506  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.505.  Heart  disease;  cancer;  stroke;  blood  and  lymphatic 
diseases;  accidents;  musculo-skeletal,  respiratory,  and  gastro-intestinal  diseases. 

86.507  Medical  Terminology  I  (2  q.h.) 

An  intensive  introduction  to  medical  terminology  including  stems,  prefixes,  and 
suffixes.  Practice  in  usage. 

86.508  Medical  Terminology  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  more  extensive  and  in-depth  consideration  of  medical  terminology.  Intended 
for  the  medical  records  specialist.      Prereq.  86.507. 

86.509  Medical  Terminology  (4  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  86.507  and  86.508  for  day  programs  only. 

86.511  Personal  &  Community  Health  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  personal  health  and  healthful  living  and  their  application  to  inter- 
personal relationships  and  community  life.  Discusses  important  contemporary 
health  problems. 

86.512  Foundations  of  Medical  Science  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  86.504  and  the  first  half  of  86.505.  Offered  for  day 
programs  only. 


232   /   HEALTH  CARE  SERVICES 

86.513     Foundations  of  Medical  Science  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  the  second  half  of  86.505  and  86.506.  Offered  for 

day  programs  only. 

86.515  Home  Health  Care  (3  q.h.) 

A  combination  lecture  and  field  training  program  designed  to  provide  the  tech- 
nical skills  required  for  the  provision  of  effective  community  home  health  care. 
Prereq.  permission  from  the  dean. 

86.516  Principles  and  Practice  of  Community  Mental  Health  (3  q.h.) 

The  course  will  provide  a  rudimentary  understanding  of  the  basic  principles  and 
techniques  of  modern  community  mental  health  practice.  Supervised  clinical 
experience  will  be  provided. 

86.521  Public  Health  i  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  of  public  health.  Organization  of  health  agencies  and  services. 

86.522  Public  Health  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  86.521,  emphasizing  community  organization  for  health 
services.      Prereq.  86.521. 

86.524     Methods  &  Materials  in  Public  Health  Education  (2  q.h.) 

An    introduction   to   health   education   in  the   public   health   context.     Prereq. 

86.511  or  86.522. 

86.531  Man's  Present  Environment  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  environmental  conditions  in  land,  air,  and  water.  The  causes  of  pol- 
lution; effects  on  man  and  other  life;  and  a  general  discussion  of  current  control 
methods.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  significance  of  environmental  problems 
to  the  individual. 

86.532  Environmental  Problems  and  Control  (2  q.h.) 

Aspects  of  environmental  engineering  on  a  municipal  scale  are  presented  in  a 
format  directed  to  the  nonprofessional.  Discussion  of  topics  in  water  supply 
and  water  quality,  waste  water  treatment  and  disposal,  solid  waste  manage- 
ment, milk  and  food  sanitation,  and  noise  control,  in  the  language  of  the  inter- 
ested citizen. 

86.533  Pollution  and  the  Global  Environment  (2  q.h.) 

Threats  to  the  environment  on  a  global  scale  from  man's  activities,  and  an 
examination  of  various  methods  and  recommendations  for  control  of  atmos- 
pheric, oceanic,  and  land  pollution. 

86.541  Medical  Care  &  Current  Social  Problems  I  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  course  discussing  society's  organization  to  deliver  medical  care 
services.      Prereq.  permission  from  the  dean. 

86.542  Medical  Care  &  Current  Social  Problems  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.541  discussing  topics  identified  in  the  first  part  of  the 
course  as  matters  of  great  concern  in  the  field  of  medical  care.  Prereq. 
86.541. 

86.543  Medical  Care  &  Current  Social  Problems  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.542,  examining  current  professional  literature  of  medical 
care.     Prereq.  86.542. 


HEALTH   CARE  SERVICES   /  233 

86.545  Contemporary  Issues  in  Family  Health  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  Contemporary  Health  Topics  will  be  offered.  Timely  issues  will  be 
analyzed  to  differentiate  fact  and  opinion.  The  course  is  designed  for 
non-medical  individuals  desiring  authentic  information  on  current  health  mat- 
ters. General  and  mental  health  topics  will  be  covered  this  quarter. 

86.546  Contemporary  Issues  in  Family  Health  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  course  is  a  continuation  of  86.545.  Maternal  and  child  health,  nutrition, 
and  environment  will  be  considered. 

86.547  Contemporary  Issues  in  Family  Health  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  course  is  a  continuation  of  86.546.  It  will  deal  with  the  consumer  as  he 
relates  to  health  and  medical  care. 

86.548  The  Health  of  the  Young  Child  (2  q.h.) 

A  course  for  people  working  in  health  programs  that  reach  out  to  families 
through  clinics,  schools,  etc.  Emphasis  on  early  child  development,  on  relating 
to  the  child  in  his  immediate  environment,  and  on  expanding  observation  skills 
to  increase  early  identification  of  children  with  special  needs. 

86.569  Medical  Technology  Education  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  series  of  seminars  designed  to  prepare  the  practicing  technologist  for  effec- 
tive clinical  instruction. 

86.570  Medical  Technology  Administration  Seminar  (2  q.h.) 

A  presentation  of  the  principles  of  personnel  and  laboratory  management,  medi- 
cal and  legal  aspects  of  medical  technology,  and  quality  control. 

86.571  Long-Term  Care  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  organization  of  care  for  the  long-term  acute  and  chronically  ill  patient. 
Goals  and  purposes  of  nursing  homes;  types.  Budgeting,  financing,  adminis- 
tration, and  services. 

86.572  Long-Term  Care  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

Nursing  units;  role  of  the  physician.  Nursing  home-hospital  relationships. 
Therapies.  Social  Work.      Prereq.  86.571  or  permission  from  the  dean. 

86.573  Long-Term  Care  Administration  III  (2  q.h.) 

Design  of  long-term  care  facilities,  capital  funding,  staffing,  budgeting,  public 
relations.      Prereq.  86.572  or  permission  from  the  dean. 

86.574  Health,  Disease  &  Disability  i  (3  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  major  disease  or  disability  states  and  their  impact  on  human 

physiology  and   psychology.   Social   and   individual   response  to  these  states. 

Lectures,  demonstrations,  field  visits.  Part  I  emphasizes  medical  areas. 
Prereq.  86.506  or  86.513.  and  18.306.  18.309,  or  18.326. 

86.575  Health,  Disease  &  Disability  II  (3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.574.  Part  II  emphasizes  surgical  areas.     Prereq.  86.574. 

86.576  Health,  Disease  &  Disability  III  (3  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.575.  Part  III  emphasizes  specialty  areas  not  covered  in 
Parts  I  and  II.     Prereq.  86.575. 

86.577  Geriatric  Care  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  nature  and  problems  of  aging — individual  and  social  considerations. 
Prereq.  86.573. 


234  /   HEALTH   CARE  SERVICES 

86.578  Geriatric  Care  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  care  of  elderly  patients  in  home,  community,  and  institutions.  Prereq. 
86.577. 

86.579  Geriatric  Care  III  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  course  on  the  provision  and  improvement  of  services  to  the  elderly. 
Prereq.  86.578. 

86.581  Hospital  Organization  &  Management  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  history  and  development  of  hospitals — the  contemporary  hospital  sys- 
tem. Different  types  of  hospital  organizations.  For  middle-management  per- 
sonnel. 

86.582  Hospital  Organization  &  Management  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.581;  hospital  departments,  their  organization,  functions, 
and    interrelationships.    For   middle-management   personnel.     Prereq.   86.581. 

86.583  Hospital  Organization  &  Management  III  (2  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.582.  New  methods  of  patient  care.  For  middle-manage- 
ment personnel.     Prereq.  86.582. 

Courses  open  to  Medical  Record  students  only. 

86.554  Medical  Records  Science  I  (4  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  medical  records,  history  of  the  record,  organization  and  con- 
tent. Directed  laboratory  practice  for  proficiency.  Prereq.  80  q.h.  credit  incl. 
18.326.  86.504  and  86.508  or  86.509. 

86.555  Medical  Records  Science  II  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.554,  also  discussing  abstracting  records  and  preparing 
reports.  Directed  laboratory  practice  for  proficiency.     Prereq.  86.554. 

86.556  Medical  Records  Science  III  (4  q.h.) 

A  continuation  of  86.555,  also  discussing  storage  and  preservation  of  records. 
Directed  laboratory  practice  for  proficiency.     Prereq.  86.555. 

86.562  Medical  Records  Science  (6  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  86.554  and  the  first  half  of  86.555.  For  full-time 
day  students.  Prereq.  full-time  student,  "Middler"  status  Prereq.  86.509  and 
86.513  or  equivalent  plus  human  anatomy. 

86.563  Medical  Records  Science  (6  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  the  second  part  of  86.555  and  86.556.  For  full-time 
day  students.      Prereq.  86.562  or  86.555,  full-time  status. 

86.557  Medical  Records  Science  IV  (4  q.h.) 

Analysis  and  coding  of  medical  records.  Procedures  in  special  areas.  Lab 
practice.      Prereq.  86.556  or  86.563. 

86.558  Medical  Records  V  (4  q.h.) 

New  theories  and  procedures  in  medical  record  practice.  Lab  practice.  Pre- 
req. 86.557. 

86.551     Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  I  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and   practices  essential  to  the  effective  organization  of  a  medical 

records  service.     Prereq.  86.556  or  86.563. 


HEALTH  CARE  SERVICES   /  235 

86.552  Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  II  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation    of    86.551,    Professional    relationships;    standard    procedures. 
Prereq.  86.551. 

86.553  Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  III  (2  q.h.) 
Continuation    of    86.552.    Personnel    and    management    of    the    department. 
Prereq.  86.552. 

86.560  Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  86.551  and  first  half  of  86.552  for  full-time  medical 
records  students.     Prereq.  86.556  or  86.563,  full-time  status. 

86.561  Organization  of  the  Medical  Record  Department  (3  q.h.) 

Combines  the  content  of  second  half  of  86.552  and  86.553  for  full-time  medi- 
cal records  students.     Prereq.  86.560  or  86.562. 

86.559     Current  Issues  in  Medical  Records  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

Seminar  course  discussing  new  problems  presented  by  changing  patterns  of 

medical  care.  Review  of  the  current  literature.     Prereq.  perm/ss/on. 

86.564  Seminar  in  Medical  Records  Science  (Open  only  to  full-time  medical 
records  majors  during  senior  year)  (3  q.h.) 

Class  discussion  of  experiences  in  the  clinical  setting.  Assigned  outside  proj- 
ects.   Supervised  practice. 

86.544     Medical  Records  Field  Practice  &  Research  Seminar  (3  q.h.) 
Full-time  field   assignment   in   affiliated   hospital   medical   record   departments 
with   research   assignments  and   regularly  scheduled  seminar  and  conference 
sessions.      Prereq.  86.558  &  permission. 

Courses  open  to  Respiratory  Therapy  Students  only. 

86.591  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (3  q.h.) 

The  development  and  understanding  of  the  respiratory  therapist's  role  as  a 
member  of  the  health  care  profession.  Functions,  legal  and  ethical  rights 
and  responsibilities.  A  concise  survey  of  the  normal  structures  and  functions 
of  the  human  body  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  organs  of  respiration  and 
circulation  and  the  principle  of  oxygen  transport  and  tissue  metabolism. 
Prereq.  permission. 

86.592  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  II  (3  q.h.) 

The  basic  outline  includes  microbiological  principles  and  techniques.  Spread 
of  disease  and  theory  of  sterilization  as  it  relates  to  humidification,  nebuliza- 
tion,  vaporization,  intermittent  positive  and  expiratory  positive  pressure 
breathing  techniques.  Theory  and  classification  of  nebulizers.  Humidifiers 
and  ventilation.     Prereq.  86.591. 

86.593  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Therapy  III  (3  q.h.) 

Therapy  and  procedures  in  chest  physiotherapy.  Resuscitation,  artificial  ven- 
tilation. Mechanics  of  breathing.  Pulmonary  function  and  pharmacology  for 
respiratory  therapists.     Prereq.  86.592. 

86.594  (86.194,  Day  College  no. — available  only  in  Day  School)  Procedures 
in  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (4  q.h.) 

Pathology  and  physiology  of  medical,  surgical,  obstetrical,  thoracic,  neurosurgi- 
cal, and  pediatric  disease  ententies.      Prereq.  86.593. 


236  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

86.595  (86.195  Day  College  no. — available  only  in  Day  School)  Clinical 
Internship  (4  q.h.) 

Supervised   clinical   practice   at   primary  teaching   hospitals.      Prereq.   86.664. 

86.596  (86.196,  Day  College  no. — available  only  in  Day  School)  Procedures 
in  Respiratory  Therapy  III  (4  q.h.) 

Application  and  procedures  in  emergencies,  obstetrics,  pediatrics,  and  general 
thoracic  and  neuro-surgery.      Prereq.  86.665. 

86.597  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  IV  (4  q.h.) 
Applied  cardiopulmonary  physiology.      Prereq.  86.666. 

86.598  Procedures  in  Respiratory  Therapy  V  (4  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  supervision  and  administration  of  a 
respiratory  therapy  department.  Intensive  review  for  professional  qualification 
in  oral  and  written  examinations.      Prereq.  86.567. 

87.541  Hematology  I      (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (formerly  18.341) 

Basic  hematological  techniques  including  discussion  of  the  differential  smear 
and  observation  of  the  normal  morphology  of  human  red  cells,  white  cells,  and 
platelets.     Prereq.  18.512  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

87.542  Hematology  II  (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (formerly  18.342) 
Morphologic  and  etiologic  classification  of  the  anemias.  Related  diagnostic  tests 
will  be  discussed.  Prereq.  18.541  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

87.543  Hematology  III  (1  cl.,  3  lab.,  2  q.h.)  (formerly  18.343) 

Studies  of  pathologic  and  physiologic  deviations  of  the  white  cell  series  as  ob- 
served in  leukemias  and  infections.  Some  animal  hematology  will  be  included. 
Prereq.  18.542  or  equiv.  (Laboratory  Fee) 

94-LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

94.502.     Criminal  Law  (2  q.h.) 

Constitutional  and  statutory  considerations,  elements  of  a  crime,  law  of  arrest, 

criminal  responsibility,  entrapment,  defenses. 

94.503  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  I  (2  q.h.) 

Rules  of  evidence;  principles  of  exclusion;  evaluation  and  examination  of 
evidence  and  proof. 

94.504  Evidence  and  Court  Procedure  II  (2  q.h.) 

Competency,  consideration  of  witnesses,  laws  of  search  and  seizure,  court 
procedures,  moot  court  exercises.      Prereq.  94.503. 

94.505  Human  Rights  in  Corrections  (2  q.h.) 

Consideration  of  the  special  practices  and  problems  in  the  protection  of 
human    rights    in   the   institutional   environment;    legal   and   practical   aspects. 

94.506  Basic  Statistics  in  Law  Enforcement  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  to  basic  statistical  information  procedures  and  operations  relating 
to  law  enforcement  areas;  interpretation  of  criminal  statistics;  crime  rates;  un- 
recognized crime;  non-reporting;  recidivists'  rates;  individual  statistics;  evalu- 
ation of  records;  research  and  data  on  specialized  services. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /   237 

94.507  Correctional  Counseling  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  concepts  and  principles  of  counseling;  individual  and  group  therapy 
carried  on  in  the  correctional  field  and  institutional  services;  case  study  and 
projects. 

94.508  Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  I  (2  q.h.) 

General  investigation  techniques;  collection  and  preservation  of  evidence  and 
information;  consideration  of  particular  crimes,  including  arson,  sexual  offenses, 
larceny,  burglary,  robbery,  forgery,  and  homicide. 

94.509  Criminal  Investigation  and  Case  Preparation  II  (2  q.h.) 

Conduct  of  raids;  surveillance  and  undercover  operations;  methods  of  preparing 
a  case  for  court;  specialized  scientific  methods;  exercises  involving  techniques 
of  prosecution  and  cross-examination.      Prereq.  94.508. 

94.512  Comparative  Police  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  existing  police  systems  in  other  jurisdictions;  examination  of  the 
organization,  administration  and  practices  in  police  agencies  in  the  United 
States,  Europe,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

94.513  Introduction  to  Industrial  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  historical,  philosophical,  and  legal  basis  of  security;  a  survey  of  administra- 
tive, personnel,  and  physical  aspects  of  the  security  field. 

94.514  Interviews  and  Interrogations  I  (formerly  titled  Police  interrogation  1.) 
(2  q.h.) 

Interviewing  of  victims,  witnesses,  informants,  and  complainants;  demonstra- 
tion, study,  discussion,  and  practice  of  techniques  and  procedures. 

94.515  Interviews  and  Interrogations  II  (formerly  titled  Police  Interrogation 
II.)  (2  q.h.) 

Techniques  for  legally  acceptable  questioning  of  suspects  and  persons  in 
custody;  laws  governing  interrogation  practices;  demonstrations,  class  exer- 
cises and  assigned  projects.     Prereq.  94.514. 

94.516  Security  Administration  (2  q.h.) 

Administration,  organization  and  operations  of  security  and  protection  units; 
personnel  selection;  relationships  of  business  and  industry  with  governmental 
units. 

94.517  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  I  (2  q.h.) 

Diagnosis  and  treatment  of  the  drug  addict  and  the  alcoholic  offender  at 
both  juvenile  and  adult  levels;  a  study  of  these  and  related  kinds  of  personal 
self-abuse  as  to  causation  and  treatment.      Prereq.  94.553. 

94.518  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  II  (2  q.h.) 

Case  studies  of  persons  confined  as  to  their  past  and  present  environment 
and  relationships;  consideration  of  purposeful  resolves  or  regressions.  Prereq. 
94.517. 

94.519  Advanced  Correctional  Practices  III  (2  q.h.) 

Evaluation  of  correction-psychiatric  facilities  for  the  disordered  offender,  in- 
cluding the  aggressive,  the  assaultive,  and  the  violent  subject.      Prereq.  94.518. 

94.520  Traffic  Law  Enforcement  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  traffic  accident  prevention;  investigation  procedures;  laws;  rules; 
regulations;  and  such  technical  aspects  as  the  formulas  governing  the  estima- 
tion of  speed. 


I 


238  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

94.521     Traffic  Law  Enforcement  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  in-depth  study  of  traffic  law  enforcement  techniques'  selective  enforcement; 
traffic  surveys;  engineering,  safety  education  and  evaluation  of  current  traffic 
programs.     Prereq.  94.520. 

94.523  The  Law  and  Institutional  Treatment  (2  q.h.) 

The  process  of  law  from  arrest  of  offender  through  release  in  its  relation  to 
correctional  principles  and  practices;  functions  of  police,  defense,  prosecution, 
and  courts;  legal  documents  related  to  commitment. 

94.524  Comparative  Correctional  Systems  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  correctional  systems  and  methods  in  selected  jurisdictions;  exami- 
nation of  the  organization,  administration,  and  practices  in  United  States  and 
foreign  countries. 

94.525  Law  Enforcement  Identification  and  Records  I  (2  q.h.) 

Records  and  systems  and  utilization;  survey  of  forms,  files,  procedures, 
standards  and  uniformity;  concentration  of  theoretical  and  practical  applications. 

94.526  Law  Enforcement  Identification  and  Records  II  (2  q.h.) 

Theories  and  practices  in  personal  identification  principles;  survey  and  evalu- 
ation of  present  and  new  identification  techniques;  historical  and  legal  consid- 
eration of  identification  and  record  data.     Prereq.  94.525. 

94.530  Police  Public  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

The  principles  of  sound  public  relations  for  the  entire  police  operation;  writ- 
ing, public  speaking,  conferences,  and  all  news  media;  consideration  of  police 
image  and  public  opinion. 

94.531  Police  Community  Relations  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  role  and  function  of  police  in  intergroup  relations;  human 
relations  and  minority  groups;  responsibilities  of  police  with  civil  rights,  civil 
disorders,  and  public  protection. 

94.532  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  (2  q.h.) 

A  research  project  related  to  some  specific  police  or  correctional  interest  or 
operation,  in  consultation  with  the  faculty  adviser.  Course  meets  at  discretion 
of  the  instructor.  Project  paper  required  for  grade. 

94.536  The  Patrol  Function  I  (Formerly  titled  Police  Patrol  I.)  (2  q.h.) 

The  fundamentals  of  foot  and  vehicular  patrol;  determination  of  routes  and 
resource  allocation;  development  of  qualified  personnel  for  patrol  operations. 

94.537  The  Patrol  Function  II  (Formerly  titled  Police  Patrol  II.)  (2  q.h.) 
Stopping  methods;  transportation  of  prisoners;  survey  of  equipment;  evalua- 
tion; procedures  for  disorders  and  natural  disasters.     Prereq.  94.536. 

94.541     Introduction  to  Criminalistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  elements  of  microscopy,  spectroscopy,  and  chemistry  as  ap- 
plied to  trace  evidence  in  criminal  investigations;  responsibilities  of  techni- 
cian, investigator,  and  others. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  239 

94.542     Introduction  to  Criminalistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Toxicology  and  serology;  procedures  related  to  other  physical  evidence;  labora- 
tory demonstrations  and  practical  exercises.     Prereq.  94.541. 

94.544     The  American  Correctional  System  (2  q.h.) 

A  critical  survey  of  the  correctional  field  covering  probation,  institutions,  and 
parole  as  to  historical  development,  program  content,  and  current  problems 
and  needs. 

94.546  Social  Deviance  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  consideration  of  the  social  problems  of  social  disorganization,  mental  dis- 
orders, drug  addiction,  alcoholism,  suicide,  and  sexual  behavior. 

94.547  Social  Deviance  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuing  consideration  of  world's  population  crisis,  race  and  ethnic  rela- 
tions, family  disorganization,  work  and  automation,  poverty  and  disrepute,  war 
and  disarmament.      Prereq.  94.546. 

94.549  Treatment  of  Offenders  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  concept  of  treatment  and  corrections;  history;  classification;  training,  edu- 
cation and  guidance;  treatment  methods;  inmate  society;  health  and  social 
services. 

94.550  Treatment  of  Offenders  II  (2  q.h.) 

Therapy,  psychiatric  and  psychological  considerations,  case  studies,  evalua- 
tion of  comparable  methods.      Prereq.  94.549. 

94.551  Correctional  Administration  I  (2  q.h.) 

Correctional  processes  and  services,  standards,  personnel  and  principles  of 
management;  allocation  of  resources,  training  of  staff. 

94.552  Correctional  Administration  II  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  regular  and  special  programs,  volunteers,  outside  contacts,  sentence 
reduction,  discharge  planning,  work  release  administration. 

94.553  Correctional  Administration  III  (2  q.h.) 

Types  of  institutions;  compacts;  regional  concepts;  planning,  organizing,  con- 
trolling, and  directing  corrections;  budgeting.      Prereq.  94.552. 

94.557     Investigative  Report  Writing  (2  q.h.) 

Report   content   and   writing,   exercises   in   accurate   terminology   and   concise 

reporting,  interpretation  and  evaluation  of  information,  practical  report-writing 

projects. 

94.560  Police  Supervision  (2  q.h.) 

The  police  supervisor's  role  in  discipline;  interdepartmental  relations;  problem 
handling  and  personnel  policies;  problems  in  supervisory  relationships;  wages, 
grievances,  morale,  and  safety. 

94.561  Police  Work  With  Juveniles  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly  titled  Police  Juvenile 

Methods) 
The  role  of  the  police  in  delinquency  prevention  with  emphasis  on  theory,  ad- 
ministration, control,  treatment,  confinement,  community  resources,  and  rela- 
tionships with  the  public  and  the  juvenile  court. 


240  /   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

94.565     Seminar  in  Delinquency  Prevention  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  delinquent  behavior,  causation,  and  delinquency  prevention  pro- 
grams; seminar  projects  for  discussion  of  specific  problems  and  general  prin- 
ciples in  establishing  delinquency  prevention  services. 

94.567  Probation  and  Parole  Practices  I  (2  q.h.) 

The  probation  officer;  presentence  investigation;  conditions  of  probation;  effec- 
tiveness, administrative  aspects  and  prediction  methods;  relationship  to 
community. 

94.568  Probation  and  Parole  Practices  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  parole  officer;  conditions  of  parole;  supervision;  effectiveness;  administra- 
tive relationships;  relationships  to  community,  court  and  law  enforcement 
agencies;  relationships  of  probationer  and  parolee  to  rehabilitative,  social,  and 
family  services;  consideration  of  recividism;  aftercare. 

94.571  Law  Enforcement  Management  and  Planning  I  (2  q.h.) 

Philosophy  and  theories  of  management  in  law  enforcement;  studies  of  orga- 
nization from  the  administrator's  viewpoint,  including  control,  efficiency,  effec- 
tiveness, and  discipline. 

94.572  Law  Enforcement  Management  and  Planning  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  the  administrator's  role,  including  special  activities  and  responsibili- 
ties; administrative  planning;  civilian  personnel,  including  recruitment, 
selection,  evaluation;  training;  budgets;  management  records;  interpersonal 
communications;  auxiliary  services;  evaluation  of  present  and  future  manage- 
ment systems.     Prereq.  94.571. 

94.574  Juvenile  Corrections  I  (2  q.h.) 

A  study  of  police,  dentention,  petition,  and  hearings  related  to  juveniles;  juvenile 
court  procedures,  philosophy,  and  terminology;  adjudication. 

94.575  Juvenile  Corrections  II  (2  q.h.) 

Social  workers,  probation  officers,  judges,  psychologists,  and  psychiatrists  with 
relation  to  juveniles;  institutions;  aftercare;  prevention.  Prereq.  94.574. 

94.577  Government  Security  Programs  I  (2  q.h.) 

Department  of  Defense  security  programs;  applicable  federal  statutes  and  ex- 
ecutive orders;  visitor  control. 

94.578  Government  Security  Programs  II  (2  q.h.) 

Security  clearances  under  appropriate  federal  directives;  handling  classified 
information;  automatic  time-phased  downgrading  and  declassification. 

94.579  Government  Security  Programs  III  (2  q.h.) 

Relations  with  subcontractors,  vendors,  and  suppliers;  the  protection  of  pro- 
prietary information;  legal  and  practical  protection  of  sensitive  data.  Prereq. 
94.578. 

94.582     Document  Control  (2  q.h.) 

A  detailed  study  of  procedures  for  handling  and  control  of  classified  and  other 
sensitive  information;  a  survey  of  control  systems  from  manual  to  semi- 
automated  systems  using  data  processing  equipment. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  241 

94.583  Industrial  Fire  Prevention  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  practices  of  fire  safety,  including  organization  and  manage- 
ment responsibility,  property  conservation,  safeguards  for  construction,  fire 
control  apparatus  and  functions,  engineering  and  scientific  data  on  fires  and 
related  perils. 

94.584  Physical  Security  I  (Formerly  titled  Plant  Protection  I.)  (2  q.h.) 

The  basic  foundations  for  security  in  industry,  banking,  transportation,  utilities, 
and  other  nongovernmental  operations;  physical  requirements  and  standards. 

94.585  Physical  Security  II  (Formerly  titled  Plant  Protection  II.)  (2  q.h.) 
Implementation  of  security;  study  of  inanimate  aspects,  including  alarm  and 
surveillance  devices;  study  of  animate  aspects  of  protection.     Prereq.  94.584. 

94.586  Retail  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  operation  of  security  departments  including  functions  of  mercantile  estab- 
lishments; dishonest  employees;  shoplifters;  management  and  public  rela- 
tions; receiving,  shipping,  and  warehousing;  special  laws  and  procedures. 

94.587  Bank  Security  Measures  (2  q.h.) 

(Formerly  titled  Security  Measures  for  Financial  Institutions.) 
An    in-depth   study  of  the   principles  and    practices  of  security  measures  for 
banks  and  other  financial  institutions  and  the  preparation  of  rules  establishing 
minimum  standards  under  current  federal  and  state  legislation. 

94.591      Seminar  in  Security  (2  q.h.) 

(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Industrial  Security.) 
An  analysis  of  current  problems  in  security  such  as  growth  patterns,  salary 
structures,  training  and  education,  existing  weaknesses;  field  trips,  individual 
study  assignments,  and  required  oral  and  written  reports. 

94.593     Seminar  in  Correctional  Practices  (2  q.h.) 

(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Correctional  Program  Management.) 
An   analysis  of  current  problems  in  corrections  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
and  interests  of  specific  groups  of  students,  practitioners,  supervisors,  and  ad- 
ministrators of  correctional  programs. 

94.595  The  National  Police  Seminar  (3  q.h.) 

An  annual,  concentrated  exploration  of  current  viewpoints,  varied  solutions, 
innovative  procedures,  and  critical  analyses  in  the  issues  facing  law  enforce- 
ment, correctional  practices,  and  security,  drawing  on  exceptionally  qualified 
local  and  national  figures.  A  research  paper  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
adviser  is  required  for  credit.  (Open  to  L.E.  majors  &  Crim.  Just.  Personnel 
only.) 

94.596  Hospital  Security  (2  q.h.) 

The  function  of  protection  in  the  health  industry;  medical  security  administra- 
tion including  study  of  health  care  providers;  trends  in  hospital  law;  security 
from  injury,  fire  and  loss  in  the  medical  world;  security  methodology  for  safe- 
guarding specialty  areas;  the  security  role  in  mass  casualty  management  and 
emergency  preparedness;  the  concept  of  professionalism;  community  liaison; 
and  patient  attitudes  toward  security. 


242   /    LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

94.597     Current  Security  Problems  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  special  problem  areas  such  as  security  education  and  training, 
community  relations,  white-collar  crime,  drug  abuse,  theft  control,  shoplifting, 
document  control,  subversion  and  sabotage,  protection  of  classified  informa- 
tion, control  of  proprietary  information  and  business  espionage,  labor  problems, 
civil  disturbances,  and  natural  and  man-made  disasters. 

94.601  Law  Enforcement  Math  I  (Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement 
94.590.)  (2  q.h.) 

A  review  of  elementary  algebra:  algebraic  expressions  and  operations,  equations, 
word  problems.  Solutions  to  mathematical  problems  in  connection  with  their 
practical  applications  in  law  enforcement. 

94.602  Law  Enforcement  Math  II  (2  q.h.) 

Further  review:  fundamental  operations,  measurement  and  computation,  solu- 
tions of  linear  and  quadratic  equations.  Probability,  trigonometry,  statistics, 
ratio  and  proportion.      Prereq.  94.601. 

94.603  Law  Enforcement  Math  III  (2  q.h.) 

Methods  and  applications  of  algebra:  analytic  geometry,  equations  of  motion 
and  energy,  permutations,  combinations.  Stress  is  on  problem-solving  more  than 
theory.  Application  of  these  principles  are  applied  to  most  areas  of  law  enforce- 
ment.     Prereq.  94.602. 

94.604  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Youth  Crime  Control)  (2  q.h.) 

The  criminality  and  deviance  of  those  between  the  juvenile  and  adult  age. 
Consideration  is  given  to:  concepts  and  characteristics  of  the  youthful  offender; 
the  role  of  the  family  in  youth  crime;  the  generation  gap;  violence  of  youth  hooli- 
ganism; drug  addiction  of  youth;  ordinary  crimes  of  youth;  the  youth  sub-culture 
and  culture  conflict;  the  role  of  mass  media  and  education  in  youth  crime;  the 
concepts  of  freedom  and  justice  in  the  youth  culture;  treatment  of  youthful 
offenders;  and  the  state  of  youth  crime  control  in  foreign  countries. 

94.605  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Victimology)  (2  q.h.) 
Criminal-victim  relationships,  with  emphasis  on  victim  precipitated  crimes  and 
compensation  to  the  victims.  Consideration  is  given  to:  concept  and  significance 
of  "victimology";  time,  space,  sex,  age,  and  occupational  factors  in  criminal- 
victim  relationships;  victims  of  murder,  rape,  other  violent  crimes,  and  property 
crimes;  victim-typology;  the  public  as  victim;  restitution  to  victims  of  crime; 
compensation  to  victims  of  crime;  and  the  functional  responsibility  of  the  victim. 

94.606  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (International  Crime  Control)  (2  q.h.) 
Crimes  touching  upon  more  than  one  country,  with  emphasis  on  international 
criminal  law  principles,  treason,  and  espionage.  Concentration  is  given  to:  the 
concept  of  law  in  its  comparative  aspects;  customs;  treaties;  international  con- 
ventions; "comity;"  culture  conflicts;  the  "international  personality;"  the  "at- 
tempt clause;"  the  Belgian  approach;  the  Oxford  approach;  asylum,  extradition; 
international  ordinary  criminals;  political  criminals;  piracy  (on  sea  and  in  the 
air);  war  criminals;  genocide;  international  courts;  League  of  Nations;  United 
Nations;  international  criminal  statistics;  Interpol;  the  Soviet-type  spy-schools; 
the  history  of  American  Intelligence. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  /  243 

94.607  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Grantsmanship)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly  titled 
Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  participants  with  the  orderly  sequence 
of  organizational  steps  required  in  providing  the  institutional  framework  neces- 
sary for  preparation  and  submission  of  applications  to  granting  agencies. 
Major  topics  include:  Omnibus  Crime  Control  and  Safe  Streets  Act  of  1968; 
functions  of  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration;  grant  application 
strategy,  planning  and  research. 

94.608  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Law  Enforcement  Operational  Intelli- 
gence) (2  q.h.)  (Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 
Designed  to  provide  a  theoretical  understanding  of  the  value  and  function  of  an 
intelligence  unit,  including  planning,  directing,  organizing,  financing,  and  other 
salient  features  of  the  administration  of  these  units.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
organized  crime,  subversive  activities,  and  liaison  programs  as  they  apply  to  a 
modern  police  agency. 

94.609  Independent  Studies  (2  q.h.) 

Faculty  guided  research  in  individually  selected  topics  relating  to  the  criminal 
justice  system. 

94.610  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Collective  Bargaining)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly 
titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

The  history  and  background  of  collective  bargaining  in  the  public  sector  as  it 
affects  members  of  the  law  enforcement  field;  initial  establishment  of  rights  of 
labor,  labor  legislation — federal  and  state;  preparation  for  negotiation,  resolu- 
tions of  impasses,  final  agreement  and  operation  of  the  contract. 

94.611  Man,  Law,  and  Society  I  (2  q.h.) 

Designed  to  help  the  student  to  improve  his  capacity  to  handle  problems  in  the 
many  institutions  and  sociological  processes  of  the  American  legal  system,  and 
to  see  these  problems  in  the  perspective  of  their  everyday  working  interrelation- 
ships, in  order  to  heighten  his  awareness  of  those  aspects  of  familiar  and  often 
unnoticed  legal  problems  which  call  for  a  perceptive  understanding  of  the  func- 
tions of  the  various  institutions  involved. 

94.612  Man,  Law,  and  Society  II  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  analysis  of  the  way  in  which  major  changes  occur  in  the  established 
practices  of  legal  and  social  organizations  and  communities.  Particularly  con- 
cerned with  the  part  played  by  legal  institutions  in  initiating,  controlling,  and 
directing  or  assisting  such  changes. 

94.613  Man,  Law,  and  Society  III  (2  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  the  social  science  concepts  and  methods  in  their  current  and 
potential  application  to  social  and  legal  problems.  Aims  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  a  variety  of  social  research  concepts  and  methods  of  special  utility  in 
investigating  diverse  types  of  social  law  related  problems. 

94.614  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Interviewing  Practicum)  (2  q.h.)  (Form- 
erly titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

Advanced  interrogation  methods  and  procedures;  techniques  of  persuasion; 
conditioning  (negative  and  positive);  the  polygraph,  its  history  and  methodology; 
the  established  rules  and  procedures  required  for  current  diagnosis  of  truth 
and  deception;  the  evaluation  of  the  contemporary  methods  of  international  law 
enforcement  agencies.      Prereq.  94.515. 


I 


244  /    LAW   ENFORCEMENT 

94.615  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Organized  Crime)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly 
titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

The  nature  and  problems  of  organized  crime;  causes  and  effects;  comparative 
and  historic  roots;  the  activities,  organization,  and  economics;  possible  solu- 
tions— the  scope  and  techniques  in  combating  organized  crime. 

94.616  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Minorities  and  the  Urban  Crisis)  (2  q.h.) 
(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

An  investigation  of  the  ethnic  and  racial  origins  and  characteristics  of  the 
American  people;  the  interaction,  conflicts,  and  possibilities  of  adjustment  be- 
tween the  dominant  society  and  minority  groups — particularly  in  contemporary 
urban  settings,  and  the  role  and  function  of  police  in  their  inter-relationship  with 
minority  groups. 

94.617  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Criminal  Behavior)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly 
titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

An  examination  of  crime  and  criminal  behavior  as  a  social  phenomenon.  Three 
principal  divisions;  sociology  of  law  and  its  affect;  criminal  etiology  and  the 
scientific  analysis  of  the  causes  of  crime;  evaluation  of  the  various  rationals  of 
detention  as  a  crime  control  factor. 

94.618  Seminar   in    Law    Enforcement   (Prosecutive    Development)    (2   q.h.) 

(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590)  Prereq.  94.502,  94.504, 
94.509. 

Lecture  and  discussion  relating  the  professional  requirements  of  the  modern 
police  officer  in  the  United  States;  oral  testimony;  the  entire  corpus  delicti  and 
all  other  related  matters  in  proper  form  and  sequence;  the  trial;  testimony  and 
the  jury;  conduct  on  the  witness  stand;  opposition  counsel;  the  defense  of 
entrapment;  opinion  testimony;  confessions;  prospective  witnesses;  legal  stand- 
ards and  the  police.      Prereq.  94.501,  94.504,  94.510. 

94.619  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Forensic  Laboratory)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly 

titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

Crime  laboratory  organization  and  the  utilization  of  special  equipment  for  the 
analysis  interpretation,  classification,  and  identification  of  physical  evidence 
obtained  in  crime  scene  searches.  The  transportation,  storage,  and  security  of 
physical  evidence  and  the  effect  on  the  results,  coupled  with  the  preparation  of 
exhibits  for  courtroom  presentation.      Prereq.  94.542.  (Laboratory  fee) 

94.620  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Intervention  Strategies  and  Tactics  for 
Law  Enforcement — Counseling  Techniques)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly  titled  Seminar 
in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

Basic  concepts  and  principles  of  intervention  as  a  social  work  method.  Nature 
of  therapeutic  relationships,  principles  of  communication.  Diagnostic  assess- 
ment of  the  person-problem-situation  configuration.  Goal-setting  process.  Ego 
supportive  procedures  and  use  of  community  resources. 

94.621  Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  I  (2  q.h.) 
(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

An  in-depth  preparation  for  the  officer  facing  the  practical  problems  of  enforcing 
the  law  without  breaching  the  civil  rights  of  the  accused  and  bystanders;  indi- 
vidual readings,  lectures,  group  discussions,  and  preparations  from  Massachu- 
setts and  national  interest  cases;  many  incidents  pertinent  to  the  actions  of  the 
men  involved  with  these  problems  will  be  investigated  and  studied;  constitu- 
tional interpretation  and  limitations  are  the  guidelines  for  the  course. 


LAW   ENFORCEMENT   /  245 

94.622  Civil  Liberties  and  the  Police  II  (2  q.h.) 

Several  Supreme  Court  cases  are  followed  from  the  time  of  the  call,  to  the 
confrontation,  arrest,  examination  in  court,  appeals,  and  the  direct  statements 
on  the  problem  by  jurists  of  the  highest  courts.  The  last  section  of  the  term 
ties  in  the  latest  criminal  law  and  civil  rights  act  changes  including — but  not 
limited  to — the  criminal  justice  and  no  knock  laws  and  the  latest  Civil  Rights 
Act  provisions.     Prereq.  94.621. 

94.623  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Drugs)  (2  q.h.)  (Formerly  titled  Seminar 
in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  law  enforcement  personnel  in  the  problematic 
area  of  drug  abuse;  the  law,  society,  classification,  distribution,  identification, 
and  the  effects  of  drugs. 

94.624  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Executive  Development)  (2  q.h.)  (Form- 
erly titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

The  role  of  the  police  administrator  within  the  managerial  structure.  Special 
problems  unique  to  the  law  enforcement  executive,  decision  making,  policy 
formation,  planning,  controlling,  communicating,  and  directing.  A  consideration 
of  case  studies  and  surveys  will  be  utilized. 

94.625  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Mental  Health  and  the  Police)  (2  q.h.) 
(Formerly  titled  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

A  study  of  the  roles  of  law  enforcement  and  mental  health  services.  Diagnosis 
of  the  triggering  mechanisms  of  behavioral  disorders  and  the  suicidal  pheno- 
menon; psychiatric  and  psychological  considerations;  case  studies  and  the  legal 
process. 

94.626  Seminar  in  Law  Enforcement  (Data  Processing)  (Formerly  titled  Sem- 
inar in  Law  Enforcement  94.590.) 

An  introduction  to  automated  systems  utilized  in  the  field  of  law  enforcement; 
basic  program  concepts;  filing  and  sorting  techniques;  available  input  and  out- 
put storage  media;  types  and  sources  of  data  communications  and  applications. 

94.627  Administration  of  Justice  I  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  94.501) 

A  survey  of  the  evaluation  of  justice  from  the  earliest  times,  developed  histori- 
cally, with  particular  emphasis  on  Western  Justice  and  American  Justice,  includ- 
ing the  roles  played  by  the  judiciary,  with  stress  on  due  process  and  the 
constitutional  guarantees. 

94.628  Administration  of  Justice  II  (2  q.h.) 

An  analysis  of  the  various  groups  and  professions  in  the  American  Justice  sys- 
tem. Emphasis  is  fixed  on  human  relations,  efficiency,  current  trends  and  the 
future  role  of  the  American  Criminal  Justice  system.      Prereq.  94.627. 

94.629  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  I  (2  q.h.)  (formerly  94.511) 

Civil  matters  such  as  defamation,  negligence,  assault  and  battery,  false  confine- 
ment, tresspass,  conversion,  and  agency  relationships. 

94.630  Civil  Law  in  Criminal  Justice  II  (2  q.h.) 

Civil  matters  such  as  the  law  of  contracts,  bailments,  domestic  relations  and 
business  relationships  which  should  be  known  to  and  distinguished  by  law 
enforcement  personnel.      Prereq.  94.629. 


university  college  faculty 


Louis  M.  Aaronson,  B.A.,  M.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Clinical   Psychologist- 
Independent  Consultant 
Richard  O.  Abbott,  B.  Arch.,  R.A. 

Fine  Arts 

Richard  O.  Abbott,  Architect, 
A.I.A. 
Herbert  Abrams,  J.D.,   M.L. 

Criminal  Law  &  Procedure 

Herbert  Adams,   Counsellor 
at  Law 
Richard  H.  Ackley,  B.S.,  M.S.,  LL.B. 

Management  &   Organization 

Raytheon  Company 
J.  Elaine  Adams,  B.S. 

Chemistry 
Henry  Adieman,   B.S. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Digital   Equipment  Corporation 
Jason  I.  Adieman,  B.S.B.A. 

Programming 

Victor  Comptometer  Corporation 
John  P.  Agnew,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Sc/ence  &   History 

Pine  Manor  Junior  College 
Donald  J.  Aharonian,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

The   Boston  Company,   Inc. 
Thomas  J.  Ahern,  Jr.,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Silver  and  Ahern 
H.  David  Ahlberg,  A.B.,   Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
Joseph  Aieta  III,  B.S.,  M.A. 

History 

Lasell  Junior  College 
Clement  M.  Aldrich,   B.B.A. 

Government  Data   Processing 

General   Services  Administration 
Elizabeth  C.  Allen,  B.A.,  R.N. 

Recreation 

Thera-Care,   Inc. 
Israel  Aluf,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Modern  Languages 

Northeastern   University 
Lois  W.  S.  Ames,  B.A.,  MA. 

Criminal   Justice 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  Anastas,  B.A. 

Law  Enforcement  Program 

Wayland   Public  Schools 


Frederick  Andelman,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Sociology 

Massachusetts  Teachers 
Association 
Beverly  J.  Anderson,  A.B.,   M.A. 

Sociology 
Harley  H.  Anderson,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  J.D. 

Law 

Northeastern   University 
Howard  M.  Anderson,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Management 

The  Yankee  Group 
Robert  E.  Anderson,   B.S. 

Management  Information 
Systems  Coordinator 

Corporate-Tech   Planning,   Inc. 
Ruth  T.  Anderson,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

H;'story 

Northeastern   University 
Dion  J.  Archon,  A.B.,  A.M.,   Ph.D. 

Economics 

Suffolk   University 
Stephen  F.  Armstrong,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Purchasing 

General   Electric  Co. 
Carl  J.  Atkins,  B.Mus. 

Music 

New  England  Conservatory 
of   Music 
Jason   M.  Avergun,   B.S.M.E.,   M.B.A. 

Marketing 

York  Division,  Borg-Warner  Corp. 
Warren  F.  Averill,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

Research  Chemist,   Ionics,   Inc. 

Master,   Boston   Latin  School 
Richard  C.   Babineau,   B.S.,  J.D. 

Accounting 

Touche,   Ross  &  Co. 
David  L.  Bachrach,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Psychology 

V.A.   Hospital 
Carolyn  W.  Bailer,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

WBZ  Westinghouse 
Anthony  J.  Bajdek,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Northeastern   University 

Joy  L.   Baker,   B.A.,   Ph.D. 
Psychology 
V.A.   Hospital 

Alan  R.  Balboni,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Political  Science 
Boston   State  College 


246 


FACULTY   /   247 


David  B.   Balise,   B.S.,   M.P.H. 

Law  Enforcement 

McLean  Hospital 

Belmont,   Mass. 
Louis  Banderet,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Military  Stress   Lab. 

U.S.  Army  Research   Inst,  of 
Environmental   Medicine 
John  J.  Baranofsky,  A.E.E.,  B.S.,  S.M. 

Management  &  Organization 

Raytheon   Missile  Systems 
Division 

John  N.  Barbas,  M.B.A. 
Management 

B  D  &  G   Industries 

Joseph  E.  Barbeau,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Chemistry 
Northeastern   University 

Norman   F.  Barbeau 

Industrial  Management 

Consultant 
David  L.  Barbero,  B.F.A.,  M.F.A. 

Fine  Arts 

LaSalle  Junior  College 
Raymond  S.  Barnstone,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Corporate   Finance, 
Investments 

Honeywell,    Inc. 

Emerson   P.   Barrett,   B.A. 
Human   Relations 
Management  Consultant 

John  J.  Barry,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 
Emmanuel   College 

N.  Bernard  Basch,  B.S.B.A.,  M.S. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 
F.  W.   Faxon  Co. 

Robert  L.   Beal,   B.A..  M.B.A. 
Real  Estate 
Beacon   Construction   Co. 

Constance  A.   Bean,   B.A.,   M.S. 
Health   Science 

Norfolk  County— Newton  TB  & 
Respiratory  Disease  Assoc. 

Stanley  A.  Beecoff,  A.E.E.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Management  &  Organiation 
Microwave  Associates,   Inc. 

George  Beeke-Levy,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 
Boston   State  College 

Richard  E.  Belanger,  A.E.E.,  B.S. 

Management  &  Organization 
Honeywell    Information   Systems, 
Inc. 

Seymour  S.  Bellin,  B.A.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 
Sociology 

Tufts  University— School  of 
Medicine 

Richard  S.  Bentley,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 

Anna  S.   Berger,   B.A.,   M.A. 
Modern   Languages 

John  L.  Bernardi  A.B.,  M.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Economics 
Stonehill  College 


Ralph  A.  Bevilaqua,  A.B.,  M.Ed. 
English 
Northeastern   University 

Joan  C.  Bicknell,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Music  Major  Advisor 

Northeastern   University 
Aaron  K.  Bikofsky,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Bikofsky  and  Walker 
Samuel  S.  Bishop,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.F.A. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern  University 
Richard  E.  Bissell,  A.B.,  M.A.,  M.A.L.D. 

History 

Fletcher  School  of  Law  & 
Diplomacy 
Alvin   M.   Black,  B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Business  Consultant 

Harvey  Black,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Sociology 
Boston   University 

Carl  Blackman,   B.S.,   C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Management  Consultant 
Eugene  J.  Blackman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Speech,  Theatre  Arts— Consu/tant 

Northeastern   University 

Joel  Blau,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Economics 
Boston   University 

Gerald  Blayne,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Risk  Management 
Data   Packaging  Corp. 

Carolyn  L.  Blitch,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
C.  Raymond   Block,   B.C.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Acoustic  Research,   Inc. 

Debra  S.  Bloom,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Recreation 
Center  House  Foundation 

Richard  B.  Bobbitt.  B.S.,  B.M.,  M.M., 
Ph.D. 
Music 
Berklee  College  of   Music 

Fletcher  S.  Boig,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.M. 
Chemistry— Cons  utant 
Northeastern   University 

Robert  W.   Bolster,   B.A.,   M.Ed. 
Law  Enforcement 
State  Dept.  Youth  Services 

Sharon  C.  Bonk,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  M.A. 
Library  Science 
Northeastern   University 

John  J.  Bonner,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Law  Enforcement 
Boston   Police  Dept. 

Vincent  C.  Borman,  Jr.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Transportation 
Raytheon 

Harry  E.  Bose,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 
Pioneer  Research  Labs,  Natick 

Richard  Bourne,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Sociology 


248  /   FACULTY 


Theodore   R.    Bousquet,   B.S.B.A.,  CD. P. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Honeywell,    Inc. 
John   F.  Bowes,  Jr.,   B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

M.B.T.A. 
George  S.  Bowling,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.A., 
M.Ed.,   D.Ed. 

Human   Relations— Personnel 
Planning 

Office  of  Economic   Opportunity 
Patrick  J.   Brady,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston   Police  Department 
Laurence  G.  Branch,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs. 

Raymond  W.  Brennan,  B.A.,  MA.,  M.S., 
in  S.S. 
Law  Enforcement 
Mass.  Correctional   Inst., 
Norfolk 

William  J.  Brennan,  B.A.,  M.S. 
Public   Relations 
Children's  Hospital   Medical 
Center 

Roger  F.  Brightbill,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Major  Advisor— Psycohlogy 
Northeastern   University 

Brian  E.  Brightly,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.S. 
Speech 
■'21    inch"   Classroom 

Stanley  J.  Britton,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
/nvestments 
Mass.  Turnpike  Authority 

David   L.    Brody,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Crime   Lab— Boston   Police  Dept. 

George   M.   Brooker,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 
Statistics 
Dean  Junior  College 

Howard  H.  Brown,  B.S.E.E.,   M.B.A. 
Industrial  Management 
Vee-Arc  Corp. 

David  Brudnoy,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
History  Honors  Program 
Northeastern   University— Grad. 

School 
Boston   College— Dept.  of 

History 

John  J.  Brule,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Management 
Raytheon   Co. 

Gordon    L.   Brumm,   B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D. 
Ph//osophy 

Charles  C.  Buell,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 
Northeastern    University 

Anthony  A.  Buglio,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Speech 
Northeastern   University 

Bruce   Bunten,   B.S. 

Personnel  &  Industrial 

Relations 
H.   P.  Hood  Co. 


Ralph  A.   Buonopane,   B.S.Ch.E., 
M.S.Ch.E.,    Ph.D. 

Chemical  Engineering 

Northeastern   University 
Grafton   E.   Burke,   M.D. 

Allied  Health   Science 

Pilgrim  Nursing  Home,  Peabody 

Northeastern   University 
Peter  E.   Burns,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Eng//sh 

Tabor  Academy 
Charles  F.  Burt,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting,   Finance 

Manganaro   Brothers,   Inc. 
Nelson   M.  Butters,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  V.A.   Hospital 
Robert  F.   Butterworth,  A.B.,   M.S. 

Systems 

IBM   Corporation 
Nicholas  J.  Cafarelli,  III,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
John  A.   Cahalane,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept.   Public  Safety 

Richard  L.  Cahoon,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 

U.S.  Army   Research   Inst,  of 
Environmental    Medicine 

Conrad   P.  Caligaris,   B.B.A.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 
Economics    Major  Advisor 
Northeastern   University 

John  J.  Callahan,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Law  Enforcement 
Mass.   Dept.  of  Education 

David  S.  Calverley,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Psychology 

Rutland   Heights   Mental   Health 
Rehabilitation  Center 

George  K.  Campbell,  A.S.,  B.S. 
Law  Enforcement 
Commonwealth   of  Mass. 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Human  Relations 
Northeastern   University 

James  E.  Canavan,  B.S.,  M.E.,  M.B.A. 
Industrial   Management 
General   Dynamics   Corp. 

Lawrence  S.  Canter,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 
Marketing 
The  Sheico  Co. 

A.  Arthur  Capone,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.J. 
Law   Enforcement 

Brian   R.  Caputo,   B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 
Raytheon— Bedford   Labs 

Andrea  Carr,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Sociology 

Charles  J.  Carr,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,   M.Ed. 
Accounting 
Neuman,   King,  &  Romero 

Patrick  R.  Carroll,  J.D. 

Hospital  Law  &  Ethics 
Mass.  Hospital  Assoc. 


FACULTY  /  249 


Norman  J.  Cartmill,   B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 
Accounting 
Revere  Copper  &  Brass,   Inc. 

Lydia  Casavant,  M.S.,  B.A. 

Recreation 

Bay  Path  Colonial  Council, 

Girl   Scouts  of  America 
John   L.  Cashion,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Economics 

U.S.  Dept    of  Labor— Bureau  of 
Labor  Statistics 

Richard  J.  Cass,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   State   Police 
Christopher  J.  Cassldy,  B.S.I.E.,  M.S. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Honeywell    Information 
Systems,   Inc. 
Stephanie  L.  Catalan,  A.B.,   M.A.T.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Boston   College 
John   L.   Cattanach,   B.S.M.E.,   M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Paul  R.  Sturgeon  Co.,  Inc. 

Laird  S.  Cermak,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

Psychology 

Tufts   University 
Arthur  P.  Chamian,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Deran   Confectionary  Co.,   Inc. 

John   D.  Chapman,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Barnstable   District  Court 
John  F.  Chaves,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Children's   Hospital   Medical 
Center 
James  W.  Child,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 
Jack  Chilnick,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  A.C.S.W. 

(Social  Work  Administration) 

Allied  Health   Sciences 

Executive   Director 

Jewish  Rehabilitation  Center 
for  the  Aged 
John   Chmielinski,  A.S.,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Deputy  Commissioner— Training 

Corrections 

Mass.   Dept.  of  Correction 
Tom  H.  Chrlstoffel,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Political    Science 

John   Chruney,   B.S. 

Administration   Management 

Auerbach   Corp. 
Arnold  B.  Clayton,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Modern   Languages 
George  P.  Clinch,    B.S. B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

American   Mutual    Insurance  Co. 
William  M.  Cloran,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law   Enforcement 

Mass.   Supreme  Judicial  Court 
Nelson  N.  Cochrane,  A.B. 

Law   Enforcement 

Mass.  Dept  of  Correction 


William  G.  Coggan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Edward  S.  Cohen,  B.S.B.A.,  M.A. 

Computer  Programming 

Polaroid   Corp. 
Patricia  A.  Cole,  B.A.,  Th.M.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Roger  E.  Cole,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &  Organization 

Phillips  Academy 
Robert  A.  Collini,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Finance 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
John  S.  Collins,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Chief  Mental  Health  Liaison 
Specialist 

Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
Richard  J.  Comings,  A.B.,   M.A. 

History 

Northeastern   University 
John  Concannon,   B.S. 

Industrial  Management 

Boston   Naval  Shipyard 
Elizabeth   M.  Congdon,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A. 

History 

Peabody  High  School 
Norman  J.   Conklin,   A.E.,   B.S. 

/Management  Information 
Systems 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
Donald  Connors,  A.B.,   M.B.A. 

English,   Management  &   Finance 

Burdett   Business  College 
Joseph   N.  Connors,  A.S.,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 

Robert  E.  Connors,  B.S. 

Chemistry 
Terence  W.  Conroy,  B.S.C.E.,  M.B.A. 
/Marketing 
Carlson  Corp. 
Thomas   Conway,  A.B.,   M.B.A., 
Accounting 
Polariod   Corp. 
(Rev.)  Thomas  D.  Conway,   B.A.,   M.A., 
M.R.E. 
Law  Enforcement 
St.  John  The  Baptist  Parish 
Haverhill 
Louis  Cooperstein,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English,   Modern   Languages- 
Consultant 
Northeastern     University 
Robert  M.  Copeland,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Modern   Languages,   English 
Winchester  High   School 
Richard  S.   Corrente,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 
Raytheon   Co. 
Roger  A.  Cossaboom,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 
Consu/tant- Finance 
Northeastern   University 
Thomas  F.  Coveney,   B.S. 

Management  Information 

Systems 
Liberty  Mutual  Ins.  Co. 


250   /    FACULTY 


Charles  C.  Cox  III,  B.A.,   M.A. 

History 

Northeastern   University 
James   M.  Cox,    B.S. 

Law    Enforcement 

Boston   Police  Dept. 
John  H.  Crain,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.E. 

Recreation 

Dept.  Community  Affairs 
John   D.  Creeden,   B.S.B.A. 

Credit  Management 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 
Salvatore  A.  Crisafulli,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Career  Management   Associates 
Dean  Crocker,   M.D. 

Allied  Medical  Sciences- 
Consultant 

Children's   Hospital 

Medical   Center 

John  F.  Cronin,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.B.A. ,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon   Co. 
Joseph  J.  Cronin,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Reta///ng 

Batten,   Barton,  Durstine, 
&  Osborn  Advertising 
Hugh  J.   Crossland,   B.B.A.,   M.B.A.,  J.D., 
LL.M. 

Law 

The  Crossland  Office, 

Counsellor  at   Law 

Brain  C.  Crowley,   B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Amicon   Corp. 
Thomas  S.  Crowther,   B.S.,   M.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.I.T.   Lincoln   Laboratory 

David  M.  Culver,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
History 
Bridgewater  State  College 

Robert  M.  Curtice,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Systems 

Corporate-Tech    Planning,   Inc. 
John  A.  Curry,   B.A.,    M.Ed. 

English 

Albert  C.  D'Amato,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 
English 

Miriam  F.  D'Amato,  B.A.,  M.A. 
English 

Arnold   E.  Daum,  B.S.B.A. 
Marketing 
Arnold  E.  Daum  Company 

Charles  Daum,   LL.B. 
Marketing 

Art-Craft  Optical   Co. 
of  New  England 

Albert  S.  Davis,  J.D.,  M.Ed.,  CAGS 
Law  Enforcement 
General    Electric,    Co. 

Donna  May  Davis,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 

Richard  J.   Davis,   B.S.,   M.A. 
Law  Enforcement 
Belmont  School   Dept. 


Ronald  C.  Davis,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern   University 
Willie  J.   Davis,  A.B.,   LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Magistrate   United   States 
District  Court  for  District 
of  Massachusetts 
Ernest  M.  DeCicco,   B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Northeastern    University 
Doris  DeGraves,   B.S. 

Biology  Assistant 

New  England   Baptist  Hospital 
Herbert  Deitcher,  B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon   Co. 
John  R.  Dietrick,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 

Becker  Junior  College 
Richard  DelGaudio,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Advanced  Metals  Research  Corp. 
Dante  J.  DeMichaelis,  A. A.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 
Paul  J.  Derby,   B.S.,  M.S. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
Joseph   B.  deRoche,  B.A.,  M.F.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  T.   Devereaux,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Metropolitan   Police 

John  J.  Dias,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Data   General  Corporation 
S.  Anthony  diCiero,  B.A.,  J.D. 

Management  &   Industrial 
Relations 

National    Labor  Relations   Board 
Eugene   P.   DiCostanzo,   B.S. 

Electronic   Data    Processing 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
Alba  A.  DiCredico,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 

Boston   Conservatory  of  Music 
John    DiGravio,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 
Edward  Dillon,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Human   Relations 

Raytheon   Co. 
Howard  T.   Dimmick,  B.S.Ed.,  Ed.M. 

Earth   Science 

Stoneham,  Jr.  High  School 

Francis  J.  DiSabatino,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 
Chemistry 

Quincy   High   School 
Quincy  Jr.   College 

Paul  L.  Doherty.  A.B.,  J.D. 
Law  Enforcement 
State  House— Chief  of  Police 

John  R.  Donelan,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.S.W.,  M.A., 
Law  Enforcement 
Ph.D. 
Salem  State  College 


FACULTY  /  251 


I 


Michael  B.  Donham,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Human   Relations 

Harvard   University 
Charles  D.  Donley,   B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

N.E.  Motor  Rate  Bureau,  Inc. 

John  S.  Donohoe,   B.S.B.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

U.S.  Treasury  Dept. 
Eugene  J.  Doody,  B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Personnef  &  Industrial  Relations 

Simplex  Time   Recorder  Co. 
Nancy  S.  Dorfman,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 
Michael  J.   Dowling,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

ECRM,    Inc. 
John  G.  Downes,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Transportation 

Carter's   Ink  Co. 
Gerald  F.  Downey,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A., 

M. A., Ph.D. 

Economics,    Statistics 

Lowell  Technological   Inst. 
John  P.  Driscoll,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Real  Estate 

Drinkwater  &  Driscoll 

Richard  E.  Driscoll,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Essex  County  Probation   Dept. 
Edward  Dube,   B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

Consultant 
Paul  A.  Dubois,  A.B.,   M.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Ardyn   E.   Dubnow,   BE. A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northrop  Corp. 

Charles  H.  Dufton,  A.B..   M.A. 

Consu/tant— Marketing 

Northeastern    University 
Stephen  J.   Duggan,   B.S.,   M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Office  of  Industrial   Security, 
Boston 
Raymond   R.   Dwyer,   B.S. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

N.E.   Merchants  National   Bank 

James  W.  Earley,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.B.A., 
Human  Relations  in 

Organizations 
Personnel   Management  & 
Human   Relations   in  Org.— 
Coordinator 
Raytheon  Co. 

Charles  W.  Earnshaw,  B.S.,   M.A.,  J.D., 
C.L.U. 

/nsurance— Coordinator 
Northeastern   University 

Carl  W.   Eastman,   B.A.,   M.A. 
Sperch 
Northeastern   University 

William  T.  Edgett,  A.B.,  M.A. 
History 
Northeastern    University 


Maureen  L.  Edison,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
John  C.  Edmunds,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 
James  H.  Elgin,   B.S.E.E.,   M.S.E.E., 

M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Digital   Equipment  Corp. 
Elaine  G.  Eliopoulos,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Recreation 

Northeastern   University 

Edward  Elliott,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Northeastern   University 
Charlotte  Engelbourg,   B.A. 

History 

J.  Clive  Enos,  B.S. 

Management 
Raytheon   Co. 

Eleanor  C.   Ericson,   B.A.,   M.A. 
Modern   Languages 

George  W.  Evans,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Manufacturing  Processes 
General   Electric  Company 

Benedetto  Fabrizi,  B.S.,   M.A.,   D.M.L. 
Modern   Languages 
Northeastern    University 

Sonia  M.  Falkowski,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Modern   Languages 
Northeastern   University 

Gary  G.  Fallis,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 
Law  Enforcement 
Northeastern   University 

Edward  J.   Falvey,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 
N.E.  Merchants  National  Bank 

George  J.   Fantini,  Jr.,   B.S.A.,  M.B.A. 
investments 

State  Street   Bank  &  Trust 
Company 

John  E.  Fedele,  A.B.,  J.D.,  LL.M. 
Estate   Planning 
N.E.   Mutual   Life  Insurance 
Company 

Irwin   Feigelman,   B.S.,  C.P.A. 
Accounting 
U.S.  Treasury  Dept. 

William   R.   Ferguson,  A.B.,  A.M. 
Modern   Languages 
Boston    University 

John  P.  Ferullo,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Job  Evaluation 
Rhode   Island   Hospital 

Larry  S.   Field,   B.S. I.E. 

Industriai  Management 
Columbia   Packing  Co. 

Arthur  Finger,  Jr.,  B.S. 
Transportation 
Traffic   &  Distribution 
Services,    Inc. 

Francis  X.  Finigan,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Natural   Science 
Winchester   Public  Schools 

Arnold  D.   Finley,  A.B. 

Purchasing— Coordinator 
Sanders  Associates,   Inc. 


252  /   FACULTY 


Albert  Finney,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon   Co. 
Frank  P.  Fiorentino,   B.S.B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Livingston   &  Haynes  CPA 
Karen  L.  Fischer,  A. A.,  B.F.A. 

Fine  Arts 
Jeffrey  H.  Fisher,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Middlesex  County  District 
Attorney's  Office 
Ellen  C.  Fitzgerald,  R.N.,  R.R.A.,  B.S. 

Health  Care  Administration 

Children's   Hospital    Medical 
Center 
Leo  J.  Fitzgerald,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

General   Electric  Co. 
Lawrence   D.   Fitzmaurice 

Systems 

Analog  Devices,   Inc. 
Kevin  T.  Fitzpatrick,   B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Finance 

Boston   Public   Library 
Walter  L.   Fogg,   B.A.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Ph//osophy— Consu/tant 

Northeastern   University 
Florence  B.  Forman,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Phi/osophy 

Boston   Public   Schools 
Douglas  G.   Foster,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,   M.S. 

Eartti   Science 

Jeremiah   Burke   High   School 
Gale  P.   Foster,   B.S. 

Marketing— Coordinator 

Culver  Advertising,   Inc. 
James  A.  Foster,  B.S.,  C.P.C.U. 

Finance 

Liberty   Mutual    Ins.  Co. 
Herbert  L.  Fox,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Economics 

Bolt,  Beranek,   &  Newman 
Susan   H.   Francis,   B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Howard  H.   Freedman,  A.B.,  M.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Raytheon   Co. 
John   Freiberg,   B.A. 

Chemistry 
Melvin  W.  Friedman,  S.B. 

Industrial   Management, 

Management  &   Organization 

M.  W.   Friedman  Associates 
Edmond  M.  Gagey,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Eng//sh 
Walter  A.  Gagne,  Jr.,  B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

Harvard    University 
Dorothy  H.  Gampel,  A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Research    Institute  for 
Educational    Problems, 
Cambrigde 

Rawie  W.  Garner,    B.S.,   M.U.A. 
Law   Enforcement 
Office   of   Economic   Opportunity 


John  A.  Gavin,   B.SS.,   M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Commissioner  of  Correction 
(Ret.)   Commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts 
Paul  C.  Gay,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Law 

First  Asst.   Register  of  Probate 

Norfolk  County 
Peter   B.  Gay,   LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney 
John  A.  Geary,  A.B. 

Industrial  Safety 

Employers-Commercial 
Union   Cos. 
George  J.  Geiger,  B.S. 

Computer  Systems 

International   Computer 
Terminal  Corp. 
John  R.  Geraghty,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &  Organization 
International   Business 
Machines   Corp. 
Michael  G.  Gero,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Harvard   University 
Nancy  H.  Gewirtz,  B.A.,  M.S.W. 

Social   Welfare 

Mass.   Dept.  of  Public  Health 
Cleveland  Gilcreast,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

H.  P.  Hood  &  Sons 
Edwin   S.  Giles,   Jr.,   B.M.E. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Executive   Relocation,   Inc. 
Maureen  Glancy,   B.S. 

Recreation 

Northeastern   University 
Daniel  D.  Glatthorn,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial   Management 

Boston   Naval  Shipyard 
Leonard  J.  Click,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Psychology 

Harvard   University 
L.  James  Glinos,  B.B.A.,   Ed.M. 

Human    Relations 

Kennecott   Copper  Corp. 
Daniel   B.  Goggin,  A.B.,   M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Boston   Mutual   Life 
Insurance   Co. 
Robert  L.  Goldberg,  A.B.,   M.B.A.,  C.L.U. 

Management 

John   Hancock   Mutual 
Life   Insurance  Co. 
Myer  N.   Goldberg,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.D.C.    Police 
M.  Patricia  Golden,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Northeastern    University 
Daniel  M.  Goldfarb,  A.B.,  M.A.T.,  M.A. 

Modern    Languages 

Quincy  Junior  College 
Minton  F.  Goldman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.A.L.D., 
Ph.D. 

Political  Science— Major  Advisor 

Northeastern    University 


FACULTY  /  253 


M.  Alvin  Goldstein,  A.B. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Information   Systems 
Analysis,   Inc. 
Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting— Consultant 

Northeastern    University 
Herbert  P.  Golub,  B.A.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S., 

Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Eastern    Middlesex 
Guidance  Center 

Michael  E.  Goodhue,  B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Brecks  of  Boston 
Judith  R.  Goodman,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Leon  M.  Goodman,   B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

New  England  Tel.  &  Tel.  Co. 

Thomas   M.  Goodrum 

Ocean   Transportation 

Farrell   Lines,   Inc. 
Stephen   Goodyear,  A.B.,   M.A. 

Modern   Languages 

Hull    High   School 
Bernard   L.  Gordon,   B.S.,   M.S. 

Earth    Science 

Northeastern    University 
Daniel   D.  Gordon,  B.A.,   M.A. 

Economics  &   Statistics 

Town  of  Brookline 
Sherwood  C.  Gordon,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S. 

Statistics 

U.S.  Air  Force 
Mary  Jane  Gorton,  B.A.,  Ed.M. 

Fine  Arts 

Arlene  G.  Gough,  A.B.,   Med.  Tech. 
Biology 
Registered   Medical  Technologist 

Edward  G.  Goulart,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Law  Enforcement 
M.I.T.  Lincoln   Laboratory 

David   F.  Grace,   B.A.,   M.A. 
English 
Lasell  Junior  College 

Daniel  A.  Grady,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Intermediate  Accounting 
William   Underwood  Co. 

William  E.  Grady,  B.B.A. 
Quality  Control 
Courier-Citizen    Printing  Co. 

Robert  L.  Graham,   B.S.B.A.,    M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 
Lybrand,    Ross    Bros. 
&   Montgomery 

Leon   S.  Graubard,  A.   B.,  A.M. 
Economics 
Northeastern   University 

Joseph  P.  Greelish,  Jr.,  A. A.,  B.S. 
Law   Enforcement 
Registry  of  Motor  Vehicle 
Selective    Enforcement 

Martin   B.   Green,   B.A.,   Ph.D. 
English 


Susan  L.  Greenblatt,  B.A.,  M.A., 

Sociology 
Gerald  R.  Griffin,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Literature 

Northeastern   University 

John  L.  Griffith,  B.S. 

Management  &   Organization 

Director  of   Planning— 
Town   of  Braintree 
Duane  L.  Grimes,  A.  B.,  A.M. 

Political  Science 

Northeastern     University 
John  J.  Grimes,   B.S.,   M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 
Thomas  Grogan 

Industrial   Management 

General   Electric   Co. 
Steven   D.  Grossman,   B.S.,  M.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern   University 
A.  Nicholas  Groth,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Commonwealth   of 

Massachusetts   Dept.   of 
Mental    Health 
Eric  N.  Grubinger,   B.S.E.E.,   M.B.A. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

Group   128,   Inc. 
Gerald  G.  Grzywinski,  A.A.S.,  B.S. 

Chemistry 
Jose  L.  Guzman,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Conversational  Spanish 

Northeastern   University 
Reginald  W.   Hache',  B.M.,  M.M.,  A.D. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 
Edward  A.  Hacker,  B.A..  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  Haddad,  B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Co. 
Andrew  F.  Hall,   III,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Lyband,   Ross   Bros, 
&   Montgomery 

E.   Forest  Hallet,   B.S.Ed.,   M.B.A. 

Allied  Health   Science 

Northeastern   University 
Paul   M.   Halloran,    B.S. B.A. 

Management  /nformation 

•Raytheon   Co. 

Donald  J.  Halpin,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Finance 

Hutchins,    Mixter  & 
Parkinson    Inc. 

Stanley  M.  Halpin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Research   Inst, 
for  Environmental   Medicine 

Isadore   Halzel,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Production    Management   & 

Manufacturing  Systems 
M.I.T. —Draper   Lab. 

Lawrence    Halzel,     B.S.,     Ed.M.,    Ed.D. 
Counselor 
Boston    V.A.     Hospital 


254  /   FACULTY 


William  F.  Hancock,  Jr.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A., 

C.L.U.,   CD. P. 

Finance— Coordinator 

Keane  Assoc,   Inc. 
Francis  R.  Hankard,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Public  Safety 
Robert  A.  Hankin,   B.B.A.,   M.A. 

Economics 

Northeastern    University 
Eleanor  Z.  Hanna,  A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Mass.   General   Hospital 

Harvard   Medical   School 
Norman  E.  Hansen,  A.B.,  MBA. 

Marketing 

Conrad   &  Chandler 
James   Hardcastle,  A.B. 

Transportation 

Gillette  Company 
James  D.  Hardy,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Brandeis    University 
David  J.    Harrigan,   B.S. 

Quality  Control 

L.A.  Seder  &  Assoc. 
Pamela  H.  Hart,  B.A.,  M.A. 

French 
Dorothy  J.   Havens,   B.A.,   M.A. 

£ng//sh 
Leonard   Havens,   B.S.,   M.Ed. 

Fine  Arts   Major  Advisor 

Northeastern   University 
Donald  R.   Hayden,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Hill's   Department  Store 
Gerard  J.  Hayes,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Town  of   Brookline 
Robert  T.  Heald,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Watherhouse  &  Co. 
Hugh   Healey,   S.B. 

Industrial  Management 

General    Electric  Co. 
George  E.  Healy,   LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Director  of  Civil   Defense 

Providence,   Rhode   Island 
Warren   K.  Heckman,  B.B.A.,   M.A. 

Management 

Heath  Consultants   Inc. 
Thomas  C.  Heffernan,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D. 

LL.B. 

English 

Boston   School   Dept. 
Leiia  B.  Helms,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Politizal   Science 

Northeastern    University 
George  Hennessey,  B.S.B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Boston  Gas  Co. 
Barbara  L.  Henry,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Anthropo/ogy 

Northeastern   University 
Gerald  H.  Herman,  A.B.,   M.A. 

History— Course  Coordinator 
&  Major  Advisor 

Northeastern   University 


George  M.   Herrick,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Finance 

John    E.  Cain   Co. 
Gilbert  M.   Hewins,  B.S.,   B.A. 

Law   Enforcement 

Raytheon   Co. 
Chester  W.  Higgins,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

M.B.T.A. 
Edward  J.   Higgins,  A.S.,   B.S.,   M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   State   Police 
Peter  D.   Higgins,    B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

ITEK  Corp. 
Thomas  C.  Higgins,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.S.L.S. 

Library  Science 

Middlesex  Community  College 
Ann  G.   Hilferty,   B.S.,   M.A. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Arthur   P.   Hill,    B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Plywood   Ranch   Industries 
Elizabeth  J.   Hodges,  A.B.,   B.S. 

Library  Science 

Robbins    Library,   Arlington 
Brian  Justin   Hoel,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Brookline   Police   Dept. 
Sumner  Holsington,   B.S.,   Ph.D. 

Economics 

Executive  Office  for 

Administration  &  Finance 

Commonwealth   of   Mass. 
Wheaton  A.  Holden,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Fine  Arts 

Northeastern   University 
John  J.   Holian,    B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Cambridge   Police  Dept. 
Harriet  Hollenberg,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Political  Science 

Bentley  College 
James  A.  Hope,  A.B.,   M.B.A. 

Management 

Signet  Club   Plan,   Inc. 
Daniel  J.   Horgan,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 
Attorney  at  Law 
Morris  A.  Horowitz,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Economics  — Cons  u/tant 

Northeastern   University 
Cornelius  Houtsma,  B.S.,  N.E.,  M.Ed., 
M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

Northeastern   University 
Jeffrey  Howard,  A.B.,   M.A.,   D.R. 

Recreation 

Northeastern   University 
Arthur  F.  Howe,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Executive   Director,   Sepac. 
Reglna   Hughes,   B.A.,   R.R.A. 

Medical  Record  Science 

Children's   Hosp.   Medical  Center 
Robert  A.  Hunter,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Mansfield   Public  Schools 


FACULTY  /  255 


Daniel  F.  Hurley,  A.A.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Relations— Coordinator 

Federal  Mediation  &  Conciliation 
Service 
Joseph  J.  Hurwitz,  B.S.,  B.J.Ed.,  Ph.D. 

Literature 
Frank  L.  Iber,  M.D.,  M.A.,  B.A. 

Health   Sc/ence 

Lemuel   Shattuck   Hospital 
John  J.    Irwin,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law   Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Attorney  General- 
Criminal   Div. 
Mervyn   Israel,   B.S.,   M.S.,   Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Children's   Hosp.   Medical   Center 

Harvard   Medical   School 
Herbert  H.  Itzkowitz,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A., 
C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Herbert  H.   Itzkowitz,   C.P.A. 
Phillip  S.  Jackson,  S.B.,  LL.B. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
John  J.  Jamison,  B.S.M.E. 

Electronic    Data    Processing 

Honeywell,   Inc. 
Philip  A.  Janus,  B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Computer   Programming 

Comptroller,   Symphonic 
John  J.  Jennings,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

First  Assistant   District  Attorney 

Essex  County 
Edward  G.  Jepsen,    B.A.,    M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Price  Waterhouse  &  Co. 
Carson  C.  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Emmanuel   College 
Edward  A.  Johnson,  Jr.,   B.A.,   M.T. 

Transportation   Management 

President— Howe  &  Company, 
Inc. 
Richard  F.  Q.  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick   Laboratories 
Gary  R.  Jones,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern   University 
Thomas  A.  Jones,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Princeton   University 
Walter  S.  Jones,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A.,  M.A.L.D., 
Ph.D. 

Po//t/ca/  Science 

Northeastern   University 
Joseph  M.  Jordan,  A.S.,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Deputy  Superintendent  Boston 
Police  Dept. 
Gerard   Kaelin,   B.A.,  J.D. 

Insurance 

Attorney  at   Law 

U.S.F.  &  G.  Co. 
Martin  J.   Kahan,   B.S. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Varian  Associates/NRC 
Operation 


Eugenia  O.  Kaledin,  A.B.,  A.M. 
English 

Martin  A.   Kalustian,  A.B.,   M.B.A. 
Management 
Raytheon  Co. 

Edward  L.  Kandib,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Accounting 
U.S.  Treasury  Dept. 

Martin  J.   Kane,  B.A.,   M.B.A. 
Purchasing 
Raytheon   Co. 

Mort  S.  Kaplan,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Theatre  Arts 
Northeastern   University 

George  Karam,  A.B.,  A.M.,   Ed.D. 
Philosophy 
St.  Joseph's  Hospital,   Lowell 

Janet  L.   Karcz,  B.A.,   M.A. 
English 
Northeastern   University 

Charles  Karis,   B.A.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 
Northeastern   University 

Britta   L.   Karlsson,   M.T.  (A.S.C.P.)   B.S., 
M.S. 
Medical  Technology— Consultant 
Northeastern   University 

Kerkor  Kassabian,   B.S. 
Health   Science 
Northeastern    University 

Harold  D.  Kastle,  B.S.,  B.J. P.,  M.A. 

Personnel  <S   Industrial  Relations 
Raytheon   Co. 

Stanley  W.  Kaszanek,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Sociology 
Northeastern   University 

Hyman   Mendel   Kaufman,   S.B.,   M.A.,  J.D. 
Law 
Attorney  at   Law 

Robert  J.  Kaufman,  B.I.E.,  M.S.,  P.E. 
Management    Information 

Systems 
Honeywell   Information   Systems, 
Inc. 

Ronald   P.   Kaufman,   B.S. 
Law   Enforcement 
Mass.  Dept.   of  Public  Safety 

Richard  M.  Kaye,  B.S.,   M.B.A. 
Finance 
North  American   Packing  Corp. 

Helen   Keaney,   MM. 
Music 
Northeastern   University 

Walter  E.  Kearney,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Accounting 
Northeastern   University 

George  L.  Keefe,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 
Parole   Board— Commonwealth 
of  Mass. 

Willard  F.  Keeney,  A.B.,  A.M. 
English 
Harvard   University 


256  /   FACULPT 


William   E.   Kelley,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Mass.   Inst,  of  Technology 
Thomas  W.  Kelly,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

General   Electric  Co. 
Mary  E.  Kennedy,  B.A. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

IBM 
Charles   Kenney,   B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Research   Data   Inc. 
A.  Karim  Khudairi,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
William  F.  Kidney,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 
Sandra  J.   King,    B.S. 

E/ectron;c  Data   Processing 
Consultant 
Paul  G.   Kinsella,   B.S.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Hunneman  and  Co.,   Inc. 
Virginia  K.  KIrshner,  A.B. 

Theatre  Arts 
Jan  J.  Kitchen,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Eng//sh 
Richard   Klayman,   B.A.,  M.A. 

History 
John  L.  Kobrick,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Research  Inst,  of 
Environmental   Medicine 

Alicia  M.  Korzeniowska,  B.A.,  M.A.,  A.B.D. 
English 
Northeastern    University 

Bennett  L.  Kramer,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 

Donald  J.  Kramer,  B.S.B.A.,  M.BA. 

Finance 

Modicon  Corp. 
James  B.  Krasnoo,  A.B.,  J.D.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Asst.   United  States  Attorney 

Daniel  G.  Kraus,  B.S.,  M.A. 
Economics 
Northeastern   University 

Elliot  A.  Krause,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Sociology 
Northeastern   University 

David  H.  Kravetz,  B.B.A.,  LL.B.,  J.D. 
Law 
Widett  &  Widett 

Donald  F.  Krier,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Economics 

Newton  College  of  the  Sacred 
Heart 

Fredric  G.  Kropp,  B.A. 
Economics 
Cleveland   Circle   Hardware 

Charles  D.  Kuhn,   B.S.,  M.A. 
Law  Enforcement 
Department  of  Public  Safety 

Joseph  T.  Lamb,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
Marketing 
Parks  Cramer  Co. 


Paul  K.  Lambert,  B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Physical  D/stribut/on 

Management 
Kenneth  W.  Lamprey,  B.B.A,  C.P.A. 

Accounting,   Finance 

Kenneth  W.  Lamprey,  C.P.A. 
Robert  H.  Landry,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Stanley  R.   Lapon,   B.A.,   LL.B. 

Medical  Law  &   Ethics 

Attorney  at  Law 
Louis  R.  Larsen,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Corporate  Studies  Group,  Inc. 
Aristotle  T.  Laskaris,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

AVCO  Corp. 
Norman  L.  Lavers,  Th.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  D.D. 

English 

Mass   Bay  Community  College 
Gerard  J.  Lavoie,   B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Private   Investigator 
Diane  M.   Lawson,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Enconomics 
Nancy  V.  Lee,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Kenneth  Leeco,  B.S.,  M.B.A., 

Environmental   Management 

Texas   Instruments,   Inc. 
Lila  Leibowitz,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology— Coordinator  & 
Major  Advisor 
Paul  A.  LeMaitre,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Richard  H.  Lent,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
M.  X.  Lesser,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Assoc.  Consultant  in  Literature 

Northeastern   University 
Thomas  S.  Lester,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 
Joseph  Levangie,  S.B.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

Sperry    Rand 
Albert  M.  Levenson,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Quality  Control 

M. I. T.— Draper  Lab. 
Seymour  Leventman,   B.A.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Sociology 

Boston  College 
Abraham   H.   Levine,   B.S. 

Industrial   Management 
Howard  A.   Levine,   B.S. 

Real  Estate 

The  Flatley  Co. 
Ruth  M.  Liberfarg,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Bio  logy 
Louise  H.  Lilien,  B.A.,  MA. 

Sociology 
Richard  Lindhe,  B.S.B.A.,  B.S.Ed..,  M.Ed. 
Ph.D. 

Accounting 

Northeastern   University 
Harold   List,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Counselor 

Mass.  Bay  Community  College 


FACULTY   /  257 


Benjamin  A.  Little,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

English 
Walter  A.  Littlefield,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Drama   &  Speech 

Emerson   College 
Leo  Litwin 

Music 

Leo  Litwin  Piano  Studos 
John  Antony  Lloyd,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Itek  Corp. 
John  M.  Lockhart,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

U.S.  Army  Natick  Lab. 
Edward  J.  Lonczak,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Employer-Commercial   Union  Co. 
Robert  R.  Lovejoy,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Health  Care  Administration- 
Consultant 

The  Waltham   Hospital 
Edwin  H.  Lovequist,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Industrial   Management 

General  Electric  Co. 
Paula   B.   Lutzin,   B.A. 

Recreation 

Mass.   General   Hospital 
Ellen  C.   Lynch,   B.A. 

Recreation 
Paul  E.  Lyons 

Quality  Control 

Gillette  Co. 

Safety   Razor  Div. 
Andrew  C.  MacAulay,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Chemistry 

New  England  Medical  Center 
Edmund  M.  MacCloskey,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English,   Speech 
Samuel  E.   MacDonald,   B.S. 

Purchasing 

Millipore  Corp. 
Warren  G.   MacDonald,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

H.  P.  Hood  Co. 
Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Patricia  M.  Macrides,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Michael   F.   Madden,   B.A.,   M.A. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
William  J.  Madden,  A.B. 

Accounting 

Office  of  Naval  Research 
Jueson  Maeng,  B.S.,  M.S. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
Thomas  Magliozzi,  B.S.,   M.S. 

Finance,   Management  Decisions 

The   Foxboro  Co. 
Ann  M.  Maguire,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Recreation 

Northeastern   University 
Gerard  E.  Maguire,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Purchasing 

RCA 


Thomas  J.   Maguire,   LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

City  of  Woburn   Police  Dept. 
William  G.  Maguire,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Modern   Languages 

South   Boston   High   School 
Audrey  J.  Mahler,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Melinda  A.  Malzone,   B.A.,  M.A. 

Philosophy 
Francis  S.  Mancini,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Roger  Williams  College 
Betty  E.  Mandell,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.S.W. 

Social   Welfare 

Northeastern   University 

Albert  R.  Manson,  B.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 
Honeywell,   Inc. 

Jack  Manuel,   B.M.,   M.M.,   D.M.A. 
Philosophy 
Boston   University 

Julius  Mariasis,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Management 
Julius   Mariasis 

Joseph   Markowitz,  B.A.,   M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 

Massachusetts   Institute  of 
Technology 

Herbert  J.  Marks,  B.B.A.,  M.A. 
Economics 
Federal   Reserve  Bank  of  Boston 

Arnold  M.  Marrow,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Management  Relations 
National   Labor  Relations   Board 

Robert  Marsetta,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Psychology 
Northeastern   University 

Phillip  G.  Marsh,   B.A.,   M.A. 
Industrial  Relations 
H.   P.   Hood  &  Sons 

Edward  Marshall,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Management— Consu/tant 
Northeastern   University 

John  E.   Marshall,  B.S. 

Industrial  Management 
Boston   University 

John  F.  Martin,  B.B.A.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Management 
Management  Consultant 

Zareh   Martin,   B.S. 

Industrial  Management 
Management  Consultant 

Frederick  Mason,   B.S. 
Accounting 
Internal  Revenue  Service 

Richard  P.  Mason,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Information 

Systems 
AVCO  Systems  Division 

Russell  B.  Mason,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Marketing 
Raytheon   Co. 

Guy  C.  Materia,  Diploma  Di  Laurea 
Modern   Languages 


258  /   FACULTY 


George  D.  Matson,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Speech 

Matson,   MacLeish   and  Walker 
Employment   Counselors 
Paul  D.  Maxell,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management  Information 
Systems 

Northeastern   University 
James    F.  McArdle,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Eng//sh 

Northeastern    University 
Robert   P.    McAuliffe,    B.S.B.A.,    M.B.A. 

Marketing 

General   Radio  Co. 

Francis  McAvoy,  A.B. 

Marketing 

Q.P.L.   Electronics,   Inc. 
Albert  H.  McCay,  B.A.,   M.A.,  Ed.D. 

Recreation  — Consu/tant 

Northeastern   University 
Joseph  F.  McCormack,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Director  Dept.  of  Youth 
Resources 

Brookline,   Mass. 
Andrew  McDonough,  B.S.,  C.P.C.U. 

Insurance 

Appleby  &  Wyman   Insurance 
Agency,   Inc. 
David  A.   McGaughy,  A.B.,   M.S. 

Quality  Control 

Polaroid   Corp. 
John    B.   McGrath,   B.S. 

Finance 

New  England  Telephone  Co. 
James  L.   McGuinness,  Jr.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

EG  &  G,  Inc. 
Franklin  W.  McGuire,  A.B.,  S.T.B.,  M.S.S.S. 

Social   Welfare 

Director,  The   Little   House, 
Dorchester 

Thomas  J.   McHugh,   B.S.,   M.B.A. 
Finance 
Franchised  Agent 

Hugh   B.   McLean,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Management  &  Law  Enforcement 
Northeastern   University 

Joseph   D.  McNamara,   B.S.,   M.P.A. 
Law  Enforcement 
Harvard  Law  School 

Thomas  J.   McNamara,   B.S.E.E. 

Management   Information 
Systems— Consultant 
Honeywell,    Inc. 

Richard  J.   McNeil,  Jr.,    B.S.B.S.,   M.B.A. 
Economics 
Northeastern    University 

Joseph   McParland,   B.S.,  J.D. 
Law  Enforcement 
Attorney  at   Law 

George  B.  Merry,  A.B. 
Journalism 
The  Christian  Science  Monitor 

Robert   L.   Meserve,   M.S.C.E. 
Health   Science 
Northeastern   University 


Charles  A.  M.  Meszoely,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
Edward   F.   Methelis,   B.S. 

Economics 

Northeastern    University 
Elmer  B.    Michelson,    M.A. 

English 

Boston  Conservatory  of  Music 
Duane  R.   Miller,  B.S.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy 

Boston   University   School   of 
Theology 
Stephen   R.   Miller,   B.A.,   M.L.S. 

Library  Science 

Wellesley  Free  Library 
Setrak  B.   Minas,  J.D.,   LL.M. 

Law 

Attorney  at   Law 
James  F.  Molloy,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Tramco   Inc. 
C.  Robert  Montgomery,  B.A.,  P.E., 
A.A.G.O.,   Ch.M. 

Management 

Parke  Mathematical 
Laboratories,   Inc. 
William  F.  Mooney,  A.E.E.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial    Management 

Western  Electric  Co. 
David   D.   Moore,    B.A.,    M.S. 

Mathematics 

Pentucket   Regional   High 
School 
Leslie  B.  Morash,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Service  Warehouse  Co. 
Norman  R.  Moray,  Jr.,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Insurance 

Hartford    Fire   Group 
Carol  Morgenstern,  A.B.,  A.M. 

Earth  Science 

Northeastern    University 

Lillian   Morgenstern,  B.A.,    M.A.,   Ph.D. 
Earth   Sciences 
Northeastern   University 

William   R.   Moriarty,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 
Accounting 
St.  Joseph's  College 

Jerry  A.  Morris,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Personnel  &    Industrial  Relations 
Raytheon  Co. 

Norman   Morris,   B.S.B.A.,   M.A. 

Cap.   Inst.   &  Risk  Mgmt. 

First   National    Bank  of   Boston 

Richard   Morrison,   B.S.Ed. 

Electronic   Data   Processing- 
Coordinator 

William    E.    Morrison,    B.S.,   M.S. 

Labor   Management  Relations 
Mature  Temps,    Inc. 

Thomas  A.  Morse,  B.S.,  M.S. 

English,    Speech,    Literature 
Winchester  School  Dept. 

Howard  R.  Moskowitz,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 
U.S.  Army  Natick  Labs. 


FACULTY   /   259 


James  D.   Mukjian,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial   Management 

Management  Consultant 
James  W.  Mulford,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Probation   Officer— First  District 
Court,   Northern   Middlesex 

John  J.   Mulkerin,  Jr.,  A.B. 

Personnel  &   Industrial   Relations 

Management  Consultant 
Paul  V.  Muikern,  A.B.,  M.S. 

Personnel  &   Industrial   Relations 

U.S.   Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
Edmund  Mullen,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Joseph  A.   Mullen,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Boston  Naval   Shipyard 
William  R.  Mulvey,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Kollmorgen   Color  Systems 
James  F.  Murphy,  B.S. 

Law   Enforcement 

Governor's  Comm.  on  Crime  & 
Correction 

Montpelior,  Vt. 

Paul  J.   Murphy,   B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing,    Management 

General  Electric  Co. 
Kendall   B.   Murray,   B.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 
Herman   D.    Musgrave,    B.S.Ed.,    M.S.W. 

Law   Enforcement 

Mass.   Correctional    Institution, 
Norfolk 
A.  Howard  Myers,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Industrial  Relations— Consultant 

Northeastern    University 

Roland  L,  Nadeau,  B.M.,  M.M. 

Music,    Chairman  — Consultant 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  P.  Najjar,   B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Northeastern    University 

ShashI   Nath,   M.S.,   Ph.D. 

Sociology,   Anthropology 

Alvin  Nathanson,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Real   Estate 

Kabatznick,   Stein   &  Cooper 
Sandra  T.  Nayak,  A.B.,   M.A. 

Anthropology 

Scott   M.   Needham,   B.F.A. 

Effective   Speaking 

City  of  Lynn  School  Dept 
Theodore  H.  Needle,   B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Needle  and  Needle 
Paul  A.  Neeson,  B.B.A.,  C.P.C.U. 

Insurance 

Herbert  Fields  &  Co. 
John  N.  Nestor,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law   Enforcement 

Asst.  District  Attorney 
Eastern  District 
Herbert  Neuman,    B.S.S.,   M.B.A., 

Marketing 

Zayre   Corp. 


Richard  W.  Norton,  B.B.A. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

The   Foxboro  Co. 
Franklin   Norvish,   B.S.,   M.A. 

Eng/ish 

Northeastern   University 
Daniel  A.   Novak,    B.A. 

Political  Science 
Edward  G.  Novello,  B.S. 

Transportation 

Transcontinental   Music 
Corporation 
C.  M.   Nowak,  A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

History 
Norbert  F.  Nunes,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Eng/ish 
Paul  D.  O'Brien,  A. A.,  B.S.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

General    Electric  Company 

Edward  T.  O'Donnell.   B.C.S.,    M.B.A. 

Statistics— Coordinator 

U.S  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
Aileen  J.  Ofer,   B.A.,   M.A.,   M.A. 

Eng/ish 
Harry  Olins,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law— Consu/tant 

Attorney  at  Law 
Karlna  O'Malley,  B.S.,   M.Ed. 

Sociology 
David  S.  Omar,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  M.B.A. 

Statistics,    Economics 

Dean  Junior  College 
James  W.  O'Neil,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

S.  S.   Pierce  Co. 
George  J.  O'Shea,  Jr.,  B.S.B.A.,  M.S.S.W. 

Law  Enforcement 

Division  Youth  Services 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 

Richard  H.  O'Shea,  Jr.,  B.S..  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.   Public  Safety,   Division 
State  Police 
Albert  J.  Ottaviano,  B.B.A.,  M.S. B.A. 

Statistics 

U.S.  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 

Arthur  P.  Ottaviano,   B.A.,  M.S. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
J.  Rosson  Overcash,  B.A.,  A.M.T. 

Consultant  in   Earth   Science 

Northeastern    University 
Richard  W.  Paine,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Psycoh/ogy 

Bentley  College 
Howard   R.   Palmer,   LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

One  Court  Street,   Boston 

Leo  Panas,   B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Fine  Arts 

Lowell  State  College 
Robert  B.  Parker,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Roebrt  A.    Parsons,    B.A.B.S.,   M.B.A.,   M.A. 

Operations   Research- 
Coordinator 

Northeastern   University 


260   /    FACULTY 


Theodore  C.   Patrikas,   B.B.A. 

Management 

General   Electric  Co. 
Joseph  V.  Pearlncott,  B.Sc,  M.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Biology 

Northeastern   University 
Martin  L.  Pendleton,  Jr.,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data   Processing 

Independent  Consultant 
Philip  W.   Pendleton,   Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
William  A.  Percy,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

History 

University  of   Massachusetts 
Mickey  Perlow,  A.B.,  M.S.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Bryant  College 
Philip  P.  Perry,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Wm.   Filene's  Sons 
Daniel   Pershonok,   Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Mass.   Mental   Health  Center 
Frederick  D.  Peterson,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Merrimack  College 
Ausrele  M.  Petronis,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 
Shirley  A.  Phelan,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Phelan   &  Phelan,  Attorneys 

at  Law 
George  G.   Pierce,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

Attorney  at  Law 
Benjamin  E.  Pike,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Massasoit  Community  College 
Cornelia  A.   Pistone,   B.A.,   M.A. 

History 
Garth  I.  Pitman,  B.A.,   M.A. 

English 

Harvard   University 

Ruth  B.  Pitt,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Earth   Science 

Newton  South  High  School 
Carmen  S.   Pizzuto,  A.B.,   M.A.,   M.S.W., 
Ph.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Mass.   Dept  of  Youth  Services 
Patricia  B.  Pogal,  B.A.,  A.M. 

Modern    Languages 
Walter  G.  Pohl,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Boston  V.A.   Hospital 
Gladys  M.  Polansky,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 

William  J.    Poon/u,    B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Real  Estate— Consu/tant 
W.  J.    Poorvu 

Edward  D.   Porter,  Jr.,   B.S. 
Management 
Polaroid   Inc. 

Edward  J.   Powers,   B.B.A.,   M.B.A.,  M.Ed. 
Industrial   Management 
General   Services  Administration 


John  E.  Powers,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Supreme  Judicial   Court  Suffolk 
County,   Commonwealth  of 
Mass. 
William  F.  Powers,  B.S.,  M.P.A. 

Law  Enforcement 

Law  Enforcement  Assistance 
Administration 
U.  S.  Dept.  of  Justice 
John  T.  Prendergast,  A.A.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of   Public  Safety, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 
G.  Daniel  Prigmore,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Real  Estate 

Investco  Assoc. 
Robert  P.   Proverb,  B.A. 

Chemistry 
John  J.   Prybyla,   B.S.M.E,   M.B.A. 

Finance  and   Insurance 

Brockton  Taunton  Gas  Co. 
Edward  V.  Puopolo,   B.S.,   LL.B. 

Law 

Sloane,  Gay,  &  Puopolo 
Mary  A.  Queriros,  B.S. 

Recreation 

Natick  School  Dept. 

David  P.  Quintal,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 
Political  Science 

Cathleen  T.  Quirk,   B.A.,  M.A. 
English 
Northeastern   Unversity 

Daniel  B.  Rakov,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Real  Estate 
Rappaport  &  Rakov 

Nathaniel   Raymond,  A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 
Soc/o/ogy— Anthropo/ogy 
Boston  State  College 

Denis  G.  Regan,  B.S.,  J.D. 
Law 
Attorney  at   Law 

J.  Peter  Regan,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 
Industrial  Management 
North   Shore  Community  College 

Valerie  Reigart,  B.A. 

Health   Sciences 

Charles  W.  Reilly,  B.S.,  M.A. 
English,   Speech 
Northern  Essex  College 

Memore  A.   Repetti,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 
Accounting 
Small   Business  Administration 

Albert  W.  Richardson,  B.S. 
Earth   Science 
Stoneham  Jr.   High   School 

J.  Scott  Riley,  B.S.,  A.E. 
Marketing 
J.S.R.  Associates 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  B.A.,  M.A.,   Ph.D. 
H /story— Consu/tant 
Northeastern    University 

Leo  F.  Roche,  Jr.,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Cap.   Inst.   &   Risk   Mgmt. 
American   Mutual    Liability 
Insurance  Co. 


FACULTY   /  261 


Herman  Rochwarg,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern    University 
Marjorie  Roemer,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Eng//sh 
Cephas  B.   Rogers,   B.S.M.E.,   M.S. 

Quality  Control 

Polaroid  Corp. 
Lawrence  J.   Romano,   B.S.,   M.A. 

Law  Enforcement,   Modern 
Languages 

Charles  Stark  Draper  Lab. 
Division  of   M.I.T. 
Robert  D.  Ronsheim,  A.B.,  A.M. 

History 

Plimoth   Plantation 

Fred  A.   Rosenberg,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

B/o/ogy— Consu/tant 

Northeastern   University 
Morris  E.   Rosenberg,   B.S.,   B.A. 

Accounting 

U.S.  Treasury  Dept. 
Joel  M.   Rosenfeld,   B.S.,  M.S. 

Industrial  Management- 
Consultant 

General  Electric  Co. 
Albert  H.   Ross,   B.S.,   LL.B. 

Personnel  &   Industrial  Relations 

Attorney,   U.S.  Dept.   Labor 
David  Ross,  B.M.E.,  M.S.E.E. 

Quality  Control 

Gillette  Company 

Safety  Razor  Division 
Martin  E.  Ross,  B.S.,   M.S. 

Earth    Sc/ence 

Northeastern   University 
Taylor  E.  Roth,  B.A.,  M.Div. 

Personnel  Relations 

Northeastern    University 
Catherine  L.   Rothbard,  B.A.,   M.A. 

Speech 

Northeastern   University 
Harvey  F.  Rowe,  Jr.,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law   Enforcement 

Assistant  Attorney  General, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 

Robert  T.   Rowlands,  A.B.,   M.A. 
History 
Eastern   Nazarene  College 

Gerald  R.  Rubin,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A. 
Accounting 
Partner— Seidman   &  Seidman 

Earl  Rubington,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Sociology— Honors   Program 
Northeastern   University 

Richard  V.  Rude,  B.A. 
Spanish 

Louis  Rudzinsky,   B.S.B.A. 

Labor  Management  Relations 
Louis   Rudzinsky  Associates, 
Personnel  Consultants 

Richard  D.  Ruggles,  A.B.,  A.M. 
Earth   Science 
Northeastern   University 

Frank  L.  Ryan,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Eng//sh 
Stonehill  College 


Charles  L.  Saccardo,  B.S.B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 

Lowell  Technological   Inst. 
Mabel   L.  Sahakian,  A.B.,  D.Sc,  S.T.B. 

Philosophy 
Charles  L.  Sakey,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Modern  Languages 

Boston  Latin  School 
James  S.  Salmon,  A.B.,   M.A. 

English 

The   First  National   Bank 
of  Boston 
Mary  E.  Salus,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   University 
Vincent  J.  Salvi,  B.S.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting 

ITEK  Corporation 
Charles  Samson,   B.B.A. 

Quality  Control 

Polaroid  Corp. 
Willis  L.  Saulnier,  A.B.,  M.S.W. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

Raytheon  Co. 
Saroj  Sawney,   B.A.,  M.A.Eco. 

Statistics  and  Economics 

Northeastern   Unversity 
William  F.  Scannell,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D. 

Purchasing 

Raytheon  Co. 
Stephen  Schafer,  D.Jur.  Prof.  Agrege 

Sociology,   Criminology, 
Juvenile  Delinquency 

Law   Enforcement— Consultant 

Northeastern    Unversity 

David  M.  Sheffer,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Accounting 

Widett  &  Kruger 
Donald  S.  Scheufele,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Melrose   High   School 
David  E.  Schmitt,   B.A.,   Ph.D. 

Political  Science 

Northeastern   University 
Lewis  M.  Schneider,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Transportation  &   Physical 
Distribution— Consultant 

Harvard  University 

Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration 
Mary  L.  Schroeder,  B.S.,   M.C.S. 

English 

Boston   University 
Martha  W.  Schulze,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   University 
Miklos  Schwalb,  Artist  Diploma 

Music 
Herbert  J.  Schwartz,  B.S. 

Marketing 

Liberty   Mutual   Insurance  Co. 
Ralph  K.   Schwitzgebel,   B.S.,  Ed.M.,  J.D. 

Psychology 

Harvard  University 
William  E.  Sears,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Law  Enforcement 

Dept.  of  Youth  Services, 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 


I 


262   /   FACULTY 


Leonard  A.  Sedar,  B.S. 

Quality  Control 

Leonard  A.  Seder  &  Associates 
Frank  J.  Seegraber,  A.B.,  B.S. 

Library  Science 

Boston   College 
Peter  M.  Sellg.  M.B.A.,  M.A. 

Statistics 
Dennis  M.  Senchuk,  B.A. 

Philosophy 
Peter  Serenyl,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Art 

Northeastern   University 
Henry  H.   Seward,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Harvard   Business   School 
John  C.  Shannon,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Economics,   Statistics 

Suffolk  University 
Paul  Shapiro 

Art 

Northeastern  University 

Samuel  Shapiro,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Corporate   Finance 

Samuel  Shapiro  &  Co.,  C.P.A. 's 
Eugene  H.  P.  Shaw-Colyer,  B.A.,  S.T.B., 
M.A. 

History 

Harvard   University 
Ezra  H  Sheffres,  B.S.E.E.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Raytheon  Co. 
Robert  P.  Shilansky,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Tantasqua   Regional   School 
System,  Sturbridge 
George  E.  Shire,  B.S.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 

Assistant  District  Attorney, 
Norfolk  County 
Jeannette  S.  Shire,   B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 

Northeastern   Unversity 

Susan  R.  Schnidman,  A.B.,  A.M.,   Ph.D. 
Psychology 

Greater  Lawrence  Mental 
Health   Center 

Ruth  E.  Shore,  B.S.,  M.A. 
English 
Fisher  Junior  College 

Shafiq  S.  Shukri,  B.Sc,  M.D. 
Biology 
Assistant  Professor, 

Northeastern   University 

Robert  N.  Siegel,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 
Accounting 
R.  N.  Siegel  Associates 

Lauma  Silins,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Earth  Science 
Northeastern   Unversity 

Vincent  Silluzio,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D. 
Earth  Science 
Newton   Public  Schools 

Bernard  Silver,  B.A.,  D.D.S. 
Biology 
Old  Soldiers  Home 


Herbert  H.  Silverman,  Mus.B.,  Ed.M., 
Ed.D. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 
Marilyn   P.  Silvestri,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Lasell  Junior  College 

Speech 
David  A.  Simmons,  B.S. 

Quality  Control 

Quality  Control  Associates 
S.   Murray  Simons,   B.S.B.A.,   M.B.A. 

Accounting 

Newton  College  of  the  Sacred 
Heart 
Lloyd  A.  Skiffington,   B.A.,  A.M. 

English  Major  Advisor 

Northeastern   Unversity 
John  N.  Slipkowsky,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A., 
C.P.A. 

Finance 

Merrimack  College 
William  I.  Sloane,  A.B.,   LL.B. 

Law 

Sloane,  Gay,  &  Puopolo 
George  Smith,  Jr.,  B.A. 

Marketing 

National  Inquiry,  Inc. 
Raymond  W.  Smith,  B.M.,  M.M. 

Music 

Newton  School   Dept. 
Paul  Snoonian,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph..D 

Economics 

Lowell  Technological   Inst. 
Leo  Snyder,  B.A.,  M.M. 

Music 

Northeastern   University 

Christos  Socarides,  A.B.,  M.A. 

English 

Brockton   Public   Schools 
Susan  R.  Solberb,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Literature 
Richard  J.  Solomon,  B.S. 

Urban  Transportation 

Solomon  &  Schwartz  Associates 
Allan   Spack,   LL.B.,   M.B.A. 

Law  &  Corporate  Finance 

Attorney  at   Law 
Elliott  Spector,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  M.  Spector,  LL.B.,  M.A.,  M.Ed., 
Ph.D. 

History 

Worcester  State  College 
Joanne  Spitz,  B.A. 

Economics 

University  of  Massachusetts 
at  Boston 
Thomas  S.  Sprague  III,  A.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Northeastern   University 
Paul  E.  Staats,  B.S. 

Investments 

Paine,   Webber,  Jackson   & 
&  Curtis,   Inc. 
Francis  C.  Stacey,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management 

American   Mutual   Liability 
Insurance  Co. 


FACULTY   /   263 


George  H.  Stacey,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 
Electronic  Data  Processing 
AVCO   Everett  Research   Lab. 

Lee   B.  Staebler,    B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Industrial  Management  & 
Accounting 
Management  Consultant 

Jospeh  Stanford,  A.B.A.,  LL.B. 
Finance 
Boston   Mutual   Sales  Corp. 

Edmund  B.  Stanton,  A.B. 

Industrial  Management 
General   Electric 

John  Stepasiuk,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D. 
Federal  Taxation 
U.S.  Treasury  Dept.,  Appellate 
Division 

Edmund  L.  Stoddard,  B.A. 
English 
Raytheon  Services  Co. 

Joseph  F.  Stoltz,   B.A.,  M.A. 
Economics 

U.S.  Gov't.  Dept.  of  Labor, 
Manpower  Administration 

Robert  C  Story,  B.A. 

Personnel  &   Industrial  Relations 
Raytheon  Co. 

Richard  Stoughton,  Jr.,  B.S.,  C.P.A. 
Accounting 
Internal   Revenue  Service 

John  W.  Stout,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Political  Science 
Roger  Williams  College 

James  L.  Stratford,  Jr.,  LL.B. 
Law  Enforcement 
Governor's   Staff,   State  House 
Boston,   Mass. 

Esther  H.  Strauss,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Sociology 

Melvin  R.  Stewart,  A.B.,  A.M. 

English 

Mansfield  High   School 
David  L.  Sullivan,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Frank  Sullivan,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
English 
Boston  Trade  School 

Jeremiah  G.  Sullivan,  B.S. 

Computer  Programming— 

Coordinator 
Honeywell   Information   Systems 

Inc. 

Joseph  L.  Supple,  A.B. 

Computer   Programming 
Digital   Equipment  Corp. 

Gerald  Sussman,  B.S.,  A.M. 
Marketing 
Bryant  College 

Wayne  A.  Sutcliffe,  B.B.A.,   M.B.A. 
Finance 
N.   E.   Merchant's  National  Bank 

J.  Bradley  Swanson,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology 

Natick   Research   Labs. 
U.S.  Army 


John  T.  Sweeney,  B.A.,  LL.B. 
Law  Enforcement 
Board  of  Higher  Education 
Commonwealth  of  Mass. 

Peter  Swartz,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Marketing 

David   Brett,   Inc. 
Allen  Swenson,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Economics 

Raytheon  Co. 
George  J.  Swidler,   B.S.,  Ed.M. 

Law  Enforcement 

Consultant,   Polygraph   Examiner 
Mehmet  E.  Tahir,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Statistics 

Northeastern   University 

Hugh  J.  Talbot,  A.S.,  B.S. 
Law  Enforcement 
P.   L.  Abelson,   Co. 

Eugene  M.  Tangney,  B.S. 

Money  &  Banking,  Economics 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 
Sumner  B.  Tapper,  A.B.,   M.Ed.,  A.M. 

English 

Stoughton   High   School 
Theodore  A.  Tasis,  B.S.,  M.A. 

English 

Raytheon  Co. 

Alan  M.  Tattle,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 

English  High  School 
Paul  H.  Tedesco,  A.B.,  A.M.  Ph.D. 

History 

Northeastern   University 
Elliott  Tenofsky,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Political  Science 

Tufts   University 
Francis  A.  Tenore,  B.S. 

Law   Enforcement 

New   England   Deaconess 
Hospital 
Philip  R.  Tetu,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 
Alan  P.  Thayer,  Col.  U.S.  Army  (ret.), 
B.S.,   M.B.A. 

Economics 

Boston   College 
Esther  E.  Thomas,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Biology 

Boston    Medical   Laboratory 
John  C.  Thomas.  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Harvard  Medical  School 
Charles  F.  Thompson,   B.S.A.,   M.B.A., 
C.P.A. 

Accounting 

Lowell  Technological   Institute 
Henry  L.  Tischler,  A.B.,    M.A. 

Sociology 

Framingham   State  College 
Jeffrey  J.  Title,  B.A.,  M.S.,  C.A.G.S. 

Law   Enforcement 

Mass.  Dept.  of  Mental  Health- 
Division  of  Legal  Medicine 
William  J.  Tobin,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

M.D.C.   Police  Captain 


264  /   FACULTY 


Ronald  Tocci,  B.S. 

Accounting 
Northern  Research  & 
Engineering  Company 

Joseph  J.  Trifero 

Railroad  Transportation 

Penn.  Central  Transportation  Co. 
Royal  Tucker,  B.A.,  M.A. 

History 

Boston  State  College 
James  D.  Turley,   B.Ph.,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A., 
Ed.D. 

Eng//sh 

Rhode  Island  College 
David  W.  Tutein.  B.A.,  M.A. 

Eng//sh 

Northeastern   University 
Theresa   H.  Twombly,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Sociology 
Christopher  W.  Tyler,  B.A.,  M.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Northeastern   University 
Lorraine  K.  Tyler,  B.A. 

Psychology 
John  A.  Tyrell,  B.S.,  M.S.Ed.,  Ed.D. 

Science 

Boston   Public  Schools 
Alint  V.  Varughese,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Eng//sh 

Bentley  College 
Harvey  Vetstein,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Associate  Consultant,   English 

Northeastern    University 
Pauline  S.  Vexler,  B.A.,  M.A. 

English 

Robert  F.  Vitale,  B.S. 

Electronic  Data  Processing 
Digital  Systems  Division 
The   Foxboro   Company 

Carola  T.  von  Kapff,  B.S. 
Biology 
Associate  in   Medicine,   Harvard 

David  A.  Wagenknecht,  A.B.,  M.A. 
English 

Corinne  Waite,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 

Frances  C.  Waksier,   B.A.,   M.A. 
Sociology 
Boston   University 

James  F.  Waldron,   B.S.,  J.D. 
Law  Enforcement 
MacGregor  &  Waldron  & 
Nagle,  Attorneys 

Rowell  L.  Waller,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.S. 

Library  Science— Consultant 
Attleboro   Public   Library 

Martin  S.  Walsh,  B.A.,  M.A. 
History 

William  H.  Walters,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Philosophy 

Robert  B.  Ware,  A.S.,  A.B. 

Electronic   Data   Processing 
Ware  Associates 

A.  Bertrand  Warren,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Psychology— Consultant 
Northeastern   University 


Harold  P.  Watts,  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Finance,    Insurance 

Northeastern    University 
Stanley  Wayne.  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

V.A.  Out-Patient  Clinic 
Bruce  G.  Webb,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Economics 

The   Memorial   Hospital 
Robert  C.  Webb,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Suffolk  University 
Frank  J.  Weiner,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,  J.D. 

Transportation 

Attorney  at  Law 
Abbott  D.  Weiss,  B.S.,  S.M.,  D.B.A. 

Transportation   Management 

Logistics  Systems  Inc. 
Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

English 

Northeastern   University 
Robert  L.  Wells,  B.S.,   M.A. 

Fine  Arts— Consultant 

Northeastern   University 

Clifford  H.  Wenzel,  A.B. 

Personnel  Industrial  Relations 
Raytheon  Service  Co. 

Paul  C.  Wermuth,  A.B.,   M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Consultant  in  English 

Northeastern   University 
John  R.  West,  B.S. 

Law  Enforcement 

Boston  Police  Dept. 

Donald  Wheaton.    B.S.,    M.A. 
Economics 
Worcester  Polytechnic    Institute 

Albert  H.  Whitaker,  Jr.,  B.A.,  A.M.,  A.B.D. 
History 
Mount  Ida  Junior  College 

Charles  W.  White,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
English 
Southeastern   Mass.  University 

Marilyn  Weiner,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Political  Science 

James  L.  Wiles,  A.B.,  A.M. 
Economics 
Stonehill   College 

R.  Gregg  Wilfong,  A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Consultant  in   Political  Science 
Northeastern    University 

Robert  N.  Willhauck,  A.S.,  B.S. 
Law  Enforcement 
Mount  Wachusett  Community 
College 

Calvin  Williams,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Management 
Raytheon  Co. 

Elizabeth  S.  Williams,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.S. 
Psychology 
Suffolk  University 

David   L.  Wilmarth,   B.S.,   Ed.M.,   Ph.D. 
Earth    Science 
Northeastern   University 

Alexander  B.  Wilson,   B.S.,  M.A. 
History 
Consultant 


FACULTY   /  265 


George  R.  Wilson,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Government,   History 

Consolidated  Service  Corp. 
Albert  E.  Winemiller,  A.B.,   M.A.,   M.B.A. 

Finance 

V  &  W  Associates,  Inc. 
Arthur  Wingfield,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology 

Brandeis   University 
Robert  L.  Winter,  B.M. 

Music 

Playboy  of  Boston,  Inc. 
Gail  S.  Wintersteiner,  A.B.,  M.S.,  M.A. 

Philosophy 

Boston  University 
Robert  E.  Withstandley,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

U.S.   Steel  Corp. 
Gerald  Wolper,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Labor  Management  Relations 

National   Labor  Relations   Board 
Michael  L.  Woodnick,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Speech 

Northeastern   University 
Leslie  E.  Woods 

/nternat/ona/  Labor  Movements 
Steve  Worth,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Political  Science— Coordinator 

Northeastern   University 
William  C.  Wright,  B.S.,  M.B.A. 

Management  &   Organization 

U.S.  Army  Natick   Laboratories 
William  E.  Wry,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Library  Science 

Stow  Public  Schools 
D.  Daryl  Wyckoff,  B.S.A.E.,  M.B.A. 

Transportation 

Harvard   University 


Ivan  A.  Yeaton,  A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Management 

Raytheon  Co. 
William  F.  Yetman,  J.D. 

Law  Enforcement 

U.S.  Govt.  Fed.  Protection 
Serv.  G.S.A. 
George  E.  Young,  Jr.,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Law  Enforcement 

Attorney  at  Law 

Provitero,  Vining,  Chiampa 
&  Young 
Albert  J.  Zahka,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Law 

First  National   Bank  of  Boston 

Associate  Trust  Council 
Lawrence  C.  Zaicman,  A. A.,  LL.B.,  LL.M. 

Federal  Income  Taxes 

Attorney  at  Law 
Harold  S.  Zamansky,  B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psycho/ogy— Assoc.   Consultant 

Northeastern   University 
Anthony  Zampini,   B.S. 

Chemistry 
Norman  Zankel,  A.B.,  J.D. 

Personnel  &   Industrial  Relations 

National    Labor  Relations   Board 
John  L.  Zimka,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Accounting 

Boston  College 
Stuart  M.  Zola,   B.A. 

Psycho/ogy 

Northeastern   University 
Angelo  J.  Zucco,  B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Management  &  Organization 

Northeastern   University 


I 


^os00^r 


0im^sm. 


index 


Absences,  34 
Academic  Council,  13 
Academic  Policies,  29-33 
Academic  Probation,  36 
Accounting  Course  Descriptions,  200 
Accounting,  Curricula  in,  62 
Activities,  Student,  46 
Administrative  Officers,  University 

College,  15 
Administrative  Organization,  10-12 
Admission  Requirements,  29-30 
Advanced  Standing  Credit,   30-31 
Advisers,  Program,  5 
Alumni  Association,  49 
Anthropology  Course 

Descriptions,  154 
Anthropology-Sociology, 

Curriculum  in,  88-89 
Application  Fee,  38 
Attendance,  33 
Auditing  Policy,  35 
Awards,  Scholarships,  Loans,  41-45 

B 

Benefits,  Veterans',  39 

Board  of  Trustees,  9-10 

Biology  Course  Descriptions,  147 

Budget  Payment  Plan,  38 

Buildings  and  Facilities,  24—36 

Business  Administration: 
Aims,  52 

Course  Descriptions,  200 
English  Requirements,  53 
Program  of  Study,  54—71 

Business  Administration,  Curriculum 
in,  54-55 


Calendar,  6—7 
Campus  Buildings  and 
Facilities,  24-26 


Canceled  Classes,  33 
Change  of  Address,  34 
Chemical-Biological  Technology, 

Curriculum  in,  91-92 
Chemistry  Course  Descriptions,  140 
Class  Attendance  and  Preparation,  33 
Commencement,  31 
Committees,  University,  12-13 
Committees,  University 

College,  15-16 
Corporation,  7-9 
Correctional  Practices,  Curriculum 

in,  94-99 
Counseling  and  Testing,  5 
Course  Descriptions,  138-245 
Courses  in  other  Departments,  39 
Cytotechnology,  Curriculum 

in,  125-127 

D 

Dean's  List,  32 

Degree  Candidates,  29-31 

Degree  Programs,  Programs  of 

Study,  54-137 
Dental  Hygienists,  Program  for,  113 
Descriptions  of  Courses,  138-245 
Disciplinary  Probation,  37 


Earth  Science  Course 

Descriptions,  144 
Economics  Course  Descriptions,  196 
Economics,  Curriculum  in,  77 
Education,  Course  Descriptions,  227 
Education,  Curriculum  in,  130—134 
Electronic  Data  Processing, 

Curriculum  in,  56-57 
English  Course  Descriptions,  185 
English,  Curriculum  in,  78 
Examinations,  34 

Missed  Final,  34 
Executive  Council,  12 
Expenses,  38-40 


267 


268   /    INDEX 


Facilities,  Buildings  and,  24-26 

Faculty,  246-265 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees  and  Tuition,  38-40 

Final  Examinations,  34 

Finance,  Curriculum  in,  63 

Fine  Arts  Course  Descriptions,  173 

Fine  Arts,  Curriculum  in,  79-80 

Finance  Course  Descriptions,  205 

Financial  Aid,  41-45 

Foreign  Students,  29 

Forsyth/Northeastern  Program,  113 

Fraternities,  Sororities,  Clubs,  44-45 


Grades,  34-35 
Graduation,  Fee,  40 

Registration,  31 

With  Honor,  31 
Gymnasium  Facilities,  48 

H 

Health  Care  Course  Descriptions,  231 
Health  Related  Programs,  113-129 
History  Course  Descriptions,  165 
Flistory,  Curriculum  in,  81 
Homework,  Assignments,  34 
Honors  Program,  75 


Industrial  Management  Course 

Descriptions,  210 
Industrial  Management,  Curriculum 

in,  64 
Industrial  Technology,  Curriculum 

in,  65 
Instructional  Staff,  246-265 
Insurance  Course  Descriptions,  207 
Insurance,  Curriculum  in,  66 


Journalism  Course  Descriptions,  195 

K 
Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority,  47 


Laboratory  Fee,  40 

Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon  Fraternity,  47 

Language  Course  Descriptions, 

190-195 
Late  Payment  Fee,  39 
Law  Course  Descriptions,  217 
Law  Enforcement  Course 

Descriptions,  236 
Law  Enforcement,  Programs  of 

Study,  93-112 
Law  Enforcement,  Curriculum 

in,  100-105 


Liberal  Arts: 

Aims,  73 

Course  Descriptions,  138 

Curriculum,  82 

English  Requirement,  75 

Programs  of  Study,  77-92 
Liberal  Arts  and  Management, 

Curriculum  in,  72 
Library,  24-25 
Library  Science  Course 

Descriptions,  199 
Loan  Funds,  Scholarships, 

Awards,  41-45 
Location  of  Northeastern 

University,  24 


M 


Make-up  Examinations,  34 
Management  Course  Descriptions,  208 
Management,  Curriculum  in,  67 
Management  Information  Systems 

Course  Descriptions,  218 
Management  Information  Systems, 

Curriculum  in,  68 
Management  in  Health  Agencies  and 

Institutions,  Curriculum 

in,   115-116 
Maps,  Boston,  4 

Burlington,  Framingham, 

Haverhill,  Lynn,  Weymouth, 

Norwood,  271  ff. 
Marketing  Course  Descriptions,  203 
Marketing,  Curriculum  in,  69 
Mathematics  Course 

Descriptions,  138 
Matriculation,  29 
Maximum  Course  Load,  37 
Medical  Records,  Science, 

Certification  in,  121-122 

Curriculum  in,  118-120 
Medical  Technology,  Curriculum 

in,   128-129 
Missed  Final  Examinations,  40 
Music  Course  Descriptions,  177 
Music,  Curriculum  in,  90 


N 


Nursing  Home  Administration, 

Courses  in,  117 
Nursing  Home  Activity  Directors, 

Certification,  135 


Office  Hours,  5 


Pass-Fail  Courses,  32 

Payments,  38 

Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations, 

Course  Descriptions,  214 
Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations, 

Curriculum  in,  70 


INDEX   /  269 


Philosophy  Course  Descriptions,  170 
Physics  Course  Descriptions,  140 
Policies,  Academic,  29-37 
Political  Science,  Course 

Descriptions,  160 
Political  Science,  Curriculum  in,  83—85 
Probation,  Academic  and 

Disciplinary,  36 
Program  Advisers,  5 
Programs  of  Study,  52—137 
Purchasing,  Curriculum  in,  58-59 
Psychology,  Course  Descriptions,  150 
Psychology,  Curriculum  in,  86-87 


Quality  Control  Course 

Descriptions,  216 
Quality  Points,  32 
Quality  Point  Requirements,  32 


Real  Estate,  Course  Descriptions,  223 
Real  Estate,  Curriculum  in,  60-61 
Refund  of  Tuition,  39 
Registration,  33 

Dates  for,  6-7 
Regular  Students,  29 
Residence  Requirement,  31 
Respiratory  Therapy,  Curriculum 

in,  123-124 

Medical  Advisory 
Committee,  124 


Scholarships,  Awards,  Loans,  41-45 
Security,  Curriculum  in,  106-111 
Senate,  Faculty,  13 
Signa  Epsilon  Rho  Fraternity,  47 
Society  for  the  Advancement  of 

Management  (SAM),  46 
Sociology- Anthropology,  Curriculum 

in,  88-89 


Social  Welfare,  Course 

Descriptions,  160 
Sociology  Course  Descriptions,  155 
Sorority,  Kappa  Tau  Phi,  45 
Special  Students,  29 
Speech  and  Theatre  Arts  Course 

Descriptions,  182 
Student  Activities,  46-49 
Student  Center  Fee,  39 
Student  Council,  Evening,  48 


Teaching  Staff,  246-265 
Tests,  34 

Testing,  Counseling,  5 
Therapeutic  Recreation  Course 

Descriptions,  229 
Therapeutic  Recreation  Services,  135 

Programs  of  Study,  135-137 
Transcripts,  40 
Transfer  of  Credit,  30 
Transfer  Students,  30 
Transportation  Course 

Descriptions,  225 
Transportation,  Curriculum  in,  71 
Trustees,  Board  of,  9-10 
Tuition  and  Fees,  38-40 

Budget  Payment  Plan,  38 

Refund  Policy,  39 

Underwritten  by  Employers,  39 


U 


Undergraduate  Colleges,  19-21 
University  Council,  12 
University,  The,  18-23 


Veterans'  Benefits,  39,  44 

W 
Withdrawals,  33-34 


Lynn  English  High  School 


SALEMBEVERLY 


270 


Framingham  North  High  School 


Weymouth  High  School 


271 


272 


Norwood  Airport 


273 


Warren  Center 

EXIT  U 

M*ss*CMusrrrsTuMj^<*^-^(L  BostOD 


Ashland 


Haverhill  High  School 
125 


Take  Route  97  exit 
from  Route  495 


Northeastern  University 
University  College 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 


Non-Profit  Organization 

U.  S.  POSTAGE 

PAID 

BOSTON,  MASS. 
Permit  No.  430 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  ARTS  AND  SCBENCES 

W72-74 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  ARTS  AND  SOENCES 

1972-» 


^^  Wu  SR  DNPf^ 


Northeastern  University 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Tel.  [617)437-2705 

Office  hours  at  304  Hoyden  Hall: 

Monday  through  Friday:  8  A.M. -6  P.M. 

Saturday:  10  A.M. -2  P.M. 


"i,-  _ '% 


\\ 


^Si 


^'>i 


. 

mM 

V.' 

^*'    iM 

'  ■•  rl 

ir/ 

contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administration  Organization 

12  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

18  The  University 

20  Buildings  and  Facilities 

23  The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

23  General  Regulations 

27  The  Master's  Degree 

28  The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 
30  Interdisciplinary  Programs 

32  Financial  Information 

32  Financial  Obligations 

33  Financial  Aid 

35  Fields  of  Study 

36  Biology 
48  Chemistry 

55  Clinical  Chemistry 

59  Economics 

68  English 

76  History 

84  Mathematics 

95  Physics 

102  Political  Science 

111  Psychology 

117  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

127  Index 


O  c 


H  =  ^  o  ^  2  = 


.-,-.-_  ^  —  ^=   OQ  =^  . 


^  ^  Q.  •-    ^  -    S 


O     TO 


CQDQCJCJCJJQCaC:!! 


Jo    "to=3a)C:t=^-i-i=^ro.yoc= 


br[ZSc^errnLl_ujc3u.tDC3u-Li_C3CDLLjLij— ;3=Lj_Li.Li-i:nc3 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1972-1973 


Fall  Quarter  1972 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday-Wednesday 
Monday-Thursday 
Monday 
Monday-Saturday 


Sept  12-Sept.  13 
Sept.  18-Sept.  21 
Sept.  25 
Dec.  11-Dec.  16 


Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday 

Monday-Thursday 
Tuesday 
Monday-Saturday 


Nov.  28 
Dec.  4-Dec.  7 
Jan.  2 
Mar.  19-Mar.  24 


Spring  Quarter  1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Mar.  6 

Boston 

Monday-Thursday 

Mar.  12-Mar.  15 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

April  2 

Last  day  to  file  commencement 

card  for  spring  commencement 

Monday 

April  2 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

spring  commencement 

Monday 

April  30 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates  taking 

third  quarter  course 

Friday 

June  1 

Examination  period 

Monday-Saturday 

June  11-June  16 

Spring  Commencement 

Sunday 

June  17 

Summer  Quarter  1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  commencement 

card  for  fall  commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

fall  commencement 
Examination  period 


Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Monday 

Monday 


June  18-June  19 
June  20-June  22 
June  25 

July  2 


Wednesday  August  1 

Wednesday-Saturday     Aug.  1-Aug.  4 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1972-1973 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Monday 

Thursday-Saturday 

Monday-Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 


October  9 
October  23 
Nov.  23-Nov.  25 
Dec.  18-Jan.  1 
February  19 
April  16 
May  28 
July  4 
September  3 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing 
equal  opportunity  for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission, 
registration,  and  all  official  relationships  with  students,  in- 
cluding evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  University 
insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional 
policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color, 
religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


the  governing  boards 
and  officers  of 
the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
^Charles  F.  Avila 


Allen  G.  Barry 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 
Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Edward  L.  Bigelow 
Robert  D.  Blacl< 
Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 
Raymond  H.  Blanchard 
S.  Whitney  Bradley 
Rexford  A.  Bristol 
Edward  W.  Brooke 
George  R.  Brown 
Martin  Brown 
William  L.  Brown 
John  L.  Burns 
Victor  C.  Bynoe 


Louis  W.  Cabot 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 


Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.| 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 


'Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 
Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 


'Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 


William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 


*  Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972. 


John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
t*George  Hansen 

William  Hellman 
"Ernest  Henderson  III 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
•Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
•Robert  L.  Johnson 
*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
E.  Douglas  Kenna 
Edward  M.  Kennedy 
Fenton  G.  Keyes 
Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

'Augustin  H.  Parker 
Edward  S.  Parsons 

'Amelia  Peabody 
Theodore  R.  Peary 

"Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Edward  D.  Phinney 
Jerome  M.  Powell 
Albert  Pratt 
William  J.  Pruyn 
George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
•Francis  J.  Quirico 


Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 
'Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 
Edward  A.  Loring 
•John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

•Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
'Frank  L.  Richardson 
'Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
'Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
* 'Honorary  Trustee 
tGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 


Philip  A.  Singleton 
'Donald  W.  Smith 
'Farnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
'Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 


Richard  W.  Young 
Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Wee  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Vice  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

^Charles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972. 


Class  of  1 974  Class  of  1 975 

°Carl  S.  Ell  Roy  H.  Beaton 

Frank  L.  Farwell  F.  Gregg  Bemis 

tGeorge  Hansen  Louis  W.  Cabot 

Henry  C.  Jones  Byron  K.  Elliott 

Harold  A.  Mock  Donald  B.  Guy 

Farnham  W.  Smith  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 

George  A.  Snell  John  Lowell 

Russell  B.  Stearns  Lawrence  H.  Martin 

Chaplin  Tyler  Augustin  H.  Parker 

Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 

*Asa  S.  Knowies,  ex  officio 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 
'Charles  F.  Avila,  Vice  Cfiairman 
Alvin  C.  Zises,  Vice  Chairman 

George  R.  Brown  Harold  A.  Mock 

Norman  L.  Cahners  Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.  Donald  W.  Smith 

°Carl  S.  Ell  Farnham  W.  Smith 

Byron  K.  Elliott  Russell  B.  Stearns 

Frank  L.  Farwell  Earl  P.  Stevenson 

Donald  B.  Guy  Robert  G.  Stone 

Lawrence  H.  Martin  Chaplin  Tyler 

Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowies,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowies,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.BA.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus.Ed.,  President 
Carl  8.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Business 


'President  of  the  University 
°President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
tGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 
'Resigned  May  26,  1972. 


10 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development  and 

Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wee  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and  Associate 
Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 


Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and 

Director  of  Boston-Bouve  Graduate  Softool 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 

Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  tfie  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.  Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  Scfiool  of 
Actuarial  Science 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services  and  Assistant  to  the 
Executive  Vice  President 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and 
Allied  Health  Professions 

11 


Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  tfje  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N. ,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 
University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

Mary  A.  Zammitti,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald  Royal  K.  Toebes 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 

12 


The  Academic  Council 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 


Catherine  L.  Alien 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowies,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


•Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher,  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*  LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

•Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

*Melvin  Mark 

*Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
'Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
•Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
•Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowies 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


"Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Francis  L.  Heuston,  B.S.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions, 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

John  W.  Jordan,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Andre  P.  Priem,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Engineering 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 


University  Graduate  Council 

1971-1972 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the  con- 
duct of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Council. 


OFFICERS 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman,  Wee  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 
A.  B.  Warren,  Vice  Chairman,  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 

Graduate  Council 
Sidney  Herman,  Secretary,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 


Administrative  Members 
Catherine  L.  Allen,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and  Director  of 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 


14 


George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Dean  of  Education 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 


Elected  Faculty  Members 

(Terms  expire  Sept.  1972) 

David  W.  Barkiey,  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Fred  A.  Barkiey,  Professor  of  Biology 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Katherine  Carlisle,  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Carl  S.  Christensen,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

David  I.  Epstein,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

David  R.  Freeman,  Professor  of  industrial  Engineering 

Bill  C.  Giessen,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

Mervin  D.  Lynch,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Professor  of  Physics 

Edward  S.  Marshall,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  Management 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Professor  of  Recreation  Education  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

15 


Robert  C.  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  Professor  of  t^edicinal  Chemistry 

Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Professor  of  Pharmacognosy  and  Medicinal  Chemistry 

John  F.  Reinhard,  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman,  Department  of 
Educational  Administration 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Sarah  M.  Robinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Earl  Rubington,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Walter  C.  Schwab,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Scranton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  Professor  of  f\/ledicinal  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Arthur  H.  Walker,  Professor  of  Management 

A.  Bertrand  Warren,  Professor  of  Psychology 

Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Francis  W.  Casey,  Secretary,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Alan  A.  Mac  key.  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and  University 
Registrar 

16 


Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  Associate  University  Registrar 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Janice  Walker,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Ex  Officio 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Dean  of  Faculty 
Rudolph  M.  Morris,  Dean  of  University  Administration 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Dean  of  Planning 


Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
1972-1973 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Chairman,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Arts  and  Sciences 

David  W.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Francis  D.  Crisley,  Professor  of  Biology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

David  I.  Epstein,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Michael  J.  Glaubman,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Morris  A.  Horowitz,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Norman  Kaplan,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Michael  Terman,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Karl  Weiss,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Associate  Professor  of  English 


17 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  pri- 
vately endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the 
General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enact- 
ment has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The 
University  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the 
Northeastern  University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  165  distin- 
guished business  and  professional  men. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting 
of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not 
duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer 
new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967),  and  by  Lincoln 
College's  day  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  Programs  (1971). 
This  educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical 
experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  pro- 
vides the  means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  fi- 
nancing of  their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate 
level  in  engineering,  actuarial  science,  the  pharmaceutical  sciences, 
professional  accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  developed 
to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening  courses  — 
given  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day  courses  leading  to 
the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  its  day  undergraduate  programs  in 
Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and  Mechanical  Engineering  Tech- 
nology, Lincoln  College  offers  evening/part-time  certificate,  associate, 
and  bachelor  degree  programs  in  technological  areas.  All  formal 
courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  through  part-time  programs  are 
approved  by  the  Basic  College  faculties  concerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  nine  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed: 

18 


THE  UNIVERSITY  /   19 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston  Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education 
and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and  Doctor  of  Engineering  in  Chemical 
Engineering. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions  offers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  In  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums, 
and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs. 
The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade 
associations  and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  pro- 
grams dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of 
Community  Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and  com- 
munity organizations,  the  Center  Is  becoming  Increasingly  Involved  In 
social  problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  In  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  In  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  In  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  conducted  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose 
services  are  Unlverslty-wlde  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the 
Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  Is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate  and 
graduate  Instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  takes  place  In  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hun- 
tington Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's 
famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  the  Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and 
colleges.  Most  are  within  walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan 
International  Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motor- 
ists, the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938, 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recrea- 
tion and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a 
seating  capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is 
the  main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School 
of  Law  Library;  and  three  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical 
Engineering,  Chemistry  and  Biology,  and  Mathematics  and  Psychology, 
Physical  and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are 
additional  subject  collections  for  the  Center  of  Management  Develop- 
ment at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute 
at  Nahant. 

20 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  21 

The  library  collections  number  250,000  volumes  supplemented  by 
some  356,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The 
collection  includes,  in  addition,  some  1,800  periodical  titles,  90,000 
documents,  and  3,700  sound  recordings. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the 
best  equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an 
athletic  cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  and  faculty 
offices,  as  well  as  administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts, 
and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hail 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music 
rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  classrooms,  conference 
room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  a  research  laboratory,  and  the  admin- 
istrative offices  for  Boston-Bouve  College  and  its  various  departments. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  avail- 
able which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments 
are  furnished  with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen 
table.  The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students 
are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but 
may  live  in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments 
and  in  school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come, 
first  served  basis. 


SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 

Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and 
3  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 


22  /   BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  de- 
grees, special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  pro- 
grams are  offered. 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege in  outdoor  education  and  conservation,  and  in  camping  admin- 
istration, programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland,  com- 
pleted in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall, 
library,  crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research 
and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology 
and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20 
miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  the  institute  are 
applicable  toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Nashua  Campus 

For  students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area,  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  major  portion  of  its 
M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire.  These  facilities, 
made  available  by  Sanders  Associates  Inc.,  are  located  in  their  head- 
quarters on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts  line. 


the  graduate  school 
of  arts  and  sciences 


Thirty  years  ago  the  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  Department 
of  Physics  inaugurated  the  first  graduate  programs  at  Northeastern.  In 
the  succeeding  years  the  creation  of  degree  programs  in  other  depart- 
ments of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  led  to  the  formation  of  the  graduate 
program  of  arts  and  sciences  in  1958  and  finally  the  Graduate  School 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  in  1963.  Ten  departments  now  offer  work  at  the 
graduate  level. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  may  be  earned  in  economics,  English, 
history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  and  social  anthro- 
pology. The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  available  in  biology,  chemistry, 
clinical  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics.  The  Master  of  Science  in 
Health  Science  and  the  Master  of  Public  Administration  degrees  are 
also  offered.  In  addition,  there  are  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  in  biology,  chemistry,  economics,  mathematics, 
physics,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  of  the  graduate  school  that  follow  are  mini- 
mal requirements  shared  by  the  several  degree  programs.  The  student 
is  advised  to  consult  the  appropriate  departmental  section  for  a  state- 
ment of  specific  requirements. 

Application 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Initial  correspondence  directed  elsewhere 
may  result  in  valuable  time  lost  in  initiating  the  admissions  procedure. 
Application  forms  and  reference  blanks  will  be  mailed  to  the  applicant. 
This  material,  together  with  complete  official  transcripts,  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  scores  when  required,  and  the  results  of  the  Test 
of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language,  required  of  all  applicants  whose 
native  language  is  not  English,  should  be  returned  to  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Applications  for  those  desiring 
assistantships  should  be  submitted  no  later  than  March  15,  however, 

23 


24  /  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

some  departments  have  earlier  deadlines.  Applications  received 
after  this  date  may  not  be  given  equal  consideration.  All  necessary 
supporting  documents  must  be  on  file  with  the  graduate  school  office 
at  least  four  weeks  before  the  date  of  registration  for  the  quarter  in 
which  the  student  expects  to  begin  his  scholastic  program.  For  more 
detailed  information  see  departmental  requirements  for  admission. 

All  applicants  to  the  graduate  school  are  strongly  urged  to  take 
both  the  aptitude  and  advanced  portions  of  the  Graduate  Record  Exami- 
nation. These  tests  are  presently  required  in  biology,  economics,  Eng- 
lish, history,  mathematics,  political  science,  psychology,  and  sociology 
and  anthropology.  At  least  two  letters  of  recommendation  are  required 
of  all  candidates.  In  biology,  physics,  psychology,  and  sociology  and 
anthropology,  three  letters  are  necessary.  Candidates  for  financial 
awards  should  so  indicate  to  those  supplying  references. 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work,  an  applicant  must  submit  a  com- 
plete official  transcript  indicating  the  award  of  a  bachelor's  degree 
from  a  recognized  institution  and  provide  evidence  that  he  is  able  to 
pursue  creditably  a  program  of  graduate  study  in  his  chosen  field.  His 
scholastic  record  must  therefore  show  distinction,  and  his  undergrad- 
uate program  show  breadth  as  well  as  adequate  preparation  in  the 
field  in  which  the  applicant  expects  to  do  advanced  work.  Admission 
to  the  graduate  school  is  for  a  specific  academic  quarter.  Students 
who  fail  to  attend  must  reapply  if  they  wish  to  do  course  work  in  a  sub- 
sequent quarter.  Acceptance  to  the  school  is  granted  upon  recom- 
mendation of  the  departmental  graduate  committee  after  a  review  of 
the  completed  application.  Foreign  students  who  do  not  receive  a 
graduate  award  or  whose  award  is  insufficient  to  cover  all  educational 
and  living  expenses  must  certify  that  they  are  able  to  meet  all  their 
expenses  while  at  Northeastern.  A  visa  may  not  be  granted  without 
such  certification. 

Student  Classifications 

Regular  Student  Those  students  admitted  with  a  bachelor's  degree 
showing  a  high  quality  of  previous  work. 

Provisional  Student  Students  whose  records  do  not  qualify  them  for 
enrollment  as  regular  students.  Provisional  students  must  obtain  a  B 
average  in  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  study  for  continuation  in  the  de- 
gree program. 

Special  Student  Students  not  matriculated  in  a  degree  program.  Ac- 
ceptance as  a  special  student  is  in  no  way  related  to  admission  into  a 
departmental  degree  program.  However,  those  special  students  sub- 
sequently admitted  into  a  degree  program  may  apply  the  first  twelve 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /  25 

quarter  hours  of  credit  earned  as  a  special  student  toward  degree 

requirements. 

Doctoral  Student     Students  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Doctoral  Degree  Candidate  Doctoral  students  who  have  completed  40 
quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  and  have  passed  the  quali- 
fying examination. 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  dates  and  times  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  The  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each 

period. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  registered  for  and  completed 
at  the  University  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  director 
of  the  graduate  school  for  work  taken  elsewhere. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  study  load  for  full-time  students  is  usually  four  courses  per  quar- 
ter. Part-time  students  are  limited  to  two  courses  per  quarter  unless 
permission  to  carry  a  heavier  load  is  given  by  the  departmental  chair- 
man or  his  designate.  Courses  in  most  fields  are  offered  both  in  the 
afternoon  and  evening. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by 
the  instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 

A    Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 

B    Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 

C    Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 

F    Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I     Incomplete  without  quality  designation. 

This  grade  may  be  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete 
the  work  of  the  course. 


26  /  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

L    Audit  without  credit. 

S    Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U    Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

An  S  or  U  grade  is  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both 
the  first  and  second  quarters  of  the  sequence. 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  when  the  deficiency 
which  led  to  the  I  is  made  up  to  the  satisfaction  of  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  the  instructor  in  the  course,  or,  in  his  absence,  by  the 
chairman  of  the  department  in  which  the  grade  is  given.  The  period 
for  clearing  such  a  grade  will  be  restricted  to  one  calendar  year  from 
the  date  of  its  first  being  recorded  on  the  student's  permanent  record. 

Students  must  indicate  their  preference  for  auditing  a  course  at 
registration.  No  credit  will  be  given  for  the  course.  It  will,  however, 
appear  on  the  student's  transcript.  Registration  changes  from  an  audit 
to  a  graded  status,  or  vice  versa,  may  only  be  made  prior  to  the  first 
day  of  classes. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a 
degree.  Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of 
one  year  must  apply  for  readmission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban 
Campus  Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class 
meeting  of  the  quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on 
which  they  fill  out  the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the 
Instructor  does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent 
revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indi- 
cated. When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes, 
and  when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /  27 

meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  im- 
possible to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which 
he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 

Application  for  the  Diploma 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  in  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance 
that  the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year  even  though  all 
other  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Admission 

Specific  requirements  for  each  degree  program  will  be  found  in  the 
appropriate  paragraphs  for  each  department. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  must  complete  a  minimum  of  40 
quarter  hours  of  correlated  work  of  graduate  caliber  and  such  other 
study  as  may  be  required  by  the  department  in  which  he  is  registered. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  total  number  of  hours  of  course  work 
required  for  the  degree,  the  candidate  will  be  expected  to  maintain  a 
minimum  quality  point  average  of  2.5.  At  the  completion  of  three-fourths 
of  the  total  number  of  hours  of  course  work  required  for  the  degree, 
the  candidate  will  be  expected  to  have  a  quality  point  average  of  2.8. 
To  qualify  for  the  degree,  a  final  average  of  3.0,  equivalent  to  a  grade 
of  B,  must  be  obtained.  This  average  will  be  calculated  quarterly  by  the 
graduate  school  on  the  basis  of  A  =  4,  B  =  3,  C  =  2,  and  F  =  0  and 
will  exclude  any  transfer  credits. 

Not  more  than  six  quarter  hours  of  repeated  courses,  additional 
courses,  or  permanent  I's  may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  re- 
quirements for  the  degree. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of 
F  is  received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  may 
be  repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is  received  in  an  elective  course, 
that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or 
another  elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is 
received  in  a  required  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to 
obtain  a  grade  of  B  or  better. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  final  written  or  oral  comprehensive  examination  may  be  required. 
This  examination  will  be  given  at  least  two  weeks  before  the  commence- 
ment at  which  the  degree  is  expected. 


28  /  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 


Thesis 


A  thesis  must  show  independent  work  based  on  original  material,  be 
approved  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee,  and  must  receive 
a  grade  of  B  or  better  to  be  accepted. 

Language  Requirement 

An  examination  to  show  evidence  of  ability  in  one  or  more  foreign 
languages  is  required  in  some  graduate  programs.  This  knowledge  is 
established  by  an  examination  which  will  be  administered  by  the  grad- 
uate school  at  least  twice  yearly. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  in- 
stitution may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that 
the  credits  transferred  consist  of  A  or  B  grades  in  graduate  level 
courses,  be  in  the  candidate's  field,  have  been  earned  at  a  recognized 
institution,  and  have  not  been  used  toward  any  other  degree.  Students 
should  petition  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  in  writing  for  all 
transfer  credit.  Transfer  credit  grades  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  the  academic  average  necessary  for  the  completion  of  the 
degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitation 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted 
by  transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years  unless  an  extension 
is  granted  by  the  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  their  major  field. 
The  degree  requirements  are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of 
each  degree  program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate 
committees  or  the  committee  of  the  graduate  school  depending  upon 
the  nature  of  the  program.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of  the 
committee  to  certify  to  the  Graduate  School  Office  the  completion  of 
each  requirement  for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University. 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /   29 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University 
as  a  full-time  graduate  student.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program 
specifies  the  method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  v\/ithin  time  limits  set  by 
the  committee  of  each  degree  program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during 
the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirement  of  40  quarter  hours  constitutes 
the  work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  require- 
ments beyond  this  in  each  doctoral  program  are  specified  by  the  com- 
mittee in  charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  doctoral  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which  embodies 
the  results  of  extended  research  and  makes  an  original  contribution 
to  the  field.  This  work  should  give  evidence  of  the  candidate's  ability 
to  carry  out  independent  investigation  and  interpret  in  a  logical  manner 
the  results  of  the  research.  The  method  of  approval  of  the  dissertation 
is  established  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  is  established  by  the  committee  in 
charge  of  each  degree  program. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the 
doctoral  dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the 
dissertation.  Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  exam- 
ining committee. 

This  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  require- 
ments of  the  degree  and  must  be  held  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 


30  /  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 


Transfer  Credit 


Approval  for  transfer  credit  may  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge 
of  the  degree  program. 


Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
will  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 


Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved 
by  their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  pro- 
gram. Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter 
in  which  they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Some  graduate  students  may  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which 
involve  substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  To  meet  this  need, 
an  interdisciplinary  program  may  be  established  which  corresponds  In 
scope  and  depth  to  doctoral  standards,  but  does  not  agree  exactly  with 
the  individual  departmental  regulations.  For  such  possibilities,  the 
following  option  is  available: 


Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  consists 
of  the  submission  of  a  carefully  thought-out  written  proposal  describing 
the  areas  of  proposed  study  and  research.  The  proposal  may  be  a  part 
of  the  initial  application  for  admission  to  graduate  study  at  Northeastern 
University,  or  it  may  be  submitted  by  a  student  already  enrolled.  It  may 
be  directed  to  a  doctoral  degree-granting  department  or  to  the  director 
of  the  graduate  school  who  forwards  it  to  the  appropriate  department. 
In  either  case,  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  requires 
favorable  recommendation  by  the  sponsoring  doctoral  degree-granting 
department  and  approval  by  authorized  representatives  of  the  graduate 
study  committees  of  the  departments  appropriate  to  the  disciplines  cov- 
ered by  the  applicant's  proposal.  The  sponsoring  department  becomes 
the  registration  base  of  the  student. 


ARTS  &  SCIENCES  /  31 

Formation  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  for  interdisciplinary  study  must 
obtain  the  consent  of  an  adviser  who  will  direct  his  doctoral  dissertation. 
This  adviser,  who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  registration  de- 
partment, will  be  chairman  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  for  this 
student,  A  second  member  will  be  appointed  from  the  registration  de- 
partment by  its  chairman.  These  two  members  will  obtain  one  or  more 
additional  members  or  request  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  to  do 
so.  At  least  two  departments  must  be  represented  on  the  committee  and  a 
majority  of  the  committee  must  come  from  doctoral  degree-granting  de- 
partments. The  chairman  of  the  registration  department  will  notify  the 
director  of  the  graduate  school  of  the  membership  of  the  committee  as 
soon  as  arrangements  are  complete. 

Duties  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  member  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  who  is  also  a  member 
of  the  registration  department  will  serve  as  the  registration  officer  to 
approve  the  course  registration  for  the  student.  A  copy  of  the  approved 
course  registration  must  also  be  filed  with  the  other  committee  members 
and  with  the  graduate  study  committee  of  the  registration  department. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  will  be  responsible  for  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  qualifying  examination,  language  examination,  approval  of 
the  dissertation,  and  comprehensive  examination.  This  committee  must 
also  certify  to  the  registration  department  the  completion  of  the  require- 
ments for  the  award  of  the  doctoral  degree. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  must  assure  that  the  program  of  the 
student  represents  standards  comparable  to  those  of  the  registration 
department  and  that  the  program  is  not  so  broad  that  it  has  inadequate 
depth  in  any  area. 

The  program  of  the  student  may  be  reviewed  at  any  time  by  the 
director  of  the  graduate  school  to  determine  whether  objectives  of  the 
program  are  being  met. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 

Tuition 

Master's  Degree  Candidates 

The  tuition  rate  for  1972-1973  is  $52  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Doctoral  Candidates 

Tuition  for  full-time  doctoral  candidates  in  1972-1973  is  $52  per  quarter 
hour  of  credit.  Doctoral  candidates  actively  utilizing  the  resources  of 
the  university  in  their  Ph.D.  dissertation  are  charged  an  additional  $600 
per  quarter.  Those  doctoral  candidates  registered  for  dissertation  work 
performed  off  campus  are  charged  $200  in  addition  to  tuition  charges 
each  quarter,  and  those  doctoral  candidates  who  are  no  longer  actively 
utilizing  university  resources  are  charged  a  continuation  fee  of  $50  per 
quarter. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and 
are  payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University. 

Fees 

An  application  fee  of  $15  is  charged  all  students  when  they  apply  for 
the  first  time  in  the  graduate  school  at  Northeastern. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  fee  of 
$25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before  commencement  by  the 
applicable  date  listed  on  the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the 
services  available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants 
and  research  fellows  Is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on 
the  Huntington  Avenue  campus  are  charged  75  cents  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  will  pay  a  nonrefundable  University  health  serv- 
ices fee  of  $75  each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield 
coverage  and  entitle  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the 
University  health  services.  Tuition  and  fees  are  subject  to  change  with- 
out notice. 

32 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION   /  33 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by 
graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  fornn  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does 
not  constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should  be 
discussed  with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Amount  of  Refund 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within  Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  weei<  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Northeastern  University  has  available  fellowships  and  assistantships 
for  full-time  students  who  are  working  toward  the  master's  or  doctor's 
degree.  Candidacy  for  these  awards  may  be  established  by  completing 
the  relevant  section  of  the  application  for  admission.  Those  students 
already  enrolled  should  consult  their  departmental  adviser. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Teaching  assistantships  allowing  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend 
are  available  in  all  departments.  Holders  of  such  awards  devote  half  time 
to  academic  assistance  directly  related  to  the  teaching  function  and  the 
balance  to  course  work. 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  oppor- 
tunity for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent 
in  assisting  with  nonteaching,  administrative  duties. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

Many  departments  provide  remission  of  tuition  to  full-time  students 
assisting  eight  hours  a  week  in  the  administrative  work  of  the  depart- 
ment. These  awards  are  normally  given  to  students  in  the  first  year  of 
graduate  work. 

Research  Fellowships 

A  number  of  departments  offer  research  fellowships  including  N.i.H., 
N.S.F.,  and  N.D.E.A.  carrying  a  stipend  and  remitting  tuition.  Certain  of 
these  grants  require  half-time  work  on   research  in  the  department, 


34  /   FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

with  the  remaining  time  devoted  to  course  work.  Others  provide  for  full- 
time  work  on  research  used  for  a  thesis  or  dissertation. 


Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

These  scholarships  provide  for  remission  of  tuition  and  all  fees  and 
are  awarded  to  qualified  full-  and  part-time  black  students  on  the  basis 
of  financial  need. 


Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  an- 
nounced no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or 
summer.  Appointments  are  for  a  maximum  of  three  quarters  and  are  not 
automatically  renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  and  research 
fellowships  are  expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the 
duties  of  the  award.  They  may  not  accept  outside  employment  without 
the  consent  of  their  faculty  adviser  and  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school. 


Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  for  men  In  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a 
minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and 
application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 


National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  the  federal  government,  students 
carrying  an  academic  load  of  one  half  or  more  are  entitled  to  loans  up 
to  $2500  for  one  school  year  and  up  to  a  total  of  $10,000  for  under- 
graduate and  graduate  work.  The  actual  amount  of  any  award  will  be 
determined  on  the  basis  of  need  and  academic  promise. 

The  repayment  period  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  ceases 
to  carry  a  half-time  load  and  extends  ten  years  from  that  point.  Can- 
cellation of  up  to  50  per  cent  of  national  defense  loans  including  interest 
is  allowed  for  graduates  who  enter  the  field  of  teaching.  Up  to  100  per 
cent  may  be  cancelled  for  service  in  certain  areas.  Additional  informa- 
tion and  application  forms  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for  full-time  students  and 
one  month  prior  to  the  start  of  the  quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested  for 
other  students. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /  35 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan 

Educational  assistance  loans  may  be  available  from  certain  banks  in 
the  student's  home  town.  These  loans,  guaranteed  by  state  agencies, 
carry  an  interest  charge  of  seven  per  cent,  three  per  cent  of  which  is 
paid  by  the  federal  government.  Graduate  students  may  borrow  up  to 
$1500  for  each  year  of  study  up  to  a  maximum  of  $7500  for  both  under- 
graduate and  graduate  work.  Monthly  repayment  begins  nine  to  twelve 
months  after  completion  of  study  and  extends  up  to  five  years. 


fields  of  study 


The  departmental  sections  that  follow  list  courses  available  to  a 
student  during  the  typical  period  of  attendance  required  to  obtain  a 
degree.  The  quarter  in  which  a  specific  course  will  be  offered  will  be 
found  in  the  course  announcement  made  available  in  May  for  the  sum- 
mer quarter  and  in  June  for  the  following  academic  year. 


biology 


Professors 

Francis  D.  Crisley,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
Fred  A.  Barkley,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Gainor,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Goolsby,  Ph.D. 
Abdul-Karim  Khudairi,  Ph.D. 
Nathan  W.  Riser,  Ph.D.,  Director, 

Marine  Science  Institute 


Associate  Professors 

Charles  H.  Ellis,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Janis  Z.  Gabliks,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D. 
Charles  A.  Meszoely,  Ph.D. 
M.  Patricia  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  V.  Pearincott,  Ph.D. 
Fred  A.  Rosenberg,  Ph.D. 
Ernest  Ruber,  Ph.D. 
Brunhild  I.  E.  Stuerckow,  Dr. 

rer.  nat. 
Henry  O.  Werntz,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors 
H.  David  Ahlberg,  Ph.D. 
Harvey  S.  Bialy,  Ph.D. 
Helen  Lambert,  Ph.D. 
Dale  F.  Levering,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 


THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program 

THE  MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  HEALTH  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
Part-Time  Program 
Admission 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  listed  on  page  23  applicants  should 
have  a  background  which  Includes  one  year  of  organic  chemistry, 
physics,  and  mathematics  and  six  quarter  courses  of  the  biology  under- 
graduate core  curriculum  or  its  equivalent.  Students  admitted  with  de- 
ficiencies should  remove  them  during  the  first  20  quarter  hours  of  gradu- 
ate work. 

Program 

Forty-six  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  A  candidate 
for  either  degree  Is  expected  to  take  forty  hours  of  course  work  includ- 
ing four  hours  of  seminar,  and  one  laboratory  course  In  microbiology, 
unless  previously  taken  elsewhere.  Transfer  credits  will  be  accepted 
only  from  those  schools  offering  graduate  programs  In  biology.  Appli- 
cation for  such  credit  should  be  made  In  writing  to  the  director  of  the 
graduate  school  during  the  first  quarter  following  the  student's  assign- 
ment to  an  academic  adviser.  Other  limitations  on  transfer  credit  are 


36 


BIOLOGY  /  37 

listed  on  page  28.  Graduate  courses  in  departments  other  than  Biology 
will  be  accepted  for  credit  up  to  a  limit  of  12  quarter  hours,  including 
those  credits  previously  accepted  as  transfer  credits,  upon  written 
recommendation  from  the  student's  adviser  to  the  graduate  director 
for  final  approval. 

During  his  tenure,  in  addition  to  the  above  course  requirements,  each 
student  pursuing  work  toward  the  master  of  science  degree  in  the  full- 
time  program  must  enroll  for  a  minimum  of  six  credits  of  work  in  18.990, 
Special  Topics  in  Biology,  or  18.991,  Research  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  After  initial  election  of  either  18.990  or  18.991  the  student  must 
register  for  either  of  these  courses  for  each  quarter  until  the  work  is 
completed.  Work  in  18.990,  Special  Topics  in  Biology,  is  pursued  under 
the  supervision  of  an  individual  faculty  member,  by  mutual  agreement.  It 
may  take  the  form  of  a  comprehensive,  critical  review  of  the  literature  in 
a  specialized  area  and/or  a  specific  program  of  experimental  work  on  a 
single  topic.  If  experimental  work  has  been  elected  under  18.990  it  may 
later  be  expanded,  with  permission  of  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee, into  a  master's  thesis  with  a  topic  and  adviser  and  a  committee 
of  three  members  approved  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 
Grades  in  18.990  or  18.991  are  recorded  as  "Satisfactory"  until  all 
work  is  completed,  culminating  in  either  a  comprehensive,  well-written 
report  —  which  must  be  reviewed  by  the  department  graduate  commit- 
tee—  or  a  thesis.  A  comprehensive  examination  in  the  last  six  months 
of  the  master's  program  is  required  of  all  students,  except  those  pre- 
senting a  thesis.  For  the  latter  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis  is 
required.  The  department  encourages  the  pursuit  of  a  thesis  wherever 
feasible. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science 
degree  is  designed  for  part-time  students  who  may  progress  according 
to  their  abilities,  the  time  available,  and  the  need  or  desire  to  extend 
their  education  into  interdisciplinary  work  involving  biology  or  allied 
areas  such  as  the  health  sciences.  Students  may  elect  to  substitute 
six  quarter  hours  of  course  work  credit  for  the  required  18.990,  Special 
Topics  in  Biology  or  18.991,  M.S.  Thesis.  Those  students  electing  the 
course  option  must  take  a  comprehensive  examination  in  the  last  six- 
month  period  of  their  program,  similar  to  the  examination  required  of 
students  pursuing  Special  Topics  work.  With  the  permission  of  the 
departmental  graduate  committee  the  two  master's  degree  programs 
are  interchangeable.  If  their  schedules  permit,  students  in  the  M.S.  in 
Health  Science  program  may  carry  out  their  work  on  a  full-time  basis. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  PROGRAM 
Admission 

Applicants  who  will  have  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent  at  entry 
may  be  considered  for  direct  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Those 


38  /   BIOLOGY 

who  will  not  may  be  considered  only  for  admission  to  the  master's 
program,  and,  after  satisfactory  completion  of  30  quarter  hours  of  grad- 
uate study,  may  then  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  doctoral 
program. 

Residence  Requirement 

After  he  has  been  admitted  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  student  may 
satisfy  the  residence  requirement  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work  or  by  two  years  of  half-time  graduate  work.  However,  a  student 
should  expect  to  spend  at  least  two  years  or  the  equivalent  in  full-time 
study. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  entering  the  doctoral  program  will  be  expected  to  have  had 
the  equivalent  of  an  M.S.  degree  at  Northeastern  before  taking  their 
qualifying  examination.  Students  who  have  been  accepted  into  the 
doctoral  program  will  normally  be  expected  to  complete  the  qualifying 
examination  by  the  end  of  three  quarters  at  Northeastern  University  at 
a  time  specified  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee.  The  candi- 
date will  be  expected  to  demonstrate  an  advanced  knowledge  of  bio- 
logical concepts.  The  examination  will  be  oral  and  approximately  two 
hours  in  duration.  Eligibility  to  continue  in  the  program  toward  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  contingent  upon  satisfactory  perform- 
ance on  the  qualifying  examination. 

Comprehiensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  requirement  will  be  fulfilled  by  two 
written  examinations,  one  in  the  major  area  of  specialization  and  the 
other  in  closely  related  areas.  The  candidate  may  apply  through  his 
adviser  after  completing  the  foreign  language  requirement  and  at  least 
one  quarter  prior  to  the  oral  examination. 

Course  Requirements 

After  the  establishment  of  candidacy,  any  further  course  requirements 
will  be  established  by  the  dissertation  adviser  and  approved  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee. 

Dissertation 

In  most  cases,  arrangements  for  the  dissertation  director  will  have 
been  made  before  the  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination.  If  not, 
such  arrangements  must  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  degree 


BIOLOGY  /  39 

candidacy  has  been  established., The  dissertation  director  advises  the 
candidate  on  the  research  for  the  dissertation,  which  is  to  be  performed 
in  accordance  with  general  graduate  school  regulations.  He  serves  as 
chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee,  which  must  approve  the  dis- 
sertation before  the  degree  may  be  conferred.  The  doctoral  committee 
shall  consist  of  at  least  five  members. 

Language  Requirement 

Ability  to  read  and  translate  biological  literature  in  one  foreign 
language  must  be  established  by  the  candidate.  In  order  to  maximize 
the  usefulness  of  this  language  as  a  tool  of  research,  the  student  should 
take  the  language  examination  as  early  as  possible.  The  examination 
will  be  administered  by  the  Department  of  Biology,  or  in  certain  cases, 
by  the  Modern  Language  Department.  French,  German,  and  Russian  are 
the  three  most  important  foreign  languages  for  the  biologist.  Students 
will  be  expected  to  choose  one  of  these  languages  for  their  examination, 
but  another  language  may  be  substituted  where  there  is  significant 
literature  in  the  area  of  interest. 

Tool  of  Research 

A  tool  of  research  is  required  in  addition  to  the  above  language.  This 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  through  either  passing  a  second  foreign 
language  examination  in  a  language  in  which  there  is  significant 
literature,  or  completion  of  a  program  in  the  general  principles  of 
statistics,  biometry,  and/or  computer  programming. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  regula- 
tions of  the  graduate  school. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 
Admission 

Application  and  credentials  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  pro- 
grams involving  the  Biology  Department,  where  this  department  is 
clearly  the  department  of  registry,  as  described  under  "General  Regu- 
lations," should  be  submitted  as  described  under  the  heading  of 
"Admission"  in  the  section  "The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Program"  for 
biology.  The  interdisciplinary  committee  will  consist  of  at  least  five 
members.  The  composition  of  this  committee  will  be  determined  by 
mutual  consent  between  the  departments  involved,  but  will  have  at 
least  three  members  from  the  Biology  Department  if  the  dissertation 
adviser  is  from  this  department.  Upon  admission,  suitable  interdiscipli- 
nary course  requirements  will  be  determined  by  the  interdisciplinary 
committee. 


40  /   BIOLOGY 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  accepted  into  the  program  will  normally  be  expected  to  com- 
plete the  qualifying  examination  by  the  end  of  three  quarters  at  North- 
eastern University.  At  least  five  areas  of  study  will  be  covered  by  the 
qualifying  examination,  at  least  three  of  which  will  be  oral  examinations 
chosen  by  the  candidate  from  the  following  areas:  biochemistry,  botany, 
ecology,  genetics,  microbiology,  physiology,  and  zoology.  The  remaining 
components  of  the  examination  will  be  specified  and  evaluated  by  the 
other  participating  department.  With  the  exceptions  of  the  procedures 
for  admission  and  examinations  for  qualification,  the  remaining  require- 
ments and  procedures  are  as  specified  under  "The  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
Program"  for  biology. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

18.803  Biometrics 

Statistical  methods  applied  to  biological  samples  and  analysis  of  biological 
research  data.     Prep.  Algebra 

18.804  Lower  Invertebrates 

Taxonomy,  morphology,  embryology,  and  life  histories  of  acoelomate  phyla 
(Marine  Science  Institute). 

18.805  Coelomate  invertebrates 

Biology  of  annelida,  arthropoda,  mollusca,  and  echinodermata  (Marine  Science 
Institute). 

18.806  Malacology 

Functional  morphology,  embryology,  systematics,  and  ecology  of  the  major 
groups  of  mollusks.     Prep.  Invertebrate  Zoology. 

18.808  Vertebrate  Zoology  (5  q.h.) 

Evolution,  phylogeny,  anatomy,  physiology,  behavior,  population  dynamics,  re- 
production, etc.,  of  the  vertebrates.  Field  collection,  preparation,  and  study  of 
local  vertebrates  will  be  carried  out  in  the  laboratory.  Prep.  Comparative  Anat- 
omy or  Embryology. 

18.809  Mammalogy  (5  q.h.) 

Phylogeny,  anatomy,  physiology,  behavior,  reproduction,  population  dynamics, 
and  natural  history  of  the  mammals.  The  course  will  include  student  presentation 
of  the  recent  advances  in  mammalogy.  Field  collection  and  laboratory  prepara- 
tion and  study  of  specimens  will  be  included.  Prep.  Comparative  Anatomy  or 
Embryology. 

18.810  Ichthyology 

Natural  history  and  systematics  of  fishes,  with  emphasis  on  marine  species 
(Marine  Science  Institute). 


BIOLOGY  /  41 

18.813  Dynamics  of  Aquatic  Ecology  I  (3  q.h.) 

Chemical,  physical  and  biotic  factors  influencing  coastal  and  lake  communities. 
Lectures.     Prep.  18.134  or  18.834  or  equivalent. 

18.814  Dynamics  of  Aquatic  Ecology  II  (3  q.h.) 

One  hour  of  lecture  and  one  full  day  (7  hours)  of  laboratory-field  work.  Prep. 
18.813. 

18.815  Biological  Factors  in  Ocean  Engineering  (2  q.h.) 

Natural  biological  phenomena  and  their  relationship  with  man-made  alterations 
of  the  sea.     Prep.  Registration  in  a  graduate  engineering  program. 

18.818  Ecology  of  Salt  Marshes  (3  q.h.) 

Survey  of  fauna  and  flora,  environmental  factors  affecting  them  and  current  bio- 
logical and  social  problems  associated  with  this  habitat.  This  course  will  meet 
for  2  lectures  of  ^V2  hours  each  and  1  full  day  of  laboratory  for  6  weeks  during 
the  summer  quarter.     Prep.  A  basic  ecology  course  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.819  Principles  of  Systematics  (3  q.h.) 

Codes  of  nomenclature.  Biological  principles  basic  to  methodology  of  the  prep- 
aration of  monographs  and  of  faunas  and  floras. 

18.823     Human  Ecology 

Parameters  of  the  human  ecological  niche,  man's  effect  on  them,  and  their  con- 
sequences for  him.     Prep.  Basic  Ecology  or  consent  of  instructor. 

18.825  Plant  Nutrition  and  Metabolism 

Mineral  nutrition,  photosynthesis,  metabolic  pathways,  and  translocation  in 
higher  plants. 

18.826  Plant  Growth  and  Reproduction 

Plant  hormones,  growth,  development,  and  physiology  of  reproduction. 
Prep.  18.825. 

18.827  Physiology  of  Plant  Growth  and  Development  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  coverage  of  the  internal  and  environmental  factors  that  influence 
the  physiology  of  plant  growth  and  development.  The  mechanisms  by  which 
plant  growth  hormones  regulate  the  physiology  of  plants  will  be  discussed  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  roles  of  auxins,  gibberellins,  cytokinins,  and 
phytochrome.     Alternates  yearly  witfi  18.833. 

18.829  Fossil  Plants  (3  q.h.) 
Plant  forms  from  past  times. 

18.830  Marine  Algae 

Systematics,  life  histories,  and  ecology  of  marine  algae,  with  emphasis  on  the 
flora  of  the  Gulf  of  Maine  (Marine  Science  Institute). 

18.831  Plant  Morphogenesis  I 

A  study  of  the  continually  unfolding  series  of  changes  in  the  life  of  the  plant. 
The  origin  of  form,  experimentally  controlled  development,  and  external  and 
internal  factors  that  govern  development  of  form.      Prep.  18.137,  18.234. 


42  /   BIOLOGY 

18.832  Plant  Morphogenesis  II 

Plant  tissue,  organ,  and  cell  culture  techniques  ennployed  in  the  study  of  mor- 
phogenetic  processes.     Prep.  18.831. 

18.833  Photosynthesis  (2  q.h.) 

A  general  discussion  of  the  biochemistry  and  physiology  of  photosynthesis  with 
particular  emphasis  on  recent  discoveries  in  electron  transport,  chloroplast 
structure,  and  CO2  assimilation.  The  evolution  and  requirements  of  photosyn- 
thesis will  also  be  discussed.     Prep.  18.827.  Alternates  yearly  with  18.827. 

18.834  Environmental  and  Population  Biology  (2  q.h.) 

Physico-chemical  factors  influencing  and  influenced  by  organisms.  Interactions 
among  individual  organisms  and  among  species.  Students  will  participate  in 
lectures  and  laboratories  given  for  18.134.  Individual  work  on  specialized 
aspects  of  ecology  will  be  assigned.  Prep.  One  year  of  General  Biology, 
including  plant  and  animal  biology. 

18.835  Mammalian  Physiology 

Structural  and  biochemical  aspects  of  mammalian  cells.  Bioelectric  phenomena. 
Muscle  and  nerve  function.  Physiology  of  digestive,  cardiovascular,  and  respira- 
tory systems.  Kidney  and  its  functions.  Reproductive  physiology  and  endocrine 
system. 

18.836  Cardiovascular  Physiology  (3  q.h.) 

Physiology  of  blood  cells,  anemia,  polycythemia  immunity  and  allergy.  Electro- 
physiology  of  the  heart,  cardiac  cycle,  EKG,  hemodynamics,  capillary  dynamics, 
pulmonary  circulation,  cardiovascular  reflexes,  cardiac  output  and  venous  return. 
Cardiac  failure,  coronary  circulation,  atherosclerosis,  hypertension,  cerebral 
circulation,  circulatory  shock. 

18.837  Cardiovascular  Physiology  Laboratory  (1  q.h.) 
Three  hours  of  laboratory  study  per  week.     Prep.  18.836. 

18.838  Animal  Nutrition  (2  q.h.) 

Detailed  consideration  of  organic  and  inorganic  nutritional  requirements  of  man 
and  selected  animals.  Digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism  of  nutrient 
materials.  Role  of  vitamins,  minerals,  and  trace  elements  in  metabolism.  Varia- 
tion in  nutritional  needs  among  normal  individuals  and  in  various  physiologic 
and  genetic  pathologies.  Evaluation  of  food  additives  and  of  permissible  levels 
of  toxic  materials  in  food. 

18.840     Comparative  Physiology  of  Regulatory  Mechanisms  (2  q.h.) 

Principles  and  selected  examples  of  physiological   response  to  environmental 

variation.     Prep.  Basic  Physiology. 

18.842  Vertebrate  Endocrinology  (2  q.h.) 

Regulation  of  physiologic  processes  in  vertebrates  by  hormones  and  related 
substances. 

18.843  Procedures  in  Endocrinology  (3  q.h.) 


BIOLOGY  /  43 

18.845  Physiological  Ecology  (2  q.h.) 

Study  of  biological  and  chemical  mechanisms  involved  in  adaptation;  homeo- 
stasis and  its  regulation,  salt  and  water  metabolism;  respiratory  and  circulatory 
control  systems;  adaptation  versus  acclimation.  Control  systems  within  the  body 
versus  set  points.     Prep.  College  Biology,  Organic  Chemistry. 

18.846  Nuclear  and  Radiobiology  (2  q.h.) 

Interaction  of  radiation  and  biological  matter;  isotopic  tracer  techniques;  iso- 
topes and  biochemical  reactions,  radiation  ecology,  activation  analysis  and  its 
application  in  biological  and  forensic  sciences.  Prep.  College  Biology,  Organic 
Chemistry. 

18.852  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  (3  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  development  at  the  biochemical  and  cellular  levels.  Nucleic  acid 
and  protein  synthesis,  gene  action  and  differentiation,  cell-cell  interactions, 
mechanisms  of  animal  morphogenesis.  3  hrs.  of  lecture.  Prep.  18.135,  18.136  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.853  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  the  fundamental  problems  of  development  through  experimental  tech- 
niques. Culture  of  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  embryos;  microsurgical  analysis 
of  morphogenesis;  biochemistry  of  development,  cell-cell  interactions;  organ  and 
tissue  culture  will  be  studied.  5  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prep.  18.852  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.855     Insect  Metabolism  (2  q.h.) 

Food  consumption  and  intermediary  metabolism  in  insects. 

18.860     Cell  Biophysics  and  Biochemistry  (5  q.h.) 

Biogenesis  and  ultrastructure  of  the  cell  considered  together  with  the  bio- 
physical procedures  and  biochemical  patterns  used  in  the  study  of  cellular  and 
tissue  components.     Prep.  Organic  Chemistry  and  General  Biology. 

18.863  Neurophysiology  (2  q.h.) 

The  biophysical  function  of  nerve  cells  including  the  resting  potential  energy,  the 
reception  and  transmission  of  stimuli,  and  the  coding  of  neuronal  signals. 

18.864  Neurophysiology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Introduction  into  neurophysiological  methods.  Prep.  18.863  (may  be  taken 
concurrently). 

18.870  Tropical  Field  Studies  (1  q.h.  per  week) 
Field  work  under  direct  supervision  of  faculty. 

18.871  Evolution  (3  q.h.) 

Current  concepts  and  selected  examples  of  the  process  and  results  of  evolu- 
tion. The  modern  synthesis  draws  upon  biochemical,  physiological  and  genetic 
evidence  as  well  as  classic  morphological  and  biogeographical  evidence.  Dis- 
cussion led  by  students  and  faculty.     Prep.  18.131-18.136,  or  equivalent. 

18.880     Computers  in  Biology 

Programming  and  use  of  computers  as  a  tool  to  solve  research  problems.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  problems  arising  in  biological  research  and  related 
fields.  Students  will  solve  a  spectrum  of  problems  on  the  University  computer. 


44  /   BIOLOGY 

18.903     Environmental  Microbiology 

The  microbial  environment  and  ecology  of  the  cell.  Interactions  between  micro- 
bial populations,  stressing  soil  and  fresh-water  associations.  Prep.  18.220  or 
equivalent. 

18.905     Marine  Microbiology 

Morphological,  physiological,  and  ecological  factors  concerning  marine  micro- 
organisms. Taxonomic  problems,  microbial  association,  and  general  methodolog- 
ical approaches  to  the  study  of  marine  microorganisms.  Prep.  18.220  or 
equivalent. 

18.907  Food  Microbiology  (2  q.h.) 

Microbiology  of  food  with  emphasis  on  the  pathogenic  types  and  their  inter- 
actions with  other  groups  indigenous  to  food.     Prep.  18.220  or  equivalent. 

18.908  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Detection,  quantification,  and  isolation  of  microorganisms  and  their  products  of 
significance  in  food  with  emphasis  on  the  pathogenic  types.  Prep.  18.907  (may 
be  taken  concurrently). 

18.909  Animal  Virology 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  viruses.  Viruses  as  intracellular  parasites. 
Viral  replication  and  genetics,  host-virus  interaction,  pathogenesis,  diseases, 
tumor  viruses,  and  serological  reactions.  Laboratory  sessions  will  consist  of 
demonstrations  emphasizing  use  of  animals,  eggs  and  animal  cell  cultures  for 
cultivation,  isolation,  and  identification  of  viruses.  Prep.  18.220  and  18.242  or 
their  equivalent  and  Biochemistry. 

18.910  Microbial  Genetics  (3  q.h.) 

Principles  of  bacterial  and  bacteriophage  genetics.  Nature  of  variation  and  in- 
heritance and  the  mechanisms  of  exchange  of  genetic  material.  Prep.  18.220 
or  equivalent. 

18.911  Microbial  Genetics  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Origin,  isolation,  and  characterization  of  mutants.  Mechanisms  of  genetic  ex- 
change in  bacteria  and  bacteriophage.  Prep.  18.910  (may  be  taken  concur- 
rently). 

18.914  Medical  Mycology  (2  q.h.) 

Morphological,  pathological,  and  epidemiological  factors  of  pathogenic  opportu- 
nistic and  common  fungal  contaminants  from  human  sources.  Prep.  18.220  and 
18.224  or  equivalents. 

18.915  Medical  Mycology  Laboratory  (2  q.h.) 

Basic  methodology  for  demonstration  and  isolation  of  fungi  in  clinical  specimens. 
Identification  on  morphologic  and  biochemical  basis.  Prep,  or  co-requisite 
18.914. 

18.940     Microbial  Biochemistry 

Study  of  the  enzymatic  reactions,  intermediate  products,  and  metabolic  pathways 
involved  in  carbohydrate,  protein,  and  nucleic  acid  metabolism  by  micro- 
organisms.    Prep.  18.220  and  18.240  or  equivalents,  and  Biochemistry. 


BIOLOGY  /  45 

18.980     Seminar  (1  q.h.) 

Various  topics  and  newer  developments  in  botany,  microbiology,  physiology,  and 

zoology  covered  in  depth.  Student  presentations  are  emphasized. 

18.990  Special  Topics  in  Biology  (credit  variable) 

Special  study  of  a  selected  topic  under  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Topic 
and  direction  of  study  to  be  arranged  with  the  faculty  member  supervising  the 
study. 

18.991  M.S.  Thesis 

Research  methods  of  some  special  field  and  their  application  to  a  specific  prob- 
lem, under  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

18.992  Special  Investigations  in  Biology  (credit  variable) 

Laboratory  studies  on  a  topic  not  directly  related  to  research  being  pursued  for  a 

thesis  or  dissertation. 

18.993  Biological  Electron  Microscopy 

Electron  Microscopy  as  a  tool  in  research  with  emphasis  on  specimen  prepara- 
tion, particularly  ultra-thin  sectioning.  Lectures  and  student  seminars  will  cover 
theory,  laboratory  procedures,  and  discussion  of  methods  not  used  in  the  labora- 
tory. Classes  will  meet  at  Henderson  House,  Weston,  one  day  per  week  (3  hours 
of  lecture,  4  hours  of  laboratory)  on  a  day  selected  by  mutual  agreement  between 
the  class  and  the  instructor.  Given  in  cooperation  with  the  Center  for  Continuing 
Education.  Limited  to  8  students  upon  certification  in  writing  by  their  thesis 
advisers  to  the  department  chairman  that  the  course  is  to  be  significantly  applied 
in  thesis  research.  Students  are  accepted  subject  to  approval  by  the  instructor. 

18.995     Ph.D.  Dissertation 

Original  research  in  depth,  representing  a  significant  contribution  of  new  bio- 
logical knowledge,  and  a  written  dissertation  thereon,  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member. 

73.814  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  areas  of  pharmacology  are  examined  in  depth  with  special  reference 
to  interactions  of  drugs  and  other  chemical  agents  with  biological  systems. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical  mechanisms,  experimental  design,  evalua- 
tion of  data  utilizing  conventional  statistical  procedures,  and  techniques  em- 
ployed in  pharmacological  evaluations.  Alternates  yearly  with  73.816. 

73.815  Concepts  in  Pharmacology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  73.814. 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I  (2  q.h.) 

Concepts  of  modern  toxicology  in  which  emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical 
mechanisms  underlying  the  toxicological  action  of  drugs  and  other  chemical 
substances  upon  biological  systems.  Selected  topics  in  toxicology,  including 
acute,  subacute,  and  chronic  effects  of  drugs  in  the  experimental  animal.  Con- 
sideration of  the  predictive  value  of  animal  studies  for  drug  effects  in  man. 
Alternates  yearly  with  73.814. 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  II  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  73.816. 


46  /   BIOLOGY 

01.952     Industrial  Hygiene  (2  q.h.) 

Factors  in  the  industrial  environment  that  adversely  affect  the  health,  comfort,  and 
efficiency  of  the  worker.  Industrial  surveys,  and  application  of  engineering  prin- 
ciples to  control  of  dust,  toxic  metals,  gases  and  vapors,  organic  compounds, 
radiation,  pressure,  temperature,  and  humidity. 

01.957     Air  Pollution  Science  (2  q.h.) 

Theory  and  practice  related  to  engineering  management  of  air  resources,  con- 
trol of  gaseous  emission,  investigation  and  study  of  air  pollution,  sampling  and 
analysis  methods. 

90.821  Biochemistry  I  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  the  structures  and  chemistries  of  carbohydrates,  proteins,  lipids, 
nucleic  acids,  and  selected  cofactors.     Prep.  One  year  Organic  Chemistry. 

90.822  Biochemistry  II  (2  q.h.) 

Bioenergetics,  enzymes  and  enzyme  kinetics,  intermediary  metabolism,  including 
carbohydrate  catabolism,  tricarboxylic  acid  cycle,  electron  transport,  and  oxi- 
dative phosphorylation.     Prep.  Biochemistry  I  (90.821). 

90.823  Biochemistry  III  (2  q.h.) 

Continuation  of  intermediary  metabolism  from  Biochemistry  II,  or  73.842,  includ- 
ing lipid,  protein,  and  nucleic  acid  metabolism,  photosynthesis,  and  cell  regula- 
tion.    Prep.  Biochemistry  II  (90.822). 

All  undergraduate  biology  courses  in  the  series  designated  18.200-18.300,  and 
selected  other  courses  as  indicated  below,  are  available  for  graduate  credit. 
Please  consult  the  undergraduate  or  other  appropriate  bulletin  for  course  details. 

18.158,  18.159     Vertebrate  Physiology  I,  11 

18.208  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

18.209  Developmental  Anatomy 

18.210  Invertebrate  Zoology 

18.211  Parasitology 

18.212  Vertebrate  Paleontology 
18.220  General  Microbiology 

18.227  Animal  Histology 

18.228  Histological  Technique 

18.231  Lower  Plants 

18.232  Higher  Plants 

18.233  Systematic  Botany 

18.234  Plant  Anatomy 

18.235  Economic  Botany 
18.237  Introduction  to  Plant  Physiology 

18.236  Horticulture 
18.240  Microbial  Physiology 
18.242  Medical  Microbiology 

18.245  Serology-lmmunology 

18.246  Serology-lmmunology  Laboratory 
18.251     Comparative  Animal  Physiology 


3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

Blab. 

5  q.h. 

3cl. 

Blab. 

5  q.h. 

3cl. 

Blab. 

5  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h, 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

Blab. 

5  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

1  cl. 

Blab. 

3  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

2cl. 

Blab. 

4  q.h. 

2cl. 

Blab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

Blab. 

5  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

4  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

4  lab. 

4  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  q.h, 

Blab. 

2  q.h. 

3cl. 

3  lab. 

4  q.h, 

BIOLOGY  /  47 

The  following  courses  are  offered  in  the  evening  program  only  as  substitutes 
for  18.158  and  18.159,  Vertebrate  Physiology  I  and  II,  which  may  be  unavailable 
to  evening  students.  They  will  be  offered  in  alternate  years,  beginning  with  1972- 
1973. 

18.252  Mammalian  Physiology  I  2  cl.  Slab.  3  q.h. 
Structural  and  biochemical  aspects  of  mammalian  cells.  Bioelectric  phenomena; 
muscle  and  nerve  function;  renal  physiology.  Prep.  Course  in  Vertebrate  An- 
atomy or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

18.253  Mammalian  Physiology  II  2  cl.  3  lab.  3  q.h. 
Physiology  of  cardiovascular,  respiratory  and  digestive  systems.  Reproductive 
and  endocrine  physiology.     Prep.  18.252. 


chemistry 


Assistant  Professors 

Donald  C.  Clagett,  Ph.D. 
Geoffrey  Davies,  Ph.D. 
Robert  B.  Davis,  Ph.D. 
J.  Robert  Huber,  Dr.  Sc.  Tech. 
Henry  E.  Keller  III,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Reiff,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

Karl  Weiss,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
Barry  L.  Karger,  Ph.D. 
W.  Fay  Luder,  Ph.D. 
Albert  H.  Soloway,  Ph.D. 
Alfred  Viola,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors 
William  E.  Cass,  Ph.D. 
Bill  C.  Giessen,  Dr.  Sc.  Nat. 
David  M.  Howell,  Ph.D. 
Conrad  M.  Jankowski,  Ph.D. 
Elmer  E.  Jones,  Ph.D. 
John  L.  Roebber,  Ph.D. 
Robert  N.  Wiener,  Ph.D. 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  23  an  appli- 
cant must  have  completed  not  less  than  four  full-year  chemistry  courses 
of  the  level  required  of  an  undergraduate  major  in  chemistry.  These  must 
include  organic,  physical,  and  analytical  chemistry.  Admission  policy 
favors  those  who  have  taken  more  chemistry  than  these  minima.  In 
addition,  one  year  each  of  college  physics  and  calculus  are  required, 
and  further  work  in  these  subjects  is  desirable. 

For  the  full-time  program,  these  admission  requirements  may  be  modi- 
fied to  accommodate  applicants  who  have  taken  fewer  courses  than 
indicated  above,  but  who  have  outstanding  records  and  a  strong  interest 
in  chemical  or  interdisciplinary  research.  See  also  the  description  of 
interdisciplinary  programs. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 
Full-Tlme  Program 

The  normal  full-time  program  consists  of  a  total  of  40  quarter  hours 
of  courses,  seminars,  research,  and  a  thesis  based  on  this  research. 
Each  student  is  required  to  take  at  least  24  quarter  hours  of  credit  in 
courses.  A  minimum  of  6  hours,  but  no  more  than  14  quarter  hours  of 
credit  may  be  assigned  to  12.991,  Research  and  Thesis  for  the  Master 
of  Science  degree.  Each  student  is  required  to  attend  12.990,  Seminar, 
in  each  term.  One  credit  is  assigned  to  a  student  for  each  term  in 
which  he  conducts  a  seminar,  up  to  the  maximum  of  two  credits. 


48 


CHEMISTRY  /  49 

Part-Time  Program 

The  admission  requirements  for  this  program  are  the  same  as  for  the 
full-time  program,  but  course  requirements  differ,  and  students  may 
progress  according  to  their  abilities  and  the  time  available. 

Thirty-two  credits  must  be  taken  in  graduate  offerings  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Chemistry.  Eight  additional  credits  may  be  taken  in  any  gradu- 
ate courses  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  prerequisites.  The 
student's  program  shall  include: 

(a)  Four  credits  of  organic   chemistry.  These  will   normally   be   12.861    and 
12.862. 

(b)  Four  credits  of  inorganic  chemistry.  These  will  normally  be  12.841   and 
12.842. 

(c)  Four  credits  of  analytical  chemistry.  These  may  be  chosen  from  12.821, 
12.822,  and  12.823. 

(d)  Four  credits  of  physical  chemistry.  These  may  be  chosen  from   12.881, 
12.882,  12.885,  12.886,  and  12.893. 

In  cases  of  unusual  preparation,  more  advanced  courses  may  be 
substituted  within  the  given  subdiscipline. 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  doctoral  program  in  chemistry  may  be  pursued  only  in  residence. 
The  additional  requirements  beyond  those  of  the  master's  degree  are 
designed  to  demonstrate  superior  proficiency  in  original  research,  in- 
cluding technical  reading  ability  in  a  foreign  language  and  familiarity 
with  current  advances  in  one  of  the  main  divisions  of  chemistry. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  after  one  year  of  full-time 
graduate  work  or  two  years  of  half-time  work.  If  a  student  holds  a  teach- 
ing assistantship  which  occupies  one  half  of  his  time,  his  residence 
requirement  is  being  discharged  at  half  rate.  Other  arrangements  re- 
quire faculty  approval.  If  a  candidate  has  a  research  fellowship  which 
supports  his  research  for  the  doctoral  dissertation,  his  residence  re- 
quirement is  discharged  at  full  rate.  Normally,  the  equivalent  of  two 
years  of  work  after  establishment  of  doctoral  candidacy  is  necessary 
to  complete  research. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 


50  /   CHEMISTRY 

Qualifying  Examination 

Qualifying  examinations  are  offered  in  the  fields  of  analytical,  in- 
organic, organic,  and  physical  chemistry.  There  are  eight  examinations 
offered  each  year  in  each  field.  A  student  must  pass  four  of  these. 

A  student  is  eligible  to  tal<e  the  qualifying  examination  if: 

(a)  he  has  entered  with  a  bachelor's  degree  and  has  achieved  a  3.0 
average  in  eight  courses  taken  in  the  first  year  of  residence; 

(b)  he  has  been  admitted  to  the  doctoral  program  with  an  awarded 
master's  degree; 

(c)  he  is  a  part-time  student  who  has  petitioned  the  department  to 
do  so. 

Students  in  category  "a"  must  pass  the  qualifying  examinations  by 
July  1  of  their  second  year  of  residence.  Students  in  category  "b"  must 
pass  the  qualifying  examinations  by  July  1  of  their  first  year  of  resi- 
dence. Students  in  category  "c"  will  have  the  conditions  set  at  the  time 
their  petition  is  approved. 


Course  Requirements 

A  candidate  is  normally  required  by  his  faculty  adviser  to  do  some 
course  work  beyond  the  40  quarter  hour  minimum.  The  number  and 
nature  of  these  courses  are  individually  determined  for  each  candidate. 


Dissertation 

In  most  cases,  arrangements  for  a  dissertation  adviser  will  have  been 
made  before  the  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination.  If  not,  such 
arrangements  must  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  degree  candidacy 
has  been  established.  The  dissertation  adviser  directs  the  research  for 
the  dissertation  and  serves  as  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee, 
which  must  approve  the  dissertation  before  the  degree  may  be  conferred. 


Language  Requirements 

Proficiency  must  be  demonstrated  in  a  foreign  language  as  speci- 
fied by  the  departmental  graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the 
general  graduate  school  regulations.  French,  German,  and  Russian  are 
the  acceptable  foreign  languages.  Normally,  proficiency  is  demonstrated 
by  taking  examinations  administered  by  the  Chemistry  Department. 


CHEMISTRY  /  51 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  graduate  school 
regulations. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  except  seminar  and  research. 

12.806     Chemical  Aspects  of  the  Environment 

Consideration  of  problems  related  to  air,  water,  food,  drugs,  energy,  and  ma- 
terials. The  lectures  are  given  by  experts  in  various  fields,  and  are  followed  by 
discussions.  The  course  is  open  to  all  students  with  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
science  or  engineering.  It  may  not  be  used  by  full-time  students  to  establish 
doctoral  student  status. 

12.821  Analytical  Separations 

Theory  and  practice  of  analytical  separation  techniques.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
fundamentals  as  they  relate  to  practice.  Topics  will  be  based  mainly  on  chromat- 
ographic processes  including  gas  and  high  speed  liquid  chromatography.  Other 
topics  will  include  zone  refining,  liquid-liquid  extraction,  and  electrophoresis. 

12.822  Electroanalytical  Chemistry 

The  principles  and  practice  of  electroanalytical  chemistry  will  be  discussed. 
Topics  will  include  potentiometry  and  ion-selective  electrodes,  normal  and  thin- 
layer  coulometry,  polarography,  and  electrochemical  relaxation  methods.  Appli- 
cation of  these  techniques  to  titration  endpoint  detection  will  also  be  discussed. 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

The  theory  and  practice  of  absorption  and  emission  spectroscopy.  Instruments, 
methods,  and  applications  will  be  considered. 

12.824,  12.825,  12.826     Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  analytical  chemistry. 

12.827  Computers  in  Chemistry 

A  laboratory-lecture  course  illustrating  the  use  of  small  digital  computers  for 
real-time  control  of  chemical  instruments.  Topics  will  include  digital  logic,  real- 
time data  structures,  A/D  and  D/A  conversion,  noise,  and  other  aspects  of  real- 
time computer  interfacing.  Programming  will  be  done  on  a  PDP-11  computer  in 
MIRACL,  a  language  designed  for  real-time  processing.  Prep.  Consent  of 
instructor. 

12.828  Chemical  Instrumentation 

Principles  of  instrument  design  will  be  considered  with  emphasis  on  practical 
aspects.  Instrument  limitations  and  sources  of  error  will  be  considered  along 
with  modular  instruments  and  interfacing.     Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

12.841     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I 

Application  of  basic  quantum  chemistry  to  inorganic  systems.  Russell-Saunders 
and  j-j  coupling.  Stereo  chemistry  of  non-transition-metal  compounds;  bonding 
and  structure  of  electron  deficient  systems. 


52  /   CHEMISTRY 

12.842  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  II 

Magnetic  properties;  electronic  spectra  and  selection  rules.  Thermodynamic 
stability  of  coordination  compounds.  Experimental  techniques  of  inorganic  chem- 
istry.    Prep.  12.841. 

12.843  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  III 

Crystal  symmetry.  Introduction  to  theory  of  lokids;  semi-conductors  and  metals; 
non-stoichiometric  compounds;  solid  state  reactions.  Application  of  molecular 
orbital  theory.  Determination  of  electron  distribution  in  transition  metal  com- 
pounds. Moessbauer  spectroscopy  and  advanced  magneto-chemistry.  Prep. 
12.842  and  12.885. 

12.846     Coordination  Chemistry 

Coordination  compounds:  their  experimental  detection,  calculation  of  stability 
constants,  factors  affecting  solubility  and  stability  constants.  Ligand  field  theory. 
Acidity,  color,  and  lability  of  complexes.  Kinetic  and  stereochemical  studies  of 
inorganic  reaction  mechanisms.     Prep.  12.843. 

12.847,  12.848,  12.849,  12.850     Special  Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III,  IV 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  inorganic  chemistry.  Prep.  12.842  and 
consent  of  instructor. 

12.851  Structure  Determination  in  Solids 

X-ray,  electron,  and  neutron  diffraction;  elements  of  crystallography;  computer- 
aided  calculations.  Analytical  techniques;  important  inorganic  and  organic  struc- 
ture types.     Prep.  12.843. 

12.852  Ligand  Field  Theory 

Crystal  field  theory  of  ions  in  weak  and  strong  fields.  Molecular  orbital  theory 
of  transition  metal  complexes.  Magnetic  properties  and  electron  spin  resonance 
effects.      Prep.  12.843  and  12.886. 

12.861,  12.862     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 

An  intensive  survey  of  organic  reactions.  Modern  concepts  of  structure  and 
mechanism  are  used  to  correlate  factual  material.  Prep.  One  year  of  Organic 
Ctiemistry. 

12.863     Physical  Organic  Chemistry 

Application  of  LCAO  concepts,  linear  free  energy  relationships,  interactions 
between  solvent  effects,  steric  considerations,  and  electronic  factors,  and  intro- 
duction to  orbital  symmetry  direction  of  concerted  reactions.  Prep.  12.862  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

12.864, 12.865     Stereochemistry  I,  II 

Interrelation  of  steric  arrangements  of  atoms  in  organic  molecules  with  their 
physical  and  chemical  properties.  Conformational  analysis.  Spatial  relationships 
between  atoms  and  groups  during  chemical  reactions  and  consequent  effects  on 
chemical  equilibria  and  reaction  rates  as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  reaction 
mechanisms.     Prep.  12.863. 


CHEMISTRY  /   53 

12.866     Spectrometric  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 

Interpretation  of  the  ultraviolet,  infrared,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  and  mass 
spectra  of  organic  compounds.     Prep.  One  year  of  Organic  Chemistry. 

12.867,  12.868,  12.869     Natural  Products  I,  II,  III 

Isolation,  structure  determination,  synthesis,  and  transformations  of  selected 
classes  of  organic  compounds  of  biological  interest.  Prep.  12.862  (need  not  be 
tat<en  in  sequence). 

12.871,  12.872,  12.873     Special  Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II,  III 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  organic  chemistry.  Prep.  12.862  and 
consent  of  instructor. 

12.876,  12.877     Mechanisms  of  Organic  Reactions  I,  II 

Consideration  of  the  fundamental  factors  influencing  the  course  of  a  chemical 
reaction.  Study  of  the  effects  of  structural  and  environmental  changes  on  the 
mechanisms  of  organic  reactions.     Prep.  12.865. 

12.881  Thermodynamics  I 

First  Law  of  Thermodynamics,  Thermochemistry,  Second  and  Third  Laws,  Equi- 
librium.    Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

12.882  Thermodynamics  II 

Partial  Molar  Properties,  Mixtures,  E.M.F.     Prep.  12.881. 

12.885  Atomic  and  Molecular  Structure  I 

Introduction  to  quantum  mechanics.  Application  to  simple  systems,  and  the 
electronic  structure  of  atoms  and  molecules.  Prep.  One  year  of  Pfiysical  Cfiem- 
istry. 

12.886  Atomic  and  Molecular  Structure  II 

Atomic  spectroscopy.  Rotational,  vibrational,  electronic,  and  magnetic  spectra  of 
small  polyatomic  molecules.     Prep.  12.885  or  consent  of  tfie  instructor. 

12.891  Special  Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry 

Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in  physical  chemistry.  Prep.  Consent  of 
instructor. 

12.892  Selected  Topics  in  Solid  State  Chemistry 

Band  theory.  Metals,  semiconductors  and  insulators.  Thermal,  magnetic,  and 
transport  properties.  Alloy  phases.  Phase  transformations  and  crystal  defects. 
Surface  effects.  Material  preparation  techniques.      Prep.  12.885. 

12.893  Kinetics 

Collision  and  transition  state  theories  of  reaction  rates.  Relaxation  theory. 
Theory  of  unimolecular  reactions.  Kinetics  in  liquid  solutions.  Photochemistry. 
Prep.  One  year  of  pfiysical  cfiemistry. 


54  /  CHEMISTRY 

12.894  Statistical  Thermodynamics 

Systems  of  independent  particles.  Distribution  functions.  Partition  functions  and 
thermodynamic  properties.     Prep.  12.881  and  12.885  or  their  equivalents. 

12.895  Statistical  Mechanics  I 

Quantum  statistics;  fermions  and  bosons.  Application  to  electrons  in  metals, 
phonons,  and  photons;  superfluidity  and  superconductivity.     Prep.  12.894. 

12.896  Statistical  Mechanics  II 

Fluctuations,  noise,  and  irreversible  thermodynamics.  Boltzmann  transport  equa- 
tions. Phase  transitions  of  higher  order;  Ising  model.     Prep.  12.895. 

12.897  Quantum  Chemistry  I 

Linear  algebra  and  the  formulation  of  quantum  theory.  Angular  momentum.  Sys- 
tems with  spherically  symmetric  potentials  and  the  one-electron  atom.  Prep. 
12.886. 

12.898  Quantum  Chemistry  II 

Variational  method  and  perturbation  theory.  Electron  spin.  SCF  method  and 
many-electron  atoms.       Prep.  12.897. 

12.899  Quantum  Chemistry  III 

Group  theory.  Small  molecules.  Time-dependent  theory  and  selected  advanced 
topics.      Prep.^  12.898. 

12.901  Polymer  Chemistry  I 

Introduction  to  polymers.  Major  emphasis  on  synthesis.  Step-reaction,  chain- 
reaction,  and  ring-opening  polymerizations.  Copolymerization.  Three-dimensional 
polymers  and  crosslinking.  Prep.  One  year  of  Organic  Chemistry  and  one  year 
of  Physical  Chemistry. 

12.902  Polymer  Chemistry  11 

Physical  chemistry  of  polymers  in  solution  and  bulk.  Molecular  characterization. 
Mechanical  and  physical  properties  in  the  glassy,  rubbery,  viscous,  and  semi- 
crystalline  states.     Prep.  12.901. 

12.903  Polymer  Chemistry  III 

Industrial  practice.  Polymer  processing.  Fibers.  Elastomers.  Coatings.  Adhesives. 
Reinforced  plastics.  Relationship  of  polymer  structure  to  usage.     Prep.  12.902. 

12.910     Special  Projects  in  Chemistry 

Laboratory  studies  on  a  topic  not  directly  related  to  research  pursued  for  a 
thesis.     Prep.  Permission  of  the  departmental  faculty  is  required. 

12.990  Seminar  (1  q.h.) 

Oral  reports  by  the  participants  on  current  or  recent  investigations  in  chemistry. 

12.991  Research  and  Thesis  for  M.S.  (maximum:  14  q.h.) 

Original  research  and  a  written  thesis  thereon,  under  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member. 


CHEMISTRY  /  55 

12.995     Research  and  Dissertation  for  Ph.D. 

Original  research  in  depth,  representing  a  significant  contribution  of  new  chemi- 
cal knowledge,  and  a  written  dissertation  thereon,  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member. 

90.821  Biochemistry  I 

Discussion  of  the  structures  and  chemistries  of  carbohydrates,  proteins,  lipids, 
nucleic  acids,  and  selected  cofactors.     Prep.  One  year  organic  chemistry. 

90.822  Biochemistry  II 

Bioenergetics,  enzymes  and  enzyme  kinetics,  intermediary  metabolism  including 
carbohydrate  catabolism,  tricarboxylic  acid  cycle,  electron  transport,  and  oxi- 
dative phosphorylation.     Prep.  Bioctiemistry  I,  90.821. 

90.823  Biochemistry  III 

Continuation  of  intermediary  metabolism  from  Biochemistry  II,  including  lipid, 
protein,  and  nucleic  acid  metabolism,  photosynthesis  and  cell  regulation.  Prep. 
Biochemistry  II,  90.822. 

See  Biology  Department  offerings  and  College  of  Pharmacy  offerings  for  other 
courses  on  chemical  topics. 


clinical  chemistry 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 
Part-Time  Program 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admissions  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  an 
applicant  must  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  program  in  either 
biology,  chemistry,  medical  technology,  or  pharmacy.  Background  core 
courses  must  Include  a  minimum  of  two  quarters  of  organic  chemistry, 
one  quarter  of  analytical  chemistry  or  its  equivalent,  two  quarters  of 
human  physiology,  and  two  quarters  of  physical  chemistry.  Deficien- 
cies in  these  areas  may  be  removed  by  taking  appropriate  undergradu- 
ate courses  concurrently  with  those  graduate  courses  which  do  not 
require  the  deficient  prerequisites. 

Program 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Clinical  Chemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary 
program  with  the  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions. 
Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  coursework  are  required.  In  addition, 
a  student  must  have  at  least  three  months  of  clinical  laboratory  ex- 
perience prior  to  completion  of  academic  degree  requirements.  The 
following  are  core  courses  required  in  the  program: 


56  /  CHEMISTRY 


12.821  Analytical  Separations 

12.822  Electroanaiytical  Chemistry 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

90.821  Biochemistry  i 

90.822  Biochemistry  11 

90.823  Biochemistry  III 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II 

73.844  Drug  Metabolism 

73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems 


Total  Credits 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 


20 

Twelve  additional  credits  must  be  taken  from  those  courses  desig- 
nated as  core  electives.  A  maximum  of  8  quarter  hours  may  be  taken 
outside  the  core  offerings  with  permission  of  the  admissions  commit- 
tee and  the  respective  course  instructors. 

While  the  overall  program  has  flexibility,  the  schedule  below  is  recom- 
mended as  a  guide: 


1st  Quarter 

12.821 

Analytical  Separations 

90.821 

Biochemistry  1 

2nd  Quarter 

90.822 

Biochemistry  II 

73.844 

Drug  Metabolism 

3rd  Quarter 

12.823 

Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

90.823 

Biochemistry  III 

4th  Quarter 

12.827 

Computers  in  Chemistry 

72.834 

Clinical  Chemistry  1 

5th  Quarter 

12.822 

Electroanaiytical  Chemistry 

72.835 

Clinical  Chemistry  II 

6th  Quarter 

72.836 

Special  Topics  in  Clinical  Chemistry 

73.845 

Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems 

7th-1 1th  Quarters 

Electives 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  indicated, 
indicates  core  elective. 

The  following  course  descriptions  may  be  found  under  Chemistry  offerings: 

12.821  Analytical  Separations 

12.822  Electroanaiytical  Chemistry 

12.823  Optical  Methods  of  Analysis 

12.824  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  I* 

12.825  Special  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  M* 

12.827  Computers  in  Chemistry* 

12.828  Chemical  Instrumentation* 
90.821-.823     Biochemistry  I.  II,  III 


CHEMISTRY  /  57 

72.834  Clinical  Chemistry  I 

This  course  interrelates  the  chemistry  of  those  naturally  occurring  biochemicals 
of  importance  for  clinical  diagnosis  and  the  analytical  approaches  and  tech- 
niques necessary  for  detection.  Specific  reference  is  made  to  autoanalyzers 
and  instrumentation  relevant  to  clinical  chemistry.  Prep.  Biochemistry  III, 
90.823,  or  its  equivalent. 

72.835  Clinical  Chemistry  II 

A  continuation  of  the  principles  and  techniques  as  presented  in  Clinical  Chem- 
istry I  with  a  discussion  of  enzymes  and  their  use  in  analytical  methods  of 
clinical  importance.     Prep.  Clinical  Chemistry  I,  72.834. 

72.836  Special  Topics  in  Clinical  Chemistry* 

Presentation  of  recent  advances  in  clinical  chemistry,  such  as  radioimmunology 
and  other  rapidly  developing  areas  of  interest.  Prep.  72.834,  Clinical  Chemistry, 
offered  yearly,  spring  quarter. 

72.861  Central  Nervous  System  Depressants* 

Presentation  and  discussion  of  the  chemistry,  structure-activity  relationships, 
and  mechanism  of  action  of  general  anesthetics,  hypnotics  and  sedatives,  anti- 
epileptics,  analgetics,  tranquilizers,  and  muscle  relaxants.  A  consideration  of  the 
mechanics  of  drug  design  and  methods  of  modification  will  be  undertaken. 
Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry,  offered  alternate  years. 

72.862  Autonomic  Drugs* 

A  discussion  of  drugs  acting  on  the  central  nervous  system  with  a  special  em- 
phasis on  the  mechanism  of  action  of  the  chemical  mediators  of  the  peripheral 
nervous  system.  The  role  of  agents  affecting  this  system — adrenergic  and  cho- 
linergic and  reversible  and  irreversible  inhibitors  of  these  systems  will  be 
discussed  in  relation  to  their  chemical  structure  and  biological  activity.  Prep. 
Two  semesters  of  Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.863  Anti-infectives* 

A  study  of  the  various  chemotherapeutic  agents  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
infectious  diseases.  Included  will  be  the  sulfonamides,  antibiotics,  antivirals, 
antitubercular,  antifungal,  and  antimalarial  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  on 
structure-activity  relationships,  mechanisms  of  action,  and  modern  research  in 
each  area.     Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.864  Cancer  Therapy* 

Recent  developments  in  new  approaches  to  the  treatment  of  cancer  from  a 
chemotherapeutic  standpoint  will  be  considered:  including  alkylating  agents, 
antimetabolites,  hormones,  and  miscellaneous  compounds,  and  combinations  of 
the  above  with  radiation  and  immunology.  Possible  mechanisms  of  action  will 
be  explored.     Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 

72.865  Special  Topics  in  Medicinal  Chemistry* 

A  consideration  of  a  special  area  of  medicinal  chemistry  including  either  CNS 
compounds,  pharmacodynamic  agents  or  chemotherapeutics;  their  chemistry 
and  structure-activity  relationships  will  be  presented.  Prep.  Two  quarters  of 
Organic  Chemistry.  Offered  alternate  years. 


58  /  CHEMISTRY 

72.866     Phytochemistry* 

The  important  classes  of  chemical  compounds  produced  by  plants  considered 
from  the  standpoint  of  their  biogenetic  origin,  methods  for  their  detection,  iso- 
lation and  characterization;  application  of  these  techniques  to  research  in  phar- 
macy, medicine,  economic  botany,  taxonomy;  and  introduction  to  the  literature 
of  plant  chemistry.  Prep.  Two  quarters  of  Organic  Chemistry,  two  quarters  of 
Biology.  Offered  alternate  years. 

73.816  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I* 

Concepts  of  modern  toxicology  in  which  emphasis  is  placed  on  biochemical 
mechanisms  underlying  the  toxicological  action  of  drugs  and  other  chemical 
substances  upon  biological  systems.  Selected  topics  in  toxicology  including 
acute,  subacute,  and  chronic  effects  of  drugs  in  the  experimental  animal  and 
man.  Consideration  of  the  predictive  value  of  animal  studies  for  drug  effects 
in  man.     Prep.  Permission  of  Instructor.  Offered  alternate  years. 

73.817  Concepts  in  Toxicology  11* 

Continuation  of  Concepts  in  Toxicology  I.     Prep.  73.816.  Offered  alternate  years. 

73.844  Drug  Metabolism 

Presentation  of  detoxication  mechanisms  relating  to  drug  metabolism  and  ex- 
cretion patterns:  adaptive  factors  influencing  metabolism  will  be  discussed. 
Prep.  Biochemistry  I,  90.821. 

73.845  Radioisotopes  in  Biological  Systems 

Methodology  of  radioactive  nuclides  and  application  of  these  isotopes  to  biology 
and  medicine  with  special  emphasis  on  their  use  in  clinical  analysis. 

Other   biology,   chemistry,   and  pharmacy  courses   may   be   taken    with   the 
approval  of  the  admissions  committee  and  the  course  instructor. 


economics 


Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Morris  A.  Horowitz,  Ph.D.,  David  Anderson,  M.A. 

Chairman  Craig  Coelen,  M.A. 

Irwin  L.  Herrnstadt,  Ph.D.  Daryl  A.  Hellman,  Ph.D. 

Gustav  Schachter,  Ph.D.  David  Kidder,  Ph.D. 

Donald  Shelby,  Ph.D.  Andrew  Sum,  M.A. 

Steven  Swanson,  M.A. 
Associate  Professors 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Ph.D.  Instructors 

Bruce  Cohen,  Ph.D.  Jerry  Cromwell,  M.A. 

Ernest  M.  DeCicco,  Ph.D.  John  Miranowski,  M.A. 

Harold  M.  Goldstein,  Ph.D. 

Sungwoo  Kim,  Ph.D. 

Peggy  Musgrave,  Ph.D. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program 
comprises  16  quarter  hours  of  required  core  course  work  and  24  quarter 
hours  of  electives  of  which  a  minimum  of  twelve  quarter  hours  must  be 
selected  from  one  of  the  economic  fields  listed  below.  The  required  core 
courses  must  be  completed  as  soon  as  possible.  With  the  approval  of 
the  graduate  adviser,  a  student  may  select  a  maximum  of  six  quarter 
hours  from  graduate  courses  offered  by  other  departments,  or  two  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  courses  in  economics  carrying  three  quarter 
hours  of  graduate  credit. 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants  should 
have  had  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  economics,  or  the  equiva- 
lent, of  which  three  semester  hours,  or  the  equivalent,  should  be  sta- 
tistics. Admission  is  only  possible  in  the  fall  and  winter  quarters.  Ap- 
plications for  admission  to  the  fall  quarter  will  be  given  consideration 
if  received  by  August  31.  Applications  for  admission  to  the  winter 
quarter  will  be  given  consideration  if  received  by  November  30. 

Applications  for  financial  aid  should  be  submitted  no  later  than 
March  15.  See  page  33  for  information  on  financial  aid  available. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  comprehensive  examination,  which  will  be  held  in  accordance  with 
the  general  graduate  school  regulations,  must  be  taken  by  all  students 

59 


60  /  ECONOMICS 

during  the  quarter  in  which  the  student  completes  the  40  quarter  hours 
of  academic  work.  The  examination  may  be  repeated  only  once. 

Master's  Thesis 

A  master's  thesis  for  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  optional  with  the 
approval  of  the  graduate  adviser.  Approval  will  be  granted  only  in  those 
instances  in  which  previous  graduate  work  of  the  student  indicates 
capacity  for  independent  study. 

Required  Core  Courses 

The  required  core  courses  are: 

Credits 

39.9A1     Microeconomic  Theory*    4 

39.9B1     Macroeconomic  Theory*   4 

39.9D1     Mathematics  for  Economists** 4 

39.9E1     Statistical  Inference  4 

Economic  Fields 

Available  economic  fields  are  listed  below.  Under  each  field  are  stated 
the  required  field  courses  and  the  elective  field  courses.  Students  must 
take  at  least  twelve  quarter  hours  in  one  field  of  concentration.  In  all 
fields  the  first  listed  required  course  in  the  field  ordinarily  should  be 
taken  first  by  the  student  majoring  in  the  field.  For  students  not  major- 
ing in  the  field,  courses  in  the  field  may  be  taken  in  any  sequence. 

Manpower  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 

39.9G1     Economics  of  the  Labor  Market  and  Labor  Force 
39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 
39.9J1      Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Development 

Elective  field  courses: 

39.9G5     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  II 

39.907     Public  Policy  in  Manpower 

39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health  Manpower 

39.9H3     Economics  of  Education 

Urban/Regional  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 
39.9K1     Regional  Economics 
39.9L1      Urban  Economics  I 
39.9N1     Seminar  in  Urban/Regional  Economics 


*  Candidates   deficient   in   intermediate   theory  may   not   be   admitted   into   these   core 
courses  until  they  have  completed  39.9A0  and/or  39.9B0. 
**  New  candidates  must  take  a  mathematics  examination  given  by  the  department  during 
registration  period.  Those  who  fail  may  not  enroll  in  39.9D1  until  they  have  completed 
39.9D0. 


ECONOMICS  /  61 

Elective  field  courses: 
39.9K4     Externalities 
39.9L2      Urban  Economics  II 
39.9L5     Economics  of  Urban  Transportation 
39.9M1    Intergovernmental  Fiscal  Relations 

Development  Economics 

Required  field  courses: 
39.9P1      Economic  Development 
39.9P3     Regional  Development 
39.9R1     Seminar  in  Development  Planning 

Elective  field  courses: 
39.9P6     Comparative  Economic  Development 
39.9Q1     Development  Finance 
39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 
39.9K1      Regional  Economics 

Economics  of  Money  and  Finance 

Required  field  courses: 
39.9S1      Monetary  Theory 
39.9S3     Monetary  Policy 
39.9V1      Seminar  in  Money  and  Finance 

Elective  field  courses: 
39.9T1      Public  Policy  and  Finance 
39.9T5     Capital  Marl<ets 
39.901     Development  Finance 
39.9B2     Macroeconomic  Theory  II 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  doctoral  degree  program  in  economics  is  offered  in  the  fields  of 
manpower  economics  and  urban/regional  economics. 

Admission 

Applicants  who  will  have  a  master's  degree  in  economics  or  its 
equivalent  at  entry  may  be  considered  for  direct  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program.  Applicants  who  will  not  have  a  master's  degree  in 
economics  or  its  equivalent  at  entry  may  be  considered  for  admission 
to  the  doctoral  program  after  the  satisfactory  completion  of  40  quarter 
hours  of  graduate  work. 

Applications  for  the  doctoral  program  should  be  submitted  no  later 
than  March  15. 

Residence  Requirement 

After  he  has  been  admitted  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  student  may 
satisfy  the  residence  requirement  by  one  year  of  full-time  graduate 
work.  Teaching  assistants  may  satisfy  the  residence  requirement  by 


62   /   ECONOMICS 

two  consecutive  years  of  half-time  graduate  course  work.  A  student 
should  expect  to  spend  at  least  two  academic  years  in  full-time  study, 
or  its  equivalent,  completing  the  requirements  for  the  doctoral  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 

Course  Requirements 

A.  At  least  32  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work  beyond  the  master's 
degree  will  be  required.  These  include: 

Required  Core  Courses: 
39.9A2     Microeconomics  II 
39.9B2     Macroeconomics  II 
39.9E7     Econometrics  I 
39.9E8     Econometrics  II 

B.  Concentration  in  the  two  academic  fields  of  manpower  economics 
and  urban/regional  economics.  Course  work  in  each  field  must  include 
the  doctoral  seminars  39.9J3  and  39.9N3.  Each  of  these  seminars  has 
a  prerequisite  of  12  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work  in  the  field. 

Qualifying  Exam 

Each  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive  qualifying  examination 
after  the  completion  of  the  required  core  and  field  courses.  This  com- 
prehensive will  be  given  in  parts:  (1)  A  three-hour  written  exam  in  the 
general  areas  of  economic  theory  and  methodology;  (2)  A  three-hour 
written  exam  covering  the  two  doctoral  fields;  (3)  A  two-hour  oral  exam 
covering  the  two  doctoral  fields.  Passing  the  qualifying  exams  signifies 
that  the  student  has  completed  all  course  requirements  and  can  now 
devote  all  his  time  to  his  dissertation.  The  examination  may  be  re- 
peated only  once. 

Doctoral  Dissertation 

An  original  doctoral  dissertation  is  required  of  all  students  in  accord- 
ance with  the  general  graduate  school  regulations  and  the  regulations 
established  by  the  department.  After  the  successful  completion  of  his 
qualifying  examination,  each  student  shall  work  with  a  dissertation  ad- 
viser under  whose  guidance  he  will  write  his  doctoral  dissertation.  The 
dissertation  adviser  serves  as  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee 
which  must  approve  the  dissertation  before  the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  established  in  accordance  with  the 
general  graduate  school  regulations. 


ECONOMICS  /  63 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

39.9A0     Introduction  to  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory 

Intensive  coverage  of  microeconomic  theory.  This  course  offers  no  credit  toward 
a  degree  in  economics. 

39.9A1     IVIicroeconomic  Theory  I  (4  q.h.) 

A  non-math  treatment  of  microeconomic  theory  at  the  beginning  graduate  level. 
An  investigation  of  the  conditions  underlying  consumer  and  producer  equi- 
librium under  different  objective  functions  and  various  market  structures.  Deriva- 
tion of  product  demand  curves,  supply  curves,  and  factor  demand  curves  for 
alternative  market  structures  in  product  and  factor  markets  are  surveyed. 

39.9A2     IVIicroeconomic  Theory  II  (4  q.h.) 

An  examination  of  contemporary  microeconomic  problems  and  theory  with 
specific  emphasis  on  welfare  economics,  general  equilibrium,  distribution,  the 
theory  of  the  firm,  and  the  ability  of  modern  value  theory  to  reach  meaningful 
and  feasible  policy  conclusions.     Prep.  39.9A1  and  consent  of  instructor. 

39.9B0     Introduction  to  Intermediate  IVIacroeconomic  Theory 

Intensive  coverage  of  macroeconomic  theory.  This  course  offers  no  credit 
toward  a  degree  in  economics. 

39.9B1     Macroeconomic  Theory  I  (4  q.h.) 

Income  and  employment  theory;  classical,  Keynesian,  and  post-Keynesian  ag- 
gregate demand  and  supply  systems. 

39.9B2     IVIacroeconomic  Theory  II  (4  q.h.) 

Theory  and  problems  of  macro-dynamics,  growth,  inflation,  cycles,  and  stabili- 
zation policy.     Prep.  39.9B1  and  consent  of  instructor. 

39.9D0  Introduction  to  Mathematics  for  Economists  (4  q.h.) 
This  course  acquaints  the  student  with  the  algebra  and  elementary  calculus 
necessary  for  quantitative  economics:  simultaneous  linear  systems;  polynomial, 
logarithmic,  and  exponential  functions;  and  elementary  differential  and  integral 
calculus  (meets  four  hours  a  week).  This  course  offers  no  credit  toward  a  degree 
in  economics. 

39.9D1     Mathematics  for  Economics  (4  q.h.) 

Application   of   matrix  algebra  and   simple   multivariate   calculus  to   economic 

analysis.  Static  organization  and  dynamic  analysis,   difference  and   differential 

equations.    Examples   from   economic   theory.      Prep.   39.9D0    or  mathematics 

examination. 

39.9E1     Statistical  Inference  (4  q.h.) 

Estimation  of  population  values  and  testing  hypotheses.  Classical  estimation  and 
testing  compared  to  Bayesian  Probability.  Topics  covered  include  the  normal, 
t,  binomial,  Poisson,  hypergeometric,  exponential,  X^,  F,  and  other  probability 
distributions  and  the  design  of  sample  surveys. 


64  /   ECONOMICS 

39.9E5     Economic  Programming 

Economic  programming  with  emphasis  on  linear  programming,  including  the 
transportation  and  simple  problems,  and  simulation  and  queuing  theory  with 
applications  to  the  computer.     Prep.  39.9D1. 

39.9E7     Econometrics  I 

Review  of  matrix  algebra;  single  equation  least  squares  estimates  and  their 
theoretical  properties;  hypothesis  testing  and  measures  of  goodness  of  fit; 
definitions  of  and  tests  for  autocorrelation,  heteroskedasticity,  and  multicollin- 
earity;  simultaneous  equations  estimation:  identification,  bias,  and  alternative 
estimation  techniques.     Prep.  39.9D1,  39.9E1. 

39.9E8     Econometrics  II 

Assymptotic  and  small  sample  properties  of  various  estimators;  rank-order  con- 
ditions for  identification;  specification  error  and  error  in  variables;  remedies  for 
autocorrelation  and  multicollinearity;  dummy  variables;  distributed  lags;  fore- 
casting and  simulation;  non-linear  estimation;  alternative  estimation  technique 
(two-stage  least  squares,  three-stage  least  squares,  maximum  likelihood  esti- 
mators, etc.).     Prep.  39.9E7. 

5.913     Data  Processing 

A  study  of  digital  computers  and  computer  programming  techniques.  The 
FORTRAN  language  is  utilized  for  programming  and  running  several  projects. 

39.9G1     Economics  of  the  Labor  iVIarket  and  Labor  Force 

Macro-  and  micro-analysis  of  labor  supply  and  demand.  Labor  force  measure- 
ment and  change.  Functioning  of  labor  markets.  Labor  allocation.  Wage  and 
employment  determination.  Changes  in  the  composition  of  labor  demand.  Impact 
of  technological  change.  Unemployment  Income  distribution  and  poverty.  Prep. 
39.9A1  co-requisite. 

39.9G4     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  I 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  manpower  planning  techniques  and  policies.  Macro- 
and  micro-methods.  The  role  of  education  and  training.  Integration  of  man- 
power planning  with  general  development  planning.  Relationship  of  different 
methods  to  economic,  political,  and  social  conditions.  Prep.  39.9A1  co- 
requisite. 

39.9G5     Economics  of  Manpower  Planning  II 

Application  of  planning  tools  to  problems  of  national  economic  development 
Evaluation  of  methods  and  predictions  used  in  national  manpower  plans.  Prep. 
39.9G4. 

39.9G7     Public  Policy  in  Manpower 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  national  manpower  programs  and  their  implementa- 
tion on  the  local  level.  Relationships  between  public  policy  and  policies  of 
employers  and  unions;  relationships  between  programs  at  different  levels  of 
government. 

39.9H1     Economics  of  Medical  Care  and  Health  Manpower 

The  organization  of  medical  care,  the  problems  associated  with  various  alterna- 
tive delivery  systems,  the   utilization  and   availability  of  physicians  and   other 


ECONOMICS  /  65 

categories  of  paramedical  personnel,  the  growth  and  pressures  exerted  by  third 
party  payers;  and  consideration  of  federal,  state,  and  municipal  participation  in 
the  delivery  of  quality  medical  care  under  various  alternatives  for  national  health 
insurance. 

39.9H3     Economics  of  Education 

An  examination  of  the  contribution  of  education  to  the  process  of  economic 
growth  and  the  way  education  is  produced  and  distributed.  Special  topics  to 
include:  inequalities  in  returns  to  education;  the  role  of  intelligence  and  class 
background  in  educational  success;  and  socializing  role  of  education  in  pro- 
duction. 

39.9J1     Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Development 

Selected  topics  on  the  development  and  use  of  human  resources.  Prep.  Con- 
sent of  instructor. 

39.9J3     IVIanpower  Economics  Research  Seminar  (4  q.h.) 
Prep.  12  q.h.  of  Manpower  Economics. 

39.9K1     Regional  Economics 

Delineating  regions.  Theories  of  location  for  firms,  industries,  and  people. 
Regional  income  accounting  systems,  and  models  of  intra-  and  inter-regional 
income  determinants  and  impact  analysis.     Prep.  39.9A1  co-requisite. 

39.9K4     Externalities 

Theoretical  foundations  for  urban  and  regional  economics.  Survey  of  economic 
theory  related  to  externalities  and  welfare  economics.  Prep.  39.9A1  and  consent 
of  instructor. 

39.9L1     Urban  Economics  I 

The  economy  of  cities.  Analysis  of  intra-metropolitan  spatial  relationships  includ- 
ing residential  location,  land,  and  housing  markets.     Prep  39.9A1  co-requisite. 

39.9L2     Urban  Economics  II 

Continuation  of  Urban  Economics  I.  Problems  in  urban  economics  including  seg- 
regation, housing,  transportation,  urban  renewal,  and  related  policy  issues. 
Prep.  39.9L1. 

39.9L5     Economics  of  Urban  Transportation 

Urban  agglomeration,  economic  activities,  residential  concentration  and  trans- 
portation network;  urban  and  suburban  densities  in  relation  to  the  central  place; 
capital  budgeting;  pricing;  costs  incidence  and  externalities  of  various  modes; 
cost-benefit  analysis;  effects  of  transportation  patterns  on  urban  socio-economic 
life;  modal  split  and  forecasting  economic  requirements  for  integrated  urban 
transport  needs. 

39.9M1     Intergovernmental  Fiscal  Relations 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  federal  system,  interstate  and  interarea  fiscal 
comparisons,  grants-in-aid,  tax  credits,  revenue  sharing,  state  and  local  taxes, 
non-tax  revenues,  borrowing  and  budgeting  at  the  state  and  local  level,  and  a 
discussion  of  the  process  and  prospects  of  state  and  municipal  equalization  of 
tax  burden  and  effort.     Prep.  39.9A1. 


66  /  ECONOMICS 

39.9N1     Seminar  in  Urban/Regional  Economics 

Selected  topics  in  urban/regional  economics.     Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

39.9N3     Urban/Regional  Research  Seminar  (4  q.h.) 
Prep.  12  q.h.  of  Urban /Regional  Economics. 

39.9P1     Economic  Development 

A  study  of  the  prospects  of  economic  growth  in  less  developed  areas,  f^easure- 
ment  and  theories  of  economic  development.  Role  of  human  and  natural  re- 
sources, education,  technology,  and  capital  formation  in  national,  regional,  and 
sectoral  development.  Changes  in  institutions. 

39.9P3     Regional  Development. 

Intra-regional  dynamics,  dualism,  and  spontaneous  polarization.  Growth  poles, 
dispersion,  and  spread  effect;  inter-regional  factor  migration  and  social  cost; 
regional  structural  change  and  dynamic  analysis;  public  policies  and  planning; 
socio-economic  variables  and  measurements;  feasibility  and  simulation  in  short- 
run  analysis.  Examples  of  regions  at  county,  province,  state  and  "area"  level; 
differentiation  between  political  and  economic  boundaries;  bootstrapping  vs. 
outside  source  approach.  Application  of  the  FS  and  UN  multiregional  models. 

39.9P6     Comparative  Economic  Development 

Comparison  of  economic  systems  in  differing  stages  of  economic  development 
as  exemplified  by  Yugoslavia,  Southern  Italy,  Turkey,  the  Middle  East,  and  China. 

39.9Q1     Development  Finance 

Sources  of  investment  finance  in  developing  countries;  role  of  taxation  and  tax 
structure  reform;  development  of  financial  institutions  and  capital  markets; 
private  and  official  finance  from  abroad  and  debt-service  problems;  problems  of 
monetary  management  and  export  instability. 

39.9R1     Seminar  in  Development  Planning 

Planning  techniques  at  the  national,  regional  project  and  plan  level.  Planning 
for  system  of  regions;  interindustry  economic  programming;  interdependence, 
resource  use,  and  structural  change.  Application  of  input-output  and  linear  and 
non-linear  optimal  decision  techniques  to  short-run  planning  and  long-run  pro- 
jection. Evaluation  of  discontinuities,  linkages,  and  "openness."  Planning  in 
closed  and  open  economy.  The  role  of  the  private  sector  and  the  governments, 
limits,  sequence,  and  optimality  in  planning.  Application  of  techniques  to  em- 
pirical examples.     Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

39.9S1     Monetary  Theory 

A  study  of  money,  money  flow  models  and  theories  of  the  demand  for  money 
and  velocity.     Prep.  39.9B1  co-requisite. 

39.9S3     Monetary  Policy 

The  interrelationships  among  financial  markets,  central  banking  and  monetary 
policy. 

39.9T1     Public  Policy  and  Finance 

Techniques  of  fiscal  policy,  fiscal  policy  norms,  public  sector  debt;  tax  policy; 
federal  tax  reform;  the  conflict  between  social  implications  of  price  stabilization 
and  full  employment;  public  expenditure  policy  and  the  interrelationship  be- 
tween monetary  and  fiscal  controls.     Prep.  39.9B1  co-requisite. 


ECONOMICS  /  67 

39.9T5     Capital  Markets 

Primary  sources  of  savings  and  demand  for  financial  assets;  role  of  financial 
intermediaries;  banking  system  and  government  lending  agencies.  Demand  for 
funds  and  real  investment  —  mortgage,  corporate  and  government  securities 
markets;  interdependence  of  rate  structures.  Flow  of  funds  data  in  relation  to 
national  income  accounts. 

39.9V1     Seminar  in  money,  credit,  and  banking. 

Prep.  Consent  of  instructor. 

39.9Z1     IVIaster's  Thesis  Seminar  (maximum  6  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  members  of  the  department;  approval  of  graduate  adviser 

required. 

39.9Z2     Readings  in  Economics  (1  q.h.) 

Supervised  reading  in  selected  topics  in  economics.  Prep.  Consent  of  instruc- 
tor and  approval  of  graduate  adviser. 

39.9Z5     Doctoral  Dissertation  Seminar  (no  credit) 
Prep.  Approval  of  graduate  adviser  required. 


english 


Assistant  Professors 

Samuel  J.  Bernstein,  Ph.D. 
Gerald  Griffin,  Ph.D. 
Norma  Kroll,  Ph.D. 
James  Nagel,  Ph.D. 
Martin  L.  Bobbins,  Ph.D. 
Kinley  E.  Roby,  Ph.D. 
Donald  Roemer,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  E.  Westlund,  Ph.D. 
Richard  Yoder,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

Paul  C.  Wermuth,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Ph.D., 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies 
James  T.  Barrs,  Ph.D.  (Emeritus) 
Victor  E.  Howes,  Ph.D. 
Samuel  French  Morse,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Price,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Robert  J.  Blanch,  Ph.D. 
Raymond  E.  Blois,  Ph.D. 
M.  X.  Lesser,  Ph.D. 
Jane  A.  Nelson,  Ph.D. 
Herbert  L.  Sussman,  Ph.D. 
Stanley  J.  Trachtenberg,  Ph.D. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

The  Department  of  English  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  M.A. 
degree.  The  courses  emphasize  training  in  research  and  criticism  in 
the  fields  of  English  and  American  literature,  and  they  provide  the 
student  the  comprehensive  background  necessary  for  a  career  as  a 
scholar,  teacher,  and  writer. 

Admission 

Applicants  are  judged  favorably  if  they  do  superior  work  in  their 
undergraduate  preparation  and  do  significantly  better  than  average  in 
the  verbal  and  advanced  sections  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination, 
the  scores  of  which  are  required  before  an  application  will  be  con- 
sidered. An  applicant  is  expected  to  have  had  at  least  24  semester 
credits  in  English  beyond  the  freshman  level  and  have  achieved  a  3.0 
average  in  English  courses  on  a  4  point  scale.  Recommendations  should 
be  submitted  by  former  English  professors.  An  applicant  who  is  deficient 
in  any  one  of  these  areas  may  be  admitted  as  a  provisional  student. 

The  category  of  special  student  is  provided  for  those  nondegree 
students  who  wish  to  take  a  summer  course  or  those  already  enrolled 


68 


ENGLISH  /   69 

in  a  graduate  program  in  anotlier  institution  who  wish  to  transfer  credit. 
A  holder  of  a  graduate  degree  in  English  may  also  enroll  as  a  special 
student. 

Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  The  course 
work  must  include  30.8A1,  Bibliography  and  Literary  Historiography, 
which  should  be  taken  as  soon  as  the  student  enters  the  program. 
Required  also  are  three  hours  from  courses  in  Group  II;  three  hours 
from  courses  in  Group  III;  and  three  hours  from  courses  in  Group  IV; 
three  hours  from  courses  in  Group  V;  and  fifteen  hours  in  designated 
seminars,  which  are  limited  in  enrollment  to  twelve  students.  The 
remaining  twelve  hours  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in  the 
program. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  may  transfer  from  another  institution  no  more  than  12 
quarter  hours  (9  semester  hours)  of  graduate  credit  in  English.  Within 
this  limit,  graduate  courses  in  other  fields  may  also  be  transferred  if 
their  relevance  to  the  student's  specialized  interest  can  be  demon- 
strated. In  every  case,  a  petition  for  graduate  credit  must  be  sent  to  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  with  a  copy  of 
an  official  transcript. 

Thesis 

A  thesis  is  optional.  A  student  wishing  to  write  a  master's  paper  must 
secure  the  approval  of  a  graduate  faculty  member  and  write  the  thesis 
under  the  supervision  of  his  advisor.  Six  credits  in  lieu  of  course  work 
are  allowed.  The  student  must  enroll  in  30.9Z1,  Thesis,  to  obtain  credit. 
Papers  must  conform  to  the  guidelines  laid  down  in  the  MLA  Style 
Sheet. 

Compreliensive  Examination 

A  three-hour  comprehensive  examination  is  required.  It  will  be  given 
during  the  spring  quarter.  Copies  of  previous  examinations  are  avail- 
able in  the  graduate  director's  office.  A  student  must  accrue  30  quarter 
hours  of  credit  before  he  is  eligible  to  take  the  examination.  The  ex- 
amination may  be  taken  only  twice. 

Language  Requirement 

Normally  a  degree  candidate  must  pass  a  reading  examination  in 
French  or  German  or  Latin.  Substitutions  must  have  the  approval  of  the 
graduate  director.  Exemption  from  the  examination  may  be  obtained 
by  submitting  evidence  of  having  passed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  C  an 
advanced  undergraduate  language  course  carrying  six  credits. 


70  /   ENGLISH 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

GROUP  I 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8A1     Bibliography  and  Literary  Historiography 

Materials  and  techniques  of  research  in  English  and  American  literature; 
bibliography,  form,  and  content  of  papers  and  theses;  problems  of  literary 
history. 

GROUP  II 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8B1     Theories  of  Criticism 

Modern  critical  theories  including  New  Critical,  psychoanalytic,  Marxist  and 
structuralist.     Course  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  group  requirement. 

30.8C1     Historical  Linguistics  I 

Written  records;  the  classification  of  language;  phonetics  and  phonetic  change; 
the  comparative  method;  dialect  geography. 

30.8C2     Historical  Linguistics  II 

Continuation  of  30.8C1.  Fluctuation;  analogic  and  semantic  change;  cultural, 
intimate,  and  dialect  borrowing.      Prep.  30.8C1. 

30.8C4     Semantics 

The  relation  between  language  and  behavior;  the  concept  of  change,  variety, 
and  uniqueness;  symbols;  levels  of  abstraction;  habits  of  evaluation  of  linguistic 
phenomena;  and  modification  of  such  habits  in  the  direction  of  human  adjust- 
ment, understanding,  and  survival. 

30.8C5     History  of  the  English  Language  I 

The  nature  and  origin  of  language;  ancestry  and  early  growth  of  English; 
phonetics,  sound-change,  and  history  of  English  sounds;  history  of  English 
inflections;  sources  of  the  vocabulary;  the  making  of  words. 

30.8C6     History  of  the  English  Language  II 

Semantic  change;  syntax  and  usage;  dictionaries,  spelling,  pronunciation,  varia- 
tions, and  usage.      Prep.  30.8C5. 

30.8D1     Introduction  to  Old  English 

30.8D6     Chaucer  I 

Troilus  and  Criseyde;  Fragment  1,  2,  and  7  of  the  Canterbury  Tales,  with  particu- 
lar attention  to  the  tales  of  the  Knight,  the  Shipman,  the  Prioress,  and  the  Priest. 

30.8D7     Chaucer  II 

Fragments  3,  4,  5,  6,  8,  9,  and  10  of  the  Canterbury  Tales,  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  tales  of  the  Wife  of  Bath,  the  Clerk,  the  Merchant,  the  Pardoner, 
and  the  Manciple.      Prep.  30.8D6. 


ENGLISH   /   71 

GROUP  III 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8E1     Tudor  Literature 

Wyatt  and  Surrey,  Sidney,  Raleigh  and  the  beginnings  of  Prose  Fiction. 

30.8E4     Renaissance  Drama 

Twelve  representative  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  comedies  and  tragedies. 

30.8F1     Seventeenth-Century  Literature 

Major  prose  and  poetry  of  the  seventeenth  century,  excluding  drama:  Bacon, 
Hobbes,  Browne,  Bunyan,  Donne,  Herbert,  Jonson,  Marvell,  and  others. 

GROUP  IV 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8G1     Restoration  and  Early  Eighteenth-Century 

A  critical  study  of  neoclassical  poetry  and  criticism:  Dryden,  Pope,  Swift,  and 
Gay. 

30.8G6     Age  of  Johnson 

Johnson,  Boswell,  and  the  Club:  Burke,  Goldsmith,  and  Gibbon;  poetry  of 
Cowper,  Gray,  and  Burns. 

30.8H1     Romanticism 

General  introduction  to  English  Romanticism  as  an  intellectual  and  artistic 
movement. 

30.8J1     Victorian  Literature 

General  survey  touching  upon  major  genres  of  Victorian  literature:  such  writers 
as  Arnold,  G.  M.  Hopkins;  Dickens,  Eliot;  Carlyle,  Ruskin,  Pater. 

30.8K1     Twentieth-Century  British  Literature 

Theme  and  structure  in  the  work  of  several  dramatists  from  Shaw  to  Osborne 
and  of  several  novelists  from  Conrad  to  Anthony  Powell  with  an  emphasis  on 
major  trends  in  the  novel  and  in  drama  during  the  present  century.  Course  may 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  group  requirement. 

GROUP  V 
(three  quarter  hours  required) 

30.8L1     Colonial  American  Literature 

A  survey  of  two  centuries  of  American  literature  from  the  founding  of  the  colo- 
nies to  the  emergence  of  the  new  republic,  from  Bradford  to  Cooper. 

30.8M1     Nineteenth-Century  American  Literature 

A  critical  examination  of  major  works  of  this  period  including  Cooper's  Path- 
finder, Emerson's  Nature,  Hawthorne's  Marble  Faun,  Thoreau's  Walden,  Melville's 
l\/loby  Dick,  Whitman's  Drum-Taps,  and  James's  Portrait  of  a  Lady. 

30.8N1     Twentieth-Century  American  Literature 

Chance  collisions:  Adams,  Dreiser,  Crane,  Dos  Passes,  Fitzgerald,  Cozzens, 
Faulkner.  The  beginnings  and  development  of  Naturalistic  fiction. 


72  /   ENGLISH 

SEMINARS 

(Fifteen  quarter  hours  of  seminar  courses  are  required,  of  which  three 

credits  must  be  in  a  pre-nineteenth-century  period.) 

30.9B1     Critical  Schools 

The  subject  of  this  year's  seminar  will  be  archetypal  criticism:  C.  G.  Jung,  Maud 
Bodkin,  and  Northrop  Frye. 

30.9B3     English  Prose 

30.9B5     Comic  Drama 

The  Comic  Spirit  and  its  manifestations  in  dramatic  literature  and  performance. 
The  nature  and  forms  of  comic  playwriting  from  Aristophanes  to  the  present. 
An  examination  of  the  theater's  comic  forms:  farce,  comedy,  satire,  parody. 

30.9B6     Tragic  Drama 

This  course  will  consider  important  theories  of  tragedy  and  certain  plays  in  an 
effort  to  consider  the  relation,  if  any,  which  exists  between  theory  and  practice 
of  the  tragic  genre. 

30.9B7    Theatrical  Styles 

An  examination  of  modern  dramatic  expression  and  theory.  The  course  will  give 
particular  attention  to  absurdist  drama,  existentialist  drama,  and  Brecht's 
theatre  of  alienation. 

30.9C1     Phonetics  and  Dialectology 

Mastering  of  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet  (IPA)  and  of  a  standard  pho- 
nemic alphabet;  their  application  to  practical  work  in  recording  and  studying 
both  standard  speech  and  dialects. 

30.9C2     Descriptive  Linguistics 

Intonation  (stress,  pitch,  juncture);  phonemics;  morphemes  and  morphology; 
syntactic  devices;  the  process  of  communication;  variation  in  speech;  etc. 
Prep.  30.9C1. 

30.9C5     Transformational  and  Generative  Grammar  of  English 

Deep  and  surface  structures  and  transformations  necessary  to  generate  the 
latter;  graphic  representations  of  structure;  deep-structure  nature  of  adjectives, 
pronouns,  prepositions,  auxiliaries,  possessives,  etc.;  comparison  with  tradi- 
tional grammar. 

30.9D1     Beowulf 
Prep.  30.8D1 

30.9D2     Old  English  Poetry 

Prep.  30.8D1 

30.9D5     Middle  English  Lyrics  and  Drama 
Prep.  30.8D6  or  30.8D7. 

30.9D8     Studies  in  Fourteenth-Century  Literature 

Major  works  in  Middle  English  including  Sir  Gawaine  and  The  Green  Knight, 
The  Pearl,  and  Piers  Plowman. 


ENGLISH   /  73 

30.9E1     Studies  in  Renaissance  Poetry 

Shakespeare,  Marlowe,  Jonson  ef  a/. 

30.9E4     Jacobean  Drama 

About  ten  plays,  mostly  tragedies  (except  for  Jonson);  the  course  presumes  a 
knowledge  of  Shakespeare's  late  tragedies  and  romances. 

30.9E5     Shakespeare's  Histories 

The  English  history  plays  from  Richard  III  to  Henry  V,  plus  Titus  Andronicus, 
Julius  Caesar,  and  Troilus  and  Cressida. 

30.9E6     Shakespeare's  Tragedies 

Eight  Plays  from  Richard  II  to  Antony  and  Cleopatra. 

30.9E7     Shakespeare's  Comedies 

Eight  plays  from  Comedy  of  Errors  to  The  Tempest. 

30.9E8     Problems  of  Shakespearean  Interpretation 

Present  and  historical  approaches  will  be  considered  for  the  light  they  shed  on 
several  Shakespearean  works;  a  general  knowledge  of  Shakespearean  drama 
and  poetry  is  presumed. 

30.9F1     Metaphysical  Poetry 

Analysis  of  the  structure  and  texture  of  poems  by  Donne,  Herbert,  and  Marvell 
to  determine  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the  metaphysical  approach  to 
poetry. 

30.9F4     Seventeenth-Century  Thought 

Discussion  of  seventeenth  century  theories  on  science,  religion,  politics,  and  art 
as  expressed  in  Bacon,  Burton,  Browne,  Locke,  and  Hobbes. 

30.9F6     Paradise  Lost 

A  study  of  Milton's  epic  primarily  from  the  standpoint  of  diction  with  exercises 
in  stylistic  analysis. 

30.9F7     Milton's  Lyrics 

A  study  of  Milton's  shorter  poems  primarily  from  the  standpoint  of  genre  with 
exercises  in  comparative  criticism. 

30.9G2    Restoration  and  Eighteenth-Century  Drama 

Plays  of  Etherege,  Wycherley,  Dryden,  Vanburgh,  Congreve,  Gay,  Lillo,  Gold- 
smith, and  Sheridan. 

30.9G3    Augustan  Literature 

Images  of  London:  ambivalence  and  satire  in  urban  literature;  a  survey  of  novels, 
essays,  plays  and  poetry  treating  of  life  in  an  urban  milieu. 

30.9GS    Intellectual  Prose  of  the  Eighteenth-Century 

Jonathan  Swift. 

30.9G7     Eighteenth-Century  Fiction 

Novels  by  Defoe,  Fielding,  Richardson,  Smollett,  Sterne  and  Austen. 

30.9G8    Individual  Eighteenth-Century  Novelist 

Henry  Fielding. 


74  /   ENGLISH 

30.9H1     Romantic  Poetry  I 

The  First  Generation:  Wordsworth  and  Coleridge. 

30.9H2     Romantic  Poetry  II 

The  Second  Generation:  Byron,  Keats,  and  Shelley. 

30.9H3     Problems  of  Romanticism 

Theoretical  and  historical  concepts  of  Romanticism;  defining  imagination;  the 
transition  to  Romanticism;  critical  readings  of  the  Romantic  poets. 

30.9J1     Victorian  Poetry  I 

Close  study  of  Tennyson,  Browning,  Arnold. 

30.9J2     Victorian  Poetry  II 

The  Pre-Raphaelite  circle,  the  movement  toward  modernism:  D.  G.  Rossetti, 
Swinburne,  G.  M.  Hopkins,  Hardy,  Wilde. 

30.9J5     Intellectual  Prose  of  the  Victorian  Age 

The  relation  between  ideas  and  literary  form  in  the  major  works  of  such  writers 
as  Carlyle,  Newman,  Arnold,  Darwin,  Ruskin,  Pater,  Carroll,  Wilde. 

30.9J7     Victorian  Novel 

Close  study  of  major  works  by  Dickens,  Eliot,  the  Brontes,  Hardy. 

30.9J8     Individual  Victorian  Novelist 

Recent  critical  approaches  to  the  novels  of  Charles  Dickens. 

30.9K1     Early  Twentieth-Century  British  Poetry 

Twentieth-century  poets  whose  work  has  shaped  the  modern  tradition,  or 
extended  our  understanding  of  the  traditions  of  the  past:  Hardy,  Yeats,  Law- 
rence, Muir,  Auden,  Owen,  Thomas. 

30.9K2     Contemporary  British  Poetry 

Graves,  Larkin,  Hughes,  ef  a/. 

30.9K3     Individual  Modern  British  Poet 

W.  H.  Auden.  A  study  of  Auden's  achievement  as  poet,  critic,  dramatist,  and 
translator,  in  the  context  of  his  age. 

30.9K4     Twentieth-Century  Irish  Renaissance 

Special  attention  to  Yeats,  Synge,  O'Casey  and  other  major  writers  of  the  Irish 
revival. 

30.9K7     Twentieth-Century  British  Fiction 

Major  figures  of  the  modern  and  the  contemporary  periods:  Conrad,  Joyce, 
Cary,  Orwell,  Beckett,  Compton-Burnett,  Braine,  Burgess,  Fowles. 

30.9K8     Individual  Modern  British  Novelist 

C.  P.  Snow 

30.9L1      Puritanism 

Edward  Taylor  and  Jonathan  Edwards. 

30.9L2     Eighteenth-Century  American  Literature 

The  beginning  of  the  American  literary  tradition  in  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama, 
from  Freneau  to  Brown. 


ENGLISH   /   75 

30.9M1    Transcendentalism 

From  religious  or  metaphysical  idealism  to  theories  of  self-transformation,  with 
emphasis  on  Emerson  and  Thoreau  and  consideration  of  related  figures  such 
as  Kant,  Coleridge,  Carlyle,  William  James,  Mumford,  Jung. 

30.9M2    Nineteenth-Century  American  Poetry 

The  legacies  of  Whitman  and  Dickinson,  with  reports  on  the  poetry  and  poetics 
of  lesser  figures  in  the  period  from  Bryant  to  Robinson  and  Frost. 

30.9M7    The  Romance  in  America 

A  close  study  of  Hawthorne's  themes  and  techniques  as  found  in  his  short 
fiction,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  earlier  works  and  some  minor  concen- 
tration on  the  problems  of  his  short  fiction  apocrypha. 

30.9IVI8    The  Rise  of  Realism 

An  examination  of  Local  Colorism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism  in  the  works  of 
Twain,  Howells,  James,  Dreiser,  Norris,  and  readings  in  European  Realism. 

30.9N1     Twentieth-Century  American  Poetry 

Twentieth-century  poets  who  have  struggled  to  establish  a  tradition  for  Amer- 
ican poetry  and  whose  examples  have  dominated  poetry  up  to  the  present: 
Robinson,  Frost,  Stevens,  W.  C.  Williams,  M.  Moore,  Eliot,  Pound,  Crane,  Cum- 
mings,  and  the  Fugitives.  Some  contemporary  poets  will  also  be  studied. 

30.9N2     Individual  Modern  American  Poet 

Robert  Frost. 

30.9N3    Contemporary  American  Poetry 

Ammons,  Berryman,  Corso,  Dickey  ef  al. 

30.9N7     Modern  American  Novel 

Comic  Resistance:  West,  Ellison,  Mailer,  Hawkes,  Barth.  The  exhaustion  of 
possibilities  and  the  post-modern  idea  of  self. 

30.9N8     Individual  American  Novelist 

Saul  Bellow. 

30.9N9     Modern  American  Drama 

Philosophic  and  aesthetic  trends  among  such  playwrights  as  O'Neill,  Williams, 
Miller,  Albee,  Simon,  and  others. 

30.9P5     Literature  of  the  American  South 

A  study  of  the  southern  literary  experience  from  early  nineteenth  century  to 
mid-twentieth,  from  Simms  to  Faulkner. 

30.9R1     Creative  Writing  I 

Prose  fiction. 

30.9R2     Creative  Writing  II 

Prose  fiction. 

30.9Z1     Thesis  (maximum:  6  q.h.) 
By  arrangement. 

30.9Z2     Directed  Research 

By  arrangement. 


history 


Professors 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
Philip  N.  Backstrom,  Jr..  Ph.D. 
Wallace  P.  Bishop,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Martha  E.  Frangois,  Ph.D. 
Norbert  L.  Fullington,  Ph.D. 
Donald  M.  Jacobs,  Ph.D. 
Stanley  R.  Stembridge,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors 

Donald  R.  Allen,  Ph.D. 
Ruth  T.  Anderson,  Ph.D. 


Charmarie  J.  Blaisdell,  Ph.D. 
Ballard  C.  Campbell,  Ph.D. 
William  M.  Fowler,  Ph.D. 
Gerald  H.  Herman,  M.A. 
John  D.  Post,  Ph.D. 

Lecturer 

Helen  S.  Frothingham,  M.A. 

Instructors 

Martin  R.  Ring,  M.A. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 
Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants 
must  have  had  a  program  which  includes  at  least  15  semester  hours  of 
history.  Applicants  for  the  fall  quarter  who  submit  their  application  and 
all  supporting  documents  by  March  15  will  be  notified  on  or  about  April 
1.  Students  who  are  interested  in  financial  assistance  must  file  all  ma- 
terial by  March  15. 

Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  Full-time 
students  take  four  courses  each  quarter,  thereby  completing  36  quarter 
hours  during  the  fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters.  The  remaining  cred- 
its may  be  taken  during  the  summer  sessions  preceding  or  following  the 
normal  academic  year. 

All  students  must  take  the  following  courses: 

23.800     Methodology  and  Theory 
either  23.801     European  Historiography  or  23.900     American   Historians 

Two  courses  specifically  labeled  "seminar",  except  that  students  writing 
theses  need  take  only  one  seminar. 

Students  must  complete  23.800  prior  to  enrolling    in   seminars,   and 
grades  of  at  least  B  must  be  obtained  in  the  seminars. 


76 


HISTORY  /   77 

Students  must  complete  at  least  one  course  (three  quarter  hours)  in 
each  of  three  areas:  Group  I,  Europe;  Group  II,  United  States;  and 
Group  ill,  Other  Regions. 

Group  requirements  will  not  be  satisfied  by  the  historiography 
courses,  23.801  and  23.900,  or  by  23.896,  23.897,  23.898,  and  23.899. 
Courses  are  identified  by  group  in  the  course  list  below. 

With  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser,  a  maximum  of  nine  quarter 
hours  may  be  elected  from  graduate  courses  in  other  departments  and 
a  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  advanced  under- 
graduate courses  in  history. 

A  thesis  is  optional  with  the  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment. If  approved,  a  thesis  carries  nine  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

All  degree  candidates  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination. 

Language  Requirement 

Proficiency  must  be  demonstrated  in  a  foreign  language  approved 
by  the  department. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

23.800  Methodology 

The  objectives,  methods,  and  resources  of  the  historian. 

23.801  European  Historiography 

The  development  of  historical  writing  from  ancient  times  to  the  present. 

23.802  Ancient  Greece  (Group  I) 

Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  ancient  Greece. 

23.803  Ancient  Rome  (Group  I) 

Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  Rome  in  the  period  of  the  Republic  or  the 
Empire. 

23.806  Intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1688-1789  (Group  I) 

The  broad  spectrum  of  eighteenth-century  thought,  with  emphasis  on  scientific, 
religious,  and  political  ideas. 

23.807  intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1789-1870  (Group  I) 

The  great  age  of  liberal  and  nationalistic  thought.  Social  problems  created  by 
industrialism  and  various  proposals  to  solve  these  problems  will  be  examined. 

23.808  intellectual  History  of  Europe,  1870-1950  (Group  I) 

The  intellectual  developments  which  have  brought  Europe  to  its  present  position 
in  world  affairs.  Topics  considered  include  theories  of  evolution,  scientism, 
radical  socialism,  and  fascism. 

23.809  Seminar  in  European  Intellectual  History  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  on  special  topics  in  European  intellectual  history. 


78  /   HISTORY 

23.810  Social  History  of  Europe,  400-1350  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  society  in  the  "Age  of  Faith,"  with  special  emphasis  on  aspirations, 
way  of  life,  and  cultural  achievement. 

23.811  Social  History  of  Europe,  1350-1650  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  social  structure,  standards  of  living,  aspirations  and  frustrations,  and 
cultural  achievement  in  an  age  of  Black  Death,  Renaissance,  and  religious  con- 
troversy. 

23.812  Social  History  of  Europe,  1650-1850  (Group  I) 

Exploration  of  social  development  and  cultural  achievement  in  an  age  of  revolu- 
tions—  intellectual,  political,  agricultural,  and  industrial. 

23.813  Economic  History  of  Europe  since  1850  (Group  I) 
Topical  analysis  of  the  economic  development  of  modern  Europe. 

23.817  Medieval  Institutions  (Group  I) 

Political,  economic,  and  religious  institutions  in  England  and  France  from  the 
fourth  to  the  thirteenth  centuries. 

23.818  Seminar  in  the  Renaissance  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  in  topics  concerning  the  Renaissance. 

23.819  Seminar  in  the  Reformation  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  concerning  the  Reformation. 

23.820  The  Renaissance  (Group  I) 

European  political  and  cultural  life  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  seventeenth  cen- 
turies, with  attention  to  Humanism  and  to  the  rebirth  of  classicism  in  literature 
and  the  arts. 

23.821  The  Reformation  (Group  I) 

The  development  of  the  Christian  Church  from  the  thirteenth  to  the  seventeenth 
centuries,  with  attention  to  the  conflict  between  church  and  state,  the  impact 
of  the  Renaissance,  the  rise  of  the  Protestant  sects,  and  the  wars  of  religion. 

23.822  European  Urban  History  to  1750  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  urban  places  from  Roman  times  to  1750  with  special  consideration 
of  origins;  layouts;  political,  economic,  and  social  life;  and  the  effects  of  towns 
on  society. 

23.823  European  Urban  History  since  1750  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  urban  places  since  1750  with  attention  to  the  growth  of  population, 
industrialization,  and  bureaucratization  and  attendant  problems. 

23.826  English  Medieval  Constitutional  History  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  the  traditions  and  institutions  which  contributed  to  the  development 
of  common  law  and  parliamentary  government  from  the  time  of  Alfred  through 
the  reign  of  Henry  VIM. 

23.827  Seminar  in  England,  1558-1660  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  political,  religious,  social,  and  economic  problems  from  Elizabeth  I 
to  the  Restoration. 

23.830     Britain,  1688-1815  (Group  I) 

Topics  include  constitutional  evolution,  political  parties,  social  and  economic 
change,  religious  and  intellectual  developments,  cultural  achievements,  and 
Scotland  and  Ireland. 


HISTORY  /  79 

23.831  Britain,  1815-1914  (Group  I) 

Aspects  of  nineteenth-century  Britain,'  including  reform  of  parliament,  liberal- 
ism and  socialism,  the  Irish  question,  imperialism,  and  Victorian  ideals  and 
attitudes. 

23.832  Seminar  in  Twentieth-Century  Britain  (Group  I) 

The  seminar  will  focus  on  British  political  parties  in  the  1930's,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  their  foreign  policies. 

23.833  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Britain  (Group  I) 

Liberalism,  conservatism,  and  the  progress  of  the  English  people  will  be  the 
theme  of  the  seminar. 

23.835  France,  1180-1661  (Group  I) 

The  history  of  France  from  the  time  of  Philip  II  to  the  majority  of  Louis  XIV  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of  cultural,  political,  and  economic  unity  and 
the  effects  of  the  Renaissance  and  the  Reformation. 

23.836  France,  1661-1830  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  the  "Old  Regime,"  including  an  examination  of  the  reign  of  Louis 
XIV,  the  decline  of  the  French  monarchy  in  the  eighteenth  century,  and  the 
general  effects  of  the  Enlightenment;  an  analysis  of  the  revolutionary  period, 
1789  to  1830. 

23.840  France  and  Germany,  1870-1918  (Group  I) 

Selected  comparative  topics  in  the  Third  French  Republic  and  Wilhelmian 
Germany. 

23.841  France  and  Germany  since  1918  (Group  I) 

Selected  comparative  topics  in  French  and  German  history  since  the  First 
World  War. 

23.842  Seminar  in  Modern  France  (Group  I) 

Research  and  writing  on  a  special  topic  or  period  in  modern  French  history. 

23.845     Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 
Research  and  writing  in  European  history  from  1850  to  1900. 

23.850     Seminar  in  Russian  History  (Group  I) 

A  narrow  period  or  special  topic  in  Russian  history.  The  course  presupposes  a 

basic  knowledge  of  Russian  history  and  will  require  extensive  work  on  a  research 

paper. 

23.855     European  Socialist  Thought  (Group  I) 

Studies  in  the  history  of  socialism  from  the  early  nineteenth-century  Utopias  to 

the  New  Left. 

23.860     Diplomatic  History  of  Europe,  1815-1914  (Group  I) 

The  foreign  policies  of  the  chief  European  powers,  with  emphasis  on  changing 

alliances    and    alignments,    imperialistic    rivalries,    and   efforts   at   international 

cooperation. 


80  /   HISTORY 

23.862  Twentieth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 

The  political  history  of  Europe  since  1900,  with  attention  to  World  War  I,  the 
rise  of  Communism  and  Fascism,  the  struggle  for  security  in  the  western  democ- 
racies, World  War  II,  and  the  Cold  War. 

23.863  Seminar  in  Twentieth-Century  Europe  (Group  I) 

A  study  of  a  selected  controversy  in  contemporary  European  History. 

23.870  China  to  1800  (Group  III) 

History  of  Chinese  civilization  from  antiquity  through  Confucianism  to  the 
period  of  Western  impact. 

23.871  Modern  China  (Group  III) 

Revolution  and  institutional  change  in  China  from  the  nineteenth  century  to  1927. 

23.872  Communism  in  China  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Chinese  Communist  movement  from  its  origins  in  the  1920s  to  the 
present. 

23.873  Japan  to  1600  (Group  ill) 

A  survey  of  early  Japanese  history  with  special  emphasis  on  the  social,  politi- 
cal, intellectual,  and  literary  history  of  the  medieval  period. 

23.874  Japan,  1600-1868  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Tokugawa  period,  emphasizing  the  problems  of  late  feudal  con- 
trol, urban  and  rural  developments,  social,  intellectual,  and  literary  history. 

23.875  Modern  Japan  (Group  III) 

The  history  of  Japan  since  the  fall  of  the  Tokugawa,  emphasizing  political  and 
economic  developments,  especially  after  World  War  II. 

23.881     Modern  Africa  (Group  III) 

A  topical  approach  to  the  history  of  Africa  since  1850. 

23.883  History  of  the  Islamic  Peoples  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  history,  culture,  and  religion  of  the  followers  of  Muhammad  from 
600  to  1800. 

23.884  Modern  Middle  East  (Group  III) 

A  study  of  the  Middle  East  in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.895  Approaches  to  World  History 

An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  the  study  of  civilization  emphasizing  various 
methodologies  and  theories  and  testing  them  by  studying  specific  historical 
periods  and  cultures. 

23.896  Psycho-History 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts,  scholarship,  problems,  and  directions  of  psycho- 
historical  studies. 

23.897  Seminar  in  the  Teaching  of  History 

Topics  include  the  use  of  media  and  fiction,  the  selection  of  textbooks  and  sup- 
plemental materials,  and  various  classroom  techniques  in  the  teaching  of  history. 


HISTORY  /  81 

23.898  Population  in  History 

An  application  of  demographic  theory  to  history. 

23.899  Studies  in  Comparative  History 

The  American  image  in  Europe  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

23.900  American  Historians 

The  writing  of  American  history  by  Americans  from  colonial  times  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  changes  in  both  form  and  substance. 

23.901  Recent  Interpretations  of  American  History  (Group  II) 
The  literature  of  American  history  since  1945. 

23.905  Colonial  America:  The  Seventeenth  Century  (Group  II) 

Exploration  of  the  New  World,  settlement  of  the  English  North  American  main- 
land colonies,  and  the  adaptation  of  European  institutions  and  ideas  to  New 
World  conditions. 

23.906  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  America:  The  Eighteenth  Century  (Group  II) 
The  expansion  of  the  English  colonies  in  the  New  World,  the  development  of 
political  and  social  institutions,  and  the  sources  of  friction  with  England. 

23.909  Seminar  in  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  America  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  topic  in  American  history  prior  to  1789. 

23.910  American  Social  History,  1607-1815  (Group  II) 

The  ethnic  foundation  of  American  society;  the  ways  Americans  made  their 
living,  and  the  ways  in  which  they  lived  during  the  colonial  and  early  national 
periods. 

23.911  American  Social  History,  1815-1900  (Group  II) 

The  King  Cotton  society  of  the  South,  the  ferment  of  reform  and  industrialism 
in  the  North,  the  Civil  War,  and  the  materialistic  civilization  of  the  late  nine- 
teenth century. 

23.912  American  Social  History,  1900-1950  (Group  II) 

The  transformation  of  the  naive  and  idealistic  America  of  the  early  twentieth 
century  to  life  in  a  world  in  which  technology  has  far  outstripped  man's  mental 
and  moral  capacity  to  cope  with  it. 

23.913  American  Intellectual  History,  1750-1865  (Group  II) 

American  attitudes  toward  the  individual  and  toward  government  during  the 
Enlightenment,  the  romantic  movement,  and  the  slavery  controversy. 

23.914  American  intellectual  History  since  the  Civil  War  (Group  II) 

The  adaptation  of  the  ideas  of  an  agricultural  society  to  the  conditions  of  an 
urban  and  industrial  society. 

23.915  Seminar  in  American  Intellectual  History  (Group  II) 

The  seminar  will  focus  upon  a  single  figure  in  American  intellectual  history. 
His  writings  and  writings  about  him  will  be  analyzed. 

23.918     Seminar  in  American  Cultural  History  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  aspect  of  American  culture. 


82  /   HISTORY 

23.920  Seminar  in  American  Urban  History  (Group  II) 

The  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  America's  major  cities,  with 
special  emphasis  on  Boston's  last  century, 

23.921  American  Social  Structure  (Group  II) 

An  analysis  of  the  changing  composition  of  American  Society. 

23.924  Topics  in  American  Reform  (Group  II) 

Selected  studies  of  movements  to  change  aspects  of  American  Society. 

23.925  Seminar  in  American  Economic  History  (Group  II) 

The  development  of  the  American  economy  from  1800  to  the  present,  with 
special  attention  to  the  history  of  transportation.  Topics  include  the  develop- 
ment of  highways,  canals,  railroads,  and  airlines,  with  an  examination  of  the 
roles  of  private  enterprise  and  government. 

23.930  The    Westward    IVIovement    in    the    United    States    in    the    Nineteenth 
Century  (Group  II) 

Westward  migration  into  the  various  geographic  provinces  will  be  traced,  with 
emphasis  upon  its  causes,  processes,  and  its  economic  and  political  influences. 
Economic  aspects  stressed  will  be  those  relating  to  the  land:  agriculture, 
mining,  lumbering,  and  grazing. 

23.931  IVIan  and  Land  in  the  United  States  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (Group  II) 
Aspects  of  land  use  in  America  since  the  closing  of  the  frontier,  with  attention 
to  agriculture  and  mining  and  to  conservation  programs. 

23.935     Seminar  in  Recent  American  History  (Group  II) 

Special   topics  from   the   period   1896  to   1960   will   be  studied   in   detail,   and 

students  will  present  a  research  paper  on  a  major  person,  action,  or  movement. 

23.937  American  Politics,  1787-1892  (Group  II) 

The  political  history  of  the  United  States  from  the  Constitution  to  Populism. 

23.938  American  Politics  since  1892  (Group  II) 
Party  alignments  in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.939  Seminar  in  American  Political  History  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  aspect  of  American  politics. 

23.941  American  Diplomatic  History,  1775-1889  (Group  II) 

The  history  of  American  foreign  policy  and  foreign  relations  from  the  American 
Revolution  to  1889. 

23.942  American  Diplomatic  History  since  1889  (Group  II) 

The  United  States  in  the  age  of  world  involvement  and  responsibility;  the  im- 
perialistic episode;  the  world  wars;  international  organizations  and  alliances. 

23.943  Seminar  in  American  Diplomatic  History  (Group  II) 

Research  and  writing  on  selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American  foreign 
relations. 

23.967     Afro-American  History  I  (Group  II) 

The  history  of  Afro-Americans  to  1900,  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  black  people 

in  slavery  and  freedom. 


HISTORY  /  83 

23.968  Afro-American  History  II  (Group  II) 
The  history  of  Afro-Americans  since  1900. 

23.969  Seminar  in  Afro-American  History  (Group  II) 
Research  and  writing  on  some  aspect  of  Afro-American  history. 

23.970  The  United  States  and  the  Caribbean  Region  (Group  II) 

The  Caribbean  policy  of  the  United  States  from  the  Monroe  Doctrine  to  the 
present. 

23.971  Mexican  History  (Group  III) 

The  making  of  modern  Mexico  from  its  Indian  and  Spanish  beginnings  to  the 
present. 

23.973  South  America  to  1900  (Group  III) 

The  European  impact  on  South  America,  the  movements  for  independence,  and 
the  nineteenth-century  history  of  the  new  republics. 

23.974  South  America  since  1900  (Group  III) 

The  internal  developments  of  the  South  American  republics  and  their  relations 
with  one  another  and  with  other  nations  in  the  twentieth  century. 

23.975  Seminar  in  South  American  History  (Group  III) 

Research  and  writing  on  special  topics  in  the  history  of  the  South  American 
republics. 

23.990  Assigned  Reading  in  History  (1  q.h.) 
Assigned  reading  under  supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

23.991  Thesis  (9  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  members  of  the  department. 


mathematics 


Professors 

David  I.  Epstein,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
Robert  A.  Bonic,  Ph.D. 
Bohumil  CenkI,  D.Sc. 
Holland  C.  Filgo,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Arshag  Hajian,  Ph.D. 
Flavio  B.  Reis,  Ph.D. 
Gabriel  Stolzenberg,  Ph.D. 
Harold  L  Stubbs,  Ph.D. 
Jack  Warga,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

Samuel  J.  Blank,  Ph.D. 
Mark  Bridger,  Ph.D. 
Harriet  Fell,  Ph.D. 
John  Frampton,  Ph.D. 
Charles  J.  Freifeld,  Ph.D. 
Eugene  Cover,  Ph.D. 
Lawrence  C.  House,  M.A. 
Clyde  Schechter,  Ph.D. 
Betty  Stark,  Ph.D. 
WilbertWils,  Ph.D. 


Associate  Professors 

Alberto  R.  Galmarino,  Ph.D. 
Maurice  E.  Gilmore,  Ph.D. 
Robert  D.  Klein,  M.S. 
Nancy  J.  Kopell,  Ph.D. 
Richard  A.  Rasala,  Ph.D. 
Thomas  O.  Sherman,  Ph.D. 
Victor  R.  Staknis,  Ph.D. 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  adnnission  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants 
should  have  a  background  which  includes  courses  in  linear  and  modern 
algebra  and  mathematical  analysis. 

THE  IVIASTER'S  DEGREE 
Fuil-Tlme  Program 

Forty  hours  of  course  work  are  required  for  the  degree.  The  following 
courses  are  required. 

Credits 

10.9A1     Basic  Analysis  and  Topology 4 

10.9A2     Algebra  A    4 

10.9A3     Integration     3 

10.9A4     Algebra  B    3 

10.9A5     General   Topology    3 

10.9A6     Complex  Variables    4 

10.9A7     Geometry 4 

25" 
The  remaining  15  credits  required  for  the  master's  degree  may  be 
selected  from  any  graduate  mathematics  courses  with  the  approval  of 


84 


MATHEMATICS  /  85 

the  student's  faculty  adviser.  In  sonne  cases,  courses  in  other  depart- 
ments may  be  approved. 

A  full-time  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  will  normally  take  the 
courses  listed  above  in  the  first  year  of  graduate  study,  according  to  the 
following  schedule: 

Fall  Quarter  Credits  Winter  Quarter  Credits 

10.9A1     Basic  Analysis  and  10.9A3     Integration    3 

Topology    4  10.9A4     Algebra  B    3 

10.9A2     Algebra  A 4  10.9A5     General  Topology  . .      3 

Spring  Quarter  Credits 

10.9A6     Complex  Variables   .      4 
10.9A7     Geometry   4 

Part-Time  Program 

Students  in  this  program  may  progress  according  to  their  abilities  and 
the  time  available.  If  students  are  deficient  in  any  of  the  mathematics 
courses  required  for  admission  to  the  degree  program,  they  will  be  re- 
quired to  satisfy  their  deficiencies  by  taking  courses  given  for  this  pur- 
pose. Such  courses  will  carry  graduate  credit,  but  the  credit  will  be  In 
addition  to  the  regular  degree  requirements.  The  following  courses  are 
required: 

Total  Credits 

10.8C1     General  Topology  I   2 

10.8D1,  10.8D2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  I,  11  4 

10.8J1,  10.8J2,  10.8J3     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex 

Variable  I,   II,   III    6 

10.8P1 ,  10.8P2,  Algebra  1,11   4 

Te 

The  remaining  24  quarter  hours  may  be  selected  from  graduate  mathe- 
matics courses.  With  the  approval  of  the  department,  a  maximum  of  10 
of  these  elective  credits  may  be  selected  from  courses  in  other  depart- 
ments in  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  or  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering. 

Other  Requirements 

There  is  no  comprehensive  examination  and  no  language  requirement 
for  the  master's  degree.  A  thesis  is  not  required  but  may  in  some  cases 
be  substituted  for  an  elective  course  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

Admission 

Students  who  have  completed  the  first  year  of  the  full-time  master's 
degree  program  or  who  have  obtained  a  master's  degree  at  another 


86  /   MATHEMATICS 

institution  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  A  student 
who  wishes  to  earn  the  doctor's  degree  should  inform  the  chairman  of 
the  graduate  committee  of  his  desire  to  be  a  doctoral  candidate. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  grad- 
uate work. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

A  doctoral  candidate  will  be  required  to  do  some  sort  of  independent 
work  during  his  second  year  of  graduate  study  (see  below).  A  candi- 
date's performance  in  course  work  and  in  independent  work  will  be 
used  to  judge  whether  he  should  continue  in  the  doctoral  program.  After 
the  second  year,  a  student's  adviser  and  the  graduate  faculty  in  general 
will  monitor  his  work.  He  will  be  permitted  to  remain  a  doctoral  candi- 
date as  long  as  his  progress  is  satisfactory. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  minimum  master's  degree 
requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  of  credit,  are  established  by  the  de- 
partmental graduate  committee  for  each  candidate.  In  most  cases,  40 
quarter  hours  of  additional  work  will  be  required. 

Independent  Work 

A  doctoral  student  in  his  second  year  of  graduate  study  will  be  re- 
quired to  do  some  kind  of  independent  project.  The  aim  of  the  project  is 
to  start  a  student  on  independent  work  and  to  give  him  a  practical  way 
to  learn  research  techniques.  The  student  should,  with  the  help  of  his 
adviser,  choose  a  topic  he  wants  to  investigate.  In  studying  his  topic, 
a  student  should  read  texts  and  journal  articles  and  learn  what  to  read 
and  what  not  to  read.  In  addition,  he  should  try  to  solve  problems, 
compute  examples,  modify  proofs,  and  see  whether  or  not  the  known 
results  can  be  extended.  A  student  should  report  on  his  work  either  in 
seminars  or  by  giving  a  special  lecture  or  writing  up  a  short  paper.  The 
work  of  the  project  can  in  some  cases  be  done  in  conjunction  with 
departmental  seminars  or  courses. 

Minor  Specialty 

Each  doctoral  candidate  will  select  some  specific  mathematical  sub- 
ject of  an  advanced  nature  and  by  means  of  reading,  lecture  courses, 
and/or  seminars  master  the  equivalent  of  one  full  year's  course  work 


MATHEMATICS  /   87 

in  this  area.  Approval  of  the  area  in  which  the  student  intends  to  work 
should  be  obtained  in  advance  from  the  Ph.D.  connmittee.  The  topic 
must  be  reasonably  unrelated  to  that  area  in  which  the  student  plans  to 
write  a  dissertation. 

Language  Requirements 

Ability  to  read  and  translate  mathematical  texts  and  journals  in  two 
foreign  languages  must  be  established  by  each  candidate.  The  lan- 
guages may  be  chosen  from  French,  German,  and  Russian;  any  other 
choice  requires  special  approval.  The  student  should  notify  the  chair- 
man of  the  departmental  graduate  committee  when  he  is  prepared  to  be 
examined  on  each  language.  At  least  one  language  examination  must  be 
passed  before  beginning  work  on  the  dissertation.  The  examinations 
are  conducted  by  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  mathematics  depart- 
ment. 

Teaching  Requirement 

Some  teaching  experience  is  required.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by  at  least  one  year  of  service  as  a  teaching  assistant  or  by 
suitable  teaching  duties. 

Dissertation 

After  the  successful  completion  of  his  independent  work,  each  stu- 
dent shall  select  a  dissertation  adviser  under  whose  guidance  he  will 
write  his  doctoral  dissertation.  If  the  student  wishes  it,  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  will  assist  him  in  the  selection  of  a  dissertation 
adviser.  The  dissertation  itself  must  represent  an  original  solution  of  a 
problem  in  the  chosen  area  of  mathematics  which  makes  some  con- 
tribution to  mathematical  knowledge. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  on  the  dissertation  will  be  held  in  accordance  with 
the  graduate  school  regulations. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

The  following  courses  are  offered  for  tfiose  who  wish  to  enter  the  master's 
degree  program  in  mathematics,  but  who  fail  to  satisfy  the  admission  require- 
ments in  algebra  and/or  analysis.  These  courses  will  be  taken  in  addition  to  the 
required  course  work  in  mathematics. 

10.8B1,  10.8B2,  10.8B3     Abstract  Algebra  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 

Groups,    subgroups,    normal    subgroups,    rings,    ideals,    Integra!    domains,    and 

fields.     Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 


88  /   MATHEMATICS 

10.8B4     Advanced  Calculus  I  (2  q.h.) 

Functions  of  one  independent  variable;  limits,  continuity,  differentiability. 
Properties  of  continuous  functions  on  a  closed  bounded  interval.  Rolle's  theo- 
rem and  the  mean-value  theorem.     Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

10.8B5     Advanced  Calculus  II  (2  q.h.) 

Functions  of  several  independent  variables.  Distance  and  open  sets;  limits, 
continuity.  Properties  of  continuous  functions  on  a  closed  bounded  set.  Differ- 
entiability and  differentials,  mean-value  theorem,  implicit  function  theorems, 
Jacobians  and  transformations.     Prep.  10.8B4. 

10.8B6     Advanced  Calculus  III  (2  q.h.) 

Sequences,  sequences  of  functions,  uniform  convergence,  series.   Integration, 

line  and  surface  integrals.     Prep.  10.8B5. 


The  following  courses  may  be   used  toward  the   degree   requirements   in 
mathematics. 

10.8C1,  10.8C2     General  Topology  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Sets  and  maps,  metric  spaces,  topological  spaces,  separation  axioms,  compact- 
ness, connectedness.     Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8D1     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  I  (2  q.h.) 

Lebesgue  measure  on  real  line,  measurable  functions,  Lebesgue  integral,  con- 
vergence theorems,  bounded  variation,  absolute  continuity.     Prep.  10.8C1. 

10.8D2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  11  (2  q.h.) 

Classical  Banach  spaces,  integration  theory  on  abstract  measure  spaces,  signed 

measures,  Radon-Nikodym  theorem,  product  measure,  Fubini  theorem.     Prep. 

10.8D1. 

10.8E1     Advanced  Differential  Equations  I  (2  q.h.) 

First  order  differential  equation;  existence  and  uniqueness  theorems;  depend- 
ence of  solution  on  parameter.  Stability  theory.  Periodic  solutions.     Prep  10.886. 

10.8E2     Advanced  Differential  Equations  II  (2  q.h.) 
Systems  of  first  order  differential  equations.     Prep.  10.8E1. 

10.8E3     Advanced  Differential  Equations  III  (2  q.h.) 

Selected  topics,  including  asymtotic  behavior  of  situations.     Prep.  10.8E2. 

10.8E4     Partial  Differential  Equations  i  (2  q.h.) 

Partial  differential  equations  of  first  order;  Cauchy-problem;  Cauchy-Kowalewski 

theorem.  Method  of  characteristics.     Prep.  10.836. 

10.8E5     Partial  Differential  Equations  11  (2  q.h.) 

Classification  of  second  order  equations.  Well-posed  problems.   Emphasis  on 

hyperbolic  equations.     Prep.  10.8E4. 


MATHEMATICS  /  89 

10.8E6     Partial  Differential  Equations  III  (2  q.h.) 
Emphasis  on  elliptic  equations.     Prep.  10.8E5. 

10.8E7     Nonlinear  Differential  Equations  (2  q.h.) 

Nonlinear  differential  equations  of  the  first  order;  systems  of  differential  equa- 
tions; singular  points  and  stability;  second-order  nonlinear  equations;  results  of 
Poincare  and  Lyapunov;  problems  in  nonlinear  mechanics.     Prep.  10.8E3. 

10.8E8,  10.8E9     Integral  Equations  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Equations  of  Volterra  and  Fredholm.  Symmetric  kernals.  Orthogonal  systems  of 

functions.  Applications.     Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8F1     Difference  Equations  (2  q.h.) 

Formulation  and  solution  of  difference  equations;  approximate  solution  of  engi- 
neering problems  by  finite-difference  methods;  relaxation  techniques;  stability 
and  convergence  of  approximate  methods;  applications.  Prep.  10.8B6  or 
equivalent. 

10.8F3,  10.8F4     Calculus  of  Variations  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

The  concept  of  the  first  variation  of  a  functional;  the  simplest  variational 
problem;  Euler's  equation.  Generalization  to  several  variables.  Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory.  Sufficient  conditions  for  extrema.  Fields  of  extremals.  Direct  methods  in 
variational  problems.     Prep.  10.8B6. 

10.8G1     Probability  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamentals  of  probability  theory;  discrete  and  continuous  probability  distri- 
butions, including  binominal,  Poisson,  and  normal;  law  of  large  numbers  and 
central  limit  theorem.     Prep.  Difterential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

10.8G2     Probability  II  (2  q.h.) 

Further  study  of  probability  distributions  for  one  or  more   random  variables. 

Special  topics  such  as  occupancy  problems  and  Markov  chains.     Prep.  10.8G1. 

10.8G4     Mathematical  Statistics  I  (2  q.h.) 

Fundamental  statistical  methods.  Tests  of  significance  and  estimation  based  on 
large  or  small  samples;  simple  correlation  and  linear  regression.  Prep.  10.8G1 
or  equivalent. 

10.8G5     Mathematics  Statistics  II  (2  q.h.) 

Analysis  of  variance;  further  topics  in  statistical  inference.     Prep.  10.8G4. 

10.8G6     Estimation  Theory  I  (2  q.h.) 

Review  of  probability  with  application  to,  multidimensional  random  vectors. 
State  space  approach  to  dynamic  systems  with  uncertainties.  Estimation  theory 
for  static  and  dynamic  linear  systems  based  on  Bayesian,  maximum  likelihood, 
minimum  variance,  Kalman-Bucy,  and  weighted  least  squares  methods.  Deter- 
mination of  optimal  filter,  predictor,  smoother  for  discrete  linear  systems.  Prep. 
10.8A4  and  10.8G1. 


90  /   MATHEMATICS 

10.8G7     Estimation  Theory  II  (2  q.h.) 

Determination  of  optimal  filter,  predictor,  smoother  for  continuous  linear  systems. 
Review  of  stochastic  processes  with  application  to  estimation  theory.  Estimation 
theory  for  static  and  dynamic  nonlinear  systems.  Introduction  to  hypothesis 
testing.     Prep.  10.8G6. 

10.8G8      Stochastic  Processes  I  (2  q.h.) 

Probability  spaces  for  an  infinite  family  of  random  variables.  Gaussian  processes. 
Processes  with  independent  increments.  Strict  and  wide  sense  stationary  proc- 
esses. Ergodicity.  Random  harmonic  analysis.     Prep.  10.8G2. 

10.8G9     Stochastic  Processes  II  (2  q.h.) 

Markov  chains  with  discrete  and  continuous  time  parameter.  Markov  processes. 

Counting  processes.  Renewal  processes.  Queuing  problems.      Prep.  10.8G8. 

10.8J1     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  I  (2  q.h.) 

Geometry  of  the  complex  plane,  analytic  functions,  Cauchy's  theorem.     Prep. 

10.8C1  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

10.8J2     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  II  (2  q.h.) 

Infinite  sequences  and  series,  singularities,  residues,  applications.     Prep.  10.8J1. 

10.8J3     Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  III  (2  q.h.) 

Meromorphic    functions,    Mittag-Leffler    theorem,    conformal    mapping.     Prep. 

10.8J2. 

10.8L1     Numerical  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Solutions  of  systems  of  linear  algebraic  equations  by  reduction  and   iterative 

methods.  Solutions  of  algebraic  and  transcendental  equations.      Prep.  10.8B6  or 

equivalent. 

10.8L2     Numerical  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 

Approximation  and  interpolation.  Use  of  difference  techniques  in  interpolation 
and  quadrature.  Approximation  by  series  of  orthogonal  functions;  rational  ap- 
proximation.    Prep.  10.8L1. 

10.8L3     Numerical  Analysis  III  (2  q.h.) 

Numerical  solution  of  ordinary  and  partial  difference  equations  with  emphasis 

on  stability  and  accuracy  of  solutions.     Prep.  10.8L2. 

10.8L4     Linear  Numerical  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Vector  space,  Jordan  canonical  form,  norms  and  seminorms,  direct  solution  of 
linear  systems,  special  systems,  error  analysis,  iterative  methods.  Prep.  10.8B1 
and  10.8B6. 

10.8L5     Linear  Numerical  Analysis  11  (2  q.h.) 

Acceleration  of   iterative   methods,   the   eigenvalue   and   eigenvector  problem. 

Prep.  10.8L4. 


MATHEMATICS  /   91 

10.8L6     Numerical  Solution  of  Partial  Differential  Equations  (2  q.h.) 
Applications  of  linear  numerical  analysis  to  the  solution  of  partial  differential 
equations.     Prep.  10.8L5. 

10.8M1,  10.8M2     Approximation  Theory  I,  II  (2  q.h.) 

Various  techniques  for  the  approximation  of  given  functions,  including  inter- 
polation, rational  approximation,  and  orthogonal  functions.  Applications  to  such 
problems  as  numerical  integration  and  solution  of  differential  equations.  Prep. 
10.8B6. 

10.8M4     Interpolation  and  Approximation  (2  q.h.) 

Review  of  Taylor's  theorem,  elementary  interpolation  formulas,  difference  tables, 
Newton's  formulas,  lozenge  diagram.  Uniform  approximation,  Weierstrass 
theorem,  Chebychev  polynomials.  Rational  approximation,  Pade  table,  Maehly's 
methods.     Prep.  10.8B6  or  equivalent. 

10.8M5     Approximation  and  Quadrature  (2  q.h.) 

Least-squares  approximation,  orthogonal  functions,  properties  of  orthogonal 
polynomials.  Trigonometric  approximation,  filtering  and  smoothing.  Numerical 
integration  schemes,  including  Newton-Cotes,  Gaussian  and  Romberg  methods. 
Introduction  to  Monte  Carlo  methods  and  evaluation  of  higher  dimensional 
integrals.     Prep.  10.8M4. 

10.8M6  Numerical  Solution  of  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  (2  q.h.) 
Existence  of  solutions  of  differential  equations,  direction  field  plots.  One-step 
methods:  Euler's  method,  second-order  methods,  Runge-Kutta  schemes;  multi- 
step  methods:  predictor-corrector  methods,  stability,  automatic  error  control, 
results  of  Dahlquist,  Butcher,  Stetter,  and  Gragg.  Higher-order  equations  and 
systems  of  equations.  Introduction  to  boundary-value  problems.     Prep.  10.8M5. 

10.8P1,  10.8P2,  10.8P3     Algebra  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 

The  content  of  these  courses  is  the  same  as  10.9A2  and  the  first  part  of  10.9A4. 

Prep.  10.8B2  or  equivalent. 

10.8T1     Matrix  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Solutions  of  systems  of  linear  equations  by  direct  and  iterative  methods;  matrix 

inversion,  characteristic  values,  canonical  forms.     Prep.  10.886  or  equivalent. 

10.8T2     Matrix  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  Hermitian,   orthogonal,   and   unitary  matrices   and   their   physical 

significance.  Functions  of  matrices  and  matrix  calculus.     Prep.  10.8T1. 

10.8T3     Tensor  Analysis  I  (2  q.h.) 

Tensor  algebra;  review  of  three-dimensional  point  and  vector  spaces  in  the 
setting  of  tensor  analysis.  Linear  algebra  and  n-dimensional  affine  space.  The 
coordinate    tensor,    tensor    products,    invariants,    physical    components.     Prep. 

10.836  or  equivalent. 

10.8T4     Tensor  Analysis  II  (2  q.h.) 

Symmetric  and  alternating  tensors,  rank  and  support,  duality.  The  metric  tensor. 

Tensor  Calculus:  curvilinear  coordinates,  tangent  spaces.     Prep.  10.8T3. 


92  /   MATHEMATICS 

10.8T5     Tensor  Analysis  III  (2  q.h.) 

Tensor  fields,  covariant  derivative.  Riemannian  geometry,  geodesies,  curvature 

tensor.  Parallel  displacement,  linear  connections,  exterior  forms.     Prep.  10.8T4. 

10.9A1     Basic  Analysis  and  Topology  (4  q.h.) 

Sets  and  functions.  Metric  spaces  with  examples.  Continuous  functions.  Notions 
of  compact,  complete,  paracompact  spaces.  Function  spaces,  especially  Banach 
and  Hilbert  spaces.  Multilinear  maps.  Coordinate-free  calculus,  inverse  and  Im- 
plicit function  theorems,  Taylor  formula,  first-order  differential  equations. 

10.9A2     Algebra  A  (4  q.h.) 

Theory  of  groups:  Examples  of  groups.  Subgroups  and  homomorphisms.  Permu- 
tation groups,  actions,  orbits,  stabilizer  groups,  index  formulas,  quotient  spaces, 
conjugacy,  geometric  examples.  Simplicity  of  the  alternating  group.  Free  groups 
and  groups  defined  by  generators  and  relations.  Sylow  theorems  and  the  syste- 
matic study  of  groups  of  small  order.  Structure  of  finitely  generated  abelian 
groups.  A  brief  study  of  the  classical  linear  groups. 

10.9A3     Integration  (3  q.h.) 

Measure  spaces.  Abstract  Lebesgue  integral.  Convergence  theorems.  Construc- 
tion of  Lebesgue  measure  on  R".  Radon-Nikodym  theorem.  Product  measure 
theorem.  Fubini's  theorem. 

10.9A4     Algebra  B  (3  q.h.) 

Polynomial  functions  and  formal  polynomials.  Polynomial  rings  and  unique 
factorization.  Construction  of  extension  fields.  Splitting  fields  of  polynomials. 
Theory  of  fields  and  Galois  theory.  Examples. 

10.9A5     General  Topology  (3  q.h.) 

General  topological  spaces.  Moore-Smith  convergence.  Compactness  and  con- 
nectedness. Separation  properties.  Products.  Quotient  spaces.  Inductive  and 
projective  limits.  Function  spaces.  Elementary  homotopy.  Some  of  the  functorial 
viewpoint. 

10.9A6     Complex  Variables  (4  q.h.) 

Elementary  properties  of  holomorphic  functions,  harmonic  functions,  maximum 
modulus  principle,  approximation  theorems,  conformal  maps,  zeroes  of  holo- 
morphic functions,  analytic  continuation. 

10.9A7     Geometry  (4  q.h.) 

Fundamental  group,  covering  spaces,  simplicial  complexes,  manifolds,  orienta- 
tion, linear  group  manifolds.  Some  attempt  to  tie  up  algebra  and  topology. 

10.9B3     Constructive  Algebra  (4  q.h.) 

A  constructive  development  of  some  of  the  old  familiar  areas  of  algebra:  prin- 
cipal ideal  domains,  Dedekind  domains,  factorial  domains,  Noetherian  rings. 

10.9B9     Seminar:  Constructive  Analysis  (4  q.h.) 

Topics  in   classical  mathematics  and  analysis  of  them  from  the  constructive 

standpoint. 


MATHEMATICS  /  93 

10.9C1,  10.9C2     Functional  Analysis  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Topological  vector  spaces,  Banach  spaces,  Hilbert  spaces,  algebras  of  opera- 
tors, representations. 

10.9E1     Advanced  Differential  Equations  (4  q.h.) 

The  material  of  10.8E1  and  10.8E2  is  covered  as  a  unit  in  10.9E1.     Prep.  10.9A1. 

10.9E3,  10.9E4     Partial  Differential  Equations  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Treats  a  selection  of  the  material  of  10.8E4,  10.8E5,  and  10.8E6.     Prep.  10.9A1 

and  10.9A6. 

10.9E6     Integral  Equations  (4  q.h.) 

Covers  material  from  10.8E8,  10.8E9.     Prep.  10.9A1. 

10.9G1     Probability  (4  q.h.) 

Probability  spaces.  Probability  laws  of  families  of  random  variables.  Distribution 
functions  and  characteristics  functions  on  R  .  Strong  limit  laws  of  sums  of  inde- 
pendent random  variables.  Central  limit  theorem.  Conditional  expectations. 

10.9H1     Mathematical  Statistics  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  embodies  the  material   in   10.8G4  and   10.8G5.      Prep.   10.8G1   or 

equivalent. 

10.9M5,  10.9M6     Lie  Groups  and  Fourier  Theory  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 
Certain  questions  in  analysis  take  on  a  special  simplicity  due  to  the  benevolent 
presence  of  an  algebraic  structure.  Starting  with  simple  classical  examples,  the 
course  will  work  toward  a  deeper  and  more  contemporary  vision  of  Lie  groups 
and  Fourier  theory.  Ideas  will  outweigh  proofs. 

10.9N1     Advanced  Mathematics  A  (4  q.h.) 

Legendre  and  Bessel  functions,  Laplace  transforms,  Fourier  integrals,  boundary- 
value  problems,  introduction  to  matrix  algebra.  Prep.  Differential  Equations. 
Not  to  be  used  for  credit  toward  the  program  in  mathematics. 

10.9N2     Advanced  Mathematics  B  (4  q.h.) 

This  course  embodies  the  material  in  10.8A3  and  10.8A4.     Prep.  10.9N1. 

Not  to  be  used  for  credit  toward  the  program  in  mathematics. 

10.9P0     Seminar:  Classical  Groups  (up  to  4  q.h.) 
Topics  in  classical  groups  as  chosen  by  participants. 

10.9P1     Representations  of  Groups  (4  q.h.) 

A  basic  course  in  group  representations  and  character  theory. 

10.9Q1     Homologica!  Algebra  (4  q.h.) 

Maps,  sums,  tensor  products,  exact  sequences,  homology,  derived  functors  and 

adjoints,  applications  to  algebra  and  topology. 

10.9Q2     Module  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

Techniques  of  commutative  and  homological  algebra  applied  to  modules  and 

ideals.  Applications  to  regular  and  Gorenstein  rings. 


94  /   MATHEMATICS 

10.9Q6     Ring  Theory  (4  q.h.) 

A  survey  of  ring  theory:  Commutative  algebra  and  how  to  interpret  an  algebraic 

statement   geometrically.   Semi-simple    rings   and    modules   with    structure   and 

splitting   theory   and    Brauer   group.   The   analogous   splitting   theory   for   field 

extensions. 

10.9U1,  10.9U2     Algebraic  Topology  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Topics  from:  Homology  groups,  homology  sequences,  fiber  spaces,  sheaves, 
products  in  homology  and  cohomology,  cohomology  algebra,  Kunneth  theorems, 
Steenrod  operations,  Poincare  duality,  higher  homotopy  groups  and  the 
Hurewicz  theorem,  characteristic  classes. 

10.9W1,  10.9W2     Dynamical  Systems  A,  B  (4  q.h.) 

Structural  stability  and  qualitative  theory  of  dynamical  systems. 

10.9W9     Seminar:  Dynamical  Systems  (up  to  4  q.h.) 
Topics  in  dynamical  systems  as  chosen  by  participants. 

10.9Z1  Master's  Thesis  (up  to  6  q.h.) 

10.9Z2  Readings  in  Analysis  (4  q.h.) 

10.9Z3  Readings  in  Algebra  (4  q.h.) 

10.9Z4  Readings  in  Topology  (4  q.h.) 

10.9Z5  Doctoral  Dissertation 

10.9Z6  Seminar  in  Analysis  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z7  Seminar  in  Algebra  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 

10.9Z8  Seminar  in  Topology  (up  to  4  q.h.  per  quarter) 


physics 


Assistant  Professors 

Evangelos  M.  Anastassakis,  Ph.D. 
Irvin  M.  Asher,  Ph.D. 
Robert  I.  Boughton,  Ph.D. 
David  R.  Bowen,  Ph.D. 
David  Earles,  Ph.D. 
William  L  Faissler,  Ph.D. 
James  L.  Sigel,  Ph.D. 
Jeffrey  B.  Sokoloff,  Ph.D. 
Allan  Widom,  Ph.D. 
Chian-Yuan  Young,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associates 

John  K.  Lawrence,  Ph.D. 
Huan  Lee,  Ph.D. 
Robert  P.  Perrin,  Ph.D. 
Douglas  M.  Potter,  Ph.D. 
Edward  I.  Shibata,  Ph.D. 
Giulia  Srivastava,  Ph.D. 
Yau  Wu  Tang,  Ph.D. 
Neal  E.  Tornberg,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

Ronald  Aaron,  Ph.D. 

Acting  Chairman 
Michael  J.  Glaubman,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
Petros  N.  Argyres,  Ph.D. 
Richard  L.  Arnowitt,  Ph.D. 
Alan  H.  Cromer,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  H.  Friedman,  Ph.D. 
Marvin  W.  Gettner,  Ph.D. 
Walter  Hauser,  Ph.D. 
Giovanni  Lanza,  Ph.D. 
Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Ph.D. 
Clive  H.  Perry,  Ph.D. 
Eugene  J.  Saletan,  Ph.D. 
Carl  J.  Shiftman,  Ph.D. 
Roy  Weinstein,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Lowell  Dworin,  Ph.D. 
David  A.  Garelick,  Ph.D. 
Hyman  Goldberg,  Ph.D. 
Bernard  A.  Gottschalk,  Ph.D. 
Robert  P.  Lowndes,  Ph.D. 
Pran  Nath,  Ph.D. 
James  E.  Neighbor,  Ph.D. 
Yogendra  N.  Srivastava,  Ph.D. 
Michael  T.  Vaughn,  Ph.D. 
Eberhard  von  Goeler,  Ph.D. 
Fa  Yueh  Wu,  Ph.D. 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants 
must  have  had  a  program  which  includes  12  semester  hours  of  physics 
beyond  general  physics,  and  mathematics  through  differential  equations. 

THE  IVIASTER'S  DEGREE 
Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  credit  are  required.  The  regis- 
tration of  full-time  students  will  be  approved  by  a  faculty  adviser.  Be- 
cause of  the  general  increase  in  the  level  of  undergraduate  and  graduate 
courses  in  recent  years,  it  is  recommended  that  students  who  are  weak 
in  mechanics,  electricity  and  magnetism,  or  modern  physics  take  one 
or  more  of  the  following  sequences. 


95 


96  /   PHYSICS 

11.200,  11.201  Mechanics  I,  II 

11.208  Mathematical  Physics 

11.210, 11.211  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II 

11.230  Modern  Physics 

11.240,  11.241  Quantum  I,  II 

These  courses  carry  credit  toward  the  master's  degree  at  the  rate  of 
three  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  for  a  four  quarter-hour  under- 
graduate course.  A  maximum  of  nine  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit 
may  be  earned  in  undergraduate  courses.  Course  descriptions  will  be 
found  in  the  catalogue  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

A  thesis  option  is  available  for  a  full-time  student  with  the  approval  of 
the  department.  If  approved,  a  thesis  carries  six  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

The  program  may  be  completed  on  a  part-time  basis,  and  the  student 
may  progress  according  to  his  ability  and  time  available. 

All  students  will  be  required  to  complete  the  required  courses  listed 
below. 

Total  Credits 
Mathematical  Physics 

11.811,  11.812,  11.813;  or  11.825,  11.836*     6 

Classical  Mechanics 

11.821,  11.822,  11.823;  or  11.824,  11.826 6 

Electromagnetic  Theory 

11.831,  11.832,  11.833;  or  11.834,  11.835   6 

Quantum  Theory 

11.841,  11.842,  11.843 12 


30 


*  NOTE:  11.836  is  the  third  quarter  of  Electromagnetic  Theory. 


In  addition  to  these  30  quarter  hours  of  required  courses,  12  more 
quarter  hours  must  be  taken.  These  may  be  elected  from  any  course  in 
physics,  mathematics,  engineering,  chemistry,  or  biology,  for  which  the 
student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 
Admission 

A  student's  eligibility  to  take  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  examination  is 
decided  by  a  committee  of  the  department  on  the  basis  of  the  student's 
overall  performance.  Full-time  students  will  be  notified  of  their  status 
sometime  in  their  second  year  of  study.  Students  enrolled  in  the  part- 
time  master's  degree  program  who  wish  to  qualify  for  Ph.D.  candidacy 
may  so  indicate  by  petition  to  the  graduate  committee  of  the  depart- 
ment. The  petition  should  include  a  timetable  for  completing  the  addi- 
tional 33  (30  if  he  has  had  11.836)  quarter  hours  of  required  courses 
listed  below  and  for  taking  the  qualifying  examination. 


PHYSICS  /  97 

Residence  Requirement 

After  a  student  has  completed  the  required  60  quarter  hours  of  course 
work  and  has  passed  his  qualifying  examination,  he  becomes  a  doctoral 
degree  candidate  and  must  satisfy  the  residence  requirement  by  one 
year  of  full-time  graduate  work. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  grad- 
uate school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  consists  of  a  written  and  an  oral  part. 
The  written  examination  covers  the  material  in  the  required  courses  for 
the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs.  This  examination  is  given  twice  a  year, 
once  in  September  and  once  in  February.  A  student  must  take  this 
examination  during  the  next  fall  quarter  following  the  quarter  in  which 
he  became  eligible  to  take  it.  If  the  examination  is  failed,  it  may  be 
repeated  the  next  time  it  is  given. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  30  quarter  hours  of  re- 
quired courses  for  the  masters'  degree,  are: 

Credits 
11.836*   Electromagnetic  Theory  C    ..  3 

11.844     Quantum   Theory   D    3 

11.867,    11.868,   11.869  Introduction  to 

Particle  and  Nuclear  Physics  .  12 

11.874,    1 1.875  The  Physics  of  Solids  .  6 

1 1 ,827,    1 1 .828,  1 1 .829  Statistical 

Mechanics    9 

33 
Dissertation 

The  student  should  have  made  arrangements  for  a  dissertation  adviser 
by  the  time  he  wishes  to  take  the  oral  part  of  the  qualifying  exami- 
nation. An  outline  of  the  dissertation  must  be  approved  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  at  least  eight  months  before  the  dissertation 
examination. 

Teaching  Requirement 

Some  teaching  experience  is  required.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by  at  least  one  year  of  service  as  a  teaching  assistant  or  by 
suitable  teaching  duties. 


*  If  a  student  has  had  11.836  for  his  M.S.  course  requirement,  the  additional 
course  requirements  add  up  to  only  30  q.h. 


98   /   PHYSICS 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  graduate  school 
regulations. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

11.804,  11.805,  11.806  Advanced  Solid  State  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 
Adiabatic  approximation  and  theory  of  lattice  vibrations  of  perfect  crystals;  op- 
tical phonons  and  polaritons;  phonons  in  imperfect  crystals;  neutron  scattering; 
photon  absorption  and  scattering;  recoilless  emission;  phonon-phonon  inter- 
action; second  sound.  One-electron  approximation  and  theory  of  Bloch  elec- 
trons; Bloch  electrons  in  external  fields.  Screening  and  plasmons;  excitons; 
electron-phonon  interaction;  polarons;  quantum  theory  of  transport;  supercon- 
ductivity; electronic  and  lattice  conduction;  ultrasonic  attenuation.  Ferromag- 
netism  and  antiferromagnetism;  magnons;  magnetic  resonance;  alloys,  amor- 
phous semiconductors;  liquid  solutions.     Prep.  11.829  and  11.875. 

11.807,  11.808,  11.809  Quantum  Field  Theory,  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 
The  content  of  the  above  three  courses  provides  a  study  of  the  quantum  me- 
chanical, one-particle  wave  equations  for  electrons,  nucleons,  neutrinos,  and 
mesons,  symmetric  and  antisymmetric  multiparticle  systems,  second  quantiza- 
tion, free  relativistic  boson  fields,  fermion  fields  and  electromagnetic  fields, 
relation  to  the  description  of  various  elementary  particles,  theory  of  interacting 
fields  and  particles,  formal  scattering  theory,  Feynman  diagrams,  renormaliza- 
tion  procedures,  application  to  scattering,  production  and  decay  phenomena, 
quantum  electrodynamics  efiects,  recent  formal  developments,  group  theoreti- 
cal methods.  The  third  quarter  will  be  devoted  to  special  topics.     Prep.  11.844 

11.811,  11.812,  11.813  Mathematical  Physics  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 
An  introduction  to  mathematical  methods  of  theoretical  physics.  Topics  to  be 
covered  include  vector  spaces,  eigenfunction  expansions,  special  functions  of 
mathematical  physics,  theory  of  functions  of  a  complex  variable,  differential  and 
integral  equations,  generalized  functions,  Green's  functions,  partial  differential 
equations,  perturbation  theory,  and  selected  applications. 

11.814  Mathematical  Physics  A  (4  q.h.) 

11.815  Mathematical  Physics  B  (3  q.h.) 

These  two  courses  cover  essentially  the  same  material  as  11.811,  11.812,  11.813. 
Prep.  11.814. 

11.821,  11.822,  11.823     Classical  Mechanics  I,  11,  III  (2  q.h.) 

Newton's  laws  of  motion,  constraints  and  D'Alembert's  principles,  Lagrange's 
equations,  Hamilton's  variational  principle,  central  force  motion,  Hamilton's 
canonical  equations,  coupled  oscillations,  rigid  body  motion,  Hamiltonian  formu- 
lation of  mechanics,  canonical  transformations,  Hamilton-Jacobi  theory,  action- 
angle  variables,  classical  perturbation  theory. 

11.824,  11.826     Classical  Mechanics  A,  B  (3  q.h.) 

The  content  of  these  two  courses  is  essentially  the  same  as   11.821,   11.822, 

11.823. 


PHYSICS  /   99 

11.825     Mathematical  Physics  (3  q.h.) 

Linear  spaces,  inner  product,  orthogonality  and  completeness,  operators  and 
linear  transformations,  eigenvalue  problems.  Hilbert  spaces,  approximation  of  a 
function  by  polynomials  (Weierstrass  theorem),  Fourier  series  and  transforms. 
Analytic  functions  of  a  complex  variable,  complex  integration,  residue  theorem, 
Hilbert  transforms.  Green's  functions,  testing  functions  and  generalized  func- 
tions. Domain  of  a  differential  operator,  the  adjoint  differential  operator.  Green's 
functions  and  delta  function.  Solution  of  differential  equations  in  up  to  three 
dimensions. 

11.827,  11.828,  11.829     Statistical  Mechanics  A,  B,  C  (3  q.h.) 
A  study  of  the  basics  of  thermodynamics,  density  matrix  and  partition  function 
for  the  canonical  and   grand   canonical   ensembles  and  their  connection   with 
thermodynamic   functions,   application   to   specific   examples,   fluctuations,    and 
irreversible  processes.     Prep.  11.843  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

11.831,  11.832,  11.833  Electromagnetic  Theory  I,  II,  III  (2  q.h.) 
Electrostatics,  boundary  value  problems,  Green's  functions  and  orthogonal  func- 
tion expansion,  electrostatics  of  dielectric  media,  magnetostatics,  time  varying 
fields,  Maxwell's  equations,  energy  and  momentum  of  the  electromagnetic  field, 
boundary  conditions,  plane  waves,  Fourier  analysis,  radiation  of  electromagnetic 
waves. 

11.834,  11.835     Electromagnetic  Theory  A,  B  (3  q.h.) 

The  content  of  these  two  courses  is  the  same  as  11.831,  11.832,  11.833. 

11.836  Electromagnetic  Theory  C  (3  q.h.) 

Irreducible  multipole  expansion  of  the  electromagnetic  field;  introduction  to 
special  relativity,  radiation  from  high-speed  particles.     Prep.  11.835. 

11.837  Electromagnetic  Theory  D  (3  q.h.) 

Advanced  topics  in  electromagnetic  theory  such  as  problems  involving  radiation 
reaction,  energy,  momentum,  and  the  equations  of  motion  of  a  high-speed  par- 
ticle, Cerenkov  radiation,  the  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formulation  of  electro- 
magnetism.     Prep.  11.836.  Offered  biennially.  Fall  qtr.  1974 

11.838,  11.839     General  Relativity  A,  B  (3  q.h.) 

A  brief  survey  of  differential  geometry,  physical  basis  of  the  Einstein  equations, 
simple  solutions  and  experimental  tests,  cosmology,  asymptotic  properties  of  the 
Einstein  equations  (radiation,  energy,  momentum),  quantization  of  the  theory. 
Prep.  11.837;  and  11.823  or  11.826. 

11.841  Quantum  Theory  A  (4  q.h.) 

Experimental  basis  of  quantum  theory,  Schroedinger  equations,  and  probability 
interpretation.  Uncertainty  principle,  one-dimensional  problems,  operator 
methods  for  harmonic  oscillator,  orbital  angular  momentum,  central  force 
problem.  Fall  qtr. 

11.842  Quantum  Theory  B   (4  q.h.) 

Scattering  problems.  Born  approximation,  phase  shift  analysis,  introduction  to 
S-matrix  theory,  general  vector  space  formulation  of  quantum  mechanics.  Prep. 
11.841.  Winter  qtr. 


100  /   PHYSICS 

11.843     Quantum  Theory  C  (4  q.h.) 

Time-independent  perturbation  theory  (nondegenerate  and  degenerate),  time- 
dependent  perturbation  tiieory,  semiclassical  theory  of  radiation,  Pauli  wave 
equation.     Prep.  11.842.  Spring  qtr. 

11.844,  11.845     Quantum  Theory  D,  E  (3  q.h.) 

A  study  of  the  special  topics  in  nonrelativistic  and  relativistic  quantum  me- 
chanics, Dirac  wave  equations,  addition  of  angular  momentum  problems.  Prep. 
11.843. 

1 1 .854,  1 1 .855,  1 1 .856     Particles  and  Fields  (4  q.h.) 

The  course  begins  with  a  study  of  second  quantized  systems  of  spin  zero,  spin 
one  half  and  spin  one  fields.  It  continues  with  a  discussion  of  the  properties  of 
baryons,  mesons,  leptons,  and  resonant  states.  A  general  phenomenological 
framework  of  the  fundamental  interactions  between  these  elementary  particles  is 
developed  and  comparison  of  predictions  of  the  theory  with  experiment  is  made. 
The  basis  for  the  construction  of  the  theory  depends  upon  those  ideas  which  are 
well  established  as  well  as  current  advancements  as  they  appear  in  the  litera- 
ture.     Prep.  11.843. 

11.857,  11.858,  11.859     Many-Body  Theory  A,  B,  C  (4  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  some  many-body  problems  and  the  mathematical  techniques 
used  in  dealing  with  them.  The  following  topics  are  discussed:  Theory  of  linear 
response  and  correlation  functions.  Hartree-Bock  and  random  phase  approxima- 
tion. Many-body  perturbation  theory.  Landau-Fermi  liquid  theory.  Applications  to 
solid-state  problems.  Superconductivity.  Superfluidity.  Introduction  to  the  meth- 
od of  Green's  functions.  Prep.  11.843  and  11.827  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 
Offered  biennially. 

11.867,  11.868,  11.869     Introduction  to  Particle  and  Nuclear  Physics  (4  q.h.) 

An  introduction  to  nuclear  physics  and  elementary  particle  phenomena.  Discus- 
sion will  include  such  topics  as  properties  of  two  nucleon  system,  nuclear  forces, 
shell  model,  phenomenology  of  baryons,  mesons  and  leptons,  electron-proton 
scattering,  symmetries,  weak  interactions.     Prep.  11.843. 

1 1 .874,  1 1 .875     The  Physics  of  Solids  A,  B  (3  q.h.) 

Crystal  structure  and  macroscopic  properties  of  solids;  lattice  dynamics;  band 
theory  of  solids;  transport  theory  and  the  Boltzmann  equation;  the  Fermi  surface; 
magnetism;  dielectric  properties.  Prep.  11.842  and  11.827  (may  be  taken  con- 
currently). 

11.881  Quantum  Theory  of  Fields  A  (3  q.h.) 
For  description  see  11.883. 

Prep.  11.836  and  11.844  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

11.882  Quantum  Theory  of  Fields  B  (3  q.h.) 
For  description  see  11.883. 

Prep.  11 .881  and  11.845  (may  be  taken  concurrently). 

11.883  Quantum  Theory  of  Fields  0  (3  q.h.) 
Prep.  11.882. 

The  content  of  the  above  courses  provides  a  study  of  the  quantum  mechanical, 
one-particle  wave   equations   for  electrons,   nucleons,   neutrinos,   and   mesons. 


PHYSICS  /   101 

symmetric  and  antisymmetric  multiparticie  systems,  second  quantization,  free 
reiativistic  boson  fields,  fermion  fields  and  electromagnetic  fields,  relation  to 
the  description  of  various  elementary  particles,  theory  of  interacting  fields  and 
particles,  formal  scattering  theory,  Feynman  diagrams,  renormalization  proce- 
dures, application  to  scattering,  production  and  decay  phenomena,  quantum 
electrodynamics  effects,  recent  formal  developments. 

11.990     Special  Topics  in  Physics  (maximum:  4  q.h.) 

A  discussion  of  special  topics  in  physics  to  be  chosen  by  the  instructor.     Prep. 

Consent  of  the  instructor. 

11.992     Special  Problems  in  Physics  (maximum:  4  q.h.) 

Theoretical  or  experimental   work  under  individual   faculty  supervision.     Prep. 

Consent  of  faculty  member. 

11.995     Doctoral  Dissertation 

Experimental  and  theoretical  work  for  Ph.D.  candidates. 


political  science 


Professors 

R.  Gregg  Wilfong,  Ph.D. 

Chairman 
David  W.  Barkley,  IVI.P.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

George  E.  Berkley,  Ph.D. 
L.  Gerald  Bursey,  Ph.D. 
Robert  L  Cord,  Ph.D. 
Minton  F.  Goldman,  Ph.D. 
Walter  S.  Jones,  Ph.D. 
Steve  Worth,  Ph.D. 


Assistant  Professors 

James  A.  Medeiros,  Ph.D. 
David  G.  Pfeiffer,  M.A. 
David  E.  Schmitt,  Ph.D. 

Lecturers 

Joseph  F.  Courtney,  M.P.A.,  J.D. 
Robert  E.  Curtis,  iVI.G.A. 
Richard  Gladstone,  M.A.,  M.C.P. 
Demeter  J.  Kollias,  M.P.A. 
Robert  H.  McClain,  Jr.,  M.P.A. 
George  J.  Nolfi,  M.P.A.,  Ph.D. 
John  A.  Wolaver,  M.B.A.,  M.U.A. 
Richard  Underwood,  M.S.,  LL.B. 


Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants 
for  the  Master  of  Arts  program  should  have  had  a  background  which 
includes  at  least  15  semester  hours  of  political  science  or  government. 
All  applicants  must  take  the  Graduate  Record  Examination. 

Applicants  for  the  Master  of  Public  Administration  program  should 
demonstrate  a  clear  and  strong  interest  in  public  administration.  All 
applicants  for  admission  must  furnish  a  statement  that  supports  his  or 
her  interest  in  public  administration  and  provides  reasons  for  wishing  to 
enter  this  program.  Although  it  is  anticipated  that  most  candidates  for 
this  program  will  come  with  a  major  concentration  in  the  social  sci- 
ences, this  is  not  mandatory,  and  applicants  from  other  fields  such  as 
engineering,  law,  the  sciences,  and  business  administration  will  be  con- 
sidered for  candidacy. 


THE  MASTER  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

Program 

Forty-two  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  With  the 
approval  of  the  faculty  adviser,  a  maximum  of  nine  quarter  hours  may 
be  elected  from  graduate  courses  in  other  departments  and  a  maximum 
of  eight  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  advanced  undergraduate 
courses. 


102 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /   103 

A  thesis  is  optional  with  thQ  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment. If  approved,  a  thesis  carries  six  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations.  Every  candidate  for  the  degree  must  pass  examina- 
tions in  two  fields  as  prescribed  by  the  department.  Choice  may  be 
made  from  the  following  fields:  American  Government,  Comparative 
Government,  International  Relations,  Political  Theory,  or  Public  Ad- 
ministration, 


THE  IVIASTER  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  DEGREE 

Program 

Forty-two  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  All  students  must 
complete  the  following  five  courses: 

22.872  Public  Fiscal  Management 

22.874  Functions  and  Techniques  of  Public  Management 

22.878  Research  Methods  in  Public  Administration 

22.880  Survey  of  Public  Administration 

22.882  Public  Personnel  Administration 

At  least  five  additional  courses  must  be  selected  from  courses 
designated  public  administration  electives.  Not  more  than  four  courses 
may  be  selected  from  other  graduate  courses  offered  by  the  University, 
and  these  must  have  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  candidate  for  the  degree  must  pass  a  general  examination  in  the 
field  of  public  administration  as  a  whole  which  will  test  both  mastery 
of  the  literature  and  the  ability  to  apply  concepts  in  the  field  to  con- 
crete problems  of  government. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 
All  courses  are  seminars. 

22.800     American  Government 

Analysis  in  depth  of  selected  problems  in  American  government.  Examples  of 
problems  are:  transition  of  American  political  parties,  legislative  reapportion- 
ments, and  the  decline  of  Congress  as  a  law-making  body.     M.P.A.  elective. 


104  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.810     Models  of  Political  Systems. 

A  detailed  examination  and  critique  of  current  models  of  political  systems. 

22.820     Legislative  Process 

Study  of  Congress  and  of  tfie  influence  of  the  President,  administrative  bureauc- 
racy, parties,  interest  groups,  and  public  opinion  on  the  development  of  legis- 
lative policy.  Comparisons  will  be  made  with  legislative  process  in  the  states. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.824     The  Presidency 

Examination  of  the  place  and  function  of  the  chief  executive  in  the  formulation 
and  execution  of  public  policy.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.826  American  Electoral  Behavior 

The  theoretical  and  methodological  assumptions  of  election  studies  of  the 
American  political  system  will  be  analyzed  and  the  substantive  conclusions 
carefully  reviewed. 

22.827  Campaigns  and  Elections. 

A  study  of  campaign  tactics  and  strategies.  Field  Work  required. 

22.828  The  Judiciary 

Analysis  of  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the  American  governmental  process. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  those  areas  of  constitutional  law  where  the  Court's 
decisions  have  a  profound  impact  on  the  basic  structure  of  American  politics 
(apportionment,  economic  regulation,  federalism,  etc.). 

22.830  Civil  Rights 

Examination  of  the  doctrine  of  constitutionalism  illustrated  and  amplified  by 
a  study  of  the  substance  and  process  of  the  Bill  of  Rights  as  developed  in 
decisions  of  Federal  courts,  and  Congressional  enactments. 

22.831  Procedural  Due  Process  in  the  United  States 

An  analysis  of  procedural  rights  under  the  Bill  of  Rights  and  the  Fourteenth 
Amendment,  utilizing  such  juridical  sources  as  judicial  decisions,  and  analytical 
writings. 

22.832  Intergovernmental  Relations 

An  institutional-behavioral  analysis  of  the  changing  relationship  between  the 
various  levels  of  American  government —  national,  state,  and  local  —  relating  the 
pattern  of  change  to  the  social  and  economic  forces  which  underlie  it.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.834  Constitutional  Law 

A  case  development  in  the  basic  structural  aspects  of  the  American  constitu- 
tional system  including  an  evaluation  of  federalism,  separation  of  powers,  and 
the  formal  and  informal  processes  of  amendment  and  constitutional  change. 

22.835  Administrative  Problems  in  Criminal  Justice 

An  examination  of  the  criminal  justice  system  in  the  United  States  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  political  and  administrative  factors.  Emphasis  on  the  role  of 
police,  courts,  judges,  juries,  parole,  probation  and  incarceration.  M.P.A. 
elective. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  /   105 

22.836     Federal  Bureaucracy 

Examination  of  dynamic  and  structural  aspects  of  tiie  national  government,  with 
attention  to  the  place  of  the  national  administration  in  the  federal  system. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.838     Bureaucracy  and  Public  Control 

An  analysis  of  problems  of  democratic  control  in  American  administration. 
Topics  include  technological  change,  size  and  complexity,  executive-legislative 
relations,  interest  groups,  and  political  culture.  Stress  upon  problems  for  ad- 
ministration in  dealing  with  the  multiple  pressures  of  a  complex,  democratic 
political  system.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.840     Problems  in  State  Government 

Appraisal  of  the  problems  of  contemporary  state  government  in  the  U.S. 
Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  state  government  of  Massachusetts.  Indi- 
vidual research  is  stressed.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.842  Urban  Planning 

A  study  of  the  history  and  techniques  of  city  planning,  stressing  the  elements  of 
planning.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.843  The  Politics  of  Urban  Planning 

An  investigation  of  the  relationships  of  planning  to  other  governmental  func- 
tions with  stress  on  practical  processes,  particularly  at  the  municipal  govern- 
ment level.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.844  Urban  Government 

The  contemporary  crisis  in  urban  government — problems  of  political  inde- 
pendence, government  finance  and  administration,  rapid  growth  of  suburban  and 
metropolitan  areas,  and  decline  and  decay  of  the  core  city  are  stressed.  Par- 
ticular emphasis  is  given  to  the  Boston  metropolitan  area.  Individual  research 
is  stressed.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.845  Problems  of  Municipal  Administration 

Selected  case  problems  and  topics  in  municipal  administration  including 
organization,  financial  management,  personnel  and  labor  relations,  municipal 
services,  and  public  and  political  relations.  Individual  research  is  stressed. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.846  Problems  of  Regional  and  Urban  Development 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  government  and  politics  in  the  planning,  pro- 
gramming, and  administration  of  regional  and  urban  development  in  the  United 
States.  Consideration  is  given  to  urban  renewal;  interurban  and  interregional 
competition;  interstate  compacts;  public  authorities;  T.V.A.,  Appalachia,  and 
New  England  regional  development;  anti-poverty  programs;  and  conflicts  be- 
tween public  and  private  interests.  Individual  research  is  stressed.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.847  The  Politics  of  Transportation 

Examination  of  the  role  of  politics,  governmental  mechanisms  and  public  policy 
in  the  transportation  planning  process.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  political 
interest  groups  and  the  manner  in  which  they  affect  transportation  policy  on  the 
federal,  state  and  local  levels.     M.P.A.  elective. 


106  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.848  Problems  of  Urban  Renewal 

Examination  of  the  role  of  government,  politics,  and  public  policy  in  the  urban 
renewal  process  and  related  problems  of  housing  in  the  United  States.  M.P.A. 
elective. 

22.849  Urban  Management  and  Systems  Planning 

A  non-technical,  step-by-step  application  of  systems  and  computer  technology  to 
problems  in  urban  management.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.850  Comparative  Politics  I 

Comparative  analysis  of  politics  and  political  systems  with  special  attention  to 
fundamental  problems  of  theory  and  practice.  The  chief  focus  is  on  contem- 
porary political  systems  and  contemporary  theories  in  the  field  of  comparative 
politics.  Traditional  models  are  also  treated,  but  more  briefly.  Particular  atten- 
tion will  be  paid  to  British  and  American  political  experience. 

22.851  Comparative  Politics  II 

Extends  and  intensifies  the  comparative  analysis  of  politics  undertaken  in  Com- 
parative Politics  I  by  examining  a  broader  range  of  institutional  experience. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  European  political  experience,  particularly  that 
of  France  and  Germany.     Prep.  22.850. 

22.854     Totalitarianism 

An  analysis  of  totalitarianism  and  dictatorship  including  study  of  historical 
background;  fundamental  characteristics;  theories  of  origin,  nature,  and  sig- 
nificance; and  evaluation  of  techniques,  ideologies,  policies,  and  instruments 
of  power.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  government  and  politics  of  the 
Soviet  Union. 

22.856     Government  and  Politics  of  France 

A  study  of  governmental  organization  and  political  behavior  in  France  today. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  role  of  the  presidency,  executive-legislative 
relations,  and  the  political  party  system. 

22.858     Government  and  Politics  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Northern  Ireland 

An  analysis  of  government  organization  and  political  behavior  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  executive-legislative  relations,  the 
political  party  system,  and  the  politics  of  Northern  Ireland. 

22.872  Public  Fiscal  Management 

A  study  of  the  interrelationships  in  public  administration  between  systems  of 
finance  and  the  achievement  of  program  objectives.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon 
those  aspects  of  the  budgetary  process  that  bear  on  fiscal  policy  and  appro- 
priations. 

22.873  Systematic  Analysis  and  Public  Finance 

A  conceptual  examination  of  the  Planning,  Programming  and  Budgeting  System 
(PPBS)  and  its  application  to  the  decision-making  and  budgetary  processes  in 
the  public  sector.  An  overview  of  the  elements  of  the  system  and  their  applica- 
tion in  determining  optimum  allocation  of  public  funds.  Specific  examples  will 
be  discussed.     M.P.A.  elective. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE   /   107 

22.874     Functions  and  Techniques  of  Public  IVIanagement 

An  introduction  to  problems  in  public  management  and  techniques  for  dealing 
with  them.  This  will  include  functions  of  middle  management,  supervision,  ad- 
ministration of  staff  activities  (e.g.  planning,  personnel,  budget),  organization 
and  methods,  public  relations,  managerial  use  of  computer-based  techniques, 
and  tactics  and  strategies  of  management. 

22.876  Administrative  Behavior 

An  analysis  of  the  sociological  and  psychological  aspects  of  organization  and 
management.  Topics  include:  bureaucratic  leadership;  interaction  of  individual 
and  organization;  dynamics  of  the  small  group;  pathology  of  bureaucratic 
behavior.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.877  Public  Policy  and  Environmental  Control 

Consideration  of  the  legal,  political,  administrative,  and  intergovernmental  fac- 
tors involved  in  the  formulation  of  public  policy  and  the  exercise  of  public 
power  in  regulating  the  use  of  the  environment.  Individual  research  is  stressed. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.878  Research  in  Public  Administration 

Development  and  application  of  research  designs  in  public  administration. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.879  Science,  Technology,  and  the  Administration  of  Public  Policy 

An  analysis  of  central  administrative  and  policy  issues  raised  by  the  interrela- 
tionships of  science  and  public  affairs.  Some  issues  to  be  discussed:  effects  of 
technological  development  upon  the  development  of  policy  alternatives  and  their 
implementation;  national  policy  for  support  of  science  and  technology;  the  ad- 
ministrative role  of  the  expert.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.880  Survey  of  Public  Administration 

Introduction  to  the  literature  and  the  major  topics  in  public  administration  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  interrelationships  of  politics  and  administration. 

22.882  Public  Personnel  Administration 

Technique,  practice,  and  organization  of  personnel  functions  in  public  adminis- 
tration, including  recruitment,  compensation,  training,  discipline,  and  relations 
with  employee  organizations. 

22.883  Comparative  Public  Administration 

A  comparative  study  of  the  approaches  to  public  administration  in  selected 
democratic  governments  in  the  United  States  and  Europe.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.884  Comparative  Metropolitan  Government  and  Politics 

An  examination  of  structure,  administration,  and  politics  of  selected  major 
European  cities  in  the  context  of  the  metropolitan  problem  in  the  United  States 
with  special  emphasis  on  problem  solution  and  comparative  administration. 
M.P.A.  elective. 

22.885  Quantitative  Methods  in  Public  Administration 

Application  of  statistical  techniques  to  Public  Administration.     M.P.A.  elective. 


108  /   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.888     Administrative  Law 

Study  of  rule-making,  adjudication  (formal  and  informal),  administrative  finality 
and  judicial  review,  administrative  procedure,  scope  of  administrative  powers, 
and  enforcement  techniques. 

22.890     Research  Seminar  in  Public  Administration 

Will  require  each  student  to  develop  and  report  upon  an  individual  research 
project  in  public  administration.  This  seminar  will  normally  be  taken  in  the  last 
quarter  of  study  for  the  M.P.A.  degree. 

22.900     Ancient  and  Medieval  Political  Thought 

The  development  of  political  thought  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the  end  of  the 
Middle  Ages.  Both  historical  and  analytical  approaches  will  be  utilized.  Atten- 
tion is  also  paid  to  the  cultural,  social,  and  intellectual  context  within  which 
political  theories  develop. 

22.910     Modern  Political  Thought 

Examination  of  political  thought  from  Machiavelli  to  Marx. 

22.920     Contemporary  Political  Theory 

The  main  currents  of  political  thought  in  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  and 
the  twentieth  centuries  with  special  emphasis  on  the  relations  between  political 
theory,  philosophy,  and  political  science. 

22.922     The  Measurement  of  Political  Events 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  political  science  majors  with  some 
analytical  and  mathematical  tools  appropriate  for  use  in  studying  politics. 

22.924     Strategy  in  Politics 

An  examination  of  formal  theories  of  political  behavior,  stressing  elements  of 
strategy  and  their  implications.  Relationships  between  political  actors,  patterns 
in  political  processes,  bargaining,  decision  making,  and  voting  will  be  covered. 

22.926     Trends  in  American  Political  Thought 

Examination  of  intellectual  concepts  and  movements  that  have  informed  and 
influenced  American  political  life  with  emphasis  upon  those  relating  to  the 
making  and  execution  of  public  policy.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.928     Organization  Theory 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  major  organization  theories  including  the  scientific 
basis  for  organization  theory;  models  and  ideal  types;  decision-making;  applica- 
tion of  game  theory;  systems  analysis.     M.P.A.  elective. 

22.930     Positive  Political  Theory 

An  examination  of  the  works  of  Anthony  Downs,  William  Riker,  and  others  in 
this  current  school  of  political  analysis. 

22.942     Asia  and  the  Politics  of  Development 

This  course  is  an  investigation  of  the  character  of  political  development  in 
general  and  of  the  problems  it  poses  for  Asian  political  systems  in  particular. 
The  focus  will  be  on  China,  Vietnam,  and  Thailand. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  /   109 

22.943  The  Governments  and  Politics  of  Latin  America 

This  course  investigates  contemporary  Latin  American  politics  with  particular 
emphasis  on  militarism,  revolution,  executive  dominance,  and  social  change. 
It  then  focuses  on  three  representative  nations  such  as  Mexico,  Argentina,  and 
Cuba. 

22.944  Nationalism 

The  evolution  and  role  of  nationalism  in  both  theory  and  practice.  Representa- 
tive nationalistic  movements  and  theories  are  analyzed. 

22.946     The  Politics  of  Revolution  and  Change 

Analysis  of  the  nature  of  political  change  with  attention  to  both  theory  and 
practice.  Topics  discussed  are  revolution,  major  trends  in  contemporary  politics, 
and  the  relationship  between  political  change  and  technological,  scientific,  or 
social  change. 

22.948     Government  and  Politics  of  North  Africa  and  the  Middle  East 

Comparative  analysis  of  the  political  systems  and  foreign  policies  of  African 
states  north  of  the  Sahara.  Also  stressed  is  the  relationship  of  this  area  with 
the  Middle  East. 

22.950  United  States-Soviet  Relations 

The  relations  between  the  United  States  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  1917  to 
the  present.  Topics  stressed  are:  the  "nonrecognition"  period,  the  breakdown 
of  the  World  War  II  "Grand  Alliance,"  and  the  nature  of  the  present  power 
conflict. 

22.951  United  States-Far  Eastern  Relations 

American  diplomacy  in  the  Far  East,  with  primary  concentration  on  Japan  since 
World  War  II,  the  two  Chinas,  and  Southeast  Asia. 

22.952  Communist  China's  Foreign  Policy 

A  study  of  the  Peking  government's  relations  with  Afro-Asia,  the  Soviet  orbit, 
and  the  West.  Attention  is  given  to  policy  objectives,  strategy,  tactics,  and  the 
method  of  decision  making  in  both  the  party  and  state  apparatus. 

22.954     Soviet  Relations  with  Eastern  Europe 

An  analysis  of  Soviet  policy  in  Eastern  Europe,  especially  Russian  efforts  after 
World  War  II  to  develop  communism  and  maintain  a  position  of  pre-eminence 
in  this  region. 

22.956     Government  and  Politics  in  Sub-Saharan  Africa 

Comparative  analysis  of  the  political  systems  and  foreign  policies  of  selected 
African  states  south  of  the  Sahara.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  Republic 
of  South  Africa  and  its  policy  of  apartheid. 

22.958  The  Formulation  and  Conduct  of  American  Foreign  Policy 

The  governmental  mechanism  for  foreign  policy  formulation  and  its  conduct. 
Problems  in  decision  making  and  execution  are  emphasized. 

22.959  American  Foreign  Policy 

Examination  in  depth  of  selected  issues  concerning  the  role  of  the  United 
States  in  world  affairs  since  1945. 


110  /  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

22.960  Problems  of  World  Order  I 

Emphasizes  such  topics  as  appraisal  of  diverse  systems  of  public  order,  ap- 
proaches of  international  law  and  international  organization  to  the  problem  of 
world  order,  and  the  problem  of  world  peace  enforcement. 

22.961  Problems  of  World  Order  II 

Continuation  of  22.960:  political  problems  of  world  order  are  stressed.  Repre- 
sentative topics  considered  are  arms  control,  disarmament,  strengthening  the 
United  Nations,  and  evaluation  of  world  government  proposals.     Prep.  22.960. 

22.964     The  United  Nations 

Selected  topics  on  the  "non-political"  work  of  the  United  Nations:  human  rights; 
economic,  social,  health  and  related  problems;  decolonization  and  the  trustee- 
ship system. 

22.966  International  Law 

Examination  of  selected  topics  in  International  Law  not  covered  in  22.960  and 
22.961. 

22.967  Regional  Organization 

A  study  of  international  organization  at  the  regional  level,  concerned  with 
examining  the  capability  of  institutions  to  foster  integration  of  policy  and  author- 
ity, and  with  the  effect  of  this  progress  upon  broader  international  cooperation. 

22.968  The  Atlantic  Community 

A  topical  analysis  of  European-American  diplomacy  from  the  Marshall  Plan  to 
the  present,  with  attention  to  security  matters,  United  States  policy  regarding 
the  European  integration  movement,  the  Anglo-American  "special  relationship," 
the  Franco-American  discord,  and  the  German  dilemma.  Continuing  focus  will 
be  upon  Europe  as  part  of  the  global  diplomacy  of  a  superpower  as  world 
politics  assumes  a  multipolar  configuration. 

22.969  The  United  States  and  the  United  Nations 

A  study  of  the  pursuit  of  American  foreign  policy  through  the  United  Nations, 
with  emphasis  on  the  uses  and  effects  of  parliamentary  diplomacy. 

22.990  Assigned  Reading  (maximum:  6  q.h.) 
Assigned  reading  under  supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

22.991  Thesis  (6  q.h.) 

Thesis  supervision  by  individual  members  of  the  department. 


psychology 


Assistant  Professors 

Isaac  M.  Colbert,  Ph.D. 
Thomas  Corwin,  Ph.D. 
Alexander  A.  Skavenski,  Ph.D. 
C.  William  Tyler,  Ph.D. 

Research  Associate 

Jiuan  S.  Terman,  Ph.D. 


Professors 

John  C.  Armington,  Ph.D. 
Richard  I.  Lanyon,  Ph.D. 
Bertram  Scharf,  Ph.D. 
Murray  Sidman,  Ph.D. 
A.  Bertrand  Warren,  Ph.D. 
Harold  S.  Zamansky,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors 

Edward  A.  Arees,  Ph.D. 
Roger  F.  Brightbill,  Ph.D. 
Charles  Karis,  Ph.D. 
Harry  A.  Mackay,  Ph.D. 
Helen  S.  Mahut,  Ph.D. 
Michael  Terman,  Ph.D. 
Acting  Chairman 

Admission 

In  addition  to  the  admission  requirements  listed  on  page  23,  applicants 
are  expected  to  have  had  at  least  15  semester  hours  of  psychology,  in- 
cluding experimental  psychology  and  statistics.  This  requirement  may 
be  waived  in  some  cases.  The  Miller  Analogies  Test  is  desirable  but  not 
required.  All  application  materials  must  be  submitted  prior  to  February 
1  of  the  year  in  which  the  applicant  plans  to  begin  study.  The  Graduate 
Record  Examination  should  be  taken  by  December  15  to  insure  com- 
pletion of  admissions  credentials  by  February  1. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

The  master's  degree  is  usually  taken  en  route  to  the  Ph.D.  Require- 
ments for  this  degree  are  42  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  including 
research  for  six  quarter  hours  of  credit,  and  passing  the  written  quali- 
fying examination  as  outlined  below.  The  academic  work,  planned  as 
an  integral  part  of  the  doctoral  program,  is  outlined  on  the  following 
pages. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  gradu- 
ate work  after  admission  to  doctoral  candidacy. 


111 


112  /   PSYCHOLOGY 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general  grad- 
uate school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  consists  of  evaluation  of  written  mate- 
rials based  upon  proseminar  discussions. 

Course  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  27  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  beyond  those  re- 
quired for  the  master's  degree  is  required.  The  nature  and  number  of 
courses  must  be  approved  by  the  adviser  and  the  departmental  gradu- 
ate committee.  Approved  courses  may  be  taken  in  other  departments. 

Dissertation  Requirement 

A  student  may  start  his  dissertation  during  his  first  year  of  doctoral 
work.  A  dissertation  committee  will  be  appointed  by  the  chairman  of  the 
department  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  departmental  graduate 
committee.  The  dissertation  committee  will  be  responsible  for  initial 
approval  of  the  dissertation  in  its  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  is  required.  Normally 
the  language  selected  will  be  French,  German,  or  Russian.  Other  lan- 
guages may  be  selected  by  petition  to  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee. Proficiency  in  a  language  will  be  determined  in  a  manner 
prescribed  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee.  The  student  must 
take  the  language  examination  during  his  first  two  years  of  study. 

Teaching  Requirement 

Some  teaching  experience  is  required.  This  requirement  may  be 
satisfied  by  at  least  one  year  of  service  as  a  teaching  assistant  or  by 
suitable  teaching  duties. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  is  taken  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree.  This  examination  will  not  be  held  until  at 
least  two  weeks  after  the  dissertation  has  been  accepted  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee  and  must  be  passed  at  least  two 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  deal  with  the  subject  matter  of  the 
doctoral  dissertation,  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  disser- 
tation, and  subject  matter  as  required  by  the  examining  committee. 


PSYCHOLOGY  /  113 

Program 

The  program  will  normally  be  taken  in  accordance  with  the  following 
pattern: 


FIRST  YEAR 


Fall 

19.808     Quantitative 

Methods  I   

19.817     General    Experimen- 
tal Psychology  I  . . . 

19.886     Departmental 

Research  Seminar  I 


Credits 

3 

4 

2 
9 


Winter 

19.809     Quantitative 

Methods  II 

19.818     General    Experimen- 
tal Psychology  II  . . . 

19.887     Departmental 

Research  Seminar  II 


Credits 

3 

4 

2 
9 


Spring  Credits 

19.810     Quantitative 

Methods  III   3 

19.819     General    Experimen- 
tal Psychology  III  . .        4 

19.888     Department 

Research  Seminar  III        2 

9 


SECOND  YEAR 

Six  quarter  hours  of  research  and  at  least  9  quarter  hours  of  elec- 
tives  must  be  taken  during  the  second  year. 

All  course  work  beyond  the  first  year  is  elective  and  is  determined  by 
the  student  and  his  adviser  with  the  approval  of  the  graduate  committee. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

19.807     Mathematical  Psychology 

Several  theories  which  generate  quantitative  predictions  of  behavior  are 
presented. 

19.808,  19.809,  19.810     Quantitative  Methods  I,  II,  III 

A  survey  of  the  quantitative  methods  used  in  experimental  psychology,  empha- 
sizing applications  of  computer  programming,  theory  of  functions  and  relations, 
curve  fitting,  probability  functions,  set  theory,  and  analysis  of  variance. 

19.814     Information-Processing  Models  in  Psychology 

Sensory  systems  considered  as  information-flow  channels,  with  emphasis  on  the 
visual  system.  Topics  to  be  discussed  include:  Selection  and  encoding  of  sen- 


114  /   PSYCHOLOGY 

sory  information,  tiie  effects  of  neural  inhibition  and  feedback,  and  applications 
of  linear  systems  analysis  to  sensory  systems. 

19.815     Signal  Detection  Theory  Seminar 

This  seminar  is  directed  towards  the  general  theory  of  signal  detectability  and 
its  application  to  psychophysical  experiments.  First,  the  seminar  will  consider 
the  general  theory  of  signal  detectability  at  its  current  state  of  development. 
Then,  it  will  consider  appropriate  procedures  for  data  collection  and  analysis 
in  order  to  fit  them  into  the  signal  detection  context. 

19.817,  19.818,  19.819     General  Experimental  Psychology  I,  II,  III  (4  q.h.) 
The   Departmental   proseminar.   Student   presentations   and   discussions   of  the 
experimental  literature  relating  to  faculty  research  interest  areas.  Includes  units 
on  scientific  method,  learning,  sensory  processes,  physiological  variables,  per- 
sonality and  developmental  variables,  and  applications  of  basic  research. 

19.828,  19.829     Modern  Psychophysics  I,  II 

Evaluation  and  practice  of  scaling  procedures  developed  by  Stevens,  and  con- 
sideration of  neuro-physiological  evidence  supporting  the  power  law. 

19.833     Perception 

A  detailed  consideration  of  research  in  such  areas  as  form,  space  and  pattern 
perception,  recognition,  and  the  effects  of  set  and  motivation  on  perception. 
Physiological  concomitants  of  perceptual  phenomena  will  be  considered. 

19.835, 19.836, 19.837     Learning  and  Behavioral  Analysis  I,  II,  ill 

These  seminars  cover  contemporary  research  in  operant  conditioning,  with 
emphasis  on  relating  the  techniques  of  behavioral  analysis  to  problems  of  rein- 
forcement, comparative   psychophysics,   and   physiological   psychology. 

19.838     Human  Learning  and  Cognition 

Critical  evaluation  of  current  problems  in  human  learning,  including  concept 
learning,  directed  thinking,  attention,  memory,  probability  learning,  serial  and 
paired-associate  learning. 

19.844,  19.845,  19.846     Physiological  and  Comparative  Psychology  I,  II,  III 

Seminars:  a  shared  background,  key  concepts,  and  central  issues  of  the  field  of 
physio'ogical  and  comparative  psychology. 

19.847,  19.848     Mammalian  Neuroanatomy 

A  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  nervous  system  including  its  embryological  devel- 
opment. Major  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  central  nervous  system  including 
its  ultrastructure. 

19.860,  19.861,  19.862     Vision  I,  II,  III 

Seminars:  classical  and  modern  problems  in  vision.  Recent  journal  articles  will 
provide  primary  source  materials  for  discussion.  Consideration  will  be  given  to 


PSYCHOLOGY  /   115 

problems  of  stimulus  specification,  retinal  structure,  photochemistry,  and  psycho- 
physical measures  of  sensitivity,  color  vision,  and  electrophysiology. 

19.870,  19,871,  19.872     Cognition  and  Psycholinguistics  I,  II,  III 

Seminars:  current  research  and  theory  in  such  areas  as  concept  attainment, 
problem  solving,  long  and  short  term  memory,  language  acquisition,  perception 
of  language,  transformational  grammars,  and  linguistic  competence. 

19.880,  19.881     Sensory  Psychophysiology  I,  II 

Concentration  on  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  various  sensory  systems, 
and  correlation  of  these  data  with  psychophysical  and  perceptual  concepts. 
Laboratory  work  will  be  included. 

19.886,  19.887,  19.888     Departmental  Research  Seminar  I,  If,  111  (2  q.h.) 
Weekly  colloquia  devoted  to  the  presentation  of  current  research  by  members 
of  the  faculty,  graduate  students,  and  invited  guests. 

19.901,  19,902,  19.903     Personality  Theory  and  Research  I,  II,  III 

A  survey  of  representative  theoretical  formulations  of  the  normal  personality 
and  its  development,  and  an  examination  of  experimental  evidence  bearing  upon 
relevant  concepts  and  assumptions  (e.g.  anxiety,  repression,  aggression,  cog- 
nitive styles,  etc.). 

19.808,  19.809,  19.810     Quantitative  Methods  I,  II,  III 

A  survey  of  the  quantitative  methods  used  in  experimental  psychology,  empha- 
sizing applications  of  computer  programming,  theory  of  functions  and  relations, 
curve  fitting,  probability  functions,  set  theory  and  analysis  of  variance. 

19.912, 19.913, 19.914     Behavior  IVIodification  I,  If,  III 

Survey  and  demonstrations  of  applied  behavior  analysis,  with  emphasis  on 
behavior  therapies,  retardate  training  techniques,  and  classroom  behavior 
modification. 

19.908,  19.909,  19.910     Measurement  of  Complex  Human  Behavior  I,  II,  III 

Examination  of  quantification  procedures  for  complex  human  behavior,  including 
statistical  concepts,  procedures  for  traditional  personality  assessment,  intellect- 
ual ability  and  skills. 

19.920,  19.921     Social  Psychology  I,  II 

Group  phenomena  and  the  influences  of  the  group  upon  the  thought  and  be- 
havior of  the  individual.  Such  topics  as  social  interaction,  perception,  opinions, 
attitudes,  leadership,  and  social  conflict  will  be  discussed. 

19.940,  19.941     Experimental  Child  Psychology  I,  II 

Selected  topics  in  child  behavior  and  development  with  emphasis  on  current 
research. 

19.980,  19.981,  19.982     Research  Methods  I,  II,  III 

Instrumentation  and  laboratory  techniques  through  instruction  and  participation 
in  ongoing  laboratory  projects. 


116  /  PSYCHOLOGY 

19.990  Special  Topics  in  Psychology     (maximum:  9  q.h.) 

19.991  Thesis  (6  q.h.) 

Experimental  work  for  the  master's  degree  requirement. 

19.995     Dissertation 

Experimental  and  theoretical  work  for  Ph.D.  candidates. 


sociology  and 
anthropology 


Professors  Assistant  Professors 

Norman  Kaplan,  Ph.D.,  Marcia  Garrett,  Ph.D. 

Chairman  Patricia  Golden,  Ph.D. 

Blanche  Geer,  Ph.D.  Jane  Hilowitz,  D.Phil. 

Frank  F.  Lee,  Ph.D.  Lila  Leibowitz,  Ph.D. 

Earl  Rubington,  Ph.D.  Jack  Levin,  Ph.D. 

Jack  Stauder,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors 

Morris  Freilich,  Ph.D.  Other  Faculty 

(on  leave  72-73)  John  D.  Herzog,  Ph.D., 

Elliott  A.  Krause,  Ph.D.  Professor  of  Social  Science  in 

Morton  Rubin,  Ph.D.  Education,  College  of  Education 

(on  leave  72-73)  Stephen  Schafer, 

D.  Jur.,  Prof.  Agrege, 

Professor  of  Criminology, 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

Admission 

The  general  procedures  and  requirements  are  set  forth  on  page  23. 
Students  will  normally  be  admitted  to  begin  their  graduate  work  in  the 
fall  quarter  only.  Applications  received  after  March  15  will  usually  not 
be  considered.  Each  application  will  be  reviewed  on  its  own  merits.  Any 
questions  concerning  the  adequacy  of  the  undergraduate  background 
in  sociology  or  anthropology  will  be  considered  individually.  In  some 
cases,  students  may  be  asked  to  make  up  certain  deficiencies  before 
proceeding  to  the  basic  requirements.  Exceptions  will  be  made  with 
respect  to  procedural  or  substantive  requirements  on  an  individual 
basis  if  the  circumstances  seem  sufficiently  compelling. 

In  addition  to  examining  the  catalog  and  course  offerings,  all  prospec- 
tive candidates  are  urged  to  learn  something  about  the  scholarly  inter- 
ests and  writings  of  our  faculty  and  to  talk  with  graduate  students  now 
in  residence  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  we  have  something  to  offer 
in  terms  of  their  capabilities,  needs,  and  interests. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

The  department  offers  graduate  programs  that  lead  to  a  master  of 
arts  degree  in  sociology  or  social  anthropology.  Forty-two  quarter  hours 
of  B  or  better  academic  work  are  required  for  the  degree.  Certain 
advanced  undergraduate  courses  offered  by  the  department  may  be 

117 


118  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  approval  of  the  department.  Students 
must  maintain  a  better  than  B  average. 

In  general,  students  are  encouraged  to  fashion  a  program  of  studies 
best  suited  to  their  needs  and  capabilities  instead  of  following  any 
single  set  of  rigid  requirements.  To  this  end,  all  entering  students 
should  consult  with  members  of  the  faculty  and  make  a  tentative  choice 
of  faculty  adviser  before  registering  for  courses. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Sociology,  students  are  generally  required 
to  take  three  quarter  courses  in  theory  (usually  21.805,  21.806,  and 
21.807)  and  two  in  methodology  (usually  21.810  and  21.811).  The  statis- 
tics requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  achieving  at  least  a  B  in  21.814  or 
its  equivalent.  All  students  are  strongly  advised  to  take  some  work  in 
social  anthropology. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Social  Anthropology,  students  are  generally 
required  to  take  two  quarter  courses  each  in  theory  (usually  20.801 
and  20.802)  and  methodology.  Other  requirements  will  be  individually 
determined.  All  students  are  strongly  advised  to  take  some  work  in 
sociology. 

Students  who  can  demonstrate  proficiency  in  any  of  the  requirements 
need  not  take  those  particular  courses. 

A  master's  paper  is  required  and  earns  four  quarter  hours  of  credit. 
This  paper  may  be  based  on  empirical  or  library  research,  and  must 
be  of  publishable  quality.  It  is  expected  that  the  full-time  student  will 
complete  his  master's  paper  no  later  than  the  end  of  his  second  year. 
Students  planning  to  go  on  for  the  Ph.D.  are  urged  to  take  the  qualify- 
ing examination  during  their  second  year  of  residence  as  the  results 
will  be  a  major  determining  factor  in  deciding  whether  to  encourage 
the  student  to  try  to  go  on  or  not. 

Deadlines  for  Submission  of  Master's  Paper 

A  student  must  have  substantially  finished  his  master's  paper  as 
certified  by  his  first  reader  on  or  before  April  1  of  the  year  in  which  he 
expects  to  be  awarded  the  degree.  Those  who  miss  the  April  1st  dead- 
line will  normally  have  to  wait  until  the  subsequent  fall  quarter,  and 
should  not  expect  that  a  defense  can  be  set  up  much  before  November 
1st  of  that  quarter. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  department  offers  the  Ph.D.  in  sociology.  A  limited  number  of 
students  will  be  enrolled  in  the  Ph.D.  program  so  as  to  provide  highly 
personalized  study  and  research  training  with  individual  supervision. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  the  doctoral  program  should  apply  for  admission  not 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /   119 

later  than  March  fifteenth  of  the, year  in  which  they  expect  to  complete 
the  requirements  for  the  master's  degree. 

Students  seeking  admission  whose  master's  degree  is  not  in  soci- 
ology will  be  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  A  tentative  evaluation  of 
the  probability  of  advanced  standing  will  be  made  at  the  time  the 
student  is  admitted  with  the  final  determination  after  the  qualifying 
examination  has  been  completed. 

Students  completing  their  master's  at  Northeastern  will  be  considered 
for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  only  after  the  results  of  their 
qualifying  examination  have  been  evaluated.  Students  completing  their 
master's  at  another  institution  are  admitted  with  the  expectation 
that  they  will  take  the  qualifying  examination  at  the  first  available 
opportunity. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  university's  residence  requirement  can  be  satisfied  by  one  year 
of  full-time  graduate  work,  or  its  equivalent,  beyond  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree.  If  the  M.A.  has  not  been  in  sociology,  a  longer  period  of  resi- 
dence will  undoubtedly  be  essential.  Most  students  should  expect  to 
spend  approximately  two  years  or  the  equivalent  in  full-time  graduate 
study  beyond  the  requirements  of  the  master's  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
regulations  of  the  graduate  school. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  will  be  examined  on  their  basic  knowledge  of  sociology, 
especially  theory  and  research  methods.  The  main  purpose  of  this  test 
is  diagnostic  and  should  help  both  the  department  and  the  student 
evaluate  strengths  and  weaknesses  and  chart  a  course  for  the  future 
in  the  light  of  these  results.  Excessive  weaknesses  and  lack  of  sufficient 
depth  will  lead  to  a  recommendation  to  consider  pursuing  other  alterna- 
tives elsewhere. 

Students  completing  their  master's  work  at  Northeastern  must  take 
the  qualifying  examination  before  being  admitted  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram. Students  entering  the  program  with  a  master's  degree  from  an- 
other institution  should  take  the  qualifying  examination  at  the  earliest 
opportunity  after  enrolling  at  Northeastern  University. 

Course  Requirements 

Generally,  forty-two  hours  of  academic  work  beyond  the  master's 
degree  are  required.  However,  the  actual  number  needed  by  any  par- 
ticular student  will  be  specially  determined  in  each  case.  Depending 
on    background,    experience,    and    performance,    a   greater   or   lesser 


120  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

number  of  formal  courses  may  be  required.  Decisions  on  special  cases 
will  be  made  by  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Studies  (COGS),  acting 
In  conjunction  with  the  student,  his  adviser,  and  the  chairman  of  the 
department.  Students  entering  from  another  university  may  be  required 
to  take  certain  basic  courses  before  proceeding  with  the  doctoral 
program. 

Language  Requirements 

A  reading  knowledge  of  French  and  German  is  required.  Petitions  to 
substitute  any  other  language  in  which  there  is  substantial  sociological 
literature  will  be  considered.  Petition  for  such  substitutions  must  be 
submitted  for  approval  to  COGS.  The  language  requirements  must  be 
satisfied  before  admission  to  the  comprehensive  examination.  Statistics 
and/or  advanced  mathematics  as  well  as  languages  needed  primarily 
for  field  research  are  considered  an  integral  part  of  the  training  of 
students  specializing  in  such  directions,  and  are  therefore  not  the 
equivalent  of  the  general  language  requirement. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  period  of  doctoral  degree  candidacy,  each  student  must 
pass  a  comprehensive  examination.  This  will  cover  sociology  (including 
theory  and  methods)  and  social  anthropology.  The  comprehensive  ex- 
amination must  be  passed  at  least  nine  months  before  the  commence- 
ment at  which  the  Ph.D.  is  to  be  awarded. 

Doctoral  Dissertation 

The  student  must  submit  a  prospectus  describing  the  topic  of  his 
doctoral  dissertation,  his  methods  of  research,  and  the  theoretical  rele- 
vance of  his  problem.  This  prospectus  is  to  be  discussed  with  and 
approved  by  the  dissertation  committee  consisting  of  the  major  adviser, 
two  readers  within  the  department  and  at  least  one  reader  from 
outside  the  department.  The  revised  prospectus  is  then  filed  with  the 
department. 

Deadlines  for  Considering  a  Doctoral  Dissertation 

The  chairman  of  the  dissertation  committee  should  be  fully  satisfied 
that  a  dissertation  is  substantially  complete  on  or  before  April  1  of  the 
year  in  which  the  candidate  expects  to  defend. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  dissertation  will  be  defended  after  completion  of  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  doctoral  degree.  This  oral  defense  will  be  held 
approximately  four  weeks  after  the  dissertation  has  been  accepted  by 
the  dissertation  committee,  and  at  least  two  weeks  before  the  com- 
mencement at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /  121 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  specified. 

SOCIAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Many  undergraduate  courses  in  the  20.200  series  may  be  offered  for  graduate 
credit.  Students  should  check  the  current  course  announcements  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  these  offerings. 

20.801,  20.802     Theory  I,  II 

History  of  major  contemporary  orientations:  evolutionary  approaches,  culture 
area,  cultural  ecology,  functionalism,  structuralism,  and  analysis  of  current 
status  of  these  and  related  theories. 

20.805,  20.806     Field  Work  I,  II 

Data  collection  through  participant  observation  and  related  anthropological 
methods.  Data  analysis  and  reports. 

20.815     Tribal  Societies  and  Culture 

The  structures  and  institutions  of  bands,  tribes,  and  chiefdoms:  comparative  and 
functional  studies  of  tribal  societies  and  the  dynamics  of  change  under  contact 
situations. 

20.820     Peasant  Society  and  Culture 

Institutions  of  peasant  society.  The  structure  of  traditional  civilizations  and  the 
interrelations  between  urban  and  local  communities:  comparative  and  functional 
analysis  of  the  peasant  community  and  the  dynamics  of  change  from  peasant  to 
post-peasant  and  industrialized  societies. 

20.825     Language  and  Communication 

Human  communication,  including  language.  Theories  of  the  evolution  of  lan- 
guage and  the  application  of  models  derived  from  the  study  of  language  to 
other  aspects  of  behavior. 

20.830     Individual  and  Culture 

Examination  of  current  theory  and  method  in  the  study  of  the  interplay  between 
personality  and  culture.  Contributions  by  various  disciplines  are  discussed. 

20.835  Kinship  and  Social  Structure 

A  variety  of  kinship  systems  and  their  terminological  and  structural  components 
and  the  way  in  which  their  systems  articulate  with   other  social   institutions. 

20.836  Family  in  Evolutionary  Perspective 

The  emergence  of  family  from  pre-human  patterns,  its  biological  and  behavioral 
components,  and  its  cross-cultural  variations  examined  from  an  evolutionary 
perspective. 

20.840     Urban  Anthropology 

Selected  problems  in  anthropological  studies  in  urban  societies. 


122  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

20.850     Religion  and  IVIyth 

Nature  and  institutionalization  of  primitive,  ancient,  and  contemporary  religions. 
Exploration  of  religious  concepts  and  movements  in  relation  to  social,  religious, 
and  political  organization. 

20.860     Cultural  Ecology 

Examines  man's  adaptation  to  environment  and  the  effect  of  different  human 
adaptations  on  natural  systems. 

20.870     Evolution  of  Society 

The  development  of  political  and  economic  institutions:  specialization,  social 
stratification  and  the  emergence  of  civilization. 

20.880,  20.881,  20.882,  20.883,  20.884,  20.885 

Ethnographic  area  courses  (India,  Africa,  Mediterranean  and  others)  will  be 
offered  as  resources  permit. 

20.950,  20.951,  20.952  Directed  Study  in  Social  Anthropology  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 
Reading  and  empirical  research  in  social  and  cultural  anthropology  supervised 
by  members  of  the  anthropological  staff. 

20.980     Contemporary  Issues  in  Social  Anthropology 

Contemporary  issues  in  the  field  of  anthropology.  Supervised  readings  and 
w/ritten  reports  on  special  problems. 

20.990  Seminar  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  selected  topics  in  the  field  of  anthropology. 

20.991  Master's  Paper  in  Social  Anthropology 

Empirical  or  library  research  meeting  the  criteria  for  publication  in  a  profes- 
sional journal.  Supervision  by  members  of  the  department. 

SOCIOLOGY 

21.189     Essentials  of  Statistical  Theory 

This  course  reviews  concepts  essential  to  an  understanding  of  statistical  theory 
relevant  for  sociologists.  It  will  include  a  review  of  measures  of  central  tendency 
and  dispersion,  elementary  probability  theory,  standard  probability  distributions 
(Normal,  Chi-square,  F  distribution,  student's  T  distributions,  binomial,  Poisson, 
etc.),  sampling  theory,  sampling  distribution,  and  the  theory  of  hypothesis  test- 
ing. It  may  be  used  to  remedy  deficiencies  in  prior  statistical  training  but  it  does 
not  carry  graduate  credit. 

21.805,  21.806     Foundations  of  Social  Theory  I  and  11 

The  classic  theorists  (Durkheim,  Weber,  Marx,  Simme,  and  others)  will  be 
considered  intensively. 

21.807  Contemporary  Sociological  Theories 

Analytic  treatment  of  major  contemporary  theories  such  as  functionalism,  con- 
flict, neo-Marxism,  and  others.     Prep.  21.806. 

21.808  Recent  Developments  in  Sociological  Theory 

New  horizons  in  theory  and  the  relation  of  theory  to  research.  Topics  to  be 
selected  each  year  and  announced  by  the  instructor.     Prep.  21.807. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /   123 

21.810  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  I 

Methods  of  empirical  social  research  including  survey  techniques,  interviewing, 
questionnaire  construction,  sampling  procedures,  experimental  design,  and 
content  analysis. 

21.811  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  II 

A  continuation  of  work  begun  in  21.810.  Students  will  conduct  individual  re- 
search projects. 

21.812  Current  Issues  in  Social  Research 

Selected  topics  will  be  examined. 

21.813  Statistical  Methods  for  Sociologists 

This  course  is  a  detailed  introduction  to  statistical  methods  most  relevant  to 
sociology.  Topics  include  tabular  analysis,  non-parametric  statistics,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression  analysis,  path  analysis,  measures  of  association,  estima- 
tion and  univariate  and  multivariate  hypothesis  testing.  The  approach  will 
presume  a  knowledge  of  elementary  statistical  theory  —  especially  of  sampling 
distribution  and  the  effects  of  sampling  procedure  and  samples  size  on  their 
characteristics.  Laboratory  work  including  computer  processing  will  be  required. 

21.814  Mathematical  Models  and  Advanced  Statistical  Methods  for  Sociologists 

This  course  will  include  selected  topics  in  advanced  sociological  statistics:  in- 
troduction to  Markov  chains,  factor  analysis,  multiple  classification  analysis,  and 
model  building.  The  orientation  will  be  toward  the  more  advanced  students  and 
the  approach  will  be  somewhat  mathematical.  Some  mathematical  aptitude  or 
at  least  one  previous  college  course  in  mathematics  is  suggested.  Graduate 
statistics  (21.813)  is  a  prerequisite. 

21.817     American  Society 

Study  of  the  development  of  and  the  changes  in  the  institutional  structure  of 
American  society  in  comparison  with  certain  other  social  systems. 

21.820     Sociology  of  Deviant  Behavior 

Applications  of  sociological  concepts  and  principles  to  some  problems  of  social 
disorganization  in  industrial  societies.  Analysis  of  such  problems  as  suicide, 
prostitution,  physical  handicaps,  unemployment,  alcoholism,  sexual  deviance, 
and  gambling.     Prep.  21.806. 

21.827     Sociology  of  Delinquency 

Social  and  psychological  factors  of  delinquency  and  their  implications  for  pre- 
vention, rehabilitation,  and  treatment. 

21.830     Penology  and  Corrections 

Police,  court,  corrections.  The  penal  system  and  its  treatment  methods.  Prison. 
Capital  punishment.  Probation  and  conditional  sentencing.  The  inmate  society. 
Parole.  After-care.  Social  consequences  of  crime. 

21.835     Theories  of  Criminology 

Theories  and  philosophies,  underlying  various  correctional  systems.  Schools  of 
thought  in  criminology  and  penology.  Theoretical  approaches  to  the  crime  and 
delinquency  problem  from  the  beginnings  of  criminology  to  current  thinking 


124  /   SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

21.837     Sociology  Of  Law 

Fundamentals  of  law.  The  concept  of  social  control.  Order  and  Law.  Consensus 
and  conflict.  Analysis  of  the  normative-formative  influences  of  law.  Mores  and 
morals.  The  concept  of  justice.  Analysis  of  some  legal  institutions. 

21.840     Sociology  of  Medicine 

Social  aspects  of  illness  and  medicine,  historically  and  cross-culturally.  Illness 
and  the  medical  profession  in  modern  society  and  their  structural  settings:  the 
community,  the  hospital,  the  medical  school.  Research  studies  in  the  field  will 
be  examined  critically  and  problems  for  future  research  will  be  specified. 

21.843     Sociology  of  Education 

The  structure  and  functioning  of  educational  institutions.  Student,  faculty,  and 
administrative  perspectives.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of  education 
in  processes  of  socialization,  social  mobility,  social  change,  and  social  control. 

21.847     Formal  Organizations 

Analysis  of  the  goals,  functions,  and  consequences  for  the  individual  in  modern 
organizations.  Aspects  of  bureaucratization  will  be  examined  within  business 
firms,  public  institutions,  and  private  associations. 

21.850     Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions 

The  relations  between  the  occupations  and  professions  and  society.  Special 
topics  may  include  occupational  stratification,  professional  group  behavior,  re- 
cruitment and  socialization  of  occupations  and  professions,  and  political  activism. 

21.855     Political  Sociology 

Sociological  analysis  of  power  relations  and  power  systems  with  special  atten- 
tion to  the  bases  of  political  power,  processes  of  change  in  power,  and  the 
part  played  by  violence  and  revolutionary  movements. 

21.857     Economic  Sociology 

The  role  of  economic  factors  in  the  social  process.  Consideration  will  be  given 
to  both  classic  economic  theory  and  its  impact  on  classic  social  theory,  and  the 
potential  interrelations  between  modern  economic  theory  (especially  model- 
building  approaches)  and  general  sociological  problems. 

21.860     Intergroup  Relations 

The  relations  between  various  racial,  nationality,  cultural,  and  religious  groups 
with  emphasis  on  historical  development.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid  to 
American  society  with  its  specific  problems  of  adjustment  and  assimilation. 

21.863     Sociology  of  Religion 

A  sociological  analysis  of  religious  institutions  and  experiences  in  their  histori- 
cal and  contemporary  content.  Religion  and  political  content  will  be  considered. 

21.865     Sociology  of  Knowledge 

The  relationship  between  the  social  base  of  a  society  and  its  intellectual 
products.  The  view  points  of  authors  such  as  Marx,  Weber,  Mannheim,  G.  H. 
Mead,  the  Neo-Marxian,  and  other  modern  schools  will  be  considered.  Prep. 
Three  terms  of  graduate  theory. 


^  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  /   125 

21.870     The  Family 

Social  structure  and  social  functions  of  the  family  as  a  social  institution.  Rela- 
tions between  the  family  and  other  institutions  in  society  will  be  examined 
comparatively  and  historically. 

21.873,  21.874     Childhood  and  Adolescence  I,  II 

Growth  and  development  of  the  child  in  the  social  context.  Primary  socialization 
in  the  family  including  the  transmission  of  role  expectations,  values,  and  the 
development  of  self  concept.  Secondary  group  socialization  in  school,  neighbor- 
hood, and  peer  group. 

21.877     Theories  of  Socialization 

A  critical  examination  of  the  major  theories  in  the  field.  Attention  will  be  focused 
on  the  work  of  Freud,  Piaget,  Cooley,  Mead,  Parsons,  and  Merton. 

21.880     Community  Analysis 

Ecological  theories  of  man's  relation  to  his  physical  environment.  Development 
of  the  concept,  and  discussion  of  methods  for  community  study.  Comparison 
between  rural  communities  and  urban  neighborhoods.  Discussion  and  evalua- 
tion of  community  action  programs. 

21.885  Urban  Sociology 

Theories  of  the  development  of  urban  life.  Comparisons  between  pre-industrial 
and  industrializing  urban  areas.  Methods  for  the  study  of  urban  social  structure 
and  change.  Evaluation  of  contemporary  metropolitan  action  programs. 

21.886  Seminar  in  Urban  Social  Research  Issues 

Social  science  theories  and  methods  are  evaluated  from  the  perspectives  of 
urban  affairs  research.     Consent  of  instructor. 

21.890     Middle  East  Area  Study 

Socio-cultural  analysis  of  the  Middle  East.  Ecological,  structural,  institutional, 
and  normative  factors  in  nomadic,  rural,  and  urban  life.  Comparative  regional 
analysis. 

21.895     Latin  American  Societies 

Study  and  analysis  of  selected  Latin  American  societies  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  such  countries  as  Cuba,  Mexico,  Peru,  and  Brazil.  Emphasis  on  urban- 
ization and  industrialization,  social  and  political  change. 

21.900     Issues  in  Social  Psychology 

Human  behavior  and  theories  of  self  from  a  sociological  and  psychological  per- 
spective. Special  consideration  of  interpersonal  relations,  socialization,  and 
symbolic  interaction. 

21.910     The  Sociology  of  Science 

Selected  topics  dealing  with  interactions  between  science  and  society.  Con- 
sent of  instructor. 

21.912,  21.913     Experimental  Methods  in  Social  Research  I,  II 

This  course  covers  experimental  design  and  laboratory  methods  in  sociology. 
The  small  groups  laboratory  is  treated  as  a  setting  for  testing  sociological  theory. 


126  /  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

The  emphasis  is  upon  techniques  and  problems  in  the  creation  and  manipulation 
of  social  variables  in  the  laboratory  situation,  although  the  techniques  of  the 
natural  experiment  are  also  considered. 

21.915     Seminar  in  Symbolic  Interaction 

The  social  psychology  of  groups  as  found  in  the  works  of  Mead,  Becker,  Blumer, 
Goffman,  and  others. 

21.916,  21.917     Seminar  in  Qualitative  Analysis  I,  II 

First  Quarter:  Social  Structure  process  and  meaning  in  interacting  groups.  Each 
student  studies  a  face-to-face  group  by  means  of  participant  observation  using 
symbolic  interaction  concepts.  Second  Quarter:  Situational  analysis  of  field  data. 
The  relation  of  method  and  theory. 

21.920     Social  Stratification 

Theories  of  inequality  between  groups  in  historical  perspective,  from  classical 
to  modern  industrial  times.  Discussion  and  evaluation  of  sociological  research 
in  social  stratification  in  regard  to  different  social  and  cultural  groups. 

21.930,  20.930     Social  and  Cultural  Change  S,  A 

Two-quarter  course,  in  conjunction  with  Anthropology. 

Analysis  of  the  changing  patterns  in  social,  economic,  and  political  institutions. 

Modern  social  trends  are  discussed. 

21.940,  21.941     Social  Control  I,  II 

Seminar  in  research,  theories,  and  methods  in  the  sociology  of  social  control. 

21.950,  21.951     Seminar  in  Social  Structure  I,  II 

Seminar  relating  current  theories  and  research  in  sociology,  social  psychology, 
and  social  anthropology. 

21.960,  21.961,  21.962     Seminar  on  Socialization  I,  II,  ill 

I.  Instructor  reviews  theories  and  findings  in  organizational  socialization.  II. 
Students  design  studies  in  organizational  socialization.  III.  Students  present 
results  of  their  studies.     Not  open  to  first  year  students. 

21.980     Contemporary  Issues  in  Sociology 

Contemporary  issues  in  sociology.  Supervised  readings  and  written  reports  on 
special  problems. 

21.990  Seminar  (maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Discussion  of  selected  topics  in  the  field  of  sociology. 

21.991  Master's  Paper  in  Sociology 

Supervision  by  members  of  the  department.  Empirical  or  library  research  meet- 
ing the  criteria  for  publication  in  a  professional  journal. 

21.992,  21.993,  21.994     Directed  Study  in  Sociology  (Maximum:  9  q.h.) 

Reading  and  research  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.Open  to  doctoral 

candidates  with  the  consent  of  the  graduate  committee. 

21.995     Doctoral  Dissertation 


index 


Academic  calendar,  5-6 
Academic  Council,  13 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10-12 

Graduate,  14 
Admission,  24  (see  also  Courses) 

Doctor's  degree,  29-31 

Master's  degree,  28-30 
Applications,  23 
Assistantships,  33 

B 

Biology,  36 

Courses,  40-47 

Faculty,  36 

Programs,  36-40 
Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings,  20-22 


Psychology,  111 
Sociology,  117 
Credits,  26 


Degree  programs,  27-31 

(see  also  Courses) 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree 

Admission,  28 

Comprehensive  examination,  29 

Course  requirements,  29 

Dissertation,  29 

Final  oral  examination,  29 

Foreign  language,  29 

Interdisciplinary  programs,  30-31 

Qualifying  examination,  29 

Registration,  30 

Residence  requirement,  29 

Time  limitation,  28 

Transfer  credit,  28 


Calendar,  5-6 

Campus  description  and  location,  20 

Map,  4 
Center  for  Continuing  Education,  19 
Chemistry,  48 

Courses,  51-55 

Faculty,  48 

Programs,  48-51 
Clinical  Chemistry 

Program,  55-56 

Courses,  57-58 
Class  hours,  26 
Colleges  (undergraduate),  127 
Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Arts  and  Sciences,  16 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  18 

(see  also  Courses) 
Corporation,  7-9 
Courses 

Anthropology  (see  Sociology) 

Biology,  36 

Chemistry,  48 

Clinical  Chemistry,  55 

Economics,  59 

English,  68 

History,  76 

Mathematics,  84 

Physics,  95 

Political  Science,  102 


Economics,  59 

Courses,  63-67 

Faculty,  59 

Programs,  59-62 
English,  68 

Courses,  70-75 

Faculty,  68 

Program,  68-69 
Evening  programs  (see  Courses) 
Executive  Council,  12 


Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  32-33 

Fellowships,  33-34 

Fields  of  Study  (see  Courses) 

Financial  aid,  33-35 


Grading  system,  25-26 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  23 

Fields  of  study,  36-126 
Registration,  5,  25 
Regulations,  23-27 


H 

Henderson  House,  22 
History,  76 

Courses,  77-83 


127 


128  /   INDEX 


Faculty,  76 
Program,  76-77 

I 

Interdisciplinary  programs,  30-31 

L 
Library,  20-21 
Loan  program,  34-35 

M 

Map  of  campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  22 

Mathematics 

Courses,  87-94 

Faculty,  84 

Programs,  84-87 
Master's  degree 
(see  also  Courses) 

Admission,  27 

Comprehensive  examination,  27 

Language  requirement,  28 

Thesis,  28 

Time  limitation,  28 

Transfer  credit,  28 

N 

NDEA  loan  program,  34 


Part-time  programs 
(see  Courses) 

Physics,  95 

Courses,  95,  98-101 
Faculty,  95 
Programs,  95-98 

Political  Science,  102 


Courses,  103-110 

Faculty,  102 

Program,  102-103 
Programs  of  study,  27-31 

(see  Courses) 
Psychology,  111 

Courses,  113-116 

Faculty,  111 

Programs,  111-113 


Registration,  25 

Regulations 

For  doctor's  degree,  28-30 
For  master's  degree,  27-28 
General,  23-27 

Research  activities,  19 

Residence  requirement,  25,  29 


Sociology  and  Anthropology,  117 

Courses,  121-126 

Faculty,  117 

Programs,  117-120 
Student  center,  20 
Suburban  campus,  21 


Tuition,  32 
Trustees, 9 


U 


University  Council,  12 

University  Graduate  Council,  14-15 


W 


Withdrawals,  26 


UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Offering  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  baccalaureate 
degrees 


Boston-Bouve  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 


College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Lincoln  College 


Offering  part-time  curricula  during  late  afternoon  and  evening  fiours  leading  to 
associate  and  baccalaureate  degrees 

Lincoln  College 
University  College 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


© 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

1972-73 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

1972-73 


yfB\^s 


Northeastern  University 

224  Hoyden  Hall 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Mossochusetts  02115 

Tel.  (617]  437-2714 


la] 


^ 


-I 


V 


JJ 


-:&■■>  ^ 


v:>4 


AiV.!«-V^ 


'W 


r^/ 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administrative  Organization 

12  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

19  The  University 

21  Buildings  and  Facilities 

25  The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

26  Internship 

26  Assistantship 

27  Part-Time  Study 

27  General  Regulations 

33  Financial  Information 

33  Financial  Obligations 

34  Financial  Aid 
37  Faculty 

41  Master  of  Business  Administration  Curriculum 

42  Elective  Courses 
45  Description  of  Courses 

61  Undergraduate  Universities  Attended  by  Students 

Entering  in  1971 

62  Faculty  Directory 
64  Index 


'  <c cn  cc: 

Q-  CC  CE  ^ 


E         ^ 


QO  CO 

2f  o  ^^  ^  "^  "^  ~ 


o.t  1  .=  "^  S  ^  "i  I  £  £  I  s  ^t^  ^  §  J  't^  '?,  -5 

o   o  r=  3    "^    "^^ 


03    o    cu  .     _      _   


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1972-1973 

Fall  Quarter  1972 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.,  Burlington  and  Boston) 
Burlington  Tuesday-Wednesday      Sept  12-Sept.  13 

Boston  Monday-Thursday  Sept.  18-Sept.  21 

Classes  begin  Monday  Sept.  25 

Examination  period  Monday-Saturday  Dec.  11-Dec.  16 

Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.,  Burlington  and  Boston) 
Burlington  Tuesday  Nov.  28 

Boston  Monday-Thursday  Dec.  4-Dec.  7 

Classes  begin  Tuesday  Jan.  2 

Examination  period  Monday-Saturday  Mar.  19-Mar.  24 

Spring  Quarter  1973 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.,  Burlington  and  Boston) 
Burlington  Tuesday  Mar.  6 

Boston  Monday-Thursday  Mar.  12-Mar.  15 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  file  commencement 
card  for  spring  commencement 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 
spring  commencement 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 
Office  for  June  graduates  taking 
third  quarter  course 

Examination  period 

Spring  Commencement 

Summer  Quarter  1973  (first  six-week  session) 

Registration  period  (5:30-8:00  p.m.,  Burlington  and  Boston) 

Burlington  Monday-Tuesday  June  18-June  19 

Boston  Wednesday-Friday  June  20-June  22 

Classes  begin  Monday  June  25-July  27 

Last  day  to  file  commencement 

card  for  fall  commencement  Monday  July  2 

Summer  Quarter  1973  (second  six-week  session) 

Registration  period  (5:30-8:00  p.m.,  Burlington  and  Boston) 

Burlington  Monday  July  30 

Boston  Tuesday  July  31 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

fall  commencement  Wednesday  August  1 

Classes  begin  Monday  July  30-Sept.  7 


Monday 

April  2 

Monday 

April  2 

Monday 

April  30 

Friday 

June  1 

Monday-Saturday 

June  11-June  16 

Sunday 

June  17 

UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1972-1973 


Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Monday 

Thursday-Saturday 

Monday-Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 


Octobers 
October  23 
Nov.  23-Nov.  25 
Dec.  18-Jan.  1 
February  19 
April  16 
May  28 
July  4 
September  3 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing 
equal  opportunity  for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission, 
registration,  and  all  official  relationships  with  students,  in- 
cluding evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  University 
insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional 
policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color, 
religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 

*Diana  J.  Auger 

^Charles  F.  Aviia 

Alien  G.  Barry 
'Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
*George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*Louis  W.  Cabot 
'Norman  L.  Cahners 

Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Erwin  D.  Canham 
•Richard  P.  Chapman 

Theodore  Chase 


Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
'David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
*  Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

'Carl  S.  Ell 
'Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 

'Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 
Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
tGeorge  Hansen 

William  Hellman 
*Ernest  Henderson  ill 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
*Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
*Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 

Maurice  Lazarus 
*Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
fAlfred  E.  Lonnberg 

Edward  A.  Loring 
'John  Lowell 

Ralph  Lowell 

Diane  H.  Lupean 


'Harold  A.  Mock 
tirwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

'Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
*Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 
'Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
'Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 

"Frank  L.  Richardson 

'Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
'Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 


'Lawrence  H.  Martin 

'J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 
Edward  R.  Mitton 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
"Honorary  Trustee 

tGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 
fAlfred  E.  Lonnberg,  deceased  October  8,  1972. 
tirwin  L.  Moore,  deceased  July  23,  1972. 


Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 


8 


Philip  A.  Singleton 
'Donald  W.  Smith 
Tarnham  W.  Smith 
"George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
"Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Almore  I.  Thompson 
Milton  A.  Thompson 
'D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
'Robert  H.Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 


Richard  W.  Young 
Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chiairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Wee  Cliairman 

Frank  L.  Farweil,  Vice  Ctiairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

^Charles  F.  Aviia 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kennerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Sm.ith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
iResigned  May  26,  1972 


Class  of  1974 

°Carl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 

tGeorge  Hansen 
Henry  C.  Jones 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1975 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 


*Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 
Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 

iCharles  F.  Avila,  Vice  Ctiairman 

Alvin  C.  Zises,  Wee  Ctiairman 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
=Carl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 


Harold  A.  Mock 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Robert  H.  Willie,  Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  thie  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. Ed.,  President 
Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  L.H.D.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Wee  President  for  Business 


•President  of  the  University 
"President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
tGeorge  Hansen,  deceased  May  2,  1972. 
iResigned  May  26,  1972. 


10 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S. A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Alumni  Affairs  and  Associate 

Director  of  Development 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 


Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and 

Director  of  Boston-Bouve  Graduate  Scliool 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Adult  Education  Programs  and 

Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  the  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

John  A.  Curry,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Academic  Services  and  Assistant  to  the 
Executive  Vice  President 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  the  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Pharmacy 
and  Allied  Health  Professions 

11 


Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  ttie  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Healtfi  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 

University  Registrar 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  ttie  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  M.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  B.A.,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

Mary  A.  Zammitti,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  for  the  Basic  Colleges 

GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 

The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr. 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald  Royal  K.  Toebes 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
12 


The  Academic  Council 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


'Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher,  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

"Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

'Melvin  Mark 

*Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
*Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
*Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
*Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


"Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Francis  L.  Heuston,  B.S.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions, 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

John  W.  Jordan,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

John  J.  McKenna,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Andre  P.  Priem,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Engineering 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 


University  Graduate  Council 

1971-1972 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the  con- 
duct of  graduate  work.  Ail  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Council. 


OFFICERS 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman,  Wee  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 
A.  B.  Warren,  Vice  Chairman,  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 

Graduate  Council 
Sidney  Herman,  Secretary,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Administrative  Members 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and  Director  of 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

14 


George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Dean  of  Education 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 


Elected  Faculty  Members 

(Terms  expire  Sept.  1972) 

David  W.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Fred  A.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Biology 

Conrad  P.  Caiigaris,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Katherine  Carlisle,  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Carl  S.  Christensen,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

David  I.  Epstein,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

David  R.  Freeman,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Bill  C.  Giessen,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

Mervin  D.  Lynch,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Professor  of  Physics 

Edward  S.  Marshall,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  Management 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Professor  of  Recreation  Education  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

15 


Robert  C.  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Ctiemistry 

Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Professor  of  Pliarmacognosy  and  Medicinal  Cliemistry 

John  F.  Reinhard,  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Cliairman,  Department  of 
Educational  Administration 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Cfiairman  of  tiie  Department 

Sarah  M.  Robinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pfiysical  Education 

Earl  Rubington,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Walter  C.  Schwab,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Scranton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Cliemistry  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Arthur  H.  Walker,  Professor  of  Management 

A.  Bertrand  Warren,  Professor  of  Psychology 

Arthur  J.  Weitznnan,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 


Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Francis  W.  Casey,  Secretary,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmaceutical  Sciences 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and  University 
Registrar 

16 


Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  Associate  University  Registrar 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Janice  Walker,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Ex  Officio 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Dean  of  Faculty 
Rudolph  M.  Morris,  Dean  of  University  Administration 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Dean  of  Planning 


Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 
1972-1973 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Cochairman,  Associate  Dean,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration,  and  Associate  Professor  of 
t^anagement 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Cochairman,  Professor  of  Accounting,  Chairman  of  the 
Accounting  Department,  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Professional  Accounting 

John  W.  Jordan,  Assistant  Dean  and  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration 

Thomas  C.  Anderson,  Assistant  Professor  of  fJlanagement 

Warren  C.  Briggs,  Associate  Professor  of  l\Aanagement 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Charles  H.  Dufton,  Professor  of  Marketing 

Robert  H.  Farrar,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Management 

Carlo  E.  Gubeliini,  Professor  of  Management 

Ralph  C.  Porter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Cooperative  Education 

Barry  Shore,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Jeffry  A.  Timmons,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management 


17 


1 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  pri- 
vately endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the 
General  Laws  of  IVlassachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enact- 
ment has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The 
University  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the 
Northeastern  University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  170  dis- 
tinguished business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning.  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting 
of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not 
duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer 
new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  Col- 
lege's daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  Technology  program  (1971). 
This  educational  method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical 
experience  as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  pro- 
vides the  means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the 
financing  of  their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  gradu- 
ate level  in  engineering,  actuarial  science,  the  pharmaceutical  sciences, 
professional  accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  devel- 
oped to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening 
courses  —  offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day 
courses  leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day 
undergraduate  programs  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  Lincoln  College  offers  evening/ 
part-time  certificate,  associate,  and  bachelor  degree  programs  in  tech- 
nological areas.  All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  through 
part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the  Basic  College  faculties  con- 
cerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  nine  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

19 


20   /   THE   UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education 
and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and  Doctor  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums, 
and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs. 
The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  asso- 
ciations and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs 
dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Com- 
munity Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and  community 
organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social 
problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose 
services  are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the 
Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate 
and  graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hun- 
tington Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's 
famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Bacl<  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  the  Boston  Public  Library,  and  many  schools  and 
colleges.  Most  are  within  walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan 
International  Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motor- 
ists, the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938, 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recrea- 
tion and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a 
seating  capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is 
the  main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School 
of  Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  Physi- 
cal and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  addi- 
tional subject  collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development 
at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Sciences  Institute  in  Nahant. 

21 


22   /   BUILDINGS   AND   FACILITIES 

The  library  collections  number  250,000  volumes  supplemented  by 
some  356,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The 
collection  includes,  in  addition,  some  1,800  periodical  titles,  90,000 
documents,  and  3,700  sound  recordings. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the 
best  equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an 
athletic  cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as 
administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Phys- 
ical Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts, 
and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Doclcser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music 
rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms, 
conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research 
laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  avail- 
able which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are 
furnished  with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table. 
The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students 
are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but 
may  live  in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments 
and  in  school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come, 
first  served  basis. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and 
3  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  de- 
grees, special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  pro- 
grams are  offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  23 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege in  outdoor  education  and  conservation,  and  in  camping  admin- 
istration, programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland,  com- 
pleted in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall, 
library,  crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research 
and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology 
and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20 
miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are 
applicable  toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Brockton,  Nashua,  and  Framingham  Campuses 

For  students  residing  in  southeastern  Massachusetts  and  northeastern 
Rhode  Island,  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers 
a  major  portion  of  its  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Brockton,  Massa- 
chusetts. These  facilities,  made  available  by  the  Veterans  Administration 
Hospital,  are  conveniently  located  just  off  Route  24. 

Students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area  may  take  a 
major  portion  of  the  M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hamp- 
shire. These  facilities  are  furnished  by  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  and  are 
located  in  their  headquarters  on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts 
line. 

For  students  in  the  Framingham-Worcester  area,  a  major  portion  of 
the  M.B.A.  Program  may  be  taken  at  classroom  facilities  located  in 
Framingham,  Massachusetts. 


IIIEflEU 


graduate  school  of 
business  administration 


The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  at  Northeastern 
University  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business 
Administration.  Broad  in  concept,  it  is  aimed  at  preparing  the  student 
for  a  career  in  administration  rather  than  for  an  immediate  or  particular 
position.  The  curriculum  and  teaching  methods  center  around  the  de- 
velopment of  basic  skills  and  knowledge  appropriate  to  administration, 
rather  than  upon  specialized  functional  techniques.  Although  the  case 
method  of  study  is  extensively  used,  a  variety  of  teaching  methods  is 
employed  consonant  with  particular  course  objectives.  The  basic  objec- 
tives of  the  program  are:  to  confront  the  student  with  meaningful  learning 
experiences,  to  increase  skills  and  knowledge  in  basic  disciplines  un- 
derlying administrative  practice,  and  to  develop  judgment  and  skills  of 
problem  analysis  and  decision-making  in  complex  organizations. 

The  student  may  choose  one  of  four  methods  of  securing  an  M.B.A. 
degree:  full-time  internship  or  non-internship,  full-time  assistantship, 
and  part-time  study.  The  full-time  non-intern  student  may  complete  the 
program  in  one  calendar  year  of  academic  study. 

The  full-time  non-internship  allows  students  wide  latitude  in  deter- 
mining their  pace  toward  the  M.B.A.  degree.  They  may  elect  to  take 
four,  five,  or  six  courses  each  quarter,  enabling  them  to  complete  the 
degree  requirements  in  a  period  of  from  one  calendar  year  to  two  aca- 
demic years. 

The  full-time  internship  blends  one  full  calendar  year  of  academic 
study  with  nine  months  of  coordinated  work  as  an  intern  in  a  business 
or  nonprofit  organization.  This  combination  of  theory  and  practice  gives 
the  intern  excellent  preparation  for  a  career  in  management. 

Under  the  full-time  assistantship,  students  combine  their  studies  with 
academic  experience  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 

Part-time  students  have  the  advantage  of  attending  classes  in  the  late 
afternoon  and  evening  to  learn  the  theory  behind  the  practical  applica- 
tion of  their  employment. 

25 


26   /    GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF   BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

INTERNSHIP 

A  feature  which  makes  the  Northeastern  M.B.A.  program  unusual  in 
graduate  education  is  the  management  internship.  Following  the  theory 
that  a  balanced  exposure  to  theory  and  practice  is  the  most  effective 
approach  to  management  education,  the  two-year  program  affords  ex- 
cellent opportunity  in  each  area.  Class  work  begins  with  basic  disci- 
plines vital  to  sound  progress  in  a  management-oriented  course.  The 
functional  areas  of  business  are  treated  next,  with  process  courses  and 
electives  following. 

Interwoven  with  the  academic  quarters  are  two  periods  of  guided 
experience  in  business  and  other  organizations.  One  period  is  three 
months  in  duration;  the  other,  six  months.  The  intern  works  in  an  admin- 
istrative capacity  in  a  realistic  organizational  environment  from  which 
a  major  source  of  funds  may  be  obtained  for  continuance  of  the  pro- 
gram. The  nature  of  the  job  will  assure  ample  opportunity  to  observe, 
research,  and  report  upon  some  aspect,  element,  or  problem  of  the 
organization.  The  experience  entails  a  report  which  will  be  considered 
within  the  academic  portion  of  the  program. 

Because  of  economic,  academic,  and  individual  variables,  the  Gradu- 
ate School  cannot  guarantee  placement;  however,  the  University  has 
a  full-time  experienced  staff  to  assist  the  student  in  obtaining  his  intern- 
ship. Students  are  also  encouraged  to  investigate  employment  opportu- 
nities on  their  own  in  order  to  facilitate  final  placement  by  the  intern 
coordinator. 

An  illustration  of  term  sequence  within  the  two-year  internship  pro- 
gram is  shown  below. 

1st  Year  2nd  Year 

Fall  Quarter  In  Class  Management  Internship 

Winter  Quarter  In  Class  Management  Internship 

Spring  Quarter  Management  Internship  In  Class 

Summer  Quarter  In  Class 

During  each  academic  quarter,  the  student  will  normally  carry  18 
hours  of  course  work. 

ASSISTANTSHIP 

A  student  may  be  a  teaching  assistant,  a  graduate  administrative 
assistant,  or  a  tuition  assistant.  Appointees  to  these  positions  work 
directly  with  members  of  the  faculty  and  staff  of  the  College  of  Business 
Administration.  This  work  affords  the  student  interested  in  developing 
a  college  or  university  career  the  opportunity  to  explore  and  gain  ex- 
perience in  teaching,  research  and/or  administration. 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /   27 

Teaching  assistants  and  graduate  administrative  assistants  receive 
remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  of  $2,600  in  return  for  devoting  half 
time  to  assisting  directly  in  the  teaching  process  or  in  administrative 
duties  within  the  College.  These  appointees  must  not  take  less  than  a 
half-time  academic  load  in  the  M.B.A.  Program.  M.B.A.  candidates  who 
are  in  the  second  year  of  study  and  receive  these  appointments  are 
paid  a  stipend  of  $2,800. 

Tuition  assistants  receive  remission  of  tuition  in  return  for  sharing 
in  the  administrative  work  of  the  College.  These  awards  are  normally 
given  to  full-time,  non-intern  students  in  their  first  year  of  graduate  work. 
Tuition  assistants  devote  the  equivalent  of  one  day  per  week  to  their 
assigned  administrative  work  within  the  College. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  assistantships  are  ordinarily  announced  no  later 
than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year.  They  are  for  a  maximum 
of  one  year  and  can  be  renewed  only  by  reappointment.  Students  who 
hold  assistantships  are  expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies 
and  the  responsibilities  of  the  award.  They  may  not  accept  outside  em- 
ployment without  the  consent  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration. 

PART-TIME  STUDY 

Part-time  students  can  continue  their  full-time  employment  while 
acquiring  the  background,  skills,  and  knowledge  that  will  help  them 
advance  their  career  in  administration. 

These  students  normally  take  two  courses  per  quarter  and  can  com- 
plete the  degree  program  in  three  to  four  years,  depending  upon  whether 
course  work  is  taken  during  the  summer  quarter.  All  degree  require- 
ments may  be  completed  at  the  Boston  or  Suburban  Campuses  in 
the  late  afternoon  and  evening  hours. 

Students  maintaining  a  satisfactory  academic  standing  may  petition 
the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  for 
permission  to  take  more  than  two  courses  per  quarter. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University  Graduate 
Council.  In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is 
allowed  discretion  to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the 
Council.  The  regulations  and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have 
been  formulated  in  accordance  with  this  general  policy. 


28   /   GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Application 

All  applicants  should  address  inquiries  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration.  Application  forms  and  reference  blanks  will 
be  mailed  to  the  applicant.  This  material,  together  with  one  official 
transcript,  the  Admission  Test  for  Graduate  Study  in  Business  (ATGSB) 
scores,  and  the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL,  required  of  all  applicants  whose  native  language  is  not  Eng- 
lish) should  be  returned  to: 

Northeastern  University 

Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

224  Hayden  Hall  (Admissions) 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Applications  for  the  ATGSB  Examination  can  be  obtained  by  writing 
to: 

Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  966 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

Applications  for  the  TOEFL  Examination  can  be  obtained  by  writing 
to: 

Educational  Testing  Service 

Box  899 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

ATGSB  and  TOEFL  scores  sent  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Business 
Administration  are  kept  for  one  year  from  the  date  taken. 

Admission 

Full-time  non-internship,  internship,  and  assistantship  applications 
should  be  submitted  by  April  1.  Applications  received  after  this  date 
are  considered  if  spaces  are  available  in  the  entering  class.  Admission 
decisions  are  made  in  the  first  week  of  January,  February,  March,  and 
April;  applicants  are  then  notified  by  mail.  Applications  for  part-time 
study  must  be  completed  no  later  than  two  weeks  prior  to  the  registra- 
tion period  for  the  quarter  in  which  the  applicant  plans  to  enter  the 
M.B.A.  Program. 

To  be  admitted  for  graduate  work  in  the  College  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration, applicants  must  have  completed  undergraduate  work  of  high 
quality  and  must  have  obtained  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a  recognized 
institution  of  higher  learning.  The  overall  quality  of  undergraduate 
achievement  is  considered  to  be  of  more  importance  than  the  particular 
field  of  specipjization.  Official  transcripts  of  all  previous  undergraduate 
and  graduate  work  must  be  submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  before  admission  can  be  considered  or  an  evalua- 
tion made. 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /  29 

Applicants  are  also  required  to  submit  three  letters  of  reference  from 
individuals  who  are  familiar  with  their  qualifications  for  graduate  study 
in  Business  Administration. 

The  basic  criteria  considered  in  the  admissions  procedure  are:  under- 
graduate grades,  previous  graduate  work,  the  score  on  the  Admission 
Test  for  Graduate  Study  in  Business,  job  experience,  and  present  job 
level.  An  overall  impression  of  strength,  past  success,  and  motivation 
to  succeed  in  the  Graduate  School  is  sought  in  the  applicants  for  the 
program. 

Although  the  M.B.A.  Program  presumes  no  particular  level  of  compe- 
tence in  the  areas  of  accounting,  economics,  statistics,  mathematics, 
and  behavioral  science,  prospective  applicants  are  advised  to  acquire 
some  background  in  these  areas  in  their  undergraduate  work. 

Academic  Classifications 

Students  initially  entering  the  M.B.A.  Program  are  classified  into  one 
of  three  groups  depending  upon  their  admission  credentials: 

Regular  Students  are  those  individuals  who  meet  in  full  all  admit- 
tance criteria  based  on  the  standards  established  by  the  Committee 
on  Graduate  Study  in  Business  Administration. 

Provisional  Students  are  those  individuals  whose  records  do  not 
qualify  them  for  regular  admission  based  on  the  standards  established. 
Therefore,  provisional  students  must  obtain  a  B  average  in  the  first  18 
quarter  hours  of  course  work  in  order  to  continue  in  the  graduate 
program. 

Special  Students  must  meet  the  same  admission  criteria  as  regular 
students  and  are  allowed  a  maximum  of  four  courses  (12  quarter  hours) 
in  the  program.  Special  students  accruing  any  deficiencies  will  not  be 
allowed  to  continue.  This  classification  is  reserved  for  individuals  who 
already  hold  an  M.B.A.  degree. 

Registration 

Part-time  students  must  register  during  the  periods  listed  on  the 
school  calendar.  Dates  of  registration  will  be  specified  by  letter  for 
students  accepted  for  full-time  study. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  in  residence  at 
the  University,  unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  for  work  taken  else- 
where. Students  who  are  in  residence  and  are  using  the  facilities  of  the 
University  must  register  for  such  work. 


30  /   GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by 
the  instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 

A    Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 

B    Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 

C    Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 

F    Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I      Incomplete 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the 
work  of  the  course. 

S    Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U    Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

These  grades  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both 
the  first  and  second  quarters  of  the  sequence. 

The  designation  "I"  will  be  changed  to  a  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiencies  which  caused  the  grade  of  "I"  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies 
must  be  made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade 
of  "I"  is  received  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  in- 
structor. However,  such  extension  of  time  may  not  exceed  two  additional 
consecutive  calendar  quarters. 

A  make-up  final  examination  period  will  be  scheduled  by  the  Graduate 
School  of  Business  Administration  during  the  sixth  week  of  each  quar- 
ter. Any  student  who  wishes  to  take  a  make-up  examination  must  obtain 
permission  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Admin- 
istration by  the  second  week  of  the  quarter  succeeding  that  in  which 
the  examination  was  missed.  The  make-up  examination  must  be  taken 
in  that  succeeding  quarter  unless  circumstances  warrant  permission  of 
the  Director  to  defer  it  to  one  of  the  next  two  quarters. 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   /  31 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  at  Northeastern  University  are  entered  as  quarter-hour 
credits  with  a  quarter  hour  of  credit  being  equivalent  to  three-fourths  of 
a  semester  hour:  i.e.,  12  semester  hours  equal  16  quarter  hours. 

All  classes  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  meet 
on  a  quarter  basis,  with  an  academic  quarter  being  defined  as  a  term  of 
approximately  12  weeks'  duration.  In  the  summer  quarter,  classes  meet 
in  two  six-week  sessions.  The  academic  calendar  at  the  front  of  this  bul- 
letin should  be  consulted  to  determine  the  opening  dates  of  each 
quarter. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a 
degree.  Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of 
one  quarter,  without  notifying  the  Director  of  the  program,  will  be 
classified  as  Inactive. 

All  Inactive  students  must  submit  a  written  petition  to  the  Director  of 
the  program  in  order  to  be  readmitted  to  graduate  study.  Petition  forms 
may  be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban 
Campus  Main  Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class 
meeting  of  the  quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on 
which  they  fill  out  the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the 
instructor  does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Petitions  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the  ninth  class  meeting 
of  the  quarter  must  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School, 
and  may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  a  student.  Petition 
forms  may  be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  Graduate  School  forces  frequent 
revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indi- 
cated. When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes, 
and  when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected 
to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin. 

Application  for  the  Degree 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  before 
the  date  appearing  on  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the 
degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year,  even  though  all  other 


32   /   GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

requirements  have  been  met.  Prompt  filing  of  the  commencement  card 
will  also  assure  that  the  name  appears  correctly  on  the  diploma. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  M.B.A.  degree,  an  average  grade  of  "B" 
must  be  obtained  in  the  total  credit  hours  required  for  graduation.  No 
more  than  three  extra  courses  or  repeated  courses  may  be  taken  in 
order  to  satisfy  this  grade  requirement. 

Any  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  "B"  in  four  or  more 
degree  credit  courses  may  be  withdrawn  from  the  program  by  action  of 
the  Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration. 

Within  the  above  limitations,  a  required  course  for  which  a  grade  of 
"I"  or  "F"  is  received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better, 
and  may  be  repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  "I"  or  "F"  is  received  In 
an  elective  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  with  a  grade  of 
"C"  or  better,  or  another  elective  course  may  be  substituted  for  it.  If  a 
grade  of  "C"  is  received  in  a  required  course,  that  course  may  be  re- 
peated once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  15  quarter  hours  of  graduate  credit  obtained  at  another 
institution  may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree,  provided  that 
the  credits  transferred  carry  grades  of  "A"  or  "B,"  have  been  earned 
at  a  recognized  institution,  have  not  been  used  toward  any  other  degree, 
and  are  relevant  to  the  M.B.A.  Program.  Students  should  petition  the 
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  in  writing  for  all  transfer 
credit.  Petition  forms  may  be  obtained  in  Room  224  Hayden  Hall.  Grades 
on  transfer  credit  are  excluded  in  the  computation  of  the  academic 
average  necessary  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitation 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted 
by  transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years. 


financial  information 

FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates  and  special  students  is  $50 
per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and 
are  payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified. 

Fees 

All  applications  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application  fee  (non- 
refundable) of  $15.  No  applications  will  be  processed  until  the  fee  has 
been  received  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration. 
Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent 
directly  to  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business,  224  Hayden 
Hall. 

Upon  notification  of  admission,  all  full-time  applicants  are  required  to 
pay  a  tuition  deposit  of  $50.  This  deposit  w\\\  be  credited  to  the  student's 
tuition,  and  is  not  refundable  for  those  who  do  not  register. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  final 
examination  make-up  fee  of  $5;  and  a  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candi- 
dates, payable  before  commencement  by  the  applicable  date  listed  on 
the  academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the 
services  available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  tuition  assistants, 
teaching  assistants,  and  administrative  assistants  is  $6.25  each  quarter. 
All  part-time  students  on  the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  charged 
$.75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  will  pay  a  nonrefundable  University  Health 
Services  fee  of  $75  each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue 
Shield  coverage  and  entitle  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished 
by  the  University  Health  Services. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  before 
graduation. 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does 
not  constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should 
be  discussed  with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

33 


34  /   FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule. 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition  Refunded: 

First  week  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Although  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Adnninistration  grants 
financial  aid  only  in  the  form  of  assistantships,  Northeastern  University 
does  have  a  limited  amount  of  financial  aid  for  full-time  students  en- 
rolled in  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  Information 
in  addition  to  that  below  and  application  forms  are  available  from  the 
Northeastern  University  Office  of  Financial  Aid.  These  forms  are  not 
available  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  Office. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Fellowships 

A  limited  number  of  full-  and  half-time  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr., 
Fellowships  are  available.  Holders  of  these  appointments  devote  full 
or  half  time  to  graduate  work. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  are  ordinarily  announced  no  later  than 
April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or  summer.  Appointments  are 
for  a  maximum  of  one  year  and  are  not  automatically  renewed. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  Campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a 
minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and 
application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program 

Under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  the  Federal  government,  students 
carrying  an  academic  load  of  one  half  or  more  are  entitled  to  loans  up 
to  $2,500  for  one  school  year  and  up  to  a  total  of  $10,000  for  under- 
graduate and  graduate  work.  The  actual  amount  of  any  award  will  be 
determined  on  the  basis  of  need  and  academic  promise. 

The  repayment  period  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  ceases 
to  carry  a  half-time  load  and  extends  10  years  from  that  point.  Cancel- 
lation of  up  to  50  percent  of  National  Defense  Loans,  including  interest, 
is  allowed  for  graduates  who  enter  the  field  of  teaching.  Up  to  100  per- 
cent may  be  cancelled  for  service  in  certain  areas.  Additional  informa- 
tion and  application  forms  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for  full-time  students  and 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION   /  35 

one  month  prior  to  the  start  of  the  quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested 
for  other  students. 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan 

Educational  assistance  loans  may  be  available  from  certain  banks  in 
the  student's  home  town.  These  loans,  guaranteed  by  state  agencies, 
carry  an  interest  charge  of  seven  percent,  three  percent  of  which  is 
paid  by  the  Federal  government.  Graduate  students  may  borrow  up  to 
$1,500  for  each  year  of  study  up  to  a  maximum  of  $7,500  for  both  under- 
graduate and  graduate  work.  Monthly  repayment  begins  nine  to  12 
months  after  completion  of  study  and  extends  up  to  five  years. 


1^ 


faculty 


Robert  F.  Abbanat,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology:  M.S. A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Dean  S.  Ammer,  Director,  Bureau  ol  Business  and  Economic  Research  and  Prolessor  ol  Man- 
agement,   B.S.,    Massachusetts    Institute   ol   Technology:   M.B.A.,    Ph.D.,    A/ew    York   University 

Harley  H.  Anderson,  Assistant  Dean,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  North- 
eastern University:  J.D.,  Suffolk  University 

Thomas  C.  Anderson,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Management,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota 

Ralph  R.  Bravoco,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Northeastern  University: 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Jules  I.  Borack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  B.S.,  Brooklyn  College:  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University 

Warren  G.  Briggs,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Management,  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Tech- 
nology: M.B.A.,   Harvard  University:  Ph.D.,   Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology 

Ian  Michael  Brimm,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  A.B.,  Cornell  University:  M.B.A.,  North- 
eastern University:  D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 

Robert  H.  Caplan,  Professor  of  Management,  B.C.E.,  Cornell  University:  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard 
University 

Clairmont  P.  Carter,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Accounting,  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University: 
M.B.A.,  Akron  University:  D.B.A.,  Kent  State  University 

Saverlo  Cerullo,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Finance,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Boston  University 

Charles  Chronis,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  Northeastern  University:  M.B.A., 
Boston  University 

Charles  J.  Collazzo,  Jr.,  Prolessor  of  Marketing,  B.A.,  Northeastern  Un'wersity:  M.C.S.,  M.A., 
Boston  University:  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Paul  V.  Croke,  Coordinator,  Human  Resources  Group  and  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Management, 
A.B.,    M.B.A.,    Boston    College:   Ph.D.,    Rensselaer   Polytechnic    Institute 

Philip  T.  Crotty,  Jr.,  Associate  Director,  Center  lor  Management  Development  and  Associate 
Prolessor  ol  Management,  A.B.,  Holy  Cross  College:  A.M.,  Harvard  University:  M.B.A.,  Ed.D., 
Boston  University 

Joseph  R.  Curran,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Accounting,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University: 
Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Willis  L.  Davis,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  Howard  University:  M.B.A.,  George 
Washington  University:  D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 

Charles  H.  Dufton,  Chairman,  Department  ol  Marketing  and  Prolessor  of  Marketing,  A.B.,  Yale 
University:  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

James  W.  Earley,  lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  A.B.,  Holy  Cross;  B.S.,  State  College  at 
Fitchburg:  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 

Edwin  F.  Estle,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  Purdue  University:  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University 

Robert  H.  Farrar,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Management,  B.S.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  North- 
eastern University:  Ph.D.  Candidate,  University  ol  Massachusetts 

Ralph  W.  Fingar,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  Union  College:  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Texas 

Angelo   Fiumara,  Associate  Professor  ol  Business  Law,  A.B.,   LL.B.,   Boston   College 

Harold  Fletcher,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Finance,  B.S.,  Western  Kentucky  University:  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity ol  Kentucky:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Melvyn  P.  Galin,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology: 
M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  tndiana  University 

Marc  S.  Gerstein,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.E.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute: 
S.M.,  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

37 


38  /   FACULTY 

Victor  B.  Godin,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  A.B.,  B.S.,  Columbia  University:  M.S., 
Massacliusetts  Institute  of  Technology:  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Chairman,  Department  of  Accounting  and  Director,  Graduate  School  ol 
Professional  Accounting,  B.S.,  Northeastern  University:  M.A.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 

Steven    B.    Grossman,    Assistant    Professor    of    Accounting,    B.S.,    fJf.A.,    northeastern    University: 

Ph.D.,  Tufts  University 
Carlo  E.  Gubellini,  Coordinator,  General  tvlanagement  Group  and  Professor  of  Management,  B.S., 

Northeastern  University:  M.B.A.,  Boston  University 

Richard  Harmer,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University:  M.B.A., 
D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 

Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance  and  Accounting,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Columbia  University: 
M.B.A.,  D.B.A. ,  Indiana  University;  C.P.A. 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  ol  Business  Administration  and  Professor  of  Management,  A.B.,  M.B.A., 
D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Richard  B.   Higgins,  Professor  of  Management,   A.B.,  Tufts   University:  Ph.D.,   Columbia  University 

Christine  L.  Hobart,  Associate  Professor  of  Management,  A.B.,  Radcliffe  College;  D.B.A.,  Harvard 
University 

Geoffrey  G.  Jackson,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  Amherst  College;  M.S.,  Columbia 
University 

John  W.  Jordan,  Assistant  Dean  and  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, B.S.,  M.S.,  State  Cotlege  of  Boston 

Frederick  Kaen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Finance,  B.S.,  Lehigh  University:  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  Candidate, 
University  of  Michigan 

Jerome   Kanter,   Lecturer  in   Business   Administration,   B.S.,   M.B.A.,   Harvard   University 

Lyman  A.  Keith,  Professor  of  Management,  B.S.,  Northeastern  University:  M.A.,  M.B.A.,  Boston 
University 

Robert  C.  Lleb,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  B.S.,  Duquesne  University:  M.B.A.,  D.B.A., 
University  of  Maryland 

Richard  Lindhe,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago 

John  Macy,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology: 
M.S.,  Northeastern  University:  D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 

Lawrence  H.   Malchman,  Professor  of  Accounting,   B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 

Maureen  Malin,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  A.B.,  Radcliffe  Cotlege;  M.B.A.,  Ed.D. 
Candidate,    Harvard   University:   Ph.D.    Candidate,   Massachusetts   Institute   of   Technology 

Wesley  W.  Marple,  Jr.,  Chairman,  Department  of  Finance  and  Professor  of  Finance,  A.B.,  Prince- 
ton University:  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Edward  S.  Marshall,  Associate  Professor  of  Management,  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago:  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  Iowa 

Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  Management,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Dartmouth  College;  D.B.A.,  Harvard 
University 

Philip  R.  McDonald,  Professor  of  Marketing  and  Management,  B.A.,  University  of  British  Colum- 
bia; M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Robert  J.  Minichiello,  Professor  of  Marketing,  A.B.,  Harvard  University;  M.B.A.,  Boston  Uni- 
versity; D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Richard  K.  Moore,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University: 
Ph.D.  Candidate,  University  of  Catitornia,  Los  Angeles 

Mark  M.  Moriarty,  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing  and  Management,  B.S.I.M.,  Purdue  University: 
M.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles:  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Purdue  University 

Richard  J.  Morrison, /Ass/s/anf  Professor  of  Marketing  and  Management,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 
Candidate,  Harvard  University 

A.  Howard  Myers,  Professor  of  Industrial  Relations,  A.B.,  Cornell  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University 

Richard  Paul  Olsen,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University:  M.B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  Mississippi:  D.B.A.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 

Russell  W.  Olive,  Coordinator,  Management  Sciences  Group  and  Associate  Professor  of  Manage- 
ment, B.S.,  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology:  M.B.A.,  Boston  University:  D.B.A., 
Harvard  University 

Robert  A.  Parsons,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University; 
M.A.,  Ph.D.  Candidate,  Boston  College 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean  and  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration,  and 
Associate  Professor  of  Management;  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 


FACULTY  /  39 

Paul  C.  Richards,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University; 
C.P.A. 

Herman  Rochwarg,  Associate  Professor  of  Management,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  (Michigan  State  University 

Raymond  Roy,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting,  B.  Comm.,  St.  Mary's  University;  M.B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Massachusetts:  D.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

Anghel  N.  Rugina,  Professor  ot  Economics  and  Finance,  B.S.,  College  of  Business,  Golatz, 
Rumania;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Academy  of  High  Studies  in  Economics,  Bucharest,  Rumania;  Ph.D., 
University  ot  Freiburg,  Germany 

Richard  J.  Santos,  Associate  Dean  and  Director,  Center  for  Management  Development  and  Asso- 
ciate Professor,  B.S.,  Salem  State  College;  M.A.,  Emerson  College 

Harold  P.  Scheinkopt,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration,  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University;  M.A., 
Ph.D.  Candidate,  New  Yorl(  University 

Daniel  C.  Scioletti,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law,  B.B.A.,  Colby  College;  Ed.M.,  Boston 
University;  LL.B.,  Suffolk  University 

Barry  Shore,  Associate  Professor  of  Management,  B.S.,  Tufts  University;  M.B.A.,  University  ot 
Massachusetts;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Albert    Slavin,    Lillian    L.    and    Harry   A.    Cowan    Professor   of   Accounting,    Ed.B.,    Ed.M.,    Boston 

University;  C.P.A. 
Jeffry  A.  Timmons,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  A.B.,   Colgate  University;  M.B.A.,   D.B.A., 

Harvard  University 

Dharmendra  T.    Verma,   >Assoc/afe    Professor  of   Marketing,    B.S.,    University   of    Bombay;   M.B.A., 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 
Arthur   H.    Walker,    Professor   of   Management,    A.B.,    Bowdoin    College;    MB. A.,    D.B.A.,    Harvard 

University 
Edward    R.    Willett,    Professor   ot    Finance,    B.S.,    Northeastern    University;    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Harvard 

University 

Frederick  Wiseman,  Assistant  Professor  of  t\Aarketing,  B.S.,  Tufts  University;  Ivf.S.,  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University 


master  of  business 
administration  curriculum 


students  entering  the  program  must  finish  72  quarter  hours  of  grad- 
uate credit  to  complete  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  Pro- 
gram. This  requirement  applies  to  both  full-time  and  part-time  students. 
The  course  content  for  internship,  assistantship,  and  part-time  pro- 
grams is  the  same. 

CURRICULUM 

Number                                     Course  Credit  Hours 

41.811  Basics  of  Financial  and  Managerial  Analysis 3 

41.812  Profit  Planning  and  Budgeted  Systems  Analysis...  3 

41.813  Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 3 

43.81 1  Marketing   Management  I    3 

43.812  Marketing  Management  II   3 

44.81 1  Financial   Management  I    3 

44.812  Financial  Management  II   3 

45.805  Operations  Management  I   3 

45.806  Operations  Management  II    3 

45.815  Behavioral   Concepts    3 

45.816  Organizational  Behavior  I    3 

45.817  Organizational   Behavior  II    3 

45.825  Business  Policy  I    3 

45.826  Business  Policy  II 3 

49.901  Managerial   Economic  Analysis    3 

49.902  Quantitative  Analysis  I   3 

49.903  Quantitative  Analysis  II    3 

Total  Required  Credit  Hours 51 

Elective  Credit  Hours 21 

Total  Credit  Hours  for  Degree 72 

41 


42  /   MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 


While  the 

part-time  student  has  some  flexibility  in  the  order  in  which 

he  takes  his 

required  work, 

the  schedule  below  is  recommended  as  a 

guide: 

Quarter 

Number 

Course 

1st  Quarter 

41.811 

Basics  of  Financial  and  Managerial  Analysis 

45.815 

Behavioral  Concepts 

2nd  Quarter 

41.812 

Profit  Planning  and  Budgeted  Systems  Analysis 

45.816 

Organizational  Behavior  1 

3rd  Quarter 

41.813 

Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 

45.817 

Organizational  Behavior  II 

4th  Quarter 

49.901 

Managerial  Economic  Analysis 

49.902 

Quantitative  Analysis  1 

5th  Quarter 

49.903 

Quantitative  Analysis  II 
Elective 

6th  Quarter 

43.811 

Marketing  Management  1 

44.811 

Financial  Management  1 

7th  Quarter 

43.812 

Marketing  Management  II 

44.812 

Financial  Management  II 

8th  Quarter 

45.805 

Operations  Management  1 
Elective 

9th  Quarter 

45.806 

Operations  Management  II 
Elective 

10th  Quarter 

45.825 

Business  Policy  1 
Elective 

11th  Quarter 

45.826 

Business  Policy  II 
Elective 

12th  Quarter 

Elective 
Elective 

ELECTIVE  COURSES 

In  addition  to  the  required  courses,  students  must  complete  course 
work  in  electives  to  bring  their  total  program  to  the  72  quarter  hours  of 
credit  required  for  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree.  All 
elective  courses  carry  three  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise 
specified. 


Operations  Management 

45.833     Operations  Management  in  the 

Health  Care  System 
45.902     Planning  and  Control  of 

Manufacturing  Operations 
45.965     Management  of  Small  Business 

Enterprises 
49.904     Contemporary  Problems  in 

Managing  Complex 

Operating  Systems 


Small  Business  Management 

45.829     New  Ventures: 
A  Career  Choice 

45.965     Management  of  Small 
Business  Enterprises 

45.968     Management  of  New 
Enterprises 


MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   CURRICULUM   /   43 


Administration  and  Its  Environments 

39.805     Business  Cycles  and 
Forecasting 
Government  Finance 
Fiscal  Policy 
Money  and  Banking 
Labor  Econonnics 
Tax  Factors  in  Business 
Decisions 

Consumer  Behavior 
Business  Participation  in 
Metropolitan  Problems 
Institutional  Environment 
of  Business  I 
Institutional  Environment 
of  Business  II 
Government  and  Business 
Science  and  Technology: 
The  Challenge  to  Management 
Business  Lav\/  —  Law  of 
Contracts,  Agency  and  Sales 
Law  of  Business 
Organizations  and 
Negotiable  Instruments 
The  Political  and  Economic 
Environment  of  Business 


39.823 
39.825 
39.831 
39.835 
41.862 

43.814 
45.961 

45.962 

45.964 

45.969 
45.989 

45.991 

45.992 


49.915 


International  Business  Management 

39.827     Economic  Development 
39.829     Comparative  Economic 

Systems 
39.833     International  Economics 
41.801      International  Accounting 
43.910     International  Marketing 
44.814     International  Financial 

Management 

Health  Care  Administration 

39.941      Health  Manpower 

41.816     Management  Control  of  Health 

Service  Systems 
45.808     Comparative  Management 
45.833     Operations  Management  in 

the  Health  Care  System 

45.976  Workers  in  the  Health  Care 
System 

45.977  Information  Systems  for 
Health  Care  Administration 


General  Management 

45.828     Seminar  in  Growth 

Strategies  for  Corporate 
Management 

45.830     Formal  Planning  Systems 
45.997-9     Special  Topics  in  Business 
Administration  (1  to  3  Q.H.) 

49.932  The  Computer  and  Its 
Applications  I 

49.933  The  Computer  and  Its 
Applications  II 

49.935     Computer  Applications  in 
Management  Science 

Management  of  Transportation  and 
Logistics 

48.801     Seminar  in  Transportation 

Systems 
48.805     Urban  Transportation 
48.901      Physical  Distribution 

Management 

Marketing  Management 

43.814  Consumer  Behavior 
43.910     International  Marketing 
43.912     Dynamics  of  Marketing 

Management 
43.925     Sales  Management 
43,931      Marketing  Research 

43.934  New  Product  Development 

43.935  Marketing  to  Low-income 
Consumers 

43.936  Strategy  Problems  of  Mass 
Distributors 

43.941      Industrial  Marketing 
49.922     Marketing  Information 
Systems 

Managerial  Control 

41.801      International  Accounting 

41.815  Management  Control  Systems 

41.816  Management  Control  of  Health 
Service  System 

41.825     Management  Performance 

Appraisal 
41.862     Tax  Factors  in  Business 

Decisions 


44  /   MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION   CURRICULUM 


45.977     Information  Systems  for  Health 

Care  Administration 
49.918     Information  Theory  and 

Systems 


45.819 
45.820 


Financial  Management 

45.835 

44.814 

International  Financial 

Management 

45.925 

44.901 

Advanced  Financial 

Management 

45.951 

44.921 

Investment  Analysis 

45.960 

44.923 

Seminar  in  Strategies  for 

Growth  Funding 

45.971 

44.924 

Mergers  and  Acquisitions 

45.972 

44.926 

Policy  Issues  in  Corporate 
Money  Management 

45.976 

44.935 

Management  of  Financial 
Institutions 

45.985 

44.952 

Seminar  in  Capital  Budgeting 

Management  of  Human  Resources 

45.808     Comparative  Management 
Interpersonal  Behavior 
Psychological  Dynamics  of 
Leadership 

Seminar  in  Organizational 
Development 

The  Role  of  the  Manager  of 
the  Future 

Executive  Development 
Organizational  Theory  in 
Industrial  Practice 
Personnel  Management 
Industrial  Relations 
Workers  in  the  Health  Care 
System 

Management  of  Research 
and  Development 


ELECTIVES  FROM  OTHER  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Courses  may  also  be  selected  from  other  graduate  programs  at 
Northeastern  University,  with  the  permission  of  the  Director  of  the 
appropriate  program  and  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Busi- 
ness Administration. 


description  of  courses 


39.805     Business  Cycles  and  Forecasting 

The  theory  of  models  is  used  to  show  that  the  business  phenomenon  varies  in 
accordance  with  the  economic  and  social  system  implied,  and  that  there  is  an 
economic  model  (the  Walrasian  system)  where  the  phenomenon  cannot  exist,  at 
least  not  in  the  form  that  we  know  from  the  history  of  modern  capitalism.  The 
major  business-cycle  theories  are  introduced  for  the  purpose  of  demonstrating 
their  application  in  forging  consistent  and  efficient  policies.  A  statistical  theory 
of  fluctuations  in  business  activity  of  the  United  States  forms  the  background 
for  a  judgment  on  policies  and  their  effectiveness.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.823     Government  Finance 

A  survey  of  governmental  expenditure,  revenue,  and  debt  systems,  with  emphasis 
upon  their  economic  effects  and  their  relationship  to  principles  of  economic 
welfare.  Discussions  on  taxation,  tax  incidence,  tax  theory,  debt  management, 
and  employment  levels.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.825     Fiscal  Policy 

Deliberate  adjustments  in  revenues  and  expenditures  for  the  purpose  of  obtain- 
ing greater  economic  stability  and  economic  growth.  Discussion  of  neutral  fiscal 
policy,  built-in  stabilizers,  budget  management,  attainment  of  full  employment, 
inflation  and  deflation.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.827     Economic  Development 

The  enumeration,  delineation,  and  assessment  of  variables  which  determine  the 
level  and  the  nature  of  economic  activity.  An  introductory  discussion  of  the  eco- 
nomic factor  in  civilization  is  followed  by  an  examination  of  the  psychological, 
social,  and  political  influences  on  economic  change.  The  role  of  various  eco- 
nomic institutions  in  secular  development  is  analyzed.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit 

39.829     Comparative  Economic  Systems 

A  comparative  study  of  central  economic  theories  and  institutions  of  Capitalism, 
Socialism,  Communism,  and  the  Welfare  State.  Particular  attention  to  criteria 
for  evaluating  success  in  meeting  diverse  goals,  techniques  and  problems  of 
planning,  and  real  growth  rates.  Some  attention  paid  to  primitive  economics. 
Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.831     Money  and  Banking 

The  necessary  information  for  an  understanding  of  the  nature  and  functioning 
of  the  monetary  and  banking  system  of  the  United  States  as  well  as  of  any  other 

45 


46  /   DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

country  of  the  modern  era.  The  theory  of  models  is  used  to  show  how  many 
monetary  and  banking  systems  are  possible,  and  how  the  solution  to  a  given 
problem  (both  in  theory  and  practice)  depends  on  the  model  selected.  Monetary 
issues  of  international  nature  are  discussed.     Prep.  75  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.833     International  Economics 

The  historical  background  of  the  Balance  of  International  Payments  of  the 
United  States.  To  understand  the  nature  of  the  problems  in  this  field,  central 
attention  is  given  to  the  theory  of  international  trade  and  capital  movements. 
Further  attention  is  paid  to  the  interpretation  and  evaluation  of  the  various  possi- 
ble foreign  economic  policies.  Trade  agreements  and  restrictions  are  also  in- 
cluded as  a  part  of  the  greater  issues  of  international  economic  development 
and  cooperation.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.835     Labor  Economics 

The  economics  of  wage  determination,  impact  of  unions  on  wages  and  inflation, 
the  economics  of  full  employment  and  unemployment,  and  private  and  public 
remedial  policies;  the  labor  force,  governmental  labor  legislation,  security,  union- 
ism, and  democracy.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

39.9H1     Health  Manpower 

Theoretical  basis,  historical  development,  and  institutional  framework  of  prob- 
lems involved  in  medical  economics,  income  supplements  and  security,  and 
the  respective  corrective  policies.  The  manpower  problems  associated  with 
health  and  welfare.     Prep.   15  Q.H.  of  Grad.   Credit 

41.801     International  Accounting 

New  accounting  tasks  have  been  created  by  the  significant  expansion  of  inter- 
national business.  Accounting  concepts  and  practices  vary  from  country  to 
country,  and  they  affect  international  business  events  and  transactions.  The 
course  attempts  to  produce  an  understanding  of  national  and  regional  patterns 
of  accounting  as  they  exist  and  their  international  implications.  Prep.  41.813, 
Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 

41.811  Basics  of  Financial  and  Managerial  Analysis 

An  introduction  to  accounting  systems,  including  the  development  of  financial 
statements.  Techniques  which  scrutinize  the  statements  in  order  to  evaluate  the 
firm's  potential  in  the  light  of  historical  data  are  critically  appraised.     Prep.  None 

41.812  Profit  Planning  and  Budgeted  Systems  Analysis 

After  examining  the  role  which  profit  maximization  plays  as  an  entity  objective, 
alternative  courses  of  action  for  goal  achievement  are  integrated  into  a  pro- 
grammed budgeting  process.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  budget  as  a  planning, 
motivating,  coordinating,  evaluating,  and  replanning  device.  Prep.  41.811,  Ba- 
sics of  Financial  and  Managerial  Analysis 

41.813  Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 

A  study  of  the  integration  and  coordination  of  short-range  programs  with  long- 
range  plans  and  the  control  mechanisms  which  enhance  appropriate  conform- 
ance to  the  strategic  budget,  with  primary  emphasis  on  divisionalized  organiza- 
tions.    Prep.  41.812,  Profit  Planning  and  Budgeted  Systems  Analysis 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES   /  47 

41.815  Management  Control  Systems 

Management  control  is  the  process  by  which  management  translates  the  organi- 
zational objectives  and  strategy  into  specified  goals  for  attainment  in  a  specified 
period  of  time,  and  secures  the  effective  accomplishment  of  these  goals  in  an 
efficient  manner.  This  course  deals  with  systems  that  facilitate  this  process,  with 
particular  attention  to  those  designed  for  use  at  divisional  and  top  management 
levels.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are:  measurement  of  performance  of  respon- 
sibility centers  (e.g.,  divisions,  departments,  subsidiaries),  considerations  rele- 
vant to  setting  up  investment  centers  and  profit  centers,  transfer  pricing,  the 
control  of  managed  costs  (such  as  research/development  and  administrative 
costs),  the  coupling  of  incentive  compensation  with  measured  performance,  the 
annual  planning/budgeting  process,  and  long-range  planning.  Prep.  41.813, 
Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 

41.816  Management  Control  of  Health  Service  Systems 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  competence  for  conceptualizing 
and  managing  the  planning  and  control  requirements  of  organizations  operating 
in  the  health  services  domain.  Major  topics  of  discussion  include  planning, 
budgeting,  responsibility  accounting,  cost  analysis  and  cost  control.  The  role 
of  the  controller  in  these  activities  is  also  examined.  The  idea  of  a  system 
integrating  these  requirements  pervades  the  course.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit 

41.825     Management  Performance  Appraisal 

Entrusted  with  the  stewardship  of  society's  resources,  managers  are  responsi- 
ble for  their  use  in  achieving  generally  desirable  results.  If  management  is  to 
be  held  accountable  to  its  several  constituencies  (i.e.,  higher  level  manage- 
ment, investors,  creditors,  customers,  etc.),  effective  methods  of  evaluating  man- 
agement performance  are  requisite.  This  course  critically  examines  the  tradi- 
tional means  of  management  appraisal  as  well  as  several  newer  techniques  which 
have  been  proposed.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are:  management's  social 
responsibilities,  criteria  for  management  effectiveness,  financial  and  non-finan- 
cial measures  of  effectiveness,  "management  audits,"  and  "social  audits." 
Prep.  41.813,  Planning,  Decisions,  and  Control  Systems 

41.862     Tax  Factors  in  Business  Decisions 

A  study  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  its  implications  for  compensation 
policies,  choice  of  organizational  form,  corporate  reorganizations,  and  foreign 
business  operations.  Mergers  and  acquisitions  and  the  management  of  depre- 
ciable property  are  examined  in  the  light  of  decisions  made  by  the  Internal 
Revenue  Service  and  the  tax  courts.  The  emphasis  of  the  course  is  on  discus- 
sion and  research  into  corporate  income  tax  problems  that  affect  business  de- 
cisions.    Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

43.811      Marketing  Management  I 

The  objectives  of  Marketing  Management  I  and  II  are  twofold:  to  provide  the 
student  with  a  comprehensive  understanding  of  basic  marketing  functions,  insti- 
tutions, and  concepts;  and  to  develop  the  student's  ability  to  analyze  and  make 
recommendations  about  business  problems  that  involve  the  creation,  distribu- 


48   /   DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

tion,  and  sale  of  goods  and  services.  Marketing  Management  I  emphasizes  the 
definition  of  marketing  problems,  demand  analysis,  consumer  analysis,  and 
market  research.     Prep.  None 

43.812     Marketing  Management  II 

A  continuation  of  Marketing  Management  I,  with  emphasis  on  the  formulation 
and  implementation  of  marketing  strategy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  product  pol- 
icy, channels  of  distribution,  pricing,  advertising,  personal  selling,  and  the  de- 
velopment of  integrated  marketing  programs  of  action.  Prep.  43.811,  Marketing 
Management  I 

43.814     Consumer  Behavior 

Development  of  an  understanding  of  consumer  attitudes  and  behavior  proc- 
esses. Various  economic  and  behavioral  models  of  consumer  behavior  are 
examined  and  evaluated  as  bases  for  the  planning  and  evaluation  of  marketing 
strategies.  Text,  readings,  project.     Prep.  43.812,  Marketing  Management  II 

43.910     International  Marketing 

Objective  is  to  develop  an  understanding  of  (1)  the  opportunities  and  chal- 
lenges facing  the  international  marketing  executive;  (2)  the  decision-making 
process  in  marketing  goods  abroad;  and  (3)  the  environmental  forces  —  eco- 
nomic, cultural  and  political  —  affecting  the  marketing  process  and  acting  as  the 
constraints  for  the  development  of  marketing  strategies  abroad.  Lectures,  dis- 
cussions, reports,  texts,  readings,  and  cases.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

43.912     Dynamics  of  Marketing  Management 

A  capstone  marketing  course  which  focuses  on  the  marketing  executive's  task 
of  interrelating  the  various  functional  activities  within  his  department  and 
integrating  the  resulting  marketing  programs  with  the  short-  and  long-term 
objectives  of  the  firm.  Case  studies  and  supplementary  readings.  Prep.  43.812, 
Marketing  Management  II 

43.925     Sales  Management 

Designed  to  help  the  student  develop  both  the  understanding  and  decision- 
making skills  necessary  to  build  and  maintain  an  effective  sales  organization. 
Cases  and  readings  (which  examine  the  strategies  and  operating  problems  of 
the  sales  manager)  are  used.  Four  major  topic  areas  are:  (1)  the  selling  func- 
tion; (2)  sales  management  at  the  field  level;  (3)  the  sales  executive;  and  (4) 
sales  and  marketing  management.  Prep.  43.812,  Marketing  Management  II,  or 
permission  of  tfie  instructor 

43.931     Marketing  Research 

The  major  methods  and  techniques  of  marketing  research  are  examined  in  order 
to  give  an  understanding  of  the  function  of  research  in  marketing  decision  mak- 
ing. Specific  topics  include  sources  and  economic  value  of  information,  research 
design,  experimentation,  sampling,  use  of  canned  programs,  and  data  analysis. 
Prep.  43.811,  Marketing  Management  I  and  49.902,  Statistical  Analysis  and 
Inference 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  49 

43.934  New  Product  Development 

The  importance  of  new  products  to  the  survival  and  prosperity  of  firms  is 
growing  and  will  continue  to  grow  with  the  continuing  shortening  of  product 
life  cycles,  with  changes  in  technology,  competition,  consumer  tastes,  and  with 
increasing  operating  costs.  For  most  firms,  coping  with  the  problems  of  environ- 
mental change  through  modification  of  the  product  line  is  both  vital  and  difficult. 
This  seminar  will  have  as  a  primary  concern  the  examination  and  analysis  of 
some  of  the  problems  firms  face  in  directing  and  managing  their  new  prod- 
uct development  activities.     Prep.  43.811,  Marketing  Management  I 

43.935  Marketing  to  Low-Income  Consumers 

Assigned  readings,  individually  selected  readings,  and  class  discussions  are  the 
basis  for  an  in-depth  examination  of  the  challenges  and  responsibilities  which 
business  faces  in  areas  of  the  economy  receiving  increasing  attention  and  con- 
cern. Marketing  to  low-income  consumers  will  be  studied  from  the  point  of  view 
of  both  consumers  or  buyers  and  the  marketing  or  business  firms  with  whom 
they  deal.  Emphasis  on  readings  and  discussions  will  reflect  the  needs  and  in- 
terests of  the  class.     Prep.  43.811,  Marketing  Management  I 

43.936  Strategy  Problems  of  Mass  Distributors 

An  examination  of  selected  major  strategy  problems  facing  large-scale  food  and 
general  merchandise  distributors:  selecting  store  location,  determining  mer- 
chandising and  promotional  policies,  and  formulating  long-range  plans.  Cases 
and  issues  are  explored  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  management  of  prominent 
supermarket,  department  store,  and  discount  retailers,  with  some  attention  to 
wholesalers.  The  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  contemplating  ca- 
reers in  retailing  or  wholesaling,  but  it  is  also  of  interest  to  those  concerned 
with  the  role  of  mass  distributors  in  the  marketing  of  consumer  goods.  Prep. 
43.812,  Marketing  Management  II 

43.941     Industrial  Marketing 

The  problems  of  industrial  concerns  in  selling  their  products  and  services  to 
other  industrial  customers  are  studied,  first  at  the  salesman's  level,  then  at  the 
area  manager's  level,  and  finally  at  the  level  of  the  company  sales  executive. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  determining  the  customer's  needs  and  finding  ways  to 
meet  these  needs.  Areas  covered  include  the  role  of  the  purchasing  agent,  and 
the  problems  of  the  supervisor  and  the  industrial  salesman.  Prep.  43.812,  Mar- 
keting Management  II 

44.811     Financial  Management  I 

This  course  and  its  required  sequel,  44.812,  acquaints  students  with  concepts, 
practices  and  procedures  of  financial  management  and  offers  training  in  ana- 
lytical approaches  which  will  help  them  make  wise  decisions  affecting  the  flow 
of  funds  within  an  organization.  Financial  Management  I  concentrates  on  the 
sources  and  uses  of  short-term  and  immediate-term  funds,  and  Financial  Man- 
agement II  concentrates  on  long-term  funds.  Instruction  is  primarily  through 
readings  and  cases.     Prep.  41.813,  Planning,  Decisions  and  Control  Systems 


50   /   DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

44.812     Financial  Management  II 

Concentrates  on  long-term  sources  and  uses  of  funds  with  an  introduction  to 
capital  budgeting  techniques  and  the  concept  of  cost  of  capital.  Risk  and  return 
trade  offs  are  included.  Broad  topics  of  overall  financial  strategy  and  timing  are 
examined.  Frequently,  evening  students  are  required  to  prepare  a  term  report 
based  upon  data  gathered  on  their  jobs  and/or  from  financial  literature.  Prep. 
44.811,  Financial  Management  I 

44.814     International  Financial  Management 

Comprehensive  coverage  of  the  field  of  international  financial  management; 
including  the  fundamental  problems  of  financial  forecasting,  multinational  capi- 
tal budgeting,  affiliate  financial  structures,  international  fund  movements  and 
instruments  of  international  finance,  import-export  financing,  and  the  adversities 
of  foreign  environments.  Background  information  is  sought  in  the  interpretation 
of  U.S.  foreign  investment  controls  and  the  reaction  of  foreign  governments  to 
U.S.  interference.  Prep.  44.812,  Financial  Management  II 

44.901     Finance  III  —  Advanced  Financial  Management 

An  opportunity  to  study  several  important  areas  of  financial  management  in 
greater  depth  than  was  possible  in  the  basic  finance  courses.  Some  of  the  topics 
are  corporate  capital  structure,  dividend  policy,  capital  budgeting,  and  the 
management  of  current  assets.  Instruction  is  primarily  through  assigned  read- 
ings and  classroom  case  discussions.     Prep.  44.812,  Financial  Management  II 

44.921     Investment  Analysis 

Investment  principles  and  risks.  The  objective  will  be  the  development  of  a 
sound  investment  program  with  attention  being  given  to  identification  of  invest- 
ment objectives  and  risks.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  techniques  of  analysis 
and  evaluation  of  various  types  of  securities  and  the  associated  risks,  the  opera- 
tion of  the  securities  markets,  and  the  various  methods  of  portfolio  management. 
Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

44.923  Seminar  in  Strategies  for  Growth  Funding 

A  course  with  a  narrowed  scope  dealing  in  depth  with  concepts  and  practices 
of  designing  capital  structures  to  accommodate  corporate  growth.  The  planning 
and  implementation  of  funding  actions  are  becoming  as  complex  and  as  neces- 
sary to  corporate  success  as  the  conception,  engineering,  and  production  of 
quality  products.  Published  and  unpublished  research  material  will  be  utilized 
along  with  classroom  discussions  of  published  cases  and  of  "live  cases"  pre- 
sentations by  visiting  practitioners.  The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  increase  the 
understanding  of  management's  opportunities  to  influence  the  supply  of  financial 
resources  available.     Prep.  44.812,  Financial  Management  II 

44.924  Mergers  and  Acquisitions 

This  seminar  will  explore  the  economic  environment  which  has  recently  given 
rise  to  a  large  number  of  corporate  mergers  and  the  business  factors  underlying 
these  corporate  combinations.  The  financial,  managerial,  accounting,  and  legal 
factors  affecting  mergers  will  be  studied.  Students  will  be  taught  how  to  ap- 
praise a  potential  merger  and  to  structure  a  merger  on  advantageous  terms. 
Instruction  will  be  through  directed  readings,  case  discussions,  and  independ- 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /  51 

ent  research.  While  the  orientation  of  the  course  will  be  that  of  the  acquiring 
firm,  the  insights  developed  will  be  equally  relevant  to  representatives  of  firms 
likely  to  be  acquired.     Prep.  44.812,  Financial  Management  II 

44.926     Policy  Issues  in  Corporate  Money  Management 

The  seminar  has  a  two-fold  objective:  to  develop  the  financial  manager's  under- 
standing of  the  basic  concepts,  instruments,  and  structure  of  the  money  market, 
and  to  analyze  and  discuss  policy  issues  in  corporate  money  management  as 
they  are  affected  by  subtle  but  important  changes  in  the  environment  of  federal 
monetary  and  fiscal  policy.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

44.935     Management  of  Financial  Institutions 

The  intent  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  broad  range  of  decision- 
making problems  faced  by  major  financial  institutions  such  as  commercial  banks, 
savings  and  investment  institutions,  and  finance  companies  when  viewed  as 
competitive,  profit-seeking  business  entities.  Major  areas  of  concern  in  the 
course  are  sources  and  uses  of  funds  by  financial  institutions,  competition, 
regulation,  and  strategic  policy  planning  by  financial  institutions.  Instruction  is 
primarily  through  readings  and  cases.     Prep.  44.812,  Financial  Management  II 

44.952     Seminar  in  Capital  Budgeting 

A  course  with  narrow  scope,  dealing  in  depth  with  the  managerial  and  financial 
problems  concerning  the  allocation  of  corporate  resources  to  long-term  uses 
within  the  firm.  The  problems  to  be  considered  include  the  encouragement  of 
the  development  of  investment  opportunities,  as  well  as  systems  and  techniques 
for  their  evaluation  and  selection.  The  goal  of  the  course  is  to  enhance  the  indi- 
vidual's ability  to  affect  the  selection  of  investment  opportunities  in  a  way  which 
will  make  a  maximum  contribution  to  the  development  of  the  firm.  Prep.  44.812, 
Financial  Management  II 

45.805  Operations  Management  I 

The  study  of  operations  as  an  integrated  system  responding  to  the  firm's  goals 
and  objectives.  Explores  from  a  manager's  viewpoint  (1)  the  nature  of  the  short- 
and  long-range  problems  generated  within  operations;  (2)  the  factors  in  plant 
layout  and  the  firm's  physical  facilities;  and  (3)  the  cost-data  required  for  de- 
cisions about  the  productive  process,  including  capital  costs  and  investment 
criteria.  Topics  covered  include:  management's  function  in  operations-system 
design,  process  planning,  automation,  work  methods,  job  structure,  job  en- 
largement, and  participation.  Text  and  cases  are  used.  Prep.  49.903,  Introduc- 
tion to  Operations  Research 

45.806  Operations  Management  11 

Continuation  of  the  study  of  management  of  operations,  exploring  (1)  the  utility 
of  standards  and  work  measurement;  (2)  usefulness  of  operations  control  of 
various  analytical  techniques,  such  as  waiting  line  theory,  simulation  and  linear 
programming;  and  (3)  the  operation  and  control  of  the  productive  system.  Topics 
covered  include:  management  of  inventory  control,  production-inventory  systems, 
maintenance,  quality,  and  improvement  of  operations  cost.  Text  and  cases  are 
used.     Prep.  45.805 


52   /   DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

45.808     Comparative  Management 

An  analysis  of  the  management  process  in  different  types  of  organizations  with 
emphasis  on  similarities  and  differences.  Among  the  types  of  organizations  ex- 
amined are  business  firms,  school  systems,  colleges  and  universities,  unions, 
political  parties,  prisons,  hospitals,  churches,  and  military  organizations.  Prep. 
15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.815  Behavioral  Concepts 

A  brief  examination  of  major  concepts  and  findings  of  the  behavioral  sciences 
which  have  particular  relevance  to  business  and  administration.  Systematic 
ways  of  understanding  behavior  will  be  developed,  taking  account  of  technical, 
economic,  political,  and  human  factors  involved.  Individual  development  will 
be  studied  from  the  standpoint  of  character,  perception,  learning,  and  motiva- 
tion. Behavior  of  people  in  small  groups  will  be  examined  in  terms  of  the  struc- 
ture and  dynamics  of  the  individuals  in  the  group.     Prep.  None 

45.816  Organizational  Behavior  I 

Basic  findings  and  concepts  of  the  behavioral  sciences  will  be  related  to  the 
specific  aspects  of  behavior  in  formally  constituted  organizations.  Supervisory 
behavior  will  be  examined  in  the  behavioral  context.  Relations  between  groups 
will  be  examined  with  the  objective  of  developing  ways  to  achieve  collaboration. 
Prep.  45.815,  Behavioral  Concepts 

45.817  Organizational  Behavior  II 

The  study  of  behavior  in  organizations  will  be  expanded  to  larger  organizations 
in  order  to  understand  and  deal  systematically  with  the  complex  relationships 
found  at  this  level.  This  course  will  also  provide  an  opportunity  to  apply  knowl- 
edge about  people  in  organizations  to  the  improvement  of  organizational  sys- 
tems and  to  the  process  of  achieving  changes  in  organizations.  Prep.  45.816, 
Organizational  Behavior  I 

45.819  Interpersonal  Behavior 

Person-to-person  communication  and  growth  in  interpersonal  competence.  The 
course  is  concerned  with  analysis  of  barriers  and  means  of  facilitating  under- 
standing between  people  in  face-to-face  situations.  It  will  focus  on  skill  in  under- 
standing the  other  person  and  an  effective  expression  of  one's  self  in  business 
and  other  contexts.     Prep.  45.817,  Organizational  Behavior  II 

45.820  Psychological  Dynamics  of  Leadership 

Reviews  the  existing  theories  and  underlying  hypotheses  about  the  basis  of 
leadership.  Examines  psychoanalytic  theory  as  a  foundation  from  which  to  under- 
stand leadership  behavior.  An  extensive  case  history  provides  material  for  class 
discussion  and  illustration  of  the  theories  of  leadership.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit 

45.825     Business  Policy  I 

An  understanding  of  corporate  strategy  and  its  elements,  including  an  analysis 
of  the  company,  its  resources  and  opportunities,  its  environment,  and  its  decision- 
makers. This  first  course  in  policy  will  be  concerned  primarily  with  the  process 
of  analyzing  an  overall  company  situation,  with  emphasis  on  internal  resources 
and  external  opportunities.     Prep,  all  other  required  courses 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES  /   53 

45.826     Business  Policy  II 

A  continuation  of  Business  Policy  I,  with  further  emphasis  on  objectives,  both 
corporate  and  personal,  as  major  elements  of  corporate  strategy.  More  emphasis 
on  decision-making  and  implementation  of  strategy,  building  upon  analytical 
work  of  Policy  I.     Prep.  45.825,  Business  Policy  I 

45.828  Seminar  in  Growth  Strategies  for  Corporate  Management 

An  opportunity  for  in-depth  research  and  analysis  of  growth  strategies  available 
to  business  firms.  In  a  seminar  setting,  students  will  examine  firms  and  industry 
approaches  to  growth  through  expansion  and  diversification.  Special  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  use  of  research  and  acquisition  as  means  for  achieving 
growth  objectives.  Prep.  45.825,  Business  Policy  I;  also,  permission  of  the 
instructor 

45.829  New  Ventures:  A  Career  Choice 

This  course  enables  students  to  examine  the  nature  of  entrepreneurship  and 
the  appropriateness  of  self-employment.  The  focus  is  on  the  decision  to  own  and 
operate  one's  own  business.  Students  examine  the  nature  of  the  values,  motiva- 
tions, goals,  and  life  s+yle  required  by  the  entrepreneurial  role.  Guest  speakers, 
cases,  selected  readings,  and  self-assessment  exercises  help  students  identify 
the  potential  fit  between  their  own  interests  and  goals,  and  an  entrepreneurial 
career.     Prep.  75  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.830  Formal  Planning  Systems 

While  planning  would  seem  to  be  essential  to  the  success  of  any  organization, 
formal  planning  as  a  distinct,  organized  process  is  a  remarkably  recent  develop- 
ment. As  recently  as  10  years  ago,  only  a  handful  of  firms  engaged  in  a  formal, 
disciplined  planning  process.  Today,  plans  that  extend  five  or  more  years  into 
the  future  are  no  novelty,  but  the  formal  planning  concept  itself  is  still  in  its 
infancy.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  present-day  "state-of-the-art"  in  planning 
for  both  profit  and  nonprofit  organizations.  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to 
case  studies  of  successful  planning  in  real-life  organizations  of  various  sizes. 
Students  will  be  expected  to  develop  hypothetical  plans  based  upon  their  own 
assessment  of  economic  and  other  environmental  factors.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of 
Grad.  Credit 

45.833     Operations  Management  in  the  Health  Care  System 

This  course  serves  those  whose  career  goals  are  positions  of  responsibility  in  the 
management  of  the  health  care  system.  The  objectives  of  the  course  are:  (1)  to 
provide  a  basic  understanding  of  operations  management  problems  existing  in 
the  health  care  system;  and  (2)  to  develop  decision-making  ability  to  deal  ef- 
fectively with  these  problems.  Topics  covered  in  the  course  will  include  the 
fundamentals  of  management  in  the  health  care  system;  organizational  plan- 
ning; operations  planning  and  control;  utilization  of  resources;  and  policy  con- 
siderations relevant  to  the  effective  and  efficient  operation  of  the  health  care 
system.     Prep.  45.805,  Operations  Management  I 

45.835     Seminar  in  Organizational  Development 

Organizational  development  is  the  process  of  deliberate,  organization  wide 
change  that  is  managed  from  the  top  in  order  to  increase  organizational  effec- 
tiveness  and   health.  This   is   accomplished   through    planned    interventions    by 


54  /   DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

change  agents  using  behavioral  science  techniques.  This  course  will  examine 
organizational  development  as  an  emerging  professional  discipline,  focusing  on 
(1)  diagnosis  of  organizational  problems  and  opportunities;  (2)  identifying  ob- 
jectives of  effective  change  programs;  (3)  analyzing  the  key  organizational 
variables  effected  by  a  change  program;  and  (4)  developing  an  understanding 
of  methods  and  techniques.  The  course  should  be  of  interest  to  the  following 
students:  the  practicing  administrator  who  is  concerned  with  the  growth  and 
health  of  his  own  organization  or  organizational  subdivision,  the  staff  specialist 
who  is  continually  involved  with  introduction  of  new  ideas,  systems,  or  tech- 
niques in  his  organization,  and  the  consultant  or  aspiring  consultant  whose  liveli- 
hood is  based  on  dealing  with  problems  of  organizations  other  than  his  own. 
The  course  follows  the  seminar  format. 

45.902     Planning  and  Control  of  Manufacturing  Operations 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  problems  of  managing  the  flow  of  materials, 
operations,  and  information  within  an  organization  in  response  to,  or  anticipa- 
tion of,  market  demands.  The  concepts  and  techniques  discussed  are  applica- 
ble in  a  variety  of  institutional  settings.  Topics  covered  include  inventory  man- 
agement, demand  forecasting,  manpower  and  operations  scheduling,  project 
management,  and  integrated  operations  control  systems.  The  tone  of  the  course 
is  pragmatic;  particular  emphasis  is  given  to  practical  evaluation  and  problems 
of  implementing  the  analytic  methods  discussed.  Prep.  45.806,  Operations 
Management  II 

45.925     The  Role  of  the  Manager  of  the  Future 

The  course  will  examine  future  trends  and  issues  in  the  environment  of  the 
manager,  and  the  manager's  changing  role.  Finally,  each  student  will  focus 
on  his  own  future  and  those  steps  which  will  prepare  himself  for  the  roles  he 
seeks.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.951     Executive  Development 

The  executive  and  the  organizational  and  personal  situations  in  which  he  must 
be  equipped  to  function.  Theory  of  leadership,  experiment  in  established  devel- 
opment techniques,  and  practice  in  individual  and  group  improvement  methods. 
Management  by  objectives,  group  dynamics,  case,  process,  and  conference 
methods  are  reviewed.  Coaching,  performance  appraisal,  interviewing,  reading, 
listening,  and  report  writing  are  analyzed  as  essentials  of  executive  development 
and  achievement.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.960     Organizational  Theory  in  Industrial  Practice 

An  analysis  of  the  statics  and  dynamics  of  organization  structure  and  behavior. 
Beginning  with  a  study  of  such  organization  concepts  as  hierarchy,  specializa- 
tion, and  authority,  the  course  proceeds  to  examine  a  variety  of  external  and 
internal  forces  which  impinge  on  organization,  frequently  demanding  change  in 
organization  itself.  Indeed,  a  measure  of  organizational  effectiveness  may  well 
be  its  alertness  in  responding  to  the  requirements  and  opportunities  in  its  ex- 
ternal environment  and,  at  the  same  time,  maintaining  an  organization  climate 
which  is  sensitive  to  the  internal  demands  placed  upon  it. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  /  55 

Within  this  broad  conceptual  scheme  and  using  selected  readings,  company 
histories,  and  case  analyses,  the  following  kinds  of  questions  will  be  explored: 
What  external  and  internal  forces  may  demand  change  in  organizations?  What 
is  the  nature  of  these  forces  for  change?  Do  they  conflict  or  mutually  reinforce 
one  another?  How  is  the  need  for  change  recognized  and  translated  into  new 
organizational  forms?     Prep.  41.811 ,  Basics  of  Financial  and  Managerial  Analysis 

45.961  Business  Participation  in  IVIetropolitan  Problems 

Activities  of  business  as  a  participant  in  urban  and  area  resource  development 
—  human,  physical,  cultural.  Business  leadership  and  policy  in  sustaining  a 
viable  social,  political,  and  economic  order  with  consideration  of  complications, 
perplexities,  programs,  and  alternatives.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.962  Institutional  Environment  of  Business  I 

The  relationship  of  the  business  corporation  to  various  elements  in  its  environ- 
ment: political,  social,  economic,  scientific,  and  educational.  Developing  inter- 
actions and  mutual  responsibilities,  with  emphasis  on  initiating  and  planning  to 
affect  these  external  institutional  relations  rather  than  only  to  react.  Respon- 
sibilities of  business  and  of  businessmen.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.964  Institutional  Environment  of  Business  II 

Further  examination  of  the  relations  of  business  with  its  environmental  influence; 
the  responsibilities  of  the  businessman  and  the  firm  to  external  and  internal  in- 
terests in  a  dynamic  and  pluralistic  system.  Emphasis  on  situations  involving 
conflicting  values  and  personal,  organizational,  moral,  and  public  interest,  with 
role-playing  to  allow  student  participation  in  corporate  conflict  determination. 
Prep.  45.962,  Institutional  Environment  of  Business  I 

45.965  Management  of  Small  Business  Enterprises 

Problems  in  various  phases  of  the  management  of  a  new  small  business.  An 
appraisal  of  risk  as  well  as  reward  is  made  for  business  opportunities.  Problems 
range  from  locating,  evaluating,  and  financing  a  small  business  to  those  of  sur- 
vival and  growth  in  a  going  concern.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.968  Management  of  New  Enterprises 

Oriented  basically  toward  the  entrepreneur.  Consideration  of  locating  and  evalu- 
ating business  opportunities,  inventions,  licensing,  patents,  etc.  Organizing  a 
new  business,  raising  capital,  and  state  regulations.  Acquiring  a  going  concern. 
Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.969  Government  and  Business 

The  expanding  scope  of  the  government's  economic  and  socioeconomic  activi- 
ties is  bringing  about  a  much  closer  relationship  between  government  and  busi- 
ness. The  course  analyzes  the  role  of  government  as  a  regulating  force,  as  well 
as  the  nature  and  impact  of  government  fiscal  economic  and  socioeconomic 
policies  upon  the  conduct  of  business.  The  political  and  economic  philosophies 
behind  greater  government  participation  in  the  economic  structure  of  the  na- 
tion as  indicated  by  public-utility,  antitrust,  labor,  and  socioeconomic  legisla- 
tion.    Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 


56  /   DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

45.971  Personnel  Management 

Significant  developments  of  industrial  relations  and  employment  theory;  the 
principles  of  personnel  management  and  of  management-union  relations;  policy 
considerations  for  the  managing  of  manpower  resources;  policy  impact  of  cur- 
rent developments  in  work  theory;  and  managing  resources.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of 
Grad.  Credit 

45.972  Industrial  Relations 

Labor  policy  in  relation  to  management,  unions  and  the  public;  management- 
union  relations  as  joint  control  over  human  resources  of  organizations,  private 
and  public;  the  labor  movement  and  collective  bargaining;  work  rules  and  pro- 
ductivity; labor  disputes  and  supplements  to  negotiations;  political  and  eco- 
nomic power;  legal  responsibilities  of  labor  and  management;  management  au- 
thority, employee  discipline;  types  of  management-union  relations.  Theories  and 
cases.     Prep.  45.971,  Personnel  Management 

45.976  Workers  in  the  Health  Care  System 

The  present  health  care  system  in  the  United  States  is  in  the  process  of  major 
changes  generated  by  both  the  internal  and  external  social,  legal,  and  pro- 
fessional environments.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  describe  and  analyze 
some  of  the  dynamics  and  complexities  of  these  changes  and  consider  how 
these  changes  affect  the  workers  in  the  system.  In  turn  the  workers'  influence 
on  these  changes  will  be  studied.  The  foci  will  be  the  past,  present,  and  future 
of  major  occupation  levels  and  groupings  servicing  the  system,  their  relation- 
ship to  each  other,  and  to  the  total  system.  Occupations  included  will  be  doc- 
tors, nurses,  technicians,  and  non-professional  aides.  A  major  feature  of  the 
course  will  be  a  group  research  project.  Case  studies,  readings,  lectures,  and 
guest  speakers  will  also  be  used.  The  course  is  limited  to  24.  Prerequisites 
45.815,  45.816 

45.977  Information  Systems  for  Health  Care  Administration 

This  course  considers  the  potential  of  the  computer  for  designing  information 
sub-systems  for  the  control  of  administrative  and  medical  care  decisions  and 
activities  in  health  care  delivery  systems.  Automated  information  systems  are 
studied  with  an  emphasis  on  the  requirements  for  administrative  and  medical 
information.  Information  handling  activities  in  such  areas  as  maintenance  of 
medical  records  and  control  of  health  care  costs  are  analyzed.  The  potential 
for  systems  trained  personnel  to  reduce  the  time,  cost,  and  sheer  volume  of 
paper  work  through  the  design  of  automated,  integrated  information  systems  is 
examined.  The  similarities  and  differences  of  industrial  and  health  delivery 
information  needs  are  considered  in  evaluating  the  application  to  health  de- 
livery systems  of  information  handling  techniques  and  systems  designed  and 
developed  for  industrial  applications.     Prep.  15  O.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.985     Management  of  Research  and  Development 

Some  corporations  grow  more  rapidly  than  their  competitors.  This  is  due  to 
better  management  of  their  technical  programs.  This  course  focuses  on  the 
unique  problems  of  R  &  D  management  through  readings  and  case  studies  which 
bring  out  the  important  considerations  involved  in   dealing  with  scientists  and 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES   /   57 

engineers  as  individuals;  planning,  organizing,  and  controlling  research;  and 
establishing  a  climate  for  research.  Prep.  41 .811 ,  Basics  of  Financial  and  Mana- 
gerial Analysis  and  45.817,  Organizational  Behavior  II 

45.989     Science  and  Technology:  The  Challenge  to  Management 

This  course  provides  a  greater  understanding  of  the  growing  importance  of  the 
results  of  science  and  technology  on  business  activity  and  of  the  special  prob- 
lems and  opportunities  encountered  by  management  in  making  use  of  this 
knowledge.  The  course  examines  the  complex  interaction  of  social,  economic, 
political,  and  technical  variables  which  determine  the  climate  for  technological 
change.  The  critical  role  of  the  manager  in  the  innovative  process  is  studied, 
looking  at  the  great  array  of  techniques  which  help  him  keep  abreast  of  new 
R&D  results.  The  contribution  of  various  organizational  structures  to  the 
creative  application  of  technology  is  also  examined.  Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad. 
Credit 

45.991  Business  Law — Law  of  Contracts,  Agency  and  Sales 

Designed  to  give  the  student  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  legal  aspects  of  con- 
tracts and  the  results  of  contractural  obligations.  Attention  is  given  to  the  em- 
ployment contract  in  general,  with  emphasis  on  the  principle  and  agent  and 
master  and  servant  relationships.  The  law  governing  the  sale  of  personal  prop- 
erty as  reflected  in  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  is  emphasized.  Prep.  15 
Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.992  The  Law  of  Business  Organizations  and  Negotiable  Instruments 

The  Law  of  Negotiable  Instruments  as  reflected  in  the  Uniform  Commercial 
Code,  with  special  consideration  given  to  commercial  paper  used  in  business 
transactions.  The  law  governing  formation  and  operation  of  partnerships,  cor- 
porations, and  other  business  organizations,  with  emphasis  on  the  legal  results 
and  operations  of  those  concerned  and  the  liability  of  members  thereof.  A  study 
of  the  legal  framework  within  which  the  formal  business  organization  must 
operate.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

45.997  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration  (1  Q.H.  Credit) 
This  course  provides  for  a  special  tutorial  arrangement  between  a  student  and 
a  faculty  member  for  a  guided  reading,  research,  laboratory,  field  work,  report, 
or  teaching  experience.  It  is  for  graduate  students  who  desire  to  do  advanced 
work  or  carry  out  some  special  investigation  of  a  problem  in  business  admin- 
istration not  specifically  covered  elsewhere  in  the  curriculum.  Students  must 
petition  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Business  Administration  for  per- 
mission to  register  in  this  course.  This  petition  should  include  an  outline,  a 
brief  description  of  the  work  planned,  and  an  indication  of  the  professor  to 
whom  the  student  will  be  responsible.  The  professor  will  submit  to  the  Graduate 
Office  a  letter  outlining  in  some  detail  the  nature  of  the  work  that  the  student 
will  be  doing  in  the  course.  The  petition  will  be  submitted  after  the  student  has 
received  permission  to  take  the  course  from  a  member  of  the  College  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  faculty.  The  course  carries  variable  credit,  ranging  from  one 
to  three  quarter  hours.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 


58  /   DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES 

45.998  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration     (2  Q.H.  Credit) 
See  45.997  for  course  description. 

45.999  Special  Studies  in  Business  Administration     (3  Q.H.  Credit) 
See  45.997  for  course  description. 

48.801     Seminar  in  Transportation  Systems 

The  objectives  are  twofold:  (1)  to  provide  a  basic  understanding  of  the  func- 
tions and  importance  of  the  domestic  transportation  system,  and  (2)  to  develop 
the  student's  ability  to  analyze  and  critique  government  policies  related  to  trans- 
portation. The  cost,  service,  and  pricing  characteristics  of  the  several  modes 
of  transportation  are  examined.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  special  problems 
which  confront  both  carriers  engaged  in  the  various  forms  of  transportation 
and  shippers  who  rely  upon  their  services.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

48.805     Urban  Transportation 

This  course  examines  urban  transportation  from  the  federal,  state,  and  local 
levels.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  role  of  transportation  in  community  development, 
federal  programs  concerning  transit,  and  current  urban  transportation  problems 
in  the  Boston  Metropolitan  area.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

48.901     Physical  Distribution  Management 

This  course  studies  the  design  and  management  of  physical  distribution  systems 
to  facilitate  the  flow  of  goods  through  distribution  channels.  It  covers  aspects  of 
plant  and  warehouse  locations,  inventory  controls  and  selection  of  transportation 
carrier.  The  case  includes  the  use  of  case  problems  in  logistics.  Prep.  15  Q.H. 
of  Grad.  Credit 

49.901  Managerial  Economic  Analysis 

Managerial  Economic  Analysis  establishes  the  economic  foundations  and 
framework  for  managerial  decisions.  The  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the 
principles  of  economic  analysis,  economic  institutions,  and  issues  of  public 
policy.  It  stresses  the  interdependency  of  the  firm's  economic  decisions  with 
industry  structures  and  national  economic  policies.  Topics  covered  include 
sources,  market  decisions  and  market  structure,  employment  and  growth,  the 
economic  role  of  governmental  resource  allocations.     Prep.  None 

49.902  Quantitative  Analysis  I 

The  basic  objective  of  the  Quantitative  Analysis  course  sequence  is  to  acquaint 
students  with  a  variety  of  methodological  techniques  which  will  enable  them  to 
improve:  (1)  analysis  and  interpretation  of  data;  (2)  communication  with  staff 
specialists;  and  (3)  understanding  the  problem  areas  in  which  quantitative  and 
operations  research  methods  can  aid  in  the  decision  making  process.  Topics 
covered  include:  (1)  descriptive  statistics;  (2)  probability;  (3)  decision  trees; 
(4)  sampling  and  estimation;  and  (5)  hypothesis  testing.     Prep.  None 

49.903  Quantitative  Analysis  II 

A  continuation  of  49.902.  Topics  covered  include  (1)  regression  analysis;  (2) 
linear  programming  and  related  models;  and  (3)  simulation.  Prep.  49.902, 
Quantitative  Analysis  I 


DESCRIPTION   OF  COURSES   /   59 

49.904     Contemporary  Problems  in  Managing  Complex  Operating  Systems 

The  course  will  focus  on  those  planning  and  control  problems  which  are  com- 
mon to  a  broad  spectrum  of  operating  systems.  Such  problems  include  demand 
forecasting,  systems  planning,  aggregate  planning,  inventory  control,  and 
scheduling.  The  vehicle  used  for  studying  these  problems  will  be  the  case 
method.  Cases  from  the  following  settings  have  been  scheduled:  hospital,  fac- 
tory, banking,  police,  government,  and  public  utility.  Most  cases  are  quantitative 
and  the  student  will  be  required  to  use  the  computer.  Prep.  45.806,  Operations 
Management  II 

49.915     Political  Economic  Environment  of  the  Firm 

This  course  examines  the  political  economic  environment  in  which  the  business 
firm  operates.  Areas  of  study  include  economic  factors  affecting  the  stock  mar- 
ket, the  effects  of  tax  policies  on  investment,  state  and  local  finance,  poverty, 
and  ecology.  The  course  is  designed  to  deal  with  practical  problems  and  is 
neither  theoretic^il  nor  quantitative.  Students  are  required  to  do  research  in  an 
area  such  as  those  listed  above,  write  a  paper,  and  report  to  the  class  on  their 
findings.     Prep.  75  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

49.918     Information  Theory  and  Systems 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  framework  for  the  analysis  of  com- 
munication and  information  systems  in  organizations.  Aspects  of  communica- 
tions theory  are  studied  as  background  for  building  this  framework.  Through  the 
analysis  of  case  studies,  the  adequacy  of  the  analytic  framework  and  its  under- 
lying theory  are  tested. 

Topics  will  include  development  of  a  framework  for  analysis  for  viewing  infor- 
mation systems  and  communication  in  organizations.  Various  aspects  of  com- 
munications theory  will  be  discussed  and  analyzed.  A  major  objective  of  the 
communications  and  informations  flow  in  organizations  is  to  tie  these  events 
back  to  the  underlying  theory.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

49.922     Marketing  Information  Systems 

This  seminar  examines  the  theoretical  concepts,  empirical  research,  and  prac- 
tical applications  of  information  systems  in  marketing.  A  few  lectures  are  given 
on  basic  concepts.  Individual  studies  are  prepared  by  the  members  of  the  semi- 
nar on  subsystems  such  as  forecasting,  sales  control,  input-output  analysis, 
consumer  models,  and  the  concept  of  total  systems.  These  studies  are  fol- 
lowed by  oral  reports  and  group  discussions.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

49.932     The  Computer  and  Its  Applications  I 

The  development  of  familiarity  with  the  computer  and  an  understanding  of  its 
increasingly  vital  role  in  solving  management  problems.  Introduction  to  the  com- 
puter: hardware,  software,  and  basic  concepts  of  operation.  The  student  is  in- 
troduced to  programming  by  a  class  problem  involving  the  flow  charting  and 
coding  of  a  typical  business  application.  Lectures  are  primarily  divided  into  two 
parts:  (1)  fundamentals  and  principles  of  electronic  data  processing,  and  (2) 
management  and  systems  considerations  in  determining  the  feasibility  of  com- 
puter applications.  The  course  provides  a  basic  business  overview  of  the  fast- 
growing  computer  field  and  prepares  the  student  for  more  specialized  computer 
study.     Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 


60   /   DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

49.933      The  Computer  and  Its  Applications  II 

The  student  is  assumed  to  have  a  basic  knowledge  of  computers  as  acquired 
in  The  Computer  and  Its  Applications  I  or  the  equivalent.  A  class  problem  in- 
volving the  design  of  a  business  application  for  computer  processing  will  intro- 
duce the  student  to  the  systems  trade-offs  and  general  business  considerations 
that  accompany  computerization.  Advanced  management  science  and  com- 
munications applications  will  be  explored,  with  emphasis  on  specific  case 
studies.  Finally,  the  student  will  be  introduced  to  management  considerations 
in  the  use  of  computers  by  reading  the  Harvard  Business  Review  series  on 
Management  Information.  Topics  such  as  the  place  of  electronic  data  processing 
in  organization,  the  impact  of  computers  on  management,  and  the  role  of  man- 
agement in  obtaining  maximum  benefit  from  EDP  will  be  explained  thoroughly. 
The  course  views  computerization  from  the  vantagepoint  of  the  business  man- 
ager, not  the  technician.     Prep.  49.932,  The  Computer  and  Its  Applications  I 

49.935     Computer  Applications  in  Management  Science 

Reviews  techniques  of  quantitative  economic  decision-making  which  use  com- 
puters and  emphasizes  practical  problems  of  preparing  or  selecing  computer 
programs,  relating  techniques  to  realistic  problems  of  data,  and  evaluating  the 
costs  and  effectiveness  of  implementation.  Techniques  covered  include  Monte 
Carlo  simulation,  linear  programming,  multiple  regression,  capital  investment 
risk  analysis,  and  statistical  analysis.  Students  will  use  computer  time-sharing 
systems  to  learn  FORTRAN,  write  simple  programs,  and  use  library  routines. 
Prep.  15  Q.H.  of  Grad.  Credit 

NOTE:  There  is  a  special  charge  of  up  to  $45  for  this  course  for  commercial 
time-sharing  computer  use  and  the  text  materials. 


undergraduate 
universities  attended  by 
students  entering  in  1971 


Adelphi  University 

Air  Force  Academy 

AI<ron  University 

Allegheny  College 

Alma  College 

Amherst  College 

Arizona,  University  of 

Assumption  College 

Atlantic  Union  College 

Bates  College 

Bellevue  College 

Bentley  College 

Boston  College 

Boston  University 

Bowdoin  College 

Brandeis  University 

Bridgeport,  University  of 

Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute 

Brov/n  University 

Bryant  College 

Bucknell  University 

Calcutta,  University  of  (India) 

Calitornia,  State  Polytechnic  College 

California,  University  of 

Calvin  College 

Canisius  College 

Case  Institute  of  Technology 

Cathofic  University  of  America 

Catholic  University  (Venezuela) 

Cheney  State  College 

Cincinnati,  University  of 

City  College  of  New  York 

Colby  College 

Colgate  University 

Columbia  University 

Connecticut,  University  of 

Cooper  Union  of  Nevi/  York 

Cornell  University 

Dartmouth  College 

Delaware,  University  of 

Denison  University 

Drake  University 

Drexel  University 

Duke  University 

Eastern  College  of  Montana 

Fairfield  University 

Florida,  University  of 

Fordham  University 

Franklin  and  h^arshall  College 

Gannon  College 


Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 

Gettysburg  College 

Hartford  University 

Harvard  University 

Hawaii,  University  of 

Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem 

Hiram  College 

Hofstra  University 

Holy  Cross  College 

Hogers  Technical  School  (Netherlands) 

Houston,  University  of 

Illinois,  University  of 

Immaculata  College 

Institute  of  Science  (fndia) 

Ithaca  College 

Johns  Hopkins  University 

Keene  State  College 

Lafayette  College 

Lake  Forest  College 

Lakeland  College 

Lehigh  University 

Lincoln  University 

Lowell  Technical  Institute 

Loyola  University 

Maine,  University  of 

Maryland,  University  of 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Massachusetts  Maritime  Academy 

Massachusetts,  University  of 

McGill  University  (Canada) 

McMaster  University  (Canada) 

Merrimack  College 

Nasson  College 

Nebraska,  University  of 

New  Hampshire,  University  of 

Northeastern  University 

Northern  Polytechnic  (England) 

Notre  Dame,  University  of 

Ohio  State  College 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

Pennsylvania,  University  of 

Plymouth  State  College 

Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn 

Pratt  Institute 

Providence  College 

Radcliffe  College 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 

Rhode  Island,  University  of 

Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 


61 


62   /    UNDERGRADUATE  UNIVERSITIES 


Rochester,  University  of 

Rutgers,  The  State  University  (New/  Jersey) 

St.  Anselm's  College 

St.  John  University 

St.  Lawrence  University 

San  Jose  State  College 

Santo  Thomas,  University  of 

Scranton,  University  of 

Simmons  College 

Siriba  College  (Kenya) 

Smith  College 

Stanford  University 

State  College  at  Boston 

State  University  of  Wew  York,  at  Buffalo 

State  University  of  Nev/  York,  at  Genesco 

State  University  of  New  York,  at  Oneonta 

Stevens  Institute  of  Technology 


Stonehill  College 

Suffolk  University 

Sydenham  College  (India) 

Syracuse  University 

Tennessee,  University  of 

Texas,  University  of 

Tufts  University 

United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy 

United  Stales  Military  Academy 

United  States  Naval  Academy 

Vermont,  University  of 

Villanova  University 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

West  London  College  of  Commerce  (England) 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Yale  University 


faculty  directory 


Name  Room 

Ammer,  Dean  S.  213  HA 

Anderson,  Harley  H.  202  HA 

Anderson,  Thomas  C.  305  HA 

Borack,  Jules  I.  302  HA 

Briggs,  Warren  G.  302  HA 

Brimm,  I.  Michael  213  HA 

Caplan,  Robert  H.  302  HA 

Carter,  Clairmont  P.  206  HA 

Cerullo,  Saverio  209  HA 

Collazzo,  Charles  J.  322  HA 

Croke,  Paul  V.  305  HA 

Crotty,  Philip  T.  212  HA 

Curran,  Joseph  R.  213  HA 

Dufton,  Charles  H.  322  HA 

Farrar,  Robert  H.  205  HA 

Fiumara,  Angelo  204  HA 

Fletcher,  Harold  209  HA 

Golemme,  Joseph  M.  206  HA 

Grossman,  Steven  205  HA 

Gubellini,  Carlo  E.  204  HA 

Hehre,  Robert  J.  222  HA 

Hekimian,  James  S.  202  HA 

Higgins,  Richard  B.  305  HA 

Hobart,  Christine  L.  213  HA 

Jordan,  John  W.  224  HA 

Kaen,  Frederick  209  HA 

Keith,  Lyman  A.  204  HA 


Ext. 

3252 

3230 

3257 

3255 

3255 

3252 

3255 

3244 

3248 

3260 

3257 

3272 

3252 

3260 

3240 

3236 

3248 

3244 

3240 

3236 

3248 

3230 

3257 

3252 

2714 

3248 

3236 


FACULTY  DIRECTORY  /  63 


Name  Room 

Lieb,  Robert  204  HA 

Lindhe,  Richard  205  HA 

Malchman,  Lawrence  205  HA 

Marple,  Wesley  W.  209  HA 

Marshall,  Edward  213  HA 

McCarthy,  Daniel  J.  302  HA 

McDonald,  Philip  R.  322  HA 

Minichiello,  Robert  J.  322  HA 

Moriarty,  Mark  M.  322  HA 

Morrison,  Richard  J.  204  HA 

Myers,  A.  Howard  305  HA 

Olsen,  R.  Paul  204  HA 

Olive,  Russell  W.  302  HA 

Parsons,  Robert  A.  302  HA 

Priem,  Andre  P.  202  HA 

Richards,  Paul  C.  205  HA 

Rochwarg,  Herman  305  HA 

Roy,  Raymond  205  HA 

Rugina,  Anghel  N.  209  HA 

Santos,  Richard  J.  212  HA 

Scioletti,  Daniel  C.  204  HA 

Shore,  Barry  302  HA 

Slavin,  Albert  205  HA 

Timmons,  Jeffry  213  HA 

Verma,  Dharmendra  T.  322  HA 

Walker,  Arthur  H.  305  HA 

Willett,  Edward  209  HA 

Wiseman,  Frederick  322  HA 


Ext. 

3236 

3240 

3240 

3248 

3252 

3255 

3260 

3260 

3260 

3236 

3257 

3236 

3255 

3255 

3230 

3240 

3257 

3240 

3248 

3272 

3236 

3255 

3240 

3252 

3260 

3257 

3248 

3260 


Index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Academic  Requirements,  32 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10 

Graduate  Division,  14,  15 
Apartments,  22 

Application  and  Admission,  28,  30 
Assistantship,  26 

B 

Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings  and  Facilities,  19 


Calendar,  5 

Campus  Description  and  Location,  21 

Map,  4 
Changes  in  Requirements,  31 
Class  Hours,  31 
Classifications,  Academic,  29 
Colleges,  Undergraduate,  19 
Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in 

Business  Administration,  17 
Committees,  General  University,  12 
Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  20 
Continuity  of  Program,  31 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  19 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of,  45 
Credits,  31 

Transfer,  32 
Curriculum,  41 

Full-Time,  25 

Part-Time,  42 


Grading  System,  30 

Graduate  and  Professional  Schools,  19 

H 

Henderson  House,  23 

Higher  Education  Loan  Plan,  35 

Holidays,  6 


I 


Internship,  26 


Libraries,  21 

Living  Accommodations,  22 

Loans,  34,  35 

M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  23 

N 

National  Defense  Loans,  34 
Nashua  Campus,  23 


Part-Time  Program,  27 
Programs,  Types  of,  25 


Refunds,  33 
Registration,  29 
Regulations,  27 
Research  Activities,  20 
Residence  Requirements,  29 
Facilities,  22 


Degree  Requirements,  32 
Description  of  Courses,  45 
Description  of  University,  19 
Diploma,  Application  for,  31 
Dormitory  Proctorships,  34 


Elective  Courses,  42,  43 
Executive  Council,  12 


Faculty,  37 
Faculty  Directory,  62 
Faculty  Senate,  13 
Fees,  33 
Fellov\/ships,  34 
Financial  Aid,  34 
Financial  Information,  33 
Full-Time  Program,  25 


Schools,  Graduate  and  Professional,  19 
Student  Center,  21 
Suburban  Campus,  22 


Time  Limitation,  Validity 
of  Course  Credits,  32 
Transfer  Credit,  32 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  33 

U 

Undergraduate  Universities  Attended 

by  Students,  61 
University  Council,  12 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 


W 


Withdrawals,  31 
Warren  Center,  23 


64 


ASTERN  UH«"ER$ITY 


iiKADUATE  SCHOOL  uF  EDUCATION 
1972-73 


1 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

1972-73 


yfE\€^s 


Northeastern  University 

102  The  Fenway 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02115 

Tel.  (617)437-2708 


>l^ 


/  /  r 


';;ti 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  OHicers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administrative  Organization 

12  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

19  The  University 

21  Buildings  and  Facilities 

24  The  Graduate  School  of  Education 
24  General  Regulations 

28  Financial  Information 

28  Financial  Obligations 

29  Financial  Aid 
32  Faculty 

34  Programs  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

35  Master  of  Education  Degree 

38  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study 

40  Fields  of  Study 

40  Professional  Specializations 

55  Teacher  Preparation 

57  Advanced  Graduate  Study 

61  Description  of  Courses 

61  Foundations  of  Education 

65  Instruction 

70  Educational  Administration 

76  Counselor  Education 

80  Reading 

83  Rehabilitation  Administration  and  Special  Education 

94  Departmental  Directory 

95  Index 


.-=   no 


&o&i  = 


o?|    1S'-5  15=       -g 


-o        j:  .E 


1  -£=  Q-  ■ 

'.as 

I    O    TO  . 


-o  -o 


•5™  5       Si^-S-S'Sc-G.S  — => 


CO    >N ^:    Si^'-rS    CCtnCDQ 


■^ ^     =J     OJ  TO   ^   CO   ^"^  r^   ^T'  •.—     tU   ■=  n:  ^i:     TO 


i-.-'-S  E 


^is-^cooos;-^ 


:  <j  -o  ' 
I  o  o  ■ 
I  o  O  I 


!^  i2  S^  S  ^t:  c  o  o  -J  S  5f-£  -g  S  .t; 
ij_Li_Li_c3n:n:i£:;i:i£:^^<a:SQ_Q:Q:z3 


Li_u_L±JC3«a;^Ll_l-lJOLJ-C3C300Ll_U_C3CQLlJLLj— iDZLi_Li_UJ^C3 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1972-1973 


Fall  Quarter  1972 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday-Wednesday 
Monday-Thursday 
Monday 
Monday-Saturday 


Sept.  12-Sept.  13 
Sept.  18-Sept.  21 
Sept.  25 
Dec.  11-Dec.  16 


Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Examination  period 


Tuesday 

Monday-Thursday 
Tuesday 
Monday-Saturday 


Nov.  28 
Dec.  4-Dec.  7 
Jan.  2 
Mar.  19-Mar.  24 


Spring  Quarter  1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Tuesday 

Mar.  6 

Boston 

Monday-Thu 

rsday 

Mar.  12-Mar.  15 

Classes  begin 

Monday 

April  2 

Last  day  to  file  commencement 

card  for  spring  commencement 

Monday 

April  2 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

spring  commencement 

Monday 

April  30 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 

Office  for  June  graduates  taking 

third  quarter  course 

Friday 

June  1 

Examination  period 

Monday-Sati 

urday 

June  11-June  16 

Spring  Commencement 

Sunday 

June  17 

Summer  Quarter  1973 


Registration  period 

Burlington 

Boston 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  commencement 

card  for  fall  commencement 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

fall  commencement 
Examination  period 


Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Monday 

Monday 

Wednesday 
Wednesday-Saturday 


June  18-June  19 
June  20-June  22 
June  25 

July  2 

August  1 
Aug.  1-Aug.  4 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1972-1973 

Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriot's  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Monday 

Thursday-Saturday 

Monday-Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 


October  9 
October  23 
Nov.  23-Nov. 
Dec.  18-Jan. 
February  19 
April  16 
May  28 
July  4 
September  3 


25 
1 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing 
equal  opportunity  for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission, 
registration,  and  all  official  relationships  with  students,  in- 
cluding evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  University 
insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional 
policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color, 
religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
*Cliarles  F.  Avila 

Allen  G.  Barry 
'Lincoln  C.  Bateson 

Thomas  P.  Beal 
*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
*George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 

*Norman  L.  Cahners 

Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 

Henry  F.  Callahan 

Erwin  D.  Canham 

*Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
"Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Estelle  Dockser  (Mrs. 
"William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
*Byron  K.  Elliott 
"William  P.  Ellison 
Joseph  A.  Erickson 
Robert  Erickson 

*  Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
'George  Hansen 

William  Hellman 
'Ernest  Henderson  III 

Walter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
'Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
'Robert  L.  Johnson 

*  Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 
Maurice  Lazarus 

*  Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 
Edward  A.  Loring 

*John  Lowell 
Ralph  Lowell 
Diane  H.  Lupean 

*Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
'Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
'Amelia  Peabody     ■ 

Theodore  R.  Peary 
*Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
*Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
*Frank  L.  Richardson 
*  Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 

Leverett  Saltonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahan 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 
Philip  A.  Singleton 


*Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
*  "Honorary  Trustee 


'Donald  W.  Smith 
Tarnham  W.  Smith 
*George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
'Robert  H.Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 
Almore  I.  Thompson 


Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farwell,  Wee  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  Honorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

Charles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


"Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1974 

tCarl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
George  Hansen 
Henry  C.  Jones 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1975 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
*Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 

Charles  F.  Avila,  Vice  Chairman 

Alvin  C.  Zises,  Vice  Chairman 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
tCarl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 


Harold  A.  Mock 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. Ed.,  President 
Car!  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Business 


"President  of  the  University 
tPresident  Emeritus  of  the  University 


10 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 

Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Kenneth  W.  Ballou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  the  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Research 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Charles  W.  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Chapel 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N. ,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Health  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 

University  Registrar 


11 


Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh.  Jr.,  A  B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  ttie  Basic  Colleges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S..  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  L.L.B.,  Dean  of  tfie  Scfiool  of  /.aw 

Andre  P.   Priem,   B.B.A.,   M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs  and 

Assistant  to  the  President,  and  Associate 
Director  of  Development 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Career  Information 

Center  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
for  the  Basic  Colleges 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 


The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles.  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


12 


The  Academic  Council 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Juanita  A.  Long 
Helene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Meivin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


'Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Capian 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*LeRoy  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

'Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

'Meivin  Mark 

'Frank  Marsh 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
'Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
'Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
*Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


'Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Director  ot  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Francis  L.  Heuston,  B.S.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions, 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

John  W.  Jordan,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

Paul  A.  Le  Maitre,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

John  J.  McKenna,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Andre  P.  Priem,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Engineering 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 

1971-1972 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the  con- 
duct of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Council. 

OFFICERS 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman,  Wee  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 
A.  B.  Warren,  Vice  Chairman,  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 

Graduate  Council,  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

of  Psychology 
Sidney  Herman,  Secretary,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Administrative  Members 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and  Director  of 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

14 


George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Dean  of  Education 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 


Elected  Faculty  Members 

(Terms  expire  Sept.  1972) 

David  W.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Fred  A.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Biology 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Katherine  Carlisle,  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Carl  S.  Christensen,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

David  I.  Epstein,  Professor  of  l\/lathematics  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

David  R.  Freeman,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Bill  C.  Giessen,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

Mervin  D.  Lynch,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Professor  of  Physics 

Edward  S.  Marshall,  Associate  Professor  of  Management 

Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  l^anagement 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Professor  of  Recreation  Education  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

15 


Robert  C.  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry 

Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Professor  of  Pfiarmacognosy  and  Medicinal  Cliemistry 

John  F.  Reinhard,  Professor  of  Pfiarmacology 

Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Ctiairman,  Department  of 
Educational  Administration 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Cfiairman  of  tfie  Department 

Sarah  M.  Robinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Ptiysical  Education 

Earl  Rubington,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Walter  C.  Schwab,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Scranton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Albert  H.  Soloway,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Arthur  H.  Walker,  Professor  of  Management 

A.  Bertrand  Warren,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Sidney  Hernnan,  Chairman,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Paul  A.  LeMaitre,  Secretary,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  i-lealth  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and  University 
Registrar 

16 


Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  Associate  University  Registrar 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Janice  Walker,  Assistant  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Education 

Ex  Officio 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Dean  of  Faculty 
Rudolph  M.  Morris,  Dean  of  University  Administration 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Dean  of  Planning 

Committee  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 
1971-1972 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of 
ttie  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Education,  Chairman 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

Charles  F.  Haley,  Assistant  Dean  of  Education 

(Terms  Expire  Sept.,  1972) 
Melvin  Howards,  Professor  of  Education 

Mervin  D.  Lynch,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Charles  F.  Pitch,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education 

(Terms  Expire  Sept.,  1973) 
Irvin  Doress,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Robert  C.  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Hjordis  G.  Ohberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 


17 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  pri- 
vately endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  higher  learning  under  the 
General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enact- 
ment has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The 
University  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the 
Northeastern  University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  170  dis- 
tinguished business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting 
of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not 
duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer 
new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  Col- 
lege's daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  program  (1971).  This  educa- 
tional method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the 
means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of 
their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in 
engineering,  actuarial  science,  the  pharmaceutical  sciences,  profes- 
sional accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  devel- 
oped to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening 
courses  —  offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day 
courses  leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day 
undergraduate  programs  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  Lincoln  College  offers  evening/ 
part-time  certificate,  associate,  and  bachelor  degree  programs  in  tech- 
nological areas.  All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  through 
part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the  Basic  College  faculties  con- 
cerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  nine  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

19 


20  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education 
and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer  degree,  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums, 
and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs. 
The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  asso- 
ciations and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs 
dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Com- 
munity Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and  community 
organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social 
problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose 
services  are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the 
Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate 
and  graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hun- 
tington Avenue  in  the  Back  Bay  section  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  city's 
famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  the  Boston  Public  Library  and  many  schools  and 
colleges.  Most  are  within  walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan 
International  Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motor- 
ists, the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938, 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recrea- 
tion and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a 
seating  capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is 
the  main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School 
of  Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  Physi- 
cal and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  addi- 
tional subject  collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development 
at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

21 


22  /   BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

The  library  collections  number  250,000  volumes  supplemented  by 
some  356,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The 
collection  includes,  in  addition,  some  1,800  periodical  titles,  90,000 
documents,  and  2,300  sound  recordings. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the 
best  equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an 
athletic  cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as 
administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Phys- 
ical Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts, 
and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music 
rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms, 
conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research 
laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  avail- 
able which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are 
furnished  with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table. 
The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students 
are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but 
may  live  in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments 
and  in  school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come, 
first  served  basis. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and 
3  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  de- 
grees, special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  pro- 
grams are  offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  23 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege in  outdoor  education  and  conservation,  and  in  camping  admin- 
istration, programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland,  com- 
pleted in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  IVIassachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research 
and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology 
and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20 
miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are 
applicable  toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Nashua  Campus 

For  students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area,  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  major  portion  of  its 
M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire.  These  facilities, 
made  available  by  Sanders  Associates  inc.,  are  located  in  their  head- 
quarters on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts  line. 


the  graduate  school 
of  education 


The  Graduate  School  of  Education  provides  programs  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Education  degree  for  in-service  educators  w/ho  wish  to  pursue 
a  specialization,  for  individuals  with  no  previous  experience  in  the  field 
of  education  who  wish  to  teach  on  the  elementary  or  secondary  level, 
and  for  individuals  who  wish  to  pursue  the  special  areas  of  study  indi- 
cated below. 

Individuals  who  possess  or  are  eligible  for  teaching  certificates  may 
earn  the  Master  of  Education  degree  in  the  areas  of  elementary  or 
secondary  school  counseling,  curriculum  and  instruction,  educational 
administration,  reading,  deaf  education,  teaching  the  emotionally  dis- 
turbed, or  teaching  the  mentally  retarded. 

Those  individuals  who  do  not  possess  a  teaching  certificate  may 
specialize  in  the  areas  of  college  or  community  counseling,  educational 
research,  speech  pathology  or  audiology,  rehabilitation  administration, 
some  areas  of  special  education,  elementary  teacher  preparation  or 
secondary  teacher  preparation  in  English,  mathematics,  modern  lan- 
guages, science,  or  social  studies. 

Programs  of  study  leading  to  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate 
Study  in  the  areas  of  counseling  and  educational  administration  are 
offered  to  those  individuals  who  presently  hold  a  master's  degree. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  Northeastern  University  Graduate 
Council.  In  some  matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is 
allowed  discretion  to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the 
council.  The  regulations  and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have 
been  formulated  in  accordance  with  this  general  policy. 

Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  period  listed  on  the  school  calendar. 
Time  and  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each  period. 

Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  at  the  University 
unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  for  work  taken  elsewhere.  Students  who  are  in  residence  and 
are  using  the  facilities  of  the  University  must  register  for  such  work. 

24 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  /  25 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by 
the  instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 

A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 

B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 

C  Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  in  graduate  work. 

F  Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I    Incomplete 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the  work 
of  the  course. 

S  Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U  Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

These  two  grades  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both 
the  first  and  secono  quarters  of  the  sequence. 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  upon  removal  of  the  defi- 
ciency which  caused  the  grade  of  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies 
must  be  made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade  of 
I  is  received  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  instructor. 
However,  such  extension  of  time  may  not  exceed  two  additional  con- 
secutive calendar  quarters. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  take  a  final  make-up  examination  must 
obtain  permission  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  by  the  second 
week  of  the  quarter  succeeding  that  in  which  the  examination  was 
missed.  The  make-up  examination  must  be  taken  in  that  succeeding 
quarter  unless  circumstances  warrant  permission  of  the  Director  to 
defer  it  to  one  of  the  next  two  quarters. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three-fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit.  The  academic 
calendar  .at  the  front  of  this  bulletin  should  be  consulted  in  order  to 
determine  the  opening  and  closing  dates  of  each  quarter. 


26  /  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  a 
degree.  Any  student  who  does  not  attend  Northeastern  for  a  period  of 
one  year  must  apply  for  readmission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Burling- 
ton Campus  Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class 
meeting  of  the  quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on 
which  they  fill  out  the  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or  notifying  the 
instructor  does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent 
revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indi- 
cated. When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes, 
and  when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  im- 
possible to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which 
he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 

Application  for  the  Degree 

If  a  commencement  card  is  not  filed  with  the  Registrar's  Office  on  or 
before  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the  calendar,  there  is  no  assurance 
that  the  degree  will  be  granted  in  that  particular  year  even  though  all 
other  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 

Honor  Society 

Northeastern  University  has  on  campus  an  active  chapter  of  Kappa 
Delta  Pi,  a  national  honor  society  in  education.  Founded  in  1911  at  the 
University  of  Illinois,  it  invites  individuals  to  become  members  "because 
of  high  records  and  an  exhibited  professional  attitude  which  would 
enable  one  to  grow  in  the  field  of  education." 

Graduate  students  must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Edu- 
cation and  have  completed  a  major  portion  of  work  with  a  cumulative 
average  of  at  least  3.5  out  of  4.0,  and  have  no  C  grades  on  their  records. 

Interested  candidates  may  receive  further  information  by  writing:  Dean 
of  Education,  Northeastern  University,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02115. 

Supporting  Services 

The  College  of  Education  operates  or  coordinates  with  other  agencies 
in  the  operation  of  certain  bureaus,  clinics,  and  offices  which  support 
and  enrich  the  academic  programs.  Graduate  students  may  find  some 
of  these  services  to  be  of  interest  and  assistance  while  others  may  be 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  /  27 

suggested  as  sources  of  information  or  practical  experiences.  Among 
these  services  are  those  discussed  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

Northeastern  University's  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in 
133  Forsyth  Building,  provides  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services  for 
both  University  students  and  school-age  community  children  insofar  as 
staff  and  facilities  allow.  The  Clinic  is  accredited  by  the  Professional 
Services  Board  of  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association. 

The  Instructional  Materials  Center  (formerly  the  Curriculum  Library), 
located  in  the  Kennedy  Building  (104  The  Fenway),  contains  a  variety 
of  materials  and  resources  relating  to  a  large  number  of  programs  and 
task  areas  of  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Use  of  this  facility  is 
limited  to  staff  and  students  of  the  College  of  Education. 

The  Bureau  of  Educational  Field  Services,  located  in  Cushing  Hall 
(102  The  Fenway),  provides  certain  research  and  development  as  well 
as  consultative  services  to  school  systems  and  other  educational 
agencies  on  a  contractual  basis. 

Northeastern  University's  Reading  and  Learning  Clinic,  located  in 
Cushing  Hall,  provides  diagnostic  and  corrective  services  in  reading 
for  both  University  students  and  school-age  community  children  insofar 
as  staff  and  facilities  allow. 

The  New  England  Rehabilitation  Research  Institute,  located  in  the 
United  Realty  Building,  conducts  rehabilitation  studies  on  the  problems 
of  motivation  and  dependency  and  publishes  reports  pertaining  to  the 
area  of  rehabilitation.  A  materials  resources  library  in  rehabilitation 
research  is  housed  in  the  same  building  as  the  Department  of  Rehabil- 
itation and  Special  Education. 

The  Center  for  Educational  Development,  located  in  Cushing  Hall, 
works  with  community  agencies  in  developing  and  implementing  in- 
novative educational  programs,  particularly  in  areas  which  lack  sub- 
stantial financial  resources,  both  urban  and  rural-isolated  areas. 

Northeastern  University's  Preschool  Class  for  Mentally  Retarded 
Children,  located  in  the  Kennedy  Building,  is  a  clinical  laboratory  class, 
supported  by  the  State  Department  of  Mental  Health  with  professional 
support  from  the  Department  of  Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education. 
Graduate  students  gain  observational  and  clinical  experience  working 
with  this  class. 

In  addition,  the  College  of  Education  utilizes  the  resources,  materials, 
and  facilities  of  other  University-wide  bureaus  such  as  the  Office  of 
Educational  Resources,  an  important  component  of  which  is  the  Center 
for  Programmed  Instruction. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 

Tuition 

Tuition  for  master's  degree  candidates,  CAGS  candidates  and  special 
students  is  $40  per  quarter  hour  of  credit.  There  is  a  tuition  charge  of 
$425  for  Student  Teaching  and  for  the  Counseling  Practicum  and  the 
Counseling  Field  Work  Specialization.  There  is  a  charge  of  $250  for 
students  enrolled  as  Counselor  Education  Interns  in  the  Boston  School 
System. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and 
are  payable  by  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before  the  date 
specified. 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
at  any  time. 

Fees 

An  Application  Fee  of  $15  (nonrefundable)  is  charged  all  students 
when  they  apply  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 
No  application  papers  will  be  processed  until  this  fee  has  been  received. 
Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent  to 
the  Graduate  School  of  Education,  102  The  Fenway,  Boston,  Mass.  02115. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition;  a  final 
examination  make-up  fee  of  $5;  a  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates, 
payable  before  commencement  by  the  applicable  date  listed  on  the 
academic  calendar. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the 
services  available  in  the  student  center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants 
and  research  fellows  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on  the 
Huntington  Avenue  campus  are  charged  $  .75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students,  including  those  with  assistantships  and  fellow- 
ships, will  pay  a  nonrefundable  university  health  services  fee  of  $75 
each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  coverage  and 
entitle  the  student  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the  University 
health  service. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by 
graduation. 

28 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION   /  29 

Refunds 

Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does 
not  constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should 
be  discussed  with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Amount  of  Refund 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  week  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 


FINANCIAL  AID 

There  is  a  limited  number  of  means  of  providing  financial  aid  for 
graduate  students.  Information  concerning  scholarships  and  loan  pro- 
grams is  available  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  oppor- 
tunity for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent 
in  assisting  with  nonteaching,  administrative  duties.  In  all  cases  the 
student  must  register  for  a  half-time  academic  load. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

These  appointments  offer  tuition  waiver  only.  Graduate  students 
given  this  type  of  appointment  are  assigned  duties  in  the  department 
requiring  an  average  of  8  hours  per  week.  They  are  expected  to  register 
for  a  full-time  academic  load. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Graduate  students  given  this  type  of  appointment  assist  in  the  work 
of  instructional  departments  or  other  offices  of  the  University.  The  ap- 
pointee may  be  assigned  to  class  instruction,  laboratory  supervision, 
correcting  papers  and  proctoring  examinations.  Including  necessary 
preparation  time,  assigned  duties  require  about  18  to  20  hours  per 
week. 

The  student  must  register  for  a  half-time  academic  load. 


30   /    FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Traineeships 

Graduate  students  given  these  appointments  must  devote  full-time 
to  graduate  work  in  accordance  with  the  stipulation  of  the  appointment. 
These  appointments  are  made  from  traineeships  available  from  NASA, 
NSF,  NDEA,  and  other  government  grants  to  the  University.  They  may 
be  for  9  to  12  months. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

These  scholarships  provide  for  remission  of  tuition  and  all  fees  and 
are  awarded  to  qualified  full-  and  part-time  black  students  on  the  basis 
of  financial  need. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  an- 
nounced no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or 
summer.  Appointments  are  for  a  maximum  of  one  year  and  are  not 
automatically  renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  are  expected 
to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the  duties  of  the  award.  They 
may  not  accept  outside  employment  without  the  consent  of  their  faculty 
adviser  and  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  men's  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Hun- 
tington Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a 
minimum  compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and 
application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program 

National  Defense  Student  Loans  are  granted  from  funds  made  avail- 
able jointly  through  the  United  States  Congress  and  through  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Applicants  must  be  United  States  citizens  or  permanent  residents  of 
this  country.  Applications  for  such  loans  are  made  on  a  year-to-year 
basis,  and  the  amount  of  each  loan  will  be  based  on  the  University's 
estimate  of  financial  need  and  the  funds  available  for  distribution  at  the 
time.  No  interest  is  charged  on  these  loans  until  one  year  after  gradua- 
tion, at  which  time  a  3  percent  interest  rate  is  applied.  The  loan  is  to 
be  repaid  in  equal  installments  over  a  ten-year  period  after  graduation, 
but  may  be  repaid  at  an  earlier  date.  A  student  may  cancel  a  portion  of 
the  loan  for  full-time  employment  as  a  teacher  in  a  public  or  private  and 
non-profit  elementary  school,  secondary  school,  or  other  institution  of 
higher  learning.  Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  avail- 
able from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  Sep- 
tember 1  for  full-time  students  and  six  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of  the 
quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested  for  other  students. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION   /  31 

Guaranteed  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program,  a  student  enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  nor- 
mal academic  work  load  may  borrow,  from  a  bank  or  other  financial 
institution  participating  in  the  program,  up  to  $1,500  per  year  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  $7,500. 

Applications  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the  Education  Office 
of  your  state  government. 

Additional  information  and  necessary  application  forms  for  Massa- 
chusetts residents  are  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 


faculty 


Raymond  J.  Archibald,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  in  Special  Education 

Robert  E.  Bachelder,  B.S.Ed.,  M.A.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Ronald  E.  Baptiste,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Gloria  D.  Bernheim,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Richard  C.  Berry,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

George  W.  Best,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Arthur  Boothroyd,  B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Wendell  R.  Brown,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  D.S.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Nicholas  J.  Buffone,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  Education 

Robert  S.  Butters,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Russell  J.  Call,  B.Ed.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Malcolm  J.  Campbell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Thomas  H.  Clark,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Gregory  C.  Coffin,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman, 

Department  of  Instruction 
David  R.  Cook,  B.S.Ed.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education;  Chairman 

Department  of  Counselor  Education 
Hugh  J.  Crossland,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  J.D.,  LL.M.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Gerald  E.  Cubelli,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Thomas  E.  Cyrs,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Ed.M,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

and  Director  of  Division  of  Instructional 
Systems  Development 
Richard  L.  Dill,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
George  A.  DiLorenzo,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Irvin  Doress,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

E.  Lawrence  Durham,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Education 

F.  Andre  Favat,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  J.  Ferullo,  B.S.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Special  Education  and 

Director  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Center 
William  A.  Fraenkel,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
William  A.  Frary,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Douglas  A.  Freundlich,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Dorothy  H.  Galo,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Mina  B.  Ghattas,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 

Director  of  Division  of  Instructional 
Media  Systems 
George  J.  Goldin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Special  Education  and  Director 

of  Rehabilitation  Research  Institute 
Carol  M.  Golub,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Lane  W.  Gunnoe,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Charles  F.  Haley,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Education,  and 

Director  of  Student  Teaching 
Thomas  Harrington,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Thomas  F.  Henstock,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Education 
John  D.  Herzog,  B.A.,  M.A.T.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 

Chairman,  Department  of  Foundations 
of  Education 
Clinton  T.  Hilliard,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Melvin  Howards,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman, 

Department  of  Reading;  Director,  Center  for 
Reading  Improvement;  Director  of  the  Center 
for  Educational  Development 

32 


FACULTY  /  33 

Frances  J.  Johnston,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Maurice  Kaufman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Alvin  Kent,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of 

Office  of  Educational  Resources 
Daniel  C.  Kielson,  Ed.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Blanche  Korngold,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.S,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Mary  J.  Lee,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Carlton  B.  Lehmkuhl,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Linda  L.  Lohrbauer,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Jerry  E.  Long,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Matthew  H.  Luzzi,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  C.A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of 

Education 
Mervin  D.  Lynch,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Donald  W.  MacPeek,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
John  Maguire,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Reuben  J.  Margolin,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Special  Education  and 

Cfiairman,  Department  of  Refiabilitation 

and  Special  Education 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  tfie  College  of  Education 
Robert  C.  McLean,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Joseph  Meier,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Harold  A.  Miner,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Kenneth  K.  Nakano.  A.B.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Irene  A.  Nichols,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Hjordis  G.  Ohberg,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
Barbara  F.  Okun,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Arthur  J.  O'Shea,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
David  W.  Parfitt,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Sandra  M.  Parker,  B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Guy  A.  Petralia,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Professor  Education 
Katherine  M.  Pigott,  B.S.Ed.,  O.T.R.,  Ed.M.,  C.A.G.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Francis  J.  Pilecki,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Glyn  J.  Pruce,  B.A.,  S.T.B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
William  G.  Quill,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Robert  W.  Read,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman, 

Department  of  Educational  Administration 
Stephan  B.  Ross,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Sumner  Rotman,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and 

Director  of  thie  Graduate  Scfiool  of 
Education 
Joseph  C.  Sabbath,  B.Sc,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
William  S.  Sahakian,  B.S.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Edwin  R.  Sage,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Tommie  M.  Samkange,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Harold  F.  Schuknecht,  S.B.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Carolyn  P.  Scott,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Iris  Siegel,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Special  Education 
Robert  W.  Sparks,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Marylin  Spiegel,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Lois  E.  Stryker,  B.A.,  M.P.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Paul  H.  Tedesco,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
Benjamin  Tessler,  LL.B.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Susanna  D.  Troutman,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Newton  K.  Von  Sander,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Jack  L.  Weber,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
James  W.  Wilson,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Research  Professor,  Cooperative  Education 
Kenneth  A.  Wolkon,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Wesley  G.  Woll,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 
Alvin  6.  Zaiinger,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
William  G.  Zimmerman,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education 


programs  of  the  graduate 
school  of  education 


MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

Professional  Specializations 

Counselor  Education 

Elementary  Guidance 

Secondary  Guidance 

College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel 

Community  Counseling 
Curriculum  and  Instruction 
Educational  Administration 
Educational  Research 
Reading 

Rehabilitation  Administration 
Special  Education 

Interrelated  Programs  in  Special  Education 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

Teaching  the  Deaf 

Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 

Teaching  the  Mentally  Retarded 

Teacher  Preparation  Programs 

Elementary  Education 
Secondary  Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Modern  Languages 

Science 

Social  Studies 
Special  Education 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY  (CAGS) 

Counselor  Education 
Educational  Administration 

34 


PROGRAMS  /  35 
MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  DEGREE 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

An  applicant  must  have  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accred- 
ited institution  and  must  complete  all  admissions  procedures  as 
described. 

An  applicant  for  graduate  study  in  a  degree  program  should  have  on 
file  in  the  office  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  three  weeks  (two 
months  for  full-time)  prior  to  the  beginning  of  classes  in  any  given 
quarter: 

1.  Two  completed  application  forms. 

2.  Two  official  transcripts  from  all  colleges  or  universities  at- 
tended. 

3.  References  as  follows: 

a.  If  no  teaching  experience,  three  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion from  individuals  acquainted  with  the  applicant's 
scholastic,  professional,  or  intellectual  ability. 

b.  If  teaching  experience  (beyond  student  teaching),  one 
reference  from  the  current  or  most  recent  supervisor. 

4.  An  official  copy  of  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  score  (MAT). 

5.  For  GAGS  applicants,  a  record  of  an  interview  with  the  chair- 
man of  the  department  to  which  they  are  applying. 

6.  For  applicants  whose  native  language  is  not  English,  an 
official  copy  of  the  results  of  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language  (TOEFL). 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  may  require  a  preadmission  con- 
ference with  any  applicant.  Applicants  may  at  any  time  request  a  confer- 
ence with  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  his 
designate. 

Application  Fee 

All  applications  for  admission  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application 
fee  (nonrefundable)  of  $15.  No  application  will  be  processed  until  the 
fee  has  been  received  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University  and  sent  to  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education,  102  The  Fenway. 

Confirmation 

Applicants  must  confirm  their  acceptance  to  a  program  within  the 
designated  period  of  time.  If  confirmations  are  not  received,  places  in 
the  program  will  be  offered  to  other  applicants. 


36  /   PROGRAMS 

Full-time  Study 

A  full-time  student  must  take  three  courses  in  all  quarters  except  the 
summer  session,  during  which  he  must  take  a  minimum  of  two  courses. 
Enrollment  in  an  additional  course  in  any  quarter  must  be  approved  by 
the  adviser. 

Part-time  Study 

A  part-time  student  may  enroll  in  a  maximum  of  two  courses  in  any 
given  quarter. 

Program  Selection  and  Registration 

Upon  acceptance  as  a  degree  candidate,  the  student  will  be  assigned 
an  adviser  in  his  major  area  of  study.  After  notification  of  acceptance 
by  the  Graduate  School  of  Education,  the  student  must  confer  with  the 
adviser  regarding  his  program  of  studies  and  initial  course  registration. 
The  student's  initial  program  and  any  subsequent  changes  may  develop 
only  as  a  result  of  the  written  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

Initial  registration  will  be  allowed  only  upon  presentation  of  a  counter- 
signed "Permit  to  Register"  card. 

Special  Student  Status 

Applicants  who  have  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited 
institution  and  who  acknowledge  that  they  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  de- 
gree may  be  accepted  as  special  students.  Special  students  may  reg- 
ister for  a  maximum  of  three  courses,  one  per  quarter,  provided  that 
they  submit  an  application  form,  accompanied  by  an  application  fee 
of  $15,  and  an  official  transcript,  three  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of 
classes.  Academic  credit  earned  in  such  study  may  not  be  used  to  fulfill 
degree  requirements  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  unless  the 
applicant  is  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  and  the  courses  are  appli- 
cable to  his  program.  Special  students  may  be  considered  for  degree 
candidacy  only  upon  full  presentation  of  application  materials  and  a 
formal  petition  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 

Academic  Classification 

1.  Regular  Applicants  who  meet  in  full  the  criteria  for  immediate 

matriculation  are  classified  as  regular  students. 

2.  Provisional       Some  applicants  who  do  not  meet  regular  admissions 

standards  may  be  admitted  as  provisional  students. 
Such  students  must  maintain  a  B  average  in  their 
first  twelve  quarter  hours  of  work  in  order  to  con- 
tinue in  the  graduate  program.  Provisional  students 


PROGRAMS  /  37 

admitted   for   part-time   study    may   tal<e   only    one 
course  in  their  first  quarter  of  study. 

3.  Special  See  above. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  curricula  of  the  programs  for  the  Master  of  Education  degree  are 
given  on  pages  41-59. 

Programs  are  available  for  students  with  or  without  regular  teaching 
certification.  Those  with  certification  may  major  in  the  professional 
specializations  listed  on  page  40. 

Students  without  certification  must  pursue  either  a  Master  of  Edu- 
cation degree  program  for  which  certification  is  not  mandatory  (as  in- 
dicated on  page  40)  or  a  degree  program  which  includes  supervised 
student  teaching.  At  Northeastern  University,  state  certification  and  pro- 
fessional requirements  are  satisfied  only  as  part  of  teacher  preparation 
degree  programs  (as  described  on  pages  55-57)  at  the  elementary  level 
and  in  the  following  subject  areas  at  the  secondary  level:  English, 
Mathematics,  Modern  Languages,  Science,  and  Social  Studies. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

A  comprehensive  examination  may  be  required  by  a  department.  Un- 
satisfactory performance  in  such  an  examination  constitutes  grounds 
for  withholding  the  degree. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  Master's  Degree  in  Education,  an  average 
grade  of  B  must  be  obtained  in  the  degree  credit  courses.  No  additional 
course  credits  may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  B  average  required 
for  the  degree. 

No  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  three  or  more 
degree  credit  courses  will  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program. 

Credit  and  Course  Requirements 

In  satisfying  the  requirement  for  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours,  a 
student's  program  must  include  at  least  12  courses  which  apply  to  the 
degree. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institu- 
tion may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that  the 


38   /   PROGRAMS 

credits  are  recommended  for  transfer  by  the  student's  adviser,  consist 
of  work  taken  at  the  graduate  level  for  graduate  credit,  carry  grades  of 
A  or  B,  have  been  earned  at  an  accredited  institution,  and  have  not  been 
used  toward  any  other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  Director 
of  the  Graduate  School  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credit  by  completing 
the  necessary  form,  obtainable  from  either  the  office  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  or  the  faculty  adviser.  The  completed  form  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  along 
with  an  official  transcript  and  an  excerpt  from  the  catalog  describing 
the  course.  No  transfer  form  will  be  considered  complete  without  the 
signature  of  the  student's  adviser  or  department  chairman.  Grades  on 
transfer  credits  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the 
academic  average  necessary  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted 
by  transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years. 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY 
(CAGS)   PROGRAM 

Admission 

An  applicant  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  in 
Counselor  Education  or  Educational  Administration  must  hold  a  master's 
degree  from  an  accredited  institution  and  file  supportive  materials  in 
accordance  with  guidelines  which  will  be  provided  upon  request.  Inquiry, 
specifying  the  program  for  which  information  is  sought,  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education. 

Counselor  Education  CAGS  students  are  accepted  once  a  year,  be- 
tween April  1  and  November  1.  All  application  materials  must  be  com- 
pleted by  September  15,  or  the  candidate's  application  will  automatically 
be  forwarded  for  inclusion  in  the  next  action  period.  Within  this  period 
candidates  will  be  informed  of  their  admission  status  as  soon  as  possible 
after  all  application  credentials  are  completed,  but  no  later  than  the  start 
of  the  registration  period  for  the  next  quarter. 

Academic  Requirements 

In  order  to  qualify  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 
an  average  grade  of  B  must  be  obtained  in  all  courses.  No  additional 
course  credits  may  be  allowed  in  order  to  satisfy  the  B  average  required 
for  the  certificate. 

No  student  who  receives  a  grade  of  less  than  B  in  three  or  more 
courses  will  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program. 


PROGRAMS  /  39 

Qualifying  and  Comprehensive  Examinations 

Students  may  be  required  to  take  a  qualifying  examination.  All  stu- 
dents are  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  a  comprehensive  examina- 
tion in  order  to  qualify  for  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 


fields  of  study 


PF^OGRAMS  IN  PROFESSIONAL  SPECIALIZATIONS 
Master  of  Education 

Applicants  who  possess  a  valid  teaching  certificate  or  who  are  eligible 
for  such  certificate  at  the  time  the  program  is  begun,  may  be  admitted 

to  study  for  the  Master  of  Education  degree  and  specialize  in  one  of 
the  following  areas: 

Page 

Counselor  Education  42 

Elementary  Guidance  42 

Secondary  Guidance  42 

'College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel  44 

'Community  Counseling  44 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  45 

Educational  Administration  46 

'Educational  Research  48 

Reading  48 

'Rehabilitation  Administration  49 

Special  Education  49 

'Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  50 

Teaching  the  Deaf  52 

"Interrelated  Programs  in  Special  Education  52 

"Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  53 

"Teaching  the  Mentally  Retarded  54 

All  students  must  complete  one  of  the  programs  as  outlined  in  the 
following  pages.  In  most  cases,  the  sequence  is  designed  to  be  very 
flexible.  Any  variations  or  changes  must  have  the  prior  recommendation 
of  the  major  adviser  and  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education. 


*Teaching  certification  not  mandatory. 
'"Optional  programs  available  in  this  specialization  without  teaching  certification. 


40 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  41 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 
CORE  REQUIREMENT 

Required  of  all  candidates: 

Area  I  —  Research 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  satisfac- 
tory completion  of  a  proficiency  examination  in  statistics 
administered  by  the  Center  for  Programmed  Instruction  or 
by  satisfactory  completion  of  50.841  Introduction  to  Edu- 
cational Statistics.  (50.815  must  be  included  among  the 
first  six  courses  taken  by  each  student.) 

All  candidates  must  complete  at  least  one  course  in  each  of  two  of  the 
following  areas: 

Area  II  —  Psychological  Foundations 

50.803  Child  Psychology 

50.804  Adolescent  Psychology 

These  two  courses  are  intended  for  students  with  no  pre- 
vious background  in  psychology. 
50.806     Psychology  of  Learning 

50.810  Psychology  of  Personality 

50.811  Psychology  of  Cognition 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  entrance  into  any  of  these 
courses  be  preceded  by  a  course  in  psychology. 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  a  course  in 
child  psychology  or  human  development. 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 

Entrance  into  this  course  must  be  preceded  by  a  course  in 
adolescent  psychology  or  human  development. 

Area  III  —  Social  Foundations 

50.801  Educational  Anthropology 

50.802  Sociology  of  Education 

These  two  courses  are  intended  for  students  with  no  pre- 
vious background  in  sociology  and  anthropology. 

50.805  Personality  and  Social  Structure 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  entrance  into  this  course 
be  preceded  by  a  course  in  sociology,  cultural  anthropol- 
ogy, or  social  psychology. 


42  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

50.820     Seminar  in  Contemporary  Issues  in  American  Education 

Area  IV  —  Humanistic  Foundations 

50.81 2  History  of  Education 

50.813  Philosophy  of  Education 
50.818     Comparative  Education 

PROGRAMS 

Counselor  Education 

The  Counselor  Education  Department  offers  four  distinct  programs, 
each  of  which  is  oriented  around  a  common  core  preparation  in  coun- 
seling. Students  must  elect  one  of  these  specific  programs.  The  master's 
degree  requirements  can  be  completed  in  the  equivalent  of  one  year. 
However,  the  department  considers  these  programs  to  be  minimal  and 
urges  most  students  to  consider  an  additional  year  of  study  leading  to 
the  C.A.G.S.  The  programs  are  described  on  the  following  pages. 

Part-time  students  entering  any  of  the  programs  should  be  aware  that 
53.803,  53.804  and  53.805,  53.806  are  only  offered  on  a  sequential  basis 
beginning  in  the  Fall  Quarter.  They  must  be  taken  concurrently  and  for 
part-time  students  no  earlier  than  the  second  year  of  part-time  study. 

Full-time  students  in  Counselor  Education  Programs  will  be  accepted 
once  a  year  between  April  1  and  July  15,  with  a  deadline  of  July  1  for 
completion  of  all  admissions  requirements.  Early  application  is  en- 
couraged since  there  is  limited  enrollment  and  all  spaces  may  be  taken 
before  the  July  1  deadline  for  filing  application  materials.  Part-time  stu- 
dents will  be  admitted  between  April  1  and  November  1,  with  the  dead- 
line for  completing  admissions  requirements  September  15. 

The  Department  of  Counselor  Education  offers  a  paid  internship-in- 
counseling  program  to  full-time  students  who  can  begin  their  programs 
in  the  summer  session.  All  full-time  applicants  are  urged  to  apply  for 
this  program  as  preference  will  be  given  to  qualified  students  who  will 
accept  internships  and  begin  their  programs  in  the  summer.  Actual  in- 
ternship placements  begin  in  September  and  extend  to  the  following 
June.  For  further  information  and  application  forms  for  the  internship, 
write  directly  to  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education. 

Elementary  Guidance 

Students  electing  this  program  must  be  eligible  for  or  possess  a  valid 
teaching  certificate,  preferably  at  the  elementary  level.  The  elementary 
school  counselor  performs  three  major  functions  in  the  elementary 
school:  1)  counseling  with  pupils,  2)  consulting  with  teachers,  adminis- 
trators, and  parents,  and  3)  coordinating  other  pupil  services  for  the 
benefit  of  pupils. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  43 

The  program  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Cere  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Counselor  Education  Requirements 

53.800  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

53.810  Vocational  and  Personal  Development  in  the  Elementary 
School 

53.803,    53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II 
53.805,    53.806     Elementary  Guidance  Practicum 

Two  electives  from  among  the  following  recommended  courses: 
53.808     Group  Counseling 

53.811  Family  and  Parent  Counseling 
53.824     Wechsler  Scales 

55.807  Learning  Disabilities 

55.830     Etiology,  Dynamics,  and  Treatment  of  Emotional  Disturb- 
ances in  Children 

Secondary  Guidance 

Students  electing  this  program  must  be  eligible  for  or  possess  a  valid 
teaching  certificate,  preferably  at  the  secondary  level.  The  secondary 
school  counselor  is  also  a  consultant  and  coordinator  of  services.  How- 
ever, there  is  more  emphasis  at  this  level  on  counseling  for  career  de- 
velopment, especially  educational  and  vocational  decision  making.  In 
the  consultant  role,  the  secondary  counselor  becomes  more  actively 
involved  in  the  community  and  in  the  curricular  and  instructional  aspects 
of  the  school. 

The  program  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Counselor  Education  Requirements 

53.800  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.803,  53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II 
53.805,  53.806     Secondary  Guidance  Practicum 

53.808  Group  Counseling 

One  elective  from  among  the  following  recommended  courses: 
53.807     Administration  of  Guidance  Services 
53.81 1     Family  and  Parent  Counseling 
53.824     Wechsler  Scales 


44  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

College  Counseling  and  Student  Personnel 

This  program  is  designed  for  students  who  want  to  work  in  higher 
education  at  some  level.  The  preparation  is  based  on  the  assumption 
that  every  student  personnel  worker  must  have  the  human  relations  skills 
of  the  counselor.  Around  this  core  preparation  in  counseling,  the  student 
is  helped  to  develop  important  concepts  relating  to  the  field  of  student 
personnel  work  in  higher  education.  Students  may  continue  for  further 
graduate  study  either  in  the  field  of  counseling  psychology  or  in  student 
personnel  on  the  basis  of  this  program.  Entry  positions  for  graduates 
include  counseling  in  junior  colleges  or  colleges  (where  experience  is 
usually  required,  however),  residence  hall  counselors,  financial  aid, 
student  activities,  assistants  to  deans  of  men  and  women,  and  admis- 
sions counseling. 

The  program  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates). 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Counselor  Education  Requirements 

53.800  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

53.809     The  College  Student  and  His  Campus 
53.803,    53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II 
53.805,    53.806     College  Counseling  and/or  Student  Personnel 
Practicum 

Two  electives  from  among  the  following  recommended  courses: 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.808     Group  Counseling 

53.812     Seminar  in  Student  Personnel  Work 

51.900     Cooperative  Education  in  American  Higher  Education 


Community  Counseling 

Students  who  prefer  to  work  in  settings  other  than  educational  institu- 
tions will  find  this  a  preferred  major.  Some  of  the  possible  employment 
settings  for  graduates  of  this  program  are  the  following:  Division  of 
Employment  Security,  community  mental  health  agencies,  correctional 
institutions,  local  and  federal  governmental  agencies  providing  helping 
services  to  youth,  and  rehabilitation  counseling  agencies.  Some  of  the 
types  of  helping  services  for  which  this  program  can  prepare  students 
are  the  following:  employment  counseling,  rehabilitation  counseling 
(physically,  mentally,  and  emotionally  handicapped),  correctional  coun- 
seling (delinquency  prevention),  vocational  rehabilitation,  preventive 
mental  health  counseling,  and  family  counseling. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  45 

For  information  regarding  a  special  option  in  the  Community  Coun- 
seling program  with  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital  Eric  Lindemann 
Mental  Health  Center,  write  directly  to  the  Department  of  Counselor 
Education. 

Any  preparation  program  for  the  broad  range  of  helping  positions 
listed  above  must  be  necessarily  broad  at  the  master's  level  with  limited 
opportunity  for  initial  specialization.  The  second  year  of  study  (CAGS) 
is  considered  essential  for  all  qualified  students  who  desire  a  career  in 
most  aspects  of  community  counseling. 

The  program  Is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates). 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Counselor  Education  Requirements 

53.800  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

53.803,    53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II 
53.805,    53.806     Community  Counseling  Practicum 

Three  electives  from  among  the  following  recommended  courses: 

50.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

50.951  Principles  of  Medical  Rehabilitation 

50.952  Vocational  Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 
50.956  Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 
50.965  Occupational  Placement 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
53.808  Group  Counseling 

53.811      Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

Curriculum  and  Instruction 

The  programs  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  are  appropriate  for 
certified  or  experienced  teachers  who  wish  to  prepare  for  instructional 
leadership  and/or  curriculum  development  responsibilities  or  who  wish 
to  enlarge  their  professional  backgrounds  in  subject  matter  and  peda- 
gogy in  the  following  areas: 

Elementary  Education 
Language  Arts 
Mathematics 
Science 
Social  Studies 

Secondary  Education 
English 
Mathematics 
Modern  Languages 
Science 
Social  Studies 


46  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

In  his  specialty,  the  student  will  find  available  to  him:  advanced 
methods  courses  planned  for  the  teacher-in-service;  courses  in  edu- 
cational leadership  to  prepare  him  to  work  with  teachers  in  consultative 
and  supervisory  roles;  opportunities  to  develop  teaching  and  curric- 
ulum materials  under  the  direction  of  a  specialist  in  his  field;  courses 
to  deepen  his  insights  in  the  subject  matter  of  his  special  field;  and  a 
variety  of  courses  to  enlarge  his  professional  background  in  the  his- 
torical, philosophical,  sociological,  and  psychological  foundations  of 
education. 

The  general  outline  of  the  programs  is  as  follows: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Three  courses   in   Curriculum   and    Instruction   numbered   51.800- 
51.899,  with  the  exception  of  51.805,  as  described  on  pages  65  to  70. 

Three  elective  courses  in  subject  matter  appropriate  to  the  student's 
teaching  interests. 

Three  electives  in  education  or  subject  matter. 

While  maintaining  their  focus  on  curriculum  and  instruction,  these 
programs  are  at  the  same  time  unusually  flexible  in  allowing  the  student 
to  construct  a  course  of  study  which  is  particularly  appropriate  to  his 
individual  interests.  By  drawing  upon  the  offerings  of  both  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education  and  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the 
student  interested  in  urban  problems,  for  instance,  might  choose  his 
electives  from  among  such  courses  as  urban  sociology,  sociology  of 
delinquency,  and  community  analysis;  the  student  seeking  approaches 
to  the  language  and  reading  problems  in  his  classroom  might  choose 
from  offerings  in  reading,  psycholinguistics,  and  language  and  culture; 
the  student  interested  in  pursuing  a  career  in  instructional  leadership 
might  elect  courses  in  educational  administration,  supervision,  and 
curriculum  development;  the  student  wishing  mainly  to  enhance  his 
knowledge  of  the  subject  matter  he  teaches  might  select  a  full  com- 
plement of  courses  within  his  discipline,  and  so  on. 

In  each  special  field  there  are,  of  course,  a  number  of  restrictions  in 
course  selection,  and  therefore  each  candidate's  program  must  be  ap- 
proved by  his  faculty  adviser  before  he  begins  his  course  of  study.  A 
student  admitted  to  special  student  status  who  feels  he  may  eventually 
wish  to  be  admitted  to  degree  candidacy  should  also  consult  with  the 
appropriate  faculty  adviser  before  he  enrolls  in  any  courses. 

Educational  Administration 

The  Master's  Degree  program  in  Educational  Administration  is  based 
on  the  premise  that  there  are  certain  competencies  and  understandings 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  47 

basic  to  effective  administrative  behavior.  Tliese  generally  accepted 
principles  should  be  examined  by  each  student  initially  entering  a  pro- 
gram of  educational  administration  regardless  of  his  projected  profes- 
sional goals.  Our  feeling  that  practical  experience  should  be  based  on 
theoretical  considerations  has  led  us  to  place  heavy  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  a  variety  of  simulated  school  system  environments.  Many  of  the 
courses  use  the  "simulated  materials  approach"  to  provide  students 
with  the  opportunity  for  developing  competence  in  administrative 
decision-making  in  a  way  that  very  closely  approximates  reality.  Com- 
pletion of  this  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  initial 
entry  into  the  field  of  educational  administration,  preparing  him  for 
such  beginning  positions  as:  assistant  principal,  principal  of  a  small 
school,  department  chairman,  special  program  director,  beginning  ad- 
ministrator in  adult  and  higher  education;  or  it  may  serve  as  a  founda- 
tion for  further  graduate  study.  Satisfactory  completion  of  an  oral  exam- 
ination and  a  comprehensive  examination  is  required  in  this  program. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Educational  Administration  Requirements 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  I 

52.811  Leadership  in  Education:  Part  II 

Departmental  Program  of  Study 

52.812  Overview  of  Administrative  Tasks 

52.813  Instructional    Leadership:    Curriculum    Development    and 

Supervision 

52.805  Simulated  Problems:  Secondary  School  Administration 
or 

52.814  Simulated  Problems:  Elementary  School  Administration 

52.806  Directed  Field  Experiences  in  School  Administration  I 

52.807  Directed  Field  Experiences  in  School  Administration  II 

52.808  Seminar  in  Educational  Administration 
Elective  (to  be  approved  by  adviser) 

A  specific  Master  of  Education  option  in  Educational  Administration 
is  available  for  those  who  wish  to  become  directors  or  administrative 
staff  officers  in  the  area  of  Special  Education.  Degree  candidates  who 
select  this  option  must  possess  a  valid  teaching  certificate  in  one  or 
more  areas  of  Special  Education.  This  program  involves  work  in  both 
the  Department  of  Educational  Administration  and  the  Department  of 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education.  Specific  course  requirements 
will  be  prescribed  by  the  student's  adviser.  (This  option  will  not  be 
available  in  1972-1973.) 


48  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Educational  Research 

This  program  is  designed  to  train  educational  researchers  who  will 
have:  1)  an  understanding  of  the  nature  and  characteristics  of  research 
as  it  is  carried  on  in  educational  research  agencies;  2)  a  basic  knowl- 
edge of  research  methodology  and  related  theory  that  will  enable  them 
to  assist  at  all  stages  of  educational  research;  and  3)  the  technical  skill 
to  carry  out  independently  the  operational  aspect  of  educational  re- 
search. 

The  objectives  stated  above  and  the  related  competences  will  be 
achieved  through  an  integrated  program  of  study  and  (for  full-time  stu- 
dents) related  internship  experiences.  Full-time  students  will  require 
five  academic  quarters  (15  months)  to  complete  the  program:  three 
quarters  of  didactic  study  and  two  quarters  of  internship.  (A  quarter  of 
didactic  study  usually  consists  of  11  weeks  of  study,  one  week  of  ex- 
aminations, and  one  week  of  vacation;  an  internship  quarter  consists  of 
12  weeks  of  full-time  work  and  one  week  of  vacation.)  Full  time  candi- 
dates are  admitted  in  June  of  the  academic  year,  and  will  complete  their 
training  in  September  of  the  following  year  (one  academic  year  plus 
two  summers);  internships  are  unpaid.  The  part-time  program  does  not 
require  a  research  internship;  students  may  begin  study  in  any  quarter. 
Part-time  students  will  take  two  additional  courses  in  educational 
research  in  lieu  of  the  internship. 

All  candidates  will  be  required  to  complete  the  following  program: 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Area  I  50.840     Introduction  to  Educational  Research 
Two  courses  from  the  remaining  areas  as  described  on  page  41. 

Educational  Research  Requirements 
50.814     The  Nature  and  Theory  of  Psychological  and  Educational 
Measurement 

50.841  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

50.842  Intermediate  Educational  Statistics 

50.843  Research  Methods  I 

50.847     Elements  of  Machine  Data  Processing 
Electives  (two) 
Internship  or  two  additional  courses  in  educational  research 


Reading 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  49 

Reading  Requirements 

54.801  Foundations  of  Reading 

54.802  Reading  Disability 

54.811     Materials  Workshop  in  Reading 

54.804  Reading  Clinic  I — Diagnosis  and  Correction 

54.805  Reading  Clinic  II — Diagnosis  and  Correction 
Electives 

Rehabilitation  Administration  and  Special  Education 

Rehabilitation  Administration 

Students  majoring  in  Rehabilitation  Administration  should  anticipate 
taking  14  credit  courses  for  the  degree  under  either  of  the  following 
options: 

Plan  A:  For  students  with  limited  rehabilitation  or  administration  expe- 
rience. 

The  program  will  be  conducted  on  a  cooperative  education  basis.  This 
means  that  the  student  will  alternate  periods  of  academic  course  work 
with  paid  practical  experience  in  the  field  over  a  21-month  period. 

Plan  B:  For  students  with  considerable  rehabilitation  or  administration 
experience. 

The  program  takes  one  calendar  year  from  September  through  Au- 
gust and  includes  four  academic  quarters.  During  this  time  the  student 
also  completes  500  hours  of  practical  experience  in  the  field.  Under 
Plan  B  there  are  a  limited  number  of  federal  stipends  available  which 
are  issued  on  a  competitive  basis. 

Plan  C:  For  students  with  limited  rehabilitation  or  administration  expe- 
rience who  wish  an  alternative  plan  to  cooperative  education. 

The  program  will  take  a  minimum  of  two  calendar  years.  During  that 
time  the  student  will  elect  his  academic  course  work,  500  hours  of 
practical  field  work  experience,  and  a  full-time  internship  experience. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Rehabilitation  Requirements 

50.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

50.951  Principles  of  Medical  Rehabilitation 

50.952  Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 

50.953  Organization  and  Administrative  Theory 
50.961  Rehabilitation  Administration  I 

50.963     Rehabilitation  Administration  II 

50.957     Federal-State  Relations  in  Rehabilitation 


50  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

55.832     Group  Dynamics 

*50.960     Practicum  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 
50.956     Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

Electives.  Students  will  be  required  by  their  advisers  to 
choose  electives  from  the  following  courses  as  they  per- 
tain to  specific  administrative  goals. 

50.958  Social  Welfare  and  Rehabilitation 

50.959  Rehabilitation  Research 

50.962     Administration  of  a  Sheltered  Workshop 

50.964  Rehabilitation  and  the  Law 

50.965  Occupational  Placement 

All  students  are  required  to  take  a  noncredit  course  in  fiscal  man- 
agement as  part  of  their  program. 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

The  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  either 
Speech  Pathology  or  Audiology  is  designed  to  qualify  candidates  for 
membership  in  and  certification  by  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing 
Association.  Graduates  of  the  program  are  also  qualified  for  further 
graduate  study  and  for  employment  as  speech  pathologists  or  audi- 
ologists  in  clinics,  hospitals,  public  schools,  and  rehabilitation  centers. 

This  program  assumes  that  students  have  completed  an  undergrad- 
uate preprofessional  program  in  speech  and  hearing.  Those  without 
such  preparation  will  be  required  to  complete  additional  courses  beyond 
the  48  quarter  hours  normally  required  for  the  master's  degree. 

This  program  is  conducted  in  affiliation  with  the  Massachusetts  Eye 
and  Ear  Infirmary. 

Speech  Pathology 

Each  student's  program  is  individually  designed  with  the  assistance 
of  a  faculty  adviser  to  assure  that  course  work  is  distributed  in  all  major 
professional  areas  including:  diagnostics,  articulation,  language,  fluency, 
voice,  and  audiology.  The  student  is  also  advised  about  how  his  program 
prepares  him  to  meet  certification  requirements  established  by  the 
American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Speech  Pathology  Courses 
A  minimum  of  nine  courses  selected  from  the  following  or  appro- 
priate electives: 


•Required,  but  does  not  carry  degree  credit. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  51 

55.803  Cerebral  Palsy 

55.804  Aphasia  and  Related  Neurological  Disturbances 

55.805  Disorders  of  Voice 

55.806  Language  Disturbances  in  Children 
55.811  Stuttering 

*55.812  Differential  Diagnosis  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

*55.813  Advanced  Clinical  Practice 

*55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language 

55.817  Advanced  Anatomy,  Neurology  and  Physiology  of  Speech- 
Hearing  Mechanism 

55.822  Functional  and  Organic  Disorders  of  Speech 

55.823  Social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 

55.824  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology 
55.860  Aphasia  Rehabilitation 
55.891  Thesis  (optional) 

55.899     Directed  Study  (optional) 

Satisfactory  completion  of  a  comprehensive  examination  is  a  re- 
quirement of  this  program. 

Audiology 

Each  student's  program  is  individually  designed  with  the  assistance 
of  a  faculty  adviser  to  assure  that  course  v\/ork  is  distributed  among 
evaluation,  diagnosis,  and  aural  rehabilitation.  The  student  is  also 
advised  about  how  his  program  prepares  him  to  meet  certification 
requirements  established  by  the  American  Speech  and  Hearing 
Association. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 
Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Audiology  Courses 

A  minimum  of  nine  courses  selected  from  the  following  or  appro- 
priate electives: 

*55.813     Advanced  Clinical  Practice 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

*55.817     Advanced  Anatomy,  Neurology,  and  Physiology  of 

Speech-Hearing  Mechanism 
*55.818     Pathologies  of  the  Ear 

55.819  Clinical  Audiometry  II 

55.820  Physiological  Acoustics 

55.821  Seminar  in  Audiology 

55.823     Social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 


'Required  or  an  equivalent. 


52   /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  Deaf  Children 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  Deaf  Children 
55.828     Aural  Rehabilitation 

55.891     Thesis  (optional) 
55.899     Directed  Study  (optional) 

Teaching  the  Deaf 
The  following  curriculum  in  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  the  deaf  is 
offered  in  affiliation  with  the  Beverly  School  for  the  Deaf.  Candidates 
lacking  prerequisite  courses  will  be  required  to  complete  them  prior  to 
the  following  program. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 

Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 
Teaching  the  Deaf  Requirements 

55.801     Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  the  Deaf 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  the  Deaf 

55.827  Methods  and  Materials  in  Deaf  Education 

55.828  Aural  Rehabilitation 

55.852     Practicum:  Teaching  the  Deaf  (8  quarter  hours) 

Interrelated  Programs  in  Special  Education 

Northeastern  University  offers,  in  addition  to  the  specialized  programs 
in  the  emotionally  disturbed  and  mental  retardation,  options  in  three 
interrelated  programs  in  special  education.  The  first  two  are  open  to 
certified  teachers  who  wish  to  become  master  teachers  in  the  areas  of 
emotional  disturbance  and  learning  disabilities  or  in  areas  of  mental 
retardation  and  learning  disabilities. 

The  third  interrelated  program  is  designed  to  train  community  special 
education  personnel  who  will  act  as  advocates  for  the  handicapped  and 
as  liaisons  between  home,  school,  and  community  in  local,  state,  or 
federal  agencies.  This  program  does  not  lead  to  certification  since  its 
graduates  will  not  function  in  teaching  capacities. 

Completion  of  all  programs  in  special  education  is  contingent  upon 
the  candidate's  demonstration  of  competency  in  specified  fields  of 
knowledge  and  skills  in  the  classroom  or  placement  setting.  Required 
courses,  aside  from  basic  requirements  of  the  graduate  school  and  state 
certification,  will  be  tailored  to  individual  experience  and  background. 

Students  who  plan  to  teach  emotionally  disturbed  children  must 
possess  a  regular  classroom  teaching  certificate  before  admittance 
into  the  program.  Those  without  a  regular  certificate  who  wish  to  pre- 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  53 

pare  for  teaching  emotionally  disturbed  children  must  take  the  com- 
bined teacher  certification  program  which  upon  completion  will  allow 
the  student  to  be  eligible  for  both  regular  elementary  classroom  teach- 
ing and  teaching  the  emotionally  disturbed. 

Students  who  plan  to  teach  the  mentally  retarded  will  have  a  choice 
of  two  options. 

Option  A 

This  is  a  combined  teacher  certification  program.  Upon  com- 
pletion, students  will  be  eligible  for  dual  certification  in  regular 
elementary  classroom  teaching  and  in  teaching  the  mentally  re- 
tarded. 

Option  B 

Students  may  elect  a  teacher  certification  program  for  teach- 
ing the  mentally  retarded  only.  Students  electing  this  option  must 
clearly  understand  that  they  will  be  qualified  to  teach  only  the 
mentally  retarded  and  not  a  regular  class. 

Degree  candidates  may  be  required  to  take  50.803,  Child  Psychology, 
without  degree  credit  if  they  have  not  previously  taken  a  similar  course. 

Students  electing  any  one  of  the  three  Interrelated  Special  Education 
Programs  will  have  a  sequenced  program  developed  in  consultation 
with  the  major  adviser  based  upon  background  and  experience.  Courses 
will  be  drawn  from  the  regular  Special  Education  Program  and  will 
include  electives  from  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology,  Rehabilitation 
Administration,  Reading,  Counselor  Education,  Instruction,  and  other 
courses  as  warranted. 

Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 

This  program  is  designed  for  certified  teachers  of  regular  classes  who 

wish  to  specialize  in  teaching  emotionally  disturbed  children  and  youth. 

Degree  candidates  may  be  required  to  take  50.803,  Child  Psychology, 

without  degree  credit  if  they  have  not  previously  taken  a  similar  course. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 

Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 
Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  Requirements 
50.805     Personality  and  Social  Structure 

or 
50.810     Psychology  of  Personality 
50.807     Abnormal  Psychology 

55.830  Etiology,  Dynamics  and  Treatment  of  Emotional 

Disturbance  in  Children 

55.831  Teaching  the  Socially  and  Emotionally  Disturbed: 

Problems  and  Strategies 


54  /    FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

55.836  Practicum  in  Special  Education  (8  quarter  hours) 
53.801     Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

or 
55.844     Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Special  Education 

Electives  as  follows  (Students  may  also  choose  electives 
from  selected  courses  from  Remedial  Reading,  Rehabili- 
tation Administration,  and  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiol- 
ogy  programs.): 

55.801     Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children 

55.807     Learning  Disabilities 

55.832  Group  Dynamics 

55.833  Mental  Health 

55.834  Case  Conferences  on  Emotionally  Disturbed  Children 

55.835  Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 

55.837  Seminar:  Problems  of  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  Child 
55.843     Industrial  Arts  and  Crafts 

55.899     Directed  Study 

Teaching  the  Mentally  Retarded 

This  program  is  designed  for  individuals  who  hold  certificates  for 
teaching  in  the  regular  classroom  and  wish  to  qualify  as  special  class 
teachers  in  the  area  of  the  mentally  retarded. 

Master  of  Education  Core 

Three  courses  as  defined  on  page  41. 

Teaching  the  Mentally  Retarded  Requirements 

55.801  Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children 

55.840  Psychology  of  the  Mentally  Retarded 

55.841  Methods  and  Materials  —  Trainable  Retarded 

55.842  Methods  and  Materials  —  Educable  Retarded 

55.843  Industrial  Arts  and  Crafts 

55.844  Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Special  Education 

55.846  Practicum  in  Special  Education 

55.847  Vocational  Education  for  the  Handicapped 

* Statistics  —  Descriptive    (prerequisite  —  may    be    taken 

through  Center  for  Programmed  Instruction) 
55.856     Student  Teaching  in  Mental  Retardation  (8  quarter  hours) 

Electives 

50.807  Abnormal  Psychology 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 
54.802  Reading  Disability 

54.804  Reading  Clinic  I  —  Diagnosis  and  Correction 

54.805  Reading  Clinic  II  —  Diagnosis  and  Correction 


'Required,  but  does  not  carry  degree  credit. 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  55 

55.803  Cerebral  Palsy 

55.804  Aphasia  and  Related  Neurological  Disturbances 
55.807     Learning  Disabilities 

55.837     Seminar:  Problems  of  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  Child 
55.845     Rehabilitation  for  Special  Education  Teachers 
55.899     Directed  Study 

NOTE:  A  specific  Master  of  Education  option  in  Educational  Administration  is  available 
for  those  who  w !sh  to  become  directors  or  administrative  staff  officers  in  the  area  of 
Special  Education.  Degree  candidates  who  select  this  option  must  possess  a  valid 
teaching  certificate  in  one  or  more  areas  of  Special  Education.  This  program  involves 
work  in  boih  the  Department  of  Educational  Administration  and  the  Department  of 
Rehabilitation  and  Special  Education.  Specific  course  requirements  will  be  prescribed 
by  the  student's  adviser.  (This  option  will  not  be  available  in  1972-73.) 


TEACHER  PREPARATION 
Master  of  Education 

Program  of  Studies 

Applicants  who  do  not  possess  a  valid  teaching  certificate  are  offered 
a  program  designed  to  prepare  them  for  state  certification  and  concur- 
rently fulfill  the  requirements  for  a  Master  of  Education  degree.  Initial 
preparation  programs  are  available  for  elementary  and  secondary  teach- 
ing fields.  No  student  will  be  permitted  to  do  student  teaching  except  as 
a  part  of  the  appropriate  teacher  preparation  program  for  the  Master  of 
Education  degree. 

If  preparation  courses  in  general  psychology,  child  psychology,  or 
adolescent  psychology  have  not  been  taken  previously,  applicants  will 
be  required  to  take  such  work  in  addition  to  degree  requirements.  Such 
courses  carry  graduate  credit  but  may  not  be  included  in  a  degree  pro- 
gram. The  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  will  determine 
when  these  requirements  have  been  satisfied. 

Student  Teaching 

Applications  for  student  teaching  must  be  received  by  the  Director  of 
Student  Teaching  no  later  than  October  15.  Student  teaching  in  the 
graduate  program  is  scheduled  for  the  Spring  Quarter. 

Acceptance  in  the  student  teaching  program  is  contingent  upon: 

•  Matriculation  as  a  degree  candidate. 

•  An  academic  average  of  B  or  better  in  all  courses  pursued  in  the 

Graduate  School  of  Education. 

•  The  recommendation  of  the  student's  major  adviser. 

Ordinarily,  student  teaching  will  not  be  permitted  until  the  following 
courses  have  been  completed:  50.806,  Psychology  of  Learning;  51.800, 


56  /   FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

Principles  of  Teaching;  51.801,  Curriculum  of  the  American  School;  the 
special  methocl(s)  course(s)  and  any  preparation  courses  that  are 
necessary. 

Because  of  the  unique  demands  of  student  teaching,  participants  may 
not  enroll  for  additional  courses  concurrent  with  student  teaching  with- 
out the  recommendation  of  the  major  adviser  and  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  Student  Teaching. 

Elementary  Education 

Preparation  Courses  (if  not  taken  previously):  General  Psychology  and 
Child  Psychology. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 

50.806     Psychology  of  Learning 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 
A  third  course  as  defined  on  page  41 

Elementary  Education  Requirements 

51.800  Principles  of  Teaching 

51.801  Curriculum  of  the  American  School 

51.802  Procedures  of  Evaluation 

51 .805  Student  Teaching  and  Seminar  (8  quarter  hours) 

51.810  The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 
(special  methods) 

51.834  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (spe- 
cial methods) 

51.852  The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 
(special  methods) 

54.801     Foundations  of  Reading  (special  methods) 

Secondary  Education 

Preparation:  General  Psychology  and  Adolescent  Psychology  (if  not 
taken  previously)  and  a  substantial  background  in  the  subject  field 
in  which  the  student  expects  to  do  his  student  teaching. 

Master  of  Education  Core  (required  of  all  candidates) 

50.806  Psychology  of  Learning 
50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 
A  third  course  as  defined  on  page  41 

Secondary  Education  Requirements 

51.800  Principles  of  Teaching 

51 .801  Curriculum  of  the  American  School 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /  57 

51.802     Procedures  of  Evaluation 

51 .805     Student  Teaching  and  Seminar  (8  quarter  hours) 

Special  Methods  in  the  major  subject  area  (two  courses 

for  science  and  for  mathematics) 
A  third  course  as  defined  on  page  41 

Electives 

CERTIFICATE  OF  ADVANCED  GRADUATE  STUDY 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  is  available  to  applicants 
who  have  demonstrated  a  strong  background  in  the  special  field  of  study 
at  the  master's  level  and  who  meet  the  specific  requirements  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Education  and  the  appropriate  department.  CAGS 
programs  are  offered  in  the  areas  of: 

Counselor  Education 
Educational  Administration 

All  students  must  complete  one  of  the  programs  as  outlined  in  the 
following  pages.  In  most  cases,  the  sequence  is  designed  to  be  very 
flexible.  Any  variations  or  changes  must  have  the  prior  recommendation 
of  the  major  adviser  and  approval  of  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  School 
of  Education. 

Counselor  Education 

Students  entering  the  CAGS  program  in  counselor  education  are  pre- 
sumed to  have  a  master's  level  preparation  the  equivalent  of  that  offered 
at  Northeastern.  This  means,  at  a  minimum  level,  the  completion  of  a 
supervised  practicum.  Any  student  whose  master's  preparation  was 
lacking  a  supervised  practicum  will  be  required  to  take  the  53.805, 
53.806  sequence  in  addition  to  the  minimum  requirements  for  the 
CAGS.  Additional  courses  may  also  be  required  from  the  master's 
program  in  order  to  make  up  deficiencies. 

Students  in  the  CAGS  program  should  identify  their  main  professional 
goal  in  terms  of  either  guidance  and  pupil  services,  college  counseling 
and  student  personnel,  or  community-rehabilitation  counseling  so  as  to 
facilitate  the  planning  of  both  an  appropriate  program  and  an  appro- 
priate field  work  placement.  The  general  program  requirements  are 
described  below. 

53.840,    53.841      Field  Work  Specialization  (8  quarter  hours) 

Ten  additional  courses  are  to  be  selected  with  the  approval  of  an 
adviser  providing  that  at  least  three  of  these  courses  be  taken  outside 
the  Department  of  Counselor  Education  in  appropriate  areas  as  ap- 
proved by  an  adviser.  A  minimum  of  five  courses  must  be  selected  from 
among  department  offerings.  Any  counselor  education  course  num- 
bered 53.807  or  higher  may  be  taken  for  CAGS  credit  as  long  as  it  has 
not  been  previously  taken  for  master's  degree  credit. 


58   /    FIELDS  OF  STUDY 

In  addition  to  the  course  requirements,  students  must  pass  a  compre- 
hensive examination  (written  and/or  oral)  before  the  certificate  will  be 
awarded. 

Applicants  for  the  CAGS  will  be  accepted  during  the  period  of  April  1 
to  November  1,  with  a  deadline  of  September  15  to  complete  all  applica- 
tion procedures.  After  filing  all  application  materials  required  by  the 
Graduate  School,  the  applicant  must  arrange  for  an  interview  with  the 
Department  of  Counselor  Education  before  final  action  can  be  taken  on 
admission.  Since  there  is  a  limited  number  of  spaces  in  the  CAGS 
program,  early  application  is  urged. 

Educational  Administration 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS)  program  in  Edu- 
cational Administration  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  closer 
examination  of  a  particular  administrative  or  supervisory  position.  Ex- 
tending beyond  the  generic  master's  degree  program,  major  emphasis 
is  given  to  role  specialization  and  the  particular  skills  that  should  be 
acquired  by  prospective  and  practicing  school  administrators.  Comple- 
tion of  this  program  should  develop  further  the  leadership  capabilities 
essential  to  the  student's  area  of  specialization  such  as:  the  principal- 
ship  of  a  large  school;  the  assistant  superintendency;  the  superin- 
tendency  of  a  small  district  or  supervisory  union;  directorship  of  federal 
system-wide,  or  state  education  department  programs;  or  higher  edu- 
cation administrative  positions. 

A  minimum  of  12  courses  beyond  the  master's  degree  is  required  for 
completion  of  the  program  as  well  as  satisfactory  completion  of  a 
qualifying  and  a  comprehensive  examination. 

Core  Courses  (required) 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 

Electives 

52.834  Educational  Finance 

52.835  School  Business  Management 

52.836  Personnel  Administration 

52.837  School-Community  Relations 

52.838  School  Plant  Planning 

52.839  Operation  and  Maintenance  of  the  School  Plant 

52.840  Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated 

Experience  —  The  Superintendency 

52.841  Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated 

Experience  —  Assistant  Superintendent 
for  Business  Management 


FIELDS  OF  STUDY  /   59 

52.842  Problems  in  School  Administration:  A  Simulated 

Experience  —  Assistant  Superintendent 
for  Instructional  Services 
52.899     Directed  Study 

52.843  Administrative  Internship 

52.844  School  Law 

NOTE:  In  addition,  the  adviser  may  prescribe  courses  outside  the  Department  of  Educational 
Administration. 


<«••••■■■■■••(,- 


i^jlllSSillllJll^ 
-«:|SfllHII!lil 


description  of  courses 


All  courses  carry  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  indicated  other- 
wise. Please  see  the  current  schedule  for  summer,  fall,  winter,  and 
spring  quarter  listings. 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION 

50.801  Educational  Anthropology 

Examination  of  schooling  as  a  particular  variety  of  socialization,  with  special 
attention  to  characteristics  of  societies  that  rely  heavily  on  formal  instruction, 
contrasted  with  less  deliberately  patterned  techniques  of  child-rearing.  Readings 
will  be  mainly  cross-cultural,  ethnographic,  and  historical,  (core  course) 

50.802  Sociology  of  Education 

The  functioning  of  educational  institutions  in  their  social  and  cultural  milieu  will 
be  examined  from  anthropological  and  socio'ogical  perspectives.  The  school  as 
a  social  system;  influence  of  the  stratification  system,  youth  cultures,  and  racial 
antagonisms  upon  the  educational  enterprise,  (core  course) 

50.803  Child  Psychology 

A  review  of  the  principles  of  child  development  from  birth  to  pre-adolescence. 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  intellectual,  social,  and  emotional  devel- 
opment. The  theoretical  formulations  of  psychoanalysis,  social  learning  theory, 
and  Piaget  will  be  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant  research  in  these  areas, 
as  well  as  their  educational  implications,  (core  course) 

50.804  Adolescent  Psychology 

Social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  development  through  the  adolescent  years. 
Problems  in  family  relationships  and  in  the  adolescent's  social  environment 
as  well  as  his  adjustment  in  school.  Case  history  material,  (core  course) 

50.805  Personality  and  Social  Structure 

Human  behavior  from  a  combined  psychodynamic  and  sociological  point  of 
view,  with  special  emphasis  on  socialization  and  the  relations  between  the 
individual  and  the  collectivity.  The  integration  of  relevant  theories  from  psy- 
chology, sociology,  and  anthropology.  Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  sociology, 
cultural  anthropology,  or  social  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.806  Psychology  of  Learning 

The  basic  principles  and  conditions  of  acquisition,  retention,  and  transfer  of 
learning.     Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.807  Abnormal  Psychology 

How  personality  becomes  disordered.  Problems  of  neurosis,  character  dis- 
orders, psychosomatic  disorders,  and  psychoses.  Current  methods  of  clinical 
diagnosis  and  treatment  will  be  reviewed. 

61 


62  /  COURSES 

50.808  Seminar  in  Child  Development 

A  seminar  course  with  emphasis  on  discussion  of  child  development  theories 
with  special  reference  to  personality  and  cognitive  development.  Critical  eval- 
uation of  research  related  to  child  development  theories  with  particular  empha- 
sis on  recent  trends,  new  approaches,  and  relevance  to  educational  theories 
and  practices.  Prep,  a  course  in  child  psychology  or  human  development,  (core 
course) 

50.809  Seminar  in  Adolescent  Development 

A  seminar  course  with  emphasis  on  discussion  of  major  problem  areas  facing 
the  adolescent  in  our  society  today.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  social 
and  emotional  development.  Included  will  be  a  survey  of  research  in  such  areas 
as  psychoanalysis,  social  learning,  morality,  and  delinquency.  Prep,  a  course 
in  adolescent  psychology  or  human  development,  (core  course) 

50.810.     Psychology  of  Personality 

An  examination  of  theoretical  approaches  to  the  study  of  personality,  with 
emphasis  upon  theories  dealing  with  dynamic  factors  in  personality  develop- 
ment. The  role  of  social  and  cultural  factors,  as  well  as  implications  of  various 
theories  for  the  therapeutic  processes,  will  be  considered.  Suggested  Prep, 
a  course  in  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.811  Psychology  of  Cognition 

A  consideration  of  the  processes  involved  in  cognitive  organization  and  func- 
tioning. Topics  will  include:  language,  concept  formation,  and  problem  solving. 
Suggested  Prep,  a  course  in  psychology,  (core  course) 

50.812  History  of  Education 

An  opportunity  to  explore  some  of  the  historical  roots  of  contemporary  educa- 
tional theory  and  practice,  with  a  focus  on  selected  aspects  of  educational 
history  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  Also,  an  opportunity  to  utilize  any  knowl- 
edge gained  for  the  development  of  a  personal  educational  position,  (core 
course) 

50.813  Philosophy  of  Education 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  precepts  of  philosophy  as  viable  tools  with  which 
to  build  a  philosophy  of  education.  An  analysis  of  major  philosophic  world- 
frames  in  their  historical  context;  i.e.  Aristotelian,  Thomistic,  idealistic,  realistic, 
and  pragmatic.  An  examination  of  philosophies  of  education  which  cover  the 
broad  spectrum  of  thought,  ranging  from  authoritarian  to  democratic,  deter- 
mining from  this  examination  where  along  the  continuum  to  place  the  foundation 
from  which  to  build  one's  own  personal  philosophy  of  education  to  be  translated 
into  conduct  in  the  classroom,  (core  course) 

50.814  The  Nature  and  Theory  of  Psychological 
and  Educational  Measurement 

An  examination  of  the  logic  of  measurement  and  the  nature  of  human  capaci- 
ties, aptitudes,  and  abilities.  Characteristics  of  tests,  ratings,  questionnaires, 
and  similar  instruments  are  reviewed  with  emphasis  on  their  reliability,  validity, 
and  useability.  Item  analysis  procedures  and  test  standardization  are  covered. 
(May  not  be  offered  in  1972-1973.) 


COURSES  /  63 

50.815     Research  Design  in  Education 

An  introduction  to  scientific  methods  of  research  in  education  and  related 
fields.  Stress  will  be  placed  on  a  critical  reading  and  understanding  of  research 
literature,  fornnulating  research  hypotheses,  the  formulation  of  a  research  pro- 
posal, and  carrying  out  an  individual  or  group  project.  A  proficiency  examination 
is  required,  (core  course) 

A  course  in  statistics  or  competence  in  this  field  is  required  prior  to  taking 
this  offering.  A  no-credit,  no-charge  course  in  statistics  has  been  arranged  for 
this  purpose  and  is  available  through  the  University's  Center  of  Programmed 
Study.  The  regular  tuition  course,  50.841,  is  also  available. 

50.817  Research  Problems  in  Education 

Each  student  will  identify  a  research  problem,  review  the  relevant  research  litera- 
ture, design  an  appropriate  methodology,  and  prepare  a  written  research  pro- 
posal. Prep.  50.815,  Research  Design  in  Education  or  50.840,  Introduction  to 
Educational  Research.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 

50.818  Comparative  Education 

Introduction  to  education  in  other  nations  to  explore  relationships  with  the  politi- 
cal, economic,  social,  and  cultural  milieu:  Western  and  Eastern  Europe,  South 
America,  and  Africa  will  be  considered,  (core  course) 

50.819  Theories  of  Developmental  Psychology 

The  major  developmental  theories  and  related  research  of  Havighurst,  Erickson, 
Piaget,  and  others.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

50.820  Seminar  on  Contemporary  Issues  in  Education 

Discussion  of  selected  issues  in  contemporary  American  education  such  as 
school  desegregation,  compensatory  education,  learning  problems  of  the  dis- 
advantaged, professionalization  of  teachers,  etc.  Review  of  relevant  research 
and  opinions,  (core  course) 

50.840  Introduction  to  Educational  Research 

An  introduction  to  the  rationale  and  procedures  for  educational  research:  the 
use  of  theory  in  the  formulation  of  research  problems  and  hypotheses;  review 
and  summarization  of  research  literature;  isolation  and  definition  of  variables; 
and  design  of  educational  studies  and  experiments.  Open  only  to  Educational 
Research  majors.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 

50.841  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

Basic  descriptive  statistics  for  measurement  and  research.  Topics  include  use 
of  statistical  notation,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variability,  probability 
and  sampling  techniques,  theoretical  distributions,  linear  regression  and  corre- 
lation, and  an  introduction  to  statistical  inference. 

50.842  Intermediate  Educational  Statistics 

Statistical  inference  of  normal  populations  and  discrete  data;  estimation;  test- 
ing of  hypotheses;  multiple  correlation;  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance; 
contingency;  the  chi-square  test  and  other  non-parametric  tests.  Emphasis  is 
given  to  application  in  educational  research.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 


64  /  COURSES 

50.843  Research  Methods  I 

Each  student  will  begin  a  research  study  designed  in  a  prior  research  course. 
Prep.  50.817,  Research  Problems  in  Education  or  50.845,  Research  Internship 
and  Field  Seminar  I.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 

50.844  Research  Methods  II 

Each  student  will  complete  the  research  study  designed  in  50.817  Research 
Problems  in  Education.  Prep.  50.843,  Research  Methods  I.  (May  not  be  offered 
1972-1973.) 

50.845  Research  Internship  and  Field  Seminar  I  (6  Quarter  Hours) 
Open  only  to  Educational  Research  majors.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 

50.846  Research  Internship  and  Field  Seminar  II  (6  Quarter  Hours) 
Open  only  to  Educational  Research  majors.  (May  not  be  offered  1972-1973.) 

50.847  Elements  of  Machine  Data  Processing 

A  laboratory  course  designed  to  develop  facility  in  the  use  of  a  wide  range  of 
data  processing  equipment  in  educational  research.  Students  will  be  introduced 
to  the  basic  principles  of  computer  programming,  but  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  applicability  and  use  of  existing  statistical  programs.  (May  not  be  offered 
1972-1973.) 

50.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

50.895     Institute  in  Foundations  of  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments  in  the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special 
institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

50.898     Workshop  in  Foundations  of  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 
structional materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 


COURSES  /  65 

currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  woriisliop  instructor. 

50.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of 
the  department.  Prep,  approval  of  tfie  cfiairman  of  ttie  department  and  of  ttie 
Director  of  ttie  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


INSTRUCTION 

51.800  Principles  of  Teaching 

A  consideration  of  the  rational  bases  for  effective  teaching.  Efforts  are  made 
to  relate  learning  theory  and  educational  objectives  to  various  strategies  and 
tactics  of  teaching.  The  functions  of  the  teacher  are  examined  as  components 
of  learner  development. 

51.801  Curriculum  of  the  American  School 

Designed  for  in-service  and  prospective  teachers,  school  administrators,  and 
supervisors.  Covers  such  topics  as:  influence  on  the  curriculum,  who  determines 
the  curriculum,  theoretical  curriculum  issues,  implementing  curriculum  im- 
provements, what  constitutes  an  up-to-date  curriculum. 

51.802  Procedures  of  Evaluation 

Consideration  is  given  to  evaluation  as  a  process  for  the  improvement  of  learn- 
ing and  instruction.  The  course  concerns  itself  with  such  topics  as  how  to 
measure  and  evaluate  affective,  psycho-motor,  and  cognitive  dimensions  of 
student  growth;  test  construction;  collecting  and  administering  standardized 
tests;  various  bases  of  grading;  and  methods  of  reporting  student  progress. 

51.805     Student  Teaching  with  Related  Seminar  (8  Quarter  Hours) 

A  University-arranged  practicum  of  observation  and  teaching  in  schools  offering 
comprehensive  programs  within  reasonable  commuting  distance  of  Northeastern. 
Participating  on  a  full-time  basis,  the  student  is  expected  to  develop  planning 
and  communication  abilities  within  his  major  field.  Biweekly  seminars  at  the 
University  provide  additional  opportunity  to  analyze  theory-practice  relationships 
and  to  examine  generic  problems  of  teaching.  See  requirements  under  Student 
Teaching,  p.  55. 

51.810     The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 

The  modern  elementary  mathematics  curriculum  and  the  conceptual  approach 
to  the  meaningful  teaching  of  arithmetic.  Topics  include  sets,  numeration 
systems,  and  operations  with  whole  numbers  and  fractional  numbers. 


66  /  COURSES 

51.811  Mathematics  of  the  Primary  Grades 

The  concepts  of  arithmetic  and  geometry  found  in  modern  mathematics  courses 
for  grades  K-3.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.812  Mathematics  of  the  Middle  Grades 

The  concepts  of  arithmetic  and  algebra  found  in  modern  mathematics  courses  for 
grades  4-6.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.813  Informal  Geometry  for  Teachers 

The  concepts  of  geometry  found  in  the  modern  mathematics  curriculum  of  grades 
4-8.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.814  Elementary  Mathematics,  Advanced  Methods  and  Materials 

The  analysis  and  evaluation  of  a  variety  of  modern  methods  of  teaching  el- 
ementary mathematics  both  for  group  instruction  and  for  individualized  instruc- 
tion, including  modern  textbooks,  programmed  materials,  manipulative  devices, 
multimedia  aids,  and  diagnostic  techniques.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.815  Seminar  in  Mathematics  and  Science  in  the  Elementary  School 

The  practical  aspects  of  coordinating  a  K-6  science  and  mathematics  program 
in  a  public-school  district.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.823  The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  the  Junior  High  School 

Study  of  students,  teaching  methods  and  courses  in  mathematics  for  grades 
7-9,  with  emphasis  on  modern  topics,  including  sets,  numeration  systems, 
number  systems,  and  elementary  algebra. 

51.824  The  Teaching  of  Geometry  in  the  High  School 

A  study  of  students,  teaching  methods,  and  courses  in  geometry  with  re-exam- 
ination of  selected  background  topics,  including  two-value  logic,  methods  of 
proof,  postulational  systems,  and  analytical  methods. 

51.825  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Education 

Each  student  is  expected  to  analyze  a  mathematics  teaching  problem,  to  in- 
vestigate relevant  research,  and  to  prepare  materials  embodying  his  own  pro- 
posed solution.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.826  The  Teaching  of  Modern  Algebra  in  the  High  School 

An  examination  of  teaching  methods,  including  the  use  of  computers,  and  a  re- 
examination, in  depth,  of  selected  topics,  such  as  equations  and  inequalities, 
real  and  complex  numbers,  and  vectors  and  matrices. 

51.827  The  Advanced  Mathematics  Curriculum  of  the  High  School 

An  examination  of  existing  and  proposed  curricula  for  high  school  mathematics 
courses  beyond  second-year  algebra  and  before  calculus;  and  methods  of  teach- 
ing selected  topics  in  these  courses,  such  as  relations  and  functions,  analytic 
geometry,  logarithms,  and  probability.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.828  The  Teaching  of  Elementary  Calculus 

An  examination  from  an  advanced  viewpoint  of  selected  topics  in  elementary 
calculus,   including   limits  applied   to  formal   differentiation,   continuity,   uniform 


COURSES  /  67 

continuity  and  intermediate  values,  boundedness  and  existence  of  extremes, 
differentiable  functions,  areas  and  integration,  and  properties  of  the  Riemann 
integral.     Prep,  teaching  experience. 

51.829  The  Teaching  of  General  and  Applied  Mathematics  in  the  High  School 

An  examination  of  students,  teaching  methods,  and  courses  in  general  mathe- 
matics and  related  high  school  courses. 

51.830  Concepts  of  Earth  Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  earth  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical  and/or 
historical  point  of  view  to  Illustrate  and  emphasize  man's  interrelationship  with 
his  ecological  environment;  with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831,  and  51.832  are 
not  sequential,  and  may  be  taken  in  any  order.) 

51.831  Concepts  of  Biology  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  biological  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical 
and/or  historical  point  of  view;  a  realistic  consideration  of  man's  place  in  his 
biological  world;  with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831,  and  51.832  are  not 
sequential,  and  may  be  taken  in  any  order.) 

51.832  Concepts  of  Physical  Sciences  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Selected  topics  in  the  physical  sciences  considered  from  a  philosophical  and/or 
historical  point  of  view;  the  appraising  of  claims  and  counter-claims  relative  to 
the  pollution  of  man's  physical  environment;  with  laboratory  work.  (51.830,  51.831, 
and  51.832  are  not  sequential,  and  may  be  taken  in  any  order.) 

51.833  The  Science  Curriculum  of  the  Elementary  School 

The  teaching  of  elementary  school  science  from  both  a  practical  and  philosophi- 
cal point  of  view.  Rationale,  teaching  strategies,  methods,  and  techniques  are 
developed  in  a  practical  setting.  Prep,  two  courses  selected  from  51.830,  Con- 
cepts of  Eartfi  Science  for  Elementary  Teachers;  51.831,  Concepts  of  Biology  for 
Elementary  Teachers;  or  51.832,  Concepts  of  Physical  Sciences  for  Elementary 
Teachers,  plus  teacher  certification  or  teaching  experience. 

51.834  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Elementary  School 

A  general  course  in  content  and  methods  of  teaching  science  in  the  elementary 
school  classroom. 

51.835  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  I 

The  first  half  of  a  two-course  sequence  principally  for  secondary  school  teachers. 
A  rationale  for  secondary  school  science  education  is  developed,  followed  by  a 
consideration  of  educational  goals  and  objectives  consistent  with  the  rationale, 
and  an  introduction  to  the  teaching  strategies,  methods,  and  techniques  by  which 
these  goals  and  objectives  can  be  achieved. 

51.836  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  II 

A  continuation  of  51.835,  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  I. 
During  this  second  half  of  the  two-course  sequence,  specific  science  content  is 
used  as  a  vehicle  to  further  illustrate  teaching  strategies,  methods,  and  tech- 
niques for  achieving  the  goals  and  objectives  originally  developed  in  the  pre- 
vious course.     Prep.  51.835,  The  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  I. 


68   /  COURSES 

51.840  The  Teaching  of  English  in  the  Secondary  School  I 

A  study  of  basic  methods  and  materials  for  teaching  English  in  the  secondary 
school;  language,  literature,  and  writing  as  they  interact  in  the  English  curriculum. 

51.841  The  Teaching  of  English  in  the  Secondary  School  II 

Provides  an  optional  experience  component  for  students  enrolled  in  51.840; 
observation  of  and  participation  in  the  instructional  program  of  certain  English 
classes  in  a  local  school  system.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.842  The  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  design  and  function  of  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  selected  cur- 
rent issues  as  they  impinge  upon  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  the 
design  and  function  of  research  in  the  English-language  arts  curriculum.  Open  to 
certified  or  experienced  teachers;  required  of  all  candidates  for  the  Master  of 
Education  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  English,  and  the  Master  of  Education 
in  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Language  Arts.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

51.843  Literature  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  historical-social,  psychological,  personal,  archetypal,  textual,  biographical, 
and  philosophical-moral  aspects  of  literary  study  and  their  relation  to  the 
chronological,  thematic,  and  generic  demands  of  the  literature  program;  the 
sources  of  interest  in  literature  as  they  relate  to  the  young  reader  and  their 
implications  for  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  the  inter-relatedness  of 
literature  and  the  other  components  of  the  English-language  arts  curriculum. 
Each  student  will  identify  and  investigate  an  area  of  individual  interest.  Prep. 
51 .842,  7/76  Engiisli-Language  Arts  Curriculum  or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.844  Writing  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

The  cognitive  and  affective  bases  of  imaginative  and  non-imaginative  writing; 
the  role  of  writing  in  the  relationship  between  self  and  object;  modes  of  imagina- 
tive and  non-imaginative  writing  appropriate  to  the  young  writer;  the  impulse 
to  expression  in  the  young  writer  and  its  implications  for  the  English-language 
arts  curriculum;  the  inter-relatedness  of  writing  and  the  other  components  of 
the  English-language  arts  curriculum.  Each  student  will  identify  and  investigate 
an  area  of  individual  interest.  Prep.  51.842,  The  English-Language  Arts  Cur- 
riculum or  permission  of  instructor. 

51.845  The  Teaching  of  Modern  Languages  in  the  Secondary  School 

Through  the  case  method  and  group  discussions,  the  most  effective  types  of 
class  activities,  subject  unit  presentation,  assignments,  examinations,  and 
aids  used  in  teaching  modern  languages  will  be  considered.  The  role  of  the 
language  laboratory  with  its  problems  of  selecting  equipment,  scheduling 
pupils,  planning  tapes  and  content  of  drill  exercises,  evaluating  results,  and 
coordinating  its  functions  with  convenient  classroom  instruction  will  be  discussed 
and  demonstrated. 

51.847     Language  in  the  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum 

An  examination  of  the  multiple  dimensions  of  language  study  in  the  English- 
language  arts  curriculum;  the  role  of  inquiry  in  the  study  of  language  and  its 
implications  for  the  English-language  arts  curriculum;  theories  of  grammar  and 


COURSES  /  69 

their  relation  to  the  study  of  language  in  the  English-language  arts  curriculum; 
the  inter-relatedness  of  language  and  the  other  components  of  the  English- 
language  arts  curriculum.  Each  student  will  identify  and  investigate  an  area 
of  individual  interest.  Prep.  51.842,  The  English-Language  Arts  Curriculum  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

51.849  Topics  in  English-Language  Arts  Education 

An  investigation  of  a  matter  of  immediate  concern  to  English-language  arts  edu- 
cation but  for  which  no  organized  study  is  ordinarily  available.  Typical  topics 
are:  media  in  the  English-language  arts  program;  behavioral  objectives  in  the 
English-language  arts  program;  the  English-language  arts  program  for  the  dis- 
advantaged. Each  year  the  seminar  topic  for  that  year  is  announced  prior  to 
registration. 

The  topic  for  1972-1973  will  be:  The  New  Humanities  —  a  study  of  the  current 
renaissance  in  and  re-definition  of  humanities  education;  implications  for  the 
English-language  arts  curriculum;  representative  humanities  programs;  develop- 
ment of  a  humanities  curriculum. 

51.850  The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  in  the  Secondary  School 

Developments  in  methods,  materials,  and  curriculum.  Consideration  will  be  given 
to  such  topics  as  the  following:  the  teacher  of  the  social  studies;  objectives  of 
social  studies  instruction;  social  studies  programs;  controversial  issues;  current 
events;  field  trips;  media;  evaluation. 

51.851  Seminar  in  Current  Issues  in  the  Social  Studies 

A  content  approach  to  problems  of  political,  economic,  and  social  significance 
which  have  contemporary  relevance  for  teachers  of  the  social  sciences. 

51.852  The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 

This  course  will  help  students  to  select  topics  in  the  social  sciences  and  plan 
their  classroom  use  so  as  to  develop  critical  thinking  and  an  understanding  of 
the  values,  attitudes,  and  social  skills  that  characterize  an  open  society.  After 
analyzing  materials  prepared  by  others,  students  will  research  and  organize 
independent  units  of  study.  Throughout,  the  use  of  a  developmental  approach 
(conceptual  and  organizational)  will  foster  an  orientation  that  requires  sub- 
stantive supportive  criteria  as  fundamental  to  constructive  change. 

51.861     Principles  of  Programmed  Instruction 

The  development  and  current  status  of  self-instructional  devices.  A  survey  of 
available  programs  and  teaching  machines,  with  emphasis  on  the  details  of  the 
construction  and  evaluation  of  programs. 

51.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours,)  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

51.895  Institute  in  Elementary  Education 

51.896  Institute  in  Secondary  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments   in   the   College   of   Education   and   will    usually   include   a   special 


70  /  COURSES 

institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

51.897  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education 

51.898  Workshop  in  Secondary  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 
structional materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  worl<stiop  instructor. 

51.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of 
the  department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  cfiairman  of  tfie  department  and  of  tfie 
Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Sciiool  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  tfie  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  tfie  Directed  Study.) 

51.900  Cooperative  Education  in  American  Higher  Education 

An  examination  of  cooperative  education  as  a  complex  tool  for  achieving  goals 
of  education.  Attention  will  be  directed  to  its  psychological  implications  for  the 
individual,  its  social  implications  for  the  nation,  and  its  place  in  educational 
thought.  American  higher  education  will  be  the  principal  focus  of  these  con- 
siderations. 


EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 

52.805     Simulated  Problems:  Secondary  School  Administration 

The  workshop  is  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision-making 
situation  as  a  principal  or  administrator  of  a  secondary  school.  Background 
materials  have  been  prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  fictitious  school 


COURSES  /  71 

system,  including  its  publics,  its  policies,  its  certified  and  noncertified  staff 
members,  and  its  geographical  and  socio-economic  makeup.  These  background 
data  are  disseminated  through  motion  pictures,  film  strips,  and  taped  interviews 
with  influential  people  in  the  fictitious  community  as  well  as  through  written 
materials.     Prep.  52.810,  52.811  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.806  Directed  Field  Experiences  in  School  Administration  I 

Required  of  all  master's  candidates  who  major  in  school  administration.  Study 
and  discussion  of  administrative  functions  will  be  coordinated  with  selected 
field  trips  to  administrative  settings  and  with  guest  lectures  by  practicing  admin- 
istrators. These  experiences  usually  involve  visits  to  such  agencies  as:  an  ele- 
mentary school,  a  middle  school,  a  high  school,  a  superintendent  of  school's 
office,  a  school  committee  meeting,  and  perhaps  a  regional  school  or  a  federally- 
financed  regional  service  —  all  under  the  supervision  of  local  school  committees. 
Prep.  52.810  &  52.811  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.807  Directed  Field  Experiences  in  School  Administration  II. 

A  companion  course  with  52.806;  required  of  all  master's  candidates  who  major 
in  school  administration.  Study  and  discussion  of  administrative  functions  will 
be  coordinated  with  selected  field  trips  to  administrative  settings  and  with  guest 
lectures  by  practicing  administrators.  These  experiences  are  aimed  at  educa- 
tional agencies  under  the  supervision  of  state,  federal,  or  independent  institu- 
tions. Visits  involve  the  State  Department  of  Education,  the  regional  educational 
office  of  the  United  States  Office  of  Education  in  Boston,  along  with  regional  ed- 
ucational organizations  which  may  be  operating  independently.  (52.807  may  be 
a  continuation  of  52.806  or  may  precede  it.)  Prep.  52.810  &  52.811  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

52.808  Seminar  in  Educational  Administration 

A  culminating  experience  for  students  majoring  in  school  administration  at 
the  master's  level.  A  student  is  confronted  with  major  issues  facing  the  school 
and  its  administrators.  Great  emphasis  is  placed  upon  applying  knowledge 
gained  in  previous  administrative  courses  to  an  understanding  of  contemporary 
educational  problems.     Prep.  52.810,  52.811  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.810  Leadership  in  Education,  Part  I 

Part  one  of  a  two-term  core  course  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  con- 
cepts of  formal  organization.  This  core,  consisting  of  a  two-part  sequence,  is 
prerequisite  to  further  study  in  the  Department  of  Educational  Administration. 
Part  I  provides  the  student  with  an  overview  of  formal  organizations  as  social 
systems  with  emphasis  given  to  the  leadership  function.  Relationships  between 
individuals  and  organizations  are  considered.  Communications  and  decision- 
making functions  are  analyzed  and  examined. 

52.811  Leadership  in  Education,  Part  II 

Part  II  continues  an  emphasis  on  the  leadership  function  in  organizations.  It 
examines  selected  informal  organization  elements  such  as  motivation,  normative 
order,  social  power,  conflict,  conformity,  and  creativity.  Attention  is  given  to 
processes  of  change  and  innovation  in  organizations.  Prep.  52.810  must  be 
completed  before  enrollment  in  52.811. 


72  /  COURSES 

52.812  An  Overview  of  the  Administrative  Tasks 

A  survey  of  the  operational  areas  of  concern  to  the  educational  administrator. 
Included  will  be  the  following  task  areas:  school-community  relations,  student 
personnel,  staff  personnel,  curriculum  and  instruction,  physical  facilities,  finance 
and  business  management,  and  organizational  structure.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.813  Instructional  Leadership:  Curriculum  Development  and  Supervision 

Views  the  responsibilities  of  administrative  personnel  relating  to  the  improve- 
ment of  curricular  and  instructional  practices.  Evaluative  techniques,  inservice 
education,  supervisory  procedures,  and  innovative  programs  are  among  the 
areas  of  consideration.  Opportunities  are  extended  for  students  to  become  en- 
gaged in  supervisory  projects  individually  or  in  small  teams.  Prep.  52.810  & 
52.811  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.814  Simulated  Problems:  Elementary  School  Administration 

The  workshop  is  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision-making 
situation  as  a  principal  or  administrator  of  an  elementary  school.  Background 
materials  have  been  prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  fictitious  school 
system,  including  its  publics,  its  policies,  its  certified  and  noncertified  staff 
members,  and  its  geographical  and  socio-economic  makeup.  These  background 
data  are  disseminated  through  motion  pictures,  film  strips,  and  taped  interviews 
with  influential  people  in  the  fictitious  community  as  well  as  through  written 
materials.     Prep.  52.810,  52.811  or  permission  of  instructor. 

52.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendations  of  the  adviser. 

52.895     Institute  in  Educational  Administration 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments  in  the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special 
institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

52.898     Workshop  in  Administration 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 


COURSES  /  73 

structional  materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  workshop  instructor. 

52.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of 
the  department.  Prep,  approval  of  ttie  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted 
during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

CAGS  COURSE  OFFERINGS  IN 
EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 

(Open  only  to  CAGS  degree  candidates  in  Educational  Administration  or  by 
special  permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  granted  prior  to  reg- 
istration.) 

52.830  Current  Issues  in  Educational  Administration 

A  seminar  required  of  all  students  pursuing  the  CAGS.  Critical  and  contem- 
porary issues  which  face  school  administrators  will  be  examined  closely.  The 
status  of  the  administrator;  federal,  state,  and  local  revenue  sources;  accounta- 
bility; the  voucher  plan;  teacher  militancy;  equal  educational  opportunity; 
conflicts  with  religious  organizations;  control  of  schools;  urban  education 
problems;  cultural  deprivation;  and  human  rights  are  examples  of  topics  that 
will  be  analyzed. 

52.831  Innovation  and  Change  in  American  Public  Schools 

A  seminar  required  of  all  students  pursuing  the  CAGS.  Although  major  em- 
phasis will  be  given  to  curriculum  and  instruction,  attention  will  also  be  given 
to  planned  change  in  other  critical  areas  such  as  team  teaching,  modular 
scheduling,  nongradedness,  educational  parks,  programmed  instruction,  in- 
service  education,  individualizing  education,  and  teacher-learner  relationships. 

52.832  The  Process  of  Administration 

Simulation,  case  analysis,  and  role-playing  will  be  utilized  to  gain  insight  into 
such  topics  as  the  improvement  of  organizational  morale,  professional  job 
satisfaction,  and  current  issues  of  involvement  and  conflict.  Alternative  courses 
of  action  are  studied  to  cope  with  problematical  events  confronting  educational 
administrators. 

52.834     Educational  Finance 

The  study  of  school  finance  deals  with  the  principles  and  problems  of  financing 
education  and  also  considers  the  basic  concepts  of  economics  relative  to  the 
place  of  school  finance  in  the  field  of  public  finance.  The  sources  and  rationale 


74  /  COURSES 

for  public  support  of  schools  are  examined.  Selected  state  and  federal  aid 
programs,  capital  outlay  programs,  current  practices  and  issues  of  local  support 
and  bond  issue  campaigns  are  included  in  this  study. 

52.835  School  Business  Management 

The  practices  and  issues  in  the  administration  of  school  business  affairs.  The 
role  of  the  business  administrator  and  the  educational  budget  will  be  exam- 
ined. Included  in  this  course  will  be  the  principles  of  budget  preparation  and 
development,  purchasing,  supply  management  and  distribution,  inventory  control, 
debt  service  administration,  bond  scheduling,  cash  flow,  school  accounting  and 
data  processing  systems,  auditing,  financial  reporting  and  management  of  pay- 
roll, insurance  programs,  transportation  programs,  school  food  services,  and 
the  operation  and  maintenance  programs  for  the  physical  plants. 

52.836  Personnel  Administration 

The  purposes,  patterns,  and  issues  in  personnel  administration  are  the  major 
considerations  of  the  course.  Study  will  include  the  skills,  attitudes,  and 
knowledge  which  an  institutional  staff  needs  to  have  and  which  are  essential 
to  the  accomplishments  of  organizational  goals.  Personnel  administration  pro- 
grams and  problems  of  student  personnel,  para-professional,  nonprofessional, 
and  professional  staff  members  will  serve  as  the  focus  for  the  course. 

52.837  School-Community  Relations 

This  course  includes  the  study  and  design  of  school-community  relations  pro- 
grams based  on  the  principles  and  practices  of  the  intercommunications  between 
the  school  and  its  several  publics.  Selected  research  findings  relative  to  public 
relations  programs  in  business,  industry,  and  governmental  agencies  will  be 
reviewed  in  addition  to  those  involving  educational  systems.  Stress  will  be 
placed  on  the  role  of  the  administrator  in  the  development  of  a  comprehensive 
program  of  school-community  relations  for  his  administrative  unit. 

52.838  School  Plant  Planning 

This  course  seeks  to  have  the  student  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
process  of  planning  school  facilities.  This  process  includes  the  preparation  of 
educational  specifications  based  on  such  factors  cs  school  board  policies,  the 
existing  and  projected  educational  programs,  school  organization,  school  build- 
ing utilization  and  adequacy,  population  projections,  and  total  community 
analyses.  Other  components  of  school  plant  planning  will  be  studied,  including 
the  selection  of  the  architect,  the  translation  of  the  educational  specifications 
into  building  specifications,  the  development  of  the  building  program  brochure, 
and  the  administrator's  role  in  working  with  the  building  committee  and  architect 
in  the  actual  design  of  the  building.  The  relationships  between  the  educational 
program,  such  as  a  highly  individualized  flexible  program,  and  the  building 
design,  such  as  an  "open  school"  design,  will  be  a  continual  focus  in  the  course. 

52.839  Operation  and  Maintenance  of  the  School  Plant 

The  techniques  and  procedures  involved  in  providing  a  clean,  safe,  and  health- 
ful physical  environment  for  school  personnel  are  the  major  considerations  in 
this  course. 


COURSES  /  75 

The  selection,  assignment,  and  supervision  of  the  custodial  and  maintenance 
staffs  and  the  organization  and  management  of  the  custodial  and  maintenance 
programs  are  the  major  areas  of  study.  Considerable  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  review  and  study  of  the  research  relative  to  operating  a  school  facility  as 
well  as  on  such  matters  as  appropriate  painting  schedules,  replacement  sched- 
ules for  mechanical  systems,  floor-ceiling-roofing  materials,  and  purchasing  and 
supplying  techniques.  Statutes  or  regulations  pertaining  to  the  operation  of 
schools,  such  as  those  of  the  State  Board  of  Health,  the  State  Fire  Marshal, 
insurance  underwriters,  and  boiler  inspectors,  will  be  studied  also. 

52.840  Problems  in  School  Administration : 

A  Simulated  Experience  —  The  Superintendency 

52.841  Problems  in  School  Administration: 

A  Simulated  Experience  —  Assistant  Superintendent  for 
Business  Management 

52.842  Problems  in  School  Administration: 

A  Simulated  Experience  —  Assistant  Superintendent  for 
Instructional  Services 

These  courses  are  designed  to  place  each  student  in  a  simulated  decision- 
making situation  in  his  area  of  concentration.  Background  materials  have  been 
prepared  which  describe  all  aspects  of  a  fictitious  school  system  including  its 
publics,  policies,  certified  and  noncertified  staff  members,  and  the  geographical 
and  socio-economic  makeup  of  the  community.  These  background  data  are  dis- 
seminated through  motion  pictures,  film  strips,  and  taped  interviews  with  in- 
fluential people  in  this  community  as  well  as  through  written  materials. 

52.843  Administrative  Internship 

This  is  an  individualized  offering  involving  supervised  observations,  internships, 
and  externships  in  educational  administration  and  it  is  designed  to  provide 
further  practical  experience  in  the  student's  area  of  administrative  preparation. 
The  administrative  internship  program  must  be  worked  out  well  in  advance  with 
the  adviser. 

52.844  School  Law 

The  student  will  be  expected  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  federal  and 
state  laws  that  apply  to  school  systems,  educational  programs,  and  personnel 
as  well  as  of  the  legal  prerogatives  available  to  the  practicing  administrator  and 
the  local  boards  of  education.  This  study  will  include  consideration  of  the  con- 
stitutional, statutory,  and  common-law  foundations  of  educational  systems  and 
the  school  administrator's  role  with  respect  to  them. 

52.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


76  /  COURSES 


COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 


53.800  Foundations  of  Guidance  and  Human  Services 

A  philosophically-,  theoretically-oriented  course  dealing  with  the  current  social 
context  of  the  "counter-cuiture,"  the  nature  of  humanness,  and  the  relation  of 
these  two  aspects  to  guidance  services  in  schools  and  human  services  in  other 
educational  and  community  settings.  Course  procedures  will  emphasize  the 
development  of  student  self-understanding  and  increased  awareness  of  social 
and  institutional  structures  and  their  effect  on  human  beings.  The  helping  person 
as  an  agent  of  social  and  institutional  change  will  be  the  focus  of  the  latter  half 
of  the  course. 

53.801  Tests  and  Test  Procedures 

The  principles  and  problems  of  psychological  testing  as  applied  to  the  work 
of  the  counselor  are  discussed.  Some  consideration  is  given  to  technical  con- 
cepts as  they  apply  to  the  treatment,  use,  understanding,  and  interpretation 
of  test  scores.  The  student  is  made  familiar  with  some  of  the  currently  used 
tests  of  intelligence,  scholastic  aptitude,  differential  aptitudes,  achievement, 
interest,  and  personality.  Tests  are  evaluated  for  use  in  education  and  guid- 
ance. Problems  of  test  interpretation  are  discussed  briefly. 

53.802  Vocational  Development  and  Occupational  Information 

A  dual-emphasis  course  dealing,  first,  with  theories  about  how  individuals  make 
decisions  concerning  their  choice  of  vocation,  and  second,  with  the  kind  of 
data  which  is  needed  to  assist  people  with  these  decisions.  This  requisite  data 
deals  with  the  following  areas:  the  relationship  of  social  and  economic  change 
to  occupational  trends;  the  classification  and  description  of  occupational  fields; 
methods  of  collecting,  evaluating,  filing,  and  disseminating  vocational  informa- 
tion; and  the  role  of  the  counselor  in  fulfilling  these  functions. 

53.803-53.804     Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II  (8  quarter  hours) 

A  two  quarter  course  in  counseling  open  only  to  students  who  have  been  ad- 
mitted to  degree  candidacy  in  counselor  education.  Students  will  be  expected 
to  take  both  parts  of  the  course  in  consecutive  quarters  and  concurrent  with  the 
Counseling  Practicum  courses.  The  course  will  integrate  theory  and  practice 
in  counseling  from  the  beginning  of  the  first  term.  Students  will  engage  in  role 
playing,  case  studies,  and  practice  counseling  as  well  as  studying  counseling 
theories.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  student  self-exploration  and  self-under- 
standing in  the  counseling  process.  Prep.  53.800,  Foundations  of  Guidance 
and  Human  Services  and  53.801 ,  Tests  and  Test  Procedures  (may  be  tal(en  con- 
currently with  53.803). 

53.805-53.806     Counseling  Practicum  (8  quarter  hours) 

The  counseling  practicum  is  a  supervised  counseling  experience  extending 
over  the  academic  year.  Students  will  begin  their  practicum  in  the  same  quarter 
in  which  they  begin  the  Counseling  Theory  and  Process  sequence.  Emphasis  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year  will  be  on  small  group  seminars  dealing  with  coun- 
seling and  other  guidance  matters.  The  second  half  of  the  year  will  concentrate 
on  the  supervised  counseling  assignment.  Assignment  to  practicums  will  be 
made  according  to  the  student's  major  area  of  concentration  —  elementary, 
secondary,  college,  or  community.  Students  must  make  themselves  available  a 


COURSES  /  77 

minimum  of  a  half  day  per  week  for  the  first  half  of  the  year  and  a  full  day  (or 
its  equivalent)  the  second  half  of  the  year  for  placement  in  a  field  setting. 
Seminars  will  stress  material  germane  to  the  student's  major. 
Part-time  students  must  submit  an  application  for  practicum  (available  from 
the  Department)  by  April  30  for  approval  to  enroll  in  the  practicum  the  following 
Fall  Quarter.     Prep,  approval  of  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education. 

53.807  Administration  of  Guidance  Services 

An  advanced  level  guidance  course  designed  to  help  meet  the  certification  re- 
quirements for  guidance  directors  in  Massachusetts.  The  course  will  cover 
philosophies,  principles,  and  methods  of  establishing  and  administering  guidance 
programs  in  the  public  schools.  Simulated  materials  are  used  to  replicate 
actual  guidance  problems  dealing  with  testing  programs,  budgeting,  interper- 
sonal relationships,  and  other  practical  matters. 

53.808  Group  Counseling 

An  introduction  to  theory,  principles,  and  techniques  of  counseling  with  groups 
of  individuals  at  different  levels  of  development  and  for  varying  purposes.  A 
basic  mode  of  approach  will  be  to  involve  students  in  a  genuine  group  counsel- 
ing experience  in  order  to  understand  the  phenomenon  of  group  experience. 
Prep.  53.803,  Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.809  The  College  Student  and  His  Campus 

The  relationship  between  college  students  and  their  environment  will  be  ex- 
amined. Focus  is  on  student  rights,  self  expression,  emotional  concerns,  and 
their  search  for  identity.  Varying  concerns  of  personnel  services  in  different 
types  of  college  climates  will  be  studied.  The  student  and  the  college  campus 
will  be  examined  in   relation  to  the  goals  of  higher  education. 

53.810  Vocational  and  Personal  Development  in  the  Elementary  School 

Required  for  elementary  guidance  majors,  this  course  is  designed  to  meet 
Massachusetts  certification  requirements  in  guidance  by  providing  an  elementary 
level  focus  for  the  consideration  of  vocational  development  and  the  use  of  occu- 
pational information.  This  consideration,  however,  will  be  set  in  the  context  of 
the  elementary  guidance  specialist's  role  as  a  counselor/consultant  on  both 
the  vocational  and  personal/educational  development  of  elementary  school 
pupils. 

53.811  Family  and  Parent  Counseling 

The  family  will  be  studied  as  an  institution,  as  an  arena  of  interpersonal  trans- 
action, and  as  a  seed-bed  both  of  distress  and  of  health.  Various  modes  of 
counseling  families  will  be  presented,  together  with  the  theoretical  notions 
underlying  their  use.  The  course  will  also  demonstrate  counselor-parent  relations 
in  the  context  of  the  school  setting.  Prep.  53.803-53.804,  Counseling  Theory 
and  Process  I  &  II  or  permission  of  instructor;  53.804  may  be  taken  concurrently. 

53.812  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel  Work 

Relevant  topics  and  cases  for  personnel  workers  and  administrators  in  higher 
education  will  be  discussed  and  studied  in  depth.  The  expertise  of  appropriate 
specialists  will  be  utilized.  Prep.  53.809,  The  College  Student  and  His  Campus 
or  permission  of  instructor. 


78   /   COURSES 

53.823  Measurement  of  Intelligence:  Stanford-Blnet  Scales 

Preparation  to  administer,  score,  and  interpret  the  Stanford-Binet  Test  of  In- 
telligence. Consideration  of  theories  of  intelligence  as  they  apply  to  the  Binet 
scales  and  their  development;  use  of  the  test  in  educational  settings.  Each 
student  will  be  required  to  administer  and  score  25  tests.  Prep.  53.801,  Tests 
and  Test  Procedures.  (During  1972-73  this  course  may  be  combined  with  53.824 
as  one  four  quarter  hour  course.) 

53.824  Measurement 'of  Intelligence:  Wechsler  Scales 

Preparation  to  administer,  score,  and  interpret  the  Wechsler  Adult  Intelligence 
Scale  (WAIS)  and  the  Wechsler  Intelligence  Scale  for  Children  (WISC).  Study 
of  the  theory  and  development  of  the  test;  its  use  in  education  and  counseling. 
Each  student  will  be  required  to  administer  25  tests.  Prep.  53.801,  Tests  and 
Test  Procedures. 

53.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

53.895     Institute  in  Counselor  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments  in  the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special 
institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

53.898     Workshop  in  Counselor  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  special  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 
structional materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  worksfiop  instructor. 


COURSES  /  79 

53.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the  Di- 
rector of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted 
during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


CAGS  COURSE  OFFERINGS  IN  COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 

53.831     Advanced  Group  Counseling 

This  course  will  be  a  continuation  of  the  content  presented  in  Group  Counseling, 
placing  greater  emphasis  on  developing  skill  in  conducting  group  counseling  at 
a  variety  of  age  levels.  Greater  attention  m\\  be  given  to  relevant  readings  and 
research  on  group  process  and  methods  for  behavior  modification.  Prep. 
53.808,  Group  Counseling  or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.833  Seminar  in  Counseling  Supervision  and  In-Service  Education 

Supervisory  methods  of  improving  the  effectiveness  of  school  counselors'  skills 
in  counseling  and  other  aspects  of  guidance  work,  of  involving  counselors  in 
the  improvement  of  the  guidance  program,  and  of  enhancing  the  personal 
growth  of  the  counselor.  Prep,  master's  degree  in  guidance  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

53.834  Strategies  and  Theory  of  Behavior  Change 

An  advanced  level  counseling  course  designed  to  integrate  the  two  major 
approaches  to  counseling,  relationship  counseling  based  on  "self  theory"  and 
behavioral  counseling  based  on  behavioristic  psychology.  The  two  theoretical 
positions  will  be  explored  in  depth  and  conceptually  integrated.  The  student  will 
be  assisted  in  the  further  development  of  skills  appropriate  to  eclectic  counsel- 
ing in  many  different  settings  based  on  this  integrated  model.  Prep.  53.803, 
53.804,  Counseling  Theory  and  Process  I  and  II,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

53.835  Psychodiagnostic  Measures 

An  advanced  level  course  in  the  use  and  interpretation  of  interest  and  person- 
ality measures  for  more  clinically  oriented  settings.  The  course  will  place  heavy 
emphasis  on  the  case  study  method.  Some  of  the  tests  typically  studied  in  this 
course  may  include  the  Minnesota  Multiphasic  Personality  Inventory,  the  Cali- 
fornia Psychological  Inventory,  Edwards  Personal  Preference  Schedule,  the 
Semantic  Differential,  and  various  interest  measures.  The  course  will  introduce 
the  student  to  projective  techniques  beginning  with  the  sentence  completion 
test.  Prep.  53.801,  Tests  and  Test  Procedures;  Abnormal  Psychology  or  Per- 
sonality Theory;  and  permission  of  instructor. 

53.836  Systems  Approach  to  the   Development  of  Counseling  and  Guidance 
Services 

Concepts  of  systems  analysis  will  be  applied  to  the  development,  management, 
and  delivery  of  counseling  and  guidance  services.  Students  will  be  taught  the 
skills  of  analysis  and  synthesis  of  problems,  the  writing  of  behavioral  objectives, 
and  the  design  of  flowcharts.  These  skills  will  be  applied  to  problems  of  the 


80  /   COURSES 

student's  choosing.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  underlying  concept  of 
this  approach  as  well  as  to  its  limitations  in  relation  to  other  approaches  to 
human  services  problems. 

53.840,  53.841     Field  Work  Specialization  (8  quarter  hours) 

Required  of  all  CAGS  students.  The  student  will  be  assigned  a  field  work  place- 
ment consistent  with  both  his  major  professional  goal  (counseling  or  consult- 
ing/coordinating) and  the  setting  in  which  he  intends  to  work  (school,  college,  or 
community  setting).  The  activity  of  the  field  work  will  extend  across  the  academic 
year  from  September  to  June  and  require  a  minimum  of  four  hours  a  week  in 
the  field  work  setting.  Seminars  will  meet  on  alternate  weeks  with  additional 
individual  supervision  on  campus.  Supervision  will  also  be  provided  in  the  field 
setting. 

Students  must  be  enrolled  in  this  course  sequence  before  they  will  be  permitted 
to  take  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring.  Both  quarters  must 
be  completed  before  credit  will  be  given  for  the  course.  Prep.  Counseling  Prac- 
ticum  or  the  equivalent  in  experience. 


READING 

54.801  Foundations  of  Reading 

Initial  course  in  the  reading  specialization  sequence  designed  for  certified 
teachers.  Covers  reading  programs,  their  approaches,  materials,  grouping,  and 
planning  integrated  lessons  in  a  developmental  program.  The  structure  of  lan- 
guage and  the  normal  reading  process  will  be  discussed. 

54.802  Reading  Disability 

First  course  in  the  causes  of  reading  failures,  including  physical  causes,  psycho- 
logical causes,  and  environmental  factors.  A  review  of  selected  research  bear- 
ing on  reading  disability,  and  a  review  of  some  of  the  programs  set  up  for  dis- 
abled readers,  including  some  of  the  methods  and  materials  available  for  diagno- 
sis and  correction.     Prep.  54.801 ,  Foundations  of  Reading. 

54.804  Reading  Clinic  I — Diagnosis  and  Correction  (6  quarter  hours) 
First  of  two-quarter  clinical  experience  which  will  include  intensive  diagnostic 
and  corrective  measures  with  students  enrolled  in  the  Clinic.  Basic  diagnostic 
tools  and  instruments  will  be  studied,  used,  and  evaluated.  Corrective  pro- 
grams built  on  these  diagnostic  findings  will  be  incorporated  into  a  detailed 
log  for  each  student  taught  in  the  Clinic.  Staff  will  supervise  and  provide  small 
group  seminars  in  addition  to  the  lecture  session.  The  emphasis  in  the  first 
clinical  experience  will  be  on  a  one-to-one  basis.  (This  course  requires  attend- 
ance at  one  class  meeting  plus  two  clinic  periods  per  week.)  Prep.  54.802, 
Reading  Disability;  and  54.811,  Materials  Workshop  in  Reading. 

54.805  Reading  Clinic  II — Diagnosis  and  Correction  (6  quarter  hours) 
The  continued  development  of  sophistication  in  the  use  and  evaluation  of 
diagnostic  and  corrective  instruments  and  programs.  In  this  quarter  the  clinical 
experience  will  be  with  small  groups  of  disabled  readers  under  the  supervision 
of  the  staff.  Seminars  in  the  clinic  will  deal  with  problems  attacked  by  teams  of 


COURSES  /  81 

graduate  students  and  the  staff.  A  detailed  log  of  diagnostic  and  corrective 
work  will  be  produced  for  the  group  taught  by  each  graduate  student.  (This 
course  requires  attendance  at  one  class  meeting  plus  two  clinic  periods  per 
week.)     Prep.  54.804,  Reading  Clinic  I. 

54.808  Teaching  Reading  at  Junior  and  Senior  High  School  Levels 

Intended  to  prepare  the  reading  specialist  for  the  upper  levels.  Includes  an 
analysis  of  the  reasons  for  upper  level  reading  programs.  Methods  for  teaching 
the  reading  skills  used  in  exposition,  argumentation,  and  imaginative  literature 
read  at  higher  levels.  Study  skills  used  in  the  content  fields  are  explained. 
Formal  diagnostic  reading  tests  and  informal  reading  inventories  are  studied 
and  appraised.  Analysis  of  published  materials  and  development  of  original 
instructional  materials.  Factors  involved  in  rate  of  reading  and  the  methods  and 
materials  used  to  increase  speed  of  reading.  Organization  and  administration 
of  ongoing  reading  programs  observed  and  reported.  Prep.  54.801,  Foundations 
of  Reading,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

54.809  Supervision  and  Administration  of  Reading  Programs 

For  those  students  who  plan  to  serve  as  reading  coordinators  for  school  systems, 
as  reading  supervisors,  or  as  directors  of  government-sponsored  projects,  and 
for  school  principals.  Content  will  include  the  nature  of  supervision  (at  various 
levels  and  types  of  school  or  projects):  administering  programs,  budgeting, 
scheduling,  community  relations,  curriculum  concerns,  and  other  central  issues. 
Students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  assist  in  supervising  in  the  Clinic  and  else- 
where.    Prep.  54.805,  Reading  Clinic  II. 

54.810  Advanced  Clinical  Procedures 

Intended  for  students  who  wish  to  develop  skills  needed  for  work  as  clinicians. 
Students  will  use  and  evaluate  new  instruments  for  predicting  reading  problems 
and  for  diagnosing  the  causes  of  reading  problems,  including  the  ITPA.  Newly 
developed  corrective  procedures  will  be  evaluated.  In-depth  study  of  selected 
theories  of  learning  disability  will  be  examined.  Prior  work  with  WISC,  WAIS,  or 
Binet  is  recommended.  Prep.  54.801,  Foundations  of  Reading;  54.802,  Reading 
Disability;  and  54.804-805,  Reading  Clinic  I  and  II. 

54.811  Materials  Workshop  in  Reading 

The  basic  course  in  literature  for  children,  adolescents,  and  adults.  Thorough 
study  of  materials  available  and  suggested  methods  of  incorporating  these  into 
the  total  reading  and  language  skills  programs.  After  an  overview  of  materials 
available,  students  will  develop  projects  related  to  their  own  needs  and  inter- 
ests.    Prep.  54.801,  Foundations  of  Reading. 

54.812  Innovation  in  Reading 

Designed  for  advanced  students  who  are  concerned  with  development  of  read- 
ing curricula  and  materials.  A  review  of  some  curricular  innovations  in  reading, 
their  strengths,  weaknesses,  and  accomplishments.  The  majority  of  time  in  this 
seminar  will  be  devoted  to  the  development  of  original  materials  for  various 
levels  and  for  various  types  of  students.  Original  plans  for  materials  and  skills 
or  curricular  innovation  for  advantaged  or  disadvantaged  students  may  be  de- 


82   /   COURSES 

veloped.  Work  produced  in  the  seminar  will  be  tested,  reworked,  and,  as  feasible, 
published  for  wider  distribution.  Prep.  54.801 ,  Foundations  of  Reading;  54.802, 
Reading  Disability;  and  54.811 ,  Materials  Workshop  in  Reading. 

54.813  Methods  and  Materials  in  Adult  Literacy  Education 

This  introductory  course  includes  a  review  of  current  ABE  programs  around  the 
country  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  programs  in  Boston,  e.g.,  OIC  (Op- 
portunities Industrialization  Center),  New  Urban  League,  WIN  (Work  Incentive 
Program),  and  public  school  programs  for  adults.  This  review  of  the  programs 
will  include  a  study  and  some  observation  of  ongoing  programs  in  the  area, 
especially  the  WIN  program  presently  being  run  by  Northeastern.  Specifically, 
students  will  discuss,  observe,  and  study  various  approaches  to  ABE  programs 
in  terms  of  curriculum,  methodology,  materials  used,  grouping,  and  evaluation. 

A  major  objective  of  the  course  will  be  to  become  more  aware  of  the  psycho- 
logical problems  of  adult  readers  and  nonreaders.  Adult  behavior  and  learning 
will  be  studied;  the  effects  on  learning  of  particular  environmental  forces  (e.g., 
black  ghetto,  Indian  reservation,  rural-urban  factors,  etc.);  methods  of  teaching 
adults,  at  various  levels,  will  be  studied  and  observed,  as  will  a  wide  range  of 
currently  available  books  and  materials  for  adult  programs.  All  students  may  do 
some  supervised  clinical  work  with  adults  in  the  Reading  and  Learning  Clinic; 
logs  will  be  kept  on  the  diagnostic  and  corrective  work  developed  for  each 
student.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

54.814  English  As  a  Second  Language 

The  major  emphasis  in  this  course  will  be  on  Spanish-speaking  persons,  although 
many  of  the  principles  are  applicable  to  any  non-English  speaking  population. 
An  overview  linguistically  and  psychosocially  of  the  particular  person,  problems 
and  programs  locally  and  nationally  for  those  persons  for  whom  English  is  not 
the  native  language.  The  overview  will  include  a  study  and  live  observation  of 
ESL  programs  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Boston  as  well  as  careful  study  of  the 
linguistic  aspects  of  the  two  languages  involved;  the  psychological  dimensions 
of  the  problem  of  the  non-English  speaker  and  reader;  the  nature  of  instructional 
materials  available  for  teaching;  the  nature  and  structure  of  current  programs 
locally  and  nationally;  methods  of  diagnosing,  grouping,  and  evaluating  progress 
in  ESL  programs. 

The  student,  his  language  and  culture,  his  current  problems,  and  the  new 
language  and  culture  and  its  problem  will  be  the  constant  focus  of  this  course. 
Observations  of  local  ESL  programs,  plus  some  possible  clinical  work  under 
supervision,  will  be  included  in  this  course.     Prep,  permission  of  instructor. 

54.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

54.895     Institute  in  Reading 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments   in  the   College   of  Education   and   will   usually  include   a  special 


COURSES  /  83 

institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of 
specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

54.898  Workshop  in  Reading 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 
structional materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  worksfiop  instructor. 

54.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  tiie  chairman  of  ttie  department  and  of  tfie  Di- 
rector of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted 
during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


REHABILITATION  ADMINISTRATION  AND  SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

Rehabilitation  Administration 

50.950  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

An  overview  of  and  orientation  to  the  field  of  rehabilitation,  including  its 
historical  development,  legislative  involvement,  psychological  implications,  and 
sociological  dimensions.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  coordinating  and  integrating 
services  as  they  relate  to  the  field  of  rehabilitation  as  a  community  process. 

50.951  Principles  of  Medical  Rehabilitation 

The  wide  spectrum  of  disabilities  that  could  profit  from  rehabilitation,  including 
orthopedic,  neurological,  medical,  surgical,  and  mental  disabilities.  Basic  prin- 
ciples of  medical  rehabilitation  important  for  the  administrator  to  know  will  be 
presented.  Psychological  aspects  of  disability  will  also  be  discussed. 


84  /   COURSES 

50.952  Rehabilitation  and  Social  Services 

The  use  of  vocational  rehabilitation  as  an  effective  rehabilitation  process  in 
federal,  state,  and  private  agencies  as  supported  and  encouraged  by  the  most 
recent  social  and  rehabilitation  services  legislation.  This  will  include  use  of  the 
rehabilitation  model  in  programs  for  the  physically  handicapped,  mentally  re- 
tarded, emotionally  disturbed,  aging,  welfare  populations,  youthful  offenders, 
culturally  disadvantaged,  and  other  special  community  programs.  There  will  be 
emphasis  on  the  administrative  invol,vement  in  developing  and  supporting  the 
diagnostic,  evaluative,  counseling,  and  placement  procedures  used  in  such  re- 
habilitative programs. 

50.953  Organization  and  Administrative  Theory 

The  body  of  conceptual  knowledge  regarding  organizational  and  administrative 
theory  will  be  examined.  Formal  and  informal  organizations,  organizations  as 
social  systems,  status  and  role  concepts,  leadership  in  organizations,  power 
structure,  relationships  to  authority,  decision-making,  and  communication  in 
and  between  organizations.  An  organizational  analysis  will  be  made  of  all  the 
different  types  of  rehabilitation  settings  currently  in  use. 

50.956  Community  Planning  in  Rehabilitation 

What  the  administrator  needs  to  know  about  community  planning  to  plan  a 
program  in  his  area.  Basic  principles  of  community  planning,  community  organ- 
ization, and  community  dynamics,  as  well  as  interdisciplinary  relations  in  re- 
habilitation. Examples  of  community  planning  from  different  rehabilitation 
agencies  and  the  referral  process  among  these  agencies  will  be  studied. 

50.957  Federal-State  Relations  in  Rehabilitation 

The  complex  network  of  federal-state  relations  and  their  implications  for  re- 
habilitation. Grant  procedures,  matching  formulas,  public  relations  and  VRA 
directives,  state  and  federal  legislation  pertinent  to  rehabilitation. 

50.958  Social  Welfare  and  Rehabilitation 

Acquainting  rehabilitation  administrators  with  the  broad  field  of  social  welfare. 
The  course  will  review  the  historical  backgrounds  of  the  relationship  between 
vocational  rehabilitation  and  social  welfare  and  the  more  recent  fast-moving 
developments  in  the  relationship  of  these  fields. 

50.959  Rehabilitation  Research 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  will  be  on  administrative  research,  program  evalua- 
tion, grantsmanship,  etc.  In  addition,  students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  de- 
velop a  research  design  on  some  aspect  of  rehabilitation  administration  and 
carry  out  the  necessary  research  operations  involved. 

50.960  Practicum  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

Students  will  be  assigned  to  a  variety  of  rehabilitation  agencies  for  their  prac- 
ticum experience.  Problem-solving  relevant  to  experiences  encountered  in  in- 
ternship. 

50.961  Rehabilitation  Administration  I 

An  in-depth  study  of  management  practices  within  a  rehabilitation  organization 
from  a  behavioral  stand-point.  Areas  to  be  covered  include  need  surveys,  goal 
setting   practices,   job   descriptions,   recruitment,  staffing,   training,   professional 


COURSES  /  85 

development,  caseload  management,  program  planning,  utilization  of  research, 
community  relations,  leadership  patterns,  performance  appraisal,  and  external 
relationships.  Special  cases  will  be  used  in  classroom  exercises. 

50.962  Administration  of  a  Sheltered  Workshop 

Special  problems  of  administering  a  sheltered  workshop,  such  as  community 
planning,  work  evaluation,  job-training,  labor  relations,  contracting,  production, 
and  occupational  placement. 

50.963  Rehabilitation  Administration  II 

Understanding  the  fiscal  management  of  the  typical  rehabilitation  setting  includ- 
ing basic  rehabilitation  agency  accounting,  planned  program  budgeting,  dis- 
bursements, cost-analysis,  contracting,  taxation,  forecasting,  and  funding.  The 
implication  of  data  processing  for  fiscal  management  will  be  covered  in  the 
course.  Special  problems  will  be  assigned  during  the  course. 

50.964  Rehabilitation  and  the  Law 

This  course  is  designed  to  sensitize  rehabilitation  administrators  to  the  impact 
of  legislative  developments  upon  the  field  of  rehabilitation.  Special  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  understanding  the  legal  implications  for  rehabilitation  of  the 
latest  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Administrative  Amendments,  workmen's  com- 
pensation laws,  eligibility  determination  criteria,  and  Social  Security  Amend- 
ments. 

50.965  Occupational  Placement 

A  study  of  the  dynamics  of  moving  the  rehabilitation  client  into  the  world  of 
work  within  the  framework  of  the  specific  community  structure.  Development 
of  facility  in  use  of  resource  materials  in  occupational  information,  job  de- 
scription and  analysis,  performance  appraisal,  training,  and  vocational  assess- 
ment. The  personnel  point  of  view  toward  the  handicapped  will  be  discussed 
and  analyzed,  and  more  effective  placement  practices  will  be  developed. 

50.991     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  electives 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

50.995     Institute  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments  in  the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special 
institute  faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University,  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of  aca- 
demic study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time  com- 
mitments on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions 
five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the  nature  and 
scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  participants  who 
are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are  desirous  of 
receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  and  new  content 
areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion  of  an  institute 
but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the 
approval   of  the  department  in  which   the  student  is  doing   his   major  field   of 


86  /   COURSES 

specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree  candidates 
in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as 
special  graduate  students.     Prep,  permission  of  institute  instructor. 

50.998  Workshop  in  Rehabilitation  Administration 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of  in- 
structional materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting,  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree 
program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the 
student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  workshop  par- 
ticipants must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or 
must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permis- 
sion of  worksliop  instructor. 

50.999  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of 
the  department.  Prep,  approval  of  tfie  cfiairman  of  tfie  department  and  of  ttie 
Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  tfie  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  tfie  Directed  Study.) 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

55.803  Cerebral  Palsy 

Neuromuscular  involvements  and  concomitant  language  and  speech  disorders; 
intellectual  deficits,  psychological  deviations,  communicative  disorders  of  a 
cerebral  palsied  population;  testing,  placement,  and  management  of  the  cere- 
bral palsied  child  and  adult  with  emphasis  on  a  multidisciplinary  approach. 

55.804  Aphasia  and  Related  Neurological  Disturbances 

Emphasis  on  clinical  analysis  of  aphasic  verbal  behavior,  physiology  and  path- 
ology of  aphasia,  review  of  literature,  and  a  brief  review  of  current  attitudes  con- 
cerning therapy. 

55.805  Seminar:  Voice  Disorders 

Physiology  and  neurology  of  the  laryngeal  mechanism;  the  laryngoscopic  ex- 
amination. Voice  disorders  as  learned  behavior  as  a  result  of  organic,  neuro- 
logical, and  psychological  deviation.  Evaluation,  referral,  and  management. 

55.806  Language  Disturbances  in  Children 

Minimal  cerebral  dysfunction  and  its  effect  on  language  acquisition  and  use 
in  the  communicatively  disturbed  child;  behavioral  patterns  of  the  nonverbal 
child;  concepts  of  delayed  development  of  language;  evaluation  and  manage- 
ment. 

55.811     Stuttering 

Contemporary  research  in  the  field  of  stuttering.  Elaboration  of  theories  and 
their  related  therapies.  Psychodynamics  of  stuttering  behavior  and  empirical 
problems. 


COURSES  /  87 

55.812  Differential  Diagnosis  in  Speech  and  Language  Pathology 

Evaluation,  interpretation,  and  integration  of  test  results;  the  application  of 
standard  psychological  tests  to  speech  and  hearing  disorders;  analysis  of  pa- 
tients' premorbid  and  morbid  histories,  medical  and  psychological  diagnoses; 
design  and  execution  of  therapeutic  procedures;  proper  referral  techniques  and 
report  writing;  practicum  situation.  Prep.  55.816,  Test  Procedures  in  Speech 
and  Language  or  permission  of  instructor. 

55.813  Advanced  Clinical  Practice 

Supervised  clinical  practicum  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  in  the  North- 
eastern University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  and  medical  settings,  educational 
settings,  and  rehabilitation  centers.  A  minimum  of  150  clock  hours  of  experience 
with  patients  is  required,  to  extend  over  a  three  quarter  time  period.  An  "I" 
grade  will  be  awarded  until  all  the  requirements  are  met  and  then  a  pass-fail 
grade  will  be  awarded.  Prep.  50  clock  hours  of  clinical  experience  and  permis- 
sion of  the  clinical  staff. 

55.814  Clinical  Audiometry  I 

The  use  of  pure  tone  and  speech  reception  instrumentation  and  hearing  aid 
evaluation,  the  results  and  interpretation  in  the  diagnosis  of  functional  and 
organic  disorders.  Lectures,  demonstration,  observations,  and  practicum.  Prep. 
Introduction  to  Audiology  and  consent  of  instructor. 

55.815  Clinical  Audiology 

The  process  of  identification  and  evaluation  of  hearing  loss.  Differential  diagno- 
sis. Tests  for  conductive,  sensorineural,  and  retrocochiear  involvements.  A 
consideration  of  research  findings  in  the  area  of  hearing  aid  selection,  audi- 
tory training,  lip  reading,  and  language  training  for  hearing  handicapped  indi- 
viduals.    Prep.  Introduction  to  Audiology  (see  undergraduate  Education  catalog). 

55.816  Test  Procedures  in  Speech  and  Language 

Procedures  in  evaluating  organic  and  functional  communication  disorders  using 
standard  and  nonstandard  speech  and  language  tests  in  University  clinic  situ- 
ations. Demonstration  and  application  of  techniques,  and  objective  reporting. 

55.817  Advanced  Anatomy,  Neurology,  and  Physiology  of  Speech-Hearing 
Mechanism 

Lectures  and  demonstrations  by  medical  personnel.  Emphasis  on  the  head  and 
neck.  Admission  by  consent  of  adviser  and  medical  supervisor.  For  advanced 
standing  students.  Prep.  Anatomy,  Neurology,  and  Physiology  of  Speech  and 
Hearing  I;  Introduction  to  Audiology,  and  Pathologies  of  the  Ear. 

55.818  Pathologies  of  the  Ear 

Lectures  and  observations  in  the  organic  and  neurological  pathologies  of  the 
ear;  i.e.,  otitis  media,  Meniere's  disease,  and  otosclerosis.  Consideration  of 
approaches  to  treatment  (medical  setting). 

55.819  Clinical  Audiometry  II 

Specialized  techniques  (Bekesy,  FGSR,  EEG,  group  testing,  and  screening)  the 
results  and  interpretation  in  the  diagnosis  of  functional  and  organic  hearing 
disorders.  Prep.  Introduction  to  Audiology  and  Audiometry  I,  lectures,  demon- 
stration, observations,  and  practicum. 


88  /   COURSES 

55.820  Physiological  Acoustics 

Acoustics,  anatomy,  and  physiology  of  the  auditory  system;  psychophysical 
methods;  and  a  consideration  of  auditory  theories  and  mechanics. 

55.821  Seminar  in  Audiology 

Advanced  study  of  the  rationale  and  development  of  principles  associated  with 
special  procedures  and  methods  used  in  audiology. 

55.822  Functional  and  Organic  Disorders  of  Speech 

Diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  remediation  of  articulatory  disorders  as  learned  be- 
havior, as  a  result  of  organic  and/or  psychological  deviation.  Evaluation,  refer- 
ral, and  management.  Prep.  Anatomy  I,  Organic  Disorders,  and  graduate 
standing. 

55.823  Social  Aspects  of  Communication  Disorders 

Effect  of  communication  disorders  on  social  functioning;  the  impact  on  child 
and  family;  sociological  significance  for  parents;  helping  the  family;  kinds  of 
help  needed  by  family.  Similarities  and  differences  in  services  offered  by  the 
social  caseworker,  school  guidance  counselor,  vocational  counselor,  clinical 
psychologist,  and  the  psychiatrist. 

55.824  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology 

A  consideration  of  communication  disorders  of  all  types  from  a  psychiatric 
viewpoint.  A  presentation  of  cases  by  the  psychiatric  and  psychologic  staff. 
Differential  diagnosis,  etiology,  symptomatology,  and  management. 

55.860  Aphasia  Rehabilitation 

Emphasis  on  current  attitudes  toward  therapy  and  new  methods,  clinical  methods 
of  evaluation  which  are  preparatory  to  therapy,  observation  of  therapeutic 
methods,  and  supervised  clinical  practice  at  the  Veterans  Administration  Hos- 
pital. Prep.  55.804,  Seminar:  Aphasia  and  Related  Neurological  Disturbances  or 
an  acceptable  equivalent. 

55.861  Neuropathology 

The  intricacies  of  neurological  disease.  Application  of  functional  neuroanatomy 
in  comprehending  the  various  disease  processes  involving  the  nervous  system. 
Derangements  of  speech  with  a  neurological  basis,  an  understanding  of  the 
disease  process  in  relation  to  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  patients  with 
neurological  diseases:  cerebrovascular  disease  tumors  or  malformations,  Par- 
kinson's disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and  others.  Case  presentations,  neuro- 
anatomy, laboratory  experience,  and  analysis  in  the  hospital  environment.  Prep, 
permission  of  instructor. 

55.862  Experimental  Phonetics 

Theoretical  consideration  of:  1.  speech  as  a  motor  behavior  with  special  refer- 
ence to  physiological  investigations  of  normal  respiration,  phonation,  and  articu- 
lation; and  2.  speech  as  an  acoustic  phenomenon  with  special  reference  to 
acoustic  investigation  of  voice  and  speech  sounds.  Survey  of  the  experimental 
literature.     Prep,  a  course  in  phonetics  or  consent  of  instructor. 


COURSES  /  89 

55.863     Advanced  Study  in  Articulation  Disorders 

An  exploration  into  advanced  theories  of  normal  and  abnormal  phonological 
development  with  emphasis  on  distinctive  feature  theory  and  phoneme  theory; 
direct  application  of  theories  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  various  phonological 
disorders. 

55.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 


Teaching  the  Deaf 

55.825  Teaching  Speech  to  Deaf  Children 

Utilization  of  vibration,  visual  aids,  kinesthetic  and  proprioceptive  cues,  resid- 
ual hearing  and  imitation  in  combination  to  elicit  intelligible  speech  from  the 
deaf. 

55.826  Teaching  Language  and  Reading  to  Deaf  Children 

Modern  methods  in  use  such  as  the  Fitzgerald  Key  and  the  Natural  Language 
Approach.  Emphasis  on  how  to  use  language  in  natural  situations  through  lip 
reading  and  writing,  with  later  emphasis  on  the  formal  presentation  of  language 
principles. 

Methods  used  to  develop  reading  experiences  that  focus  on  content  rather  than 
mechanics.  Development  of  a  balanced  reading  program  that  will  provide 
adequate  motivation,  provision  tor  evaluation,  a  wide  variety  of  rich  materials, 
and  a  well-organized  sequence  of  reading  experiences. 

55.827  Methods  and  Materials  in  Deaf  Education 

Special  methodologies  in  teaching  the  deaf.  A  wide  view  of  the  field  and  a 
comprehensive  consideration  of  methods  and  materials.  Emphasis  placed  on  how 
to  provide  concrete  experiences  and  activities,  trips,  and  demonstrations  to 
assist  the  child  in  understanding.  There  will  also  be  demonstrations  in  the  use 
of  visual  and  auditory  aids. 

55.828  Aural  Rehabilitation 

Various  speechreading  methods,  auditory  training  techniques,  and  materials. 
An  integrated  approach  to  the  treatment  of  the  hearing  handicapped. 

55.852     Practicum:  Teaching  of  the  Deaf  (8  quarter  hours) 

An  opportunity  for  observing  and  teaching  deaf  children  at  various  levels,  under 
regular  supervision  in  the  Beverly  School  for  the  Deaf. 


Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed 

55.807     Learning  Disabilities 

Primary  emphasis  will   be   placed   on   the   learning   problems   of   children   with 
perceptual-motor  handicaps,  i.e.,  children  who  meet  the  criteria  of  normal  in- 


90  /  COURSES 

telligence;  academic  retardation,  and  diagnosable  perceptual  and  behavioral 
differences  such  as  poor  visual,  auditory,  and  tactile  discrimination;  motor  inco- 
ordination; poor  spatial  orientation;  figure-ground  confusions;  fragmented  self- 
image;  attention  difficulties;  and  hyperactivity. 

Diagnostic  tests  currently  used  to  evaluate  these  children  and  differentiate 
them  from  the  overlapping  groups  of  emotionally  disturbed,  mentally  retarded, 
culturally  deprived,  and  physically  handicapped  will  be  reviewed. 

A  condensed  survey  will  be  made  erf  the  reading  process,  the  skills  involved, 
diagnostic  and  curriculum  materials. 

Methods  and  techniques  now  being  developed  for  remediation  of  perceptual- 
motor  handicaps  will  be  discussed. 

55.830  Etiology,  Dynamics,  and  Treatment  of  Emotional  Disturbances  in 
Children 

The  etiology,  dynamics,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  emotional  disturbance  in 
children.  Special  attention  to  emotional  blocks  to  learning.  The  different  kinds 
of  referral  agencies  and  their  role  in  treatment. 

55.831  Teaching  the  Socially  and  Emotionally  Disturbed: 
Problems  and  Strategies 

Students  will  develop  strategies  for  handling  a  variety  of  problems  which  may  be 
met  in  teaching  the  socially  and  emotionally  maladjusted  child  and  will  de- 
velop appropriate  teaching  materials.  Tutoring  a  child,  approaching  the  parents, 
and  attempting  to  work  with  them  in  overcoming  some  of  the  child's  learning 
problems  will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

55.832  Group  Dynamics 

Emphasis  on  understanding  the  deeper  questions  of  group  growth,  behavior, 
and  action  fundamental  to  developing  solutions  to  the  complex  problems  of 
group  life.  Students  will  learn  to  act  democratically  and  as  a  group,  to  exam- 
ine their  strengths  and  weaknesses,  to  make  decisions,  to  become  alert  to  new 
ideas  and  actions,  to  discover  the  pulse  of  a  group,  and  why  one  group  is  pro- 
ductive while  another  is  nonproductive.  The  group  will  examine  intensively  such 
areas  as  group  process,  sociodrama,  sociometric  techniques,  attitude  testing, 
social  action  project  development,  and  communication  blocks  in  human  rela- 
tions. 

55.833  Mental  Health 

Conditions  leading  to  the  most  effective  social  adjustment.  The  relationship 
between  the  maturation  process  and  mental  health,  the  predeterminants  of 
maladjustment  and  its  prevention,  special  stress  on  those  factors  that  en- 
courage the  attainment  of  emotional  maturity.  Information  bearing  on  mental 
health  from  the  fields  of  psychiatry,  psychology,  sociology,  physiology,  and 
medicine  will  be  synthesized  and  evaluated. 

55.834  Case  Conferences  on  Emotionally  Disturbed  Children 

This  course  will  be  conducted  in  seminar  style  in  connection  with  the  student's 
practicum.  Case  presentations  by  outstanding  resource  persons  will  be  thor- 
oughly examined  and  discussed.  Students  will  also  be  expected  to  make  their 
case  presentations  to  the  seminar. 


COURSES  /  91 

55.835  Socio-  and  Psychodynamics  of  Family  Life 

This  course  will  cover  internal  and  external  dynamics  of  family  life  and  the 
significance  of  such  dynamic  features  to  emotional  disturbance  in  the  child. 

55.836  Practicum  in  Special  Education  (8  quarter  hours) 
The  culminating  experience  of  this  practicum  will  be  participation  as  a  teacher 
for  a  full  quarter,  fulfilling  the  requirement  of  the  degree  program.  Preliminary 
experiences  will  include  observation,  individual  tutoring,  case  studies,  and  at- 
tendance at  staff  conferences.  Students  should  make  application  for  the  prac- 
ticum to  the  director  of  the  program  two  quarters  prior  to  the  intended  quarter 
of  the  practicum. 

55.837  Seminar:  Problems  of  the  Emotionally  Disturbed  Child 

This  course  will  be  devoted  to  an  intensive  study  of  the  special  problems  of  the 
emotionally  disturbed  child.  It  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  proceed  in  depth 
in  any  area  of  special  interest  to  the  seminar  students.  Thus  special  attention 
may  be  paid  as  warranted  to  such  problems  as  the  autistic  child,  the  neurotic 
child,  the  child  with  character  disorders,  the  child  with  psychosomatic  disorders, 
or  the  multihandicapped  child,  such  as  the  child  with  mental  illness,  mental 
deficiency,  epilepsy. 

55.899     Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  submitted 
during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

Teaching  the  Mentally  Retarded 

55.801     Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children 

A  survey  and  introductory  course.  The  nature  and  characteristics  of  exceptional 
children:  gifted,  mentally  retarded,  emotionally  disturbed,  physically  handi- 
capped, visually  handicapped,  deaf  and  hard  of  hearing,  speech-handicapped, 
brain-injured,  and  language-impaired. 

55.840  Psychology  of  the  Mentally  Retarded 

The  nature  and  needs  of  the  mentally  retarded;  degrees  of  retardation,  their 
etiologies  and  concomitant  behavioral  disorders.  The  Strauss  syndrome.  The 
concept  of  intelligence.  Psychological  rationale  for  curricula  development.  The 
importance  of  multidisciplinary  approach  in  a  program  for  the  retarded  child 
and  his  family. 

55.841  Methods  and  Materials  —  Trainable  Retarded 

Curriculum  development  and  education  methodologies  for  the  trainable  re- 
tarded. Organization  and  development  of  instruction  for  pupils  with  retarded 
mental  development  in  special  classes. 

55.842  Methods  and  Materials  —  Educable  Retarded 

Curriculum  development  and  education  methodologies  for  the  educable  re- 
tarded. Organization  and  development  in  instruction  for  pupils  with  retarded 
mental  development  in  special  classes. 


92  /  COURSES 

55.843  Industrial  Arts  and  Crafts 

A  course  designed  to  develop  some  fundamental  skills  in  teachers  of  mentally 
retarded  children  so  that  the  latter  may  receive  instruction  in  vocational  and 
home  economics.  Projects  in  chosen  areas  such  as  sewing,  food  preparation, 
and  making  basic  arts  and  crafts. 

55.844  Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Special  Education 

This  course  emphasizes  the  evaluation  of  intelligence  and  the  assessment  of 
psycholinguistic  abilities  and  disabilities  of  the  mentally  retarded,  emotionally 
disturbed,  and  learning  disabled.  Such  instruments  as  the  Illinois  Test  of 
Psycholinguistic  Abilities  and  the  Peabody  Picture  Vocabulary  Test  are  dis- 
cussed. Also  considered  are  the  methodologies  used  in  the  measurement  and 
evaluation  of  retarded  children. 

55.845  Rehabilitation  for  Special  Education  Teachers 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  help  develop  effective  working  relationships 
between  vocational  rehabilitation  counselors  and  special  education  teachers. 
The  course  is  designed  to  expose  these  two  groups  of  professional  workers 
jointly  to  a  number  of  similar  educational  experiences.  Also,  designed  for  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  personnel  who  are  concerned  with  exceptional  children. 
Topics  covered:  vocational  rehabilitation  terms  and  concepts;  background  of 
vocational  rehabilitation,  including  present  legislation;  teacher's  role  in  voca- 
tional rehabilitation;  understanding  of  the  counseling  process;  and  vocational 
rehabilitation  resources  for  special  educators. 

55.846  Practicum  in  Special  Education 

A  combined  course  of  teaching  experiences  with  retarded  children  and  experi- 
ences in  performing  differential  diagnostic  evaluations  of  retarded  children  in  a 
clinical  setting.  Case  analyses,  staffings,  program  planning. 

55.847  Vocational  Education  for  the  Handicapped 

This  course  will  be  directed  toward  helping  the  special  educator  understand 
and  utilize  the  potential  of  vocational  education  for  the  handicapped  student. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  curriculum  development  in  vocational 
education  for  the  handicapped.  Vocational  education  programs  for  the  physically 
and  mentally  handicapped  in  junior  high,  secondary  schools,  post  secondary 
schools,  and  adult  education  will  be  examined.  Special  attention  will  also  be 
paid  to  the  vocational  education  laws  and  amendments  especially  as  they  apply 
to  the  physically  and  mentally  handicapped. 

55.856  Student  Teaching  of  the  Mentally  Retarded  (8  quarter  hours) 
A  university  planned  and  supervised  experience  of  full-time  observation  and 
teaching  in  an  approved  school  program  for  the  mentally  retarded.  This  oppor- 
tunity is  provided  for  those  seeking  initial  entry  into  the  profession  and  will 
include  bi-weekly  seminars  for  extended  analysis  of  learning  and  teaching  in 
the  area  of  specialization.  Prep.  55.840,  Psychology  of  the  Mentally  Retarded 
and  either  55.841,  Methods  and  Materials  —  Trainable  Retarded,  or  55.842, 
Methods  and  Materials  —  Educable  Retarded. 

55.870     Seminar  in  Special  Education  Administration 

A  study  of  factors  involved  in  surveying,  planning,  initiating,  and  administering 
a  total   special   education   program   in   public  schools.  This  course  should   be 


COURSES  /  93 

taken  toward  the  completion  of  the  program  in  Special  Education  Administra- 
tion as  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of  knowledge  gained  in  the  pre- 
vious courses.  Prep.  52.810,  52.811,  Leadership  in  Education:  Parts  I  and  II, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

55.891     Thesis 

A  research  activity  that  may  be  elected  by  the  student  in  lieu  of  two  courses 
(8  quarter  hours),  with  the  approval  and  recommendation  of  the  adviser. 

55.895     Institute  in  Special  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  institute  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  The  institute  may  be  a  collaborative  one  offered  by  the  several 
departments  in  the  College  of  Education  and  will  usually  include  a  special  insti- 
tute faculty  drawn  from  resources  outside  the  University  as  well  as  from  the 
College  of  Education  faculty.  The  institute  will  focus  on  a  specific  area  of 
academic  study  and  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature;  it  involves  total  time 
commitments  on  the  part  of  participants  in  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening 
sessions  five  or  six  days  per  week  for  one  to  eight  weeks,  depending  upon  the 
nature  and  scope  of  the  institute.  Institutes  are  customarily  designed  for  par- 
ticipants who  are  currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work  and  who  are 
desirous  of  receiving  additional  preparation  in  new  methods,  new  materials,  or 
new  content  areas.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted  for  successful  completion 
of  an  institute  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  degree  program  at  Northeastern 
without  the  approval  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  doing  his  major 
field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All  institute  participants  must  be  degree 
candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to 
registration,  as  special  graduate  students.  Prep,  permission  of  institute 
instructor. 

55.898  Workshop  in  Special  Education 

The  department  may  offer  a  special  workshop  in  a  specific  field  of  interest  from 
time-to-time.  Emphasis  in  the  workshop  will  be  focused  on  development  of 
instructional  materials  or  resolution  of  practical  problems  within  a  single  school 
or  institutional  setting  or  for  a  group  of  potential  workshop  participants  who  are 
currently  employed  in  a  common  field  of  work.  Graduate  credit  will  be  granted 
for  successful  completion  of  a  workshop  but  may  not  be  applied  toward  a 
degree  program  at  Northeastern  without  the  approval  of  the  department  in 
which  the  student  is  doing  his  major  field  of  specialization  degree  work.  All 
workshop  participants  must  be  degree  candidates  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education  or  must  qualify,  prior  to  registration,  as  special  graduate  students. 
Prep,  permission  of  workshop  instructor. 

55.899  Directed  Study 

This  experience  is  provided  for  the  student  whose  unique  academic  needs  or 
interests  cannot  be  adequately  satisfied  in  any  of  the  scheduled  courses  of  the 
department.  Prep,  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  of  the 
Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education.  (Approval  forms  must  be  sub- 
mitted during  the  quarter  prior  to  registration  for  the  Directed  Study.) 

Also  other  selected  courses  in  Rehabilitation  Administration,  Deaf  Education, 
and  Speech  Pathology. 


94   /   DIRECTORY 


DEPARTMENTAL  DIRECTORY 


Counselor  Education 

Director  of  Student  Teaching 

Educational  Administration 

Foundations  of  Education 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

Instruction 

Reading 

Rehabilitation  Administration 

Special  Education 

Speech  Pathology  &  Audiology 


Office 

405  CU 
90  KB 
82  KB 
319  CU 
118CU 
100  KB 
227  CU 
232  UR 
232  UR 
133  FR 


Telephone 
Number 

437-3276 
437-3280 
437-3286 
437-3282 
437-2708 
437-3290 
437-3302 
437-2485 
437-2485 
437-2492 


UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Offering  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  baccalaureate 
degrees 


Boston-Bouv§  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 


College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Lincoln  College 


Offering  part-time  curricula  during  late  afternoon  and  evening  hours  leading  to 
associate  and  baccalaureate  degrees 

Lincoln  College 
University  College 


index 


Academic  Council,  13 
Address  of  Graduate  School 

of  Education,  1 
Administration 

Graduate  Division,  14 

University,  10 
Admission 

Certificate  Program,  38 

Master's  Degree,  35-38 


Instruction,  65 
Reading,  80 

Rehabilitation  Administration 
and  Special  Education,  83 
Credits,  25 

Transfer,  37 


Departmental  Directory,  94 


B 
Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Building  and  Facilities,  21 


Calendar,  5-6 

Campus  Description  and 

Location,  21 
Map,  4 
Certificate  of  Advanced 

Graduate  Study,  38 

(See  also  Fields  of  Study) 
Class  Hours  and  Credits,  25 
Classifications,  Academic,  36 
Colleges,  Undergraduates,  94 
Committee  of  the  Graduate 

School  of  Education,  17 
Continuing  Education,  Center  for,  20 
Cooperative  Plan  of  Education,  19 
Core  Requirements,  41 
Corporation,  7 
Courses,  Description  of 

Counselor  Education,  76 
Educational  Administration,  70 
Foundations  of  Education,  61 


Executive  Committee,  10 


Faculty,  32 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  28 

Fields  of  Study 

Advanced  Graduate  Study,  57 
Teacher  Preparation,  55 
Programs  in  Professional 
Specializations,  40 

Financial  Information,  28-31 

Full-Time  Study,  36 


Grading  System,  25 
Graduate  and  Professional 
Schools,  19 

H 

Henderson  House,  23 


Libraries,  21 


95 


96  /   INDEX 


M 

Map  of  Campus,  4 

Marine  Science  Institute,  23 

Master's  Degree,  Admission,  35-38 


Special-Student  Status,  36 
Student  Center,  21 
Student  Teaching,  55 
Suburban  Facilities,  22 


Part-Time  Study,  36 
Programs  of  Study,  34 
(See  also  Fields  of  Study) 


Teacher  Preparation  Programs 

(See  Fields  of  Study) 
Transfer  Credits,  37 
Trustees,  9 
Tuition,  29 


Refunds,  29 
Registration,  24 

Dates,  5-6 
Regulations,  24-27 
Research  Activities,  20 
Residence  Requirement,  24 


u 

Undergraduate  Colleges,  94 
University  Council,  12 
University  Graduate  Council,  14 

W 

Withdrawals,  26 


kJ^NBTUrACTrDkl   IlklllfrDCITV 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  ENGINEERING 

1972-73 


yfE^^s 


Northeastern  University 

214  Hoyden  Hall 

360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Mossoctiusetts  02115 

Tel.  (617)437-2711 


^r 


% 


-S' 


contents 


4  Campus  Map 

5  Academic  Calendar 

6  University  Holidays 

7  The  Governing  Boards  and  Officers  of  the  University 

7  The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 

9  Board  of  Trustees 

10  Administration  Organization 

12  General  University  Committees 

14  Organization  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

19  The  University 

21  Buildings  and  Facilities 

25  Regulations  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

25  General  Regulations 

30  The  Master's  Degree 

34  The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

36  The  Doctor  of  Engineering  Degree 

39  Interdisciplinary  Programs 

40  The  Engineer  Degree 
43  Financial  Information 

43  Financial  Obligations 

44  Financial  Aid 
47  Faculty 

51  Fields  of  Study 

51  Chemical  Engineering 

61  Civil  Engineering 

83  Electrical  Engineering 

119  Industrial  Engineering  and  Engineering  Management 

135  Mechanical  Engineering 

157  Mathematics  and  Physics 

159  Index 


t>a.S 
•EtS 


t/> 


«  -=  £  iE  ^  « 


X    Cifl 


CO^J^^r"'^*'''--  •=    —    ~T  OO  ^  _j-  .^    Ol    O    ^-.    w  r^  JJi  •^-  -^ 

Z  CD    >N 


>   O    CO  .c 
ICQU  O  < 


oo:=        ooo'-™3o)cc:t— iH-^^.u 
a  o  uj      u:  Li- u.  u>  z  3:  :<:  :<:  :<:  ^  <c  S  Q.  cc  I 


oo  £2  CT>  <T>  r^  2>  i« 

^  3:  Ll.  Ll.  LU  z  C9 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1972-1973 


Fall  Quarter  1972 


Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.) 


Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new  students  by 

appointment* 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  drop  a  course 
Examination  periodt 


Tuesday-Wednesday 
iVIonday-Thursday 

Tuesday-Thursday 
Monday 
Saturday 
Tuesday-IVlonday 


Sept.  12-Sept.  13 
Sept.  18-Sept.  21 

Sept.  12-Sept.  21 
September  25 
November  25 
Dec.  12-Dec.  18 


Winter  Quarter  1972-1973 


Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m. 


Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new  students  by 

appointment* 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  drop  a  course 
Examination  periodt 


Tuesday 
Monday-Thursday 

Monday-Thursday 
Tuesday 
Saturday 
Tuesday-Monday 


Nov.  28 
Dec.  4-Dec.  7 

Dec.  4-Dec.  7 
Jan.  2 
March  3 
Mar.  20-Mar.  26 


Spring  Quarter  1973 

Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30-8:00  p.m.) 

Burlington  Tuesday 

Boston  Monday-Thursday 

Classes  begin  Monday 

Last  day  to  file  commencement  card 

for  spring  commencement  Monday 

Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

spring  commencement  Monday 

Last  day  to  drop  a  course  Saturday 

Final  grades  due  in  Registrar's 
Office  for  June  graduates  taking 

third  quarter  course  Friday 

Examination  periodt  Tuesday-Monday 

Spring  commencement  Sunday 


Mar.  6 

Mar.  12-Mar.  15 

April  2 

April  2 

April  30 
June  2 


June  1 

June  12-June  18 

June  17 


"Appointments  for  interviews  with  new  students  must  be  made  at  least  four  days  before 

the  date  of  the  interview. 
tExaminations   for   day   classes   will    be    held    in    accordance   with   the    undergraduate 

examination  schedule. 


Summer  Quarter  1973 


Registration  period  (1:00-3:00  and  5:30 

Burlington 

Boston 
Interview  period  for  new  students  by 

appointment 
Classes  begin 
Last  day  to  file  a  commencement 

card  for  fail  commencement 
Last  day  to  drop  a  course 
Examination  period 
Last  day  to  pay  fee  for 

fall  commencement 


■8:00  p.m.) 

Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Monday-Friday 
Monday 

Monday 

Friday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Tuesday 


June  18-June  19 
June  20-June  22 

June  18-June  22 
June  25 

July  2 
July  20 

Aug.  1-Aug.  3 

July  31 


UNIVERSITY  HOLIDAYS  1972-1973 

Columbus  Day 
Veterans'  Day 
Thanksgiving  Recess 
Christmas  Vacation 
Washington's  Birthday 
Patriots'  Day 
Memorial  Day 
Independence  Day 
Labor  Day 


Monday 

Monday 

Th  u  rsday-Satu  rday 

Monday-Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 


October  9 
October  23 
Nov.  23-Nov.  25 
Dec.  18-Jan.  1 
February  19 
April  16 
May  28 
July  4 
September  3 


Equal  Opportunity  Policy 

Northeastern  University  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  providing 
equal  opportunity  for  all.  In  all  matters  involving  admission, 
registration,  and  all  official  relationships  with  students,  in- 
cluding evaluation  of  academic  performance,  the  University 
insists  on  a  policy  of  nondiscrimination.  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity is  also  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  it  is  institutional 
policy  that  there  shall  not  be  any  discrimination  against  any 
employee  or  applicant  for  employment  because  of  race,  color, 
religion,  sex,  age  or  national  origin. 


6 


the  governing  boards 

and  officers 

of  the  university 


THE  CORPORATION 

Julius  Abrams 
Charles  F.  Adams 
Vernon  R.  Alden 
William  T.  Alexander 
O.  Kelley  Anderson 
Diana  J.  Auger 
'Charles  F.  Avila 

Allen  G.  Barry 

*  Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Thomas  P.  Beal 

*Roy  H.  Beaton 
*F.  Gregg  Bemis 

Edward  L.  Bigelow 

Robert  D.  Black 

Gerald  W.  Blakeley,  Jr. 

Raymond  H.  Blanchard 

S.  Whitney  Bradley 

Rexford  A.  Bristol 

Edward  W.  Brooke 
*George  R.  Brown 

Martin  Brown 

William  L.  Brown 

John  L.  Burns 

Victor  C.  Bynoe 

*  Louis  W.  Cabot 
*Norman  L.  Cahners 

Charles  W.  Call,  Jr. 
Henry  F.  Callahan 
Erwin  D.  Canham 
'Richard  P.  Chapman 


Theodore  Chase 
Robert  F.  Chick 
Vessarios  G.  Chigas 
Carl  W.  Christiansen 
David  H.  Cogan 
Abram  T.  Collier 
William  A.  Coolidge 
Edward  Creiger 
Robert  Cutler 

Marshall  B.  Dalton 

Roger  C.  Damon 
'Edward  Dana 

William  O.  DiPietro 

Alfred  di  Scipio 

Esteile  Dockser  (Mrs.) 
'William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 

*Carl  S.  Ell 
*Byron  K.  Elliott 
'William  P.  Ellison 

Joseph  A.  Erickson 

Robert  Erickson 

*Frank  L.  Farwell 
Joseph  F.  Ford 

William  W.  Garth,  Jr. 
James  M.  Gavin 
Elliott  M.  Gordon 
John  L.  Grandin,  Jr. 


'Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Don  S.  Greer 
'Donald  B.  Guy 

H.  Frederick  Hagemann,  Jr. 
'George  Hansen 

William  Heilman 
'Ernest  Henderson  III 

Waiter  F.  Henneberry 

Richard  D.  Hill 

Charles  E.  Hodges 
'Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 

Robert  W.  Holmes 

Harvey  P.  Hood 

Hartwell  G.  Howe 

John  S.  Howe 

Howard  M.  Hubbard 

Carl  R.  Hurtig 

Eli  Jacobson 
'Robert  L.  Johnson 
*Henry  C.  Jones 

George  S.  Kariotis 
*Mrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 
(Frances  Comins) 

E.  Douglas  Kenna 

Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Fenton  G.  Keyes 

Calvin  A.  King 
*Asa  S.  Knowles 

Joseph  C.  Lawler 

Maurice  Lazarus 
*Kenneth  A.  Loftman 

Alfred  E.  Lonnberg 

Edward  A.  Loring 
*John  Lowell 

Ralph  Lowell 

Diane  H.  Lupean 

*Lawrence  H.  Martin 
J.  Edwin  Matz 
Percy  M.  Mcintosh 
Andrew  J.  McNeill 
Dominic  Meo,  Jr. 
Don  G.  Mitchell 


Edward  R.  Mitton 
'Harold  A.  Mock 

Irwin  L.  Moore 

Frank  E.  Morris 

James  A.  Morris 
'James  A.  Morton 

William  B.  Moses,  Jr. 
*Stephen  P.  Mugar 

William  H.  Nichols,  Jr. 
John  T.  Noonan 

Bernard  J.  O'Keefe 
Adrian  O'Keeffe 
Harry  Olins 
George  Olmsted,  Jr. 
James  H.  Orr 

*Augustin  H.  Parker 

Edward  S.  Parsons 
*Amelia  Peabody 

Theodore  R.  Peary 
*Thomas  L.  Phillips 

Edward  D.  Phinney 

Jerome  M.  Powell 

Albert  Pratt 

William  J.  Pruyn 

George  Putnam 

Blanche  M.  Quaid 
*Francis  J.  Quirico 

William  M.  Rand 

William  H.  Raye,  Jr. 
*Frank  L.  Richardson 
'Joseph  G.  Riesman 

R.  Earl  Roberson 
*Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Ralph  B.  Rogers 


Leverett  Saitonstall 
David  T.  Scott 
Donald  W.  Seager 
Sydney  Shaftman 
James  L.  Shanahari 
Gifford  K.  Simonds,  Jr. 
Donald  B.  Sinclair 
Philip  A.  Singleton 


•Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
•Honorary  Trustee 


'Donald  W.  Smith 
'Farnham  W.  Smith 
'George  A.  Snell 
Bernard  Solomon 
John  V.  Spalding 
Robert  C.  Sprague 
'Russell  B.  Stearns 
'Earl  P.  Stevenson 
David  B.  Stone 
'Robert  G.  Stone 
George  B.  Storer 


Milton  A.  Thompson 
D.  Thomas  Trigg 
'Chaplin  Tyler 

Samuel  Wakeman 
Eustis  Walcott 
Lloyd  B.  Waring 
Edward  A.  Weeks 
William  C.  White 
'Robert  H.  Willis 
Alfred  K.  Wright 


Lawrence  I.  Templeman 
Charles  H.  Tenney  II 
Philip  H.  Theopold 
Almore  I.  Thompson 


Richard  W.  Young 

Vincent  C.  Ziegler 
'Alvin  C.  Zises 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Chairman 

Norman  L.  Cahners,  Vice  Chairman 

William  R.  Driver,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Farweli,  Vice  Chairman 

Farnham  W.  Smith,  Wee  Chairman 

Lawrence  H.  Martin,  Treasurer 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  Secretary 

Philip  C.  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary 


Byron  K.  Elliott,  IHonorary  Chairman 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 

Russell  B.  Stearns,  Honorary  Vice  Chairman 


Class  of  1972 

Charles  F.  Avila 
George  R.  Brown 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
Harold  D.  Hodgkinson 
Robert  L.  Johnson 
iVIrs.  John  B.  Kenerson 

(Frances  Comins) 
James  A.  Morton 
Amelia  Peabody 
Thomas  L.  Phillips 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Robert  H.  Willis 


Class  of  1973 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
Richard  P.  Chapman 
Edward  Dana 
William  P.  Ellison 
Ernest  Henderson  III 
Stephen  P.  Mugar 
Joseph  G.  Riesman 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Alvin  C.  Zises 


"Member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


Class  of  1974 

tCarl  S.  Ell 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
George  Hansen 
Henry  C.  Jones 
Harold  A.  Mock 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
George  A.  Snell 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Class  of  1975 

Roy  H.  Beaton 
F.  Gregg  Bemis 
Louis  W.  Cabot 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Kenneth  A.  Loftman 
John  Lowell 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 
Augustin  H.  Parker 
Francis  J.  Quirico 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
*Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 

Frank  L.  Richardson,  Honorary  Trustee 


Executive  Committee 

Richard  P.  Chapman,  Chairman 

Charles  F.  Avila,  Wee  Ciiairman 

Alvin  C.  Zises,  Vice  Chairman 


George  R.  Brown 
Norman  L.  Cahners 
William  R.  Driver,  Jr. 
tCarl  S.  Ell 
Byron  K.  Elliott 
Frank  L.  Farwell 
Donald  B.  Guy 
Lawrence  H.  Martin 


Harold  A.  Mock 
Dwight  P.  Robinson,  Jr. 
Donald  W.  Smith 
Farnham  W.  Smith 
Russell  B.  Stearns 
Earl  P.  Stevenson 
Robert  G.  Stone 
Chaplin  Tyler 


Robert  H.  Willis,  Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION 

Officers  of  the  University 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D.,  Sc.D.,  D.B.A.,  Sc.D.  in  Bus. Ed.,  President 
Carl  S.  Ell,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D.,  D.S.Ed.,  President  Emeritus 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Executive  Vice  President 
Lincoln  C.  Bateson,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Business 


•President  of  the  University 
tPresident  Emeritus  of  the  University 


10 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 

Gilbert  G.  MacDonald,  B.I.E.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Eugene  M.  Reppucci,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Vice  President  for  Development 

and  Director  of  Development 

Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr.,  B.S.,  MB. A.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Planning 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  Cooperative  Education 

Academic  Deans  and  Principal  Administrative  Officers 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College 

Kenneth  W.  Bailou,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  College 

Richard  W.  Bishop,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Dean  of  University  Relations  and 

Assistant  to  tfie  President 

Lydia  Bosanko,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Nursing 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Dean  and  Director  of  ttie  Graduate  Sctiool  of 
Actuarial  Science 

Martin  W.  Essigmann,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Researcfi 

Gilbert  C.  Garland,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ed.D.,  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  S.B.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  Scfiool  of 

Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering  and  Director 

of  ttie  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Engineering 

Charles  W.  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Cfiapel 

James  S.  Hekimian,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

Sidney  Herman,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Israel  Katz,  B.S.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Phiarmacy  and  Allied  Healtti  Professions 

and  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Scfiool  of 
Pfiarmacy  and  Allied  Healtfi  Professions 

Christopher  F.  Kennedy,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  Students 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  B.S.,  B.D.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and 

Director  of  ttie  Graduate  Scfiool  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

William  F.  King,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Dean  of  Engineering  and 
Director  of  Lincoln  College 

Juanita  A.  Long,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  Dean  of  Nursing 

Helene  A.  Loux,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Allied  Healtti  Professions 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and 

University  Registrar 


11 


Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh.  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Dean  of  Education 

Philip  R.  McCabe,  A.B.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and 

Director  of  Admissions  for  tlie  Basic  Colieges 

Roland  H.  Moody,  A.B.,  B.L.S.,  Director  of  the  University  Library 

Rudolph  M.  Morris,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Dean  of  University  Administration 

John  C.  O'Byrne,  A.B.,  L.L.B.,  Dean  of  tfie  Scliool  of  Lavj 

Andre  P.  Priem,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and 

Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Scfioot  of 
Business  Administration 

Norman  Rosenblatt,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Criminal  Justice 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  Education 

and  Director  of  tiie  Graduate  School 
of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 

Royal  K.  Toebes,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs  and 

Assistant  to  the  President,  and  Associate 
Director  of  Development 

Donald  K.  Tucker,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Director  of  the  Career  Information 

Center  and  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
for  the  Basic  Colleges 


GENERAL  UNIVERSITY  COMMITTEES 


The  Executive  Council 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Chairman 

Kenneth  G.  Ryder,  Vice  Chairman 

Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Lincoln  C.  Bateson  Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald  Daniel  J.  Roberts,  Jr. 

Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


12 


The  Academic  Council 


Catherine  L.  Allen 
Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Geoffrey  Crofts 
Martin  W.  Essigmann 
Gilbert  C.  Garland 
James  S.  Hekimian 
Sidney  Herman 
Israel  Katz 
LeRoy  C.  Keagle 
Christopher  F.  Kennedy 
William  F.  King 


Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Secretary 

Juanita  A.  Long 
Heiene  A.  Loux 
Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 
Melvin  Mark 
Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr. 
Rudolph  M.  Morris 
John  C.  O'Byrne 
Norman  Rosenblatt 
Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
Robert  A.  Shepard 
Roy  L.  Wooldridge 
Asa  S.  Knowles,  ex  officio 


The  Faculty  Senate 


"Kenneth  W.  Ballou 
Conrad  P.  Caligaris 
Robert  H.  Caplan 
Paul  V.  Croke 
Flora  Descenza 
F.  Andre  Favat 
Austin  W.  Fisher  Jr. 
Walter  Fogg 
E.  Vaughn  Gulo 

*James  S.  Hekimian 
Morris  Horowitz 
Donald  M.  Jacobs 
Conrad  Jankowski 

*  LeRoy  Keagle 
Robert  D.  Klein 

•Gilbert  G.  MacDonald 

'Melvin  Mark 

*Frank  Marsh 
Robert  Martin 
Philip  McDonald 


James  A.  Medeiros 

Robert  W.  Miller 

Gordon  E.  Pruett 

Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici 

John  F.  Reinhard 

Raymond  H.  Robinson 

J.  Spencer  Rochefort 

Richard  D.  Ruggles 

Wilfred  P.  Rule 
*Kenneth  G.  Ryder 
*Robert  A.  Shepard 

Carl  A.  Schiffman 

Joseph  J.  Senna 

Kathryn  J.  Shaffer 

Paul  H.  Tedesco 

Roy  Weinstein 

Paul  C.  Wermuth 

Delaine  Williamson 
*Roy  L.  Wooldridge 


Presiding  Officer 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

or 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald 


"Appointed  by  the  President 


13 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS 

Administration 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Francis  W.  Casey,  B.A.,  Assistant  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  B.Comm.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Professional 
Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Francis  L.  Heuston,  B.S.,  Coordinator  of  Admissions, 

Graduate  School  of  Education 

John  W.  Jordan,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

Paul  A.  Le  Maitre,  B.A.,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

John  J.  McKenna,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director,  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Andre  P.  Priem,  M.A.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Ed.D.,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Engineering 

Janice  Walker,  A.B.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Education 

University  Graduate  Council 

1971-1972 

The  Council  determines  broad  policies  and  regulations  governing  the  con- 
duct of  graduate  work.  All  new  graduate  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Council. 

OFFICERS 

Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Chairman,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Faculty 
A.  B.  Warren,  Vice  Chairman,  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 

Graduate  Council,  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

of  Psychology 
Sidney  Herman,  Secretary,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Administrative  Members 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Dean  of  Boston-Bouve  College  and  Director  of 
Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

14 


George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  IHealth  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Dean  of  Education 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Associate  Dean  of  Business  Administration  and  Director  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Associate  Dean  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts 


Elected  Faculty  Members 

(Terms  expire  Sept.  1972) 

David  W.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Fred  A.  Barkley,  Professor  of  Biology 

Conrad  P.  Caligaris,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Katherine  Carlisle,  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Carl  S.  Christensen,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

David  I.  Epstein,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

David  R.  Freeman,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Bill  C.  Giessen,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Robert  J.  Hehre,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

Mervin  D.  Lynch,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Bertram  J.  Malenka,  Professor  of  Physics 

Edward  S.  Marshall,  Associate  Professor  of  (Management 

Daniel  J.  McCarthy,  Professor  of  Management 

Albert  H.  McCay,  Professor  of  Recreation  Education  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

15 


Robert  C.  McLean,  Associate  Professor  of  Educatior) 

John  L.  Neumeyer,  Professor  of  l\/ledicinal  Cliemistry 

Robert  F.  Raffauf,  Professor  of  Pharmacognosy  and  Medicinal  Chemistry 

John  F.  Reinhard,  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Charles  F.  Ritch,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman,  Department  of 
Educational  Administration 

Raymond  H.  Robinson,  Professor  of  History  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Sarah  M.  Robinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Earl  Rubington,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Walter  C.  Schwab,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Scranton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Albert  H.  Soioway,  Professor  of  Medicinal  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of 
the  Department 

Arthur  H.  Walker,  Professor  of  Management 

A.  Bertrand  Warren,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department 

Arthur  J.  Weitzman,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Administrative  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Sidney  Herman,  Chairman,  Associate  Dean  of  Faculty 

Paul  A.  LeMaitre,  Secretary,  Registrar  of  the  Graduate  Schools 

Catherine  L.  Allen,  Director  of  Boston-Bouve  College  Graduate  School 

Geoffrey  Crofts,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science 

Joseph  M.  Golemme,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Professional  Accounting 

George  W.  Hankinson,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

James  S.  Hekimian,  Dean  of  Business  Administration 

LeRoy  C.  Keagle,  Director  of  the  Graduate  School  of 

Pharmacy  and  Allied  Health  Professions 

Robert  H.  Ketchum,  Assistant  Dean  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Director  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Alan  A.  Mackey,  Associate  Dean  of  University  Administration  and  University 
Registrar 

16 


Melvin  Mark,  Dean  of  Engineering 

Frank  E.  Marsh,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Education 

Edmund  J.  Mullen,  Associate  University  Registrar 

Andre  P.  Priem,  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Business  Administration 

Philip  J.  Rusche,  Director  of  ttie  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Education 

Robert  A.  Shepard,  Dean  of  Liberat  Arts 

Janice  Walker,  Assistant  Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Sctioot  of  Education 

Ex  Officio 
Arthur  E.  Fitzgerald,  Dean  of  Faculty 
Rudolph  M.  Morris,  Dean  of  University  Administration 
Loring  M.  Thompson,  Dean  of  Planning 

Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Engineering 

1971-1972 

George  W.  Hankinson,  A.B.,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Chairman,  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering 

and  Director  of  tfie  Graduate 
Scfiool  of  Engineering  and 
Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Arthur  R.  Foster,  B.S.,  M.Eng.,  Professor  of  Mecfianical  Engineering 

and  Ctiairman  of  tfie  Department 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Melvin  Mark,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Dean  of  Engineering 

James  M.  Moore,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering  and 

Ctiairman  of  the  Department 

Harold  R.  Raemer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Ernest  L.  Spencer,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Richard  E.  Sprague,  B.S.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.M.,  Assistant  Director  of  the 

Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Alvah  K.  Borman,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Ex  Officio,  Director  of  Graduate  Placement 

Services  and  Assistant  Dean  of 
Cooperative  Education 


17 


the  university 


Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University  is  incorporated  as  a  pri- 
vately endowed  nonsectarian  institution  of  tiigher  learning  under  the 
General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature  by  special  enact- 
ment has  given  the  University  general  degree-granting  powers.  The 
University  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  and  from  the 
Northeastern  University  Corporation,  which  is  composed  of  170  dis- 
tinguished business  and  professional  men  and  women. 

From  its  beginning,  Northeastern  University  has  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  community  educational  needs  and  the  meeting 
of  these  in  distinctive  and  serviceable  ways.  The  University  has  not 
duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions,  but  has  sought  to  pioneer 
new  areas  of  educational  service. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  Northeastern  University  is  its  Cooperative  Plan, 
initiated  by  the  College  of  Engineering  in  1909  and  subsequently  adopted 
by  the  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  (1922),  Liberal  Arts  (1935), 
Education  (1953),  Pharmacy  (1962),  Nursing  (1964);  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege (1964);  the  College  of  Criminal  Justice  (1967);  and  by  Lincoln  Col- 
lege's daytime  Bachelor  of  Engineering  program  (1971).  This  educa- 
tional method  enables  students  to  gain  valuable  practical  experience 
as  an  integral  part  of  their  college  program  and  also  provides  the 
means  by  which  they  may  contribute  substantially  to  the  financing  of 
their  education.  The  Plan  has  been  extended  to  the  graduate  level  in 
engineering,  actuarial  science,  the  pharmaceutical  sciences,  profes- 
sional accounting,  business  administration,  and  law. 

In  the  field  of  adult  education,  programs  of  study  have  been  devel- 
oped to  meet  a  variety  of  needs.  University  College  offers  evening 
courses  —  offered  by  the  University  since  1906  —  and  adult-day 
courses  leading  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  In  addition  to  offering  day 
undergraduate  programs  in  Electrical  Engineering  Technology  and 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology,  Lincoln  College  offers  evening/ 
part-time  certificate,  associate,  and  bachelor  degree  programs  in  tech- 
nological areas.  All  formal  courses  of  study  leading  to  degrees  through 
part-time  programs  are  approved  by  the  Basic  College  faculties  con- 
cerned. 

GRADUATE  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 

The  nine  graduate  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  offer  day  and 
evening  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  listed. 

19 


20  /  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Graduate  School  of  Actuarial  Science  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Actuarial  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Science,  Master  of 
Public  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Boston-Bouve  College  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Education  offers  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education 
and  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science, 
Engineer  degree.  Doctor  of  Engineering,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  School  of  Law  offers  the  degree  of  Juris  Doctor. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Pharmaceutical  Sciences  offers  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Professional  Accounting  offers  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Accounting. 

CENTER  FOR  CONTINUING  EDUCATION 

The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  was  established  to  relate  the  Uni- 
versity to  the  needs  of  its  community  in  a  period  of  accelerated  change. 
Its  programs  are  composed  of  seminars,  conferences,  institutes,  forums, 
and  a  wide  variety  of  special  courses  designed  to  serve  specific  needs. 
The  Division  of  Special  Programs,  working  cooperatively  with  trade  asso- 
ciations and  professional  societies,  offers  a  wide  variety  of  programs 
dealing  with  current  needs  and  problems.  Through  its  Division  of  Com- 
munity Services,  working  with  governmental  agencies  and  community 
organizations,  the  Center  is  becoming  increasingly  involved  in  social 
problems  on  both  the  local  and  national  level. 

Many  of  these  programs  are  conducted  at  Henderson  House,  North- 
eastern University's  conference  center  in  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

RESEARCH  ACTIVITIES 

The  facilities  of  the  University  are  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of  basic 
research  projects  in  business,  science,  social  science,  pharmacy,  and 
engineering.  These  are  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Research,  whose 
services  are  University-wide  and  available  to  the  faculties  of  all  the 
Colleges. 

Although  Northeastern  is  primarily  concerned  with  undergraduate 
and  graduate  instruction,  the  University  believes  that  the  most  effective 
teaching  and  learning  take  place  in  an  environment  characterized  by 
research  activities  directed  toward  extending  the  frontiers  of  knowledge. 


buildings  and  facilities 


MAIN  CAMPUS 

The  main  campus  of  Northeastern  University  is  located  at  360  Hun- 
tington Avenue  in  the  Bacl<  Bay  section  of  Boston.  IVIany  of  the  city's 
famous  cultural,  educational,  and  philanthropic  institutions  are  situated 
in  the  Back  Bay,  including  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Symphony  Hall, 
Horticultural  Hall,  the  Isabella  Stewart  Gardner  Museum,  the  Harvard 
teaching  hospitals,  the  Boston  Public  Library  and  many  schools  and 
colleges.  Most  are  within  walking  distance  of  Northeastern  University. 

Major  transportation  facilities  serving  the  Boston  area  are  Logan 
International  Airport,  two  rail  terminals,  bus  terminals  serving  inter-  and 
intrastate  lines,  and  MBTA  subway-bus  service  within  the  metropolitan- 
suburban  area.  There  is  a  subway  stop  in  front  of  the  campus.  For  motor- 
ists, the  best  routes  to  the  campus  are  the  Massachusetts  Turnpike 
(Exit  22)  and  Route  9,  of  which  Huntington  Avenue  is  the  intown  section. 

The  campus  of  47  acres  is  divided  by  Huntington  Avenue,  with  the 
main  educational  buildings  on  one  side  and  dormitories  on  the  other. 
The  principal  buildings,  all  of  which  have  been  constructed  since  1938, 
are  of  glazed  brick  in  contemporary  classic  style.  Most  are  intercon- 
nected by  underground  passageways. 

Ell  Student  Center 

The  Carl  S.  Ell  Student  Center  provides  facilities  for  student  recrea- 
tion and  for  extracurricular  activities.  The  Alumni  Auditorium,  with  a 
seating  capacity  of  1,300,  is  part  of  the  Center.  Also  included  are  special 
drama  facilities,  a  ballroom,  main  lounge,  fine  arts  exhibition  area,  stu- 
dent offices,  conference  rooms,  and  a  dining  area  seating  more  than 
1,000. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  consists  of  the  Dodge  Library,  which  is 
the  main  library;  the  Suburban  Campus  Library  at  Burlington;  the  School 
of  Law  Library;  and  divisional  libraries  for  Physics  and  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, Chemistry  and  Biology,  Mathematics  and  Psychology,  Physi- 
cal and  Recreation  Education,  and  Physical  Therapy.  There  are  addi- 
tional subject  collections  for  the  Center  for  Management  Development 
at  Andover,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Marine  Science  Institute  in  Nahant. 

21 


22   /   BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

The  library  collections  number  250,000  volumes  supplemented  by 
some  356,000  titles  in  microprint,  microfilm,  and  microfiche  forms.  The 
collection  includes,  in  addition,  some  1,800  periodical  titles,  90,000 
documents,  and  2,300  sound  recordings. 

Cabot  Physical  Education  Center 

The  Godfrey  Lowell  Cabot  Physical  Education  Center  is  one  of  the 
best  equipped  in  New  England.  It  contains  four  basketball  courts,  an 
athletic  cage,  a  women's  gymnasium,  and  a  rifle  range,  as  well  as 
administrative  offices  for  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  for  the  Phys- 
ical Education  Department  of  Boston-Bouve  College. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  center,  the  Barletta  Natatorium,  houses  a 
105-foot  swimming  pool,  a  practice  tank  for  the  crew,  handball  courts, 
and  shower  and  dressing  facilities. 

Dockser  Hall 

Charles  and  Estelle  Dockser  Hall,  completed  in  1968,  houses  a  large 
gymnasium,  dance  studio,  motor  performance  laboratory,  college  li- 
brary, community  recreation  laboratory,  folk  arts  center,  dark  and  music 
rooms,  recreation  resources  area,  locker  rooms,  offices,  classrooms, 
conference  room  and  lounge,  storage  facilities,  and  a  research 
laboratory. 

Apartments  for  Graduate  Students 

The  University  maintains  a  100-apartment  housing  unit  which  accom- 
modates 279  people.  Two-,  three-,  and  four-party  apartments  are  avail- 
able which  vary  in  size  from  two  to  four  rooms  plus  bath.  Apartments  are 
furnished  with  beds,  chairs,  desks,  stove,  refrigerator,  and  kitchen  table. 
The  cost  includes  all  utilities. 

A  $50  deposit  is  required  when  making  application  for  the  apartments. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  University  Housing.  Students 
are  expected  to  make  such  arrangements  on  a  term-to-term  basis  but 
may  live  in  the  apartments  both  while  on  cooperative  work  assignments 
and  in  school  if  they  wish.  All  reservations  are  made  on  a  first  come, 
first  served  basis. 

SUBURBAN  FACILITIES 
Suburban  Campus 

The  Suburban  Campus,  located  near  the  junction  of  Routes  128  and 
3  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  was  established  to  meet  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  of  industry  in  the  area. 

In  addition  to  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  physics,  mathematics, 
business  administration,  science,  education,  and  the  arts,  portions  of 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  the  associate  and  bachelor's  de- 
grees, special  programs  for  adults,  and  noncredit  state-of-the-art  pro- 
grams are  offered. 


BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES  /  23 

Warren  Center 

The  Warren  Center  is  a  practical  laboratory  for  Boston-Bouve  Col- 
lege in  outdoor  education  and  conservation,  and  in  camping  admin- 
istration, programming,  and  counseling.  At  this  Center  in  Ashland,  com- 
pleted in  1967,  there  are  tennis  courts,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse  fields, 
waterfront  for  swimming  and  boating,  overnight  camp  sites,  fields  and 
forests,  heated  cottages,  the  Hayden  Lodge  with  a  recreation  hall,  library, 
crafts  shop,  dining  facilities,  and  conference  accommodations. 

Henderson  House 

The  University's  conference  center,  Henderson  House,  is  located  in 
Weston,  Massachusetts.  The  Center  for  Continuing  Education  conducts 
short-term  courses,  seminars,  and  special  institutes  for  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  research  groups.  Henderson  House  is  12  miles  from  the 
main  campus. 

Marine  Science  Institute 

The  Marine  Science  Institute  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  is  a  research 
and  instructional  facility  primarily  engaged  in  studies  of  marine  biology 
and  oceanography.  The  Institute  is  operated  all  year,  and  is  about  20 
miles  northeast  of  Boston.  Many  of  the  courses  at  this  institute  are 
applicable  toward  an  advanced  degree  in  biology  or  health  science. 

Nashua  Campus 

For  students  residing  in  the  southern  New  Hampshire  area,  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  major  portion  of  its 
M.B.A.  Program  at  facilities  in  Nashua,  New  Hampshire.  These  facilities, 
made  available  by  Sanders  Associates  Inc.,  are  located  in  their  head- 
quarters on  Route  3,  just  over  the  Massachusetts  line. 


regulations  of  the 
graduate  school 
of  engineering 


The  Master  of  Science  degree  may  be  earned  in  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing, Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  Industrial  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  and  Engineering  Management.  In  addition, 
there  are  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in 
Chemical  Engineering,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  and 
Mechanical  Engineering.  The  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  offered 
in  Chemical  Engineering.  The  Engineer  degree  may  be  earned  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

The  general  regulations  and  minimum  requirements  for  all  graduate 
programs  are  established  by  the  University  Graduate  Council.  In  some 
matters  the  committee  of  each  graduate  school  is  allov^ed  discretion 
to  establish  regulations  within  limits  defined  by  the  council.  The  regula- 
tions and  academic  requirements  which  follow  have  been  formulated  in 
accordance  with  this  general  policy. 

Applications 

All  applicants  for  full-time  study  at  the  master's  level  should  address 
inquiries  to  the  respective  departments  or  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Application  forms  and  reference  blanks  will  be  mailed  to 
the  applicant.  This  material,  together  with  the  necessary  transcripts,  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  scores  when  required,  and  the  results  of 
the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language,  required  of  all  applicants 
whose  native  language  is  not  English,  should  be  returned  to  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Engineering  Office  as  soon  after  January  15  as  possible. 

All  applicants  for  part-time  study  at  the  master's  level  who  wish  to 
enroll  in  the  Fall  Quarter  should  request  an  application  from  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Engineering  Office.  The  completed  application  and  an 
official  transcript  should  be  mailed  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineer- 

25 


26  /   REGULATIONS 

ing  prior  to  August  15.  The  applicant  will  be  notified  by  mail  regarding 
his  acceptance.  iVIail  applications  will  not  be  accepted  after  August  15. 

After  August  15,  it  is  recommended  that  applicants  for  part-time  study 
who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  Fall  Quarter  which  begins  in  September  of  each 
year,  call  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  for  an  appointment.  This 
will  assure  them  of  an  opportunity,  at  this  late  date,  to  be  counseled 
by  a  member  of  the  Engineering  Faculty.  Mail  applications  could  not  be 
processed  in  the  short  period  of  time  from  August  15  to  the  beginning  of 
the  Fall  Quarter.  Thus,  it  is  recommended  that  applicants  who  plan  to 
begin  in  September  call  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  to  make  an 
appointment  as  indicated  below. 

Applicants  for  part-time  study  after  August  15,  regardless  of  the  aca- 
demic term  in  which  they  plan  to  begin  graduate  study,  must  call  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering  about  two  weeks  prior  to  the  interview 
period  immediately  preceding  the  term  in  which  they  desire  to  enroll  to 
arrange  for  a  personal  interview.  The  dates  of  such  interviews  are  an- 
nounced in  the  catalog  (see  academic  calendar)  and  the  circular  issued 
in  July. 

In  some  cases,  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  may  be  required  of 
the  applicants.  The  examination  is  administered  by  the  Educational 
Testing  Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  08540.  Applicants 
must  make  their  own  arrangements  with  the  Educational  Testing  Service 
for  the  examination. 

Test  scores  for  Graduate  Record  Examinations  and  Test  of  English 
as  a  Foreign  Language  sent  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  are 
retained  for  only  one  year  from  the  date  they  were  taken.  If  an  applicant 
does  not  enroll  in  the  quarter  for  which  he  was  accepted,  but  delays  his 
registration  for  a  period  of  one  year  or  more  from  the  date  that  he 
originally  took  his  examinations,  he  must  repeat  the  examinations  or 
resubmit  the  original  test  scores  before  he  will  be  permitted  to  register. 


Transcripts 

Official  transcripts  of  previous  college  training  must  be  supplied  with 
the  mail  application  prior  to  August  15  if  an  admissions  decision  is  to  be 
rendered  by  return  mail,  or  submitted  at  the  personal  interview  after 
August  15.  If  this  is  not  feasible,  the  official  transcripts  must  be  mailed 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  as  soon  after  the  initial  registra- 
tion as  possible.  Failure  to  file  the  necessary  transcripts  will  result  in  the 
student  being  asked  to  withdraw. 


REGULATIONS  /  27 


Admission 


To  be  admitted  for  graduate  work,  an  applicant  must  have  obtained 
a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  engineering  or  a  closely  related  science 
from  a  recognized  college  or  university  with  an  acceptable  quality  of 
undergraduate  work.  His  scholastic  record,  therefore,  must  show  ability 
to  pursue  creditably  a  program  of  graduate  study,  and  his  undergraduate 
training  must  indicate  breadth  as  well  as  adequate  preparation  in  the 
field  in  which  the  applicant  expects  to  do  advanced  work.  Acceptance 
to  the  school  is  granted  upon  recommendation  of  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  or  its  designate  following  a  review  of  the  applica- 
tion and  supporting  material.  The  recommendation  is  based  upon 
promise  of  academic  success  and  fulfillment  of  minimum  criteria  estab- 
lished by  each  department  in  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Students  with  an  engineering  or  related  science  bachelor's  degree, 
who  are  enrolled  in  another  graduate  school  at  Northeastern,  may  trans- 
fer to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  However,  they  must  make 
application  and  file  the  necessary  documents,  the  same  as  transfers 
from  other  colleges  or  universities.  The  submission  of  registration  ma- 
terials for  engineering  course  work  does  not  constitute  enrollment  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 


Registration 

Students  must  register  within  the  dates  and  times  listed  on  the  school 
calendar.  The  place  of  registration  will  be  announced  prior  to  each 
period. 

Auditors  are  not  permitted.  All  students  attending  any  course  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering  must  be  officially  registered  by  the 
Registrar  and  listed  on  the  class  roster. 


Residence 

All  work  for  advanced  degrees  must  be  completed  at  the  University 
unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school  for  work  taken  elsewhere.  Students  who  are  in  residence  and 
are  using  the  facilities  of  the  University  must  register  for  such  work. 


Programs  of  Study 

The  curricula  of  the  degree  programs  are  given  under  each  depart- 
mental heading.  The  descriptions  of  courses  offered  by  the  several  de- 
partments are  given  so  that  prospective  students  may  obtain  a  view  of 


28   /    REGULATIONS 

the  course  coverage.  Preparation  courses  are  indicated  when  necessary. 
Not  all  courses  are  offered  every  year,  but  the  course  offerings  will  be 
arranged  in  such  a  manner  that  students  may  make  continuous  progress 
toward  the  degree. 

The  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  issues  a  circular  close  to  July  1st 
which  gives  the  courses  for  the  following  academic  year  and  the  times 
at  which  they  meet. 

The  number  of  students  enrolled  in  each  class  will  be  limited  to  permit 
effective  teaching  at  the  graduate  level.  The  University  reserves  the  right 
to  cancel,  postpone,  combine,  or  modify  any  course. 

At  the  time  of  his  first  registration,  each  full-time  student  must  de- 
velop, with  the  assistance  of  his  faculty  adviser,  a  complete  program  of 
study  for  the  degree  for  which  he  is  registered.  All  subsequent  changes 
must  be  approved  by  his  faculty  adviser. 

Part-time  students  will  be  expected  to  complete  the  required  courses 
outlined  by  each  department,  after  which  the  elective  courses  may  be 
undertaken.  The  study  load  for  such  students  is  limited  to  a  program  of 
two  courses  per  quarter  (one  course  in  the  summer)  unless  special 
permission  to  carry  a  heavier  load  is  given  by  the  director  of  the 
graduate  school. 

Grading  System 

The  performance  of  students  in  graduate  courses  will  be  recorded  by 
the  instructor  by  use  of  the  following  grades: 

A  Excellent 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  of  very  high  graduate  caliber. 

B  Satisfactory 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  has  been  at  a  satisfactory  level. 

C  Fair 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  not  at  the  level  expected  In  graduate  work. 

F  Failure 

This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  whose  performance  in  the 
course  is  unsatisfactory. 

In  addition,  the  following  letter  designations  are  used: 

I  Incomplete 
This  grade  is  given  to  those  students  who  fail  to  complete  the  work 
of  the  course. 


REGULATIONS  /  29 

S  Satisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

U  Unsatisfactory  without  quality  designation. 

These  grades  are  used  for  the  first  quarter  of  a  two-quarter  se- 
quence in  which  the  grade  for  the  second  quarter  applies  to  both 
the  first  and  second  quarters  of  the  sequence.  The  designations  S 
and  U  may  also  be  used  for  thesis  and  seminar  work. 

The  I  grade  will  be  changed  to  a  letter  grade  upon  removal  of  the 
deficiency  which  caused  the  grade  of  I  to  be  reported.  Deficiencies 
must  be  made  up  within  the  quarter  following  that  for  which  the  grade  of 
I  is  received  unless  an  extension  of  time  is  granted  by  the  instructor. 
However,  such  extension  of  time  may  not  exceed  two  additional  con- 
secutive calendar  quarters. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  make  up  a  final  examination  must  obtain 
permission  from  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  by  the  second  week 
of  the  quarter  succeeding  that  In  which  the  examination  was  missed. 
The  make-up  examination  must  be  taken  in  that  succeeding  quarter 
unless  circumstances  warrant  permission  of  the  director  to  defer  it  to 
one  of  the  next  two  quarters. 

Class  Hours  and  Credits 

All  credits  are  entered  as  quarter  hours.  A  quarter  hour  of  credit  is 
equivalent  to  three  fourths  of  a  semester  hour  credit.  All  classes  meet 
on  a  quarter  basis.  In  the  summer  session,  classes  meet  for  six-week 
periods.  The  academic  calendar  in  the  front  of  this  catalog  should  be 
consulted  for  the  opening  and  closing  dates  of  each  academic  quarter. 

Continuity  of  Program 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  continuous  progress  toward  the 
degree.  Any  student  who  has  not  attended  the  Graduate  School  of  Engi- 
neering for  a  period  of  one  year  must  apply  to  the  director  for  re- 
admission. 

Withdrawals 

In  order  to  withdraw  from  a  course,  a  student  must  fill  out  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban 
Campus  Office.  Withdrawals  may  be  made  through  the  ninth  class  meet- 
ing of  the  quarter.  Students  will  be  withdrawn  as  of  the  date  on  which 
they  fill  out  the  official  withdrawal  form.  Ceasing  to  attend  a  class  or 
notifying  the  instructor  does  not  constitute  an  official  withdrawal. 

Students  who  do  not  attend  the  first  two  sessions  will  be  dropped  from 
the  class  unless  they  notify  the  Registrar  of  their  intention  not  to  with- 
draw. Requests  for  withdrawal  from  a  course  after  the  ninth  class  meet- 


30  /   REGULATIONS 

ing  of  the  quarter  may  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  the  Graduate 
School,  and  may  be  approved  to  avert  unusual  hardships  on  a  student. 

Changes  in  Requirements 

The  continuing  development  of  the  graduate  school  forces  frequent 
revision  of  curricula.  In  every  new  bulletin  some  improvements  are  indi- 
cated. When  no  hardship  is  imposed  on  the  student  because  of  changes, 
and  when  the  facilities  of  the  school  permit,  the  student  is  expected  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  latest  bulletin.  If  the  student  finds  it  im- 
possible to  meet  these  requirements,  the  bulletin  for  the  year  in  which 
he  entered  becomes  the  binding  one. 

Filing  for  the  Degree 

Each  student  who  plans  to  graduate  either  in  June  or  September  must 
submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office  a  completed  commencement  data  card 
prior  to  the  deadline  listed  in  the  academic  calendar  for  that  commence- 
ment at  which  he  expects  to  receive  the  degree.  If  the  deadline  for 
filing  is  not  met  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  degree  will  be  awarded 
that  year.  The  commencement  data  card  is  supplied  with  the  registration 
materials  or  is  available  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 


THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

Admission 

Specific  requirements  for  each  degree  program  will  be  found  in  the 
appropriate  paragraphs  for  each  academic  department  in  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering. 

Academic  Classifications 

Those  students  who  have  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  an 
accredited  program  with  a  high  quality  of  previous  work  are  classified 
as  regular  students. 

Students  whose  records  do  not  qualify  them  for  enrollment  as  regular 
students  may  be  accepted' as  provisional  students  if  the  quality  of  their 
undergraduate  work  is  above  the  minimum  required  for  acceptance  to 
the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Provisional  students  must  obtain 
a  B  average  in  the  first  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  work  to  be  reclassified 
as  regular  students  and  allowed  to  continue  in  the  graduate  program. 

Those  students  who  are  not  pursuing  a  specific  degree  program  are 
classified  as  special  students.  No  more  than  12  quarter  hours  of  credit 
earned  as  a  special  student  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree. 


REGULATIONS  /  31 

Any  student  whose  record  is  not  satisfactory  may  be  dropped  from  the 
program  regardless  of  his  classification. 

Academic  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  master's  degree  must  satisfactorily  complete  an 
approved  program  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  cor- 
related work  of  graduate  caliber  and  such  other  study  as  may  be  re- 
quired by  the  department  in  which  he  is  registered. 

To  qualify  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  from  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering  each  student  must  have  an  average  grade  accumulative 
of  not  less  than  B  with  no  more  than  12  credits  below  a  B  in  all  courses 
undertaken  at  Northeastern  University.  The  Committee  on  Graduate 
Study  in  Engineering  allows  eight  quarter  hours  of  credit  to  be  taken  in 
addition  to  the  stated  degree  requirements  to  repeat  failed  required 
courses  or  to  substitute  for  elective  courses  to  obtain  the  required  B 
average  for  completion  of  degree  requirements.  The  number  of  I  grades 
that  a  student  may  accrue  will  be  limited. 

Within  the  above  limitations  for  extra  or  repeated  courses,  a  required 
course  for  which  a  grade  of  F  is  received  must  be  repeated  with  a  grade 
of  C  or  better,  and  may  be  repeated  only  once.  If  a  grade  of  F  is 
received  in  an  elective  course,  that  course  may  be  repeated  once  to 
obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  another  elective  course  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  it.  If  a  grade  of  C  is  received  in  a  required  course,  that 
course  may  be  repeated  once  to  obtain  a  grade  of  B  or  better. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

At  the  discretion  of  the  department,  a  final  written  or  oral  compre- 
hensive examination  may  be  required.  Such  examinations  will  be  given 
at  least  two  weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is 
expected. 

Thesis 

If  a  thesis  is  required  in  partial  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements,  it 
must  show  independent  work  based  in  part  upon  original  material,  and 
must  meet  the  approval  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

The  thesis  must  receive  a  grade  of  B  or  better  to  be  accepted.  In- 
structions for  the  preparation  of  the  thesis  may  be  obtained  from  the 
department. 

Language  Requirement 

An  examination  to  show  evidence  of  ability  in  one  or  more  foreign 
languages  may  be  required  in  some  graduate  programs.  This  knowledge 
is  established  by  an  examination  arranged  by  the  departmental  graduate 
committee.  This  examination  will  be  administered  at  least  twice  yearly. 


32  /   REGULATIONS 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  12  quarter  hours  of  credit  obtained  at  another  institu- 
tion may  be  accepted  toward  the  master's  degree  provided  that  the 
credits  transferred  are  in  the  candidate's  field,  consist  of  work  taken  at 
the  graduate  level  for  graduate  credit,  carry  grades  of  A  or  B,  have  been 
earned  at  a  recognized  college  or  university,  and  have  not  been  used 
toward  any  other  degree.  Students  should  petition  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering  in  writing  for  all  transfer  credits.  Grades  on  transfer 
credits  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  academic 
average  necessary  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Time  Limitations 

Course  credits  earned  in  the  program  of  graduate  study,  or  accepted 
by  transfer,  are  valid  for  a  maximum  of  seven  years  unless  an  extension 
is  granted  by  the  graduate  school  committee. 

Fellowships 

The  departments  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  have  two 
types  of  fellowships  available.  Some  departments  have  teaching  assist- 
antships  and  research  fellowships  for  students  enrolled  in  work  leading 
to  the  master's  degree.  The  departments  which  give  doctoral  degrees 
also  have  research  fellowships  for  such  students. 

Assistantships 

Some  departments  have  teaching  assistantships,  on  the  Cooperative 
Plan,  in  which  students  alternate  full-time  academic  work  with  full-time 
work  in  the  department.  Some  departments  also  have  available  research 
fellowships.  Applications  for  traineeships  must  be  filed  by  March  15, 
with  two  letters  of  recommendation  and  a  transcript  of  all  prior  college 
work.  All  students  must  have  their  course  program  approved  by  the 
chairman  of  the  respective  department  before  the  student  registers. 

Cooperative  Programs 

All  the  graduate  departments  offer  full-time  programs  on  the  Coopera- 
tive Plan.  This  plan  requires  two  academic  years  and  a  summer.  During 
this  time,  each  student  has  three  twelve-week  quarters  of  academic 
work  and  four  twelve-week  quarters  of  professional  employment.  The 
staff  of  the  Department  of  Guidance  and  Placement  of  the  Division  of 
Cooperative  Education  will  arrange  for  employment  of  cooperative 
graduate  students.  Applicants  for  this  program  must  file  two  letters  of 
recommendation  and  a  copy  of  all  prior  college  work  as  soon  after 
January  15  as  possible.  The  admissions  committee  will  notify  applicants 
as  soon  as  their  material  is  complete. 

Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree  program  under  the 


REGULATIONS  /  33 

Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory  performance,  each 
cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  their  degree. 

In  some  departments,  all  of  the  students  start  their  academic  work  in 
the  fall  quarter  and  are  classed  as  Division  A  students.  Some  depart- 
ments have  one  group  of  students  starting  their  academic  work  in  the 
fall  quarter  and  one  group  of  students  starting  their  academic  work  in 
the  winter  quarter.  In  this  case,  the  first  group  of  students  is  classed  as 
Division  A  and  the  second  group  of  students  is  classed  as  Division  B. 
The  relationship  of  the  first  academic  quarter  for  students  in  the  respec- 
tive divisions  and  the  Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring  academic  quarters  is 
explained  in  the  following  chart: 

DIVISION  A 


Academic  Year 

First  Academic 
Quarter 

Second  Academic 
Quarter 

First 

Fall  Quarter 

Spring  Quarter 

Second 

Winter  Quarter 

DIVISION  B 

Academic  Year 

First  Academic 
Quarter 

Second  Academic 
Quarter 

First 

Winter  Quarter 

Second 

Fall  Quarter 

Spring  Quarter 

Normally,  the  Cooperative  Plan  operates  as  shown  above.  Economic 
conditions,  the  military  draft,  and  other  factors  may  cause  a  departure 
from  the  normal  plan.  Interested  applicants  may  obtain,  when  they  apply 
for  admission,  information  from  the  department  about  any  modification 
of  the  academic  year. 

Full-Time  Program 

All  the  departments  offer  a  continuous  full-time  program  in  which  the 
requirements  for  the  master's  degree  can  be  completed  in  one  aca- 
demic year. 


Part-Time  Program 

Most  of  the  departments  offer  part-time  programs  in  which  the  ad- 
mission requirements  are  the  same  as  for  full-time  programs.  However, 
the  program  is  established  in  such  a  way  that  students  may  progress 
according  to  their  abilities  and  the  time  available.  The  curricula  of  the 
part-time   programs   are   specified   by  the   departments.   All   part-time 


34  /   REGULATIONS 

Students  must  register  in  those  areas  which  are  posted  outside  of  the 
Registrar's  Office  or  at  the  Suburban  Campus  at  the  times  designated 
by  the  academic  calendar.  An  official  transcript  of  prior  college  work 
must  be  submitted  with  the  mail  application  prior  to  August  15  or  at  the 
personal  interview  for  those  who  apply  after  August  1 5. 

Honorary  Societies 

Northeastern  University  has  chapters  of  Tau  Beta  Pi,  Sigma  Xi, 
and  Phi  Kappa  Phi.  Graduate  students  are  eligible  for  consideration 
for  election  to  these  societies  in  accordance  with  the  admission  require- 
ments of  each  organization. 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  research  ability  in  their  major  field. 
The  degree  requirements  are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of 
each  degree  program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate 
committees  or  the  committee  of  the  graduate  school,  depending  upon 
the  nature  of  the  program.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of 
the  committee  to  certify  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 
the  completion  of  each  requirement  for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University.  Initial 
contact  should  be  with  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

Students  taking  advanced  graduate  work  are  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Doctoral  Student 

Students  in  this  classification  have  been  admitted  to  a  doc- 
toral program. 

2.  Doctoral  Degree  Candidate 

Students  in  this  classification  are  doctoral  students  who  have 
completed  40  quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  and  have  passed  the  qualifying  examina- 
tion. 

3.  Special  Students 

This  classification  is  given  to  students  taking  advanced  grad- 
uate work  who  are  not  enrolled  for  a  master's  degree,  and  who 
have  not  been  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  must  spend  the 


REGULATIONS  /  35 

equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University 
taking  graduate  work.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies 
the  method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  within  time  limits  set  by 
the  committee  of  the  degree  program.  The  material  covered  in  the 
qualifying  examination  and  the  level  of  course  work  necessary  to 
prepare  for  the  examination  are  established  by  the  committee  for  each 
program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during 
the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate.  The  purpose  of  this 
examination  is  to  test  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  student  in  a 
particular  area  and  his  knowledge  of  recent  research  developments 
in  his  field. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  constitute 
the  work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  require- 
ments beyond  this  are  the  doctoral  course  requirements  and  the  amount 
of  such  work  necessary  in  each  doctoral  program  is  specified  by  the 
committee  in  charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  doctoral  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which  embodies 
the  results  of  extended  research  and  makes  an  original  contribution  to 
the  field.  This  work  should  give  evidence  of  the  candidate's  ability  to 
carry  out  independent  investigation  and  interpret  in  a  logical  manner 
the  results  of  the  research.  The  method  of  approval  of  the  dissertation 
is  established  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program.  The 
original  bound  copy  of  the  dissertation  must  be  deposited  in  the  library. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  and  how  it  is  satisfied  is  established 
by  the  committee  in  charge  of  each  degree  program. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other 
requirements  for  the  degree.  This  examination  must  be  held  at  least 
two  weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be 
awarded. 


36  /   REGULATIONS 

The  committee  for  the  final  oral  examination  for  the  doctoral  degree 
is  appointed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program,  and 
the  director  of  the  graduate  school  is  notified  of  the  time  of  the 
examination. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 
Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining 
committee. 

Transfer  Credit 

If  transfer  credit  for  doctoral  course  work  is  desired,  approval  for 
such  transfer  credit  must  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the 
degree  program. 

Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
will  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  If  a  stu- 
dent wishes  to  obtain  a  time  extension,  he  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
committee  of  his  degree  program,  petition  the  Committee  on  Doctoral 
Degree  Programs  of  the  University  Graduate  Council  for  such  extension. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved 
by  their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 
Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter  in  which 
they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 


THE  DOCTOR  OF  ENGINEERING  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  give 
evidence  of  high  attainment  and  ability  In  their  major  field.  The  degree 
requirements  are  administered  by  committees  in  charge  of  each  degree 
program.  These  committees  may  be  departmental  graduate  committees 
or  the  committee  of  the  graduate  school  depending  upon  the  nature  of 
the  program.  It  Is  the  responsibility  of  the  chairman  of  the  committee  to 
certify  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  the  completion  of  each 
requirement  for  each  candidate. 

Admission 

Each  degree  program  has  an  established  admission  procedure  for 
students  starting  their  doctoral  work  at  Northeastern  University.  Initial 
contact  should  be  with  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 


REGULATIONS  /   37 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

Students  taking  advanced  graduate  work  are  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Doctoral  Student 

Students  in  this  classification  have  been  admitted  to  the 
doctoral  program. 

2.  Doctoral  Degree  Candidate 

Students  in  this  classification  are  doctoral  students  who  have 
completed  40  quarter  hours  of  acceptable  graduate  work  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  and  have  passed  the  qualifying  exam- 
ination. 

3.  Special  Students 

This  classification  is  given  to  students  taking  advanced  grad- 
uate work  who  are  not  enrolled  for  a  master's  degree,  and  who 
have  not  been  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  must  spend  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  academic  year  in  residence  at  the  University 
taking  graduate  work.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies 
the  method  by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  Examination 

Students  must  pass  a  qualifying  examination  within  time  limits  set 
by  the  committee  of  the  degree  program.  The  material  covered  in  the 
qualifying  examination  and  the  level  of  course  work  necessary  to  pre- 
pare for  the  examination  are  established  by  the  committee  for  each 
program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Degree  programs  may  require  a  comprehensive  examination  during 
the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  degree  candidate.  The  purpose  of  this 
examination  is  to  test  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  student  in  a  par- 
ticular area  and  his  knowledge  of  recent  research  developments  in  this 
field. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  of  40  quarter  hours  constitute  the 
work  normally  required  for  a  master's  degree.  The  course  requirements 
beyond  this  are  doctoral  course  requirements,  and  the  amount  of  such 
work  necessary  in  each  doctoral  program  is  specified  by  the  committee 
in  charge  of  the  doctoral  program. 

Dissertation 

The  dissertation  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  is  fundamentally 
different  from  that  of  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  In  general,  the 


38  /   REGULATIONS 

latter  focuses  on  contributions  to  new  knowledge  in  the  engineering 
sciences  and  is  expected  to  demonstrate  the  student's  competence  as  a 
researcher.  The  dissertation  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  fo- 
cuses on  creative  engineering  design  and  in-depth  engineering  studies. 
It  may,  and  usually  will,  contain  elements  that  involve  research,  but 
above  all,  it  must  demonstrate  the  student's  ability  to  work  creatively  on 
engineering  analysis  and  design  problems  such  as  those  encountered 
in  professional  practice. 

Language  Requirement 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement,  but,  in  lieu  of  such  a 
requirement,  the  student  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  computer  soft- 
ware techniques  and  an  acceptable  machine  language. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  taken  after  completion  of  all  other 
requirements  for  the  degree.  This  examination  must  be  held  at  least  two 
weeks  before  the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  committee  for  the  final  oral  examination  for  the  doctoral  degree 
is  appointed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program,  and 
the  director  of  the  graduate  school  is  notified  of  the  time  of  the  exam- 
ination. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  be  on  the  subject  matter  of  the  doctoral 
dissertation  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 
Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining  com- 
mittee. 

Transfer  Credit 

If  transfer  credit  for  doctoral  course  work  is  desired,  approval  for 
such  transfer  credit  must  be  given  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the 
degree  program. 

Time  Limitation 

After  the  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  a  maximum  of  five  years 
wiU  be  allowed  for  the  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  If  a 
student  wishes  to  obtain  a  time  extension,  he  may,  with  the  approval  of 
the  committee  of  his  degree  program,  petition  the  Committee  on 
Doctoral  Degree  Programs  or  the  University  Graduate  Council  for  such 
extension. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved 
by  their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  doctoral  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless 
withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  pro- 


REGULATIONS  /  39 

gram.  Students  must  be  registered  for  dissertation  during  the  quarter 
in  which  they  take  the  final  oral  examination. 

Professional  Experience 

The  student  is  required  to  present  evidence  of  at  least  one  calendar 
year  of  experience  in  engineering  practice  at  a  suitable  professional 
level.  This  experience  must  have  been  acquired  after  completion  of  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  a  branch  of  engineering.  The  committee  in  charge 
of  each  degree  program  specifies  the  details  of  the  professional  experi- 
ence requirement. 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  PROGRAMS 

Some  graduate  students  may  wish  to  pursue  doctoral  programs  which 
involve  substantial  work  in  two  or  more  departments.  To  meet  this  need, 
an  interdisciplinary  program  may  be  established  which  corresponds 
in  scope  and  depth  to  doctoral  standards,  but  does  not  agree  exactly 
with  the  individual  departmental  regulations.  For  such  possibilities,  the 
following  plan  is  in  operation: 

Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  consists 
of  the  submission  of  a  carefully  thought-out  written  proposal  describing 
the  areas  of  proposed  study  and  research.  The  proposal  may  be  a  part 
of  the  initial  application  for  admission  to  graduate  study  at  Northeastern 
University,  or  it  may  be  submitted  by  a  student  already  enrolled.  It  may 
be  directed  to  a  doctoral  degree-granting  department  or  to  the  director 
of  the  graduate  school,  who  directs  it  to  the  appropriate  department.  In 
either  case,  admission  to  interdisciplinary  doctoral  study  requires  favor- 
able recommendation  by  the  sponsoring  doctoral  degree-granting  de- 
partment and  approval  by  authorized  representatives  of  the  graduate 
study  committees  of  the  departments  appropriate  to  the  disciplines 
covered  by  the  applicant's  proposal.  The  sponsoring  department  be- 
comes the  registration  base  of  the  student. 

Formation  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  for  interdisciplinary  study  must 
obtain  the  consent  of  an  adviser  who  will  direct  his  doctoral  thesis.  This 
adviser,  who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  registration  depart- 
ment, will  be  chairman  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  for  this  student. 
A  second  member  will  be  appointed  from  the  registration  department  by 
its  chairman.  These  two  members  will  obtain  one  or  more  additional 


40  /   REGULATIONS 

members  or  request  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  to  do  so.  At 
least  two  departments  must  be  represented  on  the  committee  and  a 
majority  of  the  committee  must  come  from  doctoral  degree-granting 
departments.  The  chairman  of  the  registration  department  will  notify 
the  director  of  the  graduate  school  of  the  membership  of  the  commit- 
tee as  soon  as  arrangements  are  complete. 

Duties  of  Interdisciplinary  Committee 

A  member  of  the  interdisciplinary  committee  who  is  also  a  member 
of  the  registration  department  will  serve  as  the  registration  officer  to 
approve  the  course  registration  for  the  student.  A  copy  of  the  approved 
course  registration  must  also  be  filed  with  the  other  committee  members 
and  with  the  graduate  study  committee  of  the  registration  department. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  will  be  responsible  for  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  qualifying  examination,  language  examination,  approval  of 
the  dissertation,  and  comprehensive  examination.  This  committee  must 
also  certify  to  the  registration  department  the  completion  of  the  require- 
ments for  the  award  of  the  doctoral  degree. 

The  interdisciplinary  committee  must  assure  that  the  program  of  the 
student  represents  standards  comparable  to  those  of  the  registration 
department  and  that  the  program  is  not  so  broad  that  it  has  inadequate 
depth  in  any  area. 

The  program  of  the  student  may  be  reviewed  at  any  time  by  the 
director  of  the  graduate  school  to  determine  whether  objectives  of  the 
program  are  being  met. 


THE  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

The  degree  of  Engineer  is  intended  for  those  who  do  not  wish  to 
make  a  commitment  to  post-master's  degree  graduate  study  that  is  as 
extensive  as  that  required  for  one  of  the  doctor's  degrees.  It  is  an 
intermediate  degree,  between  master's  and  doctor's  degrees.  A  student 
who  has  completed  the  Engineer  degree  is  eligible  to  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  a  doctor's  degree  program. 

Admission 

Each  departmental  Engineer  degree  program  has  its  own  admission 
procedure  for  students  beginning  the  program.  Normally  a  master's 
degree  in  engineering  or  related  field  is  required.  Initial  contact  should 
be  with  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department. 


REGULATIONS  /  41 

Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Engineer  degree  program  will  be  designated 
as  a  candidate  for  this  degree. 

Residence  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  Engineer  degree  must  spend  the  equivalent  of  at 
least  two  academic  quarters  in  residence  at  the  University  taking  grad- 
uate work.  The  committee  of  each  degree  program  specifies  the  method 
by  which  the  residence  requirement  is  satisfied. 

Qualifying  and  Comprehensive  Examinations 

The  committee  for  each  Engineer  degree  program  specifies  its  own 
examinations.  Normally,  no  qualifying  examination  is  required  for  candi- 
dacy and  no  comprehensive  examination  is  required  for  completion,  but 
individual  departments  offering  the  degree  may  require  such  exam- 
inations. 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirement  will  be  40  quarter  hours  beyond 
the  master's  degree,  with  no  more  than  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  out 
of  the  40  allowed  for  work  on  the  dissertation.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter 
hours  must  be  taken  in  the  department  in  which  the  degree  is  offered. 
Specific  course  requirements  for  each  Engineer  degree  program  are 
determined  by  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of  the  program. 

Dissertation 

Each  Engineer  degree  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which 
demonstrates  a  high  level  of  competence  in  engineering  research, 
development,  or  design.  As  a  general  guideline,  the  amount  of  effort 
normally  expected  will  be  the  equivalent  of  about  10  quarter  hours  of 
graduate  course  work. 

Language  Requirement 

No  foreign  language  is  required  for  the  Engineer  degree. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  may  be  required  by  the  departmental  com- 
mittee in  charge  of  the  Engineer  degree  program.  The  examination  will 
normally  consist  of  a  defense  of  the  dissertation. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

Approval  for  transfer  of  credit  must  be  given  by  the  departmental 
committee  in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 


42   /   REGULATIONS 


Time  Limitation 


After  admission  to  the  program,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be 
allowed  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  Extension  of  this 
time  limit  may  be  granted  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  com- 
mittee in  charge  of  the  degree  program. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  approved 
by  their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After  the  first 
registration  for  this  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  unless  with- 
drawal is  allowed  by  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of  the 
degree  program. 


financial  information 


FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 

Tuition 

Tuition  rates  and  fees  are  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
at  any  time.  However,  any  change  in  tuition  and  fees  will  become 
effective  at  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  which  follows  the  one  in 
which  the  change  was  announced. 

Tuition  for  full-time  doctoral  degree  candidates  is  $600  per  quarter 
of  registration.  For  doctoral  candidates  registered  for  work  performed 
off  campus  on  the  Ph.D.  dissertation,  the  charge  per  quarter  is  $200. 
For  doctoral  degree  candidates  who  are  no  longer  actively  utilizing  the 
resources  of  the  university  there  is  a  continuation  charge  of  $50  per 
quarter  with  the  exception  of  the  summer  quarter. 

Tuition  for  all  other  students  is  $52.00  per  quarter  hour  of  credit. 

Tuition  statements  are  mailed  to  students  by  the  Bursar's  Office  and 
are  payable  by  cash  or  check  to  Northeastern  University  on  or  before 
the  date  specified. 

Fees 

An  application  fee  of  $15  is  charged  all  students  when  they  apply  for 
the  first  time  to  the  graduate  school  at  Northeastern  University. 

Other  fees  include  a  charge  of  $10  for  late  payment  of  tuition  and  a 
commencement  fee  of  $25  for  all  degree  candidates,  payable  before 
commencement. 

For  full-time  students  there  is  a  charge  of  $12.50  per  quarter  for  the 
services  available  in  the  Student  Center.  The  fee  for  teaching  assistants 
and  research  fellows  is  $6.25  each  quarter.  All  part-time  students  on 
the  Huntington  Avenue  Campus  are  charged  $.75  a  quarter. 

All  full-time  students  pay  a  non-refundable  University  Health  Service 
fee  of  $75  each  year.  This  fee  will  provide  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield 
coverage  and  entitle  the  students  to  the  medical  care  furnished  by  the 
University  Health  Services. 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  discharged  by 
graduation. 

43 


44  /   FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


Refunds 


Tuition  refunds  will  be  granted  only  on  the  basis  of  the  date  appearing 
on  the  official  withdrawal  form  filed  by  the  student.  Nonattendance  does 
not  constitute  official  withdrawal.  Questions  regarding  refunds  should 
be  discussed  with  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  granted  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Amount  of  Refund: 

Official  Withdrawal  Filed  Within:  Percentage  of  Tuition 
First  week  of  quarter  100 

Second  week  of  quarter  75 

Third  week  of  quarter  50 

Fourth  week  of  quarter  25 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Northeastern  University  has  available  the  following  types  of  assistant- 
ships  and  fellowships  for  support  of  graduate  students.  Those  inter- 
ested in  financial  aid  must  apply  through  the  chairman  of  the  major 
department.  The  chairmen  or  representatives  of  the  Department  are 
listed  in  the  catalog  under  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Study  in  Engi- 
neering. 

Teaching  Assistantships 

Teaching  assistantships  allowing  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend 
are  available  in  all  departments.  Holders  of  such  awards  devote  half 
time  to  academic  assistance  directly  related  to  the  teaching  function 
and  the  balance  to  course  work. 

Graduate  Administrative  Assistantships 

Some  University  departments  offer  the  graduate  student  an  opportu- 
nity for  remission  of  tuition  and  a  stipend  in  return  for  half  time  spent 
in  assisting  with  non-teaching,  administrative  duties. 

Tuition  Assistantships 

IVlany  departments  provide  remission  of  tuition  for  students  who 
share  in  the  administrative  work  of  the  department.  These  awards  are 
normally  given  to  full-time  students  in  the  first  year  of  graduate  work. 

Research  Fellowships 

A  number  of  departments  offer  research  fellowships  including  N.I.H., 
N.S.F.,  and  N.D.E.A.  carrying  a  stipend  and  remitting  tuition.  Certain 
of  these  grants  require  half-time  work  on  research  in  the  department, 
with  the  remaining  time  devoted  to  course  work.  Others  provide  for 
full-time  work  on  research  used  for  thesis  or  dissertation. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION   /  45 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Scholarships 

These  scholarships  provide  for  remission  of  tuition  and  all  fees  and 
are  awarded  to  qualified  full-  and  part-time  black  students  on  the  basis 
of  financial  need. 

Doctoral  Research  Fellowships 

In  the  departments  which  give  work  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
research  fellowships  available  for  students  who  have  established  candi- 
dacy for  the  Ph.D.  degree  carry  a  higher  stipend  than  fellowships  at 
the  master's  level. 

Appointments 

Appointments  to  fellowships  and  assistantships  are  ordinarily  an- 
nounced no  later  than  April  15  for  the  following  academic  year  or 
summer.  Appointments  are  for  a  maximum  of  one  year  and  are  not 
automatically  renewed.  Students  who  hold  assistantships  and  research 
fellowships  are  expected  to  devote  full  time  to  their  studies  and  the 
duties  of  the  grant.  They  may  not  accept  outside  employment  without 
the  consent  of  their  faculty  advisers  and  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school. 

Dormitory  Proctorships 

A  number  of  proctorships  in  dormitories  on  or  near  the  Huntington 
Avenue  campus  are  available  each  year.  Appointments  carry  a  minimum 
compensation  of  room  and  board.  Further  information  and  application 
forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  University  Housing. 

National  Defense  Student  Loans 

National  Defense  Student  Loans  are  granted  from  funds  made  avail- 
able jointly  through  the  United  States  Congress  and  through  the 
University. 

Applicants  must  be  United  States  citizens  or  permanent  residents  of 
this  country.  Applications  for  such  loans  are  made  on  a  year-to-year 
basis,  and  the  amount  of  each  loan  will  be  based  on  the  University's 
estimate  of  financial  need  and  the  funds  available  for  distribution  at  the 
time.  No  interest  is  charged  on  these  loans  until  one  year  after  gradua- 
tion, at  which  time  a  three  percent  interest  rate  is  applied.  The  loan  is  to 
be  repaid  in  equal  installments  over  a  ten-year  period  after  graduation, 
but  may  be  repaid  at  an  earlier  date.  A  student  may  cancel  a  portion  of 
the  loan  for  full-time  employment  as  a  teacher  in  a  public  or  private  and 
non-profit  elementary  and  secondary  school  and  institutions  of  higher 
learning. 


46   /    FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Additional  information  and  application  forms  are  available  from  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid.  The  application  deadline  is  September  1  for 
full-time  students.  For  other  students  the  deadline  is  six  weeks  prior  to 
the  start  of  the  quarter  for  which  aid  is  requested. 

Guaranteed  Loan  Program 

Under  this  program  a  student  enrolled  for  at  least  one-half  the  normal 
academic  work  load  may  borrow,  from  a  bank  or  other  financial  institu- 
tion participating  in  the  program,  up  to  $1,500  per  year  to  a  maximum 
of  $7,500. 

Applications  are  available  from  local  banks  or  the  Education  Office 
of  your  State  government. 

Additional  information  and  necessary  application  forms  for  Massa- 
chusetts residents  are  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 


faculty 


Charles  T.  Ajamian,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Edward  E.  Altshuler,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ralph  E.  Bach,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Robert  E.  Bayliss,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Theodore  Bially,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Frederic  C.  Blanc,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Ralph  S.  Blanchard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

H.  Frederick  Bowman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Nuc.E.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mectianical 

Engineering 
Lyie  E.  Branagan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Bruno  Brodfeld,  B.S.C.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Benjamin  M.  Brosgol,  B.A.,  S.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Allan  S.  Bufferd,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ralph  A.  Buonopane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Leroy  M.  Cahoon,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Marcello  J.  Carrabes,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Jonathan  D.  Casher,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Sze-Hou  Chang,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Chang-Chi  Chao,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Stanley  K.  Chao,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

William  H.  Chu,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
John  W.  Cippola,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
John  J.  Clark,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Brian  J.  Clifton,  B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  J.  Cochrane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Basil  L.  Cochrun,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Denis  M.  Coffey,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Bell  A.  Cogbill,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Donald  S.  Cunningham,  S.B.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Cameron  H.  Daley.  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Foster  J.  DeGiacomo,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Joseph  K.  DeRosa,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
James  G.  Dolan,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ladislav  Dolansky,  Ing.,  M.S.,  E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
William  R.  Domey,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Peter  J.  Downey,  B.A.,  M.A.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  M.  Duff,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  F.  Dunn,  Jr ,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Thomas  E.  Dunn,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Louis  I.  Egelson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Kurt  Eisemann,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
James  M.  Feldman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  Fillos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Sepp  Firnkas,  Dipl.  Ing.,  C.E.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Austin  W.  Fisher,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Engineering  Management 
Arthur  R.  Foster,  B.S.,  M.E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Thomas  F.  Foy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  R.  Freeman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

47 


48   /   FACULTY 

Maurice  Gertel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Walter  A.  Getchell,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  P.  Goldberg,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Kenneth  I.  Golden,  B.S.,  S.M.,  M.E.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

David  S.  Goldman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  A.  Gonsalves,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Bernard  M.  Goodwin,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Ctiemical  Engineering 

Paul  F.  Gorman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Arvin  Grabel,  B.E.E.,  M.E.E.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Robert  S.  Green,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Stuart  G.  Greenberg,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Gonstantine  J.  Gregory,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Environmental  Science 

Paul  T.  Greiling,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Jerrold  M.  Grochow,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Herbert  L.  Groginsky,  B.E.E.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Richard  E.  Grojean,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

David  R.  Hall,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

William  P.  Hansen,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Research  Associate  in  Bio-Medical  Engineering 

John  A.  Hanson,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

William  E.  Harper,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Donald  J.  Harrahy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Barbara  E.  Hawkes,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Research  Associate  in  Civil  Engineering 

Robert  S.  Hilbert,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Mitchell  O.  Hoenig,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Stewart  V.  Hoover,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Dennis  R.  Horn,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Richard  E.  Howard,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Howard  J.  Huemmler,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Thomas  E.  Hulbert,  B.M.E.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Walter  E.  Jaworski,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Paul  M.  Kalaghan,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Gideon  Kantor,  B.E.E.,  M.E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

David  L.  Katz,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Wayne  G.  Kellner,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Dennis  Kelsall,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

McKeen  Kessel,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Rajinder  K.  Khetarpal,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Ira  Kohlberg,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Kenneth  H.  Konkle,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  D.  R.  Kramer,  Jr.,  B.S.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Uve  Lammers,  Dip.  Ing.,  Doctor  Ing.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Jack  Larsen,  AB.,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  LL.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Don  A.  Lautman,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Kenneth  M.  Leet,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Joseph  H.  Lenney,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Edward  M.  Lenoe,  A.B.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.E.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Edward  F.  Levell,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Walter  H.  Lob,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Morton  Loewenthal,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Robert  F.  London,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Bertram  S.  Long,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

John  D.  Macey,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Frank  J.  Mahoney,  III,  B.E.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  N.  Martin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Stuart  L.  Mathison,  B.Eng.  Phy.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Francis  D.  McCarthy,  B.E.,  M.E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

John  D.  McLellan,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

David  R.  McMillan,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

William  H.  McNeill,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  Jn  Engineering 

Demosthenes  Menegakis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Robert  L.  Meserve,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civit  Engineering 

Victor  S.  Miller,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 


FACULTY  /  49 

Ernest  E.  Mills,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mectianical  Engineering 

Henry  T.  MInden,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Harold  K.  Mintz,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

James  M.  Moore,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
James  D.  Murphy,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Richard  J.  Murphy,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  /Mechanical  Engineering 
Saul  Namyet,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Thomas  L.  Neff,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Warren  G.  Nelson,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Ronald  G.  Newburgh,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  D.  Nickerson,  A.D.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Hiroshi  H.  Nishino,  B.S.,  E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  W.  Noones,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Welville  B.  Nowak,  S.B.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Robert  M.  O'Brien,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Paul  J.  Ossenbruggen,  B.C.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Bernard  Otterman,  B.M.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Alex  C.  Papaioannou,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Gerald  S.  Parker,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  E.  Parkin,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Kenneth  Paulin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
John  L.  Pearlman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Edward  T.  Peters,  B.A.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Thomas  E.  Phalen,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Walter  H.  Phoenix,  B.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

John  Proakis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Benjamin  M.  Rabinovici,  Ing.  Dipl.  E.E.,  M.S.,  D.Sc,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Harold  R.  Raemer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Charles  F.  Reeves,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Wilfred  J.  Remillard,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
George  O.  Reynolds,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Howard  H.  Reynolds,  A.B.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
J.  Spencer  Rochefort,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  W.  Rossettos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Walter  M.  Rowell,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Gerald  D.  Saks,  B.M.E.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Sheldon  S.  Sandler,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Martin  M.  Santa,  B.S.,  S.M.,  LL.B.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Richard  S.  Sapp,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Jayantilal  K.  Satia,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Gerhard  O.  Sauermann,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Martin  Schetzen,  B.E.E.,  S.M.,  Sc.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  K.  Schindler,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Walter  C.  Schwab,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
William  J.  Scott,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Richard  J.  Scranton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
John  A.  Seegar,  S.B.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Michael  S.  Shebanow,  Dipl.  Eng.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  A.  Shnidman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Thomas  J.  Skinner,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  T.  Slater,  B.I.E.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Sidney  L.  Smith,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Robert  M.  Snow,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Ernest  L.  Spencer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Stanley  L.  Spiegel,  B.S.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Research  Associate  in  Mathematics 
Chester  W.  Stanhope,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Richard  R.  Stewart,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Robert  D.  Stuart,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Raimundas  Sukys,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Research  Associate  in  Electrical  Engineering 


50   /    FACULTY 

Joseph  Teno,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Lloyd  G.  Thompson,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Kenneth  E.  Tiernan,  B.E.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Joseph  Tierney,  S.B.,  S.M.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Ralph  A.  Troupe,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and 

Chairman  of  the  Department 
Alexander  Vanderburgh,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Raoul  F.  van  Lighten,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
Thomas  Vasilos,  B.S.,  Sc.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Yash  P.  Verma,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Pran  N.  Wahi,  B.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 
David  M.  Waxman,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Lih-Jyh  Weng,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
John  A.  Williams,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Bernie  T.  Woodrow,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  Jn  Engineering 
Leslie  E.  Woods,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 

Alvin  J.  Yorra,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Joseph  J.  Zelinski,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
John  Zotos,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Met.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Joel  L.  Zuckerman,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering 


chemical  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  in  Chemical  Engineering,  applicants 
must  have  obtained  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Chemical  Engi- 
neering, with  an  acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate  work,  from  a 
recognized  college  or  university, 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program 
may  be  taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  where  students  enroll  for 
academic  work  in  the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in 
the  Winter  Quarter  of  the  second  year.  The  other  three  quarters  of  the 
two  academic  years  and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available 
for  professional  employment.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's 
degree  program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through 
satisfactory  performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order 
to  be  eligible  for  their  degree. 

The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normally  be 
taken  according  to  the  following  pattern: 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits  Second  Academic  Quarter       Credits 

4.802     Cherriical  Chemical 

Engineering                                                         Engineering 
Mathematics    4  Electives 8 

4.829     Chemical  Process  4.991     Thesis     5 

Control    4  7Z 

4.891      Kinetics  of 
Chemical 
Processes    4 

4.991     Thesis     2 

14 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

Chemical 
Engineering 

Electives 8 

4.991     Thesis     5 

13 


51 


52   /   CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Chemical  Engineering  Electives 

The  electives  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  foilov^/ing 
schedule: 

Winter  Quarter  Spring  Quarter 

4.803     Numerical  Techniques  in  4.801     Advanced  Chemical 

Engineering  Calculations 
Optimization  Techniques 
Advanced  Plant  Design 
Concepts 
Heat  Transfer 


Chemical  Engineering 

4.811 

Chemical  Engineering 

4.806 

Thermodynamics 

4.845 

4.823 

Transport  Phenomena 

4.840 

Advanced  Management 
Techniques  in  the 
Chemical  Industry 

4.973 

4.890 

Chemical  Reactor  Analysis 

4.974 

Fluid  Mechanics 

Additional  course  work  may  be  substituted  for  the  Master  of  Science 
thesis  upon  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department.  The  request  for 
this  substitution  must  be  made  at  the  time  of  acceptance  to  the  graduate 
school. 

Students  may  take  the  program  on  a  continuous  full-time  basis  to 
complete  the  degree  requirements  in  one  academic  year.  The  sequence 
of  courses  which  students  take  on  this  plan  is  established  by  the 
chairman  of  the  department. 

Electives 

With  the  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the  department,  substitutions 
may  be  made  for  some  of  the  prescribed  courses  by  other  courses  in 
the  department  or  in  other  departments  which  give  graduate  work. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedure  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  de- 
gree. For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Northeastern  University  should 
apply  in  writing  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Such  application  must 
be  made  by  April  first  of  the  year  in  which  they  expect  to  receive  the 
master's  degree.  The  departmental  graduate  committee  will  examine 
the  record  of  the  applicant  and  decide  whether  or  not  he  should  be 
allowed  to  take  the  qualifying  examination. 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  for  graduate  work  at  other  institutions  or 
who  have  completed  the  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  should 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING   /   53 

write  the  chairman  of  the  department  for  an  application  for  an  interview. 
This  form,  together  with  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  and  graduate 
work,  must  be  transmitted  to  the  chairman  of  the  departmental  graduate 
committee.  The  applicant  will  be  notified  of  an  interview  time  and,  after 
the  interview,  will  be  advised  if  he  should  make  formal  application  for 
admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Approved  applicants  must  submit 
an  application  for  admission  as  a  doctoral  candidate  and  two  letters  of 
recommendation  not  later  than  April  first.  The  applicant  will  be  notified 
of  the  acceptance  of  his  application  and  the  date  of  the  qualifying 
examination. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  grad- 
uate work  or  two  consecutive  years  of  part-time  graduate  work.  In  the 
latter  case,  a  detailed  time  schedule  must  be  approved  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  as  evidence  that  at  least  half  of  the  time  is 
being  devoted  to  the  requirements  of  the  graduate  school  program. 
In  general,  it  should  be  expected  that  at  least  two  years  of  full-time 
work  after  establishment  of  degree  candidacy  will  be  necessary. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  includes  both  written  and  oral  parts  and  is 
normally  given  in  the  spring  and  the  fall.  The  written  examination,  in 
general,  will  cover  the  following  areas: 

1.  General  Principles  in  Chemical  Engineering  Science 

2.  Thermodynamics  and  Stoichiometry 

3.  Mathematical  Procedures  and  Kinetics 

4.  Specialized  Technological  Topics  (to  be  announced) 

The  oral  examination  will  test  general  comprehension. 

A  student  may  take  any  or  all  of  the  written  examinations  in  each  area 
and  may  repeat  a  failed  examination,  only  once,  at  a  later  offering.  The 
taking  and  successful  completion  of  ail  examinations  may  not  extend 
over  a  period  greater  than  13  months.  Previously  administered  examina- 
tions will  be  available  to  formal  applicants. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  candidate  for  a  doctoral  degree 
he  may  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  comprehensive  exami- 


54  /   CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

nation  a  subject-matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the  award  of  the 
degree. 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements  in  addition  to  the  minimum  requirements 
for  establishing  degree  candidacy  will  be  determined  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  and  the  student  in  consultation  with  the 
committee. 

Transfer  credit  will  be  dealt  with  on  an  individual  basis  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Thesis 

An  individual  may  choose  his  thesis  topic  and  supervisor  as  soon  as 
he  becomes  a  doctoral  student.  In  most  cases  selection  of  topic  will  be 
made  immediately  after  the  student  has  established  his  candidacy  for 
the  Ph.D.  degree.  He  will  be  expected  to  discuss  with  the  staff  their 
Ph.D.  thesis  topics  offerings.  After  these  discussions,  the  student  shall 
notify  the  adviser,  the  department  head,  and  the  chairman  of  the  de- 
partmental graduate  committee  in  writing  of  his  choice  of  thesis  topic 
and  adviser.  The  chairman  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee 
after  consultation  with  the  thesis  adviser  shall  appoint  an  appropriate 
thesis  committee.  This  committee  shall  be  kept  informed  of  the  progress 
of  the  thesis  and  will  approve  the  thesis  in  its  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

The  foreign  language  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  a  reading 
knowledge  in  two  languages  selected  from  French,  German,  and  Russian. 
The  examinations  are  administered  by  the  department  and  consist  of 
translation  from  current  scientific  journals  or  textbooks. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  regulations 
of  the  graduate  school. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  ENGINEERING  DEGREE 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedure  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Doctor  of 
Engineering  degree.  For  further  information,  applicants  should  write 
to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  program  must  either  be 
candidates  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING   /   55 

or    have    completed    the    Master    of    Science    program    in    Chemical 
Engineering. 

Applicants  need  not  have  undertaken  a  master's  thesis. 

Applicants  for  the  Doctor  of  Engineering  degree  must  pass  the 
doctorate  qualifying  examination  given  to  applicants  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  in  this  department. 

Applicants  must  file  application  forms  with  the  departmental  grad- 
uate committee  along  with  official  transcripts  of  previous  college  work, 
and  two  letters  of  recommendation.  Applicants  will  not  be  considered 
until  all  documents  have  been  received.  Applicants  will  be  notified 
promptly  as  to  whether  or  not  they  have  been  accepted. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  only  by  full-time  residence  for 
one  academic  year.  This  requirement  must  be  fulfilled  after  successful 
completion  of  the  qualifying  examination  and  prior  to  the  end  of  the 
five-year  period  set  forth  in  the  general  regulations. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  includes  both  written  and  oral  parts  and 
is  normally  given  in  the  spring  and  the  fall.  The  written  examination,  in 
general,  will  cover  the  following  areas: 

1.  General  Principles  in  Chemical  Engineering  Science 

2.  Thermodynamics  and  Stoichiometry 

3.  Mathematical  Procedures  and  Kinetics 

4.  Specialized  Technological  Topics  (to  be  announced) 

The  oral  examination  will  test  general  comprehension, 

A  student  may  take  any  or  all  of  the  examinations  in  each  area  and 
may  repeat  a  failed  examination,  only  once,  at  a  later  offering.  The 
taking  and  successful  completion  of  all  examinations  may  not  extend 
over  a  period  greater  than  13  months.  Previously  administered  examina- 
tions will  be  available  to  formal  applicants. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

During  the  time  in  which  a  student  is  a  candidate  for  a  doctoral 
degree  he  may  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  compre- 
hensive examination  a  subject-matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the 
award  of  the  degree. 


56  /   CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Course  Requirements 

The  course  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  minimum  requirements 
for  establishing  degree  candidacy,  will  be  determined  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee  and  the  student  in  consultation  with  the 
committee. 

Transfer  credit  will  be  dealt  with  on  an  individual  basis  by  the  de- 
partmental graduate  committee  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

Engineering  Problem 

Engineering  Problem  advisers  will  be  appointed  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee.  Approval  of  the  topic  for  the  Problem  rests  with 
the  Problem  adviser  and  the  committee. 

The  Engineering  Problem  is  not  a  research  problem  but  rather  an 
engineering  problem  in  depth.  It  may  include  elements  of  design, 
economics,  business  management  principles,  and  process  development. 
In  general,  it  will  not  include  laboratory  investigations. 

Normally,  the  Engineering  Problem  will  be  solved  on  campus.  Under 
special  arrangements  approved  by  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee and  the  adviser,  a  portion  of  the  work  may  be  performed  off 
campus. 

Regardless  of  the  arrangements  made  for  the  Engineering  Problem, 
no  off-campus  adviser  will  be  approved.  Only  the  Problem  adviser  will 
specify  the  nature  and  requirements  of  the  Problem,  and  the  findings 
and  results  remain  the  property  of  the  adviser  and  the  University  to  be 
published  as  they  determine. 

Language  Requirement 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement  for  this  degree. 

Computer  Ability 

Ability  with  computer  programming  must  be  demonstrated  when 
required. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  general  graduate 
school  regulations. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  noted. 
Seminars  and  thesis  may  have  varying  credits  established  by  the  department 
at  the  time  of  registration. 

4.801     Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations 

The  study  of  complex  material  and  energy  balances  is  undertaken  with  the  view 
to  apply  these  to  actual  plant  conditions.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Chemical  Engineering,  including  Differential  Equations. 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING   /   57 

4.802  Chemical  Engineering  Mathematics 

Formulation  and  solution  of  problems  involving  advanced  calculus  as  they  arise 
in  chemical  engineering  situations.  Methods  covered  will  include  ordinary 
differential  equations,  series  solutions,  complex  variables,  Laplace  transforms, 
partial  differential  equations,  and  matrix  operations.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  methods  for  formulating  the  problems.  It  will  be  assumed  that  the  student 
has  been  exposed  to  some  of  these  topics  in  appropriate  mathematics  courses. 
Prep.  10.147  Mathematical  Analysis  or  equivalent.     Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

4.803  Numerical  Techniques  in  Chemical  Engineering 

Digital  computer  applications  to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Topics  covered 
include  location  of  roots  of  linear  and  non-linear  equations,  numerical  integra- 
tion, and  curve-fitting  techniques  with  emphasis  on  the  numerical  solution  of 
ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  and  to  the  subject  of  linear  algebra. 
Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.806     Optimization  Techniques 

Several  mathematical  optimization  techniques  are  developed  and  applied  to 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Emphasis  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  a 
single,  representative  technique  selected  from  among  many  within  its  class. 
Topics  include  single  variable  search  (Fibonocicci  Search),  multi-dimensional 
search  (Pattern  Search),  linear  systems  (Linear  Programming)  and  sequential 
operations  (Dynamic  Programming).  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

4.811     Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics 

Classical  thermodynamics  as  a  method  of  approach  to  the  analysis  of  processes 
of  interest  to  chemical  engineers.  A  study  of  chemical  and  phase  equilibria 
involving  the  various  states  of  matter;  prediction  and  correlation  of  physical, 
chemical,  and  transport  properties  of  gases  and  liquids;  elementary  concepts  of 
quantum  and  statistical  mechanics  to  interpret  the  empirical  properties  of  clas- 
sical thermodynamics.  Fundamental  principles  are  reviewed  to  the  extent 
needed.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.821     Corrosion  Fundamentals  (2  q.h.  credits) 

Economic  factors,  basic  theories,  types,  behaviors  of  specific  systems,  and  pro- 
tection against  corrosion  are  studied.  Wherever  possible,  engineering  applica- 
tions of  the  principles  are  emphasized.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

4.823     Transport  Phenomena 

A  consideration  of  the  relationships  of  mass,  momentum,  and  energy  transfer. 
Fundamental  equations  of  change  covering  the  transport  of  momentum,  heat,  and 
mass  are  developed  to  illustrate  the  essential  unity  of  the  transport  processes. 
Molecular,  microscopic,  and  macroscopic  systems  are  studied.  It  will  be  seen 
that  much  of  the  theory  behind  the  engineering  calculations  on  which  the  unit 
operations  of  chemical  engineering  are  based  can  be  organized  and  integrated 
in  terms  of  equations  of  change.  Prep.  Advanced  Mathematics  and  Unit  Oper- 
ations or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


58  /   CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

4.829     Chemical  Process  Control 

Review  of  classical  control  techniques;  state  variable  approach  to  control  of 
discrete  and  continuous  systems  wtih  applications  to  process  control.  Prep. 
4.138  or  Permission.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

4.832  Chemical  Data  Estimation  (2  q.h.  credits) 

Methods  of  obtaining  physical  and  thermodynamic  properties  of  chemical 
compounds  and  systems  without  resorting  to  laboratory  investigation.  Latest 
empirical  relationships  and  physical  and  thermodynamic  laws  are  introduced  to 
obtain  data  for  plant  design  and  other  chemical  and  engineering  uses.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

4.833  Research  Techniques  I 

The  essential  techniques  of  research  including  experimentation,  mathematical 
modeling,  data  reduction,  and  graphical  presentation  techniques.  For  students  in 
the  non-research  options  (M.S.  and  D.Eng.).  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
and  registration  in  non-thesis  W.S.  or  D.Eng.  program.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.834  Research  Techniques  II 

Continuation  of  4.833.     Prep.  4.833.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.840     Advanced  Management  Techniques  in  the  Chemical  Industry 

Management  techniques  applied  to  the  chemical  industry.  Special  attention  to 
management  of  research  organizations  and  to  management  of  engineering 
services,  such  as  design,  computer,  and  related  activities.  Prep.  Graduate 
standing.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.845     Advanced  Plant  Design  Concepts 

Modern  approaches  to  plant  design;  computer-oriented  design,  analysis  and 
simulation  of  chemical  processes,  use  of  strategy  decision  making  in  design, 
advanced  scheduling  and  planning  techniques.  Prep.  Undergraduate  plant 
design  course,  knowledge  of  digital  computer  programming. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

4.890  Chemical  Reactor  Analysis 

Effects  of  fluid  mixing,  temperature  and  reaction  rate  model  on  the  performance 
of  chemical  reactors.  Specific  topics  covered  are  macro-  and  micromixing  in 
homogeneous  media,  boundary  conditions  for  tubular  flow  reactors,  stability  of 
non-isothermal  reactors,  optimal  reactor  performance  and  radical  polymeriza- 
tion. Prep.  Thermodynamics,  undergraduate  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.891  Kinetics  of  Chemical  Processes 

Theoretical  foundations  are  developed  for  the  investigation  and  rationalization 
of  chemical  reaction  rates.  Rate  theories  regarding  elementary  steps;  sequen- 
tial reactions  using  the  steady-state  approximation;  correlations  of  homogeneous 
and  heterogeneous  catalysis;  matrix  methods  applied  to  the  analysis  of  reaction 
networks.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Thermodynamics.      Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

4.899     Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Engineering 

Topics  of  interest  to  the  staff  member  conducting  this  class  are  presented  for 
advanced  study.  A  student  may  not  take  more  than  one  Special  Topics  course 
with  any  one  instructor.     Prep.  Permission  of  department  staff. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING   /   59 

4.973  Heat  Transfer 

Discussion  of  the  mechanisms  of  heat  transfer.  Conduction  in  stationary 
systems.  Free  and  forced  convection  in  laminar  and  turbulent  flow.  Boiling  and 
condensation.  Heat  exchangers.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Heat  Transfer. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

4.974  Fluid  Mechanics 

Discussion  of  statics,  kinematics,  and  stress  concepts  associated  with  fluids. 
Formulation  of  the  general  equations  of  motion  with  application  to  laminar  and 
turbulent  flow.  Topics  on  boundary  layer  theory  and  compressible  flow  are 
included.     Prep.  Undergraduate  Fluid  Mechanics. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

4.990  Seminar 

Topics  of  an  advanced  nature  are  presented  by  staff,  outside  speakers,  and 
students  in  the  graduate  program.  This  course  must  be  attended  by  all  master's 
degree  candidates.  Prep.  Admission  to  graduate  program  in  Cliemicai  Engi- 
neering. Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
department.  For  master's  degree  requirement.  Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of 
Science  program  in  Cliemicai  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.995  Thesis  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
department.     Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

4.996  Thesis  (D.  Eng.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the  de- 
partment.    Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


civil  engineering 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Civil  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Civil  Engineering,  with  an  acceptable  quality  of 
undergraduate  work,  from  a  recognized  institution.  Applicants  with  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  a  recognized  institution  in  some  other 
engineering  field  or  related  science  and  an  appropriate  background  of 
preparation  may  pursue  this  program  and  qualify  for  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 

General 

The  master's  degree  requirements  can  be  completed  on  the  Coopera- 
tive Plan,  on  a  full-time  basis  or  part-time  in  the  evening.  Forty  quarter 
hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  A  master's  report  carrying  4  Q.H. 
of  credit,  or  a  thesis  of  8  Q.H.  credit  is  required*  in  all  fields  of  civil 
engineering  (environmental,  structural  and  transportation). 

A  meaningful  sequence  of  electives  must  be  chosen  which  meets  the 
approval  of  the  department.  Department  interviews  are  necessary  early 
in  the  program  for  all  students  in  order  that  an  approved  program  of 
electives  may  be  arranged  with  the  individual.  It  is  suggested  that  only 
required  courses  be  taken  in  the  first  quarter.  During  that  quarter  an 
interview  should  be  scheduled  within  the  department  for  preliminary 
planning  of  the  remainder  of  the  individual  program. 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

On  the  Cooperative  Plan  students  enroll  for  academic  work  in  the 
Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of 
the  second  year.  The  other  three  quarters  of  the  two  academic  years 
and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for  professional  em- 
ployment. Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree  program 
under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory  per- 
formance, each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible 
for  their  degree. 


*NOTE:  This  is  a  new  requirement  for  structural  majors  and  applies  to  students  entering 
this  program  in  the  Fall  of  1972. 

61 


62   /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Full-Time  Program 

Arrangements  may  be  made  to  complete  the  degree  requirements  in 
one  year  on  a  continuous  full-time  basis. 

Part-Time  Programs 

The  admission  requirements  for  these  programs  are  the  same  as  for 
the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their 
ability  to  combine  their  study  load  with  their  employment  load.  A  maxi- 
mum of  seven  years  is  allowed  to  complete  the  program. 

Substitutions 

With  the  approval  of  the  department,  substitutions  may  be  made  for 
some  of  the  prescribed  courses  by  other  courses  in  the  department  or 
in  other  departments  which  offer  graduate  work. 

STRUCTURAL  ENGINEERING 

The  Structural  Engineering  Program  emphasizes  basic  courses  in 
Structural  Analysis,  Design  of  Steel  and  Concrete  Structures,  and  Soil 
and  Rock  Mechanics.  Advanced  topics  in  Dynamics,  Stability,  Models 
and  Numerical  Methods  round  out  a  comprehensive  presentation  which 
may  be  supplemented  by  offerings  from  other  programs,  such  as 
mechanical  engineering  or  industrial  engineering. 

SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits  Second  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

1.847     Structural  Analysis  ...       4  1.856     Structural  Analysis  ...  4 

1.858     Concrete  Structures  ..      4  1.861     Design  of  Structures  I  2 

1.877     Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  .  .       4  1.878     Foundation  Eng 4 

1.882     Engineering  Geology    .       2  1.894     Numerical  Methods 

(Minimum)    14  '"  struct.  Mechanics  .  4 

1.897     Master's  Report   4 

or 

1.899     Thesis    8 

(Minimum)    14 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

1.855  Concrete  vStructures  III  2 
1.857  Structural  Dynamics  .  .  4 
1.864  Design  of  Structures  .  4 
1.873     Soils  Testing  Lab.   ...       2 

1.897     Master's  Report   4 

or 
1.899     Thesis    8 

(Minimum)  12 


PART-TIME  PROGRAM 
Required  Courses  Credits 

1.841  Structural  Analysis  I  .  .       2 

1.842  Structural  Analysis  II    .       2 

1.843  Structural  Analysis  III  .       2 
1.897     Master's  Report    4 

or 
1.899     Thesis    8 

(Minimum)  10 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  63 


Electives 

Students  in  the  Structural  Engineering  major  must  elect  24  quarter 
hours  from  civil  engineering  courses  within  the  structural  engineering 
field  (courses  in  the  840-899  series). 

Six  quarter  hours  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in  engineering  or 
science  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 

The  electives  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 


Fall  Quarter  Credits 

1.844     Structural   Analysis    IV  2 

1.853     Concrete  Structures  I  .  2 

1.859     Structural  Stability    ...  2 

1.861      Design  of  Structures  I  2 

1.871      Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  I  .  2 
1.874     Soil  Mechanics  and 

Foundation  Eng.  I  .  .  .  .  2 

1.882     Eng.  Geology  I    2 


Winter  Quarter  Credits 

1.850     Struc.  Dynamics  I   ....  2 

1.854     Concrete  Structures  II  2 

1.862     Design  of  Structures  II  2 

1.872  Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  II  2 
1.875     Soil  Mechanics  and 

Foundation  Eng.  II  .  .  .  2 

1.884  Rock  Mechanics  I  ....  2 
1.892     Numerical  Methods  in 

Struct.  Mechanics  I  . .  2 


Spring  Quarter  Credits 

1.849     Model  Analysis   2 

1.851      Struct.  Dynamics  II  ..  .  2 

1.855     Concrete  Structures  III  2 

1.863     Design  of  Structures  III  2 

1.873  Soils  Testing  Lab.  ...  2 
1.876     Soil  Mechanics  and 

Foundation  Eng.  Ill    .  .  2 

1.885  Rock  Mechanics  II  ...  2 
1.893     Numerical  Methods  in 

Struct.  Mechanics  II  .  .  2 


TRANSPORTATION  ENGINEERING 

Transportation  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  with  courses  offered 
by  the  Graduate  Schools  of  Engineering,  Business  Administration, 
Liberal  Arts,  and  Law.  A  student  may  tailor  a  program  of  study  for  a 
career  goal  in  transportation  engineering,  administration,  planning  or 
research.  A  maximum  of  22  percent  of  course  work  may  be  selected  in 
nontechnical  fields  in  or  related  to  transportation.  Students  who  com- 
plete this  program  successfully  will  receive  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  A  student  with  an  accredited  undergraduate  degree  in  Civil 
Engineering  will  be  awarded  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Civil  En- 
gineering if  at  least  58  percent  of  his  graduate  course  work  is  in  Civil 
Engineering  (1 .  —  courses). 

Each  student  is  required  to  prepare  a  program  of  study  which  must 
be  reviewed  and  approved  by  his  faculty  adviser.  A  typical  program  of 


64  /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

study  will  normally  consist  of  the  courses  shown  in  the  Specimen 
Program.  Typical  technical  and  nontechnical  course  lists  are  by  no 
means  complete;  they  are  presented  only  to  illustrate  the  variety  of 
courses  which  may  be  selected.  For  a  complete  listing  of  courses  and 
course  descriptions,  consult  the  appropriate  Northeastern  University 
Graduate  School  catalog  and  the  appropriate  sections  in  each  catalog. 

SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits  Second  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

1.800  Systems  Analysis    ...  4  1.802     Urban  Transportation 

1.801  Urban  Transportation  Analysis  11    2 

Analysis  I 2  1.805     Traffic  Flow  Theory    .  .  4 

48.801     Seminar  in  Transp.  Technical  Electives    ..  4 

Systems 3  Nontechnical  Elective  .  3 

Technical  Electives    .  4 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

1.837  Interdisciplinary  Urban 

Transp.  Seminar 2 

Technical  Electives    .  .  4 

Nontech.  Elective  ....  4 

1.838  Master's  Report    4 

or 

1.839  Thesis    8 

Total  (Minimum)    40 

PART-TIME  PROGRAM 

The  part-time  transportation  program  is  also  an  interdisciplinary 
program.  Students  in  the  part-time  program  are  subject  to  the  same  aca- 
demic requirements  as  full-time  students;  however,  part-time  students 
must  complete  the  courses  listed  below: 


Required  Courses 

Credits 

1.801 

Urban  Transp.  Anal.  1 

1      2 

1.802 

Urban  Transp.  Anal.  II 

2 

1.803 

Traffic  Flow  Theory  1 

1      2 

1.804 

Traffic  Flow  Theory  II 

2 

1.810 

Systems  Analysis  1    .  . 

2 

1.812 

Systems  Analysis  II  . 

2 

1.838 

Master's  Report 

(Transportation)    .  . . . 

or 
Thesis  (Transp.)    . . .  . 

4 

1.839 

8 

5.950 

Eng.  Statistics  1   .  .  .  . 

2 

48.801 

Seminar  in  Transp. 

Systems 

3 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  65 


Technical  Electives 

The  courses  listed  are  normally  available  in  the  academic  quarter 
indicated: 


Fall  Quarter  Credits 

1.293     Environmental  Eng.    ..  4 
1.835     Transp.  Materials 

and  Design   2 

1.877     Eng.  Props,  of  Soils  .  .  4 

5.808  Basic  Eng.  Economy    .  2 

5.809  Adv.  Eng.  Economy    .  .  2 
5.913     Data  Proc.  for  Engs.   ..  2 

5.950  Eng.  Statistics  I     2 

5.951  Eng.  Statistics  II    2 

5.953     Statistical  Decision 

Theory   2 


Winter  Quarter  Credits 

1.293  Environmental  Eng.    ..  4 

1.823  Pavement  Design    ....  2 

1.878  Foundation  Eng 4 

1.955  Air  Sampling  and  Anal.  2 

1.956  Air  Pollution  Eng 2 

5.808  Basic  Eng.  Economy  .  2 

5.809  Adv.  Eng.  Economy  .  .  2 

5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  its 
Application    2 

5.905  Anal,  with  Simulation  .  2 
5.913  Data  Proc.  for  Eng.  ..  2 

5.950  Eng.  Statistics  I   2 

5.951  Eng.  Statistics  II 2 


Spring  Quarter  Credits 

1.293  Environmental  Eng.    .  .  4 

1.830  Transp.  Geom.  Design  2 

5.808  Basic  Eng.  Economy  .  2 

5.809  Adv.  Eng.  Economy  . .  2 
5.913  Data  Proc.  for  Eng.  .  .  2 

5.950  Eng.  Statistics  I     2 

5.951  Eng.  Statistics  II      2 


Non-Technical  Electives 

(Consult  the  appropriate  Graduate  School  catalog  for  the  academic 
quarter  in  which  these  courses  are  offered.) 

21.880  Community  Analysis  .  3 
21.886     Seminar  in  Urban 

Social  Research 

Issues    3 

22.845  Problems  in  Municipal 
Administration    3 

22.846  Problems  in  Regional 
and  Urban  Dev 3 

39.9J5  Regional  Planning  .  .  3 
39.9M1    Economics  of  Urban 

Affairs    3 

39.9M3   Topics  in  Urban 

Economics    3 

39.9J8     Fiscal  Aspects  of 

Urban   Regional   Dev.  3 

Cities  and  Suburbs  . .  4 

Law  and  the  Env.    ...  3 


66  /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

ENVIRONMENTAL  ENGINEERING 

Includes  areas  of  specialization  such  as  water  quality  management, 
water  and  wastewater  engineering,  environmental  health,  air  pollution 
control  and  solid  waste  management.  A  day  program  on  the  Coopera- 
tive Plan  is  available. 

Part-time  students  and  full-time  students  not  on  traineeships  or  grants- 
in-aid  have  the  option  of  undertaking  either  a  Master's  Report  for  4  Q.H. 
credit  or  a  Master's  Thesis  for  8  Q.H.  credit.  (Students  on  traineeships 
or  with  grants-in-aid  may  be  required  to  complete  a  Master's  Thesis.) 

Suggested  programs  for  both  full-time  and  part-time  students  are 
given  below.  Other  programs,  tailored  to  meet  individual  requirements, 
may  be  developed  through  conferences  with  the  student's  adviser. 


SPECIMEN  DAY  PROGRAM 


First  Academic  Quarter 

1.914     Water  &  Wastewater 


Credits 


Treatment    

4 

1.923 

Environmental  Chem.  . 

4 

1.933 

Environmental  Anal.     . 

4 

Elective   

2 

14 


Credits 


Third  Academic  Quarter 

1 .91 2     Water  &  Wastewater 

Treatment  III    2 

Electives    6  or  2 

Master's  Report    4 

or 
Thesis    8 

(Minimum)    12 


Second  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

1.922     Env.  Bacteriology     ...      2 

1.994     Seminar 2 

Electives    10 

14 


PART-TIME  PROGRAM 


1.993 
1.991 


Requii 

red  Courses 

Credit! 

1.910 

Water  &  Wastewater 

Treatment  1 

2 

1.911 

Water  &  Wastewater 

Treatment  II    

2 

1.912 

Water  &  Wastewater 

Treatment  ill 

2 

1.920 

Env.  Chemistry  1    . . . . 

2 

1.921 

Env.  Chemistry  II  .  .  . . 

2 

1.922 

Env.  Bacteriology  .  . . . 

2 

1.930 

Env.  Analysis  1  

2 

1.931 

Env.  Analysis  II   

2 

1.993 

Master's  Report   

or 

4 

1.991 

Thesis    

8 

20  or  24 


Electives 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  worl<  are  required  for  the  degree, 
including  certain  approved  electives  which  are  available  from  other 
departments.  A  minimum  of  14  quarter  hours  of  elective  courses  must 
be  obtained  from  environmental  engineering  courses  offered  by  the 
Civil  Engineering  Department.  (900  series) 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING   /   67 


The  14  Q.H.  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  following 
schedule.  Approved  additional  electives  may  be  available  from  the 
graduate  offerings  in  the  departments  of  chemistry,  biology,  chemical 
engineering,  and  industrial  engineering. 


Fall  Quarter 

Credits 

Winter  Quarter                           ( 

::red 

1.905 

Water  Resources  1 

2 

1.904 

Hydraulics 

4 

1.940 

Public  Health    .  .  . 

2 

*  1.906 

Water  Resources  II  . 

2 

1.945 

Solid  Waste  Man. 

2 

*  1.951 

Rad.  Health 

2 

1.954 

Stream  Sanitation 

2 

1.956 

Air  Pollution  Eng.  .  . 

4 

1.957 

Air  Poll.  Science 
Thesis    

2 
8 

1.991 
1.992 

Thesis    

8 

1.991 

Special  Topics  .... 

2 

1.992 

Special  Topics   .  . 

2 

1.993 

Master's  Report   . .  . 

4 

1.993 

Master's  Report   . 
Spring 

4 
Quarter 

1.994 

Sem.  Env.  Eng 

Credits 

2 

1.90- 

1     Water  Resources  III 

2 

i.9i: 

3     Industrial 

Waste  . . 

2 

1.93! 

3     Env.  Lab 

-Unit  Op. 

4 

*1.95: 

I     Industrial 

Hygiene 

2 

M.95v 

3     Env.    Mic 

robiology 

2 

*1.95^ 

\     Stream   Sanitation 

2 

1.97( 

3     Design  E 

nv.  Sys.   . 

4 

1.99 

Thesis    . 

8 

1.99: 

l     Special  Topics  .  . . 

2 

1.99; 

3     Master's 

Report   .  . 

4 

1.99 

3     Sem.  Env 

.  Health  . 

2 

Civil  Engineering  (Geotechnical) 

At  the  master's  degree  level  it  is  possible  to  undertake  concentrated 
study  in  geotechnical  engineering  which  is  concerned  with  materials 
within  the  earth's  crust.  Students  with  this  interest  should  consider  the 
following  courses  recommended  by  the  Civil  Engineering  Department  to 
obtain  a  competent  knowledge  in  the  field. 

Courses  Credits 

1.871  Eng.  Prop,  of  Soils  I  .  .  2 

1.872  Eng.  Prop,  of  Soils  II  .  2 

1.873  Soils  Testing  Lab.   ...  2 

1.874  Soil  Mechanics  and 
Foundation  Eng.  I    . .  .  2 

1.875  Soil  Mechanics  and 
Foundation  Eng.  II  .  .  .  2 

1.876  Soil  Mechanics  and 
Foundation  Eng.  Ill   . .  2 

1.882     Engineering  Geol.    ...  2 

1.884  Rock  Mechanics  I 2 

1.885  Rock  Mechanics  II  ..  .  2 


'Offered  evening  only 
* 'Offered  both  day  and  evening 


68  /  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

THE  DOCTOR'S  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  in  environmental  engineering  and  the  steps  necessary 
to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should 
write  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Admission 

Each  student  admitted  to  the  program  will  initially  have  the  status  of 
doctoral  student.  In  the  usual  case,  he  will  have  received  a  master's 
degree  in  an  appropriate  field  of  enginee^^ing  or  science  prior  to  entry 
into  the  program.  Applicants  should  apply  to  the  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Civil  Engineering  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program, 
preferably  by  February  1st.  The  departmental  graduate  committee  will 
interview  the  applicant,  examine  his  record,  and  decide  whether  he 
should  be  admitted  to  the  program.  The  chairman  of  the  department  will 
appoint  a  program  adviser  for  each  doctoral  student,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  grad- 
uate work  after  admission  as  a  doctoral  student.  However,  it  is  expected 
that  at  least  two  years  of  full-time  graduate  study  will  be  required  be- 
yond the  master's  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

Degree  candidacy  is  established  in  accordance  with  the  general 
graduate  school  regulations.  At  least  one  year  of  full-time  study  and 
successful  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination  are  required  for 
consideration  as  a  doctoral  degree  candidate. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  will  consist  of  a  written  and  an  oral 
section.  The  written  part  will  cover:  (1)  environmental  engineering 
and/or  science  and  (2)  selected  areas  depending  upon  the  educational 
background  and  interest  of  the  student.  In  certain  cases  the  student  may 
be  exempted  from  the  written  part  of  the  examination.  The  oral  portion 
will  measure  general  comprehension.  If  the  oral  examination  is  failed, 
it  may  be  repeated  with  permission  of  the  departmental  graduate  com- 
mittee. The  qualifying  examination  shall  be  completed  no  later  than 
two  years  after  admittance  as  a  doctoral  student. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  given  after  the  thesis  has  been 
completed.  This  examination  is  based  upon  the  defense  of  the  thesis. 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING   /  69 

Course  Requirements 

Course  requirements  for  each  applicant  will  be  deternnined  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee.  Formal  course  work  will  be  selected 
to  meet  the  individual  student's  objectives.  Graduate  level  study  up  to 
12  quarter  hours  of  course  work,  completed  under  programs  other 
than  this  full-time  program  may  be  accepted,  but  requires  approval  of 
the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Thesis 

After  degree  candidacy  has  been  established,  a  candidate  must  com- 
plete a  thesis  which  embodies  the  results  of  extended  research  and 
includes  material  suitable  for  publication. 

A  thesis  committee  will  be  appointed  by  the  chairman  of  the  de- 
partmental graduate  committee.  The  thesis  committee,  consisting  or- 
dinarily of  five  members,  two  of  whom  are  from  other  departments,  will 
be  informed  of  the  progress  of  the  thesis  and  will  be  responsible  for  its 
approval. 

Language  Requirement 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  is  required.  The  re- 
quirement shall  be  determined  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee,  and  must  be  satisfied  prior  to  taking  the 
oral  qualifying  examination.. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  noted.  Not  all 
courses  are  offered  every  year.  Refer  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 
circular  issued  about  July  1  each  year  for  the  courses  to  be  offered  in  the  new 
academic  year  and  the  times  at  which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 

1.800  Systems  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits)  Day  Students  Only 

Systems  Analysis  involves  the  use  of  quantitative  and  economic  techniques  for 
allocation  of  resources  in  the  planning  and  design  of  large  physical  systems  as 
encountered  in  transportation  and  environmental  engineering.  Topics  include 
the  calculus  method  for  constrainted  and  unconstrainted  optimization  problems, 
linear  programming,  dynamic  programming,  marginal  analysis,  sensitivity  analy- 
sis and  decision  analysis  for  selection.  Prep.  5.910,  Analytical  Techniques  for 
Engineers  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.801  Urban  Transportation  Analysis  I 

Principles  of  transportation  systems  analysis  and  formulation  of  the  current 
urban  transportation  planning  process;  development  and  investigation  of  con- 
temporary mathematical  models  of  transportation  demand  which  compose  the 
forecasting  model  system.  Prep.  5.910,  Analytical  Techniques  for  Engineers  or 
equivalent.  Offered  1973-74,  fall  quarter 


70  /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.802  Urban  Transportation  Analysis  II 

Evaluation  of  alternative  urban  transportation  networks  including  fixed  and 
variable  costs,  consideration  of  indirect  as  well  as  direct  impacts;  investigation 
of  various  frameworks  for  evaluation  including  benefit-cost  analysis;  treatment 
of  uncertainty.     Prep.  1.801,  Urban  Transportation  Analysis  I. 

Offered  1973-74,  winter  quarter 

1.803  Traffic  Flow  Theory  I 

Statistical  methods  in  traffic  flow  theory;  probability  models,  hypothesis  testing 
and  its  use,  queuing  theory  and  simulation  techniques.  Prep.  5.950,  Engineer- 
ing Statistics  I  or  equivalent.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

1.804  Traffic  Flow  Theory  II 

Deterministic  methods  in  traffic  flow  theory;  car  following  models;  various 
methods  of  analogy,  capacity  and  level  of  service.  Prep.  1.803,  Traffic  Flow 
Ttieory  I.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.805  Traffic  Flow  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.803  and  1.804, 
Traffic  Flow  Theory  I  and  II.     Prep.  5.950,  Engineering  Statistics  I  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.810     Systems  Analysis  I 

Systems  Analysis  involves  the  use  of  quantitative  and  economic  techniques  for 
allocation  of  resources  in  planning  and  design  of  large  physical  systems  as 
encountered  in  transportation,  environmental,  and  structural  engineering.  Topics 
include  calculus  method  for  constrainted  and  unconstrainted  optimization  prob- 
lems, marginal  analysis,  and  linear  programming.  Prep.  5.910,  Analytical  Tech- 
niques for  Engineers  or  equivalent.  Offered  1973-74,  fall  quarter 

1.812     Systems  Analysis  II 

A  continuation  of  1.810  and  includes  the  following  topics:  sensitivity  analysis, 
dynamic  programming,  and  decision  analysis  for  selection.  Prep.  1.810,  Sys- 
tems Analysis  I.  Offered  1973-74,  winter  quarter 

1.823     Pavement  Design 

Materials  and  methods  of  design  and  testing  for  modern  highway  pavements 
such  as  Portland  cement  concrete  and  the  various  asphaltic  concrete  types. 
Prep.  1 .835,  Transportation  Materials  and  Design. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.830     Transportation  Geometric  Design 

Principles  of  road  and  parking  terminal  design,  with  emphasis  on  operations; 
highway  planning,  including  vehicle  speed,  highway  volume  and  capacity  con- 
siderations; design  standards.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  En- 
gineering. Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

1.835     Transportation  Materials  and  Design 

Investigation  of  soil  and  construction  material  properties  in  pavement  design. 
Beams  on  elastic  foundation,  rigid  and  flexible  pavements.  Applications  include 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  71 

material  and  design  for  various  modes  of  transportation.  Prep.  Admission  to 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

1.837  Interdisciplinary  Urban  Transportation  Seminar 

Review  and  presentation  of  research  and  public  policy  on  broad  topics  in  trans- 
portation. Guest  lecturers  and  formal  paper  presentations.  Prep.  1.802,  Urban 
Transportation  Analysis  II,  and  1.812,  Systems  Analysis  II. 

Offered  1973-74,  spring  quarter 

1.838  Master's  Report  (Transportation)  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a 
definitive  report.     Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.839  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (8  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  with  and  under 
the  supervision  of  the  department.  Prep.  Permission  of  the  Civil  Engineering 
Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.841  Structural  Analysis  I 

Review  of  basic  principles  of  structural  analysis,  determinacy,  indeterminacy, 
stability.  Introduction  to  energy  methods  and  virtual  work.  Application  of  energy 
methods  to  equilibrium  problems.  Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus  plus 
Theory  of  Structures.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.842  Structural  Analysis  II 

Approximate  methods  of  structural  analysis  with  emphasis  on  lateral  load  anal- 
ysis of  multistory  structures.  A  complete  treatment  of  moment  distribution  in- 
cluding non-prismatic  members,  axial  load,  and  shear  distribution.  Prep.  1.841 
Structural  Analysis  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.843  Structural  Analysis  III 

Introduction  to  matrix  methods  of  structural  analysis,  including  stiffness  and 
flexibility  methods.     Prep.  1.842,  Structural  Analysis  II. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.844  Structural  Analysis  IV 

Introduction  to  advanced  structural  mechanics,  emphasis  on  theory  of  elasticity, 
and  development  of  finite  element  method  of  analysis.  Prep.  1.843  Structural 
Analysis  III.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

1.847     Structural  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.841  and  1.842  — 
Structural  Analysis  I  and  II.  Prep.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus  plus 
Theory  of  Structures.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.849     Model  Analysis 

Development  of  the  principles  of  similitude  to  establish  the  relationship  be- 
tween behavior  in  the  model  and  the  full-sized  structure.  Review  of  techniques 
to  fabricate,  to  load,  and  to  instrument  models.  Application  and  use  of  strain 


72  /  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

gauges.  The  laboratory  portion  is  devoted  to  model  analysis  of  a  complex 
structure.     Prep.  Admission  to  program  and  approval  of  instructor. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

1.850  Structural  Dynamics  I 

Analysis  by  exact  and  approximate  methods  of  structures  subjected  to  dynamic 
loads.     Prep.  1.843,  Structural  Analysis  III.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.851  Structural  Dynamics  II 

Continuation  of  1.850  with  application  to  the  analysis  of  structures  subjected  to 
blast  loads  and  seismic  loadings.     Prep.  1.850,  Structural  Dynamics  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

1.853  Concrete  Structures  I 

Review  of  basic  characteristics  of  concrete  as  a  structural  material,  use  of  reg- 
ular reinforced  concrete  for  structures;  principles  of  prestressed  concrete; 
ultimate  strength  analysis  and  design  of  members.  Prep.  Reinforced  Concrete 
Design.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.854  Concrete  Structures  II 

Applications  of  cast  in  place  and  precast  prestressed  members  in  structures; 
evaluation  of  structural  systems  with  prefabricated  concrete  components  with 
emphasis  on  stability  considerations.     Prep.  1.853,  Concrete  Structures  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.855  Concrete  Structures  III 

Analysis  and  design  of  thin  shell  concrete  structures,  folded  plates  and  hyper- 
bolic paraboloid  surfaces.  Future  trends  in  design  and  analysis  of  concrete 
structures.     Prep.  1.854,  Concrete  Structures  II.       Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.856  Structural  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  course  content  offered  in 
1.843,  Structural  Analysis  III  and  1.844,  Structural  Analysis  IV.  Prep  1.847, 
Structural  Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.857  Structural  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.850  and  1.851  — 
Structural  Dynamics  I  and  II.     Prep.  1.856,  Structural  Analysis. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.858  Concrete  Structures  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.853  and  1.854  — 
Concrete  Structures  I  and  II.     Prep.  Reinforced  Concrete  Design. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.859  Structural  Stability 

Elastic  and  inelastic  stability  of  structures  including  beams,  columns,  plates, 
and  shells.     Prep.  1.843,  Structural  Analysis  III.       Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  73 

1.861  Design  of  Structures  I 

An  advanced  course  in  elastic  design  in  structural  steel.  Design  problems  in- 
volving braced  and  rigid  frame  structures  subject  to  gravity,  wind,  and  seismic 
loads  are  considered.     Prep.  1.842  Structural  Analysis  II. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  evenings 
Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  days 

1.862  Design  of  Structures  11 

An  advanced  course  in  analysis  and  design  in  structural  steel  with  emphasis  on 
plastic  behavior  including  rigid  frame  buildings  and  braced  multistory  frame 
buildings.     Prep.  1.861 ,  Design  of  Structures  I.         Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.863  Design  of  Structures  III 

Advanced  problems  in  elastic  and  plastic  design  of  structural  steel.  Topics  in- 
clude curved  girders  and  cable  supported  structures.  Prep.  1.862,  Design  of 
Structures  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.864  Design  of  Structures  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.862  and  1.863  — 
Design  of  Structures  II  and  III.     Prep.  1.861 ,  Design  of  Structures  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.871  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I 

Review  of  phase  relationships,  soil  consistency,  etc.;  permeability  and  capil- 
larity; effective  stress  concept,  analysis  of  seepage  in  porous  media;  stress 
distribution;  introduction  to  settlement  analysis.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course 
in  basic  soil  mechanics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.872  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  II 

A  continuation  of  course  1.871.  The  course  covers  consolidation  theory  and 
settlement  analysis;  shear  strength  properties  of  soils;  stability  analysis  of 
open  and  braced  cuts;  and  earth  pressure  theory  and  analysis.  Prep.  1.871, 
Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.873  Soils  Testing  Laboratory 

Emphasis  on  the  soil  behavior  aspects  of  consolidation  theory,  settlement 
analysis,  and  shear  strength.  Approximately  one-half  of  the  term  is  devoted  to 
laboratory  studies  in  soil  compaction,  consolidation,  and  shear  strength.  Prep. 
1.871,  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  evenings 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter,  days 

1.874  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  I 

Review  of  important  characteristics  of  granular  and  cohesive  soils  with  respect 
to  relative  density  and  strength.  Bearing  capacity  of  soils;  design  of  isolated 
and  combined  footings,  raft  and  mat  foundations.  Deep  foundations  —  caissons 
and  piles.  Load  tests  of  above  foundations,  and  interpretation  of  results.  Practi- 
cal aspects  of  foundations  work  in  view  of  field  conditions  and  economy. 
Prep.  1.872,  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  II.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


74  /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.875  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  II 

Stress  and  strain  in  soils.  Principal  stress  relations  in  soil:  pressure  distribu- 
tion theory,  their  limits  and  practical  approach;  Boussinesq's-Westergaard's- 
Froelich's-Newmark's  methods.  Settlement  calculations  based  on  laboratory  test 
results  and  approximate  methods.  Time  settlement  relationship.  Lateral  earth 
pressure;  design  of  retaining  structures,  such  as  crib  walls,  retaining  walls,  and 
bulkheads.  Stability  of  slopes.  Prep.  1.874,  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation 
Engineering  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.876  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  III 

Special  topics  in  foundation  engineering.  Marine  structures  —  piers,  wharves, 
dolphins,  off-shore  structures  —  cofferdams,  vibroflotation,  and  stabilization  of 
soils  for  foundations  by  use  of  chemicals  and  other  means.  Prep.  1.875,  Soil 
Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.877  Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.871  and  1.872  — 
Engineering  Properties  of  Soils  I  and  II.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  basic 
soil  mechanics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.878  Foundation  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  course  content  offered  in 
1.874  and  1.875  —  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering  I  and  II. 
Prep.  1.877  Engineering  Properties  ol  Soils.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.882     Engineering  Geology  I 

Review  of  minerals,  selected  topics  in  historical  and  structural  geology  related 
to  engineering  geology;  origin  and  occurrence  of  various  rock  types,  geologic 
structures,  faulting  and  joint  systems;  weathering  of  rock  and  weathering  prod- 
ucts, glaciation,  geologic  mapping  and  environmental  aspects.  Prep.  Under- 
graduate course  in  geology.  Offered  1973-74,  fall  quarter 

1.884  Rock  Mechanics  I 

Interrelationship  with  other  disciplines;  index  properties;  classification  systems; 
laboratory  tests;  state  of  stress  and  stress  distribution.  Prep.  1.882,  Engineer- 
ing Geology  I.  Offered  1973-74,  winter  quarter 

1.885  Rock  Mechanics  II 

Behavior  of  rock  under  combined  stresses;  pore  pressure  effects;  failure  the- 
ories; in-site  deformation  modulus  and  shear  strength  characteristics;  field  test- 
ing.    Prep.  1.884,  Rock  Mechanics  I.  Offered  1973-74,  spring  quarter 

1.892  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I 

Formulation  and  numerical  solution  of  civil  engineering  problems  in  structural 
mechanics.  Emphasis  will  be  on  lumped  parameter  systems.  Equilibrium, 
eigenvalue,  and  propagation  type  problems  will  be  covered.  Prep.  1.843,  Struc- 
tural Analysis  III.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.893  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  II 

Continuation  of  1.892.     Prep.  1 .892,  Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  75 

1.894     Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.892  and  1.893  — 

Numerical  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  I  and  II. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.897  Master's  Report  (Structural)  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  consisting  of  laboratory  and/or  literature  investigation  and 
analysis  or  advanced  design  of  a  project  in  an  area  of  structural  engineering 
selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive  report.  Prep.  Permis- 
sion of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.898  Special  Topics  in  Structural  Engineering  (2  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a 
definitive  report.  Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate 
Sciiool  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.899  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (8  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  w/ith  and  under 
supervision  of  the  department.     Prep.  Permission  of  tiie  department. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.901  Hydraulics  I 

Mechanical  properties  of  fluids  —  fluid  statics,  continuity,  energy  relationships 
(Bernoulli  and  Euler  equations),  momentum,  dimensional  analysis,  steady  flow 
in  conduits  under  pressure,  pipe  systems.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in 
fiydraulics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.902  Hydraulics  (I 

Open  channel  flow  —  energy  relationships,  critical  flow,  controls,  momentum 
principles,  flow  resistance,  uniform  flow,  gradually  varied  flow,  local  phenomena. 
Prep.  1.901,  Hydraulics  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.903  Hydraulics  III 

Open  channel  flow  —  channel  transitions;  unsteady  flow;  potential  flow  — 
velocity  potential  function  and  stream  function;  selected  topics  in  hydraulics 
and  fluid  mechanics.     Prep.  1.902,  Hydraulics  II.    Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.904  Hydraulics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  substantially  the  material  in 
1.902  and  1.903  —  Hydraulics  II  and  III.  Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  tiy- 
draulics.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.905  Water  Resources  Planning  I 

Hydrologic  cycle;  precipitation  studies  including  data  adjustment,  spatial  and 
temporal  variability,  intensity-duration-frequency  relationships;  abstractions  of 
water  due  to  evapotranspiration  and  infiltration;  groundwater  flow,  including  flow 
nets  and  well  hydraulics;  runoff  studies  including  data  adjustment,  runoff  vol- 
ume, peak  flows,  unit  hydrographs,  flood  formulas,  and  drainage  design.  Prep. 
Admission  to  Graduate  Scfiool  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


76  /  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.906  Water  Resources  Planning  II 

Drainage  and  river  basin  morphology;  hydrogeology;  streamflow  and  streamflow 
routing;  storage  models  of  runoff;  reservoir  routing  and  design;  floods  and  flood 
control;  case  studies  in  hydrology;  water  resources  planning  including  water 
law  and  policy,  urbanization  and  its  effects,  reservoir  system  operation  and 
regulation,  alternative  uses  of  water  resources,  and  multipurpose  projects;  con- 
servation and  reuse  of  water.     Prep.  1.905,  Water  Resources  Planning  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.907  Water  Resources  Planning  III 

Statistical  studies  applied  to  hydrologic  data,  including  basic  statistics;  fre- 
quency and  probability  distributions;  methods  of  frequency  analysis;  multiple 
linear  regression  and  correlation  analysis;  introduction  to  mathematical  model- 
ing of  hydrologic  processes  including  discussion  of  deterministic  and  stochastic 
processes;  time  series  analysis,  Markov  chains;  synthetic  hydrology  and  sim- 
ulation.    Prep.  1.906,  Water  Resources  Planning  II. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.910  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  I 

Water  quality,  water  impurities  and  effects,  the  theory  and  practice  of  water 
treatment,  and  the  elements  of  design  of  water  treatment  works  including  intake 
facilities,  wells,  filtration,  coagulation,  sedimentation,  softening,  iron  and  man- 
ganese removal,  disinfection,  and  fluoridation.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.911  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  II 

Waste  characteristics,  the  theory  and  practice  of  wastewater  treatment  and  dis- 
posal, and  the  elements  of  design  of  primary  and  secondary  treatment  works, 
including  screening,  grit  removal,  sedimentation,  biological  treatment  processes, 
sludge  digestion  and  disposal,  stabilization  ponds,  and  disinfection.  Prep. 
1.910,  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  I.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.912  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  III 

Salt  water  conversion,  advanced  wastewater  treatment,  and  other  special  prob- 
lems in  water  and  wastewater  characteristics  and  treatment,  including  corrosion 
control,  pumping  and  storage,  application  of  chemicals,  radioactive  wastes, 
thermal  pollution,  and  treatment  plant  instrumentation.  Prep.  1.911,  Water  and 
Wastewater  Treatment  II.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.913  Industrial  Waste  Disposal 

Evaluation  of  industrial  waste  problems  and  development  of  process  design  for 
the  required  treatment  facilities;  study  of  various  manufacturing  processes  and 
their  wastewater  problems;  industrial  waste  survey  techniques;  characteristics 
of  industrial  wastes;  waste  reduction  methods;  physical,  chemical,  biological, 
and  advanced  treatment  methods;  industrial  wastewaters  and  disposal  and 
treatment  of  industrial  solids  and  liquids.  Prep.  1.912,  Water  and  Wastewater 
Treatment  III  and  1.921,  Environmental  Chemistry  II. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  evenings 
Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  days 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  77 

1.914     Water  &  Wastewater  Treatment  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.910  and  1.911  — 
Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  I  and  11.  Prep.  Two  undergraduate  semesters 
of  hydraulics.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.920  Environmental  Chemistry  I 

Analytical  chemistry  principles  are  studied  with  reference  to  environmental  en- 
gineering applications.  The  chemistry  of  processes  such  as  coagulation,  iron  and 
manganese  removal,  ion  exchange,  softening,  and  disinfection  are  included.  The 
principles  of  spectroscopy  and  polarography  are  also  discussed.  Prep.  Two 
semesters  of  general  chemistry.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.921  Environmental  Chemistry  II 

A  continuation  of  1.920  including  gas  transfer,  oxidation  and  reduction,  and 
radiation  chemistry.  Reaction  rates  with  reference  to  environmental  engineering 
applications  such  as  BOD  are  discussed.  Topics  in  organic  chemistry  and  in- 
strumental analysis  are  included.     Prep.  1.920,  Environmental  Chemistry  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.922  Environmental  Bacteriology 

A  study  of  bacteriology  with  emphasis  on  environmental  engineering  applica- 
tions. The  course  includes  cell  structure,  nutrition,  morphology,  growth,  repro- 
duction, and  metabolism  of  bacteria.  Effects  of  environmental  factors  including 
inhibition,  killing,  and  natural  habitats  are  discussed.  Methods  of  quantitative 
bacteriology  are  also  covered.     Prep.  1.921,  Environmental  Chemistry  II. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.923  Environmental  Chemistry  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.920  and  1.921  — 
Environmental  Chemistry  I  and  II.        Prep.  Two  semesters  of  general  chemistry. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.930  Environmental  Analysis  I 

A  laboratory  course  for  the  analytical  measurement  of  environmental  conditions. 
Physical,  chemical,  and  biological  characteristics  are  determined  by  the  latest 
analytical  methods  with  emphasis  on  their  fundamental  principles  and  opera- 
tional techniques.  Interpretation  of  analytical  results  for  practical  applications 
is  also  stressed.     Prep.  1 .921 ,  Environmental  Chemistry  II. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

NOTE:  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  this  course  and  1.931  be  taken  simul- 
taneously with  1.921  and  1.922. 

1.931  Environmental  Analysis  I! 

The  laboratory  analyses  are  continued  with  emphasis  on  the  chemical  and  bio- 
logical analyses  associated  with  treatment  methods;  microbiological  techniques 
utilizing  microscopy  and  membrane  filter  preparation;  emphasis  on  environ- 
mental reports.     Prep.  1.930,  Environmental  Analysis  I. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.933     Environmental  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.930  and  1.931  — 


78  /  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Environmental  Analysis  I  and  II.  Prep.  1.923,  Environmental  Chemistry  taken 
simultaneously.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.935  Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  I 

Laboratory  scale  unit  operations  illustrating  the  physical,  chemical  and  biologi- 
cal principles  involved  in  water  and  wastewater  treatment.  The  aim  is  to  obtain 
criteria  for  system  design.  Topics  include  disinfection,  water  softening,  sedimen- 
tation, chemical  coagulation,  and  ion  exchange.  Prep.  1.931,  Environmental 
Analysis  II.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.936  Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  II 

A  continuation  of  1.935.  Topics  include  biodegradability  studies  using  the  War- 
burg respirameter,  activated  sludge,  anaerobic  digestion,  vacuum  filtration,  and 
chemical-physical  process  involved  in  wastewater  treatment.  A  comprehensive 
evaluation  of  each  unit  process  is  required  in  a  report  from  each  student.  Prep. 
1.935,  Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

1.938     Unit  Operations  in  Environmental  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 
This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  1.935  and  1.936  — 
Unit    Operations    in    Environmental    Engineering.     Prep.    1.933,    Environmental 
Analysis  and  1.913,  Industrial  Waste  Disposal.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.940     Public  Health  Engineering  Survey 

An  historical  survey  of  public  health  conditions  to  introduce  the  student  to  the 
modern  approach  to  public  health  engineering  problems.  Applications  of  engi- 
neering principles  to  such  problems  as  garbage  and  refuse  disposal,  control  of 
insect-borne  diseases,  milk  and  food  sanitation,  rodent  control,  camp  and  recre- 
ational sanitation,  housing,  control  of  atmospheric  pollution,  and  radiological 
health.     Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.945  Solid  Waste  Management 

Basic  solid  waste  management  for  engineering  and  science  students  covering 
storage,  collection  practices,  sanitary  landfill  principles,  incineration  practices 
and  reclamation  possibilities.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineer- 
ing. Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

1.946  Waste  Reclamation 

Review  and  analyses  of  various  unit  operations  useful  or  potentially  useful  in 
the  separation  and  processing  of  salvageable  materials  from  municipal  refuse 
and  incinerator  residue;  economics,  management  and  regulatory  practices  af- 
fecting recovery  and  recycle  possibilities.  Prep.  1.945,  Solid  Waste  Manage- 
ment. Offered  1973-74,  winter  quarter 

1.947  Incineration 

Incinerator  design  and  operation  examining  the  combustion  process,  design 
problems  and  solutions,  special  incinerators  for  salvage  and  industrial  opera- 
tions, performance  testing,  and  pollution  control  requirements.  Prep.  1.945, 
Solid  Waste  Management.  Offered  1973-74,  spring  quarter 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  79 

1.948     Solid  Waste  Laboratory 

A  laboratory  and  design  course,  offered  to  day  students,  covering  practices 
related  to  ttie  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  analysis  of  refuse,  residue, 
quench  waters,  and  leachate.  Field  studies  involving  current  local  problems. 
Students  will  design  systems  to  solve  the  problems.  Prep.  1.945,  Solid  Waste 
Management.  Offered  by  special  arrangement 

1.950  Air  Pollution 

Theory  and  practice  related  to  engineering  management  of  air  resources; 
applications  of  models  for  the  atmospheric  dispersion  of  pollutants;  analysis 
of  control  systems  for  gaseous  and  particulate  emissions  utilizing  dry  collection, 
wet  collection,  absorption,  and  catalytic  processes.  Discussion  of  source  control 
evaluation  and  air  quality  standards.  1.957,  Air  Pollution  Science  is  recom- 
mended as  a  preparation  course.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.951  Radiological  Health  Engineering 

Types  and  sources  of  radioactive  wastes,  methods  of  handling,  storage,  and 
disposition  of  solid,  liquid,  and  gaseous  radioactive  wastes.  Regulatory  agency 
requirements.     Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  Scliool  of  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.952  Industrial  Hygiene 

Characterization  and  control  of  industrial  problems  associated  with  noise,  heat 
and  ventilation.  Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  environmental  stress  are  dis- 
cussed. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of  engineering  principles  to  the 
design  of  control  systems.  Evaluation  procedures  for  control  effectiveness  are 
reviewed.     Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  Scliool  of  Engineering. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.953  Environmental  Microbiology 

An  advanced  course  in  environmental  microbiology.  Transformations  of  environ- 
mental products  containing  compounds  of  sulfur,  nitrogen,  complex  hydrocar- 
bons and  pesticides.  Advanced  techniques  for  the  simulation  and  evaluation  of 
microbiological  systems  applied  to  biological  control  of  water  and  wastewater. 
Prep.  1.922,  Environmental  Bacteriology.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.954  Stream  Sanitation 

Analysis  of  the  disposal  of  conservative  and  non-conservative  pollutants  in 
streams.  Topics  include  water  quality  standards,  BOD  and  oxygen  relationships 
in  streams,  bacterial  pollution,  eutrophication,  thermal  pollution,  and  general 
corrective  control  methods  in  streams.     Prep.  1.920,  Environmental  Chemistry  I. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  evenings 
Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  days 

1.955  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis 

A  laboratory  course  on  air  pollution  measurements  utilizing  physical,  chemical, 
and  instrumental  methods  and  calibration  and  use  of  sampling  equipment  for 
gaseous  and  particulate  pollutants.  Identification  and  quantitive  measurements 
of  pollutants  are  performed  utilizing  microscopy,  spectrophotometry,  gas  chroma- 
tography, and  atomic  absorption  spectroscopy.     Prep.   1.950,  Air  Pollution. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


80  /   CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

1.956  Air  Pollution  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course  offered  to  day  students  embodies  the  material  of  1.950,  Air  Pollu- 
tion and  1.955,  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.957  Air  Pollution  Science 

Biological  and  chemical  aspects  of  air  pollution  with  emphasis  on  the  toxicolog- 
ical  aspects  of  the  environment,  physiological  effects  of  aerosols,  analysis  of 
organic  and  inorganic  constituents  of  the  atmosphere  and  rationale  for  establish- 
ment of  air  quality  criteria  and  standards.  Prep.  Consent  of  tfie  department  and 
instructor.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  days 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter,  evenings 

1.960  Hydraulic  Structures  I 

Dams  and  associated  structures.  Design  criteria  and  preliminary  analyses  for 
gravity,  arch,  buttress,  rock-fill  and  earth-fill  dams.  Foundation  treatment  and 
scour  protection.  Spillway  structures.  Gates.  Navigation  requirements  of  large 
rivers.  Fishways.     Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  fiydraulics. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

1.961  Hydraulic  Structures  II 

Intake  structures  in  reservoirs  and  on  rivers.  Tunnels  and  pipe  lines:  design 
criteria  and  structural  analyses;  economic  studies  for  diameter  selection. 
Penstocks  and  anchor  blocks.  Canals  —  seepage  and  erosion,  linings,  canal 
structures.     Prep.  Undergraduate  course  in  fiydraulics. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

1.962  Hydraulic  Structures  III 

Surge  tanks:  selection  of  type.  River  regulation:  design  principles,  flood  pro- 
tection and  navigation  requirements,  bank  revetments,  groins,  dikes,  and  levees. 
Cofferdams.  Operation  and  maintenance  of  hydraulic  structures.  Prep.  Under- 
graduate course  in  fiydraulics.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

1.970     Design  of  Environmental  Systems  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  development  of  comprehensive  engineering  reports.  Fundamental  design 
concepts  of  complete  systems  for  environmental  control,  including  water  treat- 
ment; wastewater  disposal,  air  quality  control,  and  solid  waste  disposal;  evalua- 
tion of  economic  alternatives  for  environmental  quality  control;  discussion  of 
actual  engineering  reports  and  designs  will  include  considerations  of  the  logic 
and  conclusions.     Prep.  1.912,  Water  and  Wastewater  Treatment  III. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter,  days 

1.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (8  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  by  arrangement  with  and  under 
the  supervision  of  the  department.  Prep.  Permission  of  tfie  Civil  Engineering 
Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.992  Special  Topics  in  Environmental  Engineering  (2  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  in  an  area  selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a 
definitive  report.     Prep.  Permission  of  tfie  Civil  Engineering  Department. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  /  81 

1.993  Master's  Report  Environmental  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  individual  effort  consisting  of  laboratory  and/or  literature  investigation  and 
analysis  or  advanced  design  of  a  project  in  an  area  of  environmental  engineer- 
ing selected  by  student  and  adviser  resulting  in  a  definitive  report.  Prep.  Per- 
mission of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

1.994  Seminar  —  Environmental  Engineering 

Discussions  by  professional  engineers  and  scientists,  faculty,  and  graduate 
students  on  subjects  in  the  area  of  environmental  engineering  and  science.  Open 
to  day  students  only.  Prep. Consent  of  tfie  instructor. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

1.996  Seminar  —  Environmental  Health 

Discussion  by  professional  people  in  the  public  health  field,  faculty,  and  graduate 
students  on  subjects  within  the  area  of  environmental  health.  Open  to  day 
students  only.     Prep.  Consent  of  ttie  instructor.       Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

1.997  Thesis  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  doctoral  program  in  Environ- 
mental Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


electrical  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Electrical  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering,  with  an  accept- 
able quality  of  undergraduate  work,  from  a  recognized  college  or  univer- 
sity. Applicants  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  other  engineering 
or  related  science  fields  and  an  appropriate  background  of  preparation 
may  pursue  this  program  and  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  without  specification.  In  some  cases,  students  whose  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  is  in  some  other  engineering  or  related  science  field 
may  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. This  requires  special  approval  of  the  Department  of  Electrical 
Engineering. 

THE  IVIASTER'S  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program  may 
be  taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan.  On  this  plan  one  group  of  students 
takes  academic  work  in  the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and 
in  the  Winter  Quarter  of  the  second  year.  Another  group  may  take  the 
academic  work  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Fall  and 
Spring  Quarters  of  the  second  year.  In  either  case,  the  other  three  quar- 
ters of  the  two  academic  years  and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are 
available  for  professional  employment.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a 
master's  degree  program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete, 
through  satisfactory  performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment 
in  order  to  be  eligible  for  their  degree. 

The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normally  be 
taken  according  to  the  following  pattern: 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits           Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

3.827  Linear  Systems  3.832  Network   Synthesis  I  4 

Analysis  4  3.990  Seminar  I 2 

3.842  Linear  Active  Circuits     4  10.8G1   Probability 2 

3.823  iVIathematical  Electives    4  or    6 

Methods  in  Electrical 


Engineering     4 

Electives    2  or   4 

14or16 


12or14 


83 


84  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

3.877  Electromagnetic 

Theory   4 

3.991   Seminar  II   2 

Electives    8  or  10 

14or16 

A  limited  amount  of  work  may  be  elected  from  the  part-time  program. 

A  thesis  for  six  quarter  hours  credit  is  elective  with  the  approval  of 
the  chairman  of  the  department.  If  the  thesis  option  is  approved,  this 
work  is  done  in  the  second  year  of  the  program.  Details  concerning 
thesis  proposals,  editorial  format,  and  time  schedules  are  available  in 
the  Graduate  School  Office. 

The  program  of  each  student  will  be  made  up  from  the  required  and 
elective  courses  available  in  each  term  and  approved  by  the  student's 
academic  adviser. 

Electives 

The  electives  will  normally  be  available  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Fall  Quarter 

3.902     Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 
3.959     Control  Theory  I  — Analysis  and  Synthesis 
3.979     Electronic  Digital  Computers 

Winter  Quarter 

3.803  Plasma  and  Gas  Discharge 

3.838  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  I 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 

3.909  Communication  Theory  —  Detection 

3.962  Control  Theory  II  —  Nonlinear  and  Sampled-Data  Systems 

3.979  Electronic  Digital  Computers 

Spring  Quarter 

3.839  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  II 
3.883     Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory 

3.902     Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes 

3.905     Communication  Theory —  Information  Theory  and  Coding 

3.965     Control  Theory  III  —  Optimal  Control  and  Stochastic  Systems 

(Additional  electives  will  be  available  from  the  late  afternoon  portion 
of  the  part-time  program  in  all  quarters.) 

Full-Time  Program 

For  those  students  whose  programs  would  be  better  served  by  full- 
time  study  the  prescribed  courses  may  be  taken  in  one  academic  year. 
The  sequence  of  the  required  courses  will  be  different  from  the  full-time 
program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  85 

POWER  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

The  integrated  six-year  program  for  students  enrolled  in  the  power 
systems  engineering  curriculum  culminates  in  a  graduate  year  on  the 
Cooperative  Plan.  Under  this  arrangement  all  students  are  combined  into 
one  division  and  take  academic  work  during  the  Fall  and  Spring  Quarters 
while  engaged  in  cooperative  work  during  the  Summer  and  Winter 
Quarters. 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  Those  students 
who  have  completed  five  years  of  the  integrated  undergraduate  program 
have  earned  six  quarter  hour  credits  of  graduate  work  prior  to  their 
graduate  year  and  hence  complete  only  34  additional  quarter  hours  of 
credit. 

The  power  major  is  also  available  to  students  electing  a  normal  two- 
year  cooperative  plan  or  a  one-year  full-time,  non-cooperative  plan. 

Courses  taken  by  students  in  the  six-year  integrated  program  are: 

Fall  Academic  Quarter              Credits  Spring  Academic  Quarter         Credits 

3.827  Linear  Systems  3.931   Power  Systems 

Analysis     4  Planning    4 

3.928  Analysis  of  3.944  Special  Topics  in 

Power  Systems    ....  4  Power    2 

3.990  Seminar  I 2  3.991   Seminar  11   2 

Electives    6  Electives    10 

16  18 

*3.823  Mathematical  *10.8G1   Probability     2 


Methods  in  Electrical 
Eng 4 

20 


20 


Electives 

In  addition  to  the  electives  listed  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  Day- 
Graduate  Cooperative  Program,  the  following  courses  are  suggested  for 
consideration  by  the  power  major  students: 

Fall  Quarter 

3.932  Power  System  Protection 

3.935  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I 

3.940  Electric  Machinery  Theory  I 

3.943  Advanced  Power  Laboratory  (By  special  arrangement) 

3.944  Special  Topics  in  Power 

3.959  Control  Theory  I  —  Analysis  and  Synthesis 

5.801  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I 

2.920  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

*Taken  by  six-year  students  during  undergraduate  quarters  9  and  10. 


86  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Winter  Quarter 

3.933  Power  Systems  Transients 

3.936  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II 

3.941  Electric  Machinery  Theory  II 

3.943  Advanced  Power  Laboratory  (By  special  arrangement) 

3.944  Special  Topics  in  Power 

3.962  Control  Theory  II  —  Nonlinear  and  Sampled-Data  Systems 

5.802  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  II 

5.812  Management  of  Technical  Innovation 

2.921  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

Spring  Quarter 

3.934  Power  System  Stability 

3.937  Computers  in  Power  Systems  III 

3.942  Electric  Machinery  Theory  III 

3.943  Advanced  Power  Laboratory  (By  special  arrangement) 

3.965  Control  Theory  III  —  Optimal  Control  and  Stochastic  Systems 

3.998  Special  Problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems 

5.820  Personnel  Administration  for  Engineers 

5.950  Engineering  Statistics  I 

2.923  Special  Topics  in  Direct  Energy  Conversion 


Part-Time  Program 

Electrical  Engineering 

Admission 

The  admission  requirements  for  the  part-time  program  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering  are  the  same  as 
for  the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their 
abilities  and  the  time  available. 

Ail  graduate  courses  presuppose  mastery  of  the  subject  matter  of  a 
modern,  fully  accredited  curriculum  in  electrical  engineering.  Applicants 
who  have  not  taken  further  academic  work  for  some  time  since  they 
received  their  bachelor's  degree  may  be  required  to  take  graduate 
courses  to  satisfy  any  deficiencies.  For  this  purpose,  the  following 
courses  are  available: 

Credits 

3.975  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I    2 

3.976  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II 2 

3.977  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III    2 

3.978  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  IV   2 

These  courses  carry  graduate  credit  but  a  maximum  of  four  quarter 
hours  of  credit  from  this  group  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  in  the 
degree  program. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  87 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required  for  tlie  master's 
degree  of  whicii  16  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  specified  as  follows: 

Required  Courses  Credits 

3.825  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-A   2 

3.826  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-B   2 

3.840  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-A 2 

3.841  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-B  2 

3.875  Electromagnetic  Theory  A 2 

3.876  Electromagnetic  Theory  B 2 

3.8C1    Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  l-A  2 

and 

3.8C2    Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  l-B  2 

or 

3.8C4    Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  ll-A  2 

and 

3.8C5    Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  ll-B  2 

or 

3.900  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A  . .  2 

and 

3.901  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B  .  .  2 

Students  lacking  the  necessary  prerequisites  for  3.8C1  or  3.8C4  may 
be  required  to  take  undergraduate  courses  3.292  or  3.293  to  clear  this 
deficiency.  By  petition,  these  courses  may  carry  graduate  credit. 

Electives 

In  addition  to  the  required  course  work  each  student  is  expected  to 
select  a  major  and  a  minor  area  from  the  list  given  below.  Ten  quarter 
hours  of  credit  must  be  taken  in  the  major  area  and  six  quarter  hours 
of  credit  taken  in  the  minor  area.  The  area  or  areas  to  which  a  course 
is  assigned  is  indicated  in  the  following  listings.  Not  every  course  is 
assigned  to  an  area.  They  may  be  used  as  one  of  the  free  elective 
courses.  Eight  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  free  electives  which  may  be 
selected  from  graduate  courses  in  sciences  or  other  engineering  de- 
partments for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 


Subject  Areas 

Circuits  and  Systems 

3.830 

3.838 

3.831 

3.839 

3.832 

3.843 

3.833 

3.845 

3.834 

3.860 

3.835 

3.861 

3.837 

88  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


2.     Computer  Science 

3.860 

3.8T9 

3.861 

3.935 

3.892 

3.936 

3.893 

3.937 

3.894 

3.972 

3.895 

3.973 

3.898 

3.974 

3.899 

3.979 

3.8T1 

3.985 

3.8T2 

3.986 

3.8T3 

3.987 

3.8T7 

3.988 

3.8T8 

3.989 

3.     Fields,  Waves  and  Opi 

tics 

3.800 

3.890 

3.801 

3.891 

3.802 

3.914 

3.806 

3.915 

3.807 

3.916 

3.808 

3.917 

3.810 

3.918 

3.811 

3.919 

3.812 

3.920 

3.817 

3.921 

3.818 

3.922 

3.819 

3.923 

3.878 

3.924 

3.879 

3.980 

3.880 

3.981 

3.881 

3.982 

3.882 

3.983 

3.883 

3.984 

3.885 

4.     Communications  and  Control 


3.817 

3.906 

3.818 

3.907 

3.819 

3.908 

3.871 

3.909 

3.872 

3.957 

3.873 

3.958 

3.898 

3.959 

3.899 

3.960 

3.900 

3.961 

3.901 

3.962 

3.902 

3.963 

3.903 

3.964 

3.904 

3.965 

3.905 

Physical  Electives 

3.806 

3.854 

3.807 

3.858 

3.808 

3.859 

3.853 

Power  Systems 

3.925 

3.936 

3.926 

3.937 

3.927 

3.940 

3.928 

3.941 

3.930 

3.942 

3.931 

3.943 

3.932 

3.944 

3.933 

3.945 

3.934 

3.946 

3.935 

3.947 

Quarter-Sequence  Courses 

Certain  courses  have  an  A  or  B  after  the  course  title.  In  these  cases, 
credit  will  be  given  toward  the  degree  only  If  both  the  A  and  B  courses 
are  successfully  completed. 


ELECTRO-OPTICS  (MODERN  OPTICS)  PROGRAM 

The  Electro-Optics  Program  is  structured  to  provide  the  engineer  or 
scientist  with  a  strong  background  in  modern  optical  techniques. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of  these  techniques  to  current 
industrial  and  research  problems. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  89 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  this  degree  program,  applicants  must  have  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Physics,  with  an 
acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate  work  from  a  recognized  institution. 
Admission  requirements  are  those  of  the  regular  program  in  electrical 
engineering. 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required,  of  which  18  are 
specified.  At  least  12  additional  hours  of  electives  in  optics  are  to  be 
chosen  from  the  optics  elective  listed  below.  The  remaining  ten  hours 
may  be  selected  from  optics  electives  or  from  suitable  courses  in 
science  or  engineering. 

The  specified  courses  are  listed  below.  The  suggested  sequence  in 
which  these  courses  should  be  taken  is  indicated. 

First  Year    Courses  Credits 

t10.8A3     Advanced  Mathematics  2 

or 

3.8C4     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Eng.  Il-A  ...  2 

t10.8A4     Advanced  Mathematics   2 

or 

3.8C5     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Eng.  Il-B  ...  2 

*11.801      Introductory   Modern   Physics    2 

*3.900     Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A  2 

*3.901      Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B  2 

t3.914     Geometric  Optics  I    2 

Second  Year 

t3.915  Geometric  Optics  II   2 

t3.916  Physical  Optics  I   2 

t3.917  Physical  Optics  II    2 

t3.918  Experimental  Optics  and  image  Evaluation  I  . . .  2 

t3.919  Experimental  Optics  and  Image  Evaluation  II  . .  2 

t3.920  Experimental  Optics  and  Image  Evaluation  III  . .  2 

Preferred  Optics  Electives 

3.921  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  I   2 

3.980  Optical  Instrumentation  Design  Concepts 2 

3.981  Radiometry  and  Photometry  of  Photo-electronic 
Devices    2 

3.982  Infra  Red  and  Detector  Theory  2 

Optics  Elective  Sequences 
Sequence  I 

3.922  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II   2 

3.923  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  III   2 

'Students  with  a  degree  in  physics  may  substitute  3.975,  Precis  of  Modern   Electrical 
Engineering   I.  3.900  and  3.901   are  recommended  for  students  without  a  strong   back- 
ground in  Fourier  techniques. 
tRequired  courses. 


90  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Sequence  II 

3.806  Lasers  I    2 

3.807  Lasers   II    2 

Optics  Electives 

3.808  Laser   Applications    2 

3.924     Advanced  Optics  Lab  and  Current  Developments  2 

3.983  Physical  Optics  III   2 

3.984  Analytical  and  Control  Instrumentation 2 

Course  Prerequisites 

The  prerequisites  suggested  for  each  course  are  given  so  that  the 
student  will  receive  full  benefit  from  the  course.  In  case  of  doubt,  the 
student  should  consult  the  Director  of  the  Electro-Optics  Program  or 
the  course  instructor. 


COMPUTER  SCIENCE  IVIAJOR 

The  Computer  Science  Program  is  structured  to  provide  a  curriculum 
of  study  in  computer  science  and  engineering  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering,  or  Master  of  Science,  with 
a  major  in  Computer  Science. 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  this  degree  program,  applicants  must  have  ob- 
tained a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  engineering,  mathematics,  or 
the  physical  sciences  from  a  recognized  college  or  university  and  must 
present  satisfactory  evidence  of  ability  to  pursue  graduate  study. 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required,  of  which  12  are 
specified  and  28  are  elective. 

Specified  Courses  Credits 

3.893  Digital  Computer  Programming  I   2 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II 2 

3.972  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I   2 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II 2 

3.8T1     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer 

Applications   I    2 

3.8T2     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer 

Applications    II    2 

*3.990     Seminar    2 


•Seminar  may  be  required  of  all  full-time  students. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  91 

Electives 

Sixteen  quarter  hours  of  credit  must  be  chosen  from  the  following 
list  of  courses: 

3.860  Pulse  Processing  I 

3.861  Pulse  Processing  II 

3.895  Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

3.898  Combinatorial  &  Optimization  Techniques  I 

3.899  Combinatorial  &  Optimization  Techniques  II 
3.8T7  Digital  Filtering  I 

3.8T8  Digital  Filtering  II 

3.960  Control  Theory  ll-A 

3.961  Control  Theory  ll-B 

3.967  Switching  Circuits  I 

3.968  Switching  Circuits  II 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  I 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  II 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  III 

3.988  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

3.989  Computer  Peripherals 
3.995  Thesis 

3.998  Special  Problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

5.917  Information  Retrieval  Techniques 
5.920  Computer  Utility  Systems 

A  maximum  of  ten  quarter  hours  of  credit  may  be  selected  from  grad- 
uate courses  in  mathematics,  physical  sciences  or  other  engineering 
departments  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  academic  adviser. 

Thesis 

A  thesis  carrying  six  credits  may  be  elected  with  the  approval  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department.  If  the  thesis  option  is  approved,  this  work 
is  done  in  the  second  half  of  the  program. 

THE  DOCTOR'S  DEGREE 
Full-Time  Program 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  de- 
gree. For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  the  Secretary, 
Department  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  a  doctor's  program,  should 
contact  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  to  request  an  applica- 
tion. Completed  applications,  together  with  transcripts  of  all  prior  work 
and  two  letters  of  recommendation,  should  be  forwarded  to  the  Elec- 
trical Engineering  Department,  412  Dana  Hall,  no  later  than  1  Decem- 


92  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

ber  of  the  preceding  year.  Following  evaluation  of  this  material,  the 
applicant  will  be  informed  whether  or  not  he  will  be  permitted  to  under- 
take the  qualifying  examination.  A  personal  interview  is  not  required, 
but  a  student  may  arrange  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing Graduate  Committee,  Professor  Robert  N.  Martin  (617-437-3041), 
for  an  appointment  for  further  program  details  if  desired.  A  student  who 
has  received  approval  to  take  the  qualifying  examination  is  considered 
a  pre-doctoral  student  until  such  time  as  he  passes  the  examination. 
Upon  successful  completion  of  the  qualifying  examination  he  becomes 
a  Ph.D.  candidate. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time  grad- 
uate work  or  two  consecutive  years  of  part-time  graduate  work.  In  the 
latter  case,  a  detailed  time  schedule  must  be  approved  by  the  student's 
adviser  in  order  to  give  evidence  that  at  least  half  of  the  time  is  being 
devoted  to  the  requirements  of  the  graduate  school  program. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  Ph.D.  qualifying  examination  has  emerged  from  its  role  as  a  re- 
quirement for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  to  the  dual  purpose  of, 
one:  serving  as  an  indicator  of  the  student's  capability  for  successful 
completion  of  the  program,  and  two:  serving  as  a  guide  to  his  adviser 
in  developing  a  suitable  plan  of  study  tailored  to  the  individual  needs 
of  the  candidate. 

With  these  goals  in  mind,  the  candidate  is  urged  to  take  the  qualifying 
examination  early  in  his  graduate  program  (i.e.,  not  later  than  the  suc- 
cessful completion  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work). 

The  examination  is  composed  of  a  written  and  an  oral  part,  and  is 
usually  given  in  the  spring  quarter  of  each  academic  year.  The  written 
part  covers  the  following  general  categories: 

(1)  Circuits  and  Electronics 

(2)  Fields,  Waves,  and  Energy  Conversion 

(3)  Systems 

(4)  Miscellaneous  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering 

For  candidates  pursuing  a  Ph.D.  with  an  emphasis  in  either  Computer 
Science  or  Modern  Optics,  the  qualifying  examination  will  be  appropri- 
ately modified. 

The  oral  part  is  designed  to  test  general  comprehension.  Together, 
the  oral  and  written  portions  of  the  examination  review  the  factual 
knowledge  of  a  typical  undergraduate  Electrical  Engineering  program 
and  the  understanding  of  that  material  from  a  more  mature  point  of  view. 

If  the  examination  is  failed  it  may  be  repeated  only  with  permission 
of  the  Graduate  Committee  upon  recommendation  of  the  Ph.D.  Qualify- 
ing Examination  Committee. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  93 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Within  three  years  of  his  establishment  of  degree  candidacy,  the 
student  will  be  required  to  demonstrate  by  means  of  a  comprehensive 
examination  a  subject  matter  knowledge  satisfactory  for  the  award  of 
the  degree. 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  an  oral  examination  open  to  the 
Electrical  Engineering  faculty  (assistant  professor  and  above  in  rank) 
and  administered  by  the  student's  Thesis  Committee.  Departmental 
faculty  will  be  informed  of  the  examination  via  a  departmental  notice 
at  least  one  week  prior  to  the  examination.  Normally  the  examination 
will  be  given  at  the  time  the  Thesis  Proposal  is  submitted  to  the  Thesis 
Committee  for  approval.  As  part  of  this  examination  the  Thesis  Com- 
mittee will  review  the  student's  doctoral  program  and  his  performance 
in  graduate  courses,  as  well  as  examine  the  student  on  subject  matter 
related  to  his  graduate  studies  and  his  thesis  area. 

Course  Requirements 

Successful  completion  of  a  doctoral  program  normally  requires  70 
quarter  hours  of  satisfactory  graduate  level  work  exclusive  of  thesis 
research  and  doctoral  reading  courses. 

Doctoral  Seminar,  3.993  and  3.994  are  the  only  required  courses. 

The  course  work  must  include  a  three-course  sequence  (graduate 
level)  in  each  of  two  minor  areas.  Both  minors  must  be  in  science,  ap- 
plied science,  or  a  related  area.  One  minor  may  be  chosen  from  an 
area  of  electrical  engineering  outside  the  candidate's  proposed  major 
area. 

Thesis 

The  candidate's  thesis  research  shall  be  directed  by  his  Thesis  Ad- 
viser, whom  he  shall  select  upon  establishing  candidacy.  The  Thesis 
Committee  shall  approve  the  thesis  in  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

The  language  requirement  may  be  satisfied  in  French,  German, 
or  Russian.  The  Princeton  Educational  Testing  Service  Language  Exami- 
nation is  used  for  this  purpose.  The  examination  is  administered  by 
Northeastern  University  annually.  If  necessary,  it  may  be  taken  at  an- 
other institution.  It  must  be  passed  before  the  final  oral  examination 
is  taken. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

This  examination  will  be  held  in  accordance  with  the  departmental 
regulations. 


94  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

THE  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEER  DEGREE 

The  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  offers  the  graduate  pro- 
fessional degree  usually  known  as  the  Engineer  degree.  This  degree, 
offered  at  a  number  of  institutions,  usually  requires  about  one  year  of 
full-time  graduate  study  beyond  the  master's  degree.  The  official  title 
of  the  degree  is  "Electrical  Engineer". 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedures  for  admission  to  the 
Electrical  Engineer  degree  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify 
for  the  degree.  For  further  information  applicants  should  write  to  Pro- 
fessor Robert  A.  Gonsalves,  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering, 
Room  329,  Dana  Hall,  Northeastern  University. 

Admission 

Students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  the  Electrical  Engineer 
degree  should  make  application  for  admission  to  the  program  prior  to 
April  1.  A  master's  degree  in  electrical  engineering  or  its  equivalent 
and  the  approval  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee  is  required 
for  admission.  In  some  cases,  where  the  master's  degree  is  not  in  elec- 
trical engineering,  a  student  may  be  admitted  to  the  program  with  the 
stipulation  that  certain  deficiencies  be  made  up  without  credit  toward 
the  degree. 

The  Engineer  degree  is  available  on  either  a  full-time  or  part-time 
basis. 


Classification  and  Degree  Candidacy 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Engineer  degree  program  will  be  designated 
as  a  candidate  for  this  degree. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  two  academic  quarters  of 
full-time  graduate  work  during  the  same  academic  year  or  four  academic 
quarters  of  half-time  graduate  work  during  a  period  of  two  consecutive 
academic  years.  In  the  latter  case,  or  if  the  student  is  in  the  part-time 
program,  the  plan  for  satisfying  residence  requirements  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  student's  adviser. 

Qualification  and  Examinations 

A  student  must  maintain  a  B  average  in  order  to  qualify  for  the  de- 
gree. In  some  instances,  a  student  may  be  required  to  take  special 
examinations.  Such  examinations  will  be  determined  in  each  case  by 
the  departmental  graduate  committee. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  95 

Course  Requirements 

The  minimum  course  requirements  will  be  40  quarter  hours  beyond  the 
master's  degree,  with  no  more  than  10  quarter  hours  of  credit  out  of  the 
40  allowed  for  work  on  the  dissertation.  A  minimum  of  20  quarter  hours 
must  be  taken  in  electrical  engineering.  The  student's  course  program 
must  be  approved  by  his  adviser. 

Dissertation 

Each  engineer  degree  student  must  complete  a  dissertation  which 
demonstrates  a  high  level  of  competence  in  research,  development,  or 
design  in  the  field  of  electrical  engineering.  As  a  general  guideline,  the 
amount  of  effort  normally  expected  will  be  the  equivalent  of  about  10 
quarter  hours  of  graduate  work. 

Language  Requirement 

No  foreign  language  is  required  for  the  Electrical  Engineer  degree. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  consisting  of  a  defense  of  the  dissertation 
may  be  required  if  the  student's  adviser  and  the  departmental  graduate 
committee  so  decide. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Approval  for  transfer  of  credit  may  be  given  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee  upon  request  from  the  student. 

Time  Limitation 

After  admission  to  the  program,  a  maximum  of  five  years  will  be 
allowed  for  completion  of  the  degree  requirements.  Extension  of  this 
time  limit  may  be  granted  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental 
graduate  committee. 

Registration 

All  students  must  register  for  course  work  or  dissertation  as  ap- 
proved by  their  advisers  or  the  departmental  registration  officer.  After 
the  first  registration  for  this  work,  registration  must  be  continuous  un- 
less withdrawal  is  allowed  by  the  departmental  committee  in  charge  of 
the  degree  program. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  noted.  Courses 
carrying  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  day  courses  except  where  noted.  Course 
descriptions  are  applicable  to  both  day  and  evening  courses.  Quarters  indicated 
following  course  descriptions  refer  primarily  to  the  part-time  program.  Not  all 
courses  are  offered  every  year.  Refer  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 
circular  issued  about  July  1  each  year  for  the  courses  to  be  offered  in  the  new 
academic  year  and  the  times  at  which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 


96  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.800  Plasma  Engineering  I 

Behavior,  diagnostics,  and  generation  of  plasma  and  gas  discharges;  emphasis 
on  the  engineering  and  experimental  point  of  view  rather  than  on  a  rigorous 
theoretical  treatment.  Current  literature  on  a  variety  of  plasma  engineering  ap- 
plications will  be  introduced  throughout  the  course.  First  quarter  topics  include: 
dynamics  of  charged  particles  in  static  electric  and  magnetic  fields,  E  and  M 
wave-plasma  interactions,  Infinite  and  Finite  Media,  elastic  and  inelastic  colli- 
sions. Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Physics 
or  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III.  Fall  quarter 

3.801  Plasma  Engineering  II 

Ionization,  diffusion,  sheaths,  glow  and  arc  discharges,  plasma  oscillations,  and 
plasma  diagnostic  techniques.     Prep.  3.800,  Plasma  Engineering  I. 

Winter  quarter 

3.802  Plasma  Engineering  III 

Principles  of  MHD  and  Controlled  Fusion  Engineering.  General  plasma  engi- 
neering applications.     Prep.  3.801,  Plasma  Engineering  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.803  Plasma  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Open  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.800  and  3.801  — 
Plasma  Engineering  I  and  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical 
Engineering  or  Physics  or  3.977,  Precis  of  l^odern  Electrical  Engineering  III. 

Winter  quarter 

3.806  Lasers  I 

Review  of  basic  optical  principles  and  atomic  physics;  introduction  to  optical 
coherence;  models  for  the  interaction  of  electromagnetic  radiation  with  matter; 
a  general  description  of  lasers  is  given.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.807  Lasers  II 

Laser  threshold  and  rate  equations;  elementary  resonator  theory  and  fabrica- 
tion; giant  pulse  operation;  specific  solid-state,  liquid,  and  gas  lasers;  and  laser 
systems.     Prep.  3.806,  Lasers  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.808  Laser  Applications 

Applications  of  lasers  and  laser  systems  for  a  variety  of  engineering  and  basic 
science  disciplines;  specific  laser  optoelectronic  devices.  Prep.  3.807,  Lasers 
II  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.810     Plasma  Dynamics  I 

Electrodynamics  of  homogenous  and  stationary  plasmas;  definition  of  and  rela- 
tions among  the  linear  plasma  response  functions  and  their  role  in  power  ab- 
sorption; Hilbert  transforms  and  sum  rules;  statistical  mechanical  aspects: 
von-Neumann-Liouville  equation,  linear  response  theory  and  the  fluctuation- 
dissipation  and  compliance  theorems;  statistical  basis  for  Omsager  symmetry 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /  97 

relations  and  sum  rules.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  B  or  3.877, 
Electromagnetic  Theory  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.811  Plasma  Dynamics  II 

Applications  of  the  fluctuation-dissipation  theorems  to:  equation  of  state  for 
classical  plasmas,  interactions  of  relativistic  test  particles  with  relativistic  plas- 
mas, power  loss  calculations  and  derivations  of  the  relativistic  Fakler-Planak 
coefficients;  the  Vlasov  equation  for  relativistic  plasmas  in  external  magnetic 
fields.     Prep.  3.810,  Plasma  Dynamics  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.812  Plasma  Dynamics  III 

Continuation  of  the  Vlasov  equation;  Landau  damping  and  beam-plasma  in- 
stabilities; quasi-linear  theory;  theory  of  shock  waves  in  plasma:  Rankine- 
Hugoniot  relations,  structure,  and  stability;  MHD  instabilities:  Rayleigh-Taylor 
and  flute  instabilities,  etc.     Prep.  3.811,  Plasma  Dynamics  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.817  Physical  Acoustics 

Radiation,  transmission,  and  absorption  phenomena  of  plane  and  spherical 
waves.  Distributed-system  analogies,  simple  sources,  dipole  sources,  radiation 
impedance,  and  radiation  patterns.  Diffraction  theory,  and  ray  acoustics.  Finite 
amplitude  waves,  and  shock  waves.  The  effects  of  inhomogeneities  and  of 
dissipation  processes  on  sound  transmission.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.818  Speech  Communications 

Theory  of  acoustic  transducers,  such  as  microphones,  loudspeakers,  and  horns. 
Mechanism  of  speech  production  and  the  acoustic  properties  of  the  vocal  system. 
Hearing  and  psychoacoustics.  Analog  synthesizers  of  speech.  Speech  coding 
and  transmission  systems.     Prep.  3.817  Physical  Acoustics.  Winter  quarter 

3.819  Underwater  Sound 

Fundamentals  of  sonar  and  acoustic  signal  processing.  Echo  ranging  and  direct 
listening.  Model  of  the  underwater  acoustic  channel.  Matched  filters  and  corre- 
lation detection.     Prep.  3.818,  Speech  Communications.  Spring  Quarter 

3.823  Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  3.8C4  and  3.8C5, 
Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  ll-A  and  ll-B.  (Not  open  to 
Northeastern  graduates  who  have  completed  3.293).  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.824  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  (Fundamental  Precepts) 

A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  time  and  frequency  domain  analysis  including 
differential  equations  and  systems  of  simultaneous  first  order  equations,  integral 
solutions  including  superposition  and  convolution  integrals  and  Green's  function 
solutions;  the  application  of  complex  variable  theory  to  the  study  of  Laplace  and 
z-transforms;  the  application  of  matrix  theory  to  systems  analysis.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  Precis  of  Modern 
Electrical  Engineering  I.  Recommended  are  courses  3.8C4  and  3.8C5  or  their 
equivalent.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 


98  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.825  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-A  (State  Variable  Representation  of  Systems) 

A  continuation  of  program  begun  with  3.824.  Introduction  to  state  variable 
analysis  of  continuous  and  discrete  systems.  Standard  canonical  representations. 
Computer  simulation  of  systems  behavior.  Solution  of  state  equations  for  linear 
time  invariant  systems.  Analysis  of  transient  response.  Prep.  3.824,  Linear  Sys- 
tems Analysis  I  or  equivalent.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.826  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-B  (Applications  of  State  Variable  and  Trans- 
form Techniques) 

A  continuation  of  3.825.  Extensions  of  techniques  to  time  varying  systems. 
Stability  and  related  matters.  Introduction  to  optimization  and  optimal  systems. 
Observability  and  controllability.  Further  applications  to  discrete  as  well  as 
continuous  systems.  The  application  of  digital  computers  to  systems  analysis. 
Prep.  3.825,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-A.  Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.827  Linear  Systems  Analysis  through  State  Variable  and  Transform  Tech- 
niques (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  to  day  students  only.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.825  and  3.826, 
Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-A  and  ll-B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Electrical  Engineering  and  3.824,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  or  equivalent. 

Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.830  Network  Synthesis  l-A 

Matrix  circuit  analysis  including  m-port  parameter  systems.  Positive-real  func- 
tions. Energy  functions.  Driving-point  synthesis  techniques  for  LC,  RC,  and  RL 
networks.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975, 
Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.831  Network  Synthesis  l-B 

Driving-point  synthesis  of  RLC  networks.  Properties  of  two-port  networks.  Two- 
port  synthesis,  including  the  parallel  ladder  realization.  Lattice  synthesis.  Prep. 
3.830,  Network  Synthesis  l-A.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.832  Network  Synthesis  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.830,  Network 
Synthesis  l-A  and  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engi- 
neering I.  Fall  and  spring  quarters 

3.833  Network  Synthesis  II 

Scattering,  immittance,  and  hybrid  formalisms  for  linear  networks;  state-space 
formulation  and  techniques  for  time-invariant  and  time-varying  networks;  intro- 
duction to  passive  n-port  synthesis.  Prep.  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B  or 
3.832,  Network  Synthesis  I.  Fall  quarter 

3.834  Advanced  Network  Theory  I 

General  realizability  of  linear  lumped  and  distributed  systems;  synthesis  of 
reciprocal  and  non-reciprocal  n-port  networks;  lossless  microwave  multi-port 
junctions;  stability  characterizations  of  active  networks;  theory  of  linear  active 
multi-port  networks.     Prep.  3.833,  Network  Synthesis  II.  Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  99 

3.835     Advanced  Network  Theory  II 

Interrelationship  between  parts  of  network  functions;  theory  of  optimum  broad- 
band matching;  approximation  methods  and  insertion  loss  synthesis;  analysis 
and  synthesis  of  transmission  line  filters  and  equalizers;  gain-bandwidth  theory 
of  negative  resistance  devices  including  tunnel  diodes,  varactors,  avalanche 
transit-time,  and  bulk-effect  devices.     Prep.  3.834,  Advanced  Network  Theory  I. 

Spring  quarter 

3.837  Topological  Circuit  Analysis  and  Linear  Graphs 

Mathematical  properties  of  the  Kirchoff  equations.  Matrix  and  topological  circuit 
analysis.  Fundamentals  of  graph  theory.  Selected  applications  of  graph  theory 
in  the  fields  of  network  synthesis,  switching  theory,  and  communication  networks. 
Prep.  10.9N2,  Advanced  Mathematics  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.838  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  I 

Numerical,  graphical,  and  analytical  methods  for  the  solution  of  physical  systems 
described  by  nonlinear  differential  equations.  Geometric  analysis  in  second-order 
systems.  Perturbation  and  averaging  theory.  Prep.  3.831,  Network  Synthesis  l-B 
or  3.832,  Network  Synthesis  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.839  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  11 

Linear,  time-varying  systems  and  their  relationship  to  certain  nonlinear  problems. 
The  WJKB  approximation.  The  Hill  and  Mathieu  Equations.  Stability  of  nonlinear 
systems.  Lyapunov  Theory.  Selected  topics  in  nonlinear  analysis  according  to 
group  interest.     Prep.  3.838,  Nonlinear  Circuit  Analysis  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.840  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-A 

Active  networks  are  developed  from  device  representation  and  appropriate  circuit 
theory  concepts.  Topics  included  are  application  of  flowgraphs  and  matrices  to 
design  and  analysis,  development  of  solid  state  device  models,  stability,  inte- 
grated circuitry  limitations  and  dominant  pole  analysis,  and  realization  from  open 
and  short-circuit  impedance  concepts.  These  are  applied  to  the  realization, 
operation,  and  optimization  of  gainband-width  products  of  wide-band  amplifiers 
to  obtain  specific  characteristics  such  as  Butterworth  and  other  functions. 
Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.976,  Precis  of 
Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II.  Fall  quarter 

3.841  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-B 

The  results  of  3.840,  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-A,  are  extended  to  include  narrow- 
band, band  pass  amplifiers,  and  feedback  amplifier  concepts.  The  effects  of 
feedback  upon  gain,  impedance  noise,  and  stability  are  developed  from  return 
difference  and  ratio  viewpoints  utilizing  open  and  short-circuit  loop  gain  con- 
cepts. Consideration  is  given  to  the  synthesis  of  driving  point  and  transfer 
functions  using  active  filters,  negative  impedance  converters,  and  other  basic 
building  blocks.     Prep.  3.840,  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-A.  Winter  quarter 

3.842  Linear  Active  Circuits  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.840,  Linear  Active 
Circuits  l-A  and  3.841,  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.976,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering 
II.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 

3.843  Linear  Active  Circuits  II 

A  continuation  of  the  material  covered  in  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-A  and  l-B. 
Emphasis  will   be   placed   on   feedback  systems,   including   multiloop   amplifier 


100  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

design.  These  techniques  will  be  applied  to  integrated  circuit  realizations  of 
basic  active  networks.  Prep.  3.841,  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-B  or  3.842,  Linear 
Active  Circuits  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.845     Active  Network  Synthesis 

Basic  methods  of  active  network  synthesis  are  introduced  through  three  com- 
monly used  approaches:  feedback  amplifier,  negative  impedance  convertor,  and 
gyrator;  structures  of  Sallen  and  Key,  Kuh,  Linvill,  Yanagisawa,  Rohrer,  Kinari- 
wals,  Sepress,  and  Calahan;  consideration  of  the  practical  realization  of  NIC's 
and  gyrators,  standard  decomposition  methods  and  sensitivity;  work  of  Sand- 
berg,  Larky,  Newcomb,  Daniels,  Horowtiz,  and  Thomas.  Prep.  3.381,  Network 
Synthesis  l-B  and  3.841,  Linear  Active  Circuits  l-B  or  equivalent.        Fall  quarter 

3.853  Solid  State  Device  Theory  and  Practice  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course  meets  twice  weekly.  On  one  night  there  is  a  two-hour  lecture;  on 
the  other,  a  three-hour  lab.  The  course  carries  four  quarter  hours  of  credit. 

A  case  method  study  of  solid  state  devices  with  a  laboratory  tightly  integrated 
with  the  classroom  work.  The  methodology  developed  is  fundamental  to  the 
discrete  and  integrated  circuit  technology.  The  classroom  portion  of  the  course 
is  devoted  to  junction  diode  and  bipolar  transistor  theory  including  the  physics 
of  achieving  a  given  design.  In  the  laboratory,  the  student  designs,  builds,  and 
tests  diodes  and  transistors  to  meet  certain  electrical  characteristics.  The 
devices  achieved  are  seldom  of  commercial  quality,  but  sufficient  equipment  is 
available  in  the  laboratory  to  make  practical  device  processing  possible  even 
for  completely  untrained  personnel.  Prep.  An  undergraduate  level  background 
in  electronics  and  semiconductor  devices.  Fall  quarter 

3.854  Solid  State  Theory  and  Practice  (4  q.h.  credits) 

The  course  is  offered  on  the  same  basis  as  03.853  and  is  a  continuation  of 
that  course.  The  central  topic  is  field  effect  transistors  with  appropriate  design 
problems  for  the  laboratory.  Prep.  3.853  Solid  State  Device  Theory  and  Prac- 
tice. Spring  quarter 

3.858     Characteristics  and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Open  to  both  day  and  evening  students.  Two  two-hour  evening  sessions   per 
week. 

This  two-quarter  sequence  is  designed  to  develop  real  insight  into  the  operation 
of  a  broad  range  of  semiconductor  devices.  First  half  of  this  quarter  is  devoted 
to  important  topics  in  the  physics  of  semiconductors  to  provide  the  background 
necessary  for  device  analysis.  Second  half  of  the  quarter  is  devoted  to  analysis 
of  fundamental  building-block  units  of  which  devices  are  made  including  the 
PN  junction,  the  ohmic  contact,  and  the  Schottky  barrier.  Each  is  examined 
under  reasonable  extremes  of  bias  and  temperature  to  establish  the  electrical 
behavior  expected  from  such  elementary  units.  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  bi- 
polar transistor.  Prep.  Bachelor  ol  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or 
equivalent.  Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /   101 

3.859  Characteristics  and  iVIodels  of  Solid  State  Devices  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Open  to  both  day  and  evening  students.  Two  two-iiour  evening  sessions   per 
week. 

A  continuation  of  3.858.  First  half  of  this  quarter  is  devoted  to  the  metal-oxide- 
semiconductor  interface,  its  influence  on  the  behavior  of  real  junctions,  and  the 
various  realizations  of  the  field-effect  transistor.  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  per- 
formance of  FET's  will  permit  a  critical  comparison  of  field  effect  and  bipolar 
transistors.  Second  half  is  devoted  to  solid  state  microwave  devices;  devices 
that  are  both  unique  to  microwave  applications  and  the  relevant  low  frequency 
elements  which  require  somewhat  different  analysis  at  microwave  frequencies. 
An  examination  of  noise  in  semiconductor  devices.  Prep.  3.858,  Characteristics 
and  Models  of  Solid  State  Devices  I  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.860  Pulse  Processing  I 

The  principles  and  techniques  of  pulse-forming  and  pulse-processing  circuits, 
basic  radar,  television,  digital  computation,  pulse  modulation  systems,  and  data- 
processing  systems.  Wave  shaping  circuits,  logic  circuits,  switching  circuits, 
digital  devices,  and  time  base  generators  will  be  covered.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975,  3.976,  and  3.977,  Precis  of 
Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I,  II,  and  II.  Winter  quarter 

3.861  Pulse  Processing  II 

Continuation  of  3.860,  Pulse  Processing  I,  to  include  digital  filters  and  corre- 
lators, pulse  transformers,  memory  devices,  and  linear  delay  devices.  Prep. 
3.860,  Pulse  Processing  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.865  Radar  Systems  I 

Emphasis  on  the  systems  aspects  of  radar  engineering.  Topics  covered  include 
antennas;  low-noise  receivers;  high-power  transmitters;  range,  angle,  and  Dop- 
pler  tracking  systems;  search  radar  systems.  Mathematical  descriptions  are  used 
throughout.     Prep.  Background  in  probability  and  Fourier  analysis.     Fall  quarter 

3.866  Radar  Systems  II 

Continuation  of  3.865,  Radar  Systems  I,  a  further  consideration  of  systems 
aspects.  The  principles  of  radar  detection  theory;  matched  filter  and  correlation 
receiver  design;  radar  ambiguity  function;  radar  uncertainty  principles;  radar 
waveform  synthesis;  fundamental  accuracy  limits;  generalized  tracking  problems. 
Prep.  3.865,  Radar  Systems  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.867  Radar  Systems  III 

Advanced  topics  in  radar  engineering  including  modern  tracking  techniques, 
waveform  synthesis,  multifunction  array  radar  techniques,  and  selected  topics  in 
radar-sensing  techniques  and  devices.     Prep.  3.866,  Radar  Systems  II. 

Spring  quarter 
3.871     Space  Communications  Systems  I 

Primarily  concerned  with  space-oriented  communications.  Antenna  gain,  space 
loss,  cosmic  and  atmospheric  noise,  polarization  loss  and  receiver  noise  tempera- 
ture will  be  discussed  as  factors  influencing  the  system  signal-to-noise  ratio. 
Contemporary  signal  modulation  and  processing  systems  will  be  introduced  in 
order  to  determine  signal  spectrum  and  noise  power  at  the  output  of  the  inter- 


102  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

mediate  frequency  receiver.  Prep.  Background  in  probability  and  Fourier 
analysis. 

3.872  Space  Communications  Systems  II 

Primarily  concerned  with  the  theoretical  aspects  of  analogue  modulation  systems 
used  in  radio  telemetry  and  space  communications.  First  and  second  threshold 
effects  will  be  discussed  in  conjunction  with  signal-to-noise  considerations  for 
amplitude  and  angle  modulated  systems.  Treatment  of  frequency  feedback  and 
phase-lock  loops  will  be  included  in  the  discussion  of  frequency  modulation  and 
detection.  Frequency  division  multiplexing  will  include  sub-carrier  pre-emphasis 
and  comparative  performance  figures  for  SSSC/FM  and  FM/FM.  Prep.  3.871, 
Space  Communications  Systems  I  or  3.900,  Communication  Theory — Introduction 
A.  Winter  quarter 

3.873  Space  Communications  Systems  III 

Continuation  of  techniques  of  3.872  to  cover  digital  modulation  systems  and  time 
division  multiplexing.  Adaptive  sampling,  aliasing,  and  interpolation  will  be  dis- 
cussed along  with  PAM/FM.  Pulse  code  modulation  systems  utilizing  frequency 
and  phase  shifted  carriers  will  be  compared  under  noise  conditions.  Treatment 
will  be  given  to  the  use  of  codes  with  special  correlation,  modulation  by 
sequences,  and  phase-coherent  communication.  Prep.  3.872,  Space  Com- 
munications Systems  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.875  Electromagnetic  Theory  A 

Maxwell's  equations  and  related  electromagnetic  laws  and  relations;  basic 
properties  of  matter;  electromagnetic  potentials;  the  scalar  and  vector  Poisson, 
D'Alembert,  and  Helmholtz  equations;  Green's  functions;  both  mathematical  and 
physical  aspects  of  the  theory  and  their  relation  to  engineering  applications. 
Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.977,  Precis  of 
Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III,  Advanced  Calculus,  and  Vector  Analysis. 

Fall  quarter 

3.876  Electromagnetic  Theory  B 

Basic  radiation  phenomenon  including  retarded  potentials,  radiation  from  mov- 
ing charges,  electromagnetic  energy,  and  energy-related  theorems.  Propaga- 
tion of  plane  waves  in  media  with  real  and  complex  constitutive  parameters. 
Fundamental  theory  of  guided  waves.     Prep.  3.875,  Electromagnetic  Theory  A. 

Winter  quarter 

3.877  Electromagnetic  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.875  and  3.876, 
Electromagnetic  Theory  A  and  B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electri- 
cal Engineering  or  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III. 

Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.878  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  A 

More  advanced  approaches  to  problems  in  electromagnetic  theory  of  interest  to 
electrical  engineers  —  for  example:  waveguide,  antennas,  diffraction,  and  scat- 
tering; approximation  techniques  for  obtaining  useful  solutions  of  field  theory 


1 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /   103 

problems  including  integral  equation,  perturbation,  and  variational  techniques. 
Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  B  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory. 

Spring  quarter 

3.879  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  B 

Special  relativity  and  relativistic  electrodynamics.  Radiation  from  moving 
charges.  Statistical  concepts  and  propagation  in  random  media.  Introduction  to 
magnetohydrodynamics  and  plasma  physics.  Prep.  3.878  Advanced  Electromag- 
netic Theory  A.  Fall  quarter 

3.880  Microwave  Theory 

Propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  on  periodic  structures.  Propagation  on  a 
helix.  Waves  on  electron  beams.  Coupled-mode  theory.  Traveling-wave  devices. 
Propagation  in  anisotropic  media.  Ferrite  devices.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic 
Theory  B  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.881  Microwave  Circuits  I 

Review  of  microwave  circuit  theorems;  scattering  matrices  and  applications; 
eigenvalue  problem;  symmetrical  and  miscellaneous  junctions;  applications  of 
3-db  couplers;  polarizers,  phase  shifters  and  attenuators;  non-reciprocal  and 
ferrite  devices.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic  Theory  B  or  3.877,  Electromag- 
netic Theory.  Winter  quarter 

3.882  Microwave  Circuits  II 

One-port  resonant  cavity;  transmission  cavity;  analysis  and  synthesis  of  micro- 
wave filters;  traveling-wave  resonators;  periodically  loaded  lines;  selected  micro- 
wave system  considerations.     Prep.  3.881,  Microwave  Circuits  I.   Spring  quarter 

3.883  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.878  and  3.879  — 
Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  A  and  B.  Prep.  3.876,  Electromagnetic 
Theory  B  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.885     Antennas  and  Environmental  Sensors 

Fundamental  theory  of  the  transient  and  steady  state  operation  of  radiating 
devices  with  emphasis  on  wire  type  antennas  —  although  more  complex  struc- 
tures will  also  be  studied;  use  of  antennas  for  environmental  probes  and  for 
mapping  and  measuring  the  resources  of  the  earth;  remote  sensing  from  radi- 
ating structures;  use  of  computers  in  solving  antenna  problems.  Prep.  3.876, 
Electromagnetic  Theory  B  or  3.877,  Electromagnetic  Theory.  Spring  quarter 

3.887     Biological  Picture  Processing 

The  preparation  and  meaning  of  greatly  magnified  pictures  of  biological  objects. 
Electron  microscope  studies  of  particular  biological  systems;  practical  problems 
in  specimen  preparation  and  the  limitation  of  optical  and  electron  optical  sys- 
tems; reconstruction  of  the  three-dimensional  structure  of  the  specimen  using 
both  real  space  and  Fourier  techniques;  use  of  high  speed  computers  in  proc- 
essing and  interpreting  the  pictorial  data.  As  time  permits,  other  optical  methods 
for  gathering  biological  pictures  will  be  discussed.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Spring  quarter 


104  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.890  Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  I 

Topics  in  wave  propagation  of  prime  importance  in  communications  and  space 
physics.  Review  of  wave  propagation  in  a  homogeneous  medium.  Physical  pro- 
cesses in  the  atmosphere.  The  formation  and  structure  of  the  ionosphere.  Basic 
magneto-ionic  theory.  Propagation  of  waves  in  a  spatially  varying  medium.  Ray 
theory.     Prep.  10.9N2,  Advanced  Mathematics  or  equivalent.         Winter  quarter 

3.891  Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  II 

Application  of  the  theory  of  the  oblique  incidence  of  radio  waves  on  the  iono- 
sphere, including  the  effects  of  the  presence  of  the  geomagnetic  field,  to  radio 
communications.  The  interpretation  of  ionograms.  Path  prediction  and  field 
strength  computations.  Absorption.  Top  side  soundings.  Incoherent  thermal 
scatter.  Ionospheric  irregularities  and  motions,  and  their  study  by  space  and 
frequency  diversity  techniques  and  other  methods.  Prep.  3.890,  Electromagnetic 
Wave  Propagation  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.892  Introduction  to  Digital  Computer  Programming 

Analysis  of  assorted  problems  of  differing  types  and  discussion  of  potential 
solution  methods;  transformation  of  chosen  solution  methods  into  detailed  flow 
charts;  principles  of  computer  programming:  logical  decision  trees,  loops,  ar- 
rays, subroutines,  internal  checks,  error  handling,  input,  output,  and  the  use  of 
library  routines;  implementation  of  these  principles  using  the  FORTRAN  IV 
language  including  its  advanced  features;  principles  of  program  testing  and  the 
circumvention  of  language  restrictions.  (Not  open  to  those  who  have  completed 

3.970,  Digital  Computer  Programming  I.)  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.893  Digital  Computer  Programming  I 

Review  of  FORTRAN  IV  and  its  advanced  features;  binary  number  system;  de- 
scription of  a  machine  and  its  language;  addressing  techniques,  indirect  and 
indexed  addressing,  input/output  instructions  and  devices;  introduction  to  some 
of  the  topics  of  3.894.  (Not  open  to  those  who  have  completed  3.970,  Digital 
Computer  Programming  I.)  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
or  Science  and  knowledge  of  FORTRAN  IV,  ALGOL  or  PL/ 1.  Fall  quarter 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II 

First  half  of  a  two-quarter  sequence  on  operating  systems  and  language  pro- 
cessors. Topics  covered  in  the  sequence  include:  data  and  program  structures, 
list  and  string  processing,  sorting,  multiprogramming,  multiprocessing,  and  real- 
time systems;  re-entrant  coding  and  recursion;  storage  allocation,  segmenta- 
tion, virtual  memory,  memory  protection,  management  of  multi-level  storage; 
assemblers,  interpreters,  and  compilers;  nested  and  recursive  macros;  syn- 
tactic analysis,  instruction  formats,  and  code  generation;  libraries;  special  pur- 
pose computers,   digital  controllers.   (Not  open  to  those  who  have  completed 

3.971,  Digital  Computer  Programming  II.)  Prep.  3.893,  Digital  Computer  Pro- 
gramming I.  Winter  quarter 

3.895  Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

Continuation  of  3.894.     Prep.  3.894,  Digital  Computer  Programming  II. 

Spring  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /   105 

3.898  Combinatorial  Methods  and  Optimization  Techniques  I 

An  introductory  course  in  applied  combinatorial  mathematics  which  treats  se- 
lected topics  in  enumerative  analysis  and  optimization  techniques.  Illustrative 
applications  will  be  given  in  the  areas  of  computer  science,  information  process- 
ing, operational  research,  and  controls.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Fall  quarter 

3.899  Combinatorial  IVIethods  and  Optimization  Techniques  II 

A  continuation  of  course  3.898.  Prep.  3.898,  Combinatorial  Methods  and  Opti- 
mization Techniques  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.8C1     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  l-A 

Complex  variable  theory;  mapping  by  functions,  definite  and  indefinite  integrals, 
Cauchy  integral  formula,  Laurent  series,  the  residue  theorem  and  branch  points. 
Not  open  to  Northeastern  graduates  who  have  completed  3.292.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.8C2     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  l-B 

A  continuation  of  3.8C1  that  includes  application  of  complex  variable  theory  to 
Fourier  theory,  Hilbert  transforms,  and  conformal  transformations  in  the  analysis 
of  linear  systems  and  in  electrostatics;  the  Schwarz-Christoffel  transformation, 
Poisson's  integral  formula  and  concept  of  analytic  continuation.  Prep.  Mathe- 
matical Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  l-A.  Winter  quarter 

3.8C4     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  ll-A 

Linear  algebraic  equations;  Gauss  algorithm;  Linear  operators  in  an  n-dimen- 
sional  vector  space  over  infinite  and  finite  fields;  characteristic  value  problem; 
minimum  polynomial;  functions  of  a  matrix;  Cayley-Hamilton  theorem;  Sylvester's 
identity;  matrix  transformations:  equivalence,  congruence,  similarity;  quadratic 
forms;  definiteness;  canonical  forms  under  equivalence  and  congruence  trans- 
formation; polynomial  matrices.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  Fall  quarter 

3.8C5     Mathematical  Methods  in  Electrical  Engineering  ll-B 

Smith  normal  form;  determinantal  divisors;  invariant  factors;  elementary  divisors; 
canonical  forms  under  similarity:  companion  forms  and  Jordan  form;  method  of 
Jordan  chains;  Segre,  Ferrer,  and  Weyr  characteristics;  decomposition  of  a 
vector  space  into  invariant  subspaces.  Prep.  3.8C4,  Mathematical  Methods  in 
Electrical  Engineering  ll-A.  Winter  quarter 

3.8T1     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  I 

Survey  of  numerical  methods  applied  to  engineering  and  scientific  problems 
with  emphasis  on  machine  implementation  and  problem  solving;  roundoff  errors 
and  cumulative  errors;  difference  and  summation  calculus;  roots  of  polynomials 
and  nonlinear  functions;  orthogonal  functions  including  polynomials,  least 
squares,  and  Chebyshev  approximation  of  functions;  systems  of  algebraic  equa- 
tions, matrix  notation,  and  machine  implementation;  inversion  of  matrices  includ- 
ing iterative  methods;  sparse  matrix  techniques.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Engineering,  Mathematics,  or  Physics;  a  working  knowledge  of  FORTRAN. 

Fall  quarter 

3.8T2     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  II 

Interpolation;   numeric  quadrature;   numeric  integration   of  ordinary  differential 


106  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

equations  including  predictor-corrector  methods;  stiff  dynamic  equations, 
partial  differential  equations,  approximations,  boundary  value  problems.  Prep. 
3.8T1,  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.8T3     Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  III 

Linear  and  dynamic  programming,  steepest  descent  and  simplex  methods,  with 
application  to  nonlinear  functions  in  n-dimensional  space;  eigenvalues  and 
eigenvectors  of  matrices;  approximate  location  of  eigenvalues;  stability;  Routh- 
Hurwitz  criterion;  more  specialized  techniques  including  the  fast  Fourier  trans- 
form, digital  simulation  of  analog  computation,  system  modelling,  etc.  Prep. 
3.8T2,  Numerical  Methods  and  Computer  Applications  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.8T7     Digital  Filtering  I 

Representation  of  discrete  signals  and  systems;  z-transforms  and  discrete 
Fourier  transforms;  difference  equations  and  state  space  representation  of 
discrete  systems;  algorithms  for  fast  Fourier  transforms,  e.g.  Cooley-Tukey, 
Sande-Tukey,  etc.,  radix  two,  four  and  arbitrary  algorithms.  Prep.  3.824,  Linear 
Systems  Analysis  I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.8T8     Digital  Filtering  II 

Digital  filter  analysis  design;  digital  spectra,  smoothing  techniques,  spectral 
window;  effects  of  quantization  truncation  and  parameter  inaccuracies;  Kalman 
filtering;  system  performance  in  the  presence  of  noise;  applications  to  signal 
processing  problems  and  the  solution  of  partial  differential  equations.  Prep. 
3.8T7,  Digital  Filtering  I  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Winter  quarter 

3.8T9     Digital  Filtering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  3.8T7  and  3.8T8, 
Digital  Filtering  I  and  II.     Prep.  3.824,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  I  or  equivalent. 

Spring  quarter 

The  two-part  sequence  which  follows  serves  to  introduce  students  in  engineer- 
ing and  physics  to  the  notions  of  probability,  random  variables  and  stochastic 
processes.  The  subject  matter  is  given  below. 

3.900  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A 

Introductory  probability,  sample  space  and  random  variables,  examples  of  dis- 
crete and  continuous  probability  distribution  functions,  averages,  moments  and 
characteristic  function,  multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variables  and  func- 
tions of  variables,  central  limit  theorem,  description  of  stochastic  vectors.  Prep. 
Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  IV  or  equivalent. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.901  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B 

General  concepts  of  stochastic  processes,  stationarity  and  ergodicity,  stochastic 
continuity  and  differentiation,  the  Gaussian  process,  linear  systems  with  sto- 
chastic inputs,  correlation  functions  and  power  spectra,  stochastic  orthogonality 
and  linear  mean-square  estimation  filtering  and  prediction.  Prep  3.900,  Applied 
Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A.  Fall,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.902  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.900,  Applied  Prob- 
ability and  Stochastic  Processes  A  and  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic 
Processes  B.     Prep.  Knowledge  of  Laplace  Transformers  or  Complex  Variables. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /   107 

3.903  Communication  Theory  —  Information  Theory  and  Coding  A 

Deals  principally  with  three  aspects  of  information  theory;  the  statistical  descrip- 
tion of  sources  and  the  probabilistic  measure  of  their  information  contents,  the 
determination  of  channel  capacity,  and  the  fundamental  coding  theorems. 
Prep.  3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A  or  3.902,  Applied 
Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  or  Probability.  Winter  quarter 

3.904  Communication  Theory  —  Information  Theory  and  Coding  B 

Continuation  of  3.903,  Communication  Theory  —  Information  Theory  and  Coding 
A.  The  theory  of  coding  and  decoding  for  efficient  and  reliable  communication. 
Particular  subjects  include  the  derivation  of  theoretical  bounds  of  error  in  coding, 
methods  of  constructing  algebraic  and  probabilistic  codes,  and  decoding  tech- 
niques. Some  knowledge  of  elementary  aspects  of  modern  algebra  is  desirable 
but  not  necessary.  Prep.  3.903,  Communication  Theory  —  Information  Theory 
and  Coding  A.  Spring  quarter 

3.905  Communication  Theory  —  Information  Theory  and  Coding  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.903  and  3.904, 
Communication    Theory  —  Information    Theory    and    Coding   A    and    B.     Prep. 
3.900,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A  or  Probability. 

Spring  quarter 

3.906  Communication  Theory  —  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  A 

This  course  presents  the  classical  theory  of  signal  detections  and  estimation. 
Particular  topics  include:  likelihood  ratio  tests  for  detection  of  known  or  random 
signals;  calculation  of  error  probabilities  and  the  signal  selection  problem. 
Prep.  3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B  or  3.902,  Applied 
Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes.  Winter  quarter 

3.907  Communication  Theory  —  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  B 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.906  stressing  application  of  the  theory.  Par- 
ticular topics  include:  synthesis  of  an  adaptive  receiver;  data  reduction  to  several 
discriminants;  ambiguity  function;  estimation  of  angle  modulated  signals;  and 
Kalman-Wiener  filtering.  Prep.  3.906,  Communication  Theory  —  Detection  and 
Estimation  Theory  A.  Spring  quarter 

3.908  Special  Topics  in  Communication  Theory 

This  course  is  designed  to  cover  other  aspects  of  communication  theory  of 
current  interest  that  have  not  been  covered  in  previous  courses.  The  subject 
matter  may  change  from  year  to  year.  Subjects  to  be  given  in  1972-73  are: 

Fall  Quarter —  Data  Transmission 

Deals  with  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  digital  data  transmission 

in   the   presence  of   channel    distortion  and    additive   noise   including:   the 

characterization  of  physical  channels,  signal  design  techniques,  and  Nyquist 

criteria;   adaptive   equalization;  diversity    reception   techniques;    and   error 

rate  performance.     Prep.  3.901  or  3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic 

Processes 

Winter  Quarter  —  Visual  Image  Processing 

Application    of    communication    and    information    theoretic    techniques   to 

visual  image  processing  including:   efficient  coding;  transmission   and   re- 


108   /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

construction  of  visual  source  material;  computer  processing  of  digital 
images;  image  enhancement  techniques;  picture  properties;  descriptions 
and  languages  with  application  to  pattern  recognition.  Prep.  3.907  or 
3.909,  Communication  Theory 

Spring  Quarter — Digital   Communications 

Deals  principally  with  four  aspects  of  digital  communications  properties  of 
digital  sequences,  mathematical  theory  of  digital  orthogonal  codes,  space 
communications  and  problems  in  synchronization  for  digital  communica- 
tions.     Prep.  3.904  or  3.905,  Communication  Theory 

3.909  Communication  Theory  —  Detection  and  Estimation  Theory  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.906  and  3.907, 
Communication    Theory — Detection   and    Estimation   Theory   A   and    B.     Prep. 

3.901,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B  or  3.902,  Applied  Prob- 
ability and  Stochastic  Processes.  Winter  quarter 

3.910  Nonlinear  Systems  I 

Operators  and  functionals.  Functional  power  series  representation  of  nonlinear 
systems.  Functional  representation  of  the  response  of  a  nonlinear  system  when 
its  input  is  either  a  constant,  a  sinusoid,  a  transient.  System  transforms.  Appli- 
cations to  the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  nonlinear  systems  in  terms  of  functional 
power  series.  Prep.  An  undergraduate  course  in  Signals  and  Systems  and  3.900, 
Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  A  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.911  Nonlinear  Systems  II 

Nonlinear  systems  with  random  inputs.  Functional  representation  of  the  response 
of  a  nonlinear  system  when  its  input  is  a  random  process.  Orthogonal  systems  of 
functionals.  Representation  and  analysis  of  nonlinear  systems  in  terms  of 
orthologonal  systems  of  functionals.  The  optimum  nonlinear  filter,  predictor,  and 
general  operator.  Special  classes  of  nonlinear  systems.  Determination  of  opti- 
mum nonlinear  systems  for  generalized  error  criteria.  Prep.  3.910,  Nonlinear 
Systems  I  and  either  3.901 ,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes  B  or 

3.902,  Applied  Probability  and  Stochastic  Processes.  Winter  quarter 

3.912  Nonlinear  Systems  III 

Functional  analysis  of  systems  characterized  by  nonlinear  differential  equations. 
Operator  approach  to  system  theory  and  its  relationship  to  differential  equation 
representations.  The  methods  of  iteration  in  nonlinear  theory  and  its  application 
to  feedback  sysetms.     Prep.  3.911,  Nonlinear  Systems  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.914  Geometric  Optics  I 

The  fundamental  laws  of  image  formation  —  thin  and  thick  lenses,  Gaussian 
optics,  and  ray  tracing;  third  order  aberration  theory  —  wave  aberration  and 
the  basic  elements  of  photometry,  optical  design,  and  optics  fabrication;  the  eye 
as  a  detector;  applications  to  instrument  design  such  as  microscopes  and 
telescopes.  Prep.  10.8A4.  Advanced  Mathematics  or  3.823,  Mathematical 
Techniques  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.915  Geometric  Optics  II 

Fundamental  laws  of  image  formation  are  examined  in  more  detail.  In  the  first 
part  theory  is  presented  which  leads  from  Maxwell's  Equations  to  the  general 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /   109 

laws  of  image  formation  —  including  third  order  aberrations.  In  the  second  part 
theory  of  image  formation  is  used  to  analyze  the  performance  of  various  optical 
systems;  limitations  due  to  image  aberrations  are  determined;  and  those  optical 
design  concepts  which  are  used  to  correct  for  the  different  aberration  effects 
are  discussed.     Prep.  3.914,  Geometric  Optics  I.  Fall  quarter 

3.916  Physical  (wave)  Optics  I 

This  two-quarter  sequence  covers:  optical  diffraction  and  imaging  problems 
as  linear  systems;  necessary  tools  of  Fourier  Analysis  and  linear  systems 
analysis  which  occur  when  solving  the  scalar  wave  equation;  waves  and  their 
properties;  reflection,  refraction,  polarization,  and  propagation  of  waves; 
foundations  of  scalar  diffraction  theory  —  including  Fresnel  and  Fraunhofer 
diffraction,  interferometry,  division  of  amplitude,  division  of  wavefront,  inter- 
ferometric  instrumentation,  Fourier  transforming,  image  properties  of  lenses, 
coherent  and  incoherent  imaging;  and  advanced  topics  in  the  application  of 
communication  theory  to  optical  problems,  transfer  and  spread  functions, 
spatial  filtering,  and  holography.     Prep.  3.915,  Geometric  Optics  II  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.917  Physical  Optics  II 

Continuation  of  3.916.     Prep.  3.916,  Physical  Optics  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.918  Experimental  Optics  and  Image  Evaluation  I 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.915,  Geometric  Optics  II. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Fall  quarter 

3.919  Experimental  Optics  and  Image  Evaluation  II 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.916,  Physical  (wave)  Optics  I. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Winter  quarter 

3.920  Experimental  Optics  and  Image  Evaluation  III 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  3.917,  Physical  Optics  II. 

1  hour  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory.  Spring  quarter 

The  laboratory  course  provides  practical  experience  in  experimental  optics  to 
supplement  the  theory  developed  in  the  geometrical  and  physical  optics  lectures. 
Topics  include:  geometrical  properties  of  lenses,  aberrations,  and  resolution 
measurements;  diffraction  effects  in  optics  and  in  lens  systems;  interferometric 
techniques  applied  to  precise  optical  measurements  and  to  image  evaluation. 
Optical  transfer  function,  spatial  optical  filtering  and  Fourier  transformation 
concepts  are  studied  in  the  laboratory;  investigation  of  holographic  techniques 
and  the  coherence  of  light. 

3.921  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  I 

Optics  of  crystals;  classification  and  effects  of  crystal  symmetry  on  crystal 
properties;  classical  description  of  wave  propagation  in  crystals;  applications  of 
the  theory  to  modulation,  pulse  generation,  non-linear  optics.  Prep.  11.801, 
Introductory  Modern  Physics  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.922  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II 

Introduction  to  the  quantum  theory  of  matter  with  application  to  optics;  absorp- 
tion and  emission  of  radiation;  quantum  description  of  optical  propagation  in 
matter;  quantum  statistics  of  fields;  laser  models  and  application  of  the  theory 


110  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

to  selected  experiments  and  current  investigations.  Prep.  3.921,  Optical  Prop- 
erties of  Matter  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.923  Optical  Properties  of  IVIatter  III 

Continuation  of  3.922.     Prep.  3.922,  Optical  Properties  of  Matter  II. 

Spring  quarter 

3.924  Advanced  Optics  Laboratory  and  Current  Developments 

Special  topics  in  modern  optics  and  optical  techniques  requiring  the  presenta- 
tion of  a  paper  by  participants  at  termination  of  the  course.  Prep.  Consent  of 
the  Director  of  the  Electro-Optics  Program.  Offered  by  special  arrangement 

Additional  courses  on  the  optics  sequence  are  3.980,  3.981,  3.982,  3.983,  and 
3.984. 

3.925  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I 

Fundamental  concepts  of  single-phase  and  polyphase  power  systems;  definitions 
of  terms;  use  of  per  unit  quantities;  equivalent  circuits  of  symmetrical  3-phase 
systems;  introduction  to  symmetrical  components;  short  circuits  on  systems 
with  a  single  power  source.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  Fall  quarter 

3.926  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.925,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  I.  Sequence  im- 
pedances of  various  power-system  elements  are  considered  from  application 
point  of  view;  unsymmetrical  faults  on  otherwise  symmetrical  3-phase  systems; 
open  conductors  and  asymmetrical  connections  and  loadings;  analysis  of  simul- 
taneous faults  on  3-phase  systems;  2-phase  systems.  Prep.  3.925,  Power  Circuit 
Analysis  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.927  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  3.926,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II.  Introduction 
to  Clarke  components  and  applications  in  analysis  of  asymmetrical  systems  and 
faults;  transmission  line  theory;  protective  relaying;  fundamentals  of  system 
stability.     Prep.  3.926,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.928  Analysis  of  Power  Systems  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  basic 
material,  including  special  mathematical  techniques,  applicable  to  the  solution 
of  problems  associated  with  power  systems.  The  sequence-impedance  charac- 
teristics of  various  power-system  elements  are  investigated  with  emphasis  on 
application  rather  than  design.  Abnormal  situations  including  simultaneous 
faults  and  system  transients  are  treated  in  depth,  making  use  of  Clarke  com- 
ponents and  modified  Clarke  components  as  well  as  symmetrical  components. 
Polyphase  transmission  line  theory,  system  protection  and  system  stability  are 
introduced  and  discussed  briefly.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering.  Fall  quarter 

3.930     Power  System  Planning 

Engineering  and  economic  aspects  underlying  system  development  and  plan- 
ning.   Probability    methods   of   determining   installed    and   spinning-reserve    re- 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  /  111 

quirements.  Mathematical  models  of  system  operation  for  production-costing 
studies.  Detailed  examples  include  economic  comparison  of  nuclear  and  fossil- 
fired  plants,  the  role  of  pumped-hydro  generation,  power  pooling,  and  coordi- 
nated planning  of  interconnected  systems,  and  the  functions  of  high-voltage 
and  EHV  transmission  in  planning  and  operation.  Prep.  3.925,  Power  Circuit 
Analysis  I.  Spring  quarter 

3.931  Power  System  Planning  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.930  but  with  more 
extensive  and  in-depth  coverage.  Prep.  3.928,  Analysis  of  Power  Systems  or 
equivalent.  Spring  quarter 

3.932  Power  Systems  Protection 

Consideration  of  protection  applied  to  generation,  transmission,  and  distribution. 
Investigation  of  the  characteristics  and  operating  principles  of  various  methods 
of  protective  relaying;  analysis  of  current  techniques  pertaining  to  system  pro- 
tection.    Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.933  Power  System  Transients 

Transients  in  power  systems  due  to  system  switching,  lightning,  or  faults.  Travel- 
ing-wave phenomena;  insulation  coordination;  overvoltages  due  to  disturbances 
on  the  system;  surge  protection.  Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or 
equivalent.  Winter  quarter 

3.935  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I 

Techniques  used  in  solving  power  system  problems  with  a  digital  computer. 
Basic  concepts  of  matrix  algebra  are  examined,  followed  by  methods  for  the 
formation  of  incidence  and  network  matrices;  treatment  of  three-phase  balanced 
and  unbalanced  networks  in  matrix  form.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 

3.936  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II 

Consideration  of  the  short-circuit  problem;  bus  impedance  matrix  domain,  modi- 
fication of  bus  impedance  matrix  for  line-out,  end-of-line  faults,  additions,  re- 
movals, impedance  changes;  matrix  reductions;  features  of  working  short-circuit 
programs.     Prep.  3.935,  Computers  in  Power  Systems  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.937  Computers  in  Power  Systems  III 

The  solution  of  simultaneous  linear  and  non-linear  algebraic  equations,  and 
numerical  techniques  for  solving  differential  equations.  Digital  computer  appli- 
cation in  special  fields  is  treated,  including  turbine-generator  control,  economic 
dispatch  and  system  security,  and  use  as  part  of  a  hybrid  digital-analog  system. 
Prep.  3.936,  Computers  in  Power  Systems  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.940     Electric  Machinery  Theory  I 

Review  of  electromagnetic  theory  as  applied  to  electrical  machines;  in-depth 
analysis  of  the  a-c  induction  machine;  generalized  machine  and  d-q  transfor- 
mations. Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  3.975, 
3.976,  and  3.977,  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  I,  II,  and  III.  Fall  quarter 


112  /  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.941  Electric  Machinery  Theory  II 

Analysis  of  the  principles  of  operation  of  synchronous  machines  with  special 
reference  to  dqo  and  symmetrical  components;  consideration  of  the  transient 
behavior  of  the  machine.     Prep.  3.940,  Electric  Machinery  Theory  I. 

Winter  quarter 

3.942  Electric  Machinery  Theory  III 

Dynamic  behavior  of  machines;  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  problem  of 
stability  as  applied  to  electric  machinery.  Prep.  3.941,  Electric  Machinery 
Theory  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.943  Advanced  Power  Laboratory 

Offered  to  day  students  only.  In-depth  investigations  of  the  steady-state  and 
dynamic  modes  of  operation  of  rotating  machines.  Polyphase  rectification  and 
control  circuits.  Experimentation  in  other  related  power  areas.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering.  All  quarters 

3.944  Special  Topics  in  Power 

Offered  to  day  students  only.  (Part-time  students  may  enroll  in  this  course  only 
by  special  arrangement.)  Directed  reading  and  discussion  of  topics  of  special 
interest  in  the  power  field.  Series  of  lectures  by  guest  speakers  from  industry 
on  topics  of  particular  interest  to  the  power  student.  Prep.  Permission  of 
instructor.  All  quarters 

3.945  Power  System  Transient  Stability 

Transient  system  models;  small-  and  large-scale  oscillations;  solution  of  swing 
equation  for  single  and  multi-generator  cases;  load  frequency  and  voltage  con- 
trollers and  transient  stability.  Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equiva- 
lent. Fall  quarter 

3.946  MHD  Energy  Conversion 

Theory  of  operation  of  MHD  generators;  fluid  mechanics;  electrodynamics; 
channel  design;  magnet  design;  and  applications.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  equivalent.  Winter  quarter 

3.947  High  Voltage  DC  Power  Transmission 

Fundamental  concepts  of  high-voltage  DC  power  transmission;  rectifier  per- 
formance; inverter  performance;  method  of  regulation;  protection;  reactive 
power  and  filter  requirements.  Prep.  3.927,  Power  Circuit  Analysis  III  or  equiva- 
lent. Spring  quarter 

3.950  Systems  Analysis  l-A 

Review  of  probability  and  statistics.  Elements  of  Markov  processes,  queuing  as 
a  Markov  process.  Finite  and  infinite  queue  systems,  multiple-server,  parallel 
and  sequential  queuing;  fundamentals  of  reliability  theory.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.951  Systems  Analysis  l-B 

Flow-graph  representation  of  queuing  systems,  equivalence  of  flow-graph  and 
analog-computer  representation;  fundamental  concepts  in  game  theory;  solu- 
tion of  rectangular  games;  pure  and  mixed  strategies,  maximin  and  minimax 
principle;  zero  and  non-zero-sum  games,  infinite  games;  transformation  of  games 
into  linear  programming  problems.  Other  methods  of  solving  competitive- 
situation  problems.     Prep.  3.950,  Systems  Analysis  l-A.  Winter  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /   113 

3.952  Systems  Analysis  II 

Modelling  of  systems  problems  in  terms  of  linear  programming  approach.  Trans- 
portation problem;  graphical  representation  and  solution  of  linear-programming 
problems;  allocation  problem;  simplex  method;  concept  of  duality  and  its  use  in 
linear  programming.  Prep.  10.8A4,  Advanced  Mathematics  or  10.9N2,  Advanced 
Mathematics.  Spring  quarter 

3.953  Systems  Analysis  III 

Optimization  of  stochastic  systems.  Markov-process  approach  to  the  analysis 
of  probabilistic  systems.  Z-transform  analysis  of  Markov  processes.  Solution  of 
sequential  decision  processes  by  value  and  policy  iteration.  Single-chain  and 
multi-chain  systems.  Sequential  decision  processes  with  discounting.  Machinery 
and  car  replacement  problem,  and  other  applications.  Prep.  3.950,  Systems 
Analysis  l-A,  3.952,  Systems  Analysis  III,  10.8G1,  Probability  or  equivalent. 

Fall  quarter 

3.954  Systems  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.950  and  3.951  — 
Systems  Analysis  l-A  and  l-B.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
or  Science.  Spring  quarter 

3.957  Control  Theory  l-A  —  Analysis 

Transient  performance  of  linear  feedback  control  systems  for  deterministic 
inputs.  Block  diagram  representation  and  computer  simulation  of  typical  sys- 
tems. Discussion  of  stability  criteria.  Development  and  application  of  root-locus 
and  Nyquist  methods  for  complementary  time  and  frequency  domain  analysis. 
Prep.  Knowledge  of  transient  analysis  and  Laplace  transforms.  Fall  quarter 

3.958  Control  Theory  l-B  —  Synthesis 

Comparison  of  several  compensation  configurations  for  both  static  and  dynamic 
performance  criteria.  System  design  using  root-locus  and  Bode-Nichols  methods. 
Discussion  of  pole-zero  synthesis  techniques  and  consideration  of  the  multi- 
input  problem.  Practical  aspects  of  system  design  and  review  of  component 
technology.     Prep.  3.957,  Control  Theory  l-A  —  Analysis  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.959  Control  Theory  I  —  Analysis  and  Synthesis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Includes  the  material  given  in  3.957,  Control  Theory  l-A  —  Analysis  and  3.958, 
Control  Theory  l-B  —  Synthesis.  Open  to  qualified  undergraduate  students.  Prep. 
Knowledge  of  transient  analysis  and  Laplace  transforms.  Fall  quarter 

3.960  Control  Theory  ll-A  —  Nonlinear  Systems 

Analog  and  digital  simulation  of  nonlinear  system  problems.  Discussion  of  de- 
scribing function  and  phase  plane  analysis  techniques.  Introduction  to  the 
methods  of  Liapunov.  Design  of  intentionally  nonlinear  systems  including  com- 
parison of  compensation  schemes;  discussion  of  adaptive  control  systems. 
Prep.  3.958,  Control  Theory  l-B  —  Synthesis  or  3.959,  Control  Theory  I  — 
Analysis  and  Synthesis  or  equivalent.  Spring  quarter 


114   /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.961  Control  Theory  ll-B  —  Sampled-Data  Systems 

Treatment  of  linear  sampled-data  control  systems  by  means  of  the  z-transform. 
Development  of  methods  for  analysis  and  synthesis  of  control  systems  with 
digital  components  and  sampled-data  inputs.  Discussion  of  related  topics  in- 
cluding difference  equations  and  digital  filtering.  Prep.  3.958,  Control  Theory 
l-B  —  Synthesis  or  3.959,  Control  Theory  I  —  Analysis  and  Synthesis  or  equiv- 
alent. Fall  quarter 

3.962  Control  Theory  II  —  Nonlinear  and  Sampled-Data  System  (4  q.h.  credits) 
Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.960,  Control 
Theory  ll-A  and  3.961,  Control  Theory  ll-B.  Prep.  3.958,  Control  Theory  l-B — 
Synthesis  or  3.959,  Control  Theory  I  —  Analysis  and  Synthesis  or  equivalent. 

Winter  quarter 

3.963  Control  Theory  lll-A  —  Optimal  Control 

Discussion  of  the  optimal  control  problems  with  reference  to  aerospace  and 
process  control  applications.  Formulation  of  problem  in  terms  of  state  variables. 
Variational  calculus  development  of  the  maximum  principle.  Numerical  solutions 
by  dynamic  programming  and  steepest-descent  algorithms.  Prep.  3.826,  Linear 
Systems  Analysis  ll-B  or  3.827,  Linear  Systems  Analysis.  Winter  quarter 

3.964  Control  Theory  lll-B  —  Stochastic  Systems 

Statistical  models  for  random  inputs  encountered  in  the  operation  of  control 
systems.  Filtering  and  prediction,  correlation  functions  and  spectral  densities. 
Optimum  design  for  nonstationary  random  processes.  Analog  and  digital  simula- 
tion for  system  design.  Prep.  3.826,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-B  or  3.827, 
Linear  Systems  Analysis.  Spring  quarter 

3.965  Control  Theory  111  —  Optimal  Control  and  Stochastic  Systems  (4  q.h. 
credits) 

Offered  only  to  day  students.  Includes  the  material  given  in  3.963,  Control 
Theory  lll-A  —  Optimal  Control  and  3.964,  Control  Theory  lll-B  —  Stochastic 
Systems.  Prep.  3.826,  Linear  Systems  Analysis  ll-B  or  3.827,  Linear  Systems 
Analysis.  Spring  quarter 

3.967  Switching  Circuits  I 

Basic  relay  networks  will  be  treated  by  the  methods  of  switching  algebra.  Com- 
binational, sequential,  and  counting  circuits  will  be  given  as  well  as  the  theory 
of  error  detecting  and  translating  circuits.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.968  Switching  Circuits  II 

Application  of  the  material  covered  in  3.967,  Switching  Circuits  I.  This  includes 
work  with  iterative  networks,  sequential  circuits  and  special  coding  techniques. 
Prep.  3.967,  Switching  Circuits  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.972     Electronic  Digital  Computers  I 

The  structural  aspects  of  modern  digital  computer  design,  basic  elements  of  a 
digital  computer  system,  sequential  networks,  linear  sequential  circuits,  ele- 
mentary machines,  essential  features  of  the  central  processor,  realization  of 
fixed    and    floating    point   arithmetic    operations;    serial    parallel    combinations; 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /   115 

computer  organization;  internal  structure  of  digital  machines.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  quarter 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II 

Essential  features  of  automatic  programming;  types  of  memories;  organization, 
cycle  time  and  addressing;  levels  of  storage  capacity,  operating  speed  and 
cost/bit;  special  function  memories;  structural  design  of  a  general-purpose 
computer:  instruction  formats  and  repertoires,  program  sequencing,  control  of 
data  and  instruction  flow;  execution  of  several  types  of  instructions;  software- 
hardware  interaction.     Prep.  3.972,  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I. 

Winter  quarter 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

Hybrid  computation,  analog  to  digital  and  digital  to  analog  conversion  methods; 
digital  data  transmission;  techniques  for  mass  storage;  special  purpose  com- 
puters; the  digital  differential  analyzer,  principle  of  operation,  design,  solutions 
of  certain  differential  equations;  different  types  of  special  purpose  computers; 
effects  of  system  and  component  constraints  on  storage  density.  Prep.  3.973, 
Electronic  Digital  Computers  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.975  Precis  of  IVIodern  Electrical  Engineering  I 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science  plus  knowledge 
of  matrix  algebra.  Fall  quarter 

3.976  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  II 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Winter  quarter 

3.977  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  III 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Spring  quarter 

3.978  Precis  of  Modern  Electrical  Engineering  IV 

Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  Science. 

Spring  quarter 

The  preceding  four  precis  courses  are  intended  primarily  for  those  whose 
undergraduate  major  was  in  an  engineering  or  scientific  field  other  than  elec-. 
trical  engineering.  They  are  also  recommended  for  students  5  to  10  years  away 
from  their  bachelor's  degree  in  electrical  engineering  who  feel  the  need  for  a 
review  of  electrical  science.  They  are  open  only  to  students  in  these  categories. 
The  material  is  basically  undergraduate  in  nature  but  the  viewpoint  and  depth 
are  at  the  mature  level  appropriate  to  graduate  students.  Part  I  deals  with  the 
theory  of  electric  circuits  and  linear  systems.  Part  II  with  electronics,  Part  111 
with  field  theory  from  the  engineering  viewpoint,  and  Part  IV  with  communication 
theory. 

3.979  Electronic  Digital  Computers  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  3.972  and  3.973 — 
Electronic  Digital  Computers  1  and  II.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  and  winter  quarters 


116  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.980  Optical  Instrumentation  Design  Concepts 

An  introduction  to  the  design  of  optical  instrumentation.  Principles  and  basic 
concepts  rather  than  a  rundown  of  known  optical  systems.  In  sequence  the 
topics  are:  introduction,  mechanical  shock  and  vibration,  kinematic  designs, 
application  of  third  order  aberrations,  simple  optical  ray  tracing,  optical  testing, 
tolerances,  optical  instrumentation,  philosophy,  functional  design,  design  for 
quantity  production,  quality  assurance,  "special  order"  design,  industrial  design, 
examples  and  exercises.      Prep.  3.914  and  3.915,   Geometric  Optics  I  and  11. 

Spring  quarter 

3.981  Radiometry  and  Photometry  of  Photo-electronic  Devices 

Application  of  the  theory  of  radiometry  to  T.V.  systems,  image  intensifiers  and 
other  photo-electronic  devices.  Detailed  analysis  of  the  generation  and  detec- 
tion of  radiation  in  the  visible  region  of  the  electromagetic  spectrum;  basic 
radiation  laws,  natural  and  artificial  radiation  sources  and  their  characteristics; 
various  types  of  detectors  and  their  associated  electronic  circuits;  treatment  of 
the  noise  problems  associated  with  optical  detectors;  applications  of  photo- 
metric techniques  as  they  have  become  available  for  laser  range  finders,  low 
light  level  imaging  systems  and  display  systems.  Prep.  3.917,  Physical  Optics 
II.  Winter  quarter 

3.982  Infrared  and  Detector  Theory 

Topics  on  the  generation  and  detection  of  optical  radiation  in  the  infrared  region 
of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum;  basic  radiation  laws  and  various  detection 
schemes;  special  emphasis  on  noise  problems  which  are  characteristic  of 
infrared  detector  systems;  modern  applications  such  as  IR  imaging  systems, 
thermal  mapping  and  the  like.  Prep.  3.981,  Radiometry  and  Photometry  of  Photo- 
electronic  Devices.  Spring  quarter 

3.983  Physical  Optics  III 

The  third  in  a  series  covering  current  topics  of  interest  in  this  field  and  optical 
instrumentation.  Application  of  coherence  phenomena  to  optical  instrumentation 
such  as  microdensitometers,  microscopes,  viewers,  cameras,  spectraphotometric 
and  interferometric  instruments;  applications  of  holography,  optical  data  pro- 
cessing and  computing,  holographic  memories,  optical  modulation,  noise  and  its 
effects  on  data  collection,  synthetic  aperture  optics  and  medical  application  of 
laser  optics.     Prep.  3.917,  Physical  Optics  II.  Fall  quarter 

3.984  Analytical  and  Control  Instrumentation 

Survey  of  optical  instrumentation  employed  in  analysis  and  control  situations; 
modern  methods  of  spectrometry  and  interferometry;  optimization  of  analytical 
systems;  topics  in  electron  spectroscopy.  X-ray  spectroscopy,  microwave 
spectroscopy,  and  related  fields.      Prep.  3.983,  Physical  Optics  III.  Winter  quarter 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  I 

Study  of  theoretical  mode's  of  computation;  finite  state  machines;  preparation 
of  state  diagrams;  linear  expressions;  deterministic  and  non-deterministic  ma- 
chines; operations  on  sets  of  sentences,  regular  expressions;  Turing  machines; 
digital  representation  of  information.  Prep.  3.972,  Electronic  Digital  Computers 
I  or  equivalent.  Fall  quarter 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING   /   117 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  II 

Principles  of  digital  information  processing  systems  with  emphasis  on  the  stored 
program  synchronous  computer.  Description  of  digital  systems,  review  of  digital 
computer  development;  essential  features  of  automatic  programming;  basic 
techniques  for  data  manipulation,  instruction  formats  and  repertoires;  elementary 
machines;  special  and  general  purpose  computers;  modular  system  organization. 
Prep.  3.985,  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  III 

Review  of  automata  theory  and  computing  machines;  coding  systems;  study  of 
theoretical  models  of  computation;  finite  state  machines;  deterministic  and  non- 
deterministic  finite  automata;  one-way  and  two-way  tape  machines;  acceptors; 
equivalencies;  preparation  of  state  diagrams;  linear  expressions;  universal  Turing 
machines;  decidability;  Post,  Church,  and  Senu-Thue  systems;  language  develop- 
ment, syntax  and  semantics  of  programming  languages;  syntax-directed  com- 
pilers; translation  procedures.  Prep.  3.986,  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital 
Machines  II.  Spring  quarter 

3.988  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

Aspects  of  Computer  Science  not  covered  in  other  courses.  The  subject  matter 
may  change  from  year  to  year.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.989  Computer  Peripherals 

Survey  of  various  types  of  modern  computer  peripherals,  systems  considera- 
tions, displays  (CRT;  control  units,  editing  features,  graphics,  etc.);  mass  storage 
(magnetic  surfaces;  flying  heads,  recording  techniques,  disks;  file  organization, 
search  strategies,  mass  storage,  software,  etc.);  communications  terminals 
(modems,  control  procedures,  store  and  forward,  multiplexers,  etc.);  tape  units 
(types,  consideration  of  cost  vs  performance,  tape  labels  and  formats,  magnetic 
recording  on  tapes,  design  features,  etc.);  future  trends  in  peripherals.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  or  related  engineering  or 
sciences.  Spring  quarter 

3.990  Seminar  I 

A  library  survey  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  general  field  of  electrical  engineering 
with  an  oral  presentation  based  on  this  survey.  Participation  in  the  departmental 
seminar  program  of  guest  lecturers.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Fall  and  spring  quarters 

3.991  Seminar  II 

The  preparation  of  a  research  paper  suitable  for  publication  in  a  professional 
journal,  plus  an  oral  presentation  of  this  report.     Prep.  3.990,  Seminar  I. 

Winter  and  spring  quarters 

3.993     Doctoral  Seminar  I 

Two  hours  per  week  of  presentation  and  discussion  of  topics  at  a  level  com- 
patible with  a  doctoral  program.  Subject  matter  may  cover  a  wide  range  of 
scientific  and  engineering  fields.  (Only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned  for  this 
course.)     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam.  Fall  quarter 


118  /   ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

3.994  Doctoral  Seminar  II 

Continuation  of  3.993,  Doctoral  Seminar  I.  (Only  S  or  F  grades  will  be  assigned 
for  this  course.)     Prep.  3.993,  Doctoral  Seminar  I.  Winter  quarter 

3.995  Master's  Thesis 

Analytical    and/or   experimental    work   conducted    under  the    auspices   of   the 
department.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.996  Doctoral  Thesis 

Theoretical   and/or  experimental   work   conducted   under  the   auspices   of  the 
department.     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.997  Doctoral  Reading 

Material   approved   by  the   candidate's   adviser.   (Only   S   or   F   grades   will   be 
assigned  for  this  course.)     Prep.  Passing  of  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Exam. 

Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.998  Special  Problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

Theoretical  or  experimental   work  under  individual  faculty  supervision.     Prep. 
Consent  of  dept.  chairman.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 

3.999  Electrical  Engineer  Degree  Thesis  Research.     Prep.  Admission  to  En- 
gineer Degree  Program.  Fall,  winter,  and  spring  quarters 


industrial  engineering 

and 

engineering  management 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 
Full-Time  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Industrial  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  with  an  acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate 
work,  in  some  engineering  field  from  a  recognized  college  or  university. 

The  program  as  described  below  presupposes  a  background  in  the 
following  areas:  basic  operations  research,  probability  and  statistics, 
engineering  economy,  data  processing,  and  accounting.  Recognizing 
that  some  applicants  may  be  deficient  in  certain  of  these  subjects,  the 
intensive  courses  listed  below  are  available.  At  the  time  of  admission 
to  the  program  the  adviser  will  specify,  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's 
transcript,  those  courses  on  the  list  which  the  applicant  must  complete 
satisfactorily  to  qualify  for  the  degree.  Such  specified  courses  are  to  be 
completed  as  early  in  the  program  as  scheduling  will  permit.  The 
courses  below  carry  graduate  credit  but  a  maximum  of  six  quarter 
hours  of  credit  from  this  group  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  toward 
the  degree. 

Course  Credits 

5.808     Basic  Engineering  Economy   2 

5.810     Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers 2 

5.900     Basic  Operations  Research 4 

5.913     Data  Processing  for  Engineers 2 

10.8G1      Probability    2 

12 

119 


120  /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

Program 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  Under  the  Co- 
operative Plan,  students  take  academic  work  as  outlined  below  in  the 
Fall  and  Spring  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Winter  Quarter  of 
the  second  year.  The  other  three  quarters  of  the  two  academic  years 
and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for  professional  em- 
ployment. Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree  program 
under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfactory  per- 
formance, each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be  eligible  for 
their  degree. 

The  program  may  also  be  pursued  on  a  continuous  full-time  basis  in 
one  academic  year  with  the  sequence  of  courses  established  by  the 
adviser. 

A  thesis  of  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  required.  A  faculty  adviser 
will  be  appointed  upon  approval  of  the  thesis  topic. 

The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normally  be 
taken  according  to  the  following  pattern: 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits  Second  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

5.803  industrial  5.824  Case  Studies  in 

Organizations    2  Industrial 

5.823  Advanced  Production  Engineering     2 

Analysis     4  5.914  Advanced  Operations 

5.992  Seminar     2  Research     4 

5.809  Advanced   Engineering  10.9H1    Mathematical  Statistics      4 

Economy  2  Electives    4 


Electives    4 

14 


14 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

5.909  Systems  Engineering 

and  Analysis 2 

5.991  Thesis    6 

Electives   4 

12 


Electives 

The  indicated  12  quarter  hours  of  electives  may  be  taken,  with  the 
approval  of  the  adviser,  from  the  course  offerings  of  the  graduate  pro- 
grams in  engineering  and  mathematics  for  which  the  student  has  ade- 
quate preparation.  Up  to  six  quarter  hours  may  be  taken  in  other  grad- 
uate programs  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school  in  which  the  course  is  offered. 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   121 

HEALTH  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

To  be  admitted  to  the  Health  Systems  major,  the  applicant  must  meet 
the  requirements  for  acceptance  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 
In  addition,  the  candidate  must  show  a  desire  to  pursue  a  career  in 
health  service. 

This  major  is  on  a  two-year  cooperative  basis.  Students  are  expected 
to  spend  at  least  three  academic  quarters  as  an  intern  or  resident-in- 
training.  In  addition,  the  thesis  topic  must  be  related  to  the  field  of 
health  care. 

At  the  time  of  admission  to  the  program  the  adviser  will  specify,  on 
the  basis  of  the  applicant's  transcript,  prerequisite  courses,  if  any, 
which  the  applicant  must  complete  satisfactorily  to  qualify  for  the  de- 
gree. These  courses  are  to  be  completed  as  early  in  the  program  as 
scheduling  will  permit.  Prerequisite  courses  carry  graduate  credit  but 
a  maximum  of  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  from  this  group  may  be  used 
as  elective  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Each  student  must  demonstrate  a  knowledge  of  medical  terminology; 
this  can  be  done  either  through  a  proficiency  examination  or  passing  an 
acceptable  course. 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  The  sequence  of 
courses  will  normally  be  as  follows: 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

5.860     Health  Care  Organization  and  Management 2 

39.9H1     Economics  of  Health  and  Welfare   2 

5.992     Seminar   (research   methods)    2 

5.823     Advanced  Production  Analysis 4 

(not  required  of  students  with  a  B.S.  in  I.E.) 

Electives  (non  I.E.'s) 4 

Electives  (I.E.'s)    _8 

14 

Second  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

5.865     Case  Studies  in  Health  Systems 2 

5.914     Advanced  Operations  Research   4 

10.9H1     Mathematical   Statistics    4 

Electives     _4 

14 

Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

5.909     Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 2 

5.991     Thesis   6 

Electives 4 

12 


122   /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

Electives 

Eight  hours  of  electives  must  come  from  the  following  list  of  courses: 

5.817  Advanced  Work  Design 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems 

5.819  Human  Factors  in  Man-Machine  Systems 

5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  Its  Applications 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

5.906  Introduction  to  the  Principles  of  Systems 

5.907  Dynamics  of  Systems  I 
21.840  Sociology  of  Medicine 
39.9M1    Economics  of  Urban  Affairs 

Up  to  six  quarter  hours  may  be  taken  in  other  graduate  programs, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  director  of  the  graduate  school  in  which 
the  course  is  offered. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ENGINEERING  MANAGEMENT 
Part-Time  Program 
Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  study  in  engineering  management,  the 
applicant  must  have  obtained  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  an  engi- 
neering field,  with  an  acceptable  quality  of  undergraduate  work,  from  a 
recognized  college  or  university.  A  limited  number  of  applicants  with  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  a  closely  related  science  or  mathe- 
matics whose  preparation  is  considered  adequate  may  be  permitted  to 
pursue  this  program  and,  upon  its  completion,  qualify  for  the  degree 
of  Master  of  Science  without  specification. 

Entrance  to  the  Engineering  Management  Program  presupposes  that 
students  have  had  a  basic  course  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  engi- 
neering economy,  probability,  engineering  statistics,  operations  research 
(deterministic  and  stochastic),  computer  programming  (compiler  lan- 
guage), and  accounting.  Recognizing  that  some  applicants  may  be 
deficient  in  certain  of  these  subjects,  the  program  offers  the  intensive 
courses  listed  below.  At  the  time  of  admission  to  the  program  the 
adviser  will  specify,  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's  transcript,  those 
courses  on  the  list  which  the  applicant  must  complete  satisfactorily  to 
qualify  for  the  degree.  Such  specified  courses  are  to  be  completed  as 
early  in  the  program  as  scheduling  will  permit.  The  courses  below  carry 
graduate  credit  but  a  maximum  of  six  quarter  hours  of  credit  from  this 
group  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Courses  Credits 

5.808     Basic  Engineering  Economy 2 

5.810     Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers 2 

5.901  Basic  Operations  Research  I  (Deterministic)   2 

5.902  Basic  Operations  Research  II  (Stochastic) 2 

5.913     Data  Processing  for  Engineers  (FORTRAN)   2 

5.950  Engineering  Statistics  I  or  10.8G1  Probability 2 

5.951  Engineering  Statistics  II  2 

U 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   123 


Program 

The  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
Management  is  designed  for  part-time  students  who  may  progress  ac- 
cording to  their  abilities  and  the  time  available.  The  purpose  of  the 
program  is  to  provide  engineers  the  opportunity  to  expand  their  capabil- 
ities to  assume  managerial  responsibility  for  technological  activities  in 
industrial  and  governmental  organizations.  Students  who  wish  to  con- 
centrate their  efforts  in  the  field  of  computer  systems  may  elect  the 
Computer  Systems  major.  Successful  completion  of  this  program  will 
also  lead  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Engineering  Manage- 
ment or  Master  of  Science. 

A  minimum  of  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  level  credit  is  re- 
quired for  the  degree.  To  assure  adequate  preparation  for  management 
of  technological  activities,  all  students  who  do  not  elect  the  Computer 
Systems  major  must  earn  the  minimum  number  of  credits  indicated 
in  each  of  the  five  categories  listed  below: 


Category 

a.  Management  of  Technology 

b.  Operations  Research  and 
Quantitative  Techniques 

c.  Production  Engineering 

d.  Financial  Controls 

e.  Computer  Technology 


Minimum  Credits 

8  including  5.801 

8 
4 

4  including  5.830 
4 
~28 


The  remaining  12  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree  may  be  con- 
sidered as  free  electives.  These  may  be  taken  within  the  course  offerings 
of  this  program  or  from  any  courses  in  graduate  engineering  and  mathe- 
matics for  which  the  student  has  adequate  preparation.  Up  to  six  quarter 
hours  may  be  elected  in  other  graduate  schools  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  adviser  for  this  program  and  the  director  of  the  graduate  school 
in  which  the  course  is  offered.  Students  desiring  courses  in  such  sub- 
jects as  economics,  business  law,  labor  relations,  or  marketing  should 
consult  the  catalog  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration. 

Courses  in  the  five  categories  from  which  students  must  select  to 
meet  the  indicated  minimum  total  of  28  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  as 
follows: 

a.  Management  of  Technology 

(at  least  8  q.h.  including  5.801) 

5.801  and  5.802     Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I  and  II 

5.812     Management  of  Technical  Innovation 

5.814  Development  of  Engineering  Managers 

5.815  Legal  Aspects  of  New  Technology 

5.816  Industrial  Psychology  for  Engineers 
5.820     Personnel  Administration  for  Engineers 
5.841      Engineering  Project  Administration 


124  /    INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

b.  Operations  Research  &  Quantitative  Techniques 

(at  least  8  q.h.) 

5.903  Inventory  Control  and  Production  Planning 

5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  Its  Applications 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

5.912  Network  Planning  and  Control 
5.914     Advanced  Operations  Research 

5.952  Design  of  Experiments  I 

5.953  Statistical  Decision  Theory 

3.952  and  3.953     Systems  Analysis  II  and  III 
10.8G8  and  10.8G9     Stochastic  Processes 

c.  Production  Engineering 

(at  least  4  q.h.) 

5.806     Production  Forecasting 

5.817  Advanced  Work  Design 

5.819     Human  Factors  in  Man-Machine  Systems 
5.822     Value  Analysis 

5.954  Advanced  Quality  Control 

5.955  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Applications 

5.956  Mathematical  Theory  of  Reliability 

5.957  Designing  for  Reliability 

d.  Financial  Controls 

(at  least  4  q.h.  including  5.830) 

5.805     Industrial  Budgeting  for  Engineers 

5.809     Advanced  Engineering  Economy 

5.811     Cost  Accounting  for  Engineers 

5.830  and  5.831      Financial  Management  I  and  II 

e.  Computer  Systems 

(at  least  4  q.h.) 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems 

5.906  Introduction  to  Principles  of  Systems 

5.907  Dynamics  of  Systems  I 

5.908  Dynamics  of  Systems  II 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

5.917  Information  Retrieval  Techniques 

5.920  Computer  Utility  Systems 

5.921  Advanced  Programming 

5.922  Devices  and  Techniques  of  Information  Systems 
3.894     Digital  Computer  Programming  II 


COMPUTER  SYSTEMS  MAJOR 

In  addition  to  the  courses  required  for  entrance  to  the  Engineering 
Management  Program,  the  following  courses  are  required  of  students 
electing  the  Computer  Systems  major: 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   125 

Credits 

5.801  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I   2 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems 2 

5.830  Financial   Management  I    2 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation   2 

5.916  Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing  ....  2 

5.921  Advanced    Programming    2 

3.893  Digital  Computer  Programming  I    2 

3.894  Digital  Computer  Programming  II    2 

In  addition  to  the  above  required  courses,  the  student  must  earn  the 

minimum  number  of  credits  in  each  of  the  three  categories  listed  below: 

Category  Minimum  Credits 

a.  Management  of  Technology   2 

b.  Operations  Research  and  Quantitative  Techniques  .  4 

c.  Production  Engineering   2 

8 

Of  the  remaining  16  quarter  hours,  at  least  ten  quarter  hours  must 
be  earned  by  electing  courses  from  the  following  group: 

3.895  Digital  Computer  Programming  III 

3.972  Electronic  Digital  Computers  I 

3.973  Electronic  Digital  Computers  II 

3.974  Electronic  Digital  Computers  III 

3.985  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  I 

3.986  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  II 

3.987  Fundamentals  of  Automatic  Digital  Machines  III 

5.906  Introduction  to  Principles  of  Systems 

5.907  Dynamics  of  Systems  I 

5.908  Dynamics  of  Systems  II 

5.909  Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 

5.917  Information  Retrieval  Techniques 
5.920     Computer  Utility  Techniques 

5.922  Devices  and  Techniques  of  Information  Systems 

OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  MAJOR 

Students  interested  in  becoming  competent  in  developing  operations 
research  capability  for  applying  the  techniques  to  business  problems 
may  pursue  a  major  in  the  field. 

In  addition  to  the  courses  required  for  entrance  to  the  Engineering 
Management  Program,  the  following  courses  are  required  of  students 
electing  the  Operations  Research  major: 

Credits 

10.8G2    Probability   II    2 

5.801     Analyses  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise   2 

5.830     Financial   Management  I    2 

5.914     Advanced  Operations  Research   4 

10 


126   /    INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

In  addition  to  the  above  required  courses,  the  student  must  earn  the 
minimum  number  of  credits  in  each  of  the  categories  listed  below. 

Category  Minimum  Credits 

b.  Quantitative  Techniques 8 

c.  Production   Engineering    4 

e.     Computer  Systems    4 

Math-oriented   courses    4 

5.910  Analytical  Techniques  for  Engineers 

10.8B4  Advanced  Calculus  i 

10. BBS  Advanced  Calculus  II 

10.886  Advanced  Calculus  III 

10.8A3  Advanced  Mathematics  III 

10.8G8  Stochastic  Processes  I 

10.8G9  Stochastic  Processes  II 

The  remaining  ten  quarter  hours  required  for  the  degree  may  be  con- 
sidered as  free  electives.  These  may  be  taken  within  the  course  offer- 
ings of  this  program  or  from  any  courses  in  graduate  engineering  or 
mathematics  for  which  the  student  has  adequate  preparation.  Up  to  six 
quarter  hours  may  be  elected  in  other  graduate  schools  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  adviser  for  this  program  and  the  director  of  the  graduate 
school  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  Students  desiring  courses  in  such 
subjects  as  economics,  business  law,  labor  relations,  or  marketing 
should  consult  the  catalog  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Admin- 
istration. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

All  courses  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit  unless  otherwise  noted.  Not  all 
courses  are  offered  every  year.  Refer  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering 
circular  issued  about  July  1  each  year  for  the  courses  to  be  offered  in  the  new 
academic  year  and  the  times  at  which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 

5.801  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I 

A  background  for  the  practicing  engineer,  covering  the  various  phases  of  opera- 
tion within  the  industrial  enterprise;  history  and  growth;  management  selection 
and  development;  labor-management  relations;  product  development  and  mar- 
keting; public  relations  and  the  corporate  image.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.802  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  II 

The  environment  in  which  the  industrial  enterprise  operates;  modern  planning 
and  forecasting^  meeting  the  technological  advance;  financial  aspects  within  and 
without, the  company;  the  effect  of  the  economic  climate;  community  and  gov- 
ernment influences.     Prep.  5.801  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   127 

5.803     Industrial  Organizations 

An  analysis  of  the  purpose  and  functioning  of  organizations  as  the  basic  net- 
works for  goal  satisfaction  through  coordination  of  effort,  communication,  and 
responsibility.  The  approach  will  be  based  on  modern  behavioral  science  con- 
cepts.    Prep.  Admission  to  Program.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.805  Industrial  Budgeting  for  Engineers 

Budgeting  plans,  programs,  and  reports  for  industry  today;  an  introduction  to 
the  essentials  of  fixed  and  variable  budgeting  for  production,  inventory,  sales, 
cash,  capital,  and  cost-volume-profit  analysis.  Prep.  5.810,  Industrial  Account- 
ing or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.806  Production  Forecasting 

Econometric  methods  of  forecasting  the  demand  for  industrial  products;  em- 
phasis on  techniques  applicable  to  individual  companies  and  the  total  demand. 
The  principal  tool  used  is  the  mathematical  model  of  the  causal  factors  with 
special  attention  to  determining  the  reliability  of  the  model.  Prep.  5.951, 
Engineering  Statistics  II  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.808  Basic  Engineering  Economy 

Economic  analysis  in  formulating  business  policies  and  selecting  alternatives 
from  possible  engineering  solutions  to  industrial  problems,  present  worth,  annual 
cost,  and  rate  of  return  techniques  with  continuous  and  discrete  interest  calcula- 
tions.    Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.809  Advanced  Engineering  Economy 

Principal  emphasis  on  the  practical  application  of  the  techniques  studied  in 
basic  engineering  economy;  problems  of  implementation  through  class  dis- 
cussion of  cases  and  a  major  term  project;  recent  advances  in  the  techniques 
of  engineering  economy,  especially  those  relating  to  the  consideration  of  un- 
certainties.    Prep.  5.808,  Basic  Engineering  Economy  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

5.810  Industrial  Accounting  for  Engineers 

Introduction  of  basic  accounting  principles  and  procedures;  use  of  accounting 
data  as  a  management  tool;  a  practical  coverage  of  basic  cost  procedures 
related  to  materials,  labor,  and  manufacturing  expense  cost  control;  job  order, 
process,  and  standard  cost  systems.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engi- 
neering or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.811  Cost  Accounting  for  Engineers 

Cost  accounting  procedures  as  established  by  accountants  are  studied  and 
evaluated  in  terms  of  being  considered  by  the  engineer  for  cost  determination 
of  alternative  engineering  proposals.  Prep.  5.810,  Industrial  Accounting  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.812  Management  of  Technical  Innovation 

Analysis  of  the  particular  problems  of  managing  research,  development  and 
engineering  based  on  current  developments  in  general  management  theory  and 


128  /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

the  behavioral  sciences;  technical  innovation  as  part  of  the  overall  organization; 
class  discussion  of  cases  and  student  term  papers.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

5.813  Engineering  Writing 

Principles  for  achieving  a  clear,  readable  style  through  appropriate  word  choice 
and  modern  concepts  of  sentence  and  paragraph  structure;  application  and 
evaluation  of  these  principles  in  engineering  proposals,  reports,  letters,  and 
memos;  practice  in  utilizing  artwork;  planning  outlines;  adapting  to  various 
reader  levels  and  writing  for  publication;  class  analysis  of  student  papers  and 
great  engineering  literature.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.814  Development  of  Engineering  IVIanagers 

Analysis  of  the  problems  faced  by  the  engineer  in  the  transition  from  individual 
contributor  to  engineering  manager;  the  challenge  of  engineering  management; 
analyzing  what  is  their  business  and  who  are  their  customers;  integrating  pro- 
fession and  management  objectives;  developing  guides  for  engineering  man- 
agers, enabling  them  to  examine  their  own  work  and  performance,  to  diagnose 
their  weaknesses,  and  to  improve  their  effectiveness  as  well  as  the  results  of  the 
enterprise.     Prep.  5.801,  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.815  Legal  Aspects  of  New  Technology 

The  relationship  of  laws  and  regulations  to  technical  innovation  and  related 
corporate  activities;  emphasis  on  the  patent  and  copyright  systems;  trade  se- 
crets; managing  intellectual  property  as  part  of  employer-employee  relations; 
disposition  of  rights  under  federal  contracts  and  grants.  Prep.  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearty,  fall  and  spring  quarters 

5.816  Industrial  Psychology  for  Engineers 

A  general  coverage  of  the  application  of  psychology  to  industry  with  emphasis 
on  industrial  environments  and  organization,  human  relations,  group  dynamics, 
tests  and  measurements,  personnel  practices,  training,  and  motivation.  Prep. 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.817  Advanced  Work  Design 

Basic  philosophies  of  work  design;  implementation  of  work  design  concepts 
with  case  studies;  study  and  analysis  of  models  such  as  work  sampling,  se- 
quence or  flow  of  work  models;  repetitive  and  nonrepetitive  work  models,  and 
work  measurement  models  such  as  standard  data;  human  factors  in  measuring 
operator  performance;  regression  analysis  approaches;  emphasis  on  develop- 
ment of  professional,  analytical,  and  managerial  skills  and  abilities  at  a  sys- 
tems level.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.818  Management  Information  Systems 

Development  and   critique  of  industrial   information   systems   for   management 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   129 

decision-making  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  electronic  computers;  case  method 
used  to  provide  a  realistic  environment  for  study  of  actual  information  system 
needs  and  techniques;  examples  developed  in  budgeting  and  accounting,  fore- 
casting, inventory  and  production  control  systems;  introduction  to  application 
of  analytical  techniques  such  as  systems  analysis,  mathematical  and  simulation 
models.  Prep.  5.810,  Industrial  Accounting  and  5.913,  Data  Processing  for 
Engineers  or  their  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  spring  quarters 

5.819  Human  Factors  in  Man-Machine  Systems 

Design  of  equipment  and  systems  for  human  use;  emphasis  on  the  application 
of  engineering  psychology;  visual  and  auditory  presentation  of  information  — 
speech  communications,  man-machine  dynamics,  design  of  controls,  layout  of 
w^ork  places,  and  environmental  effects  on  human  performance.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.820  Personnel  Administration  for  Engineers 

Personnel  programs  for  attracting  and  retaining  technical  talent;  evaluating 
effectiveness  of  major  personnel  policies;  modern  methods  of  salary  and  wage 
administration;  planning  profitable  relationships  among  company,  supervisors, 
and  employees.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.822  Value  Engineering 

Value  analysis  from  point  of  view  of  design,  manufacturability,  procurement,  and 
installation;  complete  value  analysis  study;  value  tests;  function-cost  relation- 
ship, principles  and  procedures  to  optimize  value  in  products.  Prep.  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.823  Advanced  Production  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Study  of  advanced  problem-solving  techniques  in  the  areas  of  method  and 
measurement,  layout  and  facilities  planning,  material  handling  and  manufactur- 
ing processes.  Case  studies  and  a  course  project  in  a  local  concern  illustrate 
the  concepts  presented.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or 
Science.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.824  Case  Studies  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Formulation  of  problems  and  analysis  of  situations  on  topics  such  as:  work 
measurement,  line  balancing,  plant  layout,  regression  analysis,  wage  and  salary 
administration,  management  information  systems  and  network  analysis.  Glass 
discussion  and  written  analysis  of  a  variety  of  cases  is  included.  Prep.  5.823, 
Advanced  Production  Analysis.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  spring  quarter 

5.830     Financial  Management  I 

Study  of  the  issues  and  processes  of  short-term  financing  of  industrial  firms; 
financial  analysis  of  cases,  supplemented  by  readings  to  develop  familiarity 
with  sources  and  uses  of  working  capital  as  well  as  the  goals  and  problems 
involved  in  its  management.  (Open  to  Engineering  Management  majors  only.) 
Prep.  5.801 ,  Analysis  of  the  Industrial  Enterprise  I,  and  5.810,  Industrial  Account- 
ing for  Engineers,  and  5.808,  Basic  Engineering  Economy  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


130  /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

5.831     Financial  IVIanagement  II 

Extension  of  Financial  Management  I  with  emphasis  on  analysis  necessary  to 
such  long-term  financial  decisions  as  issuance  of  stock  or  bonds;  contracting 
of  leases  or  loans,  and  financing  of  a  new  enterprise;  mergers,  capital  budget- 
ing, the  cost  of  capital,  and  the  valuation  of  a  business.  Prep.  5.830,  Financial 
Management  I.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.840  Seminar  on  Management  of  Engineers 

Each  student  will  prepare  a  term  project  on  a  subject  of  his  choosing  to  be 
presented  orally  and  in  writing;  discussions  of  major  problem  areas  led  by 
instructor  and  guest  speakers.  (Limited  to  15  students  selected  from  preregis- 
tration  applications.)     Prep.  5.812  or  5.814  or  5.816  or  5.820. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.841  Engineering  Project  Administration 

Study  of  the  problems  of  coordinating  human,  technical,  and  financial  resources 
for  initiating,  conducting,  and  completing  major  technical  projects;  planning, 
organizing,  staffing,  directing,  and  controlling  using  modern  concepts  and 
techniques;  scheduling,  budgeting,  communicating;  coping  with  uncertainty  and 
probability;  analysis  of  typical  cases.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  spring  quarters 

5.860     Health  Care  Organization  and  Management 

History  of  the  development  and  the  delivery  of  health  services;  health  organiza- 
tion functions  and  inter-relationships  of  health-oriented  organizations;  study  of 
certain  legal  principles  and  rulings  of  importance  to  medical  personnel;  intro- 
duction to  interpersonal  ethics  of  patient  care.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.865     Case  Studies  in  Health  Systems 

Readings  and  discussion  of  case  histories  of  application  of  systems  analysis 
to  field  of  health.  Outstanding  administrators  and  systems  analysts  from  vari- 
ous health  organizations  will  be  invited  to  speak  to  class.  Prep.  Admission  to 
the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.900  Basic  Operations  Research  (4  q.h.  credits) 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  deterministic  and  stochastic  models 
to  represent  industrial  operations.  Models  included  are  those  of  linear  program- 
ming, dynamic  programming,  inventory  control,  waiting  lines,  and  Monte  Carlo 
simulation.     Prep.  5.951,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or  10.8G1,  Probability. 

Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.901  Basic  Operations  Research  I 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  deterministic  models  to  represent  industrial 
operations;  includes  linear  programming,  dynamic  programming,  networks,  and 
game  theory.     Prep.   Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.902  Basic  Operations  Research  II 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  use  of  stochastic  models  to  represent  industrial 
operations;  includes  queuing,  inventory,  and  Markovian  models.  Prep.  5.901, 
Basic  Operations  Research  I  and  5.951,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   131 

5.903     Inventory  Control  and  Production  Planning 

The  design  and  operation  of  inventory  systems  from  a  scientific  management 
point  of  view,  including  both  required  theory  and  practical  aspects.  Subjects 
include  inventory  control  models,  statistical  forecasting,  production  scheduling 
techniques,  distribution  systems,  management  control  and  reports,  discussion 
of  actual  systems,  and  a  case  study.  Prep.  5.951,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


5.904  Queuing  Theory  and  Its  Applications 

A  development  of  the  theory  of  queues  using  the  equations  of  detailed  balance 
approach;  study  of  models  based  on  random  arrivals  including  exponential  and 
Eriand  service  distributions,  single  and  multiple  services,  series  and  parallel 
systems,  and  finite  and  infinite  queues,  applications  to  staffing,  inventory  control, 
maintenance,  and  scheduling.     Prep.  5.900  or  5.902,  Basic  Operations  Research 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.905  Analysis  with  Simulation 

Model  building  for  digital  simulation,  testing  and  validation  of  models,  simula- 
tion compiler  languages,  logic  flow  charting,  applications  drawn  from  economics, 
scheduling,  inventory  problems,  marketing,  and  others;  programming  and  run- 
ning of  several  models.  Prep.  5.913,  Data  Processing  for  Engineers  and  5.951, 
Engineering  Statistics  II  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


5.906  Introduction  to  Principles  of  Systems 

Introduction  to  principles  of  system  structure  and  dynamics  with  emphasis  on 
managerial,  economic,  and  social  systems;  development  of  concepts  that  allow 
one  to  understand  stability  and  growth  processes  extending  to  multi-loop,  non- 
linear systems.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.907  Dynamics  of  Systems  I 

Study  of  complex  managerial,  economic,  and  social  systems  emphasizing  the 
interactions  between  decisions,  actions,  and  information  flows;  analysis  of  the 
dynamic  behavior  of  these  systems  by  computer  simulation  with  emphasis  upon 
designing  policies  and  information  flow  to  generate  more  effective  behavior; 
organizational  control  and  growth  viewed  as  dynamic  feedback  processes.  Class 
project  in  a  system  identification,  modelling  and  simulation,  and  analysis. 
Prep.  5.906,  Introduction  to  Principles  of  Systems.    Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 


5.908     Dynamics  of  Systems  II 

A  project  course  in  the  application  of  principles  of  feedback  systems  on  topics 
chosen  by  the  students.  Each  student  will  carry  out  a  complete  social  systems 
analysis,  including  definition  of  project  purposes,  system  identification,  system 
modelling  and  simulation,  analysis  of  system  behavior,  and  policy  redesign. 
Limited  enrollment.     Prep.  5.907  Dynamics  of  Systems  I. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 


132  /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

5.909  Systems  Engineering  and  Analysis 

Methods  of  describing,  analyzing,  and  manipulating  complex  systems  both  open 
and  closed  loop;  meaning  of  system  optimization;  classical  optimization  tech- 
niques; emphasis  on  the  description  and  design  of  a  system  rather  than  system 
manipulation  and  on  "complete"  system  rather  than  submanipulation;  examples 
drawn  from  transportation,  information,  manufacturing,  etc.  Prep.  Admission 
to  the  Program.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  winter  quarter 

5.910  Analytical  Techniques  for  Engineers 

Linear  algebra,  transform  techniques  including  Laplace  transforms  and  z  trans- 
form; systems  of  linear  differential  equations.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  Engineering  or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.911  Linear  Programming 

Covers  in-depth  techniques  and  theory  contained  in  linear,  quadratic,  and  non- 
linear programming  which  would  include  sensitivity  analysis,  the  dual  theorem, 
parametric  programming,  and  problems  involving  uncertainty.  Prep.  5.900  or 
5.902,  Basic  Operations  Research  or  equivalent  and  a  course  in  linear  algebra. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.912  Network  Planning  and  Control 

Applications  of  the  theory  of  flow  through  networks  to  scheduling,  planning, 
line  balancing,  transportation,  and  materials  handling;  PERT  and  Critical  Path 
Scheduling;  case  studies  of  successful  and  unsuccessful  applications;  computer 
and  manual  solutions  utilized.  Prep.  5.913,  Data  Processing  for  Engineers  or 
equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.913  Data  Processing  for  Engineers 

Open  only  to  students  who  have  not  had  a  basic  course  or  extensive  experience 
in  a  compiler  language.  A  study  of  digital  computers  and  computer  programming 
techniques  as  applied  to  management  problems.  The  course  will  cover  the  basic 
characteristics  and  operation  of  computing  equipment  and  peripheral  devices. 
The  FORTRAN  language  is  presented  in  depth  and  will  be  utilized  by  the  student 
for  programming  and  running  several  projects  on  a  computer.  Other  compiler 
languages  will  be  described  and  compared  to  FORTRAN.  A  systems  approach 
to  the  design,  development,  and  implementation  of  computer  programs  for  solv- 
ing management  problems  will  be  emphasized.  Examples  will  be  studied  from 
several  management  areas.  Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
or  Science.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.914  Advanced  Operations  Research  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Further  study  of  quantitative  techniques  available  to  assist  management  in 
scientific  decision-making,  including  Markov  processes,  utility  theory,  Bayesian 
statistics,  and  forecasting;  case  studies  of  real  industrial  problems.  Prep.  5.900, 
Basic  Operations  Research.  Offered  yearly,  days  only,  spring  quarter 

5.916     Engineering  Analysis  Utilizing  Data  Processing 

Engineering  and  quantitative  management  problems  utilizing  data  processing 
equipment;  problem  formulation  and  adaptation  to  digital  and/or  analog  equip- 
ment; case  studies  will  be  used  to  illustrate  the  applications.  Prep.  5.913, 
Data  Processing  for  Engineers  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 


INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT  /   133 

5.917     Information  Retrieval  Techniques 

Fundamental  aspects  of  data  base  management  techniques,  equipment  and 
systems;  analysis,  classification,  indexing,  storage  search  and  retrieval;  digital 
computer  applications  stressed;  system  evaluation;  user  requirements  and  imple- 
mentation problems;  future  trends.  Prep.  5.913,  Data  Processing  for  Engineers 
or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

5.920  Computer  Utility  Systems 

The  concepts  and  possible  applications  of  computer  networks  providing  on- 
line service  to  many  users  with  widely  different  information  processing  service 
and  capability  needs;  hardware  and  software  considerations;  cost  and  economic 
considerations;  legal  and  security  problems;  reliability;  evaluation  for  manage- 
ment decision  or  use;  case  histories.  Prep.  5.913,  Data  Processing  tor  Engi- 
neers or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.921  Advanced  Programming 

Study  of  selected  topics  in  systems  programming  such  as:  programming  lan- 
guages and  translators;  data  structures  and  data  management;  on-line,  real-time 
and  time-sharing  systems;  operating  systems;  and  machine  organization.  Stu- 
dents should  have  a  thorough  knowledge  of  and  experience  with  some  pro- 
gramming language  as  well  as  a  firm  background  in  some  machine  at  the 
assembly  language  level.     Prep.  3.893,   Digital  Computer  Programming  I. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.922  Devices  and  Techniques  of  Information  Systems 

Discussion,  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  computing  and  data  processing  equip- 
ment excluding  the  CPU  and  main  memory;  emphasis  on  the  characteristic  use 
and  control  of  secondary  storage  I/O  and  media  conversion  and  data  trans- 
mission equipment;  simulation  studies,  case  studies,  and  student  projects  will 
be  used  as  needed.     Prep.  Basic  knowledge  of  computers  and  programming. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.950  Engineering  Statistics  I 

A  brief  though  rigorous  introduction  to  probability  as  foundation  for  statistics; 
discrete  and  continuous  distributions  such  as  the  binomial,  Poisson,  hypergeo- 
metric  and  normal;  mean  and  variance;  operations  research;  sampling  distribu- 
tions.    Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering  or  Science. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.951  Engineering  Statistics  II 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  statistical  inference,  treatment  of  statis- 
tical data,  inferences  concerning  means,  variances  and  proportions,  regression 
analysis,  correlation  and  other  statistical  concepts.  Prep.  5.950,  Engineering 
Statistics  I  or  10.8G1 ,  Probability  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.952  Design  of  Experiments  I 

An  introduction  to  experimental  design  and  analysis;  modeling  for  fixed,  ran- 
dom and  mixed  factor  designs  such  as:  single  factor,  randomized  blocks, 
Latin  square  and  factorial  experiments,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance, 
orthogonal  contrasts.  Prep.  5.951,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or  10.9H1,  Mathe- 
matical Statistics  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fail  quarter 


134  /   INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  — MANAGEMENT 

5.953  Statistical  Decision  Theory 

Use  of  Bayesian  statistical  inference  to  arrive  at  decisions  when  stochastic 
variables  are  interacting;  relationship  to  game  theory;  decision  making  over 
time  in  a  sequence;  important  expected  values  and  distributions;  relationship 
of  Bayesian  decision  theory  to  classical  statistical  inference.  Prep.  5.950, 
Engineering  Statistics  I  or  10.8G1,  Probability  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.954  Advanced  Quality  Control 

Economics  of  quality,  specification  of  quality,  organization  for  quality,  statis- 
tical methods  of  quality  control;  quality  policies  and  objectives;  personnel 
methods  for  quality;  design  of  testing  and  inspection  procedures;  budgeting  of 
quality  programs;  sampling  by  variables,  sampling  for  life  testing,  continuous 
sampling.     Prep.  5.951,  Engineering  Statistics  II  or  equivalent. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.955  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Applications 

An  introduction  to  reliability  and  maintainability  engineering  technology  applied 
to  system  and  circuit  design;  the  "bath-tub"  curve;  stress  de-rating  of  com- 
ponents; failure  rate  and  repair  rate  prediction  techniques  and  assessment; 
early  failure,  useful  life,  and  wearout  characteristics.  Prep.  5.951,  Engineering 
Statistics  II  or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  fall  quarter 

5.956  Mathematical  Theory  of  Reliability 

Probability  mathematical  techniques  utilized  in  systems  reliability  analysis;  pre- 
diction; allocation  and  demonstration  testing;  reliability  probability  functions, 
active  and  standby  redundancy  with  or  without  repair,  spares  planning,  and 
availability.     Prep.  5.955,  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Applications. 

Offered  yearly,  winter  quarter 

5.957  Designing  for  Reliability 

Oriented  to  the  design  of  electronic  systems;  development  of  complex  system 
reliability  mathematical  models;  Markovian  chain  stochastic  processes,  matrix 
algebra  applied  to  redundancy  problems;  flow-diagram  techniques  using 
Laplacian  transforms,  and  queuing  theory  for  repairable  systems;  system- 
effectiveness  methods  particularly  those  developed  by  Hunter  and  Barlow. 
Prep.  5.955,  Reliability  and  Maintainability  Applications. 

Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.958  Design  of  Experiments  II 

Further  design  considerations  in  experimental  design  and  analysis  such  as: 
nesting,  split-plot,  factorial  confounding,  fractional  factorial,  response  surfaces. 
Computer  applications  to  design  analysis.  Prep.  5.952,  Design  of  Experiments  I 
or  equivalent.  Offered  yearly,  spring  quarter 

5.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree)  (6  q.h.  credits) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  de- 
partment.    Prep.  Consent  of  adviser.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

5.992  Seminar  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Discussion  and  presentations  of  thesis  related  topics  by  students,  presentations 
and  discussions  by  faculty  and  eminent  people  in  the  field  on  timely  industrial 
engineering  topics.  Field  trips  and  visitations  included  where  appropriate. 

Offered  yearly,  days  only,  fall  quarter 

5.993  Special  Problems  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Individual  work  under  faculty  supervision.     Prep.  Consent  of  adviser. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


mechanical  engineering 


Admission 

To  be  enrolled  for  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  applicants  must  have  obtained  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  with  an  ac- 
ceptable quality  of  undergraduate  work,  from  a  recognized  college  or 
university.  Applicants  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  other  engi- 
neering or  related  science  fields  and  an  appropriate  background  of 
preparation  may  pursue  this  program  and  qualify  for  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  without  specification. 

THE  MASTER'S  DEGREE 
Full-Tlme  Program  on  the  Cooperative  Plan 

Forty  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  are  required.  This  program  may 
be  taken  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  where  students  enroll  for  academic 
work  in  the  Fall  and  Winter  Quarters  of  the  first  year  and  in  the  Fall  and 
Winter  Quarters  of  the  second  year.  The  other  quarters  of  the  two  aca- 
demic years  and  the  summer  after  the  first  year  are  available  for  pro- 
fessional employment.  Students  who  are  admitted  to  a  master's  degree 
program  under  the  Cooperative  Plan  must  complete,  through  satisfac- 
tory performance,  each  cooperative  work  assignment  in  order  to  be 
eligible  for  their  degree. 

A  thesis  of  ten  quarter  hours  of  credit  is  required  unless  waived  by 
the  department  graduate  committee. 

Majors  in  mechanics,  materials,  heat,  and  ocean  engineering  are 
available.  The  sequence  of  courses  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  will  normal- 
ly be  taken  according  to  the  following  pattern: 

MECHANICS  MAJOR 

First  Academic  Quarter  Credits  Second  Academic  Quarter      Credits 

2.801   Continuum    Mechanics       2  2.802  Continuum    Mechanics  2 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for  2.827  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  I 2  Mech.  Eng.  II   2 

2.860  Systems  Engineering  .        2  2.861   Systems  Engineering  .  2 

Electives     4  Electives     4 

10  lo~ 

135 


136  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.990  Seminar    1 

2.991  Thesis 5 

Electives     4 

10 


Fourth  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

2.990  Seminar    1 

2.991  Thesis   5 

Electives     4 

10 


MATERIALS  IVIAJOR 


'irst  Academic  Quarter 

Credits 

2.801 

Continuum  Mechanics 

or 

2.960 

Thermodynamics 

of  Materials   

2 

2.970 

Material  Science 
&  Engineering 
or 

2.954 

Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy  1    

2 

2.826 

Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  1    

2 

Electives     

4 

10 


Second  Academic  Quarter      Credits 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics 

or 
2.961   Thermodynamics 

of  Materials   2 

2.971   Material  Science 

&  Engineering 
or 
2.956  Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy  II 2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  II   2 

Electives     4 

10 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.954  Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy  I 
or 
2.970  Material  Science 

&  Engineering   2 

2.990  Seminar    1 

2.991  Thesis   5 

Elective     2 

10 


Fourth  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

2.956  Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy  II 
or 
2.971   Material  Science 

&  Engineering   2 

2.990  Seminar 1 

2.991  Thesis   5 

Elective     2 

10 


HEAT  MAJOR 


First  Academic  Quarter 

Credits 

2.801   Continuum   Mechani 

ics       2 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  1 

2 

2.901   Advanced 

Thermodynamics  .  . 

2 

2.910  Conduction 

Heat  Transfer    .  .  .  . 

2 

Elective     

2 

Second  Academic  Quarter      Credits 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics  2 
2.827  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  II   2 

2.902  Advanced 

Thermodynamics  ....  2 
2.911   Convection 

Heat  Transfer    2 

Elective     2 


10 


10 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING   /   137 


Third  Academic  Quarter  Credits 

2.990  Seminar    1 

2.991  Thesis   5 

Electives     4 

10 


Fourth  Academic  Quarter        Credits 

2.990  Seminar    1 

2.991  Thesis   5 

Electives     4 

10 


First  Academic  Quarter 


OCEAN  ENGINEERING   MAJOR 
Credits 


2.801   Continuum    Mechanics       2 

2.802 

Continuum   Mechanics       2 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for 

2.827 

Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  1 

2 

Mech.  Eng.  II   

2 

2.870  Ocean 

2.871 

Ocean 

Engineering    1    .... 

2 

Engineering  II    .... 

2 

2.873  Geophysical 

2.874 

Ocean 

Engineering    

2 

Measurements    .... 

2 

Elective     

2 

Elective       

2 

10 

10 

Third  Academic  Quarter 

Credits 

Fourth 

Academic  Quarter 

Credits 

2.990  Seminar    

1 

2.990 
2.991 

Seminar    

1 

2.991   Thesis   

5 

Thesis   

5 

Electives  and/or 

4 

Electives     

4 

Marine  Biology    . . . 

10 

10 

Continuous  Full-Tlme  Program 

Students  may  take  the  40  quarter  hours  of  academic  work  on  a  con- 
tinuous full-time  basis  and  complete  the  degree  requirements  in  one 
academic  year.  The  sequence  of  courses  which  students  take  on  this 
plan  is  established  by  their  adviser. 


Electives 

With  the  approval  of  the  adviser,  a  maximum  of  ten  quarter  hours  of 
credit  may  be  elected  from  graduate  courses  in  other  departments. 


Part-Time  Programs 

The  admission  requirements  for  these  programs  are  the  same  as  for 
the  full-time  program,  but  students  may  progress  according  to  their 
abilities  and  the  time  available. 


138  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 


Mechanics  Major 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for 
Mech.  Eng.  I 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for 
Mech.  Eng.  II   

2.801  Continuum  Mechanics 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics 

2.860  Systems   Engineering 

2.861  Systems   Engineering 


REQUIRED 
Credits 


2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

12 


Heat  Major 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  I 2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  II   2 

2.801  Continuum  Mechanics  .     2 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics  .      2 

2.901  Advanced 
Thermodynamics    2 

2.902  Advanced 
Thermodynamics    2 

2.910  Conduction 

Heat  Transfer 2 

2.911  Convection 

Heat  Transfer 2 

16 


COURSES 
Materials  Major  Credits 

2.826  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  I   2 

2.827  Math.  Methods  for 

Mech.  Eng.  II   2 

2.801  Continuum  Mechanics 

or 

2.960  Thermodynamics 

of  Materials   2 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics 

or 

2.961  Thermodynamics 

of  Materials   2 

2.954  Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy  I    2 

2.956  Advanced  Physical 

Metallurgy   II    2 

2.970  Material  Science 

and   Engineering    2 

2.971  Material  Science 

and  Engineering    2 

16 
Credits 


Electives 

Students  must  take  sufficient  mechanical  engineering  departmental 
electives  so  that  the  required  courses  in  their  major  and  the  depart- 
mental electives  total  at  least  30  of  the  40  quarter  hours  required  for 
the  degree. 

The  remaining  ten  credits  may  be  elected  from  any  courses  in  engi- 
neering or  science  for  which  the  student  has  the  necessary  preparation. 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   139 

THE  DOCTOR'S  DEGREE 

The  following  material  outlines  the  procedure  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  and  the  steps  necessary  to  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  de- 
gree. For  further  information,  applicants  should  write  to  the  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Admission 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering  at  Northeastern  University  should 
apply  in  writing  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Such  application  must 
be  made  by  February  1st  of  the  year  in  which  they  expect  to  receive  the 
master's  degree.  The  departmental  graduate  committee  will  examine  the 
record  of  the  applicant  and  decide  whether  or  not  he  should  be  allowed 
to  take  the  qualifying  examination. 

Applicants  who  are  enrolled  for  graduate  work  at  other  institutions  or 
who  have  completed  the  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  should 
write  the  chairman  of  the  department  for  an  application  for  an  interview. 
This  form,  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  and  graduate  work,  together 
with  three  letters  of  recommendation  must  be  transmitted  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  departmental  graduate  committee.  The  applicant  will  be 
notified  of  an  interview  time  and,  after  the  interview,  will  be  advised  if 
he  will  be  invited  to  take  the  qualifying  examination  and  if  he  should 
make  formal  application  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  The 
application  for  interview,  transcripts,  and  letters  of  recommendation 
must  be  received  by  February  1st  if  the  March  qualifying  examination  is 
to  be  taken. 

Residence  Requirement 

The  residence  requirement  is  satisfied  by  one  year  of  full-time 
graduate  work  or  by  two  years  of  half-time  graduate  work  beyond  the 
master's  degree.  However,  a  student  should  expect  to  spend  at  least 
two  years,  or  the  equivalent,  in  full-time  graduate  study  beyond  the 
requirements  of  the  master's  degree. 

Degree  Candidacy 

After  40  quarter  hours  of  graduate  work  have  been  taken  with  satis- 
factory grades  and  upon  successful  completion  of  the  qualifying  exami- 
nation, a  student  is  established  as  a  degree  candidate. 

Qualifying  Examination 

The  qualifying  examination  in  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering is  offered  yearly  in  March  and/or  April  and  is  both  written  and 
oral.  The  written  portion  of  the  qualifying  examination  is  six  hours  in 


140  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

length  and  covers,  with  equal  emphasis,  four  different  areas.  A  student 
must  select  one  area  from  each  of  the  three  groups  A,  B,  and  C  plus 
another  area  either  listed  below  or  unlisted,  but  considered  equivalent 
and  approved  by  the  graduate  committee. 

A.  B. 

Concepts  of  Thermodynamics  Dynamics 

Applied  Thermodynamics  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Bodies 

C. 

Heat  and  Mass  Transfer 

Fluid  Mechanics 

Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials 

Physical  Metallurgy 

The  oral  portion  of  the  qualifying  examination  is  conducted  by  a  com- 
mittee consisting  of  at  least  four  members  appointed  by  the  graduate 
committee.  A  typical  committee  is  composed  of  two  members  special- 
izing in  the  student's  major  area  plus  one  member  from  each  of  two 
other  areas. 

The  qualifying  examination  may  be  taken  by  a  graduate  student  who 
expects  to  complete  the  requirements  for  his  master's  degree  within 
three  months  of  the  date  of  the  qualifying  examination  as  well  as  by  a 
person  who  has  already  completed  the  requirements  for  the  master's 
degree.  Because  degree  candidacy  must  be  established  before  the 
graduate  committee  will  act  to  approve  course  programs  or  thesis 
proposals,  the  qualifying  examination  should  be  taken  at  the  earliest 
opportunity.  If  the  examination  is  failed,  it  may  be  repeated  with  per- 
mission of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Course  Requirements 

To  receive  the  Ph.D.  degree  a  candidate  must  complete  a  program  of 
course  work  approved  by  the  graduate  committee.  Courses  completed 
prior  to  admittance  to  the  doctoral  program  are  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  graduate  committee.  Each  program  must  contain  at  least  twelve 
quarter  hours  of  course  work,  preferably  outside  of  the  department,  in 
an  area  other  than  that  in  which  the  candidate  is  majoring.  Attainment 
of  a  B  average  for  the  courses  In  the  "minor"  portion  of  the  program 
will  signify  satisfactory  completion  of  that  portion. 

Thesis 

After  degree  candidacy  has  been  established,  a  candidate  must  com- 
plete a  thesis  which  embodies  the  results  of  extended  research  and 
includes  materials  suitable  for  publication. 

The  departmental  graduate  committee  may  require  the  completion  of 
certain  course  work  before  permitting  thesis  work  to  commence.  A 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   141 

thesis  committee  will  be  appointed  by  the  chairman  of  the  department 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 
The  thesis  committee  will  be  kept  informed  of  the  progress  of  the  thesis 
and  will  be  responsible  for  initial  approval  of  the  thesis  in  its  final  form. 

Language  Requirement 

A  reading  knowledge  of  one  foreign  language  is  required.  Proficiency 
in  a  language  shall  be  determined  in  a  manner  prescribed  by  the 
departmental  graduate  committee.  The  language  requirement  must  be 
satisfied  no  later  than  six  months  before  the  time  at  which  the  degree  is 
to  be  conferred. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  is  combined  with  the  final  oral 
examination  and  is  given  after  the  thesis  has  been  completed  and 
approved.  This  examination  is  based  upon  the  subject  matter  of  the 
thesis  and  a  defense  of  it. 

Final  Oral  Examination 

The  final  oral  examination  is  taken  after  completion  of  all  other 
requirements  for  the  degree.  This  examination  cannot  be  held  until  two 
weeks  have  elapsed  after  the  thesis  has  been  registered  and  accepted 
by  the  graduate  school  and  must  be  passed  at  least  two  weeks  before 
the  commencement  at  which  the  degree  is  to  be  awarded. 

The  final  oral  examination  will  include  the  subject  matter  of  the 
doctoral  thesis  and  significant  developments  in  the  field  of  the  thesis 
work.  Other  fields  may  be  included  if  recommended  by  the  examining 
committee. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

The  courses  listed  below  are  of  an  advanced  undergraduate  —  first  year 
graduate  level.  A  maximum  of  eight  (8)  quarter  hours  of  credit  from  this  group 
of  courses  may  be  applied  toward  the  master's  degree. 

Course  Credits 

2.212     Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials 4 

2.214     Experimental  Stress  Analysis    4 

2.232  Engineering   Materials    4 

2.233  Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion    4 

2.235  Statistical  Thermodynamics 4 

2.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I    4 

2.237  Nuclear  Engineering  II   4 

2.258     Gas  Dynamics  4 

2.260     Heat  and  Mass  Transfer 4 

2.270     Analytical  Dynamics  4 


142  /  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.810  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I 2 

2.811  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  II    2 

2.817  Strain  Gage  Techniques    2 

2.818  Photoelasticity   2 

2.847  Analytical  Dynamics  I 2 

2.848  Analytical  Dynannics  II   2 

2.950  Physical  Metallurgy  I    2 

2.951  Physical  Metallurgy  II 2 

The  following  undergraduate  courses  which  are  given  in  the  daytime,  may  be 
elected  by  graduate  students  for  graduate  credit  subject  to  the  credit  hour 
restrictions  listed  above. 

2.212     Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.810  and  2.811  — 
Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I  and  II.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offering  1972-73,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.214     Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.817,  Strain 
Gauge  Techniques  and  2.818,  Photoelasticity.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Engineering.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.232  Engineering  Materials  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  covers  thermodynamics  of  materials; 
phase  equilibria  ternary  systems;  reactions  with  environment,  i.e.  kinetics,  oxi- 
dation, corrosion,  etc.;  materials  design  criteria  and  materials  engineering  case 
studies.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.233  Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.924  and  2.925, 
Thermodynamics  of  Propulsion.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.235  Statistical  Thermodynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Statistical  thermodynamics  approaches  the  study  of  the  thermodynamics  equilib- 
rium by  regarding  a  system  as  a  collection  of  particles  to  which  the  principles 
of  either  classical  or  quantum  mechanics  are  presumed  to  apply;  statistical 
hypotheses  of  Boltzmann,  Bose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac  with  emphasis  on  the 
properties  of  assemblies  of  independent  particles;  applications  to  the  study  of 
gaseous  systems;  the  Einstein  and  Debye  theories  of  the  specific  heats  of  solids; 
electron  gas  in  a  metal.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engi- 
neering. Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.236  Nuclear  Engineering  I  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Study  of  Nuclear  Physics  emphasizing  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  radioactive 
decay,  and  nuclear  reactions  with  particular  attention  to  fusion  and  fission; 
health  physics,  nuclear  instrumentation,  and  the  production  and  uses  of  radio- 
active isotopes;  comparison   of  thermal,  fast,  and  breeder  reactor  types;  dis- 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   143 

cussion  of  neutron  interactions  and  slowing  down;  four-factor  formula  and  the 
diffusion  equation  developed  and  applied  to  one-group  theory  for  bare  and 
reflected  thermal  reactors;  energy  production  and  distribution  within  the  core; 
flux  shaping.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.237     Nuclear  Engineering  II  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Development  of  two-group  theory  for  thermal  reactors;  the  physics  and  safety  of 
fast  reactors;  effect  of  reactivity  change,  either  intentional  or  accidental,  changes 
due  to  temperature;  fission  product  buildup,  xenon  buildup  after  shutdown,  and 
fuel  depletion;  reactor  design  considerations  including  the  interrelationship  of 
reactor  physics,  reactor  engineering  (physical  design  heat  transfer,  etc.),  reactor 
materials  and  economics;  control  and  distribution  of  power;  fuel  cycle  manage- 
ment.    Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.258     Gas  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Derivation  of  the  conservation  laws  of  fluid  flow;  wave  motion  and  Mach  number; 
adiabatic  flow;  calculation  of  propulsion  forces;  adiabatic  flow  with  friction; 
normal  shock  analysis;  analysis  of  compressible  flow  with  heating  or  cooling; 
moving  and  oblique  shock  waves.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.260     Heat  and  Mass  Transfer  (4  q.h.  credits) 

Review  of  heat,  mass,  and  momentum  transfer  analogies;  rate  equations;  con- 
duction problems  in  steady-state  and  transient-state  for  both  heat  and  mass 
transfer  with  various  constant  and  fluctuating  boundary  conditions  in  rectan- 
gular, cylindrical,  and  spherical  coordinates  solved  by  formal  mathematics,  differ- 
ence (relaxation)  techniques  and  methods  of  analogy;  thermal  stresses  induced 
by  non-uniform  temperature  distributions;  heat  transfer  at  high  velocity  and  in 
rarefied  gases;  boiling  heat  transfer  at  temperature  extremes,  with  forced  and 
natural  convection;  phase  change  in  bulk  stagnant  systems.  Prep.  Admission 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.270     Analytical  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.847  and  2.848  — 
Analytical  Dynamics  I  and  II.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of 
Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  and  summer  quarters 

The  following  are  graduate  courses  which  carry  two  quarter  hours  of  credit 
unless  otherwise  noted.  Courses  carrying  four  quarter  hours  of  credit  are  day 
courses.  Seminar  and  thesis  may  have  varying  credits  established  by  the  de- 
partment at  the  time  of  registration.  Not  all  courses  are  offered  every  year. 
Refer  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering  circular  issued  about  July  1  each 
year  for  the  courses  to  be  offered  in  the  new  academic  year  and  the  times  at 
which  they  are  scheduled  to  meet. 

2.801     Continuum  Mechanics 

Algebra  and  calculus  of  Cartesian  tensors,  relation  to  vector  analysis,  curvi- 
linear co-ordinates,  stress  in  a  continuum.  Prep.  2.826,  Mathematical  Methods 
for  Mechanical  Engineers  I  or  equivalent.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 


144   /    MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.802  Continuum  Mechanics 

Strain  and  strain  rate  in  a  continuum,  governing  equations  for  an  elastic  solid 
and  a  Newtonian  fluid.  Some  exact  solutions.  Prep.  2.801,  Continuum  Me- 
chanics and  2.827,  Matliematical  Methods  lor  Mechanical  Engineers  II. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

2.803  Continuum  Mechanics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.801  and  2.802, 
Continuum  Mechanics.  Prep.  10.9N1  or  10.9N2,  Advanced  Mathematics  or 
equivalent.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.805  Theory  of  Elasticity 

Stress  and  deformation  analysis  of  elastic  solids.  Two-dimensional  problems; 
stress  concentration;  thermal  stress.  Theory  of  torsion,  prismatic  and  axial  sym- 
metric bars.  Introduction  to  the  theory  of  plates,  bending  of  thin  plates.  Prep. 
2.802,  Continuum  Mechanics.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.806  Theory  of  Elasticity 

Method  of  finite  differences.  Numerical  solutions;  torsion  problem;  plate  bend- 
ing. Variational  method  and  energy  principles;  minimum  potential  and  comple- 
mentary energy  theorems.  Introduction  to  dynamics  of  elastic  solids;  waves, 
vibrations.     Prep.  2.805,  Theory  ol  Elasticity.        Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.807  Theory  of  Elasticity  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.805  and  2.806, 
Theory  of  Elasticity.     Prep.  2.803,  Continuum  Mechanics.      Not  offered  1972-73 

2.809  Plasticity  and  Creep 

Types  of  deformation,  elasticity,  plasticity,  creep,  mechanical  equation  of  state, 
plastic  flow  under  multi-axial  stress,  and  elastic  creep.  Relationship  of  com- 
paratively simple  laboratory  material  tests  to  more  complex  service  conditions 
will  be  emphasized.     Prep.  A  recent  introductory  materials  course. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.810  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I 

Review  of  fundamental  stress  concepts;  point  stress  and  strain;  differential 
equations  of  stress;  elastic  properties;  theories  of  failure;  transverse  bending; 
shear  stress  distribution;  shear  center;  bending  stresses  due  to  non-symmetrical 
bending.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.811  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  II 

Thick  and  thin  cylinders  under  elastic  and  plastic  deformation;  analysis  of 
statistically  indeterminate  beams  and  frames  by  slope,  deflection,  and  moment 
distribution  techniques;  stresses  in  curved  beams,  beams  on  elastic  foundations. 
Prep.  2.810,  Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  I.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.813     Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  III 

Bending  of  flat  plates;  stability  analysis  of  structural  members;  grid  systems 
and  other  special  topics  to  be  selected  by  needs  of  the  class.  Prep.  2.811, 
Advanced  Mechanics  of  Materials  II.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING   /   145 

2.815     Plates  and  Shells 

Bending  of  plates  with  various  shapes,  loads,  and  supports.  Large  deflection  of 
plates.  Membrane  theory  of  shells.  Analysis  of  cylindrical  shells.  General  theory 
of  thin   elastic  shells.   Shells  of   revolution.     Prep.  2.806,   Theory  of  Elasticity. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.817  Strain  Gauge  Techniques 

Theory  and  application  of  mechanical  and  electrical  strain  gauges.  Installation, 
instrumentation,  and  circuitry  of  gauge  set-ups  for  transducer  use  and  experi- 
mental stress  analysis.  Use  of  brittle  coatings  in  experimental  stress  analysis. 
Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1973-74,  spring  quarter 

2.818  Photoelasticity 

Theory  and  practice  of  photoelastic  methods  as  applied  to  classical  experi- 
mental stress  analysis  of  models  and  as  modified  for  use  in  photoelastic 
coatings.      Prep.  Admission  to  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.820  Fluid  Dynamics 

Vorticity  and  circulation.  Kelvin  and  Helmholtz  theorems.  Potentials  and  stream 
functions;  Biot-Savart  Law.  Bernoulli  relations.  Complex  variable  theory  applied 
to  the  solution  of  potential  flows.  Theorems  of  Blasius  and  Kutta-Joukowski. 
Prep.  2.802,  Continuum  Mechanics.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.821  Fluid  Dynamics 

Surface  waves  and  conditions  at  an  interface.  Some  exact  solutions  of  the 
Navier-Stokes  equations.  Stokes  flow.  Fundamentals  of  boundary  layer  theory; 
separation.  Introduction  to  turbulence  and  stability.  Prep.  2.820,  Fluid 
Dynamics.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.822  Fluid  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.820  and  2.821  — 
Fluid  Dynamics.     Prep.  2.803,  Continuum  Mechanics.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.823  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics 

Sound  speed  in  a  gas.  Shock  waves.  Characteristics.  One-  and  two-dimensional 
steady  flows.  One-dimensional  unsteady  flow.  Small  perturbation  theory.  Sim- 
ilarity rules,  hodograph  methods.     Prep.  2.821,  Fluid  Dynamics. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.824  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics 

Continuation  of  2.823,  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics.  Prep.  2.823,  Advanced  Gas 
Dynamics.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.825  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.823  and  2.824 — 
Advanced  Gas  Dynamics.     Prep.  2.822,  Fluid  Dynamics.         Not  offered  1972-73 

2.826  Mathematical  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  I 

Series  solutions  of  differential  equations;  singular  points;  Bessel  and  Legendre 
functions;  symptotic  series;  WKB  approximation;  perturbation  method;  scalar 
and  vector  fields;  divergence  theorem.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  and  spring  quarters 


146  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.827     Mathematical  Methods  for  Mechanical  Engineers  II 

Boundary-value  problems;  orthogonal  functions  and  eigenfunction  expansions; 
Fournier-Bessel  and  Legendre  series;  partial  differential  equations  and  applica- 
tions to  heat  transfer,  fluid  flow,  vibrations  and  wave  propagation.  Prep.  Ad- 
mission to  tiie  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Engineering.      Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.838  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  I 

Fundamentals  of  brittle  fracture;  theoretical  strength,  micro/macro  fracture 
characteristic,  Inglis-Griffith  theory,  applicability  of  same.  Linear  elastic  fracture 
mechanics;  Orewan/lrwin  extension  to  metals,  effective  surface  tension  and 
relation  to  fracture  toughness,  plastic  zone  size  correction;  geometry  effects  on 
fracture  toughness;  plane  strain/plane  stress  fracture  toughness,  thickness 
effects.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.839  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  II 

Experimental  determination  of  fracture  toughness;  slow  crack  growth  "pop- 
in",  arrest,  R-G  curves,  compliance  techniques  for  determining  elastic  energy 
release  note.  Alternate  fracture  toughness  concepts;  resistance  curve,  crack 
opening  displacement,  the  J  integral.  Application  of  fracture  mechanics  to 
fatigue.  Design  methods  to  minimize  risks  of  catastrophic  failure  will  be  empha- 
sized.    Prep.  2.838,  Engineering  Fracture  Mechanics  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.840  Finite  Element  Analysis  Methods 

Introduction  to  the  finite  element  method  of  numerical  analysis;  applications  in 
solid  mechanics  include  direct  methods,  energy  approaches  and  weighted 
residuals;  formulation  of  simple  element  stiffness  matrices  and  assembly  in  one 
and  two  dimensions;  solids  of  revolution;  brief  discussion  of  complex  elements 
used  in  large  computer  programs.  Various  examples  of  existing  programs  to  be 
taken  from  statics,  dynamics,  plasticity  and  heat  transfer.  Prep.  2.802,  Con- 
tinuum IVIechanics  or  permission  of  instructor.      Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.842  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications 

Multiple  degrees  of  freedom;  free  and  forced  vibrations  with  or  without  damp- 
ing, extensional  and  torsional  oscillation,  frequency  equation,  energy  in  a 
vibrating  system,  energy  methods  of  solution,  Rayleigh's  method.  Prep.  2.861, 
Systems  Engineermg.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.843  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications 

Continuation  of  2.842  including  systems  with  distributed  mass  and  stiffness, 
shock  and  impact,  balancing  of  rotating  machinery,  vibrations  of  beams  and 
related  structures.     Prep.  2.842,  Vibration   Theory  and  Applications. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.844  Vibration  Theory  and  Applications  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.842  and  2.843, 
Vibration  Theory  and  Applications.     Prep.  2.862,  Systems  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1972-73 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   147 

2.845  Shock,  Vibration,  and  Noise  Control 

Theoretical  and  practical  considerations  pertinent  to  the  design  and  protection 
of  structures  and  equipment  subject  to  severe  environments  of  transient  shock, 
steady  state  vibration,  random  vibration,  and  acoustic  noise.  Prep.  2.843, 
Vibration  Tfieory  and  Applications.  Offered  1973-74,  spring  quarter 

2.846  Non-Linear  Vibrations 

Studies  of  various  non-linear  problems  and  the  techniques  used  in  solving  them. 
Symmetrical  and  unsymmetrical  systems.  The  Van  der  Pol-Kryloff-Bogoliuboff 
method  as  well  as  others  will  be  discussed.  Prep.  2.843,  Vibration  Tlieory  and 
Applications.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.847  Analytical  Dynamics  I 

Application  of  fundamental  laws  of  motion.  Dynamics  of  a  particle,  motion  of  a 
projectile,  linear  and  angular  momentum,  impact,  kinetic  energy,  and  work. 
Variable  and  constant  mass  systems.  Vector  notation  is  used.  Prep.  Admission 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.848  Analytical  Dynamics  II 

Continuation  of  2.847,  Analytical  Dynamics  I,  includes  Hamilton's  Principle, 
Euler's  Equation,  rotation  of  a  rigid  body,  gyroscopes,  and  dynamic  problems 
using  analog  computer.     Prep.  2.847,  Analytical  Dynamics  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.850  Automatic  Control  Engineering 

Basic  methods  for  analyzing  and  designing  linear  feedback  control  systems. 
Formulation  of  transfer  functions  and  block  diagrams  representing  physical 
components  and  systems.  Study  of  control  action.  Analysis  and  design  by  use 
of  root-locus  and  frequency-domain  techniques.  Prep.  2.861,  Systems  Engi- 
neering. Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.851  Automatic  Control  Engineering 

General  theory  of  automatic  control.  Further  consideration  of  linear  systems 
including  compensating  methods  and  multiple-inputs.  Techniques  for  the  treat- 
ment of  non-linear  systems.  Study  of  the  details  of  components  such  as 
hydraulic  and  pneumatic  servo  valves,  pneumatic  power  amplifiers,  etc.  Prep. 
2.850,  Automatic  Control  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.852  Automatic  Control  Engineering  (4  q.h.   credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.850  and  2.851, 
Automatic  Control   Engineering.     Prep.   2.862,  Systems  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.853  Fundamentals  of  Instrumentation 

Theoretical  principles  underlying  the  design  and  operation  of  instruments  for 
measurement  and/or  control.  Analysis  of  stimulus-response  relations.  Industrial 
instruments  for  measurement  and  control,  including  those  based  on  pneumatic 
and  electrical  systems.     Prep.  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.854  Industrial  Process  Control 

Fundamental   principles   involved   in   automatic  control   of  industrial   processes. 


148  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Economic  considerations.  Application  of  control  instruments  to  obtain  auto- 
matic control  of  temperature,  pressure,  fluid  flow,  liquid  level,  humidity,  pH. 
Prep.  2.853,  Fundamentals  of  Instrumentation.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.860  Systems  Engineering 

The  modeling  and  analysis  of  physical  systems.  Vibration  of  mechanical  systems 
with  one  degree  of  freedom  including  the  free-body  and  energy  methods  of 
formulating  the  equations  of  motion.  Free  vibration  of  undamped  multi-degree-of- 
freedom  systems;  influence  coefficients;  matrix  notation  and  iteration.  Mechani- 
cal network  or  mobility-diagram  representations;  block  diagramming.  Laplace 
transform  techniques.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.861  Systems  Engineering 

Continuation  of  2.860.  Transient  analysis.  Analog  computation.  Frequency  re- 
sponse techniques.     Prep.  2.860,  Systems  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  and  spring  quarters 

2.862  Systems  Engineering   (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.860  and  2.861, 
Systems  Engineering.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.870  Ocean  Engineering  I 

Extent  of  the  ocean  in  general  with  its  physical  and  chemical  properties; 
emphasis  on  the  three-dimensional  temperature  distribution  with  time  as  a 
variable;  the  salinity  and  its  variation  in  oceanic  space  and  time;  the  density  of 
the  ocean  and  its  stability;  temperature-salinity  relationships  and  their  connec- 
tion with  mixing  processes  with  large  water  masses;  evaporation  and  water 
budget  of  the  earth,  and  ice  in  the  ocean.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.871  Ocean  Engineering  II 

Geophysical  structure  of  the  sea;  forces  and  their  relation  to  the  structure  of 
the  ocean;  ocean  statics,  oceanic  kinematics;  theory  of  ocean  currents  in  a 
homogeneous  and  non-homogeneous  ocean;  strait  currents;  effect  of  wind;  the 
mass  field  and  density  current;  fundamental  principles  of  oceanic  circulation  in 
the  troposphere  and  stratosphere.     Prep.  2.870,  Ocean  Engineering  I. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.873  Geophysical  Engineering 

Theory  of  basic  geophysical  methods,  seismology,  magnetics,  gravity,  and 
electromagnetic  potential  relating  to  ocean  research  and  exploration  with 
emphasis  on  theory,  data  processing,  computer  applications;  interpretation  of 
data  and  their  applications;  instrument  systems;  survey  procedures;  profiling; 
surface  ship  systems  applications  and  deep  submersible  applications.  Prep. 
Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering.     Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.874  Ocean  Measurements 

Instrument  design;  theory  application  for  physical  and  chemical  properties; 
bathymetry;  temperature,  velocity  and  geophysical  aspects  of  seismic,  gravity, 
magnetic,  and  electromagnetic  methods.     Prep.  2.873,  Geophysical  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   149 

2.901  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

A  critical  examination  of  equilibrium  thermodynamics  from  a  rigorous  viewpoint 
emphasizing  fundamental  concepts  including:  equilibrium,  heat,  and  work;  the 
first  and  second  law  of  thermodynamics;  energy;  heat  engines,  simple  systems, 
and  open  systems.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.902  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

Continuation  of  2.901  including:  examination  of  temperature  scales;  entropy 
and  availability;  the  phase  rule,  single  component  systems;  thermodynamic 
relations.  Consideration  is  also  given  to  the  ideal  gas;  chemical  potential  and 
thermodynamics  of  ideal  gas  mixtures.  Prep.  2.901,  Advanced  Thermo- 
dynamics. Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.903  Advanced  Thermodynamics  (4  q.h.   credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.901  and  2.902 — 
Advanced  Thermodynamics.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engi- 
neering. Not  offered  1972-73 

2.904  Special  Topics  in  Advanced  Thermodynamics 

Selected  subjects  of  current  interest  in  general  thermodynamics  including: 
chemical  reactions;  the  law  of  stable  equilibrium,  normal  and  special  systems, 
and  the  third  law.  Detailed  analysis  of  the  statistics  of  ensembles  is  also  cov- 
ered to  emphasize  the  relationship  between  thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics.     Prep.  2.902,  Advanced  Thermodynamics. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.905  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Designed  to  provide  a  familiarity  with  the  general  field  of  cryogenics,  some  of 
the  principal  uses  of  cryogenics,  and  the  ways  of  obtaining  and  preserving  an 
environment  at  a  low  temperature.  Refrigeration,  cycle  analysis,  heat  exchanger 
design,  insulation  systems,  properties  of  materials,  instrumentation  problems 
and  applications.  Problems  will  be  assigned  typical  of  those  which  are  en- 
countered in  the  field  and  laboratory.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
of  Engineering.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.906  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Continuation  of  2.905,  Cryogenic  Engineering.  Prep.  2.905,  Cryogenic  Engineer- 
ing. Not  offered  1972-73 

2.907  Cryogenic  Engineering 

Application  of  Cryogenic  Engineering  Principles  to  the  design  of  integrated 
systems.     Prep.  2.906,  Cryogenic  Engineering.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.910     Conduction  Heat  Transfer 

Basic  laws  of  heat  transfer;  analytical  solutions  of  single  and  multidimensional 
systems  in  steady  and  transient  states  with  and  without  heat  sources  in  car- 
tesian, cylindrical,  and  spherical  coordinates;  chart  solutions;  Newtonian 
method,  steady  state  and  transient  numerical  analysis;  generalized  fin  equa- 
tion.    Prep.  Elements  of  Heat  Transfer.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 


150  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.911  Convection  Heat  Transfer 

Fundamentals  of  convection;  Reynolds,  Prandtl,  and  Nusselt  numbers;  elements 
of  boundary  layer  theory;  free  and  forced  convection  in  ducts  and  over  flat 
plates  solved  by  dimensional,  exact  mathematical  and  approximate  integral 
analyses  for  both  laminar  and  turbulent  flows;  Reynolds  analogy  and  Prandtl's 
modification;  boiling  and  condensation;  heat  transfer  in  high  speed  flow;  heat 
exchangers.     Prep.  Elements  of  Heat  Transfer.    Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.912  Heat  Transfer  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.910  and  2.911, 
Heat  Transfer.     Prep.  Admission  to  tfie  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.913  Radiation  Heat  Transfer 

Basic  laws  of  thermal  radiation;  Planck  black  body  radiation;  Kirchhoff's  laws; 
Stefan-Boltzmann  law;  radiation  properties  of  surfaces;  radiative  transfer  be- 
tween gray  and  non-gray  diffuse  and  specular  surfaces  separated  by  trans- 
parent media;  radiation  properties  of  gases;  radiative  transfer  through  absorb- 
ing, emitting,  and  scattering  media;  radiative  transfer  in  the  presence  of  con- 
duction and  convective  heat  transfer.     Prep.  Elements  of  Heat  Transfer. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.920  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

The  fundamental  processes  of  direct  energy  conversion  and  their  application  to 
the  design  and  operation  of  magnetohydrodynamic  power  generators,  thermionic 
converters,  fuel  cells,  and  thermoelectric  converters.  Prep.  Admission  to  ttie 
Graduate  Sctiool  of  Engineering.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.921  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

Continuation  of  2.920.     Prep.  2.920,  Direct  Energy  Conversion. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.922  Direct  Energy  Conversion  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.920  and  2.921, 
Direct  Energy  Conversion.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  Sctiool  of  Engi- 
neering. Not  offered  1972-73 

2.923  Special  Topics  in  Direct  Energy  Conversion 

Irreversible  thermodynamics.  Unified  theory  of  energy  conversion.  Prep.  2.921 
or  2.922,  Direct  Energy  Conversion.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.930     Pumps 

Deals  mainly  with  centrifugal  pumps,  with  brief  references  to  other  types;  flow 
of  fluids  in  pipes  and  conduits,  system  curves,  pump  head  velocity  diagrams 
and  head  development,  efficiency;  specific  speed,  net  positive  suction  head, 
cavitation;  affinity  laws,  selection  of  pumps  to  suit  various  operating  conditions 
and  methods  of  driving,  parallel  operation;  automatic  operation,  types  of  con- 
struction and  materials  used,  methods  of  priming  centrifugal  pumps,  pumping 
of  chemicals,  oils,  and  sludges,  special  problems  of  pump  installation  and 
operation,  water  hammer  in   pump  discharge  lines.     Prep.   Hydraulics. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   151 

2.931  Fans  and  Blowers 

Flow  of  air  in  pipes  and  ducts,  fan  characteristics  and  laws,  various  types  of 
fan  wheels,  in!et  and  outlet  connections,  fan  capacity  control,  fan  selection  and 
testing.  Compression  of  air  and  gases,  flow  in  pipes,  head-on  blowers,  perform- 
ance curves,  effect  of  changes  in  speed  and  inlet  conditions,  construction, 
regulation,  selection,  installation,  and  testing.  Axial  flow  fans  and  blowers. 
Positive  pressure  blowers.     Prep.  Thermodynamics.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.932  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  I 

A  major  portion  of  the  energy  produced  in  the  United  States  depends  upon 
combustion  processes  including  energy  produced  in  electrical  power  genera- 
tion, motor  vehicles,  and  aircraft.  Combustion  processes  have  contributed  to 
air,  water,  and  noise  pollution  problems.  This  course  examines  combustion  sys- 
tems in  detail  to  determine  sources  of  pollution  problems  and  to  designate 
methods  by  which  these  problems  can  be  met. 

An  overview  of  the  energy  production  by  electrical  power  generation  systems, 
motor  vehicles,  and  aircraft  so  that  the  magnitude  of  the  contribution  of  these 
systems  to  the  pollution  problem  can  be  assessed.  These  systems  will  be  de- 
scribed as  heat  engines.  A  thermodynamic  analysis  will  be  made  to  evaluate 
their  efficiencies.  The  correlation  between  heat  engine  efficiency  and  its  effect 
on  pollution  problems  will  be  discussed.  Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  of  Engineering.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.933  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  II 

Basic  principles  of  combustion  processes  are  developed  for  an  understanding 
of  the  emission  products  as  a  function  of  system  operating  conditions.  Topics  of 
thermochemistry,  chemical  equilibrium,  chemical  kinetics,  conservation  of  en- 
ergy, equation  of  motion,  chemistry  of  hydrocarbons,  and  theories  of  combus- 
tion processes  are  presented  toward  this  end.  Prep.  2.932,  Pollution  Problems 
from  Combustion  Processes  I.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.934  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  III 

Combustion  systems  include  physical  processes  as  well  as  chemical.  Physical 
processes  of  fuel  injection,  atomization,  vaporization,  and  mixing,  and  their 
relation  to  combustion  systems,  will  be  discussed.  Details  of  operation  of  elec- 
trical power  generation  systems,  automotive  engines,  and  aircraft  engines  are 
examined  to  identify  sources  of  pollution  and  designate  methods  for  pollution 
control.     Prep.  2.933,  Pollution  Problems  from  Combustion  Processes  II. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.935  Power  Plant  Economics  and  Design 

An  integrated  study  into  the  economic  and  design  considerations  for  both 
isolated  and  central  station  systems.     Prep.  Thermodynamics. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.936  Power  Plant  Economics  and  Design 

Continuation  of  2.935,  Power  Plant  Economics  and  Design.  Prep.  2.935,  Power 
Plant  Economics  and  Design.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.937  Power  Plant  Economics  and  Design  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.935,  and  2.936, 
Power  Plant  Economics  and   Design.     Prep.   Thermodynamics. 

Not  offered  1972-73 


152  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.950  Physical  Metallurgy  I 

Atomic  structure,  bonding,  crystallography  and  crystal  structure;  phase  equilib- 
rium and  non-equilibrium  of  1,  2,  and  3  component  systems.  (Not  required  for 
materials  majors  who  have  completed  a  recent  course  in  material  science.) 
Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.951  Physical   IVIetallurgy  II 

Defects  in  crystals;  micro  plasticity  of  crystals,  plastic  deformation  of  crystalline 
solids;  recrystallization;  recovery  grain  growth.  Prep.  2.950,  Physical  Metal- 
lurgy I.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.952  Physical  Metallurgy  III 

Theory  of  solid-solutions  and  intermetallic  compounds;  theory  of  phase  trans- 
formations in  solids;  nucleation  and  growth;  pearlitic  and  martensitic  transfor- 
mations.    Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science  course. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.953  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  III 

Point  defects  in  crystals;  theory  of  diffusion  in  solids,  including  diffusion 
equations,  mechanisms,  effect  of  concentration  gradients,  diffusion  in  non- 
metallic  solids;  oxidation.     Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science  course. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.954  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  I 

Dislocation  theory;  including  such  topics  as  dislocation  stress  fields,  self 
energy,  velocity,  interactions  mechanisms,  image  forces,  and  theories  of  yield- 
ing.     Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science  course. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.955  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  A  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.952,  Physical 
Metallurgy  III  and  2.953,  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  III.  Prep.  2.232  or  2.951, 
Physical  Metallurgy  II.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.956  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  11 

Mechanical  behavior  of  metals.  Application  of  dislocation  theory  to  micro- 
plasticity,  strain  hardening,  strengthening  mechanisms  and  creep.  Prep.  2.954, 
Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  I.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.957  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  B  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.954  and  2.956, 
Advanced   Metallurgy   I   and   II.     Prep.   2.232   or  2.951,   Physical   Metallurgy   II. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.960  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  I 

Basic  metallurgical  thermodynamics  encompassing  first,  second,  and  third  laws, 
entropy,  enthalpy,  and  free  energy.     Prep.  Engineering  Materials. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.961  Thermodynamics  of   Materials   II 

Continuation  of  2.960  with  emphasis  on  solutions,  activity,  activity  coefficients, 
the  phase  rule  and  applications  to  some  metallurgical  problems.  Prep.  2.960, 
Thermodynamics  of  Materials  I.  Not  offered  1972-73 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING   /   153 

2.962  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  (4  q.h.   credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.960  and  2.961  — 
Thermodynamics  of  Materials  I  and  II.     Prep.  Engineering  Materials. 

Not  offered  1972-73 

2.963  Thermodynamics  of  Materials  III 

The  application  of  metallurgical  thermodynamics  to  various  process  metallurgi- 
cal problems,  i.e.,  gas-solid  systems,  etc.,  plus  kinetics  of  reactions  and 
dynamics  systems  analysis.  Prep.  2.960  or  2.961  or  2.962,  Thermodynamics  of 
Materials.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.965  Physical  Ceramics 

Introduction  to  ceramic  fabrication  processes.  Characteristic  of  vitreous  and 
crystalline  solids,  structural  imperfections,  and  atomic  mobility.  Phase  equi- 
libria, nucleation,  crystal  growth,  solid-state  reactions,  non-equilibrium  phases, 
and  effects  on  the  resulting  microstructure  of  ceramics.  Prep.  A  recent  intro- 
ductory material  science  course,  Physical  Chemistry  or  Solid  State  Physics. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.966  Physical  Ceramics 

Discussion  of  effects  of  composition  and  microstructure  on  the  thermal,  me- 
chanical, optical,  electrical,  and  magnetic  properties  of  ceramic  materials. 
Prep.  2.965,  Physical  Ceramics.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.967  Physical  Ceramics  (4  q.h.   credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.965  and  2.966, 
Physical  Ceramics.  Prep.  2.232  or  Physical  Chemistry  or  Solid  State  Engi- 
neering. Not  offered  1972-73 

2.970  Material  Science  and  Engineering 

Principles  underlying  the  structure  and  properties  of  solid  materials.  The  rela- 
tionships of  these  princip'es  to  the  properties  and  to  applications  in  structures 
and  devices.  Both  macroscopic-phenomenological  and  electronic-molecular  ap- 
proaches will  be  used.  Materia's  will  include  metals  and  alloys,  semiconductors, 
and  dielectrics.  Typical  subjects  are  atomic  and  electronic  structures,  ordering, 
nucleation,  crystal  growth,  and  thermal  properties.  Prep.  A  recent  introduc- 
tory material  science  course.  Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.971  Material   Science  and  Engineering 

Continuation  of  2.970  into  additional  topics  such  as  thermal,  electric,  magnetic, 
and  optical  properties;  applications  of  solid-state  phenomena  to  achieve  func- 
tions embodied  in  transducers,  filters,  amplifiers,  energy  converters,  and  so 
forth.     Prep.  2.970,   Material  Science  and  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.972  Material  Science  and  Engineering  (4  q.h.  credits) 

This  course,  offered  to  day  students,  embodies  the  material  in  2.970  and  2.971, 
Material  Science  and  Engineering.     Prep.  2.232  or  equivalent. 

Not  offered  1972-73 


154  /   MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

2.974  Material  Science  and  Engineering  —  Special  Topics 

Continuation  of  2.971.  Optical  properties  and  various  special  topics  that  vary 
from  year  to  year.  Examples  are:  metastabie  phases,  thin  films,  and  strengthen- 
ing mechanisms.     Prep.  2.971 ,  Material  Science  and  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.975  Principles  of  X-Ray  Diffraction 

General  properties  of  x-rays.  X-Ray  production  and  detection.  Emission  and 
absorption.  Introduction  to  diffraction  and  factors  influencing  the  intensities. 
Analysis  of  diffraction  patterns.  Prep.  A  recent  introductory  material  science 
course.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.976  Applications  of  X-Ray  Diffraction 

Experimental  methods.  Applications,  including:  single  crystal  orientation,  crys- 
tallite size  measurement,  preferred  orientation,  residual  stresses,  precision 
lattice-parameter  measurement,  phrase-diagram  determination,  chemical  analysis. 
Prep.  2.975,  Principles  of  X-Ray  Diffraction.  Not  offered  1972-73 

2.985  Powder  Metallurgy 

Powder  characteristics  and  methods  of  manufacture.  Powder  pressing:  packing, 
interparticle  bonding,  effects  of  pressure.  Principles  of  sintering.  Characteristics 
and  properties  of  products  made  from  powdered  materials.  Prep.  A  recent 
introductory  material  science  course.  Offered  1972-73,  spring  quarter 

2.986  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High  Pressures  I 

Historical  development  of  high  pressure  research  in  brief.  Basic  design  prin- 
ciples of  static  high  pressure  apparatus;  use  of  gases,  liquids  and  solids  as 
pressure  transmitting  media;  introduction  to  principles  of  shock  wave  method; 
equations  of  state  of  solids  and  their  measurement  at  high  pressures  and  at 
ultra  high  pressures.     Prep.  Admission  to  the  Graduate  School  of  Engineering. 

Offered  1972-73,  fall  quarter 

2.987  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High  Pressures  II 

Crystal  structure  transformation,  electronic  transitions  and  insulator-metal  tran- 
sitions under  pressure;  electrical  and  magnetic  properties  and  deformations  of 
solids  under  pressure;  geological  phenomena  related  to  high  pressures;  current 
developments  in  high  pressures.  Prep.  2.986,  Behavior  of  Materials  Under  High 
Pressure  I.  Offered  1972-73,  winter  quarter 

2.990  Mechanical  Engineering  Seminar 

Discussions  by  industrial  leaders,  faculty,  and  graduate  students  on  various 
subjects.  Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of  Science 
program.  Offered  yearly,  fall  and  winter  quarters 

2.991  Thesis  (Master's  Degree) 

Analytical  and/or  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  de- 
partment. Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  Master  of  Science 
program.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  /   155 

2.992  Special  Problems  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Theoretical  or  experimental  work  under  individual  faculty  supervision.  Prep. 
Consent  of  department  chairman.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.993  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Topics  of  interest  to  the  staff  member  conducting  this  class  are  presented  for 
advanced  study.     Prep.  Permission  of  department  staff. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.994  Doctoral  Reading 

Material  approved  by  the  candidate's  adviser  (only  S  or  F  grades  m\\  be 
assigned  for  this  course).     Prep.  Passing  of  Pfi.D.  Qualifying  Exam. 

Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 

2.995  Thesis  (Ph.D.  Degree) 

Theoretical  and  experimental  work  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
department.  Open  to  day  students  only.  Prep.  Admission  to  ttie  Doctoral  Pro- 
gram in  Mecfianical  Engineering.  Offered  yearly,  all  quarters 


mathematics  and  physics 


For  mathematics  and   physics  courses  consult  the  bulletin   of  the 
Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


157 


index 


Academic  calendar,  5 
Academic  Council,  13 
Address  of  University,  1 
Administration 

University,  10-12 

Graduate  Division,  14 
Admission 

Doctor's  degree,  34 

Master's  degree,  30 

Appointments  to  fellowships, 

assistantships,  32,  44,  45 

B 
Board  of  Trustees,  9 
Buildings,  21-23 

C 

Calendar,  5 

Campus  description  and 

location,  21 
Campus  map,  4 
Center  for  Continuing 

Education,  20 
Chemical  Engineering,  51 
Civil  Engineering,  61 
Class  hours,  29 
Colleges  (undergraduate),  160 
Committee  on  Graduate 

Study  in  Engineering,  17 
Cooperative  Plan  of 

Education  (see  also  fields 
of  study),  32 
Corporation  members,  7,  8 
Courses 

Chemical  Engineering,  51-59 
Civil  Engineering,  61-81 
Electrical  Engineering,  83-11£ 
Industrial  Engineering 
and  Engineering 
Management,  119-134 
Mathematics 

and  Physics,  157 
Mechanical 

Engineering,  135-155 


Degree  programs,  27,  30,  34,  36,  40 

(see  also  fields  of  study) 
Doctor's  degrees  (see  also 
fields  of  study) 
Admission,  34 
Classification,  34 
Comprehensive 

examination,  35 
Course  requirements,  35 
Degree  candidacy,  34 
Dissertation,  35 
Doctor  of  Engineering 

Degree,  36-39 
Final  oral  examination,  35 
Language  requirement,  35 
Interdisciplinary 

programs,  39-40 
Qualifying  examination,  35 
Registration,  36 
Residence  requirement,  35 
Time  limitation,  36 
Transfer  credit,  36 


Engineer  Degree,  40 
Electrical  Engineering,  83-118 
Engineering  Management,  119-134 
Executive  Council,  12 


Faculty,  47-50 

Faculty  Senate,  13 

Fees,  43 

Fellowships,  44,  45 

Appointments  to,  45 
Doctoral  research,  45 
Graduate  cooperative 

research,  44 
Research,  44,  45 

Fields  of  study  (see  also  courses) 
Chemical  Engineering,  51-59 
Civil  Engineering,  61-81 
Electrical  Engineering,  83-118 


159 


160  /   INDEX 


Industrial  Engineering 

and  Engineering 

Management,  119-134 
Mathematics 

and  Physics,  157 
Mechanical 

Engineering,  135-155 
Financial  Aid,  43-46 

G 

Grading  System,  28,  29 
Graduate  and  Professional 

Schools,  19,  20 
Graduate  School  of  Engineering 

Fields  of  study,  51-157 

Registration,  27 

Regulations,  25-42 

H 

Henderson  House,  23 

I 

Industrial  Engineering  and 

Engineering  Management,  119-134 
Interdisciplinary  programs,  39 

Admission,  39 

Interdisciplinary  Committee,  39 

L 
Loan  program,  45 

M 

Map  of  campus,  4 
Marine  Science  Institute,  23 
Master's  degree  (see  also 
fields  of  study) 

Academic  classification,  30 

Admission,  30 

Comprehensive  examination,  31 

Language  requirement,  31 


Thesis,  31 

Time  limitations,  32 

Transfer  credits,  32 
Mathematics,  157 
Mechanical  Engineering,  135-155 

N 

Nashua  Campus,  23 
NDEA  Loan  Program,  45 

P 
Part-time  programs  (see  also 

fields  of  study),  33 
Physics,  157 
Programs  of  study  (see  also 

fields  of  study),  27 

R 

Registration  dates,  5,  6 

Regulations 

For  doctor's  degrees,  34-38 
For  master's  degree,  30-34 
Graduate  Division,  25-30 

Research  activities,  20 

Research  fellowships,  44,  45 

s 

Suburban  Campus,  22 

T 
Tuition,  43 
Trustees,  9 


U 


160 


Undergraduate  colleges 
University  Council,  12 
University  Graduate  Counci 

W 

Warren  Center,  23 
Withdrawals,  29 


14 


UNDERGRADUATE  COLLEGES 

Offering  full-time  day  curricula  on  the  Cooperative  Plan  leading  to  baccalaureate 
degrees 


Boston-Bouve  College 

College  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Criminal  Justice 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 


College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Nursing 

College  of  Pharmacy  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 
Lincoln  College 


Offering  part-time  curricula  during  late  afternoon  and  evening  fiours  leading  to 
associate  and  baccalaureate  degrees 

Lincoln  College 

University  College 


w 


tLLS  BINDERY  INC. 
ALTHAIVI,  MASS. 
MAY  1973 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES    DUPL 


3  9358  01114451  3